LIST

CF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

Apvams, Henry, F.L.S.

Descriptions of the New Species of Land-Shells collected

by Mr. A. R. Wallace in the Malayan Archipelago ...... 414

Descriptions of a New Genus and*some New Species of

[7 TS ees Ace a ae cS eee a 753

Apvams, Henry, F.L.S., and Ancas, GrorGre Frencu,

C.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of Two New Species of Shells in the Collec-

tion of George French Angas ........... Gi afte bd eats 54

Autman, Prof., F.R.S.

On the characters and affinities of Potamogale, a genus of

insectivorous mammals recently discovered in Western Africa 467

Aneas, GreorGE Frencu, C.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of Ten New Species of Shells, chiefly from

PaaEy NIB DEAL CARD CS oi a otwitin atmeteinnis-5) Aaipim Sane elie eae 55

Descriptions of Four New Species of Marine Shells trom

South Australia

On the Marine Molluscan Fauna of the Province of South

Australia: with a List of all the Species known up to the

present time; together with Remarks on their Habits and

Distribution; 6ce;.. Part Leesa ics suse se Speers 155

Description of a New Species of Gouldia from Port Jackson 459

On the Marine Mollusean Fauna of the Province of South

Australia: with a List of all the Species known up to the

present time; together with Remarks on their Habits and

Distubution) Gem "Lartebis4 Mey eee hee ee ei

Descriptions of Two New Species of Marine Bivalve Shells

fromi,podya. Awetralins.... 9 cS: oo Se pa ees be ee 697

Ancas, GeorGe Frencu, and Apams, Henry. (See ADAMS,

Henry.)

Austen, N. L.

On the Habits of the Water-Shrew (Crossopus fodiens) .. 519

Barro, W., M.D., F.L.S.

Description of a New Species of Entozoon from the Intes-

tines of the Diamond-Snake of Australia (Morelia spilotes). 58

Barsoza pu Bocace, Professor José Vicente, Director of the

National Museum, Lisbon, F.M.Z.S.

Sur quelques Mammiféres rares et peu connus, d’ Afrique

occidentale, qui se trouvent au Muséum de Lisbonne ...... 401

Sur Habitat du Hyalonema lusitanicum...........-.. 662

Barrett, A. D., Superintendent of the Soeiety’s Gardens.

Remarks on the Affinities of the Prongbuck (dntilocapra

GMETICANA),«. Jrnie Roehl erwiale, aj)tes rhe = Ge Pete eer eerie Bieiate oka 718

Barr, Cuarwes Spence, F.R.S., F.LS., C.M.Z.S.

Description of dstacus caldwelli ............+.++.... 469

Breavan, R. C., Lieut. Bengal Survey, C.M.Z.S.

Indian Ornithological Notes, chiefly on the Migration of

SPCcles “sac cea eta t eens 2 eee Eo trrin See Bs aA 690

Bennett, Dr. Georee, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Extract from a letter addressed to the Secretary......

Brancont, Professor J. J., of Bologna.

Letter from, respecting the Osteology of the extinct genus

UT RR PS TE” Fy eee ae Pee ce TS Ae me eR A a

Buiyru, Epwarp, C.M.Z.S8.

Exhibition of some remarkably large horns of the Wapiti

Deer (Cervus canddensiz) .. 2... re bicg cs ces es

Brapy, GeorGe STewarpson, C.M.Z.S8.

On sixty-six new or imperfectly known species of Marine

TREVACBOUE wos aes «area eke Gust sale ata Par oe: sates trac.

Burcer, Capt. Georcr Ernest, 10th Regt. Foot, C.M.Z.S.

Note on the Habits of the Musquash of North America. .

Burmeister, Dr. Hermann, Director of the National Mu-

seum, Buenos Ayres, F.M.Z.S.

Extract from a letter addressed to Dr. Gray on a new

species of Whale, Balenoptera patachonica

Description of a New Species of Porpoise in the Museum

GrapnenostA yremmeewere: 2S. Mae oy bE ocho deg ks

Extract from a letter concerning specimens of Heliomaster

NY EI AE SRO Re AE LAE Lee INS AO eee Seek

On a supposed New Species of Fin-Whale from the coast

of South America ...........

Busx, Georer, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Memoir upon the Fossil Elephants of Malta ....

Butter, ArtHur Garpiner, F.Z.S,, Assistant, Zoological

Department, British Museum,

Descriptions of Six New Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera in

the British Museum Collection.......................

Page

196

618

257

682

L90

228

466

713

510

430

vil

Descriptions of Six New Species of Exotic Butterflies in

the Collection of the British Museum ..................

Descriptions of the Characters of Six New Species of Rho-

palocerous Lepidoptera in the Collection of the British Mu-

seum, with Notes on the Allied Species ................

Monograph of the Species of Charazes, a Genus of Diurnal

Lepidoptera

De:criptions of Six Butterflies New to Science, belonging

to the Genera Heter rochroa and Romaleosoma RIAN c~ ¢

Description of a New Species of Cetonia, with Bamanke

on the Allied Species: 2. 2209... iewds ae de. Roa eae

Carrenter, Puiwir P., B.A., Ph.D.

Diagnoses of New Forms of Mollusca from the Vancouver

Distineis: aha mamttas No aertix- Anca a alee a8 Again siotaiatie loaner

Diagnoses of New Species and a New Genus of Mollusks

from the Reigen Mazatlan Collection : with an account of ad-

ditional Specimens presented to the British Museum......

Descriptions of New Species and Varieties of Chitonide

and Acmeide from the Panama Collection of the late Prof.

C. B. Adams.. rea

Diagnoses of New Species of Mollusks, from the West

Tropical Region of North America, principally collected by

the Rev. J. Rowell, of San Francisco ..................

Description of Two Species of Chitonide, from the Col-

lection of W. Harper Pease, Esq. .

Cosson, Dr. T. Spencer, F.R.S.

Note on some Entozoa collected by Mr. Charles W. Devis

Cox, James C., of Sydney, M.D., &e.

Descriptions of Seven New Species of Australian Land-

Bhalla... 0. Si ieee wis a eae pee ee eee

481

622

667

729

201

268

274

325

vil

Page

Crisp, Enwarps, M.D., F.Z.S., &e.

On the Os Penis of the Chimpanzee stenininti eg niger)

and of the Orang (Simia satyrus). . sfeeres: seep 48

On the Anatomy and Habits of the Water-Ousel pare

PGUMESENS)) 0.5 RE ath RMR Ce Akh Mens ete POG Te Da vhs: 4 Sgrty 4D

On some points relating to the Anatomy and Habits of the

Bactrian Camel (Camelus bactrianus), and on the presence

of Intestinal Glands not before noticed.................. 257

Exhibition of a drawing of the placenta of the Giraffe,

lately obtained from the Society’s Gardens .............. 328

Exhibition of a drawing of the Aard-Vark ( Orycteropus

PARE) Sete oo ak ire erat eee Lo ce MOO

Dauias, W. S., F.L.S., Keeper of the York Museum.

On the Feathers of Dinornis robustus, Owen .......... 265

Day, Francis, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Surgeon Madras Army.

On the Fishes of Cochin, on the Malabar Coast of India.

ATEN. Pick eeeRteeete arose he Dey Rie pe aae comptaeahet idee, 2

On the Fishes of Cochin, on the Malabar Coast of India.

all’: s0 ee Ptr eis. oR 0 has BBE

Dourn, Dr. H., C.M.Z.S.

List of the Land and Freshwater Shells from the Zambesi

and Lake Nyassa, Eastern Tropical Africa, collected by John

G4 A BD Pee otra papi han ae ee eshte ee PRE Sy ey

Dow, Capt. J. M., F.Z.S.

Letter from, relating to specimens of Thalassophryne.... 677

Fiower, Wiiuiam Henry, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Conser-

vator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons

of London.

Note on Pseudorca meridionalis .............+...... 470

On Physuiis-abbaldu, Gray o> =e sess. eae ATS

vill

Observations upon a Fin-Whale (Physalus antiquorum,

Gray) recently stranded in Pevensey Bay

On the Gular Pouch of the Great Bustard (Otis tarda,

Linn.) 25:9 aoe aetets Gacke.3235- 0) Secs eae

Fraser, Louis, C.M.ZS.

List of Species of Mollusks recently collected by R. Swin-

hoe, Esq., in Formosa ........ o ehavebeik ia wie te ee

Exhibition of two eggs of the Rose-crested Cockatoo (Ca-

COL TOSECED): coo onan, a 6G = legs mn tage we, ghee eee

FRAUVENFELD, GEORGE, RITTER VON,

Descriptions of Seven New Species of the genus Vivpara,

Bate OPES a in ogee eeeaset oes vices ae aces Gian eae

Goutp, Joun, F.R.S.. F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

Descriptions of Two New Australian Birds.........---

Descriptions of Four New Species of Birds from Eastern

ASTRO ete Re NI tee meter ier e Ais cist die cid vale ovat ovens.» cisue aeperene

Gray, Joun Epwarp, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S.,

Keeper of the Zoological Collections in the British

Museum.

Notice of a New Whalebone-Whale from the Coast of De-

658

198

663

voushire, proposed to be called Eschrichtius robustus 40

Revision of the Genera and Species of Mustelide contained

in the British Museum . ee re ee eer: i

Extract from a letter addressed to him by I Dr. H. Bur-

meister of Buenos Ayres, on a new species of Whale, pro-

posed to be called Balenoptera patachonica ........+..0 190

Notice of the Skull of a New Species of Bush-Goat (Ce-

phalophus longiceps), sent from the Gaboon by M. du Chaillu 204

Notice of a New Species of Porpoise (Phocena tuberculi-

Jera) inhabiting the Mouth of the Thames .............. 318

Notice of an apparently Undescribed Species of American

Porcupine . . 32t

Notice of a Species of Tupaia from Borneo, in the Collec-

Hon. atthe British MNSeODE s 52... om sess re reele tee oe

Notice of a New Genus and Species of the Family Triony-

Chida trem Western, Aftier #..5). 2. seve ile Wa Sota

Notes on the Whales of the Cape; by E. L. Layard, Esq.,

of Cape Town, Corr. Memb. With Descriptions of Two New

Selena OV: a TIME eral shart ese aoe hele emote ce wees as

Revision of the Genera and Species of Entomophagous

Edentata, founded on the Examination of the Specimens in

pe, Brine MOM Use MnY Ghose Sk les Fea tia seelets

Extract of a letter from E. L. Layard to, on a new Zebra

On the Development of the Sternal Callosities in Cyela-

nosteus senegalensis, and on the Synonyms of Cyclanosteus

dy ie ANCE CNTR CAO. W's) iS... She We ate Bee Meee

Notice of a New Species of Australian Sperm-Whale (Ca-

todon krefftit) in the Sydney Museum..................

A Revision of the Genera and Species of Amphisbznians,

with the Descriptions of some New Species now in the Col-

lection“of the-British Miaseum) =232<s eo sdt ete ed ore ck

Notices of a New Genus of Delphinoid Whales from the

Cape of Good Hope, and of other Cetaceans from the same Seas |

Descriptions of Two New Genera of Lizards from Damara-

land. .

A Revision of the Ses of Golden Moles (Chr Sai is) 07

Note on the Habits of the Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivol-

vulus) ..

Dee te Notes on the Mustelide ..............

Notice on Rhodophyton, a New Genus of a

found on the Coast of Cornwall

Short Account of part of a Skeleton of a Finner Whale,

sent by Mr. Swinhoe from the Coast of Formosa E

Extract from a letter from Prof. W. Lilljeborg, For. Memb.,

on the skeletons of Whales in the Jardin des Plantes......

Notice of some New Species of Spider Monkeys (A¢éeles)

in the Collection of the British Museum

359

417

730

Notice of some New Species of Marmoset Monkeys (Ha- nan

pale aud Midas).......... cs MPAA, Oe 733

Descriptions of Three Species of Dolphins in the Free Mu-

seum.of Tiverpool’s 2020 Ry... RU Ae ee cee

Notices of some apparently Undescribed Species of Sapajous

(Cebus) in the Collection of the British Museum ........ 824

Gitnruer, AuBert, M.A., Ph.D., M.D., F.Z.S.

Remarks on the State of his Researches into the British

Species of Salmonoid Fishes .............. AS ae

On the Pipe-fishes eleniabed to the Genus Phy ‘ghtoa eee ye. S27

A List of Reptiles from Madagascar.................. 469

Letter from Capt. J. M. Dow on two specimens of Thalas-

SOphTYNe, A. PD ayile e ti ote fen nate Tee LOve cart aa) Seda da

Contributions to the Knowledge of the British Charrs.

Gurney, Joun Henry, F.Z.S.

On a New and very Singular Raptorial Bird (Stringonyx

[MET SSO) eta HEIN © el ao See at ae, 3) chs Wl eels aio decaterelelel terete! atete oa OILS

On a New Species of Harrier from New Caledonia ...... 823

Harriavus, Dr. Gustav, F.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of Seven New Species of Birds, discovered by

Mr. J. J. Monteiro in the Province of Benguela, Angola, West

PPPICR Sas sae eels oe Riatlalai sgh in agate s ROSIN ee oe

On Two New Species of African Birds................ 428

On a New Species of Francolin, discovered by Messrs.

Speke and Grant in Central Africa .................. . 665

On Two New Species of South-African Sazicole ...... 746

Hecror, James, M.D., F.G.S., Director of the Geological

Survey of New Zealand.

Notes on the Moa-Bones in the New Zealand Exhibition of

USGS ai ico 5 eee a EVs dS Oe ee 749

Huxtey, Professor Tuomas Henry, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.,

V.P.Z.S.

On the Structure of the Stomach in Desmodus rufus ....

Jounson, JAmMes Yate, C.M.Z.S.

Description of a New Genus of Trichiuroid Fishes obtained

at Madeira, with Remarks on the genus Dicrotus, Ginther,

and on some allied Genera of Trichiuride ..............

Kirk, Joun, M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Letter containing a Reply to the Observations of Dr. W.

Peters, F.M.Z.S., relating to Gerrhosaurus robustus ......

Note on the Land and Freshwater Shells of the Zambesi

and Lake Nyassa, Eastern Tropical Africa, with a correction

to a previous communication on the Mammals of the same

BOMIOM co recente ay pane ee

Krerrt, Gerarp, Curator and Secretary, Australian Museum,

Sydney, New South Wales, C.M.Z.S.

Description of a New Species of Rock-Kangaroo from New

Bay NY MOS." Stee eee inad sia cls ee ee Rabe bhai ys

Notice of a New Species of Sperm-Whale belonging to the

Genus Huphysetes of MacLeay...................0008.

Layarp, Epcar Leopotp, F.Z.8., Keeper of the South Af-

rican Museum, Cape Town.

Notes on the Whales of the Cape..........

Extract of a letter from, addressed to Dr. J. E. Gray, on

“TUTTE ga AS 0) gs We air ck 0 A AT eae ea Re

Letter addressed to the Secretary, communicating the

Habits, &c., of Sazicola spectabilis.......... 00.004. e 6.

Litusesore, Prof. W., F.M.Z.S.

On certain Skeletons of Whales in the Jardin des Plantes.

Extract from a letter addressed to Dr. J. E. Gray........

Page

386

434

227

231

619

xil

Page

Luioyp, W. Aurorp.

Letter from, describing the new Aquarium-house lately

erected in the Zoological Society’s Gardens at Hamburg, and

the improved system of management of Aquaria pursued in

that establishniente,< cie2iro. Si key anlar Se ele

Mrvart, Sr. Georee J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Lecturer on Com-

parative Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital.

Notes on the Myology of a Specimen of Cercopithecus

RAD BUS = cpifiaie as Wye shencts + ake @xrauat wel eaedner eae aks ee

Contributions towards a more Complete Knowledge of the

Axial Skeleton in the Primates ........ 0.00 c cue eee ee 545

Mrvart, Str. Georees, F.L.S,, and Murir, James, M.D.

Observations on the Anatomy of Nycticebus tardigradus . 240

On the Myology of Hyrax capensis... .........0 0000 329

Monretro, Joacuim J., C,M.ZS.

Notes on Birds collected in Benguela ................ 89

Moors, Freperic.

List of Diurnal Lepidoptera collected by Capt. A. M.

Lang inthe N. W.°Himalayas = poy a. Ss ae ee

On the Lepidopterous Insects of Bengal .............. 755

Morcn, O. A. L., of Copenhagen, C.M.Z.S.

Supplementary Notes to the Review of Vermetide...... 96

Morir, James, M.D., Prosector to the Society.

On the Anatomy of a Fin-Whale (Physalus eae

captured near Gravesend .......... . 206

On Deformity of the Lower Jaw in the Cachalot (Phy-

seter macrocephala, Unt.) 5. Fikes css ote ote Rea 390

On a Leech (Trocheta subviridis, Dutroch.) found in the

Viscera of a Moluccan Deer (Cervus moluccensis, Miiller).. 659

xiii

Page

Notes on a Spider Monkey (Ateles cwcullatus, Gray) lately

living in the Society’s Menagerie ................+.--.. 739

Observations upon Presbytes albigena, ee and Colobus

Guerena ARUP pies ey. Aas Renae tae eRe eats ee isnt FAO

Note upon the hae of a Tail-feather in a male

Scemmering’s Pheasant......... ae een ek

On the Identity of the Haivy: -nosed Wombat (Eaassth

mys lasiorhinus, Gould) with the Broad-fronted Wombat

(P. latifrons, Owen), with further Observations on the seve-

ral Species of the Genus ....66..-- 152. 5- +s setter ence 838

Moris, James, M.D., and Mrvart, Sr. Grorce J., F.Z.S.

(See Mivarr and Murie )

Nation, Prof. Witutam, of Lima, Peru, C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, respecting certain Reptiles destined for the

ENGL f/f the Safa cel ete cc Seman Se cals aod Meee Cotae 39 Oe

Newron, Aurrep, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On Two New Birds from the Island of Rodriguez ...... 46

Exhibition of a specimen of Porzana carolina, lent to him

by Mr. H. S. Eyre, shot at Newbury ..............+.-.-. 196

On some recently-discovered Bones of the largest known

species of Dodo (Didus nazarenus) .. 61.0.0 20. eee Oe )

Exhibition of specimens of several new or little-known

Pires, Wee chat, Seer Nats vies rarcthastngen idea scl raeeinkt eae

On a remarkable Discovery of Didine Bones in Rodriguez 715

Announcement of the discovery of some Bones of the

ode tn Mauritius: (jas. tivw i demesiedns 25 v4 oneal ages 732

List of Animals collected at Mohambo, Madagascar, by

Birow., Pa Gertardy. Sas e neue so end L832

Ossurn, The late Mr. W.

Notes on the Cheiroptera of Jamaica. Communicated by

PREOCRCIGEY’ Acido ch fue wct RU ae RS 61

Page

Owen, Ricuarp, Professor, M.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S.,

F.G.S., F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Natural History

Collections, British Museum.

Tenth Memoir on the extinct Dinornithine Birds of New

CTT EN CL Nee an ee oe 438

On the Morbid Appearances observed in the Dissection of

the Penguin (Aptenodytes forsteri)................++.. 438

Descriptions of New Species of Indian Cetaceans observed

and collected by Walter Elliot, Esq., F.Z.S. 511

Parker, Witi1amM Kitcuen, F.R.S., F.Z.S8.

On the Osteology of Mieroglossa alecto ........ 235

Preliminary Notes on some Fossil Birds from the Zebbug

Cave, Malta Fae

Prasr, Witii1AM Harper, C.M.Z.S.

On the Synonymy of Sistrwm cancellatum ............ 52

Description of a New Species of Latirus, and Remarks on

others, inhabiting the Pacific Islands .................. ; 53

Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Marine Shells

from the Islands of the Central Pacific. (Communicated by

Dr. P. P. Carpenter.) 512

Peters, Dr. Witutam, Director of the Zoological Museum,

Berlin, F.M.Z.S.

Note on the Systematic Position of Platacanthomys lasiurus 397

Notes on the Mammalia observed by Dr. Welwitsch in

Angola 1). 0.2 ee -- 400

Preirrer, Dr. Louris, C.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of Thirteen New Species of Land-Shells from

Formosa, in the Collection of the late Hugh Cuming, col-

lected by Mr. Robert Swinhoe, Vice-Consul of that island.. 828

Descriptions of Five New Species of Land-Shells, from

the Collection of the late Hugh Cuming ...........-+-.- 831

Page

Ramsay, Epwarp P., of Dobroyde, New South Wales.

Notes upon the Cuckoos found near ees New South

Wales.. «edo rateneeye seaabs seetehe cams Ete eke alana, cn 460

Note on the Nidification of Sate ere sited? 689

Sciater, Pature Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.,

Secretary to the Society.

Notice of a Mantchurian Deer received from Mr. Swinhoe 1

Notice of a Prong-horned Antelope added to the Society’s

MPCIDIONIe Deities ube ae. & sens Gers irk as 3. (ee pe BO

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, a stuffed specimen of a

Water-Pipit, Anthus spinoletta (Linn.), from the collection

Ot fee iashop ot Oxstotd, VsP2Z.8 0042 eee tee as ose cia 60

Exhibition of the type specimen of Galago monteiri, and

Remarks on Galago crassicaudata and G. crassicaudata

ERE 1G 71 BI ARCS i Or RSL ee A eR Ee ME Tf

Note on the Breeding of a Ground-Pigeon in the Society’s

AR caer reds ele ean ie As PAROS eR Nich d vo OO

Notice of several additions to the Menagerie .......... 256

On a New Species of the Genus Basileuterus of Cabanis,

with a Synopsis of the known Species of the Genus ...... 282

Notice of additions to the Society’s Menagerie ........ 318

Description of a New Species of Passerine Bird from Ma-

MH pASEHEO ES .5.). Monee. eM) Rh ee Le ee ott us OB

Description of a New Species of Indian Porcupine ...... 352

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, a collection of birdskins

formed by the Society’s Corresponding Member, M. Adolph

Boucard, in the vicinity of Vera Cruz, Mexico............ 397

Description of a New Accipitrine Bird from Costa Rica.. 429

Remarks on a rare Parrot from Dominica ...... 437

Exhibition of a okie of a pair of Gayals i intended

Stic OANICHAMERIe. och). 2 ie ood S Bh. 2 ae ee oa Ao

Exhibition of a drawing of Paradisea calva, lately disco-

vered in the Island of Waigiou................-+.222+- 465

Xvl1

Notice of recent additions to the Menagerie............ 466

Exhibition of specimens of Heliomaster angela, and notes

thereupon by Prof. Burmeister, For. Memb. ............ 466

Report on a Collection of Animals from Madagascar, trans-

mitted to the Society by Mr. J. Caldwell................ 467

Announcement of the arrival of a young male African

Blephant inthe Society's Gardens |. ......¢.s 00) sees UU

Notes on the Genera and Species of Cypselide ........ 593

Exhibition of bird-skins collected by Mr. Henry pie

Ma SAD er sy oe es oe a ss a yeigeee cl eat rr

On a New Parrot of the Genus Nasiterna ............ 620

On recent additions to the Menagerie, with Notes ...... 675

Notices of Animals observed in several Continental Zoolo-

encal Gardens =: Spe nto. ys aes Ek Sip lass co ee a Oe

On the Structure of Leptosoma discolor .............. 682

Correction of some previous remarks on the supposed oc-

currence of Haliaétus albicilla in America........... 731

Smiru, Dr. C. J.

Letter from, on the breeding of the Elephant in captivity 731

Sowersy, G. B., F.L.S.

Descriptions of Four New Seinti/le and One New Pythina

from the Collection of Mr. H. Cuming ................ 517

Descriptions of Two New Species of Conus from the Col-

lection of H. Cuming, Esq., and Two from the Collection of

thie late Mr. Denisseing ie A536 sae ei idl ie eee ne eae oe

SraveLey, Miss.

Note on the Presence of Teeth on the Maxille of Spiders.

(Communicated by Dred. BiGrays)* 2022s eer ORO

Stevens, SAMUEL, F.L.S.

Exhibition of a nearly perfect egg of a Dinornis, supposed

to: be that. of Dj. ingens, Owem®,)0) 02.2208, ee PO

XVli

Swinuog, Rosert, F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consul at Formosa.

Extract from a letter to Dr. Gray. 1... 25. .025). 0.025. ]

List of Species of Mollusks recently collected by him at

| SUTAE1 SA MN gist EE SO ay gg, oa RO A le 196

Pxardct. ofa letter from ies setieloc bd eerie s+ 510

Extracts of letters from: .-...-./.---..sssscs00cees.s O77

“TRISTRAM, Rev. Henry Baxer, M.A., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Report on the Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca of Pa-

LLIN AOS eg Pea cree. Nee Sie pene kA a RR rR 13 |

Watuace, ALFRED Russe Lt, F.Z.S.

List of the Land-Shells collected by him in the Malay

Archipelago; with Descriptions of the New Species by Mr.

Aerts se irre: Sta <0) Sut tno OC iat Bi aeRO MLL. AAD 405

Descriptions of New Birds from the Malayan Archipelago 474

LIST OF PLATES.

Plate Page

LYST CEA EPUB ns BORD GOS BOO TAIEOE EOS O Dole

I, 3 46

Drymeca rodericana ...... clove Oapiefe revere eroferarnia tare <

DitaNewsAustralanitShells | ciscctsic sisters steiv slo aeualeisitaisioon mS

Ill. Antilocapra americana ...... Su obdcaute a Soop. os 60

DWVie PLGCCUSTELCO OMS) 501s) <10reia(0. 6 in ibin sie aie Pinistovel esd Sécnce

Vie) = MONEE. OWiads coe se coe ees NY 86

WAG OEY TG TIOUT otro Qo ouD OCA DORE Ce BD GOUGS sists

WIL. Enhydris lutris ........+0005 erefafeveieie sfelsierae Foncug, hl

VIII. Bones of Didus nazarenus...... peodu Uo aooeomocea Le.

- f Fig. 1. Basileuterus mesoleucus......eceeersevees

Ix.{ ie Se

Fig. 2. cinereicollis ........ sresesteesesse (ogy

x { Fig. 1. SEMICETVINUS we .eeer006 sintelnjsieleialsieveren Ream

Fig. 2. ULOPYGIANE oan sys oes tens ¥5 eee

Al. rethizon rufescenss 284% cance se 6s nc vs weme we aien TN

2AM ine SRT IO EOE sep ctioc DOOR OC DODODGORSCONCo 2c

XT, “Hylophorbavttictla: osc. vices es va selnesevee sien O20

XUV PEMA LLOPtery af CUEALE Vela) «iaysic) oie] o/alsvetoicle) aistetsteiers lela

XV. COUCS rete tetels SOHO One CDOS Gunes) Ton ae oe

MOVIL VELe Sip OL ADUTSCOs. »\s1010) 6 aise els)s eFernaieleleiee se eretera ele OO

RVI. Pholedotus/afrecanus .<isaivcee ocioe visne ss ler cierevere

XVIII. Dasypus vellerosus.....ssereceres aiaobe 359

MUX. Cyclothunus COrsausv cass « sisjois« vcloeisslelsiwcis sheer

XX. Platacanthomys lasiurus ........005. Sgehos dnchag GH]

XXI. Mr. Wallace’s New Land-Shells ............++000. 405

RTT. Hiqusrsuneliel ay syeharaherojointoreie\el<lelein)e/sixiels'slnietele) alsiclaYele mek

XX TLS SAG COMMAS TCCLADUES waatevalolere ieiele ate eieielciete'siisle/eiaraterns -. 428

XXIV. Leucopternts princeps.. ..ss00 seuss vesessvcseeces Gao

XXV. New Diurnal Lepidoptera......cseesseeesveveceee 430

XXVI. New Diurnal Lepidoptera ......csseceseseeseeceee 400

NM V UL eed SCS CALAWUELG Tree ieleyeroiaielcleieistelel sie s\c/cin'ele Viele cravelerieetN

xix

Plate Page

XXVIII. Rhipidura torrida .........5-0000: digo nn oua6

‘a Fig. 1. Prionochilus aureo-limbatus ......+0+200++ 474

xxix. { 78 2. Nectarinia flavo-striata........eseeceeee

lanes |New EndisnMepidoptera ss. waecrat sso: vis seb oes 486

XXXII. New Species of Scintilla, Pythina, and Conus ...... 517

XXXII. Cypselus squamatus .....ccevecernceceseceeres \ 593

XXXIV. Cheetura discutata ....ccccreccrevecrecvreseees

XXXV. Nasiterna pusio ....ccsccescccveresecssacsssenes 620

toa } New Species of pee §. SooUne Le sorpAde OOOO noe 622

7 Fig. 1. Ptenopus maculatus ....... qua hadnonod us \

yi { Fig. 2. Cordylosaurus trivirgatus....+++.0+eeeees so

Fig. 1. Francolinus grantti .....+.ereeees sie fein ole 1

ee) { Fig. 2. SGLET Opt cee x, aia <'s alsigie' a0: 8's ule's oie J oe

Klis Salo Kellimensts. oe cio.cice si cinle ss viehs vies mi vioiniels ov aye vie 698

XLI.

xu New Indian Lepidoptera ......-...+2000) aeveraraverate 755

XLIII.

ROTM fea ONT CUS AOL GA aarateRetsicle eo) eivialersiehe s/n s 0 sietelsialt a shateiclers 823

MGTOVc, Cebus TEUCODENI Stn a ais sie o\ jore 9) xin cleun!o1®)s¥eis\ele/ ola) ele ele air 824

XLVI. New Formosan Land-Shells....... AE BONE SCOR? 828

KVAT.. Phascolomys latsfrons os oovec ssi = 6 vive v9 vies v0 00 00 838

ERRATA.

Page 10, line 2 from top, for D. i read D. z

a“

” 343,

» O40,

rp 5 for hypostoma, Bleeker, read Lelenger?, C. V.

” 6 ” for B. vi. vead B. viii.

2b a for minor read mino

5) 20 3 for Cirri 2 read Cirri 4

Le = for antiguorum (Linn.) read semisagittatus (Shaw)

,, 11 from bottom, for insertion at the upper part of the humerus;

however, 7ead insertion; at the upper part of

the humerus, however,

le . ' for between read beneath

reve AL a for inner read outer

» 8 from top, for left read right

etl o for insert read insertion

,, 046, in description of Fig. 9, for left half read right half

,, 048, line 21 from top, for into linea aspera read into the linea aspera

PROCEEDINGS

‘

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 10, 1865.

Dr, J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the fine speci-

men of the Mantchurian Deer from Newchwang, now in the Society’s

Gardens, which had been received from Mr. Swinhoe on the 4th of

July, 1864, and which was the specimen upon which Mr. Swinhoe

had proposed to found his species, Cervus mantchuricus, P. Z. S.,

1864, p. 169.

With reference to this animal, the Secretary read the following

extract from a ‘letter addressed by Mr. Swinhoe to Dr. Gray, dated

Amoy, 6th October, 1864 :—

“‘ Amoy, 6th October, 1864.

‘I find here a magnificent buck Deer in the possession of Mr.

Pasedag, the gentleman from whom I procured the Newchwang Deer

for the Gardens on my arrival in China. This noble animal, which

stands 4 feet high from the shoulder, is also from Newchwang,

and being in fine spotted red summer coat, and of a commanding

stature, I took it at first for a distinct species. But on closer exami-

nation, I feel pretty convinced it is of the same breed as the animal

for which I proposed the name Cervus mantchuricus; and that on

second thought I suspect will turn out to be the same as the three

skins I forwarded to the Museum from the summer residence of the

Chinese Emperor, the oldest buck of which you had figured in the

* Proceedings’ as C. pseudazis, and for which Blyth has proposed the

name C. mantchuricus, and I, subsequently, C. hortulorum.

“ Cervus mantchuricus. Approaching the Avis type, closely allied

to Cervus taivanus and C. sika, more so, apparently, to the former.

“Fine buck from Newchwang, still in summer coat ; examined 30th

Proc. Zoor. Soc:—1865, No. I,

2 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. (Jan. 10,

September, 1864. General colour reddish brown. Under neck and

fore thighs covered with rather long dusky brown hair. Hair of

neck, chiefly on its back part, and down part of the back list, long

and shaggy. List black between the shoulders, fading towards the

tail. Inner portion of hind thighs, inside hair of ears, a large spot

on the outer portion of back of ear near its root, rim round the eye,

chin, and throat white. Body ornamented with large spots of white.

Tail, including apical hair, nearly one foot long. The hair that over-

hangs the roots of the tail on either side black ; basal half of tail

white ; apical half black, with white tips ; under the tail and between

the hams white. Knees and front of tibie brown. Head, from

crown to tip of nose, about 20 inches long; ear about 9 inches.

Forehead and before the eyes reddish; rest of face brownish fawn-

colour. Horns with frontal tine about 5 inches long, bent a little

downwards at the tip; about 8 inches in the stem between lowest

tine and the next above, which are broken and represented only by

a knob ; top stem between that and the top knob about 4 inches.

« This is the finest species of the Spotted Deer I have seen. Besides

being much larger than the C. taévanus of Formosa, it is at once to

be distinguished by the much greater proportion of white in the tail

and hind parts, and by the faintness of the dorsal list ; but doubtless

many other more considerable distinctive characters will be found to

exist on a careful comparison of the two species. With C. stka it

has much less in common ; and this bears out the opinion I advanced

as to the greater probability of the fauna of Formosa having been

derived from the Chinese main rather than from the Japanese islands.

But it is curious that at the present day, south of the Yangtsze River,

the only Spotted Deer known to exist is what I take to be the true

Cervus axis, some of which from Hankow I saw captive in Hongkong,

and reported on in a former letter.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On THE FisHes or CocHIN, ON THE MALABAR COAST OF

Inp1a. By Surceon F, Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S., erc., Mapras

ARMY.

Part I. ACANTHOPTERYGII.

During a few years’ residence at Cochin, on the Malabar or western

coast of India, whilst inquiring into the fauna, I made a collection

of fresh- and salt-water fish, a short account of which I beg to

offer for the consideration of this Society. My catalogue (for it is

searcely more) will only contain such species as I have been able to

bring with safety to this country ; for many specimens, I regret to

say, have been either mislaid or destroyed.

As my purpose is simply to enumerate fishes of Cochin, the

periods of the year at which they arrive, and the uses or abuses to

which they are put, I shall take Dr. Giinther’s most valuable cata-

logue as my text-book, adhere to his arrangement, and as closely as

1865.] MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 3

possible make use of the names he has appropriated to each species.

I shall describe not only every new fish which I have obtained, but

also those whose existence has been declared very doubtful, but of

which I have been so fortunate as to obtain specimens. In the de-

scriptions I shall adhere as nearly as possible to one formulary, and

give the exact and comparative proportions of the various parts of

the body, head, and fins. The vernacular names will be recorded,

when such were ascertained beyond a doubt; but they vary greatly

in different localities. The native Christians do not give the same

appellations to species as obtain amongst the Mahomedans, which

again differ from those employed by the Hindus and even by different

castes of the Hindu races. In short, various designations are found

for the same fish, according to the locality it inhabits and the race

of natives conversing.

The classes who fish along the sea-coast and in the backwaters

are the native Christians, the Mahomedans, and the Arrian caste of

Hindus ; whilst the inland pieces of water are left to the Perdana

Kanakas, the most degraded of a degraded race of slaves, who are

only able to follow this pursuit in the early mornings or late in the

evenings, when not required for agricultural labour. Nominally ma-

numitted, but in reality compelled to work for a certain amount of

rice (at least, when in health; for since their freedom they obtain

nothing when ill), it is fortunate for them that fish forms no portion

of their masters’ diet.

The manner of fishing varies according to the season of the year,

and whether employed in the sea, backwater, rivers, or tanks. Wall,

cast, stake, and Chinese nets are all used» The last, situated on the

banks of the river, are about 16 feet square, suspended by bamboos

attached to each corner, and let down like buckets into the water,

and, after remaining there a few minutes, pulled up again. As this

mode of fishing is continued all through the year, it affords an ex-

cellent criterion of the families and species present, even when sea-

fishing is suspended.

Besides the foregoing, fishing with a bait is employed at all times,

both from the shore and small canoes. Trolling at the river’s mouth,

chiefly for the Polynemus tetradactylus, mostly takes place in the

cold months. Likewise shooting with a Chittagong bow, or bows

and arrows, capturing by means of bamboo labyrinths, and poisoning

the water by nux vomica, cocculus indicus, Croton-oil seeds, or other

deleterious substances, are all common ; also damming up and lading

out streams, purse-nets in small water-courses, especially in rice-

fields, catching by the hand, or by means of wicker baskets some-

what resembling the eel-traps in this country.

The coast is low, without rocks, but with several mud-banks, to

which many fish appear to come for the purpose of depositing their

spawn. A low narrow slip of sandy soil divides the backwater from

the sea, with which it runs parallel for several hundred miles. Some

large rivers, which take their rise in the Western Ghauts, pass down-

wards through this backwater into the sea. The Cochin River is

800 yards in width.

4 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. _ {Jan. 10,

During the south-west monsoon, which lasts from the commence-

ment of June until the middle of August, an immense amount of

fresh water finds its exit by these rivers; and it is said that the sea,

for sometimes as much as two miles from the shore, is comparatively

saltless. Of course, at this period, whole tribes of fish migrate, whilst

others take their place.

The exact amount of salt fish exported from British and Native

Cochin I have been unable to ascertain; but in the neighbouring

state of Travancore the average yearly exports by land and sea are a

little above 44,000 bundles, of about the declared value of £3150.

Ceylon is the chief market for salt fish ; and, off British Cochin,

Ceylonese boats may frequently be perceived scudding along, their

occupants capturing the fish, which, after having salted, they carry

back to their own country. A heavy salt-tax renders the outlay

necessary for the purchase of any quantity of this condiment almost

an impossibility to the poor fishermen of the coast; it is conse-

quently only the moneyed man who can engage in the curing of fish.

But large taxes on its sea export, duties on its transit along the

backwater, vexatious scrutinies and detentions at the various Custom

Houses do not conduce to the success of this trade.

The Mackerel, Saw-fish, Rays, Sharks, and the Chirocentrus

dorab are those most commonly salted; whilst the Sardines, which

sometimes appear in enormous numbers, are turned into fish-oil,

although the manufacturer of this article is not very particular as to

the exact species which ‘finds its way into his boiling-pot. These

fisheries, which might be made extensively available for increasing

the amount of human food, have been applied to quite another use,

although one which is very profitable to Europe. As the market for

fish has increased, the supply has kept pace with the demand; and

the greater part of those not consumed when fresh are manufactured

into oil, as the following figures of the exports and imports of British

Cochin will demonstrate :—

Imported. Exported.

Fish-oil. cwt. cwt.

In five years ending 1845, 1846.... 36 66

95 y 1850;1851.. 912 3,586

a5 Sp 1855, 18562... 31,196 91,077

” ” 1860, 1861.... 24,142 98,151

The livers of the Sharks and Rays also afford excellent oil, which

is used in the Government hospitals as a substitute for cod-liver oil.

This was formerly manufactured in British Cochin ; but for the last

few years has been so at Calicut. Two species of fish-roes are ex-

tensively sold, those most esteemed when fresh being the small ones

of the Hemiramphus, whilst the largest are taken from the Mullets ;

these last are often dried and even exported. I was unable to as-

certain that isinglass had ever been made in Cochin ; but-remarks

on the uses to which the various fish are put will be placed with the

respective species.

In Europe, from very early ages, fisheries have been protected by

1865. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 5

legislative enactment ; but in India they have not yet met with the

attention they deserve. Along the Malabar coast, since fish have

obtained such a ready market, the number of fishermen has greatly

increased, and instead of there being, as formerly, competition for the

post of panlanquin-bearers, they are procured with the greatest dif-

ficulty, which no doubt is partly owing to the augmented profits of

the fishermen.

The Western Ghauts are gradually becoming studded with coffee-

plantations, and the coolies employed on them are glad to purchase

all the salt fish they can obtain. Probably, at no distant date, the

coffee-planter will unite with the philanthropist in desiring that the

western-coast fisheries may be turned to greater advantage for the

supply of human food. The first step towards this desirable result

must be some diminution or alteration in the salt-tax, or rather in

the price of salt, which is now a monopoly of the British and native

governments. But this is a subject for the politician and financier,

not for the naturalist, to solve ; but such a result would undoubtedly

prove to Malabar humane, beneficial, and politic.

LATES CALCARIFER, Bloch.

Nuddee-meen (Malayalim).

B.vii. D. 72. P.17. Vt. AZ. C.17. 1.1.52. Litre 7

8—9 11°

Length of specimens*, from 6,3, to 2254; inches.

This large grey Perch is well entitled to his distinctive native name

of “The River-fish,” for in Cochin it must be ranked as amongst

the best of the finny tribes. It is also called the ‘ Nair-fish,”’ be-

cause the Nairs, although Sudras, are considered the nobility of

Malabar.

Plentiful ; but held in too great a request for the table to be salted

or dried. The best quality of “Tamarind-fish”’ is prepared from

it by the following process :—The fish is boiled, then the bones are

removed ; it is next sliced, and, having been highly spiced, is left to

soak for some days, and subsequently packed in jars. This is held

in great estimation in the East.

It is caught up to 5 feet in length ; but the largest fish are not the

best for eating.

SERRANUS BONTOO, Cuy. & Val.

B.vii. D.U. P.19. V.t. A. 3. C.17. L. 1. about 100.

Length of specimen 13 inches.

Colours. Brownish grey on the back, fading to dirty white on the

abdomen. When first caught, they have generally five or six dark

* These figures denote the largest and smallest specimens in my collection,

but not the largest obtained in Cochin.

+ L.r. is used in this paper to denote the number of rows of scales, passing

Samael to the lateral line; and L.1. the number of scales along the lateral

ine.

6 MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. __ [Jan. 10,

vertical bands ; but these fade after death. The whole of the body

and fins are covered with round black spots, in some places amount-

ing to blotches. Iris olive-green, with a golden margin,

Not very common; do not appear to attain any very large size ;

are good eating.

SERRANUS SEXFASCIATUS, Cuv. & Val.

B. vii. D.U=¥. P.18. V.t. A.4. ©.17. L. x. about 100.

Length of specimens from 5 to 78; inches.

One specimen has twelve dorsal spines and sixteen rays; conse-

quently it is not an undeyviating rule in this genus that, should one

spinous ray be in excess, there will be a corresponding soft ray de-

ficient.

Common. General length about 5 inches ; rarely, if ever, exceed-

ing 8.

SERRANUS DIACANTHUS, Cuy. & Val.

Killi meen (Mal.).

B.vii. D2. P.19. V.t. A.Z. C. 16. L. r. 90.

Length of specimens from 5,4; to 13 inches.

Colours. Brownish, fading into white on the abdomen. The whole

of the fish, even over its branchiostegous rays, covered with bright

orange spots, intermingled with brown ones on the head and tail.

Fresh specimens have five vertical bands, which often fade after death.

Tn the young fish these bands are more distinct and persistent ;

whilst the general ground-colour is leaden, and the orange spots less

marked.

Plentiful ; excellent eating ; and fish from 10 to 15 lbs. weight are

considered of fair size, but they grow much larger.

SERRANUS LANCEOLATUS, Bloch.

Serranus horridus, Cuv. & Val.

Kurrupu (Mal.).

B.vii. Dig. P.19. Vz. A.Z. C.17. Li. 90 to 105.

Length of specimens 7;,, 135, and 22,5 inches.

The Serranus lanceolatus and the 8. horridus have been so accu-

rately described by Cantor and others that a recapitulation appears

to be unnecessary. In the smallest of these three specimens the

comparative length of the spines exceeds the proportion to that of

the soft rays which exists in the larger specimens. But the same

alteration of the comparative length with age also obtains in the

young specimens of the 8. diacanthus,

Colours. These vary exceedingly with the age of the fish, so much

so that the beautiful young has been named S. Janceolatus, and the

old S. horridus ; whilst, curiously enough, not only do the Malays

(according to Cantor) recognize this fish, the ‘‘ Ikan krapu,”’ as being

the same in both its liveries, but so do also the natives of Malabar.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 7

There is one very distinctive portion of its coloration that appears

hardly to vary, whether examined in the smallest specimens or those

at least up to 20 lbs. weight: it is that of the pectoral, ventral, anal,

and caudal fins, which are of a bright gamboge, with black spots or

blotches, sometimes coalescing and forming arched bands. Cantor

mentions that in the adult S. horridus the colours of the fins become

greenish olive; but in a specimen 4 feet 3 inches long, which he

describes, they were the same as given above.

The very young fish, of which there are several in the Govern-

ment Museum at Madras, are of a fine citron or sulphur ground-

colour, with irregular black bands or markings, which become more

distinct as the size of the fish increases.

In a beautiful specimen, 73 inches in length, captured in Cochin

in 1863, the ground-colour of the body and fins is of a bright gam-

boge, with five vertical blackish-blue bands,—the first passing from

the orbit directly downwards over the preoperculum ; the second

from the crown of the head downwards over the operculum, and

slightly impinging on the przeoperculum, becomes lost in the first

band anteriorly and the third posteriorly ; the third, commencing

in the space between the third and tenth dorsal spines, passes down-

wards and, narrowing, joins the second band in front, whilst below

it is adatiued on to the abdomen; the fourth band extends from

the fifth to the last soft ray of the dorsal, and passes downwards to

the whole base of the anal; the fifth band covers most of the space

between the caudal and the termination of the dorsal and anal fins.

The fins are of the same bright yellow ground-colour as the body,

with black spots or blotches forming confluent lines near their base ;

whilst on the pectorals they are disposed in three or four arched un-

dulating bands. Large black blotches exist on the jaws. Iris

golden.

In a fine specimen, over 13 inches in length, captured at Cochin

jn November 1863, the same distribution of coloration is perceptible ;

but its vividness has begun to fade, and marbling can be distinctly

perceived over the whole of the yellow ground, whilst the dark tints

of the bands have much lessened. It must also be remarked that,

in this specimen, the comparative length of the dorsal spines to the

rays has become the same as in the adult hitherto known as the S.

horridus.

In a specimen captured in Cochin in 1862, nearly 23 inches in

length, the adult livery of the S. horridus is perceptible. Back

brownish, gradually fading into grey over the abdomen, the whole

being marbled with darkish grey lines. The spinous portion of the

dorsal brownish yellow, with a dark base. The soft portion of pec-

toral, ventral, anal, and caudal the same as in the younger specimens.

Tris brown, with a golden rim.

This fish, which is excellent eating, is never rare at Cochin, but is

mostly captured in the monsoon months: one, in 1861, was of about

20 lbs. weight. Cantor observes that it grows in the Straits toa

gigantic size, and instances a specimen captured at Pinang, the sage

of which exceeded 130 lbs. -

8 MR, F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. (Jan. 10,

GENYOROGE noTaTA, Cuy. & Val.

B. vii, D.%. P.15. V.t. AZ. C.19. L.1.52. L. tr. 5.

Length of specimens from 3,8, to 6 inches. i

Not uncommon ; do not appear to grow to a large size.

GENYOROGE CHRULEOPUNCTATA, Cuyv. & Val.

B. vii. D2. P.17. Vit. A.Z. C17. L,1.45-50. L. tr. 3.

Length of specimens from 4,5, to 6 inches.

Not common; mostly captured in the monsoon months. Do not

appear to grow very large at Cochin; but in the Madras Museum

are some of a great size.

MeEsoprRION JOHNII, Bloch.

Chembolay (Mal.).

B. vii. D.4%. P.18. V.t. A.3. C.16. 1.1.48, L. tr. 4.

Length of specimens from 2;%, to 1053; inches.

The intensity of the coloration of this fish very much decreases

with age. A specimen, 23 inches in length, is of a beautiful golden

colour, with an intense black finger-mark, extending from the lateral

line to the fourth scale above and the second below it. In very old

specimens the golden metallic lustre of the scales is almost gone.

Very common ; grow to a large size, and are good eating.

MESOPRION AUROLINEATUS, Cuv. & Val.

B.vii. D.U. P.16. Vit. A.2. C.17. 1.1.46. L. tr. 4

inches.

Length of specimen.,.... 4335.

—ofhead ........ 14%, or four-fifteenths of total length.

——— of pectoral ...... 1, or two-ninths of total length.

of caudal........ 355, or one-sixth of total length.

———- of base of dorsal.. 1555, or one-third of total length.

— ofanalans He's 23.42 {;, or one-eighth of total length.

Height of head ........ >> or one-sixth of total length.

———ofbody ........ 1,4, or one-third of total length.

——— of hard dorsal.... 44, or one-fourth of total length.

of soft dorsal .... 3455 or one-sixth of total length.

——— of base of caudal.. 45, or one-eleventh of total length.

of ventral.......- 745, or one-sixth of total length.

——— of anal.......... 35> or one-eighth of total length.

Diameter of eye 34; inch, or ? of the length of the head, ;4, inch

from end of snout, 74; apart, situated close to the upper margin of

profile.

The profile rises very slightly from the snout to dorsal fin; the

line of the abdomen is rather straight. Lower jaw slightly the

longest. Superior maxillary bones extend as far backwards as the

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 9

anterior margin of the orbit. The openings of the nostrils rather

wide apart, and opposite the upper fourth of the orbit. Preeorbital

entire. Przeoperculum finely serrated on the posterior edge of its

vertical limb, very slightly emarginate opposite the interoperculum,

curved at its angle, where the serrations become coarser, but they

decrease again as they approach the anterior end of the lower limb,

which is slightly oblique. Sub- and inter-opercula entire. Oper-

culum with two points, hardly to be termed spines, and terminating

in an acute fleshy extremity. Scales on the opercula ; but none either

between or in front of the orbits. Two broad bands of scales pass

over the shoulders, separated by two or three rows of smaller ones.

Suprascapular denticulated ; scapular and humeral entire.

Teeth. An external row of large sharp teeth in the lower jaw, and

several villiform rows in the centre. Upper jaw the same; inter-

maxillaries crowded with small teeth en velour, and having two canines

on either side, the external of which is curved and very large in

comparison to the size of the fish.

Fins. Origin of dorsal and pectoral in a line, the latter reaching

as far backwards as the anal; ventral slightly behind pectoral ; anal

arises opposite third soft ray of dorsal; pectoral pointed ; soft por-

tions of dorsal and anal rounded; caudal slightly emarginate ; ven-

tral pointed, first soft ray prolonged.

Dorsal spines rather strong: first 2; inch; second ,4,; third 53,;

fourth very slightly longer; thence they decrease to the last, which

is 45 inch. Ventral spine weak, 8; inch long. Anal, second spine

much the longest and strongest ; first >, inch ; second ,5, ; third .2,.

Scales. Longest diameter from above downwards; above the

lateral line they run in an ascending backward series of rows to the

base of the dorsal until the end of that fin, when they pass parallel

with back. Below the lateral line the first four rows run horizon-

tally, terminating in the lateral line; the next five or six pass direct

towards the caudal. Consequently the row commencing at the hu-

merus is the superior one at the tail.

Lateral line passes parallel with the back in its upper third.

Colours. Back olive, shot with yellow. Abdomen yellow, with

several horizontal brilliant golden lines; these lines are divided by a

darker one running along the centre of each row of scales, so that

each golden one is on parts of two. A large, very black mark exists

on the lateral line, commencing at the twenty-second, and continued

until the thirty-first scale ; it extends below the lateral line for three

rows, and above it for one and a half. Dorsal and pectoral olive ;

caudal and anal olive-yellow; ventrals golden. Iris golden.

Rare in Cochin. The foregoing was the only one obtained; a

second was frequently searched for, but invariably without success.

MEsoprION RANGUS, Curvy. & Val.

B.vii, D.f- P.16. V. >. A.g. C.16.2. 1eb46. Ltr. 2.

Length of specimens from 7 to 9 inches.

Very common ; grow to a large size; are excellent eating.

10 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. (Jan. 10,

MEsopRION SILLAOO, Cuy. & Val.

B yi.) D. 2! P16. Vee PAS: CO! 17: TsO ates

inches.

Length of specimens from 11%; to 194%; inches.

GE HEAR taci sratr 5;8;, or two-sevenths of total length.

of pectoral ...... 4,,, or one-fourth of total length.

af wandal <5. 004 3%), or one-sixth of total length.

— of base of dorsal.. 75%;, or two-fifths of total length.

of base of anal.... 2;%;, or one-ninth of total length.

Height of head ........ 4;?;, or one-fourth of total length.

of body .. .. 5455, or two-sevenths of total length.

of hard dorsal.... 2, or two-nineteenths of total length.

of soft dorsal .... 435;, or one-fourth of total length.

——— of base of caudal.. 2, or two-nineteenths of total length.

Of ventral? 4.00280 3, or two-thirteenths of total length.

of anal..........- 2,45, or one-ninth of total length.

Diameter of eye 1,2; x 1 inch, or } x 1 of length of head, 2.1, from

end of snout, 1 inch apart.

Profile gradually rises to the dorsal; but a slight concavity exists

over the nostrils. Lower jaw a little the longest. The superior

maxillary bone extends as far backwards as opposite the anterior

third of the orbit. Preeoperculum, posterior limb nearly vertical

in its upper half, which is entire, then emarginate to receive a knob

of the interoperculum, and at this spot it is very finely serrated ;

angle rounded, with about six very blunt denticulations ; lower limb

horizontal and very short. Sub- and inter-opercula entire; a pro-

tuberance on the upper angle of the latter. Operculum with two

blunted points; no spines. No scales between or before the orbits.

Arched double row of scales over the nape very conspicuous. Supra-

scapular scale veined, but entire. Scapular and coracoid bones entire.

Teeth. Canines large, ;3;ths of an inch exposed ; an external row

of conical teeth in both jaws ; two or three rows of villiform in inter-

maxillaries and upper jaw. A very few villiform teeth in lower jaw,

and only in its anterior portion. Numerous and fine villiform teeth

on vomer and palate.

Fins. Origin of dorsal and ventral in a line; pectoral slightly in

advance ; anal arises opposite first or second soft ray of dorsal ; pec-

toral, pointed, does not reach so far as anal by ;5,ths of an inch;

ventral pointed.

Dorsal spines not very strong, base of spinous portion 4,4, of total

length; interspinous membrane rather deeply notched: first spine

zy inch ; second 1,8; third 2; fourth 2; fifth 1,8,; thence they

decrease to the ninth, which is 1,4;; tenth 1,%;. Ventral spine

weak, 1-3, inch. Anal spines rather strong; first ;°; inch; second

1,;, and slightly the strongest ; third 1,,.

Scales passing in longitudinal rows, both above and below the

lateral line. Opposite the termination of the soft dorsal, they become

slightly undulating in their course,

1865.] MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 11

Lateral line passes parallel with the back in the upper quarter of

the body.

Colours. These do not vary very much, except that in the young

fish they are rather brighter; and also it must be noted that they

soon commence to fade after the fish has been taken out of the water ;

then the brilliancy of its red decreases, and its back becomes rather

brownish grey. Each scale is rather darker at its base than at its

margin. Below the lateral line it is of a bright deep lake-colour,

above of a brownish red, with the base of each scale of a greyish-ash

or brown colour. Under surface of the throat and chest scarlet, with

a shade of orange. Cheeks orange scarlet. A bright blue zigzag

line passes along either side of the snout on the lower margin of the

preorbital and suborbital ring of bones. Hard portion of dorsal

brownish grey; soft, of an orange scarlet. Anal, hard portion

greyish, soft scarlet. Caudal scarlet. Pectoral scarlet, stained with

darker at its margins. Eye bluish grey, with a golden-red centre.

Common at Cochin; excellent eating; and grows to a large size.

MESOPRION RUBELLUS, Cuv. & Val.

B.vii, DU. P16. Vit. ALS. C1174. 1.1.46. L. tr. 2

. s—9°

inches

Length of specimen.. .. .. 173.

0 LTT 5;4, or two-sevenths of total length.

of pectoral ...... 4,%,, or one-fourth of total length.

—_ of caudal........ 3,2;, or two-elevenths of total length.

of base of dorsal.. 7;4,, or two-fifths of total length.

of base of anal... 2, or one-ninth of total length.

Height of head ........ 4, or two-ninths of total length.

af body Viwes «5. 5=4;, or two-sevenths of total length.

of hard dorsal.... 254;, or one-ninth of total length.

of soft dorsal .... 2, or one-ninth of total length.

of base of caudal.. 1,5,, or one-tenth of total length.

——-— of ventral........ 3, or one-sixth of total length.

of anal.......... 2,4, or one-ninth of total length.

Diameter of eye 1,4,x 5% inch, or +4 of length of head, |;

apart, 1,9, from end of snout.

A very considerable rise from the snout to the commencement of

the dorsal fin. Lower jaw very slightly the longest. Superior

maxillary bones reach to opposite the anterior one-third of the orbit.

Preeoperculum almost vertical in the upper portion of its ascending

limb; in the lower third (opposite the interoperculum) slightly

emarginate, finely serrated in the whole of its extent ; angle slightly

rounded, with three or four blunt denticulations ; lower limb oblique,

entire. Sub- and inter-opercula entire. Two very blunt points to

operculum ; no spines. Suprascapular serrated. Scapular and cora-

coid entire. No knob to the interoperculum.

Teeth. Canines, exposed portion ;%; inch. An external series

of large conical teeth in lower jaw, and also in the upper, but smaller.

12 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Jan. 10,

Villiform teeth in both jaws; most numerous in the upper. Fine

villiform teeth in vomer and palate.

Fins. Origin of dorsal, pectoral, and ventral on a line. Anal

arises opposite about the third soft ray of dorsal.

Dorsal spines moderately strong; interspinous membrane very

slightly notched ; first dorsal spine 35 inch ; second 1,%, ; third 252, ;

fourth a little shorter; and they decrease to the last, which is 43.

Ventral spine weak, 1;8;inch. Anal spines, first <3; inch; second 1,

and much the strongest ; third 1,8;. Pectoral pointed, and reaching

upwards of half an inch beyond the origin of the anal. Ventral

pointed ; first soft ray prolonged. Anal rather pointed.. Caudal

truncated.

Scales in horizontal lines, both above and below the lateral line.

Lateral line, in upper third of the body, following the curve of

the back the whole way to just beyond the termination of the soft

dorsal, when it proceeds direct to the caudal, which it reaches above

its centre.

Colours. Back greyish brown. Chest orange. Abdomen and

sides of alight violet, each scale tipped with white. Cheeks orange ;

scales also white on their exteriors. Eye silvery, with a golden rim

round the pupil. Hard dorsal greyish; soft dorsal yellowish grey.

Caudal brownish. Pectoral with a tinge of red. Anal, hard por-

tion greyish ; soft yellowish grey. Ventrals greyish, with an orange

base.

Common; excellent eating.

MESOPRION FULVIFLAMMA, Forsk.

B. vii. D. a Pte: = A. = GC. 74) Ess Ae. 4.

Length of specimen 2%; inches.

AMBASSIS COMMERSONII, Cuy. & Val.

Aranyee (Mal.).

BoD: 7x Po Mieig Ns > A. = CLF. tie 183. “bite =

Length of specimens from 3 to 7 inches.

Common in all pieces of fresh and brackish water. They are eaten

by the natives.

AMBASSIS DUSSUMIER]I, Cuv. & Val.

B.vi. D7. P.15. Vig. AG C.17. 1.1.27. L. tr. Ge

Length of specimen 2,4; inches.

Scales not so deciduous in this as in some of the other species.

Lateral line interrupted.

AmMBASSIS NALUA, Buch. Ham. ?

Aranyee (Mal.).

B.vi. D. 73. P.15. V.4. Avg. C.17. 1.30. L. tr. §.

Length of specimen 3,1; inches.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 13

Inferior margin of interoperculum strongly denticulated : thus with

the double denticulated edge of the przoperculum and the denticu-

lations on the interoperculum there are three parallel lines of teeth-

ing in this species. A sharp spine directed backwards at the poste-

rior superior angle of the orbit; and two or three more along its

posterior edge, but separated from the first by a notch. Ventral

spine comparatively long, reaching close to the origin of the anal,

whilst its soft rays extend as far as the third anal spine.

Length of head one-third of the total ; height of body two-sevenths

of total length ; second dorsal spine two-thirds the height of body ;

second anal spine half the height of body.

THERAPON TRIVITTATUS, Buch. Ham.

Keetcha (Mal.).

: F f 12

B. vi. D. =. P. 15. Vii. A. =. CMSB 95; Litre:

Length of specimens from 2,5, to 454; inches.

All the Therapons are indiscriminately termed Keetcha, and, un-

less by the poorest of the population, are utterly rejected as food,

as they are reputed to prey on any corpses that may be floating in

the backwater. They do not, in Cochin, attain to the size they are

found in Madras.

THERAPON SERVUS, Bloch.

Keetcha (Mal.).

Bevis DOT 10 Pog. Ve i/ar” Avs/s. C17. E82.

L. tr. 12/27.

Length of specimens from 2,!, to 7 inches.

THERAPON THERAPS, Cuy. & Val.

Keetcha, Mal.

Bee De12/109 2 Bs 152. VAs Aw 3/8. C17. Le) 50,

L. tr. 10/14.

Length of specimen 4,8, inches.

PrRisTIPOMA MACULATUM, Bloch.

Be vii. D2 15 Ps17. V.1/5. A.3/7. ©.17. 1.1.52.

L. tr. 8/12.

Length of specimens from 2,4 to 7 inches.

Common; not esteemed as food.

PRISTIPOMA HASTA, Bloch.

Boavie 12/14, P17. V.1/o.- A. 3/7. sC. 17. 1.147.

bn te. 7/10.

Length of specimens from 2,5, to 733; inches.

Common ; does not grow to a large size; eaten by the natives.

14 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Jan. 10,

DIAGRAMMA NIGRUM, Cantor.

Diagramma affine (Ginther).

Bowie, DD I4/16. BelG. Vs 1/5... Ay c/fs )Gerkee | sunt

L. tr. 10/17.

Length of specimens from 8;7; to 21 inches.

Excellent eating ; usually comes in vast numbers about J uly, when -

the Chrysophrys calamara, up to that time abundant, has entirely

disappeared.

LoBoreEs SURINAMENSIS, Bloch.

Parrandee, Mal.

Be yu, D. 12/15, P.t7.) VV. 178.)) Ba S/11,. Cee eee

L. tr,.8/16,

Length of specimens from 2,'5 to 13 inches.

Small specimens are very common, and always have the caudal

deeply margined with white. Large ones are good eating.

Scoxtorsis saponicus, Bloch.

Bivis D.10/00 Polo? Vil /ei eA B/C) iis Lae

L. tr. 5/12.

Length of specimen 33 inches.

Rare.

SyNAGRIS GRAMMICUS, Day, sp. nov.

Bivi. DatOlO.. Bo 17. Ve Se Av /7.. °C. 17

L. tr. 4/10.

inches

Length of specimen...... 75:

ofshead ys sit 228.5 1,5, or two-ninths of total length.

of pectoral- vc sin. 1,4, or one-fifth of total length.

— ofenudal so-as o/s: 1,,, or one-fourth of total length.

of base of dorsal .. 2,55, or one-third of total length.

of baseof anal.... 55, or one-ninth of total length.

Height of head...:...... 1,4, or one-fifth of total length.

of body —..vedsinca 1,5;, or one-fourth of total length.

— of hard dorsal. . +5, or one-tenth of total Jength.

—W— of soft dorsal . 35, or one-ninth of total length.

of base of caudal.. %, or one-eighth of total length.

_ of ventral........ 1 or one-ninth of total length.

OF ayia ieieen tian = x5; or one-tenth of total length.

Diameter of eye 33,3; inch, or 1x + of length of head.

Nape short; profile convex pan snout to dorsal. Lower jaw

longest. Upper jaw reaches to anterior third of orbit. Przeoper-

culum, posterior limb nearly vertical, and finely serrated in its lower

half, whilst from between each serration a fine furrow runs a short

way downwards and forwards ; angle rounded and entire; lower

limb horizontal and entire; the lower part of the preeoperculum is

1865.] - MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 15

furrowed. Sub- and inter-opercula entire. Operculum ending in a

blunt point. Przeorbital large, entire, but furrowed downwards.and

backwards. Upper margin of orbit close to profile. Shoulder-bones

entire. Three rows of scales between the orbit and margin of the

preoperculum ; no scales between or before the orbits. Intermaxil-

laries nearly four-tenths of an inch in length, and protrusible. Nos-

trils close to anterior superior margin of the eye, not far apart, an-

terior rather the largest. Three oval facets in anterior half of the

under surface of the lower jaw, the posterior of which is the largest.

Teeth. An external row of six curved conical teeth in intermaxil-

lary bones, with villiform ones behind and extending all along both

upper and lower jaw, in which last they are equal in size, close toge-

ther, and in about five rows.

Fins. Dorsal commences over pectoral, which is slightly in advance

of ventral. Anal arises opposite about second soft ray of dorsal.

Dorsal, spinous portion 1,4 inches in extent ; interspinous mem-

brane not notched. Spines weak : first ;4, inch; second Zr; third

jx; they continue much the same to the tenth, which is slightly

more. Ventral spine weak, +45 inch; first soft ray prolonged. Anal

spines weak : first 3; inch; second $4; third 42. The hard por-

tion of the dorsal and anal, and also a part of the soft portion, can

be laid flat in a groove on the back. Caudal deeply emarginate,

the first and second rays on either side being prolonged. Pectoral

pointed, reaching as far as the first soft ray of anal.

Scales large, arranged in longitudinal rows ; none on any of the -

fins except the base of pectoral and caudal. The scales above the

lateral line are rather smaller than those below it.

Lateral line runs parallel with the back in the upper fifth of the

body.

Cnrabes: Of a yellowish ground-colour, with reddish longitudinal

lines. Upper portion of head and opercula of a dull reddish colour ;

throat, chin, and chest yellowish; back dull reddish, with darker

longitudinal lines running along the centre of each row of scales.

Below the lateral line, ground-colour yellowish, and the longitudinal

lines not so deep in colour as those above. Dorsal fin yellowish,

with a grey base and pinkish exterior. Caudal reddish, stained. at

the tip with grey. Anal yellowish, with a grey base, and two red-

dish stripes along the centre of its foremost-part. Ventrals yellowish,

with a grey base and yellow centre. Pectoral reddish yellow. Eyes

golden.

Rare at Cochin.

UprENnrEoIDES vitTatus, Forskal.

Cheerul (Mal.).

ene DL G1/8.° Ps BF. Ve BoA, 7.. “Cras et, 38.

L. tr. 3/5.

Length of specimens from 3,3, to 64% inches.

Common.

16 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. _ [Jan. 10,

CHRYSOPHRYS CALAMARA, Cuv. & Val.

Aree (Mal.).

B, vi. D: L/S Pe 15. OV. L/a. : Av 3/8. O. V7e. Glas

L. tr. 5/10.

Length of specimen 9 inches.

Very common until July, when they give place to the Diagramma

nigrum: both are known as the “ Black Rock-fish.”” They are ex-

cellent eating.

Curysorurys HasTA, Bloch, Schn.

B. vis Dy M1 /ile PP. 15.0Vo 1/5. As 3/82 Colt. hagas.

LL. tr. 5/9.

Length of specimen 5-3, inches.

Rare ; whilst the C. sarba, so common at Madras, seems unknown

at Cochin.

CH#ETODON PRETEXTATUS, Cantor.

Box. Dig. Pe b- Veol/s..cA; 8/20. O17,

“3

Length of specimens from 351; to 353; inches.

Common for about a fortnight in June, after the commencement

of the monsoon. ‘They are taken in the Chinese nets at the side of

the river. Never much exceed 3 or 4 inches in length. They are

not esteemed by even the natives for eating.

HENIOCHUS MACROLEPIDOTUS, Artedi.

Purroamee (Mal.).

B.y, D. 11/25. P.17.. V. 1/5. A. 3/18 C.17. 1.1 60.

i, ts O22.

Length of specimens from 2,5, to 4,5; inches.

Common at times; are not found large.

ScatTopHaGus ArGus, L. Gm.

Nutchar char (Mal.).

Bovis De 1OM/1625 Peabs Weiss, Al 4/14 Oia

Length of specimens from 1,1, to 4,5, inches.

- Only eaten by the lower classes, as they are reputed to be very

foul feeders.

Eruiprvus orsis, Bloch.

B. vi. D. 9/1929. 19. Vaavo. cane, 4519.

Length of specimen 3,8, inches.

Rare at Cochin.

Drepane puncratTa, L. Gm.

Piindthee (Mal.).

Bevis Ds8/206 PAl7e Vi 1/5. °-C.3/17.. 1.1.50... tr. 14/835

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 17

Length of specimen from 2.8, to 6 inches.

Not uncommon in Cochin. At Aden, in February 1864, very fine

specimens were brought by the fishermen for sale.

Prrerois voxitans, L. Gm.

Purrooah (Mal.).

B. vii. D. 12. P..14; Vi 1/5... A. 3/6, Cs 13;

10—11°

Length of specimens from 733; to 733; inches.

Not uncommon.

Prerois MILES, Bennett.

P. miles, Cantor.

B.vii. D.12——. P.12. VWei/s. A. 3/7. C.-14:

11—12°

Length of specimens from 103 to 113 inches.

_ Head. Between and internal to the two nasal orifices is a sharp

spine, directed upwards and backwards ; there are some roughnesses

along the upper margin of the orbit (which in old specimens become

spiniferous), and one large spine at the posterior superior angle of

the orbit. The temporal ridge, commencing about the centre of the

posterior margin of the orbit, is spiny in the whole of its course

towards the lateral line. The space between the orbits is shallow,

and rather concave from side to side; down its centre runs a deep

groove, continued anteriorly as far as the intermaxillary bones,

whilst posteriorly it expands over the occiput, where it is bordered

on either side by an outwardly curved blade-like crest, flattened from

side to side, and which terminates in its posterior superior part in

two large flat spines; these in old specimens become several badly

marked spines. The ridge on the preorbital and infraorbital bones

is spiny ; it proceeds downwards over the cheeks towards the angle

of the preeoperculum, from which arise three spines, the superior of

which is directed backwards, the two inferior backwards and down-

wards. In old subjects this ridge is very rugged, and, instead of

having a single row of spines, it has two or three rows of smaller

ones, consequently much increasing its width. At the centre of

the supraorbital ridge is a prominence, from which arises a fleshy

filament in young specimens, which is half the diameter of the eye,

but appears to become shorter with age: there is generally another

at the angle of the mouth, and some others at the inferior margin

of the preoperculum.

Mouth horizontal ; superior maxillary bones do not reach as far

as the anterior margin of the orbit. Preeoperculum, posterior limb

slightly oblique, angle rounded, and with three large spines ; lower

limb nearly horizontal, entire. Sub- and inter-opercula entire.

Operculum having a blunt spinous extremity. Under surface of

lower jaws grooved. Shoulder-bones entire in old specimens ; two

spines in upper portion of suprascapular.

This fish arrives at Cochin in the commencement of the monsoon ;

but it is not common. From one I took twenty-one specimens of

Proc. Zoou, Soc,—1865, No, II.

18 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES-OF COCHIN.- [Jan. 10,

the Atherina forskalii, each from 2 to 3 inches in length; so gorged

was it (its entire length being only 113 inches) that the tail of one

was protruding from its mouth, :

Minovus Monopactyuvs, Bl., Schn.

% asi -

Be yak. 1, = Po 11. * VV. 1/5. A. 9—FG C, 10.

Length of specimens from 233, to 274; inches,

Very common.

PROSOPODASYS DRACENA, Cuv. & Val.

B. vii. D. 39/8. P.13. V.1/5. Ai 8/6. ° 0.4277

Length of specimens from 2,3, to 2°; inches. d

Common. eee

PLATYCEPHALUS INSIDIATOR, Forsk.

B. vii. D.1[7|13. P.17. V. 1/5. A.13. C.15. L.r.94.

L. tr. 12/24,

Length of specimen 13 inches.

Common ; eaten by the lower classes.

PLATYCEPHALUS MALABARICUS, Cuy. & Val.

By Fibs dds 1181 Ld. hw 19s Nud/ile: As 12s... Ue 1D: a dag Soa

L, tr. 9/20. |

Length of specimen 10,5, inches.

Common, Both this anil the last species, directly they are caught,

are knocked on the head with a wooden mallet. They are known

as the ‘‘ Crocodile-fish.”’

SILLAGO sIHAMA, Forsk.

Cuddeerah (Mal.). Whiting.

B. yi. D, 115. P16; V. =. A. a Oi ae eh ec eel A.

Length of specimens from 33 to 116, inches.

Common; good eating.

UMBRINA DUSSUMIERI, Cuy. & Val.

B. vii, D102, P.17. V. 2. A.2/7.°C.17. 7/48) Ltr, 2.

Length of specimens from 5-1, to 55%; inches.

Rare.

ScrzNA DIACANTHUS, Lacép.

Viidah (Mal.).

B. vil, D, 105.217, Viz, Ao. C.17. Ly. 53, Ty tee

Length of specimens from 5a Py to 155%; inches.

Very common, and good eating.

The Nella katchelée of Russell, well represented in his plate,

1865.) MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 19

no. 115, as the female of this fish, appears to me as requiring still

further inquiry. The S. diacanthus is one of the most common fish

in Cochin; but I only procured three specimens of the latter, which

were as follows :—

B.vii, D.10;-45,. P.15. V.t. A.Z. 0,15. L145, Ltr. i

23—24°

Length of specimens from 274; to 634; inches.

ScraNna MACULATA, BI., Sch.

B.vii. D.102. P.16. V.4. A.2. ©,17. 1.1.45. L, tr i.

Length of specimens from 453, to 438; inches.

Air-bladder with fourteen or fifteen lateral processes on either side.

Not common; not considered good eating.

Scr2zna pussumiERI, Cuv. & Val.

B. vii. D.103. P.18. V.t. A.Z. ©.15. 1.1.52. L. tr. 3,

Length of specimens from 5,8; to 64%; inches.

Scrana uypostoma, Bleeker.

B.vii. D.g2. P15. V.z. A.Z. C.15. L145. L. tr. 7.

Length of specimen 4-8, inches.

OroLiTHUS RUBER, Bl., Schn.

B. vii. D.103. P.17, V.2. A.Z. ©.17, L150. L. tr. F.

Length of specimen 83%; inches.

Rare; not found of a large size.

PoLyNEMUS HEPTADACTYLUS, Cur. & Val.

B. vi. D.84. P.l5vii. V.4. A.3. L150. L. tr. 5.

Length of specimens from 4,?; to 438, inches.

Very common in the monsoon time; but they do not appear ever

to exceed 4 or 5 inches in length.

PoLyNEMUS SEXTARIUS, Bloch.

+s 1 . 1 3

B. vii. D.8-.. P.livi. V.5. A.a:

Length of specimens 2+ inches.

For several days during the monsoon they swarmed into the

Cochin River; but all captured were young.

PoLyNEMUS INDICUus, Shaw.

oe 1 1 2

B.vii. D835. P.20v. Viz. A-gop ©.17. L.1. 62,

L. tr. Z.

Length of specimens from 4-7; to 735 inches.

20 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN, [Jan. 10,

PoLYNEMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Shaw.

B.vi, DS. P-l6iv. V.t..A.2. C,17, Eb go. Ui, tae

Length of specimens from 9,8; to 15 inches.

This fish grows to a very large size; and in the months of De-

cember and January numbers are captured by trolling. The bait is

a small fish; and the hook is attached to the line by a piece of

twisted brass wire. The line is thrown, direct from the hand, a dis-

tance of at least 20 or 30 yards into the breakers. Fish of several

feet in length are thus caught by coolies after their working-hours.

Common, and excellent eating.

SPHYRENA JELLO, Cuy. & Val.

Cheelahoo (Mal.).

Boge D5 1/9. Ps 14. Vind bk V8 die

Length of specimens from 6,2; to 83%; inches.

TRICHIURUS MALABARICUS, Day, sp, nov.

By. D, 1g2. abe

_ inches.

Length of specimens from 10,3; to 12 inches.

of head ........ 1,4, or one-seventh of total length.

of pectoral...... 335, or one twenty-fourth of total 1.

Height of body ........ 375, or one-seventeenth of total length.

of head paisa! «\2 .» 72 or one-twentieth of total length.

Diameter of eye 55, inch, or + of length of head; ;4; inch from

end of snout, 2; apart.

Lower jaw the longest. Superior maxillary bones reach to oppo-

site first quarter of orbit. Operculum finely lineated, extends back-

wards to above the pectoral fin. Przeorbital large, entire, lineated.

Opening to nostril large, rather close to the anterior margin of the

orbit, the upper margin of which is nearly horizontal, and close to

the profile of the head.

Teeth. In intermaxillary bones three large canines ; the anterior

the longest, curved, directed forwards and downwards, barbed at its

extremity ; the two posterior ones, arising from the posterior margin

of the intermaxillaries, are curved backwards and downwards; they

are also slightly barbed at their extremities. An external row of about

five fine teeth in intermaxillaries. A single row of about seven large

pointed teeth, flattened from side to side, in maxillaries. In lower

jaw a single row of pointed teeth, similar to those in superior maxil-

lary, but smaller.

Dorsal fin commences to arise opposite commencement of opercu-

lum. Spines weak ; they gradually increase in length until they are

3,ths of an inch, or nearly as long as the height of the body. Anal

spines truncated at their extremity, and only visible with the aid of

a magnifying-glass.

Lateral line curves downwards behind the pectoral, and runs at

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 21

first along the lower third of the body; subsequently it descends

lower.

Colours. Silvery white, with a slight pinkish tinge; back a little

the darkest. The first three or four dorsal spines have a black spot

upon them ; a line of greenish black, in very fine dots, extends along

the upper third of the dorsal in its whole extent. Tail with a black

margin. yes silvery. Tongue smooth, and of a golden tinge.

Pectoral greyish yellow. Skin diaphanous.

Not rare at Cochin.

ScoMBER KANAGURTA, Cuv. & Val.

Ila (Mal.). Indian Mackerel.

Bove 2p Oy. P21.” Vi. 1/5.) Ash iy -C.:25:

Length of specimen 7%; inches.

These fish, which average about 73 inches in length, are captured

in enormous quantities from January until May. Although very

excellent eating, they are not often brought to the tables of Euro-

peans, as they are reputed to be rather bitter; therefore those cap-

tured are commonly salted, dried in the sun, and exported in bundles

of about 1000 each to Ceylon, where they are extensively bought for

the coolies in the coffee-plantations.

Many Ceylonese come over for the Mackerel season. Thousands

of these fish are frequently landed daily and salted. The first pro-

cess consists in a coolie making one cut with a sharp knife along their

back-bone, from the head to the tail, and then a second down their

ventral surface, exposing their intestines. They are then tossed over

to a woman, who, having removed their insides, throws them into a

basket having two handles, which, when half full, is carried by two

men to the sea-shore, where the fish are washed without being re-

moved. Women and children rapidly put some black salt into each

cut, and throw the fish into a boat close behind them (on the shore),

in which there is brine ; there they remain for a few hours, and are

subsequently spread out in the sun, dried, and packed in square

bundles of about 1000 each for export.

Cysium GuTtatum, Bl., Schn.

Arrakeeah (Mal.). Seir-fish.

B. vii. D.16/20ix. P.15. V.1/5. A. 20 viii. C. 26.

Length of specimen 23 inches.

The Seir-fish abound off Cochin, where they are captured from

October throughout the whole of the cold months. They are ex-

cellent eating, but should be cooked when quite fresh. They salt

well, besides being amongst the best fish for ‘Tamarind-fish. Large

ones are rather coarse for eating.

Cysrum commErsonut, Lacép.

Chumbum (Mal.).

B. vi. D.16 Six, P. 20. V.1/3.. A. 2/16x.

Length of specimen 12 inches.

22 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN: [Jan, 10,

ELACATE NIGRA, Bloch.

B, vi. D. 8/34-38. . Po. 21... V. 1/5. As 26-28. C0217;

Length of specimens 12 inches.

ECHENEIS NAUCRATES, Linn.

Putthoo muday (Mal.).

B.vi. D. 39. P. 20. V..1/5, , A. 3/34, ©,17. Disks 22.

Length of specimens from 8 to 11,4; inches.

They are generally captured in Cochin about the size of the pre-

sent specimens, and are not rare. One of these was taken from the

back of a Shark, to which they appear to frequently attach them-

selves.

STROMATEUS ARGENTEUS, Bloch.

: 1

Bovi. D.73. P.27. A 63.

Length of specimen 8 inches.

SrroMATEvS ATous, Cuv. & Val.

Vella arwoolee (Mal.). White Pomfret.

B.vi. D.1/43. P.23. A.40. ©. 17.

Length of specimen 117 inches.

This species of Pomfret is esteemed the best in Cochin, where it is

by no means uncommon during the south-west monsoon,

STROMATEUS NIGER, Bloch.

Kar arwoolee (Mal.). Black Pomfret.

B. vii. D. 5/42; P. 22, A.3/39. C19.

Length of specimen from 3,3; to 14,5; inches.

This fish comes to Cochin about the same time as the S. atous, to

which it is considered slightly inferior, It arrives in droves, and

disappears as suddenly as it comes.

In the young specimen, 3,5; inches in length, the ventrals are

z4y inch in length. The hidden spines of dorsal and anal are appa-

rent, the numbers being D. 5/40, A. 3/37.

Colours grey ; dorsal and anal fins black ; tail yellow, with three

brown cross bards, one of which is at its base.

STROMATEUS CINEREUS, Bloch.

By vi. 7 1/68, Ps 24. A, 51/32; Ou19;

Length of specimen 3,2; inches.

CARANX ROTTLERI, Bloch.

B. vii. D.8 Gix. P.21. V.1/5, A.2 == vill. C.18, 1.1.85.

Length of specimens from 4 to 9 inches.

This fishis common, but not often seen above 9 inches in length.

It is employed as food more by the natives than the European popu-

lation ; for by the last it is not held-in much esteem, t

865.]- MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN, 23

’ CaRANX HIPpos, Linn.

' Caran heberi, Bennett.

Bova D. 81/202 ° P20. V.1/oc Anz 1/it, C.21. Lil, 36,

- Length of specimen 8,5, inches.

After death, the deep black point of the upper lobe of the caudal

fades.

. Very common ; comes into the mouth of the river ; but the largest

specimens, which attain to 23 feet, are captured in the deep sea.

They are most excellent eating. When caught, they give a grunt

like a young pig; and this is continued, should they be moved, as

long as they have any life remaining.

_ They are first captured at the end of the south-west monsoon, and

continue off Cochin during the whole of the cold months.

_ Caranx atropvs, Bl., Schn.

B.vii. D.85. P.19. V.1/5. A. 21/18. C.16. 1.1. 32..

Length of specimen 72; inches.

CARANX MELANOSTETHOS, Day, sp. nov.

_Biyi. .D..81/23. P19. V.1/5.. A. 21/19. C.19. 1.1.28.

inches.

_ Length of specimens from.. 6,'; to 6,8; inches.

of head .......... 1,35, or two-ninths of total length.

of pectoral....... . 1,5, or one-fifth of total length.

base of first dorsal.. =85, or two-seventeenths of total 1.

base of second dorsal 2;7;, or one-third of total length.

— of caydal oo oo. 6s 1,3;, or two-ninths of total length.

* Height of bedy -. 2225... 1,5,, or one-fourth of total length.

of head .......... 144, or one-fifth of total length.

of first dorsal...... 385, or one-eleventh of total length.

of second dorsal.... 5, or one-tenth of total length.

——of ventral ........ +5 or one-tenth of total length.

Ofwanaliye. a eie.s bs 2 3°, or one-eleventh of total length.

of base of caudal .. ,, or two twenty-sevenths of total.

Diameter of eye 55, x >45 inch, or +X 1} of length of head ; 4; inch

apart, 4, from end of snout. The membranous curtain to the eye

extends nearly one-fifth across its diameter on either side.

Head. Upper jaw protrusible for ;2,ths of an inch. Lower jaw

very slightly the longest. Superior maxillary extends backwards as

far as the anterior margin of the orbit. Praeorbital small, and has °

two straight raised lines on its posterior part.’ Praeoperculum ob-

lique, angle rounded, and the inferior margin convex ; suboperculum

large ; it and other opercular bones entire. Nostrils situated nearly

2 lines in front of orbit, with a curved nasal arch over them.

Teeth. In intermaxillaries and superior half of upper jaw from

two to three bands of fine’ villiform teeth ; the same are also percep-

tible in the lower jaw. A triangular space (convex anteriorly) of

24 MR, F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Jan. 10,

rather sharp teeth in vomer, distinct from which, but commencing

close to its posterior margin, is a straight single row of sharp teeth,

the two thus covering a somewhat T-shaped spot. No teeth on pa-

latines.

Fins. Pectoral rather in advance of the origin of the dorsal and

ventral. Anal arises under second dorsal: a deep membranous

sheath to second dorsal and anal. First dorsal triangular ; second

dorsal highest in front, where it exceeds the height of the first dorsal.

Pectoral falciform, reaching to nearly opposite anal. Caudal deeply

lobed. Dorsal spines weak ; first ;4,, second +; inch; third slightly

higher ; thence they decrease. First ray of second dorsal the longest.

Pectoral fifth or sixth ray the longest. Ventral spine weak. Of

the two anal spines, the second is the longest and strongest. Spine

of anal fin weak; first ray the longest.

Seales cover the whole of the body, under the eye, and slightly

the upper part of the operculum.

The lateral line has a very moderate curve in the first portion of

its course, and opposite the eighth dorsal ray it begins to pass straight;

but the laminated scales do not commence until opposite the thir-

teenth ray. They are well marked, but not so strong as in many

species of Caranz; in their widest portion they are not above

2 lines.

Colours. Back of a leaden blue, which below the lateral line be-

comes silvery white. The fore part of the chest, throat, the oper-

cula, summit of head, and upper jaw are of a deep brown, almost

black, which sometimes remains and sometimes fades ; over all these

places there are numerous black dots and spots. Fins tinged with

yellow; second dorsal deeply stained with black in its first eight

rays, and having a white summit ; the whole of the rest of that fin

stained with brown, and dotted with fine brown-black points. Eyes

silvery ; curtain brown.

“This is not a very rare fish m the cold season; and small speci-

mens of 6 and 7 inches are captured at the mouth of the river, but

in the deep sea much larger ones are taken. It is good eating.

CARANX KURRA, Cuv. & Val.

B. vi, (D.8 21.) P. 25. Vit. AQT C17, L138,

5 7

Length of specimen 4,3, inches.

This is Russell’s fish, plate 139, not Giinther’s, from which it may

be yeadily distinguished by having a double row of sharp teeth along

the centre of its tongue.

Not rare at Cochin.

CARANX XANTHURUS, Cuv. & Val.

Batta parra (Mal.).

B.vii. D.82. P.20. Vit. A2y. 1.45,

Length of specimen 5,5; inches.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 25

CarAnx sprectosus, Forsk.

Batta courchee (Mal.).

Roa. Wea! Peres ve ee ee et.

19—20° 5 16—17

Length of specimens from 4,4, to 4,5, inches.

_ Several rows of villiform teeth in the upper jaw, and an external

row of larger pointed ones. In lower jaw, a single row of irregular-

sized teeth. Teeth on vomer and palate. -

CARANX ARMATUS, Forsk.

Boyt. D. 72. P19. Vep. AL2 Go C. 19. Ls. 20.

Length of specimen 2,!; inches.

CaRANX CILIARIS, Bloch.

B.vi, D6. P.18. V.7. Ae2 2.02195 °L. bib:

“Length of specimen 6,5; inches.

CarAnx GALLUS, Linn.

B.vi D. 1/19. P.17. V.1/5: As 1/162"@2 193! -B, W106.

Length of specimen 13,4; inches.

CHorINEMUS LysAN, Forsk.

B, viii. D.7 1/20. P.19.. V.1/5. A. 21/18.

. Length of specimen 19-8, inches.

The Chorinemi come to Cochin in great numbers about July;

they are esteemed good eating, but are rather dry, especially the

larger ones. They salt well.

CuHoRINEMUS TALA, Cuv. & Val.

B. vii. D.71/20. P.20. V.1/5. A.21/17. C.19.

Length of specimen 8-5, inches.

CHORINEMUS SANCTI-PETRI, Cuv. & Val.

Pallagay (Mal.).

Ben, Ufo. P.t7. Venn A, oo Co ly,

~ 18°

Length of specimens from 7 to 853; inches.

Common ; but does not appear to be found of a large size.

TRACHYNOTUS OVATUS, Linn.

Bev. DIGGS, Pol7.- Vo 1/o. Av 21/l7y, C17e

Length of specimen from 4,5, to 5 inches.

Not rare; but does not appear to exceed 6 or 7 inches in length.

TRACHYNOTUS BAILLONI, Lacép.

Vella oodoo or Parruvu (Mal.).

B. vii. D.61/23. P.17. V.1/5. A.21/23. C.17.

Length of specimen 8,5, inches.

26 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COGHIN. [Jan. 10,

Uncommon ; are usually captured by cast-nets in the surf. The

fishermen assert that they always swim in. the surf, are bad rarely

captured i in the deep sea, never in the river,

PsETTUS ARGENTEUS, Linn.

Bevis Diet Pi 16. V.1/3. A. 3/28. ©, 172+ Li. tr. 75.

‘ 28—29°

Length of specimens from 3,1, to 6 inches.

Mostly found in the monsoon “time.

PsetTTus FALCIFORMIs, Lacép.

Lie Sach: 2 SY br ca: Sig: gale seg C. 17. Scales, upwards

of 120 rows. x

Length of specimen 4,5, inches.

PLATAX TEIRA, Cuv. . Val.

B.viz. D, 5/32. P..16...V..1/5..) Ao /24,. G,Aihs Meteo

Length of specimen, to end of caudal, 35%; inches.

EQUULA INSIDIATRIX, Bloch.

Paarl coorchee (Mal.).

Biv; D.9/16. 925. Vso Ae df lAs C219.

Length of specimen 2,8, inches.

Exceedingly common ; and, along with other species of the same

genus, large numbers are kept for consumption during the monsoon ;

for, owing to the small amount of intestines and the compressed form

of their bodies, very little salt is necessary for their preservation; :

As to the poorer natives the salt-tax is great, they evade it along the

coast by opening and cleaning these little fish, soaking them in the

sea, and then drying them in the sun. That they have become semi-

putrid by the monsoon time is not to be wondered at ; neither can we

be surprised at the numerous cases of dysentery and diarrhcea to

which such diet gives rise.

EqQuvuLa DAURA, Cuv.

Baws, Da S/la, Seb do Vel /5.. An Blea ACel ge

Length of specimen 3 inches.

EQuULA EDENTULA, Peay

Bove DSsIGs Pali Ws. A/5.; 3/14. Gly:

Length of specimen 3,5, inches.

LacraRIvus DELICATULUS, Bloch, Schn.

_Purruwah (Mal.).

B. vii. D. 7-853 P.17. V.1/5. A. agra.

Length of specimens from 375 to 6; inches.

Arrives in shoals in February. and March, Are esteemed by the

natives good eating, whether ke or Gin a they dp not — any

size.

Balen

1865. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 27:

- Gosius Giuris, Buch. Ham.

Wartee poollah or Pooan (Mal.).

B.iv. D.61/9. P. 20. V.4/4. A.1/8. C.17, L.1. 30 to 34,

Length of specimens from 3 to 13-2; inches.

Very common in all the fresh and even brackish waters. In the

monsoon time, when the freshes remove the saltness from the river,

these Gobies are commonly caught in the Chinesé nets or by baits.

In the fort-ditch they grow to about 14 foot in length, and, though

highly esteemed by the natives for food, are insipid, and even muddy

in some waters. They are very voracious, taking a bait freely.

’ Gosrus viripipunctatus, Cuy. & Val.

B.iv. D,61/10. P.17. V.1/5. A.1/9, C.15. L128.

L, tr. 13.

Length of specimen 4,%, inches.

These beautifully emerald-green-spotted Gobies, though not com-

mon, are not rare. They are caught in the sea-fisheries, and also

occasionally in the river.

Gosrus AcuTIPINNIS, Cuv. & Val.

Bav. (DS 61/11, 5 P: 19:'°¥.4/4. Med fll: | Gekos, wiles

E. tr. 6.

Length of specimen 3,8, inches,

Usually captured in the river, about July. They do not appear

to grow to any size.

GoBIus MALABARICUS, Day, sp. nov.

B.iv. D.6 1/10. ibs V.4/4. A. 1/10. Werle sige ls Os

L. tr. 10.

inches.

‘ Length of specimen from .. 234; to 2,8; inches.

Of Headi tee sae a. os 6, or one-fifth of total length.

10 : 5

Of pectoral, 2.4 = as 5, or one-sixth of total length. -

of caudal ........ 7, or one-fourth of total length. -

of base of 1st dorsal 5%, or one-ninth of total length.

of base of 2nd dorsal +5, or one-fourth of total length.

of base of anal .... 5%, or one-fifth of total length.

Height of head .......... 74, or one-seventh of total length.

—of body.......... z's, or one-fifth of total length.

of hard dorsal .... 34, or one-eighth of total length.

of soft dorsal...... zp or one-eighth of total length. —

——— of base of caudal .. 5, or one-eleventh of total length.

: -—— of ventral ........ zs, or one-fifth of total length. ©

OU AWAE Senso ones. s 45> or one-ninth of total length.

Diameter of eye =); inch, or } length of head; 71; inch from end

of snout, =}, apart. _ : :

The profile does not rise very much to the first dorsal. « Snout

obtuse ; its upper profile descends abruptly. Cleft of mouth rather

28 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. — [Jan. 10,

oblique ; lower jaw the longest. The superior maxillary bone ex-

tends as far backwards as the anterior third of the orbit. Rather a

strong prominent crest at the nape; the bony bridge between the

orbits narrow, with a low crest running along its centre. Orbits very

closely approximating at upper surface ; a well-developed projecting

angle at their anterior and posterior margins; the anterior the

strongest. A bony ring surrounds opening to nostril. No scales on

head.

Feeth. Conical, an external row in upper jaw the largest ; smaller,

but conical ones in lower jaw.

Fins. Origin of ventral in front of pectoral, of first dorsal over its

first third; one-tenth of an inch between first and second dorsal.

Spines weak. Caudal wedge-shaped. Ventrals united.

Scales nearly quadrangular, elevated along their centre.

Colours. Of a general light brown, with some irregularly disposed

dusky bands on the sides and back ; a dark brown bar descends

directly downwards from the eye; several irregular brown marks

about operculum and head. The first dorsal has a deep black cres-

centic mark, commencing between second and third spines, and con-

tinued to the last ; above this a white curved band, bordered above

with black. Second dorsal, anal, and caudal brownish, barred with

several series of rows of a darker colour.

This fish appears in large quantities in the Kurriavanoor River,

north of the town of Cochin, when the bar is broken down, and the

freshes from the Ghauts reach the sea. It is not captured there

more than 2 or 3 inches in length; but perhaps they may be the

young of a larger species.

Exeorris BuTis, Buch. Ham.

Kullahray (Mal.).

Bvi. D618. P.17.-V-1/o. A. 1/8., Colds. Lad, 28:

L. tr. 12.

Length of specimens from 4 to 5%; inches.

Very common in the backwater, where they are most numerous at

the commencement of the year. They are eaten by the natives.

Exeorris Fusca, Bloch, Schn.

Poollan (Mal.).

Bove DGS. VR Wels. AS T/8. Co LT 6s

L. tr. 21.

Length of specimens from 2 to 25%; inches.

Inhabits most of the muddy ditches and tanks ; are often found

in the paddy-fields, and sometimes in the backwater.

AMBLYOPUS HERMANNIANUS, Lacép.

Boy. 6/4025 Path: Voas5. . Ao d/87, Us 133

Length of specimen from 5 to 545; inches,

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 29

AMBLYOPUS C&CULUS, Bloch, Schn.

B.v. D. 6/46. P.15. V.1/5. A. 1/43\.' ©. 13.

Length of specimen 7-4, inches.

BaTracuvus GRUNNIENS, Bloch.

B.vi. D. 3/20. P. 25, V.1/5; A. 142) C.i12. »Opercular

spines iv. :

Length of specimen 8 inches.

BaTRACHUS TRISPINOSUs, Ginther,

B. vi. D. 3/20. P. 25. V.1/5. A. 14. C.12. Opercular

spines lil.

Length of specimen 5-5; inches.

Caught with the last.

SALARIAS FASCIATUS, Bloch.

Peevipe ty. t2/20." bela. VW. 1/5s > As 240°C C171.

Length of specimen 2,4, inches.

TrEuTHIS JAVA, Linn.

Teves Va da/lO be hde Na t/d. , Ae f/9s, Cy lf

_ Length of specimens from 4 to 4%, inches.

Small specimens common; they are eaten by the lower class of

natives.

TEUTHIS VERMICULATA, Kuhl & V. Hass.

Boy. D.= 5. P.16. V.2/4. A.=4. C. 17.

9—10° 8

Length of specimens from 4 to 115%; inches.

Four specimens were captured in June 1863; two upwards of

11 inches, the other two upwards of 4 inches. The natives asserted

the fish to be good eating.

TEUTHIS MARMORATA, Quoy & Gaim.

Baim Debs OEP. MWe 2/80 A..F /90 0 CL 9,

Length of specimen 9 inches.

ACANTHURUS MATOIDES, Cuy. & Val.

ony. UW 9725.9 B.17.7 Vo 1s, “AS 3/25. -C. 16.

Length of specimens from 4 to 6 inches.

Very common; they do not appear to grow to any very large size

there, although the natives assert the contrary. They are eaten by

the lower classes.

ACRONURUS MELANURUS, Cuv. & Val.

B.y. D. 10/24. P.15. A. 3/24, Co 7.

Length of specimen 1,3, inches. ;

Second dorsal spine serrated on its anterior margin.

30 MR, F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Jan. 10,

NANDvUS MARMORATUS, Buch. Ham.

Mootahree (Mal.). Soe eat Bani , fe

B.vi. D. 13/12. P.16. V.d/5. A, 3/7. ©. 15. L. 1.46.

..tr. 7/13.

Length of specimens from 3 to 5,5; inches.

Common in the rivers and paddy-fields.

CATOPRA MALABARICA, Giinther*.

Boviie Dei4/12..P. 1s NG Aes, A. 3/8. AC. Tes aS,

L. tr. 4/8.

inches.

Length of specimen .. - 3y5-

ofa... sic: jo» or about one-fourth of total length.

of pectoral..... 3 ou» or about one-fifth of total length.

— of caudal ...... 7 or about one-fifth of total length.

of base of dorsal . 1;%;, or about one-half of total length. °

of base of anal... +5, or about one-seventh of total length.

Height OF DCAD carcasses ;5,, or about one-fourth of total length.

Of: body. iewremesa 1,2,, or about one-third of total length.

of hard dorsal .. 55, or about one-ninth of total length:

of soft dorsal.... . =%;, or about one-seventh of total length.

——— of base of caudal. 545, or about one-eighth of total length.

of ventral ...... 32;, or about one-seventh of total length.

of anal ........ 33;, or about one-seventh of total pes

Diameter of eye os inch, or # of the length of head; 5% inch

from end of snout, 5%, apart.

Body compressed. The mouth being situated below the median line

of the body, there is a considerable rise to the dorsal. Jaw equal ;

intermaxillaries protractile; upper lip rather fleshy; the superior

maxillary extends to slightly behind the anterior margin of the orbit.

Upper surface of eye nearly close to profile. Praeoperculum, poste-

rior limb nearly vertical, entire; angle rounded; inferior limb hori-

zontal, and little more than half the length of the posterior limb.

Sub- and inter-opercula with a few very fine serrations at their ap-

proximating extremities. Operculum with two rather strong flat

spines, and ending in a membranous point. Preeorbital entire.

Nostrils rather wide apart, posterior the largest. Pseudobranchize

present. Branchiostegous rays hidden. Gills 33. Opercula and head

scaled; but no scales between or before the eyes, nor on the pre-

orbital.

Teeth. Several rows of small teeth in the jaws, with an external

larger band. Numerous villiform teeth on vomer and palate.

Fins. Origin of pectoral and dorsal in a line. Ventral slightly:

behind. Anal arises opposite commencement of soft dorsal. Dorsal,

* Dr. Giinther has described this species from one of the two specimens out of

my collection which I had placed in the British Museum. Having a smooth

preorbital, and no serrations at the preeoperculum, smooth tongue, &c., I should

have placed it in the genus Badis, as defined in his ‘ Catalogue of the Acantho-

pterygian Fishes.’

-1865.] © MR. F. DAY ON- THE FISHES OF COEHIN; 31

spinous portion can be laid flat on the back, where it is recéived into

a depression ; it is 1,2; inch in extent, and much lower than the soft

portion, which is ,*, inch and pointed. Caudal wedge-shaped. Pee-

toral rounded. Ventral pointed. Soft portion of anal pointed, Dorsal

spines rather strong ; interspinous membrane deeply notched, and ex-

-tending alittle beyond the points of the spines ; first <1, ; second ;7;;

third ;3;; thence they continue much the same length ; central

soft rays the longest. Ventral spine pretty strong. Anal spines

strong, and they can be received into a depression the same as the

dorsal spines; first ;2,; second ;%,, and strongest; third slightly

longer ; centre soft rays longest, the same of the caudal.

Scales ctenoid, greatest diameter from above downwards; some

are continued over the soft portion of the dorsal and anal, and also

over the base of caudal. .

Lateral line interrupted, at first in upper fourth of body ; opposite

fourth soft dorsal ray it ceases on twenty-first scale ; then from below

last portion of soft dorsal it is continued along median line as far as,

but not on to, caudal fin.

Colours. Rifle-green, with purplish reflexions, darker on the back

than on the abdomen. Fins greenish. Eyes yellowish green.

Two specimens were sent me by the Rev. Henry Baker ( junior)

from Mundykium, on the hill-ranges of Travancore, not far from

Cochin. It appears to be common there.

ANABAS SCANDENS, Daldorff.

Undee collee (Mal.).

B, vi, D, 28, P.15. V. 1/5. A255. C.16, L, 1. 27-32,

L. tr. 5/9.

Length of specimens from 3 to 6,8, inches.

The number of scales along the lateral line differs considerably in

different specimens, as do also the number of fin-rays, the compara-

tive size and colour of the body, and the valance at the margin of the

superbranchial organ.

The climbing-properties attributed to these fish in other parts of

India are believed in by the natives of Malabar; but personal ob-

servation can neither confirm nor refute this belief.

Having taken some live specimens at Kurriapudnam in the hot

weather, and kept them in damp grass, some retained vitality as long

as eighteen hours; frequently, when apparently dead, if water were

cautiously applied, they recovered.

Climbing Perch are difficult to keep in a vivarium, owing to their

constantly jumping out, a foot in height being insufficient for the

purpose of retaining them. They are able to progress on the ground

in two ways, either by laying on their sides, flapping their tails, and

assisting themselves by their pectoral fins, or else by the aid of their

pectoral fins, first one being advanced, and then the other.

. They can erect their fins, and likewise their scales, at pleasure ;

and when placed on a flat surface, even when apparently nearly dead,,

32 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Jan. 10,

should their tail be touched, they at once erect their spinous fins

and their scales, even as far as those at the base of the caudal. They ©

at the same time erect their gill-covers. This power must of course

be of great use in progression, if they employ their gill-covers to

assist them in climbing.

They inhabit most pieces of fresh water and paddy-fields, and are

deemed good eating by the natives, who, immediately they catch

them, kill them by biting their heads. A fatal accident occurred a

few years since near Cochin, owing to one of these fish having slipped

into the throat of the native who was biting its head. Owing to the

erectile nature of its spines and scales, it could not be withdrawn, and

the man was suffocated.

PoLyACANTAUS CUPANUS, Cuv. & Val.

Caringanah and Wunnuttee (Mal.).

Bein, Dees, -P.10,. Ve tee AS yO. 4s vlads

L. tr. =.

Length of specimens from 1,%, to 2,3; inches.

Posterior half of horizontal limb of preeoperculum serrated ; pre-

orbital serrated.

Colours. Of a general rifle-green, with some spots on the fins, and

an elongated scarlet ray to the ventral.

In one specimen an inch long, but which appears to be the P.

cupanus, there was one spine less in the dorsal, and one ray less in

the anal. It was of a beautiful rose-colour, rather dark brown along

the back and base of anal fin. Two deep-black horizontal lines passed,

one from above the orbit direct to the caudal, and a second from the

angle of the mouth, through the eye, to the caudal. Head and cheeks

spotted. The natives asserted it was the same as the common species;

but, out of hundreds subsequently procured, none had the coloration

of this one.

°o ”

ATHERINA FORSKALI, Riipp.

B. vine DD, 5) 1/10. 27. 175, Vite, Aide C152 0 dale,

Liden6s

Length of specimens from 3 to 3,4; inches.

Very abundant during the monsoon months, and some are captured

at the end of the year. This is one of several families which are

known to the Europeans as Whitebait, like which they are dressed

for the breakfast-table.

Mueit waiciEensis, Quoy & Gaim.

Freshwater Mullet.

B, ioe. 4 WGNeE AVys * Vee /oe BANS. YOS05s "1 eee

Trt. 8.

Length of specimen 11,2; inches.

Captured from June, when they ascend high up the rivers, and

are considered by the natives as freshwater fish.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 33

MuciL sunpDANENSIS, Bleeker.

mee Date, ORL Tae Ve t/a) AS Sy.” EAST. Lo tr. 9.

Length of specimen 5 inches.

Mueit EnGELI, Bleeker.

for A Ws. PID. Vela. eho. CU. 14..: 1. 134.

L. tr. 11.

Length of specimen 7-4; inches.

Mueiu cunnesivus, Cuv. & Val.

Mahlah (Mal.).

Biys') D.41/8.. P.17.° V5 1/s. A. 3/9. Del41. L. tee 13.

Length of specimen 15,5, inches.

It is from this species the fine fish-roes are obtained for which

Cochin is so celebrated. They are removed from the fish imme-

diately on being captured, and then dried in the sun. They com-

mence coming into season about the middle of October or November,

when these fish swarm into the river to deposit their spawn. By

February all the Mullets (commonly known as ‘‘ Cunnumboo,”’ Mal.)

begin to be scarce, and by April they are almost unprocurable.

Mvueir parstA, Buch. Ham.

Rave neat / 7." Polos lV. Vo. ay Oo) Ue LA. dae Le Oey

L. tr. 8.

Length of specimen 9-1; inches.

Mveit porcitvus, Day, sp. nov.

We ye. 4.1/8. 5P. ta. V.1/d.- A. 3/9. ©. 14... L. 1. 32.

L. tr. 10.

inches.

Length of specimens from 3,4, to 7 inches.

OF Read. e eas + 1,4,, or about one-fifth of total length.

aoe OR eCUral =... .. 1, or about one-seventh of total length.

Grcaudal.... oi... 1,3,, or about one-fifth of total length.

—— of base of 2nd dorsal -°;, or about one-fourteenth of total length.

of base of anal.... 25, or about one-fourteenth of total length.

Height of head........ 5%, or about one-eighth of total length.

ST OOUY ss. 1,4, or about one-fifth of total length.

——— of hard dorsal.. 3, or about one-ninth of total length.

——-— of soft dorsal .. 4,, or about one-tenth of total length.

—-~— of base of caudal +, or about one-tenth of total length.

of ventral... i2..% 1, or about one-seventh of total length.

miMenal YS sts ce 7, or about one-tenth of total length.

Diameter of eye ;4; inch, or # length of head ; 53, inch from end

of snout, =, apart. An adipose eyelid covers a little more than one-

third of the eye on either side in the adult fish. In the young the

anterior curtain is much broader than the posterior one.

There is not much rise from the snout to the first dorsal. Lower

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. III.

34 MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. — [Jan. 10,

jaw slightly the shortest, with a notch in its centre, which is curved

upwards. Upper lip broad, superior maxillary considerably protru-

sible ; it is bent downwards below and behind the angle of the mouth,

where its extremity is visible. Preeorbital angularly bent, with a

rounded, finely serrated margin. Nostrils rather wide apart ; the

posterior largest, and nearer the orbit than it is to the anterior one.

Interorbital space nearly flat. Snout broad, somewhat pointed in

the centre. The cleft of the mouth is rather more than twice as

broad as deep. The free space on the chin is moderately long,

tongue-shaped.

Pectoral fin situated a little above the central line of the body,

and extending to the eighth scale; no elongated pointed scale at the

axil. Twenty scales from the snout to the origin of the first dorsal,

which commences nearer the snout than to the caudal fin, and above

the eighth scale of the lateral line. Eight rows of scales between

the two dorsal fins.

First dorsal spines strong: first 3, the strongest ; second 8, ;

third =4,; fourth ;3;. The spines, laid flat on the back, reach a little

more than halfway from their origin to the base of the second dorsal.

Second dorsal, caudal, anal, and pectoral have some fine scales at

their base. Caudal deeply emarginate. Pectoral rounded. Ventral

with a pointed scale at its origin.

Teeth. A fine row of teeth in the upper jaw, more apparent in the

young fish than in the older specimens.

Scales. Rather irregular in size, highest from above downwards.

Each scale on the body and base of the fins in the adult fish with a

gland in its centre of a deep black colour. In the young fish these

glands are not so apparent ; and until they reach about 3 inches the

black central spots on the scales do not commence to show them-

selves; but still each scale is marked by a central cavity of a rounded

shape, but very irregular in size. The scales covering the head vary

much in shape, the posterior ones being irregularly quadrilateral,

the central one between the orbits nearly round but with deeply

emarginated sides, two oval ones in front, which partially cover it.

Colours. Greyish, shot with silver, lightest on the sides and ab-

domen: each scale with a deep black central spot. Shot with pink

and golden about the cheeks. Fins stained with grey.

By no means rare at times ; but in some years they seem to almost

absent themselves. They are rarely seen above 8 inches. Are good

eating.

OPHIOCEPHALUS STRIATUS, Bloch.

Verarl or Wrahl (Mal.).

Bi.¥.) Di 370i. b7 has 6: A. 23-26... Ov dBi0 Eee,

5—7

L. tr. 7"

Length of specimens from 553, to 15,4, inches.

These fish, known over most of India as the Morrul (Hind.), are

said to attain to the length of 3 feet ; they inhabit all stagnant pools

of water and rivers, whilst the young may be found in every paddy-

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 35

field. It is extraordinary in what small pieces of water they will live

and thrive, owing to the immensity of animal life in the fresh waters

of Malabar.

They have obtained their common appellation of ‘* Walking-fish ”’

from being able to progress some distance over moist places, and thus

change their localities, which they do either when the pond in which

they live is becoming dried up, or when the monsoon fills every place

with water. Possessing a cavity (like the rest of the genus) above

the gills which enables them to carry water, they are capable of

keeping their respiratory organs moist so long as the fluid lasts, and

can consequently breathe for some time after leaving their native

element. They are not able to erect their fins, gill-covers, and scales

like the Anabas scandens, but otherwise progress in the same manner.

It is often asserted that these fish can exist in the dried mud of

tanks ; but though frequently promised by natives that they would

discover them in such places, they invariably failed. Perhaps this

idea may have originated because it is at the commencement of the

monsoon, when the rains begin to render all the previously dried-up

tanks first mud and then water, these fish may be seen migrating.

It may be that as they were known to exist there at a prior time

when there was water, were not apparent when the tank was dry,

but were again seen as the exsiccated mud became moist*, the natives

believe they have arrived out of it. It can scarcely be supposed

these fish could retain vitality in dried mud, where they would be

unable to breathe, to move, or to feed. Europeans have frequently

seen them migrating ; and that they are capable of walking, personal

observation can attest.

OpHIocreHALUS GACHUA, Buch. Ham.

Kuravu (Mal.).

Baa 35. elon. Wis Os, wArol. Coli LL.) 40.

Bitte >

Length of specimens from 5 to 5,3; inches.

Said not to grow upwards of 8 inches in length. Very common,

and found in almost every piece of fresh water, even in many wells.

Eaten by the natives. Takes a bait freely.

OpHIOCEPHALUS MARULIUS, Buch. Ham.

Chaaree verarl (Mal.).

B.v. D.50. P.18. V.6. A. 32. C.14. 1.1.59. L. tr. ©?

* In one south-west monsoon, the grassland in front of the house I lived in,

and formerly part of the esplanade, became one day a sheet of water. As that

evaporated and soaked into the earth I could perceive fish swimming about.

Having sent out persons to capture them, several species were brought me, viz.

a Saccobranchus singio, an Ambassis, and some Barbels or Systom?. I could never

account for how they arrived ; for the remnants of the ramparts precluded their

entrance except by the drains, but the only one which opened there took a cir-

cuitous route to the sea-face of the river, whilst all captured were freshwater

species.

36 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Jan. 10,

Length of specimen 20,4; inches.

Its coloration varies considerably: in the specimen in my collection

the back was dark grey, which colour passed downwards in five or

six digitations to below the lateral line. Abdomen bright orange,

with a few dusky markings at the base of the scales. Dorsal, caudal,

pectoral, and anal grey; ventrals‘orange. On the posterior third of

the body, of the dorsal and anal fins, and over the whole of the

caudal were round pearl-like spots.

These are considered the best of the genus for the table; they do

not appear to frequent stagnant waters or pools.

The O. grandinosus, C. & V., appears to be this species. The

colours of many Indian specimens are nearly as vivid as represented

by the Chinese painter. Likewise O. leucopunctatus, Sykes, seems

to be merely the O. marulius.

OPpHIOCEPHALUS DIPLOGRAMMA, Day, sp. nov.

By. Dl 43 Poo. V6; AS 87. °C 15) Ss eee

1312"

inches.

Length of specimen from 3,%,.

of head. ... 1..:.)- 1,4, or about two-sevenths of total length.

——— of pectoral .... 45, or about one-tenth of total length.

of base of dorsal 1,8,, or about one-half of total length.

—— of base of anal . 1;4,, or about two-sevenths of total length.

of caudal...... >8;, or about one-seventh of total length.

Diameter of eye ;2; inch, or ;2; of length of head; ;%; inch from

end of snout, nearly ;3; apart.

Body subcylindrical in front ; head depressed and flat superiorly,

rather compressed laterally. Orbit oval and close to profile.

Cleft of mouth lateral, wide; lower jaw the longest; superior

maxillary extends behind to below posterior third of orbit. Thirteen

rows of scales between orbit and angle of przeoperculum. Inter-

orbital space flat, slightly wider than the length of the snout ; plates

irregularly round, with raised margins, and smaller than those on the

back of the head. About six series of scales between the orbits, the

centre ones of which are the largest. Nostrils rather wide apart,

the anterior of which is superior and the largest. A sharp spinous

process exists on either side of the back of the head, above the oper-

eulum.

Teeth. Several rows of sharp teeth in the lower jaw, with an irre-

gular internal row of larger ones. Several bands of sharp teeth in

the upper jaw, vomer, and palate, in these two last places interspersed

with larger ones.

Fins. Ventral reaches nearly as far as the commencement of anal.

Fin-rays all weak. Pectoral rounded. Caudal slightly rounded.

Scales comparatively small, lineated, and raised at their margins.

tte line makes a curve from the seventh to the eighth row of

scales.

Colours. Back greyish ; sides scarlet; abdomen white. A broad

black band passes through the eye direct to the upper half of caudal

1865. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 37

fin; a second commenees at the angle of the mouth, and proceeds

to lower half of caudal. Dorsal fin grey; caudal scarlet, with two

black longitudinal lines ; pectoral, ventral, and anal yellowish, with

a dark grey base.

Rare ; only one specimen obtained, in October 1863.

FisTULARIA SERRATA, Cuv.

B.vii. D.15. P.15. V.6. A.14.° C.2+6/2|6+2.

Length of specimens from 1874; to 23745 inches.

Not rare.

MasTacEMBALUS ARMATUS, Lacép.

Ahlee (Mal.).

B.vi.. D2 37|74.. -P. 23. A. 3|79." ©. 15.

Length of specimens from 958; to 18;45 inches.

Common in the rivers. They are dangerous to handle, on account

of their dorsal and anal spines, as well as those on the preeoperculum

and in front and below the orbit.

Fair eating ; but best ina dry curry. They salt well.

MASTACEMBALUS GUENTHERI, Day, sp. nov.

B. vi. D. 27-28 60-64. P.15. A. 3 62-64. C.9.

inches.

Length of specimens from .. 4355 to 7 inches.

—ofhead .......... 1, or about 1-7th of total length.

——— of pectoral ........ =>, or about 1-23rd of total length.

— @L CAUARL «o/s 5 occ yn z{5, or about 1-17th of total length.

of base of hard dorsal 2;8,, or about 2-5ths of total length.

of base of soft dorsal 2;4,, or about 1-3rd of total length.

——— of anal.........«.+.. 2,55, or about 2-5ths of total length.

Height of head .......... z's, or about 1-23rd of total length.

RA BODY vas sant {>> or about 1-9th of total length.

— of soft dorsal ...... zy, or about 1-23rd of total length.

— CET NGO eee =, or about 1-12th of total length.

Diameter of eye =!; length of head; eyes slightly wider apart, 75

from end of snout.

Superior maxillary longer than the inferior ; and soft snout ex-

tends 1th of an inch beyond the end of the jaw. Cleft of mouth

small, and extending about halfway to the orbit. Praeoperculum with

two spines at its angle, directed backwards and downwards, and some

fine ones along its lower limb. A rather long and strong, sharp,

erectile preeorbital spine. Thirteen rows of scales between orbit and

angle of the preeoperculum. The whole of the head and between

the orbits scaled.

Teeth. Several rows of sharp-pointed teeth, directed backwards,

in both upper and lower jaws.

Fins. Dorsal spines strong, short, and sharp, commencing at about

the termination of the first fifth of the body. Soft dorsal, caudal,

and anal united. Anal spines strong, the centre one the longest and

38 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Jan. 10,

strongest, the third being nearly hidden; they all can be laid flat in

a kind of sheath, as can also those of the dorsal.

Colours. General colour greenish brown ; a yellowish-white streak

passes from just above the eye, along the lateral line, to the centre

of the caudal. Soft portion of dorsal dotted with brown, and having

fourteen irregular blotches along its base, extending to the back of

the fish. Caudal with a black bar at its base, and four or five lighter

ones between that and its extremity ; anal irregularly spotted. Ab-

domen, from vent to head, of a dirty yellowish white, with a number

of blotchy markings extending on to it from the side. Operculum

greyish brown, the same colour being also found on the throat.

Przeoperculum of a lighter colour ; lower jaw dirty white.

Very common in paddy-fields and the Trichoor backwater ; said

never to grow to a large size; is considered good eating.

GLYPHIDODON COCHINENSIS, Day, sp. nov.

BVO D ee! Pree he Ae Looe? eee

inches.

Length of specimens from 3-8; to 3,8; inches.

of head: }Yeaaey: oe 75, or about 2-11ths of total length.

of pectoral ... .-. - 3; or about 1-6th of total length.

——— of caudal........ 1,4,, or about 1-3rd of total length.

of base of dorsal.. 158, or about 2-5ths of total length.

of base of anal.... 4, or about 2-11ths of total length.

Ileight of head.......... 7/5, or about 2-11ths of total length.

——— of body ........ 1,1, or about 2-6ths of total length.

_ of hard dorsal.... 35, or about 2-15ths of total length.

of soft dorsal .... 154, or about 2-6ths of total length.

———— of base of caudal.. 4, or about 1-9th of total length.

——— of ventral........ 35, or about 1-6th of total length.

——— ofanal.......... 35, or about 1-8th of total length.

Diameter of eye ;%; inch, or # length of head ; 3, inch from end

of snout, ;2; apart.

Body ovoid, compressed, width at shoulder being scarcely equal

to half its height; profile from snout to dorsal fin convex. Soft

portions of dorsal, anal, and caudal fins much elongated.

Jaws of equal length ; superior maxillary extends as far backwards

as opposite the anterior margin of the orbit. Praeoperculum entire ;

posterior limb slightly oblique, and half as long again as the inferior

limb, which is horizontal, the angle being rounded. Sub- and inter-

opercula entire. Operculum ending in a flat rather strong spine at

its centre, a little below the level of the lower margin of the orbit ;

a second a short distance above, and in one specimen a third about

an equal distance below the central one. The posterior nostril

rounder than the anterior, which is transversely oval; they are a

short distance apart, and near anterior surface of the orbit, slightly

above its median line. All the opercula and interorbital space scaled.

Suprascapular, scapular, and humeral bones entire.

—_ee

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 39

Teeth flattened and compressed into a single row, decreasing in

size from the centre of the jaws to their circumference.

Fins. Dorsal commences opposite end of operculum. Pectoral

slightly behind, and ventral a little more posterior. Anal commences

opposite about the tenth dorsal spine. Spinous portion of dorsal

1,2; inch in extent; spines moderately strong ; interspinous mem-

brane slightly longer than the spines, and deeply notched ; soft por-

tion elongated ; first spine ;2,, second nearly 3%; inch ; and they gra-

dually increase to the last, which is ;5;. Pectoral rounded. Ventral

spine ;4; inch, moderately strong; first soft ray prolonged. Anal,

first spine =2;, second 3%;, and the strongest ; soft rays prolonged.

Caudal deeply lunated ; outer rays much prolonged.

Scales. Greatest diameter from above downwards; some are con-

tinued over the soft portion of the dorsal and anal and commence-

ment of caudal.

Lateral live at first on third scale, and is thus continued for about

eighteen scales, when it apparently ceases; but it may be found

continued on the sixth row in the form of round glandular cavities

in the centre of each scale.

Colours. Of a deep purplish black ; the margins of some scales of

a lighter shade, lightest on the abdomen. Pectoral fins not so deeply

stained as the others. Eyes dark hazel.

Only three specimens were observed at Cochin, and they were all

captured in one net.

PLATYGLOSSUS DUSSUMIERI, Cuv. & Val.

Bovizs Di Sey Be by We ten Ae ds) CoVS.> LL 29. Lot g

. 12°

Length of specimens from 3,8; to 434; inches.

_ GERRES PUNCTATUS, Cuy. & Val.

Bev. Did. Potay Vit. App. 172) L.b42. Te tr. 3.

10°

Length of specimens from 4,1; to 75 inches.

Arrives in Cochin in large numbers in the month of October ; is

eaten by the natives.

GERRES FILAMENTOSUS, Cuv. & Val.

B.vi. Ds. P15. V.>... Aso, Cil7,; yl, 42.” Late. s:

Length of specimen 5%; inches.

Errorius suraATENsIs, Bloch.

Kurree meen (Mal.).

B.vi. D.=>*. P17. Viz. AG. C.16. L.1.45. L. tr. 21.

Length of specimens from 1,4, to 1052; inches.

During the monsoon time the colours of these fish are most beau-

tiful ; the eight vertical bands are more distinctly marked, the ab-

domen becomes nearly white, the back dark green, whilst a round

white pearly spot exists on nearly every scale. Very young fish

40 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW WHALE. {Jan. 10,

have a large black ocellus, surrounded by a white margin, and ex-

tending from the fourth to the tenth soft ray of the dorsal. When

these fish frequent brackish water, they generally become of a deep

purple colour. ;

Very common in all pieces of fresh water, and excellent eating

when of a large size. They take a bait freely, but are not so easily

captured by a net, as they appear to dive down into the mud.

Erropius MACULATUS, Bloch.

Pulluttay meen (Mal.).

B.vi. D.@. P14. V.>. AZ. C.16. 1.1.35. TL. tr. 21.

Length of specimens from 1,5, to 354; inches.

Having captured about fifty specimens, on July 15th, 1863, from

the fort ditch, for the purpose of minutely examining their colours,

no two could be said to be exactly similar. The seventeen or

eighteen rows of golden spots were more or less apparent in all:

but in some the three blotches on the side were black, in others of

emerald-green, whilst all intermediate shades were perceptible ; some

were glossed over with purple, which was absent in others.

Common in every paddy-field, tank, or piece of fresh water; and

even occasionally in the backwater within the influence of the tides.

Eaten by the natives, but, as they rarely exceed 3 inches in length,

are not esteemed by the Europeans.

2. Notice or A New WHALEBONE WHALE FROM THE COAST

or DEVONSHIRE, PROPOSED TO BE CALLED EsCHRICHTIUS

roBustus. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., etc.

A better proof could not be required of the little attention that

has hitherto been paid to the study of the Whales of the seas sur-

rounding the British islands than the fact that, almost immediately

after the appearance of my paper on British Whales, in which I had

doubled the number of species that had before been recorded as

found on our coast, a bone has been discovered showing most dis-

tinctly that a species of Whalebone Whale which had only been

described from an imperfect skeleton buried in the sand on the coast

of Sweden is also an inhabitant of our seas.

Mr. Pengelly has kindly brought to me one of the middle cervical

vertebrze of a Finner Whale, which was washed ashore at Babbacombe

Bay, in Torbay, on the coast of Devonshire, on the 24th of Novem-

ber 1861. It is so different in its form and proportions from the

cervical vertebrae of any of the species of British Whales which I

described in my paper on those animals (printed in the ‘ Proceedings’

of the Society for 1864), that I lose no time in bringing a description

of it before the Society ; for, as I have already observed, I consider

that we must treat remains of Whales as we do fossil animals—

describe them from a single bone, if no more can be procured, if,

after careful study and comparison, we are satisfied that the bone in

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW WHALE. 41

question differs in important characters from the corresponding bone

in the hitherto known species.

In this case, though as yet we only know a single bone, there

cannot be any doubt,—1, that the body of the vertebra differs in

its form and thickness from the vertebra of any Finner Whale yet

described ; 2, that the thickness of the lateral processes is exceed-

ingly different from that of those parts in any other known species ;

3, that the size, or rather width, of the canal of the spine, as com-

pared with the size of the body of the vertebra, differs from the

width found in any Whale yet examined.

On comparing this vertebra with the drawing of the cervical ver-

tebree of Balenoptera robusta, described by Professor Lilljeborg in

his very excellent paper on the Scandinavian Whales, which he had

been so kind as to transmit to me, I was induced to believe that the

bone sent by Mr. Pengelly might belong to that species; but, for

greater certainty, as I cannot read the Professor’s Swedish descrip-

tion of the species, nor get it properly translated here, I sent a tracing

of the bone to Upsal, and the Professor has replied that he believes

that it belongs to the species he described. He has also sent me a

drawing of one of the cervical vertebrz of his species, which cer-

tainly agrees with the one from Babbacombe Bay in every particular,

except in being a trifle larger in all its parts.

The addition of this animal to our marine fauna, and the pro-

curing of the remains of a second specimen of a species which only

rested on the description of an imperfect skeleton found imbedded

in the sand on the coast of Sweden, is important.

In my “ Notes on the Whalebone Whales, with a synopsis of the

species,” published in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’

(vol. xiv. p. 343), I gave the reason why I thought Balenoptera

robusta was probably more allied to Megaptera than to Physalus,

and I there proposed for that species a new subgenus, under the name

of Escuricutiuvs. The examination of the vertebra from Devon-

shire, and the additional figures which Professor Lilljeborg has so

kindly sent to me, confirms me in the idea that it is of a distinct

form, proper to be considered as a genus. Professor Lilljeborg ob-

serves, ‘‘ Depuis peu vous considérez que mon B. robusta appartient

aux genre Megaptera. D’aprés les principes que vous avez suivies

dans la distinction des genres des Balenoptéres, cette espéce, sans

doute, doit faire type d’un genre particulier.”

In the cervical vertebrz of all the genera of Finner Whales which

I have examined, and which have hitherto been described, the width

of the canal of the spinal marrow is rarely more than half the width

of the body of the vertebra: thus in Physalus the canal is 52 inches

wide, and the body of the vertebra 11 inches; in Megaptera, which

had the largest and widest canal known until the discovery of this

Whale, the canal is 5 inches, and the body of the vertebra 9 inches

wide; but in this Babbacombe Whale the canal is 63 inches, and the

body of the vertebra only 73 inches wide. The cervical vertebrz of

the Balenide have a large canal for the spinal marrow, compared

with the size of the body of these vertebre.

42 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW WHALE. [Jan. 10,

The large size of this canal in Megaptera, Peescopia, and Cuvierius,

as well as peculiarities in other parts of the skeleton in the two

former genera, shows that the long-armed Humpbacked Whales

have some characters which make them, in some respects, more

allied to the Right Whales, or Balenide, than the other Finner

Whales. schrichtius is separated from both Megaptera and Pes-

copia by the regular and well-developed form of the lateral pro-

cesses, which are even larger and longer, compared with the size of

the body of the vertebra, than are found in any of the species of

Physalus or Benedenia.

The canal of the spinal marrow in Eschrichtius is broader, com-

pared with the size of the body of the vertebree, than it is in the last

cervical vertebra of Balena biscayensis (the canal in this species

becomes wider, compared with its height, as it approaches the dorsal

vertebra) ; for its width is only four-fifths of the width of the body

of the vertebra, while in Eschrichtius it is eight-eighths of the same

measurement,

In the study of these animals, I have observed that the form and

proportion of the canal of the spinal marrow constitute one of the best

characters for the distinction of the Whales. Under these circum-

stances, I propose to form a genus for this Whale, under the name

EscuricHrTivus.

The external form and size of pectoral fin, and the position and

form of the dorsal fin, unknown. Lower jaw with a very low,

strongly developed coronoid process. Vertebree 60. Ribs 15—15.

The cervical vertebre free, the body small, thick, suborbicular, qua-

drangular, rather wider than high ; lateral processes of the third to

the seventh vertebrae not forming a ring; the canal of the spinal

marrow very broad, compared with the width of the body of the

vertebrze, and very high, subtrigonal, with rounded angles. The

second cervical not known. Bladebone with a distinct acromium and

Vertebra of Eschrichtius robustus.

coracoid process. Arm-bones broad, not longer than the humerus.

Fingers, phalanges half as long again as broad. The breastbone

1865.| MR. MIVART ON THE MYOLOGY OF CERCOPITHECUS. 43

trigonal, rather longer than wide; front part broad, arched out in

front, broadly truncated at the sides ; the hinder part at first suddenly

tapering, for half its length, and then gradually tapering to a point

behind.

The body of the cervical vertebra of #. robustus from Babbacombe

is very thick, and of a nearly uniform thickness ; front and hinder sur-

faces nearly flat; the sides are nearly straight, the lower one being

the widest and most arched out. The upper and lower lateral pro-

cesses are strong; the upper one subtrigonal, slightly bent down,

and nearly on a level with the articulating surfaces of the body ; the

hinder one rather compressed above, broader and somewhat flattened

on the lower edge. The width of the body 73, the height 6 inches.

The upper processes 32, and the lower 43 inches long ; but they are

evidently broken and sea-worn at the end.

This vertebra appears to be either the fourth or fifth cervical, as

the lateral processes are nearly on the same plane as the articulating

surface; while in the anterior or posterior cervicals they are usually

either bent forwards or backwards. It differs from other cervical

vertebree in the squareness of its form, the straightness of the sides,

the smallness of the size, and the very great and equal thickness of

the body. It is evidently the bone of an adult animal, as the epi-

physes are completely united to the body of the vertebra.

The body of the vertebra is nearly as wide and thick as that of

the corresponding one in M. longimana (width of body 9, height 7,

width of neural arch 5? inches in widest part), at the same time

that the space between the bases of the neural arch is nearly 14 inch

wider, and the lateral processes are very much thicker and more

developed, than in the vertebra of M. longimana.

It differs in the same characters, but in a greater degree, from

the correspondiug cervical vertebra of Physalus (width of body 11,

height 7, width of neural arch 53 inches) ; for in that genus the body

of the vertebra is thin and transversely more oblong, and the canal

of the neural arch not so broad, compared with the width of the

body of the vertebra.

3. NoTEs ON THE Myo.woGy or A SPECIMEN OF CERCOPITHECUS

saBzuS. By Sr. GrorcGe Mivart, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

In October last I received from the Society’s collection a fine

adult female Monkey of the above-mentioned species. It may per-

haps be worth while to record the conditions presented by some of

those muscles which show such interesting variations in the order

Primates.

The levator claviculz arose from the transverse process of the

atlas only, and, descending beneath the sterno-mastoid, was inserted

into the acromion and the anterior third of the spine of the scapula,

but not at all into the clavicle. The trapezius was entirely super-

ficial to it.

The omo-hyoid was wanting.

44 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Jan. 10,

The pectoralis major arose from the whole length of the sternum,

the sternal ends of the ribs, and the sterno-clavicular articulation,

but not from the clavicle itself; it was inserted into the external

edge of the bicipital groove of the humerus, side by side with the

deltoid, and having the same upper and lower limits as that muscle

has at its insertion.

The pectoralis minor consisted of two very distinct portions. The

first arose from the sternum (below the second bone), and from the

sternal ends of the ribs beneath, extending as far down as the origin

of the pectoralis major. The second part arose exclusively from the

aponeurosis of the external oblique. The fibres of these two portions

converged (leaving a triangular space between them covered by the

pectoralis major), and were together inserted into the capsular liga-

ment of the humerus.

The trapezius was inserted into the whole length of the spine of

the scapula to the extremity of the acromion, but it had no insertion

into the clavicle.

The rhomboideus major and rhomboideus minor were represented

by asingle muscle; but there was a very distinct and separate mus-

cular slip which arose from the supra-occipital, and was inserted by

a distinct tendon into the inner side of the posterior margin of the

scapula, just below the triangular surface at the root of the spine.

The latissimus dorsi separated into two portions when about

2 inches from the axilla: the smaller and inner portion joined the

tendon of the teres major ; the larger and outer portion was inserted

into the bicipital groove.

The dorso-epitrochlear arose from the larger division of the latis-

simus dorsi (just where it became tendinous), and was inserted, as

usual, into the olecranon.

A small, short muscular slip arose from the outer side of the ten-

don of the coraco-brachialis, aud was inserted into the humerus just

above the insertion of the teres major.

The extensor indicis ended in two tendons inserted, respectively,

into the second and third digits.

The extensor minimi digiti similarly gave tendons to the fourth

and fifth digits.

The extensor primi internodii pollicis was entirely absent.

The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis gave rise to two tendons, one

being inserted into the trapezium, the other into the radial border

of the first metacarpal.

The flexor profundus consisted of four fleshy bellies, of which the

first arose from the anterior surface of the radius and interosseous

ligament, the second from the anterior surface of the ulna, the third

from the inner condyle of the humerus, and the fourth from the

inner border of the ulna. The last was very distinct, and supplied

the tendon for the fifth digit. The other three soon fused together,

and gave origin to a very broad tendon, from the middle of the super-

ficial surface of which a small tendon arose, which crossed over and

was inserted into the pollex.

The scansorius was completely fused with the gluteus minimus.

1865.] MYOLOGY OF CERCOPITHECUS. 45

The tensor vaginz femoris was strongly developed, but very closely

united, at its origin, with the gluteus medius.

The biceps femoris had but one origin, namely, from the outer

side of the base of the ischium beneath the acetabulum.

The rectus femoris and soleus had each also but a single origin,

the latter arising from the head of the fibula.

The tibialis anticus had its lower half divided into two distinct

fleshy bellies, one giving off a tendon to the ento-cuneiform, the

other sending one to be inserted into the tibial side of the ventral

surface of the first metatarsal.

The peroneus quinti digiti consisted of a very small fleshy belly,

which arose from the middle of the external surface of the fibula

(between the peroneus longus and the peroneus brevis) and soon

gave rise to a very long and exceedingly slender tendon, which was

closely applied to that of the peroneus brevis and, beyond the in-

sertion of the latter, was continued along the upper and outer edge

of the fifth metatarsal to be inserted into the extensor sheath of the

fifth digit.

Left foot. Right foot.

a. Flexor longus hallucis. ec. Flexor accessorius.

4. Flexor longus digitorum. d. Tendon of hallux.

The flexor longus digitorum and the flexor longus hallucis were

connected together by their tendons in a peculiar manner, but which

differed slightly in the two feet. In both feet the tendon of the

flexor longus digitorum bifurcated, one branch going to the second,

the other to the fifth digit. The flexor longus hallucis divided into

three strong tendons, destined for the hallux and for the third and

46 MR.A.NEWTON ON NEWBIRDS FROM RODRIGUEZ. [Jan. 10,

fourth digits respectively. In both feet also the tendon to the hallux

was bent round that going to the second digit, becoming superficial

to it. In both feet also the tendon of the fifth digit gave off two

short and very slender tendons to join those of the flexor longus hal-

lucis destined for the third and fourth digits respectively ; and the

tendon of the second digit also gave off a short and slender slip ; but

while, in the right foot, this slip joined the tendon of the hallux (the

flexor longus digitorum being thus, directly or indirectly, connected

with all the digits of the right foot), this slip, in the left foot, jomed

the other brauch of the flexor longus digitorum (namely, the tendon

for the fifth digit), the tendon of the hallux, in that foot, thus pass-

ing between the two branches of the flexor longus digitorum and

their connecting slip, but having no connexion whatever with any

tendon of that muscle.

The flexor accessorius gave off no tendon, but was inserted into the

outer side of the tendon of the flexor Iongus digitorum and of its

external branch, its insertion extending from a little distance above

to about the same distance below the point of bifurcation of the

tendon.

The lumbricales were three in number in each foot, and inserted

into the third, fourth, and fifth digits; but while, in the right foot,

the lumbricalis inserted into the third digit took origin from the

outer side of the tendon of the second digit ; in the left foot it arose

from the inner side of the tendon of the third digit. Again, the lum-

bricalis of the fourth digit arose, in the right foot, from the inner

side of the tendon destined for that digit, while in the left foot it

arose from the outer side of the tendon for the third digit. Finally,

the lumbricalis of the fifth digit, which, in the right foot, arose from

the tendon of that digit, took origin, in the left foot, from the outer

side of the tendon of the fourth digit.

The plantar interossei formed a very distinct muscular layer, which

arose from the proximal end of the plantar surface of the third meta-

tarsal, and from the sheath of the tendon of the peroneus longus.

It divided into three distinct portions, which were inserted in the

usual manner, 7. e. like the palmar interossei of the human hand.

4. On Two New Birps From THE IsLtanD OF RODRIGUEZ.

By Aurrep Newton, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

(Plate I.)

I have the pleasure of laying before the Society specimens of two

undescribed birds, which I have recently received from my brother,

Mr. Edward Newton, Acting Auditor-General of Mauritius, C.M.Z.S.

They were obtained by him during a short visit to the Island of Ro-

driguez, a locality so interesting as having been the seat of one, if

not more, species of the family Didide. I may add that these two

species were the only land-birds observed by him on this occasion,

with the exception of a small Parrot (Poliopsitta cana) and a spe-

J Wolf.del.et ith. M&NHanhart imp

Pee OUD. DA: PPA TC AGN &:

3. DRYM@CA RODERICANA .

1865.] MR.A.NEWTON ON NEW BIRDS FROM RODRIGUEZ. 47

cies of Numida, both of which have been, according to the informa-

tion he collected, introduced into the island from Madagascar.

The first I call

Foupta FLAVIcans, sp. nov. (Pl. I. figs. 1, 2.)

F. major, capite et pectore pulchre luteis, alis unifasciatis, pe-

dibus validioribus.

Descr. maris adulti. Olivaceo-virens, dorso striolato ; subtus

pallidior ; capite, collo, pectore et uropygio pulchre luteis,

capistro et genis vubro-aurantiaco ardescentibus ; abdomine

medio albido-lutescente ; alis albido late unifasciatis ; regio-

nibus ophthalmicis nigris ; rostro gracili, subincurvo, nigro ;

pedibus validioribus, dilute brunneis ; wridibus perfuscis.

Long. tota 5, alee 2°72, caudze 1°9, acrotarsi °85, dig. med. cum

ungue *75, hallucis cum ungue ‘64, rostri a fronte 56, ejusdem a

rictu *54 poll. Angl.*

Descr. foeminz adultze. Fusco-virens, dorso striolato ; subtus

multo pallidior ; alis late unifasciatis ; rostro et iridibus per-

fuscis ; pedibus fuscis.

Had. in insula Mascarena “ Rodriguez ”’ dicta.

Mus. A. et E. Newton.

Obs. I characterize this fine species as new without any hesitation.

I may mention that a specimen has been in the possession of myself

and my brother for nearly twenty years. All we know of it was

that it was sent to England by the late Colonel Lloyd, who was Sur-

veyor-General of Mauritius. We took it to be an accidental variety

of Foudia madagascariensis, perhaps arising from the bird having

been kept in captivity. When, however, I came to compare it with

examples of that species, it was plainly distinct ; but having no know-

ledge of the precise locality where it was obtained, though I had

little doubt it came from one of the Mascarene Islands, I forbore to

describe it. The new species, though no doubt most nearly allied

to F. erythrocephala, will be easily distinguished not only by its

greater size, but by its very different colouring.

The second I propose to designate as

Drymeca (?) RODERICANA, sp. nov. (Pl. I. fig. 3.)

D. supra cinereo-olivacea, subtus flavescens, annulo periophthal-

mico paroticisque albis flavido tinctis.

Deser. maris adulti. Rostro gracili, sub apicem emarginato; max-

illa incurvata; mandibula recta, ultra medium levissima, sursum

inclinata ; naribus basalibus, superne membrana clausis, inferne

rima longitudinalt apertis ; rictu setoso ; alis brevioribus, ro-

* Addo mensuras similes marium Foudie madagascariensis e¢ F. erythro-

cephalz :—

F.m. F. e. || F.m F.e.

Long. tota ............ 48 1... 44 Long. dig. med. c. ung.... °73 ...*7

BLD 5 ..cceneceos 22! ost) 2°65 hallucis ............ fo. nes. CEB

——- caude ......... 1°75 1°55 || ———rostri a fronte...... 51 55

——-acrotarsi ...... 79 ... ‘85 || ——-rostria rictu ...... 56 te “54

48 DR.K. CRISP ON THE OS PENIS OF THE CHIMPANZEE. [Jan. 10,

tundatis, remige primo brevissimo, secundo abrupte longiore et

nono equali, tertio quarto et quinto subequalibus longissimis

externe emarginatis ; cauda rectricibus decem, elongata, gra-

data ; acrotarsis longiusculis. Supra cinereo-olivacea, flexura

flavescente, remigibus rectricibusque olivaceo-fuscis, illis externe

griseo limbatis ; subtus pallide flavescens, annulo periophthal-

mico paroticisque albis, pallide flavido tinctis ; maxilla perfusca

favo limbata; mandibula flava ; pedibus schistaceo-brunneis.

Long. tota 5°75, alee 2°8, caudee 2:6, acrotarsi *9, dig. med. cum

ungue ‘58, hallucis cum ungue ‘51, rostri a fronte 54, eyusdem a

rictu ‘7 poll. Angl.

Hab. in insula Mascarena “ Rodriguez’’ dicta.

Mus. A. et E. Newton.

Oés. It is with considerable doubt that I refer this bird to the

genus Drymeca. It seems to me to be quite as nearly allied to

Prinia, with certain leanings towards Orthotomus. In my deter-

mination of it, I am chiefly influenced by the opinion of Mr. G. R.

Gray, who has most obligingly examined the specimen, and informed

me that he considers it belongs to the first-named genus, adding

that it ‘“‘is somewhat allied to D. thoracica, which is the type of

Swainson’s subdivision Apalis.” I would take this opportunity of

remarking that no other species of the genus Drymecca, as restricted,

is found in any island of the Mascarene group ; for the Drymeca

madagascariensis of Dr. Hartlaub (Orn. Beitr. zur Fauna Madagas-

cars, p. 35) seems to me more properly to belong to the genus Cistz-

cola, having twelve, instead of ten, rectrices.

5. On THE Os Penis OF THE CHIMPANZEE (TROGLODYTES NIGER)

AND OF THE ORANG (Stm1A saTyRuS). By Epwarps Crisp,

M.D., F.Z.8., &c.

The communication I am about to make will, I think, be received

with some amount of gratification by the members present, as there

are none of us, I presume, that wish to claim relationship with the

ape, and any discovery that makes the line of demarcation between

man and the brute more definite and positive will be hailed with

satisfaction. All, as far as 1 know, who have dissected the two apes

above named—animals among the anthropoid Quadrumana that have

most frequently come under the knife of the anatomist—have either

if qr"

a. The penis-bone of a young Orang.

b. The penis-bone of a young Chimpanzee*.

denied the existence of a bone in the penis, or have inferred that it

was not present. During my first examinations of the Orang and

* These bones are represented with the periosteal covering.

1865.] DR. E. CRISP ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WATER-OUSEL. 49

Chimpanzee, when the anatomy of these apes excited less interest, I

did not examine the male generative organs with sufficient care, and

I inferred, as others had done, that no bone was present. In my

more recent examinations I have been more minute, and, to my sur-

prise, I find that both the Chimpanzee and Orang have a penis-bone

as exhibited in the preparations before the Society and in the draw-

ing which I now exhibit. (See woodcut, p. 48.)

I first discovered this bone in a young Orang, and next in two

Chimpanzees, now in my possession. Through the kindness of

Mr. Flower, conservator of the Hunterian Museum, I examined all

the male anthropoid apes in spirits at the College of Surgeons. In

avery young Chimpanzee weighing about 5lbs., and having only

four incisor teeth, I found this bone small and acicular. In two

Orangs, about two years of age, it appeared to be of about the size of

the specimens before the Society; but in these I judge only from

external examination. This bone, I believe, is present in the Gorilla

also, an animal that in many respects is more distant from the human

family than the Chimpanzee. The bone in these young anthropoid

apes (Orang and Chimpanzee) is about one-third of an inch in

length, and about a line in width, with the extremities slightly

enlarged. In the Chimpanzee it is rather shorter and thicker.

What size it attains in the adult animal remains to be seen: it is

probably as large as, or perhaps larger than the same bone in many

of the lower Quadrumana. ‘There is one thing, however, tolerably

certain, that the presence of this bone is an indication of a great

degree of inferiority, as regards place and position, in the animal

scale.

6. On THe ANATomMy anv Hasits or tHE WaATER-OvsEL (Cin-

CLUs aquaTicus). By Epwarps Crisp, M.D., F.Z.S, erc.

I have for a long time been occupied in preparing a work on the

British Birds, more especially in reference to their structure, in con-

nexion with their habits, the nature of their food, &c.; and there is

no bird that has puzzled me so much as the Water-Ousel, and it is

on this account that I bring the subject before the Society, hoping

that I may obtain some information from the members present. I

need not go very minutely into the history of this bird; but it will, I

think, be interesting to compare some parts of its anatomy with those

of the other Merulide. The object of my paper will be to endeavour,

first, to ascertain by what means this bird, so unlike all aquatic

birds in form, is enabled to dive and remain some time under water

and capture its prey; secondly, to inquire respecting the nature of

its food, and its supposed depredations on the ova and fry of fishes.

I may premise that I have shot several of these birds in Scotland for

the purpose of ascertaining the character of their food, and that I have

had many opportunities of observing their habits. The three speci-

mens on the table were sent to me recently (Nov. 30) by my friend

Mr. Grierson, of Thornhill, Dumfriesshire ; and I have dissected and

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. IV.

50 DR. E. CRISP ON THE ANATOMY {Jan. 10,

examined them, as I had done on former occasions, in relation to the

two questions above referred to. As the evidence of one inquirer in

reference to the habits of this or of any other bird is comparatively

valueless, let me quote a few authorities upon the subject.

Montagu, in his Ornithological Dictionary, says he “discovered

the nest of this bird in consequence of the old bird flying, with a fish

in its bill, to the young. These were nearly fledged, but incapable of

flight ; and the moment the nest was disturbed, they fluttered out

and dropped into the water, and, to our astonishment, instantly

vanished, but in a little time made their appearance at some distance

down the stream, and it was with difficulty two out of five were taken,

as they dived on being approached. The motion under water,” he

says, ‘is effected by short jerks from the shoulder-joint, not, as in

all other diving-birds, with extended wings.”

Yarrell dissected this bird, and found nothing in its structure to

account for its diving and remaining on the ground without any

muscular effort.

Mr. Macgillivray (Naturalist, vol. i. p. 105) says, “I have seen the

Dipper moving under water in situations where I could observe it

with certainty, and I readily perceived that its actions were similar

to those of the Divers, Mergansers, and Cormorants, which I have

often watched from an eminence as they pursued the shoals of sand-

eels along the sandy shores of the Hebrides. It in fact flew, not

merely using the wing from the carpal joint, but extending it con-

siderably, and employing its whole extent as if moving im the air.

The general direction of the body is obliquely downwards ; and great

force is evidently used to counteract the effects of gravity, the bird

finding it difficult to keep at the bottom.”

Other observers have given similar testimony, some asserting that

bubbles of air appeared on the surface after the bird was submerged :

but these must have arisen from the disturbance of the earth at the

bottom of the river; for no diving-bird, I believe, emits air from its

lungs when under water. The air is got rid of before the act of

diving takes place. But let me now speak of some parts of the

anatomy of this bird, before I attempt to answer the first question.

The average weight of this bird is said to be 2} oz. ; but in four that

I have weighed the average weight has been about 23 oz., the males

being a little heavier than the females; the length 73 inches, and

11 inches from the tip of each wing. The brain weighed 10 grains,

the eyes 12 grains, the skin and feathers 132 grains, the pectoral

muscles 135 grains. The gizzard moderately thick, and lined with

a tough cuticle. The length of the whole alimentary tube was

16 inches; the cesophagus, as in the other Merulide, not dilated

into a crop. The trachea of nearly uniform calibre, and consisting

of 36 rings; the vocal muscles largely developed, as in the other

members of this family. The tail-glands comparatively of large size.

I have depicted all the above parts in the drawing before the

Society ; but the parts of the anatomy of this bird to which I am

. anxious to direct attention are the shortness of the wing and the great

development of the wing-muscles—features which I believe will in

1865.] OF THE WATER-OUSEL, 51

a great measure account for the diving-powers of this bird and its

progress under water. As might be expected, too, from the frequent

motion of the tail, the caudal muscles are much developed. On

comparing the visceral anatomy of this bird with that of the other

British Merulide, all of which I have dissected, with the exception of

White’s Thrush (Turdus whitei), very little proportional difference is

observed. The length of the intestinal tube in the Redwing (7.

iliacus) is 14 inches; the brain weighs 16 grains, the pectoral

muscles 170 grains, the weight of the body being about 2} oz. In

the Fieldfare (7. pilaris), weighing 43 oz., the brain weighs 26 grains,

and the intestinal tube measures 22 inches. In the Ring-Ousel

(T. torquatus), weight 3 oz. 180 grains, the alimentary canal is

133 inches in length, and the weight of the brain is 26 grains; and

these parts in the Missel-Thrush (7. viscivorus), in the Blackbird

(2. merula), and Song-Thrush (7. musicus) are of nearly the same

proportionate length and weight. In the young Water-Ousel that

I have dissected, I observed nothing remarkable in its anatomy.

So that, as regards the visceral anatomy, there is no important

difference between the Water-Ousel and the other members of this

group, although among the British Merules this is the only bird

that feeds exclusively on animal food; but, to show how the habits

of a bird may be altered in this respect, I have mentioned a young

Water-Ousel that was reared under a Bantam, and fed on porridge

(P. Z. S. 1859, p. 200).

Some writers upon this bird have spoken of the claws as being well

adapted for holding on to stones and other objects at the bottom of

the water ; but on comparing the claws of the Water-Ousel with those

of the other Merulide, it will be seen that the bird has no advantage

of this kind, although the comparatively blunted form of the claw

would lead to the inference that it is used for the purpose mentioned.

The bones of the Water-Ousel, like those of the other British mem-

~ bers of this group, contain no air*; and it is singular that the skele-

ton of the Fieldfare, Redwing, and Missel-Thrush (birds of passage)

should in this respect resemble that of the short-flighted Water-Ousel.

As regards the food, I am afraid that we cannot entirely acquit this

bird of occasionally destroying the fry of fish ; but I know of no reli-

able evidence to prove that it takes the ova. In the three specimens

before the Society, the gizzards of all contained Entomostraca, and

one of them a Gordian (Gordius aquaticus). In others that I have

dissected, I have discovered chiefly Entomostraca and the larvee of

Phryganea ; indeed I have found that its food is very similar to that

of the young Salmon (Salmo salar).

Mr. Gould, in his present work ‘The Birds of Great Britain’

(part 1), mentions that he examined five of these birds that were

shot on the River Usk, in Nov. 1859, and that no trace of spawn was

found in any of them; their hard gizzards were entirely filled with

the larvee of Phryganea and the Water-beetle (Hydrophilus). One

had a small Bullhead (Cottus godio), which the bird had doubtless

* T need scarcely say that some of the cranial bones of birds, like those of

mammals, contain air.

52 MR. W. H. PEASE ON SISTRUM CANCELLATUM. [Jan. 10,

taken from under a stone. Mr. Gould thinks that, by destroying

insects and their larvee that may attack the ova and fry of fishes,

these birds may do great service.

Mr. Macgillivray found beetles and water shells (Zymnea and Ancy-

Ius) and the larvee of Ephemera, Phryganea, and other aquatic insects.

Sir W. Jardine, in his ‘ Birds of Great Britain,’ says, “‘ In one part

of Scotland, sixpence per head is given for these birds. In another

district, 548 were killed in three years.’ He adds, ‘‘ The ova of any

kind of fish we have never detected in the stomach or intestines ; nor

do we think that they habitually frequent the places where the

spawn would be deposited ; and if they did, we would deem it almost

impossible that they could reach it after it was covered in the

spawning-bed,” &e.

So that I hope we may fairly acquit this interesting little bird of

the depredations of which it has so often been accused ; but I hope

that we shall ere long see the Water-Ousel, with the Little Grebe

(Podiceps minor), in the Society’s fish-house, where a better oppor-

tunity will be afforded of learning its habits.

As is well known, this bird has been variously classed by different

writers. Mr. Gould, in the work before quoted, says he regards

Cinclus as one of the isolated forms of ornithology, and that it has

some remote alliance with the genera Troglodytes and Scytalopus

and their allies. In my next communication I hope, by a careful

comparison of the skeleton of this bird with those of the other

Merulide, to come to a more definite conclusion on this subject.

7. On THE SYNONYMY OF SISTRUM CANCELLATUM.

By W. Harper Prasz, Corr. Mem.

We find a great discrepancy, as to the name of this species, among

the several authors who have noticed it. It was originally described

by Quoy and Gaimard (Voyage de |’Astrolabe, vol. i1. p. 563, pl. 37.

figs. 15, 16) as Purpura cancellata.

The next author who noticed it was De Blainville in his Monograph

of Purpura, Nouv. Ann.du Mus., 1832, p.221. He refers correctly to

the ‘Voyage de I’ Astrolabe,’ but names it “P. fenestrata,” possibly by

mistake in copying. His name is consequently a synonym of P. can-

cellata. Deshayes, in his edition of Lamarck, gives the description as

P. fenestrata, Blainv., referring correctly to the figure and description

by Quoy and Gaimard, as well as to that of De Blainville. Kiener,

most surprisingly, does not notice it. Reeve discards both the names

of Blainville and Quoy & Gaim., but describes and figures it more

correctly than had been done previously, under the name P. elongata,

Blainv. We can find no description of such a species by De Blainville.

In his Monograph, however, on pl. 10, fig. 9, a shell is figured to

which he attaches the name P. elongata; but no corresponding de-

scription appears in the text. Dr. Gould, in his ‘ Mollusca of the

U. S. Exploring Expedition,’ figures and describes the animal,

following Reeve in naming it P. elongata, Blainv.; but he refers to

1865.] MR. W. H. PEASE ON A NEW SPECIES OF LATIRUS, 53

the description and figure given by De Blainville of P. fenestrata, and

also quotes P. fenestrata of Quoy & Gaim., who make no mention of

such a species. On comparing the above figures and descriptions, it

will be found that they all refer to one species. ‘The shell figured

by De Blainville as P. elongata is a member of the same group as P.

cancellata, which is represented by a number of species and varieties

in the Pacific.

8. Drescrirprion or A New SpecizEs OF LATirus, AND REMARKS

ON OTHERS, INHABITING THE Paciric IsLanps, By W.

Harper Pease.

Four species of La¢irus inhabit the Pacific Islands. They possess

in common the remarkable peculiarity of displaying, when wet or

moist, bright iridescent hues of various colours, although there is

but slight analogy between them as to other characters. As they

are of rare occurrence, and as we have in our collection a full suite

of perfect and mature specimens, we propose to revise and extend

the previous descriptions. The species range, so far as we have

ascertained, from the Carolines, through the Ralick and Radack

groups, to the Kingsmill; thence south to the Tongas, and east over

the small islands near the Equator, not reaching Tahiti. The first

and most notable is

LATIRUS PRISMATICUS, Mart.

Although figured by Martyn, the original and (so far as we can

learn) the only description of this species was given by Mr. Reeve in

Conch. Icon., under Turdinella, from aworn specimen. The figure

of Martyn is not correct; but the colour is not exaggerated, nor can

it be. Occasionally we have observed the tints change, and pass

through several shades, while drying. We have seen specimens

3 inches in length. The following description is taken from a mature

specimen :—

L. ¢. turrito-fusiformi, crassa, longitudinaliter plicato-costata,

transversim nodoso-lirata; liris elevatis, supra costas com-

presso-angulatis ; interstitiis concentrice tenuiter liratis, longi-

tudinaliter squamuloso-rugosis ; columella triplicata, callosi-

tate parva superne munita ; labro simplict, acuto, intus lirato ;

fulva, liris nigro-purpureis, purpureo vel viridi vel ceruleo

tridescentibus, intus crocata.

LATIRUS GEMMATUS, Reeve.

The iridescent colours of this species are the same as those of the

preceding, but in a less degree. The white colour is confined to the

left side of the nodules. To the description given by Mr. Reeve we

add as follows :—

** Longitudinaliter nodoso-plicata, transversim striata, nodis subro-

tundatis.”’

54 MESSRS. ADAMS AND ANGAS ON TWO NEW SHELLS. [Jan. 10,

LATIRUS VIOLACEUS, Reeve.

To the description we only add that the iridescent colours differ

from those of the two preceding species in being of delicate golden

and silvery shades of purple and green.

To the above we add the following new species :—

LATIRUS GIBBUS.

L. t. fusiformi, solida, levi; spira acuminata, gracili ; longitu-

dinaliter nodoso-costata, costis quinque, magnis, obliquis, com-

pressis, valde elevatis ; transversim costata, costis tribus, ro-

tundatis, indistinctis et irregularibus ; labro tenui, simplict ;

costis albidis, interstitiis purpureo-violaceis iridescentibus,

apertura violacea.

Long. 13, diam. 8 mill.

The iridescence appears but faintly in this species.

9, Descriptions or Two New Species or SHELLS IN THE CoL-

LECTION oF GrorGE Frencn AnGas. By Henry ApAms,

F.L.S., ano G. F. Ancas, Corr. Mem. Z. 8.

(Plate IT.)

Genus Susuxina, Beck.

Subgenus Ca@xiaxis, nob.

Testa umbilicata ; spira stiperne attenuata.

Suputina (Ca@xrAxts) LAYARDI, nob. (PI. I. fig. 1.)

S.t. umbilicata, cylindraceo-turrita, tenuis, oblique confertim costulato-

striata, candida; spira superne sensim attenuata, apice obtuso ;

anfr. 19, convexiusculi, ultimus basi rotundatus ; apertura subver-

ticalis, ovato-lunaris ; perist. simplex, rectum, marginibus callo

tenui junctis, columellari reflexo.

Long. 28, diam. 7 mill., ap. 4 mill. longa.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Brit. Mus. and Coll. Angas).

The examples of this species in the British Museum were collected

during the voyage of H.MS. ‘Herald,’ and were received, with

several other shells, as having been obtained at the Cape. The

specimen in the collection of Mr, Angas was sent to him from the

Cape, with the locality ‘« East London, Buffalo Mouth ”’ attached to it.

TRUNCATELLA (TAHEITIA) CLATHRATA, nob. (PI. II. fig. 2.)

T. t. elongata, subcylindrica, tenui, decollata, pallido-fulva, clathris

acutis irregularibus subdistantibus instructa; anfr. superst. 7,

convexiusculi, ultimus penultimo sejunctus; apertura subovalis ;

perist. continuum, undique reflecum, margine dextro expanso.

Long. 9, diam, 3 mill., ap. diam. 3 mill.

Hab. Solomon Islands (Coll. Angas).

CB. Sowerby, del®

P'Z.6. 1865. PL

‘fl

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II

1. Cosliaxis Layardi 9,10. Cohambella interrupta.

2. Tahitia clathrata ll. Patella alticostata

3. Voluta Kreuslere . 12. Crepidula immersa

&. Lyria Archeri i314 teh te convexa..

6. Mitra Rosette i6 Stenochiton juloides

. 8. Siphonalia fuscozonata 16 Microplax Grayi

1 Ff

M.&N.Hanhart.imp

1865.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 55

10. Descriptions oF TEN New SPECIES OF SHELLS, CHIEFLY

FROM THE AUSTRALIAN SEAs. By GeorGe FrencuH ANGAs,

Corr. Mens. Z. 8,

(Plate IT.)

1. Votura (ALCITHO#) KREUSLERA, nob. (PI. II. fig. 3.)

V. testa elongato-fusiformi, subangustata, pallide fulvo-lutea ; sptra

turrita, apice papillari ; anfractibus 6, levibus, in medio angulatis

et plicato-nodosis, ad suturas castaneo maculatis, ultimo fere %

longo, testam adequante, maculis aurantiaco-fuscis, trigonato ;

labro simplici ; columella subrecta, 4-plicata, et callo tenui induta.

Long. 2 poll. 9 lin., lat. 1 poll.

Hab. South Australia (Coll. Archer).

This species is an interesting addition to the Australian Volutes.

In its general characters it somewhat resembles V. pacifica, Soland.

(belonging to H.& A. Adams’s section Aleithoé), from which it differs

in the greater length of the spire, in the narrowness of its form, and

in having a different style of painting.

The specimen in Mr. Archer’s collection was picked up on the

beach at Glenelg, near Adelaide. I have named it after Mrs. Kreus-

ler, a German lady resident in South Australia, who, by her diligent

researches in the natural history of that province, has added to our

knowledge of its fauna.

2. VoxuTa (LyrtA) arcHERI, nob. (PI. II. figs. 4 & 5.)

V. testa ovata, solida, basi subrecurva, longitudinaliter valde lirato-

costata ; costis obtusis, vir fleruosis, ad marginem parvis, gradatim

evanidis, interstitiis levibus; pallide carneo-fusca, interstitiis

Fuscis, costis lineis tenuibus castaneis ornatis ; spira subacumi-

nata; anfractibus 6, convexiusculis, superne fusco irregulariter

maculatis ; apertura oblonga, subangustata, vix % longa, testam

@quante, intus pallido-carnea; labro incrassato, valde varicoso,

interne dentato, margine subtenui, punctis nigris ornato ; columella

basi triplicata, plicis numerosis supra exsculpta.

Long. 1 poll. 4 lin., lat. 8 lin.

Hab. Montserrat, West Indies (Coll. Archer).

This beautiful West-Indian species belongs to Gray’s genus Lyria,

and is allied to V. delessertiana, Petit, from Madagascar, and /.

mitreformis, Lam., from South Australia. The description is taken

from an adult specimen, in very fine condition, in the collection of

Mr. Archer, of Liverpool.

3. Mirra rosetT#, nob. (PI. II. fig. 6.)

M. ¢. satis turrita, leviore, aurantiaco-fusca, marginibus spire viz

excurvatis ; anfr.nucl.?... (decollatis) ; norm. 5, planatis, suturis

haud impressis; lineis punctulorum minimorum spiralibus, plus

minusve distantibus, quarum circ. 6 in spira monstrantur, sepe

obsoletis, insculpta; circa basim prolongatam sulculis altioribus

56 MR. G. F, ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Jan. 10,

ornata ; columella 4-plicata, antice torta, canali aperto ; aper-

tura elongata; labro acuto, haud lirato ; labio nullo.

Long. *8, long. spir. ‘4, lat. -3 poll.; div. 40°.

Hab. Rosetta Head, Encounter Bay, South Australia (Coll. Angas).

The specimens are all decollated, with a mamillate vertex. The

locality was named by Col. Light, the first Surveyor-General, after

Mrs. Angas, the author’s mother.

4, SrpHoNALIA FuscozonaTA, nob. (PI. II. figs. 7 & 8.)

S. t. parva, turrita, alba, striga lata fusca plus minusve interrupta

sub peripheriam ornata, marginibus spire rectis ; vertice nucleoso

mamillato; anfr. norm. 6, medio angulatis, regione suturali

concava; costis radiantibus circ. 8, validis, obtusis, rotundatis,

supra et infra obsoletis, interstitiis concavis eas equantibus ; liru-

lis spiralibus crebris, obtusis, supra costas transeuntibus, quarum

circ. 12 in spira monstrantur, postice confertis minoribus ;

canali curtiore, excurvato; apertura subrotundata; labro intus

acute lirato ; labio inconspicuo ; pariete sub suturam unidentato.

Long. °54, long. spir. ‘27, lat. -28 poll.; div. 50°.

Hab. South Australia (Coll. Angas).

Resembles a Peristernia, but without the distinct fold of that

genus. The broad brown belt is sometimes interrupted over the

ribs, and is more or less dark according to the spiral sculpture. As

the suture follows its middle, a part of the colour is seen on the

spire, forming an elegant sutural line.

5. COLUMBELLA INTERRUPTA, nob, (PI. II. figs. 9 & 10.)

C. t. minima, fusiformi, levi, marginibus spire excurvatis ; vertice

nucleoso naticoideo, prominente, apice mamillato ; anfr. norm. 5,

subplanatis, suturis distinctis; livida, seu pallide viridi, lineis

radiantibus creberrimis, angustissimis, a zonis interruptis, ele-

ganter picta ; zonis duabus, postica et subperipheriali, valde loba-

tis, concinne ornata ; basi pr olongata, spiraliter striata ; apertura

elongata, undulata ; labro intus circ. 5-dentato ; labio conspicuo.

Long. -19, long. spir. ‘1, lat. -09 poll.; div. ire. 50°.

Hab. York’s Peninsula, South Australia (Coll. Angas). -

The unique specimen has two broad scalloped bands, scarcely

coloured, which interrupt the finely pencilled pattern of the rest of

the shell.

§. EuLima augur, nob.

E. t. minore, satis gracili, candida, valde nitente, marginibus spire

rectioribus ; anfr.nucl.? (decollatis) ; norm. 10, planatis, suturis

minimis, definitis ; basi curtiore; apertura subovali ; columella

recta ; labro posiice sinuato; labio parvo, solido.

Long. °44, long. spir. *32, lat. *14 poll.; div. 27°.

Hab. South Australia (Coll. Angas).

7. PATELLA atticostata, nob. (PI. IL. fig. 11.)

P. ¢. regulari, solida, albida, fusco tincta ; apice submediano ; costis

1865.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 57

radiantibus circ. 14, validis, rotundatis, aliis interdum inter-

calantibus ; interstitiis duplo vel triplo majoribus, concavis ; pagina

interna nitente, alba, plus minusve fusco pallide tincta; margine

elegantissime pectinato, fusco undato ; spathula rubro-fusca, exacte

definita.

Long. 1°45, lat. 1°2, alt. +45 poll.

Hab. Port Lincoln, South Australia (Coll. Angas).

Easily recognized by the distant, rounded ribs.

8. PATELLA GEALEI, nob. (2 4

P. ¢. “ P. jacksonensi” simili; sed pagina interna metallice splen-

dente, aureo parum tincta, margine minimo; spathula lurida,

plumbeo et fusco nebulosa.

Long. *1,/lat. 86, alt. -4 poll.

Hab. South Australia (Coll. Angas).

I have named this species after Mr. Geo. Geale, Mr. Cuming’s

worthy and intelligent assistant.

9. CrePIDULA IMmersa, nob. (PI. II. fig. 12.)

C. t. “C. hepatice’” simillima ; tenui, hepatica, recta, ovali, epi-

dermide tenuissima tenace induta; vertice nucleoso mediano,

mijore, viv sinistrorsum torta, apici immerso ; margine normaliter

acutissimo, interdum laminato ; septo tenui, curtiore, profundiore,

subdiaphano, margine recto.

Long. 1°06, lat. 73, alt. +2 poll.

Haé. Port Lincoln, South Australia, on dead Pinne (Coll. Angas).

The species is named from the sunken apex of the nuclear portion.

The shell is curiously like fine young specimens of C. rugosa, Nutt. ;

but in that species the nucleus is much smaller, and the apex visible.

10. Myopora convexa, nob. (Pl. II. figs. 13 & 14.)

M. t. parva, compacta, solidiore, vir inequilaterali, valde inequi-

valva; v. dextra valde convera, altera planata; margine dor-

sali subrecto, postico satis incurvato, ventrali valde excurvato ;

tota superficie ( preter lunulam posticam elongatam, parum exca-

vatam, a carinis obtusis definitam, levem) liris concentricis

crebris obtusis ornata, interstitiis parvis ; parte postica ab angulis

obtusis definita; intus vivide nacrea, fossa cartiliginea parva,

altissima, ossiculo?..; valva convexa dentibus lateralibus validis,

marginibus valve planate extantibus convenientibus ; cicatr.

adductoris post. subtriangulari, ant. pyriformi; linea pallit sim-

plici ; sinu parvo, semilunato.

Long. °39, lat. 35, alt. +16 poll.

Hab. New Caledonia (Coll. Angas).

The convex valve entirely embraces the other, as in Corbula,

receiving its margin within the lateral teeth, and leaving a projecting

ventral edge. The ossicle had perished.

I have included, in the plate which illustrates this paper, figures of

two new forms of Chitonide, which were described by Mr. Henry

58 DR. W. BAIRD ON A NEW ENTOZOON. [Jan. 10,

Adams and myself in a recent paper (see Proc. Zool. Soc., May 10,

1864) :—

Fig. 15. Stenochiton juloides, Ad. & Ang. Holdfast Bay, South

Australia.

Fig. 16. Microplax grayi, Ad. & Ang. Sydney Harbour, N.S.

Wales.

11. Description or A New Spectres or ENTOZOON FROM THE

INTESTINES OF THE DIAMOND-SNAKE OF AUSTRALIA (Mo-

RELIA SPILOTES). By W. Bairp, M.D., F.L.S.

Boturipium (SotenopHorvs, Creplin) arcuatum, Baird.

Length of the largest specimen (which, however, is not quite

perfect at lower extremity) 10 inches. Breadth, about the middle of

Fig. a. Worm of natural size, attached to inner surface of intestine.

Fig. 6. Bothria, slightly enlarged, showing the upper openings.

Fig. c. The same, showing lower openings.

Fig. d. Posterior extremity of a young specimen, showing the, comparatively

speaking, larger articulations.

1865.] LETTER FROM DR. G. BENNETT. 59

its length, 4 lines. Head, consisting of its two tubular bothria, about 7

lines in length and 3 lines in breadth. Bothria smooth, cylindrical,

arched outwardly, and connected together throughout their whole

extent, and each of about the same diameter at the top as at the

bottom. Upper openings circular and large; lower openings very

small and quite terminal. Neck none. Articulations at anterior

extremity extremely small, appearing like mere rugze. Articulations

of rest of body, in adult specimens, very numerous, narrow, much

broader than long, and crowded together; in smaller and apparently

younger specimens (which, however, look as if perfect in length), the

articulations near the posterior extremity are, comparatively speaking,

much larger, longer than broad, and are more like those of B. laticeps

or B. pythonis. The most distinguishing character is the size and

shape of the head.

Hab. Intestines of the Morelia spilotes, from Australia. (Mus.

Brit.).

oe the specimens of this species I am indebted to Dr. A. Giin-

ther, who found them attached to the inner surface of the intestines

of a specimen of an Australian Python, the Diamond-Snake, Morelia

spilotes.

January 24, 1865.

E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed

to him by Dr. Bennett, F.Z.S., dated Sydney, Nov. 18th, relating

to a living specimen of the Lyre-bird of New Holland (Menura su-

perba), which the Acclimatization Society of that city were intending

to transmit by the first favourable opportunity to this Society :—

“After repeated trials of keeping this wild and restless bird in

captivity, and having procured and lost in one year numerous living

birds of all ages, from the young bird to the adult, we have so far

succeeded as to preserve one alive and in excellent health, and feed-

ing well, since the 23rd of August last; to this day it continues

in good health and condition. It is a young bird, at present in im-

mature plumage, and the sex cannot yet be determined. It is placed

in a large wire compartment with the Talegallas or Brush-Turkeys,

and it appears to enjoy their society very much. Whether their com-

pany reconciles it to confinement I cannot say ; but, at all events, it

feeds well and thrives, and displays a great amount of activity for a

great part of the day, running about the cage incessantly, scratching

the ground. It feeds on the larva of the Tettigonia or ‘‘ Locust” of

the colonists, meat chopped very small, slugs, and worms. This

bird was captured at Broughton’s Pass, Illawarra district. Should

we be fortunate enough to keep it alive by the time of the departure

of the ‘La Hogue,’ it will be sent to the Zoological Society under

60 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON GALAGO MONTETRI. (Jan. 24,

Mr. Broughton’s care, when it will have every chance of reaching

England alive.”

The Secretary called the attention of the meeting to the fine

young male specimen of the Prong-horned Antelope of America

(Antilocapra americana), just received, in the Society’s Menagerie,

being as he believed, the first imstance of the introduction of this

animal alive into Europe. This animal, of which a water-colour

drawing by Mr. Wolf (Plate III.) was exhibited, had been imported

into New York from California, and thence brought to this country.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a stuffed specimen of a Water-Pipit consi-

dered by Mr. Gould to be Anthus spinoletta (Linn.), from the col-

lection of the Bishop of Oxford, V.P. of the Society, and read the

following letter, giving particulars as to its supposed capture in this

country :— “44 Ship Street, Dee. 22, 1864.

«My Lorp,—In answer to your note of this morning respecting

the Water-Pipit, I beg to say we cannot give very definite informa-

tion as to the truth of its capture; but we remember the circum-

stances very well.

“It was killed, about the winter of 1859 or 1860, by a young gen-

tleman from the Brighton College, who was in the habit of shooting a

great many birds, on an extensive beach extending from the outskirts

of Brighton to Shoreham, where there are some large ponds and a

ood expanse of mud, which at high tide is covered with water.

“He had that day killed several birds, namely, Skylarks, Pipits,

&c., which he brought to me the same evening. I immediately

noticed the Water-Pipit amongst them as a bird new to me, and

strongly recommended him to have it preserved ; but he refused, and

gave me all his birds. I preserved it at once and kept it, expecting

to be able at some future time to discover its species, which I did

shortly after purchasing Mr. Bree’s ‘ Birds of Europe.’

«‘The reason that we cannot tell the exact date is that, as it was

given to us, no entry was made in our books.

“Your Lordship’s obedient Servant, &c.,

“ Joun Pratt.”

Mr. Sclater stated that a second specimen of the same species,

obtained under similar circumstances, was in the possession of Mr.

Gould.

My. Sclater exhibited the type specimen of Galago monteiri*,

Bartlett, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 231, pl. xxvirr., from the collection of

Mr. L. A. Monteiro, and stated that he had compared it with the

specimens of Galago crassicaudata and Otogale crassicaudata, var.

kirkii, Gray (P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 456), in the British Museum.

My. Sclater stated that the specimen called “var. kirkii” by

Dr. Gray was intermediate in colouring between what Dr. Gray

considered the typical G. crassicaudata and the present specimen.

* Callotus monteiri, Gray, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 145.

J Wolf. lath.

ANTILOCAPRA

AMERICANA.

M&N.Hanhart.imp

1865. ] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. 61

In the present specimen the fur was greyish above, without any

rufous tint; in the var. kirkii the upper surface was tinged with

rufous ; in the third example, considered to be the typical form, the

fur above was of a deep rufous. Besides the coloration, no other

differences of importance were noted in these three specimens; and

the conclusion arrived at was that Galago monteiri was little, if any-

thing, more than a pale variety of Galago crassicaudata. It would

be desirable, however, to get additional specimens of this Angolan

form for further comparison.

_ The following papers were read :—

1. Nores on THE CHEIROPTERA OF JAMAICA. By THE LATE

Mr. W. Ossurn. Communicatep By P. L. Scuater, M.A.,

Pu.D., F.R.S., SecreTaRY TO THE SOCIETY.

[In these ‘ Proceedings’ for 1861 (p. 63) will be found a paper by

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the Mammals collected in Jamaica by the late

Mr. W. Osburn. Mr. Osburn died suddenly, at Raymond Hall, St.

Andrew’s, in Jamaica, the 21st of February 1860, after a residence of

two years, devoted to the pursuit of natural history, in that island.

The following notes on the Bats which he collected seem to be of

great interest. They have been extracted from the MSS. of the

deceased naturalist, which have been kindly placed at my disposal

by Mr. Henry Osburn, his brother. The names and numbers of

the species are those employed by Mr. Osburn. I have added what

I believe to be the correct name of each species in a foot-note.—

Pa. 8. |

1. Nycrrinomus *, sp.? “ Mahogany Hall, 30th October, 1858.

“‘T caught two specimens of this Bat in the house after dusk :

they were easily knocked down. One, very like them, only about

half as large again, I got out of an old cocoa-nut palm in the garden.

Unfortunately it was destroyed by ants. I was inclined at first to

think it a full-grown specimen of this species ; but the capture of two

smaller ones successively at different places, under the same circum-

stances, makes it probable that it was quite different: when caught,

they bit fiercely at the hands. When disturbed, it would make a

rapid ‘bub-bub-bub,’ a dull sound, as if produced by lips, the effort

jerking the whole body at each repetition. This sound was produced

by its being partially covered with a glass. It had, I afterwards

found, only one cry, ‘ click-click.’ ””

““ Mahogany Hall, 3rd December, 1858.

*“ These little Bats are extremely common here, making their way

in through chinks of the shingles. This specimen, when caught, had

the feet and wrist covered with cobwebs taken in his passage. They

generally appear from half-past five to six o’clock, directly after sun-

down, and occasionally appear up to ten o’clock, but not in such

numbers. They again make their appearance in my bedroom before

[* Nyetinomus nasutus, Spix; Tomes, /. c. p. 68.—P. L. S.]

62 MR. W. ORBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. [Jan. 24,

dawn. The beating of their wings, with the occasional squeaking call,

is quite familiar to me as the first sound of morning. I kept one in

confinement for two days., It would eat nothing—not even drink.

It uttered the ‘click-click’ with a gaping mouth, if disturbed, the

whole body being jerked. The ear shaded the eye when alive, and

was a little raised when touched. I could not by any sharp sound

produce the vibrating motion very discernible in Aretibeus carpolegus

under a neighbouring glass. I took off the tumbler, and put in its

place a bell-shaped lamp-shade. The Bat instantly seemed aware

there was an opening at the top; for, instead of lying perfectly mo-

tionless as under the tumbler, it woke up immediately, and made

violent efforts to thrust his head under the receding rim; when that

would not do, it tried to hook its claws into the glass and climb to

the hole: a constant vibrating motion of the nose, as it raised its

head, was visible the whole time.

‘«‘ The volar membrane folded very completely behind the forearm,

and so as to form a much more serviceable fore leg than appears to

be the case with Arctibeus. This specimen was a male: reproductive

organs conspicuous ; testes large. There were only three incisors in

the upper jaw, two lateral, longer than single middle—an accidental

formation doubtless; lower incisors had edges level and doubly

notched; molars jagged and double-edged ; first pair of lesser molars

very minute.”

‘“« Rowington Park (Vere), 28th March, 1859.

“‘ Vast numbers of these little Bats inhabit the shingled roof of

this house. It is an unusually favourable place for observing them.

The rooms are ceiled. A store-room without ceiling communi-

cates directly with the roof, whence a view can be obtained of a

large part over the ceiling of the other rooms. A crack in the

boarding that crossed a gable let in sufficient light for easy obser-

vation, and was besides of great importance to the Bats as their

principal avenue of communication with the outer world. I often

observed them during the day exactly as Goldsmith’s line expresses,

‘Lazy bats in drowsy clusters cling ;’ for, what seems surprising,

notwithstanding the extreme heat of the situation—shingles exposed

to the sun (and it was disagreeably hot and confined where I stood,

12 or 15 feet below), the Bats clung in complete clusters. I counted

fourteen little heads in a mass about the size of a turnip. But they

are not all asleep: now and then a wing is stretched wlth drowsy

enjoyment ; and the luxury King James thought too great for sub-

jects, and ought to be reserved for kings, is largely indulged in by

Bats. First one and then another wakes up, and, withdrawing one

leg and leaving himself suspended by the other alone, adroitly uses

the foot at liberty as a comb, with a rapid effective movement dress-

ing the fur of the under part and head—an action far from ungrace-

ful. The foot is then cleaned quickly with the teeth or tongue, and

restored to its first use. Then the other leg does duty. Perhaps the

hairs with which the foot is set may aidto this end. I often have seen

them do this in confinement; and probably the numerous Bat-flies with

which they are infested may be the cause of extra dressing. It is

1865. ] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. 63

impossible to imagine a more perfect or effective comb than the little

foot thus used makes; and I would here remark on the extreme

sensitiveness of these little animals. I have often been painfully im-

pressed with the amount of suffering some of my experiments were

causing, by observing their fretful impatience: a Bat, with its wing

broken, its bright little eye glazed with coming death, would resist

the first touch and hum of a mosquito, and exhaust its dying efforts

to escape the annoyance.

** A little after sundown, and, from the room below, the roof seems

alive with movement ; there are squeaks and a shuffling scuffle over

the boards. From the place of observation before alluded to, it is

too dark to see plainly the Bats within, though their little forms

may be traced scrambling eagerly up the boards of the gable

till they arrive at the chink, when they become quite plain against

the evening sky without, as they go over the edge, their elbows and

ears in the action being particularly prominent. From without, or

the window below, we can see them shoot off with great rapidity (so

that I have heard disputes as to whether they are Bats or Swallows)

and dart after their insect-supper with the most intense enjoyment,

far over the neighbouring trees and pastures. I would remark that

there is a distinction in the mode of flight of these Bats and our

Hirundo peciloma. This is, that whilst the are formed by the tip of

the Swallow’s wing is as much above as below the body, the wings

being as far apart when fully raised as when fully depressed, in the

Bat the wings scarcely rise above the level of the body, and meet ap-

parently below. I do not mean this is universally the case. I do not

think the frugivorous Bats do it; but it is very apparent in some of

the insectivorous Bats when going at a great rate; and as I knew

this species by tracing their course as they shot from their roosting-

place, it must be noted as one of the most remarkable for this. Their

exit during March was about half-past six o’clock. About eight to nine

o’clock they returned. It is then they are so particularly annoying

to the inhabitants of even the most carefully kept Jamaica houses.

The great majority return to the roof; but one or two vigorous little

fellows come into the room, and flap about in the most unmeaning

way. Nothing is more remarkable than the agility with which a

dozen, in the early part of the evening, skimmed and glided by every

article of furniture. But now they bang themselves against the

ceiling and walls, drop on the table, get up again, when the cat, by

jumping, catches them a pat, and they fall on the floor, not much

hurt, to judge by their liveliness ; for Grimalkin, having performed

the feat, sits down, her paws tucked under, and gravely watches the

hurry of the alarmed Bat shufiling over the floor. They disturb the

harmony of the evening by becoming the occupants of, and making

an escapade beneath, a gentleman’s coat-collar, or a great sensation by

getting entangled hopelessly in a lady’s hair, and bite more furiously

than effectively during the process of release. They remain very

active all night, scampering and shuffling about their ample quarters.

For several nights the noise was so great, I attributed it to rats ; but

the Doctor assured me there were none—it was these little animals

64 MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. [Jan. 24,

alone ; and I found he was right. I do not know at what time they

again start for their morning meal ; but they return between five and

six in the grey of the morning.

** At Mahogany Hall, and many other houses where they are nu-

merous, the squeaks and rush of the long, narrow volar membranes,

as half-a-dozen circle round his room, are the first sounds of morning

that fall on the occupants’ ear.

«This species is extremely coramon: half a dozen may often be

found behind pictures in houses not much disturbed by housemaids.

Chinks in stairs and fittings are very common refuges; and during

the day they cling to them with such tenacity, they must be much

injured if a stick is used before they can be got out. I have not yet

met with it but in houses.”

2. ARCTIBEUS, sp.

[See no. 12.—P. L. 8.]

3. ARCTIBEUS CARPOLEGUS*.

‘Mahogany Hall Cave, 24th November, 1858.

«Three ; all females. This large species I found inhabiting this

cave in great numbers, the beating of their wings making a mur-

muring sound when disturbed. They flew towards the roof, only

occasionally coming within reach of the net. They were very un-

willing to venture out into the light: I did not see one. The floor

of the cave was strewn here and there with the kernels of bread-nut

(Brosimum), which had sometimes germinated into young blanched

trees on the thick deposit of dung.”

“ Mahogany Hall, 2nd December, 1858.

«« Returning to the cave to-day, I found it still occupied by great

numbers of this species—though reduced, to what they were the other

day. My servant easily caught two with the ring-net. They seemed

stunned with the shock ; for [took them out of the net quite motion-

less and with all the muscles rigid, so that I had the opportunity of

closely examining the position during flight. The back was per-

fectly flat and on a level with the wings, which were tense, slightly

arching downwards towards the tips, like a bird’s. Held against the

light, the branching of the blood-vessels was a very beautiful sight.

The interfemoral was perfectly flat and tense, kept so by the calcarea

being stretched at right angles with the leg; the toes stretched wide

apart. I never before realized how thoroughly fitted for flight these

creatures are. On placing them in my botanizing-tin, their struggles

to regain liberty were violent.

«On bringing them home, one of them escaped, and gave me a

tedious chase, from his keeping in the apex of the high roof, occa-

sionally hitching himself up, head downwards. As I cautiously ad-

vanced the net, he showed his sense of danger by elevating the head

a little, whilst the little round ears underwent a constant and very

[* A. perspicillatus (Linn.); Tomes, /.c. p. 64.—P. L. 8.]

aaa (Gb Gee Ee a ol

panes:

1865.] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. 65

rapid motion as if vibrating, and, what made it more curious, each

independently of the other. It had a very curious effect, like a per-

son rolling his eyes different ways. The nose-leaf had also a motion,

but slighter. It looked as if he were feeling for sound and smell, to

ascertain the nature of the attack. When placed under a glass, the

same motion would take place on any sharp noise being made near

him, which, however, he paid no attention to when repeated. Every

now and then he would raise his head, agitate his ears; and I could

then see a great motion in the nose-leaf preparatory to another vio-

lent effort to escape. It uttered no sound whilst under my observa-

tion, only opening its mouth and showing its formidable teeth, but

would not bite. But whilst in the cave, I heard a loud cry several

times repeated ; and one which escaped, on being caught again,

uttered a loud scream very like a rat. It is no proof of the silence

of Cheiroptera that they utter no sound in confinement.”

2 “ Montego Bay, 16th May, 1859.

‘A picturesque little cave, close to the town, I found abundantly

inhabited by this and another species (no. 12).. The cave was not

deep, though there were dark passages from it. This species,

however, is by no means so particular about a thoroughly obscure

retreat as many other species. They were here reposing in light

sufficient for me to shoot them. The floor was strewn with berries

the negroes call cherries, but which I presume to be the fruit of

Cordia collococca. They were all munched, leaving only a small

portion of pulp attached to the skin. Of the young of this Bat I

did not observe anything remarkable ; it sucked my finger by gently

nipping the portion of flesh taken up with its little flattened milk-

incisors, but held on firmly by the hooked teeth.”

“ Kinross, Trelawny, 25th May, 1859.

** One example, a male. It was hardly a cave where I obtained

the specimen. The steep wall of rock had been at its base hollowed

out for 8 or 10 feet, leaving an overhanging mass 20 feet from the

ground. When I first saw the recess, I felt convinced it was not

dark enough for Bats, though a flock of Hirundo peciloma were

hovering with alarmed twitterings, or peeping from their clay-built

nests. A heap of dried seed, berries, husks, with some fresh ones on

the top, showed the Bats were there. Amongst these last were gnawed

fragments of unripe mangoes, and large pieces of the soft-scented

fruit of the Rose-apple (Hugenia jambos). These last, I suspect, had

not been plucked whole, but torn off in fragments. A swarm of a

species of Sphex were hovering over the decaying mass, catching the

insects which fed upon it. The Bats were at first nowhere visible ;

but I at length discovered them in some deep narrow crevices and

water-worn holes in the roof. I fired, and they proved to be of

this very common species. It certainly does not seem such a lover

of darkness as the generality of the family ; one of the species (4.

jamaicensis) roosts among the foliage of trees, or is subumbral, A

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1865, No. V.

66 .MR.W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. ([Jan. 24,

swarm of ants were busy carrying off piecemeal a young sucking Bat

which had fallen.”

“ Johnston Pen, Trelawny, 4th June, 1859.

“This Artibeus inhabits in great numbers these extensive caves,

once used as sugarworks. I did not thoroughly explore them, as my

ammunition fell short. It is also to be found in great numbers in

the western cave of the adjoining estate, Harmony Hall. It hasa

loud, harsh screech, constantly heard, when in captivity, towards

evening, and during the day when at liberty and it is disturbed in

its gloomy abode. It seems a kind of alarm ; for it is repeated every

now and then, only by single individuals, and is accompanied by a

general flapping of scores of leathery wings.

“ Aquatta Vale (Metcalfe), 11th November, 1859.

«‘This Bat (so common in the caves of St. James and Trelawny),

I had always noticed, particularly haunted the entrances of caves,

or caves of small depth, though often,*as at Mahogany Hall, those

where the light was wholly excluded. Its habits, however, in this

respect are very curiously affected by the geological formation of the

country it inhabits. In Metcalfe the transition shale, of course,

never forms caves; and the strip of limestone along the sea-board is

too marly, so far as I know it. A total change therefore takes place

in the habits of the Bat. I found them at Aquatta Vale clustering

under the fronds of the cocoa-nut palm, so thickly and in such num-

bers that at a single shot I brought down twenty-two, while many flew

off and took refuge in the neighbouring trees. Their food seems

principally the pulp of the young jelly cocoa-nuts, as they are called.

I was shown one or two in which a large hole had been nibbled

through the still soft husk, large enough to admit the body of the

Bat. The question arises, whether this might not have been by the

rats, as I have no proof; but I am at present inclined to attribute it

to the Bat, as the trees were very lofty (60 or 70 feet high), and I never

heard of rats being detected among the fruit. The hole, I observed,

was nibbled next to the foot-stalk ; so that doubtless the Bat rested

on the fruit whilst perforating it. This would confirm my previous

remarks, that these animals do not even principally feed whilst fly-

ing, but reclining in some position. The stomachs of several I exa-

mined were bilobed and internally reticulated by folds, but perfectly

empty. The large intestine contained a yellow juice, among which

many small seeds passed out at the anus on pressure, and which I

suspect were those of the Fustic (Morus tinctoria).

‘(Since writing the above, I learn that rats are very frequently

seen up the cocoa-nuts. I am inclined to think, therefore, that these

nibbled the holes, and not this Bat, whose incisors are so manifestly

ill adapted for gnawing through 3 or 4 inches of round soft husk. |”

“ Dover (Metcalfe), 29th November, 1859,

** The above doubt is pretty nearly dissolved by a fact mentioned

to me by. Mr. Prosser, an engineer at present employed on the

1865.] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA, 67

estate. Whilst sitting at the window of the overseer’s house, to-

wards dusk, his attention was attracted by a flapping among the

fronds of a cocoa-nut close by. A large white Owl (Striv) was

struggling with something amongst the bunches of nuts, and, after

many efforts, dragged out a rat, with which he slowly made off.”

4. Lasrurus RUFuS*.

Expanse 9 inches; length from nose to insertion of tail 13; tail 13

longer than the body, membrane extending to the tip; length of

forefinger 23 ; ear from base to tip, front, ;; thigh 4, nearly; leg,

to calcaneum, 1 ; calcaneum 5%.

On the muzzle a ridged lobe, with a projecting point, between

nostrils ; lower lip large, and below this a thin projecting lamina ;

ears large, round, coming down below rictus, enclosing eyes, which

are very minute; hair fringing edge of upper lip, very long, and

increasing as it approaches corner of mouth, so as to resemble a

moustache ; head round ; reproductive organ conspicuous. A male.

Colour a beautiful dormouse-yellow, paler below; fur soft and

long ; volar membranes black, much wrinkled. Length of intestine

D>?

(and stomach) 3 inches; tongue attached by under surface.

“ Mahogany Hall Cave, 24th November, 1858.

** Whilst in the cave catching the large Artibeus, occasionally a

little Bat would fly among them, so nimble I could not catch it. It

was only on going out that I discovered them clustering like bees

in a little recess with a high domed roof. They seemed driven here

by the larger Bats. It is a remarkable characteristic of Bats that

thus large numbers of different species should inhabit different caves

or parts of caves. This little Bat flew out with great facility, par-

ties of five or six scudding along the steep face of the rock without,

as if seeking for a hiding-place. It was here I shot one, 2nd Decem-

ber 1858. Returned to the cave for fresh specimens, though about

two o'clock not a single individual of this species was there.”

“Oxford Cave, Manchester, 22nd February, 1859.

** Seven males, four females. The difference in the colour of the

fur is so great, varying from brownish grey to yellowish chestnut,

that I give measurements of an individual of each shade :—

** Brown. Expanse 9 inches; muzzle to base of tail 13; tail 13;

forearm 12; carpus, to tip, 23. '

“Chestnut. Expanse 82; muzzle to base of tail 14; tail 13;

forearm 1,°,; carpus, to tip, 33.

** Brown. First digit 1$; leg and foot 12.

“Chestnut. First digit 1£; leg and foot 13.

6—6 _—

“ Dental formula:—M. =, C. = is 7=38.

[* Mr. Tomes ((. e. p. 65) refers this species to Natalus stramineus, Gray, of the

continent of America; but Dr. Peters informs me that, though it belongs to the

same genus, it is clearly distinct specifically, differing not only in its smaller size,

but also in its dentition. It should therefore stand as Natalus lepidus, being the

Nyctiellus lepidus of Gervais.—P. L. 8.] ;

68 MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. ([Jan. 24,

“ Molars. Three larger jagged; three lower pointed.

«Canines. Lower have a second much shorter point in front of

larger.

«Incisors. Upper pointed ; each pair of one lateral and one mid-

dle, placed apart by a space equal to that occupied by each pair.

Lower deeply double-notched, very minute.

« Mr. Gosse (Nat. Soj. p. 280), from whose account I have partly

named this little Bat, says, ‘Long tail; an ample interfemoral,

which is clothed on upper surface with rufous hair, like body,’ by

which, I conclude, is meant, the hair was like the fur of the body in

being rufous, not as to quantity ; for in my specimens a few hairs

are sparsely sprinkled over the interfemoral, but thicker on the tail

and caleanea.”’

5. CHILONYCTERIS, sp.*

“ Sportsman’s Hall Cave, 30th November, 1858.

* Two males, one female. In great numbers in this large cave.

My servant caught, with a long net, a dozen whilst we were there.

They flew in swarms along the roof. I know nothing of its habits.”

“ Sportsman’s Hall Cave, 15th December, 1858.

«* Two males, one female, stuffed ; one in spirits, injured in bring-

ing home; four males, one female.

‘Intestine 6 inches; stomachs contained several minute frag-

ments of insects much comminuted.

« Dental formula:—M. ==>, C. $5, I. j=32.

‘* Upper middle incisors, one deep notch.

“TI got about a dozen of these little Bats alive. The journey

home must have had all the horrors of the middle passage ; for I

found several dead, evidently bitten in pieces by the rest. I sus-

pected a very lively fruit-eating Bat (no. 6) of the chief slaughter.

I placed the survivors in a box, with bobbin-net over it, so as to

observe them. They were not particularly active, merely jumping

up constantly to escape, but not running much. They clustered

head downwards, during the day, in any dark and sheltered corner,

making every now and then, especially when leaping, a sibilant bird-

like chirp, very different from the ‘click’ of Molossus. This noise

much increased at about a quarter past five p.m., when their activity

commenced and renewed efforts to escape. The wings fold very

completely, so as to leave forearm free whilst resting. ‘The ears are

then pointing forwards ; they have a rapid and constant motion, but

confined to their tips, and principally backwards and downwards.

«T let one fly to observe it, and the calcanea are stretched firmly

backwards so as to keep the interfemoral tense and flat. At first

they were very sulky, and would eat nothing. The second day my

attention was called off; and the third morning I found several dead

from hunger, with the remains of feeces (which they had eaten) in

their mouths.

[* Chilonycteris osburni, Tomes, P. Z. §. 1861, p. 66.—P. L. 8.]

1865.] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. 69

“« T took out the two survivors, and my regrets for the sufferings

I had caused were in part allayed by the eagerness with which they

sucked up the water I presented them with from the feather of a

pen. They licked with the tongue, the jaw moving all this time with

an action like chewing. Some water having got spilt over the muzzle

and face of one, it combed these parts over with the hind paw very

adroitly, putting it forward under the forearm, in this way the face

all round front of ear, especially the long whiskers round muzzle.

The movement of the leg was very rapid, almost too quick for the eye

to follow. It afterwards licked the paw, as if to clean it in its turn.

I have observed precisely the same habit in Molossus (no. 11) and

Macrotus(no.8). I found a dead moth in the window, which neither

ants nor spiders seemed to have attacked. It did not notice it at

first ; but on looking a minute after, I had the gratification of seeing

wings sticking on lips, the body having disappeared. Of flies, bees,

&e., I caught for him he took no notice, merely shaking them off

impatiently. I forgot to mention that fragments in the stomach ap-

peared to be those of Coleoptera principally ; but the contents of the

stomach of Bats are so comminuted, it is often difficult to recognize

them. Out of eleven whose sexes I have noted from this cave, eight

were males, three females. This species (by far the most numerous)

occupied one entrance and the centre of the cave. It was near the

= 399

opposite entrance I caught no. 6 and no. 7.

“* Oxford Cave, Manchester, 22nd February, 1859.

** This species was not nearly so numerous here as the others;

the specimen I skinned had a curious brindled appearance, with a

yellowish tinge I have not observed before.”

6. MonorHyLLus REDMANII, Leach*.

“ Sportsman’s Hall Cave, 30th November, 1858.

“« One male, one female. This curious species I found (with no. 5)

in a large cave at the summit of the steep hill that overlooks Sports-

man’s Hall Works. It was not nearly so numerous as its companion :

for a dozen of the other, I only got two specimens of this. As they

were killed at the time, I had no opportunity of examining habits ;

but the tongue, protruded in death, attracted my attention. I thought

the use of this curious member might be accounted for by the hypo-

thesis that it sucks night-blowing flowers, as the Humming-bird those

of the day.”

‘¢ Sportman’s Hall Cave, 15th December, 1858.

“Tt was principally to procure specimens of this little Bat I

undertook a second expedition to the cave. Notwithstanding we

went twice through its whole length, and saw fifteen or sixteen Bats,

I only caught a single specimen of this species. It was creeping

down the side of a large domed hollow in the roof when the boy

put the net over it. Several Bats, on being taken out of the bag,

[* Cf. Tomes, P. Z. S., 1861, p. 64 & p. 87, pl. xv.—P. L.S8.]

70 MR, W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. ([Jan. 24,

were most cruelly mauled and killed. From the fierceness with

which this little fellow bit my fingers, drawing blood from the back

of my hand, he seemed the chief assailant. Its activity when first

taken out of the bag was beyond anything I had seen with Chei-

roptera, running round the box by a series of little jumps, with almost

the quickness of a mouse, and jumping with all the agility of a

bird. On placing it beneath a glass after its first efforts had a little

subsided, I saw its tongue projected very rapidly to the board.

It seemed to me to be using an additional sense to ascertain the

nature of the unusual substance on which it was resting. It fre-

quently stretched its neck and head upwards, the nose-leaf and round

ears in motion, as if trying to ascertain whether there were an aper-

ture above, its bright little eyes peering with eagerness, and panting

likeamouse. The motion of the ears was by sudden jerks, and often

alternate one to the other, as in Artibeus carpolegus. The motion of

the nose-leaf was a rapid contraction and dilatation. The activity

especially commenced at a quarter past five p.m. The likeness of the

pencilled tongue to that of the Trochilide suggested to me that this

little Bat in the same way probed night-blowing flowers. Towards

evening I got some of the large drooping flowers of Datura arborea,

in which I first ascertained were some minute insects. It took no

notice of them so long asI watched it. In the morning I found the

large stamens bitten off, but it was lying across the flower. It

then, for the first time, occurred to me that the powerful teeth that

scratched my hand could not have been intended for masticating

minute insects.

** There was another bird with a pencilled tongue familiar to me,

Tanagrella ruficollis; and this was a frugivorous bird. Might not

this protractile tongue be for the same purpose of sucking juicy

fruits? That this was the right hypothesis seemed the more pro-

bable, as then the similarity of its short round ears and nose-leaf to

those of other frugivorous Bats would be accounted for. I then

recollected that the yellow pulp I found in the stomachs and intes-

tines of two former specimens was in appearance precisely like that I

was familiar with in the alimentary canal of Tanagrella and Euphonia.

It was unlucky this did not occur to me before, as the captive was

already much fatigued with confinement and inflammation at the

wrists. I offered it orange, but it took no notice. A little water, the

night before, was allit had had. This it sucked up by repeated pro-

jections of the tongue a little beyond the muzzle, and with a satisfied

purring noise. ‘Towards evening it was more lively, and it. acciden-

tally got off and gave me a long chase. Flight seemed to refresh it.

I then tried orange again, and had the pleasure of seeing the tongue

protruded out of the groove of the lower jaw, whilst it certainly licked

up a little of the juice ; and there was a slight action of the body, like

that of an animal feeding. But it was much exhausted, and it was

only by close watching I could detect these movements. Every now

and then there was an impatient toss of the head, which made me long

doubtful of its really feeding; but I think it was that, in the unna-

tural attitude of feeding, some of the juice got into the nostrils and

arok Lodk

aes. ¢-

1865.] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA, 71

incommoded it. After killing it, I found a little orange-juice on the

tongue, which still further confirms my suspicions. Still the whole

was not completely satisfactory. In the agonies of death it pro-

truded the tongue to its full extent, and I had the opportunity of

observing the complete manner in which it is set with bristles.”

“ Oxford Cave, Manchester, 22nd February, 1859.

“Tn this immense cave, whose winding galleries cannot be less than

a mile in length, I procured no less than five species of Bats, but all

well known to me.

“This little Bat was not uncommon; and at the end they posi-

tively swarmed like bees, crawling by dozens on the wall within

reach,

“Of this species I brought away twenty-three males, and eleven

females, which were all pregnant. There was a considerable

difference in the shades of grey, some much more silvery. I im-

mediately tried them with orange-juice, but they took little notice

of it. One licked or rather lapped with his long tongue a little

water. I put his muzzle into the water; but it shook its head to be

rid of it, and, protruding its long tongue, licked up nose-leaf and

over the whole of face to forehead, as if thoroughly to dry it. The

next morning I tried again. They then licked water greedily, either

off my finger or when held over it, protruding the tongue an inch or

more. ‘There was no chewing action, as with some Bats; it was

simply a very rapid licking. I tried orange ; they licked it, but not

so eagerly as water. One bit at the orange. I saw nothing to

show it likely to be their usual food. They voided urine when

handled.

“There are some very large glandular bodies on each side the

neck, close to the angle of the jaws, communicating (?) with one

another, situated higher up, near the ear. [ could not trace the

ducts: are they glands for secreting saliva? In the muscles along

the radius for moving the digits of the wing, and indeed in its whole

muscular system, there is a great contrast between this little Bat and

No. 7. It is also much more active on a flat surface, and much

more tenacious of life. No.7 has a much less developed muscular

system, only jumps from the ground, and soon dies in confinement ;

yet its flight is very rapid. No. 6, however, is a very powerful little

Bat, whatever food its long tongue may be adapted for.

“Several taken were pregnant females. Mammee lateral; nipples

broad. Fcetus:—Fore foot (wing rather) very like a five-clawed

bird’s foot, with a thin transparent web connecting four toes. This

singular appearance was caused by the very small development of the

four volar digits, whereas the thumb was disproportionately large—

as long as the rest. Hind foot also disproportionately large. The

tongue protrusible, like that of the adult, but not bristled. There

is a series of fine transverse strie across it. Towards the tip, two

large blood-vessels follow the margin and meet at the extreme tip.

No teeth; but on the gums rounded projections where they are

coming through, three on each side. On upper jaw one large lump

72 MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. [Jan. 24

where (deciduous) canine will be, and two a little behind, near po-

sition of lesser molars. Three on each side, lower jaw, in same

situations.”

7. Mormooprs BLAINVILLII, Leach *.

Expanse 123 inches; muzzle to tail 21; tail 14, free 2; forearm

132; first digit 24; fourth digit 2}; thigh }; tibia to caleaneum 73 ;

calcaneum 2; foot 2. Length of interfemoral 14 ; beyond tip of

tail, when expanded, (?).

Muzzle flat, depressed ; skin of sides of face connects muzzle with

ears by a series of folds concealed by silky moustache. Upper lip

obsolete in front, foliated behind with a single indent. Lower lip

expanded into a thin broad cordate lamina, with a short foot-stalk

between the lobes warted. Below this, and attached perpendicularly

and transversely to its under surface, two thin, membranous, but

broad lobes, like clerical bands. These are carried backwards, with

sinuous folds. Thirdly, below this last, and attached to their under

surface, two thin folds of skin, one to the under surface of each

band. These are carried back on their respective sides, with one

deep indentation near centre of their course, then, continuing back-

wards and upwards till they reach the fold which connects lower ear

with muzzle.

Ears united with skin at sides of face, so as to contain the eye.

Eyes about size of a pin’s head, bright, and both at same time visible

on front view. Ears somewhat lunate, or perhaps rather the shape

of some bivalve shells; tips brought forward and doubled on them-

selves before meeting over forehead. The external ear is furred, and

the long silky fur of head extends over forehead, meeting the long

moustache. The head thus appears disproportionately large, and the

ears imbedded or plunged in it, so that only a narrow rim of mem-

brane is visible above the fur externally.

Tongue fleshy ; when in mouth, furrowed with about six trans-

verse plicz.

Dental formula, M. = (Pin OF = MF s=34 (?).

Molars jagged (there appear three lesser molars in lower jaw).

Incisors, upper, middle, one notch ; lateral minute, leaning towards

them. Lower level; each two notches.

Intestine 4 inches. Stomach empty.

Volar membrane semitransparent, and tissue so thin it dried

almost before I had finished preparing the specimen ; much wrin-

kled, between elbow and hand, into angular plice like shagreen.

Nerves of interfemoral very beautiful when held against light ; one

central in line of tail, giving off at right angles pairs of branches

like a pinnate leaf. Fur bright chestnut, above rather paler ; very

long, silky, and soft. Round the shoulders it is longer, so as to

form a narrow frill longer than rest.

[* Cf. Tomes, in P. Z. S. 1861, p.65.—P. L. S.]

1865. ] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. 73

“‘ Sportman’s Hall Cave, 15th Dec. 1858.

‘It was at the opposite entrance of the cave to that we entered,

and among some Bats that, terrified by our intrusion, were flying in

the daylight, that my servant caught the first specimen I had seen

of this very extraordinary little Bat. On returning, he caught an-

other in the interior. A drawing will hardly convey an idea of the

odd form of this curious animal, whose round head, the long fur of

which nearly conceals the feathers, and its bright little eye make it

look more like a fish than an animal. Then such of the features as

are visible are so excessively foliated by meandering lamine of skin

as to be scarcely recognizable. Seen in profile, the thin muzzle and

lower lip form a mouth very fish-like ; and often in the vertical pro-

file the foliations of the chin are the most prominent, so that when

it moved the jaw I fancied it like a caricature of a mumbling old

woman. It is evidently congeneric with No. 4. It is not only

similar to it in colour in the moustache which fringes sides of face,

but also in the extreme fragility and thinness of its whole structure.

The light was visible through the roof of the open mouth; and the

molar membranes dried ike damp-paper. This is in great contrast

to the firm well-strung frame of Molossus, as well as to the loose

flabby make of Macrotus waterhousii (No. 8). During life I ob-

served only a very slight motion of tips of ears at any sharp sound.

Tail was curled upwards, so as to carry the interfemoral with it;

this was caused by the calcanea bearing up the interfemoral. Femora

long ; so that when reposing the knees were above the back, like a

grasshopper’s. It jumped to escape, and opened jaws when touched ;

but did not bite, or utter any sound. It seemed very delicate, and

was dead by the next morning, though the rest of my captives were

as lively as ever.”

“Oxford Cave, Manchester, 22nd Feb. 1859.

“Five males, twelve females (none apparently pregnant).

‘There is a great difference in the shade of the chestnut-colour,

which varies from a sandy buff to deep reddish brown.

* Dental formula, M. =, C. — 16 <=34.

““Molars. Upper, three larger much jagged; two lesser, first

minute; second large, canine-like. Lower, three larger, much

jagged ; three lesser.

*‘Incisors. Upper, middle large, plain, like human; lateral

minute, leaning towards them. Lower edges of all four level; each

bi-notched.

*« The muscular system of this Bat is not nearly so powerful as that

of No. 6, but it flies with great agility and rapidity. The only house

I ever knew them enter was Freeman’s Hall, where, notwithstanding

the room was small and low, I had a long chase. I never saw them

do anything on a flat surface but jump up. They soon die in confine-

ment, and rarely survive the passage in the bag home. I observe

that after death the volar membranes and forearm dry very rapidly;

so that unless specimens are prepared immediately, these parts cannot

74 MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. [Jan. 24,

be arranged, even though putrefaction has not yet commenced in

the stomach.”

“ Freeman’s Hall, 21st July, 1859.

“One of these Bats entered the house this eveuing; and though

the room is small and very low, it was only after a long chase I suc-

ceeded in taking it, from its extreme rapidity and agility of wing. At

length it was completely tired out, and allowed me to take it by hand.

I placed it under a candle-shade, where it made constant efforts to

escape by jumping. It easily took wing off a flat suface, and its

efforts to escape during the night broke some of the phalangeal

bones; but, notwithstanding, on the cover being removed, after one

or two efforts it succeeded in jumping out at the top. It refused

flies I caught and offered it, shaking its muzzle at them with evident

dislike; but it drinks greedily. The tongue was protruded; but the

water taken up by it and the foliations of lips was sucked in with the

head raised, by an action very like chewing.”

8. Macrorus WATERHOUSII*.

Expanse 143 inches. Length, to insertion of tail, 22; tail 12,

free 1th length of forearm. First digit 32 ; fourth digit 27; ear up

front 14, up back 1; nose-leaf 1; breadth of ear 3; knee to calca-

neum Z; caleaneum #; foot 4; intestines 8; stomach capacious,

containing a yellowish mass with fragments of harder parts of insects

interspersed. I recognized two short legs, with powerful double

claws attached. These, from what I subsequently observed, I have

reason to believe were those of Orthoptera.

Dental formula, M. =, C. =, I. 4 =34.

Incisors. Upper, middle large, edges rounded ; lateral minute,

only visible with glass. Lower, one notch each ; all edges level.

Molars. Large, jagged. Canines long.

Nose-leaf an isosceles triangle, apex rounded off, pubescent ;

nostrils oblique. Nostril-lobes large: outside these, on each side,

five warts, from each of which springs a long hair. LEars large,

capacious, erect, with apertures directed forward, transversely wrm-

kled inside. Skin of scalp so loose that fur will pull back, and leave

merely bare skin over skull behind raised skin which connects inner

edges of ear-bases. Interfemoral forked by calcanea, being stretched

backward, shorter than extended foot. Teats lateral, flattened or

compressed ; so that young holds in its mouth a broad projection, not

a mere round dug. Lacteals large; exuded milk on pressure. No

cranial ridge. Muscles of ferearm small, compared to those of Areti-

beus carpolegus. Thighs, hardly any muscle. Bones, soft volars

thin ; whole structure much more delicate and loose than in A. carpo-

legus. Fur fluffy, loose, long, easily disarranged. Volar membrane

extending along whole anterior edge of forearm, and, leaving only half

thumb free, connects it beyond with first digit. Eyes large, bright.

Young male :—

[* Cf. Tomes, 7. ¢. p. 65.—P. L. S.]

1865. ] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA,

Dental formula, M. = C. = I. ye

Incisors. Upper hooked backwards ; lower not hooked; edges

level. Canines strongly hooked backwards. Molars hooked, set

at wide intervals, in place of true lesser molars. The fangs of these

little teeth passed in straight lines down the external surface of

gum, but were not imbedded in its centre as usual. They were

quite traceable with a glass beneath the skin. Intestine 4? inches ;

reproductive organs very conspicuous. Skull bare of muscles. Feet

large and much developed.

“ Brampton Bryan, 17th Dec, 1858.

**My friend Mr. Farquharson, the overseer of this property, took

me to a cave not far from the house. The mouth is in an angle of

perpendicular rock, which, through a narrow aperture, leads to a cir-

cular space with a vaulted roof, as smooth as if chiselled, evidently

once at a level with the sea, and worn by the vortex each billow sent

into it. A strong smell announced the presence of Bats, which the

boy, who went in first with a torch, soon gave notice of. In ashort

time we caught ten, and all, I saw, of the same species. It proved

to be a particularly interesting one, which seems to be Macrotus

waterhousii, from Mr. Gosse’s description, the first of the kind I

have met with on this side. They proved, with one exception, all

females ; and of these nine, seven had young of differing ages, but

about half-grown, clinging to them. T hey were easily caught, drop-

ping into the net or flying heavily, manifesting by no means the

activity or terror of other species. On taking them out of the bag,

one of the females was dead. The tenacity with which the young

clutched the dead mother with feet and arms, and the eagerness with

which it burrowed its snout in fur to search for the accustomed

nutriment, were as affecting as the picture of the “ Dying Doe.”

Another female, living, had still the young clinging to her ; and the

usual position seemed, that the dug was held by the hooked teeth,

and the fur or even thigh of opposite side grasped by feet, so that the

position of the young Bat was diagonally across the mother’s belly ;

but I observed them clinging in many other directions to the belly,

but never to the back, except one I placed with a female under a

glass: it then clung to her in every manner, burrowing its snout

into the fur of the back for the nipple, groping and clinging with

ludicrous energy. I carelessly omitted, before placing this female

with the young, to ascertain from her nipple whether she was giving

suck ; it was only after killing her I found she was not. This may

account for the savage manner in which she treated the foundling,

biting it and holding the head between her teeth. But still the

instincts of the little animal were too strong for any pain to alter,

and it clung till death relaxed its hold. On examining the stomach

of this female I found it full of coagulated blood, part of which was

entering intestine; I could account for its presence in no other way

than by supposing that she not only left the marks of her teeth on

the head of the young, but actually sucked the blood like a vam-

76 MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. [Jan. 24,

pire. I could induce neither old nor young to take anything,

though I tempted the first with water and the latter with milk.

The one under glass made efforts to escape by jumping; but the

existence of the volar membrane along the front of wing makes the

forearm very unserviceable as a leg. There was a slight motion of the

ear forwards on any sharp sound, but none of the rapid vibratory

movement seen in 4, carpolegus. Those in the box with gauze over

it jumped a little, and then clung in a dark corner ina heap. The

young were deserted, and remained quietly hanging from gauze.

They bit fiercely, but could not draw blood, though I held them in

my hand at once. Their forearms seemed little adapted for walking :

three or four hours on a flat surface had made the wrists inflamed

and sore. They uttered no noise, merely opening the mouth

menacingly. The young, on being set at liberty, clambered about

till they got hold of some object, and then hung quietly head down-

wards. From this and their desertion by the old ones in the box, I

conclude they are sometimes left hanging under circumstances of

danger. They opened the mouth threateningly when approached,

and every now and then uttered avery acute sibilant chirp, not loud,

though audible at a great distance, especially to animals whose ex-

ternal organs of hearing are so developed. This I take to be the call

for the mother, as they never uttered it when she was within reach.

On being hung against the wall, they made no attempt to move from

the spot. On being taken into the hand, they clung to it. I found

one climbing to the palm of my hand, even when turned downwards ;

so that the little Bat hung to it as to the body of the mother: I

could not shake it off. It was perfectly secure even when I swung

my extended arm round as quickly as possible, and, what was more

curious, without the sharp claws penetrating the skin. I covered

one of the young, which had strayed from the rest, in my hands. It

felt cold, and seemed to like the warmth; for it searched with its

nose for the nipple, making a purring noise, very like what Chilo-

nycteris (No. 5) does on receiving water.

“They seemed roused to unusual activity about dusk, and became

quiet at about 10 p.m.

‘18th Dec.—-In the morning one of the young ones dead. It had

been killed by hemorrhage in consequence of penis being bitten off.

Though dead, it was still hanging to the muslin over the box by the

hind legs. The young and females were all separate, young hanging

from muslin, and females crouching sulkily in a corner. One of the

young sucked in greedily little drops of milk I put to its muzzle,

eagerly searching on my fingers for a nipple. He took several drops

in this way till some got into his. nostrils and incommoded him.

Putting two young on the table together, they took each other for

the mother, poking each other with their noses, and rolling about

clinging together in a most grotesque way. ‘Two of the females

drank drops of water presented to them on a feather, eagerly pro-

truding the pointed tongue a quarter of an inch beyond the muzzle,

with an action like chewing. They were, with one night’s confine-

ment, too weak to fly.

1865. ] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA, 77

“To give the two females and two young I did not require a chance

of escape, I left them on an object against the wall. They all

shuffled off, and hung head downward on the bare plaster. So per-

fectly at ease were they, that I noticed one of the young ones comb

the fur of the belly, with the adroit action common with Bats, with

one hind paw, while it remained suspended by the other. Both

young constantly uttered the acute click on any movement near

them, as if calling the mother.

“19th December.—Only one young one remained suspended to

plaster this morning. I hope the rest got off, and were not carried

away by rats. It-was very weak. I got a bit of washleather, and,

screwing it up, made a kind of nipple, soaking it with warm milk.

It instantly seized it and sucked it dry. I could not withdraw the

leather on account of the hooked teeth. In trying to give it more,

a little got into the nostrils and stopped all further experiments.

So admirably are the hind paws adapted for suspending the animal

from the slightest inequalities of a surface, that I found I could

easily suspend this little Bat, after death, by simply drawing the

claws downwards for a little against the plaster, when they hooked

themselves. This suspension, like the roosting of a bird, requires

no muscular exertion at all. The odour of this species is stronger

than that of any I have met with.

“27th December.—Returning to-day from Hampstead, I stopped

to examine a very similar cave to the Brampton Bryan one on the

roadside. A Bat flew from a dome within to the deeper recesses.

As it was the only one, I could not feel certain of the species, but

it looked like this one. On the floor of the cave was a heap of what

I took at first to be dry leaves mixed with Bats’ dung; on examining

it, it proved to be a heap of the wings of large Orthoptera. Many

were broken, but I found no limbs or bodies. Did these Bats bring

them in?”

“ Cave in Portland Ridge (Vere), 31st March, 1859.

“ Males yellowish ; females dark grey; some females show both

tints in patches. Reproductive organs very conspicuous. This was

the only species I found in these magnificent caves, and they were

in no great numbers. They inhabit houses sometimes, but always

the cellars, below ground, never the roofs—as, for instance, at Mount

Pleasant, St. Elizabeth’s, where they are numerous.”

“ Mount Pleasant (St. Ann’s), Jamaica, 14th June, 1859.

** My host, in an open verandah, showed me a number of spirts

on the wall, on examining which I could detect seeds of the fustic

berry (Morus tinctoria) sticking to the wall in the dried pulp by

which they were surrounded. These, he said, were, to his great an-

noyance, produced by the Long-eared Bat (Macrotus). They came

in at night, hitched themselves up, when a chewing might be dis-

tinctly heard, and then these splashes on the wall. One let the

wings and legs of a large grasshopper drop. Another annoyed him

by making the lofty curtain-frame of a bed his perch: the jalousies

78 MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. [Jan. 24,

being left open, he would drop the fragments of his feasts on the

bedclothes and sleeper below. A friend near was so annoyed in the

same way. that he procured bird-nets, used over fruit-trees, from

England, as a protection. The berries Dr. Rose particularly men-

tioned were the fustic (Morus tinctoria), the breadnut (Brosimum

alicastrum), and the rose-apple (Hugenia jambos).

«T did not myself see the Bats; but their long ears and their habit

of entering houses make it extremely probable that this is the spe-

cies,”

“ Mount Pleasant, St. Ann’s, 4th October, 1859.

« T found this species abundant at the entrance of the large cave

near Dry Harbour.”’

9, CHILONYCTERIS GRISEA, Gosse *.

: “Freeman’s Hall, 19th January, 1859.

«Two males. Reproductive organs conspicuous. These speci-

mens were brought to me by a boy, who, seeing them fly about, had

knocked them down. I instantly recognized their likeness to no. 5,

so as evidently to be included in the same genus. The measurements

seem to agree with Mr. Gosse’s ‘Owl-faced Bat,’ as well as the

description, in all points of form and colour; I have therefore pro-

visionally so termed it.”

‘“¢ Oxford Cave, Manchester, 29th February, 1859.

“ One male; three females. Expanse 113 inches; muzzle to base

of tail 2; tail 1, tail free}; forearm 12; carpus, to tip, 2; Ist

digit 14. Dental formula :—M. =, C. SL. 4=32.

“« Molars consist of three larger and two lesser each side, larger

much jagged. '

«‘ Incisors. Upper, middle, one deep notch ; lateral minute, lean-

ing towards them. Lower, two-notched ; all edges level. ‘Tongue

will project 1 inch beyond muzzle.

«These two species of Chilonycteris (no. 5 & no. 9) differ consi-

derably in size. Besides this, the raised warty points on each side

the nostrils are much more prolonged in no. 9 than in no. 5.”

10. Nocriiio mastivus t.

“ Long Hill, St. Elizabeth’s, March 1859.

‘One skin. This skin was presented to me by Mr. Maxwell;

shot here a short time before my arrival. It was so large that at

first it was taken for a Pya Dove. One was shortly before captured

at Falmouth, and excited a good deal of newspaper wonder, being

considered by the quidnuncs a vampire. ‘The teeth certainly are

very formidable. I saw that specimen in spirits, and was unable to

judge of the very considerable shrinking of the body of this speci-

; mit #5

men in drying.

[* Chilonycteris quadridens, Gundlach: Tomes, /. e. p. 65.—P. L. 8.]

[t Noctilio americanus: Tomes, 4. ¢. p. 68.—P. L. S.]

1865. | MR, W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. 79

11. Moxossus FUMARIUS*.

“ Shettlewood (St. James), 14th May, 1859.

** Three skins; males. The roomy roof of this house inhabited

by great numbers of this little Bat. My bed-room so offensive with

their peculiar odour, I was obliged to have every window left open

at night. This odour is probably stronger at this, the breeding-

season, than at other times. They kept, so far as I could observe,

the same hours as our other species. Their apertures of egress were

under the eaves outside, the room being ceiled within; but little

parties of a dozen or more would fly in, take an excursion round the

room, and soon disappear in the fading light of evening and the grey

of dawn. I sent up a man outside, who got me four or five quarts

of these Bats. They were all males, the reproductive organs very

conspicuous, and the gular gland humid and swollen, opening on pres-

sure like two lips, and a very active circulation visible through the

internal skin when this opened, giving the appearance of inflam-

mation.

** They made no noise, scrambled about very actively when taken

out of the bamboo-joint which contained them, but made no attempt

to fly.”

‘‘ Windsor (Trelawny), 30th May, 1859.

“IT went this morning, accompanied by a negro with an axe, to

cut down some of the tall headless trunks of lightning-smitten

cocoa-nuts that still kept their place in the ranks of the beautiful

avenues of these noble palms marshalled along the roadside and the

course of the little river that meanders through the valley. I gave

directions particularly to fix upon a stem in which a Woodpecker,

of some generations perhaps, had drilled a hole. It was an im-

mense trunk, sounder at the bottom than I anticipated, and tock

good thwacks and many to cut it half through, though the decayed

top trembled at every stroke. It fell, breaking into dozens of crum-

bling pieces: ants and wood-boring larve in abundance; but no

Bats. We then tried another near the road, among the fallen frag-

ments of which I found three males, all of this species, stunned by

the fall. The negroes then recollected another trunk near their

village, where, they reported, dozens flew out every night. It was

an immense stem. An ants’ nest was attached to it halfway up.

Many holes, of various sizes, pierced the hard exterior near the top.

It was evidently of great age. It was broken into fragments by the

fall, and among them a perfect hetacomb of these little Bats, scat-

tered into two distinct heaps, corresponding to a higher and lower

story in the tree. There must have been at least 150 or 200 altogether.

The heap which occupied the upper hole were exclusively males ;

those in the lower, females in large proportion, though there seemed

a male here and there among them. On the ground corresponding

to the position immediately beneath each heap, scattered on the grass

or partially contained in fragments of the trunk, was a quantity of

powder looking like very coarse snuff: this, on examination under

[* Tomes, /. c. p. 68.—P. L.S.]

80 MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. ([Jan. 24,

the lens, proved to be entirely composed of fragments of the harder

portions of insects; a portion at the surface was agglomerated in

the usual form, but by far the largest part completely disintegrated

and dry. Those not dead crawled actively on the grass, climbed upon

clothes ; one little fellow I captured between my coat and waistcoat.

Their object was evidently to escape the light. They bit fiercely at

my fingers, and drew blood with the sharp little canines, and made

a squeaking bird-like chirp when put into the bag. Several got up

from the grass for a few inches, but soon fell again after hovering

with great exertion; when thrown three or four feet from the

ground, flew easily. I noticed that with this species, when thus

flying by day, the arc of the stroke was about a sextant, as much

above the body as below. Several of the females were pregnant

with one foetus.”

“‘ Mount Pleasant, St. Anne’s, 14th June, 1859.

** The roof here is largely inhabited by Bats; Dr. Rose thought,

by two species—a long-eared (Macrotus?) and asmall one. Towards

dusk I went out, anxious to ascertain what they were; but the little

creatures were extremely cunning. Their place of egress was beneath

the shingles of a low house. Though we could hear them scratching

about, they always darted out at an unguarded point, and it was

some time before the chaise-whip brought one down. It proved

to be this species. There were no Long-eared Bats that I saw. I

suspect my friend was mistaken.”

“ Freeman’s Hall, 4th July, 1859.

** T observe, in looking over my specimens, that, besides the lips

being fringed with ordinary stiff cilia, there is in the considerable

space between the nostrils and edge of the lip a tuft of very singular

bristles ; they are very short and thick-set, and beneath the glass

are seen to be spoon-shaped. I have no idea of the use of these,

unless it be to aid in retaining struggling insects. Some cotton, I

put the Bats in, was attached very firmly by the hooks.”

“ Windsor (Trelawny), 30th May, 1859.

On a foetus of this Bat I note as follows :—

* Milk-teeth not through, but in lumps on gum.

“© Molars = Gjp—a ak =

1—P

** Molars in the position of anterior pair of false molars. Lower

limbs most developed ; two exterior toes on each foot largest ; outer

toes of each foot set on lower than the rest, like a thumb. Naked.’

Stomach of adult a lengthened membranous sac, thin, and, when

empty, with difficulty distinguished from intestine, except by its

rather wider diameter. No trace of internal plicee. Male distin-

guished by a large gular gland, 3, in. in width. Made a loud chirp-

Ing noise in captivity. Would not drink : rejected the flies I offered,

and bit fiercely. The large size of the outer toe seems a distinction

from Nyctinomus (no. 1). When about to bite, the ears are brought

down; but they are ordinarily kept erect.

1865.] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. 81

12. Arcriseus, sp.? *

Dental formula, M. —*, C. =, I. +=28.

4—4? I=)?

Molars. Upper, two larger much flattened on crown, with an

exterior jagged edge—posterior with one point, the other with two ;

false molars longer, with one point. Lower, two larger, with points

on internal as well as external side; two false longer, with a single

point.

Canines rounded.

Incisors. Upper, middle wedge-shaped, one notch ; lateral minute

or wanting. Lower of equal length, one-notched.

Tongue extensible about 3 inch ; posterior half with large papille,

anterior half roughened, with asperities scarcely visible under the

lens, but very perceptible to the touch. Muzzle to base (along

back) 3 inches, muzzle to fork 34; tail0; expanse 162; radius 22;

carpus to tip 43; first digit 23; fourth digit 31; leg 2; foot 2;

calcaneum +. Interfemoral forked, when stretched out 2 inch below

body. Irides hazel; eyes large. Colour of fur leaden grey, brindled

by each hair being whitest towards the tip.

“* Montego Bay, 16th May, 1859.

£* Four skins, among which two males and one female. In a

cave close by the town, and of no great depth, I procured several

specimens of this Artibeus. It was in great numbers, and associated

with Artibeus carpolegus, of which there were a few. The floor of

the cave was strewn with kernels, large seeds, &c.; and among the

most recent were seeds, with a portion of pulp sticking to them, of

the scarlet berries called by negroes ‘cherries,’ and which I believe

are the berries of Cordia collococca. 'The fact of the two species

being found together, and, above all, the colour of the fur of a

young sucking Bat attached to the mother (undoubtedly Artibeus

carpolegus) being of a leaden colour, long kept me in doubt as to the

distinctness of the two species. I have however determined to

enter them as such provisionally. I found males and females of both

with the reproductive organs conspicuous, and evidently adults.”

13. Monoruyiivst.

Dental formula (from prepared skull), M. 2==, C. = 1 = =32.

Molars small. Upper, two false—first minute, scarcely above gum,

second the largest of the molars, with a single ‘very blunt point ;

three true, first largest ; this and second with the outer edge slightly

hollowed, leaving two blunt points or tubercles, a small crown inter-

nally ; third minute. Lower, two false—first a round, smooth, blunt

cone or tubercle, second largest, the same; three true, as in upper

jaw, hollowed so as to leave two blunt obsolete points in each (or

tuberculated). These molars are evidently more adapted for holding

than masticating.

Canines. Upper very long, powerful, sharp, dilated laterally

[* A. brachyotus (Pr. Max.), Tomes, /. c. p. 64.—P. L. 8.]

[t Phyllonycteris poeyi, Gundlach; Tomes, J. c. p. 63.—P. L. 8.]|

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. VI.

82 MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. [Jan. 24, ©

into two cutting-edges, anterior edge sinuated. Lower rather

smaller.

Incisors. Upper, middle pair diverging slightly, entire, blunt, like

human ; lateral minute, conical (or as a tubercle). Lower, edges

forming a concavity between canines; lateral minute, truncated ;

middle still smaller, visible only with glass in recent, but with the

eye in prepared skull; conical truncated. (It is over these last the

tongue is, of course, protruded.)

Dental formula, milk teeth :—M. = C. = 16 <= 16.

Molars. Upper hooked ; lower scarcely so. Canines excessively

sharp, hooked backwards; upper largest. Incisors, upper middle

broad, with one fine notch ; lateral hooked.

Length to base of tail 22 inches, length to fork 2; expanse 123 ;

radius 12, in others 2; thumb 3; last phalanges 2; index 24; car-

pus, to tip, 3£; 4th digit 2}; muzzle to ear 2; knee to calcaneum 1

(nearly); foot 2; calcaneum (minute) 75; ear, back 2, front 2.

Tongue, protrusible beyond muzzle, 2 (it must have been more, ‘I

think), narrows towards tip more suddenly than with Monophyllus

redmanii; covered with reversed prickles, which are especially long

and bristle-like, on the edges of tip: large and full, tip narrowed,

thinner, hollowed; when shortened and contained within mouth,

thrown into two rows of oblique strize or folds.

In the young the tongue had the same striz, but only the tip

was slightly extensible.

Description. Nose-leaf pentagonal; central lobe reduced to a

small blunt point on the upper angle; seen under the lens to be

covered with fine white hairs. Nostrils round; external lobe two

series of conspicuous confluent warts, centres depressed and punc-

tured for hairs, one series on each side, leaving a space behind, cen-

tral lobe free. Lower lip split, and on each side a notched triangular

wart; upper lip fringed with hairs; but scarcely any beard. Ears

ample, points rounded; tragus lanceolate acute. Tail short. Thumbs,

legs, and toes very long, the latter regularly decreasing from hallux,

which is longest. Forehead low. Muzzle very long; colour a soft

chestnut-yellow, paler beneath, each hair at its base white; volars,

ears, and nose-leaf pale black. No cranial ridge. Caudal vertebree

5(?); intestine 14 inches long; stomach membranous, not reticu-

lated, filled with a yellowish frothy pulp.

“ Harmony Hall (Trelawny), 4th June, 1859.

* It is in the eastern cave on this estate this pretty little Bat abounds,

The entrance is in a wall of rock shrouded by a thicket. The in-

terior of the cave not very extensive, and not thoroughly dark, I

had, at first, no light; but the noise of innumerable wings, and the

heaps of fruit and droppings with which the floor was covered,

showed it was densely inhabited. I fired my gun towards where the

sound was loudest; had just light enough to pick up what fell, and

on taking it to the entrance, saw this interesting species for the first

time. When the light arrived, I was surprised at their immense num-

1865.] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA, 83

bers, flying about and swarming on the walls and roof like bees.

They differ from some other Bats in settling on the walls low down,

notwithstanding the alarm of the lights; and in this they are like M.

redmanii, which I saw do the same thing at the Oxford Cave. Not

one seemed to make an attempt to escape, which was the more re-

markable as there was no hole for retreat in the cave, and it was

nearly dark when I left it. I infer, therefore, that this species is

very strictly nocturnal. I had a considerable number knocked down

in various parts; but it appeared the only species inhabiting this

cave. ‘The sexes were pretty equal, and the number of young very

great. No female, that I saw, had more than one young one.

picked from the floor bread-nut kernels and numbers of munched

berries of clammy cherry (Cordia collococca). I found the captives

brought home were seventeen, besides a few young.

«Those in the best condition I placed in a gauze-covered box.

They bit fiercely, and not ineffectually, at my fingers, were ex-

tremely active, and ran about the box with great agility. One or two

managed to get out, when I found they could run on the floor and

rise to the wing with the greatest ease. After one or two turns

round the room, they hitched themselves, raised the head a little,

and moved the nose-leaf and ears alternately, in the eager inquiring

way of M. redmanii and Artibeus carpolegus. All night I was dis-

turbed with their violent efforts to escape. I congratulated myself

I had taken the precaution to line the bottom with a good bed of

silk cotton, for otherwise the inflammation produced on the wrists

by their efforts renders them unfit for preservation. The loud bird-

like chirps and squeaks were incessant. Next morning I found

them much exhausted and quiet; they no longer bit at my fingers.

A female with a young one had it still hanging to her breast ; but

another young, I had put in hap-hazard from a heap, was hitched

up to the muslin by itself. I sent for a berry-laden branch of Cordia

collococca, which I had seen strewn on the floor of the cave, but

first took the precaution of letting them drink, lest an abnormal

thirst, produced by their exertions or injuries, should make them

take the juice. They drank eagerly, protruding the tongue—the

lip, hollowed spoon-shape, and the bristles evidently taking up a

great quantity. They would anxiously lick it off my fingers. When

they began to refuse more, and shake their heads at it, I tried the

berries; but, to my disappointment, they took little notice of them.

A couple of hours afterwards I tried again, when it occurred to me

to break the skin, so as to let some of the juice escape. The one

I presented it to, after a little persuasion, began to lick the juice ;

he at last seemed to understand his new position, and licked away

in good earnest. The tongue was rapidly protruded and drawn

in again, and the juice and softer pulp cleared away with great

rapidity. I noticed he was very particular in cleaning out the bit

of loose skin of berry, and licked my fingers of the juice spilt on

them, carefully cleaning out any that had collected under the nail.

The sensation was not at all unpleasant, the tongue feeling soft and

spongy, with a slight scratching from the bristles. I then got

84 MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. (Jan. 24,

another berry. The Bat was hanging from the edge of the box, its

ventral surface against the side ; and as I held the berry a little off,

so as to see the action of the tongue, it had, whilst feeding, to bend

the neck, so as to raise the head a little: this seemed to fatigue it.

It therefore raised itself on one wrist, and turned round so that its

back was against the box’s side; but as it did not change the position

of the feet, of course the legs crossed, the right foot now being on

the left side, and vice versd. In this odd position it seemed per-

fectly at ease, and went on licking at a fresh berry with great relish.

Of course, only its chin was now visible to me. I then began gra-

dually to lower the berry; it stretched first the neck and then the

tongue to its fullextent. I took it beyond reach, and then suddenly

brought it close again. It seized it with its teeth savagely, and

then shifted it to one side of the mouth, so that the long sharp

canines of one side and the blunt molars held the berry, much as a

dog will do when he wishes to bring the force of the molars to bear

onabone. This left room for the tongue still to be protruded ; for,

from the arrangement of the minute lower incisors in a concave, the

molars can be nearly closed, so as to hold an object, and the tongue

still have room for protrusion. The little body trembled with the

eagerness of his actions. As the pulp and juice he could thus

reach became exhausted, I expected he would drop it, and was

prepared with another berry; but, to my surprise, he brought up

the wrists to the muzzle, took the berry between them, gave it two

or three energetic bites, and then held the berry off. So I now

understood what the unusually long thumbs were for; for they

applied themselves dexterously to the berry, held it firmly, and

then, as it appeared to me, by a reverse action of the two wrists the

berry was turned round, a fresh hold taken by the teeth, and the

same licking process renewed, till the seed in the centre was cleaned

of the pulp, all but the little bit which served for the last tooth-

hold. It was then dropped, and the eager little muzzle raised for

more.

«I supplied another, and soon I hada little heap of seeds, with bits

of pulp attached, at the bottom of the box, exactly like those I found

in the cave. A wounded Bat on the floor found some berries out

and began to lick them. I next tried the female with a young one,

with precisely the same result ; only, notwithstanding her eagerness

for food and evidently hungry state, it was affecting to see how

constantly’she stopped carefully to’ lick the little one at her breast,

lest any spilt juice should soil it. When holding the berries in the

wrists, their appearance reminded me much of monkeys. They

now became very lively, evidently much refreshed by the meal, and

began to snap at my fingers. I covered them up in darkness, which

they seemed to want. On my return I found the young Bat which

I had put in as an orphan had been taken by the other female, and

was evidently sucking vigorously. It can hardly have happened

that out of such a number I could have chosen mother and offspring

by chance. Perhaps the old Bat, feeling the pressure of milk, in

this way sought relief. The young were quite naked and blind, and

1865.] MR. W. OSBURN ON THE BATS OF JAMAICA. 85

about two inches long, but clung with great tenacity. From a

portion of umbilical cord still attached to one mother, I conclude

one had only been born quite recently. I then took them and put

them among the twigs of Cordia. They climbed about it, heads

downwards, ‘with the greatest ease. The length of the legs and toes,

their muscularity, and the absence of any interfemoral or tail were

all obvious advantages where this habit was constant, especially the

power it gave them of turning as on a pivot, but without moving the

feet. They twisted, within certain limits, like a body suspended by

a string. They would thus follow a berry I moved ; but they would

not pluck any of the berries for themselves, seeming only anxious to

get into a dark place. ‘This I attribute to the unnatural hour of

feeding. On placing them in the box, I found, after a short time,

both mothers had crossed the legs in the attitude before mentioned,

to avoid pressing the young against the side. I put them out of

doors on a tree at some distance from the house. One attempted to

return, doubtless to escape the light. It lit on a plastered wall,

and, notwithstanding the incumbrance of the suckling, ran up the

wall backwards by the legs with great rapidity (raising the body

with the wrists so as not to rub the young) till it gained the shelter

of the eaves, whence I hope it made a complete escape; for I left

Harmony Hall that afternoon.

*« From these observations I would infer that we have an expla-

nation of the much greater muscularity of the frugivorous Bats, and

their far less buoyancy, than the insectivorous; and further, of the

use of the wrists in this Bat.

“The details on. Macrotus waterhousii (No. 8), collected at

Mount Pleasant, St. Ann’s, in which we have a Bat entering houses

for the purpose of hitching itself up in verandah or room to eat the

berries from a tree in the garden, its insect prey, and finally the

collections of fruit—from this and what I have noticed in the caves,

I come to the following conclusion :—that the supposition that

these Bats eat fruit on the wing is groundless, for it would mani-

festly be a difficult feat to use the teeth and to chew whilst flying ; but

that they hitch themselves up somewhere near the scene of action,

where they can use their wrists and feed on their prize at ease.

Their long legs seem well adapted for hitching themselves up among

their food. The much greater muscularity of the limbs, their

greater activity in running and using them, their long thumbs, are

all adapted to climbing and holding fruit—a curious approach to

the habits of the Quadrumana.

** When the first cold streaks of dawn warn the curious little ani-

mals away to their gloomy retreats, each Bat carries off a berry, and

in the security of the cave finishes his meal at leisure. The outer

toe has a great tendency to diverge at a considerable angle from the

next during suspension.’

86 DR.G. HARTLAUB ON NEW BIRDS FROM BENGUELA. [Jan. 24,

2. DescrIPTIONS OF SEvEN New SpEcIEs OF BirDs DISCOVERED

py Mr. J. J. Monrerro 1n THe Province oF BENGUELA,

AnGouA, West Arrica. By Dr. G. Hartiaus, Foreign

Memes.

(Plates 1V., V., VI.)

1. CRATEROPUS GYMNOGENYS, Sp. nov.

Capitis lateribus circumscripte nudis ; pileo albido, nucham versus

magis cinerascente ; dorso fusco ; collo postico et laterali letius

rufescente ; alis et cauda nigro-fuscis ; uropygio albo, fulve-

scente lavato ; subalaribus dilute rufis ; lateribus rufescentibus ;

subcaudalibus albis ; remigum marginibus internis pallide rufis,

primo et secundo exceptis totis nigris ; rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. circa 9", rostri a fr. 93/", alee 3!" 11'", caudze 3! 8!", tarsi

140",

2. DRrYOSCOPUS GUTTATUS, sp. nov.

Supra nitide niger, nitore chalybeo; cauda tota nigerrima; alis

nigris, macula scapulari transversa alba; marginibus externis

remigum duorum secundariorum late niveis, fasciam angustam

longitudinalem formantibus ; subalaribus albis, flecura ale

nigra ; tergi et uropygu plumis obscure cinerascentibus, macula

anteapicali rotundata alba notatis, ipso margine apicali nigro ;

abdomine unicolore albo; subcaudalibus albis; rostro valde

compresso, vix plus quam emarginatum, nigro; pedibus nigris.

Long. 7" 8", rostri a fr. 8!", alee 3" 7!"', caudee 3! 7!", tarsi 15!’,

Obs. A typical species.

3. UpupaA DECORATA, Sp. nov.

Simillima U. capensi, sed diversa; remigibus secundariis albis

ante apicem extensum nigrum, nigro bifasciatis, fasciola nigre-

dinis apicalis medio interrupta ; abdomine in fundo pallide

rufescente, maculis nonnullis longitudinalibus nigro-fuscis.

Long. rostri a fr. 1" 7!"', alee 5", caudee 4", tarsi 8!".

Obs. The unique specimen of this.bird seems to be not quite adult ;

the crest is exactly like that of U. capensis; the rufous colour of the

under parts goes much further down in U. capensis. This latter

species has the secondary remiges, from the base to the black apical

part, of a pure white.

4. Toccus ELEGANS, sp. nov. (Pl. IV.)

Pileo ardesiaco, occipite subcristato ; capitis lateribus albidis,

ardesiaco longitudinaliter variegatis, superciliis eodem modo

- pictis; dorso fuscescenti-nigro, area mediana angusta alba;

alarum tectricibus in fundo nigro maculis magnis rotundatis

albis, nigerrime marginatis, pulchre variis ; remigibus majori-

bus nigris, 1° et 2° macula alba unica in pogonio interno, 3°=7™

albo bimaculatis, 3 secundariis albis, macula magna irregulart

iD.

.&N Hanhart.m

ELEGANS.

Te GUS

me Aco) leoe ier

J Wolf. del. et lith. M& NHanhart imp.

AUCH SYS MURS eae GN peels ils Sai

J Wolf. del.etlith . M.&NHanhart imp

OTS PICT

== 1513)

1865.] DR. G. HARTLAUB ON NEW BIRDS FROM BENGUELA. 87

bipartita nigra; tertiariis pallide fuscis; subalaribus albis :

subtus albus, gula denudata; jugulo nigro longitudinaliter

vario; rectricibus 4 mediis nigro-fuscis, 2 sequentibus fascia

lata mediana apiceque lete albis, extima fere tota alba, macula

majore anteapicali nigro-fusca ; rostro lete flavo, tomiis, apice

mandibule et macula longitudinali a naribus ad dimidium

maxille usque producta nigricantibus ; pedibus plundeis.

Long. circa 18", rostri a fr. 32", alee vix 7!', caudee 84", tarsi 11!"

Obs. Typical; adult. Nearly allied to B. flavirostris of Riippell ;

but beautifully different in the colouring of the upper mandible,

the wing-coverts, the remiges, &c.

5. Toccus MONTEIRI, sp. nov. (PI. V.)

Capite ardesiaco, occipite subcristato, lateribus albo longitudina-

liter variis, pileo cinereo et nigricante minus distincte vario;

gula plumosa juguloque cinereo-ardesiacis ; pectore et abdo-

mine niveis, dorso obsolete brunneo, tergo et uropygio obscurius

Suscis ; alarum tectricibus dorso concoloribus, maculis rotun-

datis albis pulchre ocellatis; remigibus primariis nigris, 1° et

2° macula angusta transversa alba versus basin pogonii interni,

ipso apice albo largius notatis ; 3°-6™ pogonio externo macula

unica alba, apice albentibus ; sequentibus nigris, apice largis-

sime et irregulariter albis; secundariis albis, scapis a basi

ultra medium nigris; tertiariis pallide fuscis; rectricibus 2

mediis totis fuscis, sequente utrinque fusca, macula pogonii

externt apicali alba, tertia alba pogonio interno basi nigro,

secunda tota alba, extima alba pogonio externo pro maxima

parte brunneo, parte apicali tota alba; subaleribus albis ;

rostro ruberrimo, apice parum obscuriore, basi albido, mazilla

distincte quadrisuleata ; epithemate rostri, sicut in specie pre-

cedente, nullo.

Long. circa 19", rostri a fr. 42", alee 7" 9", caudee 81", tarsi 14!.

Obs. Typical. Allied to B. limbatus of Riippell ; but much smaller

and widely different in the structure of the beak, the colour of the

alar coverts, the tail-feathers, &c.

6. CURSORIUS BISIGNATUS, sp. nov.

Affinis C. bicincto Temm., sed diversus : 1°, statura multo minore ;

2°, torque colli postici nigro vir conspicuo; 3°, notei coloribus

multo pallidioribus ; 4°, remigibus secundariis omnibus prima-

riisque 5°—10™ pro maxima parte dilute rufis; 5°, gastreo a gut-

ture inde, subalaribus et subcaudalibus pure albis ; 6°, remigum

pogoniis internis subtus rufescenti-albis, axillaribus albis ; rec-

trice extima tota alba.

Long. 63", rostri a fr. 5!", alee 5", caudze 1" 10", tarsi 1! 9!, dig.

med. c. ung. 8’,

Obs. A most beautiful new species of an interesting genus. Re-

presents the C. dicinctus of Caffraria, on the south-western coast.

The two black collars are elegantly defined, the upper one being the

88 DR. G., HARTLAUB ON NEW BIRDS FROM BENGUELA. |Jan. 24,

narrower. ‘The whole bird is much smaller and much paler. Two

specimens.

7. OTIs PIcTURATA, sp. nov. (PI. VI.)

Corpore supra, alarum ptilosi minore et cauda in fundo pallide

Sulvescente nigricante lineolatis et vermiculatis ; pilet plumis

cerulescenti-cinereis, subtilissime obscurius fasciolatis ; fascia

supraciliari, macula parotica, altera majore nuchali, gula col-

lique cinerei antici tenia longitudinali mediana nigerrimis ;

mento et capitis lateribus albis, his infra nigro cinctis ; spatio

inter fasciam supraciliarem et regionem paroticam albo; pec-

tore et abdomine sordide albis ; remigibus 1° et 2° nigro-fuscis,

basin versus rufescenti-albidis, 3° et 4° pogonio interno fla-

vescenti-albidis, externo dimidio apicali valde angustato nigri-

canti-fuscis, basali dilatato isabellino fusco maculatis; se-

quentibus flavidis, apice lete fuscis ; minoribus isabellinis, ante

apicem fuscum fusco bimaculatis; flecura ale albida, nigri-

cante variegata ; pedibus pallide flavidis ; rostro brunnescente,

mandibula pro maxima parte a basi albida.

Long. circa 20", rostria fr. 17!", alee 12" 3!"', caudee 6", tarsi 2! 9!"',

dig. med. c. ung. 14",

Obs. This bird belongs to the Zupodotis group of Lesson. We

congratulate Mr. Monteiro upon the discovery of this very elegant

new species of Bustard.

Tadd a few notes upon other species in Mr. Monteiro’s collection,

which Dr. Sclater has submitted to my examination.

Gallinula chloropus.—The Angola bird differs from our European

Water-hen in the darker and more blackish colour of the back, which

is without the olive-brown so apparent in the bird of Europe.

Schizorhis concolor.—Compared with an adult Natal specimen of

the Bremen collection, the two fine birds in Mr. Monteiro’s col-

lection appear to be almost specifically different. The whole colour

is much paler, more grey, and less brownish, the sides of the head

being whitish, and the crest much paler, ‘They should be compared

with other Caffrarian specimeus.

Telephonus trivirgatus.—Exactly like a Damara specimen in the

Bremen collection, the beak being in both of a full pure black. Dr.

A. Smith, who met with only one female specimen, figures and

describes the beak of his 7. trivirgatus as being of a light whitish

brown.

Halcyon semicerulea.—Differs from a West-African bird in the

Bremen collection in the much darker hue of the blue colour of the

back, in the more brownish colour of the crown, in the back of the

neck being grey, and in the pale fulvous colour of the under parts,

which are ferruginous in the Gaboon specimen.

Parus afer.—Much smaller than more southern specimens ;

otherwise not different.

1865.] MR. J.J. MONTEIRO ON THE BIRDS OF BENGUELA. 89

3. Norrs on Brrps COLLECTED IN BENGUELA.

By J. J. Monteiro.

The following seventy species of birds were collected in 1862 and

1863 in the littoral region of the province of Benguela, Angola

(between 12° and 15°S. lat.). This region is, generally speaking,

arid, barren, and rocky (gneiss, with a narrow belt of limestone and

gypsum rocks, on the sea-shore). The vegetation becomes abundant

or luxuriant only in the vicinity of the few rivers, and at a distance

of twenty to thirty miles towards the interior.

Dr. G. Hartlaub has kindly determined the names of the species

for me.

1. ARDEA ATRICOLLIS, Wagl.

Very abundant on all the fresh-, salt-, and brackish-water lagoons

and marshes along the whole coast of Angola. Often kept tame in

the houses, and, though preferring fish, will eat almost all other

kind of food.

2. PLATALEA TENUIROSTRIS, Temm.

Also very abundant in the brackish and salt muddy lagoons.

38. PLoTus LEVAILLANTII, Temm.

Shot at the “ Bimbas,” freshwater lakes about six miles to the

interior of the town of Benguela. Fly in flocks at an astonishing

height in the air, wheeling and circling over the water in the manner

of birds of prey. When they descend, it is with arrow-like rapidity,

dashing into the water with great force, and emerging-again to the

surface, on which they swim with their bodies hardly visible above

water, and wriggling their long snake-like necks.

4. ARDEA GARZETTA, Linn.

This beautiful bird is observed on all the stagnant fresh waters of

the whole of Angola. The pure white of its plumage forms a lovely

contrast, as it dazzles in the bright sunshine, to the green of the

large-leaved species of duckweed and water-lilies on which it grace-

fully stands, or to that of the tall stems and elegant feathery heads

of the Papyrus fringing with the most vivid colour the still, shining

waters.

5. PHALACROCORAX AFRICANUS (Gm.).

Very common on all the rivers and fresh waters of Angola. Its

flesh is dark-coloured, but good eating.

6. ERISMATURA LEUCONOTA.

From the freshwater lakes of Benguela. There are several other

species of Duck, and many other very beautiful aquatic birds, par-

ticularly at Pinda, to the south of Mossamedes,

7. OTIS RUFICRISTA, Sm.

90 MR. J.J. MONTEIRO ON THE BIRDS OF BENGUELA. (Jan. 24,

8. Or1s prcruRatA, Hartlaub, sp. nov.

Both these handsome Bustards, called “Tuas” by the natives, are

found abundantly all along the littoral region of Angola, becoming

more so in the vicinity of Benguela, and inhabiting in preference the

gypsum plains and country driest and barest of vegetation. They

utter a loud clucking cry, and go about always in pairs, run very

fast, and when alarmed fly low and heavily, generally dropping to

the ground again at a short distance. They are very shy, and diffi-

cult to shoot. Their flesh is the most delicate and best-tasted of

perhaps any game bird. There is a third magnificent species similar

in appearance to no. 8, with a white belly, but twice its size. The

stomachs of these birds contain flowers, buds, and leaves of several

species of shrubs, remains of scorpions, and several kind of hard

seeds. I have known several Portuguese who have attempted to

rear these birds, or keep the old ones in their gardens, but have

always failed to preserve them alive for any length of time.

9. PrerocLes NAMAQuus (Gm.).

Male and female. Inhabit the same locality as the preceding ;

gregarious in small flocks, but keeping together in pairs.

10. Cursorrus BistGNatvus, Hartlaub, sp. nov.

Same locality and habits.

11. LoBrvANELLUS LATERALIS, Sm.

Same locality ; scarce.

12. Popicers minor (Limn.).

Abundant on the freshwater lakes of Angola.

13. ARDEA MINUTA, Linn.

This beautiful species was shot at the Bimbas or freshwater lakes

at Benguela.

14, ParRA AFRICANA, Gm.

This beautiful bird is common on all the still freshwaters of

Angola.

15, GALLINULA CHLOROPUs (Linn.).

Common in the same localities as the preceding.

16. Corvus scapuLaAtus, Daud.

Common to the whole of the Angola coast and interior. Have the

same impudent thievish propensities as cur Common Crow, and very

nearly the same caw and croak. Have wonderfully acute sense of

sight or smell. I could never encamp anywhere but they would

soon make their appearance, often in the most bare and desert situ-

ations on the coast. J once only at Benguela, but several times at

Mossamedes, observed another species, all black, and the size of our

rook, or perhaps a little smaller.

1865.] MR. J.J. MONTFIRO ON THE BIRDS OF BENGUELA. 91

17. Buso macutosvs (Vieill.).

Abundant about Benguela.

18. Srrrx FLAMMEA, Linn.

Also abundant in the same locality.

19. Scors SENEGALENSIS, Sw.

Shot at Benguela.

20. ATHENE PERLATA (Vieill.).

Same.

21. FRANCOLINUS GARIEPENSIS, Sw.

Common all over Angola.

22. Toccus mMonTEtRI, Hartlaub, sp. nov.

This fine bird is pretty abundant at Benguela. The bill is of a

fine fire-red colour, becoming white near the base. Inhabits the

littoral region principally. Stomach contained remains of grass-

hoppers, a small hornets’ nest, several large larvee, and the flat bean-

like seeds of a thorny tree. Are gregarious, and fly slowly. When

sitting on a branch, they raise and depress their crest-feathers, and

utter a very loud, disagreeable cry, like that of a child screaming.

Feed on the ground, principally in the sandy valleys and the dry

beds of what are rivers and water-courses in the rainy season, digging

powerfully in the sand (which they throw back between their legs)

in quest of grubs, &e. ‘.

The natives all over Angola affirm most positively that the female

shuts up the male in the nest so that it cannot get out, and there

feeds it constantly until it has incubated the eggs, when she tears

down the nest and lets it and the young brood out. It is then said

to be very lean and featherless. I never had an opportunity of

verifying this singular statement ; but the negroes have several pro-

verbs in connexion with this curious habit, while I have very little

doubt of its correctness.

23. Toccus ELEGANS, Hartlaub, sp. nov.

From the same locality, and identical in habits.

24. CENTROPUS SUPERCILIOSUS, Hempr.

Very abundant everywhere in Angola. Flies low amongst the

bushes, and very fond of marshy places where the vegetation is very

thick. Has a very loud, clucking, continued note. Of a second

magnificently coloured species, with bright blue tail, I was unable

to obtain a specimen, although I met with it in Benguela, and have

seen the feathers brought from Bibé.

25. ScH1zoRHIS CONCOLOR (Smith).

These handsome birds are very abundant at Benguela and Mos-

92 MR. J.J. MONTEIRO ON THE BIRDS OF BENGUELA. [Jan. 24,

samedes, in all the woods. Are very active in their habits, running

along the branches of the trees with great rapidity, uttering a loud

rapid scream, and bobbing their heads up and down, and stretching

their necks in a comical manner. Their crest-feathers are always

erect ; are never raised or depressed. In their manners they remind

an observer very much of the ‘ Plantain-eaters.”’ Feed on wild fruits

and berries.

26. CoryTHAIx LivinGsTont, G. R. Gray.

Are sometimes brought to Benguela for sale by the negroes from

Bibé. Appears to be much rarer than the C. paulina. I have seen

both pretty abundantly to the interior of Novo Redondo, in the Celis

country (peopled by a cannibal tribe of negroes), where the magni-

ficent forest resounds in all directions with their loud unearthly ery.

I have succeeded in bringing home to England a live specimen of

this species, which is now in splendid plumage and health. It is

perfectly tame—so much so as not to notice strangers in the least,

but, on the contrary, coming to the side of its cage to take hold and

lay with their fingers in its beak.. It is fond of a great variety of

food—all kinds of fruit, bread, biscuit, or cake soaked in milk or

water, and sugar pudding, raisins, figs, currants, green peas, water-

cress, lettuce, boiled carrots, &e.

It is curious to observe the manner in which one of its toes is bent

nearly backward when on the ground ; when on its perch, its feet

grasp it with two toes behind and two in front. It is fond of playing

with the end of a piece of string, with which it rushes about in its

cage. It always roosts on a little soft hay, &c.,in a small basket, in

the manner of a bird hatching; and it is exceedingly fretful at dusk

until some person pets and talks to it, when it jumps into the basket

and settles immediately, chattering all the while in a very satisfied

and contented manner. Its cry is very loud and extraordinary—a

long whoop, first repeated short many times, and finishing with

along scream. When alarmed at seeing a cat or other animal, it

utters a loud cackle, something like that of a frightened hen. It

is very fond of bathing, which it does in a large dish full of water,

wetting itself completely, and screaming at the top of its voice all the

time, making a terrible din for a bird of its size.

27. TROGON NARINA.

Shot in a wood at Benguela. I never observed another specimen.

28. CucuULUS RUBECULA, Sw.

Shot at Novo Redondo (11° S. lat.). Base of bill, eyelids, and

legs of a beautiful yellow. Said by the natives to be a young one.

Large eyes and extremely small body for such a large-feathered bird.

It was flying in the air in the manner of a Hawk, which I took it

to be when I fired at it.

29. LAMPROCOLIUS PH@NICOPTERUS, Sw.

Extremely abundant all over Angola,

1865.] MR. J.J. MONTEIRO ON THE BIRDS OF BENGUELA. 93

30. Dicrurus musicus.

Also abundant everywhere: Is very active on the wing in the

capture of its insect prey.

31. OrtoLus LArvatus, Licht.

Very abundant in the woods at Benguela.

32. HypHANTORNIS crncTA, Cass.

Not uncommon at Benguela.

33. OrtoLus Bicoxor, Licht., juv.

Abundant ; same locality.

34. CraTEROPUS GyMNOGENYs, Hartlaub, sp. nov.

Common at Novo Redondo and Benguela in the thick wood and

underbrush. Fly in small flocks, and are most discordantly noisy.

35. LANIARTUS BACKBAKIRI, Ley.

Shot near the beach at Cirio Bay (13° S. lat.).

36. DimorHus CARUNCULATUS.

Shot in a newly dug field, evidently seeking for worms or grubs.

Equemina Bay (13° 12'S. lat.).

37. Dryoscorus gurratus, Hartlaub, Sp. nov.

Very abundant ; but difficult to see, from hiding so close in the

bushes. Chatters much and loudly, with very varied and dissimilar

notes or cries. When on a branch, its rump-feathers* are puffed

up in a remarkable manner.

38. EUROCEPHALUS ANGUITIMENS, Smith.

This is also an extraordinarily noisy bird, and very abundant about

the woods of Benguela. Fly in small flocks, keeping always very

close together. I have counted as many as fourteen on a branch,

side by side, all looking one way, and screaming and chattering most

loudly all at once.

39. AMYDRUS FULVIPENNIs (Sw.).

Very abundant near the coast from Novo Redondo to Mossamedes

(or Little Fish-Bay). Never observed it more to the north than the

former locality. Only makes its appearance some months of the

year (from November to June). Keep together in small flocks,

uttering a cry very much like that of a Starling. They accumulate

a large open nest on some flat-topped tree, without the least shade

or protection, and on which as many as eight or ten birds are sitting

together hatching their eggs, presenting a very singular appearance.

40. TeLEPHONUS TRIVIRGATUS, Smith.

Common in Benguela ; but difficult to obtain, from its flying close

to the ground through the thick underwood.

94 MR, J.J. MONTEIRO ON THE BIRDS OF BENGUELA. [Jan. 24,

41, CERTHILAUDA SEMITORQUATA, Smith.

Very abundant about Benguela, particularly in bare rocky places.

Keeps always on the ground, and is very tame, as it may be passed

quite close without its flying away or otherwise showing alarm.

42. Sax1tcoLa INFUSCATA, Smith.

Benguela.

43. Upupa pecorata, Hartlaub, sp. nov.

Benguela ; abundant.

44, Curysococcyx auratus (Gm.), juy.

Benguela.

45. BurHaGa AFRICANA, Linn.

Abundant all over Angola, which, generally speaking, abounds in

cattle. It appears to feed entirely on ticks: the stomach of this

specimen contained no less than twenty-five. Its flesh is very dark-

coloured, strong-smelling, and its blood extremely thick and dark.

It is curious to watch the manner in which they crawl all over the

body of an ox or large animal, under its belly and between its legs,

which they are enabled to do by their strong claws tipped with

exceedingly sharp-hooked nails. The beak is soft, of a bright red

at the tip, graduating to bright yellow at the base. I once sawa

nest of these birds, which they appeared to be finishing. It was

large, loose, of dry grass, and nicely lined with long hair, seemingly

taken from the tails of cattle. These birds were constantly robbing

the hair from the tail of an old mule I had at Benguela. They

will accompany a herd of cattle only for a certain distance, when

they will return to their usual locality, and others immediately make

their appearance and appear to take charge of the herd.

46. IrRISOR CYANOMELAS.

Not uncommon in Benguela.

47. HaLcyon sEMICHRULEA (Forsk.).

Benguela.

48. HaLcyon seNnEGALENSIS (L.).

Benguela.

49. PsrrraACULA ROSEICOLLIS.

Very abundant at Novo Redondo to Mossamedes, and very de-

structive to the Indian-corn plantations.

50. PsITracus RUEPPELLI, Gray.

Also not uncommon in the same localities.

51. TurTuR ERYTHROPHRYS, Sw.

Common in the whole of Angola.

1865.] MR. J.J. MONTETRO CN THE BIRDS OF BENGUELA. 95

52. Pocontas LEUCOMELAS (Bodd.).

Benguela. Their stomachs contained different kinds of small

seeds ; but their principal food appears to be the fibrous bark of some

herbaceous plants, as in both these specimens, as well as several others

that I have examined, the stomachs always contained masses of green

bark. Its strong-toothed bill would appear to be adapted, therefore,

more for the purpose of tearing or cutting its bark food than for

crushing seeds, as might appear at first sight; for I never found

their stomachs to contain the remains of the latter.

53. LimNOCORAX FLAVIROSTRIS, Sw.

Common on all the freshwaters of Angola.

54. CHARADRIUS GEOFFROYI, Wagl.

On sandy plains near the sea.

55. CALIDRIS ARENARIA (Linn.).

On the beach at Benguela.

56. Cypseius apus (Linn.).

Common in Benguela, building their nests very commonly under

the eaves of houses. :

57. Hirunpo strioxata, Ripp.

Imperfect skin. Benguela; most common about Novo Redondo.

58. SPOROPIPES LEPIDOPTERA, Sm.

Gregarious, in small flocks. Only observed in the rocky barren

districts to the south of Benguela. Upwards of a dozen were caught

for me by the blacks, one night, in a hole in the straw thatch of a

hut, where they are fond of roosting together; and I had them alive

many months in a cage, feeding on grass- and other small seeds.

59. PLATYSTEIRA SENEGALENSIS, L.

Also only observed in the same locality, generally in pairs, twit-

termg much, and feeding on insects, principally small spiders.

60. Parus AFER.

Benguela.

61. BusERINUS ALBIGULARIS, Gm,

Benguela.

62. PyreLia ELEGANS, Gm.

Loanda and Benguela. Called by the Portuguese ‘‘Maracachao,”’

and much esteemed as a cage-bird on account of its marvellously

sweet song.

63. Esrretpa asrritp (Linn.).

Very abundant in Angola, particularly to the south ; gregarious,

in flocks of hundreds of individuals.

96 MR. 0. A. L. MORCH ON THE VERMETIDS. [Jan. 24,

64. NEcCTARINIA NATALENSIS, Jard.

Benguela. The only specimen observed.

65. NECTARINIA JARDINII, Verr.

Very abundant about Benguela, even in comparatively barren

places, where, I have observed, they eat little insects, particularly

small spiders.

66. Picus FruaviscaPus, Ill.

From Mossamedes, or Little Fish-Bay.

67. MrEROPS ERYTHROPTERUS.

Benguela.

68. Mrroprs HIRUNDINACEUS.

Benguela.

69. Mrerors Gyptivs, F.

_‘enguela. These birds have all a very graceful flight, circling

leisurely in the air. This last is most abundant.

70. ALCEDO CRISTATA.

Abundant at the Bimbas (lagoons near Benguela).

4, SuppLEMENTARY NoTES TO THE REVIEW OF VERMETIDZ.

By O. A. L. Morcu, or CopENHAGEN.

As I see, from Mr. Carpenter’s ‘‘ Supplementary Report’’*, that

several points in my papers on Vermetida, in these ‘ Proceedings’ for

the years 1861 and 1862, may be misunderstood, I feel myself called

upon to make some further explanations.

The constancy of conchological characters is very different in dif-

ferent families. In some families, for instance, very small differ-

ences in the sculpture, the convexity of the whorls, and the height of

the spire are very constant and of great importance. Thus among

the Helices such differences are frequently supported by very no-

table and constant differences in the lingual dentition. In some

genera the colours are exceedingly variable in one and the same

species—for instance, in Meretrix, Oliva, Pecten, &c.,—in others,

again, very constant as a specific mark—for instance, in Conus, Cy-

prea, Natica, &e. Prot. Troschel has thus lately proved that

Natica hebrea (Martyn) and N. stercus muscarum (Chemn.t),

chiefly distinguished by a somewhat different pattern of colour, and

united into one species by several modern authors, have a notably

* Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for 1863,

p- 536.

+ =Natica adspersa (Mke.) and N. millepunctata (Linn.), both of which are

from the Mediterranean.

1865.] MR. O. A. L. MORCH ON THE VERMETID. =

different lingual dentition. The same is the case with Tritonium

undatum (L.) and the Arctie Tritonium grenlandicum (Ch.), which

are chiefly distinguished by the different consistence of the testaceous

matter, but vary in the size, shape, and sculpture of the shell in an

analogous manner, as the following scheme will show :—

1. Tritonium undatum, L. 1. Tritonium undulatum, Moll.= Bucci-

num labradorense, Reeve.

2. Buccinum acuminatum, Brod. 2. A similar form is known from Green-

land by five specimens.

3. ciliatum, auct. Brit. 3. Tritonium grenlandicum, Ch.

4. humphreysianum, Bennet. 4. —— humphreysianum, Moll.

The variation of the quasi-parasitical species, however, almost

surpasses belief. One of the most striking instances is the Patella

compressa (L.), which owes its remarkably compressed form to its

habit of affixing itself to the stems of the large seaweeds of the Cape

of Good Hope. When it drops from its place, and is received on a

flat object, an expanded limb is added to the edge, of a somewhat

coarser sculpture, and the uniform yellowish colour is changed to

a whitish colour mottled with red spots, which proves clearly ‘» at

this species is undoubtedly a form of Patella miniata, Born. vr.

Gray even mentions a specimen which is first a Patella miniata,

then a P. compressa, and ultimately again a P. miniata. When

the latter form becomes full-grown*, ‘caput iufantis superans’’ +,

it is the Patella rustica of Linneus. These three forms are by

several authors placed in three different genera. These facts prove

clearly the necessity of comparing extensive series of specimens be-

fore new species are established. It was very difficult for me, when

I wrote my papers on the Vermetide, to procure numerous speci-

mens of all the species, as this family has been very much neglected

by collectors. I have, however, been able to compare sufficiently

large suites of one or two species of each genus. I have most com-

pletely described all the different varieties of age and growth of

Vermetus conicus, Dill. (P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 341). I have convinced

myself, by numerous dissected specimens, that this species is first a

Petaloconchus with internal laminz, then a Bivonia (Carp.) with

lire on the columella, without lamine, and finally an Aletes (Carp.)

with suddenly dilated whorls and a nearly smooth columella. I

have only found the young in the latter form of shells. Finding it

useful, or even necessary, to have a nomenclature for these differ-

ences, I have used these now superfluous generic terms for that pur-

pose, in the same manner as the term Cysticercus is generally used

for a stage of Tenia, or Zoéta for the young Crab.

I some time ago got a specimen of Fasciolaria princeps from Ma-

zatlan, with several solitary specimens of Bivonia contorta (Carp.)

attached, two of which, after making three or four whorls, suddenly

enlarge the aperture of the tube to twice its diameter, and change the

dark-brown strongly granulated surface to a pale-yellowish nearly

* Gray, Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca, p.175; and Sowerby,

Genera, fig. 3, Patella.

+t Museum Ludovice Ulrice, p. 694.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. VII.

9& MR. O. A. L, MORCH ON THE VERMETID&. ([Jan, 24,

smooth shell, with longitudinal reddish bands, exactly answering to

Aletes centiquadrus (Val., Carp.).

M. Lacaze-Duthiers* has discovered that the female Vermetus

deposits the egg-bags (which are very like those of Hipponyx and

Calyptrea) in the last whorl, towards the aperture, where the eggs

are hatched. It seems to me probable that the large aperture of the

last whorl stands in connexion with this habit, as it otherwise would

not be easily understood how the animal would be able to protrude

the head in search of food. Still it must be remembered that some

Vermeti, in a young state, close the aperture up with a convex

septum, provided with a central slitt. This septum is, perhaps,

analogous to the hybernaculum of the Helices, and indicates only -

some periodical rest in the growth.

I have never intended to introduce a tri- or poly-nomial nomen-

clature; but I believe it is necessary to name the different varieties,

forms, and deviations, as well as the differences of sex and age.

My nomenclature for the varieties, therefore, cannot properly be

compared either with Klein’s or Middendorf’s generic nomenclature.

** Falco islandicus, var. grenlandicus, young male in winter dress,”

is certainly, for instance, a very long name; but I cannot see any

superfluous words. I have never named a variety with eight words,

as Mr. Carpenter (who seems to have overlooked that he has con-

founded the appellations of two distinct varieties from two different

localities) indicates (7. ce. p. 558).

Additions and Corrections.

SILIQUARIA FLORINA (Defr., Chenu) is, according to M. Des-

hayes, a Vermetus, in the aperture of which a fragment of Tenagodus

is inserted. For the variety figured by Dr. Chenu, M. Deshayes

proposes (Animaux sans Vertébres du Bassin de Paris, ii. p. 246)

the name Siliquaria millepeda, which is synonymous with Serpula

cochlearia (Detr., Sow. Gen., where it is stated to be from the “ cal-

caire grossiére at Orglandes’’).

TENAGODUS AUSTRALIS (6) is a distinct species, which I have

named 7’. reentzii.

TENAGODUS (PyxIPOMA) MOBII, 0. sp.

T. volubilis, laxa, solidissima, crassa, levigata, nitidula, sordide

alba, infime flavescens ; rima in anfr. tribus primis (qui adsunt)

clausa, in anfr. sequente foraminibus duobus oblongis geminis

remotis, deinde aperta marginibus irregularibus; aperturam

versus hians, marginibus acutis simplicibus. Apex tubi septo

hemispherico clausus.

Diam. aperturee circ. 7 m.

* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, sér. 4, vol. xiii. p- 248. It is also stated

that the female of Bivonia semisurrecta has the mantle deeply fissured; but, un-

fortunately, it was not seen before the shell was lost.

T Gray, Annals of N. H. 1851, viii. p. 479, t.17 B. f. 4-6; and Sowerby, Ge-

nera, Serpula, f. 5.

1865. ] MR. 0. A. L. MORCH ON THE VERMETID. 99

Tirrebourres, Davila, Cat. Rais. 1767, t. iv. f. e?; Buonanni, Re-

creatio, t. 20. f. C (quoad formam).

Hab. ? ad Manillam? (Mus. Hamburg.).

The lid of the true genus Tenagodus was unknown to me. I have

now had an opportunity of examining a specimen of 7. squamatus,

Bly., from St. Thomas’s, in Mr. A. H. Riise’s collection.

Operculum irregulare, ineurvo-conicum ; anfr. eciliis sat longis ;

area centralis pallide flava, sulco profunde circumscripta, seg-

mentis radiantibus circiter 7, centro obscuro latiusculo, puncto

centrali albo ; limbus angustus, nitidus, reflexus, marginatus.

SERPULA cosTALis, Lam. Guérin (Iconographie du R. A. t. 1.

f. 2), represents probably the typical specimen of Lamarck, and is

thus the same species as Vermiculus contortus, Soldr.

VERMETUS CONTORTUS, /3. FAVOSA, probably owes its remarkable

sculpture to a Flustra, which it has copied, in the same manner as

I have mentioned that a specimen of Vermetus cereus, Carp., has

copied an Astrea.

VERMETUS ANELLUM, Morch. As this species is always sinistral,

it cannot be the young of Vermetus squamigerus, but is more likely

to be a Spirorbis. The genus Strebloceras is quite unknown to me;

the Haliotis on which it is found is perhaps only.a variety of H. cor-

rugata (Gray), from which it differs in being rounder, more convex,

and in the pearly interior being whitish.

Bivonta susTRiQueTRA (Moreh) is, according to original speci-

mens in the collection of Mr. O. Semper, Vermetus articulatus,

Bonelli (Sismondi, Synopsis, ed. 2. p. 27).

THYLACoDES ImsBricatus, Dkr. This name is preoccupied by.

Sandberger ; the species must therefore be named

THyYLAcopEs Apamsi1, Mérch, Journ. de Conch. 1859, p- 359;

Adams, Ann. & Mag. of N. H. 1864, Feb., ps t4l.

Siphonium, sp., Mrs. Gray, Figures of Moll. t. 2. f. 2-4, p. 82.

From Japan, according to Mr. A. Adams; bvt not from Borneo.

VERMETUS PERONII, Rouss. (Chenu, IIl. t. 4. f. 6), is perhaps

different from V. peronii (Val., Voy. de la Venus).

THYLACODES MELANOSTOMUS, Morch, n. sp.

T. solitaria, spiralis, perforata, brunnea, crusta tenui (aliena)

virescente, spiraliter lirulata, lire plerumque alternatim mi-

nores ; lire 4—5 validiores, subequidistantes, nodulis oblongis

remotis; lire inerementi minute, appresse, regulariter ap-

proximate, hive illue acutiuscule, in intersectionibus lirarum

nodulo obsoleta. Apertura circularis, Saucibus nigrescenti-

badiis, columella candida.

Diam. apertureze cire. 15 m.

Hab. ad Zanzibar, in Murice angulifero Linn. affixum (Coll. O.

Semper.) specimen unicum.

100 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID4. [Jan. 24,

5, Revision oF THE GENERA AND Species oF MUSTELID &

CONTAINED IN THE British Museum. By Dr. Joun Ep-

wARD Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S8.

(Plate VII.)

The Mustelide are carnivorous Mammalia, with normal dentition,

having a single tubercular grinder on each side of each jaw.

In my paper describing some little-known Mammalia, in the first

volume of Charlesworth’s ‘Magazine of Natural History,’ p. 579,

published in 1837, I used the forms and number of the pads on the

feet of Mephitis to divide it into three genera, and also showed the

importance of observing the size of the bald parts of the soles of the

feet in distinguishing the species of Otters; and in the ‘ Proceedings

of the Zoological Society’ for 1864 I have used the excellent character

which the form of the bald part of the sole affords for the separation

of the genera of Viverride.

The only naturalist who seems to have followed up the subject is

Mr. Hodgson, who, in his paper ‘‘ On the Tibetan Badger ”’ in the

‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal’ for 1847, has given, in

t. 31, figures of the under part of the feet, showing the form and

disposition of the pads, of eight species of Indian Viverride, Muste-

lide, and Urside.

Synopsis of the Genera.

Section I. AcanrHopopa. The feet rounded; the toes short,

curved, more or less united by a web, the last joint bent up ;

the claws short, compressed, acute, retractile.

Tribe 1. Musreztina. Head oblong. Toes slightly webbed. Tail

cylindrical. Terrestrial.

A, Digitigrade. Soles of the hind feet hairy, with four bald pads

in front. Body elongate ; anal glands developed. Tail slender ;

tubercular grinder short, transverse.

* Teeth 38.

1. Marres. False grinders 3/4. Head elongate. Feet very hairy ;

space between the pads hairy, often covering them from sight.

** Teeth 34.

2. Purorius. False grinders 2/3.. Head short, ovate. Feet and

space between the pads very hairy. Body stout; underside

blackish.

3. Musreta. False grinders 2/3. Head elongate, narrow. Feet

and space between the pads very hairy. Body slender; under-

side yellow or white.

Elekta (al GAT Gk er Nel

ie eal PEI e ry A NSN

at's LEYUEY NRW MATL t+? Tee SCA £

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDE. 101

4, Vison. False grinders 2/3. Head elongate, narrow. Feet

slightly hairy ;. pads exposed. Body rather slender ; underside

same colour as upper.

5. Gymnopus. False grinders 2/3. Head elongate, narrow. Feet

rather naked, bald beneath, between, and rather behind the pads;

toes largely webbed. Soles hairy behind. Body slender.

B. Subplantigrade. Soles and between the pads hairy. Body stout.

Tail short, bushy. Anal glands none. False grinders 3/4,

6. Guo. Tubercular grinder oblong, transverse ; flesh-tooth elon-

gate, with a small subanterior inner lobe.

C. Plantigrade. Soles of hind feet bald, callous. Body elongate.

Anal glands distinct. False grinders 2/3 ; tubercular grinder

oblong, transverse.

7. GaveRA. Tail elongate. Soles of hind feet with a central lon-

gitudinal depression behind, and obscurely divided into four

large pads in front. Heels hairy.

8. Grisonra. Tail short. Body slender.

Tribe 2. Lurrina. Head depressed. Feet normal, rounded ; toes

webbed. ‘Tail thick, tapering, depressed. Tubercular grinder

oblong, transverse.

A. Tail conical, tapering, entirely covered with hair.

+ The palms and soles of the feet bald between the pads.

* The muzzle hairy; only the thin margin of baa nadine bald.

9. Baranera. Claws rudimentary, blunt. Toes rather elongate.

** The muzzle hairy between the nostrils ; upper and front edge

of the nostrils bald.

10. Lonrra. Toes rather elongate, well webbed; claws sharp.

*** The muzzle bald, band-like between the front and upper edge

of the nostrils. Orbit of skull defined by a conical process

behind.

t. Foot oblong; toes thick, webbed to the claws, sharply clawed ;

pads of toes and palm large, close together.

11. Lurra. Claws acute, strong. Head and skull elongate.

12. Nurria. Claws acute, strong. Head and skull short, broad.

102 DR, J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDE, [Jan. 24,

tt. Foot oblong; toes rather slender, free at the end, bluntly or

imperfectly clawed ; pad of palm large, of toes slender, sepa-

rated.

13. Aonyx. Skull broad, depressed.

++ The palms and soles of the feet slightly hairy between the pads;

the two inner hinder toes with a band of hair on the inner side

of the under surface. Muzzle bald, transverse.

14.. Hyprogaue. Claws acute. Skull elongate; orbits not de-

fined behind, without any superior orbital prominence. Hind

feet elongate. Toes slender, broadly webbed.

+++ Palms and soles of feet hairy between the pads. Muzzle bald

between the nostrils, and produced into an angle on the upper

edge.

15. Latrax.

B, Tail subcylindrical, elongate, covered with hair, and with a nar-

row fringe-like expansion on each side. Hind feet elongate.

16. PrerRonuRA.

Tribe 3. Enuyprina. Head depressed. Feet large, elongate,

rather fin-like, hairy above and below. Tail short, cylindrical.

Grinders massive, flat-crowned.

17. ENuYDRA.

Section II. Puarypopa. The feet elongate; toes straight ; claws

exserted, blunt.

A. Plantigrade. Hind feet broad, depressed; soles bald, callous

nearly to the heel ; toes short, thick ; claws thick. Body keavy.

Tail short. Ears short, rounded.

Tribe 4. Mexina. Tubercular grinder large, oblong, elongate.

Palate produced behind. Flesh-tooth with two more or less

distinct tubercles on inner lobe.

* Palate much produced behind ; hinder opening in a line with the

condyles.

18. Arcronyx. Tubercular grinder elongate. Nose of skull rather

produced and contracted.

** Palate moderately produced behind ; hinder opening in a line

with the middle of zygomatic arch.

19. Mexes. Tubercular grinder elongate, oblong. Nose of skull

broad. Flesh-tooth moderate, trigonal ; inner lobe with a single

ridge.

1865.] DR. J, E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. 103

20. Taxrpea. Tubercular grinder large, triangular, oblong; inner

side broad. Flesh-tooth large, trigonal, with a broad inner

lobe with two tubercles. Nose short, broad.

21. Mypaus. Tubercular grinder oblong, nearly square ; flesh-

tooth moderate, trigonal, outer edge compressed, inner with

two unequal tubercles on a ridge. Nose of skull produced.

Tribe 5. Meturivorina. Tubercular grinder transverse, band-like ;

palate only slightly produced behind; flesh-tooth with’a small

inner lobe and a single tubercle. Fur black below.

22. Mexuivora. Skull short, broad.

Tribe 6. Mepurrma. Tubercular grinder oblong, four-sided.

Palate scarcely produced behind; hinder opening in a line with

the hinder grinders. Skull short. Nose broad. Fur black,

white-striped.

23. Conepatus. Sole of hind feet only divided across. Tail

short, bushy. False grinders 3.

24, Meruiris. Sole of hind feet with three pads in front. Tail

elongate, flaccid. False grinders 4.

25. Sprrocare. Sole of hind feet with four pads in front. Tail

short, bushy, flaccid. False grinders 4.

B. Subdigitigrade. Hind feet rather narrow ; soles hairy, with a

narrow, elongate, triangular, bald space in front ; toes unequal;

claws elongate, slender. Tubercular grinder transverse.

Tribe 7. Zoritu1na. Flesh-tooth elongate, with a small anterior

inner lobe with a single tubercle.

26. Zoritua. Tail elongate, with flaccid hair.

Tribe 8. Hexictiprna. Flesh-tooth triangular, having a broad

internal lobe with two conical tubercles.

27. Heuictis. False grinders 3/4. Tail elongate, subcylindrical.

Section I. AcanrHoropa, Feet rounded; toes short, curved,

more or less united by a web, the last joint bent up; the claws

short, compressed, acute, retractile.

Tribe 1. Musretina. Head oblong. Toesslightly webbed. Tail

cylindrical. Habits terrestrial or arboreal.

Mustelina, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825; List Mamm. B. M.; Nilsson,

Scand. Fauna, 138.

+Martine, Burmeister, Baird, N. A. M. 148.

104 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. [Jan. 24,

A. Digitigrade. Soles of the hind feet hairy, with four bald pads

in front. Body elongate. Anal glands developed. Tail slender.

Tubercular grinder short, transverse.

1. Marres.

Teeth 38; false grinders 3/4. Head elongate; feet very hairy ;

space between the pads covered ; the hair of the feet is elongate, and

more or less completely covers the bald pads at the base of the toes,

and hides the toes and claws, especially during the cold weather.

Martes, Cuvier; Gray, L. M. B. M. xx. 63; Nilsson, Fauna

Scand. 166.

a. Skull elongate, narrow, with the nose rather produced.

* Tail moderate, not so long as the body and head, bushy. Martes.

t The hinder upper tubercular grinder large, massive, nearly twice

as long on the inner as on the outer side.

1. Martres Apietum. Pine-Marten. B.M.

Brown; throat yellow or yellow-spotted.

Mustela martes, Linn. 8S. N. 167 ; Keyserl. & Blas. W. E. i. 67;

Pallas, Zoogr. i. 85; Bonap. Faun. Ital. t.; Brandt, Zobel, t. 3;

Middendorf, N. u. O. Sib. Saiugeth. 69, t. 2. f. 1, 6; Schrenck,

Amurland, 36.

Martes abietum, Ray; Gray, Cat. M. B. M. 63; Bell, B. Quad.

174; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 90.

Var. vulgaris. Dark brown; throat yellow.

Martes vulgaris, Gray.

Pine-Marten, Penn. B. Z.1. 97; Mustela zibellina.

Var. martes, Brandt, Zobel.

Martes sylvestris, Gesner, Quad. 867, f.866; Nilsson, Skand.

Fauna, 171.

Martes sylvatica, Nilss, Sk. Faun. i. 41.

Length 18 inches; tail 10.

Hab. Europe, England and France, B. M.; Russia, B. M.

Var. altaica. Paler; nose and feet brown, tail dark, throat and

chest yellow. Intermediate between M. abietum and M. zibellina;

but the feet are not so hairy. B.M.

Martes aitaica, Pallas, Zool. Ross.-Asiat.

Hab. Altai Mountains. Skull and teeth like Martes abietum

vulgaris.

2, MARTES JAPONICA. B.M.

Brown; shoulder and outside of thigh blacker ; feet black ; head,

chin, and upper part of throat dark red-brown; throat and sides of

the neck. yellow, crown paler; the last upper tubercular grinder

longer on the inner side.

Hab, Japan. From Mus. Leyden? :

1865. } DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. 105

The specimen is not in a good state; the fur is evidently in

change, the tail being slender, with a long terminal pencil. It is

most distinct from the specimen of M. melanopus. In the Museum

collection the upper tubercular grinder is smaller than in the M.

abietum, and is much larger than in M. americana.

There is an indistinct patch of paler hairs in the front of the ear,

on the left side, not seen on the other; the pale brown on the chest

is marked with some small dark spots on the lower part. The skull,

and especially the brain-case, is broader, compared with its length,

than that of Martes abietum and M. zibellina, and is intermediate

in form between them and M. foina.

3. MArTES BRACHYURA. Gezolen.

Fur short, fine, close, pale brown ; tail short ; ears small, rounded,

whitish ; feet very hairy.

Length, body 16-17 inches ; tail 33 inches.

Mustela brachyura, Temm. Fauna Japon. 33; Schrenck, Amur-

land, 32.

Hab. Japan, near Zezo, and the Kurile Islands (Siebold).

Described from flat skins in Mus. Leyden.

4, MartTes MELANOPUus. Japanese Sable. B.M.

Fur soft, yellow brown; underside scarcely paler; orbit, and streak

from orbit to nose, and feet blackish ; crown of head paler; sides of

nose, cheeks, and throat white.

Martes (Melampus) meianopus, Gray, C.L. B.M., 63; Ger-

rard, Cat. Bones B. M. 91.

Mustela melanopus, Temm. Fauna Japon. 31, t. 7. f. 3,4, animal

and skull; Wagner, Schreb. Supp. ii.

Hab. Japan.

5. MusTeLa zZIBELLINA, Linn. Sable.

Fur very soft, black, grey, or yellow brown ; throat like back, or

paler yellowish or whitish ; feet very hairy.

a. Fur blackish, with a few white scattered hairs; under-fur

lead-colour ; head and chin greyish, grizzled with pale grizzly

hairs. B.M.

M. zibellina asiatica, Brandt, Zobel, t. 1.

6. Fur blackish, with many white hairs ; under-fur whitish ; orbit,

cheeks, throat and chest whitish. B.M.

M. zibellina asiatica rupestris, Brandt, Zobel, t. 2. f.

ce. Yellow brown ; under-fur yellowish white ; head, upper parts

of body, neck, throat, and chest whitish ; legs, feet, and tail

darker. 4 {BEM

M. zibellina asiatica, Brandt, Zobel, t. 2. f. 4.

d. Yellowish brown ; under fur of same colour; ears and checks

whitish ; tail dusky, darker; feet blackish. B.M.

M. zibellina sylvestris, Brandt, Zobel, t. 2. f. 4.

106 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. (Jan, 24,

e. Fur whitish or white.

M. zibellina, var. alba and fulvo-flavescens, Brandt, Zobel, t. 2.

fi BHGs

Mustela zibellina, Linn. ; Pall. Spic. Zool. ; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 7

(skull), t. 13. f. (teeth); Schrenck, Amurland, 27; Middendorf, N. u.

O. Sib. Siugeth. 68, t. 2. £1, 2,3, 5 (pelvis and tail).

Mustela zibellina, var. rossica, Brandt.

Martes zibellina, Brisson.

Viverra zibellina, Shaw.

Zibeline, Buffon, H. N.

Sable, Penn.; Bennett, Garden and Menag.

Hab. North Europe, Asia.

Skull and the hinder upper grinders, according to M. de Blain-

ville’s figure, are like those of M. abietum vulgaris.

Middendorf (Siiugeth. N.u. O. Sib. t. 2) figures the pelvis and tail

of M. zibellina and M. martes of Siberia ; he represents the former

as much shorter, and composed of thirteen, and the latter much

longer and larger, and consisting of seventeen vertebre.

tt The upper hinder tubercular grinder quadrate, rather longer

on the inner than on the outer side.

6. MarTES AMERICANA. American Sable.

Brown or yellow; throat yellow; ears and head grey or white ;

upper tubercular grinder small.

Mustela americana, Turton, Syst. Anim. i. 60, 1803; Baird,

Mamm. N. Amer. t. 36. f. 2, t. 27. f. 7.

Mustela martes, var., J. Sabine; Franklin’s Voyage; Richardson’s

F. B. Amer.

? Mustela vulpina, Rafinesque, Silliman’s Amer. Journ. Sci. i.

(tip of tail white).

Mustela zibellina, var. americana, Brandt, Zobel.

Mustela leucopus, Gerrard, Cat. Bones. B. M. 91.

Var. 1. abietinoides. Black-brown ; ears pale ; head grizzled with

white hairs, more or less grey; throat yellow or yellow-spotted ;

throat-spot large or broken up into small spots ; the head sometimes

with only a few grey hairs, and the throat with only a few distinct

small spots. B.M.

? M. vulpina, Rafinesque.

Hab. Rocky Mountains (Drummond § Lord).

' Var. 2. huro. Yellow-brown; head and ears whitish; throat

pale yellow; legs, feet, and tail blackish. B.M.

Mustela huro, ¥. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. xxix. 356; Richardson,

Zool. Beechey’s Voyage.

Marten of Hudson’s Fur-list.

Sable of American traders.

Hab. Fort Franklin.

Var. 3. leucopus. The head, neck, and chest more white; legs

yellow; feet white at the tip.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. 107

Mustela leucopus, Kuhl, Beitr. 70.

Mustelu leucotis, Griffith’s An. K. ii. 270, t. (misprint ?).

M. Brandt observes, “I can find no difference between the Asiatic

and American Sables in the characters of the head, ears, tail, or feet;

and as, even in respect to colour, the sable of the Nischnaga Tun-

zustca, sent home by Middendorf, occupies an intermediate position

between the dark Asiatic and the yellow American Sables, I am

induced to consider the American animal rather as a yellowish or

mere yellow-brown and less densely furred variety of the Asiatic

Sable than as a distinct species or as a pure Marten (Mustela

martes). — Beitr. Séugeth. Russland, 1855.

Dr. Baird observes, “I am myself, however, far from admitting

the identity of the American Marten with the Russian Sable, although

it occupies a position intermediate between the latter and M.

martes in size, length of tail, and coloration, as well as intrinsic

value of fur. The white-headed varieties of New York are most like

the Sable, and the dark-headed one of the western country like the

Pine-Marten. I have never seen winter specimens of the latter, nor

summer of the former, and am inclined to believe that all may ex-

hibit more white on the head in winter than in summer.’’—Baird,

le. 157.

It is curious that both Brandt and Baird seem to have overlooked

the small size of the last tubercular grinder, which separates the

American from the Old-World Pine-Martens.

The brain-case in the skull of the American specimen we have in

the Museum is very thin, and so closely applied to the brain that it

shows its convolutions on the outer surface; but this is not shown

in the American skull figured by Dr. Spencer Baird. The same is

to be observed in the Altaic specimen of M. abietum.

There is a series of specimens of the American Pine-Marten in the

British Museum, collected by Dr. Lord during his excursion with

the Boundary Commissioners. They vary greatly in colour, from

pale brown to nearly black; and the throat is variously mottled with

ellow.

The specimens from Russia have whitish heads, like the M. leu-

copus of Kuhl.

The stuffed Sables from Russia have short tails; but the tail of

one of Dr. Lord’s is almost as short: the tail seems to vary in length;

but this may depend on the skinning, and, in the stuffed skins, on

the preparation of the animals.

** Tail elongate, slender; skull elongate, narrow ; nose produced;

upper tubercular grinder massive, broader on the inner side.

Pekania.

7. MarTEs PENNANTII. The Wood-Shock.

Black ; head, nape, and front of back greyish ; tail elongate.

Mustela pennantii, Erxl. Anim. 79, 1777; Baird, Mamm.N. A.

149, t. 36. f. 1, skull.

Mustela canadensis, Schreb. Siiugeth. 492, t. 134, 1778; Rich-

108 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDZ. [Jan. 24,

ardson, F. B. A. 52; Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13. f. (teeth) ;

Pr. Max. Arch. f. Nat. 1861, 229.

Mustela melanorhyncha, Bodd. Elen. Anim, 188, 1784.

Viverra canadensis, Shaw, Zool. i. 492, 1800.

Mustela nigra, Turton, S. N. 1. 60, 1806.

Mustela piscatoria, Lesson.

Viverra piscator, Shaw, Zool. i. 414, 1800.

Mustela goodmanit, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 217, 1829.

Gulo castaneus, H. Smith.

_ Gulo ferrugineus, H. Smith.

Martes canadensis, Gray, Cat. M. B. M. 63 ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B.M. 91.

Fisher, Penn. Quad. 223.

Wejack, Hearne.

Wood-Shock, Hudson’s Bay Comp. List.

Pekan (Canadians), Buff. H. N. xiii. t. 42.

Pekan Weasel, Penn. Quad. 202, 1781.

Black Fox, Lewis & Clark.

The last upper tubercular grinder is large and massive, like that

of the European Pine- Marten (M. abietum).

b. Skull swollen, flattened ; nose short ; upper cutting-teeth erect ;

tail moderate, not so long as body; subcylindrical. Foina.

8. Marres rorna. Beech-Marten. B.M.

Black-brown ; throat white.

M. martes, var. fagorum, Linn. 8.N. i. 67.

Mustela foina, Briss. R. A. 246; Erxl. Mamm. 468; Retz,

Fauna, 20; Keyserl. & Blas. W. E.i. 67; Blainy. Ostéogr. Mustela,

t. 4 (skeleton), t. 13. f. (teeth).

Martes fagorum, Ray.

Martes domestica, Gesner.

Martes foina, Nilsson, Skand. Faun. 167; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 191.

Fouine, Buffon, H.N. vii. t. 18-21.

Hab. Europe and Eastern Asia, in houses (England, France).

The tubercular grinder is large, massive, narrow on the inner side,

as in the M, abietum, but not quite so large as compared with the

other teeth.

The pad of the soles always exposed (Baird).

c. Skull swollen, flattened ; nose short, broad ; upper cutting-teeth

projecting ; tail elongate, slender. Charronia.

9. MARTES FLAVIGULA. White-cheeked Weasel.

Yellowish ; head, nape, rump, legs, and tail black ; chin and lower

parts white.

Mustela flavigula, Bodd.

Mustela hardwickii, Horsf. Zool. Journ. iv. t. 8.

Viverra quadricolor, Shaw, Zool.

1865. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDE. 109

Mustela leucotis, H. Smith, in Griffith’s A. K. t.

Martes gwatkinsii, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 516.

Mustela lasiotis, Temm.

Martes flavigula, Hodgson, P. Z.8. 1856, p. 398; 1858, p. 516 ;

Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 64; Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. B.M. 12;

Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 91.

M. elliottii, Mus. BK. Ind. Company.

Hab. Nepal Hills.

The tubercular grinder is moderate-sized, transverse, scarcely

larger on the inner side ; but this is larger, compared with its breadth,

than in tubercular grinder of the Martes americana.

What is Mustela martes henricii, Westermann, Bijdrag. tot de

Dierk. 13. t.?

Hab. Java, Sumatra, Borneo.

4 8 ig 3 4 ao

Skulls, Sq 18s] 8s| 8 | é4| 23

ssc th oshelts boteslial | ee hess

in. 1 pan. 1. jim. 1, |) ins Tons le | ame de

Length of skull...........cceeeceeeeee 3 6/210)/8 1]/3 1]3 444 0

———— nose from front of orbit} 1 0|0 91] 0 103} 0 103}010]1 1

Pal abe aise seni face wstoan mse 1SROS eos tele gee Os| Ve 7 aleaaeO

—-— tooth-line from front of :

CAMINO NE tecsaadasecte ade f Lys bE AQuy LeOp rk 2.) Lid be 6

lower Jaw ......seeseeseeees 21ST L Tt 200) Wil | 2 02 7

———— width over ears ......... de Ast 1h, Saou Be Gal las elolis 74

— of nose in front of orbit} 0 103) 0 8|0 91}]0 93) 0 103) 0 11

2. Purorivs.

Skull short, ventricose; teeth 34, false grinders 2/3; the upper

tubercular grinder small, transverse, scarcely larger on the inner

than on the outer side; head short, ovate; feet hairy, space be-

tween the pads very hairy; body stout ; underside blackish.

Putorius, Cuvier; Gray, Cat. M. B. M. xx. 64; Schinz, Syn.

Mamm. 338.

Fetorius, Keys. & Blas.

Mustela putorius, Nilsson, Skand. Fauna, 147.

* Back uniform.

1. Purorivs raTipus. Polecat. B.M.

Fur harsh, rigid, brown; skull scarcely contracted behind the

orbits ; orbits small; feet and tail black ; mouth and ears whitish.

Mustela putorius, Linn. 8. N. 167; Pallas, Zoogr. i. 37; Nilsson,

Skand. Faun. 148, illum. t. 30; Blainy. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 4

(skeleton), t. 7 (skull), t. 13 (teeth).

Mustela fetida, Klein.

Putorius typus, F, Cuvier.

110 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDE. [Jan. 24,

P. communis, Cuvier, R.A.

P. vulgaris, Gray ; Owen, Brit. Foss. Mamm. 122, f. 38, 39 (skull).

P. fetidus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 64; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 92.

Fitchet Weasel, Penn. B. Z. 136.

Var. 1. furo. More or less albino ; eyes red.

Mustela furo, Linn.

Furet, Buff. H. N. vii. t. 26, 27, 28, 29. m

Var. 2. subfuro, Polecat-Ferret. Yellow; the legs, tail, toes, and

tips of the hairs black; head white. Bred from two yellow Ferrets.

(Saffron Walden Museum.)

Le Furet putoire, Buff. H. N. Supp. t. 27.

The skulls vary considerably in the width and depression of the

brain-case; but they are never suddenly contracted in front behind

the orbit, as the skull of P. eversmannit.

2. PUTORIUS EVERSMANNII.

Fur soft, black-brown, in winter whitish or yellowish, hairs of

back black-tipped; limbs short; the thighs and end of the tail

black ; the skull broad ; brain-case suddenly and strongly contracted

in front behind the orbits ; orbits large.

Mustela putorius, var., Pall. Z. R. A. 89.

MM. eversmannii, Less. Man.; Nordm. Faun. Pont. 16.

M. putorius, var. sibirica, Fischer, Syn. Mamm.

M. putorius, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xi. 281.

M. putorius tibetanus, Hodgson, J. A. S. Beng. xxiii. 446, 1849,

1.; Horsf. Cat. Mus. I. H. 103, P. Z.S. 1856, 398.

Hab. Siberia (Pallas), B.M.; Thibet (Hodgson), B.M.

The skull is considerably larger than that of the Putorius fetidus.

3. ? PuTORIUS NIGRIPES.

Yellowish brown above, below white ; forehead, feet, and end of

tail black. Tail and hair at end one-third the length of body and

head; length 19 inches; tail 53 inches.

Putorius nigripes, Aud. & Bachm. N.A. Quad. ii. 297, t. 93;

Baird, N. A. Mamm. 180.

Hab. North America, Platte region. Not seen by Dr. Spencer

Baird.

** Back spotted or mottled.

4, Purortus sarmaticus. Vormela, or Peregusna. B.M.

Fur soft, brown and yellow, varied above; head, belly, feet, and

tip of tail deep black ; frontal band and ears white.

Mustela sarmatica,* Pallas, Spic. Zool. xix. t. 41.

M. peregusna, Guld.

M. precincta, Ranz.

Putorius sarmaticus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 64.

Hab. Russia.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDA, 111

3. Muster.

The body elongate, slender. Limbs short ; feet moderate ; toes

moderate, slightly webbed, covered with hair; space between the

pads hairy. Tail elongate, slender, subcylindrical, covered with

elongate hairs.

Skull elongate, depressed ; teeth 34; praemolars 2/3, 2/3 ; upper

tubercular grinder transverse, scarcely longer on the inner edge.

Fur dark above, white or yellow beneath.

Mustela, Linn.; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. xx. 65.

Mustela (Mustela), Nilsson, Skand. Fauna i. 156.

Putorius (partly), Cuvier.

Mustela (Gale), Schinz. Syn. Mamm. i. 342.

* Face without pale spot in front of ears.

+ Back uniform colour ; tail black-tipped.

1. MusTELA ERMINEA. Stoat, or Ermine.

Brown above ; upper lip, chin, and lower surface of body, inside of

limbs, and feet yellowish white ; tail brown, shorter than the body,

end black. In winter all yellowish white ; end of tail black.

Mustela erminea, Linn. S. N. i. 68; Gray, C. M. B. M. 65;

Nilsson, Skand. Faun, 157, illum. fig. t. 12; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 93; Schrenck, Amurland, 40.

Putorius erminea, Owen, Brit. Foss. Mamm. 116, f. 40, 41, 42,

(skull).

M. ermineum, Pallas, Zoogr. i. 90; Buffon, H. N. vii. t. 29. f. 2,

tid Ls

Stoat or Ermine, Penn. B. Zool. i. 89, 67, f. 18.

Hab. Europe, England, France; North Africa, B. M.

Var. 1. africana. Tail very short, black-tipped, one-sixth the

length of body.

Hab. North Africa, Algiers (B. M.).

Var. 2. kaneit.

Putorius kaneii, Baird, N. A. Mamm. 172; Arch. f. Naturg.

1859, p. 9.

Hab. Kamtschatka; Tchucktchi country, Siberia.

Var. 3. americana. ‘Tail more or less elongate, from one-third to

one-half the length of the body.

Putorius noveboracensis, Dekay, N. Y. Zool. i. 36, t. 12. fig. 2,

t. 14. f. 2, 1842; Baird, N. A. Mamm. 166, t. 36. f. 3 (skull) ;

Pr. Max. Arch. f. Naturg. 1861, p. 220.

Putorius ermineus, Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quad. ii. 56, t. 59.

Mustela cicognani, Bonap. Fauna Ital., Charlesworth’s Mag. N.

H. 1838, p. 37; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 195.

M., fusca, Bachman, Journ. A. N.S. Philad. viii. 288.

M. (Gale) fusca, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 243.

M. vulgaris, Thompson, Hist. Verm, 30.

112 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID#. [Jan. 24,

Putorius fuscus, Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quad. iii. 234, t. 148.

P. cicognani, Baird, M. N. A. 161.

P. longicauda, Richardson, Zool. Beechey, t. 10, 1839.

Mustela (Putorius) erminea, var. long-tailed, Richardson, F. B.

A. 46, 1829.

M. longicauda, Bonap. Mag. N. H.1838, p.38; Gray, List Mamm.

B. M. 195.

Hab. North America, Carlton House. B.M.

Bonaparte, Richardson, and Baird have separated the Weasels

and Ermines of America and Europe into several species, on minute

differences in the length of the tail as compared with the body.

Dr. Spencer Baird, in his work on the Mammals of North America,

divides the Stoats into six species, by the length of the tail and the ex-

tent of the black on the tail. By his specific characters, the vertebree

of the tail in P. richardsonii, P. noveboracensis, and P. longicauda

is about one-half, in P. eicognani it is one-third, in P. ermineus one-

fifth, in P. kaneii one-sixth the length of the body.

When the bodies of several English Stoats have been compared,

they show how deceptive that character is. I do not say that they

may uot be distinct ; but, if they are, there must be other characters

to separate them besides the mere length of the tail. They are

spread over a large extent of country, and some of the presumed

species have a large range.

The skulls of the English Weasel and Stoat are also found to be

rather variable when a large series of them are compared.

They change colour when they live in a cold district, and the fur

appears to become finer and denser in the more rigorous climates.

Dr. Spencer Baird described P. novedoracensis as having 52 ver-

tebree, including 4 sacral and 22 caudal; while P. ermineus has, ac-

cording to him, only 19 caudal and 3 sacral, which are the ‘typical

numbers in the genus. As this has only been observed on one skeleton,

it may be only an accidental variation.

2. MusTELA RICHARDSONII. Richardson’s Stoat.

Dark chestnut brown; upper lips and legs entirely brown; chin

and under surface white ; tail with a long black tip, depressed ;

distichous. In winter entirely white ; tail-end black.

Mustela richardsonii, Bonap. Mag. N. Hist. ii. 38.

M. erminea, var., Richard. Faun. Bor.-Amer. 146.

Putorius richardsonii, Richard. in Zool. Beechey Voy. 10; Gray,

Cat. Mamm. List B. M. 195; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 164.

Mustela erminea, Thompson, Hist. Verm. 31, 1842.

Putorius agilis, Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quad. 111, 184, t. 140,

1833.

Hab. North America: Fort Traveller (Richardson) ; from Halifax

to Vancouver's Island ( Baird.)

I have not seen this species; but Dr. Spencer Baird describes it

very particularly. The quantity of white on the upper lip seems to

vary. There is in the British Museum an adult female Stoat from

Cambridgeshire, which has only a very thin margin of white to the

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. 113

upper lip. In most specimens of the European and American Er-

mines the white on the lips is very distinct and well marked.

The specimen formerly named M. richardsonii, in the British

Museum, has the hinder part of the upper lip white, but the hair

is bent back and lost off the front part.

3. MustTELA AGILIS.

Reddish grey ; hairs grey, with a broad yellow ring and reddish

tip; tail shorter than the body, reddish grey, darker at the tip,

beneath greyish white ; head black, brown above, with a white border

to upper lip.

Length 10 inches; tail 4; head 13.

Mustela agilis, Tschudi, Fauna Peruviana, 110 (not Bachm.) ;

Baird, Mamm. N. A. 165.

Hab. Peru, Cordilleras.

+t Back and tail uniformly coloured. Gale.

4. MusteLa vuLGARIS. Weasel. B.M.

Brown ; lower lip and beneath white; upper lip and tail brown ;

tail less than half the length of the body. Winter-fur pure white.

Mustela vulgaris, Briss. R. A. 241; Erxl. M. 471; Gray, C. M.

B. M. 65; Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 7 (skull), t. 13 (teeth) ;

Nilsson, Skand. 163; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones B. M. 93; Schrenck,

Amurland, 41.

Mustela gale, Pallas, Zoogr. 194 (albino in winter).

M. nivalis, Linn. Act. Suec. vi. t. 8; S. N. 169.

Common Weasel, Penn. B. Z. i. 951, t. 7. f. 17.

Hab. North Europe, North Asia, England, France (B. 1.).

Var. americana.

Putorius vulgaris, Richardson, F. B.-A. 145.

P. cicognani, Richardson, Beechey’s Voy. 10.

Mustela vulgaris, Max. Reise, i. 98.

Mustela pusilla, Dekay, N. Y. 134, t. 14. f. 1.

Putorius pusillus, Aud. & Bachm. N.A. Quad. ii. 100, t.64; Baird,

M.N. A. 159.

Common Weasel, Penn. Arctic Zool. 75; Pr. Max. Arch. f. Nat.

1861, p. 229.

Hab. North America.

Tip of tail sometimes darker.

5. MusTeELA BOCCAMELA. B.M.

Chestnut ; upper lip, inside of limbs, feet, and beneath white; tail

almost half as long as the body, scarcely darker.

Mustela boccamela, Bechst. Naturg. Deutschl.; Sundevall, K. V.

Acad. Hand. 1841, p. 215; Blainv.Ostéogr. Mustela, t.13, f. (teeth) ;

Kuster, Isis, 1835; Bonap. Fauna Ital. t.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. VII.

114 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDZ. (Jan. 24,

M. subpalmata, Ehrenb. Sym. Mamm. 2 ; Sundevall, K. V. Acad.

Hand. 1842, p. 215.

M. vulgaris, Rippell.

M. erminea, var., Nilsson, Skand. Fauna, 157.

Boccamela, Cetti, Hist. Sardinie, v.

Hab. South Europe, North Africa, Algiers (B.M.); Cairo (Sunde-

vall).

6. MusTEeLa ALPINA. B.M.

Pale yellow-brown ; upper lip, chin, and beneath yellowish white ;

head varied with black-tipped hairs ; tail cylindrical, unicolor, not so

long as the body and head.

Mustela alpina, Gray, C. M. B. M. 67; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 94.

M. altaica, Pallas, Zoogr. Ross.-Asiat. i. t. 98.

M. gale altaica, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 344.

Putorius alpinus, Gebler, Mém. Mose. vi. 213; Férussac, Bull.

Sci. Nat. 1825, p. 419.

Hab. Altai Mountains.

Varies in the darkness of colour of the lower part of the body ; in

some specimens it is decidedly paler, with the line of separation well

marked.

In some specimens the feet are entirely covered with hair; and in

others the pads are distinct, but covered with hair at the base.

ttt Back streaked.

7. MuSTELA ALBINUCHA.

Black ; forehead, crown, and nape white ; four stripes on the back,

converging in front and behind, pale-brownish white; tail white,

tapering.

Zorilla albinucha, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 69, pl. x.

Hab, Africa, Angola.

This is a Mustela having the coloration of a Zorilla.

** Face with pale spot in front of ears ; back uniform; tail-end

black. American. Neogale.

8. MuSTELA BRASILIENSIS. Black-faced Weasel. B.M.

Brown ; head and tip of tail blackish ; spot before ears, another

on centre of forehead, chin, and throat white ; chest and belly yellow.

Mustela brasiliensis, Sewast. Mém. Acad. Pétersb. iv. 356, t. 4

good), 1813.

M. (Putorius) brasiliensis, D’Orb. Voy. Amér. Mérid. t. 13.

f. 3 (skull).

M. frenata, Licht. Darstell. Saéugeth. t. 42; Gray, Voy. Sulph.

t.f. 2; Cat. M. B. M.65; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 94.

Putorius frenatus, Bachm. N. A. Quadr. ii. 71, t. 60; Mamm.

N. A. 173, t. 77. f. 1, 2 (skull) ; Mexico, 19.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID®. 115

Mustela javanica, §c., Seba, Thesaur. 177, t. 48. f. 4.

M. erminea, var., Pallas, Zoogr. Ross.-Asiat. 92 (from Seba).

Mustela gale leucogenis, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. 344 (from Seba),

Var. 1. Spot before ears and that on forehead confluent. B.M.

Var. 2. With a small white spot under the eyes. B.M.

In some specimens the feet are white or brown, with white toes ;

and in others the feet are brown-yellow.

Hab. Mexico, Matamoras (Baird); California.

Var. brasiliana. Feet white; underside bright yellow. B.M.

Hab. Brazil.

Dr. Spencer Baird refers M. brasiliensis, Sewastonoff, to this spe-

cies with great doubt, though it is a very good description, and mo-

derate but characteristic figure.

9. MusTeLA AUREOVENTRIS. B.M.

Dark brown ; head and tip of tail blacker; chin and sides of the

throat white; a spot in front of ears, throat, chest, insides of fore

legs, and belly golden yellow ; whiskers black ; tail rather tapering,

as long as the body; soles of the hind feet hairy; ears rounded,

hairy. Length of body and head 12, tail 8 inches.

Var. Fore feet brown, with one or two toes white.

Mustela aureoventris, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 55, pl. vit.

(young); not M. auriventer, Hodgson.

Hab. Ecuador, Quito (Gould) ; New Granada (Fraser).

This may be a darker variety of the MW. brasiliensis, wanting the

spot on the forehead. The young from Quito is much darker than

the adult ; I. zanthogenys is intermediate as regards the spot on the

head.

10. MusreLta xAntTHoGenys. Yellow-cheeked Weasel. B.M.

Brown ; tip of tail black ; spot before the ears, chest, and be-

neath yellow; a small spot under each eye and the chin white ;

feet white.

Mustela xanthogenys, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. T1. 1843, p. 118;

Zool. Voy. Sulphur, t. 9; Cat. Mamm. B. M. 66.

Putorius xanthogenys, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 176.

Hab. California.

Very like MW. brasiliensis; but the head is coloured like the back,

and the spot before the ears is yellow. There is a very small white

spot over the orbit on one side.

M. de Blainville (Ostéographie) figures the upper jaw of a Mus-

éela under the name of MW. patagonica, with small teeth and a very

short brim-like transverse tubercular grinder, that is quite unknown

to me, and very unlike M/. humboldtii, figured on the same plate.

4. Vison.

Body elongate, slender. Limbs stout ; feet rather hairy ; pads

116 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. [Jan. 24,

bald, exposed; space between them bald. Tail moderate, shorter

than the body, hairy. Skull elongate, depressed. Teeth 34; false .

grinders 2/3; the upper tuberculated grinder rather large, inner

lobe with one tubercle, outer edge with three.

Fetorius, Keys. & Blas. 21.

Mustela, § Lutreola, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1. 346.

Mustela, § Putorius, Nilsson, Skand. Faun, 152.

Putorius (sp.), Baird.

Body nearly as stout as that of an Otter. Very destructive in

farm-yards.

The pads of all the toes are naked, not overgrown with hair;

the soles with four pads placed at the base of the digits, the largest

at the line of junction between the third and fourth digits, and well

furred between the pads (Baird, 178). Feet in summer more naked

than in winter.

a. The upper tubercular grinder large, the inner half much larger

and longer than the outer one; upper lip brown. American

Vison.

1. VisoN LUTREOCEPHALA. American Vison. B.M.

Brown ; lower lip and chin more or less white.

Var. 1. Darker; throat and chest not spotted. Vaucouver’s

Island (Dr. Lord).

Var. 2. Chin entirely brown. B.M.

Mustela lutreola, Foster, Phil. Trans. Ixii. 371 ; Sabine, Franklin

Narr. 652, 1823.

M. vison, Briss. Quad. 246, 1756; Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13

(teeth).

M, (Putorius) vison, Richardson, Fauna B.-A. 48; Pr. Max.

Arch. Naturg. 1861, p. 228.

M. (Martes) vison, Desm. Mamm. i. 183, 1820.

M. lutreocephala, Harlan, Fauna Amer. 63.

M. vison, var. americana, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 347.

M., canadensis, Erxl. Syst. i. 447.

M. canadensis, 3. vison, Bodd. Elench. Anim. 186.

M. winingus, Barton, Am. Phil. Trans. vi. 70, 1809.

M. minx, Ord, Guthrie’s Geog. 281, 298.

M. (Lutreola) vison, Wagn. Schreb. Suppl. ii. 241.

Lutra vison, Shaw, G. Zool. i. 448.

Putorius vison, Gapper, Zool. Journ. v. 202; Aud. & Bachm.

N. A. Quadr. i. 250, t.33; Baird, Mamm.N. A. t. 37. f. 23 (skull).

Vison, Buffon, H. N. xiii. 308, t. 43.

Jackash, Hearne. Fontereau, La Hontan. Otay, Sagard. Mink,

or Minx, Fur-traders, N. A.

Var. 3. Small; darker.

Putorius nigrescens, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 180; Aud. & Bachm.

N. A. Quadr. 2nd edit. iti. 104, t. 124.

Hab. North America.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. 117

This animal has been confounded with Mustela lutreola, which

is at once known from the Vison by the white spot on the side of

the nose and the size of the tubercular tooth.

Dr. Spencer Baird thinks that the Mustela rufa of Ham. Smith

(Jardine, Nat. Libr. Mamm. xiii. 189) is intended either for the Vison

or the Pine-Marten (see Mamm. N. A. 177).

b. The upper tubercular grinder small, transverse, the inner half

scarcely larger than the outer; upper lip white in front. Old-

World. Lutreola.

2. Vison LuTREOLA. Mank Nurec. B.M.

Black-brown ; tail-end blacker ; spot on side of nose, on upper

lip, and chin white.

Mustela lutreola, Linn. 8. N. i. 66; Retz. Fauna, i. 9 ; Cuvier,

R. A. i. 140; Nilsson, Skand. Faun. 152; Pallas, Spice. Zool. xiv.

46, t. 8. f. 1; Zoogr. i. 80.

Viverra lutreola, Linn. Faun. Suec. 5.

Lutra lutreola, Shaw, Zool. ; Gloger, N. Act. Acad. N. Cur.

xiii. 501; Baird, Mamm. N. A. t. 37. f. 23.

Fetorius lutreola, Struck. Arch. Freund. fiir Natur. Mecklenb.

xill. 139, 1859; Keys. & Blas. E. W. 21.

Lutra minor, Erxl. Syst. i. 451.

Tuhcuri leche, Vet. Acad. Hand. 1789, p. 302, t. 40.

Mank, Nilsson, Illum. Fig. . 2, t. 8.

? Marsh-Otter, Langsdorff.

Hab. Europe.

3. VISON SIBIRICA. Italse. B.M.

Pale brown; head blackish, varied; spot on side of nose, on

upper and lower lips, and front of chin white ; tail-end pale brown,

like back. Varies, throat more or less white,

Mustela sibirica, Pall. Spic. Zool. xiv. 86, t. 4. f. 2; Gray, List

Mamm. B. M. 66; Schrenck, Amurland, 37 ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 94.

Mustela italsi, Temm. Faun. Japon. 34; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 95.

Mustela natsi, Temm. Faun. Japon. t. 7. f. 2 (misprint).

Hab. Siberia (B.M.); Himalaya (B.M.); Japan (B.M.); China,

Formosa (Swinhoe, B. M.).

Like V. lutreola; but much paler and smaller, and tail rather

longer, compared with length of the body. Varies greatly in the

quantity of white on the chin and throat. Males much smaller.

4. VISON CANIGULA. B.M.

Pale reddisk brown, scarcely paler beneath; face, chin, throat,

side of neck, and chest white; tail as long as the body and head,

coloured like the back ; feet whitish.

Mustela canigula, Hodgson, J. A.S. Beng. xi. 274, 1842; Cal-

eutta Journ. N. H. iv. 287; Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. B. M. 13.

118 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. (Jan. 24,

Var. (male?). Fur darker; face less white; chest brown-and-

white mottled. B.M.

Mustela hodgsonii, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N.H. xi. 118, 1843;

List M. B. M. 66.

Hab. Nepal Hills.

5. VISON HORSFIELDII. B.M.

Dark red-brown, scarcely paler beneath ; under lip white; tail

elongate, slender, not so long as the body, rather darker at the end.

Var. 1. Chin white ; a small white spot on chest. B.M.

Var. 2. Chin brown; edge of under lip only white. B.M.

Mustela horsfieldii, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1843, p. 113.

Hab. India, Bhootan (B. M.).

Var. 3. Lighter brown. B.M.

M. italsi, Verreaux (not Temm. ).

Hab. Japan? (B. M.).

6. VISON SUBHEMACHALANA. B.M.

Pale red bay, scarcely paler beneath; nose blackish ; small spot

on side of nose, the chin, and sides of lower jaw, and two or three

subconfiuent spots on the chest white ; tail elongate, and shorter

than the body and head, black at the tip ; body and head 13, tail

to tip 7 inches.

Mustela subhemachalana, Gray, C. M. B. M. 67; Gerrard, Cat.

Bones B. M. 95.

Putorius subhemachalana, Hodgs. Journ. A. 8. B. 1837, p. 363;

Wagner, Schreb. Supp. ii. 234.

Hab. India, Nepal.

5 ; xs 3

S 3 é | g |g

fs £ BI q 3

ae | 2 | 2 | 2 | 23

Eats > E > e 5

in, S| ane tans, Titers Mee) ans eee

Tbenptihvofiekull cesnascssecars sn 2 93:2 4/2 33/110) 1 11

— pulateds.. St.oss <teaamaes DB 0. LOS 0. 10s sO nLOx

— footh-line oi. ons--we- ane 1 0;010/0 9210 840 8

zygoma or orbit ...... 1 3/1 021 0/0 92 0 103

VOWOTSRW st ne ceiacestente 1 83) 1 43/1 3h)1 O} 1-1

Width over the ears ............... 1 iQiied 708 LT wOs|2Orl0z7, O10

at front of orbits ......... 0 830 73/0 63/0 520 6

5. GyMNOPUS.

The body elongate, slender. Limbs short; feet large; toes elon-

gate, broadly webbed nearly to the tips, covered with scattered hair.

Tail elongate, slender, covered with long spreading hair. The soles

of the hind feet with three oblong pads, and an arched and a

bald space behind them; the heel hairy. Teeth 34; premolars

rt tw |

1865. ] DR. J. FE. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID, 119

2/3, 2/3; the upper tubercular grinder small, transverse, the inner

half rather Jarger than the outer one.

Gymnopus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. xx. 1842.

* Colour uniform above and below; head pale.

1. GYMNOPUS LEUCOCEPHALUS. B.M.

Golden fulvous, nearly uniform, scarcely paler beneath ; head

white ; toes elongate, webbed, nakedish.

Putorius nudipes, F. Cuv. Mamm. Lith.

Mustela nudipes, Desm. Mamm; Miiller, Verhand.; Gerrard,

Cat. Mamm. B. M. 94; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 13 (teeth).

Var. End of tail paler; feet darker; front of the back with a

pale vertebral streak, wider and more distinct between the shoul-

ders. B.M.

Hab. Sumatra and Borneo.

Tail of the specimen in the Paris Museum is nearly destitute of

hair; the soles of the feet are covered with hair.

The two stuffed specimens in the Museum are nearly alike, but

the skull of one is much larger than that of the other; one is

2 inches 4 lines, and the other 2 inches 2 lines long.

** Belly pale yellow.

2. GYMNOPUS KATHIAH. Kathiah. ~B.M.

Dark brown ; upper lip, chin, throat, chest, underside of body,

and front of thighs bright yellow; tail dark brown, shorter than

the body and head, tapering, and of the same colour to the tip.

Length of body and head 10, tail 4 inches; the soles of the hind

feet bald, pads well developed, exposed.

Mustela (Putorius) kathiah, Hodgson, J. A.S. B. iv. 702, 1835 ;

Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 66; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 96;

Wagner, Schreb. Suppl. ii. 233; Horsf. Cat. Mus. Ind. H. 102,

P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 398.

M. (Kathiah) auriventer, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. x. 909; Gray,

Cat. Hodgs. Coll. B. M, 13.

Hab. India, Nepal.

3. GYMNOPUS STRIGIDORSUS. B.M.

Fur dark chestnut-brown, with a very narrow streak of a few

longer yellow hairs down the centre of the back ; edge of upper lip,

the chin, throat, chest, and a narrow streak down the centre of the

belly (wider hindwards) yellow, becoming whiter in the older speci-

mens ; tail slender, about half the length of the body, dark brown.

Mustela strigidorsa, Hodgson, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 398.

M. strigodorsa, Hodgson, MS.; Gray, P. Z. S. 1853, p. 181,

t. 491.

Hab. India, Sikim.

Very like M. kathiah, but with a yellow dorsal streak, and the

120 DR. J. E, GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. (Jan. 24,

yellow on the belly much narrower. The soles of the hind feet bald ;

the pads exposed, distinct, developed.

4.. GYMNOPUS AFRICANUS.

Reddish brown ; beneath pale yellow, with a narrow central longi-

tudinal reddish-brown ventral streak; tail reddish brown; hairs

long. 5

Mustela africana, Desm. N. Dict. H. N. xix. 376; Desm.

Mamm. 179.

Putorius africanus, A. Smith, South Afr. Journ. ii. 36.

Mustela (Gale) africana, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 345.

The specimen of M. africana in the Paris Museum is like M. er-

minea, but lighter, larger, and the belly with only a broad yellow

streak on each side, leaving the middle brown; tail uniform reddish

brown, like the back, to the end.

G. leucocephalus. G. kathiah.

ecooococors

Kength ofiskulll 5 .eseraos.to- cect 2

Palette Hee. sat) gs sade 1

FOOTMSHNOH she cen ites kere 0

zygoma and orbit ..... 1

Wadthiover Gans cc.2.2.+.tce0 seers « 1

— in front of orbit ......... ..

Length of lower jaw ...............

Bao Oe oF

B. Subplantigrade. Soles and between the pads hairy ; body stout;

tail short, bushy; anal glands none; false grinders 3/4.

Gulonina.

6. GuLo.

Gulo, Gesner, Quad. 554 ; Store; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. xxi.

68; Nilsson, Skand. Fauna, 138.

Body and tail bear-like. Soles densely hairy, with 6 small naked

pads. Tail about as long as head, very full and bushy. Teeth 38;

: 3—3

false grinders —.

GULO BOREALIS.

Brown, with a blackish dorsal disk.

Mustela gulo, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 67; Gunnerus, Act. Nidros.

hisst spelt

Ursus gulo, Cuv. Tab. Elém, 112; Schreb. Siiugeth. 525, t. 144,

144 *,

U. luscus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 71.

Gulo luscus, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 181.

G. borealis, Retz. Fauna, 25; Nilsson, Skand. Fauna, 139; Illum.

Fig. xiil. t. 31.

G. vulgaris, Gray.

G. wolverene, Gray.

1865. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. 121

G. luscus, Richardson, F. B.-A. 41; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 68;

Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t.3 (skeleton), t. 7 (skull), t. 13 (teeth) ;

Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 96; Owen, Odont. p. , f.7

Gulo leucurus, Hedenborg.

Taxus gulo, Tiedem. Zool. i. 377; Fischer, Syn. Mamm., 154 ;

Middendorf, N. u. O. Sib. 4; Schrenck, Amurland, 24.

Gulo arcticus, Desm. Mamm. 174.

Ursus (G.) sibiricus, Pallas, Spic. Zool. xiv. t. 2.

Glouton, Buffon, H. N. xiii. 278, Supp. iii. t. 48; Cuvier, Régne

Anim. i. 145.

Gluton, Penn. Syn. 196.

Quickhatch or Wolverine, Edw. Birds, ii. 103, t. 103; Ellis,

Hudson’s Bay, i. 40, t.4; Penn. Syn. 195, t. 20. f. 2.

Rossomaka, Nieremb. Hist. Nat. 188.

Jarf, Sundevall, K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1773, p. 222, t.7, 8.

Carcajou, La Hontan.

C. Plantigrade. Soles of the hind feet bald, callous; body elon-

gate; anal glands distinct ; false grinders 2/3; tubercular

grinders oblong, band-like ; transverse.

7. GALERA.

Tail elongate; heel hairy; sole with a central longitudinal de-

pression behind, and obscurely divided into four large pads ir front.

Teeth 34 ; false grinders, 2/3, 2/3.

Galera, Brown, Jam.; Gray, C. M. B. M. p. xx. 67.

Eraria, Sund.

Fira, H. Smith.

Galictis, sp., Wagner, Schreb. Suppl. ii. 214.

GALERA BARBATA. ‘Tiara.

Black-brown ; head paler; throat with a large white or yellow

blotch.

Gulo barbatus, Retzius; Desm. Mamm. 175; Fischer. Syn.

Mamm. 155.

Galictis barbara, Owen, Odont. t. 128. f. 1,2,3; Blainv. Ostéogr.

- Mustela, t. 13. f. (teeth).

Gulo canescens, Ill. Prod.; Licht. Verz. Doubl. 4.

Galera barbata, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M.; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B.M. 95.

Galea subfusca, Brown, Jam. t. 29. f. 1.

Galictis barbara, Wagn. Schreb. Supp. ii. 214; Burmeist. Syst.

Uebers. i. 1818; La Plata, ii. 409.

Mustela barbara, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 67 ; Schreb. Siiugeth. 493.

M. galera, Erxl.

M. gulina, Pr. Max. Abbild.

M. taira, Griff. A. K. t.

Viverra poliocephala, Traill, Mem. Wern. Soc. iii. 440, t. 23.

122 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. |Jan. 24,

V. vulpecula, Schreb.

Kira ilya, Ham. Smith, Nat. Lib. xiii. 202.

Guiana Weasel, Penn. Syn. 225.

Le Grand Furet, Azara, Essai, i. 197.

Grand Marte, Buff. H. N. Supp. vii. t. 60.

Tayra, Cuvier, Régne Anim. i. 146.

Taira, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. 481.

Huron mago, Azara,

Var. peruana, Galictis barbara, var., Tschudi, Fauna Peruana ;

Arch. f. Naturg. 1844, p. 248.

Hab. Tropical America: Trinidad, Hodgkinson MSS.

8. GRISONIA.

Tail short ; body slender; fur black below, white above; soles of

hind feet with an oblong pad behind and four oval pads in front

(Zool. Trans. ii. t. 36). Teeth 34; false grinders 2/3, 2/3.

Grisonia, Gray.

Galictes, Bell, P. Z. 8. 1837, p- 45; Trans. Zool. Soc. ii. 201;

1841, t. 35, 36, 37.

Galidictes, Hodgson (not I. Geoff.).

Huro, 1. Geoff.

Eraria, sp., Sund.

Lira, sp., H. Smith, Nat. Lib. xiii. 201.

GRISONIA VITTATA.

Black ; crown and upper parts of body ‘white or yellowish white.

Var. Back blacker.

Viverra vittata, Schreb. Saugeth. 447, t. 124.

Mustela vittata, Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13. f. (teeth).

Ursus brasiliensis, Thunb. Mém. Acad. Pétersb. vi. 401, t. 13.

Lutra vittata, Traill, Mem. Wern. Soe. iii. 437, t. 19.

Gulo vittatus, Desm. Mamm. 175.

Mustela quiqui, Molini, Chili, iv. 258 ; Fischer, Syn. 222.

? M. ewa, Molini, Chili, 272; Fischer, Syn. 218.

Viverra cuja, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. 433.

V. quiqui, Shaw, Zool. i. 432.

Galictis vittata, Bell, Zool. Journ. 11. 522; Trans. Zool. Soe. ii.

203, t.35 ; Burm. Abh. N.Gesellsch. Halle, ii. 47 ; La Plata, ii. 408.

G. allamandii, Bell, P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 47; Trans. Zool. Soc. ii. 204,

teo7/.

Grisonia vittata, Fraser, Zool.Gard.1862, p.8; Gray, Cat. Mamm.

B.M.; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 96; Cuvier, Régne Anim. i. 146.

Chicn Buffon, H. N., éd. Allam., xv. 65,t.5; F. Cuv. Mamm.

Lith. t.

Fouine de la Guyane, Buff. H.N. Suppl. iii. 170, t. 22 & 25.

La cuja, Molini, Chili, 258.

Petit furet, Azara, Essai, i. 190.

Hab. Tropical and South America.

Anat, See Martin, P. Z. 8. 1833.

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDA. 123

Tribe 2. Lurrrna. Head depressed. Feet normal, subdigiti-

grade; toes webbed. ‘Tail thick, tapering, depressed. Teeth

normal; flesh-tooth acutely tubercular; tubercular grinders

oblong, large. The nose convex and hairy beneath, without

any central bald longitudinal groove. Aquatic.

Lutrina, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825.

Lutrina, Baird, M. N. A. 183.

The first upper false grinder is small, subcylindrical, placed on

the inner side of the canine tooth; it is often lost early ; it is

sometimes to be seen on one side, and not on the other ; it is nor-

mally present in all the species, when perfect. The flesh-tooth of

the Otters presents two very distinct forms: in some the inner lobe

is moderate, its length only equalling about two-thirds of the outer

part of the tooth; in others it is much larger, equal to the whole

length of the outer portion of the tooth. The absolute size of the

tooth seems to vary in the different species, and also in the different

specimens of the same species, as is also the case with the upper

tubercular grinder.

A. Tail simple, conical, depressed.

a. The palms and soles of the feet bald between the pads; the palm-

pads without any small circular warts on their hinder edges.

* Muzzle entirely covered with hair ; the upper margin. of the

nostrils only bald.

9. BaRANGIA.

The nose entirely covered with hair; the narrow upper edge of

the- nostril only bare; ears short, rounded, hairy. Toes 5/5,

rather elongate, broadly webbed, well covered with hair above ;

claws distinct, exposed, and blunt at the end. Palms and soles

bald; the pads of the toes small, the central pads scarcely sepa-

rated; the wrist-pad large and oblong. Tail conical, depressed,

covered with hair. Skull elongate; orbit very imperfect, only de-

fined by a slight prominence on the upper and lower edges; nasal

and maxillary bones produced to a line even with the middle of the

orbit ; intermaxillary very slender. The flesh-tooth acutely tuber-

cular, with the internal lobes on the front part of the inner edge,

rounded, slightly more than half the length of the outer edge of the

tooth. Tubercuiar grinder much broader than long.

1. BARANGIA SUMATRANA. B.M.

Chestnut-brown, scarcely paler below ; upper lip, chin, and upper

part of the throat pale yellow.

Lutra barang, F. Cuvier, Dict. 8. Nat. xxvii. 246; Gerrard, Cat.

Bones B. M. 101.

Barang, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii. 254.

Hab. Sumatra (Raffles) ; Malacca (B.M.).

Known from Lutra leptonyx (Horsfield) by the hairy nose, the

124 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. [Jan. 24,

larger claws, and the more equal toes ; the upper surface of the web

of the hind feet covered with close hair, the lower surface bald; the

fur short, with numerous polished flattened bristles ; the under-fur

short, close, pale brown.

Skull somewhat like that of Hydrogale; but the nose is more’

produced, and narrower, only as wide as the distance from the front

orbit to the intermaxillary suture. The suborbital foramen is not

so large, but oblong, transverse, wider at the outer end.

Barangia sumatrana.

2. BARANGIA ? NEPALENSIS. Skull, B.M.

The nose of the skull is considerably longer and wider, the part ©

between the front of the orbits and the suture of the intermaxillary

bones being considerably longer than its width in front of the orbits ;

the nose is arched above. The zygomatic arch is much more bent

out, especially at the hinder end. ‘The hinder opening of the palate

is wider, and arched in front; the suborbital aperture is oblong,

triangular, arched beneath, and nearly as high as wide.

Hab. Nepaul (Hodgson).

The imperfect skull above described is in Mr. Hodgson’s collec-

tion, and named Lutra monticola ; but it is very unlike the skull of

either of the two other specimens so named. It agrees with the

skull of Barangia sumatrana in the entire want of the tubercular pro-

cess on the side of the frontal bone, which usually defines the hinder

upper edge of the orbit ; but it differs from it in so many particulars

that I am convinced that it must indicate a separate species.

** The muzzle partially hairy; front and upper edge of the nostrils

bald, with the hair coming down in an angle between them in

Sront.

10. Lontrra.

Lontra, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. xxi. 70.

Suricoria, Lesson.

iat he: se

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. 125

The muzzle hairy in the middle in front ; upper and front edge of

the nostrils bald and callous; the ears oblong, hairy. Toes strong,

covered with hair above, half webbed; webs bald; claws strong,

acute; palms and soles bald; pads well developed and divided.

Tail conical, covered with hair. Skull dilated behind; nose very

short, broad ; forehead broad, flattened above ; hinder edge of orbit

marked with acute tubercles above and below; flesh-tooth with a

very large rounded internal lobe extending the whole length of the

tooth ; tubercular grinders rather broader than long.

The under-fur very soft, scattered with short stiffer hairs.

1, Lonrra ENHYDRIS. B.M.

The hair on the centre of the nose forming a broad erect band;

fur dark chestnut-brown ; the sides of the face, under the ears, and

upper part of the throat yellowish.

'Lutra enhydris, F. Cuvier, Dict. Class. H. Nat. xxvii. 243 ;

Fischer, Syn. 226.

Hab. Cayenne (B.M.).

M. F. Cuvier does not describe the peculiarity of the muffle ; so

that I am not certain that this is the species he describes.

2. LONTRA BRASILIENSIS. . B.M.

The hair on the centre of the nose forming a narrow erect band ;

fur pale brown, ; upper lip, chin, and beneath rather paler.

Lutra brasiliensis, Ray, Blumenb. Abbild. t. 93; F. Cuvier, Dict.

Sci. Nat. xxvii. 244.

Lutra brasiliana, Shaw, Zool. i. 446.

Lontra brasiliensis, Gray, List B. M. 70; Ann. and Mag. N. H.

118; Gerrard, Cat. Bones, B. M. 100.

Lontre @ Amérique, Cuv. Régne Anim. i. 151, t. 1. f. 3.

Hab. Brazil (B.M.).

3. Lontra? INSULARIS.

Pale chestnut-brown, sides paler ; sides of head and belly, lips,

chin, throat, and chest yellowish white ; under-fur short, very soft ;

hairs short and very smooth.

LIutra insularis, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. xxvii. 345.

Hab. Trinidad.

* Muzzle bald on the upper edge and between the nostrils, form-

ing a cross band with a straight upper and lower edge ; orbit

of skull defined behind by conical processes.

+ Foot oblong ; toes short, webbed to the claws, sharply clawed ;

pads of toes and palm large, close together.

11. Lurra.

The muzzle bald, oblong-transverse, with a straight upper and

lower edge; the upper edge of the nostrils bald; the ears oblong,

126 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. (Jan. 24,

hairy. Toes strong, webbed, covered with hair above and bald be-

neath; toes and palm-pads well developed ; claws strong, acute.

Tail conical, covered with hair. Skull elongate ; orbit defined be-

hind by a well-developed acute tubercle above and below ; the flesh-

tooth with a large inner lobe.

Lutra (a. and 6.), Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. i. 380, 1837.

+ Forehead and nose of skull flat ; the inner lobe of the flesh-tooth

large, almost two-thirds the lenyth of the inner margin of the

outer portion of the tooth. The hinder dentiferous portion of

the maxillary bone, bearing the tubercular grinder, produced to

the hinder edge of the orbit.

t Europe.

1. Lurra vutearis. Otter. B.M.

The upper edge of the bald muzzle rather produced and angular,

nearly as high as broad in the middle, brown, beneath ashy ; ears,

chin, and throat reddish ashy ; edge of ears ashy.

Lutra vulgaris, Erxl. Mamm. 488; Nilsson, Skand. Faun. 175;

Illum. Fig. t. 20; Keys. & Blas. W. BH. 121; Bell, Brit. Quad. 129,

f. 4; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 70; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M.

100; Owen, Brit. Foss. Mamm. 119, f. 43, 44 (skull) ; Odont. t. 128.

4, 5,6; Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 8 (skull), t. 5 (skeleton),

t. 13 (teeth); Bonap. Icon. t.

Mustela lutra, Linn. 8. N. i. 66; Retz. F. 18.

Viverra lutra, Linn. F. S. 12; Pallas, Zoogr. i. 76.

Lu Loutre, Buff. H. N. vii. 134, t. 2, xiii. 325, t. 45.

Otter, Penn. B. Z. 1. 92, t. &. f. 19.

Var. Black-brown; throat paler.

Lutra roensis, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. ii. 110, 1834.

Hab. Europe, Bohemia (B. M.).

2. Lurra NUDIPES.

Pale red ; larger than L. vulgaris ; the webs of the toes bald. The

young mouse-colour.

Lutra nudipes, Melchior, Sdugeth. des Danischen Staats ; Schinz,

Syn. Mamm. i. 344.

Hab. Denmark, on the sea-coast.

There is a large Otter in the British Museum, which was pre-

sented by Mr. G. Vaughan as coming from Canada; but I cannot

discover any character by which it can be distinguished from the

common European Otter, and I suspect the habitat given is a

mistake.

tt Asia.

3. LuTRA CHINENSIS.

Upper edge of the bald muzzle straight, transverse.

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. 127

Fur pale brown; ends of ears, lips, cheeks, chin, throat, under-

part of the body, undersides of the legs, and underside of the base

of the tail pale yellow.

Lutra chinensis, Gray, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1836, p- 580;

Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 71; Horsf. Ann. and Mag. N. H. xvi.

109, 1855; Tyler, Ann. and Mag. N. H. xiv. 772, 1854, P. Z. S.

1856. p. 399.

L. nair, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1861, p. 390. B.M.

Hab. China (Reeves), B. M.; Formosa (Swinhoe), B. M.

The suborbital foramen large, oblong, trigonal, nearly as high as

wide in the middle; lower edge arched.

4. Lurra mpica.

Bald; muzzle square. Fur pale brown, grizzled with white hairs ;

lips and under part of the body pale brownish white; under-fur

short, with scattered, slender, elongated hairs.

Var. Tip of tail white.

Lutra indica, Gray, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, p- 580.

L. tavayensis, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. viii. 319, 1839; Ann. Nat.

Hist. iv.; Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. 99. ;

?L. nair, F, Cuv. Dict. des Sci. Nat. XXvil. 247; Fischer, Syn.

228; P.Z.S. 1850, p. 156.

Hab. India, Madras (Walter Elliot), B. M.

This may be the same as the former, L. chinensis ; but I have not

been able to examine the skull.

tt Forehead and nose of skull convex; the inner lobe of the flesh-

tooth very large, occupying the whole of the inner side of the

outer portion of the tooth ; the hinder dentiferous portion of the

maxillary bone, bearing the upper tubercular grinder, produced

behind the hinder edge of the orbit. Lutrogale.

* Asia.

5. LuTrRa MONTICOLA. B.M.

Grey ash ground ; greyer beneath.

Inner lobe of the flesh-tooth very large, as long as outer edge.

Lutra monticola, Hodgson, Ann. and Mag. N. H. iv., P. Z. S.

1855, p. 126 (not described) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 100.

Hab. Himalaya.

The Museum has received skulls of two distinct species under the

above name, one with large and the other with small inner lobe to

the flesh-tooth.

The skins belonging to the skull with the large teeth are in a

very bad condition ; they are probably bleached.

Consult also Lutra simul, Horsf. Zool. Journ. ; Miller, Verhand.

51; from Sumatra and Borneo, with strong falcate claws. I have

not seen this species, nor Lutra katab (Hiigel, Reise) from Cash-

mere.

128 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDZ. [Jan. 24,

** America.

6. LuTRA MACRODUS. B.M.

Dark brown; upper lip, chin, and beneath paler. Fur rather

harsh. Upper edge of the bald muzzle straight, transverse ; the flesh-

tooth with a very large internal lobe, as long as the tooth. Claws

large, acute.

Hab. Brazil (Parzudaki). Male and female.

This Otter is about the size of Lontra brasiliensis; but it is at once

distinguished from that species by the large size of the naked muzzle

and the harshness of the fur. It is very like L. vulgaris; but the

inner lobe of the flesh-tooth appears considerably larger; and M.

Parzudaki assured me that he had received the pair direct from the

Brazils, from a collector who shot them.

12. Nurria.

Like Lutra externally, with the bald muffle transverse, narrowed,

and arched below. Skull short, broad. Nose broad. Forehead

flat; the orbit defined behind by a well-marked conical tubercle

above and below. The flesh-tooth with a very large internal lobe,

extending the whole length of the tooth. Hinder portion of the

palate short.

This genus is at once known from the Otter with the large internal

lobes to the flesh-tooth, by the shortness and breadth of the skull

and the shortness of the hinder contracted portion of the palate.

NUuTRIA FELINA. B.M.

Fur dark brown, with scattered, flat, whitish-tipped hairs. Lips,

sides, and beneath pale brown. The web of toes scattered with

hairs above.

Iutra felina, Molina, Hist. Nat. Chili, plate 2 (skull) ; Shaw, Zool.

i. 441; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 101.

L. chilensis, Benn. P. Z. Comm. Sci. ii. 1832; Gerrard, Cat.

Bones B. M. 101; Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, 120. B.M.

Chinchimen, Molina, 261.

Lutra californica, Gray, Mag. N. H. i. 580, 1837; List Mamm.

B. M. 71; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 187? B. M., type.

L. platensis, Waterh. Zool. Beag. he ae (skull) ; D'Orb.

Voy. A. Mérid. t. 12. f. 23; Gerrard, Cat. Bones, B. M.; Verreaux,

(skull). B.M.

Hab. In the sea, Chili (Bennett); Peru, island of Chiloe

(Tschudi) ; California (P. P. King); Kamschatka (Verreauz).

Mr. Tomes observes, ‘‘ The Otter collected in Guatemala by Mr.

Salvin agrees with the description and figure of L. chilensis (Waterh.),

especially in the inner lobe of the flesh-tooth having the same angular

form as in that species. In L. platensis the inner lobe of the flesh-

tooth approaches more or less to a semicircular form. Dr. Baird

figures the flesh-tooth of Z. canadensis as in L. platensis”’ (P. Z. 8.

1861, p. 280).

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. 129

Consult (1) Lutra montana, Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, 120.

LL. supra obscura, Susco-rufa, fusco irrorata, subtus nigricans.

Hab. Peru. Fresh water, 9000 feet above the sea. Length of

body 5-6 inches ; tail 10 inches.

(2) Lutra paraguensis, Renger, Saéugeth. v. Paraguay, 128; Wag-

ner, Schreb. Saugeth. ii. 216; Burm. La Plata, ii. 410.

Nutria, Azara, Quad. i. 304.

Hab. Paraguay.

(3) Lutra? aterrima, Schrenck, Amurland, 43.

Viverra aterrima, Pallas, Zoogr. Ross.-Asiat. i. 81.

Mustela aterrima, Pallas, Middendorf, Sibirische Reise, i. 70,

Hab. Sea of Ochotsk.

c. Feet oblong, rather elongate ; toes rather slender, Sree at the

end, bluntly or imperfectly clawed ; pads of palms large, of

toes slender, separate.

13. Aonyx.

Muzzle bald, oblong, transverse ; upper and lower edge nearly

straight. Toes half webbed, index and middle united together to

the third joint ; claws obsolete or rudimentary and blunt; the inner

toe very short, index longer, middle and fourth longest and eoual,

the fifth shorter than the index. Skull rather short, ventricose, and

convex behind ; nose short; forehead convex, arched ; orbit defined

by distinct conical tubercles above and below. Flesh-tooth with a

very large internal lobe, nearly as long as the outer portion of the

tooth, with two cross ridges on the crown; the upper tubercular

grinder large, massive, rather wider than long.

The flesh-tooth of the donyz is larger and wider than in the

Otters with well-developed claws. The outer margin of the tooth

is produced outwards beyond the edge of the jaw, and furnished with a

distinct margin.

Aonyzx, Lesson, Man. 157; Fischer, Syn. 228 ; Gray, Loudon’s

Mag. N. H. 1857, p. 550; Cat. Mamm. B. M. 71.

Leptonyx, Lesson.

Anahyster, A. Murray, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. i, 157

(from skull only).

* African. Claws very rudimentary. Anahyster,

1. AONYX LALANDII.

Brown, beneath paler ; sides of the face, to the orbits and ears,

throat, chin, and chest yellowish, divided from the darker colour by

a defined line; shoulders and fore legs darker.

Very young animals are greyish white ; the cheeks, chin, throat,

and chest white; the shoulders browner.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. IX.

130 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. {Jan. 24,

Lutra inunguis, F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxvii. 248 ; A. Smith, S.

A. Quart. Journ. ii. 36; Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 8 (skull) ;

Peters, Mossamb. 112.

L. (Aonyz) inunguis, Fischer, Syn. 228.

Aonyzx inunguis, Gerrard, Cat. Bones B..M. 101.

A. lalandii, Lesson, Man. i. 57; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 71;

Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1837, p. 119.

Lutra capensis, Schinz, Cuy. Thierr. i. t. 214.

Var.? Anahyster calabaricus, A. Murray, Proc. Roy. Phys.

Soc. Edinb. 157 (skull, B. M.).

Iutra gambianus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 111 (skull, B. M.).

L. poensis, Waterhouse, P. Z. S. 1838, p.

Hab. South Africa, in rivers and lakes ; Cape of Good Hope (A.

Smith) ; Mossambique (Peters).

Iutra poensis (“ Shining brown; chest, chin, and throat ful-

vescent ; tail half as long as the animal; muzzle bare”), from Fer-

nando Po, described from a skin without feet, which is no longer to

be found, is perhaps the same as the former.

** Asiatic. Claws rudimentary, blunt. Aonyx.

2. Aonyx LEPTONYX. Indian Aonyx. B.M.

Brown, rather paler beneath; cheeks, chest, and sides of the

neck paler; chin and upper part of the throat white.

Aonyx leptonyx.

Lutra leptonyx, Horsf. Zool. Research. vii. t. ; Fisch. Syn. 277;

Wagner, in Schreb. Supp. t.

L. cinerea, Mliger, in Schinz, Cuy. Thierr. i. 879.

L. perspicillata, I. Geoff. Dict. Class. H. N. ix. 519.

Aonyx horsfieldii, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1837, p. 119.

A. leptonyx, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 71.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. 131

Mustela fusca, Desch. MS. Icon. Ined.

M. lutra, Marsden, Sumatra, t. 12.

Semul, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii. 254.

Hab. Java; Sumatra.

The inner lobe of the flesh-tooth very large.

3. AONYX INDIGITATA. B.M.

Brown, paler below; toes very short ; claws short and blunt.

Iutra indigitata, Hodgs. Ann. and Mag. N. H. iv.; Blainv.

Ostéogr. t. 24. f. 8 (skull).

Aonyx indigitata, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1837, p. 119; Ger-

rard, Cat. Bones B. M. 101.

A. sikimensis, Hodgson, Horsf. Ann. and Mag. N. H. xvi. 109,

1855; P.Z.S. 1856, p. 399.

Hab. Nepal Hills and Tarai.

Specimen very imperfect. ‘Colour medial earthy brown; paler

below, especially on the head and neck. Length, snout to vent 24,

tail 13, head 44, palm 22, planta 34 inches.”’—Hodgs. l. c.

4. AONYX AUROBRUNNEA. B.M.

Iutra aurobrunnea, Hodgs. MS.; Ann. and Mag. N. H.; Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 126 ; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 71.

Aonyx aurobrunnea, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1837, p. 119.

Hab. Nepal. pate

Specimen in very bad state. ;

Mr. Hodgson states, “ the Otters, in the upper region of the Hi-

malaya, are represented by the small golden and brown species L.

aurobrunnea, in the central by ZL. monticola and L. indigitata, and

in the lower by the large Chinese species L. sinensis” (Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1855, p. 126).

d. The under surface of the feet, between the finger-pads and palms,

sprinkled with scattered soft hairs; the inner part of the under

surface of the two inner hind toes with a band of close, short,

soft hairs ; the muzzle transverse and bald.

14. HypROGALE.

Like Lutra externally ; but the feet large, elongate, very broadly

webbed ; the toes, especially of the hinder feet, long ; the pads of the

toes and palms are less developed and separated from each other by

a greater distance ; the under surface of the feet sprinkled with scat-

tered soft hairs, and the edges of the two inner hind toes have a band

of close, short, soft hairs. The skull elongate; the nose very short ;

the forehead narrow ; the orbit scarcely defined behind, without any

indication of a tubercle on either the upper or lower edge. The

flesh-tooth with the internal lobe shorter than the outer portion of

the tooth; the tubercular grinder rhombic, wider than long; the

hinder portion of the palate rather short, with an arched posterior

opening.

132 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID#. [Jan. 24,

The nose of the skull very short, much broader than long from

front of orbit to the intermaxillary bone; nose-aperture large, oblique;

the hinder and outer portion of the upper jaws hairy ; the tubercular

grinder produced beyond the back edge of the orbit; nasal bones

produced beyond the middle of the orbit ; suborbital foramen large,

oblong, transverse, occupying half the under edge of the orbit.

HypDROGALE MACULICOLLIS. B.M.

Blackish brown; throat, breast, and belly yellow-spotted ; upper

lip and beneath paler.

? Lutra maculicollis, Lichtenstein, Arch. f. Nat. 1835, i. 89, t.

L. grayi, J. E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1857 (type, B.M.);

Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 101.

Hab. South Africa, Caffreland; Natal (Verreauz, Brit. Mus.).

Hydrogale maculicoliis.

e. The palms and soles of the feet hairy between the pads, the hinder

pads with four small circular rugosities ; the bald muzzle large,

broad, and high, angularly produced above, and continued by a

narrow streak to the lips beneath.

15. Larax.

The muzzle bald, large, higher than broad, upper edge angular,

produced above, the lower one arched; the feet moderately large ;

toes strong, hairy above, webbed ; claws large, acute; tail conical,

covered with hair. Under-fur long, very dense, and exceedingly

soft, very closely covered with longer silky hair. Skull rather broad,

depressed, ventricose behind; the forehead flat, rather broad ; orbit

defined by a strong acute conical prominence on the side of the fore-

head behind, above, but not below; the palate rather concave; the

flesh-tooth large; the inner lobe as large as the outer section of the

tooth ; the upper tubercular grinder large, massive, rather broader

than long.

1865. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDZ. 133

Lataxina, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 70.

Latax, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 118 (not Gloger).

Lutra, § c, Gray, Loudon’s Mag. N. H. 1837, i. 380.

LaTax CANADENSIS. B.M.

Black-brown, beneath paler; cheeks, lips, chin, and throat pale

ashy-brown; front of neck grey-brown.

Very young black above and below, with very short close fur ; lips

whitish ; claws very acute, whitish.

Var. Nearly uniform black; under-fur very soft, brown; the

upper and lower lip, chin, and sides of throat brown.

Lutra canadensis, Sabine, Franklin’s Voy. 653 ; Schreb. Saiugeth.

t. 126, 13; Richardson, Faun. Bor.-Amer.; Pr. Max. Arch. fiir

Naturg. 1861, p. 236 ; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 184, t. 28 (skull); Ger-

rard, Cat. Bones B. M. 101; Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1837, 119.

L. brasiliensis, Harlan, Faun. Amer. 72, 1825; Godmann, Ann.

Nae 1.222183);

L. hudsonica, F. Cuy. Supp. Buffon, i. 194, 1831.

L. vulgaris canadensis, Wagner, Schreb. Supp. ii. 256.

L. lataxina, F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxvii. 243.

Latazina mollis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 70.

Latax lataxina, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. H. i. 119, 1837.

LI. canadensis, var., et Lataxina mollis, Aud. & Bachm. N. A.

Quad. iii. 976, f. 122, 1853.

L. californica, Baird, N. A. Mamm. 187 (not Gray).

Hab. North America, Canada.

“Muzzle longer than wide, sending down a naked point along

the median line of the upper lip anteriorly. Under surface of the

feet so covered with hair towards the circumference as completely to

isolate the naked pads of the tips, a hairy stripe extending forward

from beneath the carpus to the palm. The naked muzzle is quite

large, its posterior outline running up into the forehead, so as to

be as long, or rather longer than broad; this outline is decidedly

A-shaped, the acute angle behind. The lines are not quite straight,

but slightly sigmoid. The anterior outline of the muzzle is gently

semicircular, and anteriorly sends down a narrow point, dividing the

hair of the lip over one-sixth of its length. The nostrils are large

and open, their posterior line extending not beyond the centre of the

naked muzzle.’’—Baird, 1. c. 184.

Lutra californica of Professor Baird (Mamm. N. A. 187) seems

to be a variety of L. canadensis, or anew species of this genus. As

he describes the feet as hairy, it must be distinct from my L. cali-

fornica, which has the feet entirely bald, and has a skull like L.

chilensis. He describes—

“Length about 4} feet, naked towards the forehead at an

obtuse angle; muzzle wider than long; no naked point sent

down from its anterior edge ; under surface of all the feet but little

hairy ; the naked terminal pads not isolated from the other bare

portions by hair, except in the central digits of the fore foot ; the

134 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. [Jan. 24,

naked portion of the palms not invaded by hair from the carpal

region.

Colour above liver-brown ; the long hairs with lighter tips, and

appreciably lighter on the belly; sides and under surface of head

and the throat dirty white.”— Baird, N. A. Mamm. 187.

Mr. George Barnston, in an interesting paper on the Otters of

North America, in the ‘Canadian Naturalist’ for June 1863, de-

scribes a small Otter, that destroys the Beavers’ dams in Canada,

under the name of Lutra destructor, and figures the skull, lower

jaw, sole, and hind foot.

“In the Lutra destructor the bones of the skeleton and cranium

are less massive: the length of the skull being nearly alike (as with

two specimens taken for exemplification), there is found in the L.

destructor a less breadth in the postorbital process of the frontal, and

the whole of the nasal bones are narrower and weaker. The outer mea-

surement of the cavity of the brain approaches the oval, being convex

in all aspects, and it exceeds the half of the total length of the

skull from the occipital to incisors by nearly one-fourth of an inch:

whereas the enclosing shell or covering of the brain in L. canadensis

is almost equally half the length of the whole skull, it is also nearly

flat on the top, presenting no rounded surface except close to the

occiput, and there is no more decided narrowing of the cavity an-

teriorly, so that the general outline approximates less to the oval

form, and more to the shape of a truncated cone. On the lateral

view, with the lower jaw taken off, the skull of the L. destructor

exhibits somewhat an arched appearance, the malars and facial

bones are narrower, and the zygomatic arch rises to two-fifths of

the height of the skull in the L. canadensis; on the same lateral

aspect the plane of the head is straighter, the facial line deeper and

broader, and the zygomatic arch raised to a parallel line of one-half

the depth of the skull.”

The figure of the hind foot of L. destructor, fig. 7, shows “ four

callosities :”? they are to be seen in all the specimens of L. cana-

densis in the British Museum; so that they are not specific, but

show that L. destructor is most probably a Lataz, as that is the only

genus of Otter that I know having such callosities.

B. Tail elongate, flattened, with a fin on each side; hind feet

large, rounded.

16, PreRonuRA.

Head large, depressed ; eyes small; ears small, round, very hairy

inside; muzzle hairy; nostrils with only a slight naked space on

their upper edge; feet very large; toes 5/5, distinct, very largely

webbed ; tail elongate, subcylindrical, flattened, with a fin-like ex-

pansion on each side of the hinder half; hind feet large, rounded ;

claws long, acute; hinder toes very long, two outer ones largest,

the others gradually shorter to the inner one. Cutting-teeth 6/6 ;

upper middle ones larger, equal, conical; the outer ones small,

conical ; inner elongated ; grinders (not examined).

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDZ. 135

Pteronura, Gray, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, p. 586; Cat.

Mamm. B. M. xxi.

Pteronurus, Lesson.

Pterura, Wiegm.; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. 356.

PTERONURA SANBACHII.

Fur soft, liver-coloured brown; orbits paler; lips, chin, and

throat yellow, the latter brown-spotted ; length of head 64, body 10,

tail 12 inches; width of head from ear to ear 43; diameter of the

fore foot 33; hind feet 4 inches long and 3 wide.

Pteronura sanbachii, Gray, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837.4, FOC tiem WN rf

Péerura sanbachii, Wiegm. Arch. iv, t. 10; Schinz, Syn. Mamm . Bp

< LEY

aS 392 SLOI9 Cor

Hab. Demerara (Edmonston, Mus. Roy. Inst. Liverpool).

See also Lutra solitaria, Natterer, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 256

(‘Chestnut brown, beneath dirty white; tail conical, graduate, at-

tenuate, slightly fringed each side ;’’ length of body and head 2 feet

1 inch, tail 1 foot 3 inches), which may be the same as the former.

Hab. Brazil, Ypanema.

Tribe 3. ENuyprina. Head depressed. Hind feet large, elon-

gate, rather fin-like, hairy above and below, oblique, truncated ;

the outer toes largest; claws small. Tail short, cylindrical.

Grinders massive, flat-topped. Flesh-tooth oblong, triangular,

transverse; inner side narrow, tubercular: grinders similar,

larger, outer edge narrow. Marine.

17. ENuyprIs.

Tail short, cylindrical. Muzzle bald, oblong, triangular. Soles

entirely hairy, like the upper surface of the feet; claws acute,

small. Skull much dilated behind, and swollen. Teeth 34; pre-

molars 3/3, 3/3 ; grinders very large, massive, flat-topped.

Enhydra, Fleming, Phil. Zool.; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. xxi.

72; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 189.

Enhydris, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 228.

Pusa, Aken.

Latax, Gloger (not Gray).

Professor Lichtenstein’s figure of the animal, in the Darst. Saugeth. :

t. 49, represents the hind feet as too small and too much like those

of a common Otter. The hind foot is like a compressed fin, quite

as much, and even more so than the case of the Seal. It differs

from the foot of the Seal in the toes gradually increasing in length

from the inner to the outer one, making the foot appear obliquely

truncated. In the Seals, the inner and outer toes are the longest,

and the middle ones are the shortest. In some respects the foot

of the Sea-Otter resembles that of the Beaver; but it differs in the

toes, as well as in being entirely covered, both above and below, with :

short, close, silky hairs. The front claws are small, short, and very

136 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDE. [Jan. 24,

acute. In the very young animal they are very acute and strongly

curved at the tip, so as to be almost subspiral. The hinder claws are

small and acute, rudimentary in the very young specimens. The

muffle is bald: it forms a bald edge round the nostrils, which are

only separated from each other by a rather narrow septum ; and

it forms a rather triangular bald space over them, the upper edge

being sloping on each side, and rather arched in the centre. The

figures in Capt. Cook’s ‘ Voyages,’ t. 57, give the best idea of this

animal, showing the fin-like form of the hind feet; but the tail

appears too depressed and Beaver-like.

Enuypris Lurris. Kalan, or Sea-Otter. (Pl. VII.) B.M.

Black, grizzled with silver-white hair.

Var. Head white or grey.

Lutra marina, Steller, Nov. Com. Petrop. ii. 367, t. 16, 1751 ;

Schreb. Singeth. t. 128; Blainv. Ost¢éogr. Mustela, t. 8 (skull).

Mustela lutris, Liun. ; Shaw, Mus. Lev. t.

Phoca lutris, Pallas, Zoogr. R.-Asiat. 1. 100.

Lutra lutris, F. Cuv. Supp. Buffon, Mamm. p. 204.

Sea-Otter, Cook’s Voy. ii.645; Menzies, Phil. 'Trans. 1796, p. 385;

Rich. North. Zool. 59.

Enhydra marina, Flem. Phil. Journ. ii. 187, 1821 ; Owen, Odont.

t. 128. f. 13; Martin, P. Z.S. iv. 59, 1836, Osteology ; Baird,

M. N. A. 189.

Enhydris lutris, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 72.

Ei. stelleri, Lesson, Man. 156; Fischer, Syn. 229.

E.? gracilis, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 229.

EF. marina, Hempr. Licht. Darst. Saugeth. t. 19; Eversmann,

Reise um die Erde, t. 11, 12; Schrenck, Amurland, 43.

Latar marina, Lesson, N. Tab. R. A. 171.

Sea-Otter, Penn. Quad. ii.

Hab. California.

What is Lutra lutris, Geoffroy, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. (xxviil.

247, t. ), Lutra marina, Desm. Mamm. 189, Schreb. Saugeth.

(t. 129), with the feet one-third of the length of the body, from

Kamtschatka? Is it a badly described Enhydris?

Section II, Pxiatrypopa.

Feet elongate; toes straight ; claws exserted, blunt.

The flesh-tooth of this group is peculiar. In some genera it is

of the usual normal shape, with a small internal lobe crowned with

a single conical tubercle, as in Mephitis, Zorilla, and Mellivora; in

Conepatus the inner lobe is broader, and has an elongated arched

ridge on its inner edge. In some other genera, where the inner lobe

is broad, it is crowned with two tubercles; they are distinct and

well developed in Taxidea and Helictis, confluent, forming an ob-

lique ridge, in Mydaus, and rudimentary and marginal in Arctonyz.

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID®. 137

The genus Bassaris of the Viverride has, like these genera, two

conical tubercles on the inner process of the flesh-tooth,

The form of the hinder part, and the position of the hinder open-

ing of the palate, vary in the different genera.

In Conepatus and Mephitis it is wide and scarcely produced, and

nearly in a line with the hinder edge of the grinders,

In Mellivora it is wide, but rather further back, in a line with

the hinder edge of the orbit.

In Meles and Taxidea and Mydaus it is rather contracted, and

placed still further back, being in a line with the middle of the

zygomatic arch.

In drctonyz it is produced still further back, the opening being

rather behind, in a line even with the condyles; the hinder part

of the palate behind the tooth-line is concave below, keeled on the

sides aboye, and swollen on the sides in front.

A. Plantigrade. Hind Jeet broad, depressed ; soles bald, callous

nearly to the heel ; toes short, thick ; claws thick. Body heavy ;

tail short; ears short, rounded.

Melina, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825.

Tribe 4. Mevina. Tubercular grinder large, oblong, elongate ;

palate produced behind ; flesh-tooth with two more or less dis.

tinct tubercles on the inner lobe.

a. Palate much produced behind ; hinder opening rather behind, on

a line level with the condyles. Nose of skull rather produced.

18. Arcronyx.

Arctonyzx, F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lithogr. 51 ; Fischer, Syn. Mamm.

152; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. xxi. 70.

Synarchus, Gloger, 1842.

Skull elongate, broad and truncated behind. Nose elongate,

rather compressed, rounded above. Forehead elongate, rounded on

the sides. Orbits small, oblong, very incomplete behind ; zygomatic

arch strong, wider behind; the suborbital foramen circular; the pa-

late concave in front, much produced behind, concave below, pro-

minent and keeled on the sides; hinder opening far back, in a line

with the condyles of the lower jaw ; opening angular, acute in front ;

the bulla of the ear oblong, scarcely raised; the tube of the inner

nostril vesicular and very thin at the sides. The cutting-teeth

unequal, truncated, worn ; the two middle ones smallest ; the second

on each side rather larger ; the lateral pair much larger, very oblique.

Canines conical, compressed, nearly straight, worn on the front edge,

bent out at the end. False grinders 4; the first very small, sub-

cylindrical, separated by a long diastema; the second compressed,

trigonal. The flesh-tooth moderate, triangular, nearly as wide in

front as the outer side; the outer edge with a compressed tubercle ;

138 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. [Jan. 24,

inner lobe with two small compressed marginal ridges. Tubercular

tooth four-sided, massive, rather longer than broad, truncated in

front, and obliquely truncated at the outer hinder side; outer edge

with two compressed tubercles. Lower jaw elongate, produced and

flattened in front. Cutting-teeth unequal, much worn, rather pro-

duced in front. Canines compressed, curved, worn on the front edge.

False grinders 2, separated from the canines by a large diastema,

compressed. The flesh-tooth large, elongate, oblong-ovate, with two

conical tubercles in front, and two pairs of tubercles behind. Tuber-

cular grinder circular.

ARCTONYX COLLARIS. Balisoar. B.M.

Yellowish, black-washed ; throat yellow; feet and a double streak

on each side of the head black; tail elongate; ears very short,

white-edged.

Meles taxus, Hardw. MS.

Arctonyzx collaris, F. Cuv. Mamm. Lith. t. 51; Owen, Odont.

t. 128. f. 12; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 98.

A. taxoides (Balisoar), Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 589.

Arctoniz, Evans, J. A. S. B. vii. t. 43.

Mephitis assamensis, M‘Clelland, Ind. Rev. 1858, p. 309.

Meles collaris, Ogilby, Penny Encye. iii. 264.

Sand-Bear, Bewick’s Quad. 257.

Mydaus collaris, Gray, Ilust. Ind. Zool. t. ; Gervais, Soc. Philom.

1842, p. 30; l’Institut, 1842, p. 116.

Arctonyzx isonyx, Hodgs. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 398, t. 50.

Hab. Assam and Arakan.

I can find no difference between the specimen of 4. isonyx (Hodg-

son, P.Z. 8. 1856, t. 50) and A. collaris.

b. Palate moderately produced behind 3 hinder opening on a line level

with the middle of the zygomatic arch.

19. MELEs.

Head pointed; nose prominent; ears rounded. Body thick, heavy.

Limbs short ; front claws elongate, for digging. Tail short. Skull

elongate, rounded behind ; orbits incomplete, only contracted above.

Teeth 36; false grinders 3/4, 3/4. Flesh-tooth moderate-sized, tri-

angular. Tubercular grinder very large, four-sided, oblong, rather

longer than broad.

Meles, Gesner, Quad.; Briss. R. A.; Nilsson, Skand. Faun. 182;

Gray, List Mamm. B. M. xxi. 70.

Taxus, Cuvier.

The bald soles of the hind feet of Taxidea lJeucurus are oblong,

occupying about two-thirds of the length of the foot, hairy behind,

with four pads in front; the front and outer one smaller, triangular.

The sole of the fore foot is oblong, with four unequal-sized pads in

front and one oblong transverse one on the hinder margin (Hodgson,

Jo AlS) Bixvil pe 2, 4.:310 fA

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. 139

* Skull larger ; nose compressed. 'Taxus.

1. Mees Taxus. Badger. B.M.

Yellowish grey, black-washed; limbs and beneath black ; face

white, with a streak enclosing the eyes and ears black.

Ursus taxus, Blumenb. Handl. 10.

U. meles, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 70; Schreb. Siugeth. 516.

Meles taxus, Boddaert, Elench. i. 80; Retz. Fauna, 23; Schreb.

Saugeth. t. 142; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 151; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 99; Nilsson, Skand. Faun. 183; Owen, Brit. Foss. Mamm.

109, f. 27 (jaw) ; Odont. i. 129. 61. 6 (see a. 465); Middendorf,

N. und O. Sibir. Saugeth. 2; Gray, List Mamm. B. M.; Blainv.

Ostéogr. Subursus, t. 2 (skeleton), 6 (skull), 9 (teeth).

M. europeus, Desm. N. Dict. Hist. Nat. iii. 465.

M. vulgaris, Desm. Mamm. 173.

Taxus vulgaris, Tiedm. Zool. i. 376.

Blaireau, Buffon, H. N. vii. 104, t. 7, 8.

Blaireau d’ Europe, Cuvier, R. A. i. 145.

Common Badger, Penn. Brit. Zool. 30; Bell, Brit. Quad. 122.

Hab. North Europe; North Asia.

Skull ovate-elongate ; face large; forehead flat ; nose broad, flat

above ; orbits incomplete ; supraorbital hole large, subquadrangular ;

brain-case ovate, narrow behind, obliquely truncated ; palate rather

concave, flat and produced behind, with a sharp keeled ridge ox each

side behind ; the hinder aperture angular in front, in a line with the

middle of the zygomatic arch. Cutting-teeth large, subequal, trun-

cated. Canine conical, slightly curved. False grinders 2; front small,

conical; second larger, compressed. Flesh-tooth moderate, trigonal,

sides subequal, outer edge with two conical tubercles, outer lobe with

two indistinct minute tubercles on the edges. The tubercular grinder

large, massive, rather longer than broad, front edge concave, hinder

rounded, obscurely truncated on the outer hinder margin, outer

margin with three unequal slightly raised tubercles. Lower jaw

strong; chin arched ; cutting-teeth truncated, unequal, the middle

one on each side rather behind the others; canines conical, short,

curved ; false grinders 3, first very small, deciduous; second and

third compressed, conical; flesh-tooth oblong, elongate, with three

tubercles in front and two pairs of tubercles behind; tubercular

grinder small, ovate.

Length of skull 5! 3!’, of nose 9!’, of palate 2! 11!", of lower jaw

3!' 9!" ; width over ears 2! 3!"', of nose in front of orbits 1! 4!"’,

2. Mewes LeEucurus. The Tumpha. B.M.

Taxidea leucurus, Hodgs. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. xvi. 763,

tab. 31, 1847; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 190; 1856, p. 398; Gray,

Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xii. 221, 1853.

Pseudomeles leucurus, Hodgson, MS. 1850.

Meles leucurus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p.191; 1857, p- 768 ;

1858, p.190; Ann. and Mag. N.H.; Horsf. Ann. and Mag. N. H. xvi.

140 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. [Jan. 24,

108, 1855; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 99; Blyth, Journ. A. 8. B.

1853, p. 589.

Hab. Thibet (Hodgson).

Very like Arctonyz collaris ; but the fur of the back is longer and

more flaccid, and the chin and throat are black, as well as the belly

and legs, which is not the case in that animal. The skull is rather

more tapering and more compressed than in the European Badger

(M. taxus), which it most resembles.

Consult also Meles albigularis, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng.

1853, p. 589, which is unknown to me. 3

** Skull short; nose broad. Eumeles.

3. Meves ankumMA. Ankuma. B.M.

Meles ankuma, Temm. Fauna Japonica, t.; Gray, Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1853, p. 191; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 99.

M. tazxus, var., Middendorf, N. und O. Sibir. Siugeth. 3.

M. taxus, var. amurensis, Schrenck, Amurland, xvii. t. 1. f. 1, 4.

Hab. Japan.

The skull differs from that of M. tavus and M. leucurus in being

much shorter, and with a rather broad nose (Gray, P. Z. 8. 1853,

p- 191).

20. Taxipea. American Badger.

Nose prominent. Ears rounded. Body heavy, stout. Limbs

short. Feet plantigrade. Toes 5/5; front claws elongate, for dig-

ging. Tail short. Fur soft, with longer hairs. Skull broad, de-

pressed, and truncated behind. Teeth 34; false grinders 3/3, 3/3.

Flesh-tooth very large, triangular. ‘Tubercular grinder triangular,

not exceeding the flesh-tooth in size (see P. Z.S. 1853, p. 191).

Taxidea, Waterhouse, Trans. Zool. Soc. ii. 343, t. 59, 1841; Gray,

List Mamm. B. M. xix. 70, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 191; S. Baird,

Mamm. N. A. 201.

Skull depressed, subtriangular, broad and truncated behind ; nose

short, broad; forehead small and slightly convex ; suborbital fora-

men small, trigonal; orbits incomplete behind. Palate flat, rather

produced behind; hinder opening arched, not so wide as the side

margin. The auditory bulla large, convex, half ovate, vesicular, thin.

The cutting-teeth short, strong ; four central truncated, outer large,

conical. Canines conical, nearly straight. False grinders two, conical ;

the hinder larger, with a thickened margin on the inner hinder

edge. Flesh-tooth large, triangular, nearly as broad in front as on the

outer side; outer side with two compressed confluent tubercles ;

inner side broad, with two conical tubercles, the hinder small. The

tubercular tooth large, broad, subtrigonal, the inner edge long, the

outer short, the hinder edge obliquely truncated. Lower jaw strong ;

condyles transverse ; cutting-teeth in a close line, two middle small,

two next larger, and outer largest, the four outer obliquely trun-

cated; canines conical, curved; false grinders three, the first and

1865.) DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDE. 141

second small, conical, third compressed, with two confluent tu-

bercles, outer edge thin; flesh-tooth oblong, with a single large

tubercle in front and two pairs of others, the hind pair curved ;

tubercular tooth subconical, with three tubercles.

in. lin.

Length of skulla ys jiten 25 $208 3 ahi 10

Ob Nose. yeas al Si toh), Sh

OF Walaa Ae ia ble et Welmacitas « Zee (0

of orbit and zygoma tea ea ret Ne

Width of skull over ears ...........-.00- 2 6

of nose at orbits .. Ps?

of skull behind Sie (0,

Length of lower jaw........ 1

TAXIDEA AMERICANA. B.M.

Grey, black-and-white varied ; neck and beneath white; spot

before the ears, a narrow streak from nose, above the eyes, to the

back, black ; feet dark brown.

Ursus taxrus, Schreb. Saugeth. 520, t. 142; Buffon.

Meles tarus, var. americana, Bodd. Elench. i. 136.

M. americanus, Zimm., from Penn. Arct. Zool. i. 76.

Ursus labradorius, Gmelin, 8. N.i. 102; Shaw, Zool. i. 469, t. 106.

Meles labradoria, Sabine, App. Parry’s Travels, 649 ; Richardson,

Fauna Bor.-Amer. 40 ; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 151.

M. jeffersonii, Harlan, F. Amer. 309.

Taxidea labradoria, Waterh. Trans. Zool. Soc. ii. 348, t. 59;

Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 70; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 99;

Baird, Mamm. N. A. 202, t. 39. f. 2.

Meles labradorius, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 315.

Taxus labradorius, Say, Long’s Exped. i. 261, 369, 1823.

Carcajou, Buffon, H. N. Supp. iii. 242, t. 49 (not La Houtan).

Taxidea americana, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 202.

American Badger, Penn. Syn. 204.

? Brairo (French Canadians), Lewis & Clarke, Trav. ii. 40.

Siffeur, French Canadians.

Flacyoti, Hernandez.

Var. berlandierit. Smaller; reddish above, with a narrow white

dorsal streak.

Taxidea berlandieri, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 205, t. 39. f.1 (Mexico).

Var. Californica, pale line continued from nape to base of tail

(Bennett, P. Z. S. 1833, p. 42). (Skull, B. M.)

Hab. California (David Douglas) ; Texas (skull, B. M.).

21. Mypaus.

Head conical. Nose attenuated. Muzzle rather produced, mo-

bile, obliquely truncated ; beneath rather bald, with a distinct central

longitudinal bald groove. Nostrils inferior, lateral. Body short ;

limbs short. Feet plantigrade, soles broad, bald to the heel. Toes

142 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDZ. [Jan. 24,

5/5; front claws elongate, strong, unequal; hinder strong, rather

acute. Tail short; anal glands distinct. Skull elongate; orbit not

contracted behind. Teeth 34; false grinders 3/3, 3/3; grinders

4/5, 4/5; false 2/3, one rooted (Blainv. Ostéogr. Subursus, t. 1).

Mydaus, F. Cuv.; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. xxi. 69.

Mephitis, sp., Desm.

Mydaon, Gloger, 1842.

Skull elongate, slender in front; nose elongate, tapering, shelving

on the sides; orbit very incomplete, small ; suborbital foramen mo-

derate, ovate; zygomatic arch flattened, slender; brain-case ovate,

ventricose, truncated behind; palate slightly concave, especially in

the middle behind; hinder opening to the nostrils ovate, in a line

with the middle of the zygomatic arch ; bulla of the ears low, slightly

convex. The cutting-teeth broad, in an arched line, truncated, the

outer ones rather the largest, with a slight notch in the hinder

edge ; canine compressed, far from the cutting-tooth ; false grinders

two, the first small, second compressed; the flesh-tooth roundish,

trigonal, outer edge with a compressed marginal tubercle, inner

lobe broad, rounded, with two conical tubercles, the hinder small,

and united to the ridge on the outer margin ; the tubercular grinder

oblong subrhombic, rather longer than wide, the front and hinder

edges obliquely truncated, with two compressed tubercles on each

edge, the inner tubercle largest. Lower jaw rather slender; chin

flattened, shelving ; the eutting-teeth truncated, the middle on each

side rather behind the rest ; canine curved ; false grinders three, com-

pressed, the front small, the third with a conical lobe on the hinder

edge; the flesh-tooth oblong, with three compressed tubercles on

each edge, the hinder outer and the front inner being the largest

and single, the front outer and hinder inner lobe being double-coned ;

tubercular grinder moderate, circular.

Length of skull 3! 2!, palate 1" 7!", of lower jaw 2", of nose 1",

width of brain-case over ears 1" 43!’, of nose at front of orbits 9!.

1. MypAuSs MELICEPS. B.M.

Brown ; crown, nape, dorsal streak, and tip of a very short tail white.

Var. a. Dorsal streak broad in front, and continued to tip of

tail. B.M.

Var. 4. Streak interrupted on withers, narrow behind; tip of tail

white.

Var. c. Streak dilated into a broad patch over the withers, narrow

behind ; tail, great part white.

Ursus foetidus, Desch. MS. Icon. B.M.

Midaus meliceps, F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lith. t.; Horsf. Java, t.;

Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iv. 474; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 98; Fischer,

Syn. Mamm. 155.

Mephitis javanensis, Desm. Mamm. 187 ; Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii.

251.

Mydaus javanicus, Blainv. Ostéogr. Subursus, t. 1 (skeleton).

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID. 143

MM. javanensis, Blainv. Ostéogr. Subursus, t. 7 (skull), t. 9 (teeth).

Stinkkard or Teledu, Marsden, Sumatra, 117.

Hab. Sumatra (Raffles).

Tribe 5. Mevurvorrna. Tubercular grinder transverse, band-like ;

palate only slightly produced behind ; flesh-tooth with a small

internal lobe, with a single tubercle. Fur black below, white

above.

22. Metuivora.

Mellivora, Stor.; F. Cuv. ; Gray, L. M. B. M. v. 68.

Ratelus, Gray, Ann. Phil, 1825; Schinz, Syn. 329.

Lipotus, Sundevall, Kong. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1841,.-p, 211,

Ursitaxus, Hodgson, Asiat. Research. xix. 60, 1836.

Melitonyzx, Gloger, 1842.

Head depressed; nose blunt; ears indistinct. Body stout, de-

pressed ; legs short, strong; plantigrade. Toes 5/5; front claws

elongate, very strong, the bald sole of hind foot occupying the

whole undersurface, only slightly divided across about one-third of

its length from the front (Hodgson, J. A. S. B. t. 31. £. 2). Tail

short, subcylindrical. Skull contracted behind ; orbits very incom-

plete, scarcely contracted behind. Teeth 32; premolars 3/3, 3/3 ;

grinders 4/4 (Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 2).

De Blainville figures the skull and teeth of M. indica and M. ca-

pensis, t.11 and t.13; he represents the tubercular grinders of

M. indica as much smaller than those of M. capensis, and the flesh-

tooth as more unequally triangular (see t. 13).

The two species are alive in the Zoological Gardens, and have a

specific appearance not easy to define in words.

1. MELLIVOoRA INDICA. B.M.

Ursus indicus, Shaw, Zool. 1470.

Meles indica, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 151.

Indian Badger (Ursus indicus), Hardw. Linn. Trans. ix. 1 15, t.9.

Indian Badger, Penn. Syn. Quad. 16.

Ratelus mellivorus, Benn. Zool. Gard. 13 (fig. good).

Mellivora ratel, Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 96.

Mellivora ratelus, Indian var., Fraser, Cat. Zool. Gardens, 1862,

p-9; Bartlett, P. Z.S. 1835.

Ratelus indicus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 329.

Mellivora indica, Blainy. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 6 (skull).

Mustela indica, Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13 (teeth).

Ursitaxus inauritus (Bharsiah), Hodgson, Asiat. Research. xix.

60, J. A.S. Beng. 1836, p. 671.

Hab. India (called “ Beejoo’’).

Skull ovate, elongate; nose short, concave on the sides, flat above;

forehead short, convex ; orbits incomplete ; suborbital foramen small,

ovate. Brain-case swollen behind and truncated. Palate nearly

flat in front, concave behind and slightly produced ; hinder opening

of the palate large ; keeled on the sides, front edge arched; as wide

144 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. [Jan. 24,

as long. Four middle cutting-teeth equal, truncated, the side ones

conical, with a recurved tip; canines conical, nearly straight ; false

grinders two, crowded, thick, conical : flesh-tooth trigonal; outer

edge rather the longest, with two conical confluent tubercles; the

inner lobe anterior, roundish, with an acute conical tubercle: tuber-

cular grinder transverse, band-like; outer half narrow, inner half

considerably wider, rounded on the inner edge. Lower jaw strong;

chin arched; cutting-teeth crowned, truncated, the middle one on

each side behind the others; canines conical, curved back ; false

grinders three, rather crowded, thick, conical; the flesh-tooth ob-

long, of moderate size, with three conical tubercles in a single longi-

tudinal series ; tubercular grinder none (or small or early deciduous).

rhage

Length iomshelle e070 cn «ys lnet rae wee ae ee ee

—— palatenins.nivdi it eles cota 2 4

— LOWER YAW lousy a areas sehen poo 4

— OFbIbIOVEL ORES: ch os [oe cieels 2 3

nose in front of orbits ...... Date

The skull is very like Guo in general form ; but the upper flesh-

tooth is triangular, and the larger internal lobe in Gulo is oblong,

longitudinal, with a small internal lobe near the front end.

2. MELLIVORA RATEL. Ratel. B.M.

Skull higher. .

Gulo capensis, Desm. Mamm. 176.

Ursus mellivorus, Cuv. Tab. Elém. 112, 1798.

Viverra capensis, Schreb. Saugeth. 450, t. 135.

V.ratel, Sparrm. Act. Stockh. 1777, t.4. f.2; Owen, Odont.

t. 128. f. 10.

Mellivora capensis, F. Cuv.; Less. Man. 143, 2nd edit. i.; Blainv.

Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 6 (skull), t. 2 (skeleton).

M. ratel, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 68.

Viverra mellivora, Blumenb. Naturg. 97.

Ursus mellivorus, Blumenb. Naturg. edit. 10, p. 99.

Taxus mellivorus, Tiedem. Zool. i. 377.

Lipotus mellivorus, Sundevall, Kong.Vet. Acad. Handl.1841, p.211.

Mellivora capensis, Peters, Mossamb.

Ratelus capensis, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 329.

Meles mellivora, Thunb. in Mém. Pétersb. iii. 107.

Ratelus typicus, A. Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ, ii. 35.

Mustela capensis, Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13. f. (teeth).

Stinkbinksen, Kolbe.

Blaireau puant, La Caille, Voy. 182.

Fizzler Weasel, Penn. Syn. 224.

Honey-Weasel, Shaw, Zool. i. 395.

Ratel, Sparrm. Kong. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1777, p.49, t.4.f.3; Cuv.

Régne Anim. i. 146.

Hab. South Africa (Sparrman); East Africa, Sennaar (Sunde-

vall); Tette (called “Seve,” Peters).

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDZ. 145

Tribe 6. Mepuirina. Tubercular grinder oblong, quadrangular.

Palate scarcely produced behind; nearly on a line level with

the hinder end of the tooth-line. Fur black, white-streaked.

Skull short.

The flesh-tooth in the three genera which Lichtenstein and most

compilers have kept together under the name of Mephitis differs

very considerably. In Mephitis and Conepatus it is short and broad;

in Mephitis the inner lobe has a conical tubercle, and in Conepatus

it has a long, marginal, semilunar one. In Zorilla the flesh-tooth is

elongate, slender, much longer than broad, and it has a conical tu-

bercle on its subcentral small inner lobe. The tubercular grinder in

the two first genera is broad, massive, and square; in Zoriila it is

oblong and transverse.

23. CONEPATUS.

Head conical; nose produced, hairy, and without any central

groove beneath ; muzzle produced, bald above, obliquely truncated

beneath ; nostrils inferior; ears orbicular, scarcely visible. The

hind feet large, broad; the soles naked, half the length of the foot,

oblong, broad, rugose and warty, rounded behind, divided into two

convex parts by a cross groove, scarcely subdivided into smaller pads ;

front claws very long. Tail short, bushy, subcylindrical. Teeth as

in Mephitis. Teeth 32; false grinders 2/3, 2/3; but flesh-tooth

with long, marginal, semilunar tubercle.

Conepatus, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837; Cat. Mamm. B. M. xxi.

69; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 192.

Marputius, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, i.

Thiosmus, Licht. Abhand. Akad. Berl. fiir 1836, p. 214, 1838 (real

date); Baird, Mamm. N.A. 191.

Lycodon, D’ Orbigny.

zolictus, Gloger, 1842.

It has been supposed that Lichtenstein has the priority for the

subgenus T’hiosmus, because the paper appears nominally in the

‘ Transactions’ for 1836, and my paper in the ‘ Mag. Nat. Hist.’

1837; but there cannot be a doubt that my paper was anterior, for

Lichtenstein quotes it throughout.

CoNEPATUS NASUTUS.

Black, with one or two white dorsal streaks, Tail short, bushy,

white or white-and-black varied.

Mephitis nasuta, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 29.

Var. 1. nasuta. Black, with a very broad white dorsal streak;

from forehead to tail white. B.M.

Mephitis nasuta, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p.39; Gray, Mag.

N. H. 1837, i.; Fraser, Zool. Typica, t.

M. mesoleuca, Licht. Abh. Akad. Berl. 1838, p. 271; Darstell. t.44.

f.2; Pr. Max. Arch. f. Naturg.1861,p.212; Baird, Mamm. N.A.192.

Thiosmus mesoleuca, Less. Tabl. R. A. 66.

Marputius nasuta, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1837, i.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1865, No. X,

146 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDA. [Jan. 24,

Viverra putorius, Mutis, Act. Holm. 1769, p. 68.

V. marputio, Gmelin, 8. N.; Humb. Obs. Zool. 350.

Mephitis (Thiosmus) marputio, Licht. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1836, p.270.

M. (Thiosmus) leuconota, Licht. Abh. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 270

(1838), Mus. Berl. ; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 200.

M, intermedia, Saussure, Rev. Zool. 1860, p. 6.

M. mesoleuca ?, Tomes, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 280.

M. longicaudata , ? Tomes, P. Z.8. 1861, p. 280.

The Chinche (Viverra chingu), Molina, Essai de Chili, 240.

Hab. Mexico; New Granada ; Santa Fé de Bogota; California.

The Mephitis (Thiosmus) moline, Licht. J. c. p. 272, with the

white dorsal streak broken into five oval spots, is probably only an

accidental form of this variety.

Var. 2. humboldtii. Black or blackish-brown, with a very broad

dorsal streak, like var. 1, with a narrow black streak up the centre

of the back, widest i in the middle.

Conepatus humboldtii, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. i. 581, 1837 ; List

Mamm. B. M. 69; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 97.

Mephitis humboldtii, Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13. f. (teeth).

Conepatus humboldtii, Owen, Odont. t. 12, 86, 11,

Mephitis patagonica, Licht. Abhandl. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 275,

t. (1838) ; Burm. La Plata, ii. 409.

? Mustela (Lyncodon) patagonica, D’Orb. Voy. Amér. ix.3

f. 4 (skull).

Yaguare, Maikel, Falk. Patagon. 128.

? Mephitis westermannii, Reinhardt, K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh.

1856, p. 270.

M. conepate, Desm., Waterh. Cat. Zool. Soc. Mus. 29, 176.

Hab. Magellan Straits. B.M.

Var. 3. chilensis. Black; back with two broad white streaks,

which are confluent on the forehead and continued to the tail; tail

black and white. (In one specimen the lateral streaks are narrow,

interrupted on the side of loins, and in another, very young, narrow

and not united on the forehead.)

Conepatus humboldtii, var., Gray, Mag.N. H. i. 581, 1837. B.M.

C. amazonicus, Gray, List Marit: B. M. 69, 1842. B.M.

Mephitis fureatus, Wagner, Schreb. Siugeth. Suppl. ii. 129;

Tschudi, Arch. f. Naturg. 1842, p- 248.

M. chilensis, F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xiii. 126.

M. suffocans, Mliger, Licht. Darstell. t. 48.

M. (Thiosmus) amazonica, Licht. Abhand. Akad. Berlin. fiir 1836,

p- 275, t. (1838). Type, B. M..

M. (Thiosmus) chilensis, Licht. Abhand. Ak. Berl. 1838, p. a

Gray, P. Z. 8. 1848. B.M.

M. (Thiosmus) quitensis, Licht. 1. e. 273.

Gulo quitensis, Humb. Obs. Zool. 346.

Moufette du Chili, Buffon, H. N. Suppl. vii. 233, t. 57.

Mephitis of Chili, Griffiths, A. HG. tit

Conepatus chilensis, Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 97. B.M.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. 147

Marputius chilensis, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, i. B.M.

flab. Chili (Bridges, B.M.); Magellan Straits (King, B.M.).

Buffon’s figure represents the tail too long and broad ; it is a sub-

cylindric tuft only, not so long as the body without the head.

Var. 4. lichtensteinii. Black; crown and nape with a broad

white blotch, separated behind into two narrow nearly parallel white

streaks on the middle of the back, reaching nearly to the loins ; tail-

end half white.

Hab. Tropical America.

This specimen is much distorted in stuffing; the tail is elongated

by the stretching out of the hinder part of the body, so as to make

it look like a Mephitis, for which the stuffer evidently mistook it.

From the examination of the stuffed and unstuffed skins, I have

considered all the specimens we have in the British Museum to be

varieties, because the differences in the coloration appear to pass into

one another ; but when we have the power to compare the living

animal and the skeleton of each, we may discover that some of them

are distinct species, having a peculiar geographical range.

Professor Lichtenstein notices another species, under the name of

M. gumilla, on the authority of a notice of Skunk called “‘ Maskutio”’

and “ Mafutiliqui”’ in Gumilla’s ‘Orimoko’ (vol. ii. p. 276), which is

said to have many decurrent streaks and a villous tail.

24, Mepuiris.

Nose short, underside hairy, with a distinct central groove; muz-

zle small; ears ovate, hairy, exposed. Hind feet moderate, subplan-

tigrade ; sole bald nearly or quite to the heel, the front portion di-

vided into three large pads, placed in an arch; front claws elongate,

arched, strong, white. Tail elongate, as long as, or longer than the

body, with long, flaccid, dependent hair. Skull ovate; orbit incom-

plete. Teeth 34; false grinders 2/3; upper tubercular grinder small,

moderate-sized.

Mephitis, § 1, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1837; List Mamm. B. M. xxi. 69.

Mephitis (partly), Cuvier.

Mephitis, § 1 (partly), Lichtenstein.

“The fcetid liquid is secreted by two glands, which empty directly

into the rectum, and are enveloped in a thick muscular membrane, the

contraction of which causes the ejection of the fluid to a considerable

distance ; it is said, however, to be restrained by holding the animal

up by the tail when first discharged ; it is said to be phosphorescent

at night.”—Baird, Mamm.N.A.191. See also “ Anal Pouches of

the Mephitis americana,’ Warren, Proc. Boston Soc. N. H. ii. 175,

1850 ;, Wyman, Proc. Boston Soc. N. H. 1844, p. 110.

Prof. Lichtenstein divides this into two subgenera—“ planta pilosa”’

for M. mesomelas, and ‘planta subnuda”’ for MZ. chinga and the

' other species. I find the extent of the baldness of the sole varies in

the different specimens of the same variety, both in the young and

old specimens. The form and number of the pads are always alike, -

only becoming more marked in the older examples.

148 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDE. [Jan. 24,

* Tail as long as body.

1. MEpHITIS VARIANS. B.M.

Black, with two white streaks, converging and united on the

crown; tail elongate, bushy ; hair flaccid, black, generally white at

the base, or all white.

Mephitis varians, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1837; Baird, Mamm.N. A.

193; Mexico, 19, 192 (skull).

M. macroura, Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quad. ii. t. 102 (not Licht.).

Var. a. Crown white; streak broad, continued from the crown to

the end of the tail; face with a narrow white streak.

Mephitis mesomelas, Licht. Darstell. d. Siugeth. t. 45. f.2 ; Abh.

Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 277 ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 97; Baird,

Mamm. N. A. 199.

M. occidentalis, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 194.

Moufette de V Amérique Septentrionale, F. Cuy. Mamm. Lith.

Var. 6. Like a, but no white streak on the face; back-streaks nar-

rowed and almost interrupted on the loins. B.M

Mephitis mephitica, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 195.

Var. c. Like a, with face-streak ; but back-streak not reaching

beyond (and some specimens not even to) the middle of the back,

the white on the crown varying in size at the same time. B.M.

M., varians, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1837, t.; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 193 ;

Mexico, 192, t. 60. f. 2 (skull); Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 97.

Var. d. Like c; but no white face-streak ; the spot on the crown

with a pair of short streaks behind, not reaching to the shoulders.

Var. e. chinga. Face-streak broad ; crown-spot and dorsal streaks

very broad, occupying nearly the whole upper surface of the body,

a short black dorsal streak from the base of the tail to or towards

the shoulders.

Mephitis chinga, Tiedemann, Zool. i. 361; Licht. Darstell. d.

Saugeth. t. 45. f.1; Abh. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 240; Pr. Max, Arch.

f. Naturg. 1861, p. 218.

M. mephitica, Baird, Mamm.N. A. i. 195.

M. chinche, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 160.

Mustela chinga, Blainvy. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13 (teeth), t. 1

(skeleton), t. 6 (skull).

Viverra mephitis, Griffith, A. K. ii. 298.

Chincha americana, Lesson, N. Tab. R. A. 67.

Mephitis americana, De Kay, Zool. N. Y. t. 12. f. 1.

M. americana, var. hudsonica, Richardson, Fauna Bor.-Amer. i. 55.

Chinche, Buffon, H. N. xiii. 300, t. 39; Pennant, Arct. Zool.

Mamm. 40; F. Cuv. & Geoff. Mamm. Lith. t.

Skunk, Kalm, Reise Nord. Amer. ii. 412.

Wegak, or Skunk, Hearne, Hudson Bay, 377.

Enfant du Diable, Charlevoix, Nouv. Mém. ii. 133.

Speaking of the Skunk, Dr. Baird observes, ‘‘ The species varies

considerably in marking, though individuals from the same locality

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&, 149

are usually quite similar.” He also states, in his specific characters,

‘“The dorsal stripe sometimes broader, sometimes wanting, as also

the nuchal patch.” Dr. S. Baird has kept the WM. mesomelas dis-

tinct because Lichtenstein describes the sole of that species as

hairy ; but some specimens of MW. varians are so in the young state.

2. MEpuirtis VITTATA. B.M.

Black ; sides with a white streak from each shoulder; tail elon-

gate; base of tail bushy; hairs flaccid, the greater part of them

white at the base.

Var. a. Face with a narrow white frontal streak ; streaks on sides

very broad, arched in front over the shoulder. B.M.

Mephitis vittata, Licht. Saugeth. t. 47 (var. ?); Abh. Akad.

Berl. 1838, p. 278; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 200.

Var. 6. Face-streak none ; streaks on sides moderate, straight, of

same width. ‘ BM.

Var. c. Face with a very narrow indistinct streak ; fur all black ;

streaks on sides none, or reduced to a small white spot on the

hinder part of one side, not seen on the other; hair on underside

of tail white at the base. B.M.

Mephitis concolor, Verreaux, MS.? B.M.

Hab. Mexico (M. Salle).

Lichtenstein’s figures above quoted (t. 47) represent a variety of

this species I have not seen, with spots on the withers, and the tail

very long. ,

** Tail longer than the body.

3. MepuHITiIs MEXICANA.

Fur very soft, silky ; tail elongate, hair flaccid, long, and pendent,

black ; a narrow streak on the nose, a broad vertebral streak from

crown to tail, and a narrow streak on each side of the back,

Var. a. With a small white spot on each shoulder.

Mephitis mexicana, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. i. 581, 1837.

M. macroura, Licht. Abh. Akad. Berl. 1838, t. 77 ; Darstell. t. 46.

f.1,2; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 97; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 900.

Hab. Mexico.

ahs 2°

Skulls, 28 28

se | se

in. cube ae

MeO VON SKU len spossccadaseeay «4 csasruncetiecseasvas incase VO Oe le

peppers IOC Iara acvetanterenscareetesseorscrestsrgecer cucees | 10; | 0 10

sav COMAyAME |GLDIb. csensecceerasses tee eees caesucaecce: (rare SEs | aie a

TECLENES © Gatco tetdg soccenbcticc OCUnRCE EERE SS GH BERGrEEe 1 op | Mal 4.

VOW GI BW noe cv encstcech asec dcesb soda setspocuesssuss Vie Ue | 4

1 33

0 103

| 0 10

150 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDA, [Jan. 24,

25, SPILOGALE.

Head conical. Nose short, underside with a distinct central

groove ; muzzle small, bald, rather notched in front; nostrils lateral.

Tail short, cylindrical, bushy, not so long as the body, ending in a

long pencil of hair. Hind feet moderate ; sole bald, flat, the front

portion divided into four oblong pads, the central one small and

triangular, before the others, hinder part narrow; front claws

elongate, brown. False grinders 2/3; upper tubercular grinder

square, moderate size (Lichtenstein, Abh. Akad. Berl, 1836, t.

a ees

Mephitis, § 2, Gray, Mag. N. H. i. 1837; List Mamm. B. M.

xxi. 69.

1. SpILOGALE INTERRUPTA. Little Striped Skunk. B.M.

Black ; a spot on forehead, a spot on each temple, four streaks

on back of neck and Withers, a streak on side of body, that is bent

up to the middle of the back behind, an interrupted band across

rump, a spot on each buttock, and the base and tip of tail white.

Mephitis interrupta, Rafinesque, Ann. of Nat. ii. No. 4, 1818 ;

Licht. Abh. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 281, t. 2. f. 1 (tail not good).

M. bicolor, Gray, Ann. N. H. i. 583, 1837 (B.M.); Baird, Mamm.

N. A. 197, t. 19 (Mexico).

Var. Tail-end black.

Mephitis zorilla, Licht. Abh. Akad. Berl, 1836, p. 281, t. 2. f. 2

(not Darstell.).

Le Zorille, Buffon, H. N. xii. 302, t. 41.

Hab. North America, California (Douglas).

Prof. Lichtenstein has described two species—one with an oval

nose-spot and white tail, the other with a small triangular frontal

spot and black tail. I have only seen three specimens: one had a

black, the other a white, and the last a black and white tail. They

each had a different-sized and -shaped nose-spot.

Professor Lichtenstein has determined that the Zori/le of Buffon

is the American animal. It had been previously regarded as the

Meer-cat of South Africa. It is figured by Buffon as from America ;

but his figure does not accurately represent either species.

B. Subdigitigrade. Hind feet rather narrow ; soles hairy, with a

narrow, elongate, triangular bald space behind the palm-pads ;

toes unequal; claws elongate, slender; tubercular grinders

band-like, transverse.

Tribe 7. Zortitxyrna. Flesh-tooth elongate, with a small, anterior,

inner lobe with a single tubercle.

26. ZoRILLA.

Head conical. Nose acute, hairy, with a central groove below.

Muzzle small, bald, notched in front; nostrils lateral. Ears rounded,

covered with hair. Fore feet strong; toes unequal, three middle

1865.] DR. J, E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID, 151

longest ; claws elongate, compressed, acute. Hind foot digitigrade ;

sole flat and bald in front, with four unequal, large, convex pads, the

hinder part compressed and covered with hair; toes unequal, the two

middle longest and unequal; claws acute, short. Tail elongate, co-

vered with long flaceid hair. Teeth 34; false grinders 3/3, 3/3;

upper tubercular grinder short, oblong, transverse (Licht. Abh.

Akad. Berl. 1836, t. 1. f. 3, skull).

Zorilla, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. xx. 67.

Ictonyx, Kaup ; Sundevall, Kong. Vet. Akad. Hand. 1841, p. 214

1842).

' Rhabdogale, Wagner, Wiegmann; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 332.

1. Zor1uwa stRIATA. The Zorille.

Black ; spot on forehead and each temple and four stripes on the

back (which are diluted on the sides, only leaving a broad black

patch on middle of the back, and then curving to the base of the

tail) white; tail black-and-white varied.

Viverra zorilla, Thunb. Act. Petrop. iii. 306; Gmelin, 8. N.

Mustela zorilla, Cuv. Tabl. Elém. 116 (1798).

Viverra striata, Shaw, Zool.

Mustela zorilla, Cuvier, R. A.; Fischer, Syn. Mamm.; Blainv.

Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13. f. (teeth).

Zorilla capensis, Waterh. Cat. Zool. Soc.; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 95.

Putorius zorilla, A. Smith, South-African Journ. i. 36. ‘

Mephitis africanus, Licht. Abh. Akad. Berl. 1836, p. 294.

M. zorilla, Licht. Darstell. d. Saugeth. t. 48. f. 2 (not Abhand.).

Zorilla leucomelas, F. Cuy.

Rhabdogale mustelina, Wagner, Schreb. Suppl. ii. 219, t. 133 a;

Peters, Mossamb.i.p. .

Ictonyx capensis, Sundey. K. Veten. Acad. Hand. 1841, p. 214.

? Mephitis libyca, Ehrenb. Sym. Phys.

Zorilla striata, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 67.

_ Mustela libyca, Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13. f. (teeth).

Putois du Cap, ou Zorille, Buffon, H. N. xii.

Muis-hond, Cape Colonists.

Var. senegalensis. White streaks broader, leaving only very nar-

row dark dorsal ones; tail whiter. B.M.

Hab. Africa, Cape of Good Hope (Thuné.), Senegal.

2. ZORILLA FRENATA. B.M.

Brown ; fur elongate, very soft, fluffy; lips, chin, a broad hand

encircling the face, two broad bands diverging from the crown and

two narrower diverging from shoulders, and some spots on the hinder

part of the back white; tail white-and-black varied.

Mephitis (Ictonyx) frenata, Sundevall, Kong. Vet. Acad. Hand.

1841, t.4. f.1.

M. africana, var., Licht.

Mustela zorilia, var., Riippell.

152 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID2. [Jan. 24,

? Rhabdogale multivittata, Wagner, Schreb. Saugeth. Supp.

Hab. Sennaar.

See also Zorilla vaillantii, Loch (Rev. Zool. 497), from Algeria,

which I have not seen. t

Tribe 8. Henictiprna. Flesh-tooth trigonal, with a broad internal

lobe with two conical tubercles. Tail cylindrical.

27. HELIcTIs.

Head tapering ; nose acute, conical; muzzle bald, obliquely trun-

cated ; underside hairy, with a central groove ; nostrils inferior ; ears

ovate. Body slender; legs short; toes 5/5; front claws elongate,

curved; hinder short and acute; sole of hind foot hairy behind,

bald in front, and rhombic, for half the length of the foot, with three

large oblong pads on the front and three small ones on the hinder

edge; toes elongate; thumb short, far back, like Herpestes. ‘Tail

moderate, subcylindrical. Teeth 38; premolars 3 grinders 5/6

(Hodgson, J. A.S. B. t. 31. f. 6).

Helictis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. ii. 94,1833; List Mamm. B. M.

xxi. 68; Isis, 1834, p. 829.

Melogale, I. Geoff.; Guérin, Mag. Zool. v. 1, t. 16, 1835.

Rhinogale, Gloger, 1842.

Mydaus, sp., Temm. & Miiller.

Galictis, Wiegmann.

The external appearance of the species of this genus is very similar,

and there appears to be an indication of the differences in colours

passing into one another.

The skulls of the species are very distinct. 1. The skull short

and veutricose; nose short, thick; the hinder part of the palate

flat, with a broad opening, as wide as long on the sides, the front

edge arched. JH. orientalis. 2. Skull elongate ; the nose produced,

attenuated ; the hinder part of the palate concave, and contracted

behind the aperture ; longer than wide; the front edge arched. H.

moschata and H. nipalensis.

The teeth and size of the aperture in front of the orbits also differ

thus in the different species :—1. The flesh-tooth large, with three

lobes on the outer edge, the front one small, with two acute tuber-

cles on the broad inner lobes ; the aperture in the front of the orbits

moderate. H. orientalis and H. nipalensis. 2. The flesh-tooth

small, shaped like those of the other species, but rather more

slender; the aperture under the front of the orbits very large.

H. moschata.

* Flesh-tooth large; aperture in front of orbits moderate.

Melogale.

1, Hexicris onrENTALIS. Nyentek. B.M.

Brown, paler beneath ; cheeks, upper lip, chin, throat, sides of

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID2. 153

neck, chest, three spots across forehead, and a narrow streak from

nape to middle of the back yellowish white ; end of tail grey; feet

brown.

Gulo orientalis, Wersf. Java, t.; Desm. Mamm. Suppl. 537.

Mydaus macrurus, Kuhl, Temm. Monogr. pl. 20; Fischer, Syr.

Mamm. 155.

M. orientalis, S. Miller.

Melogale fusca, 1. Geoff., Guér. Mag. Zool. 1835, t. 16; Wagner,

Schreb. Suppl. t.

Helictis orientalis, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 195 ; Gerrard, Cat.

Bones B. M. 98.

Hab. Java (Horsfield, called “ Nyentek’’).

2. HELIcTIS NIPALENSIS. The Oker. B.M.

Grey-brown ; forehead and nape darker; cheek; band between

orbits, chin, throat, sides of neck, chest beneath, and a streak from

nape to loins white; end of tail greyish. Teeth large.

Gulo nipalensis, Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. 1836, p. 237 ; 1837, p- 560.

Helictis nepaulensis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p-191; 1856,

p- 398; List Mamm. B. M. 69.

Helictis nipalensis, Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 98.

Hab. Nipal (Hodgson) ; Tibet.

** Flesh-tooth small ; aperture in front of orbits very large.

3. Heuictis MoscHaTa. Helictis. B.M.

Brown ; spot on crown, temples, broad band across forehead, a

small spot on cheek and on side of nose, the chin, throat, chest, and

beneath white. Teeth small; upper tubercular grinder transverse,

narrow, oblong.

Helictis moschata, Gray, P. Z. S. ii. 94 ; Cat. Mamm. B. M. 68;

Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 98.

Melogale personata, 1. Geoff. ; Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1835; Voy.

de Bélanger, t. 5.

Mustela personata, Blainv. Ostéogr. Mustela, t. 13. f.

Hab. China (John Reeve) ; Pegu (I. Geoff.).

4, Henicris suBAURANTIACA. B.M.

Brown ; face white-varied ; with a white streak from the crown to

the middle of the back. Upper tubercular grinder transverse,

broadly oblong in shape.

Helictis subaurantiaca, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 355,

pl. xurv.

Hab. Formosa.

This species is nearly identical in external appearance and colouring

with the H. orientalis; but it has the small tooth, elongate nose, the

large suborbital aperture, and narrow hinder opening to the palate of

H. moschata. It differs from H. moschata in its teeth—the flesh-

tooth and the tubercular tooth being relatively rather larger—and

154 MR. G, F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS, [Jan. 24,

especially in the tubercular tooth being longer and more massive,

being a broad oblong instead of a narrow one.

£ z g :

8 a g a P s

24 3 Z a

ty by ss by

im Osa. | Low iow lar

Length of skull (rather imperfect) ......... 22 104.3 -..0))-3 ** 13172

NOB! Tanto cee ttot ae ccesarataseses Oc TO le SO Os rare

— zygoma and orbits ..........00-- L- 5] 1 3-8 e2geras

—— palate .......specccsecesseccereceees Boo 40s BF] 1s as] Be ybe

Width of brain-case over ears ............4.. | Nee a i Vocals (| aes oth aS

—— nose at front of orbit ............ 0 8|}0 80 810 72

Length of tooth-line of canine and grinders} 0 93/1 O}|1 1/0 Ii

— NO WE: JAW Ustos.cstesnootees sere ee QOL 2 MONA e eee

6. Descriptions oF Four New Species or Marine SHELLS

FROM SoutH AustraLiIA. By GrorGe Frencu ANGAs,

C.M.Z.S.

Nassa compacta, Angas.

N. ¢. “ N. incrassatee’’ simillima, sed valde minor ; sculptura ex-

pressa, costis xi—xiil. anfr. ult. radiantibus, liris spiralibus in

spira v.—vi.; castanea, seu fascia lata peripheriali albida ;

canali intus pallida.

Long. °3, long spir. 17, lat. °18 poll., div, 55°.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Australia.

A pretty little banded species, allied to the British N. inerassata,

Mill.

PATELLA LATISTRIGATA, Angas.

P. ¢. “ P. limbate” simillima, sed magis elongata, hepatiea,

strigis fusco-nigris latissimis paucis radiata ; costis cire. xii.—

xiv. irregularibus rotundatis ornata ; spathula intense fusco-

nigra, candido marginata.

Long. *7, lat. °45, alt. °2 poll.

Hab. Aldinga Bay, South Australia.

ACMA SCABRILIRATA, Angas.

A. t. parva, tenui, subovata, paullum planata ; extus colore al-

bido seu griseo, rufo-fusco varie maculata seu penicillata, inter-

dum strigata; lirulis radiantibus acutissimis, plus minusve

distantibus, minutissime granulosis, elegantissime ornata; inter-

stitiis planatis, latissimis ; vertice antrorsum adunco, ad trien-

tem seu quadrantem longitudinis sito; intus nitidissime e@ruleo-

viridi, rufo-fusco varie ornata; margine lato, tessellato seu

penicillato ; spathula rarius conspicua,

Long. °5, lat. '4, alt. +13 poll.

Hab. Port Lincoln, Hobson’s Bay (Archer).

1865.] ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 155

This small and tender but exceedingly beautiful species is gene-

rally more or less abraded, but when perfect is easily recognized by

the sculpture, which consists of distant, extremely slender riblets,

each of which consists of, or is surmounted by, a series of minute

granules. A rare variety is striped like the young of 4. pelta (A.

strigillata, Nutt.) ; but in general it is more or less mottled, some-

times delicately pencilled, like 4. fascicularis, Menke, from the Gulf

of California.

ACMA SUBUNDULATA, Angas.

A. t. parva, tenui, ovali, altiore; extus colore pallide fusco-

corneo, fusco varie maculata seu strigata, liris radiantibus ob-

soletis vix undata; striis incrementi confertissimis ; vertice

haud adunco, plus minusve antico, ad trientem seu ad duas

inter quinque partes longitudinis sito ; intus fuscescente, fusco-

nigro varie maculata seu strigata, nitida ; spathula plerumque

tenebrosa ; margine haud conspicuo.

Long. *52, lat. -4, alt. +22 poll.

Hab. Port Lincoln, Hobson’s Bay (Archer).

Var. ¢. intus pallidiore, strigis radiantibus angustis.

_ 7. On THE Marine Moxuuuscan Fauna oF THE PROVINCE OF

Soura AUSTRALIA: wiTH A List oF ALL THE SPECTIS

KNOWN UP TO THE PRESENT TIME; TOGETHER WITH Re-

MARKS ON THEIR Hasitats AND DisTriBuTION, ETC. By

GrorGe Frencu Aneas, C.M.Z.S8.

Having paid considerable attention to the marine conchology of

South Australia during a residence of some years in that province,

and possessing in my own collection examples of nearly every spe-

cies enumerated in the following list, I have endeavoured to work up

my materials, however imperfect, into a list of species bond fide in-

habitants of that portion of Australia*. As so many of the earlier

authors have described shells, giving either an unknown habitat or

a wrong locality, it is of importance that those who, from personal

observation, are in a position to do so, should give to the scientific

world the benefit of their researches, especially when they are able

to correct errors and add to our knowledge of the geographical dis-

tribution of species.

The province, or colony, of South Australia, properly so called,

includes all that indented coast-line extending from the mouth of

the Glenelg, near Cape Northumberland, on the south-east, to the

head of the Great Australian Bight on the north-west, ranging

from 129° to 141° of longitude east from Greenwich, and occupying

a belt of latitude between 32° and 38° S. This extent of coast in-

cludes the two deep gulfs of Spencer and St. Vincent, Kangaroo

* Those species marked with an asterisk (*) are recent additions to science,

and are described from the type specimens in my collection.—G. F. A.

156 MR. G. F, ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

Island, Port Lincoln, and Encounter Bay, and presents every di-

versity of shore, from bold rocky headlands to sandy flats and muddy

estuaries. Within this area there have been collected already up-

wards of 230 species of univalves and about 100 species of bivalves,

all of which are now described ; but, doubtless, when the dredge has

been more generally used, and the coasts better explored, these

numbers will be greatly increased.

Sixty-five of the species enumerated in the following list were

unknown to science until described from my specimens, during the

last eighteen months, by Messrs. H. & A. Adams, H. Crosse, my-

self, and others; to these will be added somewhere about a dozen

new species of bivalves, in the second part of this paper.

The coasts of South Australia are particularly rich in Trochide,

of which family no less than fifty species are included in this list.

No large species of Terebra have as yet been found, and only one of

the subgenus Euryta. According to our present knowledge, the

genera Dolium, Strombus, Solarium, Trichotropis, Struthiolaria,

Ovulum, Aporrhais, Terebellum, and Dentalium do not appear to

be represented at all; while we have numerous species of the follow-

ing genera, viz. Voluta, Columbella, Fusus, Cominella, Triton, Ha-

liotis, Fissurella, and Chiton. Amongst the Chitonide is a new

form—Stenochiton (Ad. & Ang.). There are four species of Sca-

laria, three of Conus, five of Cyprea, and only one Oliva. The

Pleurotomide are pretty numerous; and many others will probably

be discovered when dredging has been better attended to, as this

family belongs more especially to deep water. Of the genus Stpho-

naria there are four or five species.

Amongst the bivalves, the truly Australian genera Myadora and

Chamostrea yield one species each. The Veneride are tolerably

abundant, including the lovely VY. Jamellata. So are the Mactride

and Tellinide, of which there are several species inhabiting the

sandy shores of the gulfs and Encounter Bay, amongst which the

handsome Tellinu albinella is the most conspicuous and abundant.

Pecten bifrons, Solemya australis, Sunetta alicia, and Crassatella

castanea are all interesting South-Australian species. No examples

of the genus J’rigonia have yet been met with. Both the edible and

pearl oysters occur plentifully near Port Lincoln; and the Pinna

abounds on the sandy and muddy flats at the heads of the gulfs, .

CEPHALOPODA.

Fam. ARGONAUTID.

1. ARGONAUTA ORYZATA.

Argonauta oryzata, Meuschen, Mus. Gevers. 252. n. 133.

A. tuberculata, Shaw, Nat. Mise. xxiii. t. 995.

A. tuberculosa, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vii. 632, pl. 2.

A. nodosa, Solander, MS., Portland Cat. 76. 2120. 17.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf and Kangaroo Island.

At certain seasons of the year, during the prevalence of strong

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 157

northerly winds, the shells of the female Argonaut are washed on

shore in considerable numbers at Thistle Island, near the entrance

of Spencer’s Gulf. Many of these shells contain the animal in a

living state; but they soon fall a prey to the Seagulls, by whom

they are greedily devoured.

Fam. AMMONIID.

2. AMMONIA LEVIS.

Lituus levis, Gray, Cat. Moll. Brit. Mus. (Cephalopoda), part 1,

Hab. Pelagic, throughout the Southern Seas.

This species, in regard to the shell, appears to resemble very

strongly that commonly known as the Spiruda peront of Lamarck.

At Encounter Bay, and on the exposed sandy beaches between

it and Cape Northumberland, the dead shells are frequently washed

on shore.

In the South Pacific Ocean the Spirule exist in great abundance.

On the smooth black sands along the west coast of New Zealand

their shells lie scattered in infinite numbers; and after an easterly

gale they are almost as frequent on many parts of the New South

Wales coast.

On one occasion only I had the good fortune to meet with the

perfect animal enclosing the shell; it was thrown up, after a severe

storm, on Bondi Beach, near Port Jackson, and it is now preserved

in alcohol in the Sydney Museum.

GASTEROPODA.

Fam. Muricip#.

3. Murex (PreRoNoTUs) TRIFORMIS,

Murex triformis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 13. f. 53.

M. acanthopterus, var., Sowerby, Conch. Illustr. f. 51.

Station. On oyster-banks, from 2 to 10 fathoms.

Hab. Port Lincoln, Spencer’s Gulf.

This fine species varies considerably both in form and colour; the

prevailing hue is of a purplish black, but examples sometimes occur

where the entire shell is of a cream-colour, with the varix of the

outer lip beautifully laminately frilled. It occurs alsogilt King

George’s Sound.

4, Murex SEROTINUS.

Murex serotinus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 268.

Station. Amongst rocks, at low water of spring tides.

Hab. Aldinga Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

But one specimen was obtained, alive, at the above locality.

5. Murex SCALARIS.

Murex scalaris, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soe. 18537 i.

158 MR. G. F, ANGAS ON THE MARINE (Jan. 24,

Station. Dredged, along with horny zoophytes and nullipores, at

a depth of 7 or 8 fathoms.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This rare species bears a resemblance to M. cristatus, Brod., from

the Adriatic. It was described by Mr. Adams from a specimen in

the Cumingian collection, obtained at Moreton Bay by the late Mr.

Strange.

6. Murex PUMILUS.

Murex pumilus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 70.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Two specimens were found of this minute species, washed on shore

on the eastern side of St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This species was obtained by Mr. A. Adams in the China Seas.

7. *Typuis YATESI.

Typhis yatesi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 54, pl. 2. f. 3.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Only a single example of this beautiful addition to the limited

genus J'yphis has hitherto been obtained. I found it on the beach

near Holdfast Bay. It probably inhabits deep water.

8. *TROPHON PAIVE.

Trophon paive, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 278, pl. 11. f. 7.

Station. Under stones, at low water of spring tides.

Hab. Yorke’s peninsula.

9. Fusus CREBRILIRATUS.

Fusus crebriliratus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 5. f. 20.

Station. On sandy bottoms, amongst Zostera, 2 to 5 fathoms.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs. Common.

10. Fusus pyRULATUS.

Fusus pyrulatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 13. f. 50.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf. Rare.

i is also found in Tasmania.

Ihe

Fusus ustulatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 17. f. 66.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. Rare.

12. Fusus MARMORATUS, var.

Fusus marmoratus, Phil. Abbild. und Besch. Conch. Fusus, pl. 3.

Pei :

Station, Deep water.

Hab. ye

US USTULATUS.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 159

This species, of which a single specimen was dredged at Port

Lincoln, appears to be a variety of F. marmoratus of Philippi.

13. Fusus (NEPTUNEA) DILATATUS.

Fusus dilatatus, Quoy, Voy. de! Astr. ii. p. 498, pl. 34. f. 15-17.

F. adustus, Phil.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay.

This fine species is one of rare occurrence in South Australia.

14, *Fusus (NEPTUNEA) TASMANIENSIS.

Fusus tasmaniensis, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 421,

pi xxxvir-t. 1.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Hardwick Bay, Spencer’s Gulf.

Mr. Cuming possesses this species from Tasmania. The speci-

mens from Spencer’s Gulf are smaller in size, and of a yellowish

orange-colour, banded with chestnut.

15. *Fusus (TRITONIDEA?) LINCOLNENSIS.

Fusus lincolnensis, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 53, pl. 2. f. 4.

Station. Dredged from an oyster-bank, 6 fathoms.

Hab. Port Lincoln, Spencer’s Gulf.

15 a. *SIPHONALIA FUSCOZONATA.

Siphonalia fuscozonata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This shell resembles Peristernia, but without the distinct fold of

that genus.

Fam. PLEUROTOMID&.

16. Dritiia (CRASSISPIRA) HARPULARIA.

Pleurotoma harpularia, Des Moulins ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 15.

f. 124.

P. harpula, Valenc.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Found washed up on the beaches, at Salt Creek, St. Vin-

cent’s Gulf.

17. *BELA AUSTRALIS. S&S

Bela australis, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 420.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Aldinga and Rapid Bays.

18. CLATHURELLA SPURCA.

Clathurella spurca, Hinds, Moll. Voy. Sulphur, pl. 5. f. 14.

Station. Dredged in deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This species occurs also in the Philippines (Cm

160 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE (Jan. 24,

19. *CLATHURELLA LALLEMANTIANA.

Pleurotoma lallemantiana, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

20. *CyTHARA COMPTA.

Cythara compta, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 419,

pl. xxxvit. f. 5.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Rapid Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

A single specimen of this species was dredged by me in Port

Jackson, New South Wales.

-21. *CYTHARA BELLA.

Cythara bella, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 419,

pl. xxxvit. f. 6.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Rapid Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Two examples only of this delicately tinted shell have been met

with,

22. MANGELIA PURA.

Mangelia pura, Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 63.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Mr. Reeve gives no locality with his description of this species.

23. *MANGELIA INSCULPTA.

Mangelia insculpta, Ad, & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 420,

pl, xaos. £..8.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

24. MANGELIA CAVERNOSA.

Mangelia cavernosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 2. f. 8.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This species occurs also in the Philippines (Cuming).

es.

25.@MANGELIA LINEATA.

Mangelia lineata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 6. f. 42.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Reeve’s description has no locality.

26. *MANGELIA VINCENTINA.

Pleurotoma (Mangelia) vincentina, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865.

Station. Deep water.

Hab, a St. Vincent’s Gulf.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 161

Fam. TRITONID.

27. TRITON BARTHELEMYI.

Triton barthelemyi, Bernardi, Journ. de Conch, 1857, p..55, pl. 1.

Si;

Station. Amongst rocks at low tides.

Hab. Cape Northumberland ; Gipps Land, Victoria.

This large species bears considerable affinity to 7’. spengleri, Lam.,

from New South Wales; they differ, however, in the form of the

aperture, in the number and character of the transverse ribs, and in

the shape and sculpture of the upper whorls.

28. TRITON SUBDISTORTUS.

Triton subdistortum, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. (Deshayes’s edit.) ix.

p- 638.

Station. Amongst rocks at extreme low tides.

Hab. Port Elliot, South Australia.

This species appears to range from King George’s Sound to Tas-

mania. It is not found on the coast of New South Wales north of

Cape Howe.

29. *TRITON WATERHOUSEI.

Triton waterhousei, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 35.

Station. Dredged on an oyster-bank.

Hab. Port Lincoln, and Encounter Bay.

This shell differs from 7’, spengleri in the squamato-pilose epider-

mis, in the broad flattened varix of the outer lip, and in the double

lire of the whorls.

‘

30. Triton (Simputum) auovyt.

Triton quoyi, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 19. f. 93.

Station. From 1 to 3 fathoms, on sandy shores, amongst the

Zostera, or grass-wrack, so common in the gulfs beyond tide-marks.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

I have received a large variety of this species from Tasmania.

Fam. Buccinip&.

No typical form of Buccinum has, as yet, been found on the South-

Australian coast. The species known all belong to the genus Comi-

nella of Gray, included under the subfamily Nassine.

31. CoMINELLA COSTATA.

Buccinum costatum, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de -l’Astrol. Zool. ii.

p- 417, pl. 30. f. 17-20.

Station. Crawling on the sands at low spring tides.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

This shell, in a young state, is very variable in colour. B. acuti-

nodosum, Reeve, a closely allied species to B. costatum, does not

appear to me to belong to the South-Australian fauna ; it is probably

from the west coast of New Holland.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1865, No. XI.

162 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

32. COMINELLA ALVEOLATA.

Buccinum alveolatum, Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv. p. 32, pl. 10. f. 34.

Station. Under stones at low water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula. Abundant.

This species ranges from Port Lincoln, through Bass’s Straits, to

Tasmania, in all of which localities it occurs plentifully wherever the

conditions of the coast suit its station. The shells vary considerably

both in colour and markings.

33. *COMINELLA ANGASI.

Buccinum angasi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 275, pl.11. f.5.

Station. Probably deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

34. *CoMINELLA ADELAIDENSIS.

Buccinum adelaidense, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 276,

plali. f.-6:

Station. At the roots of mangroves in the mud.

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek, South Australia.

There are two varieties of this species—one of a dark brown, and

the other of a pale fawn-colour.

35. COMINELLA SUTURALIS.

Cominella suturalis, A. Adams.

Station, Probably deep water.

.. Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

; This pretty species ranges to the westward as far as King George’s

ound,

36. COMINELLA EBURNEA, Var.

Buccinum eburneum, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 12. f. 93.

Station. Probably deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf, &c.

37. *COMINELLA FILICEA.

Buccinum filiceum, Crosse et Fischer, Journ. de Conch. 1864,

p. 346, pl. 3. f. 15, 16.

Station. Under rocks and stones at low tide.

Hab. East side of Yorke’s Peninsula.

I have only met with one living example of this species in South

Australia. It occurs also in Sydney Harbour (Port Jackson), where

I have taken at least a dozen specimens by turning over the stones

at extreme spring tides.

38. Nassa (PHRONTIS) FASCIATA.

Nassa fasciata, Desh. Anim, sans Vert. x. p. 172.

Buccinum fasciatum, Lam.

Station. On the edge of the Laminarian zone, creeping upon the

sand, and amongst the grass-wrack, in great numbers.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs, &e.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 163

39. *Nassa (PHRONTIS) MUNIERIANA.

Nassa munieriana, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 345, pl. 13.

6. ;

Station. Amongst the grass-wrack.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs. Rare.

40. Nassa (NIOTHA) PAUPERATA.

Nassa pauperata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x, p. 183.

Station. Abundant in company with NV. fasciata.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs, &c.

This common species is also found on the coasts of Tasmania.

There are two varieties—one all white, the other broadly banded on

the whorls with chestnut-brown.

41. *Nassa (HimA) compacta.

Nassa compacta, Augas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 154.

Station. On sandy mud, low water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

A small species, somewhat resembling the British Nassa ineras-

sata, Mill.

42, *PuRPURA FLINDERSI.

Purpura flindersi, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 421,

pl. xxxvit. f. 22. ‘

Station. Under loose fragments of rock at low tides.

Hab. Salt Creek and Wool Bay, east coast of Yorke’s Peninsula.

This curious cancellated Trophon-like species has hitherto only

been met with on Yorke’s Peninsula.

43. Purpura (PoLyTROPA) TEXTILIOSA.

ial

Purpura textiliosa, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 77.

Station. Amongst rocks at low water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay; Yorke’s Peninsula; Kangaroo Island.

Allied to P. egrota of Reeve, from Swan River.

44, *Purpura (STRAMONITA) HUMILIS.

Purpura humilis, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 51, pl. 2. f. 2.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

45. *RicinuLA (SIsTRUM) ADELAIDENSIS.

Purpura adelaidensis, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 50, pl. 2.

il.

Station. On rocks at low water.

Hab. Holdfast Bay ; Aldinga Bay; Rapid Bay.

46. *ADAMSIA ADELAID&.

Adamsia adelaide, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 421.

pl. sxxvir. f, 2.

164 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE (Jan. 24,

Station. Unknown.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

The only other known species of ddamsia is 4. typica, Dunker,

which is from the coast of New South Wales.

Fam. DacryLip&.

47. OLIVA AUSTRALIS.

Oliva australis, Duclos, Mon. Oliv. pl. 8. f. 3, 4.

Station. On sandy bottom, 5 to 10 fathoms.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This species, the only representative of the genus in South Aus-

tralia, occurs also at King George’s Sound and Swan River.

Fam. FAascioLaRtiD&.

43. FascioLaRIA FUSIFORMIS.

Fasciolaria fusiformis, Valenc.; Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv. p. 13,

pl. 4. f. 2.

Station. On sandy bottoms, amongst the grass-wrack, 2 to

5 fathoms.

Hab. Spencer’s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs.

This large species varies considerably in size and form. Some

specimens are slightly coronated at the upper part of the whorls;

and the live shells are covered with a uniform olive-brown epidermis.

Specimens containing the animal are frequently washed on shore

near the ‘‘ semaphore’’ at Port Adelaide.

49. FAScIOLARIA CORONATA.

Fasciolaria coronata, Lam, Anim. sans Vert. ix. p. 435.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Elhot; Encounter Bay; Guichen Bay.

This species, like the F’. fusiformis, is very variable in its growth.

Mr. Reeve’s figures (14 ¢ and 14 d, in plate 6 of the Conch. Iconica)

represent the South-Australian form of the species very faithfully ;

but the shell from the Philippine Islands, given under the same

name (figs. 14 @ and 14 6), appears to be another species.

Fam. VoLuTipz.

50. LyrIA LYRIFORMIS.

Voluta lyreformis, Brod. Zool. Journ. iii. 83, t. 3. f. 3.

Harpula lyreformis, Swains. Malac. 318.

Station. On banks of sandy mud, 2 to 5 fathoms.

fab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Lincoln; Kangaroo Island.

The Port Lincoln specimens are smaller and less richly coloured

than those from St. Vincent’s. Gulf,

51. VoLUTELLA PAPILLOSA.

Voluta papillosa, Swains. ; Bligh, Cat. ; Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 207,

48. fe:

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 165

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Kangaroo Island; Encounter Bay. _

This rare and ponderous species occurs also in Tasmania.

52. VOLUTELLA FULGETRUM.

Voluta fulgetrum, Sow. Tank. Cat. no. 2149, t. 4, 5.

Station. On sand-banks from 2 to 10 fathoms.

Hab. Port Lincoln; Encounter Bay.

This fine species varies both in size and markings. The typical

specimens are richly painted with broad, irregular, zigzag, chestnut

streaks on a flesh-coloured ground ; whilst examples frequently occur

which are delicately reticulated, with only a few spots here and there

round the whorls.

53. *Votuta (ALCITHOE) KREUSLERZ.

Voluta kreuslere, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 55.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. South Australia.

This species is an interesting addition to the Australian Volutes.

In its general character it somewhat resembles V. pacifica, Sulander,

(belonging to H. & A. Adams’s section Alcithoé,) from which, how-

ever, it differs in the greater length of the spire, in the narrowness

of its form, and in having the lower whorl encircled with three bands

of orange-brown spots. .

54. AMORIA EXOPTANDA.

Voluta exoptanda, Sowerby, MS.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl.10. f. 22.

Station. Probably deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay.

A broken specimen of this extremely rare Volute was found upon

the beach near Encounter Bay.

55. AMORIA UNDULATA.

Voluta undulata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 401.

Station. Oxi sandy bottoms at extreme low water of spring tides.

Hab. Port Lincoln and Encounter Bay.

This species is rather plentiful at Port Lincoln. It must not,

however, be confounded with a Tasmanian species hitherto known

also as V. undulata, which is now considered to be distinct, and has

been lately accorded specific rank by Mr. Sowerby, under the name

of V. angasi, in the ‘‘ Completion of the late G. B. Sowerby’s Mo-

nograph of Voluta, in Thesaurus,” fig. 99, sp. 73.

Mirrip#z.

56. Mirra GLABRA.

Mitra glabra, Swainson, Exotic Conch. pl. 24.

M. buccinata, Quoy.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Guichen Bay.

166 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

This fine species ranges from Tasmania to Swan River. I possess

a specimen from the beach at Holdfast Bay, in St. Vincent’s Gulf,

that measures nearly 4 inches in length.

57. MiTRA AUSTRALIS.

Mitra australis, Swains. Zool. Illus. 1st series, pl. 18.

M. melaleuca, Quoy.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Encounter Bay ; Guichen Bay.

This species is of rare occurrence. It is found also in Tasmania.

58. *Mirra ROSETTA.

Mitra rosette, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p.. 55.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay.

59. CoLUMBELLA (M1ITRELLA) SEMICONVEXA.

Columbella semiconvexa, Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 38. f. 103, 104.

Station. Under stones at low water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula; Kangaroo Island; Lacépéde Bay.

Of this very variable species, a fine large variety, of an orange-red

colour, is found at Lacépéde Bay.

60. CotuMBELLA (MITRELLA) AUSTRALIS.

Columbella australis, Gaskoin, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 5.

Station. Under stones at low water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula.

61. *CoLuMBELLA (MITRELLA) YORKENSIS.

Columbella yorkensis, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, pl. 2. f. 6.

Station. Under stones at low water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula.

62. *ConumMBELLA (MiTRELLA) INFUMATA.

epee infumata, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 84, pl. 1.

Sadia Under stones and amongst weed.

Hab. Salt Creek, Yorke’s Peninsula.

63. CoLuMBELLA (MITRELLA) MENKEANA.

Columbella menkeana, Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Station. Beyond tide-marks, amongst Zostera.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

An elegant fusiform species.

64. CotumBELLA (MITRELLA) LINCOLNENSIS.

Columbella lincolnensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Station. Under stones at low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln; Yorke’s Peninsula.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 167

65. CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) DERMESTOIDES.

Buccinum dermestoides, Kiener.

Station. Under stones beyond tide-marks.

Hab. Port Lincoln; also Port Jackson, New South Wales,

66. *CotumMBELLA (MiTRELLA?) INTERRUPTA.

Columbella interrupta, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 56.

Station. Dredged in 4 fathoms.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula.

A beautiful little species, finely pencilled, with two broad, green,

scalloped bands.

Fam. ACTHONID.

67. *RINGICULA AUSTRALIS.

Ringicula australis, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, pl. 2. f. 5.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf, in shell-sand.

Fam. Naticip#.

68. Narica (NEVERITA) CONICA.

Natica conica, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. viii. p. 632.

Station. Crawling on the sands at low-water mark.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs. Common.

69. Natica (NEVERITA) BACONI.

Natica baconi, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 10. f. 37 a & 6.

» Station. On sandy shores exposed to the surf, beyond tide-marks.

Tab. Encounter Bay.

70. RuMA UMBILICATA.

Natica umbilicata, Quoy, Voy. Astrol. ii. p. 224, pl. 66. f. 22, 23.

Station. Creeping on the sands at edge of low-water mark.

Hab. Salt Creek, Yorke’s Peninsula.

Found also in Tasmania, where it attains a larger size.

71. NATICINA PICTA.

Naticina picta, Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Station. On sand, deep water.

Hab. Spencer’s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs.

72. NATICINA NITIDA.

Naticina nitida, Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula; St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This species is also found in the Philippines.

73. CATINUS ZONALIS.

Sigaretus zonalis, Quoy, Voy. de I’ Astrol. v. p. 2, pl. 66. f. 1-3.

Station. Half buried on sandy flats below tide-marks.

Hab. Port Lincoln; St. Vincent’s Gulf; Encounter Bay.

168 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

Fam. Cass1piID&.

74, CASSIS FIMBRIATA.

Cassis fimbriata, Quoy, Voy. del’ Astrol. ii. p. 596, pl. 43. f. 7, 8.

Station. On sandy bottoms in deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

A fine, large, characteristic species, which is occasionally cast on

shore after heavy gales.

7). SEMICASSIS SEMIGRANOSA.

Cassis semigranosa, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. x. p. 37.

Station. Sandy bottoms, deep water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay ; Encounter Bay.

Specimens from Tasmania, where it is not uncommon, are of a

larger size than those found in South Australia.

76. Semrcassts (CASMARIA) PAUCIRUGIS.

Cassis paucirugis, Menke, Moll. Nov. Hollandiz, p. 23. no. 107.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay; Guichen Bay.

This species ranges from Swan River to Tasmania.

Fam. SCALID&.

77. SCALA ACULEATA.

Scalaria aculeata, Sow. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844, p. 12; Thes.

Conch. pl. 32. f. 35-37.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

78. *SCALA DELICATULA.

Sealaria delicatula, Crosse et Fisch. Journ. de Conch. 1864,

p- 347, pl. 3. f. 9, 10.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

79. *SCALA CONSORS.

Scalaria consors, Crosse et Fisch. Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 347,

pl. 3. f.11, 12.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

80. ScaLa (OPALIA) GRANULOSA.

Turritella granulosa, Quoy.

Scalaria granulosa, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 104, pl. 35. f. 144.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay ; Guichen Bay.

1865.]- MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 169

Fam. TEREBRID.

81. *EurYTA PULCHELLA.

Euryta pulchella, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 418,

pl. xxxvir. f. 14.

Station. Probably deep water.

Hab. Rapid Bay.

Only one example of this pretty little species has hitherto been

obtained.

Fam. Evuimip.

82. *EuLIMA AUGUR.

Eulima augur, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 56.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Fam. PyrRAMIDELLID&.

83. CINGULINA CIRCINATA?

Cingulina circinata, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Dec. 1860.

Specimens from shell-sand seem to agree with the description of

the above species, which was found by Mr. A. Adams in the China

Seas.

84. *CINGULINA SPINA.

Turritella spina, Crosse et Fisch. Journ. de Conch. 1564, p. 347,

pl. 3. £.13, 14.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf, in shell-sand.

Fam. Conip&.

85. Conus (CHELYCONUS) ANEMONE.

Conus anemone, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vil. p. 479.

Station. Under stones and in crevices of rocks at low spring tides.

Hab. Spencer’s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs.

A dwarf variety occurs plentifully at Salt Creek, Yorke’s Peninsula.

86. Conus (CHELYCONUS) NOVH-HOLLANDIA.

Conus nove-hollandia, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 119.

Station. Same as the preceding.

Hab. Rapid and Encounter Bays; Gnichen Bay.

This species ranges from Swan River to Tasmania.

87. Conus (STEPHANOCONUS) RUTILUS.

Conus rutilus, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 57. no. 133.

Station. Under stones, deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. Rare.

Although this interesting little species is described by authors as

170 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

of a “uniform fiery red,” I have occasionally met with specimens of

a beautiful purple colour.

Fam. Cypr#1p.

88. ARICIA THERSITES.

Cyprea thersites, Gaskoin, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1848, p. 90.

Station. On clusters of zoophytes, at the depth of 2 or 3 fathoms,

in sheltered places.

Hab. Salt Creek, Yorke’s Peninsula.

This fine Cyprea is not only peculiar to South Australia, but ex-

tremely limited in its habitat, the above-named locality being the

only place where it has hitherto been met with. Two or three spe-

cimens of a very beautiful jet-black variety have been found.

89. CypRHA ANGUSTATA.

Cyprea angustata, Gmelin, Wood's Cat. t. 17. f. 32.

Station. Deep water, and on rocky coasts.

Hab. Guichen Bay.

This is truly a Tasmanian species, not extending into the South-

Australian gulfs, where several allied species have their habitat. It

is larger and of a more rounded form than C. comptont, and the base

is white.

90. CypREA COMPTONI.

Cyprea comptoni, Gray.

Station. On sandy muddy flats, from 2 to 4 fathoms.

Hab. Port Lincoln; St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Adelaide Creek.

The animal of OC. comptoni is of a bright orange-colour, whilst

that of C. bicolor of Gaskoin is of a pale lemon. The shell in many .

specimens is entirely of a dark purple colour; in others it is of a

rich brown, sometimes faintly banded, with the margins of the base

paler, and spotted.

91. CypR#A PIPERITA.

Cyprea piperita, Solander, MS.; Gray, Zool. Journ. i. p. 498.

Station, On sandy muddy flats, along with C. comptont.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

This species is closely allied to C. comptoni, but may be distin-

guished by its more solid and gibbous form, smaller size, and having

the orange flesh-tint of C. bicolor.

92. Cypra@A BICOLOR.

Cyprea bicolor, Gaskoin, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1848, p. 91.

Station. Similar to the two preceding ones.

Hab. Kangaroo Island; Port Adelaide Creek.

This very pretty species is more cylindrical than either of its

allies, and may easily be distinguished by its interrupted bands of

flesh-colour, whilst the back of the shell is more or less spotted or

reticulated throughout.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 171

Fam. CANCELLARIID2.

93. CANCELLARIA UNDULATA.

Cancellaria undulata, Sow. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1848, p. 136.

Station. Deep water. ;

Hab. Port Elliot, Encounter Bay,

This fine species is very closely allied to O. granosa, Sow., from

New South Wales. It differs from the latter, however, in haying a

smaller spire and finer striz.

94. CANCELLARIA SPIRATA.

Cancellaria spirata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert.; Sow. Thes. Conch.

(Cancellaria), pl. 93. f. 22.

Cancellaria excavata, Sow.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay.

This beautiful species I believe to be the true C. spirata of La-

marck. Mr. Sowerby’s C. excavata (from South Australia also) I

regard as synonymous. The specimens:of the latter in Mr. Cuming’s

collection appear to be only dead and beach-worn examples of C.

spirata.

Fam. CeritHiip2#.

95. BIrTTIUM GRANARIUM.

Cerithium granarium, Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv. p. 72, pl. 19. f. 3.

Station. Under stones, low water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This species is abundant in Port Jackson, New South Wales.

95a. BirT1uM TURRITELLA.

Cerithium turritella, Quoy, Voy. Astrol. iii. p. 131, pl. 55. f. 8.

Station. Low water, on the sands.

Hab, Yorke’s Peninsula, and head of Spencer’s Gulf.

96. *BirrruM LAWLEYANUM.

Bittium lawleyanum, Crosse, Journ. Conch. 1863, p.87, pl. 1. f. 4.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf.

A very closely allied species, which may prove to be only a variety

of this, occurs in Port Phillip Harbour: I have found specimens of

it on the beach near Melbourne. This shell has more the appear-

ance of a little Turriteila than a Bittium.

97. *POTAMIDES MONACHUS.

Cerithium monachus, Crosse et Fisch. Journ. de Conch. 1864,

p- 347, pl. 3. f. 17, 18.

Station. 3 to 6 fathoms, on sandy mud.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula; Adelaide Creek.

On the beach at St. Kilda, near Melbourne, I met with numerous

dead specimens, This aberrant form of Cerithiide seems to ap-

172 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

proach nearer to the genus Potfamides than any other. When ina

living state, the ribs have av epidermal fringe of hairs, like T'richo-

tropis.

Fam. CreriITHIOPsIDz.

98. *TRIPHORIS PFEIFFERI.

Triphoris pfeifferi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 47, pl. 1.

f. 14, 15.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

99. *TRIPHORIS ANGASI.

Triphoris angasi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 46, pl. 1.

tele.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

100. TRIPHORIS FESTIVUS.

Triphoris festivus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 278.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Lincoln.

Fam. Lirrorinipz&.

101. LirrorRINA UNIFASCIATA.

Littorina unifasciata, Gray.

Station. On stones between tide-marks.

Hab. Common on all the Australian coasts, from Sydney to Swan

River.

102. LirroriNA PHILIPPII.

Littorina philippii, Carp. Cat. Mazatlan Shells, no. 398.

Station. On stones and mangrove-trees.

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek.

This species is identical with Dr. P. P. Carpenter’s shell from

Mazatlan.

103. LirrorinA UNDULATA.

Littorina undulata, Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voy. p. 140.

Station. On stones between tide-marks.

Hab. Guichen Bay, and Yorke’s Peninsula. It also occurs at

King George’s Sound.

104, RisELLA MELANOSTOMA.

Trochus melanostomus, Gmel. 1789, p. 3581. no. 90.

Risella melanostoma, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, pl. 11. f. 1.

Station. On stones between tide-marks.

Hab. South Australia.

Common in Port Phillip; on rocks at St. Kilda.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 173

105. RisELLA AURATA, var.

Trochus auratus, Quoy, Voy. del’ Astrol. iii. p. 276, pl. 62. f. 19.

Risella lutea, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. pl. 33. f. 5.

Station. On stones between tide-marks.

Hab. Holdfast Bay ; Aldinga Bay. Common.

106. RisELLA PLANA.

Trochus planus, Quoy, Voy. de |’Astrol. p. 274, pl. 62. f. 13, 14.

Station. On stones just below high-water mark.

Hab. All parts of the coast.

This species has a wide range. It is found abundantly on the

coast of New South Wales.

107. *RisELLA BRUNI.

Risella bruni, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 239, pl. 11. f. 3.

Station. Adhering to small flat fragments of rock and coral unco-

vered by the tide.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf.

Fam. PLANAXID#.

“The only species of this family hitherto met with in South Aus-

tralia belong to Mr. A. Adams’s genera Alaba and Diala, which are

nearly related to Litiopa.

108. *ALABA PULCHRA.

Alabe pulchra, A. Adams, Ann. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1862, p. 296.

Station. Amongst seaweed and Zostera, in 2 fathoms’ water.

Hab. Port Adelaide, amongst the seaweed brought up in shrimp-

ing-nets.

109. ALABA MONILE.

Alaba monile, A. Adams, Ann. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1862, p. 296.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. Port Lincoln, in shell-sand.

110. *ALABA PAGODULA.

Alaba pagodula, A. Adams, Ann. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1862, p. 297.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf, in shell-sand.

111. *DIALA LAUTA.

Diala lauta, A. Adams, Ann. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1862, p. 298.

Station. Amongst seaweed, in 2 fathoms.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. Often in shell-sand at the head of

Spencer’s Gulf, along with Truncatella and Bittium in vast numbers.

112. DraLa sUTURALIS.

Diala suturalis, A. Adams, Ann. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1862, p, 298.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf, in shell-sand.

174 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE {Jan. 24,

113. DIALA RUFILABRIS.

Diala rufilabris, A. Adams, Ann. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1862, p. 298.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

Fam. Rissoip2.

114. Rissorna D’oRBIGNYI?

Rissoina d’ orbignyi, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 265.

This species, which occurs in shell-sand, appears to be identical

with R. d’orbignyi of A. Adams ; but all the specimens are too much

worn to be identified with certainty.

Fam. TuRRITELLID.

115. ToRCULA CLATHRATA.

Turritella clathrata, Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv. p. 38, pl. 14. f. 1.

Station. Deep water. ;

Hab: St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs. Found also in Tasmania ;

and Twofold Bay, New South Wales.

Mr. Reeve gives a figure of this species from a specimen in the

Metcalfe collection, “ habitat unknown”’ (Conch. Icon., Turritella,

£. 37).

Fam. VERMETID&.

116. TENAGODA AUSTRALIS.

Siliquaria australis, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de I’ Astrol.

Station. Gregarious, imbedded in the roots of Fuci.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

117. TENAGODA TAHITENSIS.

Tenagoda tahitensis, Morch.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

117a. THYLACODES SULCATUS.

Thylacodes sulcatus, Morch, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1862, p. 68.

Serpula sulcata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. 1518, v. p. 367.

Vermetus nove-hollandie, Rouss.; Chenu, Il. pl. 1. f. 4.

Station. On Pinne.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf.

Fam. CALYPTRZIDE.

118. *Crypra (IANACHUS) IMMERSA.

Crepidula immersa, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 57.

Station. Attached to dead shells in deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

1865. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 175

Fam. CaruLip&.

119. CapuLus DANIELI.

Capulus danieli, Crosse, Revue et Mag. de Zool. 1858, pl. 3. f. 2.

Station. Adhering to Pectens and other shells in deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Lincoln.

This beautifully coloured species appears to be identical with the

one from New Caledonia, described and figured by M. Crosse in the

‘Revue et Mag. de Zool.’ At Port Lincoln there occurs a pure-

white variety.

120. CarpuLuUs SUBFUSCUS.

Capulus subfuscus, Gray, MS.; Brit. Mus. Coll.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

121. CocHLOLEPAS FOLIACEA.

Hipponyx foliacea, Quoy, Voy. de l Astrol. iii. pl. 72. f. 41-45.

Station. On stones, below tide-mark.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

122. AMALTHEA CONICA.

Amalthea conica, Schum.

Station. Parasitic on Fasciolaria, Fusus, and Haliotis excavata.

Hab. Spencer’s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs. ;

This shell is very variable both in form and sculpture. The

Amalthea australis of Quoy is probably the same species.

Fam. NEeririp2&.

123. Nerita (THELIOSTYLA) ATRATA.

Nerita atrata, Chem. Conch. v. pl. 190. f. 1954, 1955.

N. punctulata, Quoy.

Station. On rocks between tide-marks.

Hab. All parts of the coast.

This black species is abundant on all parts of the southern coast

of Australia, including Tasmania and New Zealand.

Fam. TRocHID.

This family is better represented in South Australia than any

other, as far as the number of species is concerned. The beautiful

genus Hutropia (Pheasant-Shells) has its metropolis on these shores,

all the large species being peculiar to extra-tropical Australia. The

genera Llenchus, Thalotia, Clanculus, and Trochocochlea are also

well represented, being characteristic southern forms.

124, EuUTROPIA TRITONIS.

Buccinum tritonis, Chemnitz.

B. australe, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 3490.

176 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

Phasianella bulimoides, Lam.

P. varia, Encye. Méthod..pl. 449. f. 1.

P. picta, De Blainville.

P. australis, Deshayes.

Station. On sandy bottoms, amongst the vast meadows of Zostera

that fringe the Laminarian zone.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

This is the largest species known, and its variations of painting, in

pattern and colour, are endless. Mr. Reeve’s P. venusta is, 1 am

pretty certain, only an ordinary variety of Hutropia tritonis. The

species ranges from Swan River eastward to Port Phillip and West-

ern Port; but in St. Vincent’s Gulf, where it is very abundant, it

appears to attain its extreme development, both as regards size and

variety of markings. When the living shell is first taken from the

water, nothing can exceed the depth and brilliancy of its colours ;

but after the animal is removed, and the shells are exposed to the

air, they fade rapidly—more so, indeed, than those of any other

mollusk with which Iam acquainted. Although hundreds of bushels

of these shells are cast on shore after a gale of wind, and many of

them contain living animals, it is difficult to meet with a single per-

fect specimen, the delicate outer lip being generally fractured.

125. EuTROPIA SANGUINEA.

Phasianella sanguinea, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 3. f. 3.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay, Kangaroo Island, and Guichen Bay.

126. EuTROPIA ZEBRA.

Phasianella zebra, Gray, MS. in Brit. Mus. ; Reeve, Conch. Icon.

pl. 3. f. 4.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Rapid Bay. Rare.

127. EuTROPIA VENOSA.

Phasianella venosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 3. f. 5.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Elliot, Encounter Bay.

A fine, solid, characteristic species, with the last whorl much in-

flated. Rare.

128. EuTROPIA VENTRICOSA.

Phasianella ventricosa, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. pl. 59.

£8292

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay; Guichen Bay. Rare.

129. EuTROPIA RETICULATA.

Phasianella reticulata, Reeve, Conch. Icon, pl. Sree

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Wi

I obtained only one specimen of this shell, which entirely agrees

with Mr. Reeve’s P. reticulata.

130. EuTROPIA NIVOSA, var.

Phasianella nivosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 4. f. 8.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay. Rare.

131. *EuTROPIA ANGASI.

Phasianella angasi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 344, pl. 13.

f. 5.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Elliot. Very rare.

132. LUNELLA UNDULATA.

Turbo undulatus, Chemn. Conch. Cab. x. pl. 169. f. 1640, 1641.

Station. Amongst rocks at low tides.

Hab. On rocky coasts throughout the colony.

Generally distributed throughout extra-tropical Australia, from

Swan River to New South Wales; abundant in Tasmania.

133. SENECTUS CIRCULARIS.

Turbo circularis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 10. f. 46.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. Very rare.

134, NINELLA STRAMINEA.

Helix stramineus, Martyn, U. C. t. 71.

Turbo torquatus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. p. 3597.

Turbo lamellosus, Brod. Zool. Journ. v. p. 331.

Station. Rocks at low water.

Hab. General on rugged coasts.

This species ranges all along the southern coast of Australia.

The typical form is abundant in New South Wales and New Zea-

land; whilst the specimens from South Australia belong to the sul-

cate variety (7'. Jamellosus, Brod.). The animal of this species is

used as an article of food by the New Zealanders and the aborigines

of New South Wales.

135. UvANILLA SQUAMIFERA.

Trochus squamiferus, Koch, in Phil. Abbild. und Besch. Conch.

pl. 4. f. 9.

Trochus fimbriatus, var. philippi.

Station. Dredged in 2 to 3 fathoms.

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek.

This is a good species, quite distinct from 7. fimbriatus and T.

urvillei of Philippi; the latter is only the young state of 7’. tentorii-

formis, Jonas.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XII.

178 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE (Jan. 24,

136, Liorira AUSTRALIS.

Delphinula australis, Kiener, Icon. pl. 4. f. 7.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; also Tasmania.

The type specimen was collected by Baudin, and is in the Mus.

Royal, Paris.

137. LioTIaA SIDEREA.

Delphinula siderea, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 5. f. 23.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

138, *LioTrA ANGASTI.

Inotia angasi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p- 343, pl. 13. f. 4.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; also Port Jackson, New South Wales.

139. CLANCULUS UNDATUS.

Trochus undatus, Lam. Encyc. Méth. pl. 447. f. 3.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Rivoli Bay.

This is by far the largest species of Clanculus occurring in South

Australia.

140. CLANCULUS CONSPERSUS.

Clanculus conspersus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 163.

Station. Under stones beyond tide-marks.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Tasmania.

141. *CLANCULUS YATESI.

Clanculus yatesi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 379, pl. 13.

Station. Same as the preceding species.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

142, CLANCULUS VARIEGATUS.

Clanculus variegatus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p- 160.

Station. Under rocks and stones at low tide.

Hab. Guichen Bay; Port Elliot.

Mr. Cuming has this species from the Philippines.

143. CLANCULUS GIBBOSUS.

Clanculus gibbosus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 162.

Station. Under rocks and stones, low tides.

Hab. Guichen Bay (large specimens) ; Port Jackson (small va-

riety) ; New Ireland (Jukes).

144, CLANCULUS RUBENS.

Clanculus rubens, A. Adams.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 179

Station. Stones beyond tide-marks.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This pretty little red species occurs somewhat plentifully on the

shorés of the gulf, in a dead state.

145. CLANCULUS NODO-LIRATUS.

Clanculus nodo-liratus, A. Adams, Proce. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 163.

Station. Same as preceding.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Phillip.

146. CLANCULUS MACULOSUS.

Clanculus maculosus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 160.

Station. Same as preceding.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. Rare.

147. EUCHELUS BACCATUS.

Monodonta baccata, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 14. no. 51.

Station. Under stones, low water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

148. THALOTIA ConIca.

Thalotia conica, Gray.

Station. Feeding amongst the Zostera, beyond tide-marks, in

great abundance, on sandy shores.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

149. *THALOTIA ABNORMIS.

Trochus abnormis, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 341, pl. 13.

f. 2.

Station. Amongst the Zostera.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

150. THALOTIA PICTA.

Trochus pictus, Wood, Ind. Test. Suppl. pl. 5. f. 28.

Station. Amongst rocks beyond tide-marks.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

151. THALOTIA PULCHERRIMA.

Trochus pulcherrimus, Wood, Ind. Test. pl. 6. f. 45.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Holdfast Bay; Aldinga Bay.

152. *THALOTIA RAMBURI.

Trochus ramburi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 342, pl. 13.

£33

Station. Amongst rocks beyond tide-marks.

Hab. Middleton, near Port Elliot, Encounter Bay.

This lovely species, remarkable for its deep coral-red colour, marked

with white longitudinal flames, occurs pretty freely at the above-

named locality.

180 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

153. ZizipHINUS ARMILLATUS.

Trochus armillatus, Wood, Ind. Test. Suppl. pl. 9. f. 5.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter and Guichen Bays.

This fine species is also found in Tasmania.

154. ZizIPHINUS CHLOROSTOMUS.

Trochus chlorostomus, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 17.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Salt Creek and Troubridge Shoal, east coast of Yorke’s

Peninsula; Spencer’s Gulf. Rare.

A beautifully sculptured and delicately coloured species, differing

from the typical form in having the outer lip somewhat thickened,

and strongly crenulated or grooved within, as in Thalotia and Elen-

chus. This species ranges westward towards Swan River.

155. ZizipHINUS NOBILIS.

Trochus nobilis, Philippi, Kiister, Conch, Cab. p. 86, pl. 15. f. 6.

Station. Probably deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. Very rare.

I obtained a single specimen only of this very charming species

on the beach at Aldinga Bay. It is also found at Swan River, on

the west coast of New Holland.

156. *ZIzIpPHINUS BLANDIANUS.

Trochus blandianus, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 339, pl. 13.

fk.

Station. Probably deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. Very: rare.

A very interesting species (somewhat similar in character to Z.

chlorostomus), of which a single example only has been found.

157. *CANTHIRIDUS DECORATUS.

Canthiridus decoratus, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 37.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula. Very rare.

158. ELENCHUS BADIUS. }

Trochus badius, Wood, Ind. Test. Suppl. pl. 6. f. 46.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay ; also Port Phillip ‘and Tasmania.

159. ELENCHUS LINEATUS.

Monodonta lineata, Lam. Hist. Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 38.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay.

Some of the specimens of this species from Tasmania are beauti-

fully variegated.

1865. } MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 181

160. ELENCHUS APICINUS.

Monodonta apicina, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 15.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay.

An exquisite species, with the pearly interior of a cerulean-blue

colour.

161. ELENCHUS LEUCOSTIGMA, var.

Trochus leucostigma, Menke, Phil. Abbild. t. 7. f. 7.

Canthiridus variegatus, Gray.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay (red variety).

162. ELENCHUS VIRGULATUS.

Trochus virgulatus, Phil.

Station. Crawling amongst the Zostera beyond tide-marks.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

163. ELENCHUS BELLULUS.

Trochus bellulus, Dunker, Phil. Abbild. t. 7. f. 6.

Station. Same as the preceding.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This species, so remarkable for its porcelain-like style of painting,

is very common in St. Vincent’s Gulf.

164. ELENCHUS IRISODONTES.

Trochus irisodontes, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. iii. p. 246,

pl. 63. f. 7-12.

Monodonta virgata, Menke.

Station. Along with EL. bellulus.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; also Tasmania.

Of this pretty green species, with the outer coat removed, the

natives of Tasmania formerly made pearly necklaces with which to

adorn their persons.

165. LeE1lopyRGA PICTURATA.

Leiopyrga picturata, H. & A. Adams, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,

Jan. 1863, p. 19.

Station. 3 to 4 fathoms, on sand.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This species is also found in Middle Harbour, Port Jackson, New

South Wales. Letopyrga cingulata, A. Adams, occurs at Port Es-

sington.

166. BANKIVIA PURPURASCENS.

Bankivia purpurascens, Beck ; Deshayes, Manuel de Conch.

B. varians, Gray, MS. Brit. Mus.

Station. 3 or 4 fathoms, on sand.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

This species is very abundant on all the shores of extra-tropical

182 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

Australia. It varies in colour from grey to white, brown, purple,

and rose, besides being banded and striped in an infinity of patterns.

B. major, A. Adams, occurs in Tasmania.

167. MINOLIA VITILIGINEA.

Trochus vitiligineus, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 18.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Yankalilla, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

A rare and beautiful species, delicately painted with olive and rose-

colour. A small variety occurs in Middle Harbour, Port Jackson,

in 3 to 4 fathoms.

168. GIBBULA PREISSIANA.

Trochus preissit, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 17.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay ; St. Vincent’s Gulf.

169. TROCHOCOCHLEA TENIATA.

Trochus teniatus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. p. 249, pl. 63.

f. 15-17.

Station. On seaweed in estuaries.

Hab. Salt Creek, Yorke’s Peninsula.

170. TROCHOCOCHLEA STRIOLATA.

Trochus striolatus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de] Astrol. p. 253, pl. 63.

f. 18-22.

Station. On rocks and stones, low water.

Hab. All parts of the coast.

This species is also Tasmanian.

171. TROCHOCOCHLEA CONSTRICTA.

Monodonta constricta, Lam. Hist. Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 36.

M. interrupta, Menke.

Station. On stones between tide-marks.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula; Aldinga Bay ; also Tasmania and Bass’s

Straits.

172. LABIO AUREUS.

Labio aureus, Jonas, Zeit. f. Malak. 1844.

Station. On stones and seaweed in deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Tasmania (large specimens).

173. DiILoMA ODONTIS.

Trochus odontis, Wood, Ind. Test. Suppl. pl. 6. f. 37.

Station. On rocks at low water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Phillip, and Tasmania.

174. STOMATELLA IMBRICATA.

Stomatella imbricata, Lam. Encyc. Méth. pl. 450. f. 2.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 183

Station. Under stones at low water.

Hab. Spencer’s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs, and Kangaroo Island.

This species is frequent also in Port Jackson and all along the

coast of New South Wales.

175. GENA AURICULA.

Stomatia auricula, Lam. Encye. Méth. pl. 450. f. 1.

Station. Under stones at low water; and on sandy mud at 4 to

5 fathoms.

Hab. Salt Creek, Yorke’s Peninsula.

This species is abundant under stones in Port Jackson, New South

Wales. The variations in colour are endless.

Fam. Hauioripz.

176. HaLioris RUGOSO-PLICATA.

Haliotis rugoso-plicata, Chem. Conch. Cab. x. p- 311, pl. 116.

f. 1604.

HI. australis, Gmel.

Station. On rocks, low water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay ; Kangaroo Island.

177. Hatroris ExcavaTa.

Haliotis excavata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. ix. p- 25.

Station. Deep water, adhering to stones and oyster-shells.

Hab. Port Lincoln; Holdfast Bay ; Kangaroo Island.

This species is frequently covered with the parasitic Amalthea

conica.

178. Haioris N&vosa.

Haliotis nevosa, Martyn, Univ. Conch. y. t. 11. f. 63.

H. ruber, Leach.

Station. On rocks at low tides.

Hab. Port Elliot; Kangaroo Island.

179. Hatioris coccorapiATA.

Haliotis coccoradiata, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1846, p. 55.

Station. Under stones, low water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

This pretty little species is also found in New South Wales.

180. Haxioris ALBICcANs.

Haliotis albicans, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. iii. p. 311,

pl. 68. f. 1, 2.

Station. On rocks exposed to the surf on bold coasts.

Hab. Kangaroo Island, &c.

181. Papoxtuvus RUBICUNDUS.

Padollus rubicundus, De Montfort.

P. scalaris, Leach.

184 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

Haliotis tricostalis, Lam.

H. canaliculata, Schreb. & Wag.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

182. PapoLLUs EMM&.

Haliotis enme, Gray, MS. Brit. Mus.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Lincoln; Guichen Bay.

183. Papotius (SuLcuLus) PARVUS.

Haliotis parva, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1256.

Hi. canaliculata, Lamarck.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. Very rare.

184. TEINOTIS ELEGANS.

Haliotis elegans, Koch; Philippi, Abbild. und Besch. Conch.,

HLaliotis, pl. 1. f. 1, 2.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. Very rare.

Fam. FissurRELLID&.

185. FissuRELLA NIGRITA.

Fissurella nigrita, G. B. Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1834, p. 127.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay ; also Tasmania.

186. *FissuRELLA OMICRON.

Fissurella omicron, Crosse et Fisch. Journ. de Conch. 1864,

p- 348, pl. 3. f. 4-6.

Station. Under stones, low tides.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf.

187. *FissuRELLA CONCATENATA,

Fissurella coneatenata, Crosse et Fisch. Journ. de Couch. 1864,

p. 348, pl. 3. f.1 & 3.

Station. Under stones, low tides.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

188. GLYPHIS JUKESI.

Fissurella jukesi, Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Station. Dredged at 3 fathoms.

Hab. Port Lincoln; Port Adelaide Creek.

Of this large, elegant, and richly sculptured species two examples

were obtained by the author—one at each of the above-named loca-

lities.

1865. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 185

189. MacrocuismMaA pRopUCTA.

Macrochisma producta, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 202.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

190. EMARGINULA CANDIDA.

Emarginula candida, A. Adams, Thes. Conch, pts.22.

Station. Under stones, low-water spring tides.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This species also occurs in Port Jackson.

191. Emareinuta (Hemiroma) AusTRALis.

Emarginula australis, Quoy, Voy. de Astrol.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

192. Emarcinuta (Hemitoma) rvcosa.

Emarginula rugosa, Quoy, Voy. de l’Astrol.

Station. Under rocks and stones, low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln, &c.

This species, which varies considerably, and has been described

under several different names by authors, is found also in Tasmania

and New South Wales. The young shells are green.

193. Scurus uneuts.

Parmophorus unguis, Linn.

Station. Under rocks at low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln. Rare.

Scutus elongatus, Lam. (a nearly allied species), is abundant in

New South Wales.

194. TUGALIA PARMOPHORIDEA.

Emarginula parmophoridea, Quoy, Voy. de l’Astrol. iii. pl. 68.

de Las 16;

Station. Deep water, under stones.

Hab. Port Lincoln; also New Zealand.

195. TuGALia CICATRICOSA.

Tugali cicatricosa, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 89.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Lincoln, one specimen dredged ; Philippines ( Cuming).

Fam. PatTeLuip2.

196. PaTeLuLA LIMBATA.

Patella limbata, Phil.

Station. On rocks between tide-marks.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

A large coarse species, somewhat allied to P. tramoserica of New

South Wales.

186 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

196a. *PATELLA LATISTRIGATA.

Patella latistrigata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 154.

Station. On stones between tide-marks.

Haé. Aldinga Bay.

197. *PATELLA ALTICOSTATA.

Patella alticostata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 56.

Station. On rocks at low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

198. * PATELLA GEALEI.

Patella gealei, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 57.

Station. On rocks at low water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Fam. ACMZIDZ.

199. ACMA CONOIDEA.

Patelloida conoidea, Quoy, Voy. de |’ Astrol. iii. pl. 71. f. 5-7.

Station. On stones at low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

200. *AcM#A CALAMUS.

Patella calamus, Crosse et Fisch. Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 348,

plese 57500:

Station. On stones at low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

201. *ACM2A SCABRILIRATA.

Acmea scabrilirata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 154.

Station. On stones at low water.

Hab. Holdfast Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf; Hobson’s Bay, Victoria

(Archer).

202. *ACMHA SUBUNDULATA.

Acmea subundulata, Angas, Proce. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 155.

Station. Between tide-marks.

Hab. Port Lincoln ; Hobson’s Bay, Victoria (Archer).

Fam. CHITONIDZ.

203. LopHyRUS MURICATUS.

Lophyrus muricatus, A. Adams.

Station. Under stones at low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln. Rare.

204. LopHyRwSs TULIPA.

Chiton tulipa, Quoy, Voy. de l’Astrol.

Station. Under stones at low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 187

205. LEPIDOPLEURUS LONGICYMBA,

Chiton longicymba, Blainv.; Sow. Conch. Il. f. 67.

Station. Under stones at low water.

Hab. Common on most rocky shores. At Yorke’s Peninsula a

small green variety occurs abundantly, under small stones near Salt

Creek. At Aldinga Bay, most of the specimens taken have a broad

white dorsal stripe.

This species is frequent in Sydney Harbour ; also in Tasmania, in

company with the nearly allied C. fruticosus, Gould. Both species

are subject to great variation in colour and style of painting.

206. *LEPIDOPLEURUS VARIEGATUS.

Lepidopleurus variegatus, H. Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,

p- 192.

Station. Under stones, low water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula. Rare.

207. *LEPIDOPLEURUS SPECIOSUS.

Lepidopleurus speciosus, H.Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool.Soc. 1864, p.192.

Station. Rocks and stones, low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

208. *LEPIDOPLEURUS LIRATUS.

Lepidopleurus liratus, H. Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 192.

Station. Under stones, low water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula. Rare.

209. *CH&TOPLEURA CONSPERSA.

Chetopleura conspersa, H.Ad.& Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 193.

Station. Under rocks.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

A beautiful and rare species.

210. *Lorica ANGASI.

Lorica angasi, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 193.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Rapid Bay. Rare.

Another fine species of Lorica (L. cimolia, Reeve) occurs in Port

Jackson.

211. PLAXIPHORA CILIATA.

Chiton ciliatus, Sow. Conch. IIl. f. 79.

Station. On rocks, low water.

Hab. Guichen Bay.

This is the largest of the South-Australian Chitonide.

212. PLAxIPHORA PETHOLATA.

Chiton petholatus, Sow. Conch. Ill. f. 65, 66.

Station. On rocks at low tide.

Hab. Port Lincoln; Aldinga Bay, &c.

188 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Jan. 24,

213. *STENOCHITON JULOIDES.

Stenochiton juloides, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 193.

Station. Deep water, adhering to Zostera.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This very interesting new form is the only species at present

known belonging to the genus Stenochiton of H. Adams & Angas.

214. *HANLEYA VARIABILIS.

Hanleya variabilis, H. Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 194.

Station. Under stones, low water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula.

215. ACANTHOCHITES SCUTIGER.

Acanthochites scutiger, Adams & Reeve, Voy. Samarang.

Station. Under stones.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

216. CrRYPTOPLAX GUNNI.

Chitonellus gunni, Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 5.

Station. Adhering to the under surface of large stones at very

low tides.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

This species is also found in New South Wales and Tasmania.

Fam. CyLIicHNID&.

217. *UrRicuLUS EUMICRA.

Bulla eumicra, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, pl. 2. f. 7.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf, on the beach, in shell-sand.

Fam. BuLLID.

218. BuLLa AUSTRALIS.

Bulla australis, Quoy, Voy. de l Astrol. pl. 26. f. 38, 39.

Station. On sandy mud, 2 to 5 fathoms.

Hab. Spencer’s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs.

This common species ranges throughout the southern shores of

Australia, from Swan River to Port Jackson.

219. HaMINEA CYMBALUM.

Bulla cymbalum, Quoy, Voy. de l’Astrol. ii. pl. 26. f. 27.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

220. HAMINEA BREVIS.

Bulla brevis, Quoy, Voy. del Astrol. iii. pl. 26. f. 36, 37.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 189

221. AKERA SOLUTA.

Bulla soluta, Chemn.; Mart. Hist. Conch. x. t. 46. f. 1359-1361.

B. ceylanica, Brug. Encye. Meéth. i. p. 376.

B. flexilis, Brown.

Station. Sandy mud, 2 fathoms.

Hab. Port Lincoln; Hardwick Bay; Botany Bay, New South

Wales; Zanzibar (Thorne); Philippines (Cuming).

Fam. PHiLinip2&.

222, *PHILINE ANGASI.

Bulla angasi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, pl. 2. f. 8.

Station. Sandy and muddy flats beyond tide-marks.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

This species has a wide range, being found also in Port Jackson

and at Swan River.

Fam. LoPpHOCERCID.

223. *CYLINDROBULLA FISCHERI.

Cylindrobulla fischeri, Ad. & Ang. Proc. Zool. Sac. 1864, p. 37.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf, in shell-sand.

The only other described species of this genus inhabits Guada-

loupe, and is of a green colour.

Fam. AMPHIBOLID&.

224. AMPULLARINA QUOYANA.

Ampullarina quoyana, Desh.

Station. In mangrove-creeks, on the mud.

Hab. Port Adelaide, and head of Spencer’s Guif.

225. AMPULLARINA FRAGILIS.

Ampullacera fragilis, Quoy, Voy. de l’Astrol.

Paludina fragilis, Sow.

Station. In mangrove-creeks, on the mud.

Hab. Port Adelaide.

Fam. SipHONARIIDE.

226. SIPHONARIA BACONI.

Siphonaria baconi, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Siphonaria, pl. 6. f. 30.

Station. On stones at low water.

Hab. Yorke’s Peninsula.

227. SIPHONARIA DIEMENENSIS.

Siphonaria diemenensis, Quoy, Voy. del Astrol. ii. p. 327, pl. 25.

f. 1-12.

Station. On rocks and stones between tide-marks.

Hab. Spencer’s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs ; also Tasmania.

190 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW WHALE. _ [Feb. 14,

228. SIPHONARIA SCABRA.

Stphonaria scabra, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Siphonaria, pl. 1. f. 1.

Station. On rocks between tide-marks.

Hab. Spencer’s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs.

This common species is abundant in Port Jackson.

229. SIPHONARIA LUZONICA.

Siphonaria luzonica, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Siphonaria, pl. 6. f. 29.

Station. Near low water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Mr. Cuming has specimens from the Philippines.

HETEROPODA?

Fam. IANTHINIDZ.

230. IANTHINA VIOLACEA.

Tanthina violacea, Bolten, Verg. p. 93. no. 953 (1798).

Station. Pelagic.

Hab. South Australia; Indian and Pacific Oceans.

231. IANTHINA EXIGUA.

Tanthina exigua, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 206.

I. bifida, Nuttall, Jay’s Cat. p. 295.

I. capreolata, Montrouzier, Journ. de Conch. 1860, pl. 2. f. 4.

Station. Pelagic.

Hab. South Australia; New South Wales; New Zealand; New

Caledonia (Montrouzier) ; Sandwich Islands (Nuttall).

February 14th, 1865.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following letter, addressed by Dr. H. Bur-

meister, of Buenos Ayres (Foreign Member), to Dr. J. E. Gray, con-

taining the description of a new species of Whale, proposed to be

called Balenoptera patachonica, together with some particulars as to

specimens of certain other Cetacea in the Museum of Buenos Ayres.

Dr. Gray stated, in reference to the new Whale, that it was of

much interest as being the first well-described Fin-Whale from the

southern hemisphere. Dr. Gray considered it evidently a typical

species of the genus Physalus, distinguishable from all the northern

species by the shortness of the lateral rings compared with the dia-

meter of the bodies of the cervical vertebree.

1865.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW WHALE.. 191

“‘ Buenos Ayres, 22nd December, 1864.

“TI now send you drawings of the Whale in the Buenos Ayres

Museum, drawn by myself, and, as I believe, exact to nature.

“Fig 1. The skull. We have two specimens—one complete, the

other consisting only of the hinder part, without the jaws. In the

former the upper jaws are no longer in position, but separated from

the cranium, and therefore little importance can be attached to the

width of the opening between the intermaxillary bones in the ante-

rior part of the cleft between them ; it may be somewhat exaggerated.

All the other parts are entirely exact from nature, and well preserved.

‘Length of the intermaxillary, 7 feet 2 inches ; length of the max-

illary, 7 feet ; length of the under jaw, 10 feet 2inches. Breadth of

the frontal bones between the orbits, 5 feet; breadth of the vertex

behind, 2 feet 8 inches.

Bigs).

Skull seen from above.

«The baleen is entirely black, without any other colour. We have

two kinds in the Museum—one 53 feet and the other 1 foot 8 inches

in length. This last only may be from the Balenoptera; the other

perhaps from a Balena, because it is much more slender and more

fringed.

“Comparing my drawing (fig. 1) with that of Cuvier from the Cape

‘Balenoptera (Oss. Foss. pl. 26. fig. 2), you will find that the

suture between the frontal bone and the parietal is situated much

more towards the external part of the frontal bone, being in my skull

exactly in the angle where both bones are united, and therefore not

seen from above in my drawing. Another difference of the species

is indicated by the longitudinal carina in the vertex of the Cape spe-

cies, there being no trace of such carina in either of my specimens.

‘* Unfortunately the tympanic bones are wanting in both, and I

can tell you nothing of them. But the zygomatic bone is preserved,

192 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW WHALE. [Feb. 14,

and is of the same form as that figured in Cuvier’s work, figs. 1

and 3, but somewhat smaller than the latter figure.

«The seven cervical vertebree are free, separate from each other,

and the body of every one has the epiphyses on each side, the specimen

being that of a young individual. But in the atlas and front side of the

axis these epiphyses do not exist. I send you drawings of the first

(fig. 2), the second (fig. 3), the fourth (fig. 4), and the sixth (fig. 5)

vertebree ; the third exactly resembles the fourth, and the fifth

only differs in a small opening in the lateral are, indicated in my

drawing of the fourth, on the left side. The seventh has no inferior

Fig. 2.

Second cervical vertebra.

1865.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW WHALE. 193

Fig. 4.

Sixth cervical vertebra.

process at all, but a much stronger superior one, of the same form.

All the five vertebra after the second are very thin, 2 inches in

diameter, the third being the thinnest of all, and the following ones

somewhat thicker ; the seventh is 27 inches in thickness.

“Of costal or dorsal vertebrae we have fourteen, very well indicated

by the flattened end of the transverse processes being united with the

ribs. The first of these dorsal vertebree is very thin, 3 inches in

diameter ; and the second somewhat thicker, 34 inches; after these

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XIII.

194 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW WHALE. [Feb. 14,

the bodies are much stronger, from 6 to 8 inches in diameter. The

three first dorsal vertebree have transverse processes more rounded,

and directed forward. After the third they are more flat and broad,

and directed transversely to the sides. After these fourteen vertebree

follow twelve others with thinner transverse processes, rounded and

sharp at the end, and with bodies of much larger diameter—from

10 to 12 inches. Then follows a strong vertebra, the thirteenth,

12 inches in diameter, with a smaller and shorter transverse process,

which seems to me the first caudal ; but as the epiphysis is wanting,

there is no attachment for the heemapophysis on its hinder end. In-

deed its body is flattened on the under side, not carinated as the body

of the antecedent; which also seems to me to prove that it is the

first caudal. Of heemapophyses we have four in the Museum, of un-

equal size, the first 5 inches high, the largest 8 inches, and 3 to

4 inches broad between the laminz.

“The ribs are not perfect as regards number, but the first seven

or eight are preserved. I send you drawings of the upper and lower

extremities of the first four (figs. 6, 7, 8, 9).

Fig. 6. Pig. fi Fig. 8. Fig. 9.

“The sternum is wanting, and of the os hyoideum we have only

the corpus, of precisely the same form as that figured in Cuvier’s

Oss. Foss. pl. 25. f. 14.

“Of the pectoral fin we have only the scapula, of which I send

you a drawing (fig. 10); both processes are well developed and some-

what compressed.

“The animal was found some leagues from Buenos Ayres, on the

banks of the River Plata, where it came ashore some thirty years

ago. It was brought to the gardens of Rosas, at Palermo, where the

Licblalien was eahabited a long time, till, after the fall of the tyrant,

it was transferred to the Museum. The parts now deficient were

then lost.

**T suppose that the species might be the same as that you have

~~ — een

1865.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW WHALE. 195

indicated in your synopsis as Balenoptera australis, Desmoulins

(Voy. Ereb. and Terror, Mamm. p. 20); but as I have never seen

that animal, I am unable to speak concerning its external appearance.

Therefore I believe it is better to describe the species in question

under a new name, and I propose to you, if you please to accept it,

that of Balenoptera patachonica.

Wy |)

Wadia

NWP

Nth

Wail}

| Hi

AOA

H iil

Scapula.

** Since I have received the excellent books you sent me, and for

which I give you my best thanks, I have found in them figures of the

two skulls of Dolphins in the Buenos Ayres Museum. The larger

is your Delphinus eurynome (p. 38, pl. 17), and the smaller your

Delphinus microps (p. 72, pl. 25). Both are inhabitants of the

Atlantic in our latitude. The new Phocena is wanting in your

list. I propose to give the name Phocena spinipinnis to it, from the

numerous spines on the dorsal fin. We have the entire animal, with

the skull, which I will examine when it is taken from the dry skin

in which it is enclosed. By the next French steamer I will send you

an accurate drawing and complete description of it.”

** P.S.—I have told you nothing of the under jaw of Balenoptera

patachonica, because the surface of the bone is much destroyed by

long exposure to the air, rain, and sun; but the hinder part, with

the coronoid process, is represented in fig. 11.”

Fig. 11.

196 MR. FRASER ON THE MOLLUSKS OF FORMOSA. [Feb. 14,

A letter was read, addressed to the Secretary by Prof. J. J. Bian-

coni, of Bologna, stating that, in the course of researches upon the

osteology of the extinct genus Apyornis, he had come to the con-

clusion that that form belonged to the Vulturide, and not to the

Struthious birds.

Mr. Alfred Newton exhibited a specimen of Porzana carolina,

lent to him by Mr. H. S. Eyre, who had shot it, in October last, on

the Kennet, near Newbury. Mr. Newton remarked that though

the species of the family Rallide were, as compared with other birds, °

very short-winged, yet experience showed that in their flight they

were gifted with considerable powers of endurance. For instance,

the common Corn-Crake (Crex pratensis) had been known to occur

once in the Bermudas, and several times on the eastern coast of the

United States, as well as once in Greenland, where the species now

exhibited had also been observed. In the British Museum, too,

there was an example of T'ribonyx ventralis, which was obtained by

the Antarctic Expedition, when at sea, between Tasmania and Auck-

land Island.

Mr. Fraser read the following list of species of Mollusks re-

cently collected by Mr. R. Swinhoe in Formosa, stating that the

list had been furnished to him by Mr. Cuming, C.M.Z.S., and was

that of the collection spoken of by Mr. Swinhoe in Proe. Zool. Soc.

1864, p. 382 :—

1. Argonauta argo, Linn. 21. Ostrea glomerata, Gould.

2. Haliotis diversicolor, Reeve. 22. Ostrea 2

3. Unio swinhoiit, H. Adams 23. Vusum corniger, Lam.

(new). 24. Purpurea 2

4. Meretrix petechialis, Lam. 25. Lunella porcata, Reeve.

5. Pullastra philippii, Desh. 26. Cantharidus rubiginosa,Rve.

6. Sunetta cumingii, Hanley 27. Murex adustus, Reeve.

(new). 28. Pentadactylus albolabris,

7. Psamnotea violacea, Lam. Blainv.

8. Pollicipes mitella, Linn. 29. Morula tuberculata, Blainv.

9. Septifer excisus, Wiegm. 30. Purpura bitubercularis,

10. Crobicula fluminea, Mill. Lam.

11. Venus squamosa, Lam. 31. hippocastanum, Lam.

12. Pullastra flammiculata, 32. Polydontadentarium, Chem.

Lam. 33. Chlorostoma argyrostoma,

13. Meretrix petechialis, Lam. Chemn.

14. Cyelina chinensis, Chemn. 34. Sunebrale, A. Adams.

15. Ciree gibbosa, Lam. 35. Stella columellaris, Philippi.

16. Meretrix albida, Lister. 36. Turbo japonicus, Reeve.

17. Tapes indicus, Sow. 37. Polydonta maculata, Linn.

18. Area decussata, Sow. 38. Melo indicus, Brod.

19. Paludina chinensis, Gray. 39. Nerita stella, Chemn.

20. Lithophaga canaliferus, 40. albicilla, Linn.

Hanley. 4).

polita, Linn.

1865.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE BRITISH SALMONOIDS.

197

42. Nerita longii, Récluz. 71. Natica petiveriana, Récluz.

43. Littorina undulata, Gray. 72. Cyprea helvola, Linn.

44. carinifera, Menke. 73. —— caput-serpentis, Linn.

45. Clanculus unedo, A. Adams. 74. —— :

46. Cerithium bornii, Sow. fae vitellus, Linn.

47. Cerithidea rhizoporarum, 76. —— cicercula, Linn.

A. Adams. 77 nucleus, Linn.

48.

Umbonium (new species).

. Patella rudis.

49. Triton pilearis, Lam. 79. Melania tenuisuleata, Dun-

50. Planazxis sulcata, Lam. ker.

51. Monodonta melanochloris, 80. Neritina interrupta, Récluz.

Philippi. 81. Fasciolaria trapezium, Lam.

92.

Patella rudis.

. Vertagus obeliscus, Brug.

53. (young shells). 83. Helix swinhoii, Pfr. (new).

54. achates, Reeve. 84 luhuana, Sow.

55. argentea, Quoy & 85 mackenzii, Val.

Gaim. 486 (new), allied to H.

56. x chinensis.

57. alpen ema 87. —== similaris, Férussac.

58. argentea, Quoy & 88. , allied to no. 88.

59. Gaim. 89. redfieldii, Pfr.

60. Scutellina crenulata, Brod. 90. (new), allied to H.

61. Patella testudinaria, Linn. trifasciata.

62. Siphonaria cancer, Reeve. 91 melanostoma, Sow.

63. Ostrea tulipa, Lam. 92. Cyclophorus, allied to C. ex-

64. Mitra procissa, Reeve. altatus, Pfr.

65. Pyrene discors, Gmel. 93. Limnea (new *).

66. Conus flavidus, Lam. 94. Conus textilis, Linn.

67. minimus, Linn. 95. Cerithium carbonarium, Phi-

68. Columbella pardalina, Lam. lippi.

69. Cyprea eglantina, Duclos. 96. —— bifasciatum, Sow.

70. Natica ala-papilionis, Chem.

Dr. A. Giinther gave an account of the present state of his re-

searches into the British species of Salmonoid fishes, which he had

undertaken whilst engaged in preparing the catalogue of the speci-

mens of this family in the collection of the British Museum. Dr.

Ginther stated that the genus Salmo was essentially an arctic group,

inhabiting the northern portions of both hemispheres, and becoming

more abundant in species upon receding from subtropical into tem-

perate latitudes. Dr. Giinther was disposed to believe that the

species of this genus to be found within British waters would be

ultimately found to be much more numerous than had been hitherto

suspected. From the materials at present at his command, he had

already been able to distinguish what he believed would turn out to

be four new species of the non-migratory group of true Salmo, be-

sides identifying several others heretofore imperfectly distinguished.

Dr. Giinther requested the assistance of the Fellows of the Society

and their friends in furnishing him with series of specimens of our

native Salmons and Trouts from every part of the British islands,

198 MR. J. GOULD ON TWO NEW AUSTRALIAN BIRDS. [Feb. 14,

stating that in this difficult group of fishes no certain conclusions

could be arrived at without a large number of specimens for com-

parison. Dr. Gtinther exhibited the subjoined table as giving a list

of the British species of Salmo with whicn he was acquainted :—

Subgenus I. Cuarrs (Salvelini).

ianilinghGith en eee Windermere, &c.

2. PErisil. 2 nee Llanberris Lakes, N. Wales.

SHalpinus MEPO2> ee et Scotland.

Avgrayit: Six oes cee Lough Melvin, Ireland.

SY Coll: Ie EPA Lough Eske and Lough Dan, Ireland.

Subgenus II. Satmons (Salmones).

a. Migratory Species.

1, RRA ANNs Cotto Patan omer True Salmon of British rivers.

2: cambricue, bis’ «mas “Sewin”’ of South Wales.

BQ PUCE: «se an. Sia * Sea Trout ”’ of Scotland.

b. Non-migratory Species.

Ay Sarid Deh a er England.

Dh GOUNGTAUE «sf 055i lo omens Scotland and N. W. England.

6. nigripinnis, sp.nov. .-.Mountain-lochs of Wales (and Scotland).

7. LEVENENSIS, - .'A 0). eihewes Loch Leven, Scotland.

Bs fer Om hatte] teaver ety ie “Gt. Lake Trout”’ of Scotlandand Wales,

9. orcadensis, sp.noy....-. Lakes of Orkneys.

10. drachypoma, sp.nov. .. Firth of Forth.

11. stomachicus, sp. nov. .. Ireland.

The following papers were read :—

1. Description or Two New AvstTRALiAN Birps.

By Joun Gov tp, Esa., F.R.S., etc.

1. MAaLurvs LEUCONOTUS.

The entire head, neck, under surface, rump, and tail deep blue ;

back, shoulders, greater and lesser wing-coverts, and secondaries silky

white ; primaries brown ; bill black; feet brownish black.

Total length 53 inches; bill}; wing 2; tail 32; tarsi 1.

Hab. Interior of Australia ; precise locality unknown.

Remark.—In size this new species is very similar to M. lamberti,

while in its colouring it assimilates to M. leucopterus; from both,

however, it may be at once distinguished by the whiteness of its

back, which has suggested the specific name I have assigned to it.

2. ARTAMUS MELANOPS.

Lores, face, ramp, and under tail-coverts black ; stripe over the

eye, ear-coyerts, sides of the face, throat, and under surface delicate

vinous grey; two middle tail-feathers black, the remainder black

ila

a ed iy

JS my

Mie alant

PZ.8.1865.P1.VIL.

d.Erzleben ad nat del st lith. M & H Hanhari,Impt

DIDUS NAZARENUS. Bartlett.

1865.] MR. A. NEWTON ON SOME BONES OF DIDUS. 199

largely tipped with white; upper surface of the wings grey, their

under surface white; bill leaden grey, darkest at the tip; feet

blackish brown.

Total length 6? inches ; bill 2; wing 42; tail, 3; tarsi 2.

Hab. Central Australia.

Remark.—This large and fine species is unlike every other known

member of the genus. It is most nearly allied to 4. albiventris, but

differs from that bird in the jet-black colouring of its under tail-

coverts, and from A. cinereus in its smaller size and the greater

extent of the black on the face. The specimen from which the

above description was taken has been kindly sent to me by Mr. S.

White, of the Reed-beds, near Adelaide, South Australia, who

informs me that it was shot by him at St. Becket’s Pool, lat.

28° 30’, on the 23rd of August, 1863, and who in the note accom-

panying it says, ‘‘I have never seen this bird south. It collects at

night, like 4. sordidus, and utters the same kind of call. It seems

to be plentiful all over the north country. I saw it at St. Becket’s

Pool, feeding on the ground, soaring high in the air, and clinging in

bushes, like the others. The two sexes appeared to be very similar

in outward appearance. The stomachs of those examined were

fleshy, and contained the remains of small Coleoptera.

2. ON SOME RECENTLY DISCOVERED BoNES OF THF LARGEST

KNOWN Species oF Dopo (Dipus Nazarenvs, Barrurrt).

By Aurrep Newrov, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

(Plate VIII.)

The three bones which I now have the pleasure of exhibiting

have been recently received by me from my brother Mr. Edward

Newton, a Corresponding Member of this Society, who himself found

two of them in a.cave on the south-west side of the island of Ro-

driguez, which he visited on the 2nd of November last. The third

was obtained on the same island, about the same time, by Captain

Barkly, a son and aide-de-camp of the Governor of Mauritius. All

three belong, without doubt, to the largest known species of Dodo,

to which Mr. Bartlett (P. Z. S.1851, p. 284) applied the name Didus

nazarenus, and which was so unaccountably overlooked by Messrs.

Strickland and Melville in their excellent monograph of the curious

group Didine. These authors, as Mr. Bartlett showed (loc. cit.), did

not distinguish between this very large bird and the smaller and more

slender “ Solitaire” (Pezophaps solitaria), which, if we are to trust

the evidence before us, was, equally with Didus nazarenus and D.

ineptus, an inhabitant of Rodriguez.

The two bones found by my brother were picked up near the en-

trance of a very dry cave, where little, if any, stalagmitic deposit was

forming, at least at the time of his visit. One is a perfect left tarso-

metatarsus, and the other a left humerus, wanting its extremities, as

is so often the case in specimens of this bone found under circum-

200 MR. A. NEWTON ON SOME BONES OF DiDUS. [Feb. 14,

stances which lead to the belief that the bird to which it belonged

had been eaten by men or dogs.

The bone found by Captain Barkly is a right femur. Though

nearly perfect, it seems to have been much exposed to the action of

the weather, and, in consequence of its condition, it has sustained a

little damage by the crumbling away of some part of its extremities.

This has probably happened since its discovery ; but one advantage

results from the circumstance—namely, that the cellular structure

of the bone is thereby rendered plainly visible.

I proceed to give the dimensions of these specimens, and, for con-

venience of comparison, I shall, as far as possible, follow Dr. Mel-

ville’s plan of measurement (‘ The Dodo and its Kindred,’ page 116).

Fragment of left Humerus. (Pl. VIII. fig. 3.)

inches. lines.

Transverse diameter of shalt, 2 52) «0 « p)00 Fess aie ee od

Antero-posterior diameter of shaft ............0-..4 0 42

Left Tarso-metatarsus. (Pl. VIII. fig. 2.)

Length from middle trochlear groove to inter-condyloid

TUDELCIE «5 waa teannbe) dees Taser aes ael2' depen ate Aap.

external trochlear to external condyloid fossa 6 4

internal trochlear to internal condyloid fossa 6 7

Breddth of tipper Gxtremityerns.)s 2+ pa asset > »s'e aera is Se

Antero-posterior diameter of the same................ 1 3

Breadth of lower extremity ........ 2... 0... eeeceee MAF

Projection of ento-caleaneal process ..............-24. Ore 8

Right Femur. (PI. VIII. fig. 1.)

Length from inter-condyloid notch to upper surface of neck 6

upper edge of trochanter major to external

eoullyle rat otters uistaee can toute BOOS Bint

‘Transverse diameter of shaftiwos!20.0. 2.1: 225 /.0ha oe ae 0 0

Anteroposterior! 35) aiid To da2 Salt 26 Latins Po vaeriO isn ree

Transverse diameter of upper extremity .......... 2 02

Transverse diameter of lower extremity .............. 1 10

All those specimens, unlike those in the Paris Museum, are en-

tirely free from incrustation.

I believe there are no other examples of the humerus and femur

of this species in this country. The specimen of the tarso-metatar-

sus figured in illustration of Mr. Bartlett's paper, to which I before

referred (P. Z. 8, 1851, Aves, pl. xxv. fig. 1) is, as 1 learn from Mr.

Gerrard, now in the British Museum, and there are other examples

of it in the Andersonian Museum at Glasgow.

I must here tender my thanks to Mr. W. K. Parker for the kind

assistance he has rendered me in accurately measuring these bones.

And now I wish to make one suggestion. It is well known that

at Oxford there is an old picture of a Dodo, painted by one of the

Saverys, which seems hitherto to have been referred without hesi-

1865. ] DR. P, P. CARPENTER ON NEW MOLLUSCA. 201

tation to Didus ineptus. Mr. Strickland, in speaking of it, Says :—

“A remarkable feature in it is its colossal scale, the Dodo standing

about 3 feet 6 inches high, and being double the size which the

picture in the British Museum, the description of eye-witnesses, and

the existing remains warrant us in attributing to the bird. It is

difficult to assign a motive to the artist for thus magnifying an

object already sufficiently uncouth in appearance” (‘The Dodo,’

&e. p. 31). Is it not possible that the artist may in this painting

have taken a life-sized portrait of the large species (Didus nazarenus,

Bartlett) to which these bones belong?

In conclusion, I have to state that I should be very glad if these

remarks were the means of exciting further search for the remains

of the Dodo and its allies. In Rodriguez the bones must be far

from scarce, and, as the present instance shows, they may be found

with little trouble. My brother picked up two of them, as I have

said, in a cave during a very hasty visit. It is a matter of the

greatest regret that a regularly organized search is not instituted by

some resident in that island, or by some visitor to whom time is no

object. We may depend upon it that a rith reward awaits the care-

ful explorer of the Mascarene caverns and alluvial deposits,

3. Diagnoses or New Forms or Mouuusca From tHE Van-

couveR Districr. By Puri P. Carpenter, B.A., Pu.D.

TEBEBBATULA UNGUICULA, Nn. s.

T. t. juniore “ Terebratulinze capiti-serpentis” simillima, sed la-

tiore, subtriangulata ; punctis valde conspicuis; costis con-

spicuis, interdum obtusioribus, aliis intercalantibus ; intus,

amento suboctiformi, postice aperto, cruris diagonalibus cardini

affixis: testa adulta valva wmferiore subrotundata, marginem

versus haud planata; umbone valde tumente, latiore; striis

radiantihus, ut in “T. capite-serpentis ” conspicuis ; marginibus

crenulatis, haud undatis ; intus amento majore, bisinuato, dor-

saliter haud continuo, calearibus duobus munito.

Long. °6, lat. +5, alt. -3 poll.

Hab. San Diego, 6 fm. ; Monterey, not rare in 20 fm., (in Cali-

fornia State Geological Survey) Cooper. Neeah Bay (valve), Swan.

Vancouver, Forbes.

The specimens sent by Dr. Cooper were all of small size, and, from

the intercalation of riblets near the margin, clearly immature. They

presented the incomplete loop of the restricted genus to which Dr,

Cooper affiliated them. N otwithstanding, as both Davidson and Wood.

ward state that the young of the British species has the loop similarly

open, it remained doubtful whether this might not prove conspecific.

Messrs. Reeve and Hanley unhesitatingly pronounced them to be

“ caput-serpentis, jun.,’’ the latter gentleman stating that they pre-

sented the peculiar form of that species which belongs to the Medi-

terranean examples. Dr. Forbes, however, was fortunate enough to

202 DR. P. P. CARPENTER ON NEW MOLLUSCA. [Feb. 14,

obtain an adult shell, which passed into the Cumingian Collection.

Having removed the animal matter with great care, the loop was

found to retain the form seen in the young shell, only perhaps still

more open. This is the first recent species of the genus which has

been discovered with a sculptured surface, and affords an instructive

lesson not to rely on external characters.

Terebratula unguicula: 1, 2, outside views of Mr. Cuming’s adult specimen,

natural size: 3, 4, inside views of the upper valve, slightly magnified.

The outline of the adult is much rounder, and the margin blunter,

than in 7’. caput-serpentis. Inside, the noncompletion of the some-

what w-shaped loop is a very obvious character. This is large in

proportion, extending to about two-fifths of the length and one-

third of the greatest breadth of the shell. It is bent upwards in the

middle, as seen from the partly opened valves ; with a double wave at

the sides, as seen from the direction of the opposite valve. Two spurs

ascend from the crests of the side waves, as though preparing to

complete the loop. The similar Terebratella angustata from Japan,

when of the same size as Dr. Cooper’s specimens, has the loop quite

continuous *.

Subgenus NETTASTOMELLAT.

Pholadidea: valvis postice in calycem testaceum planatum pro-

longatis ; calyce coriaceo nullo.

NETTASTOMELLA DARWINII, Sby. (diag. auct.).

N. ¢. minore, elongata, tenuissima; parte postica costis radian-

tibus acutioribus circ. vil. e€ laminis concentricis acutissimis,

distantibus, antice continuis, elegantissime ornata; rostris pla-

* Dr. Cooper having forwarded for my inspection a large aud beautifully per-

fect specimen_of the true Waldheimia californica, | have compared it with the

series of the very variable W. globosa in the Smithsonian Museum, undoubtedly

from Orange Harbour. In shape, and in the form of loop, I can detect no dif-

ference. The Californian shell, however, has a strong brownish-red tinge, and

does uot display the beautiful veining of the Maghellan species.

+ Th. vqrra, a duck, oréya, mouth. The name Netastoma, given in the

‘ Brit. Assoc. Report,’ 1863, being preoccupied in another subkingdom, according

to Dr. Cooper, it is thought necessary to vary the termination.

1865.] DR. P. P. CARPENTER ON NEW MOLLUSCA. 203

natis, postice divergentibus, striis incrementi crebris acutis,

aliter haud sculpta ; parte anticat. jun. aperta, adulte clausa ;

clausis tenuissimis, secundum incrementa undulatis, super um-

bones prolongatis, umbilicos postice formantibus ; epidermide

Sugaci, tenui, pallide viridi.

Hab. Monterey, Rich. ; Vancouver, Lord; 8. Diego, Cooper.

= Pholas darwinii, Sby.

= Jouanettia darwinii, Mus. Cuming.

= Parapholas penita, Tryon, Mon. Phol.

This remarkable shell differs from Jouanettia in having both

valves equal; from Pholadidea proper in having no coriaceous

cup, its place being supplied by a flattened prolongation from

each valve, like a duck’s bill in miniature. In Mr. Lord’s specimen

(preserved in the British Museum), though the valves are closed, the

prolongations are widely divergent, as when the bird utters its cheer-

ful “quack.” The loose, thin epidermis appears to have covered the

bill as well as the valves. Mr. Tryon had probably not seen a speci-

men, else he could hardly have affiliated so very different a shell to

Pholadidea penita. The original specimen is said to have come from

Chili.

Darina DEC LIVvIs.

D. t. tenuissima, planata, elliptica, Machereformi, utroque latere

hiante ; cinerea, epidermide Sortiore induta ; marginibus regu-

lariter excurvatis ; umbonibus haud conspicuis, ad duas inter

quinque partes longitudinis postice sitis: intus cartilagine

spathula elongata, dorsum versus utraque valva decliviter Sita,

a ligamento lamina extante tenuissima separata; dente car-

dinali laminato, extante, curtiore; lateralibus vir conspicuis ;

sinu pallii ovali, fere ad medium porrecto.

Long. 1-77, lat. ‘85, alt. -34 poll.

Hab. Vancouver’s Island (Forbes).

The only other species of Darina known is from the Straits of

Maghellan. The northern shell may have been passed over as the

young of Machera patula, to which it bears a strong external re-

semblance.

Sax1pDomus BREVISIPHONATUS.

S. 4. subovali, tenuiore, subplanata, albida, epidermide pallide

olivacea induta 3 tota superficie rugis concentricis, crebris,

valde obtusis, et undis incrementi interdum majoribus, ornata ;

marginibus subequaliter ewcurvatis, mazxime ventrali: intus

cardine tenuiore, dente antico elongato ; sinu pallii parvo, ad

trientem interstitii porrecto, latiore.

Long. 2°65, lat. 2°05, alt. 1°15 poll.

Hab. ?Vancouver, ’Japan (Mus. Cuming).

A very distinct species, in shape and hinge not unlike Callista, but

without lunule. It is more rounded and flatter than the three ty-

pical Californian species, and known at once by the very small mantle-

bend. From four to six blunt riblets are seen on each of the very

204 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW SPECIES OF BUSH-GOAT. [Feb. 14,

blunt waves of growth. The shell was sent me as from Dr. Forbes’s

Vancouver collections, and is so quoted in the Br. Assoc. Rep. 1863,

p- 607; but Mr. Cuming subsequently stated his belief that it came

from Japan. It may be allowable to state that many of the species

iucluded in Saxidomus by authors are more correctly rough forms of

Tapes, of the decussata-type; the true Saxidomi differing from that

genus (as Callista does from Venus) in having an additional pseudo-

lateral anterior tooth. This is very evident in the young shell, which

has a much rounder outline than the adult, and can scarcely be

distinguished from Callista, except by the absence of lunule.

4. Notice or THE SKULL or A New Species or Busu-Goat

(CEPHALOPHUS LONGICEPS), SENT FROM THE GABOON BY

M. Du Cuaituv. By Dr. J. E. Gray. '

M. Du Chaillu has lately sent to the British Museum several skins

and skeletons of the Gorilla (showing how abundant it must be at

the Gaboon), the skin and skeleton of a Chimpanzee, three skeletons

of the African Manatee, and the head of a Bush-Goat or Cephalo-

hus.

: The skull of the Cephalophus on examination proves quite distinct

from any that has previously occurred to me ; and as it indicates the

existence of a large species of the genus, I have sent a notice of it to

the Society in hope that we may before very long have a complete

specimen of the animal to describe.

CEPHALOPHUS.

Section I. Horns decumbent.

CEPHALOPHUS LONGICEPS.

The skull elongate ; face elongate, compressed in front of the

eyes; the nose in front of the eyes narrow, sides only very slightly

tapering ; nasal bone very long, produced between the frontal be-

hind, much longer than the medial suture of the frontal. The horns

elongate, conical, diverging at the tips, decumbent, in a line with the

forehead ; forehead convex between the orbits.

Length of skull 10 inches 9 lines; width at zygoma 4 inches

7 lines ; length of horn-cores 5 inches ; length of lower jaw 9 inches.

The only species with which the th ae be compared, on ac-

count of its size, is C. sylvicultriz ; but the skull of the latter is

short and ventricose, and that of C. longiceps is elongate and slen-

der. The face of C. sylvicultriz is short, and the nose between the

impression for the suborbital glands broad and tapering ; the fore-

head is much more convex and rounded. The following are the mea-

surements of the skull of an adult male :—Length of skull 10 inches

1 line; width at zygoma 4 inches 7 lines; length of lower jaw

8 inches 9 lines.

The skull of C. longiceps resembles in general form and some

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW SPECIES OF BUSH-GOAT. 205

other particulars the figure of the skull of the male C. altifrons,

figured by Dr. Peters (Reise n. Mossamb. t. 38. f. 1). But that skull

is not above half the size of the one here described; and the form

of the core of the horns is different, the one being conical and elon-

gate, and the other angular and converging at the tip.

Skull of Cephalophus longiceps.

The skull of the larger species of Cephalophi may be divided into

two groups, according to the position of the horns, as compared with

the frontal line.

In some the horns are decumbent and bent back, being nearly in

a line with the forehead, as in Cephalophus coronatus, C. sylvicul-

trix, C. ogilbyi, C. natalensis (figured in Cat. Ungulata, B.M. t. x.

LARC: longiceps, and C. altifrons, Peters. In others the horns

are ascending, placed at an obtuse angle with regard to the line of

the forehead, as in Cephalophus grimmius and C. ocularis of Peters

(Reise nach Mossambique, Saugeth. t. 39, 40).

The forehead of all the Cephalophi with decumbent horns is con-

vex and rounded ; but in C. ogilbyt it is very much rounded—more

than in any other species I know ; it is much higher than the base

of the horn. In the species which Dr. Peters has called C. altifrons it

does not appear to be so high as usual in the genus. In C. grimmius,

with ascending horns, it is flat between the eyes. The following

observation is founded on the comparison of a series of skulls of

males :—The skulls differ in the length of the face, thus:—In C.

natalensis the face is short ; the distance from the orbit to the upper

end of the intermaxillary bone is shorter than the length of the in-

termaxillary bone. In C. sylvicultrix, C. ogilbyi, and C. ocularis

the distance above defined and the length of the intermaxillary are

nearly equal. In ©. grimmius they are rather longer. In C. longi-

ceps the distance from the front edge of the orbit to the tip of the

intermaxillary is much longer than the length of the intermaxil-

lary.

In some skulls the nasal bones are the same length as the upper

suture of the frontal one, as in C, natalensis, C. sylvicultriz, and C.

ogilbyi. In C. altifrons, according to Dr. Peters’s figure, they are

206 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 14,

shorter. In C, coronatus and C. rufilatus they are much shorter—

only about two-thirds the length. In one skull of C. grimmius they

are longer, and in another skull shorter, and in C. longiceps much

longer.

The above observations are made only on a few, sometimes only on

one specimen of the species; and when I have three or four speci-

mens of the same species, as is the case with C. grimmius, the skulls

present some variations in the form of the nasal bones and in the

length of the intermaxillaries as above noted.

Dr. Peters figures as the skull of a young female of C. altifrons

a skull of a very different form from that of the skull with the horns

of the male above referred to. I have not observed such a difference

in the skulls of the females of any of the species of Cephalophus that

have occurred to me. I have some doubt if it does belong to the

same species, as the figure of the young female animal is very like

the skull of a female C. grimmius, which is an animal that has ascend-

ing horns in the male.

5. On THE Anatomy or A Fin-WHALE (PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM,

GRAY) CAPTURED NEAR GRAVESEND. By James Murie,

M.D., tare Assistant IN THE Museum oF THE RoyaL

CoLLEGE oF SuRGEONS, LONDON, AND PaTHo.LoaeistT, GLAs-

Gow Roya INFIRMARY.

In May 1859, my friend Mr. Frank Buckland informed me that

a large Whale had been captured in the Thames, near Gravesend ;

and as we both were desirous of examining such an animal, we at

once proceeded to the place in question. It proved to bea fine adult

male of the above species.

The history of its capture, as related to us, is briefly as follows :—

The gigantic creature, on endeavouring to make its way up the river,

had been observed near Thames Haven by some members of the

Coast Guard, who attacked and finally succeeded in killing it by in-

flicting three severe sword-wounds. The body was towed up the

river, and hauled ashore in the vicinity of Gravesend, where it was

exhibited for some days.

The fleshy parts of the carcase were purchased by Mr. Blaker, an

oil-merchant, in order to be boiled down. While the animal was

being cut in pieces for this purpose, I had an opportunity of exami-

ning the body and viscera, and I obtained some portions which now

form preparations in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The skeleton was purchased by Mr. George Jones, the proprietor

of the Rosherville Gardens, where it is at present exhibited. My

thanks are due to that gentleman for his courtesy in allowing me to

make a full examination of it.

In the first place, with respect to the dimensions of the animal,

the following table expresses certain of the external proportions of

the body, measured from the same points as those selected by Mr.

1865.] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 207

Heddle in his description of a female specimen of Physalus duguidii

(P. Z.S. 1856, p. 188), which was of nearly equal size.

From these parallel columns the correspondence between the rela-

tive dimensions of the two species will readily be perceived.

Physalus Physalus

anti- duguidii.

quorum

ft. in ft. in

Length from tip of beak to end of tail .........+.+00-. 60 0 | 50 0

Head, from tip of beak to centre of orbit (along upper jaw)) 11 7 9 5

Head, from tip of beak to centre of orbit (along lower Jaw) 13 0] 11 3

Centre of orbit to anterior portion of pectoral fin ...... 8 2 5 3

Between dorsal fin and root of tail ......-.eeeeeeeeee ets 10 0} 14 0

Girth of body behind the pectoral fin.............2000- 38 0 | 23 0

Girth of body at posterior termination of ridges ........ 1S "O" 19.3

Girth of body at the penis (and close behind dorsal fin)..| 16 0 | 11 7

Mr. Blaker estimated the weight of the animal at 45 tons, and

was of opinion that about 4 tons of oil might be extracted from the

carcase. Thus it would appear that the weight of the Physalus

antiquorum is inconsiderable, when compared with that of a Balena

mysticetus of equal length—the probable weight of the latter, ac-

cording to Scoresby *, being 70 tons; and of this he allows 30 tons

for the blubber alone.

With regard to colour, the head and back were black ; the chest

and throat of a brownish shade, and having the usual plaited cha-

racter of the Balenopteride. Some of the crests of the ridges were

deep brown, with the grooves or furrows of a lighter hue, even to

yellowish white; other ridges had light-coloured crests, with their

corresponding furrows greyish black. From the posterior termina-

tion of these folds backwards the skin was yellowish white. The

pectoral fins were dingy black above, whitish beneath, as also was

the skin of the body beneath their bases; this was most marked

behind, where the whitish colour was continuous with that posterior

to the ridges.

In the specimen of Physalus minutely described by Mr. Heddle

(P. Z.S. 1856, p.193), after mentioning that the back is black, with

some grey spots, and the belly white, he further says, ‘‘ When viewed

obliquely, on the other hand, the whole dark portion of the animal

seemed a dull leaden grey—a deception arising, no doubt, from the

refraction of the light from the polished surface.”

In the present specimen I observed something similar, which I

am inclined to believe was caused by the fact that the epidermis

consisted of several layers—the deeper and thicker intensely black,

but the more delicate and superficial of a much lighter greyish brown

hue, allowing, however, under certain circumstances, the deep black

colour to show through, at other times reflecting its own paler tint.

Of the parallel ridges with their corresponding furrows I counted

on the one side as many as between forty-five and fifty, which would

* « Arctic Regions,’ Edinb. 1820, vol. i. p. 462.

208 DR, J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 14,

give a total of somewhere about one hundred. Although parallel to

each other and to the long diameter of the body, they were not in

perfect straight lines, but adapted themselves to the curve of the

throat and chest, being shortest as they ascended towards the back.

They commenced a short distance from the mouth or lower lip, and

did not extend quite so far back as the penis.

The breadth of each of these folds varied from 2 to 5 inches, and

their height was about an inch. The interspaces or furrows were

one or more inches wide, according to the manner in which the part

was stretched. Here and there these plications joined each other at

acute angles.

Fig. 1.

a. Skin, showing larger-sized folds, with intervening furrows and wrinkles.

3. Vertical section through four of the smaller ridges and grooves.

A vertical section of the skin showed that the crown of each ridge

had a thick cap of hard cuticle covering it, and which was of greatest

depth at its centre, shelving off on either side (see fig. 1). The

furrows themselves were lined with thinner soft cuticle, and, as best

seen in the smaller grooves, they became widened at the bottom,

where the skin was raised in several puckerings or folds. These

last, as well as numerous wrinkles of the free edges of some of the

ridges, no doubt admitted of the easy distention of the parts. The

woodcuts (fig. 1 a and 4), drawn from nature, show these several

points. Heddle has given a couple of linear diagrams to illustrate

1865.] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 209

the mode of distention of the skin of the animal he dissected (P. Z.S.

1856, p. 192, pl. xxv. f.8); but these will be found on comparison

hardly to show the true manner in which distention js permitted.

A similar vertical section through the skin, as deep as the muscle,

revealed the small depth of the blubber, from 2 to at most 4 inches,

and that between it and the true skin there was scarcely any appre-

ciable difference, so intimately and continuously were the fibres inter-

woven. The only difference was in the rather wider meshes inwardly,

the interspaces there containing oil, although in very limited quan-

tity.

The pectoral fins were flattened, narrow-pointed, and curved; in

appearance they were not unlike the figures given by Eschricht* of

the fin of Péerobalena minor (Balenoptera rostrata, F ab.).

In position, and while attached to the body, one measured along

the border of the anterior curve 75 inches, and in the posterior mar-

ginal curve 57 inches. When cut off, the measurement from the

articulation of the shoulder-joint to the terminal point in a direct

line was 85 inches.

The dorsal fin was falciform, laterally compressed, and erect ; its

height 15 inches, and its antero-posterior length at the base 13 inches.

The tail in extent across to the extremity of either fluke was 133

inches, and its breadth at the root 37 inches.

I am not aware that the exact manner in which the tail acts in

this tribe of animals is perfectly agreed upon among writers; for

although John Hunter? expresses himself to the effect that the mo-

tion of the tail is similar to that of an oar in sculling a boat, and

again, that from its horizontal position the animal is impelled up and

down in the water, thus giving the necessary opportunity of breath-

ing, yet Dr. Knoxt admits the difficulty in understanding the mode

of progression, and further states that this takes place by a series of

bounds, caused by the spring of fhe incurved tail, the immense

strength of the flexors and extensors giving it such a counter force

against the water as to impel the animal along and upwards accord-

ing to circumstances.

That each of these mechanical applications of the tail to certain

motions does take place is more than likely, although at first it does

not seem so very clear how the mere flapping of a horizontal tail

produces a steady onward gliding movement, which no doubt occurs

without the necessity of continually rising and falling in the water.

The Sperm Whale, according to Beale§, “ when undisturbed, passes

tranquilly along just below the surface of the water, at the rate of

about three or four miles an hour, which progress he effects by a

gentle oblique motion from side to side of the ‘flukes,’ precisely in

* Untersuchungen iiber die Nordischen Wallthiere, 1849, tab. 8. figs. 1, 2.

t ‘ Observations on the Structure and Economy of Whales,’ Palmer’s edition

of his works, 1837, vol. iv. p. 331.

{ ‘Cat. Prep. of Whales,’ No. 4. Iam indebted to the kindness of Dr. Gray

for a perusal of this scarce pamphlet, which contains much information on the

anatomy of Cetacea. :

§ ‘ Nat. Hist. of the Sperm Whale,’ p. 39.

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1865, No. XIV.

210 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 14,

the same manner as a boat is sculled by means of an oar over the

UOT sy a/ists tats Seat When desirous of proceeding at a greater rate,

the action of the tail is materially altered; instead of being moved

laterally and obliquely, it strikes the water with the broad flat sur-

face of the flukes in a direct manner upwards and downwards.”

The first part of Beale’s description seems to me pretty well to

explain the manner of action of the tail in gentle forward movement ;

for if we take it as a mere dynamical agent, then, according to the

law of forces, the lobes of the tail, striking the water between the

horizontal and vertical, would cause the body of the animal to move

in the diagonal of these*. We have then to consider if the lobes do

strike the water in this oblique manner.

In illustration of its probability, I may mention that in this spe-

cimen I noticed that as the lobes of the tail began to dry by the

heat of the atmosphere they assumed opposite concavo-convex curves,

so as to produce a very close resemblance both in curve and angle

to the blades of a screw propeller. If this is what usually takes

place in the movement of the tail, then one can readily understand

that in the act of striking downwards and upwards with but a very

slight lateral movement the water would receive an oblique stroke

between the horizontal and vertical ; in fact it would produce a more

or less scooping, spiral, screw-like action, the consequence of which

would be movement in the diagonal of the parallelogram of the

resisting forces, from side to side, above downwards and below up-

wards.

As a further demonstration that something like this occurs, I may

state that I observed in the mode of progression of the Porpoise

lately exhibited in the Society’s Gardens a movement in the tail more

or less resembling this. As the creature swam horizontally, and

within a short distance of the surface, it struck the water up and

down, but with an inclination of the lobes to the one or other side,

adding to the obliqueness of the stroke by rolling its body slightly,

so that the tail struck the water rather slantingly than directly up

and down. When simply raising itself towards the surface (as, for

instance, in breathing), or in descent, then the stroke seemed more

flat, and the body, along with the tail, bent in a curve according as

the movement was elevation or depression.

In Physalus, the arch of the mouth, both antero-posteriorly and

transversely, is much less than in the true Balene ; the length of

the whalebone is also correspondingly shorter. In our specimen of

P.antiquorum, the transverse curve of the former was about 72 inches

at its widest, that is including the bony palate and the filaments of

whalebone on either side; but towards the beak it became flattened

and so narrowed that the chord of the arch was but 10 inches.

The free palate itself in the middle of the mouth had a breadth of

12 inches.

The outward exposed parts of the baleen zz situ on one side mea-

sured from the beak to the angle of the mouth in a direct line 126

* See article ‘“ Motion,” ‘ Cyclop. Anat. and Physiol.,’ vol. iti. p. 438.

1865. ] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 211

inches ; after removal from the jaw, and taken along the great curve

of its free brush-like margin, the length was 169 inches.

On the left side I counted 360 of the outer baleen-plates. The

greatest length of a single one was 30 inches, the breadth of the

same 11 inches; towards the beak, however, the baleen altered into

mere hair-like bristles only 5 inches long, and which were continuous

with the baleen of the opposite side. Knox, in his dissection of

Balena maximus (P. antiquorum), counted 314 external or labial

plates of baleen on each side; and he gives as the measurements of

the largest one, 26 inches in length and 15 in breadth*. The soft,

broad, fleshy nidus of the baleen, in apposition with the upper jaw,

tapered at each end, and altogether had a length of 149 inches.

The results of a series of its transverse measurements, made from

behind forwards, were as follows—viz., at the extreme posterior end,

6 inches, then 8, and at widest 14 inches, narrowing from this to 7,

and at the most anterior portion only 1 inch across.

The cesophagus was certainly 7 feet, possibly 8 feet long. The

closed fist could be passed with ease through any part of its course :

one portion had an internal circumference of 9 inches. In some places

there were numerous glandular openings, each sufficient in size to

admit a pin’s head, and ageregated together, forming elongated dia-

mond-shaped patches. Upon the surface of the mucous membrane,

in irregular quantities, were scattered, rough, warty-like, whitish

bodies, equal in size to millet-seeds. This might have been a patho-

logical condition.

The stomach consisted of four separate cavities, communicating

with each other by round, somewhat constricted Openings, as in the

Porpoise. I did not, however, ascertain the exact position these ca-

vities bore towards each other in situ; but I made a rough sketch

of the whole when removed from the body and cut open, which is

represented in the accompanying woodcut (fig. 2).

The first cavity, a large globo-pyriform bag, had a greater curva-

ture measuring 99 inches, and an upper lesser curvature of 30 inches.

The opening of the cesophagus and that leading into the second

cavity were each 15 inches in circumference, and situated on oppo-

site sides of the lesser curvature. The mucous membrane towards

the greater curvature had its rugze thrown into polygonal folds, which

above dwindled into mere puckerings. This stomach contained some

cream-coloured, gelatinous, glairy fluid and fragments of Meduse,

as also what I took to be remnants of Entomostraca.

The second cavity was more cylindrical in form, and of consider-

able length—97 inches. The plications of its mucous membrane fol-

lowed its long diameter, and these were in thicker ridges than in the

first cavity. There were no evident remains of food in this division

of the stomach ; at the same time its mucous surface was reddish and

partly covered with a brown slimy substance.

The third cavity was shorter than either of the preceding ones,

and a trifle less so than the fourth. It was 30 inches long, with a

* Cat. Prep. Whales. No. 8.

212 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY (Feb. 14,

circumference of 24 inches, and somewhat of a barrel-shape within.

The mucous rugze were in bands, extending transversely to its long

diameter, and of a pinkish hue. It likewise was empty.

The fourth cavity was just 2 inches longer than the one before and

of asimilar shape, its circumference 25 inches, contracting at the in-

testinal outlet to 14 inches. It had no visible contents; the mucous

membrane was stained of a yellowish biliary colour.

Fig. 2.

Stomach: 1, 2, 3, 4, the first, second, third, and fourth cavities; an indicator is

passed through the contracted orifices of each. a. Gisophagus ; b. Small

intestines.

The small intestines commenced by a narrowing of the last stomach,

the pyloric orifice being surrounded by a fold of mucous membrane.

They continued with an approximate circumference of from 7 to 11

inches for a total length of 248 feet. The intestines were void of

contents, except a sprinkling on their surface of a white powdery-

looking substance. The mucous membrane was of a yellowish-red

tinge ; its folds were of two kinds, the one in longitudinal fringes,

crossed by innumerable transverse ones, the whole forming a series

of cavities of two sizes. The average size of the one kind of these

cavities was 6 inches by 2, of the other, the smaller-sized, from 2 to

3 inches in the one direction, and in the other but one-half that

size, while the free fold itself had a general depth of from 1 to

2 inches.

1865.] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 213

Eschricht* has described and figured a singular arrangement of

the mucous folds of the intestine in Megaptera longimana, which is

very similar to the above ; besides, he also figures a still more curious

pouch-like character in the Hyperoodont. John Huntert had pre-

viously described this structure in the Hyperoodon; and he remarks

that “in the Bottlenose the inner coat, through nearly the whole

trace of the intestine, is thrown into large cells, and these again sub-

divided into smaller, the axis of which cells is not perpendicular to

a transverse section of the intestine, but oblique, forming pouches

with the mouths downwards, and acting almost like valves when

_anything is attempted to be passed in a contrary direction.’ Ad-

mirable preparations of the same exist in the collection at the College

of Surgeons (Physiol. Series, nos. 709-712).

The opening of the hepatic duct was immediately below the junc-

tion of the last cavity of the stomach with the small intestines.

The accurate entire length of the large intestines was not ascer-

tained ; but as the first piece examined measured 22 feet 2 inches,

and another portion 10 feet, it may reasonably be inferred that the

total length was little, if at all, short of 40 feet. The czecum was of

moderate dimensions, with an internal circumference of 153 inches.

The folds of its mucous membrane were placed transversely, and each

had a depth of from 2 to 3 inches; these continued onwards to the

colon and rectum, where they were not so large or closely set toge-

ther. Yellow-coloured feces filled in great part the colon and rec-

tum ; and over the mucous surface of these, small oval-shaped entozoa

(Echinorhynchus’) swarmed in myriads.

Circumstances prevented the larynx from being very carefully

examined ; its measurements were as follows :-—

inches.

Internal circumference a foot below its chink ........... - 393

Internal circumference at the epiglottis........ a i eas 424

Across the base of the epiglottis itself ........ Simon aiela xe 13

Opening of the vocal cords antero-posteriorly ............ 12

Opening of the vocal cords transversely at anterior end .... 7

Opening of the vocal cords transversely at posterior end.... 3

Trachea immediately above bifurcation, behind forwards.... 10

Trachea immediately above bifurcation, transversely........ 15

Trachea, fibro-elastic tissue behind cartilages ............ 5

The heart agreed closely with that of ordinary mammals, varying

only slightly in the number and disposition of the chordze tendinez.

As it lay on the ground it measured from base to apex 32"; breadth

at middle 35", and at the base 42". The different segments of the

semilunar valves were 9! by 7" in dimensions respectively. There

were no corpora aurantii. The aorta 27" in circumference ; the walls

nearly an inch thick. The ductus arteriosus existed as a thick

roundish elastic cord placed a little obliquely in relation to the pul-

* Loc. cit. p. 100, tab. 2. figs. 3 & 4.

+ Ibid. p. 42, tab. 2. figs. 3 & 4,

¢ Loe, cit. vol. iv. p. 361.

214 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 14,

monary artery and aorta ; longer above than below, on account of the

divarication of these vessels. Length of its upper border 33", of the

lower 2!; circumference 7". Its canal was sufficiently closed to

prevent the passage of blood, by reason of the elasticity of the walls ;

but a probe the thickness of a quill could be pushed through the

entire distance.

The kidneys, lobulated, had each lobule averaging the size of a

plum. One kidney was 60 inches long by 17 broad, the other

66 inches by 15, both elongated and oval-shaped, their extremities

decreasing to a transverse diameter of 8 inches.

As is usual in Cetacea, the penis was conical; and when we exa-

mined the animal, it was not retracted, but hung loosely from the

abdomen. In length it was 48 inches; at its widest, circumference

25 inches, tapering to less than two at the point. At this last the

termination of the canal of the urethra opened rather on the under

surface (fig. 34); the opening was crescentic, with the horns for-

wards, and on the roof a slightly depending ridge of mucous mem-

brane. Behind this, at the distance of 13 inch, existed a second

opening into the urethra (fig. 3a), subcircular in form, nearly

equal in size to the first, and with indented edges. Around this, for

almost the size of a shilling piece, the cuticle exhibited a minute

linear-rayed appearance, not unlike certain forms of cicatrices. From

the internal lining of the opposite surface of the mucous membrane

a nipple-like process protruded, dividing the canal as it were into

two passages. ‘This projection appeared to be part of a longitudi-

nal ridge of the mucous membrane, extending along the roof of the

canal of the urethra.

Fig. 3.

Whether this very unusual second perforation of the urethra was

normal, or only the result of injury or of pathological origin, I will

1865. ] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 215

not pretend to state with certainty, although I am inclined to believe

it to have been of the latter nature; nevertheless I have thought it

of sufficient import to be figured, so that the attention of future ob-

servers may more readily be called to notice if such a structure exists

in any specimen that may be dissected by them.

Transverse sections of the penis at various points showed, as in

ordinary Cetacea, the usual absence of median division in the corpus

cavernosum ; at the root, however, there was an approach to sepa-

ration by the aggregation of the vessels into two circular groups ; but

towards the anterior extremity or point these were scattered more

equally among the strong fibrous trabeculee. The canal of the ure-

thra for its whole length was on the under side of the corpus spon-

giosum : in this respect it differed from that of the Porpoise, which

Hunter (doc. cit. p. 388) has described as being at first in its centre,

and then coming to be on its under side. At the root the canal

was roundish, but towards the free extremity more triangular in form,

The strong, firm, fibrous sheath surrounding the corpus cavernosum

was an inch thick in most parts. The glans penis was represented,

for a considerable distance backwards, by a thick layer of vessels,

chiefly veins, each, on section, of a slit-like shape, with pointed ends,

and arranged with their broad surfaces superimposed upon one an-

other on the fibrous sheath, excepting on its under side. Their ap-

pearance in the transverse section was not unlike the open vascular

sinuses of a pregnant uterus when cut vertically.

The foregoing are the principal observations which I had the op-

portunity of making on this specimen while in the fresh condition ;

but I think it may be as well to add some notes on the osteology, as

a contribution towards a fuller knowledge of its anatomy. This sub-

ject has already been partially treated by Cuvier, Van Beneden, Dr.

Gray, and others; but so much remains to be done to complete the

anatomy of species of the group, that any details as to the structure

of a single individual can hardly be deemed superfluous.

Mr. Flower has made some original and highly useful observations

on the condition of the bony epiphyses as a guide to age in the Ce-

tacea (P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 384); and, availing myself of his remarks, I

agree with him in classing the Rosherville specimen of Physalus

antiquorum in the third or last stage, that is, a perfect adult,

although the animal was no more than 60 feet long. For, on exa-

mination, I find all the epiphyses of the vertebree are firmly anchy-

losed, so much so that the line of junction is with difficulty made

- out. The same may be said of the upper and lower epiphyses of the

humerus. The proximal epiphyses of the radius and ulna are like-

wise firmly adherent to the shaft by bony union; but, on the other

hand, the distal epiphyses of these bones are only united at their pe-

riphery, for a broken portion in each discloses the centre to be in-

completely ossified, and not attached to the diaphysis of the bone.

The sutures of the skull are also well-nigh obliterated, excepting

such as remain more or less persistently separable.

The general appearance of the skull shows no points strikingly

different from what is usually found in P. antiquorum; and the

216 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 14,

figure given by Eschricht and Reinhardt* of the skull of Baleno-

ptera musculus, J. Mill. (= Physalus antiquorum, Gray) may be said

to convey a fair idea and representation of it.

The two outer borders of the superior maxillaries at the base of

the beak run nearly parallel for about their posterior half, whence

they incline gently towards each other; but in the anterior fourth

they approach more quickly to the narrowed tip of the beak. The

nasal processes of the same bones are flattish, and at the nasal fossa

have a sharp internal edge; but on reaching the posterior end of the

premaxillaries they slope outwards and downwards, forming the

posterior superficial curve of the rostrum; at the tip of the beak,

however, they again become nearly horizontal.

The premaxillaries, on the other hand, at their posterior ends

are almost vertical, and look towards each other in the nasal fossa,

while they become horizontal in the middle of the beak, and shelve

outwards at the tip. The frontal bone im the median line of the

skull is represented merely by its nasal tuberosity, which is wedged

in behind the nasal bones; but the orbital plates occupy a great

flattish expanse on either side, and look directly upwards. The

cavity of the orbit is ovoid, with a height of 73 and a breadth of

10 inches.

The malar bones are present, flattened, and of a comparatively

small size ; their maxillary process is broader than their zygomatic.

The prominence of the cranium formed by the supra-occipital pre-

sents a very slight concavity, with just an appreciable median ridge.

Posteriorly the occipital region shelves sharply downwards and back-

wards, and has aconsiderable concavity. The occipital foramen and

condyles are directed straight backwards. This posterior occipital

inclination does not seem so sharply defined in the young skull of a

Physalus antiquorum in the Museum of the College of Surgeons

(no. 2446 A, Osteological Series). The vomer reaches within a foot

of the anterior tip of the premaxillaries ; along with the superior

maxillaries, it forms a marked palatine ridge in the roof of the mouth.

The inferior maxillary bones have acuminated coronoid processes,

which are bent outwards at their extremities. The condyles are set

backwards and a little outwards, externally overlapping the groove

of the neck. The rami are strong and with a moderate lateral curve.

The following are a series of measurements of the skull, taken in

inches, and in the manner followed by Mr. Flower (P. Z. 8. 1864,

p- 411); so that the dimensions of the cranium of this specimen may

readily be compared with the examples of Physalus antiquorum given

in the above paper.

inches.

Length of skull sngstemielat ites ier tei + fuse nian aio: alee, e, «ol 168

Breadth; of, come yew: cyere se eee sil jot is Jie 9s; viele 12

Breadth of squamosals (greatest breadth of skull) ........ 82

Orbital process of frontal, length .. 0.0... 20.0 cecssscces 30

Orbital process of frontal, breadth at base................ PH

Nisa, Repti ates nicsyexel a - (tie Sin amet Sypris Beem eens gga hoe 84

* Om Nordhyalen, 1861, tab. 3. fig. 5.

1865.] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM,. 217

inches.

Nasals, breadth of the two at posterior end ............ sinty iA

Nasals, breadth of the two at the anterior end ............ 7/

Length of beak, from curved border of maxillary to ike seit LLG

Length of maxillary ........ sekararagd a pir ar tvapy VOL,

Projection of premaxillary beyond maxillary . taiate tS aaa wisn, 3 uj OS

Breadth of maxillaries across orbital processes, following curve 81

of beak at base, following the curve............ Be Arts

— of beak, one-quarter of its length from base........ 42

— of maxillary at the same point.............--.... 14

— of premaxillary at the same point .......-...... 63

—— of beak at middle, following the curve............ 33

—— — of maxillary at middle ................-45- rege

—— of premaxillary at middle.....................- 5z

—— of beak at three-fourths of its length from base.... 23

—— of maxillary at same point .............. 00 ee ee oe

— of premaxilaryab.same point. «.0:5)<: Jamdel awoke upd

Length of lower jaw in a straight line ...............4-. 156

EAP ar iit, AL ICHTON GIA AT OCR. ti55 oj oie) 6.014 0.0. 9f0) ie «sisal 19

RAG 0 Es a Se eee rire ree aricsty ee

The total number of the vertebra present is 58 ; but evidently a

few of the terminating caudal are wanting. The vertebre are as fol-

lows :—7 cervical, 15 dorsal, 15 lumbar, and 21 caudal. The cervical,

as usual in this Whale, are all free. The atlas is similar to that of an

animal of the same species from Devonshire, figured by Dr. Gray in

his recent paper on the “ British Cetacea”’ (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,

p- 217, fig. 9), and answers well to his description, except that the

transverse processes are somewhat more horizontal, bulbous, and

truncated at their outer ends. It may further be remarked that Dr.

Gray’s figure of the atlas of Physalus duguidii (loc. cit. p. 220, f. 13)

agrees rather with the Rosherville specimen.

The axis does not quite agree with either of the figures given by

Dr. Gray of species of this genus (Joc. cit. figs. 10 & 14); but, of

the two, the resemblance is greater to the Devonshire specimen of P.

antiquorum ; the perforations of the lateral processes, however, are

rather larger and more oval. The rudiment of an odontoid process

exists in a raised, flattened, circular prominence. The expansions of

the transverse processes point backwards, and reach so far as to en-

close those of the three succeeding vertebre ; they are thin towards

their free outward extremities. The neural arch is broad, and its

laminz prolonged ; so that it projects in a shelving manner over the

next vertebra. The spine is bifid, and the prominences on either

side are strong and massive, while the median groove is marked by

a slightly raised ridge.

The third vertebra is thinner in every way; in this respect it

agrees with the fourth and fifth. The body is tolerably square, less

deep than broad ; the anterior articulating surface single and convex,

the posterior broadly concave; the transverse process ring-shaped,

compressed antero-posteriorly, and with a backward-arched curve,

218 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 14,

very thin at the tip. The perforation is bluntly heart-shaped, with

the apex outwards; the upper and inner angle sharpest, curving

round the body more than in the lower one. The neural spine is

only indicated by a central ridge.

The fourth is very similar to the third. The transverse process

is not so sharply bent backwards, but it is slightly wider ; the bony

ring is broader and thicker. The fifth agrees in general with the

preceding ; its transverse process is a little longer than in the fourth,

the lower bone of the ring less curved, broader, and with a wider ex-

pansion at its inferior angle. The neural arch diminishes in breadth,

but the spine is more prominent. Dr. Gray’s figure of the fifth

cervical vertebra of P. antiquorum (P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 217, fig. 11)

does not quite correspond to the one under description: what he

gives as that of P. duguidii closely resembles our specimen, except

that the lateral processes do not form a complete ring.

In the sixth the body is thicker and flatter ; the abutments of the

ring of each lateral process do not pass outwards perpendicularly to

one another, the upper being in advance of the under ; the lower is

also much thicker. The perforation assumes more the shape of an

equilateral triangle than in the third, fourth, and fifth. On the right

side its processes of bone are not completely united, being apart

from each other for about the extent of an inch; the edges taper

towards each other in such a manner as to show this to be a natural

deficiency, and not caused by injury. The neural arch is broad, bi-

concave behind, and overlapping the next vertebra as in the other

cervical.

The seventh cervical, in some respects, makes an approach to the

first dorsal vertebra. It has a thicker and rounder body than the

sixth cervical. The lateral process is not developed below, being

merely indicated by a slight tubercle on the body of the vertebra.

The single transverse process is directed almost straight outwards

from the body ; it is thick and strong, broadest and compressed from

before backwards at the tip. The spine of the neural arch begins

to be prominent, pointed upwards and a little forwards.

Comparative Measurements of the Cervical Vertebrae, in inches.

o . . . ~ ~ at

.c8F Ss rs > m2 | ms nD a n z ak

|.ca8o = a=] 2ia 8 2 D2 38 |

See .(2 |= | 3 |e8/8_ 8158s ./sse.| $a) sss

BHES|S -1 Se S R/SOSISRES|S RSS) ES (E25

vertebra. | 8852/22] $2 3 Palagn|#235|8e2e2\/e2\ee8

£8°o/ 84) 26 s SSISso SSSHe|AGSEIES| S24

Seals go a ASSES SeSS|SealliZelsage

Baa = 2 = 2\/o a2)/F ae & 2o o S5

Ses |F 16 = Be. gio ate fh |45/4e2

7 Eye & B\° §) & 5 i 3

USGietetel eters 24 114|103|/3to4| 44] 3 te : 1 43

Dede ch sal 42 | 14 23t04/18 110 | 74 | 34 |4 | 5

Brilpasaans 32 |12 | st! 92 112 ]}10 | 8h | 6 3| 3

ah asad 59.4114 Be FL 19ch WOlts Sh.) 6 sb ade

igh 2. 35 | 11 m 11219 | st | 6 | $1 oF

Ul eige sia 324 |11 | 8 23 |12 9 8i 63 4| 23

CULE otepaj eet = 30 1l 72| 3 103; 13 oe me Ee eo

1865. ] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 219

The fifteen dorsal vertebree have not such varied characters as the

cervical. Their bodies are large, thick, and cylindrical, tolerably

equal in size, the average height being about 8 inches, with a width

of 112 and a thickness or antero-posterior extent of 11 inches; the

articulating surfaces are flattened. The transverse processes come

from the upper portion of the bodies. Excepting the few first, these

are thin, broad, straight, and flattened from above downwards ;

slightly narrowed at their necks, widening and thickening at the

outside free margins, which are curved and hollowed according to

the extent of indentation or groove for the attachment of the rib.

The laminz forming the arch are broad (particularly in the front

vertebre), and meet rather high, at an acute angle, forming a large

triangular cavity for the spinal cord. The spinous process is of con-

siderable size, averaging 11 inches in length and 7 inches in breadth,

rather widest at the truncated extremity. Among the first dorsal

vertebrze it is inclined forwards, in those further behind sharply

backwards, and in the few last so much so as to rake far behind the

body. In the anterior vertebre the metapophyses of Owen* arise

from the body, where the lamina and transverse process meet, but

in the posterior vertebree from the lamina alone. They are narrower

at their necks than at their free extremities, and have a direction

upwards and forwards. Their average height and breadth is from

4 to 5 inches.

Series of Measurements to illustrate the comparative Dimensions of

the Dorsal Vertebre, in inches.

ees RT =o hn fe A a] 2 |3 |¢ 3 F

See. (Sses |S 12 leSles les | zal 28/8/48

SsBeERz| 52 "| Ssiornloes|CHsl Ce Bel eel| oul, oe

Ex ao Seal een |solec|cAalatd|a%s flee] 68

Dorsal | SSR S2ISSEl FEISS SS | So |SeoSliS 08 S2/S2| Be) Se

vertebre. | 289) 29 3/80] 22) 52| P2/S28)/S25\ colag|/ Pelee

SSSSlSsae Sl / Ss] Ss selfee Ssaise sel ssies

efisesils |2 |e |7sl=2 |Fa | ee] se) 7el” z

O25 lo5a/e [5 2 Ee a a |& Ra = =

BS |Ogeis 5 #| 6 | & |e [a

Ist....| 32 143 | 11$] 74 | 32 }12 | 2 13 | 4 “i 3 1}

3rd 283 184 | 123) 74 | 53 {102} 33 | 5 bi |] .. | 32]

5th 314 | 223 | 114] 72 | 6% |11¢| 44 | 6 7 Re Ress

7th 323 | 233 1103] 8 | 72/133) 42 | 72 18 |6 14 |

9th 39 23% | 114) 8% | 8$ | 134] 5 7% | 8t | 53] 5 5

11th 39% | 24 {114] 83 | 83 |14 | 5 7% | 73 | 6 53 | 53

13th 393 | 244 | 113 82 | 14 DE | FE [8 GF OSE

15th 344 | 23 {114 83 | 14%] 54 | 8 8 | 63]}5 | 5

The most striking differences in the dorsal vertebree are as fol-

lows:—In the first the transverse process is compressed antero-

posteriorly, as in the seventh cervical; the articulation for the rib is

at its outer extremity, and inclined towards the under surface. In

~ the second the neural spine is large, triangular, the apex pointing for-

wards and upwards. The metapophysis begins to be of marked di-

* See Prof. Owen’s article “On the Megatherium,” Phil. Trans. 1851, p. 739.

220 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 14,

mensions. The articulating facet for the second rib is on the under

surface of the transverse process. In the third the neural spine is

more blunted than in the second; the transverse process becomes

flattened from above downwards, not before backwards as in the two

first. The fourth dorsal has a broader truncated spine looking di-

rectly upwards; its transverse process is completely flattened, but

thick at the outer point for the attachment of the rib. The remainder

of the dorsal vertebrz differ so little from each other as not to re-

quire any special notice.

The lumbar vertebree present few special differences from the dor-

sal, only varying somewhat in the proportions of their several parts.

The average thickness of the body in each is about 93 inches, but in

the last five it is an inch more. The same might be said of their

height, while their width is above 12 inches. The spinal canal is

lessened in size towards the last. The neural spine slopes rather

more backwards than in the dorsal, its truncated extremity is straight

and looking directly upwards; but in the last one the truncation is

more oblique, the posterior angle of the spine less inclined upwards,

but more backwards and downwards. The metapophyses at first are

subquadrate, and arise from the base of the neural lamine ; but in

the more posterior vertebrae they become conical, are given off

higher, and, instead of a direction forwards, rather come to point

upwards. The transverse processes are very uniform, flat, thin,

straight, and of nearly an equal breadth throughout. Their average

length is 14 inches, diminishing to 12 inches in the five hinder ver-

tebree ; and their breadth is at narrowest 5 inches, increasing out-

wardly to 8 inches.

Series of Measurements to illustrate the comparative Dimensions of

the Lumbar Vertebre, in inches.

o oc . n 5 n mn =

02 se ols ne a 2 n n =| e 3

GES |See a = 3 2 o | 3 he se : .

seecleses |B./2 [s8les js |2 | sel eslsblaé

Baie ta = eel ois 1] @ es] es ae 4 s aS ml Om

Lumbar | © 822/232] 55/29|S3/S5|S os Soslediselse/fele8

bre See ee ales| B3\o5| P2/Sees!25| SS) 52/25) Bslss

vertebra.) S55 3/3429). 3) 20 /nu|ss/SS5/S5e/ 4S (So/Se)selea

BooO} Ss al’ so|So/SoieealRe Sle" oal/gSimSiES

PEEa Sess (|e IT BIFe Ae |e |} eel se al” 3

Lal o

ere jogsid |° |§ | #] B | 8 iA jaye | Bl ®

2Qnd..| 414 25 |112) 8%] 921/143) 4% | 6% | 133) 62 | OF) 43 | 42

4th ..| 42 25 |12 | 9 | 94/142) 5 8 13 | 6 93) 42 | 5

6th ..| 40 26 | 123/10 4/14 | 52 | 8F 114 | 53/10 | 3% | 43

8th ..| 39 25 1121) 9 | 92|14 | 52] 8 134] 63 4] 34 | 54

2 d ie |.. 2 a | OF a| ¢ Fa

10th ..| 38% | 252 |12%)10 | 9%) 122) 53 7% | 143] 6 91) 31 | 6

12th ..| 36 242 1122) 103|10 | 123) 53 | 8 |14 | 6 9 | 2% | 52

14th ..} 30 283 |13 | 103) 103 ae -- |14 | 63 | 9 | 33] 5

The caudal vertebrae present are twenty-one in number. The

three most anterior of these are chiefly distinguished from the last

lumbar by the attachment of the chevron bones; but those behind

by degrees alter in form till at length there remains only a small

1865.] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 221

roundish body without processes. This general alteration commences

by the neural spine decreasing in length and breadth, and likewise

by the transverse processes becoming very much shortened, at the

same time broadened and with a direction pointing forwards. While

also the neural spine diminishes, it is set more slantingly backwards,

and the metapophyses (Owen), which in the anterior vertebra are

in comparison insignificant in size, assume extravagant proportions,

and ultimately in the posterior vertebrae are the largest of the two;

they shift their position so as to reach the summit of the neural

laminze, and towards the last actually take the place of the neural

spine.

The bodies of the first twelve caudal vertebree are rather increased

in depth below, the transversely ovoid form in the lumbar being here

more triangular or carinated ventrally.

The special differences among the caudal vertebree are in the first

to the fifteenth having parapophyses and facets for the attach-

ment of the chevron bones. In the fourth the neural spine shortens

very considerably ; the metapophyses are strong and point upwards ;

the lower groove in the body is deepened, and there are four para-

pophyses, the two posterior having articulating facets. From the

seventh to the eleventh vertebre there is a wonderful decrease in the

size of the neural spine and transverse processes, which latter are

reduced to a mere ridge in the eleventh ; these last have all, never-

theless, a perforation through them. In the twelfth, thirteenth, and

fourteenth vertebree the neural spines diminish ‘to little better than

mere prominences, the metapophysés being the larger of the two.

The parapophyses (two from each body) are perforated laterally at

the middle. The transverse processes are only indicated by a slight

elevation of the bone, which is pierced by a small foramina in the

twelfth and thirteenth; but in the fourteenth this is altered to a

groove. The fifteenth, sixteenth, and seventeenth present only ovoid

or compressed discoidal bodies, processes or prominences being want-

ing; on their outer sides, however, there are scattered several large

foramina. In the remaining vertebree, which include the eighteenth,

nineteenth, twentieth, and twenty-first caudal, the minimum of size

is reached. Their bodies are short, thick, and somewhat quadran-

gular, with no processes, though in the last there is a slight promi-

nence on its neural aspect. Besides a lateral depression and _per-

foration, they have on the under surface a single central foramina ;

this exists from the fifteenth vertebra on till the twenty-first, where

there are two.

222 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 14,

Series of Measurements to illustrate the comparative Dimensions of

the Caudal Vertebre, in inches.

a) ° | Oe Ins ee fe ie s

gis |ebs|/* lz |2 | Slae/2 |# [28/38

So> eve] a ED FSI |) Spy |= s me |S 2

SE 2 wy |S a ba! =~ e[4./So|/39)} ea cS) Pade) ie

SESS |Seae| 25/25/85) 28/88) 85/os/ 28) 56

S553/S22s|28| Selenl selesl|sels2!l ss| ss

Beee|S88S| 87 |ss| 8s) 82) ss|S°|S7| ee/ ss

Se28/Sleegle (S°|e°\Aea\/ee|/2 1S | 88)] 88

oes lSkanl& |o |e B/Ss/8 |z |oelds

oR. (eo |S oO Siee oa noe

dist stele yon 28 30 122}113|102| 7 | 63 |14 | 63 | 44 | 3h

oS ee 26 272 1122/12 |102/6 | 62/12 |5 | 4 | 32

Bi pckars 931 | 222 113 1122/102/5 | 521] 7 | 32 | 32 | 32

Gi ena 18 90: [13 |112/103}4 17 | 6 | 22) 4 | 4

Oth hee. 15 19 -/13 }113/10 | 2}|6 | 33/2 | 32 | 33

Igh:sagcewe 123 | 153 |113/103| 9 | 14/5 | 3} 1 | 23] QB

13th Svea 10 14 110) LORS abe dof oof OIE EL) Bee

The bodies of the remaining caudal vertebre are as follows :—

Greatest | Greatest

width, height.

Gin noes ee a Ss ok 74 33

PT) OSS 74 33

Leer putida ees 6 3}

LO ileliach ackie tb naar dt 5 3

5 a A eR 4 2

FA She yee See iee AM ae 2

The number of the chevron bones is fourteen; but from the cor-

responding vertebral facets one would believe them to have been ori-

ginally fifteen. The first and second have moderate-sized laminze ;

a sharp-edged keel, long and tapering in front, shorter and more

rounded behind ; both processes more produced in the first bone.

The third, fourth, fifth, and sixth are considerably larger, each some-

what oblong in shape, their depth being greatest ; the antero-poste-

rior projections not prominent. In the seventh the laminze are very

much stronger and thicker, the articulating facets of great breadth,

considering the size of the bone. In the eighth, ninth, and tenth

there is a slight return to the shape of the first and second. The

laminze, however, are broader in comparison with these last : the keel

is roughened at the junction with the lamine ; at the same time it

is thinner, deeper, and shaped not unlike the sternum of a bird,

sharp pointed in front; it is not so long and tapering as in the two

first ; the posterior projection likewise is concave instead of convex.

The laminz of the eleventh and twelfth are much shorter in depth ;

the keel processes not prominent, although the bones are longest in

this diameter. On the whole, they are solidified, and of an opposite

oblong form to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth. The thirteenth

and fourteenth bones diminish much in size, but they are thicker in

proportion ; they approach the triangular in figure ; the front articu-

lations are very long and sloping, and these occupy the greater part

1865. ] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM, 223

of the upper and anterior surfaces. The keel in both is very thick,

in the fourteenth grooved on its under edge.

The following numbers represent, in inches, the greatest vertical

and horizontal diameters of the whole of these chevron bones :—

Greatest | Greatest

height. length.

BETIS fi W eter rer stovel area aterm e ayers + 132

Seder! Ab anor ROS GOO! 93 OF

SD TEGS tre oraletaye ei soin 9 iene « 12 103

Iowa doer AHAB AteeDe 114 10

HSUUG Teeetetatars siciaustste sve asic’ 103 10

URLS cera ais)sicisic tele cia, a's 9 11

REVOAU 34 Qode Bc dEOOCeOe 10 10

Highth ..... Saleh nip ain 10 8

ISTE 546 Sb aR OOD One 9 8

AGN Saard nn eoueonenen 8 7%

Hileventiaaetsietelsialaialele(eleiars « 7 7z

TE weltiliiesarstsvmatelslvaya's sieves 6 7k

Thirteenth: 1.2.5. 000%0 54 6

Fourteenth.............- 3k 5

There are fifteen ribs on either side ; they pass by a series of gra-

duated changes in thickness, breadth, and curve from the first to

the fifteenth.

The general form of the first, looking upon its broad surface, is

that of a slightly unequal arch. From its indistinct angle it makes

a short quick turn towards the head, while the sternal end slopes

with a wide bend to form the opposite longer limb of the arch. The

head and sternal ends have each a slight twist inwards and backwards ;

so that although nearly flat, the whole rib is not entirely in a ver-

tical plane. The head itself is simple, somewhat roundish, broad, and

undivided (fig. 4, no. 1), The articular surface extends the whole

length of the broad terminal edge. There is a wide groove between

the tuberosity and rudimentary angle. The sternal end of the rib

is broadened and terminally truncated.

Specimens of the first rib of this species hitherto described differ

from each other in the development of the capitular process. The

Rosherville and Antwerp specimens* have the head rounded and

broad ; the specimen at the Alexandra Park and another lately ex-

hibited near the Eastern Counties Railway, but now in the possession

of the College of Surgeons, have, on the other hand, the process

developed to a remarkable extent.

In the second rib the head is somewhat triangular in shape, termi-

nating inwards in an elongated beak-like capitular process ; the whole

set at right angles to the long diameter of the body of the rib (fig. 4,

no. 2). Its entire upper surface forms the articulating surface,

which is concave. The tuberosity is well marked, as also the angle

of the rib. The body of this rib is almost a third longer than the

* W. H. Flower, ‘On the Skeletons of Whales in the Museums of Holland

and Belgium,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 415.

224 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 14,

first one, and it makes a long sweeping curve which terminates in a

tapering manner, truncated, however, at the very extremity ; the

lower portion is twisted forwards from the general plane of the rib.

The second rib, unlike the first, appears to be pretty constant in

shape in different individuals.

Fig. 4. Heads of the first four ribs.

The outlines of the heads of the first and second ribs of Benedenia

knoxit, figured by Dr. Gray (P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 214, fig. 8 4, 1, 2),

are very like those of this Rosherville specimen. In Megaptera

(p. 210, fig. 7a) and in Stbbaldius (p. 224, figs. 16, 17, 18), how-

ever, they are quite characteristic of the genus.

The body of the third rib is on the whole much the same as the

second, except that the sternal extremity tapers more gradually.

The capitular process, so marked in the second, is here shortened,

the head becoming rhomboidal in shape (fig. 4, no. 3). The arti-

culating surface is not so extensive, and the tuberosity is less promi-

nent ; the angle is at a greater distance from the vertebral extremity,

and the neck is more marked. The fourth rib follows the general

pattern of the second and third; but the head alters more in a line

with the body (fig. 4, no. 4). The articulating surface is shorter,

more vertically placed, and less pointed below and within; the angle

is more bulky, but not so sharp. The sternal tapering end is enlarged

in width, and it has an increased backward curve.

The fifth is narrower, but very similar to the fourth. The angle

increases in distance, but is less acute. The sternal extremity is con-

siderably bent inwards towards the cavity of the thorax. The sixth

and seventh decrease in width ; otherwise the curves are very similar

to the fifth. The eighth, ninth, and tenth agree pretty much with

each other; the body becomes more rounded. The angle nearly

disappears in the eleventh. The twelfth is like the eleventh, but

1865.] OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 225

more slender. The thirteenth is compressed from before backwards.

The fourteenth is thinner and more delicate, though almost as broad

as the three ribs that go before it ; it is not ridged, but there is a

slight break in the posterior border of the upper curve (as likewise

in the thirteenth), which in the next or last rib takes a backward

arch.

The fifteenth, like the first and second, has individual peculiari-

ties. The body of the rib is well developed, and not much shorter

than the fourteenth and the others in advance. It has a roundish

head ; and the neck is so twisted that what is the outer surface in the

ribs before it, here comes to look backwards; and at this part it is

flattened. There is no angle. The upper third of the body is bent

in an arched form backwards and slightly outwards; then the rib

broadens and flattens, while the backward arch is reversed forwards,

forming in the middle a wide anterior sweep, which, as it approaches

the free abdominal extremity, curves again backwards, tapering to a

falciform termination. The rib has thus three grand curves and

twists, giving it a remarkable, sinuous charactér.

The accompanying table shows at one view the relative propor-

tions of the ribs on one side; and in this manner the peculiarities of

each are well demonstrated.

Greatest length Greatest : Greatest | Breadth| Breadth | Breadth

Ribs. following length in | Diameter] breadth of about the of

outer border | a straight | of chord. of neck. middle free

of arch, line. head. of rib. point.

M Stiyim 6 ofa 53 43 10 6 5 44-5 53

2nd 68 61 16 94 6 41-5 Bt

3rd 82 72 17 6 yelp DS Ey

4th 88 78 2 5 44/54 | 32

5th 90 80 23 4} oF 3-34 32

6th 91 803 24 32 3 34 3

7th . 92 81 4 3 3-31 | 8

8th 89 80 164 | 4 23 | 3-91 | on

9h ....! 86 77 Lage ae) gee ti gy li

10th ae 75 4 2% | 8-9) 12

11th 72 4 24 | 3-2) | 1h

12th 65 22 2 33-21 14

13th . ; 63 eS . } Beet | ie

14th . 63 =. AE

15th 633 de Urtpp vg 1%

The sternum is a strong solid bone; somewhat cruciform, widest

transversely, with concave borders. The anterior projection is broadly

rounded ; the lateral projections are flatly conical ; the posterior is

somewhat similar, but narrower, circular, and taper-pointed. In

front the central surface is slightly hollowed, the anterior and poste-

rior processes are moderately bent forwards ; So that on looking on

the sternum sideways it has a concave appearance in front, with the

lateral expansions thrown backwards. Its greatest length is 17!,

and breadth 22". Across the base of the anterior projection there

is a breadth of 9", of the lateral processes 52", and of the posterior

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XV.

226 ON THE ANATOMY OF PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. [Feb. 14,

5"; while the length of this last is 8". The thickest part of the

bone is as much as 2inches. In Physalus antiquorum the sternum

appears to vary considerably in its shape, size, and relative propor-

tions. For example, the specimen now at the College of Surgeons is

17" long by 21" broad, that at the Alexandra Park 24" long by

213" in breadth, and the Antwerp specimen 24" long by 19! broad

(Flower, loc. cit. p. 415).

The scapula is broad and flat, with only the rudiment of a spine,

represented by a ridge which forms part of the anterior border.

The base or spinal border is a long depressed arch ; the anterior bor-

der is nearly straight, the posterior one more concave. The inner

surface has eight diminutive ridges, spread fan-like for the attach-

ment of the subscapularis muscle. The greatest breadth of the bone,

in a direct line between the angles of the spinal border, is 47"; the

length in the opposite direction, to the glenoid cavity, 27 inches. The

coracoid process is acuminated and pretty solid; length 6", basal

breadth 32 inches. The acromion juts out in.a direction almost pa-

rallel with the coracoid process and spinal border ; it is 10" long, and

43" at its widest, which is towards the outer end, where it is flat-

tened, and with a moderate bend towards the ribs, The glenoid

cavity is shallow and oval-shaped ; the antero-posterior diameter 10",

and the transverse 7 inches. Circumference round the neck of bone

293 inches.

The humerus is very thick, and oblong in shape, with a massive

rounded head, at the base of which is a groove just sufficient to in-

dicate a neck. The shaft alters little in thickness; it is flattened

outwardly with a central oval depression 3 by 23 inches in diameter ;

the opposite surface of the bone hasa bulky prominence. The con-

dyles are lost in two broad articulating facets, which approach each

other in a very open V-shaped manner ; there is a third facet (the

trochlea) in lateral juxtaposition with the olecranon process. The

dimensions of the humerus are as follows :— Greatest length 19", the

same on the ulnar side 17", and on the radial side 165"; greatest

breadth at the head 123!'; breadth of the narrowest portion of the

shaft 93", and at the lower part (condyles) 103"; circumference of

neck 293", the same at middle of shaft 25".

The radius has a straight, smooth, compressed shaft, a little

widened at either extremity ; the head and neck are not well defined.

Its measurements are :—greatest length 30!; breadth at head 72",

circumference of same 193"; diameter at middle of shaft 53", cir-

cumference of same 133!; diameter of shaft at lower extremity

173", circumference of same 173".

The ulna, like the radius, is compressed both in the shaft and

extremities, but most considerably at the lower end. The olecranon

is prominent, and placed laterally and posteriorly to the shaft of the

bone; it has a flattened semilunar shape. In greatest breadth the

ulna is 32"; the circumference at the neck of the shaft 133!; the

diameter at the middle of the shaft is 4'', the circumference of the

same 103; width at the lower extremity 6", circumference of same

14", The greatest length of the olecranon process, taken diagonally,

1865.] LETTER FROM DR. J. KIRK. 227

is 9’; the outer side of the same, parallel with the diameter of the

shaft, 6", and the outer curve of the same process 10’. Breadth of

the olecranon at middle 4"; the same tangentally at the neck and

its circumference 15".

The five carpal bones have a very considerable thickness in rela-

tion to their breadths, and each has five articulating facets. The

comparative superficies of three of these taken separately are, of one

of them in length and breadth 33" by 3", thickness 13"; of a second

3" by 3! in diameter, and 23" thick; of the third 3 by 2", and 22"

thick. The metacarpal bones and phalanges are so imperfect and

badly mounted that no dependence can be placed either on their

number or position.

The hyoid bone presents no marked divergence from the shape

usual in Physalus. The body is compressed and with an anterior

convexity. The anterior cornua are W-shaped, and with a moderate-

sized notch, which is more pointed and narrower than in Sibdaldius.

The thyrohyals are large, and thrown backwards from the body as

much as 8 inches at their tips; they are thickest at their middle,

and abruptly truncated at their extremities: these also differ from

those of Siébaldius both in general thickness and in the direction

in which they are produced from the body of the bone. The mea-

surements of the hyoid are the following :—Greatest width in a

straight line 34", and following the outer curve 39"; greatest length

from before backwards 103". Length of body to fork of cleft 72! ;

breadth of the body 6". Small or anterior cornua, in length 31"..

Greater cornua (thyrohyals), breadth tangentially at the roots 6! ;

circumference at same 13", and at their tips 9. The whole bone

is light in comparison with its size.

The pelvic bones are wanting.

February 28, 1865.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Fraser exhibited two eggs of the Rose-crested Cockatoo

(Cacatua rosacea, Lath.), which had been laid a few days since by

a bird in captivity, being, as he believed, the first record of the

kind. Mr. Fraser remarked that the bird was very tame, and a

good talker (thus answering the oft-repeated inquiry whether hen

Parrots talk), and that his friend, William Goodwin, Esq., also had a

very good talking Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sul-

phurea, Gmel.), which had laid two eggs in 1839.

A letter was read from Dr. John Kirk, Corresponding Member,

containing the following reply to the observations of Dr. W. Peters,

Foreign Member, in the ‘Society’s Proceedings,’ 1864, p. 377, rela-

ting to Gerrhosaurus robustus :—

228 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW PORPOISE. [Feb. 28,

“From a letter of Dr. W. Peters in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zool.

Soc.’ 1864, p. 377, I find that a casual word of mine has given that

gentleman some annoyance which on my part was not intended.

“On handing over the Reptiles collected by me in Eastern Tropical

Africa to the British Museum, Dr. Gray remarked that one of them,

Gerrhosaurus robustus, was, according to Dr. Peters, named ‘Caazia i

by the natives of Tete.

« T had not then seen Dr. Peters’s paper ‘On the Reptiles of Mos-

sambique,’ and I remarked that this word meant in the native lan-

guage ‘I don’t know.’ To this I attached no importance, nor was it

meant for publication ; still less was I aware that the word ‘ Caaiia’

had been a misprint.

“Dr. Livingstone writes me thus :—‘ Mr. Moffat has been collect-

ing words in the Sechuana language for the last forty-three years,

and finds new ones every week. In eight years I had upwards of

seven thousand, and rejected many hundreds either as uncouth or to

me quite useless. I think there were eleven names for a lion, and

no end of words meaning different shades of fools”!

“ Dr. Peters has referred me to a vocabulary of the Mozambique

languages, published by Dr. Wm. H. J. Black, from manuscripts of

his and from other materials, now including minerals. Only about

900 words are given here, whereas, judging from what Dr. Living-

stone says of the Sechuana, this dialect must contain an equal num-

ber of terms; and no one could, in my opinion, in nine months col-

lect even the common expressions. Let me assure Dr. Peters that

there is no necessity for supposing that the language has changed

since 1845, because one word is omitted from his vocabulary.

“The word ‘ penu,’ which Dr. Peters gives as signifying ‘ I don’t

know,’ does so only inferentially, and means literally ‘ perhaps,’

‘it may be,’ ‘possibly.’ There are other expressions more definite,

and in common use.

“In regard to the last part of Dr. Peters’s letter, I will remark that

the majority of Tette fowls live in the huts of the people, and not on

erches. And I may remind him of the wide-spread idea in Africa

that the bite of the Chameleon (Chameleon dilepis) is venomous to

man, although it possesses no means of inflicting more than a slight

squeeze with its weak jaws. He will therefore possibly concede that

the same people may believe that the Gerrhosaurus kills fowls.”

The following papers were read :—

1. DescRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF PORPOISE IN THE

Museum or Buenos Ayres. By Dr. H. Burmeister,

F.M.Z.S8.

PHOCZNA SPINIPINNIS, sp. Nov.

The animal has the general figure of the common European spe-

cies, but differs entirely in the position of the dorsal fin, which is

placed further backwards, and has spines on the upper edge.

The whole body is black, without any other colour, and the sur-

1865.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW PORPOISE. 229

face of the skin is transversely striated with fine excavated lines, like

the inside of the human hand. The upper lip is somewhat shorter

than the under, and the figure of the mouth, on both sides, rather

curved behind; the length of the opening is 8} centim. on each

side. From the hinder corner of the mouth the eye is distant

7 centim., and from the eye to the beginning of the pectoral fin is

16 centim. The opening of the nose has the form of a broad trans-

verse ridge, somewhat curved forwards ; it is 3 centim. broad, and

16 centim. distant from the top of the upper lip. The figure of the

whole body is fusiform, but much more elongated behind than be-

fore ; it measures from the top of the upper lip to the notch of the

tail-fin 162 centim., and the circumference of the thickest part of the

body, at the middle, is 102 centim.

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

The distance from the nasal aperture to the beginning of the dor-

sal fin is 84 centim. ; but the elevation of this fin is so gradual, that

it is difficult to say exactly where it begins. The figure of the whole

fin is triangular, somewhat curved forwards near the end, and its

height 14 centim. (see fig. 1). This curving forwards is a peculiar

and very distinguishing character of the Species, as is also the

clothing of the anterior margin of the fin with small spines. These

spines are not different from the skin, but elevations of the skin itself,

like small angles, of an elongated-oval form. I have figured part of

the middle (where the spines are most elevated) as seen from above

(see fig. 2), to show that every spine is surrounded by a ridge of the

skin, and that from the sides of the lateral spines other ridges begin.

Some small spines begin in the middle of the back, at the distance

of 25 centim. in front of the fin, as a single line of moderate spines ;

but soon another line begins on each side, so that in the beginning

of the fin there are already three lines of spines. These three lines

are continued over the whole rounded anterior margin of the fin,

and are augmented on both sides by other small spines irregularly

scattered, so that the whole number of spine-lines in the middle of

the fin is five. Towards the end of the fin they become smaller,

and on the rounded tip of the fin there are no spines at all.

From the hinder margin of the dorsal fin to the notch of the

tail-fin is 54 centim. The tail-fin is 39 centim. broad, and each

fluke 20 centim. long on the anterior margin. This margin is some-

what curved backwards, and the hinder margin sinuated.

230 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW PORPOISE. ([Feb. 28,

The underside of the body is somewhat more curved and extended

than the upper side, and the tail more descending.

The anus is situated under the beginning of the dorsal fin, 70 centim.

distant from the notch of the tail-fin.

The individual seems to be a very young one, because all vestiges

of genital organs are wanting in the exterior. The anus has a dozen

radial folds, of which the largest, 6 centim. long, runs forwards; all

are very deep, and transversely ridged.

The pectoral fin is faleated, 26 centim. long and 10 broad. At

its proximal end there are many fine ridges in the skin, and in the

middle part are ridges indicating the finger-bones beneath.

The skull proves that the animal is a very young one, and that it

has come perhaps only to half its natural size; because all the bones are

very weak, not perfectly ossified, and the vomer entirely cartilaginous.

It has the general figure of the skull of the European Phocena, dif-

fering principally in the form of the hinder part of the intermaxil-

lary bones, which is more abruptly elevated in this new species than

in the European (see figs. 4 & 5).

is, 5s gy”

Side view of the skull of Phocena spinipinnis, reduced one-third.

The upper jaw has sixteen small teeth, and the lower jaw seventeen,

on each side, there being no vestige of an alveolar ridge behind them

in either jaw. The first teeth are smaller and conical, the hinder

broader and truncated, as seen in figures 3 & 4. This is another cha-

racter distinguishing it from the European species, the skull of a

young individual of the latter, which I examined, had twenty-four

teeth in the upper jaw, and twenty-five in the lower, in both extending

more towards the hinder part of the jaw than in the new species.

The specimen of P. spinipinnis which is preserved in the public

Museum of Buenos Ayres, was captured in the mouth of the River

1865.] DR. H. DOHRN ON THE MOLLUSKS OF THE ZAMBESI. 231

Fig. 5.

Skull of Phocena spinipinnis, seen from above, reduced one-third.

Plata, and was afterwards exhibited in Buenos Ayres to the public,

some years before [ came to this country.

Length of the whole skull, 29 centim.

Breadth between the orbits, 17 centim.

Length of the external margin of the upper jaw, 12 centim. ; of

the lower jaw, 22 centim.

Note.—The tympanic bone is lost ; the figure is therefore defective

in this part.

2. List or THE LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS OF THE ZAM-

BESI AND LAKE Nyassa, EASTERN TrRopicaL AFRICA, COL-

LECTED By JoHN Kirk, M.D., F.L.S., &c. By Dr. H.

Dourn.

[The following list of land and freshwater shells, collected by me

on the Zambesi and Lake Nyassa, has been drawn up by Dr. H.

Dohrn, who has kindly undertaken their examination and description.

The Unionide of the lake having previously been described and

figured by Isaac Lea, in a paper read before the Academy of Natural

Sciences of Philadelphia, April 12th, 1864, are not here included.

They numbered six species, and one still remains undescribed.

Of the twenty-four species noticed in this list by Dr. Dohrn, seven

prove new to science, thirteen have been known before, and four be-

long to difficult families. To each species I have added the localities

where found.

232 DR. H. DOHRN ON THE MOLLUSKS OF THE ZAMBESI. (Feb. 28,

I take this opportunity to correct an error in the “ List of Mam-

malia met with in Zambesia,” where no. 24 should be Lycaon ve-

naticus instead of Otocyon lalandii, as there given.—J. K.]

1. Hewicea.

1. Herix MosAMBICENSIS, Pfr.

From Mozambique, Zambesi, near Tete, and Lake Nyassa, under

the bark of trees and among rocks.

2. SrrePTAXis KIRKII, Dohrn, n. sp.

Testa perforata, depresso-piriformis, tenuis, subtiliter oblique

striata, epidermide cereo-albida induta ; spira obtuse conoidea,

lateralis ; sutura impressa, submarginata; anfr. 6, convexius-

culi, supert regulares, 2 ultimi lateraliter valde deviantes,

penultimus latere aperturali deplanatus; apertura subverti-

calis, lunaris, edentula; peristomium simplex, mediocriter ex-

pansum, margine columellari reflexo.

Diam. maj. ;;, min. 7%, alt. 7%, apert. diam. } poll. j

From a small rocky island in Lake Nyassa, named “ Mumba,” in

lat. 14° south. Only dead shells were found, imbedded under decay-

ing vegetable matter.

3. Ennea Lavicata, Dohrn, n. sp.

Testa sinuate rimata, cylindrica, solidula, levigata, sub epider-

mide cereo-albida ; apex obtusus; sutura impressa, simplex ;

anf. 8-9, vir convexi, ultimus antice subascendens, basi angu-

latus et biscrobiculatus ; apertura via obliqua, oblongo-rotun-

data, plicis 5 coarctata, | lamelliformi subverticali in angulo

insertionis, 1 profunda transversa ad columellam, 1 parva den-

tiformi in margine sinistro, 2 valde appropinquatis in margine

dextro, supera majore, tuberculata, infera minore ; peristomium

undique reflecum expansiusculum.

Long. ;®;, lat. 4, apert. diam. =; poll.

Hab. Cum precedente.

4, ACHATINA LAMARCKIANA, Pfr.

5, ACHATINA PANTHERA, Fér.

Both from Mozambique and Zambesi.

6. BuLiminus stictus, Martens.

7. BuLIMINUS CATENATUS, Martens.

Both species found under the bark of trees during the dry season,

along with Helix mosambicensis.

8. Buxtimrnus xrrk1l, Dohrn, n. sp.

Testa rimato-perforata, oblongo-conica, tenuis, dense et subtiliter

striata, subdiaphana, griseo-cornea ; spira turrito-conica, apice

obtusulo; anf.7,modice convexi,ultimus spira brevior, basi rotun-

datus, circa umbilicum subcristatus; columella verticalis ; aper-

1865.] DR. H. DOHRN ON THE MOLLUSKS OF THE ZAMBESI. 233

tura via obliqua, ovalis; peristomium simplex, vie expansum,

margine collumellari late dilatato.

Long. +3, diam. 74,5 apert. 7; longa, 7°; poll. lata. _

Found in Mozambique, on the mainland, near Cabaceira.

2. CyCLOSTOMACEA.

9. CycLosToMUS CALCAREUS, Sowerb.

Near Tete, and on the Nyassa Lake, commonly in rocky places.

3. LIMNZACEA.

10. Paysorsis AFRICANA, Krauss.

11. Limn#A NATALENSIS, Krauss.

Both from Lake Nyassa.

Besides these, there are in the collection two species of Planordis,

one Limnea, and one Physa which I could not name, but which I

would not undertake to describe as new, not being sufficiently sup-

plied with literature on this very difficult family.

4. AMPULLARIACEA.

12. LANISTES PURPUREUS, Jonas.

Mozambique, in a lagoon near Cabageira Grande.

13. LANISTES OvuM, Peters.

The Zambesi and Lake Nyassa (unusually large specimens).

14. Lanisres nyassanvus, Dohrn, sp. nov.

Testa imperforata, globosa, crassa, olivacea, nitida, striis incre-

menti sculpta; spira valde depressa, interdum plana ; anfrac-

tus convexiusculi, interdum ad suturam obtusi angulati, ultimus

magnus, ventrosus, supra deplanatus, angulatus, tum convexus,

basi attenuatus ; columella arcuata, callosa ; apertura obovata,

intus carnea, nitidissima ; operculum castaneum, corneum.

Diam. maj. 3, min. 22 ; apert. diam. maj. 2, min. 14 poll.

This large shell was found in considerable numbers near the

south end of Nyassa, and among the roots of Papyrus near the

small Lake Pamolombue, through which the Shiré flows after leav-

ing the great lake. It was not found on the Zambesi or in any

other locality.

5. PALUDINACEA.

15. PALUDINA BULIMOIDES, Oliv.

River Rovuma.

16. Patupina porta, Frauenfeld.

Lake Nyassa.

I feel inclined to suspect that the Paludina bulimoides has been

mixed up with the shells from the lake, being the only North-

African form which I found among them. Should it nevertheless

234 DR.H.DOHRN ON THE MOLLUSKS OF THE ZAMBESI. [Feb. 28,

really occur there, it would turn out to be the only freshwater shell

occurring in the Nile and the South-African rivers, with the excep-

tion of the following :—

17. MeLaniA TUBEBCULATA, Mueller,

Which is an inhabitant of Syria, India, Ceylon, &c. &c., as well as

of Lake Nyassa.

18. Mexanta nopicrncta, Dohrn, n. sp.

Testa turrita, solida, olivacea, longitudinaliter et transverse cos-

tata, costis transversis arcuatis, nodiferis, anfractuum supe-

riorum nodis tri- vel quadri-seriatis, in anfractu ultimo

nodulorum serie una accedente, basi liris angustis 8-10 circum-

scripta ; sutura distincte impressa; anfractus subplani, lente

accrescentes ; apertura piriformis, labri parte basali modice

producta.

Long. 14, diam. anf. ult. 54; ; apert. long. ;4, lat. + poll.

Among rushes and papyrus near the south end of Lake

Nyassa, and in the upper part of the River Shiré, where it flows

from it.

19. Mevanra vicror1#, Dohrn, sp. nov.

Testa turrito-pyramidata, solida, pallide olivacea, punctis cas-

taneis adspersa, sublevigata; sutura distinctissima, dupli-

cata; anfractus plani, ultimus medio angulatus, basi 6-8

sulcis cireumdatus ; apertura intus cerulescens, piriformis ;

labrum basi valde productum.

Long. 4, diam. anfr. ult. ;5, ; apert. long. 4, lat. =%, poll.

From the rapids above the Victoria Falls of the Zambesi, where it

occurred in numbers with a Paludina and Unio, both of which

were lost.

6. VENERIDE.

20. CyrENA ASTARTINA, Martens.

Lake Nyassa, the Shiré, and Zambesi.

I regret very much that there are no Unionide in the collection

which I got for examination. All I can state from the above list is,

that the conchological fauna of Lake Nyassa seems to belong to the

same region with Natal; but most of the freshwater species from the

lake having turned out to be hitherto unknown, and some of the

other species having been found by Capt. Speke and others far more

northwards, it is rather difficult to come to any conclusion from the

present collection.

1865.] MR. PARKER ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF MICROGLOSSA. 235

3. On THE OsTEOLOGY OF MICROGLOSSA ALECTO.

By W. K. Parker, F.Z.S.

Having been busy of late with the study of the skull and its

development in the Ostrich tribe, Iam the more sensitive to the

peculiar ornithic excellences of the Parrot family. Indeed, but for

their livery, it could hardly have been supposed that these opposite

creatures belonged to one house: they are the most perfectly anti-

thetical of all the feathered tribes.

Judged by the mere power of flight, the Parrots would not be

accounted worthy to stand in so high a position; but this is only

one, among many, of the talents possessed by birds of noble degree.

Like all those who glory in “‘ high degree,” the Parrots have a

poor relation or two to abate their pride. The Owl-billed Parrot

(Strigops habroptilus) of New Zealand is as lowly as “‘ the younger

son of a younger brother.” If birds were to be classified by the

sternum only, then the Sérigops should be put near the Apterya,

and the Tinamou attached to the train of tht Peacock.

If birds be ranked according to the degree of their intelligence,

then, without controversy, the familiar Crows and Starlings, Finches,

and Singing-birds may take the highest room ; but if power of flight,

mere brute strength, and savage audacity shall be considered most

decent and becoming to a bird, then let the Eagles and Falcons sit

on the throne of the feathered kingdom. But there are qualities,

dear to the morphologist, in which the Parrots have the preemi-

nence, and stand higher, as Birds, than all other birds ; and although,

all things considered, the Crow is the best type and model with

which to compare the whole plumy brotherhood, yet in many things

the Parrot is a bird of birds ; he is an ultra-type, and sets bounds to

the class to which he belongs.

But this bird, with the wise and solemn face of an Elephant, has,

like us, its chief and best qualities resident in its head; and if the

skull of an Ostrich be compared with that of the most psittacine of

the Parrots, the difference will appear almost as great as exists be-

tween a larva and an imago.

The type under consideration is one in which the characters of

the Parrot, and indeed the characters of a Bird, as such, are carried

to their highest pitch. I have long been familiar with this highest

kind of Psittacine skull in the genera Plyctolophus and Calypto-

rhynchus (see Cat. Mus. Coll. Surg. vol. i. pp. 277, 278, nos. 1440

& 1445), and have recently discovered it in the Grass-Parakeet

(Melopsittacus undulatus); but the genus Microglossa carries it

to the fullest degree. ,

The teleologist might write a fair volume on the fitnesses dis-

played in the skull of this bird; but the adaptive conditions are of

secondary importance to him who would trace the clue of morpho-

logical unity through the mazes of nature’s unutterable variety.

The first thing that strikes the eye of the observer is the cleaving

of a great transverse cleft through the whole face, in front of the

eyes, leaving the enormously developed intermaxillary apparatus, en-

236 MR. W. K. PARKER ON THE [Feb. 28,

closing the vestibular parts of the olfactory organs, on one hand,

and the skull, maxillary apparatus, and true olfactory region, on the

other. Then we see that not only is the eye bounded beneath by a

blending of the lachrymal with the postfrontal, but the latter is an-

chylosed to the squamosal also ; and thus, with the true zygomatic

arch below, we have three pairs of facial bridges. But the deep,

steep-sided, beautifully arched intermaxillaries, the fair, broad fore-

head, the well-roofed eyebrows, the perfectly bony orbit, and a man-

dible such as the eye searches for in vain elsewhere—all these are

outstanding characters in the highest type of Parrots, and, above all,

in the genus Microglossa.

The huge, mobile face is but one bone in the adult, and yet it is

composed of a great variety of parts that have become blended into

one thick mass, perfectly void of sutures. The nasals, intermaxil-

laries, prevomers (the vomer is not developed in the Psittacidee), the

nasal septum, the inferior turbinals, and the alee nasi, all these go

to form this large compound bone. There are, therefore, six splint

bones; and the axial bones are four for the septum, two (at least)

for the inferior turbinals, and two for the ale nasi, thus making

eight more, or fourteen bones in all. The highly complex skull

also is completely fused into one bone, and it has in it the separate

parts that form the auditory and olfactory sense-capsules. But the

original attachment of the pieces of the arrested palato-pterygoid

arch is loosened so as to let the ascending (proximal or orbital) pro-

cess of the palatine lie half an inch below its proper foundation, viz.

the pars plana or antorbital. Anteriorly, the palatine is thick and

transversely expanded, and its convex elliptical end fits in a glenoid

cavity in the end of the prevomer of the same side. Further back,

at its proximal plate, it is two-thirds of an inch high, it scarcely

becomes less than half an inch ; and its emarginate hinder end reaches

to behind the ‘membrana tympani,” full a quarter of an inch be-

hind the somewhat slender rod-like pterygoids. The latter bones,

although an inch in length, are thus completely overlapped by the

palatines. The small, late-appearing mesopterygoids have early coa-

lesced with each other, and they have united also with the front corner

of the basicranial edge of the left palatine. The malar bone articu-

lates, like its axis, the palatine, with the prevomer. The epiptery-

goid process of the pterygoid is obsolete ; the metapterygoid pro-

cess of the quadrate bone is small, conical, and anteriorly placed, as

in its autogenous counterpart in the non-venomous Serpents. The

hinge-convexity of the quadrate bone is semicircular; the cupped

process for the jugal is large and projecting; and a well-developed,

outstanding, oval condyle is received by the cup at the end of the

pterygoid. The heads of the os quadratum—answering to the crura of

our anvil-bone (‘incus”)—are well developed, but do not stand as in

other birds; for that which is related to the sympletic cartilage of

the stapes is directly inside the outer or prootic head. In birds

generally, this incus-head projects far backwards, overlapping the

opisthotic, and overshadowing the auditory “ fenestra,” to articu-

late with the exoccipital. The splints of the lower jaw, ten in

1865. ] OSTEOLOGY OF MICROGLOSSA: 237

number, have all become one piece, as unlike as possible to the

simple Meckelian rod on which they were modelled. The sym-

physis is an inch in extent, and the bone is transversely flattened

below, so as to be an inch wide at what should be the intermandi-

bular angle; this is, there, a gently concave transverse margin

having a rounded edge. The greatest height of the mandible is

1z inch; the angular process passes further back than the exocci-

pital. The occipital condyle is an extremely neat hemisphere. The

scooped occipital plane forms a very obtuse angle with the basis

cranii, which latter region is very small, triangular, and protected by

sharp ridges that meet at the fore angle of the coalesced basitem-

porals, below the small, closely placed Eustachian Openings. At first

the “rostrum” of the basisphenoid is sharply carinate, then it

becomes thick, rounded, and covered with articular cartilage, under

which the palatines and anterior ends of the pterygoids glide. The

height of the skull is so great that, although the hemispheres of the

brain lie down between the eyes more than.in most birds, yet the

compressed rostrum of the basisphenoid and the lower edge of the

perpendicular ethmoid do, together, make a great keel, larger than

the sternal keel of the Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria). The ante-

rior pterygoid processes are thrown out of relation to the pterygoids,

which grow no spur to answer to them; they are dull forthstanding

prickles. The exoccipitals are not nearly so much scooped to make

a drum-cavity as in the smaller Parrots ; the tympanics, like the

columellz, are lost. The main piece is large in some of the smaller

kinds. In front of the great cranio-facial hinge, the nasals and

nasal processes of the intermaxillaries are converted into the merest

swollen sponge; behind the hinge, on each side, the lachrymals are

also swollen; but the frontals dip to form a valley between the or-

bits. Then there is a pair of frontal, and anothey pair of parietal,

smooth, large, rounded swellings, with a shallow, equally smooth

valley between them. The width of the head is nearly two inches at

the point where the postorbital process of the frontal melts into the

postorbital spur of the alisphenoid (post-frontal proper). Below and

behind this point it is more than two inches wide. The junction of

the thick quadrate splint (squamosal) with the post-frontal spur is

so extensive as almost to cover in the small heart-shaped “ temporal

fossa.” This bridge of bone is half an inch across. The optic fora-

mina are about one-third of an inch apart ; the olfactory fissures are

at the same distance. There is an elegant, small, shell-like middle

turbinal on the front of the self-developed “pars plana,” or antor-

bital, and the simple crus of the-ethmoid curls upon itself, so as to

form an upper turbinal. There are evidently full two coils to the in-

ferior turbinals, which are ossified in a fenestrate manner, as in mam-

mals, and which project far beneath the alee nasi. These latter are

ossified separately in the Parrots, and then, in many instances as in

this, acquire an adhesion with the nasals and the inferior turbinals.

The outstanding spurs of the antero-inferior septal bone increase the

complexity of the nasal labyrinth.

The sternum has its fenestrae nearly filled up. The sternal keel

238 DR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE BREEDING OF A [Feb. 28,

is, as in Parrots and many of their nearest allies, coincident with the

upturned, somewhat bifurcate episternal process. This is perfectly

normal ; for the keel, the episternal process, and the coracoid grooves

really belong to the shoulder-girdle ; together they form the true

episternum or manubrium. This might be called “omo-sternum,”

in contradistinction to the rib-sternum (“ pleuro-stefnum’’), or that

which relates to the inner cartilaginous belts, which grow directly

from the centra of the vertebree *. ‘The furcular bone is only appa-

rently simple, although in this specimen of Microglossa no sutures

can be seen. In the Ash-coloured Parrot (Psittacus erythacus),

however, and in the East-Indian Palgornis torquata, the thick,

broad end of each ramus is seen to be a separate piece. This is

also to be seen in the Toucan (Ramphastos toco) and in the King-

fisher (Alcedo ispida), but is still better developed in all the “ Rap-

tores’”’ and Totipalmatze, in the Baleniceps and Umbretta, and, in

a less degree, in most typical Herons. I have already spoken of

this part (P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 339 e¢ seq.), and may now say that it is

a rudiment of the so-called “clavicle” of the Batrachian, Chelonian,

and African Ostrich, and is well seen as a distinct bone in the

shoulder-girdle of the Salmon tribe and some other allied Fishes.

In Birds this rudiment is proximal; in Mammals, generally, it is

distal or sternal ; but I have found such a piece at both ends of the

clavicle in certain Insectivora, e. g. the Mole (Talpa europea), and

in the Shrew (Sorex tetragonurus). In Lizards the counterpart of

this cartilage is the anterior boundary of the coraco-acromial fenes-

tre. The supposed rudiment of the clavicle in certain small Par-

rots, e. g. the Love-Bird ( Ayapornis pullaria) and the Grass-Parakeet

(Melopsittacus undulatus), is an ossification of this acromial car-

tilage. In Psephotis multicolor neither this nor the furcular bone is

present.

4. Nore on THE BREEDING OF A GROUND-PIGEON IN THE

Socrety’s Mrenacerie. By P. L. Scuatrer, M.A., Pa.D.,

F.R.S., SecreTARY TO THE SOCIETY.

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1863 (p. 377) I gave a

short notice of a Ground-Pigeon of the genus Phlogenas+, of which

the Society had then recently received four living examples, toge-

ther with a figure of the bird drawn from life (pl. xxx1v.), and,-

supposing it to be undescribed, proposed to call it Phlogenas bart-

letti. One of these fine birds having recently died, an opportu-

nity has occurred of making a more careful examination of it than

was possible when the bird was alive.

* T would remark that, to trace the affinities of the Parrot tribe, we should

take such forms as the Common Grey Parrot (Psittacus erythacus), Nestor,

Psephotis, &e., in which the Psittacine characters are somewhat enfeebled. I

have not found any other “family” so isolated as this.

t This term is written by Reichenbach (its proposer) Phlegenas ; but Phlogenas

(~Aoyes and otyds) would seem to be more correct.

1865. ] GROUND-PIGEON IN THE MENAGERIE. 239

I now find that the species is not new to science, but has been

already described some years since. It is the Pampusanna criniger

of Pucheran, in the “ Zoologie”’ of the ‘ Voyage au Péle Sud’ (iii.

p- 118), and is figured in the Atlas of the same work (pl. 27. fig. 2).

It must therefore stand as Phlogenas crinigera, Pucheran*. Its

native country is “ Soog,”’ one of the Sooloo Islands. A single spe-

cimen of it is in the Paris Museum. The difficulty of recognizing

living birds, and the want of the ‘ Voyage au Péle Sud’ in the So-

ciety’s library, are the only excuses I can offer for having given a

second name to this species.

As I have already stated, four specimens of this beautiful Pigeon

were purchased by Mr. Bartlett at Liverpool, in August 1863. In

the following spring the single male paired with one of the three

females, and bred five times during the summer of 1864. The female

deposited only one egg on each occasion, making a very slight nest

of small sticks in a flat basket placed 8 feet above the ground in the

Western Aviary. The period of incubation was fifteen days. Two

of the young birds were successfully reared, and are now in adult

plumage; two others died immature, and are now in the British

Museum. On the remaining occasion the egg was addled.

The bird I now exhibit is the breeding female, which unfortu-

nately died a short time since ; but as the old male has mated with

another female, and the young male likewise shows symptoms of

wishing to pair, there seems every prospect of continuing to propa-

gate this highly interesting species in our aviaries.

It is generally supposed that all the Columbe lay two eggs each

time they breed, but this is certainly not the case. The Passenger

Pigeon (Ectopistes migratorius), the Grey Pigeon (Columba macu-

losa), the Naked-eyed Pigeon (C. gymnophthalma), and the two

Crowned Pigeons (Gouwra coronata and G. victorie+) all lay but one

egg when they breed in our aviaries; and I suspect this is the case

with other species.

Although I have paid no special attention to the birds of the

order Columbe, I may take this opportunity of remarking that I

consider Bonaparte in error in separating, so far as he has done, the

Ground-Pigeons of the New World (Starnenas and Geotrygont)

and their allies from those of the Old. The habits, attitudes, and

poses of the members of the two groups (for instance, those of Geo-

trygon sylvatica and Phlogenas crinigera) are very noticeably simi-

lar; and I know of no material difference in their structure.

The sterna of these two species also present a great resemblance,

and differ from those of the typical Columbze (C. enas, C. palumbus,

&c.) in several particulars. The rami of the furcula are much more

slender, the hyposternal processes more elongate, and the outer

* Cf. Bp. Consp. ii. p. 88.

+ Compare Mr. Mitchell’s notes on the breeding of this species, P.Z.S. 1849,

p- 170. :

t I see no grounds for retaining these two genera as distinct. The ‘“ Moun-

tain-Witch”’ of Jamaica (Geotrygon sylvatica, Gosse) cannot, in my opinion, be

separated generically from the Starnenas eyanocephala of Cuba.

240 MESSRS. MIVART AND MURIE ON THE [Feb. 28,

fissure is extended much further towards the anterior extremity of

the sternum, and so increased in width as to leave the body of the

sternum very narrow, and to give it altogether a much more elon-

gated outline. These peculiarities will be at once evident upon exa-

mination of the accompanying figures, which represent the sternum

of Phlogenas crinigera (fig. | from above, and fig. 2 from one side).

On one side it will be noticed that the small inner fissure has closed

up, leaving only a small foramen. This is the normal form in the

more typical Columba; but in Treron, Goura, and Carpophaga, as

far as I am acquainted with the structure of their forms, the fissures

remain permanently open.

Fig. 2.

Sternum of Phlogenas crinigera.

5. OBSERVATIONS ON THE ANATOMY OF NYCTICEBUS TARDI-

Grapus. By Sr. Georce Mivart, F.L.S., Lecrurer on

ComPaRATIVE ANATOMY AT St. Mary’s HospiTaL; anD

James Murir, M.D., rormerzty ASSISTANT IN THE Mvu-

SEUM OF THE Roya COLLEGE OF SurGEONS, Lonpon.

The careful and elaborate joint memoir on the genus Stenops,

by Professors J. L. C. Schroeder Van der Kolk* and W. Vrolik,

* “Recherches d’Anatomie comparée sur le genre Stenops d’llliger,” in

‘ Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde, uitgegeven door het Koninklijk zoologisch Genoot-

schap.’ Erste Deel. Amsterdam, 1848-1854.

1865.] ANATOMY OF NYCTICEBUS, 2i1

published as the result of reiterated observations, and as the final

settlement of points previously disputed between them, might per-

haps have been expected to have rendered unnecessary any further

publication of anatomical facts respecting the genus therein described,

excepting details of an obscure or recondite character.

Nevertheless our dissection of a specimen of Nycticebus tardigra-

dus, recently received from the Society’s Gardens has been the occa-

sion of observations which we consider are worthy of special men-

tion.

The disposition and arrangement of the muscles and tendons so

differ from the description given by these authors, that we cannot

consider them as merely the result of individual variation.

We are, indeed, inclined to think that, in the memoir on the genus

Stenops, the authors have not sufficiently distinguished, or been

So precise in noting, the special differences of the three forms in-

cluded by them in that genus, as is desirable in such interesting

animals.

In their memoir seventy muscles in all have been mentioned, but

of many of these there is no more than a passing notice. We have

therefore endeavoured to supplement what they have given meagrely,

adding an account of other muscles not alluded to by them.

To each of the latter we have appended an asterisk, to distinguish

them from those already mentioned by the authors.

Muscles of the Head and Neck.—The digastric we found exceed-

ingly strong. It arises from the mastoidal region, and is inserted as

usual. There is a distinct median tendon as in Tarsius! and Chei-

romys, but without the “two fasciculi of muscular fibres’? to the

posterior bellies existing in the latter genus.

The muscles attached to the ventral surface of the neck are re-

markable. Their great length and thickness have been mentioned

by Profs. S. Van der Kolk and Vrolik, but they are spoken of only

as “muscles longs du cou (mm. longi colli).”

It is not, however, the longus colli which is so very much enlarged,

but the rectus capitis anticus major ; and it attains a truly prodigious

size. It arises from the front of the bodies of the vertebrze as low

down as the sixth dorsal, and is inserted into the basioccipital for

almost the whole length of that bone, also into the transverse pro-

cesses of the axis and other cervical vertebree (fig. 1, R. c. a. map.).

Meckel? is silent as to the conditions of this and the following

muscles in the Primates ; but he notices a similar excess of this muscle

over the longus colli in the Beaver. In Tarsius‘ this muscle is large,

but does not come from the dorsal vertebree ; but in Ateles belze-

buth, Kuhl° describes it as arising from the side of the third thoracic

vertebra,

The rectus capitis anticus minor is pyramidal in shape, and arises

* Burmeister, ‘ Tarsius,’ p. 34, t. 5. fig. 13, 14, 7.

* Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 58.

> Anat. Comp., tiaduit par MM. Riester et Alph. Sanson, 1830, vol. yi. p. 173.

* Burmeister, op. cif. p. 39, t. 5. fig. 14 n.

* Beitriige z. Beschreibung meherer Mammalien, p. 9.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1865, No. XVI.

242 MESSRS. MIVART AND MURIE ON THE [Feb. 28,

from the transverse processes of both the axis and atlas, asin Tarsius*.

It is inserted into the exoccipital just within the mastoidal region

of the periotic (fig. 1, R. ¢. a. min.).

The /ongus colli arises from the fronts of the bodies of the four

anterior dorsal vertebree, and is attached to the bodies and transverse

processes of all the cervical vertebree, three distinct tendons going to

the bodies of the atlas, axis, and third cervical vertebra (fig. 1, L. e.).

Deep muscles in front of the neck.

R.c. a. maj. Rectus ‘capitis anticus major. &.c. a. min. Rectus capitis anticus

minor. JL.c. Longus colli.

Muscles of the Trunk.—The two *rhomboid muscles are repre-

sented by a single one, which is largely developed. It arises from

the spinous processes, from the fifth cervical to the fifth dorsal in-

clusive, and is inserted into the spinal border of the scapula from

its anterior end to near its posterior extremity.

The *levator anguli scapule is a very strong muscle, and arises

from the transverse processes of all the cervical vertebrae except the

first. It is inserted as usual.

Meckel’ says, ‘‘ Dans les Loris il se rend seulement 4 atlas.” If

such is the case in Loris gracilis, it is far from being so in Nyctice-

bus.

The levator posticus scapula of Burmeister* was absent.

1 Burmeister, op. cit. p. 39, t. 5. fig. 14 0.

2 Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 236.

* Op. cit. p. 47, t. 4. fig. 1. no. 4.

1865. ] ANATOMY OF NYCTICEBUS. 243

The *splenius is exceedingly large, and there is no splenius colli,

thus confirming Meckel’s' observations.

The *compleaus is also very strong, extending down to the spi-

nous processes of the three first dorsal vertebrae. We did not find

the division spoken of by Meckel? as existing in Loris.

The *cervicalis ascendens is, as usual, continued from the sacro-

lumbaris, and is inserted into the transverse processes of the two

first dorsal and the last cervical vertebree.

The *¢ransversalis cervicis is continued upwards from the longis-

simus dorsi, but takes fresh origin from the three first ribs. It is

inserted into the outer ends of the transverse processes of the cervi-

cal vertebree, from the seventh to the second inclusive.

Meckel® differs from Burdach* as to what goes to form the cer-

vicalis ascendens. Our observations agree with the latter author.

The *levator clavicule, which is not noticed in the memoir on

the genus Stenops, we find to be a long but slender muscle. It

arises from the transverse process of the atlas, and is inserted into

the outer end of the clavicle, and not into the acromion process. At

its insertion, the fibres are in close union with those of a portion of

the deltoid.

This muscle was noticed by Kuhl’ in A¢eles in the year 1820,

and appears to be the levator anticus scapulee of Burmeister®; it is

the acromio-trachélien of Cuvier’, the clavio-trachélien of Church’,

and spoken of as an undetermined muscle by Meckel’.

The omo-hyoid has no median tendon, but is a strong muscle. It

arises from the os hyoides, and is inserted into the anterior margin

of the scapula at the inner end of its middle third.

Muscles of the upper Extremity—The pectoralis major arises

from the whole length of the sternum and the sterno-clavicular arti-

culation. It has not the clavicular fasciculus noticed by Profs. 8.

Van der Kolk and Vrolik in their memoir, and which has also been

found strongly marked in Cheiromys"*. This muscle hardly seems

to merit the epithet “trés-faible” given by Meckel" to it in the

Loris.

The coraco-brachialis consists of a long and a short portion. The

former arises by a strong tendon from the coracoid process, and

is inserted into the anterior surface and inner border of the hume-

rus, down to the middle of the upper surface of the condyle. The

latter or short portion, which is muscular at its origin, also arises

from the eoracoid process, just internal to the tendon of the long

* Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 141. Loc. cit. p. 146.

° Loe. cit. p. 149.

* “ Beitrage zur vergleich. Anat. des Affen,” in ‘ Berichte yon der K@nig. Anat.

Anstalt zu K6nigsberg,’ p. 21.

° Loe. cit. p. 15.

® Tarsius, p. 46, t. 4. figs. 1 and 3.

* Legons d’Anat. Comp. 2nd edit. 1835, vol. i. p. 371.

* Nat. Hist. Review, 1861, p. 512.

® Loe. cit. p. 236.

*° Owen, 2. c. p. 60, pl. xxii. xviii. fig. 1. no. 17.

™ Loe. cit. p. 276.

244 MESSRS. MIVART AND MURIE ON THE {Feb. 28,

portion, and is inserted into the inner side of the neck of the

humerus, between the conjoined tendons of the teres minor and sub-

scapularis and that of the teres major. It is just in front of the

external head of the triceps, and has the tendon of the latissimus

dorsi passing immediately before it.

S. Van der Kolk and Vrolik say nothing of the short head. With

reference to the action of this muscle, it is probable that, besides

mere flexion mentioned by them, the shor¢ slip has an influence in

the rotation of the limb. ;

Meckel’, in contradistinction to the Loris says, in ‘les Makis”’

it is divided, thereby implying that in the first it is single.

Kuhl’, as early as 1820, noticed the division of this muscle in

Ateles. Cuvier, in his ‘ Lecons’ *, has also mentioned its bifurcation

in Monkeys. Burdach* describes a double head in the Simiade ;

Burmeister’ in Tarsius; and Prof. Owen* notices in Cheiromys a

condition very similar to that existing in our Nycticebus. The

shorter portion is apparently described by W. S. Church’ as a slip

of the biceps.

The Jiceps is described in the joint memoir as having two heads,

uniting obliquely below, and having a common insertion into the

radius. In the earlier paper on the Quadrumana, by one of the

authors, W. Vrolik’®, it is described as consisting of but one portion

in Stenops; but he does not mention which species he refers to.

Meckel® likewise asserts that there is but one head in Loris. This

last is the condition it presented in our specimen, the muscle arising

by a long and remarkably strong tendon from the margin of the

glenoid cavity, and with its usual insertion. In both Tarsus’ and

Cheiromys"' there are two heads.

The flexor sublimis digitorum is a slender and double-bellied

muscle, there being a distinct tendon in its middle’. It arises from

the internal condyle and intermuscular fascia, and gives from the

distal end of the lower muscular belly a very small tendon which

joins the flexor profundus, as noticed by S. Van der Kolk and Vrolik.

Just below this four other tendons (of about equal size, excepting

that to the index, which is considerably more slender) are given off

and go to the second, third, fourth, and fifth digits respectively.

They bifurcate, as usual, to give passage to the tendons of the flexor

profundus, except the tendon of the index, which does not split, but

joins the deep tendons opposite the base of the proximal phalanx of

the index (figs. 2 & 3, F.s).

A similar connexion exists between the superficial and deep flexors

1 Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 281. 2 Kuhl, doe. cit. p. 16.

3 Vol. i. p. 395. 4 Loe. cit. p. 25.

5 Op. cit. p. 49, t. 3. fig. 2. nos. 14 and 14 4,

6 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 60, pl. xxiii. fig. 1, nos. 14 and 14 J.

? Nat. Hist. Review, 1861, p. 514.

8 Todd's Cyclop. Anat. and Physiol. yol. iv. p. 218.

* Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 291.

10 Burmeister, p. 51, t. 3. figs. 1, 2. no. 2 a, d.

™ Owen, /. c. p. 60, pls. xxii. xxiii. fig. 1. no. 20.

2 Previously noticed by Meckel, loc. cit. p. 340.

1865. ] ANATOMY OF NYCTICEBUS. 245

in Cheiromys’ and Tarsius*. Meckel* also describes in Loris “un

faisceau charnu considérable’”’ as connecting these muscles.

Fig. 2.

Long flexor muscles and tendons of the hand.

P.t. Pronator teres. F.s. Flexor sublimis digitorum. /F. p. Flexor profundus

digitorum. /./.p. Flexor longus pollicis.

The flexor profundus digitorum is a considerably larger muscle

than the preceding. It arises from the upper two-thirds of the

anterior surface of the ulna and the adjacent part of the interosseous

ligament. The muscular fibres give origin to a strong tendon, which

bifurcates, after being joined by the slip from the flexor sublimis, as

above mentioned. One branch goes to the pollex, uniting with a

tendon of the flexor longus pollicis; the other branch sends a very

delicate tendon to join the deep tendon of the index, and then sub-

divides, one subdivision constituting the perforating division of the

fifth digit, the other subdivision uniting with the perforating tendon

of the fourth digit (figs. 2 & 3, F’. p).

? Owen, /. c. p. 63, pl. xxiii. fig. 4 e. 2 Burmeister, p. 59, t. 3. fig. 3.

5 Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 341.

246 MESSRS. MIVART AND MURIE ON THE [Feb. 28,

Profs. S. Van der Kolk and Vrolik fail altogether to distinguish

the flexor profundus digitorum from the flexor longus pollicis, and

omit all notice of the arrangement and distribution of the tendons

except that of the pollex.

In the Hunterian Lectures, 1864, Prof. Huxley’ described these

muscles in Nycticebus tardigradus, and with that description our

observations agree, except as regards the very delicate tendon which

we found joining the index tendon of the flexor longus pollicis.

The *flexor longus pollicis is a very distinct muscle, and as large

as both the flexor sublimis and flexor profundus taken together. It

consists of two separate bellies, one of which arises from the inner

condyle and intermuscular septa, the other from the middle third

of the anterior surface of the radius and from the interosseous liga-

ment. These two muscular bundles join and give origin to a very

large tendon, which bifurcates, the smaller portion joining the ten-

don of the flexor profundus to form the long flexor tendon of the

pollex ; the other portion again divides, one part again subdividing,

its two subdivisions constituting the long flexor tendons of the index

and third digits respectively, the other part joins the tendon of the

flexor profundus to form the long perforating tendon of the fourth

digit, as before mentioned (figs. 2 & 3, F. 1. p).

Fig. 3.

5 3

Diagram of the tendons of the palm of the hand. The numbers correspond to

the digits, the letters to the same muscles as in fig. 2.

This agrees well with Professor Huxley’s description already re-

ferred to. From what Meckel’ says, it would appear that in Loris

this muscle is united with the preceding, as in so many other of the

Primates, including Tarsius*.

1 Med. Times and Gaz. 1864, Aug. 6th, vol. ii. no. 736, p. 145.

? Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 341.

* Burmeister, p. 60, t. 3. fig. 3, no. 34.

1865. ] ANATOMY OF NYCTICEBUS. 247

In Cheiromys* there is a very interesting intermediate condition.

The arrangement much resembles that existing in Nycticebus ; but

the two muscles are not nearly so distinct. There is only one ten-

don to the pollex, and the muscular fibres arising from the middle of

the ulna join the part which answers to the flexor longus pollicis.

The extensor communis digitorum and extensor minimi digiti ap-

pear to be represented by only one muscle, which arises by a diminu-

tive tendon from the external condyle of the humerus. The mus-

cular fibres give origin to a tendon which soon becomes divided into

two; the radial one of these again subdivides into four very fine

tendons, one going to the index, another (the broadest) bifurcating,

its branches going to the third and fourth digits respectively ; an-

other (the third subdivision) goes to the fourth digit, and the last to

the fifth digit.

The ulnar main division of the common tendon goes to the fifth

digit only. This last perhaps answers to the extensor minimi

digiti, or that portion of the extensor communis recorded by Profes-

sor Owen’ as existing in Chetromys, and sending subsidiary tendons

to the fourth and fifth digits.

Fig. 4.

Enlarged view of the palmar surface of the hand, to show the small muscles of

the pollex and fifth digits; also the interossei and insertions of the lum-

bricales.

The extensor indicis is a very small muscle arising from the mid-

dle of the ulna at its radial side, and from the interosseous mem-

brane, It gives origin to two tendons, one going to the index, the

' Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 63, pl. xxiii, fig. 4.

* Loe. cit. p. 62, pl. 23. fig. 2. no. 27a.

2418 MESSRS. MIVART AND MURIE ON THE [Feb. 28,

other to the fourth digit in the right hand, but in the left hand to

the fifth and index.

This muscle, being quite single in our specimen, differs from that

described by Meckel* as existing in Loris.

The extensor ossis metacarpt-pollicis shows no trace of subdivi-

sion in its tendon, nor any indication that it really includes (as im-

plied in the memoir) the extensor primi internodii.

The extensor carpi ulnaris arises by two distinct heads, one from

the posterior and lower surface of the external condyle, the other

(fully half an inch broad) from the posterior surface of the ulna.

These heads unite at an acute angle, and give origin to a tendon

which has the usual insertion.

Muscles of the Abdomen.—As regards the psoas and iliacus, we

were unable to determine satisfactorily their precise limits and sub-

divisions ; nevertheless we are certain that neither the conditions

described by S. Van der Kolk and W. Vrolik, nor those given by

Meckel? as existing in Loris, correspond with those in our specimen.

The most internal portion, far from being “la plus forte,” is the

most slender. It is undoubtedly the psoas parvus, and arises by

fleshy fasciculi from the sides of the bodies of the second and third

lumbar vertebree, but very soon becomes entirely tendinous. Its long

thin tendon, having an aponeurotic extension proceeding from the

inner border, goes towards the pelvis, is closely applied to the muscle

beneath, and finally inserted into the ilio-pectineal eminence imme-

diately above the acetabulum. In Tarsius’ the tendon of the psoas

parvus bifurcates.

The large muscular mass beneath the above tendon appears to re-

present the iliacus. It arises, however, from the sides of the bodies

of the lumbar vertebrze below the third, and from the front of the

sacrum (being separated from the pyriformis at its origin by the

sacral plexus), but it has no origin from the ilium ; the insertion is

normal.

Another large muscle, which we suppose must be considered as the

psoas magnus, arises behind the last described (the ventral surface

of the body being towards the observer), from the bodies and trans-

verse processes, at their bases, of the two last dorsal and six upper

lumbar vertebrze, and is inserted as usual. At its origin it has nu-

merous tendons interspersed in its muscular substance, and is closely

connected with the next to be described.

This muscle, which we provisionally call *quadratus lumborum,

arises from the two transverse processes of the lumbar vertebree,

from about the fourth downwards, and is inserted into the crest of

the ilium immediately above what appeared to be the scansorius.

Above it is so closely connected with the psoas magnus that the cor-

rect determination of their limits requires further examination.

The superficial abdominal muscles present nothing worthy of re-

mark, excepting the rectus. This is continued forward as a narrow

band on each side of the sternum, parallel with and about one-fifth

1 Anat. Comp. vol vi. p. 324. 2 Loe. eit. p. 374.

> Burmeister, p. 67, t. 4, fig. 2. no. 1.

1865. ] ANATOMY OF NYCTICEBUS. 249

of an inch distant from it, as far as the first rib, into which it is in-

serted.

Muscles of the lower Extremity.—The gluteus minimus, the

entogluteus of Owen’, is a very small fan-shaped muscle, arising

from the junction of the iliumn and ischium, behind the acetabulum,

and is inserted into the trochanter.

This appears to be the muscle described by W. S. Church? as the

gemellus superior ; but in our Nycticebus there is a distinct gemellus

superior between the gluteus minimus and the tendon of the obtura-

tor internus.

The pyriformis is very largely developed. It arises from the

anterior (abdominal) surface of the sacrum, and is inserted into the

great trochanter. The sciatic nerve passes out beneath its inferior

border.

The authors of the joint memoir, though they mention by name,

give no description of this muscle ; neither does Professor Owen in

his monograph so often quoted. Meckel also says nothing of its

existence in Loris, Burmeister® gives a long description of appa-

rently the same muscle in Tarsius, and remarks that it must have a

powerful action in rotating the thigh outwards.

The gracilis has indeed a very extensive origin ; but it nevertheless

is quite single, and shows no trace of the division described by Mec-

kel’ as existing in Loris. It is inserted by a distinct but short

tendon into the inner border of the tibia, beneath the sartorius.

The *pectineus arises from the anterior surface of the pubis, and

is inserted into the inner side of the femur. Professor Vrolik, in his

article on the Quadrumana’, denies the existence of a pectineus in

Stenops ; but Meckel asserts that in Loris it is very strong.

The biceps femoris arises by a long and narrow tendon from the

posterior end of the tuberosity of the ischium, beneath the semiten-

dinosus. The fibres expand distally in a fan-like manner, and are

inserted by an aponeurosis into the head of the fibula and the fascia

of the leg.

The semimembranosus arises from the ischium at its junction

with the pubis, immediately beneath the origin of the semitendinosus,

with which it is very closely connected. Passing downwards, it ends

in a long tendon, which goes beneath the internal lateral ligament of

the knee-joint, and is inserted into the inner side of the tuberosity of

the tibia.

The description of this muscle in Loris, as given in the French

translation of Meckel, is too ambiguously worded for us to be able to

decide whether it agrees with our observation.

The tibialis anticus is a very large and powerful muscle, and

arises from fully the upper half of the anterior surface of the tibia,

and has its usual insertion (figs. 5 & 6, T.a). There is no trace

' Cheiromys, p. 66.

? Nat. Hist. Review, Jan. 1862, p. 87.

° Op. cit. p. 69, t. 3. fig. 4, and t. 4. fig. 5, no. 7.

* Loe. cit. p. 397.

* Cyelop. Anat. and Physiol. vol. iv. p. 218.

250 MESSRS, MIVART AND MURIE ON THE [Feb. 28,

whatever of any division of the tendon of this muscle, @ fortiori not

of its muscular part.

The extensor longus digitorum is a very slender muscle, the

smallest of the leg-extensors and flexors of the lower limb ; yet it has .

a double origin, as also in Cheiromys'. The smaller head arises by

a thin muscular bundle from the outer side of the tuberosity of the

~ tibia, with also a small pencil of fibres coming from the inner side of

the head of the fibula; the larger origin consists of a rhomboidal,

flat, muscular fasciculus attached to the inner side of the middle third

of the fibula. The muscle gives a tendon which splits into four sub-

divisions, sending one to each of the four outer digits, that to the

index being the smallest.

The extensor longus hallucis is of about equal magnitude with

the preceding, but quite distinct from it. It arises from more than

the upper half of the external margin of the tibia. Its tendon is in-

serted into the proximal end of the last phalanx of the hallux (fig. 6,

E. 1. h).

In Loris, according to Meckel’, this muscle seems to be con-

founded with the extensor longus digitorum.

The peroneus longus is remarkable for its great extent, covering

about one-half of the anterior surface of the leg ; but there is nothing

unusual in its origin or insertion (fig. 6, P. 7).

The *peroneus quinti digiti is very distinctly developed, the

muscular fibre being of considerable length. It arises between the

peroneus longus and peroneus brevis, completely hidden by them,

and is inserted by an extremely delicate tendon into the proximal

end of the second phalanx of the fifth digit (fig. 6, P.g.d). This

muscle, we believe, was first described under the above name by

Professor Huxley*, in his Hunterian Lectures for 1864; but it has

been noticed by Meckel* among the extensors of the digits.

Burdach® has also described it under the name peroneus tertius ;

and W. S. Church® likewise refers to it under the same designation.

But this muscle can scarcely be the homologue of the peroneus ter-

tius of Man, inasmuch as it arises not on the tibial side of the pero.

neus brevis, but on the fibular side. Moreover Professor Huxley

remarks, it is sometimes represented in Man by a slip from the ten-

don of the peroneus brevis.

The gastrocnemius.—It is difficult to understand how Professors

S. Van der Kolk and W. Vrolik can have asserted that ‘‘ Jes jumeaua

et le muscle soléare sont trés-forts,” unless they have mistaken one

head of the flexor longus digitorum for part of the gastrocnemius.

It is the more probable that they have done so, as they have de-

scribed the semimembranosus as “‘embrassant les jumeaux,’ whereas

it is the flexor communis longus which this muscle directly embraces.

So far from being “ trés-fort,’’ the gastrocnemius is exceedingly

1 Owen, /. c. p. 68, pl. 25. figs. 1, 3. no. 35.

2 Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 499.

3 Med. Times and Gaz., 9th July, 1864, p. 40.

+ Anat. Comp. vol. vi. pp. 438 and 440. 5 Loe. cit. pp. 46-55.

1865. | ANATOMY OF NYCTICEBUS. 251

weak and slender. It arises by the usual two heads, the inner one

being very much higher than the outer one. It has the ordinary

insertion by the tendo Achillis, which is moderately developed, the

gastrocnemius being muscular almost its entire length (fig. 5, G).

The soleus appears to be represented by a flat rhomboidal band

of muscular fibre without any tendon. It arises from the posterior

margin of the head of the fibula and the inner border of the flexor

longus hallucis for about half its length, then joins the outer border

of the gastrocnemius for above half an inch (fig. 5, 8). In Loris,

according to Meckel’, it arises from almost the whole of the fibula.

We were unable to find any trace of a plantaris muscle.

Hind limb between knee and ankle.

P. Popliteus. G. Gastrocnemius. S. Soleus. F./. d. Flexor longus digitorum.

F.1.h. Flexor longus hallucis. 7. a. Tibialis anticus. 7. p. Tibialis posticus.

The *popliteus is rather well developed. It arises from the pos-

terior surface of the tibia as far inwards as the internal lateral liga-

ment (fig. 5, P). It is inserted by a very strong tendon (contain-

ing a large sesamoid bone), which passes behind, rather than beneath,

the external lateral ligament, into the depression outside the outer

condyle. In Tarsius, according to Burmeister’, this muscle is in-

1 Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 421, 2 Op. cit. p. 75, t. 4. fig. 5. no, 23.

252 MESSRS. MIVART AND MURIE ON THE [Feb. 28,

serted into the sesamoid bone of the outer head of the gastrocne-

mius.

The flexor longus digitorum presents perhaps the most interest-

ing peculiarities of any of the muscles of this animal. These pecu-

liarities are passed over in silence by Professors Van der Kolk and

Vrolik, which makes it the more probable that part of this muscle

has been confounded by them with the gastrocnemius.

The spontaneous flexion of the digits of this creature is very re-

markable; and, as has been noticed by Professor Huxley’ in his

account of the nearly allied form, Arctocebus, it requires considerable

effort to extend the toes, which when left to themselves become

again bent.

We observed, in suspending the dead specimen by the feet from

our fingers, that instead of falling to the ground, the body remained

suspended, the toes forcibly contracting, grasping firmly the fingers,

the animal thus hanging quite securely by the digits of its feet.

Various modifications, doubtless, concur in producing this very

strong and ready flexion of the digits ; but the peculiar origin of the

flexor longus digitorum, there is little doubt, greatly contributes, if

not mainly conduces, to this phenomenon. ‘This muscle has three

distinct origins—the first from the internal condyle of the femur

as high as the inner head of the gastrocnemius, and from the inner

surface of the tendon of that inner head (fig. 5); the second part

arises from the inner border of the tibia, in close union with the

aponeurosis of the sartorius and semitendinosus. The fibres from

these two origins unite to form one fleshy belly, which constitutes the

greater part of the muscle. The third part arises from the posterior

surface of the tibia, beginning above immediately below the popli-

teus (fig. 5). Its fibres constitute the second belly of the muscle—

an elongated rhomboidal mass which, uniting with the larger belly

immediately above the common tendon, passes down behind the in-

ternal malleolus, and, after giving off a small tendon to the hallux,

bifurcates, the inner portion giving rise to two tendons, one going

to the middie digit, the other forming part of the deep index-tendon.

The outer portion also gives rise to two tendons, going to the fourth

and fifth digits respectively (fig. 6, F. J. d).

The origin of this muscle from the proximal bone of the limb (the

femur) has the effect of flexing the digits by the mere extension of

the leg on the thigh. Professor Huxley, in his present Hunterian

Course of Lectures, dwelt upon the passive mode of suspension of

Pteropus by its hinder extremities, and also noticed in the same the

origin of the flexor longus digitorum from the femur. This similar

condition must, doubtless, have a similar effect, and greatly contri-

bute in Pteropus, as in Nycticebus, to the effortless suspension of the

body.

Meckel? describes the muscle under the name of the “ plantaire

gréle,” and says it arises in the ordinary way from the internal con-

dyle of the femur; but the plantaris, as far as we know, arises con-

stantly and exclusively from the fibular side. This fact tells against

? Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 319. — 2 Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 456.

1865. ] ANATOMY OF NYCTICEBUS. 253

the possibility of the plantaris in any way contributing to form this

so largely developed flexor longus digitorum.

An interesting similarity with reference to the distribution of the

tendons exists in Cheiromys', except that there is no tendon given

off to the hallux.

Flexor tendons of the foot.

F.1. d. Flexor longus digitorum. /’./.h. Flexor longus hallucis. F..d. Flexor

brevis digitorum. Z. Lumbricales. P.&. Peroneus brevis. P./. Peroneus

longus. P.g.d. Peroneus quinti digiti. T.a. Tibialis anticus. £./.h. Ex-

tensor longus hallucis.

The flexor longus hallucis is a powerful muscle, but smaller than

the preceding. It arises by two heads—one from the posterior sur-

face of the fibula, the other, a very small fasciculus, from the tendon

of the popliteus (fig. 5). Its strong tendon gives off a slip to the

hallux, joining that going to the same digit from the flexor longus.

Jt then bifurcates, one part joining that branch of the flexor longus

which goes to the index and middle digits, and forms its share of

each of their tendons ; the other joins a tendon of the flexor longus,

and forms with it the perforating tendon of the fourth digit (fig. 6,

F.1.h).

A oa similar arrangement exists in Chetromys* ; only this muscle

exclusively furnishes the hallux-tendon.

The flexor brevis digitorum is very narrow; it arises from the

plantar surface of the tendon of the flexor longus, and ends in two

' Owen, Joc. cit. p. 67, pl. 25. fig. 2. no. 32. ? Ibid. no. 31.

254 MESSRS. MIVART AND MURIE ON THE [Feb. 28,

fleshy bellies, each giving off two slender and perforated tendons

which go to the fourth and fifth digits respectively (fig. 6, F. b. d).

We did not observe an accessorius.

The small muscles of both hand and foot, which belong to the

first and fifth digits respectively, we found to exist as mentioned by

our authors: and with regard to the interossei of the hand and foot,

these are represeuted (as they appeared to us) in the woodcuts

(figs. 4 & 7); but we refrain from giving a detailed description of

them, as a fresh dissection would be required to confirm and satisfy

ourselves as to the perfect accuracy of our observations upon them.

Enlarged view of the plantar surface of the foot, to show the small muscles of

the hallux and fifth digits, the interossei, and the lumbricales attached to the

flexor tendons.

On carefully comparing the brain of our specimen with the de-

scription of Professors Van der Kolk and Vrolik, and likewise with

the careful and minute account given by Mr. W. H. Flower’, of the

brain of Nycticebus javanicus, we found it to agree completely with

the statements of the latter author, except that the posterior parts

of the Sylvian fissures converged instead of being parallel.

A slight difference existed in form and dimensions; but these,

doubtless, were due to its having been previously preserved in

alcohol.

The viscera agree with Professors Van der Kolk and W. Vrolik’s

account of them. It may be worth while at the same time to men-

' Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. v. p. 103.

1865. ] ANATOMY OF NYCTICEBUS. 255

tion that the liver, which, according to our authors, offers “‘de grandes

différences individuelles,” in our specimen showed a very interesting

uniformity in the number and relative dimensions of its lobes.

It corresponded with the conditions represented and described by

Professor Huxley’ as existing in the allied form of Arctocebus.

The liver in Loris does not seem to be very different, according to

Buffon* and Martin®. In Chetromys* there is also a singular re-

semblance to Nycticebus tardigradus in the form and divisions of

this organ.

This extends even to the direction of the fundus of the gall-blad-

der, which, according to Professor Peters’, in a paper read at Berlin

in April 1864, is in Chetromys directed in the normal manner, in-

stead of the abnormal manner peculiar to the other Madagascar

Lemuroidea.

The ceecum has the elongated prolongation (like, if not really and

essentially, a vermiform appendix) which is figured and described in

the memoir.

The comparatively small zoological importance of this character is,

however, shown by the fact that in Cheiromys a condition exists

very similar to that presented by Nycticebus, while in the closely

allied genus Arctocebus* and in Loris’ there is no trace of any such

prolongation.

The generative organs present no difference, worthy of remark,

from the description already given in the memoir on Stenops, the

uterus being bicorned, and the clitoris very large and perforated

by the urethra. The kidneys, suprarenal capsules, and bladder are

similar to-those of Arctocebus®, except that the ureters do not enter

so low down towards the neck of the bladder.

If we sum up the results of our investigation upon the anatomy of

Nycticebus tardigradus, we are led to note the interesting peculiari-

ties offered by the muscles of the limbs,—on the one hand, the re-

appearance and, as it were, exaggeration of that anthropoid muscle,

the flexor longus pollicis ; on the other hand, its resemblance, by the

interlacements of its tendons with those of the flexor profundus, to

the conditions always offered by the foot in Primates—a resemblance

which has already been noticed by Professor Huxley in his Hun-

terian Lectures for 1864.

We are also struck with the almost atrophied gastrocnemius, but

concomitantly augmented flexor longus communis, which last, in-

verting the analogy of the flexor longus pollicis, resembles a hand-

flexor in its origin from the proximal bone of the limb.

Likewise are we impressed with the very large size of the rectus

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 330, fig. 9.

2 Hist. Nat. tome xiii. p. 216.

3 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 23.

* Owen, loc. cit. p. 73.

5 See Notice in Nat. Hist. Review, Jan. 1865, p. 149.

® Huxley, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 329, fig. 9.

7 Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. xiii. pl. 31. fig. 2.

® Huxley, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 332, fig. 11.

256 MR. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 14,

anticus major, and the generally extensive development of the mus-

cles of the ventral surface of the spine.

All these peculiarities of muscular structure must be considered

in connexion with the singular movements which this animal is

capable of making, and which it habitually employs in its arboreal

manner of life. We allude especially to its Sloth-like mode of pro-

gression, avd its great power of slowly and easily raising up the head

and anterior part of the body while hanging suspended by its poste-

rior extremities alone.

March 14, 1865.

' Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to several recent

additions to the Society’s Menagerie, amongst which were—

1. A three-banded Armadillo (T'ylopeutes conurus, Is. Geoffr.),

received from the Acclimatization Society of Paris. This little ani-

mal (which differed from the ordinary form of the species in the

entire absence of the rudimentary first digit, having but three front

toes) was very remarkable for its curious manner of progression. In

walking, only the pointed tips of the elongated nails of the second

and third digits of the front feet touched the ground, and the body

was often supported merely on the tip of the third digit only.

2. A male Siamese Pheasant (Huplocamus prelatus), received in

exchange from the Acclimatization Society of Paris.

Mr. Sclater exhibited some specimens of eggs laid by birds living

in the Society’s Menagerie, amongst which were those of Scemmer-

ing’s Pheasdut (Phasianus semmeringit) and the Horned Tragopan

(Ceriornis satyra). Mr. Sclater remarked that the eggs of the

former bird closely approximated to those of the other species of true

Phasianus. The eggs of the Tragopan much resembled those of the

Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus), being of a creamy

white, minutely freckled and blotched with two shades of pinkish

grey, and measuring 2°45 by 1°8 inch.

Mr. Alfred Newton exhibited specimens of several new or little-

known birds’ eggs, and gave descriptions of others, amongst which

were those of Hlanoides furcatus, Nucifraga caryocatactes, Didun-

culus strigirostris, Phalaropus fulicarius, Opisthocomus cristatus,

Mareca americana, and Fulix affinis. Mr. Newton believed that

the eggs of the Nutcracker (Nucifraga caryocatactes), which had

been obtained from the island of Bornholm, were the first really au-

thentic examples of this species that had reached this country.

A communication was read from Mr. G. 8. Brady, describing

1865.] DR. E. CRISP ON THE BACTRIAN CAMEL. 257

sixty-six new or imperfectly known species of Marine Ostracoda,

and accompanied by elaborate drawings of the various species.

This paper will be published in full in the Transactions.

The following papers were read :—

1. ON somE PoINTS RELATING TO THE ANATOMY AND Hapits

OF THE BactriAN CAMEL (CAMELUS BACTRIANUS), AND

ON THE PRESENCE OF INTESTINAL GLANDS NOT BEFORE

NoTICED. By Epwarps Crisp, M.D., F.Z.S., erc.

I shall endeavour, in this paper, to notice chiefly certain parts of

the anatomy of this animal which, as I believe, have escaped the

observation of, or have not been fully investigated by previous in-

quirers ; or if investigated, the mode of research has been different

to that which I have pursued. This leads me to mention two prac-

tices that I have for a long time followed, and which, as far as I

know, I was the first to adopt, and the utility of which, I think, is

especially apparent in an investigation like the present. These con-

sist in the filling of some of the hollow organs—as the various portions

of the intestinal tube, for example—with water, to ascertain their

capacity, and in the distention of some parts with liquid plaster of

Paris to show their form and to exhibit injections of the blood-

vessels or absorbents in a better manner. A part of the injected

stomach of a Llama (before the Society) treated in this way, to show

the form of the water-bags and the course of the vessels supplying

them, well exemplifies the advantage of this method.

The Camelide are some of the most interesting animals, not only

as regards their structure, but also in reference to their habits and

utility, with which the anatomist has to deal. Their history is too

well known to need repetition here; but it will not be out of place

to notice the Camels (one- and two-humped) now in the Society’s

Gardens. These consist of an old male Bactrian Camel with one

of the humps down*, of a female of the same species born in the

Crimea in 1855, and of a male Camel about forty years of age. I

learn that, since the formation of the Society (1826), one Bactrian

Camel died of dropsy, and that two Camels have been born in the

Society’s collection ; one of these died, and the other was reared

and afterwards sent to Edinburgh. A Camel (Bactrian) was born

in Edmunds’s travelling menagerie last year. I believe the only place

in Europe where Camels are now bred for profit is Pisa. Of all the

animals in our menageries, probably the Camel is the most healthy.

To return to the Camels in the gardens of the Society, I learn from

the keeper that their consumption of food is about equal to that of

the Horse, and that they do not drink, even in hot weather, more

* Tt is well known that these humps often diminish in size, and that the fatty

matter of which they are composed is again replaced; but Mr. Bartlett informs

me, “from inquiries he has made of many persons connected with travelling

menageries, that when the hump falls in this manner it never recovers its erect

position.”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XVII.

258 DR. E. CRISP ON THE [ Mar. 14,

than six gallons * daily, and in winter about three gallons. There

is one remarkable feature in the male Camel that is not, I think,

generally known. On the back of the neck, just behind the ears,

are two glandular elevations that furnish, especially during the rut-

ting season, a very offensive secretion. This, as will be seen by the

paper smeared with it, is of a dark colour, and very like the sepia of the

Cuttlefish (Octopus), and might, I believe, be used advantageously

asa pigment. I find that this secretion is from a large number of

agminated glands seated under -the skin in the situation above

named. They are about 4th of an inch in length and 7th of an

inch in breadth, and are represented in Plate IV.

In speaking of the generative function, with which these glands

are intimately connected, let me notice the mode of copulation of

the Camelide, known to many. The male, often after very un-

gallant usage to his spouse, compels her to drop down in her usual

position when at rest, and in this way copulation is accomplished.

In my paper “On the Dentition and Mode of Copulation of the

Elephants ’’ (Lancet, 1854, p. 198), I believe that I was the first to

point out the mode of copulation of these animals. The female

places her head upon the ground, elevates her haunches, and thus

the act of copulation is affected. I am not acquainted with any

other quadrupeds in which the females assume the position I have

described in the Elephants and Camels, including the Llamas.

One great source of difficulty in this investigation has been the

confusion that has arisen respecting the names of the two species of

Camel, Dromedary and Camel being applied to both by different

authorities. It would be well, I think, if the term Dromedary were

abandoned, and the names One- or Two-humped Camel used in its

lace.

3 Daubenton, in Buffon’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle,’ 1744, vol. xi. p. 255,

has given a long description of the anatomy of the Camel, with a

number of measurements of the bones and of various parts. He

represents the stomach as consisting of five compartments; and he

gives the length of the alimentary canal, exclusive of the caecum, as

‘eighty French feet. He says that the two races (Camel and Dro-

medary) mix, and that their progeny is the most vigorous.

Sir E. Home (Phil. Trans., 1806) describes the stomach of a

Camel that was killed at the London College of Surgeons, 1805.

‘*« The animal was supplied with a large quantity of water before death,

and this fluid was found in a pure state in the water-bags; these

cavities, moreover, contained none of the food.”

In the first volume of our ‘ Proceedings,’ part 2, 1832, p. 126, Mr.

Spooner gives some notes on the Dromedary (Camelus dromedarius,

Linn. )—the animal I have before spoken of that died of dropsy.

“In the structure of the stomach he found nothing to add to the

accounts already given by Daubenton and Sir E. Home. He stated,

however, that the cells of the first stomach contained food, and, like

* The Elephant, as I am informed by the keeper, will sometimes in hot

weather drink twenty pailfuls of water daily, although the capacity of its

stomach is only about one-third that of the Camel.

1865. | ANATOMY OF THE BACTRIAN CAMEL. 259

John Hunter, he had some doubt as to the correctness of the sup-

posed water-holding function of these cells.’ Prof. Owen remarked

“that he had found food in the water-cells of Llamas; but he

thought it probable that this had been forced into them by moving

the animals after death.”

In the Hunterian Museum (556 to 559) are preparations of the

water-cells of the Llama and Camel, with a description by Professor

Owen.

Cuvier (‘ Legons d’Anatomie Comparée,’ 1836, tom. iv. p. 72)

gives a very short account of the stomach of the Camel, which he

describes as having four cavities. The total length of the intestinal

tube in the Dromedary (one-humped) is given as 38°456, the pro-

portion to the body being 1:15°5. In the Camel, the total length

of the intestinal canal is 42°213, the proportion to the length of the

body being 1 : 12°3 (Table, p. 193).

Iam not acquainted with any recent writer who has given a mi-

nute account of the visceral anatomy of the Camel.

The Bactrian Camel (Camelus bactrianus) (two-humped), a part

of which I have lately dissected, was an old male that had been long

in a travelling menagerie, and was killed in consequence of old age,

disease, and emaciation.

I had not an opportunity of examining the brain; but judging

from the cast of one in the Hunterian Museum, from which the

drawing before the Society was taken, the weight is about 24 ozs.,

a proportion of about 4, or <4, to the body—a small brain for an

animal possessing so great an amount of docility and intelligence.

The brain of an Indian Elephant that I weighed was about 12 lbs. in

weight.

The eye weighs 1 oz. 148 grs.; the lens 58grs. There is a pecu-

liarity connected with the eye of the Camel and Dromedary that I

have not seen noticed by any writer on these animals, although it

can scarcely have escaped observation. If the eyes of the three

animals I have spoken of in the Society’s collection are inspected,

it will be seen that pigmentary masses are suspended from the

pupil and pass into the anterior chamber, so as to form a kind of cur-

tain to regulate the admission of light—a beautiful provision in an

animal so exposed to the sun’s rays. In one of the Camels a loop of

pigmentary membrane is seen in the anterior chamber of both eyes.

Unfortunately I omitted to examine this part after death in the

Camel I dissected.

The tongue is long, narrower in the centre, and more expanded at

the base and extremity ; the buccal villi long and numerous. The

larynx presents no remarkable peculiarity, except that the anterior

part of the thyroid cartilage is less prominent than in most of the

ruminants.

The trachea is of nearly uniform calibre ; it consists of seventy-five

rings, and is 3 feet 11 inches in length.

The thyroid glands are of an oblong shape, and entirely separate.

They weigh about one ounce and a half.

The heart weighs 6 lbs. 4 ozs. ; it measures 11 inches from the

260 DR. E. CRISP ON THE [Mar. 14,

base to the apex. The parietes of the left ventricle are 13 inch in

thickness, and the septum measures the same. The parietes of the

right ventricle are 8 lines in thickness. The tricuspid valve is

formed by the expansion of ten tendinous slips, which proceed from

two elevations (cornez columne) of the right ventricle. There is no

heart-bone, as in many of the ruminants; and the apex of the heart

is less pointed than in the Antelopes and Cervide. ;

The lungs present the most remarkable specimen of disease that I

have met with in these organs. They both have a whitish nodu-

lated appearance, and contain scarcely a square inch of healthy

structure, the general mass being made up of hard tubercles con-

taining a large proportion of earthy matter. The lungs are about

of equal size, and the right (the only one I put into the scale) weighed

203 lbs., a great proportion of this being made up of carbonate of

lime. The bronchial glands are much enlarged, and are composed

of a larger proportion of earthy matter than the lungs. ‘This dis-

position to the formation of earthy matter in the lungs is very com-

mon in the ruminants. I have met with it to a great extent in

the Leucoryx and in other Antelopes; and in the common sheep

the Echinococcus-cysts are often converted intu chalky and ossifie

material. As this Society is both zoological and physiological, let

me digress for a moment to point out the beautiful law of com-

pensation that exists in all animal bodies, so that when one organ is

impaired, or, as in this instance, almost destroyed, one or more parts

take on a compensatory action. In this case the blood was aérated

by the lining membrane of the trachea and by that of the larger

bronchial tubes, the process of depuration being performed chiefly

by the liver (which was normal in structure) and by the intestinal

glands. I have seen numerous examples of this in the Quadrumana

and in other orders. The normal structure of the lungs may be

almost entirely destroyed by disease, and the animal may linger on

for a long period; but when both lungs and liver are seriously af-

fected, lite is soon terminated. There is one practical and useful

’ fact that I have alluded to in a former paper, in connexion with

tubercle in the lower animals, viz. that it is much more prevalent

in the vegetable feeders.

Mr. Gilchrist, in his essay on the ‘ Diseases of the Camel’ (India,

1846), does not mention the presence of tubercle in the lungs or in

other parts, this lesion being probably the result, as in other animals,

of close confinement, and often, in travelling menageries, of a vi-

tiated atmosphere.

The liver weighs 234]lbs. It consists mainly of one lobe, with

two slight divisions. ‘The under surface is curiously formed into

several thin flaps, which pass in a horizontal direction. No gall-

bladder is present, and, with the exception of three tubercles, the

viscus is in a normal state.

The spleen weighs 25 ozs., and is of the usual fan-like shape that

it assumes in most of the ruminants. The splenic vein contains five

pairs of valves; these are also present in the gastric and abdominal

veins.

1865.] ANATOMY OF THE BACTRIAN CAMEL. 261

The pancreas is of the usual branched form that is found in the

ruminants ; it weighs only about 10 0zs.—a very small organ for an

animal with such a large and complicated stomach.

The kidney weighs 2 lbs. | oz., and is of the usual form of this

organ in the ruminants ; the renal bodies, as is the case in all the

ruminants that I have dissected, are not in contact with the kidneys.

The mamillary processes are unusually long (3 inches). The pelves

of the kidneys are filled with solid, hard, white fat, and from this

finger-like masses proceed between the cones. I have on a former

occasion mentioned a remarkable local accumulation of hard fat

around the heart of an old and emaciated Eland (Oreas canna) of a

similar character. Both renal bodies were much diseased—a very

unusual occurrence in the lower animals. The left renal vein con-

tains five pairs of valves, the right vein only two pairs.

I had not an opportunity of examining the generative organs.

I now come to the most interesting part of the inquiry, viz. the

form, capacity, and anatomical relations of the alimentary canal. I

scarcely need say that a minute description of the stomach alone

would occupy many pages, and the time would not be ill spent ; but

there are few who would care to hear the details. I have inverted

the stomach ; and the drawing, of the natural size, before the Society

represents it in this position. The rumen, instead of being covered

with villi, as in all ruminants (except in the other Camelide), has a

smooth surface lined with pavement-epithelium. In this cavity are

two sets of water-cells, the one consisting of about ninety-four, and

entirely distinct, the other composed of about seventy-eight cells,

and connected with the second stomach—that which would cor-

respond to the reticulum (honeycomb) in ordinary ruminants. From

the cesophagus proceeds to the second stomach (reticulum or true

water-bag of some authors), an elevated ridge of the mucous and

muscular coats, which conducts the food to the last-named cavity,

but does not enclose it, as is supposed to be the case with the

double ridge in other ruminants. The second stomach, or water-bag, is

composed almost entirely of cells, but of less capacity than those

before named, although the subdivisions are more numerous; these

amount in all to about 380. The large cells in the rumen will con-

tain about two or three ounces of water; but, if all were filled, the

capacity of each would be much diminished. I found no traces of

food in any of these cells, but a large quantity of small pieces of

coal, an old nail, and bits of glass, the weight of all amounting to

about 24 ozs. This animal, like many in a diseased state, had probably

a depraved appetite, and hence the presence of these extraneous

bodies. Ellis, the keeper of the gardens, tells me, however, that

these animals, at certain times, are very ‘nasty feeders,” and will eat

almost anything. The next stomach, which has been called the

third, corresponds to the maniples ; but, as will be seen when the

dimensions are given, it is comparatively much larger, and the large

mucous folds present in other ruminants are scarcely perceptible.

The fourth cavity (or digestive stomach of other ruminants) is small,

but extremely vascular and elevated into ridges, like the digestive

SAAN

262 DR. E. CRISP ON THE [ Mar. 14,

stomach of the Dolphin or Porpoise. These ridges evidently in-

crease and decrease in size, according to the activity of the digestive

process ; and this explains the highly tortuous condition of the ar-

teries. This cavity is shut off from the next, which I call the fifth

stomach, by a strong muscular valve. The last-named stomach is

thin and dilated, and terminates in the duodenum, although the great

contraction at this part can scarcely be called valvular. Daubenton,

who gives five stomachs to the Camel, has not included the last

cavity ; but I think it is entitled to be called a fifth stomach ; indeed,

if we reckon the two sets of water-bags in the rumen, the Camel

may be said to have seven stomachs.

No one can form a proper notion of the immense size of the

Camel’s stomach unless it is seen distended: when in this state, the fol-

lowing are the measurements and the capacity of the various parts :—

The length of the cesophagus 6 feet ; of the rumen 43 inches, its

circumference 5 feet 6 inches, and it holds twenty gallons of water.

The length of the second stomach is 21 inches, and its capacity

about six quarts. The third stomach is 34 inches in length, and

holds about three gallons of water. The fourth stomach is 8 inches

in length, and contains three quarts of water. The fifth cavity is

9 inches long, and holds about two quarts of water. The capacity

of all is about twenty-five gallons three quarts; and the length of

all, when distended, is 9 feet 6 inches. As regards the quantity of

water that these cavities hold I, of course, cannot speak with perfect

accuracy.

The muscular bands and the mode of closure of the water-bags

have been so often described that I need not allude to them; but

there is one piece of mechanism in convexion with this apparatus

that I think has been overlooked, viz. the arrangement of the ex-

ternal muscular fibres of the rumen. Many of these wide muscular

strips terminate in finger-like divisions, which are so spread out as

to exercise, I believe, a material influence on the closure of the water-

cavities.

I supposed until recently that only the Camelide had water-cavi-

ties in the stomachs ; but on dissecting an Antelope from Siberia, the

Saiga (Antilope saiga), I was surprised to find two large water-bags

in the rumen; and I hope to bring the visceral anatomy of this rare

animal before the Society at a future time.

The small intestines of the Camel measured 114 feet by 2 feet 6

inches, the colon and rectum 27 feet 6 inches, making in all a

length of 159 feet 6 inches. In the Alpaca (duchenia pacos) I

found the length of the alimentary tube 70 feet, whilst that of the

Huanaco (Auchenia huanaco) was 95 feet.

In my paper on some parts of the anatomy of the Giraffe and

Nylgau (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 63), I stated that the investigation of

the intestinal glands of the lower animals had been much neglected,

and that a wide field was left for future inquirers. The dissection

of this animal reveals another curious structure in connexion with

the intestinal mucous membrane. Near to the czecal valve I found

eight large glandular folds of the mucous membrane ; three of these

1865.] ANATOMY OF THE BACTRIAN CAMEL, 263

were circular, the largest measuring 14 inch in diameter, the folds

forming a circular receptacle that would contain about 2 drachms of

fluid ; one of these was seated at the commencement of the ceecum,

and two on the colon, near to the ileo-czecal valve. In the ileum,

within a space of 6 inches from this valve, were five folds of the

mucous membrane, of a crescentic shape, the largest about 1 inch

in width, their crescentic edges being all towards the ileo-cecal

valve; the largest of these would hold about a drachm of fluid. In

other parts of the ileum, a short distance from the last named, were

slight folds of the lining membrane, but assuming a crescentic shape.

To the naked eye these, both circular and crescentic, appeared to be

mucous follicles surrounded by the folds above described ; but on

putting them under the microscope, they were seen to be composed

of club-shaped villi, about sth of an inch in length, and having

much the appearance of those on the surrounding mucous membrane,

but of larger size.

1. The cxcum and portions of the ileum and colon: B:. ileum; C. colon;

D. excum; showing the circular and semilunar folds. 2. The elevations

on the lining membrane of the small intestine. 3. The same, magnified.

The ileum, over a considerable extent of its surface, presented a

whitish-streaked, mottled appearance, arising from transverse rows of

elevated villi, as seen in fig. 2; the magnified representation of these

villi is shown in fig. 3. The rectum in several parts was folded into

264 DR. E. CRISP ON THE BACTRIAN CAMEL. [ Mar. 14,

longitudinal ridges, as in the Giraffe; but these were of small size

and not so well defined.

Skeleton.—The skeleton of the Bactrian Camel, so-called, is de-

scribed by Professor Owen in the Museum Catalogue of the College

of Surgeons ; and I need not occupy much time in noticing this part

of the structure of the animal, although there are some points, I

think, of great interest connected with it. I have carefully examined

two skeletons of the Camel—one a Bactrian, at the British Museum,

and the skeleton above alluded to, at the College of Surgeons ; and,

although they are said to be of the same species, I find a great dif-

ference in the length of many of the bones, but there is no important

difference in the form: the skeletons are both those of old animals.

In the British Museum specimen I find the united length of the

spinous processes of the dorsal vertebrze to be 110 inches, while those

of the College specimen are only 92 inches; and so with the bones of

the extremities. These differences in the length of the bones may

arise from a difference of sex only, as I believe the skeleton at the

College of Surgeons is that of a female. I took drawings and mea-

surements of the bones of both the skeletons I have named, believ-

ing, at the time, that one we. a Bactrian Camel and the other a

Dromedary (the one-humped); but. it is probable that these are both

the skeletons of the former animal. Professor De Blainville, in his

‘ Ostéographie,’ p. 76, says, after examining the skeletons of the two

species, ‘‘ Quant aux autres parties du squelette, il m’a été impossible

d’y trouver la moindre particuliarité différentielle autre que celles qui

peuvent étre considérées comme individuelles, et que liconographie

la plus rigoureuse pourrait 4 peine signaler”’ (p. 86).

Mr. Flower tells me that he has seen the two skeletons together

at Leyden, and that he observed a marked difference in the spinal

column. It will be interesting hereafter to have this matter more

definitely settled. De Blainville’s comparison was made between

one skeleton of the Dromedary and five of the Camel.

The deviations in the skeletons of the Camelide from the rumi-

nant type, such as the three canine-like teeth in each jaw, the want

of perforation of the transverse processes of the cervical vertebree for

the vertebral artery, the form of the spine of the scapula, the pecu-

liarities in some of the tarsal and carpal bones, and the more flattened

form of the feet, have been pointed out in the Hunterian Catalogue,

and by various writers on the subject ; but there are some peculiarities

in the skeleton of this animal that have not, I think, received sufii-

cient notice. In my examination of the bones of the male Bactrian

Camel at the British Museum, I was struck especially with their

great weight and solidity; and I believe, judging from the exami-

nation of the bones of nearly all our well-known large quadrupeds,

that there is no animal with bones so weighty in proportion to their

bulk as those of the Camel. I find that the skull of the Ox is

much larger than that of the Camel, but the skull of the Camel is

the heavier of the two; and the same remark applies to the Horse’s

skull, where, taking proportion into account, the weight of the Camel’s

skull greatly preponderates. In two Camels’ skulls that I weighed,

1865.] MR. W. S. DALLAS ON THE FEATHERS OF DINORNIS. 265

one from a male animal and the other from a female, the one weighed

10 lbs., the other 12 lbs.,—the small lower jaw cf one weighing

45 Ibs. Of the skulls of two Horses weighed, one was 104 Ibs., and

the other 11 lbs.

But there is another remarkable peculiarity in the skull of the

Camel, that has not been, I think, sufficiently noticed, viz. the Go-

rilla-like form of the upper and back part; indeed I can find no

animal that has so great a resemblance to the Gorilla in this parti-

cular as the Camel. The large size, too, of what are called the true

canine teeth, which in some male Camels exceed the length of 2

inches (out of the gum), is another curious affinity ; and the early

obliteration of the cranial sutures may be mentioned as a third,

although I believe, from the examination of a great many skulls of

the Gorilla, that they are earlier effaced in this animal; but the

rough and unequal condition of the cranial surface for the firmer

attachment of muscle is far greater in the Gorilla.

In the Camel the occipital, the sharp parietal, and the triangular

frontal ridges are all present, as in the Gorilla; but the occipital ridge

is often deeper than that in the anthropoid Ape.

Another deviation in the Camelide is worthy of notice: they

have only twelve ribs, whilst the great majority of ruminants have

thirteen ; the Giraffe, as is well known, has fourteen. The number

of lumbar vertebree in the Camels is seven, as in the Oxen. Under

the microscope there is a marked difference in the hair of the Bac-

trian Camel and that of one-humped Camel: the former is of a.

more woolly character. As is well known, the blood-corpuscles of

the Camelide are of an elliptical form ; but in the animal I have lately

dissected, from the great amount of pulmonary disorganization, the

white corpuscles of the blood were very abundant, and these were

all round—a fact, I think, of some physiological importance.

2. On THE FEATHERS OF DiInoRNIS ROBUSTUS, OWEN.

By W. S. Dauuas, F.L.S., Kreper or York Museum.

The acquisition by the Yorkshire Philosophical Society of a spe-

cimen of Dinornis robustus, Owen, in so perfect a state of preserva-

tion that it retains even portions of the muscular and integumentary

systems, enables me to describe at least a part of the structure of the

feathery covering of this remarkable bird, and thus to throw some

further light upon its affinities among birds with which we are ac-

quainted in the living state. The general condition of the skeleton

was described by Mr. Allis in a paper read before the Linnean Society

in June last ; and Professor Owen has since made use of one or two

portions of it for the completion of his description of the species, in a

paper communicated to this Society ; but the fact of the occurrence

of the feathers, however imperfect, of a bird which, as far as our in-

formation goes, has long been extinct, seems to call for some special

notice.

266 MK. W.S. DALLAS ON THE FEATHERS OF DINORNIS. [Mar. 14,

At first sight, indeed, it would seem that the fresh condition of

many parts of this skeleton, and the preservation of traces of the soft

parts, might warrant us in supposing that many years have not

elapsed since the bird to which it belonged wandered over the hills

of Otago; but all possibility of drawing from these circumstances

any conclusions as to the period of its death is set aside by the fact

that other parts of the skeleton are in a state of decay which would

apparently require a free exposure to the weather for many years for

its production.

The portion of skin which bears the remains of feathers covered

the greater part of the flat, rhombic region of the pelvis immediately

above the commencement of the tail, and extended, on the left side,

beyond the ridge bounding this part of the pelvis, and for some dis-

tance down the slope of its side, where it has beneath it the aponeu-

rotic portion of some of the great muscles of the thigh. The feather-

bearing portion forms a sort of broad, irregular, transverse band

across this region of the pelvis, encroached upon anteriorly by a wide

semicircular notch, and posteriorly, a little to the right of the centre,

by an irregular worn space exhibiting numerous perforations, indica-

ting the former positions of feathers which have disappeared. The

skin itself is rather thick and coarse. The remains of feathers occur

only on that part of the skin which covered the flat back of the pelvis,

in which their insertions give rise to strongly marked papille. The

skin on the sloping left side of the pelvis bears no feathers, and pre-

sents no traces of their insertion. It appears, however, to have lost

some of its outer layers, and certainly does not furnish evidence suf-

ficient to prove the existence of a featherless space at this part, which

would be opposed to Nitzsch’s description of the pterylography of

the Struthionide.

The feathers are all very imperfect, consisting only of the basal

portions of the shaft and accessory shaft, with here and there some

traces of the barbs. The latter occur most abundantly towards the

left side, and especially in the feathers situated upon the left ridge,

from which the specimen here figured (fig. 1) was taken. The shafts

are always evidently imperfect ; the longest fragment existing in the

skin is only about 2 inches in length. The stem tapers gradually,

the quill being the widest part and about =4,th of an inch in dia-

meter. The quill is inserted about ;8;ths of an inch into the skin,

and the webs appear generally to have commenced about ;,th of an

inch from the junction of the quill with the shaft. From these data

it is of course impossible to form any opinion as to the original length

of the feathers.

The accessory shafts are considerably smaller than the main shafts,

but still of sufficient size to constitute an important portion of the

plumage. The longest accessory shaft that I have been able to find

measures 13 inch in length, and is imperfect ; there is little doubt

that the accessory shafts were both shorter and more slender than

the true feathers.

The shaft is somewhat convex above, and marked with a fine lon-

gitudinal furrow beneath. It is of a brown colour beneath, but pale

1865.] MR. W. S. DALLAS ON THE FEATHERS OF DINORNIS. 267

horn-colour above, probably from exposure to external influences.

The accessory shaft is of a pale horn-colour, and appears to be nearly

cylindrical.

Fig. 1. The basal portion of a feather detached from the skin, of the natural size :

a. The accessory shaft.

2. Part of a barb with the barbules ; magnified 15 diameters.

3. Apical portion of a barbule ; magnified 150 diameters.

The structure of the web is somewhat different from that which

occurs in the Emu and the Cassowary. Towards the base of the

shaft the barbs spring in groups of four or five together from nearly

the same spot, and thus this part of the web assumes a tufted aspect.

As we advance towards the apex this arrangement speedily ceases ;

the number of barbs springing from the shaft gradually diminishes,

until each side bears only a single series of these appendages. The

barbs consist of slender, flattened fibres, bearing long, silky, and very

delicate barbules, without any trace of barbicels, but presenting a di-

stinctly beaded appearance when examined by a simple lens. Under

268 DR. P. P. CARPENTER ON NEW SPECIES [Mar. 14,

the microscope, with a moderate power, this beaded aspect is lost,

and the barbule appears merely divided by faint transverse partitions

into a series of cells, some of which, towards the apex, exhibit small

tooth-like projections representing the rudiments of barbicels (fig. 3).

All the barbs remaining on the feathers appear to be imperfect.

The barbs of the accessory plume are of the same general struc-

ture as those on the main shaft, but they appear to form a single

series on each side from the base.

The barbs nearest the base of the feather, both in the main web

and the accessory plume, are destitute of barbules for some distance

from their base ; but this distance gradually decreases until the barb

is furnished with barbules throughout its whole length.

It is evidently impossible to determine from these mere fragments

of feathers what was the precise structure of those organs when per-

fect; we cannot even decide whether the basal barbs possessed the

hair-like tips characteristic of those of the Emu and Cassowary, and

still less whether the apical portion of the feather supported simple

barbs such as occupy that position in those birds. The only fact of

importance, indeed, that I can hope to make known by this paper is

that the Dinornithes undoubtedly possessed a large accessory plume,

thus adding another proof of their relationship to the green-egged

Emus and Cassowaries existing in the Australian region, and of their

difference from the white-egged group of Struthiones represented

in Africa and South America.

3. Dracnoses oF New Species anp A New Genus or Mot-

LUSKS FROM THE REe1IGEN MazaTLaAn COLLECTION: WITH

AN ACCOUNT OF ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS PRESENTED TO

THE British Museum. By Puxtvip P. Carpenter, B.A.,

Pu.D.

After the publication of the British Museum Mazatlan Catalogue,

the backs of several fresh Spondylus-valves were examined by Mr.

R. D. Darbishire aud myself. Among the specimens were several

which were deemed worthy of being added to the national collection ;

they were deposited there, with a MS. appendix to the Catalogue,

in 1858. As it is not judged necessary to print this separately, I

have (with the permission of Dr. Gray) transcribed what should be

placed on record, in hopes that it may not be judged out of place

in the ‘ Proceedings.’ Those who use the Mazatlan Catalogue are

requested to observe not only the corrections in the Appendix,

pp- 547-552, but also those made in the Review of Professor C. B.

Adams’s Panama Catalogue, P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 339; and in the

British Association Reports, 1863, pp. 543 et seg. The numbers,

both of species and of tablets, are continued from the Mazatlan

Catalogue, and correspond with those in the Report. The student

of the Gulf fauna should also consult the account of Mr. Xantus’s

1865. ] OF MOLLUSKS FROM MAZATLAN. 269

Cape St. Lucas shells in the, ‘Annals Nat. E[ist.’ 1864, and in the

Report, pp. 616-626 *.

704. CeLLepora AREOLATA, Busk+.

Tablet 2540 contains a specimen on Omphalius ligulatus.

705. MemBRANIPORA ?FLEMINGII, Buskt.

Tablet 2541 contains a group on O. ligulatus.

* The following additional specimens from the Reigen Collection have been

presented to the British Museum :—

Tablet.

- 12%. A group on Omphalius ligulatus.

13*. Lepralia adpressa and Membranipora, sp. ind., on ditto.

2. Young opposite valve of ?Solecurtus; perhaps conspecific.

201*. Four young valves (smallest ‘05 by 034) probably of this species.

266*. Minute transparent valve, ‘028 across, teeth unformed; perhaps of

this species.

308*. Two specimens; margin irregular.

d94*, Several specimens in Uvanilla unguis; one, not haying room within, has

made a case for itself outside the Uvanidla.

642%, A pair, -3 by ‘15; probably an older state of the same species, Barbatia

alternata.

60*. A minute, transparent valve, -045 by -024, without teeth ; resembling

2 Savicava fragilis, Nyst,’” Jeffr., in ‘ Ann. Nat. Hist.,’ Aug. 1858.

486*. A young shell, ‘06 across, laid open; crowded inside, especially near the

umbones, with a pinkish mass of young ones, about ‘0018 in length.

500, A younger pair, much more transverse, transparent, without concentric

ridges, the lateral teeth in one valve being simply the raising of the

dorsal margins.

833*. Two young specimens, nestling among Nullipore on Fisswrelia alba.

869*. Two specimens, with egg-cases arranged in pattern like Orbitolites.

876*. One specimen, curiously mended after fracture.

877*. One specimen, with columella curiously contorted.

1023*, One specimen, with ribs rounded and aspect of Siphonaria lecanium ;

probably a distinct species.

1058*. One young specimen, probably conspecific, though only 07 by ‘047;

there is no trace of spire.

1059*. Three specimens; broad form.

1468*, Fragment of Spondylus calcifer, with basal supports of Hipponyx ?ser-

ratus, in burrow of Lithophagus plumula.

1795*. Two specimens with five intercalary teeth.

1834*. One specimen with the canal bent back, as in Cassidaria.

2221%*, One specimen, mended after severe fracture.

2223*, One specimen; columellar fold bifid.

2224*, Two specimens; columella bent and straight.

2225*, One specimen; labrum thin.

2226*. One specimen ; ribs close.

2376*. One specimen, dwarf form; nodulous, as in N. nodulifera, Phil.

2516. An opposite larger valve, since found, in which there is only one distinct

posterior tooth, and the anterior hooked tooth is separating into two,

[2534. One specimen of Vitrinella ? tricarinata, jun., of which the ribs are

nodulous in the young state. If rightly determined, this adds no. 710

to the list of species. |

2536. A nuclear shell, ‘046 across, of Naticoid shape, very finely striated in each

direction. It is probably a young Hipponyz.

+ Both of these species were kindly identified by Mr. G. Busk. >

270 DR. P. P, CARPENTER ON NEW SPECIES [Mar. 14,

Genus CycLADELLA.

Testa bivalvis, tenuis, equilateralis, equivalvis, haud hians, um-

bonibus planatis. Ligamentum tenuissimum, externum. Cardo

linea curvata, dent. lat. distantibus, card. transversis, haud

radiantibus.

56. CYCLADELLA PAPYRACEA, 0. Sp.

C. t. tenuissima, subdiaphana, epidermide tenui induta, planata,

suborbiculari; concentrice fortiter lirata, liris rotundatis, intus

excavatis; tota superficie lineis granulosis radiantibus creber-

rimis minutissime celata; dent. card. ii. transversis, mar-

gin dorsali subparallelis ; dent. lat. validis.

=“ Tellina ?eburnea, Hanl.” (fragments only), Maz. Cat. no. 56.

Mr. Hanley kindly sent for my inspection a perfect pair (as

“‘ Lepton” ), which he had found nestling in a burrow in Spondylus.

The hinge more resembles Cyclas (Lam.) than any other known

genus. Its great peculiarity is, that the cardinal teeth, instead of

radiating from the umbo, fall in the curve of the hinge-line, as

though uniting the lateral teeth. The shell is too thin (being deeply

indented within by the concentric waves) to make out the pallial

line ; but no trace of sinus is visible. It may therefore rank, provi-

sionally, under Kelliade, although in other respects its affinities

appear to be with (dalia and Cooperella. The ligament appears

little more than a prolongation of the epidermis. Beside the trans-

verse cardinal teeth, there is in each valve a curved line, slightly

raised, like the end of a finger-nail, which bounds what would be the

lunule in other shells.

Long. *1, lat. +123, alt. -045.

Hab. Mazatlan; one perfect specimen from Havre Collection

(Mus. Hanl.) ; fragments, Liverpool Collection.

706. ? MonTACUTA OBTUSA, Nn. Sp.

2M. ¢. planata, valde inequilaterali, subrhomboidea ; subdia-

phana seu chalcedonica, haud punctata, levi ; marginibus ple-

rumque regulariter excurvatis, dorsali recto, umbonibus haud

prominentibus ; cardine, utraque in valva, dente uno cardinal

et fossa ligamentali ; dent. lat. altera valva elongatis, rectis,

altera vix conspicuis.

Differs from ? M. dionea in the elongation of the lateral teeth,

and in the possession of a distinct cardinal tooth in each valve.

Long. *047, lat. -06, alt. -01.

Hab. Mazatlan ; two fresh specimens, Liverpool Collection.

Tablet 2530 contains the larger specimen; the other is trans-

parent.

696. PecruncuLus, sp. ind.

Tablet 2531 contains a minute valve, ‘033 across; outside with

close, prominent concentric ridges, foliated by about twenty-four

1865.] OF MOLLUSKS FROM MAZATLAN. 271

rounded ribs, which are evanescent near the umbo. Inside with a

very few strong teeth, developed in a curved line.

698. ScissURELLA RIMULOIDES, 0. sp.

S. ¢. rapide augente, albida, tenuissima ; apice celato; anfr.

il., radiatim liratis, liris subdistantibus, acutis, obliquis ; um-

bilico magno; labro declivi, haud Jisso, sed apertura postica,

ut in“ Rimula” formata, subquadrata, elongata; liris trans-

versis gradus teste increscentis definientibus ; peritremate con-

tinuo, obliquo.

Only one specimen was found of this beautiful little Species, the

first known from America. It looks like a Velutina crossed by

sharp ribs in the direction of the slanting mouth. In the first whorl

the ribs are very close. It then assumes its normal sculpture, but

there is nearly a whorl before there is any trace of incision. This

appears to have begun as a slit, which was afterwards closed up. A

band, marked off by ten transverse ribs showing stages of growth,

encircles the shell as far as the hole, which is long and somewhat

rectangular; but there is no band between the hole and the outer

lip. The shell furnishes a complete transition to Rimula. It is

preserved on tablet 2532.

Long. *023, long. spir. 003, lat.-03; div. 140°.

Hab. Mazatlan ; off Spondylus calcifer ; Liverpool Collection.

699. VITRINELLA ORNATA, 0. sp.

V. t. subdiscoidea, diaphana, tenuissima ; anfr. iv., quorum iii.

primi nucleosi, insculpti; ultimo carina maxima circa periphe-

riam ; postice subangulata, rugis radiantibus et striolis spt-

ralibus ornata; antice carinata, carina nodosa; basi carina

altera et rugis radiantibus ornata; umbilico angulato, satis

. magno; labro a carina indentato.

Long. ‘015, lat. -028--035 ; div. (cire.) 175°.

Hab. Mazatlan; one specimen off Spondylus, on tablet 2533;

Liverpool Collection.

700. ViTRINELLA TENUISCULPTA, 0. sp.

V. t. planata, diaphana, tenuissima ; anf. il. et dimidio, quorum

iil. nucleosi; striis elevatis, spiralibus, quarum una magna,

quasi carina prope suturam sculpta; peripheria haud angu-

lata ; bast bis angulata, interdum rugis radiantibus distantibus

ornata ; umbilico satis magno, carinato ; apertura undata, sub-

quadrata.

The sculpture is not uniform over the last whorl. The principal

diagnostic features are the biangulated base, the infrasutural keel,

and the rounded periphery.

Long. 016, long. spir. 0, lat. -023--03 ; div. 180°.

Hab. Mazatlan; one specimen off Spondylus, on tablet 2534;

Liverpool Collection.

272 DR. P. P. CARPENTER ON NEW SPECIES [Mar. 14,

701. ? VirrINELLA, sp. ind.

Tablet 2535 contains a fragment, ‘085 across, of what was pro-

bably a gigantic species of this genus or of Cyclotrema, strongly

keeled.

492. DiaALA PAUPERCULA, C. B. Ad.

= Cingula paupercula, C. B. Ad. Pan. Shells, no. : diagnosi

mutata.

=? Odostomia mamillata, Maz. Cat. no. 492: diagnosi aucta.

D. ¢. nitida, solida; vert. nucl. anfr. iv., lirulis spiralibus et

radiantibus tenuiter decussato; t. adulta decollata, vertice

mamillato ; anfr. norm. iv. ; peritremate continuo ; basi obtuse

angulata, lacuna umbilicali a labio separato formata.

Long. °085, long. spirze 055, lat. *@5; div. 34°.

The fortunate discovery of a perfect young specimen and some

adult shells in the shell-washings of Professor Adams’s collection

enables us to explain the anomalies described in the Mazatlan Cata-

logue, where the solitary dead shell was referred, with doubt, to

Odostomia, in consequence of its truncated apex. It was not pos-

sible to recognize in it Professor Adams’s “ Cingula,” since that was

described as having the apex “ subacute,”’ and the angular base and

continuous peritreme were not mentioned. The nuclear whorls are

sculptured as in A/aba supralirata ; but the vertex, instead of being

persistent as in that genus, appears to be always decollated in the

adult. The shell has the peculiar glossy texture of Diala.

702. MANGELIA SULCATA, N. sp.

M. ¢. subturrita, albida, apice obtuso; anfr. vii., tumidioribus ;

liris vii., obtusis, rectis, vix angulatis ; sulcis spiralibis creber-

rimis, circa basim continuis; labro? ... | fracto}.

Long. °2, long. sp. °12, lat. -07 ; div. 35°.

Hab. Mazatlan; one specimen off Spondylus, on tablet 2538 ;

Liverpool Collection.

703. ? Torinta, sp. in.

Tablet 2539 contains a small shell, -035 across, consisting of 33

smooth, flattened, sinistral whorls; with a distinct suture, but not

umbilicated. In a larger specimen (unfortunately lost), under the

microscope this sinistral vertex appeared turned completely upside

down, with more than half a whorl of an orbicular shell, white,

sculptured like Vitrinella, with a very strong peripherical keel, and

other smaller keels, decussated by radiating ruge. This mode of

growth is exactly as in the young Torinia ; but the adult must have

been very distinct from any known species, and perhaps did not

belong to any described genus.

550. MucronaLia INVOLUTA, 2. sp.

M. ¢. parva, tenui, albida, irregulari, marginibus spire valde

excurvatis ; vertice declivi; anf. norm. vi. +.... satis excur-

1865.] OF MOLLUSKS FROM MAZATLAN, 273

vatis, suturis valde impressis ; basi prolongata, obtusa ; aper-

tura ovali, postice angusta; labro acuto; labio tenuissimo,

Long. *105, long. spir. ‘068, lat. ‘033; div. 20°.

= Leiostraca ?recta, Maz. Cat. in loco: non C. B. Ad.

551, LetosTrRaca PRODUCTA, 0. sp.

L. t. parva, albida, subfusiformi, marginibus spire rectis; vertice

acutiore, recto; anfr. norm. ix., planatis, suturis vix conspi-

cuis ; peripheria satis rotundata ; basi rapide angustata, postea

producta ; apertura subrhomboidea, axi antice acuta, angulata;

labro acuto; labio tenui.

Long. +123, long. spir. 08, lat. °046; div. 23°. ;

= Leiostraca ? solitaria, Maz. Cat., in loco: non C. B. Ad.

This species is easily recognized by its very-peculiar sharply-

pointed beak ; in shape like a young Jostellaria, without the canal.

652. ANACHIS THZNIATA, Phil.

Columbella teniata, Phil. in Zeit. f. Mal. 1846, no. 26 (non Ad.

& Rve. in Voy. Samarang).

= Anachis Gaskoini, Cpr. in Maz. Cat. p. 510. no. 652.

Variat lineis spiralibus fuscis viii., quarum iii. in spira mon-

strantur; maculis alternatis inter secundam et tertiam sttis.

Variat quoque maculis evanescentibus.

Hab. Callao (teste Gaskoin) ; Mazatlan (EF. B. Philippi, Reigen);

Cape St. Lucas (Xantus).

It appears that Mr. Gaskoin was not acquainted with Phi-

lippi’s species, which had not then reached the Cumingian Collec-

tion; as he pronounced M. Reigen’s specimen to be new, and sug-

gested the specific name in the Mazatlan Catalogue. It would have

avoided a double synonymy, could the name teniata have been re-

tained for the Samarang shell, and Mr. Gaskoin’s for this. The

Cape St. Lucas shells vary as above indicated.

650. 7ANACHIS SERRATA, Cpr.

Maz. Cat. no. 650, p. 509. Perfect specimens of this singular

species having been found at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. Xantus, the

diagnosis may be thus completed :—

Epidermide fimbriata, lirulas spirales eleganter decussante ; labri

denticulis variantibus, interdum subobsoletis.

Long. *28, long. spir. 15, lat.-13; div. 40°.

With the sculpture and general aspect of a small Cantharus, it has

the mouth of an Anachis. The operculum, and therefore the generic

relations, are not yet known*,

* The following additions and corrections may be useful to the students of

the British Museum Catalogue :— ;

Species 181. Arca multicostata further differs from A. grandis in the epi-

dermis being soft and very finely hairy.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XVIII.

274 DR. P. P. CARPENTER ON NEW SPECIES — [Mar. 14,

‘4, DescRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF CHITONIDE

AND ACMHIDH, FROM THE PanAMA COLLECTION OF THE

tare Pror. C. B. Apams. By Pururp P. Carpenter, B.A.,

Pu.D.

LEPIDOPLEURUS ADAMSII.

L. ¢. « L. dispari” simili; pallide rufo-fusca, colore intensiore

irregulariter strigata seu maculata; sepius maculis albidis

regione diagonali ornata; jugo vie acuto; areis centralibus

et valvis terminalibus conspicue granulosis; areis lateralibus

irregulariter verrucosis, verrucis plerumque lobatis ; mucrone

antico, vie eonspicuo: intus, valvis centralibus uni-, termina-

libus vili.-x.-fissis ; subgrundis parvis, dentibus acutis ; sutu-

ris medianis postice rectis, antice laminas haud attingentibus,

sinu planato, latissimo: limbo pallit imbricatim squamoso.

Long. °6, lat. ‘3 poll. ; div. 110°.

Variat verrucis minus expressis, simplicioribus.

=Chiton dispar, C. B. Ad. no. 373, par.

= Lophyrus adamsii, P. Z.8., 1863, p. 24.

Unfortunately for those who do not like to remove the non-tes-

taceous portion from their Chitons, as they do from their other shells,

the mantle-margin by no means affords a safe clue to the structure

of the valves. Among the species of the genus Ischnochiton, Gray,

223. The length should be 1:1.

319. For “ labio nullo” read ‘‘ tenwissimo.”

330. The nuclear shell has two whorls, Ampullaria-shaped.

367. Add to diagnosis, ‘‘ operculo concavo, linea elevata suturam definiente.”

368. Add to diagnosis, “‘operculo vie concavo, suturis minus definitis.”

373. Add to diagnosis, “‘operculo concavo, suturis distinctis, pertpheriam

versus linea elevata instructis.” The species was found living among the small

Olivelle.

376. Add to diagnosis, ‘‘ operculo concavo, suturis vie definitis.’ Living,

among Olivelle.

501. Instead of the specimen from which the description in the text was

written, tablet 1966 contains a much finer shell, since found, which allows of the

following additions to the diagnosis :—“ vert. nucl. parvo, satis extante, decli-

viter sito; anfr. norm. v.; interstitiis carinarum transversim rugulosis ; labro

solidiore. Long. ‘087, long. spir. 057, lat. :038.”

510. A very beautiful shell, found in the refuse of Professor Adams’s Panama

collection, is probably of this species, though the sutural cancellations are close.

It has one more whorl: vertex Chemnitzoid, of three Helicoid whorls, scarcely

projecting ; apex hidden.

650. From perfect Cape St. Lucas specimens, add the following to diagnosis:

— epidermide fimbriata, lirulas spirales eleganter decussante.”

Page 312. Add to the diagnoses of opereula of Vermetide :—

“(h.) Operculum corneum, intus convexum, nitidum, umbone magno extante ;

extus concavum, paucispirale, lamina extante suturas definiente. Diam. ‘045.”

Tablet 2537 contains the only specimen found, resembling Siphonium, from

the Spondylus-washings.

Tablet 447 is Liocardium apicinum, which should stand as species 709.

Page 314, note * (e¢ seg.), for “ Inflatulum” read “* Mioceras.”

Page 359, line 18, for “regular” read “ irregular.”

1865.] AND VARIETIES OF CHITONIDH AND ACMEID. 275

(=Lepidopleurus, Add.,) known by the sharp incisor-teeth lying

within a projecting lip, there are three types of mantle-margin,

which may be conveniently separated as subgenera, to aid in the

difficult task of describing and identifying species. The typical

forms, for which the name Ischnochiton should be retained, have the

scales somewhat chaffy, and very finely striated. I. magdalensis

and I. sanguineus well represent the group. But another series have

the mantle-scales imbricate and strong, asin Chiton, Gray, (= Lo-

phyrus, Add.,) from which they cannot be distinguished without

dissection. For this Messrs. Adams’s name Lepidopleurus may be

retained in a restricted sense. It is uncertain what Risso’s original

genus was meant to include: his diagnosis applies to all Chitons

with distinct side-areas and scaly margins.

A third group, separated by Dr. Gray in his ‘ Guide,’ p. 182, as

having the ‘“ mantle-scales minute, granular,”’ has been named T’ra-

chydermon : it abounds in the Californian region.

The specimens of LZ. adamsii were found among the duplicates

named Chiton dispar by the Professor; one was attached to Discina

cumingit.

LEPIDOPLEURUS TENUISCULPTUS.

L. ¢. “L. adamsii” simili ; olivacea, colore pallido seu intensiore

minute variegata ; tota superficie minute granulosa; areis

lateralibus vie definitis ; suturis plerumque albido maculatis ;

mucrone antico, satis conspicuo, parte postica concava : intus,

ut in “L. adamsii”’ formata.

Variat : ¢. pallidore, ad jugum rufo-tincta.

=Chiton dispar, C. B. Ad. no. 373, pars.

The outside of this shell so much resembles the young of Chiton

(Lophyrus) stokesii, that specimens may have been distributed under

that name. Very few individuals were found.

IsCHNOCHITON ELENENSIS (diagn. auct.).

Extus areis centralibus clathris parallelis cire. xx. decussatis ;

ar. lat. costis ii., validioribus, tumidis, tuberculosis: intus

marginibus suturalibus posticis reflewis, tuberculatis, sinu ad

jugum parvo; laminis insertionis unifissis, ad laminas sutu-

rales anticas junctis, sinu latissimo.. Valva antica extus costis

xil., haud validis ; intus fissuris x., dentibus acutis, subgrunda

parva. Valva postica mucrone subpostico, depresso; parte

postica expansa, concava, costis circ. xi. subobsoletis ; intus

lamina insertionis circ. ix.-fissa, dentibus curtis, subgrunda

parva, intus callosa.

The central valves in this species are normal; but the posterior

valve offers a transition towards Callochiton, the outside being con-

cave posteriorly, the insertion-teeth short and the eaves callous.

IscHNOCHITON (? var.) EXPRESSUS.

I. ¢. “1. elenensi” simili, sed carnea; areis centr. clathris x.,

276 DR. P. P. CARPENTER ON NEW SPECIES [Mar. 14,

distantibus, crebre decussatis, jugo acuto; ar. lat. costis ii.,

validissimis, angustis, tuberculis angustis : intus marginibus

suturalibus posticis planatis, haud tuberculosis, haud sinuatis;

lam. insert. ut antea, sinu angusto, ad jugum angulato. Valva

antica costis x., validis, angustis: intus ut antea, sed fissuris

viii. Valva postica mucrone postico, planato; parte postica

expansa, haud concava, costis circ. vil. validissimis: intus

lumina cire. vil.-fissa, subygrunda planata.

With a strong general resemblance to I. e/enensis, the differences

in detail in the only two specimens examined, as above stated, ap-

pear of specific importance. If only varietal, it is equally important

to notice how much change is tolerated by the habits of the animal.

It may be the shell called Chiton clathratus by Prof. Adams, of which

there were no duplicates to compare. It offers a still more marked

transition to Callochiton, the margin of the posterior valve being

somewhat pectinated by the great projection of the ribs.

’

‘© CALLOCHITON”’ PULCHELLUS: diagn. auct.

Exvtus areis centr. lineis interdum parallelis, interdum radian-

tibus, rugose scrobiculatis ; ar. lat. costis ii., validissimis, im-

bricato-nodosis: valva antica costis similibus cire. ix.: v.

post. area centrali lata; mucrone subpostico, planato; parte

postica costis vil. similibus, medianis curtissimis, excurvatis :

pallio squamulis minutis imbricatis. Intus v. ant. subgrunda

(ut in Ischnochitone) munita, sed a costis pectinata ; dentibus

acutis, intus linea undulata secundum costas instructa, extus

concavis, parte convexa costarum incisis: v. medianis similiter

pectinatis, laminis secundum costas diag. uniscissis : laminis

suturalibus medio continuis, late sinuatis; suturis posticis a

sculptura externa granulatis: v. post. viil.-lobata, marginibus

planatis, laminis dense compressis incrassatis ; dentibus obtu-

sissimis, appressis, haud extantibus, subobsoletis, extrorsum

planatis, ut in v. ant. fissis; interdum fissuris quoque in par-

tibus concavis.

As I have seen no published diagnosis of the very peculiar type of

insertion-plates observed in this species, which has hitherto been too

rare to allow working naturalists an opportunity of dissection, I have

given a minute description. The plates of insertion, as well as the

exterior eaves, are scalloped by the strong ribs, and alternate with

them. In the posterior valve the eaves are flattened outwards, in

closely appressed layers, the blunt, ill-developed insertion-teeth

lying flat upon them. The valves easily separate from the mantle,

when immersed in water. Outside, the species is easily recognized

by the two strong ribs of the diagonal areas, the central pitted in

somewhat branching rows, and the ribs on the curiously flattened

posterior valve resembling a clenched fist.

Acma (? FLocCATA, var.) FILOSA.

A. t. “A, mesoleucee”’ ‘forma et indole simili; sed sculptura multo

1865.] AND VARIETIES OF CHITONIDEH AND ACMEID&. 277

tenuiore; t. gun. levi; dein lirulis delicatulis, acutis, haud

granulosis, valde distantibus, interdum obsoletis, filosa ; inter-

stitis latis, levibus ; tenui, planata, ovali, subdiaphana ; nigro-

Jusco, corneo radiatim strigata, seu varie maculata: intus

livida seu albida, coloribus externis transeuntibus ; limbo lato,

acuto.

Long. ‘7, lat. °56, alt. -12.

= Lottia ? patina, C. B. Ad. Pan. Shells, no. 367.

Hab. Panama (C. B. Adams).

There is no described west-tropical species to which these shells

can be affiliated, unless they prove to be a very delicate variety of

A. floccata, Rve. Unfortunately the Panama limpets have never

been collected in sufficient numbers to make out their specific limits

satisfactorily. The names here given may stand as species or va-

rieties, according to future elucidation. In shape and texture, but

not in colour or sculpture, these shells resemble 4. fascicularis; in

the latter respects, 4. strigatella. They were named “‘ tenera, Ad.”

by Dr. Dohrn, but are sufficiently distinct from that West-Indian

species.

Acma (? FLOCCATA, var.) SUBROTUNDATA.

A. t. “A. var. filose” simili, sed subrotundata, magis elevata,

vertice subcentrali ; colore intensiore, lineis corneis crebrioribus,

angustis ; t. jun. sepe pallidiore, radiis duobus postice trian-

gulata: intus callo livido, tenuiore.

Long. °53, lat. 45, alt. +15.

= Lottia, sp. ind. a, C. B. Ad. Pan. Shells, no. 368.

Hab. Panama (C. B. Adams).

Acma (? var.) VERNICOSA.

A. t. parva, subrotundata, depresso-conica, apice ad duas quintas

partes sito; albido-viridi, strigis paucis rufo-—fusecis hie et illic

ornata, sepius radiis duobus candidis, postice triangulata ;

extus lineis acutis radiantibus, valde distantibus, sepe obsoletis

vix sculpta: intus livida, callosa, sepius spathula candida or-

nata; basi subplanata, limbo angusto.

Long. °3, lat. +24, alt. +1.

Hab. Panama (Jewett, C. B. Adams).

=Lottia, sp. ind. 6, C. B. Ad. Pan. Shells, no. 369.

Had this form been brought from the China Seas, it might have

been taken for the young of A. biradiata, Rve. From its solidity,

however, its rough exterior, and its callous interior, it appears to

be adult. It is barely possible that it may develope into A. vesper-

tina. It differs from the young of 4. subrotundata in being much

thicker and less spotted with the green tint.

278 DR. P, P, CARPENTER ON NEW SPECIES -[Mar. 14,

5. DIAGNOSES OF NEW SPECIES Or MoLuusks, FROM THE WEST

Trovican Recion or NortH AMERICA, PRINCIPALLY COL-

LECTED BY THE Rey. J. ROWELL, or SAN Francisco. By

Puitie P. Carpenter, B.A., Pu.D.

Of the new species quoted in the ‘ Supplementary Report on the

Present State of our Knowledge of the Mollusca of the West Coast

of North America,” published in the Transactions of the British As-

sociation, 1863, pp. 517-686, the principal portion (namely, those

dredged by Dr. J. G. Cooper, Zoologist to the Californian State

Geological Survey) are described in the ‘ Proceedings of the California

Acad. Nat. Sciences,’ for 1864-65; those dredged in Puget Sound,

during the U. 8. North Pacifie Boundary Survey, by the late Dr.

Kennerley, are described in the ‘ Journal of the Philadelphia Acad.

Nat. Se.’ for the present year. The species obtained by the natu-

ralists of the British Survey are described in three papers by Dr.

Baird and myself, P. Z. S. 1863-65. The new species sent by

Mr. J. Xantus from Cape St. Lucas, and by Mr. J. G. Swan from

Neeah Bay, appear in the ‘ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ 1864-65. In

the same Journal are described the new species which I found in

Col. Jewett’s collection. Those sent to Dr. Gould from the same col-

lection had been previously analyzed in the ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.’ 1856.

The above are the principal sources of fresh knowledge; but a number

of species from the Californian province, which do not range under

any of these heads, will be found in the ‘Journal de Conchyliologie’

for the current year.

In separate papers communicated to the Zoological Society are the

diagnoses of additional species from Prof. Adams’s Panama and from

M. Reigen’s Mazatlan collections. The remaining species, from the

tropical province, are embodied in the present paper. ‘The types

(unless otherwise stated) are in the Museum of the Smithsonian

Institution.

(TeLLina) ANGULUS DECUMBENS.

A. ¢. tenui, subplanata, alba seu rosacea; levi, striolis incre-

menti insculpta ; epidermide pallide straminea induta ; antice

ef ventraliter valde produecta; postice truncata, angulata ;

umbonibus acutioribus, vie prominentibus ; marginibus dorsa-

libus postico recto, antico ad angulum parum excurvato, antico

et ventrali valde et regulariter excurvatis ; parte postica v.

deatr. subito angulata, v. sinistr. parum sinuata ; nymphis an-

gustis, elongatis, cartilagine omnino externo: dent. card. mi-

nimis; dent. lat. v. dextr. antico satis conspicuo, postico obso-

leto; v. sinistr. nullis ; cicatr. adduct. posticis subrhomboideis,

anticis valde elongatis, angustis; sinu pallii maximo, subtri-

angulari, usque ad cicatricem alteram utraque valva porrecta.

Long. 1°7, lat. 1°2, alt. “68 poll.

Hab. Panama (teste Rowell, Pease).

This shell was affiliated by Mr. Hanley to the W. African 7’.

1865.] OF MOLLUSKS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA, 279

nymphalis, but differs in the internal scars.. Externally it resem-

TL. dombeyi, Lam. (= Scerobicularia producta, Cpr. P. Z. 8. 1855,

p- 230), but is easily recognized by the strictly Tellinoid ligament

and anterior lateral tooth, by the posterior portion being pinched

instead of waved, and by the junction of the pallial sinus with the

opposite scar. By the same characters it is distinguished from 7.

tersa, Gld., which closely resembles S, dombey?, var., in Mus. Cum.

Like many other Tellens, it has a white and a pink variety. The

uame was printed by an oversight in Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1863, p. 669,

as A. amplectans ; but as it was unaccompanied by a diagnosis, and

does not describe the shell, no confusion will arise from reverting

to the name first given.

LuciInA UNDATA.

L. ¢. convexa, tenuiore, albida; tota superficie lirulis concentricis

ereberrimis, compressis, haud acutis ornata, interstitiis mini-

mis ; parte ventrali costis radiantibus iti., obtusis, latis, vali-

dissimis, interstitiis parvis ; lunula maxima, a sulco bene defi-

nita, sub umbonibus incurvatis fossa alta minuta indentata 3

parte postica alata; margine a costis valde undato, minute

crenulato ; ligamento quasi interno : intus dent. card. parvis,

a fossa lunulari intortis ; lat. curtis, obtusis ; cicatr. adduct.

antica irregulari, postica subovali ; linea palliart prope mar-

ginem sita, undata.

Long. °45, lat. °44, alt. °3.

Hab. Gulf of California (teste Rowell).

The outline somewhat resembles Cryptodon; but the aspect

is more that of Verticordia, while the minute subumbonal pit

is suggestive of Opis. The shell is sexpartite ; the portion between

the anterior rib and the lunule resembles a fourth rib, while the

projecting lunule and the posterior wing are quite distinct from the

body of the shell. The specimen sent by Mr. Rowell to the Smith-

sonian Institution was completely smashed. The diagnosis is written

from a perfect shell sent by Dr. Newcomb to Mr. Cuming.

CauLiostoma (? LIMA, var.) HQUISCULPTA.

C. ¢t. “C. lime” simili; sed anfr. planatis, suturis haud dis-

tinctis ; sculptura regulari ; jun. monilibus spiralibus inter se

equalibus ; t. adulta majore et minore alternantibus ; colore

rufescente, granulis interdum rufo-fusco maculatis.

Hab. Acapulco (Newberry).

Dr. Newberry’s specimens agree in most essential respects with

* Trochus lima, Phil.,” in C. B. Ad. Pan. Shells, no. 276, which

appears identical with the shells marked “ Ziziphinus antonii, Koch,

N. Zealand,” in Mus. Cuming. The Acapulean shells are quite

flat, while those from Panama are for the most part shouldered as

in C. eximium, Rve. (= C. versicolor, Mke. Maz. Cat. no. 289).

However, there is no little variation among the Professor’s speci-

mens of C. dima, and some are so slightly shouldered that the Aca-

pulcan form may be a local variety.

280 DR. P. P, CARPENTER ON NEW SPECIES [ Mar. 14,

NARICA INSCULPTA.

N. ¢. “N. apertee”’ simili, sed magis compacta ; paullum angus-

tiore, umbilico tamen majore ; lineis spiralibus circ. xxvi. dis-

tantibus insculptis cincta, quarum x. in anfr. penult. monstran-

tur ; postice lineis incrementi viv conspicuis.

Long. *3, long. spir. ‘08, lat. °28 ; div. 100°.

Hab. Acapulco, on Ostrea iridescens, Rowell.

The Cape St. Lucas species (vide Ann. Nat. Hist. 1864, xiii. p. 476)

has the sculpture in irregularly raised lirnle, while this has minute

grooves chiselled out of a smooth surface. It appears that the San

Franciscans import the huge tropical oysters in large quantities,

their own species having the coppery flavour which Americans dis-

like in the British species. From the outside of the valves, Mr.

Rowell obtained this and many other interesting species.

DRILLIA EBURNEA.

D. ¢. turrita, carneo-albida, tenuiore, levi, maxime nitente; mar-

ginibus spire rectis; anfr. nucl.? . . . [decollatis} ; norm.

circ. ix., postice planatis, supra suturas appressis, medio satis

excurvatis ; hic et illic rugis radiantibus, obsoletis, irregula-

ribus exsculpta; basi prolongata, canali conspicuo, aperto ;

sinu postico minore, in sulco lato, haud definito, spiram ascen-

dente sito; labro acuto; labio indistincto ; columella planata.

Long. 1°3, long. spir. °8, lat. 45; div. 30°.

Hab. Near Gulf of California (teste Rowell).

Easily recognized by its smooth glossy aspect and French-white

colour; the notch lying along a broad spiral channel, which throws

the junction of the whorl as it were up the suture.

MANGELIA ALBOLAQUEATA.

M. ¢. solida, turrita, alba, rudi, marginibus spire rectis; anfr.

nucl.? . .. [decollatis|; norm. circ. ix. subrotundatis, costis

cire. xi.-xv., declivibus, satis angustis, postice obsoletis, lineis

subregularibus spiram ascendentibus ; lirulis spiralibus anticis

crebris, postice obsoletis ; basi elongata; labro? ... ; labio

calloso ; sinu postico majore, suturam attingente.

Long. *88, long. spir. 55, lat. *34; div. 30°.

Hab. Panama (teste Rowell).

Described from an imperfect and worn specimen, but easily recog-

nized by its ivory-white colour, and ribs in slanting rows, as though

the creature were roofed with white tiles. It was erroneously quoted

in the Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1863, p. 669, as a Drillia.

EULIMA FALCATA.

E. ¢. valde tereti, valde curvata, alba, politissima, solidiore,

marginibus spire meniscoideis ; anfr. nucl.? . . . [detritis} ;-

norm. circ. X., planatis, lente augentibus ; axi hamata ; suturis

indistinctis ; basi elongata, haud tereti; apertura pyriformi,

antice latiore ; labro acuto; labio tenui, appresso.

1865.] OF MOLLUSKS FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA. 281

Long. *31, long. spir. ‘21, lat. ‘09; div. 12°.

Hab. Acapulco, on Ostrea iridescens, Rowell.

The spire-outlines are scythe-shaped. It is much larger and more

solid than L. distorta and (?var.) yod.

CERITHIOPSIS INTERCALARIS.

C. t. valde elonyata, rufo-fusca, marginibus spire rectis, suturis

impressis ; anfr. nucl. iii. +? . . . (decollatis), radiatim dis-

tanter liratis ; norm. x., planatis; costis radiantibus primum

xii., dein cire. xxil., angustis, haud extantibus, ad peripheriam

continuis, interstitiis quadratis ; carinis spiralibus primum ii.

nodulosis, dein alteris ii. minoribus inter eas intercalantibus ;

carina postica suturali haud nodulosa, secunda valde nodulosa,

tertia intercalante equante sed haud noiosa, quarta antica

valde nodosa, quinta circa peripheriam, prime et tertie simili,

haud nodosa, alteraque contigua, minima, inter quas sutura

gyrat ; basi concava, levi; columella valde contorta; canali

brevi, aperto; labrot... *

Hab. Guacomayo.

This beautiful species comes nearest to C. bimarginata, C. B. Ad.,

of which, indeed, the type does not agree with the diagnosis so well

as does this specimen. It differs in having other spiral ribs inter-

calating between the two principal ones, and in the radiating sculp-

ture being continued to the periphery. One specimen only was

found in the shell-washings, not perfect at the mouth.

CoLUMBELLA HUMEROSA.

C. t. parva, turrita, alba, linea seu maculorum serie fusca inter-

dum spiram ascendente; marginibus spire parum excurvatis ;

anfr. nucl.? . . . |detritis|; norm. vi., convexis, postice tumen-

tibus, suturis valde impressis ; costis radiantibus vii.—viii., dis-

tantibus, validissimis, rotundatis; interstitiis late undatis ;

lirulis validis spiralibus extantibus, interstiliis eas equantibus,

costas et harum interstitia transeuntibus ; basi angusta ; labro

vx varicoso, postice emarginato, intus solidiore, dentibus circ.

iv. munitis ; apertura late undata, compacta.

Long. *26, long. spir. 15, lat. *13; div. 38°.

Hab. Acapulco, on Ostrea iridescens, Rowell.

The sculpture resembles that of Rhizocheilus, and the tall spire that

of Anachis ; yet it appears to belong to the restricted typical genius.

Mouricipra DUBIA, Var. SQUAMULATA.

Variat ¢. omnino albida; sculptura tenuiore; spira elevata; tota

superficie minute squamulata, sguamulis imbricatis.

Hab. Cape St. Lucas (Xantus).

The opercula in the beautiful specimens sent by Mr. Pease are

* I forgot to measure the specimen before returning it to the Smithsonian

Inst. ; but it is about the size of C. assimilata.

282 DR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE KNOWN [Mar. 14,.

typically Muricoid. The essential features are those of MW. dubia;

the pale colour and delicate sculpture and imbrication may arise

from a deep-water station, as is seen in similar European shells.

Mr. Cuming, however, regards it as distinct.

6. Ox a New Species or tHe Genus BAstLeuTEeRvS OF CABA-

NIS, WITH A SYNOPSIS OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF THE

Genus. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., SECRE-

TARY TO THE SOCIETY.

(Plates IX., X.)

Dr. J. Hartlaub, of Bremen, has most kindly placed at my dis-

posal a skin of a species of the genus Basileuterus, belonging to the

family Mniotiltidze, which he has lately received from a collector in

Demerara. Whilst drawing up the characters of this bird, which

appears to me to be new to science, I have taken the opportunity of

giving a list of the known species of this genus, together with such

short diagnoses as may serve to distinguish the species.

The genus Basileuterus was first established by Cabanis in 1848

(Schomburgk’s Reise nach Guiana, iii. p. 666), although it had been

mentioned by name, without any characters being assigned to it, in

his well-known “ Ornithologische Notizen,” published in Wiegmann’s

‘Archiv’ * for the previous year. The type given is the Sylvia ver-

mivora of Vieillot, founded on Azara’s ‘‘ Contra-maestre coronado,”

no. 154. The next place where we find the genus mentioned is in

Bonaparte’s ‘ Conspectus,’ where ten species are assigned to it.

This part of Bonaparte’s work was, if we are not much mistaken,

composed at Berlin; and the arrangement followed was probably,

therefore, taken from the shelves of the Berlin Museum, where the

specimens had at that time been arranged by Dr. Cabanis according

to his own views. I believe, therefore, that we shall not be wrong in

assuming that the list of species given in the ‘ Conspectus’ consists

nearly of such as its founder would have attributed to the genus.

In the ‘Museum Heineanum’ Dr. Cabanis gives only two species

besides the type, namely, B. culicivorus sive brasieri and B. ruber

(Setophaga rubra, Sw.), which latter is more correctly located in a

separate section, Cardellina.

Professor Baird has given a very good arrangement of the Mnio-

tiltine forms in his ‘Birds of North America’ (p. 234). This ar-

rangement I have followed very nearly in my ‘ Catalogue of American

Birds ;’ and I see no reason for departing from it. Professor Baird

places Basileuterus in the Setophagine division of the Mniotiltide,

between Cardellina and Setophaga. ‘The only alteration I am dis-

posed to suggest here is to remove Cardellina, which is decidedly

an aberrant form leading off towards the Tanagers, to the extremity

of the group; and to locate Basileuterus between Myiodioctes and

Setophaga, to both of which it is certainly nearly allied.

* 1847, pt. 1, p. 316.

P GeO ee

| ll,

3 z

teal

J,Jennens .del.etlith, M&N.Hanhart imp.

L{BASIGEUTERUS. SEMIGERV IN Uns.

2. BASILEUTERUS UROPYCIALI5

1865.] SPFCIES UF BASILEUTERUS. 283

The species of the genus represented in my own collection may be

divided as follows :—

A. Pedes digitique debiliores : rostrum minus forte.

a. Pilei striga media, utrinque nigro marginata: subtus omnino flave: B.

vermivorus, B. brasieri, et B. belli.

b. Pileo toto rufo: superciliis albis: gutture et pectore flavis: B. mesochry-

sus, B. delattrii, et B. rufifrons.

B. Pedes digitique robustiores : rostrum fortius, magis crassum.

a. Ventre medio flavo aut olivaceo: B. chrysogaster, B. coronatus, B. cine-

reicollis, et B. bivittatus. é

6. Ventre medio albo.

a’. Uropygio olivaceo, corso concolore: B. leucoblepharus, B. stragu-

latus, et B. mesoleucus. ;

b’. Uropygio pallide fulvo : B. semicervinus et B. uropygialis.

These species may be diagnosed as follows :—

1. BASILEUTERUS VERMIVORUS.

Sylvia vermivora, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. ii. p. 278.

Muscicapa vermivora, D’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 324.

Basileuterus vermivorus, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 667; Bp.

Consp. p. 313; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1855, p. 144; Cat. A. B. p- 34;

Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 113.

Olivaceus, subtus flavus, lateraliter obseurior : pileo nigro, plaga

mediali flammea: superciliis albidis: rostro corneo, pedibus

pallide corylinis.

Long. tota 4°5, alee 2°3, caudee 2°0 poll. Angl.

Hab. Brasil., Guian., Paraguay, Nova-Granada, et ins. Trinit.

2. BAsILEUTERUS BRASIERI.

Muscicapa brasieri, Giraud, B. Texas, pl. 12; Sclater, P. Z. 8.

1855, p. 66.

Basileuterus culicivorus, Bp. Consp. p. 313; Cab. Mus. Hein.

. 292.

: B. brasieri, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 292, et 1859, p. 374; Cat.

A. B. p. 34; Sclater & Salvin, Ibis, 1860, p. 274.

Cinereus : subtus flavus : pileo medio flavo, striga utrinque nigra:

capitis lateribus flavicante mizxtis: rostro corneo, pedibus pal-

lidissime corylinis.

Long. tota 4°6, alee 2°2, caude 2:0.

Hab. Texas et Mexico.

3. BASILEUTERUS BELLII.

Muscicapa belli, Giraud, B. Texas, pl. 7. f. 1.

Basileuterus bellii, Sclater, P. Z. 8.1855, p. 65, et 1859, p. 374;

Cat. A. B. p. 35; Sclater & Salvin, Ibis, 1860, p. 31.

B. chrysophrys, Sclater, P. Z. 8.1857, p. 202; Bp. Consp. p. 314.

Olivaceus, subtus flavus : capitis lateribus et pilei striga mediali

284 DR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE KNOWN [ Mar. 14,

castaneis, hac utrinque nigro marginata: superciliis latis, au-

reo-flavis: rostro obscure corneo, pedibus corylinis.

Long. tota 4°6, alee 2°3, caudee 2:0.

Hab. Texas et Mexico.

4. BASILEUTERUS MESOCHRYSUS.

Basileuterus mesochrysus, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 251; Cat. A.

B. p. 35.

B. delattrii, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1855, p. 144 (nec Bp.).

Olivaceus : subtus omnino flavus, lateraliter olivascens : pileo et

lateribus capitis castaneis: superciliis longis et striga rictali

albis : rostro nigro, pedibus pallidis.

Long. tota 4°5, alee 2°3, caudze 2°2.

Hab. Nova Granada.

5. BASILEUTERUS DELATTRII.

Basileuterus delattrii, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxviii. p. 383, & Notes

Orn. p. 63; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 250; Cat. A. B. p. 35;

Sclater & Salvin, Ibis, 1860, p. 274.

Olivaceus: subtus flavus, ventre albicante: pileo et lateribus

capitis castaneis: superciliis longis et striga a rictu albis:

rostro nigro, pedibus corylinis.

Long. tota 5:0, alee 2°0, caudee 2:2.

Hab. Mexico merid. et Guatemala.

6. BASILEUTERUS RUFIFRONS.

Setophaga rufifrons, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 294; Bp. Consp. p. 314.

Basileuterus rufifrons, Bp. Consp. p. 314; Baird, B. N. Am. p. 296;

Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 291, & 1858, p. 299; Cat. A. B. p. 35.

Fuscus: alis et cauda extus olivaceo limbatis, pileo et lateribus

capitis castaneis, superciliis longis et striga rictali albis: sub-

tus gula et pectore pallide flavis, ventre medio albicante, late-

rali cum crisso pallide fusco : rostro nigro, pedibus corylinis.

Long. tota 5:5, alze 2°2, caudee 2°5.

Hab. Mexico bor. et med.

7. BASILEUTERUS CHRYSOGASTER.

Setophaga chrysogaster, Tsch. Faun. Per. p. 192; Bp. Consp.

313.

Basileuterus chrysogaster, Sclater, P. Z. 8.1859, p. 137, & 1860,

p- 273; Cat. A. B. p. 35.

Schistaceus : interscapulio olivacescente, subtus omnino flavus:

pileo nigro, plaga mediali flava aut aurantiaca: rostro nigro,

pedibus pallidis.

Long. tota 5:0, alee 2°5, caudze 2:1.

Hab. Respubl. Aquatorialis et Peruvize reg. occident.

8. BASILEUTERUS CORONATUS.

Myiodioctes coronatus, Tsch. Faun. Per. p. 193.

1865. ] SPECIES OF BASILEUTERUS. 285

Basileuterus coronatus, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 144, & 1859,

p- 137; Cat. A. B. p. 34; Bp. Consp. p. 314.

Olivaceus : pileo medio castaneo, utrinque nigro marginato, late-

ribus capitis schistaceis: gutture albo, abdomine flavo : rostro

corneo, pedibus corylinis.

Long. tota 5:0, alee 2°6, caude 2°3.

Hab. Nova Granada et resp. iquatorialis.

9. BASILEUTERUS CINEREICOLLIS. (Pl. IX. fig. 2.)

Basileuterus cinereicollis, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 166.

Olivaceus : pileo nigricante, plaga mediali flava : capitis lateribus

et gula cinereis, hac albescentiore : abdomine flavo, lateraliter

olivaceo: rostro obscure corneo, pedibus pallidis.

Long. tota 5:0, alee 2°5, caudee 2°2.

Hab. Nova Granada.

Obs. Since I described this species I have received a second spe-

cimen, exactly similar.

10. BASILEUTERUS BIVITTATUS.

Muscicapa bivittata, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. Av. i. p. 52; D'’Orb.

Voy. Ois. p. 324.

Myjiodioctes tristriatus, Tsch. Faun. Per. p. 193.

Basileuterus bivittatus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 137, & 1860,

p- 85; Cat. A. B. p. 34.

Olivaceus: subtus dilutior, medialiter fulvescens ; pileo nigro,

striga verticali lata et altera utrinque supereiliari elongata

pallide fulvis: rostro pallide corneo, pedibus corylinis.

Long. tota 4°8, alee 2°5, caudee 2°0.

Hab. Respubl. Mquatorialis, Peruvia et Bolivia.

11. BasILEUTERUS LEUCOBLEPHARUS.

Sylvia leucoblephara, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xi. p. 206, et Enc. Méth.

p- 559 ; D’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 216, pl. 12. f. 2.

Trichas superciliosus, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 295.

Geothlypis leucoblephara, Cab. Mus. Hein. p. 17.

Trichas leucoblephara, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 231 ; Bp. Consp.

p- 310; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 114.

Basileuterus leucoblepharus, Sclat. Cat. A. B. p. 36.

Olivaceus : pileo medio ardesiaco, utrinque nigro marginato, super-

ciliis albis: subtus albus, lateraliter cinerascens, tibiis et crisso

flavicante tinctis : rostro corneo, pedibus pallide corylinis.

Long. tota 5-5, alee 2°3, caude 2:4.

Hab. Brasil., Paraguaya et Bolivia int.

12. BASILEUTERUS STRAGULATUS.

Muscicapa stragulata, Licht. Doubl. p. 55.

Muscicapa rivularis, Max. Beitr. iil. p. 789.

Geothlypis stragulata, Cab. Mus. Hein. p. 17.

Trichas stragulata, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 115.

Basileuterus stragulatus, Sclat. Cat. A. B. p. 35.

286 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. _[Mar, 14,

Olivaceus : pileo medio cinereo, utrinque nigro marginato, super-

ciliis albis : subtus albus, lateribus et crisso ochraceo perfusis:

rostro corneo, pedibus pallide corylinis.

Long. tota 5°7, ale 2°7, caude 2°5.

Hab. Brasilia orient.

13. BAstILEUTERUS MESOLEUCUS, sp. nov. (PI. IX. fig. 1.)

Olivaceus : pileo cinereo, superciliis et lateribus capitis pallide

rufis: subtus medialiter albus, lateribus et crisso pallide ful-

vis: rostro obscure corneo, pedibus pallide corylinis.

Long. tota 52, alee 2°3, caudze 2°0.

Hab. Demerara.

Obs. Proximus B. stragulato, sed pileo unicolore, superciliis rufis,

et ventre late et clare albo, necnon alis et cauda brevioribus distin-

guendus.

14. BasILEUTERUS SEMICERVINUS. (PI. X. fig. 1.)

Basileuterus semicervinus, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1860, pp. 84, 291;

Cat. A. B. p. 35.

Obscure fuscus, dorso olivaceo perfuso : superciliis, corpore subtus

et uropygio cum caude parte basali cervino-rufis : caud@ apice

nigricanti-fusco : rostro nigro, pedibus pallide corylinis.

Long. tota 5:0, alee 2°3, caudz 1:4.

Hab. Resp. Aiquator.

15. BAsILEUTERUS UROPYGIALIS. (PI. X. fig. 2.)

Basileuterus uropygialis, Sclater, P. Z. 8.1861, p. 128; Sclater

& Salvin, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 347; Cat. A. B. p. 35.

Olivaceus : capite cinerascente, superciliis et corpore subtus dilute

cervinis, ventre albescente : uropygio et caude dimidio basali

pallide fulvis : hujus apice cinerascenti-olivaceo : rostro nigro,

pedibus pallide corylinis.

Long. tota 4°5, alee 2°7, caude 1-8.

Hab. Isthmus Panama.

Thave not included Myiothlypis nigricristata and Euthlypis lacry-

mosa in the present list, although I doubt whether either of these

forms ought really to be separated generically from Basileuterus.

7. On THE Fisues or CocuiIn, ON THE MALABarR COAST OF

Inp1a. By Surceon F. Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S., ere., Mapras

ARMY.

Part IT. ANACANTHINI.

The ANACANTHINE fishes are by no means abundant in Cochin,

either in the number of genera represented or the individuals form-

ing the several species. As arule they are good eating; but their

scarcity precludes their being frequently brought to the tables of

Europeans, They are generally known by the designation of ‘ Sup-

patu”’ (Mal.), a word meaning ‘a shoe.”

1865. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 287

BREGMACEROS MACCLELLANDI! (Thompson).

B. vii. D.V16+x.4+15. P.25. V.6. A. 22+x.415.

Coty TL 640) Lsors' Gye

Length of specimen 2,5, inches.

This specimen was captured in March 1861. The species appears

to be rare.

PsEUDORHOMBUS RUSSELLII (Gray).

owe -U fls Peta. fe Oe eee tere Ul Wey:

Length of specimen 11 inches.

Not common; good eating.

SyNAPTURA FOLIACEA (Richardson).

Baw, ieee. en 7. V. 6° APA. Cte i. fo:

Length of specimens from 3 to 6,5, inches.

Not rare; good.eating.

PLAGUSIA BILINEATA (Bloch).

Bove MUG vias, Oo. /a. C.98. LE. 1 85.

Length of specimen 7 inches.

The Sizurorp fishes are represented in several genera, whilst

the individuals composing the species are most abundant. Many

are exceedingly useful ; but others are dangerous, and consequently

offer especial reasons for examination. Being with but few ex-

ceptions scaleless, they are prohibited as articles of food to both

Mahomedans and Jews, and are left to the native Christian and

Pariah population, as, excepting the Wallago genus, none of the

true scaleless Siluroids are eaten by Europeans. All of them are

considered more or less indigestible, heating, and liable to give rise

to irritation of the intestinal canal. There are several which might

be made serviceable in the manufacture of isinglass, and the Arius

militaris is said to have been thus employed at Tellicherry ; but in

~ Cochin, at least, none of them appear ever to have been put to such

ause. ‘ Fish-sounds”’ are obtained from this order of fish, as well

as from some others.

The estuary species are mostly captured by a rod and line, espe-

cially in the monsoon-time ; but some of the smaller ones are taken

in the Chinese nets at the side of the river.

The Stluride heteroptere and 8. proteroptere, more especially in

their groups of Silurine, Ariine, and Bagarine (with the exception

- of the Wallago and, I believe, Plotosus genera), comprised under

the Malayalim term “ Coree,”’ are exceedingly dreaded, from the in-

. Juries they inflict with their serrated pectoral spines, the wounds

from which are reputed to be venomous. On being captured, both

. the dorsal and pectoral spines are immediately broken off; for no

purchaser will handle them until this has been done.

That most dangerous inflammations are frequently occasioned from

wounds caused by the pectoral spines of these fish I can confirm by

_ personal experience, having often treated such cases in the hospitals

288 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. _ [Mar. 14,

of Cochin, which have arisen amongst those who have incautiously

handled them ; but whether due to their irregular and jagged nature,

or their poisonous character, has always been a disputed point.

PLoTosus ANGUILLARIS (Bloch).

Moorghee (Mal.).

B.xii. D.493. P.5- V.; A.66. C. 13.

Length of specimens from 7 to 738; inches.

Not uncommon in the backwaters and estuaries; eaten by the

lower classes of natives. Wounds occasioned by their pectoral spines

do not appear to be dreaded in Malabar.

SAcCOBRANCHUs SINGIO (Buch. Ham.).

Kahree meen (Mal.).

Bi, is D7 a Bee nes g Re Os, Ae FE Moths

Length of specimens from 3 to 14,3, inches.

These fish, known as the “ Bichu ka Mutchee”’ (Hind.) or Scor-

pion-fish, are greatly dreaded by the natives of Malabar. As soon

as they are perceived in the nets, their pectoral spines are broken off

by a blow with a stick ; consequently it is difficult to procure unmu-

tilated specimens, as the fishermen will rather cut the meshes of their

nets and let them escape than endeavour to capture them.

Inhabits all sluggish pieces of water ; and the young are found in

all inundated paddy-fields. Eaten by the natives.

Wa.taco attu (Schn.).

Wahlah (Mal.).

B. xix.-xxi. D.>. P. 3. V.8. A. 87-90. C.17.

4 13—14°

Length of specimen 13 inches.

Common in the rivers: rather rich eating, salt well, and adapted

for curries ; but are reputed to be irritating to the intestinal canal.

Captured up to 33 feet in length, and even occasionally larger. Very

voracious ; take a bait freely.

Watraco maraparict (C. & V.).

Mungee wahlah (Mal.).

Boe Dek Po 0 68... 819.

Length of specimens from 5,4, to 12,8; inches.

Length of head + of total, of pectoral fin 1, of caudal 4, of base

of anal 2. Height of head +4, of body 4, of dorsal fin +/;, of anal -/5

of total length. Diameter of eye 1 of length of head, eyes 14 dia-

meter apart, nearly one diameter from end of snout.

Gape of mouth very wide, being three times its antero-posterior

length. Muzzle rounded in front; lower jaw the longest, curving

upwards in its centre, so that when closed its upper margin is com-

pletely in advance of the upper jaw, and even ascending to a higher

level. Cleft of mouth only extends half the distance to the eye, the

1865. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 289

centre of which is situated opposite the angle. Superior maxillary

barbel reaches as far as the end of the pectoral fin; that on the lower

jaw is short, and only equals one-third of the length of the head.

Teeth sharp, carded, and recurved, in six or eight rows; in both

intermaxillaries and lower jaw, and in two oblique spots on the vomer,

separated by an interspace.

Fins. Dorsal weak, expanded in the centre, arising opposite the

commencement of the ventral; pectoral reaching to just beyond the

origin of the anal, its spine serrated on its inferior aspect. Anal di-

vided from the caudal by a notch, and covered for about two-thirds

of its distance from the abdomen by a fleshy sort of sheath. Caudal

lobed ; the superior lobe the longest.

Lateral line straight from the upper margin of operculum to centre

of caudal. .

Colours. Greenish along the back; white along the sides, abdo-

men, and chest, with a purplish tinge. The whole of the body mi-

nutely studded with fine black points: a large, round, darkish finger-

mark on the shoulder, opposite the centre of the operculum.

Inhabits the same localities as the W. attu, and equally good for

eating and salting. Said never to exceed 2 feet in length.

PsEUDEUTROPIUS SYKEsII (Jerdon).

Schilbe sykesii, Jerdon, Madras Journal of Literature & Science,

no. 35, 1849, p. 335.

Pseudeutropius mitchelli, Ginther, Catal. v. 1864, p. 59.

B. viil.-ix. D. +. Pe VG Ac85,

Length of specimen 5%, inches.

By no means rare in the rivers of Malabar. In two specimens the

adipose fin was absent, perhaps lost by some accident ; probably from

some such deformed specimen Dr. Jerdon described the Schilbe

sykesit.

Macrones TENGARA (Buch. Ham.).

ex. BD. > [ae am, RE Ce ag Uh

Length of specimens from 635; to 6-8; inches.

Common; grows to a considerable size; eaten by the lower

classes.

MacronkEs ARMATUS; Day, sp. nov.

Bes Deo, Pog V6. AW TL. C515:

Length of specimens from 35, to 443; inches.

Length of head 4 of the total length. Height of head /y, of body

+ of the total length.

Eyes a little more than one-third the length of the head ; nearly

one diameter apart, and one from end of snout. Summit of head

rugose ; occipital process (see figure, p. 290) three times as long as

wide, with an intermediate bone between its upper extremity and the

basal bone of the dorsal fin. Fonticulus not quite extending to the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XIX.

290 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. _[Mar. 14,

base of the occipital process. Maxillary barbels extend to the cau-

dal; of the inferior labial barbels, the external reaches as far as the

middle of the pectoral, whilst the internal are not quite so long as

the head. Vomerine teeth form a crescentic band.

Dorsal spine serrated posteriorly in its upper third, but weaker

and shorter than that of the pectoral, which is serrated interiorly,

and as long as from the angle of the mouth to the posterior extre-

mity of the head. Caudal very deeply forked, upper lobe the longest.

Base of the adipose dorsal equals that of anal.

Wounds inflicted by its pectoral spine are much dreaded : it ends

superiorly in one point directed forwards, between which and the

first tooth on its inferior margin is a membranous prolongation in

the form of a trefoil leaf.

Outer extremity of pectoral spine, magnified.

Not uncommon in the rivers and tanks of fresh water, and occa-

sionally found in the backwaters. Takes a bait freely, and is eaten

by the poorest of the population.

Macronss cavasius (Buch. Ham.).

B. x. D. +: P.=. My Gs oA diten €, 25:

Length of specimens from 3,5, to 3,8, inches.

_ Very common in every river, and even inundated paddy-fields ;

never grows to a large size ; eaten as the last.

PsEUDOBAGRUS CHRYSEUS, Day, sp. nov.

B. x. Di wee YG mA. 27.) C217.

Length of specimen 6-2, inches.

Length of head about 2, of base of first dorsal ;4,, of base of adi-

pose dorsal -/;, of caudal 4, of base of anal 2 of total length. Height

of head 4, of body 2, of dorsal fin 4, of anal =}, of total length. Dia-

meter of eye 8, of length of head, eyes 1} diameter apart, upwards

of 1 diameter from end of snout.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 291

Jaws equal in length ; gape of mouth wide, its transverse width

being equal to half the length of the head. Summit of head de-

pressed ; both it, the opercula, and the shoulder-bone furrowed ;

occipital process narrow, twice as long as wide ; basal bone consider-

ably produced to meet occipital process, and extended in front on

either side of dorsal spine. A flat lance-shaped fonticulus in the

central line of the head, between the orbits, pointing downwards and

forwards, reaching in front nearly to intermaxillaries, and superiorly

only extended to a short distance behind the orbits. Nasal cirri

equal half the length of the head, superior maxillary ones slightly

longer ; the external of the inferior labial ones reach as far as the

base of the pectoral, whilst the internal ones are one-quarter shorter.

Teeth very fine, “en velours”’ in both maxillaries and lower jaw ;

whilst on the vomer and palate they are considerably longer, stronger,

and arranged in a crescentic band.

Fins. The first dorsal arises opposite about the middle of the pec-

toral; and the ventral just beyond the termination of the pectoral,

whilst it just reaches as far as the commencement of anal. Adipose

dorsal commences about the middle of the anal.

Dorsal spine strongly serrated ; about ten teeth posteriorly in its

upper two-thirds, and three serrations in the front of its summit an-

teriorly, whilst its extremity ends in a soft filament. The rays are

longer than the spine. Pectoral situated in lower quarter of the

body ; its spine stronger than that of the dorsal, slightly roughened,

serrated anteriorly, and strongly serrated (sixteen to eighteen teetli)

posteriorly. When laid flat, this spine is protected by an overhang-

ing bony arch, formed by the process of the shoulder-bone. Second

dorsal soft and rounded. Anal rather rounded posteriorly. Caudal

deeply lunated ; outer rays the longest.

Lateral line passes from summit of operculum direct to the centre

of caudal.

Colours. Back greenish ; sides golden yellow ; alarge round black —

finger-mark situated just behind the operculum, and surrounded by

a light-yellow margin. The first and adipose dorsals are yellowish,

tinged with dusky. Caudal has a deep black base and a blackish

margin; its ground-colour reddish orange, slightly stained with

black at its extremity. Anal of a deep orange-red, slightly mar-

gined with black. Eyes orange.

Exceedingly common in the Kurriavanoor River, where they ap-

pear to prefer the deepest pools; four or five are frequently taken

out at one haul of a cast-net. They are also occasionally cuptured

during the monsoons, especially in the backwater at Kurriapudnam

and the river at Cochin. Said by the fishermen to rarely exceed

16 inches in length. Esteemed for eating ; but the wounds inflicted

by their pectoral spines are dreaded.

Artrus Gacora (Buch. Ham.).

By. D.>. Piz. V.6. Av18:3G.15.

et fe

Length of specimen 7,8, inches.

Not uncommon ; eaten by the lower classes.

292 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Mar. 14,

Arius ca&xatus (Cuv. & Val.).

Bey” WD. > P. =. V..60°.A. 198 °C. oe

Length of specimen 5-8, inches.

Arius NeTuMA (Cuv. & Val.).

B.. Vien, Daren Bs ges, Ne Re SA Del Wl

eos Msgs

Length of specimen 12 inches.

This fish appears to me to be fairly described in Cuv. and Val.,

except as to its teething, which is not mentioned. Dr. Giinther,

in his ‘Catalogue,’ places the 4. netuma, Cuv. & Val., as a syno-

nym of the Bagrus bilineatus, Cuv. & Val. Snout very obtuse.

Teeth villiform on intermaxillaries, and much larger than those on

the vomer and palate; palatine teeth in a large patch, irregularly

quadrangular, and extended externally ; vomerine teeth on a small

oval spot, and not at all, or very slightly, joined to those of the

palate. Maxillary cirri extend to the end of operculum or base of

“piss

pectoral. Summit of head granulated. Occipital process broader

than long, slightly elevated along its centre; basal bone of dorsal

spine strong and granulated. Dorsal spine very strong, granulated

1865. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 293

in front, serrated behind for its upper half, and of equal length with

the pectoral spine, which is also granulated in front, serrated for its

upper third, and strongly serrated posteriorly ; its length equals that

of the head, as far as the posterior margin of the orbit. Soft dorsal

two-thirds the height of body.

Grows to a very large size; is eaten by the natives.

ARIUS SUBROSTRATUS (Cuv. & Val.).

Ben, SD. OPS Be Ve Gay AS 20 -. 17.

7 =

Length of specimens from 9 to 9-8; inches.

Length of head -3, of total length. Height of body 4, of head 4

of total length. Diameter of eye about + length of head, eyes 14

diameter apart, 24 from end of snout.

Teeth villiform on intermaxillaries, space covered more than one-

fourth as wide as long; none on vomer; on palatine in two oval

patches, placed wide apart, and diverging behind.

Upper surface of head granulated ; occipital process longer than

broad, rather keeled along its centre. Fonticulus long, narrow, and

sharp at both ends, extending from just behind the intermaxillaries

to nearly as far as the base of occipital process. Operculum sulcated :

shoulder-bone depressed in holes, like the marks from a thimble.

Dorsal spine ending in a soft point, strongly granulated anteriorly,

serrated in its upper part, also serrated posteriorly in its upper two-

thirds. Pectoral spine about equal strength with dorsal, rugose ex-

ternally, serrated posteriorly.

Colours. A brilliant dark bluish silver as far as the lateral line,

silvery-white below. Fins yellowish.

Common ; mostly captured during the south-west monsoon ; eaten

by the natives.

294 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [ Mar. 14,

OsTEOGENIOSUS MILITARIS (Linn.).

B.y. D.+. P.;-—Y.6...A. 20. C. 15.

ae Bert

Length of specimen 8 inches.

Rare ; and not observed above 8 inches in length.

BATRACHOCEPHALUS MINOR (Buch. Ham.).

B.v. D.>. P.G. V-6. A. 20. C. 17.

Length of specimens from 674; to 6,8; inches.

By no means rare, more especially in the cold months; do not

appear to grow large; are not esteemed good eating, but used as

food by the lower classes.

SaurRIDA TUMBIL (Bloch).

Arranna (Mal.).

Be xii, (Dpto BAGH ON, TO AN TOS MEL 19 aaa.

L. tr. 5/6.

Length of specimen 7;%; inches.

Never common; but rarely absent in the cold months of the year.

Eaten by the natives, but not esteemed.

In the following description of the Loaches and Carps, I have fol-

lowed the arrangement adopted by Dr. Bleeker in his excellent

‘Ichthyological Atlas.’

The Loaches are eaten by the poorer classes, or rather the slave

castes, of Malabar, who obtain them from the inundated paddy-fields

and small watercourses, where they abound, along with the Sacco-

branchus singio, Etroplus maculatus, Polyacanthus cupanus, and

several species of Puntius, &e. Not only do they inhabit the plains,

but the hills have also their varieties, one of which differs so remark-

ably from recorded genera that I have instituted a new one for its

reception.

My specimens of the common species in spirits have unfortunately

been destroyed, and skins alone are insufficient for the purpose of

deciding the genus to which it belongs: it is the Cobitis rubri-

pinnis (Jerdon), Coyeewalla (Mal.). D. 2/6. A. 2/7. No free

spine (?) under the eye. Cirri 6. Length of head %, of base of

dorsal 1, of base of anal 1, of caudal §, of pectoral 4 of total length.

Height of head +, of body 4, of dorsal fin 4 of total length. Dia-

meter of eye 1 of length of head, eyes 2 diameters from end of snout,

2 diameters apart.

_ Summit of head scaleless ; cheeks scaled. Dorsal central, slightly

in front of commencement of ventral. Anal in posterior quarter of

body. Caudal entire, square.

Colours. Body olive-green, becoming of light brown on the sides,

with nine brown bars descending halfway to lateral line, and a number

of smaller and irregular bands beneath. A black bar at base of

caudal. Dorsal with two brown bars. Caudal with four brown

bands ; operculum with upper margin black.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 295

NEMACHEILUS TRIANGULARIS, Day, sp. nov.

Bate D. 90's. Vea ee 6. ©€.19. Cirri 6,

Length of specimen 2-1, inches.

Length of head about 5» of base of dorsal =1,, of base of anal ap

of pectoral 1, of caudal 3 of the total length. Height of head To

of body 1, of dorsal fin +, of anal +1; of the total length. Diameter

of eye + of length of head, eyes 1 diameter apart, 2 diameters from

end of snout ; no suborbital spine.

Body elongated, fusiform, cylindrical in front, compressed along

the sides. From snout to frontal convex, thence to caudal straight ;

interorbital space convex.

Lower jaw shortest ; opening of mouth below, and extending as

far posteriorly as half the distance to the orbit ; the end of the snout

fleshy and overhanging the mouth; intermaxillaries produced down-

wards and forming a knob, which is in advance of the lower jaw

when the mouth is closed. Lips rather fleshy. Cirri four, on snout,

with base not united; two on superior maxillaries, half the length

of the head. Eyes not covered by any adipose membrane. Nostrils

nearer to the eye than the snout; anterior tubular ; posterior broad,

open. Operculum rounded posteriorly.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly in front of the origin of the ventral,

and most of it is situated in the anterior half of the body. Anal is

entirely in the posterior third of the body. Dorsal square ; anal

slightly rounded ; caudal deeply lobed.

Scales very distinct over the whole body ; none on the head. The

lateral line passes straight from the head towards the centre of the

caudal fin, but ceases abruptly opposite the termination of the anal.

Colours. Yellowish-banded, each band being edged with black ;

seven along the body, which pass backwards towards the lateral line,

aud consequently are disposed in a V shape; one band passes over

the operculum, a second through the eye, and a third from the orbit

to the angle of the mouth. Dorsal with three irregular rows of black

Spots. Pectoral, ventral, and anal unspotted, but darkest at their

margins. Three oblique black bands on the caudal, which has also

a black base.

I am indebted to the Rev. Henry Baker, jun., for this pretty

little Loach, which he discovered on the hills at Mundikyum.

The next Loach which I have to describe I obtained at Trichoor,

near Cochin, from a paddy-field, amongst some specimens of Poly-

acanthus and Saccobranchus singio. It is the most remarkable

species I have observed, and cannot be included in any genus as

at present constituted ; I therefore propose to define one for its re-

ception, premising that such should be placed immediately subse-

quent to Bleeker’s genus Lepidocephalichthys, as it possesses a veiled

eye, a dorsal fin with few rays placed opposite a ventral, and no

swimming-bladder. One of its most appreciable features is that the

innermost ray of its pectoral fin is expanded into a strong flattened

spine,

296 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [ Mar. 14,

Genus PLATACANTHUS.

Body elongate, moderately compressed ; back low; a fleshy keel

on the back, midway between the termination of the dorsal and com-

mencement of caudal, on to which it is continued; opercular and

suborbital regions scaled. Eyes veiled. Snout obtuse. Cirri eight,

on snout two; on superior maxillaries four; on inferior maxillaries

two. Suborbital spine free, bifurcated, close to orbit; no tubercle

on end of lower jaw. Nostrils simple. Dorsal fin arises opposite

ventral, in centre of the body. The internal ray of pectoral form-

ing a large flattened spine, half the length of the soft rays. Caudal

emarginate. No swimming-bladder apparent.

PLATACANTHUS AGRENSIS, Day, sp. nov.

B. ii D7. P.6—1. ¥..7.. A. 6. C.16. Cirri8.

Length of specimen 32; inches.

Length of head +1, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal ,};, of base of

anal =1;, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head 7, of

body 4, of dorsal ;';, of anal 51; of the total length. Diameter of

eye + of the length of the head, eyes 1 diameter from end of snout,

Tadiameter apart. A strong bifurcated suborbital spine arises below

the orbit, close to its anterior margin, and then passes backwards

with a slight inward curve.

Body elongated, compressed ; profile curving considerably from

snout to opposite orbits, from back of head to caudal nearly straight.

A raised adipose keel along the posterior sixth of the back, and ex-

tending on to the upper surface of the base of the caudal fin. Sides

compressed, but with a slight bulging just before the commencement

of the caudal.

Opening of the mouth below, transversely oval, and extending a

very short distance posteriorly. End of snout fleshy, and overhang-

ing the mouth. Lips thick, continuous ; no enlargement of inter-

maxillaries, nor tubercle on lower jaw. Cirri two, fleshy on snout,

their bases not united ; four on superior maxillaries, and two on

lower jaw; the longest cirrus reaches as far as the eye. Nostrils

midway between orbit and end of snout; neither tubular. Upper

margin of orbit close to profile. Eyes covered with veil. Opercles

rounded posteriorly. Interorbital space smooth, scaleless.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between snout and base of caudal.

Ventral arises under the commencement of the dorsal. Pectoral

Pectoral fin, magnified.

1865.] MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 297

large, the internal ray forming a broad spine, having a flattened ex-

tremity internally, and terminating externally in a soft filamentous

prolongation. The flat portion of the spine, which is only about

half the length of the soft rays, lies against the side when the fin is

at rest. Anal situated entirely in the posterior third of the total

length ; its first ray undivided, its last divided to the root. Caudal

slightly lobed.

Scales very distinct over the whole of the body and cheeks ; none

on the top of the head. Lateral line straight.

Colours. Light brown, with irregular spots and bands. Dorsal

spotted with brown. Caudal with four oblique bars of dark brown,

and a brown bar at its base.

The Carp order is most extensively distributed in the fresh waters

around Cochin, as well as in inland situations, even to nearly the

summits of the highest hills of the Western Ghauts. Some of these

fish are kept in the large tanks inside the Hindu pagodas ; and even

on the banks of the broad Shahlacoodee river stands a Hindu temple

where they are regularly fed, and have become so tame as to come

when called, and even take food from human hands. In the paddy-

fields the smaller species are most abundant, and afford luxurious

feasts not only to the multitudes of wading-birds that frequent Ma-

labar, but also to the lower classes of natives.

GARRA MALABARICA, Day, sp. nov.

Wuttooree (Mal.).

Pits oP oe Lo NGLO. 6 Aoi /Do09 ©. 19. Lele.

L. tr. 4/3. Cirm 2.

Length of specimen 4 inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral +, of base of dorsal 1, of base of

anal 54, of total length. Height of head 4,, of body 4, of dorsal +,

of anal + of the total length. Diameter of eye nearly } the length

of head, eyes a little above 1 diameter from end of snout, nearly

2 diameters apart.

Profile rises as far as the occiput; thence to the caudal it is

nearly straight. Under surface of body equally convex with that of

the upper. Sides compressed. Back rather broad and flat, and

nearly as wide as the body is deep.

Mouth below ; upper jaw the longest ; the two lips united, thick,

and covered with mucous pores, as is also the snout. Below the

under jaw is an oval disk, the transverse diameter of which is a little

wider than that of the eye. One pair of fleshy cirri on superior

maxilla, and which are not above two-thirds of the length of the

orbit. Snout broad, depressed. Eye nearer to the posterior than

it is to the anterior extremity of the head; its superior surface is

on the upper profile, and it looks upwards and outwards. Inter-

orbital space nearly flat from side to side. Nostrils nearer to orbit

than they are to the end of the snout.

Fins. Dorsal situated rather nearer snout than it is to the base of

298 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. __[Mar. 14,

the caudal, and a little in advance of the ventrals; it is higher in

front than behind; its base is without scales. Pectorals inserted

subhorizontally. Anal short, situated entirely in posterior fourth

of the body, its commencement being midway between posterior ex-

tremity of the pectoral and the termination of the lower lobe of the

caudal. Ventrals short. Caudal large, emarginate, but not deeply ;

base scaly.

Lateral line nearly straight from upper margin of operculum to

centre of caudal, and nearer the back than it is to the abdominal

surface.

Colours. Back deep olive, fading to dirty white on the abdomen ;

a wide leaden-blue stripe runs along either side of the lateral line,

becoming of a shot green along the four central rays of the caudal.

Fins yellowish.

Not rare in the Kurriavanoor River.

LABEO MELANAMPYX, Day, sp. nov.

B. i,{), De 3/9. Pe1b. W594: ka S/b,, oe 185 hile ee

L. tr. 4/3. Cirri 4.

Length of specimens from 1 to 2,3; inches.

Length of head 2, of pectoral fin 4, of base of dorsal ;2;, of base

of anal 54, of caudal 2 of total length. Height of head 4, of body 4,

of dorsal 4, of anal + of total length. Diameter of eye nearly 4 the

length of head, eyes upwards of | diameter from end of snout, 14 apart.

Profile rises to anterior margin of dorsal; thence to caudal it

slightly descends. Abdomen flat below, and its profile not so con-

vex as that of the back; sides compressed.

Mouth directed forwards and slightly downwards ; upper jaw over-

hanging lower. Upper half of mouth forming a half circle; when

it is wide open, the whole orifice is nearly oval. Tip of lower jaw un-

covered by the lip. Lips continuous from upper to lower jaw ; post-

labial sulcus deep, simple ; lower lip with numerous fine pores, thick-

ened below symphysis. Przeorbital bone rather triangular, base in

front. Snout bulging, and continued laterally into a slight lobe ;

both it and preeorbital covered by crenulations. Cirri four, two on

snout, two on superior maxillaries, which are as long as orbit. Nos-

trils nearer to orbit than to end of snout; anterior tubular, and se-

parated by a membranous valve from the posterior, which is broad,

oval, and patent. Some widely scattered pores exist over the whole

of the upper surface of the head.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between snout and base of caudal, and

is slightly in advance of the commencement of the ventral, which

last is nearly horizontal. Anal arises midway between posterior ex-

tremity of operculum and termination of the caudal, and is completely

behind the whole of the dorsal. Caudal deeply lobed. Dorsal and

anal fins with a row of scales at their bases. Pectoral reaches almost

to the ventrals, the tip of which last nearly touches the anal.

Seales large; lateral line slightly descends. Pharyngeal teeth

sharp, pointed, and slightly curved at their extremities, placed in

three closely approximating rows.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 299

Colours. Reddish brown, with four vertical black bands: one be-

hind the eye ; asecond from before the base of dorsal fin, arising wide,

becomes narrow close to the origin of the ventral; a third from the

termination of the dorsal, crosses the lateral line, but does not reach

so low down as the base of the anal ; the fourth crosses the base of

the caudal. Muzzle black. Fins dusky. Eyes reddish.

Tam indebted to the Rev. H. Baker, jun., for several specimens of

this fish, which he captured at Mundikyum.

LaBro DENISONII, Day, sp. nov.

Being Ds OB PLAS.» WeOik Av B/Fe OC AT9e ) dale 28s, Ts,

tr. 5/3. Cirri 2.

Length of specimens from 4 to 5+), inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral +, of base of dorsal 4, of base of

anal =1,, of caudal + of total length. Height of head =45, of body 1,

of dorsal 4, of anal 4, of total length. Diameter of eye about } of

length of head, eyes rather more than 1 diameter apart, 14 diameter

from end of snout.

Body elongated, compressed; profile from snout to dorsal gently

elevated, thence to caudal gradually sloping.

Mouth small, directed forwards and slightly downwards, the upper

jaw being the longest. Lower jaw curves slightly upwards at its

extremity, with a slight tubercle at the upper surface of symphysis.

Tip of lower jaw uncovered by lip. Upper and lower lips continu-

ous ; edges entire, a little thickened so as to form a small lobe below

symphysis of lower jaw. Sulcus simple, not very deep. Snout

slightly projecting over upper jaw, with a triangular expansion on

either side anteriorly ; some small pores at its apex; no cirri. Prae-

orbital irregularly triangular, longer than high, rounded in front.

Maxillary cirri two, fleshy, one-third longer than the orbit. Nostrils

nearer orbit than end of snout, the posterior closed by a membranous

valve ; margin of anterior slightly elevated around its edge, so as to

appear semitubular.

Fins. The dorsal commences the width of two scales nearer the

snout than it does to the base of the caudal; it is in advance of the

ventral. Anal situated in the posterior quarter of the body, and

entirely behind termination of the dorsal. Dorsal highest in front ;

a row of small scales at its base. Large free scale at base of ventral,

which fin is rounded. Anal highest anteriorly. Caudal deeply lobed.

Scales large. Lateral line slightly curved at first, then passing

direct to centre of caudal. Air-bladder contracted, dividing one-

third from the remainder. Pharyngeal teeth sharp, pointed, slightly

curved towards their extremity, situated in three closely approxima-

ting rows.

Colours. Silvery, with a line of black running from snout through

lower part of eye to centre of base of caudal fin; above that a wide

line of bright scarlet, extending the same distance. Back glossy

metallic blue, and the abdomen silvery white. Caudal with an ob-

lique black band crossing the posterior third of each lobe. Other

fins colourless.

300 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. { Mar. 14,

I received several specimens of this species from the Rev. H.

Baker, jun., who discovered it at Mundikyum. I have named it

after H. E. Sir W. Denison, K.C.B., the Governor of Madras.

Rouwita pussuMiERI (Cuy. & Val.).

Toolee (Mal.).

Meine DS P17 Ve, 353s CO 1G? A aes

irs, 9/7.

Length of specimen 8,4, inches.

Common in the Kurriavanoor River. They take surprising leaps

when attempts are made to capture them with nets, sometimes

springing completely over the heads of the boatmen, who are stand-

ing up at the time. Immediately on being captured, their necks are

broken with a stick.

Fair eating ; much esteemed by the natives.

CYCLOCHEILICHTHYS PINNAURATUS, Day, sp. nov.

Bodie D5 5/ Bie nak Ade WY Na De itheet (Oy, Uns 2ha. (hada eees

L. tr. 6/5. Cirri 4.

Length of specimen 34, inches.

Length of head above 4 of total; of base of dorsal 1, of base of

anal ;/;, of caudal j of total length. Height of body 4, of head 4

of total length. Diameter of eye j of length of head, eyes 1 dia-

meter from end of snout, upwards of 1 diameter apart.

Profile rises considerably to commencement of dorsal, thence sinks

more gradually to the caudal. Abdomen not so convex as back.

Body strongly compressed.

Eyes situated in anterior half of the head; their upper surface

does not reach the profile. Mouth directed forwards; lower jaw

covered by the upper when the two are closed. Nostrils situated

nearer to eye than to end of snout; posterior patent, divided by a

membranous flap from the anterior, which is slightly tubular. Pree-

orbital triangular ; apex directed forwards and inwards. Two cirri on

snout, two-thirds the length of the maxillary pair, which are nearly

as long as the orbit. ‘

Dorsal nearly triangular, with a row of scales at its base ; it com-

mences midway between snout and base of caudal, and is slightly in

advance of ventrals. Anal, which has also a row of scales at its

base, is situated in the posterior fourth of the body. Dorsal spine

finely serrated posteriorly for its upper three-fourths. Inferior mar-

gin of anal concave. Caudal deeply lobed. Pectoral just reaches

ventral. Ventral does not extend quite to anal.

Scales with eight or ten lines arising from their anterior margin

and rather diverging posteriorly. Lateral line in a single distinct

tube, extending along half the exposed posterior extremity of each

seale ; it first descends slightly for six scales ; opposite the centre of

operculum it passes direct to the caudal.

Colours. Silvery, with a large diffused black spot on lateral line,

extending from the twenty-fourth to the twenty-eighth scale. A

1865. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 301

red spot on operculum. Dorsal and pectoral tinged with red, and

minutely spotted with black, as is also the base of each scale and the

various pieces of the operculum. External half of ventral bright

orange-scarlet ; anal tinged with red; both minutely dotted with

black. Caudal stained with black.

Captured in Cochin, in a small pond.

Puntrus curysopoma (Cuv. & Val.);

Munduttee (Mal.).

Biin,-, D. MBiey Poids, VicQrrnas 14 aah © EM he Uae?

L. tr. 6/4. Cirri 4.

Length of specimens from 4 to 73 inches.

Very common in rivers; grows to upwards of 2 feet in length ; is

good eating.

Puntius Hamittoni (Jerdon).

Oolee perlee (Mal.).

ie tite Wt 3/83) PAZ, “VW, 92-.A. 2/5.°°C2 195 2B? eee vL)

tr. 5/3. Cirri 2.

Length of specimens from 3,2, to 451, inches.

Dorsal fins commence exactly over the ventrals ; spine smooth.

It is very similar to the next; but the scales in this species are not

in parallel rows. Opposite the fifth scale of the lateral line a fresh

row commences. Height of body half its length, without the caudal

fin, which is deeply lobed.

General colour of the back green; abdomen silvery, and a slight

golden tinge on upper part of operculum ; a dark diffused spot on

the lateral line from twenty-first to twenty-third scale. Dorsal

slightly stained with dark at its summit. Pectoral, ventral, and

anal yellowish. Caudal dirty white.

When young, the summit of the head is golden green, and a yel-

low streak runs from opposite the centre of the eye to the centre of

the tail. When about 2 inches long, the black spot at the side of

the tail begins to show itself, whilst the dorsal becomes of a brownish

red, and by degrees the golden streak on the side disappears.

In the monsoon-time a beautiful rosy streak extends from the eye

to the centre of the caudal, and the back is more of an olive-green,

and the fins redder.

Very common in the rivers and paddy-fields; but is more fre-

quently found in tanks than some of the other species.

Puntius parran, Day.

? Puntius amphibius (Jerdon). Not Cuv. & Val.

Parrah perlee (Mal.).

PMs Dd So, P15, Ve 8. Ae 2/0... C10, de Ton

L. tr. 5/4. Cirri 2.

Length of specimens from 2,8, to 5 inches.

Length of head 1, of base of dorsal & of base of anal 54, of pec-

302 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. _[Mar. 14,

toral 4, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 4,

of dorsal 1, of anal + of the total length. Diameter of eye nearly 5

of the length of the head, eyes-nearly 17 diameter apart, 1 diameter

from end of snout.

Profile curved gradually to dorsal, descends along its base, and

thence straight to the caudal.

Cirri, one pair at the superior maxillee, which are two-thirds of

the length of the orbit. Nostrils nearer to the orbit than to end of

snout; posterior patent, divided from anterior, which is slightly

tubular, by a membranous valve.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between snout and base of caudal,

situated just over the ventral. Spine strong, smooth, and with a

soft point ; last two rays elongated. Anal arises behind the poste-

rior margin of dorsal, at equal distance between the orbit and the

end of the caudal. Upper surface of dorsal concave; under surface

of anal the same. Caudal deeply lobed. Pectoral does not quite

reach the ventral, nor the ventral the anal.

Scales. Rows above the lateral line regular, parallel, unbroken.

Colours. Upper surface of back dark silvery green, divided from

a silvery abdomen by a dark bluish line. Cheeks golden red. Pec-

toral, ventral, and anal tinged with yellow. Dorsal and caudal dusky.

A diffused black spot on the lateral line extending from twentieth to

twenty-second scale. Eyes golden.

Very common in the rivers, and also in the inundated paddy-

fields.

Puntius punctatus, Day, sp. nov.

Putter perlee (Mal.).

Bi.) 3/6... te to V8. Aod/an, Co 1s.. te Tee geemia

tr. 6/4. No cirri.

Length of specimens from 2,3, to 354, inches.

Third dorsal spine strongly serrated posteriorly.

Length of head 1, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal +, of base of

anal ;/;, of caudal 1 of total length. Height of head 1, of body +,

of dorsal + of total length. Eye large, close to profile, nearly 3 the

length of head, + of a diameter from end of snout, eyes nearly | dia-

meter apart.

Lateral line first curves gently downwards, and from opposite base

of ventral passes direct to centre of caudal.

Colours. Olive-green above, gradually fading into silvery on the

abdomen. A black diffused spot on the twentieth and twenty-first

scales of the lateral line. The anterior half of the fourth scale from

the operculum, of the row next below the lateral line, deep black,

and also a portion of the scale above and beneath it. Fins yellowish.

Dorsal and anal tipped with orange. Dorsal spotted with black, in

two longitudinal rows, with a third in the front part between the

other two. The dark markings are much more visible in the months

when the freshes are coming down.

Common ; eaten by the natives.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 303

Puntivs vitratus, Day, sp. nov.

Bia. 0s /2/85 Pra eye or VA /5) MC L200 L122:

L. tr. 4/3. No cirri.

Length of specimen 1,8, inch. Dorsal spine entire.

Length of head 2, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal 4, of base of

anal 1, of caudal ? of total length. Height of head , of body 1 of

total length. Diameter of eye nearly 3 the length of head, eyes 2

of a diameter from end of snout, 2 diameters apart.

Rarely grows above 13 inch in length, and is the most common

species in the paddy-fields. When about ;%,ths of an inch long, a

vertical black stripe begins to show itself in the posterior third of

the dorsal fin, the tip of which also becomes edged with black ; and

there is some irregular orange coloration about the fin. A black

spot shows itself at the base of the caudal and anal fins; and in

young specimens the line of demarcation between the green of the

back and the silvery abdomen is very apparent, and seems as if a

white line ran from the eye to the centre of the caudal. In adult

specimens there are four black spots, one just before the dorsal, one

under its posterior margin, one at the base of the caudal, and one at

the base of the anal. The dorsal has one black streak down it, and

a black tip, with orange markings. Upper surface of body dusky

green. Abdomen silvery. Cheeks sometimes golden.

Is eaten by the slave castes.

Punrtius FILAMENTOSUS (Cuv. & Val.).

Curroah (Mal.).

Baie Dis Geet Zee V9), oA) 6Ce 16s) ¢ Lelo2h

L, tr. 5/4. No cirri.

Length of specimens from 3,3, to 654; inches.

The young have no filaments to the dorsal rays ; in the adult they

are present on all.

Common in some tanks, especially the fort-ditch in Cochin. Is

considered good eating.

Raspora ANJANA? (Buch. Ham.).

? Leuciscus malabaricus (Jerdon).

Kokanutchee (Mal.).

Beams SDE2/7e PSs. “Vi 82" 9ACS (SC. WOO ME oe,

Ete: 5/3:

Length of specimens from 3,1; to 3%; inches.

Length of head 1, of base of dorsal ;';, of base of anal —1,, of caudal

1 of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 3, of dorsal 4 of

the total length. Diameter of eye above 4 of length of head, eyes

1 diameter from end of snout, upwards of 1 diameter apart.

Profile rises gradually to a little before the first dorsal, then still

more gently slopes to the root of caudal. Abdominal surface about

equally convex with that of back. Sides compressed; head still

more so.

304 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [ Mar. 14,

Mouth oblique, directed slightly upwards, with a short protuber-

ance at the apex of the lower maxilla, which is received into a cor-

responding fissure in the intermaxillaries. Snout appears rather

elevated. Preeorbital irregularly quadrangular.

Dorsal fin high and square, arises the breadth of two scales nearer

to the snout than it does to the root of the caudal ; it is opposite

the ventral. Caudal deeply forked. Anal square, arising midway

between the base of the pectoral and the lower extremity of the

caudal. Base of fins destitute of scales.

Lateral line commences opposite the upper margin of the oper-

culum, and curves downwards until it reaches the fifth scale;

thence it follows the curve of the abdomen to the lower half of the

caudal.

Colours. Back greenish ; a narrow yellow streak extends from the

eye to about the centre of the caudal fin ; below it is a broad leaden

line. The whole of the fish has a purplish reflexion. Fins reddish

orange ; caudal slightly tipped with black.

Very common in the rivers, small streams, and tanks ; takes a fly

or bait readily.

The next fish, of which I have six specimens, differs from any of

the genera of Barbini described by Bleeker. It evidently belongs

to his subfamily Catla, and is allied to a certain extent to his Ras-

borichthys; but there are well-marked differences which warrant the

formation of a new genus for its reception. Dr. Jerdon has described

two other species of this genus under the term Rhodeus, because

their lateral line suddenly.ceases ; but the Rhodeus, according to

Bleeker, belongs to the true Leuciscini, its scales are large, it has

only two series of pharyngeal teeth, the apex of the preeorbital is

directed upwards, and the posterior half of the dorsal is opposite an

elongated anal.

Genus BracHyGRAMmMa, Day.

Body subelongate ; sides compressed. Snout broad, depressed ;

preorbital bone triangular, apex directed downwards. No cirri.

Eyes not covered by any adipose membrane. Opening of mouth of

moderate size, oblique. Superior symphysis emarginate ; inferior

hooked above. Scales small, deciduous. Lateral line curved down-

wards, ceasing abruptly opposite the ventral fin. Base of dorsal

scaleless ; it arises behind the commencement of the ventrals, but

does not extend as far as opposite commencement of anal. Anal

few-rayed ; no scales at its base. Caudal deeply lobed. Pharyngeal

teeth large, oval, with their free surface concave or spoon-shaped,

1, 2,3 / 3, 25 Ve

BRACHYGRAMMA JERDONI, Day, sp. nov.

Wumboo (Mal.).

BGs Deaie Bikar? Veo TASSIS. ANG. TS ce Gas

L. tr. 10/6.

1865. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 305

Length of specimens from 2,%, to 3,8; inches.

Length of head 1, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal zl5, of base of

anal ;';, of caudal + of the totallength. Height of head 4, of body 4,

of dorsal +, of anal } of the total length. Diameter of eye nearly 4

of the length of the head, eyes a little above 4 a diameter from the

end of snout, 1 diameter apart ; its under surface is as close to lower

profile as its upper surface is to the margin of the head.

Profile rises gradually from snout to posterior extremity of the

head ; thence there is a gradual decline to the caudal. Abdominal

surface rather more curved than the dorsal. Sides compressed.

Head compressed from side to side. Snout broad, depressed.

Mouth of moderate size, oblique. Lower jaw the longest, with a

hook at its extremity, which is received into a corresponding emar-

gination in the intermaxillaries. When the month is closed, the

upper surface of the lower lip forms a portion of the superior profile

of the head. Lips thin, covering both jaws. Preeorbital triangular ;

apex below. Nostrils close to the anterior superior angle of the

orbit; the posterior broad and patent, divided by a valve from the

anterior, the margins of which are raised. Operculum nearly tri-

angular, smooth. Intermaxillaries slightly protrusible, elevated into

a point behind, expanded in front, and in central line emarginate to

receive the hook of lower jaw.

Fins. Dorsal arises rather nearer the caudal than it does to the

snout, is slightly behind the commencement of the ventral, but does

not extend so far backwards as to above the anal. Anal situated in

posterior third of the body, arises at an equal distance between orbit

and end of inferior lobe of caudal. Dorsal and anal square. Caudal

deeply lobed.

Scales on chest very small as far as ventral fins. Lateral line

formed of long single tubes, only extending along fifteen scales, and

curved downwards.

Pharyngeal teeth short, wide, transversely oval; extremities con-

cave both from side to side and from before backwards, in fact re-

sembling the concave surface of a spoon, 3, 2, 1/1, 2, 3.

Colours. Greenish above, silvery below. A bright greenish-yel-

low line separates the green of the back from the silvery sides and

abdomen. Summit of head bright green. Inside of mouth and lips

closely spotted with black. Fins colourless. Eyes white.

Is not uncommon in rivers and ponds. I have named the species

after Dr. Jerdon, who appears to be the first who discovered the

genus in India.

BarRiLivs BAKER, Day, sp. nov.

mea BD, 3/YOSP P15, Vs 10.9 Avo. Cxly.dn eas. E.

tr. 9/2.

Length of specimens from 4,5; to 5,4; inches.

Length of head 7, of base of dorsal +, of base of anal +, of pec-

toral 5, of caudal 3 of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 2,

of dorsal }, of anal + of total length. Diameter of eye about 2 of

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1865, No. XX.

306 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Mar. 14,

the length of the head, eyes 1} diameter apart, 1 diameter from end

of snout.

Profile more convex on ventral than on dorsal aspect.

Gape of mouth large, triangular, directed forwards, compressed

from side to side. Lower jaw slightly the longest, terminating in a

knob, which is received into the apex of a triangle formed by the

meeting of the intermaxillaries. Lips not fleshy; jaws entirely

covered ; some pores along the margin of the lower lip, on the snout,

and on the anterior margin of the preorbital. Sulcus single, not

deep. Snout rather enlarged at extremity, and divided by a small

fissure from the margin of the preeorbital bone, which last is penta-

gonal, with the inferior border the longest. Nostrils rather closer

to orbit than to end of snout, divided from one another by a mem-

branous valve ; posterior broad, open; anterior with raised margins.

Upper surface of head rather convex from side to side.

Fins. Dorsal commences nearly midway between snout and base

of caudal, and opposite the middle of the ventrals; it extends back-

wards as far as opposite to the fourth ray of the anal. Caudal

deeply forked, lower lobe the longest. Anterior margins of dorsal

and anal the highest; the former with a slightly convex, the latter

with a concave margin. Base of dorsal scaleless, of anal scaled ;

two long free scales at base of ventral; some scales at base of caudal.

Scales large ; lateral line descending nearly to the abdomen.

Pharyngeal teeth in three rows, curved, slightly hooked at their ex-

tremities and pointed, arranged in the following order:—4, 4, 2/2,4, 5.

Colours. Back bluish grey, fading to whitish along the sides. Ab-

domen silvery. Some bright blue spots along the sides. Dorsal,

anal, and pectoral fins margined with white ; their bases dark grey.

Caudal grey in the centre, whitish externally.

I have named this fish after the Rev. H. Baker, jun., who obtained

several specimens of it from Mundikyum.

The next fish is a Perilampus (M‘Clelland) ; but Bleeker’s de-

scription of the genus does not coincide with this one at least of the

species in South India. He observes, “scales large,” whereas they

are mostly of middle size or small; he also places the genus amongst

the Acheilognathini, a group which he has given as having pharyn-

geal teeth in one row; but the species of which I have brought

some specimens from Cochin have them in three series.

PERILAMPUS AUROLINEATUS, Day, sp. nov.

B. ii.. D, 2/12, (P14 2. PAs 3/1 C19, Lee

ditt. 7/2.

Length of specimens from 254, to 248; inches. ~

Length of head nearly 1, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal 4, of base

of anal 1, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head 4, of

body 4, of dorsal 4, of anal + of total length. Diameter of eye § of

length of head, eyes ? of a diameter from end of snout, 1 diameter

apart.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 307

Profile slightly raised to base of dorsal, and thence gently sinks

to the caudal; inferior surface of body much more convex than

that of the back. The upper margin of lower jaw when closed is

flush with the upper surface of the head.

Mouth oblique. Lower jaw the longest; extremity covered with

a knob, which is received into an emarginate space formed by the

intermaxillaries. Lips thin, covering the jaws. Przeorbital small,

irregularly quadrilateral ; the lower extremity the smallest, forming

a sort of apex. Upper margin of orbit close to profile. Upper sur-

face of head nearly flat. Opercula smooth.

Fins. Dorsal arises rather nearer to snout than it does to the pos-

terior extremity of the caudal, but is entirely situated in the poste-

rior half of the body (excluding the caudal fin). Anal arises oppo-

site the dorsal. Caudal lobed. Pectorals just reach the ventrals.

Ventrals do not extend to the anal. Anterior extremity of dorsal

and anal the highest. Margin of dorsal convex, of anal slightly

concave.

Scales with well-marked lines radiating from their posterior mar-

gin : their rows run obliquely towards the back. Lateral line strongly

concave, and situated in lower fifth of the body.

Pharyngeal teeth curved, pointed; the external row being much

the largest—5, 4, 1/1, 4, 5.

Colours. Four yellow horizontal lines passing from the head to

the tail, the highest and lowest of which are much less brilliant than

the others. Between these lines, colour bright blue. Lower part

of abdomen silvery. A bright blue spot on the operculum. Fins

finely dotted with black. A dark line runs along the centre of the

caudal.

Common in rivers, and also found in stagnant tanks. Is eaten

by the natives.

PancHax Linreatum (Cuv. & Val.).

Save Ele Ve Ge AL Ly. 197 LL od. a, or 9.

Length of specimens from 2,5, to 3,2; inches.

The length of the ventral and caudal fins vary very much in dif-

ferent seasons of the year.

It is exceedingly common in all rivers, tanks, paddy-fields, and

even in pieces of water within the influence of the tides. It is eaten

by the natives.

The Exrts are amongst the most difficult of fish to obtain at Cochin,

in consequence of the dread in which the natives hold them. Un-

fortunately the Sea-snakes abound along the Malabar coast; and

snake-like fishes are therefore held in awe. Even if captured, neither

Mahomedans nor Jews will touch them; whilst there seems to be

some antipathy against their use amongst the servants of Europeans,

so that they rarely appear at the table. The bite of the Murenesox

telabon (Cuv.) and also of several other species of Hels is severe,

and dangerous wounds are frequently caused by them.

308 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. [Mar. 14,

Murzna macutara (Buch. Ham.).

ie xi? D.- 2568 A221.) 6.082:

Length of specimens from 10-4; to 18 inches.

Common in fresh water ; excellent eating.

Mur2NeEsox TELABON (Cuvier).

B. xv. D. 250-265. P.17. A. 135-146. C. 11.

Length of specimens from 21 to 27 inches.

Common. Its bite is very severe. Is good eating.

SyMBRANCHUS BENGALIENSIS (M‘Clelland).

Length of specimen 25,1; inches.

Captured in the fort-ditch, Cochin.

PIsOODONOPHIS BORO (Kp.).

Be sais S45. Pas A. Bou.

Length of specimen 113 inches.

Common.

LrErprocEPHALUS MALABARICUS, Day, sp. nov.

Length of specimen 3,5; inches. Number of neural spines about

212.

Length of head 1; of total length. Height of head =., of

body 54, of dorsal fin nearly =;, of anal nearly =/- of the total length.

Diameter of eye + of the length of head, eyes 1 diameter from end

of snout.

Profile from snout nearly straight to the upper margin of the

back, then slightly raised. Body very compressed.

Mouth-cleft beyond the posterior margin of the orbit. Snout

produced, overlapping lower lip. Eyes central.

Whether due to accident or natural causes, a circular hole, exceed-

ing the diameter of the eye, exists at the posterior extremity of the

anterior two-fifths of the body, midway below vertebral column and

ventral surface ; also a notch near the caudal, at its under surface.

Dorsal fin commences a short distance behind the head, and is

continuous with the caudal and anal. Anal occupies the posterior

half of the body. Caudal very short.

Colours. Body whitish. Eye golden; lower surface orange. One

line of yellow, spotted with green, proceeds backwards from the eye;

a second from the mouth; this last also traverses the lower lip.

This little fish was brought alive, and remained about two hours

swimming about in a globe of water. The aperture referred to and

the notch were very distinct whilst it was alive.

In describing the succeeding genera, Ishall follow M. Valenciennes’s

arrangement in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,’ because Blee-

ker’s excellent ‘ Atlas Ichthyologique’ has not extended so far.

Natives esteem the Hemiramphus genus when fresh ; and even the

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 309

Europeans consider their roes, when curried, a great delicacy. But

the “ Cuttay charlay’’ (Mal.), Spratella fimbriata, C. & V., is the

fish most generally approved of by the natives, whether fresh or salt.

In fact, the Christian population appear to consider no curry fit to

eat unless it contains fish. The Dussumieria acuta, C. & V., and

Engraulis brownii, Gm., are both relished by Europeans, the latter

being known as Whitebait >” whilst the « Charlay”’ (Mal.), Sar-

dinella neohowii, C. & V., or Sardine, is exceedingly valuable on

account of the fish-oil which is prepared from it, and extensively

exported from Malabar to Europe.

BELONE CANCILA (Buch. Ham.),

Coahlan (Mal.).

Bea. D6. * PTT. Ni. .G5° AC igs te

Length of specimen 81, inches.

Found in the Kurriavanoor River, and said to be very destructive

to small fish ; it does not appear to grow to a large size.

BELONE CavDIMACULATA (C. & V.).

Coplah (Mal.).

toe Wa) Vy MG. Ae dy, ie 15.

Length of specimen 12,2, inches,

Is captured only in the sea, and at the mouth of the river within

the influence of the tides. Considered good eating by the natives ;

“i not much esteemed by Europeans, owing to its large number of

ones.

BeLone ANNULATA (C. & V.).

B. xiii. D. 22. P.12, V6. A. 23. 1, 05 15,

Length of specimen 19-4 inches.

Inhabits the same places, and held in the same esteem, as B. cay-

dimaculata, C. & V.

Hemirampnvus reynapr (C.& V.).

Morrul (Mal.).

B. xi. D.16. P.12. V.6. Anzto. (C.1d, Dogs ie we tr. 8,

Length of specimen 775 inches.

Exceedingly common after the commencement of the south-west

monsoon, and through the cold weather, Very much esteemed b

the natives, and its roe highly prized by Europeans for curries,

Hemrramruvys XANTHOPTERUS (C. & V.),

Coollah (Mal.),

Be atts! Ds Si P p13). V. 6, A.16, O.15. L156, L. tr. 9,

Length of specimen 735; inches.

The length of the head, from the termination of the intermaxillaries,

is } of the total to the end of the lower lobe of caudal fin, of beak

310 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. _[Mar. 14,

from opening 4, of pectoral 54,, of caudal ;7;, of base of dorsal 4, of

base of anal 51, of total length. The height of head +4, of body }

of the total length. Diameter of eye 3 of the length of the head,

eyes not quite 1 transverse diameter apart, upwards of 1 diameter

from end of intermaxillaries.

Intermaxillaries forming a very pointed angle at their junction.

Teeth in wide bands in both jaws, the innermost being the largest,

in the lower maxillary at the central line only touching at their base.

Interorbital space nearly flat.

Dorsal fin commences a little behind posterior third of body,

Anal arises opposite dorsal, and their shape is the same, highest in

front. Caudal not deeply cleft ; lower lobe the longest.

This Hemiramphus, with its scarlet-tipped beak, is occasionally

seen in vast numbers at the mouth of the river, and is also frequently

captured in fresh water.

CHIROCENTRUS DORAB (Forsk.).

Bovitii. Dp 16e ORS 14.°-Veee “AS 38. COUT.

Length of specimen 16,%, inches.

Not uncommon at Cochin; but much more abundant at Telli-

cherry, and where there are rocks. Is highly esteemed by the natives,

and extensively salted.

CHanos PALA (Cuv.).

Dave, 14 Pay Ws CS AS OL eg:

Length of specimen 7 inches.

Usually captured in the backwater, during the monsoon ; is good

eating.

Exoprs saurus (Linn.).

Bid. -xxx1,, 7. XxIx. D523): PAPA VC eA 7 eae

L.1.109. L. tr. 5.

Length of specimen 22,3, inches.

MEGALOoPs CUNDINGA (Buch. Ham.).

Cunnay (Mal.).

B. xxii. D. 20. P. 155 , Vidblo,) Ay 24 Geos ido.

L. tr. +.

Length of specimens from 9-3, to 151, inches.

It is sometimes captured at the mouth of the river; but is most

commonly found in tanks, especially in the fort-ditch. Amongst the

Cochin specimens there is not any difference in the number of scales

in the adult and the young, as observed by Cantor in the Straits

settlements. Likewise the filament from the last dorsal ray is as long”

in adults as in the younger specimens; but the comparative size of

the eye is larger in the older ones. Considered good eating, but

bony.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN, 311

SARDINELLA NEonown (0. & V.),

Charlay (Mal.).

yen Dols. P, 17. Vi ProdielOn gO. dg... La. 1. 45,. Ltr: 13.

Length of specimen 6,5, inches.

‘ Comes ‘to Cochin in some years in enormous numbers; and from

it fish-oil is prepared. When Dussumier was in Malabar, about 1827,

he observed that those not consumed as food were used for manuring

the cocoa-nut trees and the rice-fields.

It is very good eating, but too fat to salt well.

SPRATELLA FimBriata (OC, & Ye

Cuttay charlay (Mal.).

Biv. -D: 19." P. 17. V.8. A: 20, ©) 19) Bel, 46. L. tr. 11,

Length of specimens from 5,8, to 53% inches.

Very much esteemed by the natives, and extensively salted. Owing

to its not containing much oil, it is not a good species for those ma-

nufacturers ; but that very reason favours its being cured. It is very

abundant.

PrisTIGASTER TARTOOR (C. & V.)i

Berets Fe A O81. Fei al.

Length of specimen 42 inches.

‘Twenty-eight spines before commencement of anal.

Rare in Cochin.

ALAUSA MELANURA (C. & Vs).

B.vi. D.16. P14. V.8. A.17. C.21. LL 38. L. tr. 9.

Length of specimen 3,8, inches.

ENGRAULIS MALABARICUS (C. & V.).

Monangoo (Mal.).

aetne Do to. | B74, vere qmago* Ezy: ! eM pe: 2

dtr: 11,

Length of specimen 8 inches.

_ Very common, eaten by natives; but is very bony, and not

esteemed by Europeans.

ENGRAULIS BROWNIT (Gmelin).

Bixie D.154,.P.15. -Y.7.A. 21,, 0.19. 1, 1.36. L.tr. 7.

Length of specimen 5,2, inches.

This species is exceedingly numerous in some seasons, and is one

of those commonly known as Whitebait by the Europeans, by whom

it is much esteemed.

‘Eneravuis pussumiert (C. & V,.)s

SoBe xe) DW Q000B. VBL) ViG. , AE B84e.. SAGs Deeds 35.

L. tr. 9. yuow

312 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. _[Mar. 14,

Length of specimens from 4,4, to 45%; inches.

Not uncommon in the cold season.

ENGRAULIS AURATUS, Day, sp. nov.

B.x. D.G P.12. V.7. A.34.. C19. 1.1.40. 1. tr,.9.

Length of specimen 4,5, inches.

Length of head nearly 4, of pectoral +, of base of dorsal }, of base

of anal }, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head 4, of

body 3, of dorsal fin +, of anal } of the total length. Diameter of

eye, longest transverse, 2 of the length of head, eyes 3 a diameter

from end of snout, 1 diameter apart. Its anterior and posterior

third covered by an adipose lid.

Profile scarcely ascends from snout to dorsal fin, or descends much

thence to the caudal, the abdominal surface being very much more

convex ; sides flat.

Head. Snout short; gape of mouth extending to below the pos-

terior margin of the orbit; superior maxillaries very elongated,

reaching as far as last quarter of pectoral, and equal to nearly one-

third of the total length of the fish. A raised crest exists from snout

along the whole central line of the head. Operculum narrow, octa-

gonal; posterior margin having its central two-fifths straight, di-

rected a little obliquely backwards, and forming an obtuse angle at

its upper and lower fifths ; superior and inferior margin straight, but

very short. Preeoperculum, posterior margin nearly vertical. Bran-

chiostegous opening very wide, extending almost to the lower margin

of the symphysis.

Teeth. A series of fine villiform teeth in the lower jaw, also along

the whole extent of the élongated superior maxilla; only a few in the

external half of each intcrmaxillary. A few in the vomer. A long

double line of fine teeth in the palatine bones, with a large oval

toothed space posteriorly. -

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between snout and base of caudal

fin ; anal midway between anterior surface of chest and commence-

ment of caudal. Pectoral arises below the posterior margin of oper-

culum, and reaches to the ventral. Dorsal triangular, with a sinall

spine a short distance before its first ray. Pectoral falciform. Anal,

anterior portion highest. Caudal lobed, lobes of equal length.

About thirteen sharp compressed scales on the keel of the lower

margin of the body, anterior to the commencement of the ventral

fins, and seven between their termination and the origin of the anal.

Colours. The upper surface of the back closely dotted with black,

and of a brilliant shining coppery tinge, passing downwards and be-

coming pure white on the sides. A large black spot on the shoulder.

Dorsal with minute black dots, more especially at its upper margin ;

otherwise colourless, as are also the pectoral, ventral, and anal fins.

Caudal light straw-coloured, with a darkish tip. yes tinged with

brown superiorly, below yellowish.

Common, and considered good eating; arrives during the south-

west monsoon.

1865.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 313

Dussumieri acuta (C. & V.).

Peavy. DO2T. P14 Vee Ania ©. 21%

Length of specimens from 4,1, to 6;%, inches.

Very common, and excellent eating.

Comiia REYNALDI (C. & V.).

x. ar: 1/i4," Pela, Yon Aloe Oe ly,

Length of specimens from 3 5, to 3,5; inches.

Not rare.

Cuatoxrssus autus (Gray).

Noonah (Mal.).

B. wis Di 18-19, P.15.V.9. A. [email protected].'19, 1,1) 48.

iy, it18.

Length of specimens from 5-5, to 654; inches.

Common and good eating.

CuHaAToEssus CHACUNDA (Buch. Ham.).

Biv. e220. UP fe N.8., Av20.5 C.19.7 Lok 45¢¢ L. trad,

Length of specimens from 3 to 6 inches.

Eaten by the natives, by whom it is esteemed.

The Plectognathi are not approved of as food, but are eaten by

the poorer classes.

ALUTARIUS Lz&vis (Bloch).

Mullah purroah (Mal.).

BP yi. 22/46. (Ps Lee AY 49! 5,12,

Length of specimen 5,5; inches,

Rare.

TRIACANTHUS BIACULEATUS (Bloch).

Mootarree (Mal.).

Boyt WD. 5-24. P14. Vit. A.19., C214,

Length of specimens from 3 to 7,2; inches.

Very common ; does not grow to a large size.

The Ostracioides are comparatively rare, only two species having

been observed at Cochin, and of these only three specimens.

OsTRACIUM TESSERULA (Cantor).

Biyi, ~D: 9." P.13, Al 9. C82. «Plates 125,

Length of specimen ;,ths of an inch.

Ostracium nasus (Bloch).

B.vi. D.9. P.1J. A.9 0.82,

Length of specimen 5-1; inches.

314 MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN, [Mar. 14,

Amongst the Gymnodontide the most common are the Tetrodons

or Sea-Porcupines, as known to Europeans, or “ Kuddul maheut-

chee’’ (Mal.), Sea Frogs, as they are termed by the natives on ac-

count of the noise they make when captured. They are taken in

the Chinese nets on the river’s bank; they are thrown up by the

sea on the shore, and also captured in brackish and saltwater marshes.

The natives occasionally eat them; but as they frequently cause in-

digestion—some allege, symptoms of poisoning—they are generally

avoided. The native doctors prescribe them in cases of phthisis,

having a belief in their curative powers for diseases of the lungs.

TETRODON LUNARIS (Cuvier).

B.v. D.14. P.18. A.12. C.10=. Sides spineless.

Length of specimen 3,5, inches.

Rare.

CRAYRACION TESTUDINEUS (Linn.).

Paattha (Mal.).

Beye Dele Pel OAS Oy CLIO,

Length of specimens from 1%, to 733; inches.

In the small specimen the spines exist all over the body, as in the

older one; but, the horizontal lines along the abdomen are absent,

the back and sides alone showing the coloration of the more mature

one.

CRAYRACION FLUVIATILIS (Ham. Buch.).

Bay. Did4e 4 P24, Ail 2g, C126

Length of specimens from 3 to 4,8; inches.

The commonest species ; abundant all through the year.

CRAYRACION COCHINENSIS, Day, sp. nov.

B.v. D.9. P.18. A.10. ©C.11. Spined to front of anal

fin.

Length of specimen 5,2, inches.

Length of head nearly 3, of pectoral ;4;, of base of dorsal 1, of

base of anal 1, of caudal + of total length. Diameter of eye + of

length of head, eyes 24 diameters apart posteriorly, 1? anteriorly, 2

from end of snout.

Spines single, sharp, closely set, commencing from interorbital

space, and behind upper and lower jaws, and continued on the back

as far as the anus. Anteriorly from the interorbital space they are

continued in rather a fine band, surrounding the nostrils, posteriorly

in a crescentic form ; there are none on the space around the pectoral

fin anteriorly. Nostrils tubular, placed above and slightly behind

the anterior margin of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises at the commencement of the posterior third of

the back, and at a distance equal to its base in front of the anterior

1865.) MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 315

margin of the anal. All the fins are rounded. The first ray of anal

and three first of dorsal undivided.

Colours. Olive-green on the back, becoming lighter on the sides

and dirty white on the abdomen, A large pure-white spot, longer

than the diameter of the eye, over each orbit. Dorsal, caudal, and

anal fins of a yellowish green, stained with a darker shade at their

extremities. Pectoral brownish olive.

Rare. A single Specimen captured in June 1863.

Lr1opon VIRIDIPUNCTATUS, Day, sp. nov,

Be ve, Di 120". P18) A172, 105. Sides spineless,

lower and posterior margin of the pectoral fin, and are continued

backwards as far as the anus. Those most in front are directed

backwards ; but from the posterior margin of the pectoral they are

turned downwards. Nostrils broad, open, placed above and slightly

behind the anterior margin of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises at commencement of posterior quarter of the

body, and its posterior margin is above the first ray of the anal. All

the fins are rounded. First three dorsal and two anal rays are un-

divided.

Lateral line curves upwards from above the pectoral fin, and is

continued to centre of the caudal. It is very indistinct.

Colours. Back light green. Abdomen silvery white. Back and

sides covered with emerald-green spots; a bar of the same colour

passes across the vertex, from one eye to the other, and also goes

backwards in the median line, towards a second irregular band of the

same colour, which passes across the back further posteriorly. Eye

brown, with a golden rim surrounding the iris. Caudal and anal

tipped with black. Dorsal yellowish. Four black Spots under the

throat,

The LopHosrancHriate fishes are not numerous at Cochin—but

are more common a little to the south, commencing at Quilon. They

are neither eaten nor made use of by the natives, except for the pur-

pose of drying and selling as curiosities to the European sailors and

others.

Hiprocampvus comes (Cantor).

Coodra meen (Mal.).

D5 Mie aPs 47.2 A, 4, Rings of body 11, of tail 33.

Length of specimens from 875 to 952. inches.

316 MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF cocnIN. —[Mar. 14,

SYNGNATHUS SCHLEGEL! (Kaup).

Disa, @CL9,

Length of specimens from 5 to 7,2; inches.

Eighteen rings before the dorsal fin (which stands on 9), and 14

rings posterior to it.

SyNGNATHUS ARGYROsTICTUS (Kuhl & V. Hass.).

D227. SE. 16a. Be 2. Le oi0,

Length of specimen 5-2, inches.

By no means rare, and ascends the rivers far above the influence

of the tides, one specimen having been captured at Alwaye, some

miles beyond that portion of the river where the salt water ceases.

The great order of SzLacura is abundantly represented, in the

Sharks (Shraawoo, Mal.) and Rays which abound in the seas and

backwaters surrounding Cochin. — It-is not a little remarkable that

very few accidents occur from Sharks carrying off human beings ;

in fact, during five years’ residence there was only one such instance

came to my knowledge. The Hammer-headed species is the one

most feared ; but the Saw-fish is much more dreaded than any of

the Shark tribe, accidents from its wounds being by no means infre-

quent.

Shark-liver oil is employed as a good substitute for the true cod-

liver oil, and, could its odour be mitigated without deleteriously af-

fecting its medicinal properties, it would be exceedingly valuable.

Sharks’ fins are dried and exported to places whence they are

said to find their way to China. Shark’s flesh is considered so

nourishing that it is rather extensively salted ; and owing to its pro-

perties it has received the name of “ pal soora”’ (Mal.), or milk-pro-

ducer, and is given to women shortly after their confinements.

Sharks’ skins are employed for sword-belts, and in various useful

trades,

The Rays, of course, are not eaten by Mahomedans or Jews, and

appear not to be held in much esteem, except for salting or oil ; they

are mostly captured in the backwater during the south-west mon-

soon and the succeeding cold months, They grow to an enormous

size, more especially the Zrygon uwarnak. The spines on the tails of

these fish are much dreaded, as they often inflict most dangerous

wounds with them ; they are at once broken off on their being cap-

tured. But, feared alive, these tails are believed to possess some

secret but powerful agency when dead, which protects the fortunate

possessor, so long as he wears one about his person, not only against

the power of spells, but also enables him to face the “ evil eye” with

impunity.

CuHILoscyLLium PLAGiosuM (Mill. & Henle).

Ettee (Mal.).

Length of specimens from 4°; to 21 inches,

1865.] MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF COCHIN. 317

The young, as pointed out by Cantor, are always barred ; the ma-

ture has neither bars, streaks, nor spots. It is dull ashy grey above,

and dirty white or reddish white beneath.

Common; flesh esteemed very nourishing.

Saua.us Acutus (Riipp.).

Length of specimen 16,?; inches.

Common.

SQUALUS MELANOPTERUS (Quoy & Gaim.).

Length of specimen 10-2; inches.

Common; grows to a very large size.

SpHYRNA ZYGENA (Linn.).

The Hammer-headed Shark is much dreaded, and grows to a large

size. Its flesh is considered very wholesome. Oil extracted from

its liver is the favourite native remedy for night blindness.

PrisTIs ANTIQUORUM (Linn.).

Length of specimen 12 inches.

Much feared, as it inflicts most dangerous wounds. Flesh

esteemed.

RHYNCHOBATUS DJEDDENSIS (Forsk.).

Length of specimen 17,2; inches.

ASTRAPE DIPTERYGIA (BI., Schn.).

Length of specimen 6,5, inches.

TRYGON UARNAK (Mill. & Henle).

Length of specimen 12 inches.

Very common. Large specimens, spotted like a Cheetah, areas

common as the smaller and immature light brown ones. They grow

to a very large size, and wounds from their spines are considered very

dangerous. Good eating.

Dasyatis micrura (Bl., Schn.).

Length of specimen 9 inches.

Not common.

Hypo.Lopuus sEPHEN (Forsk.).

Length of specimen 21,3, inches.

The skin of this species forms some of the true shagreen of com-

merce. Its tail-spine is considered dangerous. Grows to a large

size, is fair eating. Is most common during south-west monsoon

and succeeding cold months.

ABTOBATIS NARINARI (B1., Schn.).

Therrundee (Mal.).

Length of specimen 15 inches.

318 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW BRITISH PORPOISE. [Mar. 28,

Out of 211 species of fish which I have brought in safety to this

country from Cochin, nearly one in eight appear to have been hitherto

undescribed. As zealous Dutch and French travellers have more

efficiently collected ichthyological specimens in Malabar than else-

where on the shores of India, it shows the vast field still left to be

explored. The freshwater fishes of the inland hills appear almost

unknown ; for out of eight species kindly furnished me by the Rev.

H. Baker, jun., five were entirely new.

The difficulty in India of obtaining fresh specimens, of preserving

them when obtained, the damage they receive on being conveyed

from place to place, and the almost impossibility of procuring at out-

stations good ichthyological works of reference make the study of

the finny tribes more difficult, perhaps, than that of any other branch

of zoology. At the same time these very difficulties render it more

productive than most others in new forms and hitherto unknown

species.

March 28th, 1865.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the valuable

addition recently made to the Society’s collection in the shape of a

pair of the rare Fruit-Pigeon of the Seychelles Islands, Erythranas

pulcherrima (Scop.), remarkable for the curious naked wattles at the

base of the bill, and for other peculiarities. This pair of birds, be-

lieved to be the only individuals of the species ever received alive in

this country, had been presented to the Society by Lady Barkly, the

wife of H. E. Sir Henry Barkly, K.G., Governor of Mauritius.

The Secretary also announced the arrival on the preceding day of

a fine specimen of the King Penguin (Apterodytes pennantir) of the

Falkland Islands. This bird, which was believed to be the only

Penguin ever brought alive to Europe, had been obtained at the

Falklands, and skilfully conveyed to this country by Commander

Fenwick, of H.M.S. ‘ Harrier,’ by whom it had been liberally pre-

sented to the Society.

The following papers were read :—

1. Norice or A New Species or Porpotsrt (PHOCENA TUBER-

CULIFERA) INHABITING THE MourH oF THE THames. By

Dr. Jonn Evwarp Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., erc.

The fact of a new species of Porpoise heing found on our own

shores, at the mouth of the Thames, must be considered as a proof

of how little we at present know of the species of Cetacea.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW BRITISH PORDOISE. 319

The Zoological Society, who are so anxious to obtain specimens

of these animals that their habits may be studied, procured with

considerable trouble a fine male Porpoise, which had been caught at

Margate. It was carried to the Gardens, and placed in the pond

formed for these animals; but, though showing no external injury,

it was in so weak a state when it arrived that it sank to the bottom,

and was obliged to be taken out and suspended by bands on the sur-

face of the water so that it might not be choked. After a time it

recovered so as to be able to swim about by its own exertion, but it

only survived the transport a few days.

Messrs. Bartlett and Gerrard, when it was alive, said that it dif-

fered so much in general appearance from the Common Porpoise that

they were induced to believe that it might be a species of Lageno-

rhynchus or Grampus. ;

The general form of the head, and examination of the teeth after

death, proved at once that it was a species of Phocena, very nearly

allied to, if not identical with, Phocena communis.

Dr. Burmeister’s description of a Phocena from the River La

Plata (contained in the Museum at Buenos Ayres), which is peculiar

for having some spines on the upper edge of the dorsal fin, naturally

made me careful in examining the edge of the fin of this specimen;

and to my astonishment I discovered that this species also was pro-

vided with a series of compressed tubercles, giving the fin a sharp,

hard, serrated appearance.

The tubercles or spines on the dorsal fin having been observed in

two specimens from very different localities, I was induced to inquire

if it was a character common to the genus, which had been over-

looked; but, on examining the stuffed specimen of the Common

English Porpoise in the Museum, it is clear that they are not found

in the common state of the species. It then occurred to me that

it might be a peculiarity of the male sex; but Mr. Flower informs

me that the male specimen which lived for some weeks in the Gar-

dens of the Society, and which he lately dissected, certainly had no

spines on the edge of the dorsal fin; so that cannot be the case.

Under these circumstances I think I am justified in considering

that the existence of these spinous tubercles is a peculiarity of the

species, and probably a specific character. The examination of the

skull shows that there are differences in its form which confirm

this opinion.

The species of Phocena may be thus defined :—

a. Back in front of the dorsal fin, and upper edge of the dorsal jin,

smooth, without tubercles or spines. Dorsal jin on the middle

of the back.

1. PHocz#zna communis.

Hab. North Sea and mouths of rivers.

b. Back in front of the dorsal fin smooth; the upper edge of the

dorsal fin with a single series of oblong compressed tubercles,

320 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW BRITISH PORPOISE. [Mar. 28>

which are more crowded near the upper end of the fin. Dorsal

jin in the middle of the back.

2, PHOCZNA TUBERCULIFERA, Sp. nov.

ITab. Mouth of the Thames, Margate.

c. Back in front of the dorsal fin with a single series, and upper

surface of the dorsal fin with three series, of square-based com-

pressed tubercles or spines. Dorsal fin behind the middle of

the back.

3. PHoc#NA SPINIPINNIS, Burmeister, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 228.

Hab. Rio de la Plata.

The new species may be described as follows :—

The specimen was 52 inches, measured along the side from the

end of the nose to the notch in the middle of the tail. The front

edge of the dorsal fin is 23 inches from the tip of the nose, measured

over the arch of the back; the hinder edge of the dorsal fin, mea-

sured in the same manner, is 22 inches from the notch in the tail.

The front edge of the base of the pectoral fin is 9 inches from the

end of the nose; and the fin itself is 9 inches long, measured along

its front margin. The tail is 13 inches wide, measured across the

hinder edges ; the lobes are rounded, and rather overlap each other

at the central notch.

The hinder part of the back, the whole of the dorsal fin, and the

upper and lower surfaces of the pectoral and caudal fins are black ;

the head, the lower lip, the front part of the back, and the sides to

the base of the pectoral fins are greyish black; the upper parts of

the sides of the body behind the pectoral fins are grey, more or less

mottled with a darker shade; the chin, throat, chest, belly, and

under parts of the body white. The upper and lower jaws are of

the same length. The upper lip covers the edge of the lower one,

the covered part being pale-coloured, flattened, and gradually shelv-

ing in towards the upper margin. There are two minute pits (which

may have been the places from which whiskers arose) in the upper

part of the upper lip, situated about where the depression is placed

that separates the beak from the head in those genera which have

the beak marked.

The dorsal fin is scarcely falcate, with a rather broad, rounded

upper margin, which is armed with a single series of distinct com-

pressed tubercles ; the tubercles have an oblong base, with a slightly

raised conical centre, and the surface is covered with irregular radia-

ting wrinkles. Those on the front part of the edge are largest, and

separate from one another ; they diminish in size and become crowded

near the hinder upper part of the fin, forming a ridge, which is hard

and serrated to the touch.

The skull is much like that of Phccena communis in size, general

form, and in the number, disposition, form, and size of the teeth; but

chee, ellee

lege ag Grea

ane As

Ff ey Bey hthe iF Wien

Paps tty fy hy if hiniperen

MYWN Hanhart imp h

Wolf. del.et lath

——_——

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW PORCUPINE. 321

it differs from the skull of that species in the beak of the skull beimg

rather narrower, more tapering in front. The foramen maximum is

narrow, much higher than wide, and the condyles larger; while in

P. communis the foramen maximum is nearly circular, and the con-

dyles smaller and more oblique. The symphysis of the lower jaw is

longer, and the sloping lower edge is more oblique and considerably

longer than in P. communis.

A skeleton is being formed of the bones of this animal; and the

skin has been preserved in spirits, which is certainly one of the best

ways of preserving the specimens of Cetacea, as it allows the outer

surface to be examined at any future time in a state most nearly

resembling that of living specimens.

2. NoTIcE OF AN APPARENTLY UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF AME-

RICAN Porcupine. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., etc.

(Plate XI.)

There has been in the British Museum since 1853 a small specimen

of a short-tailed American Porcupine, which was sent from Columbia.

I suspected that the animal might be young ; and I have been wait-

ing, expecting that we might receive another specimen from the

same source, which would enable me to give a more complete account

of the animal; but as no additional materials have come to hand, I

shall now proceed to give a short notice of it, in the hope that the

description and figure may have the effect of drawing the attention

of collectors to the animal.

Eretuizon (Ecutnoprocta) RuFESCENS. (PI. XI.)

Pale brown, varied with black ; head white, speckled with black

and pale brown; tail and feet black ; chin, throat, and beneath pale

brown. A short white streak on the centre of the nose, and a few

white spines, forming a slight crest, on the nape; a whitish mark on

the side of the cheek. The bristly spines of the head thin, white,

with a small black subterminal band and yellow tip; the spines of

the back elongate, white, with a black subterminal ring and elon-

gated rufous tips; those of the front part of the back and sides very

slender, bristle-like, gradually becoming thickened, stronger, and

shorter, until on the hinder part of the back, above the tail, they are

well developed, short, thick. Spines with black ends and very small

brown tips. The end of the nose, chin, and underside of the body

covered with uniform pale brown slender bristles. The tail and feet

covered with short black bristles. Whiskers black, slender, flexible.

Hab. Columbia.

There are a few spines on the top of the head, with one white to

the tip, making a kind of occipital crest; but I am not sure that

this may not be an individual peculiarity.

The soles of the hind feet are bald to the heel. Cutting-teeth

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXI.

322 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW TUPAIA. (Mar. 28,

yellow, slender, rounder in front. Unfortunately I have not been

able to see the skull.

If this is a true Erethizon, the genus may be divided into two

sections :— :

1. Erethizon. The back covered with elongated bristles and

short spines. . dorsatus and FE. epivanthus.

2. Echinoprocta. The back covered with one kind of elongated

slender spines, which become shorter, thicker, and more rigid over

the rump. J£. rufescens. -

3. Notice or A Species oF TupaiA FROM BORNEO, IN THE

CoLLECTION OF THE British Museum. By Dr. Joun

Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., erc.

(Plate XII.)

There has been in the British Museum for some years a specimen

of a Tupaia in spirits, which was received from Borneo, and also a

stuffed specimen without a habitat, evidently of the same species.

These specimens have the general coloration of Tupaia tana, and

have evidently been regarded as varieties of that species; but they

are most distinct. The head and skull are short and broad, of about

the same form and proportion as those of Tupaia ferruginea; the

fur and tail is of the same bright shining bay as T. tana, but it is

entirely destitute of the three black streaks between the shoulders,

which is so well marked in that species.

The skull shows that the stuffed specimen is that of an adult

animal not so large as 7’. tana, and more nearly resembling in size

T. ferruginea. It may be known at once from the latter species by

the dark red-brown colour of the tail, with its very red underside.

I propose to call it

TUPAIA SPLENDIDULA. (PI. XII.)

Fur dark red-brown, blackish-washed. Tail dark red-brown ;

pale red beneath; the shoulder-streak yellow. The head conical,

about twice as long as wide behind.

Hab. Borneo.

The head is large compared with the size of the body; the ears

rounded, with several ridges on the conch, and a well-developed con-

vex tragus, not unlike the human ear. The palm and soles are bald

to the wrist and heel.

I thought at first that this species might be the Tupaca speciosa of

Wagner; but that animal is stated to have a head as long and as

tapering as 7’. tana, and, indeed, seems to be only a slight variety of

that species.

The figures of the animal hitherto published, having been taken

chiefly from stuffed specimens, do not show these peculiarities, which

are to be observed in the specimen from Borneo preserved in spirits.

A-0. 1865 PURI.

M&N Hanhart,imp

Lae fa

ees Ny i Naa

d ‘ apy >

rd ies hy

re LAS Wats,

ae Dit of) Bind fi

; Wit Ws

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW FORM OF TRIONYCHIDE, 323

4. Notice or A New GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY TRIO-

NYCHIDZ FROM WESTERN Arrica. By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.B.S., F.L.S,,; 27e; aE

The British Museum has just received two specimens of a Trionyx

with covered legs from Western Africa (collected by the late Dr. B.

Baikie, probably on the Niger), which is evidently different in

structure from any we have before received from that country, and

which I am inclined to believe is an entirely new form.

It differs from the other African Trionyches with covered feet in

only having two pairs of callosities on the sternum; while Hepta-

thyra has seven, and Cyclanosteus has nine such hardnesses on the

sternal bones. These callosities differ in disposition and mode of

development, as well as in manner, in the three genera. The form

of the skull is like that of the genus Cyclanosteus ; that is to say,

the face is moderate, with eyes about halfway between the front of

the zygomatic arch and cavity of the temporal muscle and the end

of the nose ; but it differs from the skull of the latter genus in the

forehead and crown being wider and flatter.

The genus (which I should refer to the tribe Cyclanosteina) may

be defined thus :—

TETRATHYRA.

The face of the skull short, convex, arched in front ; orbits lateral,

shelving, about midway between the end of the nose and the front

of the zygomatic arch ; forehead flat, rhombic, broad. The dorsal

shield with flexible margins, without any marginal bones; front of

dorsal shield warty above and without any odd nuchal bone. Ster-

num flat, with broad rounded lobes covering the feet, and two pairs

of sternal callosities ; the front pair small, rounded, on the front

ends of each of the front pairs of sternal bones ; the lateral pairs

are large, oblong, broadly notched out behind, and very rugose.

This genus differs from Cyclanosteus in the want of any odd bone

in front of the dorsal shield, as well as in the number and disposition

of the sternal callosities.

The upper surface of the front of the disk is closely covered with

roundish warts. The sternal callosities are not developed in the

young specimen, the larger lateral pair being first indicated as the

animal increases in size. The dorsal disk of the young specimen is

marked with close grains, or warty, in rather arched longitudinal

ridges.

There are some young specimens in spirits from West Africa in the

Museum, which belong to this species; they differ from the young

of C. senegalensis in being marbled, while that species is marked

with distinct small subcircular black spots.

This second genus of Cyclanosteina may explain the reason why

we have two skulls from West Africa the one with the front and

the other with the whole upper edge of the lower jaw dilated, as

figured in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1864,

fig. 18, p. 95, and fig. 21, p. 96.

324 MR. G. KREFFT ON A NEW PETROGALE. __[Mar. 28,

TeETRATHYRA BAIKHI, Sp. nov.

Head olive, white-spotted. Back olive, marbled with black above ;

the lower surface pale, irregularly black-marbled or spotted. The

front pair of callosities small, oblong.

Younger specimen, the head and dorsal shield pale brown, mar-

bled with large black (often inosculating) streaks ; lower part of head

and sternum black, with large, irregular-sized, pale spots, some of

which are symmetrical.

Hab. West Africa, River Niger?

The largest specimen, which is not full-grown, is 11 inches long ;

the dorsal shield 7 inches long and 5 inches wide.

Lower surface of Tetrathyra baikii.

5. Description oF A New Species oF Rock-KANGAROO FROM

New Soutu Waters. By Gerarp Krerrt, CuRATOR AND

Secretary, AUSTRALIAN Museum, Sypney, N.S. WAtes.

PETROGALE LONGICAUDA, Sp. nov.

Hair remarkably soft and long (3 inches in length upon the back

and sides), dark grey at the base, tipped with pale yellow and

black, giving the fur a mottled appearance. Head and neck grey,

a lighter patch extending from the base of the ears to the nostrils.

Ears grey at the base; black at the tip ; sides slightly fringed with

yellow. Shoulders and fore legs dark grey, grizzled with white,

which colour extends to about the middle of the body. The hair of

the back and haunches is of much longer growth, silky to the

touch, of a mottled brownish-grey colour, and changing into rusty

1865.] DR. COBBOLD ON SOME ENTOZOA. 325

yellow near the base of the tail. The tail at its root is sandy-coloured,

but soon changes into dark brown, the hair being very coarse and

long, forming into a broad brush at the end.

; Inches

Length from tip of nose to root of tail.......... 294

iil is cs. dha boas Pmxcrce Aad MiSOe ae ee Ee. D7

Race? toi base of-ear oxced, whiees See eo role ls 4i

Arms and Wands: 25.562. Dace seen. 6

Parsivand- toes. 22 { Aches Gee hae eee 7

BEN aes eo ie os dn jsided RN a ee eae 21

This Petrogale is easily distinguished from all other species by its

remarkably long and bushy tail, which is about a foot longer than

that of any other Rock-Wallaby. A single speciiaen of this inter-

esting animal has been procured by Mr. George Masters, Assistant

Curator of the Australian Museum, at Dabee Rylstone, 250 miles

N.W. of Sydney. Mr. Masters informs me that this Wallaby is

very quick and difficult to approach, and that, after watching for

two nights, only one specimen could be secured. The skull was

completely broken, so that no description could be given of it,

6. Note ON SOME ENTOZOA COLLECTED BY Mr. CHARLES W.

Devis. By Dr. Cossotp, F.R.S.

I am indebted to Mr. Devis for a few parasites obtained, during

the present month, from animals dissected at the Queen’s Park,

Manchester. All the forms appear to have been described by pre-

vious writers ; but there are some points which deserve a passing

remark, especially since Mr. Devis is likely to offer further contri-

butions, which may be expected to yield important results respect-

ing the distribution of some of these species. The specimens are as

follows :—

1. Several examples of the so-called Filaria capsularis, from the

liver of the Lump-fish (Cyclopterus lumpus).

2. One dozen individuals of Distoma incisum, from the Wolf-fish

(Anarrhichas lupus). These minute flukes are usually found in the

intestine ; but, in the present case, Mr. Devis states that they were

attached to the mucous membrane of the bladder. Unfortunately

their structural characters are mostly lost from accidental desicca-

tion previous to transmission. The gills of this fish likewise sup-

ported a considerable number of Lerneans belonging to the genus

Anchorella.

3. Several specimens of Ascaris ensicaudata, from the duodenum

of the Missel-Thrush (Turdus viscivorus).

4. Also several specimens of the same Ascaris from the duodenum

of the Summer Duck (Anas sponsa). These individuals, from their

comparatively large size, at first suggested the likelihood of a new

species of Nematode ; but a microscopic examination of the extre-

mities of the body yielded nothing distinctive.

326 DR. SCLATER ON A NEW BIRD FROM MADAGASCAR. [ Mar. 28,

5. Several examples of Dispharagus crassicauda from the proven-

triculus of the Great Northern Diver (Colymbus glacialis), and also

a solitary specimen of the Echinorhynchus polymorphus. For the

above-named Nematode I have here employed the nomenclature of

Dr. Molin, Professor of Zoology at Padua, although it is often

extremely difficult to determine whether a particular species is refer-

able to the genus Dispharagus or to Spiroptera.

7. DESCRIPTION OF A NEw SPECIES OF PASSERINE BirD FROM

Mapaeascar. By P. L. Scrater, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

SECRETARY TO THE SOCIETY.

(Plate XIII.)

In a series of bird-skins lately received by Mr. S. Stevens from

Mr. Plant, who is now collecting specimens of natural history in

Madagascar, is a single specimen of a small bird which I have not

previously met with, and which I consider to be new to science.

It belongs either to the Muscicapide or to the Laniide (if these

two families are really distinet, which I much doubt), and must pro-

bably be placed somewhere in the neighbourhood of Pachycephala

and the smaller species of Tephrodornis, to which the name Hylo-

terpe* has been applied. But Iam not able to find any other species

strictly congeneric with the present bird; and so, although always

unwilling to increase the much too great number of generic names

already existing, I consider it is perhaps better to invent a new term

for the present species than to refer it to a genus with which it may

probably have very little connexion. I therefore propose to call it

Hylophorba ruticilla with the following characters :—

HyLornorsa, genus novum, affine generi Hyloterpe.

Rostrum dimidio brevius quam caput, compressum, culmine arcuato,

gonyde ascendente, dente apicali distincto. Narium aperture

ovales, patule, basales. Sete rictales pauce, breves. Ale

breves, remiges prim. X.; primus spurius, secundi dimidium ab

€ insertione @quans: iv'™*® y™* yi" fere equales et vii™"™ supe-

rantes, vii" longior quam iii*. Cauda modica, apice quadrato.

Pedes debiles, tarsis antice squamatis, postice levibus ; digitis

brevibus.

HyYLOPHORBA RUTICILLA, sp. nov. (Plate XIII.)

Murino-fusca, capite et cervice supra cinereis: alis nigricanti-

brunneis, dorsi colore limbatis: cauda rubro-castanea: subtus

pallide fulva, ventre medio dilutiore, gula alba; tectricibus

subalaribus ventre concoloribus ; rostro nigro, ad rictum imum

* Blyth (Ibis, 1865, p. 43) states that his Indian Tephrodornis grisola (Jerdon’s

B. of India, i. p. 411) is identical with Hyloterpe philomela, Cab. (See my re-

marks on this species, P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 217).

45,1865. PL

) Semmens. del et lith M &N.Harhart ump .

HYLOPHORBA RUTICILLA.

eek

cay

PT. S.1865, Plate XV.

1865.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON AUSTRALIAN PIPE-FISHES. 327

et ad basin mand. inferioris albicante: pedibus obscure ci-

nereis.

Long. tota 4°8, alee 2°6, caudee 1-9, rostri a rictu 0°55, tarsi 0:7

poll. Angl.

Hab. Madagascar.

One example of this bird was obtained by Mr. F. Plant in the

forests near Anooivarika.

8. ON THE PIPE-FISHES BELONGING TO THE GENUS PHYLLO-

PTERYX. By AtBert GUnruer, M.A., Pu.D., M.D., F.Z.S.

(Plates XIV., XV.)

Many Pipe-fishes are provided with short or thin cutaneous ap-

pendages, symmetrically disposed on the different dermal scutes.

These appendages are most developed in the species which may be

referred to the genus Phyllopteryx (Swains.), Kaup. The first of

these extraordinary forms was described and indifferently figured by

Shaw (Zool. vy. pl. 180). He named it Syngnathus foliatus, which

name must be preferred to that given in the same year by Lacépéde

(Syngnathus teniopterus, Ann. Mus. iv. pl. 58. f. 3), since the

author of a work may be presumed to have named the species at a

much earlier period than the writer of a memoir.

The British Museum possesses, among others, a fine example,

13} inches long, of this Phyllopteryx foliata from Tasmania; and

there is a beautiful coloured figure in the collection of drawings made

by Ferdinand Bauer, Dr. Brown’s companion during Capt. Flinders’s

voyage. The figure of this species (Pl. XIV.) is two-thirds of the

natural size, the coloration being taken from Bauer’s drawing.

A second species was described by Dr. Gray as Haliichthys

teniophorus in ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.’ 1859, p. 38, and figured pl. vi. ;

it is from Freycinet’s Harbour.

A third species has been lately presented to the British Museum

by Mr. George French Angas, who received it from Port Lincoln,

South Australia. I name it Phyllopteryx eques (Pl. XV.). Its

form is still more extraordinary than that of the preceding species,

the spines, crest, and cutaneous appendages being much more deve-

loped, and the, trunk being dilated into an upper and three lower

prominences. /'The snout is as long as the distance of the front mar-

gin of the orbit from the hind part of the nape; it bears a pair of

small spines behind the middle of its upper edge, a pair of minute

barbels at the chin, and a pair of long appendages in the middle of

its lower part. The forehead bears an erect, broad, subquadrangular

crest, with a shorter single spine behind ; a horizontal spine above

each orbit ; a cluster of spines with narrow appendages on the occi-

_ put. Nape of the neck with a long spine, dilated at the base into a

crest, and carrying a long bifid appendage.

The trunk is compressed, somewhat dilated, strongly arched on

the back, and with two deep indentations in its lower profile. There

328 DR. E.CRISP ON THE GIRAFFE AND AARD-VARK. [Apr. 1],

are seventeen bony rings between the pectoral fin and the root of the

tail. The spines are of three kinds: 1. The band-bearing spines are

the strongest, strongly compressed, not flexible, each terminating

in a pair of short points. There are one pair of these spines in the

middle of the back, and one on each of the three prominences of the

abdominal outline; the flaps are Jong and bifid. 2. Very long, com-

pressed, and somewhat flexible spines, without appendages; these

occupy in pairs the uppermost part of the back, and in a single series

the median line of the belly. 3. Small, short, conical spines run in

single series along the median line of the sides, and along the lateral

edges of the belly ; a pair of similar spines in front of the lower part

of the base of the pectoral fin. ;

Tail quadrangular, with sharp edges, and with five pairs of band-

bearing spines along its upper sid¢; its end is slightly prehensile.”

P. 20. D.37. The dorsal is situated entirely on the tail.

The specimen, being dry, has lost its original colours, which were

probably red during life. The iris is crossed by radiating streaks ;

and several other streaks (of a whitish colour) radiate from the eye

over the opercles and the upper part of the head.

There is no doubt that these fish attach themselves with the pre-

hensile end of their tail to stems of seaweed or other objects; and

when they are in the vicinity of seaweed of a similar colour, their

resemblance to it must be so great that they would easily escape

being observed by their enemies. The figure of P. eques (Plate XV.)

is of the natural size.

April 11, 1865.

Professor T. H. Huxley, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Dr. Crisp exhibited a drawing of the placenta of the Giraffe lately

obtained from the Society’s Gardens. It weighed 13 lbs., and con-

tained 156 cotyledons. Dr. Crisp said that the cotyledons of the Ox

and Sheep were said to number from 70 to 100. In the placenta of

a Dorcas Gazelle (G. dorecas) he had counted only 30; so that pro-

bably the Giraffe had a larger number than any other of the rumi-

nants.

Dr. Crisp also exhibited a drawing of the Aard-Vark ( Orycteropus

capensis). He had obtained the animal in the flesh ; and the drawing

was placed before the Society to show the enormous muscular power

of this quadruped, especially in the tail and in the extremities. The

weight of the body was about 90 lbs. Dr. Crisp purposed bringing

the anatomy of the Aard-Vark before the Society on a future occa-

sion.

The following papers were read :-—

1865.] MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON HYRAX CAPENSIS. 329

1. On Tue Myotocy or Hyrax capensis. By James Muriz,

M.D., anv Sr. Georce J. Mrvart, F.Z.S.

Since the time of Cuvier, naturalists seem generally to have agreed

to follow him in associating the Hyraz with the perissodactyle Pachy-

derms.

Professor Huxley, however, in an elaborate and interesting paper

on the structure of the placenta in this species, read before the

Zoological Society in June 1863, stated important facts, which had

led him greatly to doubt the accuracy of his illustrious predecessor’s

determination.

It therefore becomes a matter of great zoological and anatomical

interest to ascertain precisely the details of the anatomy of this some-

what anomalous genus, so that valid data may be obtained for the

formation of a true judgment as to its real affinities, and from which

its definite place in the system of nature may be correctly ascertained.

It would be a superfluous task to enumerate here all the earlier

_ and well-known dissertations on, and descriptions of, this animal ;

but we may refer to two papers published in the « Proceedings’ of this

Society,—one by Professor Owen, read in December 1832, containing

a most interesting description of its internal structure, and comparing

many of its varied characters with those of the Rodents, Pachyderms,

and Edentates; the other by the late Mr. W. Martin, read in

February 1835, corroborating Pallas’s and Professor Owen’s observa-

tions. We may also allude to H. Kaula’s earlier Monograph, pub-

lished in 1830 *.

Since this present paper was undertaken, our attention has been

called to a notice by Prof. J. F. Brandt, in the ‘ Bulletin de 1 Aca-

démie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg,’ tome v. no. 7,

p- 908, in which that author appears inclined to restore the H yrax to

the place assigned to it by Pallas, namely, among the Rodents,

although at the same time he mentions his discovery in it of a sac-

like enlargement of the Eustachian tube similar to that existing in

the Horse.

The author further announces his intention of soon laying before

the Imperial Academy a complete account of the anatomy of the

Hyrazx ; but we are not aware that this has yet been done; so that we

may, in fairness, be permitted to state the results of our examination

of the myology of this animal—the more go since, as far as we know,

scarcely anything has hitherto been published on this subject beyond

Meckel’s observations, and because several of the facts we have noticed

seem to us of considerable interest, and perhaps may even be found,

if taken along with the peculiarities of the skeletonto contribute

some little towards the elucidation of its natural affinities,

Before proceeding to the description of the muscles, we must

express our regret that the mutilated condition of the lower part of

the neck and the abdomen in our specimen, prevented the accurate

determination of several points of considerable interest.

* Monographia Hyracis. Diss. inaug. quam preside Rapp. publ. examini sub-

mittit H. Kaula. Tubing. 1830.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXII.

330 _MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE [Apr. 11,

Muscles of the Head and Neck.

Masseter.—From the very great size of the ascending ramus of

the mandible, this muscle presents a very broad surface, and it an-

swers the description given by Cuvier * and Meckel f.

The external pterygoid arises from the pterygoid fossa at its outer

and anterior margin, and is inserted into the neck of the mandible

(fig. 1, #. p.). ut

The internal pterygoid has origin by a strong tendon from the

hook-like process at the lower extremity of the outer margin of the

pterygoid fossa, and from the posterior and inner margin of that

fossa. It spreads out in a fan-shaped manner, and is inserted into

the concavity of the mandible behind the mylo-hyoid foramen, be-

tween the digastric and the bone (figs. 1 & 2, I. p.). The external

and internal pterygoid we found to be completely and distinctly se-

parate, and by no means confounded together as Cuvier states f.

We particularly mention the distinctness of these two muscles, in

order to demonstrate more clearly the true nature of the digastric.

Fig. 1. Ramus of the lower jaw. A portion of the bone is removed, to show the

pterygoid muscles. £. p. External pterygoid. J. p. Internal pterygoid.

Fig. 2. Right half of inferior maxilla, séen from below. D. Digastric. J. p.

Fibres of insertion of the internal pterygoid into the angle of the man-

dible.

The stylo-hyoid arises from the paramastoid process, behind the

* Anat. Comp. tome iv. part 1, p. 69.

t Anat. Comp. tome viii. p. 476.

$ Anat. Comp. vol. iv. part 1, p. 91.

1865.] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 331

digastric, and is inserted as usual; it is strong and relatively thick,

as Meckel says *.

The stylo-glossus is very well defined, arising from the anterior

margin of the paramastoid, and having the usual insertion into the

tongue.

On the left side we observed a long narrow muscular slip, arising

from the paramastoid by a delicate tendon, and descending the neck ;

but its insertion we could not ascertain. This we took to be the

stylo-pharyngeus.

Digastrie.—This is very large and much flattened, and lies closely

appressed to the concavity inside the mandible, behind and beneath

the mylo-hyoidean ridge. It arises from the paramastoid, along

with the three last-mentioned muscles and the third head of the s¢erno-

cleido-mastoid ; but the digastric occupies the greater portion of that

process. It is inserted inside and along the whole of the inferior

margin of the mandible, as far as a little behind the symphysis, de-

licate fibres running on almost to the symphysis itself (see fig. 2, D.).

Though this muscle is not exactly double-bellied, yet there is more

or less of glistening tendon on both sides posterior to its middle.

Cuvier'’s description is correct as far as it goes+, also that of Meckelt,

who particularly mentions its great width.

The sterno-hyoid and thyroid muscles had their usual insertions

into the hyoid bone and thyroid cartilage; but their origin was de-

stroyed. All the other muscles connected with the larynx were well

developed, except the omo-hyoid, which we did not find. Meckel§

says that it (le seapulo-hyotdien) is wanting.

The fibres of the platysma myoides are strongly developed, and

posteriorly the muscle is in intimate union with the eletdo-mastoid

(or cephalo-humeral), which it overrides (fig. 3, P. m.).

Sterno-cleido-mastoid.—First part, cephalo-humeral or cleido-

mastoid, strong and long, arises from the occiput, and is inserted

into the ulna in common with the biceps (figs. 3 & 4, C.A.). At

the upper part, as already mentioned, its union with the platysma

myoides is so close that the line of demarcation is hardly to be defined.

On comparing the muscles of a Guinea-pig (Cavia) with those of

our Hyrax, we found the sterno-cleido-mastoid had nearly the same

origin and insertion at the upper part of the humerus ; however, it

differed from the Hyraz in haying a distinct attachment to a rudi-

mentary clavicle.

The second part, or true sterno-mastoid, is very thick and bulky,

and with an unusual origin, which may perhaps have led to its being

confounded with the digastric ||. It arises by a strong tendon from

the summit of the posterior margin of the ascending ramus of the

mandible, and also by fascize from the posterior border of the same,

and from the surface of the masseter. It is inserted into the manu-

brium, and joins its fellow of the opposite side in the lower half of the

neck (fig. 4, S. ed. m. 2).

* Anat. Comp. tome viii. p. 507. t Op. cit. tome iv. part i. p. 94.

t Op. cit. tome viii. p. 478. § Loe. cit. p. 507.

|| Owen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 207.

332 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE [Apr. 11,

The connexion of this second part of the sterno-cleido-mastoid

with the mandible offers an interesting resemblance to the attach-

ment of the same muscle in the Horse.

Meckel describes this muscle, in the Hyraz, as connected with the

mastoid process by a strong and long tendon *.

In the Guinea-pig this portion of the muscle did not arise from the

jaw, but from the skull, as usual.

The third part of the sterno-cleido-mastoid is very slender, and

not unlike an omo-hyoid in appearance (see fig. 3, S.c.m.3). It

arises from the paramastoid, and joins deeply the conjoined portions

of the two foregoing parts of this muscle.

This may be what Meckel alludes to in the passage just referred

to, and appears also to be the “ troisiéme ventre” spoken of by him,

at page 162, as being often found in Man.

Fig. 3.

Diagrammatic view of superficial muscles of the neck.

P.m. Platysma myoides, its attachments to the lower jaw and forearm; above,

it is cut open and drawn back by hooks to expose S.c.m.3, the third small

portion of the sterno-cleido-mastoid. C.#. Cephalo-humeral. S.se. Sterno-

scapular.

The longus colli has attachment upon the ventral surface of the

cervical vertebree, the 2nd to 7th inclusive, and is inserted in the

thorax, on the bodies of the first six dorsal vertebree.

The rectus capitis anticus major arises from the cervical verte-

bree, from the 6th to the 3rd, and is inserted into the basioccipital.

We found no trace of the rectus capitis anticus minor, at least as

a separate muscle.

The rectus lateralis is well developed, arising from the transverse

process of the atlas, chiefly its anterior surface, and being inserted

into the paramastoid.

* Anat. Comp. tome vi. p. 163.

1865. ] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 333

The scalenus anticus is strong, though small, extending from the

transverse processes of the 5th, 6th, and 7th cervical vertebrz to

the first rib.

A slip of this muscle descends in front of the thorax as far almost

as the cartilage of the third rib. This is not noticed by Meckel *.

The scalenus posticus is very long and flattened, proceeding from

the 3rd, 4th, and 5th ribs, and being inserted into the transverse

processes of the 4th, 5th, and 6th cervical vertebree. Meckel t

gives but one insertion, namely, into the 5th cervical vertebra.

There is no third scalenus.

The splenius capitis and splenius colli arise in common from the

spinous processes of about the 4th, 5th, and 6th dorsal vertebrz,

and proceed upwards and outwards, the first being inserted into the

occiput, the second into the transverse process of the atlas, as men-

tioned by Meckel f.

The complexus major is large, and separable at its origin into

several slips. It has origin from the transverse processes of the ver-

tebre, from the axis to sixth dorsal, and is inserted into the occiput

internal to the splenius. It is in close apposition, vertically, to its

fellow of the opposite side (like the leaves of a book), no strongly

developed ligamentum nuche intervening.

The complexus minor is smaller, and is found to arise from lowest

cervical and first two dorsal vertebrze, and to be inserted into the oe-

ciput between the splenius capitis and complexus major, immediately

below the former. Like the complewus major, it is separable below

into several slips ; but these are united by fasciz.

The complexus tertius arises from the zygapophyses of the two

first dorsal vertebrae, and continues upwards to the transverse pro-

cess of the atlas, being attached also to the zygapophyses of the inter-

vening cervical vertebre.

This muscle is very distinct, lying between the last and the ¢rans-

versalis cervicis; yet it has not, as far as we know, received a sepa-

rate name. Meckel§ describes it as the transversalis cervicis ; but

this it cannot be, as the fransversalis cervicis is always the continua-

tion into the neck of the longissimus dorsi, whereas our muscle lies

distinctly internal to such continuation. Both Quain and Ellis || are

* Loe. cit. p. 260. t Loe. cit. p. 156. t Loe. cit. p. 140.

§ Loe. cit. p. 147. He describes the true ¢ransversalis cervicis as the cervicalis

ascendens.

| ‘ Demonstrations of Anatomy,’ 5th edition, page 427. The author, in a foot-

note, says, ‘‘ The anatomy of the prolongation from the longissimus might be sim-

plified by describing it as the transversalis muscle with a double insertion, like

the splenius, into the head and neck—* ¢ransversalis capitis,” “ transversalis

colli.” These muscles, we think, may, however, be better tabulated as follows :-

Sacro-lumbalis .............00+0« Cervicalis ascendens.

Longissimus dorsi ............... Transversalis cervicis.

Complexus tertius.

Complexus minor.

Complexus major.

The transversalis cervicis is the transversalis colli of Ellis.

The complexus minor is his transversalis capitis, also the trachelo-mastoid of

many authors.

334 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE [Apr. 11,

clear as to this essential nature of the ¢ransversalis cervicis in Man ;

and Burdach corrects Meckel on this point as regards the Apes.

Of course it cannot be considered as the Jiventer cervicis, as this is

always on the inside of the complexus.

The transversalis cervicis is but the continuation of the longis-

simus dorsi, and is very wide and conspicuous. It is inserted into

the five lowest cervical vertebrae by muscle, which has superimposed

conspicuous tendons, one to each transverse process. This is the

cervicalis ascendens of Meckel *.

The cervicalis ascendens is wanting, as there is no evident continu-

ation of the sacro-lumbalis into the neck, except perhaps a few fibres

to the seventh cervical vertebra.

The rectus capitis posticus major is a large and powerful muscle,

arising from the spine of the axis, its whole outer surface, and with

an insertion into the occiput.

The rectus capitis anticus minor, as usual, extends from the neural

laminz of the atlas to the occiput, beneath the last.

The origin of the ob/iquus capitis superior is the transverse pro-

cess of the atlas. Its insertion is into the occiput, between the su-

perior and inferior curved lines.

The odliquus capitis inferior is very large. Its origin is from the

neural lamina and base of the spinous process of the axis, and it is

inserted into the transverse process of the atlas.

These last four muscles are exceedingly well developed, and they

together form a prominent inverted fleshy pyramid.

The levator clavicule is strong; it arises from the transverse pro-

cess of the atlas, and is inserted into the fascia covering the teres

minor, passing over the neck of the scapula. Meckel does not notice

this muscle in the Hyraa.

Muscles of the Back and Abdomen.

Trapezius.—This muscle is very extensive, arising along the me-

dian line of the back, from the occiput as far as the middle of the

dorsal region, overlapping the latissimus dorsi. It is inserted into

the scapula—the anterior part of the muscle upon the spine towards

its acromial end, the posterior part of the muscle below (behind) the

spine. Some fibres of the anterior portion of the muscle are involved

with the platysma myoides, somewhat in the manner described by

Meckel +.

The rhomboideus major has origin from the spines of the 6th, 7th,

8th, 9th, and 10th dorsal vertebree, with an insertion into the poste-

rior angle of the scapula.

The rhomboideus minor is represented by a small delicate muscle,

arising from the spine of the sixth dorsal vertebra, and being inserted,

superficially to the last, into the cartilaginous portion of the scapula.

These muscles are probably subject to some variation, as Meckelt

describes three muscles in the place of these two, and in addition

our next muscle also.

* Loe. cit. p. 149. + Loe. cit. p. 225. { Loe. cit. p. 241.

1865.] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 335

Rhomboideus capitis or occipito-scapular.—From the occiput,

ligamentum nuchee, and spines of the vertebra *. It narrows as it

proceeds outwards and backwards, and is inserted into the scapula

opposite to the base of the spine. At its insertion, this muscle is

folded, the concavity of the fold being directed backwards (fig.5, R.c.).

it is the “ rhomboide ‘antérieur”’ of Meckel +.

The latissimus dorsi is closely connected with the panniculus ear-

nosus. It arises as usual (that is, taking into consideration the

great number of dorsal vertebree), and at its insertion bifurcates,

one slip joiming a part of the similarly bifurcating panniculus car-

nosus, and being with it attached to the aponeurosis covering the

biceps; the other part, which is tendinous, unites with the ¢eres

major and another portion of the panniculus carnosus, and with

them is inserted into the inner margin of the bicipital groove of the

humerus. As Meckel remarks {, the vessels and nerves of the arm

pass out between its two insertions.

The serratus magnus is a most extensive and powerful muscle,

which contains inseparably united with it the levator anguli sca-

pule, as Meckel is also inclined to think §. It arises from the trans-

verse processes of the cervical vertebrze, from the third to the seventh,

besides from the first five ribs, and by ten digitations from the ribs

posterior to these. It is inserted along the whole length of the

border of the scapula (fig. 5, S.m.). Meckel || remarks its great

size: itis indeed an excellent example of the way in which the body

of quadrupeds is, as it were, slung to the scapula by this muscle, as

was remarked by Cuvier 4.

The serratus posticus is most remarkably developed: Meckel

says** that the Hyraz is apparently the mammal in which it is the

most so. It arises by tendon from the ligamentum nuchz, quite at

the hinder end of the neck, and from the fascia of the back. It is

inserted by well-marked digitations (so as truly to merit its name

serratus) into all the ribs, except the first three. It covers and is

closely applied to the sacro-lumbalis.

The sacro-lumbalis is very small and narrow, though long. It

has the usual origin and insertion, its all but completely aborted

cervical continuation being the cervicalis ascendens.

The longissimus dorsi is rather largely developed ; it arises and

is inserted as usual. Its large and marked cervical prolongation is

the transversalis cervicis above described.

The panniculus carnosus appears as an extensive sheet of muscu-

lar fibres, covering the whole back, the sides, and abdomen. It is

thinnest towards the median line of the back, but is of considerable

* The attachments of this muscle differed slightly on the two sides, on the left

extending as far backwards as the sixth dorsal, but on the right its attachment

was not so extensive ; and in general appearance it more resembled a levator anguli

scapula.

t Loc. cit. p. 241. t Loe. cit. p. 263.

§ Loc. cit. p. 234. || Loc. cit. p. 246.

§| Lecgons d’Anat. Comp. vol. i. p. 369.

** Loc. cit. p. 188.

336 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE [Apr. 11,

thickness in the pectoral region. Its attachments are the median

line of the back, the median line of the abdomen, anteriorly and

above to the fascia covering the scapula. Anteriorly below (where

the muscle is thicker) it divides into two separate layers, the deep

and much narrower one being inserted into the lesser tuberosity of

the humerus, and so intimately connected with the insertion of the

pectoralis minor as to be readily confounded with it. The more

superficial portion, with its antero-posteriorly directed fibres, covering

the front of the thorax, fixes itself so as to be in a manner fused

with the obliquely directed fibres of the pectoralis minor at the

posterior border of that muscle. The outer portion of this super-

ficial layer, however, terminates in a slip, which bifurcates, one part

being attached to the fascia covering the biceps in common with a

portion of the latissimus dorsi, as above described, the other part

being inserted into the inner margin of the bicipital groove of the

humerus, in common with the teres major and other portion of

the latissimus dorsi (see fig. 4, P.c.). The fibres of the posterior

part of this muscle (the panniculus carnosus) converge from the back

opposite the ilium, and from the lower portion of the abdomen, to

form a pyramidal fasciculus, which passes to the lower limb, and is

inserted into the superficial aponeurosis of the leg over the knee.

Fig. 4.

S.cl. m2 C.

Muscles of the thoracic region.

P. maj. Pectoralis major (cut through and turned back). P. min. Pectoralis

minor. S.cl.m. 2. Sterno-mastoid, its second part. S. sc. Sterno-scapular.

C.h. Cephalo-humeral. B. Biceps. 7.1. First portion of triceps. D.e.

Dorso-epitrochlear. P,c. Panniculus carnosus.

The external oblique is very long, considering the proportions of

the animal. It arises from the whole of the ribs, except the three

most anterior ones; Meckel* states, from all except the first five.

Its other attachments are from the crest of the ilium and linea alba,

* Loc. cit. p. 194.

1865.] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 337

its anterior two-thirds. It does not go to form a Poupart’s liga-

ment, nor an outer inguinal ring; but the fibres converge opposite

the crest of the ilium, and proceed by a pointed fasciculus, which is

inserted upon the adductors of the femur to the outer side of the

pyramidalis muscle. At its insertion, the fibres are very weak and

reduced to a mere fascia. Meckel * says that those animals in

which the testicles do not descend externally offer no trace of an

inguinal ring ; and this is a characteristic example.

The internal oblique and transversalis were closely united toge-

ther. They offered no remarkable peculiarities, except their attach-

ment to many ribs.

From the mutilated condition of the specimen, we could not make

out with certainty the boundaries and attachments of the rectus ab-

dominis ; but, according to Meckelf, it is wide, attached anteriorly

to the sternum, high up, and all the ribs to the first.

We found the pyramidalis unmistakeably present in our specimen,

although this would seem to be opposed to what Meckel says with

reference to the non-existence of this muscle generally, and to his

unsuccessful search for it in the Hyraxt. It is inserted into the

symphysis pubis, as usual.

Muscles of the Fore Limb.

The pectoralis major arises from the anterior three-fourths of the

sternum, the median raphe between it and its fellow of the opposite

side being very slight. At its upper border, between the anterior

end of the sternum and the head of the humerus, it is closely con-

nected with the cephalo-humeral or first part of the sterno-cleido-

mastoid, which covers its insertion into the humerus. The p. major

bifurcates opposite the axilla, the posterior part being inserted into

the fascia of the forearm just beneath the olecranon, the anterior

part into the humerus external to the biceps (fig. 4, P. maj.). The

pectoral muscles are very adherent to each other, but still their limits

are easily traced. We did not find two layers in the pectoralis major,

as Meckel§ mentions. We fancy, from his description, that he has

included a portion at least of the Pp. minor, and possibly part of the

panniculus carnosus, in his description of this muscle. At its in-

sertion into the humerus, this muscle has a pouch-like fold, the con-

cavity being turned forwards and inwards.

The pectoralis minor has an origin from the lower half of the

sternum, and it is inserted into the greater tuberosity of the humerus

(fig. 4, P. min.). At a short distance from its insertion a strong

muscular slip is given off, which diverges slightly and joins the sterno-

scapular muscle. At its outer border, the fibres of the Pp. minor are

joined almost at right angles by those of the large panniculus car-

nosus, as previously described. As Meckel does not mention this

muscle in the Hyrax, we suppose he has included it in his descrip-

tion of the p. major, as we have indicated above.

* Loe. cit. p. 194, t Loe. cit. p. 208.

~£ Loe. cit. p. 203. § Loe. cit. p. 270.

338 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE [Apr. 11,

The sudclavius is absent ; in this respect the Hyrax differs from the

Guinea-pig. The muscle which we call the sterno-scapular evidently

comes under the denomination swbclavius in Meckel’s* work.

Sterno-scapular.—This rather uncommon muscle arises from the

sternum, immediately in front of the origin of the pectoralis minor,

and, passing over the scapulo-humeral articulation, continues along

the upper (anterior) border of the scapula, to be inserted into its

anterior superior angle (figs. 3 & 4, S. sc.).

This muscle is very interesting, because it occurs in the Pig and

other Ungulata+t, not, however, that it is exclusively confined to that

group, as we found it existing most unmistakeably in the Guinea-pig,

which we examined on purpose.

There is a muscle described by Meckelf as existing in the Hare,

Porcupine, and Agouti, extending from the spine of the scapula to

the sternum, which evidently is our sterno-scapular, but which he

considers rather belongs to the subclavius than forms part of the

trapezius, as Cuvier § thought.

The deltoid is very slightly developed, as occurs also in the Ungu-

lata. It seems to consist of two portions, the first arising by ten-

dinous fascize from the inferior border of the infra-spinatus, and in-

serted by a broad tendinous fascia into the outer border of the hu-

merus, below its head (fig. 5, D.).

_The second part, much smaller than the first, arises from the

great tuberosity of the humerus, and not from the scapula, and is

inserted into the deltoid prominence immediately internal to the inser-

tion of the first head.

Our description seems to agree with Meckel’s|| observation as to

the deltoid being divided into two muscles.

The supra-spinatus muscle is very strong, and with the usual origin,

but, on account of its bulk, occupying more space than the mere

fossa (fig. 5, S.sp.). It ends in a forked manner, and is inserted

into the whole inner side of the greater tuberosity, and outer margin

of bicipital groove of the humerus. Meckel observes that the con-

sequence of this double insertion in the Horse, Camel, and Hyrax

is only to raise the arm, without carrying it outwards, in this way

being an auxiliary to the deltoid].

The infra-spinatus arises from the infra-spinous fossa, the fibres

being delicate towards the cartilaginous portion of the scapula. It

contains, near the neck of the bone, a strong tendon within its sub-

stance, and the muscle is inserted into the great tuberosity of the

humerus (fig. 5, I. sp.).

The subscapularis does not cover the subscapular fossa. It arises

by four or five digitations, which do not reach the whole length of the

scapula. The insertion is into the lesser tuberosity of the humerus.

The ¢eres major is long and strong; as usual, it arises along mar-

* Loc. cit. p. 260.

+ Huxley, in his recent Hunterian Lectures for 1865.

Loe. cit., pp. 259, 260.

§ Lecgons d’Anat. Comp. vol. i. p. 373.

|| Loe. cit. p. 226. ¥ Loc. cit. p. 259.

1865. ] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 339

gin of scapula, but not from the cartilage. In common with part of

the latissimus dorsi and part of the panniculus carnosus, it is inserted

into margin of bicipital groove, while it is also overlapped by the

coraco-brachialis (fig. 5, 7'. maj.).

View of the outside of the fore limb.

S.m. Serratus magnus. R. ec. Rhomboideus capitis. 8.sp. Supra-spinatus. J. sp.

Infra-spinatus. D. Deltoid. 7. maj. Teres major. D.e. Dorso-epitrochlear.

T. 1. First head of triceps. 7.2. Second head of triceps. 7.4. Fourth head

of the triceps. B.a, Brachialis anticus. S. Z. Supinator longus. £. 2. d.

Extensor longus digitorum. £. m. d. Extensor minimi digiti.

The teres minor is very small. It arises from the lower or poste-

rior border of scapula, the whole length of its neck, but very little

more. The insertion is into the great tuberosity of the humerus,

beneath and behind the infra-spinatus. It is in intimate union with

the scapular head of the triceps.

The diceps is single-headed, arising only from the scapula. It is

inserted into the neck of the ulna in common with the cephalo-humeral,

after passing round the inner side of the neck of the radius, where it

has a strong tendon (fig. 4, B.). We thus agree with Meckel* as

to its single head and insertion into the ulna. In the Guinea-pig we

found it also to have but one head.

The brachialis anticus arises by a single and very strong head

from the back of the neck of the humerus, and turns round to the

front of the bone, descending into the forearm to be inserted into the

ulna (fig. 5, B.a.). In its very high origin this muscle resembles

* Loc. cit. p. 286.

340 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE (Apr. 11,

its homologue in the Pig and Horse; but the Guinea-pig presents

us also with the same structure.

The coraco-brachialis comes from the rudimentary coracoid pro-

cess, and is inserted into the humerus from the lesser tuberosity

down to quite the middle of the shaft, in a line along the inner mar-

gin of the bicipital groove. It lies in front of the teres major.

We found the triceps to be divided into four distinct portions,

without counting the small muscle which we have called the dorso-

epitrochlear. The first of these, or scapular head, is very strong,

and arises from the neck of the scapula, adherent to the teres minor

and infra-spinatus. It has an insertion into the olecranon (fig. 5, T. 1).

The second, which corresponds to the outer head, is nearly equal

in size to the former. It arises from the neck of the humerus, below

the teres minor, just behind the greater tuberosity. It is also inserted

into the olecranon and outer condyle of the humerus (fig. 5, 7’. 2).

The third or inner head is much smaller than either the first or

the second. It arises from the inner side of the neck of the hu-

merus, below the brachialis anticus, and below the insertion of the

teres major, intervening between these two muscles at its origin.

The insertion of this third portion is into the inner side of olecranon.

The fourth part of the ¢riceps is much smaller and also shorter

than the three preceding; it arises in common with the last, but is

clearly separated from it below. It covers the posterior surface of

the shaft of the humerus, and is inserted into the inner condyle and

olecranon process (fig. 5, 7’. 4).

Meckel does not appear to have observed our fourth belly of the

triceps proper. What he calls “the fourth” is our dorso-epi-

trochlear.

The dorso-epitrochlear is a long and very narrow muscle. The

origin is very different from that of the muscle usually described

under this name. We found it to arise from the lower border of

the infra-spinatus, and to be inserted into the olecranon by a strong

tendinous fascia (figs. 4 & 5, D.e.).

The supinator longus is exceedingly diminutive, and arises from

the outer side of the shaft of the humerus, just above the common

origin of the next two muscles, and is inserted into the radius near

its neck (fig. 5, S./.).

The presence of the swpinator longus is interesting, iaasmuch as it

is wanting in the Pig and Horse, as also, according to Meckel, in the

Hare, Porcupine, Agouti, Beaver, Rat, &c.*

The extensor carpi longior and brevior were not quite separated

as described by Meckelt, but the two had a common origin from

the external condyle of the humerus, a little above the carpus giving

rise to two distinct tendons. They have an insertion, the one into

the metacarpal bones of the index, and the other into metacarpal

bones of the middle digits.

The extensor communis digitorum arises between the last-men-

tioned muscle, and divides into two fleshy bundles which give origin

to four flat tendons, one being inserted into each of the four digits.

* Loe. cit. p. 304. T Loe. cit. p. 208.

1865.] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 341

The extensor minimi digiti arises as usual (Fig. 5, #.m. d.), but

soon divides into two separate delicate muscles, each of which ends

in a tendon, one being inserted into the proximal phalanx of the

fifth digit ; the other, passing beneath the outermost tendon of the

extensor communis digitorum, goes to the distal end of the fourth

metacarpal bone. Meckel found only a single tendon, which went

to the fifth digit *.

The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is a well-developed muscle,

with rather an extensive origin, and with much tendon in its sub-

stance. It is inserted into the trapezium and rudiments of the pollex.

The extensor primi, the secundi internodit, and the extensor indicis

are all wanting.

The extensor carpi ulnaris has origin from the outer side of the

coronoid process of the ulna and the outer condyle of humerus, but

chiefly from the latter. Its insertion is into the proximal end of the

fifth metacarpal and the pisiform bone.

The pronator teres arises from the internal condyle, as usual. The

insertion is by a flattened and pretty strong tendon into the middle

of the shaft of the humerus, at its inner side.

The flexor carpi radialis arises from the inner condyle, below the

last. This muscle, which is tendinous at its lower half, is inserted

into the trapezium.

The palmaris longus is rather largely developed, and arises from

the inner condyle and intermuscular fascia. Passing down to the

palm of the fore limb, it forms the palmar fascia, which contains a

flat fibro-cartilaginous disk, the palmar fascia ending in four slips

for the four digits. At the carpus, a bursa is interposed between the

tendon of this muscle and that of the flexor carpi ulnaris. Meckel+

says that this muscle is only represented by a long, wide tendon ;

but in our specimen it had a good fleshy belly.

The flexor carpi ulnaris is a very strong muscle, with the usual

origin, and inserted into the pisiform bone by a very broad tendon,

the muscular fibres on the outer side reaching down to that bone

(fig. 6, 7. c.u.).

The flexor sublimis digitorum arises in intimate union with the

deep flexor as far nearly as the carpus, but is divisible into three slips,

each of which gives off a tendon, these three tendons going to the

second, the third, and the fourth digits; that into the second is in-

serted in the inner side of the tendon of the deep flexor; that to the

third forms its perforated tendon; that to the fourth unites with a

tendon of the next muscle to form the perforated tendon of that digit.

Meckel’s description does not at all agree with our description

(fig. 6, F. s.d.).

Flexor brevis manus.—This very peculiar and, as far as we know,

hitherto undescribed muscle arises from the fibro-cartilaginous

disk above mentioned, and from both the superficial and the deep

palmar fasciee. It divides into three distinct and rather long digi-

tations, each ending in a tendon. These three tendons go to the

second, fourth, and fifth digits ; that going to the fourth digit unites

* Loe. cit. p. 321. + Loe. cit. p. 317.

342 _ MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE (Apr. 1],

with the corresponding tendon of the flexor sublimis to constitute

the perforated tendons of that digit ; that going to the fifth digit

is inserted by itself outside the deep flexor ; that going to the second

digit is inserted singly on the inner side of the deep flexor tendon.

The perforated tendon of the third digit is formed by the flexor sub-

limis only (fig. 6, F..m.). The fleshy belly, which Meckel* de-

scribes as investing the tendons of the sublimis at their origin, is

doubtless our flexor accessorius manus. :

Flexor muscles and tendons of the fore foot.

P.1. Palmaris longus. F.c.w. Flexor carpi ulnaris. F.s.d. Flexor sublimis di-

gitorum. F.p.d. Flexor profundus digitorum. F./.p. Flexor longus pol-

licis. P.f. Palmar fascia. F.4.m. Flexor brevis manus. JZ. Lumbricales.

The flexor profundus and longus pollicis are distinct above, but

united at the wrist, where they give origin to a very broad and strong

tendon, which, dividing into four, forms the flat and strong perforating

tendons of the four digits. The tendon to the index does not pass

though a truly perforated tendon, but the tendons from the flexor

brevis and flexor sublimis so cross each other as to produce the

appearance and action of a normal perforated tendon (fig. 6, F. p. d.

and F’. l. p.). Meckel+ appears to have confounded this muscle with

the flexor sublimis. They are indeed very closely connected, but still

able to be separated,

* Loe. cit. p. 333. t+ Loe. cit. p. 333.

1865.] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 343

The lumbricales, instead of being absent, as Meckel* says, are

very distinct, though only two in number (as are also those in the foot).

One of these arises from the palmar surface of the broad tendon of

the flexor profundus, between the origin of the tendons of the two

inner digits, and is inserted into the proximal phalanx of the second

digit at its outer side; the other arises between the deep tendons

of the third and fourth digits, and is inserted into the inner side of

the proximal phalanx of the fourth digit (fig.6, Z.£.). In the left

foot, however, we found these two muscles to be inserted into the

outer sides of the second and third digits.

The pollex is not destitute of muscles, as Meckelt asserts, as it

possesses at least two separate, though very small, muscular bun-

dles ; but what they represent we cannot pretend to say (fig. 7, P.).

The fifth digit possesses a large and strong abductor minimi digiti.

This arises by a strong tendinous fascia from the outer side of the

pisiform bone, and is inserted into the outer side of the proximal

phalanx of the fifth digit (fig. 7, 4b. m.d.).

Fig. 7.

Fig. 7. Palmar interossei of the fore foot, and small muscles to first and fifth

digits. P. Muscular fibres upon pollex. 4d. m.d. Abductor minimi

digiti. J... The indicators point to the four pairs of interossei. 7.1.

The first single interosseous muscle. J. 2. The second single interosseus.

I.3. The third single interosseus. J.4. The fourth single interosseous

muscle.

Fig. 8. Same muscles, sole of hind foot. J. J. J. The three double pairs of inter-

ossei. J.1. First single interosseous muscle. J. 2. Second single in-

terosseus. J, 3. Third single interosseous muscle. J. 4. Fourth single

interosseous muscle. 4b.0.m.g. Abductor ossis metacarpi quinti.

There are four pairs of interossei covering the plantar surfaces of

the metacarpal bones. They arise from the strong tendinous fascia

which covers the proximal ends of the metacarpal bones beneath,

* Loe. cit. p. 333. T Loe. cit. p. 347.

344 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE [Apr. 11

and are inserted into sesamoid bones, one on each side of the distal

ends of the metacarpals, the sesamoids acting on the proximal pha-

langes by means of the connecting fascize (fig. 7, I. I. I.).

Besides these four pairs, there are also four single interosseous

muscles.

The first covers the inner side of the index metacarpal, and is vi-

sible on the dorsum, as before mentioned. It arises from the whole

length of that bone, and is inserted ‘within the innermost sesamoid

(fiz. 7,02):

The second is a thin muscular slip, lying between the third and

fourth metacarpals, rather on their plantar surfaces. It arises, in

common with the other interossei, from the fascia before mentioned,

and is inserted by a delicate tendon into the inner side of the prox-

imal phalanx of the fourth digit (fig. 7, I. 2).

The third (close adjoining the last, and similar in form) lies on

the outer side of the second. It has a similar origin, but is inserted

into the inner sesamoid bone of the fourth digit (fig. 7, J. 3).

The fourth arises from the fascia on the inner side of the pisiform

bone, and is inserted into the inside of the middle phalanx of the

fifth digit (fig. 7, I. 4).

On the dorsum of the hand only the inner interosseous of the

index is visible.

Muscles of the Lower Extremity.

The gluteus maximus has an attachment by aponeurosis along the

crest of the ilium, being continuous with the lumbar fascia, also with

an origin from the middle of the sacrum and the caudal vertebre. It

forms a thin sheet of muscular fibre, covering the outer side of the

thigh. Posteriorly it is firmly adherent to the biceps, and is inserted

along with the upper part of that muscle into the aponeurosis cover-

ing the outer surface of the limb, and which aponeurosis is attached

to the patella (fig. 11, G.maw.). This muscle has been described as

in perfect continuity with the biceps; but we could distinctly trace

the line of separation—although it was not so very clear above, by

reason of the overlapping of this muscle by the biceps ; but, on dis-

secting from below, the line of demarcation was readily traceable.

At pages 354 and 406, Meckel describes part of this muscle as

corresponding to the tensor vaginze femoris, and seems to confound

with it more or less of the biceps.

The gluteus medius is very large and entirely fleshy, thin in the

middle and thick at its borders, thus differing from muscles in general.

It arises from the whole outer surface of the ilium, from the sacrum

and caudal vertebree, as far back as the origin of the semitendinosus.

It is inserted into the third trochanter, except a small portion of its

anterior part, which joins the aponeurosis of the gluteus maximus

going to the patella (fig. 11, G.med.). We cannot agree with

Meckel* in saying that it is smaller than the gluteus maximus.

The gluteus minimus is an extraordinarily thick and powerful muscle,

* Loc. cit. p. 309.

1865. ] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 345

“arising from the whole outer surface and upper margin of the ilium

as far down as the acetabulum, as also from the sacrum and several

caudal vertebree. It is inserted into the great trochanter.

The tensor vagine femoris is thick though small. It arises from

the anterior inferior spinous process of the ilium, and is inserted into

the fascia as usual. This muscle does not lie here so superficial as

ordinarily, but is somewhat wedged in between the glutei and iliacus

(fig. 11, 7. v.f.). It has been described by Meckel* as the sartorius.

The psoas magnus is a stout muscle, arising from the fronts of the

bodies of the last dorsal and all the lumbar vertebrx, and from the

bases of the trausverse processes of the lumbar vertebrae. Insert

into the small trochanter (fig. 10, P. m.).

The psoas parvus has attachments upon the fronts of all the lumbar

vertebrze, and is inserted by a long tendon into the ilio-pectineal -

ridge. Its proportion to the psoas magnus seemed to us larger than

as described by Meckelt.

The guadratus lumborum is very long and narrow, arising from

the sides of the bodies of the last twelve dorsal vertebrae and from

the heads of the ribs, also from the transverse processes of all the

lumbar vertebre, and from the anterior part of the sacrum. It is

inserted into the sacro-iliac synchondrosis.

The ¢éacus is a moderate-sized, laterally compressed muscle,

arising from the anterior superior spine of the ilium, aud the margin

between it and the anterior inferior spine; it is inserted into the

lesser trochanter (figs. 10 & 11, J.).

The coccygeus arises from the spine of the ilium, and, spreading

out in a fan-shaped manner, is inserted into the caudal vertebrae

(fig. 9, C.).

Although the tail is so extremely rudimentary, yet the pubo-coc-

cygeus is distinctly developed as a delicate band of muscular fibre

arising from the pubes behind the symphyses, and inserted into the

caudal vertebrae. This muscle is not noticed by Meckel. (Fig. 9, P.c.)

The pyriformis is very closely connected with the gluteus minimus,

appearing as it were to wrap round it at its lower part; so that the

line of demarcation is not easily ascertained. It arises from the ven-

tral surface and outer border of the sacrum, immediately behind the

sacro-iliae synehondrosis, and is inserted into the great trochanter

in union with the gluteus minimus, as Meckelt describes.

The quadratus femoris, as justly observed by Meckel§, is very

voluminous (fig. 10,Q.7.). It arises from the front part of the

tuberosity of the ischium, and is inserted into the line between the

greater and lesser trochanters.

The gemellus superior extends from the spine of the ischium to

the trochanteric fossa.

The gemetlus inferior has the following attachments, viz. from the

surface of the ischium, near the tuberosity, to the trochanteric fossa

(fig. 9, G.1.).

The obturator internus is rather a small muscle, arising from the

* Loe. cit. p. 399. T Loc. cit. p. 368.

t Loc. cit. p. 361. § Loe, cit, p. 365.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXIII.

346 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE (Apr. 11,

inner side of the ascending ramus of the pubes, close to the ilium,

and from the inner surface of the ilium as high as the ilio-pectineal

line. It is inserted into the trochanteric fossa by a delicate tendon,

with which the gemelli are closely connected (fig. 9, O. 7.).

Fig. 9. Fig. 10.

Fig. 9. Inner view of left half of the pelvis. 0.7. Obturator internus. 0. fer.

Obturator tertius. P.c. Pubo-coceygeus. C. Coccygeus. G.i. Ge-

mellus inferior. 4.m. Abductor magnus.

Fig. 10. Right side of pelvis, seen in front. J. Iliacus. P.m. Psoas magnus.

P. Pectineus. O. ter. Obturator tertius. O.e. Obturator externus.

The obturator externus is thick and fleshy, having its usual origin

and insertion (fig. 10, O. e.).

Obturator tertius.—This very peculiar and anomalous muscle, of

which we have not met with any record, arises from the inner surface

of the ischium, close to its junction with the pubes, passing through

the obturator foramen. It is inserted into the trochanteric fossa, in

common with the obturator externus (figs. 9 & 10, O. ter.).

The diceps is of extraordinarily large dimensions, and, arising by a

strong tendon from the tuberosity of the ischium, and spreading out

into a wide sheet of muscle, separates into two main divisions. The

anterior of these overlaps the gluteus maximus, with which it is

closely connected, and is inserted by strong tendinous fascia into the

patella and outer head of the fibula. The posterior division of the

biceps, which is more separated from the anterior division than is this

last from the gluteus maximus, is inserted into the fascia of the leg

along the outer border of the fibula (fig. 11, B.). Meckel*, in his

description of this muscle, takes no notice of the anterior division,

which he appears to have interpreted as part of the gluteus maximus.

The semitendinosus has a double origin, as in the Horset, one

* Loe. cit. p. 390. t Loe. cit. p. 383.

1865.] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 347

head arising from the tuberosity of the ischium, behind the last-

described muscle ; the other, larger and broader, has an origin from

the caudal vertebre fully an inch broad. These two flat heads

unite to form a single roundish muscle, which is inserted by a thin

tendon into the upper third of the front of the tibia, below the

insertions of the gracilis and semimembranosus (fig. 11, S. ¢.).

The semimembranosus, as Meckel* remarks, has an extraordinary

breadth and thickness. It has, like the last, a double origin, one

head arising from the ischium behind the semitendinosus, the other

head arising from all the caudal vertebre posterior to the origin of

the last named, and closely connected with the levator ani. These

two flat muscular heads unite, like those of the semitendinosus, to

form a large and powerful muscle, which is inserted into the inner

condyle of femur and upper part of tibia (fig. 11, S. m.).

Ries 11:

Buttocks and lower limb, to below the knee.

I. Iliacus. G. maz. Insertion of gluteus maximus. G. med. Gluteus medius.

T.v. f. Tensor vagine femoris. C. Coccygeus. 0.2. Obturator internus.

G.s. Gemellus superior. G.i. Gemellus inferior. Q./f. Quadratus femoris.

Ad. mag. Adductor magnus. V.e. Vastus externus. JB. The insertions of

the biceps, turned back. S.¢. Semitendinosus. S.m. Semimembranosus.

G. Gastrocnemius. P./. Peroneus longus. £./.d. Extensor longus digito-

rum. T.a. Tibialis anticus.

The sartorius was not represented, even in the most rudimentary

manner ; and, as above said, the muscle described by Meckel+ under

this name is really the tensor vaginze femoris.

* Loc. cit. p. 386. t Loe. cit. p. 399.

348 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE [Apr. 11,

The gracilis is a broad muscle, arising from the symphysis pubis,

being inserted into the inner side of the tibia between the insertions

of the semitendinosus and the semimembranosus.

The rectus femoris is a very strong muscle, arising from the anterior

inferior spinous process of the ilium just above the acetabulum, and

inserted as usual.

The vastus externus (fig. 11, V.e.) and the vastus internus were

not unusual, except that they were well separated from the next, and

were almost entirely muscular to their insertion into the patella.

The ecrureus is wonderfully distinct and strong, remarkably so if

contrasted with its condition in Man. Fibres extend all along the

front shaft of the femur, and are inserted into the patella and capsule

of the joint. There is a strong glistening tendon in the middle of its

front surface; but the sides are muscular down to its insertion.

Meckel* notes the distinctness in this animal of the four component

parts of the quadriceps extensor femoris.

The adductor magnus arises from the symphysis pubis, its poste-

rior half, and is inserted into the lower half of the lea aspera and

the internal condyle of the femur (fig. 9, 4. m. and fig. 11, Ad. mag.).

The origin of the adductor brevis is from the anterior half of sym-

physis pubis, and its insertion is into linea aspera of the femur, above

the last.

The adductor longus arises by a distinct tendon from the anterior

end of the symphysis pubis, and is inserted into the middle of the

shaft of the femur anteriorly, and internally to the two last. It is

this muscle which Meckel+ appears to have described as the pecti-

neus, adding that there are only two adductors. He appears not to

have noticed the next.

The pectineus arises from the brim of the pelvis, from the junction

of the ilium with the pubes to the middle line of the body. It is

inserted into the line leading from the lesser trochanter to the linea

aspera (fig. 10, P.).

The tibialis anticus has origin from the inner side of tibia to about

a quarter of its length from its summit. It is inserted into the inner

side of the metatarsal of the second digit (figs. 11 & 12, 7. a.).

Huxley says, this muscle is wanting in the Pig.

The extensor longus pollicis is wanting.

The extensor longus digitorum is smaller in size than the tibialis

anticus, and it is situated on its outer side. It arises between the

heads of the tibia and fibula, a few fibres of origin coming from both,

but chiefly by a tendon from the outer condyle of the femur. It

ends in three tendons, which are inserted into the three digits.

Meckel§ says, this muscle does not arise from the femur either in

the Hyraz or Pig; but we found it to do so distinctly in our specimen,

and Prof. Huxley, in his recent Hunterian Course, described it as so

doing in the Pig. (Figs. 11 & 12, #. 1. d.)

The peroneus longus, which is comparatively a large muscle, arises

from the head of the fibula, the external lateral ligament passing

* Loc. cit. p. 403. t Loe. cit. p. 377.

{ Hunterian Course for 1865. § Anat. Comp. t. viii. p. 426.

1865.] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 349

between the two slips of its origin. The tendon does not pass under

the external malleolus, but on its outer side; it then passes through

to the sole of the foot, between the naviculare and the head of the

outermost metatarsal, the tendon dividing, one part being inserted

into the navicular bone, the other running on between that bone and

the head of the innermost metatarsal, to its inner side, where it seems

to be inserted.

The peroneus brevis extends from the outer margin of the fibula,

and, passing as usual, has its tendon inserted into the distal end of

the proximal phalanx of the outermost digit (fig. 12, P. 6.).

Inferior part of lower limb.

T.a. Tibialis anticus. H./.d. Extensor longus digitorum. P. 7. Peroneus longus.

P.b. Peroneus brevis. S. Soleus. G. Gastrocnemius. /P. Plantaris.

The extensor brevis digitorum occupies the outer half of the dor-

sum of the foot. It arises from the external lateral ligament, the

astragalus, and os calcis, and ends in three digitations, each termi-

nating in a minute tendon. These tendons are inserted into the

outer sides of the proximal ends of the three proximal phalanges, and

not alone into those of the two internal ones, as Meckel* records.

* Loc. cit. p. 429.

350 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE (Apr. 11,

The gastrocnemius, which is a well-developed muscle, arises by

two heads from the outer and inner condyles of the femur; these

unite, as usual, to give origin to the tendo Achillis, which is broad

(figs. 11 & 12, G.).

The soleus arises from the head of the fibula, beneath the popli-

teus, and is united to the tendo Achillis (fig. 12, S.).

The plantaris is likewise a very strong muscle, arising from the

external condyle. Its tendon passes to the inner side of the tendo

Achillis, and then over the tuberosity of the caleaneum, being there

separated from the last-named tendon, as are the homologous muscles

of the hand. ‘The tendon then passes into the sole of the foot to

form the plantar fascia, which last divides into three slips to be in-

serted into the three toes (fig. 12, P.).

The flewor longus digitorum is rather diminutive, and arises from

the heads of the tibia and fibula, continuing its origin as far down as

the popliteus—that is, to near the middle of the tibia.

Its somewhat small tendon passes within the internal malleolus,

and joins with that of the flexor longus hallucis about the middle of

the foot, and although smaller than that muscle, appears to contribute

the greater share to the formation of the perforating tendons of

the two inner digits, these two mnscles blending together as in the

Pig (fig. 13, FU. d.).

The flexor longus hallucis is a much stronger muscle than the pre-

ceding, rather beneath and external to which it takes origin, 7. e.

from the neck of the fibula and interosseous membrane. Its broad

and strong tendon, which, as in the Pig, is much larger than that of

the flexor longus digitorum, passes in the groove between the os

caleis and the inner malleolus, and thence into the middle of the foot,

and joins the tendon of the last-named muscle, uniting with it to

form the perforating tendons of the two inner digits, but sending a

separate tendon to the outermost or fourth digit. (Fig. 13, F./. h.)

The tibialis posticus is entirely wanting.

The popliteus arises by a strong tendon from the groove on the

outer side of the outer condyle, and is inserted into the tibia from its

neck to almost the middle of the bone.

The flexor brevis digitorum is of fair size, corresponding to the di-

mensions of the foot. Origin, superficial plantar fascia, caleaneum,

and external malleolus; while it is also attached to the deep plantar

fascia. Anteriorly it divides into three thin and flattened tendons,

which are very closely applied to the deep flexor tendons, and bi-

furcate, as usual, to give passage to the latter. We could not but re-

mark the very close correspondence between this muscle and the flexor

brevis manus, both in appearance and attachment. (Pig. 13, F.6.d.)

There is a small bundle of muscular fibre which arises from the

plantar surface of the deep flexor tendon, and is inserted into the

middle tendon of the fiexor brevis. This is, apparently, all that re-

presents the accessorius (fig. 13, 4.).

The lumbricales are two in number, as in the hand: one arises

from the deep middle tendon close to the accessorius (of which it

almost appears a continuation), and is inserted by a delicate tendon

1865.] MYOLOGY OF HYRAX CAPENSIS. 351

into the inner side of the proximal phalanx of the middle digit ; the

other one arises from the outermost deep tendon, on the inner border

of its plantar surface, and is inserted into the inner side of the proxi-

mal phalanx of the outermost (fourth) digit (fig. 13, L, L.).

Fig. 13.

Sole of the hind foot.

T.ach. Tendo Achillis. F.1.h. Tendon flexor longus hallucis. F.2.d. Tendon

flexor longus digitorum. F.d.d. Flexor brevis digitorum, with one of its

- perforated tendons cut through, and the whole muscle drawn to the one side

to expose the deep flexor tendons. .4. Accessorius. LL. Lumbricales,

As in the hand, so in the foot, the only muscle visible on the

dorsal surface is that situated on the inner side of the innermost digit.

The muscles on the plantar surface are seven in number, three

being more or less double, and apparently corresponding to the four

pairs of interossei above described as existing in the hand, the other

four being single. The three more or less double muscles arise (as

in the hand) from the fasciz covering the proximal ends of the lower

surfaces of the metatarsal bones, and are inserted into sesamoid bones,

one on each side of the distal end of each metatarsal, the sesamoids

acting on the proximal phalanges by the connecting tendinous fascize

(fig. 8, Z, Z, 1).

The single interosseous muscles are also four in number, as in the

fore foot.

The first single interosseous is very large and strong. It arises

from the inner half of the plantar surface of the metatarsal of the

index, filling the concavity on the inner and dorsal surface of that

352 MR. P.L.SCLATER ON A NEW INDIAN PORCUPINE. [Apr. II,

bone, and is inserted, by a small tendon, into the fascia adjoining

the innermost sesamoid (fig. 8, I. 1).

The second single interosseous arises from the plantar surface of

the os naviculare and one of the cuneiform bones, and is znserted into

the outer surface of the proximal end of the proximal phalanx of the

index digit by a small tendon (fig. 8, J. 2).

The third single interosseous muscle arises from the fascia on the

under surface of the proximal end of the middle metatarsal bone,

and is ¢nserted into fascia on the inner side of the imner sesamoid

bone of the middle digit (fig. 8, I. 3).

The fourth single interosseous muscle arises from the strong ten-

dinous fascia covering the plantar surface of the cuboid, and is in-

serted into the inner side of the proximal end of the proximal pha-

lanx of the outermost digit (fig. 8, I. 4).

The existence of the interossei of the foot is mentioned by Meckel

(Joc. cit. p. 461), but nothing is said in the way of description.

A very strong and thick ligamentous fascia covers the under and

outer side of the caleaneum ; muscular fibre contained in and arising

from this is inserted into the head of the outermost metatarsal bone

(fig. 8, Ab. 0.m.g.). Query,—Does this represent Prof. Huxley’s

abductor ossis metacarpi quinti, only here attached to the fourth

instead of to the fifth metatarsal ?

After having thus passed in review almost all the muscles of the

Hyraz, it might perhaps be expected that we should express some

decided opinion as to the value of these in reference to the zoological

affinities of the animal. But this we are not prepared to do.

Tt is true that such characters as the attachment of the sterno-

mastoid to the mandible, the development of the sterno-scapular,

the very small size of the deltoid, but enormous proportions of the

triceps, and great extent of the brachialis anticus, together with the

arrangement of the glutei, the vast size of the semimembranosus,

the attachment of the extensor longus digitorum to the femur, &c.,

tend rather to confirm than otherwise those ungulate affinities which

have been attributed to the Hyraz.

But, on the other hand, we find so many resemblances to the

Rodentia, as exemplified in the Guinea-pig (specially selected by us

for comparison as the most Pachyderm-like of accessible Rodents),

that we are indisposed, from the consideration of the muscular struc-

ture alone, definitely to assign the Hyrax to one or other of the

ewisting orders constituting the class Mammalia.

2. DrescrirtTion or A New Species or INDIAN PorcuriIne. By

P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., SrecreTARY TO THE

Society,

(Plate XVI.)

About three years ago I received a communication from our excel-

Jent Corresponding Member, Colonel Sir William Thomas Denison,

aVITW INL XX Sy

VOIEVEVITVA SAS ae

Vat 12 ‘19 P ZIOM'P

} ‘ " bow 7

- ae: 1° ‘

cs - TAS Shs

: i , “ a eu 7

1S aA

\ ' j . « ‘ <

1865.] MR. P.L.SCLATER ON A NEW INDIAN PORCUPINE. 353

K.C.B., Governor of Madras, inquiring of me whether anything was

known in Europe of a second Indian Porcupine, distinguished from

the common species by having some of its quills of a deep orange-

colour. Upon my replying that this Porcupine appeared to be un--

represented in our collections of animals either living or dead in this

country, and would moreover probably prove new to science, Sir

William promised to do his best to obtain living specimens of it for

the Society’s Menagerie. The first examples of this animal obtained

by Sir William for transmission to this country died, I believe, before

they were shipped. But in the latter part of last year Sir William

was successful in obtaining four other living specimens, which reached

this country in safety on the 22nd of December last. Three of these

Porcupines are still living in the Society’s Menagerie. The fourth

died a few days after its arrival, and was found one morning already

partially devoured by its carnivorous companions. Enough, however,

remained of it to make a tolerably good skin, which, together with

the skull, I now exhibit. Upon these materials I propose to attempt

to give characters to this hitherto undescribed species.

Before doing so, however, I should mention that this species,

although it has never yet been described, and, as far as I can ascer-

tain, has never reached Europe before, alive or dead, has been already

provided with a name, which I do not propose to alter. Mr. Francis

Day, Fellow of this Society, late of H. M. Madras Medical Service,

in his work on the native Indian state of Cochin, called ‘The Land

of the Permauls,’ published at Madras in 1863, has spoken of this

animal as ‘‘ The Orange Porcupine, Hystrix malabaricus,” and given

some details respecting it*. Mr. Day has also kindly supplied me

with some further notes respecting it, which I shall give presently.

I commence, however, by characterizing the species, which belongs

to the typical Hystrices, and is very closely allied to H. leucura, as

HystRix MALABARICA, sp.nov. (Pl. XVI.)

H. criste setis purpurascenti-nigris, unicoloribus ; rostro pilis

minutis obsito: colore corporis antici purpurascenti-rubro,

spinis ad basin aurantiacis, inde ad apicem purpurascenti-

nigris : spinis dorsi elongatis, aliis aurantiaco-rubro et nigro,

aliis, sicut in specie vulgari, albo et nigro annulatis: dorsi

postici linea mediali distincta, e spinis aliis albis, aliis auran-

tiucis composita: cauda longa, spinis aliis albis, aliis auran-

tiaco-rubris.

Long. tota a rostro ad basin caudze 28°0 poll., caudze 8-0.

Hab. India Meridionalis, prov. Cochin.

Obs. Affinis H. leucure, sed spinarum colore, rostro minus

setoso, et cauda longiore distinguenda.

Although the general external appearance of this Porcupine is re-

markably different from that of H. leucura, so that the living animal

strikes one at the first glance as being undoubtedly distinct, I have

been somewhat disappointed, on comparing the two skins together, to

* Land of the Permauls, pp. 446, 447.

354 MR. P,L.SCLATER ON A NEW INDIAN PORCUPINE. [Apr. 11,

find how difficult it is to detect any very decided differences in their

structure. The muzzle in the present specimen of H. malabarica

(which is the only individual I have been able to examine) seems to

be decidedly less clothed with hair than in H.leucura. This is one

of the few points in which H. leucura differs externally from H.

cristata, and in this respect the present specimen seems more like

H. cristata. The whole of the short spines and hairs of the anterior

portion of the body in H. malabarica are dark reddish orange at

their bases, growing into purplish brown at their tips; and the same

is the case with those of the flanks and legs. The elongated spines

of the middle of the back are some of them black, annulated with

white, just as in H. Jeucura ; others, more especially towards the sides,

where these latter rather predominate, have the white replaced by a

bright orange-red. The medial line of the rump is well defined, as

in H. leucura; but the white spines are mixed with others wholly

orange. This is likewise the case with the spines round the base of

the strong spines which terminate the tail: some of these are wholly

white, and some wholly orange. The strong spines which surround

the tail, and extend beyond its extremity, are mostly wholly white,

with some wholly orange intermixed. In the centre of these are

about twelve of the singular hollow truncated quills mounted on pe-

dicels, just as in H. lewcura and H. cristata*. About one-fourth

part of these abnormal quills are orange ; the others are white.

As the cranial characters of the species of Hystriz are generally

very well marked, and indeed the only test by which the species can

be certainly distinguished, I was in hopes of finding in the cranium

of Hystrix malabarica some more certain evidence of its real distinct-

ness from H. leucura. Ihave therefore carefully compared the skull

of the new species with a fine series of six skulls of H. /eucura in the

British Museumf, in doing which I have received the valuable as-

sistance of my friend Dr. Peters, who happened to be present at the

occasion. The skull of Hystriv malabarica, which is that of a very

old animal with the molar teeth worn very low and the cranial sutures

nearly obliterated, agrees in the shape of the nasal and intermaxillary

bones with H. leucura. As in the latter species, so in H. malabarica

the nasal bones have their sides nearly parallel with the hinder mar-

gin, terminating nearly in a line with the anterior edge of the orbit,

and the nasal processes of the intermaxillaries are broad and truncated.

At first I was inclined to think there was some difference in the pat-

terns of the molar teeth of the two species, those of H. malabarica

being surrounded by a complete cingulum of enamel, and the internal

areas being completely isolated, which is not the case in H. leucura.

But this, I suspect, is only due to the age of the specimen. It would

therefore be desirable to have further specimeus of the skull of H.

* T am not aware whether any explanation has ever been given of the use of

these curious quills. My impression is that they serve to act as a rattle, which is

thus formed, as in the Rattle-Snakes (Crotalus), by a cutaneous development at

the end of the tail.

t 4. cristata and H. leucurus of the ‘ Catalogue of the Bones of Mammalia in

the British Museum’ (1862), p.191.

1865.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW INDIAN PORCUPINE. 355

malabarica for comparison upon this point ; but in other respects

there seem to exist differences in the skulls of the two species which

are amply sufficient to confirm their specific separation.

Skull of Wystrix malabarica.

1. In H. leucura the total length of the molar series is greater

than the distance between the molars and the tympanic bone; in H.

malabarica it is rather less.

2. In H. malabarica the entopterygoid is more remote from the

tympanic bone, and is of a different form.

3. The facial surface of the lachrymal is very small in H. mala-

barica—much smaller than in H. leucura.

4. The rostral part of the cranium is more elongated and more

compressed in H. malabarica, and the foramina incisiva are longer

and narrower.

These and other minor peculiarities will, I think, sufficiently serve

to separate H. malabarica from its nearest ally, although it is of

course desirable that further specimens should be obtained for com-

parison.

With regard to the habits of H. malabarica, Mr. Day has kindly

furnished me with the following particulars :—

“During my residence at Cochin I was informed by the natives

that a species of orange-coloured Porcupine was found in the neigh-

bouring hills, the flesh of which was more highly esteemed for food

than that of the common variety. It was said to be a smaller species,

and that the two never lived in the same locality. Small families of

356 MR.P.L.SCLATER ON A NEW INDIAN PorcuPINE. [Apr. 11,

them, I subsequently ascertained, are found in various places along

the ghawts of Cochin and Travancore.

“At Trichooe, about forty miles north-east of Cochin, there was a

colony of these animals. They had formed their burrows in the

laterite rock, in a spot from which it was impossible to reach them

by digging. As I was anxious to obtain one of them, the burrows

were stopped and a pitfall dug before two, which were the most fre-

quented ; brushwood was then heaped before the other apertures

and set on fire, but the prisoners did not venture out until they had

been smoked three days and nights.

“The native sportsmen declare that the aroma from these burrows

is quite sufficient to distinguish the different species.

“In 1862 I placed a pair, about a third grown, in a cage, and kept

them there nearly two months: although they permitted the dogs

and cats to steal their food, they never became tame or even friendly

with those who fed them.

«They were omnivorous ; and, though quiet all day, as soon as

it became dusk they commenced to gnaw their cage, and continued

to do so until daybreak ; subsequently, when the bars were encased

with tin, they passed the night scratching.

“In captivity they lose much of their orange-colour; and its

vividness greatly decreases when they are ill.

‘““ The natives consider wounds caused by their quills to be venom-

ous, and the effects frequently fatal.”

It may be useful to add to this paper a list of the known species

of Hystriz, and their localities, arranged according to Mr. Water-

house’s excellent system *.

a. Species nucha cristata.

1. H. cristata, Linn. et auct. (Acanthion cuvieri, Gray) ; Water-

house, 7. c. p. 448: ex Europa merid. et Africa bor. et occ.

2. H. arricm AUSTRALIS, Peters, Reise n. Moss. i. p. 170: ex

Africa austr. orient.

3. H. neucura, Sykes (H. hirsutirostris, Brandt ; Waterhouse,

l.e. p. 454; H. cristata et H. leucurus, Gray): ex Asia occiden-

tali usque ad Indiam extremam.

4, H. MALABARICA: ex India merid.

6. Species nucha non cristata.

5. H. nopesoni, Gray ; Waterhouse, J. c. p. 461 : ex India supe-

riore.

6. H. savanica (F. Cuy.) ; Waterhouse, /.c. p.465: ex Java.

The Society’s collection contains at the present time fine living

specimens of four of these, namely, H. africe australis, H. leucura,

H. malabarica, and H. javanica.

* Nat. Hist. Mamm. vol. ii, p. 446 e¢ seq.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE WHALES OF THE CAPE. 357

3. Notes oN THE WHALES OF THE Cape; By E. L. Layarp,

Esa., or Care-Town, Corr. Mems. Wits Descriptions

or Two New Srecises; sy Dr. J. E. Gray.

Mr. E. Layard, the Keeper of the South African Museum at

Cape-Town, has most kindly sent me descriptions and drawings,

made by Mr. Trimen, of the skulls of the Cetacea contained in that

museum. Amongst these is the drawing of a Porpoise or Grampus

taken in Kalk Bay (Simon’s Bay). Unfortunately the skull of this

animal was placed in the skin during Mr. Layard’s absence from the

Cape ; so that it cannot be got at for description ; but, from what he

saw of the dentition, he believes it is like a Grampus—very like the

figure of the skull of G. cuvierii in the ‘ Catalogue of Cetacea in the

Collection of the British Museum,’ t. 5. f. 1. He says that there is

a separate skull, greatly resembling that figure, in the South African

Museum.

The Grampus (?) prepared with the skull in the skin, mentioned

above, is represented as having a rounded head, without any appear-

ance of a beak. ‘It is entirely deep brown black ; the skin smooth,

with a few wrinkles behind the chin and on the front edge of the

pectoral fin.

‘‘ The entire length, from the nose to the end of the tail, 8 feet ;

from the nose to the front base of the dorsal fin, along the curve,

3 feet 9 inches; of the dorsal, 10 inches; of the back, from the

hinder edge of the dorsal fin to the end of the tail, 3 feet 10 inches ;

width of the tail, 1 foot 11 inches. ;

“‘ Length from the front of the mouth to the base of the pectoral,

1 foot 55 inches ; of the upper edge of the pectoral, 1 foot 5 inches.”

In the South African Museum are two smaller skulls from the

coast of the Cape,—one apparently of a Steno, with % teeth; and

the other of a Delphinus, probably the common one of Table Bay,

which has teeth.

These are probably new species, to be described.

Mr. Layard observes, ‘‘ These Cetaceans are constantly in the Bay ;

but I cannot get the fishermen, who catch plenty of the Delphinus,

to bring them to the museum. I have offered the market value, be-

sides all the flesh and the blubber ; but they are so prized as food by

the men that they are cut up instantly and sold by auction.”

«Two, if not more, species of Whales come into our bays to calve.

I have never been fortunate enough to see them entire; but, from

the remains, I think them to be the “ Right Whale” (Balena) and

Humpback (Megaptera). By the way, do you know the meaning

of Peskop? The Dutch are the dirtiest-minded people I ever met

with: they have heaps of such names for their animals and plants.”

“I have seen off the coast several species of Whale (one near

Agulhas) with an enormous elongated back-fin; which could it be?

They are in sight for an hour at least.”

**T send you a drawing, by our friend Mr. Trimen, of the skull of

a Cetacean which I have taken to be a Ziphius, probably a very old

Ziphius sechellensis; but the figure in your ‘ Catalogue of the Ce-

358 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE WHALES OF THE CAPE. [Apr. 11,

tacea in the British Museum,’ t. 3. f. 2, does not convey any idea

how the curious flattened teeth arch over the upper jaw, as shown

in Mr. Trimen’s drawing. I stood by him all the time, so can answer

for the correctness of the sketch ; and I took the measurements my-

self.” The drawing shows that it is the skull of an animal more

allied to Ziphius micropterus than to Z. seychellensis. It differs from

Z. seychellensis in the lower jaw being elongate, slender, gradually

tapering in front, like the lower jaw of Z. micropterus. It differs from

the latter species in the tooth on the side of the jaw being elongated,

strap-shaped, with a small process* in the front side of the truncated

apex, and especially in these teeth being arched inwards, forming a

high arch “over the upper jaw,” the crown of the lateral teeth

being short and triangular in Z. micropterus. It is evidently quite

distinct in the form of the rostrum of the skull and the shape of the

teeth from the Ziphius micropterus of the coast of Europe. I

therefore propose to call it Ziphius layardit.

RETR eae

ANY AY

° AS m7 —_—

WWW ss WUHAN AL AANANHANIAINN AIA NINES ==

4 5

a, 6. Skull and lower jaw of Ziphius layardii. c. Teeth of lower jaw, from front.

The entire length of the skull, from condyle to top of the rostrum,

3 feet 7 inches ; of the rostrum, from tip to the notch, 2 feet 6 inches ;

the width at the widest part of the brain-case 1 foot 6 inches; the

length in a straight line, from the tip of the rostrum to the crest

over the blower, 2 feet 11 inches; the height of the skull, from the

hinder part of the palate to the crest over the blower, 1 foot 2 inches.

The entire length of the lower jaw 3 feet; the length of the con-

dyle, to the hinder edge of the base of the tooth, 1 foot 114 inches;

the length of the exposed part of the tooth along the anterior edge,

93 inches; the width below the teeth of the side of the lower jaw,

measured from the inner part of their base, 3 inches.

* The process is not so distinctly shown as it ought to be in the woodcut.

STINVOTE EY STD Ce!

dint aaryueHy’ te IW VUIT4® T8p FIOM L

MLAS TA 99STIS Za

SlWwSCre ow ey Sie AS

YUL 49'}9P FIOM

dur qaeyirey' NW

' vU

TIGA. TL GORE see oi oct

ma? ae aii o pee iy! WOR AN fode Jee EE

“SITVGHOM SNUNHLOTOLO

dir queyuep yy Ww MHL}? Tep Flom

PSG Dir Tel 89.2 Ves Aue

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 359

There is a partial hollow, as if it were the cavity of an old tooth

that had fallen out, on the margin of the inner jaw, behind the base

of the elongated arched tooth.

“In your letter you sent me a sketch of the skull of Ziphius in-

dicus with two teeth in the front of the lower jaw, and a short

stumpy head, totally unlike the skull of Ziphius figured in the ‘ Ca-

talogue of Cetacea.’”

‘There is a skull in the South African Museum which I have got

down as a Globiocephalus. It is the skull of a very old animal

without teeth; but I think I can trace that it has had two front

teeth in the lower jaw, if not also along (the edge of) the upper and

lower jaw. The animal was taken on our coast.”

The figures of the skull which accompany this note appear to

me to represent the skull of a species of Hyperoodon, which differs

from Hyperoodon of Europe in having only a low crest on each side

of the maxillary bones. I would propose to designate the species

Hyperoodon capensis.

Skull and lower jaw of Hyperoodon capensis.

The length of the skull, from the end of the rostrum to the occi-

pital condyle, is 3 feet; the height of the skull, from the crest of

the blower to the condyle, 2 feet; the greatest width of the brain-

case 1 foot 7 inches. .

4. REVISION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS

EDENTATA, FOUNDED ON THE EXAMINATION OF THE SPECI-

MENS IN THE British Museum. By Dr. Joun E. Gray,

F.R.S.

(Plates XVII., XVIII., XIX.)

The species of this family of animals have been so well described

by Cuvier, Sundevall, Lund, Burmeister, and others, that I have only

360 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND species [Apr. 11,

one or two new species to describe. I have attempted to arrange

the genera, especially of the Dasypodine, in more natural groups.

The osteological characters have been well studied by Cuvier, De

Blainville, Owen, Rapp, Turner, and others.

I have figured the skulls of a few species which have not before

been published.

Section EpentatTa ENTOMOPHAGA.

Grinders rootless. Canines sometimes entirely wanting; if pre-

sent, like the grinders. Face elongate ; mouth mostly small. Body

armed with scales, spines, or rigid hairs. Limbs short and strong,

hinder ones longest. Stomach simple; malar bone simple or

wanting.

Dasypide, Gray, Aun. Phil. 1825 ; Cat. Mamm. B. M. 188.

Effodientia, Baird, N. A. Mamm. 621.

Insektenfressende Edentaten, Rapp, Edent.

Division 1. CATAPHRACTA.

Body covered with scales, or with an external armour divided into

rings or bands, generally revolute.

Fam. 1. MAnipip&.

Body covered with scales. “Tail expanded. Claws of feet bent on

the sides in walking.

1. Manis. Upper part of fore feet hairy, without any scales. Tail

very long, slender. Scales elongate, narrow, keeled ; central

series of caudal scales continued to the end.

2. Puoxtiporus. Upper part of fore and hind feet covered with

scales to the toes. Scales broad, short. Tail moderate, taper-

ing; central series of caudal scales continued to the end.

3. Smutsia. Upper part of fore and hind feet covered with scales

to the toes. Scales broad, short. Tail moderate, very broad

to the end ; central series of caudal scales not continued to the

end.

Fam. 2. Dasyropip&.

The body covered with a bony convolute armour, formed of tesserze.

Tribe 1. Dasypop1na. The dorsal disk closely attached to the back

of the animal, divided in the middle into three parts by free

rings separating the scapular and pelvic shields ; pelvis free from

the pelvic shield; scapular or pelvic shield moderate; central

rings many; feet strong; hind toes free; claws large. Skull

not soldered to the frontal shield. Tail elongate. Prxro-

CHLAMYDES,

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 361

A. Digitigrade. Backs of feet round, covered with plates ; toes of

the front and hind feet separate ; claws conical. Head elon-

gate ; ears close together. Chcerochlamydes.

4. Tarusta. Toes 5/4. Tail with rings of plates.

B. Plantigrade. Soles of feet flat, callous, with a prominent heel ;

toes of fore feet united to the claws, compressed ; claws com-

pressed, sharp-edged below. Toes of hind feet separate ; claws

elongate. Head broad; ears far apart. Platychlamydes.

* Head conical. Teeth many, small.

5. Prionopos. Toes 5/5; middle front very large; outer front

toes very small. Intermaxillary toothless. Four front bands

of tesserze of the scapular shield partially free.

** Head flat, conical. Teeth few, nine or ten, large ; intenmastary

with one tooth on each side.

6. Dasypus. Tail round at the base, tesserse convex. Marginal

plates of the dorsal disk small; nuchal band linear, broad to

the end ; first band of plates of the scapular shield fixed like

the rest.

*** Head broad, conical. Teeth few, nine or ten, large ; inter-

maxillary toothless.

7. Evpuractvus. Tail ringed at the base; tesseree convex. Mar-

ginal plates of the dorsal disk faleate ; nuchal band narrow at

the sides ; first band of the scapular disk more or less free.

8. Xenurvus. Tail nakedish, with sunken shields.

Tribe 2. Totypeutina. Scapular and pelvic shields large, convex ;

central rings three, only attached to the middle of the back,

which is covered with hair on the sides under the shield. Feet

weak ; front with elongated unequal claws, on the tip of which

the animal walks; hinder feet clavate, with flat ovate nails ;

hind part of feet rounded, shielded, Skull attached to the

frontal shield, Tail short. SpH#ROCHLAMYDES.

9. TOLYPEUTES.

Tribe 3. CtamypopHorina. The dorsal disk divided behind into

a dorsal and a pelvic shield. The pelvic shield agglutinated to

the pelvis. Feet strong; toes united ; claws large.

10. CutamyporpHorvs. The dorsal shield only attached by the

middle of the back, which is covered with hair on the sides.

11. BurmeisteriA. The dorsal shield attached to the skin to its

edge.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1865, No. XXIV.

362 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND SPECIES [Apr. 11,

Division 2.

Body covered with hairs or spines, not with scales or armour.

Fam. 3. ORYCTEROPODIDA.

Body covered with bristles. Head conical ; mouth small.

12. OryYCTEROPUS.

Fam. 4. MyRMECOPHAGID.

Body covered with hair, Head conical ; mouth small.

* Terrestrial. Tail bristly. Teeth 5.

13. MyrmecopHaca. Tail covered with long hair.

** Arboreal. Tail conical, prehensile.

14. Tamanpva. Teeth 5/4, covered with short hair.

15. CycLornurvus. Teeth 2/5, covered with silky hair.

Fam. 5. OrNITHORHYNCHID.

Body covered with hair or spines. Mouth in the form of a flat

or cylindrical beak. Hind feet of males spurred.

16. Puarypus. Head depressed. Body covered with fur. Feet

expanded, webbed.

17. Ecurpna. Head slender, conical, tapering. Body covered

with spines. Feet with long claws.

Division |. CATAPHRACTA.

Body covered with scales, or with an external armour divided inte

ring bands, revolute.

Fam. 1. Manripip.

Body covered with scales. Tail flat, expanded. Toes bent up.

Walking on the outer side of the feet. Fossorial ; slow; forming a

globe when contracted. (Osteology.—See Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 99 ;

Sundevall, Kong. Vet. Akad. Hand. 1842, p. 274; Turner, P. Z.S.

1851, p. 219.)

Manina, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 188.

Manide, Turner, J. c. 1851, p. 219.

Vermilinguia, Giebel, Saugeth. p. 394.

Cuvier only knew of two species, the long- and the short-tailed

(see Oss. Foss. v. 98).

Dr. Sundevall, in the ‘Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Handlingar’ for

1842, p. 245, has published an excellent essay on the species, the

anatomy and the history of the genus. This essay is nearly repro-

duced by M. Ad. Focillon, ‘ Rev. Zool.’ 1850, pp. 465 & 513.

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 363

Rafinesque has described a species under the name of M. c@onyz,

because he believed it had a bifid claw; but he seems to have mis-

taken the bone that bears the claw, which in all the species is bifid,

for the claw.

1. Manis.

The upper surface of the fore feet hairy, without any scales.

Scales of the body slender, oblong, with nearly parallel striz. Tail

much longer than the body, narrow. The central series of caudal

scales continued to the end. Claws compressed; the first or outer

claw of each foot very small, retracted behind. Africa.

Manis, § 1, Sundevall, 7. ¢. 251.

The nose bald; the side of the face, chin, underside of the body,

the upper surface of the hands and wrist without scales, and covered

with short hair ; the conch of the ear not developed.

* Scales of the body dark brown, in eleven series. Manis.

1. Manis tonercaupa. Pangolin. B.M.

Dark brown; hair of face and underside of body black. Scales

of the body in eleven series; end rounded, with a central promi-

nence. Tail very long. Body and head 11, tail 24 inches.

Manis tetradactyla, Linn. 8. N. i. 53 ; Fischer, Syn. 394 ; Gray,

Cat. Mamm. B.M. 188; Turner, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 220.

M. macroura, Erxl. Syst. 101.

Var.? M. africani, Desm. Mamm. 376.

M. longicauda, Geoff., Sundevall, 7. c. 251.

Pholidotus longicaudatus, Briss. R. A. 31.

M. longicauda B, Sundevall.

M. longicaudata, Rapp, Edent. 15 ; Shaw, Zool. 180; t. 55.

Pangolin d Afrique, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 98.

Hab. Africa: Guinea, Gaboon.

** Scales of body horn-coloured, in twenty-one series. Phatagin.

2. Manis Tricuspis. Phatagin. B.M.

Pale brown; hair of face and underside of body grey ; scales of

the body in twenty-one series, truncated, with a central prominence,

often appearing three-pointed. Body 12, tail 18 inches.

Phatagin, Buffon.

Manis tricuspis, Rafinesque, Ann. Gén. Sci. Phys. de Bruxelles,

vii. 214; Sundevall, 7. c. 1841, p. 252; Rapp, Edent. 15.

M. multiscutata, Gray, P. Z.S. 1843; Cat. Mamm. B. M. 188;

Fraser, P. Z. S. 1843; Zool. Typ. 15; Turner, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 220.

M. 4-dactylus, Thompson, P. Z. S. 1834, p. 28.

M. tridentata, Focillon, Rev. de Zool. 1850, t. 1; Rapp, Edent.

Po;t. 2a. (5B.M.)

Hab. West Africa; Fernando Po (Fraser) ; Guinea; Sierra Leone

(Thompson), Skeleton and skull (B.M.).

364 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND species [Apr. 11,

The face of the skull, from the front of the orbit, is rather more

than half the length of the brain-case.

A specimen of this species in spirits in the British Museum has

the nose produced, conical, bald, smooth, with three series of plates

on the front of the forehead, commencing about halfway between the

tip of the nose and the eyes. The nostrils are lateral, covered with

a well-developed flap. The cheeks and orbits with scattered, short,

black hairs, like the hairs on the back of the hand and wrist. Ears

without any external conch. The underside of the body with scat-

tered, very short, rigid hairs. The skin of the back between the

scales bald. The scales elongate, with straight sides for two-thirds

of their length, then contracted, with rather concave sides, with two

deep broad notches on each side of the tip, forming three more or

less distinct projections, the middle one being the most produced.

Soles of fore and hind feet bald and callous, covered with a hard

skin, which peels off in spirits. Toes 5/5; the front ‘inner small ;

the fifth, second, and then the fourth larger; the middle or third

largest : hinder inner small, the outer larger; the second and fourth

larger, and the third rather larger still, but not so much larger as in

the front foot. The upper part of the fore feet and wrist unarmed,

and covered with short, scattered hairs. The hind feet covered with

scales nearly to the claws, and hairy on the sides and at the base of

the claws.

Professor Rapp separates the specimens from Fernando Po as a

species, because in the latter the tail is shorter and all the scales are

tricuspid ; but the specimens from West Africa vary in the length

of the tail, and in perfect specimens all the scales are tricuspid.

Fig. 1.

Skull of Manis tricuspis (separate).

In the British Museum there are a skull and a complete skeleton

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 365

which were extracted from the skins of two animals from West Africa,

which are so very much alike in form, and in the number and form of

the scales and the length of tail, that I should have referred them

without doubt’ to the same species. The skulls, however, are so

exceedingly unlike that I believe they might be considered to belong

to two species, unless the differences arise from a difference of sex,

which the state of the specimens does not allow me to determine.

The separate skull (fig. 1) is very ventricose, thin, light, and

showing the sutures.

The skull belonging to the complete skeleton (fig. 2) is smaller,

narrower, more conical, solid, and with the suture much less distinctly

visible.

Fig. 2.

Skull of Manis tricuspis (from the skeleton).

A foetus of this species, 10 inches long, was noticed by Mr.

Thompson under the name of M. tetradactylus (Proc. Zool. Soc.

1834, p. 28).

2. PHOLIDOTUS.

The fore and hind feet entirely covered with keeled scales; the

internal claw of the fore foot nearly equal to the outer one, and not

retracted behind. Scales of the body broad, short. Tail moderate,

tapering at the end; the central series of caudal scales continued to

the tip. 4

Haé. India and Asiatic Islands.

Manis, 3. Pholidotus, Sundevall, /.c.253; Rapp, Edent. t. 6. f.1, 2,

* Scales dark brown, in seventeen longitudinal series; the three

or four series on each side shorter, keeled. Tail as long as

body and head. Face of skull elongate, nearly as long as

brain-case.

366 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND Species [Apr. 11,

1. PHOLIDOTUS JAVANUS. B.M.

Dark brown; tail as long as body and head; scales of the sides

and of the hind feet acutely keeled, the front and hinder claws

nearly equal-sized. Head and body 15, tail 15 inches.

Manis pentadactyla, Raffles, Linn. Trans. xii. 249.

M. javanica (partly), Fischer, Syn. 400 (not of Sundevall).

M. aspera, Sundevall, 1. c. 253; Rapp, Edent. t. 2a (good), t. 6.

f. 1,2 (skull) ; Desm. Mamm. 377; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B, M. 285.

Hab, Sumatra (Rafies). Male and female (B. M.).

Teats two, pectoral; penis pendant. ~

Manis aspera is described from a single specimen in the Paris

Museum, sent from Sumatra. It is evidently the same as that which

Raffles described and figured under the name M. javanica, and which

has been so named in the English Museums.

The M. javanica of Dr. Sundevall, which he described as having

fulvescent scales, is the same as his M. dalmanni and the M. aurita

of Hodgson, which is common in India, and has been generally

confounded with the larger-scaled M. pentadactyla or M. laticauda.

Desmarest describes, under the name of M. javanica, the Java ani-

mal with keeled scales on the legs, and refers to Raffles.

Manis guy, Focillon, Rev. Zool. 1850, t. 10; Rapp. Edent. 17.

“Tail shorter than the body and head; twenty-one longitudinal

rows of scales; end of the tail naked on its lower surface; scales

broad, ending in an obtuse point, striated to the tip; with bristles

between the scales.”

Described and figured from a young specimen preserved in spirit,

said to have been received from Africa. Appears to me to be only

a young specimen of Pholidotus javanicus.

The front feet are covered with scales to the claws, and it has the

conch of ear moderately developed, not so much so as in P. dalmanni.

What is Manis leucura, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. xxx.

91; Rapp, Edent. 18, thus described, ‘‘ Tail as long as the body

and head; scales of the tail adpressed, so that the margin is entire,

not dentated.’?? The habitat is unknown.

** Scales horn-coloured; of the back, in seventeen longitudinal series.

Tail as long as the body. Conch of ear produced.

2. PHOLIDOTUS DALMANNII.

Pale brown; tail short, as long as the body without the head;

scales of the young striated, of the middle of back truncated, of the

sides of hind feet keeled; of the older specimen worn smooth; ears

large ; hair of head and underside of body short, grey. Body and

head 22, tail 15 inches.

Manis, Dalmann, Act. Stockh. 1749, p. 265, t. 6.

Manis, Forster, Act. Berol. 1789 (printed 1793), p. 90, t. 5, 6;

Sundevall, J. ec. 262, 269.

Manis dalmannii, Sundevall, 1. c. 256, t. 4a. f. 10 (toe-bones),

1842; Rapp, Edent. 17.

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA, 367

MM. aurita, Hodgson.

M. pentadactyla (partly), Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 285.

MM. javanica, Sundevyall, J. ¢. 254, t.4a. f.11; Turner, P. Z. §,

1851, p. 219?

Pangolin, Buffon, x. t. 34.

Hab. India, Himalaya (Hodgson) ; China (Dalmann) ; ? Java

(Sundevall).

A small specimen of the species, preserved in spirits in the British

Museum, may be thus described :—The head ovate, convex above

and on the sides. The end of the nose, the side of the face, includ-

ing the orbit, to the back of the ears, the throat, underside of the

body, and the inside of the legs bald, with a few very slender, elon-

gated hairs on the front of the chin, The forehead with one scale,

and five series of scales behind it. The ears large, with a well-de-

veloped, oblong, nearly flat conch behind ; an oblong prominence for

a tragus in front of the small auditory aperture. The fore and hind

legs covered with series of scales down to the base of the toes ;

the toes united to the claws, The palms of the fore feet and the

soles of the hind feet hard, callous, well developed. The fore feet

with five elongated conical claws, which are strongly inflexed on both

palms; the inner and outer small, then the second and fourth, and

the centre or third the largest. The hind feet with five short, coni-

cal, compressed claws; the inner and outer small, the three middle

larger, the middle one being rather the largest. The skin of the

back, between the bases of the scales, bald; the lower part of the

scales and the middle of the scales striated. The tongue elongate,

exsertile, flat, linear, tapering to the tip, which is rounded. The

eyelids soft, distinct, not ciliated, but the outer surface entirely

covered with very short bristles.

Professor Sundevall, in his Monograph, places considerable re-

liance on the form of the claws, and on the comparative size and form

of the claws of the fore and hind feet, as a specific distinction. The

specimens which I have examined from the same locality seem to

differ very much in this respect.

Manis dalmannii was described from specimens from China, which

looked like the young of M. laticauda. It is probably the same as

the many-scaled species from India, or at least must be very nearly

allied to it, more especially as the large size of the ears, which

caused Hodgson to call it M. aurita, is mentioned.

Dr. Sundevall states that his M. javanica is from Java, and he

believes that it is common there; but he describes all the scales as

fulvescent. I have never seen any Javan or Sumatran specimen

of that colour. They are always dark brown, while the Indian spe-

cies is always pale-coloured ; and I am inclined to believe that it

must have been the Indian species that was described.

There are two skulls of this species in the British Museum, re-

ceived from Mr. Hodgson as belonging to his M. aurita ; they are

very solid, considerably stouter in proportion to their length than

the skull of M. indica figured by Cuvier, and they have very broad

nasal bones, which are rounded at the hinder end.

368 DR. J. E, GRAY ON THE GENERA AND SPECIES [Apr. 11,

Professor Sundevall seems inclined to believe that the skeleton of

Pangolin & courte queue, or, as he quotes it, ‘‘ Pangolin des Indes,”

figured and described by Cuvier in the ‘Ossemens Fossiles,’ is the

skeleton of his M. javanica. I think this a mistake. Compare

the skull with the skull of M. javanica figured by Rapp, which I

’am assured was taken out of the skin which he figures (which is

the true M. javanica of this essay). I believe that the M. javanica

of Sundevall is an Indian and not a Javan species ; and it differs

from the Indian species figured by Cuvier in the skull bemg shorter

and broader, as mentioned above.

*&* Scales horn-coloured, pale; of the back, in eleven or thirteen

longitudinal series. Tail as long as the body. Ears with only

a slightly raised edge, without any distinct conch. Phatages.

3. PHOLIDOTUS INDICUS.

Pale brown; scales striated at the base; tail more slender than

the body, tapering to the end, as long as the body without the head ;

ears not prominent. .

“Varies in the width of the tail and the curvature of the claw.’”’—

Sundevall.

Manis pentadactyla, Linn. 8. N. i. 51; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 285 (partly) ; Gray, Cat. B. M. 188; Turner, P. Z. 8.1851,

. 219.

: M. laticauda, Mliger ; Sundevall, J. c. 259.

M. macroura, Desm. Mamm. 376.

M. brevicaudata, Tiedem. Zool. i. 497.

M. brachyura, Erxl. Syst. 98.

M. crassicaudata, Gray in Griff. A. K.; Rapp, Edent. 16.

Broad-tailed Manis, Penn.

Pangolin a courte queue, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. t. 8 (skeleton).

Hab. Asia—India: Bengal, Madras, Pondicherry, Assam.

The skull in Cuvier’s figure (Oss. Foss. v. t. 8. f. 2-4) is much

more slender and less ventricose behind than the skulls of M. dal-

mannii in the British Museum. The face is represented as being

about two-fifths the entire length of the head; and the nasal bones

are narrower and longer.

In a foetus in spirits in the British Museum, the eyelids are soft,

the ears are only fringed with a slightly raised edge, and there are a

few bristles projecting between the scales of the back.

Mr. MacClelland describes the Manis brachyura of Assam as

having fifteen longitudinal series of scales, with bristles in pairs pass-

ing out between the scalés. The lower part of the head and body

and inside of the legs covered with coarse white hairs (Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1839, p. 153). Is this M. dalmannii?

4, Puouipotus Aarricanus. (PI. XVII.) B.M.

Pale brown ; scales striated at the base; tail as long as the body,

tapering to the end. Body and head 30, tail 25 inches.

1865. ] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 369

Hab. West Africa, River Niger (Dr. B. Baikie).

Very like P. indicus; but the scales are larger, and the tail is

longer.

NTN

wilh Hi i ii

Skull of Pholidotus africanus.

What is Manis leptura, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. of Bengal, xvi. ;

Arch. f. Naturg. 1849 ; Rapp, Edent. 18?

3. SMUTSIA.

Upper part of the fore and hind feet covered with scales. Scales

broad, short, and pale-coloured. Tail very broad, rounded at the

end; central series of scales interrupted before reaching the end of

the tail.

SMUTSIA TEMMINCKII.

Scales striated, elongate ; of the middle series only on the base of

the tail.

Manis temminckii, Smuts, Mamm. Cap. 54; Smith, Ill. 8. Afr.

370 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND Species [Apr. 11,

Zool. t.7 (scales bad); Bennett, P. Z. S.1834, p. 81; Turner, P. Z. 8S.

1851, p. 219; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 285 ; Sundevall, /. c. 260,

t. 4. f. 2 (young skull and toe-bones) ; Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. i.

174, t. 32. f. 8 (os hyoides) ; Rapp, Edent. 17; Rupp. Mus. Senck.

ili. 179.

Hab, Eastern Africa, Sennaar, Caffraria, Kordofan (Hedenéorg),

Latakoo (Steedman).

Sundevall figures the skull of a very young specimen of this species.

It is short, ventricose ; the face broad, short, not half the length of

the brain-case ; the nasal bones are short, broad, wide behind ; the

lower jaw simple, without any process in the front of the upper edge

(see Vet. Akad. Hand. 1842, t.4. f. 34).

Fam. 2. DasyrpopiIp.

Body covered with a bony convolute armour, formed of imbedded

tesseree.

Dasypus, Linn., Cuvier.

Dasipina, Gray, Mamm. B. M. 189.

Dasypodide, Turner, P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 211.

Fodientia, Mlliger, Burmeister, Thiere Bras. 208 ; Giebel, Saugeth.

ANT.

Loricata, Vicq d’ Az.

Osteology (see Cuv. Oss. Foss.; Turner, P. Z. S. 1851, p. 211).

Cuvier (Oss. Foss. v. 117. 1) divides the Armadillos into three

groups according to the number of the toes ;—

I. Hind feet with four toes, the two central equal: Dasypus novem-

cinctus, Linn. = Tatusia, D. tricinctus, Linn. = Tolypeutes.

II. The hind feet with five claws, one of the middle ones larger: D.

sexcinctus = Dasypus, Tatou pichey and Tatou velu = Eu-

phractus.

III. The hind feet with five claws, the three outer ones very large :

D. unicinctus= Xenurus ; Tatou géunt=Prionodos.

Cuvier observes, ‘The Armadillos with four toes have a short

penis with a large three-lobed gland, and those with five toes a very

long penis.” The Apar (D. tricinctus), which is arranged with those

having four claws, has five claws, and has a penis like those of that

division.

These animals walk in three different manners, each having a par-

ticular conformation of the foot for the purpose.

The Tatusie@ are digitigrade.

The Dasypodes are plantigrade.

The Tolypeute walk on the tips of the front claws, and may be

called unguligrade.

The differences in the form of the bones of the feet are described

and figured in Cuvier’s ‘ Oss. Foss.,’ but he does not appear to have

been aware of the differences in the habit and mode of walking.

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. aya

Dr. Burmeister, in ‘System, Uebers. der Thiere Brasiliens,’ p. 276,

1854, divides the genus Dasypus of Linné into two subgenera—Da-

sypus and Praopus—the latter for D. 9-cinctus of Linneus, and

synonymous with the genus Dasypus as restricted by Wagler.

Tribe 1. Dasyrpopina. The dorsal disk closely attached to the back

of the animal, divided in the middle by free rings into scapular

and pelvic shields ; pelvic shield free from the pelvis.

1. Scapular and pelvic shields moderate ; central rings several. Feet

strong; hind toes free; claws large. Skull smooth above, and

separate from the frontal shield. Tail elongate. Pelto-

chlamydes.

A. Digitigrade. The toes of the front and hind feet separate ;

claws conical, similar ; palms and soles covered with shields,

without any marked heel. Head elongate, ovate; forehead

rounded ; nose slender; eurs close together, on the top of the

head. Body subcylindrical, Chcerochlamydes.

These animals walk on their toes, and are very porcine in their

character, as well as in the general form of the feet ; the hinder part

of the wrist and feet is covered with plates like the rest of the legs.

4. TATusIA.

Central rings 5 to 8. Toes 4/5, subequal, the two front and three

hinder middle largest ; inner and outer small ; claws conical. Tail

conical, elongate, annulated ; lower rings of two or three series of

plates. Cutting-teeth none; grinders 8/8, moderate. Osteology,

see Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. t. 10; Tumer, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 212.

Tatus, Gesner.

Tatusia, sp., F. Cuvier.

Dasypus, Wagler.

Dasypus 2 (Tatusia), Rapp, Edent. 8.

Praopus, Burmeister, Syst. Ueber. d. Thiere Brasil. i. 295, 1854;

Arch. f. Naturg. 1862, 98.

The penis short, ending in a three-lobed gland (Cuvier, v. 118).

* Face suddenly contracted ; the nose subcylindrical ; hinder part

of palate rather narrow, flat, rounded on the sides. Tatusia.

1. TaTusiIA PEBA.

Ears one-third of the length of the head; shields smooth ; under-

side with scattered bristles; tail as long as the body.

Tatusia septemcincta, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B.M. 189; Gerrard,

Cat. Bones B. M. 286; Turner, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 212.

Dasypus septemeinctus, Linn. Am. Acad. i. 281. ~

D. octocinctus, Schreb. Siugeth. t. 73.

372 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND SPECIES [Apr. 11,

D. novemcinctus, Linn. 8. N. i. 54.

D. niger, Mlliger.

D. peba, Desm.

D. longicaudus, P. M. Abbild. t. 83?

T. afinis, Lund.

D. peba, Desm. Mamm. 368; Owen, P. Z. 8. 1831, p.141; Krauss,

Arch. fiir Naturg. 1862, p. 20, t. 3. f. (skull).

Praopus 7-cinctus, Burmeister, La Plata, 428.

Tatusia peba, Owen, Odont. t. 82. f. 2.

D. tatusia peba, Lesson; Rapp, Edent. 8.

Praopus longicaudatus, Burm. Thier. Bras. 298, 1854 ; Abhandl.

Nat. Ges. zu Halle, 1861, p. 147.

Tatou noir, Azara; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. t. 10 (skeleton).

Cachicame, Buffon, H. N. x. 215, t. 57; Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 124,

t. 10 (shield).

? Tatouele, Buffon, H. N. x. 212. :

Hab. Central and South America: Texas (Baird); Guiana

(Krauss) ; Brazil (Pr. Maz.) ; Paraguay (Azara).

«Texan Armadillo. The people of Matamoras esteem its flesh,

and the women attribute imaginary properties to its shell. Living

on the kitchen refuse. Nocturnal; burying flesh and vegetable

substances for food.” —Baird.

The head of the animal and the skulls in the Museum collection

seem to increase in width, compared to the length, as the animal

increases in age. The width of the head and skull does not depend

on the sex; for we have broad-headed and narrow-headed males in

the collection. The sides of the stuffed specimens are pale whitish,

with black backs. The specimens vary in the size of the scapular

disk. In one male in the Museum it appears much smaller than in

most of the other specimens; but they all vary more or less in this

character. The tail varies considerably in length, compared with

the length of the body ; but the shortest is as long as the body.

See also Tatou verdadeiro, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 118; Turner, P. Z. 8S.

1851, p. 213.

Dasypus uroceras, Lund, Dansk. Vedensk. Natur. Afh. viii. 65,

225; Rapp, Edent. 8.

Hab. Brazil (M. de St.-Hilaire).

Tail terminated by a horny sheath of one piece, the bands broader ;

plates of pelvic shield larger.

There is no specimen agreeing with the above description. May

not the peculiarity of the tail be an accidental malformation ?

Dr. Burmeister gives Tatu verdadeiro as one of the common Bra-

zilian names of the species ; and he gives D. uroceras as a synonym *

of his D. (Praopus) longicaudatus.

* Dr. Peters, in the ‘ Monatsbericht’ for 1864, p. 179, very shortly indicates,

but gives no diagnostic characters nor descriptions of, Dasypus pentadactylus, D.

fenestratus, and D. novemeinctus, var. mexicanus. The latter is probably the

animal described by Dr. Spencer Baird. It is to be regretted that every zoolo-

gist who wishes to name a species does not append to it a diagnosis: in this re-

spect the Scandinavian zoologists of Sweden and Denmark set a good example.

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 373

2. TATUSIA HIRSUTA.

Tail elongate, tapering ; the head, body, limbs, and dorsal shield

covered with elongated hairs; the head elongate; nose slender ;

ears large.

Praopus hirsutus, Burm. Abhandl. Nat. Ges. Halle, 1861, p. 147;

Reise durch d. La Plata Staaten, 1861, p. 228; Arch. f. Naturg.

1862, p. 144.

D. hispidus, Burm. La Plata, ii. 428.

Hab. Guayaquil (Mus. Lima, Burmeister).

Length of head 44, body 114, and tail 10} inches. The rings

and the plates of the shield are very indistinctly marked, indeed only

shown at the shoulders and by slight folds on the lower part of the

sides.

See also Dasypus hispidus, Burm. Thiere Brasiliens, i. 287.

Hab. Brazil; said to be distinct from D. hirsutus, Burm.

3. TATUSIA HYBRIDA.

Ears above one-fourth the length of the head ; plates of the pelvic

shield convex and elevated ; tail about half or one-third the length

of the body.

Dasypus hybridus, Desm. Mamm. 368; Martin, P. Z. S. 1837,

p- 13 (anat.) ; Darwin, Voy. Beagle, i. 92.

Tatusia hybrida, Less. Mamm. 311; Turner, P. Z. 8.1851, p. 213.

D. (Tatusia) hybridus, Rapp, Edent. 9.

D. septemcinctus, Schreb. Saugeth. ii. 220, t. 72 & 76.

D. (Praopus) hybridus, Burm, La Plata, 428.

Tatou mulet, Azara.

Hab, Paraguay, very common; Rio Negro; North Patagonia.

** Face attenuated; nose elongate, conical ; hinder part of palate

broad, concave, with raised edges on the side. Praopus.

4. TATUSIA KAPPLERI.

Dasypus kappleri, Krauss, Arch, fiir Naturg. 1862, p. 24, t. 3.

f. 1, 2 (skull).

D. (Praopus) peba, Burm.

Hab. Surinam (Krauss).

Carapace very much like Tatusia peba; but there are two series

of claw-like plates, with free projecting ends, on the anterior side of

the lower part of the hind legs; there are five plates in the upper

series.

The skull is larger, and nose much more produced; the palate

keeled on the sides in a line with the zygomatic arch.

In D. peba (1. c. t. 3. f. 3, 4) the palate is rounded on the sides,

without any keel, and the nose shorter and more slender. Neither

of the four skulls in the British Museum is near as large as the one

figured by Dr. Krauss ; but some of them have the palate keeled on

the sides, more,as in his figure of 7’. kappleri than as the palate is

represented in the one he calls 7’. peba.

374 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND species [Apr. 11,

See also Dasypus punctatus, Lund.; Tatusia, sp., Turner, P. Z.S.

1851, p. 213.

Defined from a denuded skin in Mus. Coll. Surg.

B. Plantigrade. Palms and soles bald, callous, with a prominent

heel. The toes of the fore feet united to the claws, compressed ;

claws compressed, sharp-edged beneath. Toes of hind feet se-

parate; claws elongate, acute. Head broad; forehead flat-

tened ; nose short ; ears far apart, on side of the head. Body

depressed. Platychlamydes.

The body is depressed, expanded, more or less covered with hair,

which sometimes almost hides the tesserze of the shield. Legs short,

strong ; the whole of the feet applied to the ground in walking.

* Head ovate ; forehead convex ; teeth numerous, small ; intermax-

illaries toothless. The first three or four rings of tesser@ of the

scapular rings partially free. Tail not ringed. The soles of

the hind feet with tessera on the sides and behind.

5. Prionopos.

The three or four front rings of the scapular shield deeply di-

vided, free when young; central rings numerous. Tail not ringed,

with the tesserze placed alternately. Plantigrade; soles of the feet

partially covered with tesseree. Toes 5/5; two inner front toes small ;

outer very small, rudimentary; second and third large; the third

very large, with a very large claw. Skull broad; nose broad. Teeth

a small ; intermaxillary toothless. Osteology, see Turner, P. Z.S.

1851, p. 215; Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. t. 11. f. 1,3; Rapp, Edent. t. 11.

Prionodontes, F. Cuv.; Less. Man. 309; Turner, P. Z.S. 1851.

Priodonta, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M.

D. (Priodontes), Rapp, Edent. 10.

Cheloniscus, Wagler ; Krauss.

The skeleton is figured by Rapp, Edent. t. 46. f.1. The two

inner toes of the fore feet elongate, slender, with small claws; the

three others short ; the third very stout, with a very large claw ; the

fourth similar, but smaller; the fifth or outer very small and short.

The pelvis very broad behind ; the second cervical vertebra elongate,

with a very high superior central crest, and very rudimentary lateral

processes.

Prionopos Gicas. Tatou. B.M.

Dasypus gigas, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 128, t. 11. f.1,55; Pr. Max.

Beitr. i. 516; Burm. Brasil. 277.

D. giganteus, Desm. Mamm. 368.

Priodonta gigas, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 120; Owen, Odont.

t. 85. f. 1; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 287.

Priodontes gigas, Tumer, I. c.; Gervais, Expéd. de F. Le Castel-

nau, Mamm. t.18; Rapp, Edent. t. 4 6 (skeleton).

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA, 375

P. giganteus, Less. Mamm. 309.

- Cheloniscus gigas, Wagler ; Krauss, Arch. f. Naturg. 1862, p- 19.

Kabalassou, Buffon, H. N. x. t. 41.

El Maximo, Azara.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Surinam (Krauss); Brazil (called

‘Tatu canastra’’).

** Head flat, conical. Teeth few, nine or ten, large ; intermaxillary

bone with a tooth on each side behind. Tail shielded.

6. Dasyrus.

Head broad, covered with large plates; a series of small shields

under the eyes; frontal plate large, broad. Central rings six or

eight. Two short bands of large equal plates, not so wide as the

head, between the back of the head and the front edge of the sca-

pular shields. Toes 5/5. Teeth = the first upper in the in-

termaxillary.

Encoubert, Buffon; Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. ; Rapp, t. 3, f. 4, 5.

Dasypus, Turner, P. Z. S. 1851, p. 214.

Dasypus (Euphractus), Burmeister, La Plata, ii. 1861.

Euphractus, Wag.

Dasypus (1. Dasypus), Rapp, Edent. 7 (skull, tas

* Dorsal shield with two short hairs on the hinder margin of each

tessera ; under part of the body with scattered bristles.

1. Dasypus sEXcINCTUS. B.M.

Dorsal shield bald, with two hairs on the hinder side of each of

the dorsal tesserze.

Dasypus sexcinctus, Linn. S. N. 154; Cuyv. Oss. Foss. y. CERT

f. 456; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 286; Burm. Thier. Bras. 290;

Owen, Odont. t. 85. f. 3, 4; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 189 ; Turner,

P. Z.S. 1851, p. 214; Rapp, Edent. 7, t. 3. f.4,5 (skull).

D. encoubert, Desm. Mamm. 370.

D. setosus, P. Max. ii. 520; Abh. Bras. t.

Encoubert, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. t. 11. f. 4-6 (skull).

Dasypus villosus, Giebel, Zeitschrift, 1861, 93, t. 345. f. 1 (skull),

D. gilvipes, Wliger, Abh. Berl. Akad.

D. octodecim-cinctus, Erxl.

Hab. Brazil and Paraguay.

One of the young specimens in the British Museum has only four

toes on the hind feet ; but the outer toes on one foot appear to have

been destroyed ; and on the other foot there is a scale where the

fifth ought to be placed. This may be the normal state of a different

species.

Phe skull which Giebel figures as that of D. villosus, Burmeister,

evidently belongs to this species.

376 DR. J. E, GRAY ON THE GENERA AND SPECIES [Apr. 11,

** Dorsal shield with numerous elongated bristles from the hinder

edge of each tessera ; under, part of body very hairy.

2. Dasypus VELLEROSUS, sp. nov. (PI. XVIII.) B.M.

The forehead convex, with many polygonal shields; the dorsal

shield covered with abundant elongated bristly hairs ; the underside

of the body covered with close hairs. Toes 5/5, the outer and inner

hinder small.

Hab. Santa Cruz de la Sierra (Bridges).

* Head broad, depressed ; nose very slender, broad, depressed ;

intermaaillary toothless.

7. EUPHRACTUS.

Head conical, covered with a shield of very many polygonal plates,

with a tuft of hair under the eyes. Nape with a narrow short band

of small plates. Dorsal disk very hairy, the first row of plates on

the front of the scapular shield forming a free ring; the lower mar-

ginal plates of the pelvic shield large, falcate. Tail conical, covered

with rings of plates. Toes 5/5; claws acute, triangular, front

largest. Skull broad, very depressed. Nose very slender, elongate ;

intermaxillary bone toothless. Teeth —> moderate.

Dasypus (Euphractus), partly, Burmeister.

Euphractus, partly, Wagler.

Dasypus, sp., Turner, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 214.

Tatusia, sp., Burmeister.

* Nose short, broad ; ears large.

1. EupHractus vituosus. Peludo. B.M.

. Muzzle broad ; ears large ; forehead broad, covered with rugulose

tubercular plates; back covered with abundant long black hairs,

more or less deciduous.

Dasypus villosus, Desm. Mamm. 370; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.

286; Turner, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 214.

Tatusia villosa, Lesson, Man. 312.

Dasypus (Tatusia) villosus, Rapp, Edent. 10.

D. (Euphractus) villosus, Burmeister, La Plata, ii. 1861.

El Peludo, Azara, ii. 140.

Hab. Buenos Ayres, Pampas.

The skull which Giebel (Zeitschrift, 1861, t. 345. f. 1) figures

under the name of D. villosus is evidently that of D. seacinctus.

*%* Nose slender, elongate ; ears small.

2. Evpyractus minutus. Pichy. B.M.

Nose slender, elongate ; ears small ; forehead convex, covered with

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 377

irregular smooth polygonal plates. Back with scattered, elongate,

slender, black or grey bristles.

Dasypus minutus, Desm. Mamm. 371; Turner, P. Z. S. 1851,

p. 214.

D. patagonicus, Desm. N. Dict. H. N. xxx. 11. 491.

Tatusia minuta, Lesson, Man. 847; Gray, List Mamm. B. M.

190; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 286.

Dasypus (Euphractus) minutus, Burmeister, La Plata, ii. 427,

1861.

D. (Tatusia) minuta, Rapp, Edent. 10.

Tautou pichey, Azara.

Hab. Chili; La Plata.

Skull of Zuphractus minutus.

“The four Chilian species of Armadillo (Dasypus) are nearly

similar in habits. The Peludo (D. villosus) is nocturnal; while the

others wander by day over the open plains, feeding on beetles, larvee,

roots, and even small snakes. The Pichy (D. minutus) prefers a

very dry soil and the sandy dunes near the coast, where for many

months it can never taste water. In soft soil the animal burrows so

quickly that its hinder quarters would almost disappear before one

could alight from one’s horse.””—Darwin’s Journ. p. 96.

8. XENURUS.

Head elongate. Scapular and pelvic shields convex ; central rings

many, ten or eleven. Toes 5/5. Tail nakedish, with a few im-

bedded tesserze. Teeth = ; intermaxillary teeth none. Skull elon-

gate; brain-case constricted over the back of the orbit, swollen in

front; forehead convex; nose conical, truncated.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXV.

378 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND SPECIES [Apr. 11,

Cabassu, Buffon; Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. t. 11. f. 7, 9.

Xenurus, Wagler ; Turner, P. Z.S, 1851, p. 215 ; Krauss.

The plates ow the inner side of the two inner toes of the fore and

hind feet are ciliated with a series of bristle-like hairs.

* Nose of skull elongate, produced. Tatoua.

1. XenuRuS UNIcCINCTUS. Kabassu. B.M.

Tail nakedish, with some scattered shields ; those of the base of

the tail immersed ; becoming more abundant, closer, and more deve-

loped at the end, especially on the underside of the tip.

Dasypus unicinctus, Linn. 8. N. i. 52.

D. gymnurus, Uliger; P. Max. Beitr. ii. 529.

D. tatouay, Desm. Mamm. 369; Tschudi, Faun. Peru, 206 ;

Guérin, Icon. Mamm. t. 34. f. 2.

D. duodecim-cinctus, Schreb. Saugeth. 225, t. 75, 76.

Tatusia tatoway, Lesson, Man. 311.

D. multicincta, Thunb. Vet. Acad. Hand. 1818, 68, t. 1.

Xenurus unicinctus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 120; Turner,

P. Z.8. 1851, p. 215; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 285.

Dasypus xenurus et D. 12-cinctus, Krauss, Arch. Nat. 1862, p.19.

Tatusia gymnura, Rapp, Edent. 9.

Cabassou, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 120, t. 11. f. 7-9 (skull).

Kabassou, Buff. H. N. x. 218, t. 40.

Tatou Tatouay, Azara.

Hab. Brazil, 8S Catharina; Surinam (Krauss); Guiana; Peru;

Paraguay.

In a young specimen, not in a good state in the British Museum,

the plates of the dorsal shield are eroded, with a prominent ridge on

each side.

See also—1l. Dasypus verrucosus, Wagler, Seba, Thesaur. t. 30.

f.4; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 120; Burm. Thier. Bras. 287.

2, D. gymnurus, P. Max. and Wagner. Appear like varieties or

synonoma.

What ‘is Xenurus nudicaudus, Lund, Turner, P. Z, 8S. 1851,

p- 219, from ‘Tail shorter and more entirely naked” (Cuvier, Oss.

Foss.) ?

** Nose of skull short, compressed. Xenurus.

2, XENURUS HISPIDUS.

Skull short ; nose short, compressed; nasal bones short.

Dasypus hispidus, Burmeister, Thiere Bras. i. 287 ; Giebel, Zeit-

schrift, 1861, p. 93, t. 2, 34. f. 3, 4 (skulls of old and young).

? Tatu, Seba, Thes. i. t. 30. f. 2, according to Burmeister.

Cabassu, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 120.

Hab. Brazil.

In our skulls of X. unieinctus the distance from the perforation

under the orbit to the end of the intermaxillary is 1? inch ; in Gie-

bel’s figure it is 1,4; inch.

I have not seen this species. The skull figured by Giebel is that

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 379

of a Xenurus, judging from the constriction of the brain over the

orbit ; but the face is very much shorter than in the skulls of XY.

unicinctus in the Museum Collection.

C. The dorsal disk only united to the body by the centre of the

back, free from the hairy skin on the sides. The scapular and

pelvic shields large, convex, separated by three free central

rings. Feet weak; front with elongated unequal claws, on the

tips of which the animal walks; hind feet club-shaped, with

flat ovate nails; palms and soles covered with plates. Tail

short. Skull attached to the frontal shield by two or more

bony prominences. Sphzrochlamydes.

The animal has the power of bending the body so as to form a

nearly perfect sphere, the shield on the head and the short tuber-

cular tail filling up the aperture occasioned by the notches in the

scapular and pelvic shields. ‘They walk on the small end of the

elephant-like hind feet, and on the tips of the slender, elongated,

middle claws of the fore feet.

9. TOLYPEUTES.

Head with a flat frontal shield, hinder edge prominent ; ears gra-

nular. Scapular and pelvic shields large, convex ; central rings three,

free. Tail short, expanded at the base ; end conical, covered with

close tesserze ; upper ones very convex. ‘Toes 4 or 5, before and

behind ; inner and outer small; front claws unequal; two middle

elongate, large. The hind feet small; toes indistinct, united; claws

ovate, flat, nearly like the human nail. Skull elongate, slender ;

nose conical; intermaxillary toothless, with a bony prominence above

each orbit for attaching the frontal shield. Teeth large. Osteology,

Cuy. Oss. Foss. v. 123; Turner, P. Z. 8.1851, p. 215.

Apar, Geoff. Compt. Rend. 1847, xxiv. 572.

Cheloniscus, Fabr. Column.

Tolypeutes, Illiger, Prod. 1811.

. The underside of the body covered with long bristly hairs; the

outer plate of the moveable rings thin, with a frill of elongate rigid

hairs on the outer edge. The bodies of the males are less ventricose

and more elongate than in the female; the hair on the underside of

the males is grey, in the females it is blackish ; the male organ is

very large and, when contracted, cylindrical and pendulous. They

are very active, running with rapidity, but looking very insecure, on

their slender limbs. They are called “Tatu bola” by the Brazilians.

* Toes 5/5. Tail conical ; base thick; end broad, flat, truncated ;

underside flattish. Frontal shield broad and arched above.

Cheloniscus.

1. ToLYPEUTES TRICINCTUS. Apar. B.M.

Frontal shield flat, broad ; the hinder margin not produced above

380 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND Species [Apr. 11,

the head; regularly arched. Nape with three bony plates in front

of the scapular shield. Front claws five; the inner and outer ones

small; the middle one moderately large.

Dasypus tricinctus, Linn. 8. N. 1.53; Schreb. Saugeth. 215,

t. 71.

D. apar, Desm. Mamm. 367, t. 26. f. 3.

Tatusia apar, Lesson, Man. 310.

T. tricincta, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 181; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 286.

Tolypeutes tricinctus, Turner, P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 215.

Dasypus (Tatusia) tricinctus, Rapp, Edent. 9.

Apar, Buffon, H. N. x. 206.

Hab. Bolivia; Buenos Ayres.

Skull of Tolypeutes tricinctus.

** Toes 4/5. Tail conical; base broadly expanded ; end conical,

rather compressed ; under surface convex. Frontal shield nar-

row, produced above the head, and truncated behind. Nape

without any plates. Tolypeutes.

2. ToLyPEUTES CoNURUS. Mataco. B.M.

Frontal shield flat, narrow, produced behind the head into a kind

of hood, and truncated on the hinder edge. Nape without any tes-

seree. Front claws four, the outer one small, the middle one very

large and strong.

Dasypus (Tolypeutes) conurus, Is. Geoff. Compt. Rend. 1847 ;

Rev. Zool. 1847, p. 135; Burmeister, d. La Plata, ii. 427 ; Giebel,

Zeitschrift, 1861, p. 93, t. (skull).

Mataco, Azara, 11. 161.

Hab. South America, La Plata (Burmeister).

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 381

The specimen living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society, I

have been informed by Mr. Bartlett and Dr. Peters, has only three

front claws; all those in the British Museum have four, which ap-

pears to be the normal number. In other respects the animals are

similar. The shell of the living animal is blackish brown. The skin

between the central rings is brown, bald, and smooth. The animal

sleeps rolled up with its head downwards.

The skull that Giebel (Zeitschrift, 1861, t. 234. f. 2) figures as

that of Dasypus conurus may belong to this species; it is unlike the

skull of Tolypeutes tricinctus in not having any tubercles over the

orbits ; but it is doubtful, as one of the skulls figured on these plates

is wrongly determined, and the descriptions of the skeletons to which

they belong, therefore, cannot belong to the species to which they

are referred. The one named D. villosus is D. sexcinctus.

Tribe 3, CutamypoPpHoriINA. The dorsal disk divided into two

parts behind, forming an elongated dorsal and short pelvic

shield; the latter is attached to the bones of the pelvis,

10. CHLAMYDOPHORUS.

The dorsal disk free beneath, only attached to the middle of the

back. Pelvic shield and the tail covered with tesseree. The sides

of the back under the shield, the underside of the body, and limbs

covered with silky hair. Osteology, Yarrell, Zool. Journ. ; Turner,

P. Z.S. 1851, p. 213; Gray, P. Z. S. 1857, p. 8 (fig. pelvis); Ann.

N. H. xix. 1857, p. 492.

Chlamydophorus, Harlan; Rapp, Edent. 12.

Dasypus (Chlamyphorus), Fischer, Syn. 394.

Chlamyphorus, Gray ; Burmeister.

CuHLAMyDoPHoRUs TRUNCATUS. Pichiciago. B.M.

Chlamydophorus truncatus, Harlan, Acad. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York,

1825, t.; Burmeister, Reise La Plata, i. 297, 11.429 ; Rapp, Edent.

22; Yarrell, Zool. Journ. iii. 544, 1837.

Chlamyphorus truncatus, Gray, P. Z. S. xxv. 1857, p. 9 (skeleton) ;

Burmeister, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. (1863) 308.

Hab. Chili; Mendoza.

11. BURMEISTERIA.

The dorsal shield attached to the skin of the back to the edge.

The pelvic disk. and the tail only partly covered with tessere. The

sides and under part of the body and limbs covered with woolly

hair.

Clamydophorus, sp., Burmeister.

BuRMEISTERIA RETUSA.

The plates of the dorsal shield with one or two bristles on the

382 DR. J. Es GRAY ON THE GENERA AND SPECIES [Apr. II,

hinder edge; those on the sides of the back with many bristles on

the lower edge. The upper part of the pelvic disk with pencils of

bristles.

Chlamyphorus retusus, Burmeister, Abh. Naturf. Ges. zu Halle,

vii. 167, t. 1, 1863; Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1863, xi. 308.

Hab. Bolivia; Santa Cruz de la Sierra (Burmeister).

Larger than Chlamydophorus truncatus.

Division 2.

Body covered with hair or spines, not with armour.

Fam, 3. OrYCTEROPODID.

Body covered with bristles. Head conical; mouth large. Toes

4/5; inner front wanting; three middle longest. Claws broad.

Osteology, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 139, t. 12; Turner, P. Z. 8. 1851,

p- 220; Rapp, Edent. t. 4; Sundevall, Kong. Vet. Akad. Hand.

1841, x. 236. t.

Myrmecophagina (partly), Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 190.

* Orycteropodide, 'Turner, 1. c. 220.

Fodientia, Giebel, Siiugeth. 412.

12. OrRYCTEROPUS.

Character of family.

1. OrycrERoOPUS CAPENSIS. Aard Vark. B.M.

Facial line nearly straight ; the nose elongate, thick, scarcely

attenuated.

Myrmecophagus capensis, Gmelin, S. N. i. 53.

M. afra, Pall. Mise. Zool. 64.

Orycteropus capensis, Geoff.; Desm. Mamm. 372; Gray, Cat.

Mamm. B. M. 190; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 287; Smuts, Man.

Cap. 52; Sundevall, 7. c. 1841, p. 228; Owen, Odont. t. 76. f. 8,

9, 11, t. 77, 78; Rapp, Edent. 13, t. 1-4 (skull).

2 O. senegalensis, Lesson, Man. 277 ; Duvernoy, Ann. Sci. Nat.

xix. 192, t. 9, 1853.

Cochin de Terre Allemand, Buffon, H. N. v. t. 2; Camper, Act.

Petrop. 1777, p. 222, t. 4. 6 (skull).

Orycterope, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. t. 12 (skeleton).

Orycterope du Cap, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 117, t. 12 (skull).

Hab. South Africa, Cape of Good Hope.

2. ORYCTEROPUS ZTHIOPICUS.

Forehead, before the eyes, shelving; the nose short, thin; the

first front toe longer than the rest.

Orycteropus ethiopicus, Sundevall, Kong. V. Akad. Hand. 1841,

p- 226, t. 3. f, 1-5 ; Rapp, Edent. 13.

Hab. Sennaar ( Hedenborg).

1865.] OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 383

Fam. 4. MyRMECOPHAGID.

Body covered with hair. Head conical, elongate ; mouth small.

Edentata genuina, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 97.

Myrmecophagide, Turner, 1. c. 217.

Myrmecophagina, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 190.

Myrmecophaga, Linn. 8. N. i. 52.

Lipodonta, Nitzsch.

Vermilingua, Ill. Prodr.

The ribs of the animals of this family are flat and more or less

dilated on the outer side; they are most dilated in the Cyclothuri,

where they are expanded nearly their whole length, and so much so

that they overlap each other, and form a complete armour to the

thoracic viscera. The figure given by Rapp agrees with the skele-

tons in the British Museum. ‘The ribs of the skeleton of Myrme-

cophaga, figured by Cuvier (Oss. Foss. v. t. 9) and Rapp (Edentata,

t.6), are only dilated on the middle of the outer side, and not there

to such an extent as in the above-named genus.

* Terrestrial. Tail bushy ; walking on side of feet, with claws

curved up.

13. MyRMECOPHAGA.

Toes 4/5. Palatine and pterygoid bones united beneath the nasal

canal for its whole length. Fur of body and tail elongate, flaccid.

Tail very bushy, lax. Skull very long, very slender; nose very

slender, much longer than the brain-case.

Terrestrial, living solitary in marshes. Osteology, Cuvier, Oss.

Foss. v. 97, t.9; Rapp, t. 46.

MyRMECOPHAGA JUBATA.

Fur blackish grey, mixed; hind limbs and a mark running ob-

liquely from the shoulders upwards and backwards black.

Myrmecophaga jubata, Linn. S. N. i. 52; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 288; Rapp, Edent. 14. t. 46 (skull).

M. tridactyla, Linn. S. N. ed. 10, p. 35.

M. sciurea, Pallas, Misc. 65.

Tamanoir, Buffon, H. N. x. 144, t. 29; Supp. iii. t. 55 ; Cuvier,

Oss. Foss. v. 97, t. 9.

Great Ant-eater, Penn.

Hab. South America, La Plata.

Anatomy, see Owen, P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 22; Ann. & Mag. N. H.

xix. 59; Trans. Zool. Soc. iv. 117; Rapp, Edent. t.46 (skeleton) ;

Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. t. 9 (skeleton).

** Arboreal. Tail conical, prehensile ; feet clasping the branches.

14, Tamannva.

Toes 5/4. Palatine and pterygoid bones united beneath the nasal

384 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENERA AND SPECIES [Apr. 11,

canal for the whole length. Fur of body and tail short, bristly.

Tail tapering, prehensile. Skull long, slender; nose nearly as long

as brain-case (Rapp, t. 5).

Living on trees.

Penis (figured by Rapp, Edent. t. 6. f. 4) is elongate, cylindrical,

rather tapering, covered with rings of acute tubercles and with a glo-

bular gland.

1. TAMANDUA BIVITTATA. Collared Tamandua. B.M.

Head, shoulders, fore limbs, outside of hind limbs, and middle of

the tail white ; a stripe from each side of the neck over the shoulder

and remaining part black. ‘Tail but little longer than the body ;

its terminal third scaly.”’—Turner.

Var. Black less intense.

Myrmecophaga tridactyla, Linn. 8. N. 51.

M. tetradactyla, Linn. 8S. N. 52; Rapp, Edent. 14, t. 3, t. 5

(skull).

M. tamandua, Cuv.; Desm. Mamm. 374; Blainv. Ostéogr. t.

(skeleton).

Tamandua tetradactyla, Lesson ; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 191;

Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 288; Turner, P. Z. S. 1851, p. 218;

Desm. N. Dict. H. N. xii. 107.

M. bivittata, Desm. N. Dict. H. N. xii. 107.

M. nigra, Geoff.; Desm. N. Dict. H. N. xii. 107.

M. myosura, Pallas, Miscell. 64.

M., ursina, Griff. A. K. 16.

M. ecrispus, Riipp. Mus. Senck. iii. 179.

Tamandua, Buffon, H. N. x. 144; Cuvier. Oss. Foss. vy. 101.

Middle Ant-eater, Penn.

Hab. Brazil; Paraguay.

Myrmecophaga annulata (Desm. Mamm. 374, from Krusenstern,

Voyage, t. fig., altered Griffith, A. K. t. 144) and” M. annulata et

M. striata (Shaw, from Buff. H. N. Supp. iii. t. 56) are only a Coati

(Nasua) disfigured.

2. TAMANDUA LONGICAUDATA. Yellow Tamandua. B.M.

Uniform light ochraceous, with a paler vertebral line ; tail nearly

double the length of the body, its terminal half covered with small

scales and a few scattered black hairs; ears large, rounded, about

one-third the length of the head; no shoulder-streak.

Myrmecophaga longicaudata, Wagner ; Turner, P. Z. S. 1851,

p- 218; Burm. Thier. Bras. 304.

Hab. ? (B. M. and Zool. Soc.).

15. CycLotHuRvws.

Toes 2/5; the outer front one much the largest. Pterygoid bones

meeting, presenting two long, parallel, and little prominent crests,

and much extended backward, and not forming a canal. Skull short,

1865. | OF ENTOMOPHAGOUS EDENTATA. 385

broad; nose moderate, slender, shorter than the brain-case. The

ribs are very broad, dilated, forming a solid armour to the chest,

and overlapping each other (see Rapp, t. 5. f. 3, 4, 5).

Cyclothurus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M.; Turner, P. Z.S. 1851,

p- 218.

CYCLOTHURUS DIDACTYLUs. B.M.

Fulvous back, blackish-washed ; feet and tail grey, longer hairs

with minute black tips.

Myrmecophaga didactyla, Linn. S. N. i. 51 ; Rapp, Edent. 15,

t. 5. f. 3-6 (skull) ; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. (skeleton).

M. minima, Brisson, R. A. 28.

Cyclothurus didactylus, Lesson ; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 191.

Little Ant-eater, Edw. Glean. i. 220, t. 220.

Fourmoulier a deux doigts, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 103.

Hab. South America, Brazils.

CycLoruurus porsauis. (PI. XIX.) B.M.

Golden yellow, silky, back with a broad, well-defined black stripe ;

feet and tail yellow.

Hab. Costa Rica (Salvin).

The back and sometimes the sides are washed with blackish. Al-

ways known by the distinct, well-defined, broad dorsal streak, and

the yellow colour of the feet and tail.

Fam. 5. ORNITHORHYNCHID2.

Body covered with hair or spines. Mouth in the form of a flat,

depressed, or slender beak, subcylindrical. Hind feet of the male

spurred.

Skeleton with marsupial bone, and a merrythought ( furcula) like

that of birds.

Monotrema, Geoff.

Replantia, Mlliger.

16, Puatypus.

Beak depressed. Body covered with hair. Tail broad, short,

depressed. Feet very short. Toes 5/5; front toes united by a web.

Hind feet with an acute spur on inner side.

Platypus, Shaw, Viv. Nat. 1799.

Ornithorhynchus, Blumenbach, Handb. 135, 1800.

Ornithorhynque, Cuv. Oss. Foss. t. 14.

Demipus, Wiedem. Zool. Arch. i. 175.

PLATYPUS ANATINUS.

Platypus anatinus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. t. 385; Gen. Zool. i. 229,

t. 66, 67, 1799; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 288.

Demipus anatinus, Wiedm. Zool. Arch. i. 175, t.

Ornithorhynchus paradowus, Blumenb. Handb. ed. 10, p- 135;

Abbild. t. 41, 1800; Home, Phil. Trans. 1802, p. 87.

386 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE STOMACH (Apr. LI,

O. anatinus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. t. 1.

O. brevirostris, Ogilby, P. Z.S. 1831, p. 150.

O. rufus, Leach, Zool. Mise. 136.

O. fuscus, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. 136, t. 111.

O. crispus et O. levis, Macgillivray, Mem. Wern. Soc. v. 127.

Duck-billed Platypus, Shaw.

Ornithorhynche, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 143, t. 14 (skeleton). -

Hab. South-eastern Australia and Van Diemen’s Land.

17. EcuipNa.

Beak elongate, cylindrical, attenuated. Mouth small, terminal.

Tongue very long. Body covered with spines. Tail very short

Osteology, Cuv. Oss. Foss. t. 13 (shield).

Echidna, Cuy. Tabl. Elém. 143, 1797.

Tachyglossus, Illiger, Prod. 1811.

Ornithorhynchus, sp., Home.

Myrmecophaga, sp., Shaw.

EcuHIDNA ACULEATA.

Echidna australiensis, Less. Man. 318.

E. hystrix, Cuv. R. A. i. 226; Leach, Zool. Mise. ii. t. 90 ; Gould,

Mamm. Austr. i. t. 2; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 288.

E.. longiaculeata, Tiedem. Zool. i. 592.

Myrmecophaga aculeata, Shaw, Nat. Misc. t. 109, 1792.

Tachyglossus aculeatus, Ilig.; Schreb. Saugeth. t. 63 B.

T. hystrix, Wagner; Schreb. Saugeth. iv. 242.

Ornithorhynchus hystrix, Home, Phil. Trans. 1802, p. 348.

Porcupine Anteater, Shaw.

Echidne, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 144, 613 (skeleton).

Hab. Australia.

Var. More hairy.

Echidna setosa, Cuv. R. A. i. 226; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. t. 3.

E. brevicaudata, Tiedemann, Zool. i. 392.

Tachyglossus setosus, Iliger ; Schreb. Saugeth. t. 63.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land.

5. On THE STRUCTURE OF THE STOMACH IN DESMODUS RUFUS.

By Pror. T. H. Huxuey, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

According to Cuvier (Lecons, ed. 2, t. iv. pt. ii. p. 31), the Chei-

roptera exhibit three principal forms of stomach, which are related

to their varied food. There is the transversely elongated tubular

stomach possessed by those Cheiroptera which live on fruit ; the glo-

bular stomach, with closely approximated cardiac and pyloric orifices,

exhibited by the specially insectivorous Bats ; and the longitudinally

elongated, conical stomach, with a pyloric cecum, found in those

Bats which suck the blood of other animals. By way of commen-

1865. ] OF DESMODUS RUFUS. 387

tary on the last proposition, Duvernoy adds (J. c. p. 32) that the

stomach of the blood-suckers is “ more or less straight and elongated,

approaching in form and structure that of the Carnivora ;” while at

page 33 he writes :—

“In the Phyllostomes the stomach presents two principal forms.

The group with bilobed median incisors has it elongated, without

any pyloric cecum, but with a very long tubular pyloric part, the -

pylorus and the cardia being situated at the apex and the base of a

long recurved cone. This elongated form, which recalls that of the

most voracious Carnivora, is also seen in a species with median,

simple, anomalous incisors. In the Vampyre (V. spectrum) the

stomach is larger and approaches a rounded form, having the py-

lorus and the cardia closely approximated, though there is a short

tubular pyloric portion. In two species of Phyllostomes, with simple

median incisors, the stomach is altogether globular, with the two

orifices approximated, and the czeca lost in the common cavity.”

I find that Desmodus rufus presents a fourth kind of stomach,

which is not only different from all these, but is unlike any form of

that organ which has hitherto been observed in the mammalian

series.

The gullet (a) is exceedingly narrow, and opens into a transversely

elongated tube (Py), which passes on the right side into the intes-

tine (J, [,I). ‘The duodenum and the stomach are not outwardly

separated by any pyloric constriction ; but as the gall-duct (2) is in-

serted at a distance of not more than 0-2 inch from the cesophageal

aperture, it is clear that the pyloric division of the stomach is ex-

ceedingly abbreviated.

The cardiac division, on the other hand, is enormously elongated,

forming a vast caecum, sharply bent upon itself, and several inches

in length (Ca, Cd). At first this cecum is not wider than that

part of the stomach into which the cesophagus opens; but before it

bends upon itself it has fully twice that diameter, and the recurved

portion remains wide throughout, dilating, somewhat suddenly, to-

wards its ceecal end, and then slightly narrowing again to its termi-

nation.

In one specimen which I examined, the body of the Desmodus,

from the snout to the end of the coccyx, measured 3:2 inches in

length; and the intestine, from the pylorus to the anus, was 11

inches long; while the gastric ceecum, straightened out, measured

6:5 inches in length, so that this remarkable diverticulum of the

stomach was twice as long as the body, and nearly two-thirds as long

as the intestine.

In the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of the Beagle,’ Mr. Waterhouse,

in concluding his description of a species of Desmodus (D. @ orbignyi),

remarks—

‘Tt is desirable perhaps to separate the blood-sucking Bats from

the insectivorous species, and place them between the latter group

and the Pteropina (with which they agree in the large size of the

thumb and the rudimentary interfemoral membrane) under a sec-

tional name, which I propose to call Hamatophilini.”

388 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE STOMACH [Apr. 11,

Desmodus rufus.

The thoracic and abdominal cavities are laid open; and the alimentary canal is

unravelled and displayed throughout its whole length. From a preparation

in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. @. The cesophagus. Ca.

The commencement of the cardiac sac of the stomach. Cd. The blind end

of that sac. Py. The short pyloric division of the stomach. Sp. The spleen.

L. The liver, with, x, the point at which the bile-duct opens into the ali-

mentary canal. J, J, J. The intestine. The parts are represented of the na-

tural size.

It does not quite clearly appear whether by “ blood-sucking Bats”

Mr. Waterhouse denotes the Desmodi only, or whether he includes

the blood-sucking Phyllostomes with them. On the former suppo-

sition I am disposed not only to agree with Mr. Waterhouse, but even

to go so much further as to regard the Desmodine genera, Desmodus

and Diphylla, as constituting, under the title of HaMATOPHILINA,

one of the three primary divisions of the Cheiroptera, the other two

being the Frueivora and the INsEcTIVORA.

In the Fruervora the nose and ears present no unusual modifi-

cation. With the exception of Hypoderma and Notopteris, the index

digit is provided with a nail. The upper incisor teeth are of mode-

1865.] OF DESMODUS RUFUS. 389

rate size or very small. Before they are worn, the crowns of the

molar teeth are divided into two ridges by a longitudinal furrow.

The pyloric region of the stomach is greatly elongated; the uterus

is two-horned.

In the Insectivora, or ENromopHaGa, there are foliaceous de-

velopments of the integument of the nose, or of the ears, or of both.

The upper incisor teeth are of moderate size, or are very small. The

molar teeth have V-shaped cusps, and do not exceed = or fall

below = in number. The index is not only devoid of anail, but has

frequently no bony phalanx at all, and never possesses more than

two ossified phalanges. The stomach is either like that of the

Carnivora or is globular, the cardiac and pyloric orifices being closely

approximated. The uterus is pyriform.

Lastly, in the Hamaroruixina the integumentary appendages

of the nose and ears are small or rudimentary. The index is devoid

of a nail, and has only a single phalanx. The median upper incisors

are enormous, and are alone retained in the adult. The two pairs of

lower incisors are small and pectinated. The molars are =, with

crowns rising to a sharp longitudinal ridge. If the other species of

Desmodus and Diphylla are like Desmodus rufus, the cesophagus is

very narrow, and the stomach has an immense cardiac cecum in

this group.

The substance of the above remarks was contained in a lecture

upon the organization of the Cheiroptera, which formed part of my

course at the Royal College of Surgeons during the present year. I

was not at that time aware that my friend Prof. Peters, of Berlin, had

already noted the anomalous character of the stomach of Desmodus

in the pages of a work upon the Mammalia which is at present un-

published, but which we may hope will not long remain so; and

from a proof-sheet of which I quote the following passage :—

“4, Subfamily Desmodi...... The stomach is very small,

and has, on the left side (not at the pylorus), an intestiniform ap-

pendage 1 to 2 inches in length.”

Further, I gather from this proof, and from conversation with

Prof. Peters, that he regards Desmodus merely as a somewhat aber-

rant member of the subfamily of the Phyllostomata, and not as the

type of a primary division of the Cheiroptera. The peculiarities of

the dentition of the Desmodi are, he considers, foreshadowed by

the Stenodermata, containing the genera Stenoderma, Chiroderma,

Sturnira, Brachyphylla, and Centurio, the true molar teeth of which

are distinguished by having an external cutting, or notched margin,

and usually acute cusps on the middle of the masticating surface ;

while they never have the V-shaped cusps of their allies, and are

said to live exclusively on fruits. In several of these genera the total

number of molar and premolar teeth does not exceed four on each

side, above and below—a character which is also to be regarded as an

approximation towards the extreme reduction observed in Desmodus.

Professor Peters’s acquaintance with the Bats is so extensive and

390 DR. J. MURIE ON A DEFORMITY OF THE (Apr. 11,

profound that I feel bound to call particular attention to these views,

which substantially constitute objections to the taxonomic sugges-

tions I have ventured to throw out.

6. On Derormity or THE LoweR JAW IN THE CACHALOT

(PHYSETER MACROCEPHALUS, Linn.). By James Murie,

M.D.

The great length, the graceful elegance, and the beautiful sym-

metry of the lower jaws, as well as the regularity of the teeth, of the

common Cachalot, are often striking objects of admiration in our

museums. Occasionally, however, these jaws are found deformed

in a very curious manner, and in such a way as at first sight cannot

readily be accounted for.

With the exception of the short graphic account given by Mr.

Beale in his ‘ Natural History of the Sperm Whale’ (1839, p. 36),

I am not aware of any original description or observation on this

anomalous condition ; and as three examples of a well-marked kind

have fallen under my notice, I have considered it might not be un-

interesting to examine, as far as the specimens have permitted, their

exact condition, in order, if possible, to elucidate the cause of this

abnormality.

The first specimen I have to mention I saw when I was in New

York a few years ago. I then paid a visit to the Museum in con-

nexion with the United States Navy Yard at Brooklyn ; and among

the various curiosities exhibited I observed the right moiety of the

lower jaw of a Cachalot, which arrested my attention from its pecu-

liar shape. I made inquiries concerning the specimen, but failed

to obtain any history in connexion with it.

The unusual form of this half of a lower jaw (of a comparatively

speaking young animal) consisted in the symphysis and anterior half

of the body being twisted at nearly right angles to the ordinary di-

rection of the bone. The ramus was perfectly normal ; and the body

from thence onwards to about its middle seemed quite natural. From

this latter part, however, it took a quick curve outwards almost rec-

tangularly, then with a second larger sweeping curve it bent itself

somewhat backwards, and further on towards the anterior end of the

symphysis it again recurved itself a short way forwards, not unlike

the manner depicted in fig. 2, of a somewhat similar-sized jaw in the

British Museum.

The specimen, no. 2452, vol. ii. of the Physiological Series in

the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons*, presented by

Fred. D. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., is described in the catalogue as

« The right ramus of the lower jaw of a Physeter, the anterior part

of which is curved strongly inwards and backwards, in consequence

of some injury received in youth.”

* My acknowledgments are due to the Museum Committee for permission to

figure this most interesting object.

1865. ] LOWER JAW IN THE CACHALOT. 391

Fig. 1.

This second specimen (fig. 1) is another illustration of the same

kind of twisting as the one already described, and resembling it in

being towards the right side; but in this case the jaw has been sawn

across merely to preserve the interesting part of it ; though, from the

proportional size of the piece, compared with adult specimens in the

same museum, one has no hesitation in referring it also to a young

animal. The total length of the bone in a straight line is 23 inches,

but following the curve it is as much as 33 inches. It contains nine-

teen sockets for the teeth. The ramus of the jaw seems normal as

far forwards as the symphysis ; thence inclining at a slight angle out-

wards for about a distance of 14 inches, it makes again a sudden

sharp turn outwards, and then a second as quickly backwards, so as

to resemble a hook in figure. The plane of the bone is also very

much altered in position ; this is best observed by following the course

of the alveoli and sockets of the teeth. The extremity towards

the ramus (where the jaw is cut across) has the alveolus in the na-

tural position; but the fourth and fifth sockets forwards from this

exhibit a slight inclination outwards; and this alteration of the

sockets and plane of the bone goes on to the centre of the concavity

of the twist, where they are no longer above, but on the middle of

the side, and with a direction backwards (fig. 1a). From this they

still continue to alter in position to the extremity of the hook, where

392 DR. J. MURIE ON A DEFORMITY OF THE [Apr. 11,

the inner surface of the bone, which ought to have been in approxima-

tion with the left half, comes to be upon the upper surface (fig. 1 4),.

while the sockets are thrown round, partly looking opposite to those

in the hinder part of the jaw, and partly on the under surface. The

bone in this instance is increased in density, and several of the

sockets for the teeth have spongy bone thrown out upon their sur-

faces, showing that the parts have suffered at one time or other from

chronic inflammation. The bone otherwise is healthy, or such as if

it had not suffered from rachitis or other softening causes.

The third example is one which gives a better idea of this anoma-

lous condition (see fig. 2). It is a specimen contained in the Osteo-

logical Collection at the British Museum, which I was enabled to

examine carefully through the kindness of Dr. Gray and Mr. Gerrard.

There is no history attached to it.

The two halves of the jaw are complete, but separated from each

other. Their size shows the animal to have been young, although of

considerable dimensions. The length of the two, placed in juxta-

position, in a straight median line from opposite the posterior ends

of the rami to the anterior surface of the bend, is about 65 inches,

while the measurement following the curve of the right half to the

tip of the jaw is 92 inches. Their anterior fourth has a curve to-

wards the left side, in shape not unlike a shepherd’s crook ; and they

have besides a twist upon themselves.

Each lateral half of this inferior maxillary bone presents characters

sufficient to make it worthy of a separate description. The left has

twenty-two sockets in its alveolar process. Following these as the

most simple guide to the nature of the twist, we find the posterior

six alveoli to be nearly on the upper surface, or in natural position ;

the next seven in advance (which occupy the hinder end of the sym-

physis) by degrees change from the upright position, so that the

foremost one at the middle of the crook comes to be on the outer

side of the jaw, and points directly backwards to the condyles. The

four alveoli anterior to these last return gradually from the outer

side to the upper surface, and the remaining five in front continue

as it were in their normal position, that is, directed upwards. The

bone of the jaw, besides the double angular bend, has in the mean

time rolled itself outwards along with the sockets, so that the internal

edge of the symphysis at the sharp bulging curve (fig. 2.@) is upon

the upper surface; then as the bone bends backwards and outwards

the symphysis returns or rolls itself inwards (fig. 2.¢), so that at the

anterior end it is first above and then comes to be almost on the

inward and under surface. The symphysis has therefore a double

bend and a double twist.

The pathological condition of the left half of the jaw is as fol-

lows :—The alveoli, as far forwards as the wide bend, are partially

filled with spongy exostosed bone ; the rest of the anterior alveoli

have likewise traces of spongy bone in them, but their cavities seem

rather widened than otherwise. The bone of the symphysis at the

outward bend is very much augmented in breadth, thickness, and

density (fig. 2@); and internally it fits into a large hollow in the

1865.] LOWER JAW IN THE CACHALOT. 393

bone of the right side, which last is seemingly worn into a groove

‘by the continued pressure of the left half on it (fig. 26). Internally

and below, the surface of the latter bulging part of the bone has a

fibrous appearance, the lines being gently curved round, but in no

way as if the jaw had been fractured or received a sudden single

powerful twist. Above the last-mentioned place the surface of the

bone is roughened and porous in appearance, like what is produced

by periostitis. The remainder of the bone to the tip is diminished

in thickness.

The right half of the inferior maxillary bone has a similar shep-

Fig. 2.

Abnormal lower jaw of Catodon (Physeter macrocephalus, Linn.) in the British

Museum.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1865, No. XXVI.

394 DR. J. MURIE ON A DEFORMITY OF THE [Apr. 11,

herd’s crook-like bend to the left side. Its six posterior alveoli are

normal in position ; the seven or eight anterior to these incline out-

wards to the middle of the side, and the two most advanced of these

last have a direction directly forwards, therefore quite in an opposite

manner to their fellows of the left side. The remaining front alveoli

of the right side, from being placed laterally, curve back almost to the

vertical.

The posterior sockets forwards to where the bend begins, as in the

left half, are lined with spongy exostosis; but on the outer surface

of the bend itself, the alveolar cavity becomes exceedingly shallow

and superficial, and three sockets at this place are nearly obliterated ;

what cavities remain are merely narrow lengthened slits. The next

three alveoli anterior to the bend are all but filled with bony matter,

and those still more in advance have a similar deposition, but in

smaller quantity.

The inner surface of the symphysis at the bend, as already noticed,

is scooped out (fig. 2 6), and the wall of the bone at this part is worn

to a mere shell; but forwards from this the bone is much more

dense and solid.

Hence from this it results, that besides the difference in the di-

rection of the alveoli in the two halves of the jaw, they also differ in

the right being hollowed and atrophied at the bend and normal in

density at the anterior part of the symphysis ; while, on the other

hand, the left side has its bend considerably hypertrophied, with the

tip atrophied.

Of such rather extraordinary conditions of the lower jaw Beale,

as previously referred to, says :—

* Besides blindness, this Whale is frequently subject to deformity

of the lower jaw, two instances of which I have seen myself, in

which the deformity was so great as to render it impossible for the

animal to find the jaws useful in catching such fish, or even, one

would have supposed, in deglutition ; yet these Whales possessed as

much blubber and were as rich in oil as any of a similar size I have

seen before or since.

“Tn both these instances of crooked jaws the nutrition of the ani-

mal appeared to be equally perfect ; but they were different, in one

case the jaws being bent to the right side and rolled as it were like

a scroll; in the other it was bent downwards, but also curved upon

itself.

“Tt would be interesting here to inquire into the cause of this

deformity ; but whether it is the effect of disease or the consequence

of accident I am unable to determine.

‘* Old whalers affirm that it is caused by fighting. They state that

the Sperm Whales rush head first one upon the other, their mouths

at the same time wide open, their object appearing to be the seizing

of their opponent by the lower jaw, for which purpose they fre-

quently turn themselves on the side; in this manner they become

as it were locked together, their jaws crossing each other, and in

this manner they strive vehemently for the mastery.

‘<T have never had the good fortune to witness one of these com-

1865.] LOWER JAW IN THE CACHALOT. 395

bats; but if it be the fact that such take place, we need not wonder

at seeing so many deformed jaws in this kind of Whale, for we can

easily suppose the enormous force exerted on these occasions, taking

into consideration at the same time the comparative slenderness of

the jaw in this animal. Some corroboration of the above statement

arises from the fact, as far as my knowledge extends, that the female

is never seen affected with this deformity.”

From this it seems Mr. Beale is in doubt whether the deformity

arises from disease or is the effect of accidental injury, almost incli-

ning, however, to refer it to the latter; but this is, in a great mea-

sure, founded on hearsay evidence.

Without entering into the question of the nature or in what manner

*the food is obtained by these deformed Cachalots, if we inquire

what, most likely, has given rise to the jaws assuming their curious

shape, in the absence of definite information we must take into con-

sideration the condition of the bones themselves. This leads us to

assign it to one of the three following causes :—first, congenital mal-

formation ; secondly, direct accidental injury ; and thirdly, disease.

With reference to the first of these causes, I believe we are justi-

fied in concluding it not to be a congenital condition, as the consist-

ency of the osseous tissue in the specimens does not present such

characters as would indicate that while in the foetal state, or in the

after young stage of the animal, the bone had suffered from softening

disease, such as rachitis ; thus inherent defect or malnutrition in the

constituents of the bony particles themselves is not observable.

Again, in the mere deviation of form there would not necessarily be

such coexistent and extensive marks of recent inflammatory action ;

for the deformed parts at a very early age would have accommodated

themselves to their anomalous position.

As regards the second cause, we are enabled to state with certainty

that there is no trace of direct fracture of the bones ; so that in what-

ever manner the turn or curve has been produced, it eviftently has

not taken place by a single, sudden, sharp twist of the jaw into its

present position, as might be inferred from what Mr. Beale tells of

the manner these Whales are said to fight.

From these reasons, therefore, the third cause would seem to be

the most probable one, although it is difficult to prove, from the

paucity of specimens, that disease of the bone has undeniably been

the originating cause ; for it is not unlikely that some sudden shock

or slight injury may have excited or accelerated the disease, as well

as that it should have arisen from pure inherent pathological con-

ditions.

At all events the state of the bones themselves demonstrates, and

this most clearly in the last-described specimen, that they have

undergone a long-continued process of inflammation (os¢itis), which

has given rise to their becoming condensed and indurated in texture

at one place, while in another there has been a corresponding rare-

faction, the hypertrophied bone of the left side seemingly having

slowly increased and worn the large hollow for itself, which it occu-

pies in the right ramus, as this last, subjected to the continued pres-

396 DR. J. MURIF ON THE CacHALOT. —___‘[Apr. 11,

sure, has evidently been atrophied to such an extent that little more

than a mere shell of bone is left at the bend.

Inflammation of the periosteum (periostitis) has likewise occurred,

as may be inferred from the appearance and consistence of the spongy

bone thrown out on the surface. The gums, sockets of the teeth,

and the large nerves sent to the long jaw have also been more or less

severely implicated ; and the manner in which the occlusion of the

alveoli has taken place, together with, at one place, the apparent

gradual diminution of the vascular supply by the regular channels

from pressure upon the vessels, all point out that no sudden bend

has been the means of producing the deformity, or that it has been

an original foetal malformation.

On the whole, then, I would be inclined to account for the distor-

tion of these jaws by supposing that when the creature was yet very

young, its bones more or less soft or cartilaginous, a state of chronic

inflammation had been set up in the bones and periosteum just at

the bend, either inherently in the substance or from the effects of a

concussion. The inflammatory process, continuing for a lengthened

period, would give rise to enlargement and induration of the osseous

tissue at the point mentioned, and according to the amount of local

irritation and fresh deposition of osseous tissue would the abnormal

curve of the bone be produced. The manner in which inflammation

of the hoof in Ruminants occasionally causes it to curl upwards may

be taken as a familar example; only in the case of the jaws of the

Cachalot the increase of growth and swerving of the bone from its

usual direction would be effected by the hypertrophy of the one side

pressing against and being reflected from its fellow, which it at the

same time would drag along with it, while the increase and corre-

sponding diminution of substance at the different points would pro-

duce the twist upon itself which each ramus possesses.

P.S. Since the above was written, Mr. Flower has informed me

that he has seen a lower jaw of a small Cachalot distorted in a

manner similar to those above described, though less curved. The

specimen is in the Museum of the Literary and Philosophical Society

of Hull. Along with the two instances recorded by Mr. Beale, this

would make a total of six authenticated cases of deformity, and

four, at least, of these occur in animals not full grown, but whe-

ther males or females is uncertain, excepting the British Museum

specimen, which may be considered a female. For I find, according

to Professor Owen (Odontography, pp. 353, 354), that in this spe-

cies of Cetacean the difference of sex is easily distinguishable by the

lower jaws alone, the male having twenty-seven, while the female

has only twenty-three, teeth in each ramus, and the size of the jaws

in the latter is also a third shorter. The fact of one specimen,

therefore, being a female would invalidate Mr. Beale’s corroboration

of this deformity only taking place in the fighting males.

P.2Z. 5.1865) Pees

Nat Size,

Size.

2 Nat

Impt

M &N.Hanhart

om Nat& om Stone byd. Erxleben,

Tr.

PLATACANTHOMYS LASIURUS

1865.] DR. WwW. PETERS ON PLATACANTHOMYS LASIURUS. 397

April 25, 1865.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

A letter was read from Professor William Nation, of Lima, Peru,

in reference to certain specimens of Reptiles intended to be trans-

mitted to the Society’s Menagerie.

A letter was read from Mr. W. Alford Lloyd, describing the new

Aquarium-house lately erected in the Zoological Society’s Gardens

at Hamburg, and the improved system of management of Aquaria

pursued in that establishment.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a collection of birdskins formed by the So-

ciety’s Corresponding Member, M. Adolph Boucard, in the vicinity

of Vera Cruz, Mexico, in November 1864, being the first results of

this gentleman’s new expedition to that country. The collection

contained examples of thirty species, amongst which were two which

had not before come under Mr. Sclater’s notice in Mexican collections.

These were—

1. Lophophanes atricristatus (Cassin), Baird’s B. A. p. 385,

originally described from Texas, and

2. Gidicnemus bistriatus, Wagl., of common occurrence in the

open plains of Guatemala and Honduras, but not known to have

been previously noticed so far north.

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on THE SystTeMATIC PosiTIonN oF PLATACANTHOMYS

LAsIuRus. By Dr. W. Peters, For. Memes.

(Plate XX.)

Amongst the many interesting objects which have come under my

observation in the British Museum through the kindness of my

friends Prof. Owen, Dr. Gray and Dr. Giinther, is a specimen of the

curious Rodent shortly noticed by Mr. Blyth (Journ. A. S. B. xxviii.

p- 289) under the name Platacanthomys lasiurus. The specimen

in question is that exhibited by Mr. Sclater at a Meeting of this

Society in 1860*, and subsequently presented by him to the British

Museum.

It has always been difficult to me and other workers on the Mam-

mals to understand how a Rodent with only three molars in each

jaw could be referred to the Myowina; and I was therefore very

anxious to examine this very interesting form. But the results of my

observations will show that Platacanthomys does not belong to the

Dormice, but appertains strictly to the Murine family of Rodents,

being nearly allied in many respects to Phlaomys and Meriones.

The generic characters of Platacanthomys may stand as follows :—

* See P. Z.S. 1860, p. 260.

398 _DR.W. PETERS ON PLATACANTHOMYS Lasiurus. [Apr. 25,

PratacantTuomys, Blyth.

Habitus myoxinus. Rostrum acutum, rhinario nudo, labro fisso ;

oculi mediocres ; auricule mediocres nude ; vellus molle, setis

dorsalibus latis sulcatis; artus mediocres, palme planteque

pentadactyle, digito primo abbreviato, faleulis modicis curva-

tis, acutis ; cauda villosa, versus apicem fere disticha. Dentes

. . . . 3 . .

primores leves, compressi, acuti, molares utrinque -, complicati.

Cranium murinum, sed foraminibus incisivis parvis, coarctatis,

ossibus intermazillaribus inclusis, palato perforato et processu

coronoideo brevissimo. Ossa antibrachii sejuncta, cruris con-

nata.

The resemblance of this genus to the Dormouse, at first sight,

is very striking, principally on account of the long-haired tail. But

in other respects, in its smaller eyes, very thin ears, and the well-

developed, although very short, thumb of the fore foot, it more ap-

proaches several Murine genera of Tropical India.

The skull is rather broad and flattened behind ; but it is quite

impossible for any one who knows anything about the craniological

characters of the Rodentia not to recognize at the first sight the

typical form of the Murine, in the two-rooted zygomatic process of

the upper jaw, together with the peculiar form of the foramen infra-

orbitale, which is very high, narrowed, and widened above, and in

the development of supra-orbital ridges, which form together a lyri-

form figure. As peculiar and deviating from the typical skull of

the Murine, are before all to be noted the small and narrow fora-

mina incisiva, formed only by the intermaxillary bones, the imper-

fect perforate palate, and the very short coronoid process of the

lower jaw.

The incisors are narrow, compressed, and pointed. The molar

series are distant from and parallel to each other. The first and

second upper molars are nearly of the same size, and much larger

than the third and last. All three are composed of five enamel-

folds or lamine, obliquely directed inwards and hindwards : the first

and second of these are united as well on their inner as on their outer

side; the third, fourth, and fifth are united on the inner side; but

on the outer side only the first and fifth enamel-folds are united.

The lower molars are of the same size as the corresponding upper

ones ; but their enamel-folds are all united on the inner, and sepa-

rate on the outer side, except in the first (which has six enamel-

folds) the three anterior ones, and in the second and third (which

have four enamel-folds) the first and second ones.

PLATACANTHOMYS LAsturRus, Blyth. (Pl. XX.)

P. magnitudine Muris ratti, auriculis acuminatis, capitis dimidio

longioribus, vibrissis longissimis ; supra umbrino-fuscus, subtus

albidus, jugulo pectoreque flavescentibus, cauda umbrino-fusca,

apice albido.

Long. a rostri apice ad caudze basin 0138; caude 0™110.

Hab. India orientalis, prov. Malabar.

1865.] DR. W. PETERS ON PLATACANTHOMYS LASIURUS. 399

The size of this curious little animal is nearly the same as that*of

the Black Rat. The head is rounded, rather flattened, with pointed

snout, naked muzzle, extremely long whiskers, eyes of moderate size,

ears moderate, pointed, and, with the exception of a few scattered

hairs on the outer side, entirely naked. The fur is soft ; on the upper

part, from neck to tail, intermixed with flat, longitudinally grooved

bristles. The limbs are proportionate and of moderate length, the

anterior shorter than the posterior ones. The fourth toe is the

longest, but only a little longer than the third ; the second and fifth

toes are much shorter, and nearly of the same length; but the first

is very short, and provided with a well-developed claw. The tail is

nearly of the same length as the body ; it is thickly covered with hair,

which is short on its base, and becomes more lengthened and disti-

chous from its second third.

métre

Total length ...... alg» ERR oth Oa), STAM AMER

Distance from snout to base of tail . .......... 0°138

Dieniecpteet Chemin 262 5 co-ce's <5. ees ow We leas 8 0-030

Gttheienrsasoe I vss SR CPT AUE: - 0014

of the anterior extremity (from the elbow

to the end of the fourth finger) ............. 0°035

of the sole of the hand and fingers ...... 0-014

of the hinder extremity (from knee to the

fourth toe) </fo.2 5. af Reade ct) 0:050

of the sole of the foot S ides aS Ae ae 0°025

iPotablenstlilar tae tal ** > $409) fA se: 0-110

Length of the tail without hair................ 0°080

The specimen represented was obtained by the Rev. H. Baker, of

Mundakyum, Alipi, in Southern Malabar, who gives the following

note on the species (J. A. S. B. xxviii. p. 289) :—

“«T was ignorant of the existence of this animal till about a year

ago, when I found it in a range of hills about 3000 feet high. It

lives in the clefts of the rocks and hollow trees, is said to hoard ears

of grain and roots, seldom comes into the native huts, and in that par-

ticular neighbourhood the hill-men tell me they are very numerous.

I know they are to be found in the rocky mountains of Travancore ;

but I never met with them in the plains.”

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Platacanthomys lasiurus, of the natural size.

Fig. 2. Skull and lower jaw, side view.

Fig. 3. Skull from above.

Fig. 4. Skull from below.

Fig. 5. Front view of the skull.

Fig. 6. Lower jaw from above.

Fig. 7. Upper molar teeth of the left side, magnified.

Fig. 8. Lower molar teeth of the right side, magnified.

Fig. 9. A bristle, magnified.

400 DR. W. PETERS ON THE MAMMALS OF ANGOLA. [Apr. 25,

2. Nore oN THE MAMMALIA OBSERVED BY Dr. WELWITSCH IN

AnGouta. By Dr. W. Prrers, For. Meme.

Our knowledge of the fauna of Angola is so very limited that any

contribution to it may be welcome*.

Some of the Mammalia collected by Dr. Welwitsch, during his

sojourn in that country, and kindly submitted to my examination,

are the following :—

1. CERCOPITHECUS SAMANGO, Sund.

Near Sansamanda, district Pungo Andongo.

2, EPOMOPHORUS GAMBIANUS, Ogilby.

One specimen from Loando.

3. PHYLLORHINA GiGas, Wagner.

Three specimens from Loando.

4. Canis apustus, Sundevall.

A skin and skull of a young specimen of this peculiar species (not

yet in the British Museum) from Golungo Alto.

5. ZORILLA AFRICANA.

One specimen from Golungo Alto.

6. ZoRILLA ALBINUCHA, Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 69, pl. x.

One specimen from Golungo Alto. I should have taken it for a

variety of the former from the same locality. But Dr. Welwitsch

tells me that he found them constantly different, and that the natives

also distinguish them by different names, calling the Zorilla africana

“‘Sangamba onene’”’ (the large Sangamba), and the Zorilla albi-

nucha, Gray, simply ‘‘ Sangamba.”

7. FELis, sp.

A skull of a species of this genus, perhaps belonging to F. caligata,

from Ambaca.

8. Fexis (CyN2ZLURUS) GuTraTa, Hermann.

Head, foot, and part of skin of a specimen found between Pungo-

andongo and Cassange.

9. MERIONES SCHLEGELII, Smuts.

Three specimens from the sandy hills near Loando.

10. PepeTEs CAFFER, Ill.

An imperfect skin from the district of Golungo Alto, which shows

the wide distribution of this species.

* In the ‘ Proceedings ’ for 1860, p. 245, Dr. Sclater has given a list of nine

species obtained by Mr. J. Monteiro in this country.

1865.] ON MAMMALS FROM WESTERN AFRICA. 401

11. Hyrax arsorerus, Smith.

A perfect skin, with skull, from a specimen which was killed when it

was climbing a tree. The white hairs surrounding the dorsal gland are

partly rusty ; the hair of the upper parts is black, with a large white

subapical ring and without any mixture of brown; the hairs of the

sides are dirty brown, with a white ring. There is no specimen cor-

responding in colour with Smith’s H. ardoreus in the British Mu-

seum ; and although the skull has the same flattened form as that

of H. capensis, and the whole animal is of the same size, the H. ar-

boreus may prove to be a good species, not only differing in colour,

but also in the greater shortness of the ear.

Dr. Welwitsch tells me that this species is common in rocky loca-

lities on the shores of the River Maiomba, in the district of Mossa-

medes, and that it differs always by its larger size from a second

species living in the interior of Angola.

3. Sur QuELQuEs MAMMIFERES RARES ET PEU CONNUS, D’AF-

RIQUE OCCIDENTALE, QUI SE TROUVENT AU MusrtumM DE

Lissponne. Par Dr. J. V. BARBoza pu BocaGce.

Je viens de recevoir d’un de mes plus intelligents et plus zélés

correspondants @ Angola, M. le lieutenant Baydo, les dépouilles de

plusieurs mammiféres, dont je citerai les plus rares ou les moins

connus. ,

1. GaLaco MONTETIRU, Bartlett, P.Z.S. 1863, p. 231, pl. xxvii.

Deux peaux, et un squelette complet.

Hab. Le district du Duque de Braganca (Angola).

2. ZoniLLA ALBINUCHA, Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 69, pl. x.

Deux peaux, et un squelette complet.

Hab. Le district du Duque de Braganga.

La description et la figure citées de M. Gray conviennent parfaite-

ment a mes deux spécimens, excepté ce qui a rapport & la coloration

du dessus de la téte. D’aprés le savant directeur du Musée Britan-

nique, le Z. albinucha a, comme son nom lindique, le dessus de la

téte blanc, et les raies dorsales et la queue d’un jaune blanchatre,

tandis que je trouve chez mes spécimens le dessus de la téte, aussi

bien que les raies dorsales et la queue, d’une belle couleur jaune.

Cependant, malgré ces légéres différences, je ne crois pas devoir rap-

porter mes spécimens 4 une espéce nouvelle, car je suis persuadé

qu elles sont 4 peine l’effet du différent état de conservation de mes

peaux et de celle qui 4 servi 4 M. Gray pour sa description. J’ajou-

terai que, d’aprés mes propres observations, le séjour dans |’alcodl

un peu fort, et l’action constante d’une vive lumiére, attaquent sen-

siblement cette coloration jaune, et doivent finir par la changer dans

un blanc sale.

402 DR. BARBOZA DU BOCAGE ON [Apr. 25,

Pour éviter les facheux résultats d’une dénomination inexacte, je

propose de changer le nom de cette espéce dans celui de Zorilla

flavistriata, qui lui convient parfaitement.

3. BpEoGALE niGripes, Pucheran, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1855,

p- 111; Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 120.

Un individu trés-jeune, en alcool.

Hab. Le district du Duque de Braganga.

4. CRociIDURA ZQUATORIALIS, Pucheran, Arch. Mus. t. x.

p- 127, pl. 12. f. 3.

5. BayontIa VELOX.

Cynogale velox et Potamogale velox, Du Chaillu, Journ. N. H.

Soc. of Boston, 1860, p. 361.

Mythomys velox, Gray, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 265.

Une peau en trés-bon état, un squelette incomplet, un foetus de

14 centimétres 4 peau tout-a-fait nue.

Hab. Le district du Duque de Braganga.

Voici la déscription succincte de ce curieux Insectivore, que M.

Du Chaillu a pris pour un Carnassier, et M. Gray pour un Rongeur.

Corps allongé, bas sur les pieds, le ventre devant raser le sol pen-

dant la marche. Téte longue, étroite, déprimée, 4 museau large et

arrondi, avec un petit mufle nu profondement divisé par une dé-

pression verticale. Oreilles de grandeur réguliére, arrondies, cou-

vertes de poils courts et rares sur les deux faces. Yeux trés-petits.

Moustaches longues, raides, implantées sur tout l’espace qui s’étend

du bout du museau 4 l’ceil. Bouche médiocre, reculée, inférieure.

Queue assez longue, égalant presque le tronc et la téte réunis, com-

primée et couverte de poils longs comme ceux du corps dans sa

premitre moitié, trés comprimée et couverte de poils trés-courts, ras,

dans le reste de son étendue. Membres courts, plantigrades, penta-

dactyles. Doigts libres, 4 peine réunis a leur base par un rudiment

de palmure, tous comprimés; le premier le plus court, aprés lui le

cinquiéme, le second et le quatriéme égaux, le troisiéme le plus long.

Le second et le troisiéme orteils étroitement unis par la peau jusqu’a

la base de la derniére phalange, les autres libres, tous comprimés ;

le premier et le cinquiéme presque égaux et les plus courts, le se-

cond, le troisiéme, et le quatriéme d’égale longueur. Deux mam-

milles abdominales.

Coloration.—Le dessus et les cotés de la téte, le dos et les flancs,

la moitié supérieure de la premiere portion de la queue, et la portion

apicale de cet organe en entier d’un brun foncé, comme chez notre

Loutre vulgaire. Les lévres supérieures, le dessous de la téte, le cou,

la poitrine, le ventre, et la moiti¢ inférieure de la premiére portion

de la queue entiérement blanches. Sur les flancs des poils blanes

sont mélé aux poils bruns, d’ot résulte une nuance moins foncée.

a face externe des membres est, en partie, brune. Les ongles sont

ancs.

1865.) . MAMMALS FROM WESTERN AFRICA. 403

Dimensions :—

Longueur totale .............. 55°0 centimétres.

———=-_——) deilaitéten:). s).n106 ga os) 152 3

de la queue...... Bawa 27-0 “4

Diamétre des yeux ....... ..... 243 millimétres.

Caractéres ostévlogiques.—Crane (fig. 6) trés-alongé, sans arcade

zy gomatique et sans cadre orbitaire complet. Machoire inférieure plus

étroite en arriére que la machoire supérieure, d’ot résulte que les

dents molaires inférieures vont se placer, quand la bouche est fermée,

dans les intervalles des dents molaires supérieures (comparer figs. ¢

et d). Bassin trés-ouvert inférieurement, les pubis trés-écartés. La

portion caudale de la colonne vertébrale profondement modifiée pour

la vie aquatique: les vertébres de cette région portent en dessus des

apophyses épineuses trés-développées et trés-larges, et terminant

supérieurement par une grande lame horizontale; en dessous, sur

les intervalles des corps vertébraux, s’articulent des os en V trés-

grands et d’une forme particuliére. Chacun de ces os est composé

de deux branches, qui, aprés s’étre réunies inférieurement, se pro-

longent de chaque cété en une lame horizontale. Ces vertébres ont

aussi des apophyses transverses bien développées, horizontales, et en

forme de lames. De cette facon la queue présente, des deux cétés,

deux gouttiéres longitudinales, paralléles et profondes, l’une comprise

entre les apophyses transverses et les lames horizontales des apo-

physes épineuses, l’autre limitée par les premiéres apophyses et les

lames horizontales des os en V. Deux longs muscles puissants

sadaptent a ces gouttiéres.

Dents 40 ; 20 4 chaque machoire, mais différemment disposées.

A la machoire supérieure (figs. 6, c):—Une paire de dents anté-

rieures longues, légérement courbes, prismatiques, rapprochées l’une

de Pautre ; ensuite, de chaque cété, quatre dents intermédiaires 4 cou-

404 ON MAMMALS FROM WESTERN AFRICA. [Apr. 25,

ronne trés-comprimée et triangulaire, presque égales, et cing molaires

qui demandent une description plus détaillée. La premiére de ces

dents, tout en conservant en dehors la forme des dents intermédiaires,

au lieu d’avoir, comme ellesgla couronne simple et comprimée, porte

en dedans un talon assez prononcé, Les quatre autres molaires trés-

alongées dans le sens transversal, vont en se rétrécissant de dehors

en dedans jusqu’a finir en pointe, de maniére que leur surface libre

présente la forme triangulaire ; elles ont*en dehors, exactement sur le

bord externe, une pointe*élevée accompagnée de chaque cété d’une

autre pointe plus courte, au milieu de leur surface libre elles ont encore

un tubercule pointu, et leur extrémité interne, ou le sommet du tri-

angle, se prolonge en un autre tubercule vertical, également pointu.

la machoire inférieure (figs. 4, 2): En avant deux dents longues

et prismatiques, comme la paire antérieure de l'autre machoire, mais

séparées par une paire de dents plus petites et étroites. De chaque

cété, quatre dents intermédiaires, comprimées, triangulaires, toutes

égales quant & la forme, mais de diverse longueur ; la premitre est la

plus petite, la seconde et la quatriéme les plus grandes. Les molaires

en nombre de quatre, sont grosses, 4 couronne de forme quadrangu-

laire et armée de trois pointes; elles portent en arriére un talon bien

distinct, qui s’éléve 4 la mi-hauteur de leurs couronnes.

fam Dy FF

: 3 am ae = =i

<9 WA <7,

L’esquisse rapide que je viens de présenter suffira, je l’espére, pour

lever tous les doutes au sujet de la parfaite identité de l’animal que

je viens de recevoir d’Angola et des espéces crées par MM. Du

Chaillu et Gray. J’espére également que tout le monde sera d’ac-

cord quant a le placer parmi les Insectivores, dont il restera, pour le

moment, par ses dimensions la plus grande espéce vivante.

Par son systéme dentaire et par ses autres caractéres ostéologiques

il differe si complétement de tous les genres admis dans cet ordre de

mammiféres, que j’ai di ne pas hésiter 4 en faire un genre nouveau.

Puisse-t-il étre admis par les zoologistes, et perpétuer notre hommage

de reconnaissance aux services rendus au Musée de Lisbonne et 4 la

science par l’indéfatigable explorateur, M. le lieutenant Bayao!

Je n’ai pas le tems de discuter ici la place qu’il convient de donner

a ce nouveau genre dans l’ordre owt il doit étre admis. Je ferai

seulement remarquer que par ses dents molaires supérieures il ne

ressemble pas 4 aucun autre Insectivore, mais par d’autres caractéres

ostéologiques il se rapproche un peu des Tenrecs et des Sorex. ~

P.Z.5.1865 PL: XX1.

Sowerby. hth,

WALLACES NEW

M.&N Hanhart mp

LAND-SHELLS.

ry ya

1865.] ON THE LAND SHELLS OF THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. 405

4, List oF THE LAND SHELLS COLLECTED BY Mr. WALLACE IN

THE Matay ARCHIPELAGO, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THE

New Species spy Mr. Henry Apams. By Atrrep R.

Wautace, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.

(Plate XXI.)

The following list has been drawn up principally with the view of

recording the localities of the various species collected by me, and

thus furnishing materials towards a more accurate knowledge of the

geographical distribution of these animals. Of the 125 species in

the list, upwards of fifty were first obtained by myself; and of a

considerable number of the others, accurate localities are now for the

first time given. The restricted range so characteristic of land shells

is well shown by my collection, no less than ninety species, or more

than two-thirds of the whole, being confined each to a single island.

The difference between the faunas of the Indo-Malayan and Austro-

Malayan regions is also well marked, a number of characteristic

genera and species of true Helicide being peculiar to the latter ;

while only four of this family were found by me in the former re-

gion. The true thick-lipped Bulimi are quite absent from the Mo-

luccas and New Guinea, as they are from Australia; while they

abound in the Indo-Malayan islands, and have extended thence into

Celebes and through the islands east of Java as far as Timor.

The various species have been named by comparison with the type

specimens in Mr. Cuming’s collection; and to Mr. H. Adams’s

kind assistance are due the determination and arrangement of the

genera and families. He has also described the eight species which

are unique in the collection.

With a very few exceptions, all the shells comprised in this list

now form part of the collection of William Wilson Saunders, Esq.

STENOPIDZ.

1. HELICARION ID.

Hab. Bouru ( Wall.) ; Celebes (Pfr.).

2. MicrocysTIS MISELLA, Fer.

Hab. Aru Islands ( Wail.) ; Moluccas; Marian Islands (Albers).

Remark.—Found on a rotten trunk.

3. MACROCHLAMYS CONSUL, Pfr.

Hab. Borneo ; Bouru (Wail.).

4. MacrocHLAmys GLUTINOSA, Met.

Hab. Borneo ( Waill.).

Remark.—Found among fallen leaves.

5. NANINA CITRINA, Linn.

Hab. Aru Islands (Wall.): var., small, yellow, without bands.

406 MESSRS. A. R. WALLACE AND H. ADAMS ON THE [Apr. 25,

Ceram (Wall.): var., large, variously coloured and banded. Gilolo

(Wall.): var., small, yellow, with pale bands. Mysol (Wall.):

var., small, white, with milky bands. Ké Islands (Waill.): var.,

large, cream-coloured, with brown bands. Sulla Islands ( Wail.) :

var., various, purple-tinged.

Remark.—Found upon foliage and tree-trunks.

6. Nanina AvuLica, Pfr.

Hab. New Guinea; Waigiou (Wail.).

Remark.—Found in swamps, among roots and foliage of Sago-

palms.

7, NANINA CINCTA, Lea.

Hab. Menado (Celebes) (Wail.).

8. NANINA WALLACE], Pfr.

Hab. Macassar (Celebes) (Wail.).

9. Nantna Luctuosa, Beck.

Hab. Ceram; Goram; Batchian (Wall.). Brown-black variety,

Aru Islands (Waill.).

Remark.—On foliage.

10. NANINA IGNESCENS, Pfr.

Hab. Batchian (Wall.). Pale and brown varieties.

Remark.—Found on foliage.

11. Nanina TUMENS, Desh.

Hab. Timor (Wail.).

12. HemiIpLecTA HUMPHREYSIANA, Lea.

Hab. Singapore (Wail.).

13. HEMIPLECTA SCHUMACHERIANA, Pfr.

Hab. Borneo (Wail.).

14. HemripeLecra PEASEANA, Pfr.

Hab. Bouru; Timor (Wail.).

15. Hemretectra pura, Pfr.

Hab. Waigiou (Wall.).

Remark. Found on dead trunk of fallen tree.

16. HeEMIPLECTA NANINOIDES, Bens.

Hab. Singapore (Waill.).

Remark.—On walls and roads near the town.

17. Hemrevecta crparis, Lam.

Hab. Celebes (Wall.) ; Timor (Lam.).

1865.] | LAND SHELLS OF THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. 407

18. Hemrerectra RAREGUTTATA, Mouss.

Hab. Solor (Wall.): var., pale brown, more or less tinged and

irrorated with ashy. Flores (Wall.): var., pale or dark brown, im-

maculate.

19. HemipcLecta Bexa, Pfr.

Hab. Ceram (Waill.).

20. Hemiretecra crrcuMpPIctTA, Mouss. = Jee us

Hab. Macassar (Celebes) (Waill.).

21. Hemtipetecta SULPHUREA, Reeve. ~

Hab. Macassar (Celebes) (Wall.).

22. Hemipiecra NEMORENSIS, Mill.

Hab. Lombock (Wall.).

23. HemIeLecta COFFE, Pfr.

Hab. Lombock (Wail.).

24. Ryssota Brooker, Ad. & Reeve.

Hab. Sarawak (Borneo) (Fall.).

Remark.—Among fallen leaves in the mountain forests.

25. ? RyssorTa REGALIS, Bens.

Hab. Borneo (Wail.).

Remark.—Found in the swamps of Nipa-palm.

26. ? Ryssora sanus, Chem.

Hab. Malacca (Wail.).

27. ?Ryssora nasuta, Met.

Hab. Borneo (Wail.).

HE.icip2.

HELICELLIN:.

28. TrocHomorPHA LYCHNIA, Bens.

Hab. Malacca (Wail.) ; Singapore (Bens.).

Remark.—Found on rotten trunks.

29. TRocHoMORPHA CONICOIDES, Met.

Hab. Borneo (Wail.).

Remark.—Found on rotten trunks.

30. TrRocHomorPHA BATCHIANENSIS, Pfr.

Hab. Batchian (Wail.).

408 MESSRS. A. R. WALLACE AND H. ADAMS ON THE [Apr. 25,

31. TROCHOMORPHA PLANORBIS, Less.

Hab. Macassar ; Batchian; Aru Islands (Wall.); New Guinea

(Less.).

Remark.—Found on dead trees and rotten bark.

32. TROCHOMORPHA TROPIDOPHORA, Ad. & Reeve.

Hab. Borneo (Wall.).

Remark.—Found on and under rotten bark.

«* From the observations of Mr. W. T. Blanford, the animal of 7’.

lychnia is without a mucous pore at the extremity of the foot; and

Trochomorpha therefore must be removed from the family Stenopide.

The species infula, Bens., however, hitherto included in Trocho-

morpha, is, according to Mr. Blanford, furnished with one, and must

remain in that family, where it may be considered the type of a

group, under the name of Sitala.”—H. Ad.

HELIcINz.

33. DorcasiA ARGILLACEA, Fer.

Hab. Timor; Flores (Waill.).

Remark.—On rocks of coralline limestone.

34. Dorcasia FODIENS, Pfr.

Hab. Macassar (Celebes) ( Wail.).

35. Dorcasia occuttTa, Pfr.

Hab. Aru Islands (Wall.).

36. Dorcasta comet, H. Ad. (n.s.).

Hab. Batchian (Wall.).

37. RHAGADA SOLORENSIS, Martens.

Hab. Solor Islands (Wail.).

38. PLECTOTROPIS GABATA, Gould.

Hab. Menado (Celebes) (Waill.); Birmah (Gould).

Remark.—On trunk of a tree in mountain forest.

39. Panta pyrostToma, Feér.

Hab. Gilolo (Wall.). Var. with yellowish lip, Batchian (Wall.).

Remark.—Found by the natives on trunks of large forest-trees.

40. OsBA PAPILLA, Mill.

Hab. Menado (Celebes) ( Wall.).

41. PLANISPIRA KURRI, Pfr.

Hab. Batchian; Waigiou; Gagie Islands, and small islets near

(Wall.).

Remark.—On shrubby foliage.

1865.] LAND SHELLS OF THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. 409

42. PLANISPIRA ZONALIS, Pfr.

Hab. Gilolo (Wail.).

43. PLANISPIRA ATACTA, Pfr.

Hab. Gilolo (Wail.).

44, PLANISPIRA EXPANSA, Pfr.

Hab. Batchian (Wail.).

45. PLANISPIRA COLUBER, Beck.

Hab. Ceram (Wail.), var. white and banded. Amboyna(Waill.),

var. mottled. Bouru (Wall.), var. dark and waved.

Remark. Found upon foliage of shrubs.

46. PLANISPIRA CORNICULUM, Homb. & Jacq.

Hab. Batchian (Wail.).

47. PLANISPIRA LATIZONA, Pfr.

Hab. Ceram (Wail.).

48. PLANISPIRA MARGARITIS, Pfr.

Hab. Ceram (Waill.).

49. PLANISPIRA ATRO-FUSCA, Pfr.

Hab. Batchian (Wail.).

50. PLANISPIRA PHRYNE, Pfr.

Hab. Gilolo (Wail.).

Remark.—Upon foliage.

51. Puanisprra aspastA, H. Ad. (n. s.).

Hab. Batchian (Wail.).

Remark.—Upon foliage.

52. PLANISPIRA LOxOTROPIS, Pfr.

_ Hab. Gilolo, var. (Wall.).

53. PLANISPIRA ZEBRA, Pfr.

Hab. Ceram; Goram (Waill.).

Remark.—Upon foliage.

54. PLANISPIRA MOLUCCENSIS, Pfr.

Hab. Mysol, var. (Wail.).

55. PLANISPIRA MARTENSI, Pfr.

Hab. Ceram (Wail.).

56. PLANISPIRA TORTILABIA, Less.

Hab. Aru Islands ; New Guinea: white, dark, and banded varie-

ties (Wail.).

Remark.—Upon foliage.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1865, No. XXVII.

410

MESSRS. A. R. WALLACE AND H. ADAMS ON THE [Apr. 25,

' 57. PLANISPIRA SCHEEPMAKERI, Pfr,

Hab. Batchian (Wall.).

58. SEMICORNU UNGULINUM, Linn.

Hab. Ceram (Wall.); “Java” (Albers). Err. loc.

59. SEMICORNU GRUNER], Pfr.

Hab. Bouru (Wall.).

60. SeMIcoRNU UNGUICULA, Fér.

Hab. Amboyna (Wall.) ; * Java” (Alders). Err. loc.

61. SEMICORNU CERAMENSE, Pfr.

Hab. Ceram (Wall.),

62, SEMICORNU BIOMPHALUM, Pfr,

Hab. Ceram (Wail.).

63. S—emIcorNU ZONARIUM, Linn.

Hab. Ceram (Wall.).

64. Semicornv CIRCUMDATUM, Fer.

Hab. New Guinea; Waigiou; Aru Islands; Mysol (WVall.).

65. SEMICORNU MOLLISETUM, Pfr.

Hab. Mysol (Wail.).

66. S—EmMicorNvU concisum, Feér.

Hab. Waigiou (Wall.).

67. Semicornv quoyt, Desh.

Hab. Menado (Celebes) (Waill.).

68. SEMICORNU suLCosuM, Pfr.

Hab. Aru Islands ( Wail.).

69. SEMICORNU MAMILLA, Fér.

Hab. Menado (Celebes) (Wail.).

70. SEMICORNU RUBRUM, Albers.

Hab. Aru Islands; Mysol (Wall.).

71. ALBERSIA GRANULATA, Quoy & Gaim.

Hab. Waigiou ( Wail.).

‘The species granulata appears to be the type of a distinct group

allied to Semicornu, for which I would propose the name Albersia,”’

—H. Ad. :

72. ALBERSIA ZONULATA, Fer.

Hab. New Guinea; Aru Islands; Waigiou; Gilolo; Batchian

(Wall.).

1865.] LAND SHELLS OF THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. 411

73. ALBERSIA NAJAs, Pfr.

Hab. Goram ; Bouru (Wail.).

Remark.—When alive, this shell is of a pure delicate pea-green,

the colour of the animal showing through its transparent texture.

It is found on the foliage of shrubs ofa similar colour.

74. Papurna LABIUM, Fer.

Hab. Dorey (New Guinea) (Wall.). Varieties. occur without

bands, and with the lip white.

75. PAPUINA NOVE-GUINEENSIS, Pfr.

Hab, New Guinea (Wail.).

76. Parpurina warciouEnsis, H. Ad. (n. s.).

Hab, Waigiou.

77. PAPUINA NODIFERA, Pfr.

Hab. Batchian (Wall.) (Coll. Cum.).

Remark.—I will not be answerable for this locality, as I seem to

have overlooked the species.

78. ParpuIna MYSOLENSIS, Pfr.

Hab. Mysol (Wail.).

79. Papurna Aurora, Pfr,

Hab. Waigiou (Wail.).

80. Papuina viTREA, Fér.

Hab, Gilolo (Wail.).

81. PapurIna LANCEOLATA, Pfr.

Hab, Gilolo (Wail.).

82. PapuINA LEUCOTROPIS, Pfr.

Hab. Aru Islands (Wall.).

83. Paruina ARUENSIS, Le Guil.

Hab. Aru Islands (Wail.),

84. Grorrocuus TurRIs, H. Ad, (n.s8.),

Hab, Waigiou (Wall.).

85. Georrocuus PILEvs, Mill.

Hab. Aru Islands (Wall.); Amboyna (Mill., but prob. err, loc.).

Remark.—Found among decayed vegetation on coral rock near

the coast.

86. GEOTROCHUS GAERTNERIANUS, Pir,

Hab. Aru Islands (Wall.).

412 MESSRS. A. R. WALLACE AND H. ADAMS ON THE [Apr. 25,

87. GEOTROCHUS PILEOLUS, Fér.

Hab. Batchian (Waill.). Var. much depressed, Batchian (Wall).

Remark.—On foliage.

88. Greorrocuus GABERTI, Less.

Hab. Batchian (Wall.).

Remark.—On foliage.

89. GroTROCHUS RHYNCHOSTOMA, Pfr.

Hab. Batchian (Waill.).

90. Grorrocuus BLANFORDI, H. Ad. (n.s.).

Hab. New Guinea (Vall.).

91. GroTrocuus FERUSSACTI, Less.

Hab. New Guinea (Waill.).

92. CorAsIA CONFoRMIS, Fer.

Hab. New Guinea (Wail.).

BuLiMinz&.

93. AMPHIDROMUS INTERRUPTUS, Mill.

Hab. Malacca (Wail.).

94. AMPHIDROMUS MACASSARIENSIS, Homb. & Jacq.

Hab. Macassar (Celebes) (Wall.). * f° Ze

95. AMPHIDROMUS PERVERSUS, Linn.

Hab. Macassar (Celebes) (Wall.).

Var. citrinus, Brug.

ory

96. AMPHIDROMUS INVERSUS, Mill.

Hab. Malay peninsula (Waill.).

97. AMPHIDROMUS SINISTRALIS, Reeve.

Hab. Menado (Celebes) ; Timor (Wail.).

98. AMPHIDROMUS CoNnTRARIUS, Miill.

Hab. Macassar (Celebes) ; Timor (Wail.).

99. AMPHIDROMUS SINENSIS, Bens.

Hab. Timor (Wail.).

ACHATININAE.

100. CanycrA CRYSTALLINA, Reeve.

Hab. Waigiou (Waill.).

Remark.—Found on tree-trunks ; the animal green.

«The Bulimus crystallinus of Reeve has been placed in Orthalicus

by Pfeiffer, and in Limicolaria by Shuttleworth, but does not appear

1865.] LAND SHELLS OF THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. 413

to belong to either. It may be considered to form the type of a new

group under the name of Calycia.”—H. Ad.

101. OprAs ACHATINACEA, Pfr.

Hab. Borneo (Wail.).

CYCLOPHORID.

CycLoTiINn.

102. CycLotus Gutratus, Pfr.

Hab. Aru Islands; Batchian (Wail.).

103. OpistHororus BrIRosTRIS, Pfr.

Hab. Sarawak (Borneo) (Wail.).

104. OpistHoporus BicrLiaTus, Mouss.

Hab. Sarawak (Borneo) (Waill.).

105. OpIsTHOPORUS ROSTELLATUS, Pfr.

Hab, Sarawak (Borneo) (Waill.).

106. PrerocycLos BATCHIANENSIS, Pfr.

Hab. Batchian (Wail.).

CYCLOPHORINE.

107. CycLopHorws TUBA, Sow.

Hab. Malacca (Wail.).

108. CycLOPHORUS BORNEENSIS, Met.

Hab. Sarawak (Borneo) (Wail.).

109. CycLopHoRUS AQUILA, Sow.

Hab. Malay peninsula (Wail.).

110. Lepropoma unpDATuM, Met.

Hab. Borneo (Wail.).

111. LepropoMa CINCTELLUM, Pfr.

Hab. Gilolo; Gagie Islands (Wail.).

Remark.—On foliage.

112. LeproroMa PAPUANUM, Dohrn.

Hab. New Guinea; Batchian; Ceram (Waill.).

113. Leprorpoma waLuacel, Pfr.

Hab. Aru Islands (Waill.).

114. LeproroMA DECIPIENS, Pfr.

Hab. Mysol (Wail.).

414 MESSRS. A. R. WALLACE AND H. ADAMS ON THE [Apr. 25,

115. LerropomMa LoweE!, Pfr.

Hab. Malacca (Wail.).

116. LeprorpoMA MELANOSTOMA, Petit.

Hab. Aru Islands (Wail.).

117. Leprorpoma scaLargE, H. Ad. (n.s.).

Hab. Waigiou (Wail.).

118. DeRMATOCERA VITREA, Less.

Hab. Aru Islands; Macassar (Wail.).

PuPININE.

119. Pupina pretrrert, H. Ad. (n.s.).

Hab. Batchian (Wall.).

120. CaLL1A WALLACE!, Pfr.

Hab, Ceram (Waill.).

POMATIASIN&.

121. OMPHALOTROPIS CERAMENSIS, Pfr.

Hab. Gilolo (Waill.).

HELICcINIDz.

122. HeLicinA ARUANA, Pfr.

Hab. Aru Islands (Wail.).

123. Hexicina ALBOCINCTA, Jacq.

Hab. Aru Islands (Wail.).

124, Hexicina ELECTRINA, Pfr.

Hab. Batchian (Wail.).

TRUNCATELLIDE.

125. Tauerria wauvacel, H. Ad. (n. s.).

Hab. Waigiou (Wail.). —

Remark.—On limestone-rocks.

Descriptions of the New Species. By HENry Apams, F.L.S.

Hexrx (Dorcasia) compra, H. Adams. (PI. XXI. fig. 8.)

T. umbilicata, depressa, tenuis, cinnamomea ; spira brevissime

conoidea, apice obtuso ; anfr. 5, convexi, lente accrescentes,

ultimus via descendens, basi circa umbilicum infundibuliformem

1865.] LAND SHELLS OF THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. 415

compressus ; apertura obliqua, lunato-rotundata, intus palli-

dior, nitida; perist. albidum, reflexiusculum, marginibus con-

niventibus, basali arcuato, subreflexo.

Diam. maj. 14, min. 11, alt. 63 mill.

Hab. Batchian (Coll. Saunders).

Hexrx (Pranisprra) aspasia, H. Adams. (Pl. XXI. figs. 2, 3.)

T. imperforata, globoso-depressa, tenuiscula, epidermide tuteo-

Sulva, pallido-fusca, fascia nigricanti et unica latiore alba ad

suturam ornata; spira parum elevata, vertice planata ; anfr.

43, convewxiuscult, celeriter accrescentes, ultimus breviter descen-

dens ; apertura obliqua, ovalis ; perist. album, marginibus con-

niventibus, late expansum et reflecum, basali reflexo, intus tu-

berculo prominente instructo.

Diam. maj. 26, min. 20, alt. 15 mill.

Hab. Batchian (Coll. Saunders).

This species is nearly allied to Helix phryne, Pfr., which was col-

lected by Mr. Wallace at Gilolo. It is, however, a rather more solid

shell, is not so much depressed, and is furnished with a much stronger

and more prominent tubercle within the aperture near the base. It

also differs in the arrangement of the coloured spiral bands.

Hevrx (Grorrocuus) waiciovensis, H. Adams. (Pl. XXI.

figs. 6, 7.)

T. subobtecte perforata, depresso-turbinata, tenuisculu, plicato-

striata, pallido-fulva, ad suturam et peripheriam albo fasciata,

et fasciis angustis fulvis ornata; spira conoidea, acutiuscula ;

anfr. 5, convexiuscult, ultimus depresso-rotundatus, antice de-

scendens ; apertura perobliqua, lunato-ovalis ; perist. album,

late expansum et reflexiusculum, cum margine columellari angu-

latim dilatato, supra perforationem reflexo, et intus tuberculo

elongato munito.

Diam. maj. 40, min. 32, alt. 21 mill.

Hab. Waigiou (Coll. Saunders).

Hexix (Greorrocuus) turris, H. Adams. (Pl. XXI. figs. 4, 5.)

T. subobtecte perforata, solida, conica, sulcato-striata, luteo-fulva;

spira elongata, acutiuscula ; anfr. 7, ad suturas convexiusculi,

‘medio subconcavi, ultimus non descendens, angulatus, basi sub-

planatus ; apertura diagonalis, triangularis ; perist. simplea,

late expansum, album, margine supero sinuoso, antrorsum ar-

cuato, basali reflexo, cum columellari obliquo, triangulatim di-

latato, supra perforationem refiexo, et intus subdentato.

Diam. maj. 36, min. 30, alt. 37 mill.

Hab. Waigiou (Coll. Saunders).

Heuix (GeorrRocuvs) BLANFORDI, H. Adams. (PI. XXI. fig. 1.)

T. obtecte perforata, conoidea, tenuiscula, oblique striata, et striis

minutis spiralibus ornata, nitida, corneo-alba ; spira elongata,

416 ON THE LAND SHELLS OF THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. [ Apr. 25,

acutiuscula ; sutura marginata ; anfr. 6, convexiusculi, sensim

accrescentes, ultimus non descendens, infra medium acute cari-

natus, basi parum convexus ; apertura diagonalis, subrhombeo-

lunaris ; perist. album, breviter expansum, margine supero

acuto, basali arcuato, reflexo, perforationem tegente.

Diam. maj. 20, min. 16, alt. 17 mill.

Hab. New Guinea (Coll. Saunders).

LerropomMa scALARE, H. Adams. (PI. XXI. figs. 9, 10.)

T. perforata, globoso-conica, solidula, spiraliter confertissime

striata et lirts 6 filiformibus cincta, carnea, ad peripheriam

pallidior ; spira conica, acuta ; anfr. 5, convext, ultimus inflatus,

plicis transversis, ad peripheriam fortioribus, munitus ; aper-

tura obliqua, subcircularis ; perist. albidum, subinterruptum,

marginibus callo junctis.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 9, alt. 93 mill.

Hab. Waigiou (Coll. Saunders).

Purina pretrrer!, H. Adams. (Pl. XXI. figs. 11, 12.)

T. ovata, tenuiscula, levigata, subpellucida, corneo-fulva ; spira

obtuse conica ; anfr. 5, summi convexiusculi, sequentes planiores,

ultimus spiram superans, antice non descendens ; sutura sim-

plex; apertura subverticalis, circularis ; paries aperturalis

lamella arcuata, tenui, margine dextro soluta munitus ; colu-

mella dissecta, processum linguiformem triangularem exhibens ;

perist. incrassatum, breviter expansum, margine dextro subsi-

nuato.

Long. 9, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. Batchian (Coll. Saunders).

TRUNCATELLA (TAHEITIA) WALLACEI, H. Adams. (Pl. XXI.

figs. 13, 14.)

T. elongata, subulata, tenuis, decollata, albida, clathris acutis

undulatis confertissime instructa ; anfr. superst. 8, convexius-

culi, ultimus penultimo late sejunctus; apertura rotundato-

lunaris ; perist. continuum, subincrassatum, undique reflexius-

culum, extrorsum expansum.

Long. 18, lat. 4 mill. ; ap. diam. 3 mill.

Hab. Waigiou (Coll. Saunders).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1. Helix (Geotrochus) blanfordi.

Figs. 2, 3. Heliw (Planispira) aspasia.

Figs. 4, 5. Helia (Geotrochus) turris.

Figs. 6, 7. Helix (Geotrochus) waigiouensis.

Fig. 8. Helia (Dorcasia) compta.

Figs. 9, 10. Leptopoma scalare.

Figs. 11, 12. Pupina pfeifferi.

Figs. 13, 14. Truncatella (Taheitia) wallacei.

1865.] MR. E. L. LAYARD ON A NEW ZEBRA. 417

May 9, 1865.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to Dr. J.

E. Gray by Mr. E. L. Layard, of Cape Town, Corr. Memb. :—

‘IT send you herewith figures and descriptions of a new species of

Zebra. You have had a skin sent you* which you rejected as a

‘stray specimen of #. montanus, which had got down on the plains

and had been shot by accident’+. Iam sure you will, on perusal

of these notes, alter your opinion; and I shall be obliged to you to

read them at the Zoological Society. I wish to name the animal

Equus chapmanni, after its discoverer, my friend James Chapman,

who has done so much for African discovery, and who has hitherto

reaped no reward. I send you photographs of a horse and a mare

of this Zebra in different positions to show the markings, which differ

entirely from those of LZ. montanus (vel LZ. zebra) in the union of all

the black stripes with a medial one on the belly ; also on the back,

in wanting the ‘ gridiron’ pattern, as Baines calls it, on the rump.

I also send coloured sketches by Baines to show the colour. This

new animal also differs from the other Zebras in having the callo-

sities on the legs far larger and of a more rounded shape, in having

shorter and more equine ears, measuring only 6} inches instead of

113, and in having a shorter and more equine head and tail. The

hoofs also are flatter than in EZ. montanus, and not adapted for

mountain-work. The mane grows several inches down on the fore-

head, and stands up between the ears, so that when seen in full face

it stands far higher than them. Chapman and Baines give the di-

mensions of several individuals; and all who have seen them here,

who are competent to judge from knowing the other species well, at

once detect the differences. I am quite convinced of them myself;

and, if you still doubt, please read this letter and the notes, and ex-

hibit the drawings, to the Zoological Society in my name. They roam

in large herds, and are first met with about 200 miles from the

coast inwards on leaving Walwich Bay, where Equus montanus (or

rather a variety of that animal) prevails. I add some extracts from

the journals of Mr. Chapman and Mr. Baines relating to this Zebra.”

“ Extract from Mr. J. Chapman’s Journal, dated May 21, 1862.

“The Quaggas here, I think, from about Sechellies’, though by

no means new to me, are different to any we see described in books

of natural history. The brush of the tail of one I shot to-day, and

which is rather a young specimen, is a dark grey, while the base is

* The skin sent me by Mr. Baines arrived in bad condition, with scarcely any

hair on it. It was that of a very young animal, and I could not see any differ-

ence, as far as I could judge in its very bad state, from that of a young Common

Zebra.—J. E. G.

+ I have no recollection of having made such a statement as the latter part of

this quotation.—J. E. G.

418 MR. E. L, LAYARD ON A NEW ZEBRA. [May 9,

white. In older specimens the brush is black, with a few white hairs

intermixed. It has a head band traversing the middle of the belly,

from which the transverse bands diverge alternately. - The stripes

are of a very deep rich brown, nearly black ; while the ground-colour

is raw sienna on the upper parts (back, rump, sides, &c.), but gra-

dually fading into white on the lower parts. It has an erect mane

of alternate bands of white and black, edged with brown. The ears

are white, with a dark band near the tip and broader band at the

base. The muzzle is grey or lead-coloured, and behind the nostrils

a brown coffee-colour. It has a bare spot on all four fetlocks, with

a brown crescent-shaped spot on either side of it. A bare patch above

the knee, on the inside of each fore leg. The pastern joints are brown,

excepting at the back, where it is divided vertically by a white line

from fetlock to hoof. The ears are decidedly equine. The mane is

6 inches long on the back; commencing from about 4 inches down

the forehead, extends to the length of 23 feet down the back. The

markings of it are continuations of the transverse lines which cross

the back. The white bands on the mane are quite superficial, the

hair underneath being actually black, edged with brown. Length of

ears 6 inches. The head measures 2 feet from the top of the skull

to the point of upper lip. From the root of the mane on the fore-

head and from top of forehead narrow lines of white and black (the

latter sometimes streaked with brown in the middle) diverge in a

triangular manner towards the eyes, where the outside lines, making

an angle, continue down the face, drawing closer towards the extre-

mity of the face (the inside lines being straight), where they blend

and form a dark brown patch behind and above the nostrils, the

muzzle and the lips being grey. Broader bands emanate from this

dark muzzle, and cross the chest in a crescent shape, leaving a white

margin around the eyes, behind which the regularity of the lines is

interrupted by those of the neck ; and the space from below the eye

is filled up with markings of a hieroglyphical character. The stripes

under the chin are light brown. The circumference of the neck is

2 feet. The dorsal line extends to the brush of the tail, which is of

a dark grey; and on the base of the tail, which is white, it becomes

narrower, and is dotted all the way down on either side with spots of

black, edged with brown. The form of the tail approaches nearer to

that of the Horse in the largeness of the brush than the Zebra or the

Ass ; but it is still not exactly like a Horse’s tail. On the thighs

the stripes are alternately pale brown and deep brown, horizontal, but

curving and forming a right-angled triangle on the flank ; and an

acute and more perfect triangle is formed on the shoulder-blades b

the junction there of the stripes from the neck and breast with the

transverse stripes. A longitudinal dark band traverses the whole

length of the belly, becoming narrower and deeper on the breast,

around which it winds and continues, forming one of the oblique lines,

to the centre of the shoulder-blades. From out of this ventral line

diverge the transverse lines tending towards the dorsal line, but not

connected therewith. On the legs the stripes gradually assume a

horizontal direction from the top downwards, but continuing the ob-

1865.] MR. E. L. LAYARD ON A NEW ZEBRA, 419

lique direction longer on the hind legs, and are distinctly, though

sometimes only faintly, visible to the hoofs in this specimen. Others

are more strongly marked. In some cases the transverse lines do

run into the dorsal line; but in no two Specimens do the markings

seem to be exactly alike, the lines sometimes branching into two or

three as they approach the dorsal line on the flank, and the angle at

the junction of the horizontal or oblique lines, these with the trans-

verse being sometimes filled up with disconnected hieroglyphical

characters.

“The height of a young male shot in J une 1862, at the shoulder,

was 42 feet, at the rump 5 feet.”

“Notes of a supposed new variety of Quagga observed on the ele-

vated flats between the Botletle and Zambesi Rivers during the

late journey of J. Chapman and T. Baines. By T. Barnus.

“Extract from my diary :—

“ 20th May, 1862.—Chapman had shot a Quagga answering most

nearly to the Bonte Quagga or Burchell’s Zebra, which is striped

over the neck and body, the legs only, from the knees and houghs,

being white; in this, however, faint markings were continued all the

way down, and a peculiar line was run along the centre of the sto-

mach, making me think it must be a new variety. Unfortunately it

is already cut up by Damaras and Bushmen.

“* As nearly as I can remember, Chapman, on returning, remarked,

“The Quaggas here are not like those of Vaal River ; they have stripes

on their legs ;’ then said, ‘and if they are not Zebras they must be

new, for only two kinds are described—the common one of Kafirland

with no stripes on the rump or legs, and E. burchellii, the Bonte

Quagga, with no stripes on its legs’ *. Chapman considered they were

not Zebras (as the animal is called here), LZ. montanus having longer

ears and asinine head and tail, whereas the head and ears of these

were more like those of a Horse, and the tail more bushy. Besides

within many days journey. We determined on further investigation.

“ Latitude of the camp 20° 5! 55" south,

“June 26th.— Chapman shot a Quagga strongly marked, like the

former ones, on the parts of the legs that are usually white; he sent

to let me know; but John, who has no idea of anything that has

not a market value, had called the Damaras to cut it up.

“ 30th.—The head and legs of a Quagga were brought in, the

latter being, as before, strongly marked quite to the hoofs, the re-.

currence of this peculiarity showing that it cannot be a mere indi-

vidual accident, such as is seen in difference of colour in domestic

animals.

“July 10th.—Chapman shot a Quagga and Sable Antelope at a

* This passage reads obscurely. Baines means only two kinds of Quagga: the

hunters call £. guagga and E. burchellii « Quaggas,” while E. montanus they call

“ Zebra.” —E, L. L.

420 MR. E. L. LAYARD ON A NEW ZEBRA. [May 9,

distance from the waggons. I sketched from the skin and horns of

the latter, and the legs and ears of the Quagga. This had been a

smaller animal, but of stouter and more compact build than those

hitherto seen. I have already mentioned those at the Salt-pan with

decided markings on the legs below the knees and houghs, while the

two described species are perfectly white; and now this animal,

besides being stouter and shorter of limb, is more strongly marked,

the colours being distinct and pure black and white, the black spread-

ing almost half over the pastern-joint and fetlock, and having a small

white edging between it and the hoofs ; the ears are strongly banded

and slightly tinted with brown. I thought at first it might be a

Zebra; but Chapman considered it a true Quagga, and I am inclined

to think so too.

“This was at Daka (lat. 18° 40'1'). After coming down off the

elevated plain into the mountainous valley of the Zambesi system,

we were encamped on one.of the spruils of the Luisi, the first run-

ning water we had seen since leaving the Botletle River.

«Thursday, 17th, Matietue River.—Chapman had shot a Quagga

mare; and, hastening to the spot, I found an eager group of natives

with difficulty restrained from rushing at once upon the prey. In

this case we had to omit the measurement ; but I sketched the stripes

carefully, and the camera of course cannot be gainsaid. The general

colour was a yellowish or raw-sienna brown on the upper parts, and

deepest on the rump, fading into white on the neck, belly, and legs ;

the stripes were of the deepest brown or nearly black, and the dif-

ference between this and the known varieties consisted in their being

continued quite down to the hoof on all four legs, slightly fainter on

the inside ; the belly was marked by a broad black band along the

centre, to which all the side stripes were joined ; on the back was a

similar black line, but only the stripes above the shoulder were con-

nected with it; the mane was upright, as usual (the neck-stripes

being continued vertically through it); the ears small and equine,

and a bare spot (rather small) was observable on the inside of the

fore legs only, the Zebra, I believe, having it on all four, as well as

large ears.

“T made two sketches of this, and Chapman two photographs.

There are intermediate brown stripes between the black ones on the

hind legs above the hough.

“Saturday, July 19th.—We proceeded about a mile north-east

by north, when, near the small conical hill on our left, Chapman

brought down a fine young Quagga stallion of the same kind as

the mare previously killed ; but age, I suppose, not having deepened

the colours, its whole body was of the purest white, marked with

jet-black bands down to every hoof, in the manner of the other, but

slightly fainter on the inside of the legs, and also where the stripes

of the sides joined to the longitudinal line of the belly, some of

those on the flanks having these points so faintly marked that the

junction could not be called complete ; like the other, a central stripe

ran along the back, with which two or three of the shoulder-stripes

(on each side) were connected, the broad stripes of the hinder parts

1865. ] MR. E. L. LAYARD ON A NEW ZEBRA. 421

originating near the central line about the insertion of the tail, and

diverging laterally over the hip, flank, and side till they completely

or nearly reached the ventral line, the longest of them meeting on

their way the ventral stripes of the sides, and forming the most

beautiful possible combination of curves and angles, even the slight

variation of regularity on either side conducing to the effect; the

ears were small, and banded and tipped with black and dark brown ;

the head well shaped, with a little sienna-brown towards the nose ;

and the whole form lighter and more elegant than in the older spe-

cimens.

“Sunday, September 14th.—I shot two, which at first I took

for Mountain-Zebras ; but on comparing notes with Chapman, I came

to the conclusion they were also Quaggas. The stallion fell at a di-

stance, and was cut up while I was sketching and observing the mare.

She was full striped, somewhat smaller than most of those Chapman

had killed; ears, if anything, shorter and more equine. Callosities

or small bare patches of skin on the inside of the fore legs only, and

not on the hinder legs ; striped right down to the hoofs ; inside more

faintly marked than the outer. Dokkie and others thought it like

the Wilde Paard of Ozembengue, and different to the Quacha of the

plains. I believe they would have said anything, so that I would

have done talking and let them begin to cut it up.

«Sunday, December 7th.—Went out from Logu Hill, Zambesi

River ; tracked spoor several hours ; wounded a mare, which was run

down late in the afternoon, and killed with a stone. Fully striped,

as before, down to the hoofs, all four legs, the inside of the forearm

and thighs being more faintly marked; the ears small and tipped

with black ; the stripes on the sides extended from the dorsal line

to the ventral, which last, reaching from between the fore legs to the

hinder, was of not quite so deep a black ; the ground-colour was light-

yellowish brown on neck, back, and sides, passing into white on the

cheeks, throat, and under parts of body; the teats, two in number,

were situated in the after part of the black ventral lines. She had

warts or callosities on the inside of the forearms only, and none on

the inside of the thigh.

“1 sketched carefully, and took the skin home, attempting to pre-

serve it; but the weather was so damp that, even in a hut witha

fire in it, I could not dry it.

«Tuesday, 14th April, 1863 (after our return to the salt-pan on

the elevated plain between the Zambesi and Botletle Rivers).—A

few Quaggas were standing on the further plain, and creeping behind

a point at 300 yards’ range. I shot one through the neck and fore-

head: it proved to be a well-grown, handsomely marked filly of the

first year ; and as the rest retreated, I noticed that the mare hung

back and looked frequently round for her lost little one, returning

when the others were out of sight and gazing wistfully at the spot

where it lay. ~

“<I had no means of measuring the beautiful little creature on the

spot ; and for convenience of carrying I had only my small sketch-

book, so carefully outlined out one of the fore legs. I sent Pompey

422 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CYCLANOSTEUS. [May 9,

back for assistance, and in the interval sketched on a small scale, and,

stripped off the skin, which is a good size for a small museum, and,

as carriage is a consideration, suits me better than a large one.

‘It is perfectly marked after the manner of Quaggas in this loca-

lity, but not so fully as those of Daka and the Zambesi, and is most

certainly an intermediate link between already described varieties

and the Zebra. The chief points worthy of note are that the legs,

instead of being white as in the Bonte Quagga (L. burchelli) from

the houghs and knees, are marked with transverse bands, not so dark

as those on the body, quite down to the hoofs ; there is a dark stripe,

commencing between the fore legs and extending along the belly to

between the hinder, where it becomes broader and somewhat fainter ;

the first three stripes behind the shoulder are joined to this; the

dark stripes on the rump are alternated with others of a medium

brown, but those on the fore part of the body and neck are of a full

deep black ; there are callosities on the inside of the fore legs only,

and none on the hinder.

**Chapman killed two Quaggas during the day. I believe they

were very faintly marked on the legs ; but the vultures and Damaras

destroyed them. The skins are quite worthless, which is much to be

regretted, as we think it certain they are true Quaggas undescribed

in any work we know of, and, as a new variety, would have been a

handsome gift to any museum.

** Pereira told me subsequently, the Quagga of Damaraland has

legs very nearly white ; there are faint stripes, but not visible till you

come close to them; there are warts on the fore legs only. The

Wilde Paard is darker, the stripes blacker; the head is larger, and

the ears also ; they stand up so as to be visible above the mane. The

Wilde Paard goes in the hills, the Quagga on the flats.

*«T sent down the skin of the filly to Mr. Logue in Cape Town,

and he forwarded it to the British Museum.”

With reference to this communication, Mr. Sclater remarked that

the female Zebra in the Society’s Gardens (presented to the Menagerie,

May 26th, 1861, by H.E. Sir George Grey), which he had hitherto

referred to Hquus burchelli, appeared to answer the description

above given in every way, and must probably be referred to Equus

chapmanni if that species were allowed to stand. Mr. Sclater exhi-

bited a drawing by Mr. Wolf (Plate XXII.) representing this animal.

The following papers were read :—

1. On THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STERNAL CALLOSITIES IN

CYCLANOSTEUS SENEGALENSIS, AND ON THE SYNONYMS OF

CyCLANOSTEUS AND ITS ALLIED GENERA. By Dr. J. E,

Gray, F.R.S. :

The British Museum has recently purchased, at a sale of the na-

tural-history specimens collected by the late Dr. William Balfour

Baikie, R.N., during his recent explorations up the Niger, a series

of five specimens of the Tortoise, which I figured in the ‘ Catalogue

M&N.Hanhart.1mp

J-Wolf. del et hith ;

BURCHEMLULI.

EQUUS

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON CYCLANOSTEUS. 423

of Shield Reptiles in the British Museum,’ under the name of Cy-

clanosteus petersii (t. 29), but which, I have been induced since to

believe, may be the more adult state of Cryptopus senegalensis

(Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. ii. 504), and have hence, in my “ Revision

of the Species of Trionychide found in Asia and Africa” (P. Z. 8.

1864, p. 76), named Cyclanosteus senegalensis.

The specimen which is figured in the ‘ Catalogue of Shield Rep-

tiles in the British Museum’ represents all the callosities in the

sternum as developed when the animal is approaching maturity, with

the two hinder ones of a small size.

The series which we have now received shows that the animal

sometimes reaches nearly the adult size without any indications of

the hinder callosities being developed ; in another specimen of nearly

the same size, the place they occupy is only marked by a small

smooth tubercle, showing through the skin. In the specimen figured

in the catalogue above referred to, the callosities are of a small size

and rounded form. In one of the specimens now received they are

of a larger size and more oblong form; in a second rather larger

specimen they are much larger, oblong-elongate, occupying nearly

the whole length of the-bones on which they are placed; and in a

third specimen, which has all the sternal callosities very much deve-

loped, and some additional ones on the side of the front ones, the

hinder pair of callosities are of a very large size, covering the greater

part of the hinder portion of the sternum between the hinder move-

able lobes ; the callosities are of an elongated subtrigonal shape, with

nearly straight sides and a rounded hinder end; they have a double

notch on the front edge, fitting into two similar notches in the outer

hinder edge of the abdominal callosities.

The five gular callosities are very similar in disposition ; but they

vary greatly in form and size, compared with each other, in the dif-

ferent specimens of this series.

In one which is destitute of the hinder callosities, the second pair

of gular callosities are long and narrow, forming with the hinder

gular callosity a nearly circular disk (see fig. 2, p. 424) ; while in all

the other specimens the second pair of callosities are broad and sepa-

rated from the edge of the third callosity by the rounded form of the

outer hinder angle ; the single hinder callosity is generally wider than

the others ; the first pair in two specimens are square, nearly as broad

as long; but in the four other specimens they are much broader

than long, from front to back, forming together a broad band with

an arched outline in front of the second pair (see fig. 1, p. 424).

In the specimen without any hinder callosities there is a single,

small, roundish, additional tubercle on the right side of the hinder

outer angle of the second pair of gular plates; but there is none to

match it on the other side of the sternum. In all the other speci-

mens there is no indication of such additional plates, except in the

one which has all the callosities so much developed. This specimen

has several distinct well-marked callosities, besides the usual number :

thus there is a small triangular one at the outer hinder edge of the

right plate of the first pair ; there is a roundish smooth bony plate

424 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CYCLANOSTEUS. [May 9,

on the middle of the outer side of the left; a rugose callosity, of

a triangular shape, on the outer side of the right callosity of the

second pair; the space between the outer hinder angle of the second

pair of gular callosities, the side of the odd third plate, and the front

edge of the middle of the abdominal callosity is filled up with an

additional callosity ; on the left side this callosity is single and of

a square form; on the right side it is divided into two parts, the

anterior part being triangular, and the hinder rather irregular in its

outline (see fig. 1).

The middle lateral abdominal callosity of this specimen is large ;

but these callosities differ greatly in size and form in the different

specimens. This specimen seems to show the callosities in the

maximum state of development ; and if I had not possessed a series

of specimens apparently coming from the same locality, showing

how mutable the form and size of the callosities are in this species,

I should have been induced to believe it exhibited the characters of

a distinct and well-marked species.

As in all other Trionychide, the young specimen of this species

is destitute of any callosities; but, from the foregoing observations,

the gular and abdominal callosities appear to be developed nearly at

the same time; and the hinder pair do not make their appearance

till later in the life of the animal, and seem to be gradually deve-

loped, being at first small and roundish, until they cover the whole

length of the bone on which they are placed; hence they vary con-

siderably in shape and size in the different individuals of the species.

The Tortoises under examination may be referred to three prin-

cipal varieties :—

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON CYCLANOSTEUS. 425

a. equilifera.—The sternal callosities moderately far apart ; front

gular square; second pair and hinder ones forming a circular disk ;

abdominal moderate ; posterior absent.

b. normalis.—The sternal callosities moderate, far apart; the

gular broad, transverse ; the abdominal well developed ; the posterior

pair, at first small, at length becoming oblong-elongated, covering the

bone.

ce. callosa.—The sternal callosities very large, and almost entirely

covering the sternum, with some additional, irregular, non-symme-

trical callosities on the sides of the gular ones; the posterior callo-

sities very large, elongate-trigonal.

Dr. Peters is of opinion that in my former paper on Trionychide

(P. Z. S. 1864, p. 76) I ought to have used the generic name ot

Cycloderma instead of Mr. Cope’s term Heptathyra. To this I

reply that I always wish to give every zoologist, whatever may be

his country, his due, and to use the generic name which, after exa-

mination and comparison, appears to have priority ; and I am always

ready to give up my own name for a genus when any other has

claims to priority over it. Indeed, in this as in other affairs of life,

the best rule is to do unto others as you would they should do unto

you. If TI fail in this, it is from error of judgment, and not from

design.

In this special instance I do not think there is any ground for

complaint ; and no objection could have been made, if I had not com-

mitted an injustice to myself in my anxiety to do what I believed

was a kindness to Dr. Peters.

In 1850, having received a Trionyx from the Gambia, I formed

it into a genus, which I characterized. But recollecting, before I

sent the MS. to press, that Dr, Peters, in one of his letters to me,

had stated that he had a Trionyx from Africa, which he shortly de-

scribed, and on which, he said, he had formed a genus in his MS.

under the name of Cyclanorbis, when I read my account of this

Tortoise before the Zoological Society, in November 1852 (see P. Z.S.

1852, p. 135), I erased my own name and well-defined characters

and adopted the name of Dr. Peters, giving an extract from his letter

as the character of the genus, and called the Tortoise Cyclanorbis

petersit in honour of Dr. W. Peters.

Dr. Peters subsequently informed me that he had changed the

name of the genus Cyclanorbis to Cyclanosteus; so in the ‘ Catalogue

of Shield Reptiles in the British Museum,’ which was published in

1855, but which was printed many months before it appeared, as it

had to wait to have the plates finished, I adopted his new name,

taking my generic characters from the Gambian specimen, which I

had named petersit, and, referring to Dr. Peters’s MS. notes on his

species from Mozambique, which I had not seen, quoted it as a

second species; so that petersii is doubtless the type of the genus

Cyclanosteus as published in that catalogue.

Some time after the publication of this work I discovered that

Dr. Peters had very briefly characterized the genus under the name

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXVIII.

426 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CYCLANOSTEUS. [May 9,

of Cycloderma, for he had changed the name again before he pub-

lished it in the ‘Monatsbericht’ for 1854, p. 216. This work, I

believe, was not in this country when my catalogue was published ;

and the paper certainly was not read when my account of the genus

was printed. Dr. Peters’s type is C. frenatum from the Zambesi.

It is to be observed that when I quoted Dr. Peters’s MS. in 1852,

and when he published his characters of the genus under the third

name in 1854, he simply characterized it as a genus of Trionychide

with flaps over the feet, and without any bones in the margin of the

disk.

When I characterized the genus Cyclanosteus in the ‘ Catalogue

of the Shield Reptiles in the British Museum,’ I restricted the genus

to those animals that have nine sternal callosities, as well as a flexible

boneless margin to the shield.

In 1856, M. Auguste Duméril, in the ‘ Revue Zoologique’ for that

year, described a Trionyx that would agree with Dr. Peters’s cha-

racter of Cycloderma, under the name of Cryptopus aubryi.

In 1859 I received a Tortoise from the Zambesi, which was sent

by Dr. Livingstone, with only seven callosities on the sternum.

Not recognizing it as the one so shortly and imperfectly described

by Dr. Peters (who does not mention the number of the callosities

either in his generic or specific characters), and seeing that it was de-

cidedly different from my genus Cyclanosteus, I described it before

the Zoological Society, in January 1860, as a new genus, under the

name of Aspidochelys livingstonit (see P. Z. 8. 1860, p.6). I have

now no doubt that this is the Cycloderma frenatum of Dr. Peters, as

they both inhabit the Zambesi, and as Dr. Sclater, who has examined

the Berlin specimen, informs me they are undoubtedly alike.

It may be distinct from C. aubryi from the Gaboon ; but these

Tortoises evidently have an extended distribution in Africa.

In 1859, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences

of Philadelphia,’ Mr. Cope redescribed C. auéryi, and founded on

it a genus under the name of Heptathyra. This genus is evidently

synonymous with my genus Aspidochelys, which appeared nearly

simultaneously.

In my paper “ On the Trionychide of Asia and Africa” in the

‘Proceedings of the Society’ for 1864, finding that the Trzonyz with

nine and the one with seven tubercular callosities had very different

skulls, and that it was requisite not only to separate them into genera

but into distinct tribes, and that in my catalogue I had distinctly

characterized the one with nine under the name of Cyclanosteus, and

that Mr. Cope had characterized the one with seven, very shortly

before I had named it Aspidochelys, under the name of Heptathyra,

while Dr. Peters’s genus Cycloderma applied equally well to both of

them, I used the two former genera, observing that ‘ the genus Cy-

cloderma of Peters was constituted to contain the Cryptopus of Du-

méril, which had a boneless flexible margin to the shield, without

paying any attention to the number of the callosities, which are also

coexistent with a very different-shaped skull, and doubtless different

habits in the animal.” I therefore adopted the genera Cyclanosteus

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON CYCLANOSTEUS. 427

and Heptathyra to the exclusion of Peters’s genus Cycloderma and

my own genus Aspidochelys.

The synonyms of the genera stand thus :—

I. The feet covered with flaps; the margin of the shield without

any bones.

Cyclanorbis, ‘ Peters, MS. 1848;” Gray, P. Z. S. 1852, p. 133.

Cyclanosteus, Peters, MS. 1850 (type, C. frenatus).

Cycloderma, Peters, Monatsb. 1854.

This group includes—

A. Callosities seven; head ovate.

Heptathyra, Cope, Proc. Acad. N.S. Philad. 1859, p. 296 ; Gray,

P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 315; 1864, p. 92.

Aspidochelys, Gray, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 6.

B. Callosities nine ; head depressed.

Cyclanosteus, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. B. M. 1855; P. Z. S. 1860,

p- 315.

C. Callosities four.

Tetrathyra, Gray, P. Z.S. 1865.

Since I have made out the history of these generic names, it has

been suggested that I ought to have used Cyclanorbis and Cyclo-

derma. I do not agree with that theory, as they were so defined as

to include all the other forms ; while Cyclanosteus and Heptathyra

accurately defined the species they each contained.

It could make no difference to me, if I valued (as some zoologists

seem to do), which I do not, having my name placed after a ge-

neric name ; for in either case I should have established one genus,

and another author the other; but I consider that a genus that is

carefully and definitely characterized has a claim not to be put aside,

and I think the following synonyma of the species will confirm my

view of the case :—

1. CyYCLANOSTEUS SENEGALENSIS.

Cryptopus senegalensis, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. 505; Gray,

P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 316 (junior).

Emyda senegalensis, Gray, Cat. Tort. B. M. 47; Cat. Shield

Rept. B. M. 64, 1855; P. Z.S. 1860, p. 316 (junior).

Cyclanosteus petersii, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. 64, t. 29, 1855;

P. Z.S. 1860, p. 315.

Cylanosteus senegalensis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 95.

Hab. West Africa; Gambia.

2. HEPTATHYRA AUBRYI.

Cryptopus aubryi, A. Dum. Rev. Zool. 1856, p. 37, t. 20.

428 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON NEW AFRICAN BIRDS. [May 9,

Heptathyra aubryi, Cope, Proc. Acad. N.S. Philad. 1859, p. 296 ;

Gray, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 315.

Heptathyra frenata (partly), Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 94.

Hab. Gaboon. I have not seen this species.

3. HEPTATHYRA FRENATA.

Cyclanorbis frenata, Peters’s MS. 1848.

Cyclanosteus frenatus, Peters’s MS. 1850; Gray, Cat. Shield

Rept. B. M. 64, 1855.

Cycloderma frenatum, Peters, Monatsbericht, 1854, p. 216.

Aspidochelys livingstonii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 6, pl. xx11. ;

ibid. p. 315.

Heptathyra livingstonii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 94.

H. frenata (partly), Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 94.

Hab. Central Africa ; River Zambesi (Peters, Mus. Berlin) ;

(Livingstone, Mus. Brit.).

These two species may be the same; they both have black marks

on the head; but I have not been able to compare them.

The difference in the form of the callosities (pointed out in my

last paper) may depend on the age or the individual peculiarities of

the two specimens figured.

Dr. Sclater informs me that, judging from a cursory examination,

the specimen in the Berlin Museum seemed exactly like that figured

in the ‘ Proceedings.’

2. On Two New Species or AFRICAN Birps.

By Dr. G. Hartiaus, For. Memes. Z.S.

(Plate XXIII.)

1. TCHITREA SPEKII, n. sp.

Minor ; lete rufa, subtus parum pallidior, pileo vix cristato cha-

lybeo-nigro ; capitis lateribus infra oculum, mento et gula rufis ;

alarum tectricibus albis ; remigibus primariis in margine externo

tenuissime albis, secundariis externe et interne albo limbatis,

tertiariis rufis ; subalaribus albis ; cauda tota rufa ; rostro et

pedibus nigricantibus.

Long. circa 83", rostri 5!’, al. 2! 9'", caud. 53" (rectr. 2 mediar.),

tarsi 63!"".

Hab. in Africa orient. interiore (Speke).

The individual described seems to be an adult male. It is the

specimen mentioned by Dr. Sclater (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 109) as Tehi-

trea, sp.

2. SAXICOLA SPECTABILIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII.)

Pileo et nucha nigricanti-fuscis, gutture nigerrimo ; fascia lata

superciliari in fronte conjuncta et utrinque elongata isabellina;

dorso fusco, fulvescente vario ; alis nigricanti-fuscis, remigibus

in margine interno albicantibus, tertiariis in margine apicali

SIV Vata Ss. VU ae

daar qaeywe YW

uitt'qeTap sueUMA [fp

sys OR Fi

WIXXd 6 98t:S 74 : Wath il

“<e yy

: ot.

a ’

r i gael Te

‘a ve i!

fas

1865 Pl XX

ral

)

M &NHanhart,mp

3. Wolf. del et litt

LED COPTERNIS

1865.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW ACCIPITRINE BIRD. 429

pallide fulvescentibus ; cauda unicolore nigra; uropygio isa-

bellino, gastreo toto intense fulvo; subalaribus nigris ; sub-

caudalibus fulvis ; rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. circa 6", rostr. 6!", al. 3! 7", caud. 2" 3!", tars. 14!"',

Jun. Fusco-brunnea; subtus pallidior, uropygio fulvescente.

Hab. Windvogelberg, in Africa merid. inter. (Capt. Bulger).

3. DescrirTion or A New AccipitrINne Birp rrom Costa Rica.

By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., SecRETARY TO THE

Society.

(Plate XXIV.)

My friend Mr. Osbert Salvin has requested me to bring before the

notice of the Society this evening a specimen of a very fine and well-

marked species of Accipitrine bird, which he has lately received

from Costa Rica, This bird was procured by Enrique Arcé—the

same collector who obtained the several conspicuous novelties which

Mr. Salvin described in these ‘ Proceedings’ for last year*, at ‘Tu-

currique. Mr. Salvin proposes to call it

LEUCOPTERNIS PRINCEPS, sp. nov. (Pl. XXIV.)

Plumbescenti-nigra, plumis ad basin albis: cauda albo uni-

Sasciata : abdomine toto et alarum tectricibus inferioribus albis,

nigro frequenter transvittatis : rostro pallide corneo, cera flava:

pedibus aurantiacis, unguibus nigris.

Long. tota 20 poll. Angl., alee 14°3, caude 8-0, tarsi 3°5, dig. int.

cum ungue 2°5, dig. med. c. ung. 2°9, dig. ext. c. ung. 2°6, dig.

post. c. ungue 2°4; rostri a rictu ad ap. mand. inf. linea directa 1-5.

Hab. Costa Rica, in montibus.

This bird is very distinct in coloration from any other species of

the group with which I am acquainted. The bill is strongly hooked

at the tip, and the margins of the upper mandibles festooned. The

nostrils are large and open, regularly oval; the cere is yellowish in

the dried skin, thinly planted with black bristles, which also occur

on the sides of the lower mandible. The whole plumage above and

below to the middle of the breast is nearly uniform plumbeous black,

rather lighter on the edgings of the feathers. At their bases the

feathers are white, which colour shows through, especially on the

head and nape, when the feathers are slightly disturbed. The tail is

crossed by a narrow white band in the middle of its exposed portion.

Other less complete bands follow towards the base of the tail; but

the whole apical portion of the tail is uniform black, like the back.

Externally the wings are uniform, like the back ; but the inner (and

partly the outer) margins of the secondaries are broadly barred with

white. The whole belly, from the middle of the breast to the lowest

tail-coverts, is white, thickly barred across with narrow black bands,

there being seven or eight of these bands on each feather. The

* See P. Z. S. 1864, p. 579.

430 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. [May 9,

under wing-coverts are similarly marked, but the bars are much nar

yower here. The primaries above are faintly marked with lighter

bars on their inner webs. Below they are pearl-grey on the inner

webs, variegated with white, and faintly barred with dark grey. The

first primary is 2°5 inches shorter than the second, and 3°5 inches

shorter than the fourth, which is longest, though very slightly ex-

ceeding the fifth. The third is rather longer than the sixth. The

first three primaries are distinctly emarginated on the inner web at

about one-third of the total length of their exposed portions; the

next succeeding two less distinctly so. The legs are well feathered,

the feathers projecting above an inch below the heel behind, and in

front covering the upper part of the tarsus for a quarter of an inch,

The tarsus is covered in front with a row of ten or eleven broad plates,

behind by fifteen or sixteen rather narrower plates, with the divisions

almost obsolete. These rows nearly join on the inner side, leaving

on the outer side a space occupied by three irregular rows of small

oval plates. The tarsi and toes are bright orange ; the claws black.

The only specimen obtained is no doubt quite adult: the sex is

not marked. Probably the adults of both sexes would be alike, ex-

cept in size.

4. Description or S1x New Species or DiurNAL LEPIDOPTERA

IN THE British Museum Coxxuection. By A. G. ButTter,

British Museum.

(Plate XXV.)

1. Papinio vireatus. (Pl. XXV. fig. 1.)

Upperside cream-colour, with a deeper tint at the base, hind

margin, and anterior margin ; anterior wings with a broad, elongate,

triangular black band at the outer margin, its pomt touching the

anal angle, and divided in the centre by a narrow cream-coloured

band running parallel to the outer margin; a short black band just

beyond the cell, and a long band upon the cell, and tapering to near

the anal angle ; two bands crossing the middle of the cell, the outer

one bounded by the median nervure, the inner one by the interior

margin; two black bands at the base of the wing, the inner one

touching the body. Posterior wings tailed, with an irregular black

spot enclosing a pale blue Junule and with a dull yellow margin in-

clining to orange above, at the anal angle; a narrow black band

crossing the wing at the end of the cell, slightly uncated at its outer

extremity and tapering towards the anal angle, four blue-grey lunules

surrounded with black along the lower edge of the outer margin ; a

cream-coloured lunule surrounded with black on the outer margin

between the subcostal nervules ; margin between the apex and first

subcostal nervule black ; a large cloudy black spot above the supra-

caudal lunules. Tail black. Body greyish black, with the caudal ex-

tremity silver-grey ; a cream-coloured band on each side of the thorax,

and a ring of the same colour round the eyes; antennz black.

+ Butler. del et.1:t)

PAPILIO VIRGATUS

PIERIS GLAUCE.

ANTHOCHARIS PHLEGYA

P4.b. 186o.PI AXV

se s |

W&M Hannart map

GONEPTERYX GOBRIAS Aew

HELICONIA VULCANUS.

DANAIS ASNONE |

}

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 431

Underside—ground-colour in the anterior wings as above ; in the

posterior a little brighter. Anterior wings with black hind margin ;

a greyish elongate triangular band, margined with black and sprinkled

with yellow scales, its point towards the anal angle, a little way from

and nearly parallel to the hind margin; the rest of the wing as

above, except that all the bands are intersected by the nervules,

which are yellow. Posterior wings—a bright orange lunule above

the anal ocellus; an additional shorter black band outside and

parallel to the central band ; an additional black line above the black

margin to the apical sinuation. Tail tipped with white ; the cloudy

spot above the tail only marked by a scattering of black scales ; the

rest of the characters as above. Body—prothorax yellow; meso-

thorax and metathorax grey ; abdomen cream-coloured, with a yel-

low band along its outer margin.

Hab. Syria.

This species, taken by Mr. B. Lowne at Damascus, is closely allied

to P. podalirius of Europe, but differs from it in having the posterior

wings and tails proportionally much longer, the orange spot above

the ocellus barely indicated on the upperside, the blue lunules

much larger. On the underside the orange band crossing the wings

between the two centre bands is wanting ; the black band between

the hind margin and the centre bands is also wanting ; and the en-

tire insect is smaller and not so highly coloured.

2. Preris GLAUCE. (Pl. XXV. fig. 2.)

Male. Upperside—anterior wing, basal half white, apical half

deep brown, inner edge deeply indented ; the base and the end of

the cell deep brown. Posterior wing white, with broad black outer

margin ; base deep brown. Body black.

Underside—anterior wing deep brown; end of the cell, median

nervure, base of submedian nervure and of the second and third

median nervules sprinkled with white scales ; a few white scales be-

tween the subcostal nervules near the apex, and between the third

median nervule and the submedian nervure near the anal angle.

Posterior wing rich yellow; base sprinkled with black scales ; margin

deep brown ; a few yellow scales at the base ; a broad crimson dash

just below the basal portion of the anterior margin ; six deep-brown

hastate spots enclosing yellow spots along the hind margin. Body—

head grey; thorax yellow, sprinkled with black ; abdomen pale brown.

Female unknown.

Hab. Borneo.

. Allied to P. belisama (Java); but has a broader apical band to

the anterior wing on the upperside, and a broader margin to the

posterior wing. On the underside the apical row of yellow spots in

the anterior wing is only represented by a few white scales ; in the

posterior wing the crimson dash near the base is much broader, and

the marginal row of spots much blacker and broader.

3. ANTHOCHARIS PHLEGYAS. (PI. XXV. figs. 3, 3a.)

Male. Upperside—anterior wing white, apex lilac, margined

432 MR. A.G. BUTLER ON NEW DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. [May 9,

with brown on its outer edge. Posterior wing white; nervures

black.

Underside—anterior wing silky white; nervures yellow. Poste-

rior wing silky white; nervures yellow at their outer extremities,

black at the base.

Female. Upperside—anterior wing white, yellowish at the base

and anterior margin ; a broad orange apical band reaching along the

outer margin nearly to the third median nervule, bordered on its

outer edge by a brown band, and enclosing six brown spots, the two

lowest ones being connected to one another and to the margin, and

intersecting the orange band ; a few brown scales on the interior

margin of the orange band; an indistinct brown spot near the anal

angle ; a black spot at the end of the cell. Posterior wing white ;

five brown spots at the outer extremities of the nervules.

Underside—anterior wing white, yellowish at the base and anterior

margin; a broad salmon-coloured apical band reaching along the

outer margin, nearly to the third median nervule, and enclosing six

brown spots; a black spot at the end of the cell. Posterior wing

pale salmon-colour ; a row of four lunular brown spots crossing the

wing obliquely from the anterior margin, a little beyond the middle,

and joining at an angle two similar brown spots running parallel to

the outer margin; a small brown spot on the inner side of the sub-

median nervure at two-thirds of its length from the base.

Hab. White Nile.

Closely allied to A. tone (Port Natal), but much less robust ; the

violet apical band of the male and the orange band of the female

much broader and fuller, and not enclosed in brown as in J. tone,

the inner black margin being almost indistinguishable. The male

without the black spots in the anterior wing, or the black termina-

tions to the nervules of the posterior wings ; all the other markings

are also much less distinct, and the whole insect is much smaller.

4, GoNEPTERYX GoBRIAS, Hew. (Pl. XXV. fig. 4.)

Male. Upperside bright yellow; all the wings with hind margins

deeply sinuated ; cilia (except at anal angle), front of the head, and

base of the antennez crimson; the remainder of the antenne brown

above and white beneath, with orange tips; thorax greenish grey;

abdomen yellow. Anterior wing—apex and hind margin brown, with

orange inner margin, the inner side deeply sinuated and dentated ;

a curved orange band at the end of the cell, and a band of orange

spots crossing the wing a little beyond the middle, and connecting

the apical band with the anterior margin. Posterior wing with very

narrow chocolate-brown hind margin; orange on its inner side.

Underside—anterior wing pale yellow; apical band dark brown

on its inner and light brown on its outer side, enclosing an almost

triangular metallic-violet dash, the base of which touches the ante-

rior margin ; the band at the end of the cell only marked by a red-

dish outline; base of the wing reddish ; a red spot at the outer ter-

mination of the costal nervure and the first subcostal nervule ; a faint

silver spot at the end of the cell. Posterior wing pale yellow; an

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 433

irregular pale orange band crosses the wing from beyond the middle

of the costa to the second median, nervule, where it is met by a smaller

band crossing the space between the second and third median ner-

vules ; base of the wing reddish.

Female. Upperside cream-white ; markings the same as in the

male, but much less distinct.

Underside pale greenish yellow; markings the same as in the

male.

Hab. Borneo. ,

This species, of which we have three examples in the British Mu-

seum, is closely allied to G. verhuelii (N. India), but differs from it

in the deeper sinuations of the hind margins, the abrupt termination

of the apex of the anterior wings, the breadth of the apical band, the

dark margin to the posterior wings, and the absence of any sinuation

in the anterior margin of the apex*.

5. Hexiconia vutcanus. (Pl. XXV. fig. 5.)

Upperside—anterior wing deep brown, glossed with blue, crossed

beyond the middle by a broad irregular oblique scarlet band. Poste-

rior wing deep brown, glossed with blue ; anterior margin light brown.

Underside—anterior wing rich chocolate-brown, with a broad irre-

gular salmon-coloured band enclosing three small indistinct white

spots, one within the cell, and one on either side of it ; inner margin

glossy light brown. Posterior wing rich chocolate-brown ; anterior

margin yellow ; a broad yellow band crossing the wing a little above

the middle and tapering towards the apex.

Hab. Demerara and Panama.

I found this species amongst the Heliconide, under the name of

H. melpomene, to which it is allied ; it differs from it, however, in

having a broad yellow band across the middle of the posterior wing

on the underside, and a brighter blue gloss on the upperside.

6. Danats @NonE. (Pl. XXV. fig. 6.)

Upperside—anterior wing transparent, with a broad black band

along the outer margin, and black anterior margin ; an irregular ob-

lique black band at the end of the cell, connecting the anterior with

the outer margin, and connected by a narrow black band with the

middle of the last median nervule ; a row of fourteen brown spots in

couples between the nervules, close to the outer margin and upon

the black band, the second, fuurth, and sixth to fourteenth enclo-

sing minute white spots; an oval white spot between the first and

second and another between the second and third subcostal nervules;

a brown spot in the middle and a white triangular spot at the base

of the space between the third and fourth subcostal nervules ; a row

of seven white spots, the lowest one bilobed, running parallel to the

hind margin and through the centre of the black band ; nervures

* I had intended to describe this species under another name; but as Mr.

Hewitson informs me that he has lately described it as G. gobrias in the ‘ Trans-

actions of the Entomological Society,’ I have of course adopted his name.

434 MR.J.¥. JOHNSON ON A NEW TRICHIUROID FISH. [May 9,

black. Posterior wing transparent, with a broad black band along

the outer margin; a row of fourteen brown spots within the band,

between the nervules and close to the outer margin, the second to

sixth and the eighth to fourteenth enclosing minute white spots; a

row of ten brown spots between the marginal row and the inner edge

of the black band, the second to fourth, sixth, ninth, and tenth en-

closing white spots ; nervures black. Body—thorax black, spotted

with white; abdomen black.

Underside the same as above, except that white spots take the

place of all the brown ones, and the abdomen is white.

Hab. Philippine Islands.

5. Descriprion or A New Genus or TricutvuroipD FisHEs os-

TAINED AT MApErIRA, wiTad REMARKS ON THE GENUs D1-

crorus, GUNTHER, AND ON SOME ALLIED GENERA OF TRI-

cuiurip&. By James Yate Jounson, Corr. Mem. Z. 8.

Order ACANTHOPTERYGII.

Fam. TRICHIURID®.

NEALOTUS, gen. nov.

Body elongate, compressed, incompletely clothed with delicate

scales. Cleft of the mouth deep. Small teeth in the jaws and on

the palatine bones; none on the vomer. First dorsal fin continuous,

extending to the second; finlets behind the second dorsal and anal

fins. Each ventral fin represented by a single small spine. A

dagger-shaped spine behind the vent. No keel on the tail. Caudal

fin well developed. Seven branchiostegal rays.

This genus may be entered in the synopsis of Trichiuroid genera

in the ‘Catalogue of the Collection of Fishes in the British Museum’

thus :—

Each ventral represented by a single spine ; a dagger-shaped spine

behind the vent.

NEALOTUS TRIPES, sp. n.

First D. 21. Second D. 19. P.13. A.18. C. 16.

The compressed body is very elongate, and has a few large deci-

duous simple scales of delicate structure scattered here and there on

the skin, which is faintly reticulated with oblique grooves or wrinkles,

and has a steel-grey colour with a silvery lustre. The height of the

body, compared with the total length, is as 1 to 93 ; whilst the length

of the head, compared with the total length, is as 1 to44. he

black compressed head is flattened above, and is concave between

the eyes, where there are four low ridges, the inner pair of which

enclose an elongated diamond-shaped space. The lower jaw is longer

than the upper, and each is armed with a single series of small del-

toid distant teeth. Those of the upper jaw are inserted in the pre-

1865.] MR.J.¥.JOHNSON ON A NEW TRICHIUROID FISH. 435

maxillary. In front there are seven longer teeth, which are conico-

compressed, and curve slightly backwards ; two of them at each side

stand within the outer row of teeth. On the palatine bones there is

a single row of minute teeth; whilst the vomer is unarmed. The

tongue is also without teeth, and is black like the rest of the mouth

and the inside of the gill-covers. A membrane with a tongue-like

lobe stretches across the palate.

The diameter of the round lateral eye is contained in the head

about five times, and is distant from the muzzle 1% of its diameter.

Near the angle of the preopercle are three very small flat teeth. The

opercle terminates in two obtuse projections separated by a notch.

The first dorsal fin commences a little in front of the root of the

pectoral fin. Its height is rather more than half the height of the

body ; and its length is less than half that of the fish. It rises out

of a groove, and is supported by twenty-one slender spines, which

are not tuberculated. The second dorsal fin commences shortly behind

the termination of the first, to which it is not quite equal in point of

height, and it is less than half as long. It is supported by nineteen

rays, of which the first one or two are short; and it is followed by

two longish finlets. The pectoral fin is inserted under the angle of

the opercle ; it contains thirteen rays, and equals in length the second

dorsal fin. The pair of spines representing the ventral fins are in-

serted close together under the hinder part of the roots of the pec-

toral fins. Their length is about a fourth of the height of the body;

and, being longitudinally grooved, each appears to consist of two or

three spines fused together. The vent is a little behind the middle

of the fish. Behind the vent there is a flat dagger-shaped spine,

which is longitudinally grooved. Its length is less than half the

greatest height of the body ; but it is rather longer than the ventral

spines. The anal fin commences about the length of the spine behind

it, and is opposite to, but rather shorter than, the second dorsal fin.

It contains eighteen rays, and is followed by two finlets, the second

of which is elongated. The deeply forked caudal fin contains six-

teen rays, with five or six short exterior rays on each side.

The lateral line falls obliquely from its commencement above the

opercle to the middle of the length of the fish, and is then continued

with a gentler obliquity along the posterior part of the body to the

tail, where it has two-thirds of the height above it.

The single specimen of this fish which has occurred was obtained

in the month of December, and it has been deposited in the British

Museum. The fish bears a close external resemblance to the

“Coelho” of Madeira (Thyrsites prometheus, Gthr. ; Prometheus

atlanticus, Lowe). From that fish it may be distinguished by the

possession of a dagger-shaped spine in front of the anal fin*, by the

spines of the first dorsal fin being twenty-one in place of eighteen,

by the rays of the second dorsal fin being nineteen in place of twenty-

one, and by the rays of the anal fin being eighteen in place of six-

* Aphanopus carbo, Lowe, and Nesiarchus nasutus, a fish described by me in

the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1862, p. 173, pl. xx1t., have a similar spine be-

tween the vent and the anal fin.

436 MR.J.¥. JOHNSON ON A NEW TRICHIUROID FisH. [May 9,

teen. It may be further noticed that in the present fish the ventral

spines are placed under the posterior angle of the base of the pec-

toral fin, instead of being inserted a little before that fin, and that

the lateral line does not descend rapidly under the anterior part of

the first dorsal fin, as in Prometheus atlanticus. With Nesiarchus

nasutus it cannot be confounded, since the latter has perfect ventral

fins and fleshy and cartilaginous prolongations of the jaws.

The dimensions of the fish which has afforded materials for this

description are given in the following table :—

inches

Total ldnpthoffishisz imo cene LE E BO 10

Heishti 1. ss ayeik of wis odie wee softtt ane iiie

Thickness behind pectoral..... 0... ..0220----0 35

Head) length ad: ep. tisk\ ts cel ee ie OR AE 20

Eye, diameter, early. siee). D2. ances oe o/h. 3

Teeth, lengthvof largest !..saj0. iss et esiehs ore nial intel +

First dorsal, distance from muzzle .... J eee,

First dorsaldempthi 32 ....areu Aol Cad ARLES nt 41

First dorsal, height in front ..... mig tSeR. ae 5

Second dorsal, length ............ 135

Second’ dorsal,j height bis esis. ile ee Nyse See

Pectoral, distance from tip of lower jaw..........- 2545

Péetoralydengtly i s4dn maby it ouk tehad soe seget. 1,3;

Ventral spines, length linccle Jatin a. fiat Bae i

Ventral spines, distance from tip of lower jaw .. 2545

Spine in front of anal, length ................-. sy

Anal; denetiietos Ja) wtetis ota ace Dore chin aes» 1,5

Agal, height infront: als ool. nels bie conse" eae oper Ta

Caudal Agmethi ec 7 Se sA Ip sciW olitote cA I. el AR BOE 13

The family of Trichiuride is composed, according to Dr. Giinther’s

Catalogue, of the genera dphanopus, Lepidopus, Trichiurus, Epin-

nula, Dicrotus, Thyrsites, and Gempylus. To these have to be added

the recently described genera Nesiarchus and Nealotus. With re-

spect to Dicrotus, Giinther, a genus founded on a small fish only

24 inches in length, it appears to me that it ought to be abolished,

the fish having been most probably a young individual of some species

of Thyrsites or Gempylus—an opinion which has been entertained by

Dr. Giinther himself for some time. From Thyrsites prometheus,

for example, it would seem to differ only by the absence of finlets

and the presence of minute teeth on the vomer. But finlets are not

developed in very young fishes, such as Dicrotus armatus probably

was; and teeth are apt to disappear from the vomer when fishes ac-

quire their full growth. It may be mentioned in confirmation of

this view, that I obtained a scaleless fish, not quite six inches in length,

which had its ventrals reduced to single spines, had teeth on both

palatines and the vomer, and had the last four or five rays of the

second dorsal fin distant from, and unconnected by membrane with,

the rest of the fin; whilst the last two or three rays of the anal fin

were separated from the anterior portion. This was therefore a Di-

1865.] MR. J.¥.JOHNSON ON A NEW TRICHIUROID FISH. 437

crotus with imperfectly formed finlets, showing a closer approach to

a fully developed Prometheus atlanticus than D. armatus.

After attentively considering the descriptions of the species placed

by Dr. Giinther under the genus Thyrsites (Brit. Mus. Cat. ii. 350),

as well as some of the fishes themselves, it appears to me that a more

satisfactory arrangement would be to distribute the species amongst

three genera, thus :— .

1. Tuyrsites. Fishes having teeth on the palatines, perfect

ventrals, finlets, and a skin naked or furnished with simple scales.

T. atun, C. & V., and T. lepidopoides, C. & V.

2. Ruvettus. Includes a single very distinct species, remark-

able for having a keeled abdomen, and the skin everywhere furnished

with bony bodies, each bearing several spines—possessing also teeth

on the palatines, perfect ventrals, and finlets.

Ruvettus pretiosus, Cocco.

3. Prometuevs. Distinguished by having each ventral reduced

to a single spine, as well as by having teeth on the palatines, finlets,

and a skin either naked or furnished with simple scales.

P. atlanticus, Lowe; P. solandri, C. & V.; P. prometheoides,

Bleek.

The genus Gempylus is distinguished from all these by the absence

of teeth from the palatines.

To return for a moment to Ruvettus pretiosus (‘ce curieux, ce

précieux poisson,”—Valenciennes), the ‘ Escolar” of Madeiran

fishermen, it may be noted that, although one of the characters given

in the ‘ British Museum Catalogue’ is the want of a lateral line, this

line may be made out in fishes fresh from the sea. It commences

on a level with the upper border of the opercle, but at some distance

behind it, and then descends gently until it arrives at the middle of

the height of the fish, which position it keeps on the posterior half

of the body.

May 23, 1865.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to a rare and inter-

esting Parrot lately presented to the Society’s collection by Mr. P.

N. Bernard, being an example of the Chrysotis augusta (Psittacus

augustus, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 80) from the West-Indian Island

Dominica. Mr. Bernard stated that this Parrot was very rare in

Dominica, being seldom seen, and that only one or two were caught

during the year ; its abode was in the very centre and most moun-

tainous part of the island. Mr. Bernard was well acquainted with

438 PROF. OWEN ON FORSTER’S PENGUIN. May 23

Y 40,

all the West-Indian Islands, and had been several times in Dominica.

But it was only in last year that he saw one of these Parrots for the

first time. The only inhabitant of the island who had one domesti-

cated was the Governor; and although Mr. Bernard offered a large

price to the native sportsmen, it was only at the end of twelve

months that they had succeeded in obtaining the young one now in

the Society’s possession. The natives of Dominica called this bird

** Ciceroo.”

The tenth of a series of memoirs, by Professor Owen, on the extinct

Dinornithine Birds of New Zealand, was read. The present memoir

contained the description of parts of the skeleton of a flightless bird,

indicative of a new genus and species of the family, which Professor

Owen proposed to call Cnemiornis calcitrans. The materials upon

which the present paper was based had been gathered from the bot-

_ tom of a fissure in a limestone rock at Timaru, in the Middle Island

of New Zealand, by Dr. David S. Price. The Cnemiornis was sup-

posed to have been of about the same stature as Bennett’s Cassowary.

he name chosen bore relation to the remarkable size of the pro-

cesses of the tibia in this form.

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On THE Morsip APPEARANCES OBSERVED IN THE DIssECTION

OF THE PENGUIN (APTENODYTES FORSTERI). By Pror.

Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., ere.

The Penguin was a male, but with the testes small, as at the non-

breeding season. The coats of one of the large abdominal air-cells

were thickened, and roughened by granular deposits of a caseous,

quasi-strumous nature; and larger flattened masses of the same

substance were scattered in the connecting substance of the diseased

air-cell with the thoracic abdominal parietes. These appearances

indicated old-standing disease. But the more immediate cause of

death was inflammation of the coats of the stomach and adjoining

peritoneum or air-cells. The stomach—a full oval cavity, about

6 inches in longest diameter—was distended with a mass of putrid

yellow-grey pultaceous matter and portions of half-digested fishes.

It oceupied the hinder and under part of the abdominal cavity, ex-

tending from the sternum to the pelvis, and so closely adherent to

the abdominal parietes that its coats seemed, on dissection, to be an

inner or deep-seated layer of the abdominal muscles. The perito-

neum, when separated, had a rough or finely gritty or granular sur-

face, with red vascular inflammatory patches, and was adherent,

beyond the stomach, to the mass of intestines.

The contents of the stomach were in so putrid a state as to lead

to the inference that, for want of power of digestion, the ordinary

chemical changes had commenced before the death of the bird, and

been concomitant with, if not the cause of, the inflammation of that

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW SPERM WHALE. 439

viscus and of the abdominal membranes immediately external to it

(peritonitis), which was the chief lethal morbid appearance observed

in the dissection of the Penguin.

Among the rarer anatomical characters in birds may be noticed

the well-developed urinary bladder, which, in the present species, in

the almost empty state, was continued from the fore part of the uro-

genital compartment of the cloaca for 13 inch in length and 1 inch

in breadth: the muscular tunic was well developed.

2. Notice or A New Species or AUSTRALIAN SPERM WHALE

(CATODON KREFFTII) IN THE SypNry Museum. By Joun

Epwarp Gray, Pu.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., erc.

In a letter which I lately received from Mr. Gerrard Krefft, the

intelligent Secretary and Curator of the Australian Museum, he sent

me some photographs (taken like those formerly sent by Mr. Henry

Barnes) of a separate atlas vertebra and of the second and other

cervical vertebrze united into one mass of a species of Whale, which

are contained in the museum under his charge. The two bones,

though not united, fit one another so exactly that Mr. Krefft has no

doubt of their having belonged to the same animal; and the photo-

graphs sent justify this conclusion. However, should there be any

mistake in this matter, it will not in the least invalidate the conclusion

that I have come to, from the examination of these photographs,

that they indicate the existence of a second species of Sperm Whale

in the Australian Seas, very distinctly characterized by the subcir-

cular form of the atlas vertebra and of the neural canal in it.

The mass formed by the second and other cervical vertebre is

somewhat similar to these bones in the skeleton of the Australian

Catodon lately received by the Royal College of Surgeons, which I

hope will shortly be described by Mr. Flower, the energetic Curator

of their Museum, who, in his late paper on the Balenide, has shown

how well he can describe and determine the species of Whales.

The genus Catodon should be divided into two subgenera, accord-

ing to the form of the atlas, thus :—

I. The atlas oblong, transverse, nearly twice as broad as high; the

central canal subtrigonal, narrow below. Catodon.

1. CaropoN MACROCEPHALUs of the Northern Ocean. A ske-

leton from Scotland, in the British Museum.

2. Caropon avustTrRALis, Macleay, of the Southern Ocean. A

skeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, from

Hobart Town.

II. The atlas subcircular, rather broader than high; the central

canal circular in the middle of the body, widened above. Me-

ganeuron.

440 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW SPERM WHALE. [May 23,

CaTopon (MEGANEURON) KREFFTII, Sp. nov.

The atlas vertebra oblong transverse, about one-third wider than

high ; the lateral processes only a little produced beyond the articular

surface, with an arched edge; the lower edge arched ; the neural

arch low, broad, with a slight central prominence on the upper sur-

face; the canal for the spinal marrow very large, circular, rather

contracted on the sides above, and then dilated, becoming oblong and

transverse.

The atlas is thin, high, being only about one-fourth wider than

it is high. The lower and lateral margins are arched, the lower

edge being the most so. The neural arch is low, transverse, with a

nearly straight lower edge. It is thickest in the middle. The

upper surface is shelving on the sides, with an angular central pro-

minence.

The central aperture is very large, nearly circular, and dilated

above into an oblong transverse aperture, which is rather wider than

the widest part of the central circle. The front articulating surface is

horseshoe-shaped, continued to the upper outer angle, and obliquely

shelving off on the upper edge to the base of the oblong part of the

aperture. The articulating surface of the hinder side is similar;

but the articulating surface is shorter at the sides, and transversely

truncated in a line with the middle of the upper, oblong, transverse

opening (figs. 1, 2).

Fig. 2.

Fig. 1. Front of atlas of Catodon krefftit.

2. Hinder side of ditto (reduced).

The second and other cervical vertebree are all united together into

one mass, anchylosed by their bodies, lateral processes, and neural

arches. The neural arches form a triangular mass, which is strongly

keeled on the central line; and the keel is stronger and produced

into an acute point at the hinder end (figs. 3, 4).

The lateral processes of the second, third, and fourth vertebre are

produced and united into a broad, thick, angular process, which is

ae ».

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW SPERM WHALE. 44]

expanded at the side, giving the united mass a rhombic appearance,

the width of the side being about one-fourth more than the height

of the mass.

Fig. 3.

Vig. 4.

Side view of the hinder side of the cervical vertebra of Catodon krefftii.

There is a tubercle, which is most probably the end of the lower

lateral process of one of the anterior cervical vertebree, at the lowes

part of the hinder side of the front lateral expansion.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXIX.

442 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS. [May 23,

The three hinder vertebree have no distinct lower lateral processes ;

their place is only marked by three slight ridges on the lower edge

of the hinder side of the mass. The upper lateral processes of the

hinder cervical vertebrze are small, slender, forming a strap-like sec-

tion, rather tapering towards and truncated at the tips on the side of

the apertures for the passage of the nerves for the neural canal.

The neural canal is rather large, oblong transverse, the height being

about two-thirds of the width ; it is rather larger and higher behind.

The hinder surface of the body of the last cervical vertebra is ob-

long transverse, about two-thirds of the height of its width at the

widest part; the lower edge is rounded and rather angularly pro-

duced in the centre, and the upper margin transverse, with a slight

central depression; the surface is concave, with a central, linear,

perpendicular, compressed line.

The cervical vertebrze in Catodontide are united into a single mass

py their bodies, the neural arch, and the lateral processes. The

lateral processes of the anterior vertebree are produced, and form a

thick, subconical, triangular prominence on the side of the mass.

The front side is nearly flat, and the lateral processes of the hinder

vertebrze are shorter and shorter to the last. The hinder surface

shelves from before backwards, and is crested with some conical pro-

minences which indicate the lateral processes of the different ver-

tebree of which the mass is formed. The first dorsal vertebra is

sometimes partially anchylosed with the seventh cervical.

The arm-bones are very short.

3. A Reviston oF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHISBZ-

NIANS, WITH THE DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES NOW

IN THE COLLECTION OF THE British Museum. By Dr.

Joun Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Erc.

Sir Andrew Smith having kindly presented to the British Museum,

along with a number of other reptiles which he has described, the

types of his genus Monotrophis, which I had not before seen, and

having received from Mr. Welwitsch and from the collection of my

late excellent and lamented friend Dr. Balfour Baikie two Amphis-

bzenians from Africa, and from Mr. Bates a species from the Amazons

which I believed had not hitherto been recorded in the Catalogue, I

proceeded to examine them; and, for the purpose of making the

comparison the more complete, I was led on to study all the speci-

mens of this tribe which we have in the Museum.

The natural result of such an examination was, that I was dis-

satisfied with the manner in which the species had hitherto been

arranged and described, and, after repeated examination, I have

reduced my observations to the following results :—

The determination of the species themselves, and the means which

a paper resulting from the re-examination and comparison of all the

species in a large collection afford to a student, are much more cer-

tain than any isolated description of the species regarded as new,

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS, 443

however detailed and particular the description may be; and ina

comparative review of the species of a group or order the distinctions

be stated in a more condensed form.

The Amphisbzenians are very rarely collected; hence few species

are found in museums and noticed in systematic catalogues. This is

explained by their living almost exclusively in the nests of ants, and

being seldom seen by the casual observer. There is reason to believe

that every country which has ants has some form of Amphisbeenians.

Until lately they were thought to be confined to Tropical America,

though one was described by Vandeli as occurring in Spain as long

ago as 1780; but his essay and the animal itself were alike so little

known to naturalists, that Professors Hemprich (in 1820) and Wagler

each described Vandeli’s species as new, the latter as a South-Ame-

rican species. Professor Kaup described a species from North Africa

in 1830, and M. Gervais redescribed it as new in 1835. MM. Du-

méril and Bibron have described a specimen in the Leyden Museum

from Guinea; Dr. Andrew Smith one as occurring at the Cape, and

Dr. Peters has added another from the east coast of Africa. The

number of African species is in this essay raised to seven. As yet

none have been received from Asia Proper; but Sir Charles Fellows

brought from Xanthus the same species that is found in Spain,

Portugal, and North Africa.

The following table shows the geographical distribution of the

species here recorded :—

EASTERN HEMISPHERE.

Fam. Trogonophide.

1. Trogonophis wiegmanni. N. Africa.

Fam. Amphisbenide.

- Blanus cinereus. Spain, N. Africa, Asia Minor.

. Amphisbena?® violacea. East Africa.

. Cynisca leucura, Guinea.

. Baikia africana. W. Africa.

or & © bo

Tribe Cephalopeltine.

6. Monotrophis capensis. . S. Africa.

7. Dalophia welwitschii. W. Africa.

WESTERN HEMISPHERE.

Fam. Chirotide.

1. Chirotes lumbricoides. Mexico.

Fam. Amphisbenide.

. Amphisbena alba. Brazil.

. dA. americana. British Guiana.

. A. petrei. Brazil.

. A. vermicularis. Brazil.

. A. darwinii. Monte Video, Buenos Ayres.

Oo ob

444 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS. — [May 23,

7. Bronia brasiliana. Brazil.

8. Sarea ceca. W. Indies.

9. Cadea punctata. Cuba.

10. Anops kingiit. Buenos Ayres.

Fam. Lepidosternide.

11. Lepidosternon microcephalum. Brazils.

12. L. grayiit. Tropical America.

13. L. phocena. Buenos Ayres. .

Tribe Cepholopeltine.

14. Cephalopeltis lepidosterna. Brazils.

The rings of oblong scutella on the skin are in most species inter-

rupted on the sides, and in some species also on the vertebral line ;

these interruptions form a more or less wide depressed groove on the

surface of the body, and are called the lateral and dorsal lines.

The skin at this interruption is usually marked at each transverse

ring with two oblique grooves, which form a cross and divide the

space into four minute triangular shields; in some cases, where the

line is wider and less sunken, the transverse ring of shields is only di-

vided at the sunken line by a single oblique groove caused by the

tapering end of one of the oblong shields going before the end of the

other. Sometimes this is the case with the dorsal line, and not with

the lateral one. In some species, instead of only the four triangular

shields in the lateral line, the shield between the cross groove is di-

vided into several minute scale-like shields.

In some of the larger species, as Amphisbena alba, some of the

rings of shields are marked with an oblique groove crossing several

shields, dividing each of them into two parts; but these seem to be

mere individual variations occurring on several parts of the back

of some specimens, and not present in others.

Duméril and Bibron give the number of the teeth as one of the

specific characters. Ihave not been able to verify their observations;

they give the following as the number. There seems to be always an

odd number of intermaxillary teeth, the middle one being usually

large.

se ee : Sy.

Trogonophis wiegmanni .......... rea |

. ° Soy 33 13

Charotes canteulatus ..cecesss oss s 0k +s ihe

e s 5.565 15

Amphisbena americana et A. alba...... Soa Hie

5.7.5 17

CEH CM eiale iota hs aa, Pete ae ele are eae

Susie 4.7.4 15

LOATIDIN UE Se ea Bette a ta) heats 77 =

Sasa CRCO Ce rt ee eas Bebsbz 1s

707 14

Cadempunctata’ Clr re ee an ae a Pad

8.8 16

Anops kingii .. 4.7.4 15

Blanus cinereus

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS. 445

Fam. 1. TRoGonoruip2.

Head oblong, depressed, rounded below; nostrils lateral, in large

nasal shields; teeth conical, on the edge of the maxilla. Body

cylindrical, covered with rings of uniform, elongate, oblong, four-

sided shields, without any sternal disk; lateral line sunken, narrow,

covered with a few minute scales ; preanal pores none ; tail conical,

acute.

Glyphodermes acrodontes, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. 467.

TROGONOPHIS, Kaup, Isis, 1830, p- 880.

Head oblong, depressed ; nasal shields large, united by a short

straight edge, behind the large triangular convex rostral ; crown with

two pairs of shields ; temple with many small shields ; upper labial

plate moderate ; lower labial shield larger, with a series of large chin-

shields on each side, and a central gular one. Tail conical, acute ;

preanal pores none.

The skull of this genus has been figured by Dr. Kaup in his paper

in the ‘Isis’ above quoted.

TROGONOPHIS WIEGMANNT, Kaup, Isis, 1830, p. 880, t. 861;

Féruss. Bull. Sci. Nat. xxv. 203, 1831; Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v.

470.

Amphisbena elegans, Gervais, Bull. Sci. Nat. de France, 1855,

p- 135; Mag. Zool. 1835, class 3. t. 11 (details not good).

Hab. Tangiers (Fraser, B.M. 1848); N. Africa (B.M. 1846) ;

Algeria (Duméril, B.M.).

This animal was first described by Dr. Kaup, who showed that

the teeth of it were placed on the edge of the jaw, as in the genera

of the family Agamide, which are all confined to the eastern he-

misphere and Australia; while all the other genera of the order

that have been examined have the teeth on the inner side of the jaw,

as in the family Iyuanide, which is restricted to the New World.

It was afterwards described by M. Gervais; and even when Dr.

Kaup had informed him, after inspecting the specimen, that it was

the same as he had previously described, he still regarded it as new,

because he said the skull did not agree with Dr. Kaup’s figure:

but this was a mistake. Dr. Kaup figured the skull of Trogonophis

and of an Amphisbena for the sake of showing the difference between

them; and M. Gervais must have compared his animal with the

wrong figure.

Fam. 2. Currotip», Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 74.

Head depressed, rounded on the sides ; nostrils on sides ; teeth on

the inner side of the mayxille. Body cylindrical, covered with rings

of uniform oblong four-sided shields, and with two short weak front

limbs, provided with five subequal clawless toes ; lateral line sunken,

covered with scales; preanal vores distinct. Tail cylindrical.

446 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS. [May 23,

Cutrotes, Duméril ; Bimanus, Oppel; Chamesaura, Schneid.

Characters those of the family.

CHIROTES CANICULATUS, Cuvier.

Chirotes lumbricoides, Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 74.

Hab. Tropical America, Mexico (B. M.).

Professor J. Miiller has figured the skeleton and skull of this

animal.

Fam. 3. AMPHISBENID.

Head oblong, rounded below; nostrils lateral, in nasal shields ;

teeth conical, on the inner edge of the maxillee. Body cylindrical,

covered with rings of uniform, elongate, four-sided shields, without

any sternal disk ; preanal pores distinct ; lateral line linear, sunken,

hia a few small scales. Legs none. ‘Tail cylindrical, rounded at

the end.

Tribe 1. AmMpHisp2ninA. The head depressed, rounded on the

sides in front; nostrils on the upper part of the sides of the

head,

A. Lateral and dorsal lines distinct, sunken, covered with small tri-

angular scales; nasal shields large, square, lateral, forming

part of the edge of the upper lip,.and separated in front by a

broad, square, convex rostral shield.

BLANvs.

The rostral square, convex ; the nasal shields large, forming part

of the edge of the upper lip; the crown with a large pentagonal

frontal shield and two pairs of square shields behind it; eye-shield

triangular, between upper edge of the front labial shield and the

frontal. Temples covered with a series of squarish shields; labial

shields large, the hinder smallest ; the lower shields without any chin-

shield between them and the gular one. Tail rather tapering, blunt ;

preanal pores distinct.

BLANUS CINEREUS, Gray, l. ¢, 72.

Amphisbena cinereus, Vandeli, Mem, Acad. Lisbon, i. 1780.

A, oxyura, Wagler.

A, rufus, Hempr.

Blanus rufus, Wiegm.

Hab. N. Africa, Tangiers (Fraser, B. M.); S.W. Europe, Spain

(Vandeli, 1780) ; Oporto (Allen).

M. Gervais (Mag. Zool. 1837, class 3. t. 10) gives a figure of 4.

cinerea; but the details of the head do not perfectly agree with

our specimens; perhaps this may be from want of care in the artist.

The number of pairs of plates on the occiput varies from two to

four.

1865.] DR. J. E, GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS., 447

B. Lateral lines linear, distinct, sunken ; dorsal none, or very tn-

distinct ; nasal shields not forming part of the upper lip.

a. Nasal plates large, extending across the muzzle, united by a long

straight suture, or united into one cross band ; the rostral trian-

gular, under front edge of nasals; crown with two pairs of

broad shields. —

AMPHISBENA.

Head depressed, broad, and rounded in front ; frontal plates with

one or two pairs of rather smaller similar plates behind them ; pre-

anal pores eight.

* Head depressed, broad ; occiput covered with square shields, like

the body ; preanal plates numerous.

], AMPHISBHNA ALBA, Linn. ; Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B.M. 70.

Body thick, one-coloured, with only one pair of plates behind the

frontal plates ; occiput shielded like the body.

Hab. Brazil.

Varies in the size and form of the hinder pair of frontal plates ;

preanal pores eight, often seven.

There is a specimen in the British Museum sent by Mr. Brandt

under the name of 4. darwinii.

2. AMPHISBENA AMERICANA, Schreb. ; Gray, Cat. Tort., &c.,

B. M. 70.

Body rather thick, black, varied ; two or more pairs of plates

behind the frontal plates.

Amphisbena fuliginosa, Linn.

A. vulgaris, Laur.

Hab. Tropical America: British Guiana; Berbice; Demerara

B.M.).

: The labial shields vary in number and shape’ the shields behind

the frontal vary in number and size, but they are generally in pairs

and subsymmetrical. :

Gervais figures the skull of the species (Ann. Sci. Nat. 1854, xx,

t. 14. f. 4).

** Head rounded, narrow ; preanal pores and preanal shields ten

or twelve.

3. AMPHISB4&NA PETRI, Dum. et Bib, Erp. Gén. v. 487 ; Gray,

i.e. 80.

Hab. Brazils (Mus. Paris).

*** Fead rounded, narrow, rather produced in front; crown-shields

large; occipital shields polygonal. Body slender, one-coloured ;

preanal pores two or four; preanal plates six, middle ones

elongate.

448 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBEZNIANS. [May 23,

4. AMPHISBZNA VERMICULARIS, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v.489;

Gray, J. c. 71.

Hab. Brazil (Dr. Gardner, B. M.; Mus. Paris); Porto Bello

(Capt. Austin, R.N., B. M.: head in a very bad state).

5. AMPHISBENA ?DARWINI, Dum. et Bib. Erp. Gén. v. 491;

Gray, J. ¢. 71.

Hab. Monte Video (Mr. Darwin; Mus. Paris).

6. AMPHISBENA ?VIOLACEA, Peters, Berlin Monatsb. 1854,

p- 620; Wiegmann, Arch. 1855, p. 49.

Hab. East Africa, Inhambane (Peters).

This species is unknown to me; it is without a single frontal

shield, and has four preanal pores and visible eyes.

Cynisca, Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B. M. 71, 1844.

Head flat, narrow; nose conical, four-sided, rounded at the end ;

rostral triangular ; nasal plates very large, soldered together, cover-

ing the front of the head ; crown with a small frontal and a pair of

parietal shields ; eyes distinct ; temples and occiput with large shields.

Body very slender; lateral line distinct. Tail cylindrical, elongate,

truncated ; preanal pores numerous.

Cynisca LEUCURA, Gray, J. e. 71.

Amphisbena leueura, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. 498.

A. macrura, Schlegel, Mus. Leyden.

Brown ; end of tail white.

Hab. Guinea (Mus. Leyden) (not Guiana, as stated by mistake in

the Catalogue).

b. Nasal shields small, separate above, on the side of a large swollen

rostral shield.

Brontia.

Head ovate, rather convex ; rostral shield very large, hemisphe-

rical, with the small nasal shields inserted in notches on its hinder

edge, which is placed over the front labial; crown convex, rounded

on the side, covered with two pairs of shields ; the front pair square,

the hinder smaller, triangular, with a small triangular occipital shield

on its outer side; eye-shield triangular; labial shields =, the

second upper and front lower large ; gular shield single, square, with

across series of shields behind it. Body cylindrical; lateral line

well marked; the dorsal shields elongate, narrow ; the ventral ones

rather broader, smooth ; preanal pores four ; the preanal shields six or

eight, the central pair largest, the lateral ones very small. Tail blunt.

BRONIA BRASILIANA.

Pale brown; dorsal shields with a dark central spot.

Hab. Tropical America; Santarem, on the Amazons (Baées, B.M.).

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBANIANS. 449

Figv2.

Bronia braziliana.

C. Lateral and dorsal lines not defined, or the lateral line only

visible on the hinder part of the body ; rostral shield small ;

nasal shields far apart, small, placed on the side of the high

rostral.

Sarea, Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B. M. 71, 1844.

Head conical; rostral narrow, higher than broad, rounded in

front, placed behind the triangular nasal; crown with two pairs of

shields, the front largest, elongate, the hinder trigonal; eye-shield

triangular ; the labial shields 3 the second upper and lower labial

shields very large, the others smaller; with one large gular plate.

Body slender; the dorsal scutella square, as long as broad, with a

dark central dot ; two central longitudinal series of ventral scutella

broader than long, smooth, white ; the lateral line very indistinct,

scarcely visible except on the hinder part of the body ; preanal pores

four ; preanal shields six, square. The eyes are slightly visible

through the shields.

SareA czca, Gray, Cat. Tort. &c., B. M. 71.

Amphisbena ceca, Cuvier, R. A. 773; Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v.

— 492.

Hab. West Indies, St. Thomas’s (4. H. Riise, B. M.).

The specific name is not characteristic, as the eyes are as much

seen through the shield as in many Amphisbeenians.

Capea, Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B. M. 71, 1844.

. Head conical ; rostral narrow, higher than broad, truncated at the

tip, convex in front ; nasals ovate, lateral ; crown with two large, tri-

angular shields ; frontal with a small linear shield on each side of it ;

and two pairs of square occipital shields, the hinder pair smaller ; eye-

shield rhombic; eyes hidden; labial shields ==, subequal, middle

one in each lip largest ; temples covered with square shields ; gular

plate single, elongate. Body cylindrical ; lateral line very indistinct,

scarcely to be distinguished except on the hinder part of the body ;

shields of the back square, of the under surface rather wider, but

scarcely wider than long; preanal pores four; the preanal shields

six, central ones elongate.

450 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS. [May 23,

Capea puncrata, Gray, /.c. 71.

Amphisbena punctata, Bell, Zool. Journ, ii. 236, t. 20. f. 2.

A. ceca, La Sagra, Cuba, 195, t. 21.

Pale brown, dotted and varied with deeper brown.

Hab. Cuba (W. S. Macleay, B. M.): the specimen described by

Mr. Bell.

Tribe 2. ANoprninA. Head compressed, keeled on the sides in

front; the nostrils lateral, on the under side of the keel.

A. Lateral line distinct and impressed. °

Anops, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1833, p. 99; Zool. Journ. v. 391,

t. 16. f.1; Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 72, 1844.

Lateral line distinct, sunken; preanal pores ‘‘none” (Bell) ;

four? (Dum. § Bibron).

Anops kinott, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 99; Zool. Journ. y.

391, t. 16. f.1; Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 72.

Amphisbena kingii, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. 497.

Hab. S. America (P. P. King; Charles Darwin) ; Buenos Ayres

(D’ Orbigny, Mus. Paris).

I have not been able to examine this genus, which was described

by Mr. Bell from a specimen brought from South America by Capt.

P. P. King, R.N.; it is described in more detail by MM. Dumeéril

and Bibron from specimens obtained by Mr. Charles Darwin.

The existence of the lateral line, which, according to Mr. Bell, ‘is

more distinct than in Amphisbena, though less so than in Chirotes,”

and the account of the plates of the head as described by MM.

Duméril and Bibron, show that it must be distinct from the follow-

ing, which comes from Africa.

B. Lateral line none, or only very slightly visible on the hinder

part of the body.

BaIkKIA.

The head compressed, elevated; rostral plate very large, com-

pressed, forming an arched crest from the mouth to the forehead,

with a groove on the hinder part over the nostrils ; crown with two

pairs of band-like shields behind the upper edge of the rostral, the

front pair narrow; eye-shield very minute ; eye invisible; temples

with two small shields; the upper labial shields 3—3; the second

upper large, produced, keeled on the side; the hinder, under the

temporal shield, larger, square ; lower lip covered with a single large

shield on each side, separated by a square inferior rostral shield and

by two small gular plates placed one behind the other ; nostrils large,

lateral, under the edge of the keel of the frontals.- Body and chest

covered with rings of similar oblong square shields; preanal pores

1865.) DR. J, E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS. 451

2—2, separated by acentral shield. Tail cylindrical, rather conical

at the tip.

In spirits the skin is loose and inclined to form a fin-like fold,

sometimes on one and sometimes on another part of the body, with

a central longitudinal ventral groove, without any appearance of a

lateral line.

BAIKIA AFRICANA.

Hab. West Africa (Dr. Balfour Baikie). B.M.

Fig. 4. Fig. 3.

Baikia africana.

Fam. 4. LEPIDOSTERNID.

Lepidosternide, Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 73, 1844.

Head oblong, depressed, with a short horizontal keel in front;

nostrils in shields, under the keel of the rostral shield ; teeth conical,

on the inner side of the maxilla. Body cylindrical, covered with

rings of oblong four-sided shields ; the sternum with a disk formed

of differently shaped shields ; preanal pores distinct.

Tribe 1. LeprpostrerninA. Head conical, covered with symme-

trical polygonal shields; the pectoral disk covered with many

polygonal shields placed in oblique lines ; the dorsal and lateral

lines well marked, broad, smooth, formed by the overlapping

of the narrow ends of the sections of the rings. America,

LEPIDOSTERNON.

Head conical, covered with three pairs of symmetrical and a ver-

tebral shield; rostral shield large, broad, rounded in front; the

pectoral shield formed of regular, nearly equal, symmetrical rhombic

or six-sided shields, sometimes united into long shields which are

not symmetrical.

* Sternal plate of central series united into elongated bands.

Lepidosternon.

1, LEPIDOSTERNON MICROCEPHALUM, Wagler, Serp. Bras. 70,

t. 26; Miller, Tiedem. Zeitsch. 1832, iv. t. 22. f.4; Dum. et Bibr.

Erp. Gén. vy. 505; Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 73,

452 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS. [May 23,

*« T. macrocephalum, Miller” (fide A. Smith).

Amphisbena punctata, Neuwied, Abh.

Lepidosternon maximilianus, Wiegmann.

Head short, broad ; the vertebral plate broader than long, six-

sided ; frontal short, broad, band-like ; parietal small, square ; ocular

higher thau broad.

Hab. Brazil, Rio (Dr. Gardner, B. M.).

The specimen in the British Museum has the shields on each side

of the central line of the sternal disk united into an elongate shield,

which is not symmetrical on the two sides, and appears like an acci-

dental peculiarity.

In the Free Museum at Liverpool there are two specimens of this

species, obtained by Mr. Jobert in Brazil. They are similar, but

show that the sternal plates are liable to coalesce and form larger

plates in an unsymmetrical manner.

In the larger specimens the first series of sternal plates on each

side of the central line are united into longitudinal shields, which

are not of equal length. The series of plates on the outer side of

them are separate, but not quite symmetrical.

In the other specimen, which is rather smaller, the first series of

sternal plates on the sides of the central line, and the second series

on the outside of it on the right side, and second and third series

on the left side, are united into longitudinal parallel plates, which are

of unequal length, the two central ones being the longest, and the

two outer plates on the left side much longer than the outer one on

the right side.

The head-shields in both these specimens are exactly alike, the

central crown-shield being much broader than long ; the hinder pair

of frontal shields rather shorter than the front pair, and narrower on

the central edge by the angular front edge of the crown-shield ; the

two pairs of occipital shields are shorter than broad, the hinder pair

being the smaller, and in one instance coalesced on one side with the

plate of the front pair.

They all have a brown spot on the centre of each of the dorsal

scutella.

** Sternal plates all separate, symmetrical. Sphenocephalus.

2. LeprIpOSTERNON GRAYII, A. Smith, MS. Brit. Mus.

Head rather short, broad; the vertebral plate hexagonal, elon-

gate, as long as broad; the frontal plate very short and broad ;

the parietal shields oblique ; the occipital much longer than broad ;

temporal shields larger on the side of the occipital; plates of the

sternal disk symmetrical, in oblique diverging lines.

Hab. South America? (Brit. Mus.).

Sternal disk formed of four diverging lines of uniform, similar-

sized, symmetrical shields; the shields on the central line smaller,

being divided down the centre by a straight suture.

In 1848, Dr. (now Sir Andrew) Smith sent to the British Museum

1865. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBANIANS, 453

this specimen, with the name of Lepidosternon grayii, informing me

that he had described (or intended to describe) it in the ‘ Proceedings

of the Zoological Society’ under that name. I cannot find that it

has been so described, nor can I find any notice of it in any other

work, though it is very like, but evidently distinct from, the Lepido-

sternon phocena of Duméril and Bibron, figured by M. d’Orbigny

(Voy. Amér. Mérid.).

Lepidosternon grayii.

3. LepIpOsTERNON PHOCENA, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. 507;

Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 73; D’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. Mérid.

Rept. t. 6. f. 7-10.

Head broad ; the vertebral plate elongate, small, larger than broad,

acute at each end; the frontal and occipital plates large, shorter than

broad, the frontal the largest ; the parietal plates short, broad, band-

like ; the plates of the sternal disk uniform, symmetrical, oblique.

Hab. Buenos Ayres (Bridges, B. M.: stuffed).

M. d’Orbigny’s figure is very like the preceding species; but the

head is represented shorter, the frontal plates are rather larger. The

long occipital shield of that species is here represented by two pairs

of square shields, as if the large plate of the former species were

divided across; it also appears to be a shorter, thicker species.

The stuffed specimen which we received from Mr. Bridges agrees

with the figure in all these particulars ; but the head appears rather

larger, perhaps from its being rather distorted in the preparation.

Both the figure and the specimen belong to a species evidently

very distinct from LZ. grayii, and much thicker.

Tribe 2. CepHALOPELTINA. The head depressed, covered above

with a single simple or transversely divided, flat, horny, nail-like

shield ; pectoral disk formed of elongated, symmetrical shields ;

the dorsal and lateral lines very narrow, indistinct, except near

the hinder part of the body.

A. The pectoral disk formed of large, diverging, unequal, polygonal,

symmetrical shields ; crown-shield divided into two by a trans-

verse suture. America.

Crpuarorettis, J. Miiller, Tied. Zeitsch. fiir Phys. 1831, iv. 269.

Head covered with two large shields, the front one smaller ; the

454 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE AMPHISBENIANS. [May 23,

sternal disk of eight or ten large shields, the two central pairs par-

rallel, one in front of the other; the lateral pairs diverging.

CEPHALOPELTIS SCUTIGERA, Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B. M. 73.

Cephalopeltis lepidosternon, Miller, 1. c. t. 21. f. 6 (skull), t. 22.

f. 5 (head).

Amphisbena scutigera, Hempr. Naturf. Freund. zu Berlin, 1820,

3 Lepidosternon scutigerum, Dum. et Bib. Erp. Gén. v. 509.

Cephalopeltis cuvieri, Miller (fide Dum.).

Coleopeltis cuvieri, J. Miller (fide A. Smith).

Hab. Brazils (Miller).

B. The pectoral disk formed of six or eight elongate, longitudinal,

parallel shields; head-shield single. Africa.

Monorropuis, A. Smith.

The head covered with a single nail-like shield, without any slits

on the hinder part of its side edge; the rostral plate between the

nasal plates, transverse, four-sided, broader than high; the shields

of the sternal disk regular, broad, and truncated in front; the rings

of shields in front of the sternal disk formed of regular square shields,

like the rest of the body.

Monortropuis capensis, A. Smith, Zool. 8. Africa. Rept. t. 47

(white; pink when alive).

Hab. S. Africa (B.M.). The type specimen of Sir Andrew Smith.

Dr. Peters records Monotrophis capensis as found in Mozambique;

but on comparison it may prove a distinct species. In my notes I

have a reference to Lepidosternon sphenorhynchum, Peters, MS., as

an East-African species, but I cannot find it described or noticed

anywhere. Can it be the name Dr. Peters gave to his Monotrophis

before he discovered it had been described by Sir Andrew Smith?

DALOPHIA.

The head covered with a single nail-like shield, with a linear slit

on the hinder part of its side edges; the rostral plate small, trian-

gular, with the point upwards between the nasal plates; the shields

of the sternal disk rather irregular, but symmetrical, each with an

Dalophia welwitschii.

Woe 2s A

Mea Senter, :

7 Ait

PIERIS

PiZRS

mnA

PACTOLICGUS.

CRUENTATA.

VECTICLUSA.

OO) +H

.PIERIS AVIVOLANS.

. GONEPTERYX URANIA.

. CALLIDRYAS BRAC TEOLATS

Paes. 186s “XVI.

M.&N Hanhart imp

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW EXOTIC LEPIDOPTERA. 4955

acute front edge; the rings of shields in front of the sternal disk

formed of unequal but symmetrical polygonal shields.

DALOPHIA WELWITSCHII.

Monotrophis capensis, Giinther, MS. B.M. (not A. Smith).

Pale brown.

Hab. Angola; Pungo Andongo (Welwitsch). B.M.

4. Description oF Six New Species or Exotic BurrERFLIES

IN THE COLLECTION OF THE British Museum. By A. G.

Butter, Brirish Museum.

(Plate XXVI.)

1. Pieris pacroxicus. (Pl. XXVI. fig. 1.)-

Upperside. Front wings, basal half white ; apical half, inner por-

tion of anterior margin, and base grey; exterior edge of front mar-

gin and outer margin rich brown; nervures, except the base of the

_third median nervule and nearly the whole of the submedian ner-

vure, brown. Posterior wings white, with broad bicoloured outer

margin; the anal half grey; the apical half rich brown, forming

sinuations with the nervules, which are also brown for nearly their

entire length. Body silver-grey.

Underside. Front wings white, yellow at the base and apex ; an-

terior margin greyish ; all the nervures, except the interior portions

of the third median nervule and the submedian nervure, deeply bor-

dered with rich brown, the brown margins of the nervules gradually

widening at the extremities into a marginal band; a brown spot

crossing in the centre between the first and second discocellular,

and another between the first and second median nervules. Poste-

rior wings bright yellow, greyish on the outer margin; all the ner-

vures deeply bordered with rich brown, except at the end of the cell,

which gives it the appearance of being open; lower portion of folds

between the median nervules and submedian nervure brown, and

terminated inwardly by brown lunules, their concavities towards the

base. Body dark grey.

Hab. Begetea. |b.

2. Pimris CRUENTATA. (Pl. XXVI. fig. 2.)

Upperside. Front wings white, with faint roseate reflection ; apical

‘edge rich brown, tapering nearly to the anal angle, and enclosing

two small hastate, longitudinal, cream-coloured spots, and two barely

perceptible dots of the same colour on either side of them; anterior

margin brown, sprinkled with white scales near the base. Posterior

wings white, with faint roseate reflection ; base sprinkled with a few

black scales; outer margin rich brown ; anal portion faintly showing

the markings of the underside.. Body—prothorax and mesothorax

olivaceous ; metathorax and upper half of abdomen blue grey ; anal

portion white.

456 MR.A.G. BUTLER ON NEW EXOTIC LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

Underside. Front wings white, yellowish at base ; anterior margin

brown; apical edge rich brown, tapering nearly to the anal angle,

and crossed near its centre by a band of five spots (the lowest one a

mere speck), the three upper ones yellow, the other two white.

Posterior wings, basal half yellow, and inner margin broadly yellow ;

apical half white ; outer margin with a broad rich brown marginal

band, widest at the anal angle, and tapering to a point at the apex ;

crossed by a band of scarlet, interrupted by the nervures, beginning

at the inner anal edge, and crossing the band obliquely to near the

extremity of the first median nervule, and thence upwards through

the centre of the band to the apex.

Hab. Mysol.

This species is closely allied to Pieris mysis, Godt. (Australia).

The points of distinction are as follows :—

Pieris cruentata.

Upperside. Front wings much more suddenly angulated ; front

margin more curved ; hind margin much shorter; apical band be-

ginning much nearer the apex, and only enclosing two full-sized

spots, which are yellow instead of white. Posterior wings much

longer ; marginal band not sinuated on its inner edge.

Underside. Front wings, anterior brown margin not running gra-

dually into the apical band, but meeting it at a sharp angle; spots

on apical band not all white, as is usually the case with P. mysis.

Posterior wings much more suffused with yellow, which is paler, and

softened off into the white, instead of terminating abruptly ; marginal

band only extending from the anal angle to the apex, not continued

halfway up the interior margin.

3. Pieris vectictusa. (Pl. XXVI. fig. 3.)

Upperside. Front wings cream-colour, ferruginous at the base ;

apical edge rich brown, tapering nearly to the anal angle, sinuated

on its inner edge, and enclosing a nearly triangular yellow spot, its

point touching the anterior margin ; a broad brown band at the end

of the cell, widest on the anterior margin, and terminated at the

median nervure. Posterior wings deeper cream-colour, slightly fer-

ruginous at the base; rich brown along the outer margin; an ob-

lique band showing through from the underside, crossing the wing,

at the end of the cell, from the anterior to the inner margin near

the anal angle. Body ferruginous.

Underside. Front wings cream-colour, deeper towards the base ;

anterior and basal half of the cell bright orange; apical edge rich

brown, tapering nearly to the anal angle, sinuated on its upper edge,

and enclosing a nearly oval, oblique, ochreous spot, its upper end

touching the front margin; a broad brown band at the end of the

cell, widest on the anterior margin, and terminated at the median

nervure. Posterior wings ochreous, basal portion greyish; base

orange, interrupted by the nervures ; an oblique brown band cross-

ing the wing at the end of the cell from the anterior to the interior

margin, near the anal angle, its upper extremity slightly widening

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW EXOTIC LEPIDOPTERA. 457

along the front margin; a band of brown, irregularly denticulated

on its inner side, along the outer margin. Body brown.

Hab. 2

4, Pieris Avivotans. _ (Pl. XXVI. fig. 4.)

Upperside. Front wings bright yellow; anterior margin and base

of the nervures black; a small black spot at the end of the cell;

a quadrate olivaceous spot between the cell and anterior margin,

halfway between the base and the apex; a second quadrate oliva-

ceous spot, also touching the anterior margin, halfway between the

first spot and the apex; nervules black at their outer extremities,

and surrounded with olivaceous blotches ; the black anterior margin

interrupted by yellow within the extremities of the nervules; five

olivaceous lunules near the outer margin between the nervules, the

first and fourth nearly halfway between the outer margin and the

cell, the fourth little more than a spot. Posterior wings bright

yellow ; outer margin deeply sinuated, especially near the anal angle,

where the second and third median nervules terminate in short ob-

tuse tails, that of the second median being the longer of the two;

outer extremities of the nervules black. Body brown, densely

clothed with coarse silvery and yellow hair.

Underside. Front wings creamy ochreous, cell and apical half

deeper-coloured ; anterior margin and base of the nervures black ;

an irregular black spot at the end of the cell; a nearly triangular

black spot between the cell and anterior margin, halfway between

the base and the apex; a second black spot, oblique, elongate,

touching the anterior margin, halfway between the first spot and

the apex; nervules greenish, black at their outer extremities, and

almost connected by a marginal termination of brown scales; five

narrow black lunules near the outer margin between the nervules,

the first three placed obliquely, the third one nearest to the outer

margin, the fourth irregular, on a level with the first, the fifth on a

level with the third. Posterior wings creamy ochreous, increasing

in depth towards the base and inner margin; nervures, except the

second and third median nervules, faintly black for their entire

length ; two contiguous lunules close to the base above the costal

nervure, their concavities towards the costal nervure ; an elbowed

black marking just beyond the lunules, and touching the anterior

margin, its angle towards the outer margin; the costal and subcostal

nervures densely black at the base, a black spot near the base between

them ; a transverse band between the costal nervure and subcostal

nervule, halfway between the base and the apex, and forming an

angle with a black termination to the costal nervure; a second mi-

nute transverse band crossing them close to the apex, and continuing

im an oblique zigzag to the second subcostal; five transverse angu-

lated black bands, resembling birds in flight, between the other ner-

vules, the first, third, and fifth halfway between the margin and the

cell, the second and fourth only half as far from the margin as the

others ; cell enclosing three elongate black spots, two in the centre,

placed obliquely, the third near the end of the cell, placed longitu-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXX.

458 MR.A.G. BUTLER ON NEW EXOTIC LEPIDOPTERA. [May 23,

dinally ; basal end of median nervure broadly black internally; a

black spot at the end of and within the cell, crossing halfway between

the discocellular nervules ; interior extremities of second and third

median nervules, end of cell between them, and between the first

and second clothed with black scales; a black angular lunule be-

tween the interior extremity of the third median nervule and the

submedian nervure, but only extending to the interneurian fold;

both ends of the fold black ; a transverse spot of black between the

fold and the submedian nervure near the base, and a small transverse

band near the anal angle, extending to the fold between the sub-

median and the internal nervures; another band between the fold

and the internal nervure, which is broadly black on its outer edge

near the centre; all the nervures of the outer and interior margins

with sagittiferous outer extremities. Body pale ochreous,

Hab. Mexico*.

5, GONEPTERYX URANIA. (PI. XXVI. fig. 5.)

G. wallichii, Doub). ?

Upperside. Front wings pale yellow, deeper at the outer margin ;

anterior margin much curved, and ending at its outer extremity in

a sharp, uncated apical point; outer margin slightly simuated on

its upper edge ; apex brown, deeply sinuated and dentated ; a large,

perfectly circular, deep-brown spot between the first and second

submedian nervules. Posterior wings somewhat quadrate, pale yel-

low, deeper at the outer margin.

Underside. Front wings dirty yellow, paler.on the inner margin ;

discoidal cell irrorated with brick-red ; a small irregular silver spot

surrounded with red in the middle of the end of the cell, with a

minute vertical lunule just above it ; the costal and subcostal ner-

vures ending in small red spots; a somewhat triangular silver dash

on the anterior margin, close to the apex ; a large ferruginous round

spot, ending below in a fine oblique red line, between the first and

second submedian nervules; two small, longitudinal, oblong, pale-

brown spots placed obliquely between it and the silver apical dash.

Posterior wings dirty yellow; cell irrorated with brick-red, a small

irregular silver spot, surrounded with red, in the middle of the end

of the cell, with a minute red lunule just above it ; a small brown

lunule above the end of the cell, and halfway between it and the an-

terior margin; a band of oblong pale-brown spots crossing the wing

between the nervules, and following the direction of the outer margin.

Hab. Northern India.

6. CaLLipryas BRACTEOLATA. (Pl. XXVI. fig. 6.)

Upperside. Front wings sulphur-yellow, pale roseate at the base ;

anterior margin convex; apex and nervules of outer margin faintly

tipped with brown; a faintly indicated deeper-yellow spot near the

* Nearly allied to Hesperocharis graphites 3, Bates (from the central valleys

of Guatemala), Ent. Month. Mag. vol. i. pt. 2. p. 33, but, as it seems to me, not

identical.

1865. | MR. G. F. ANGAS ON A NEW GOULDIA. 459

inner end of each of the folds between the nervules; a large deep-

brown spot at the end of the cell. Posterior wings sulphur-yellow,

the base, inner margin, and cilia pale roseate; inner margin deeply

emarginate at its lower edge for more than one-third of its length,

and forming a long caudate projection with the outer margin, which

slopes gradually from the apex to the anal angle; a faint orange

spot at the end of the cell, and another smaller spot of the same

colour above it and just beyond the cell; an indistinct yellow spot

‘at the inner end of each of the folds between the nervules. Body

pale roseate, with yellow hair on the thorax; head and antenne

brown.

Underside. Front wings pale ochreous, with deeper-coloured front,

margin, and cilia; wings sparsely irrorated with orange ; a few black

scales between the costal nervure and the cell; base tricoloured, the

interior portion red, the middle bright ochreous, the exterior, which

with the lower wings forms almost a complete circle, greenish grey ;

nervures bright yellow; two dull copper-brown oval spots, faintly

margined with black, placed one beneath the other at the end of the

cell, the lower one about six times as large as the upper, with a silver

outer edge ; a silver, oblong, oblique dash near the inner end of each

of the folds between the nervules, those between the first and fourth

subcostals slanting towards the outer margin, those between the

fourth subcostal and the third discocellular slanting towards the

interior margin, and forming an oblique band; the spots between

the median nervules running parallel to, but outside, this band;

outer extremities of the nervules black, those on the outer margin

sprinkled with silver scales. Posterior wings pale ochreous, gra-

dually increasing in intensity towards the base ; wings irrorated with

orange ; a few black scales, intermingled with silver, placed obliquely

just beyond the end of the cell; base tricoloured, the interior por-

tion ochreous sprinkled with red, the middle bright ochreous, the

exterior greenish grey ; a quadrate silver spot surrounded with orange

at the end of the cell, and another smaller spot placed obliquely to

and just above it; eight small, oblong, silver dashes crossing trans-

versely between the nervules, near the inner end of the folds, each

of them with a few brown scales in the centre; nervules yellow,

greenish near the base, their outer extremities tipped with black and

surrounded with silver ; all the silver markings on the underside are

distinctly raised above the surface of the wings. Body ochreous.

Hab. Brazil.

5. Description or A New Species or GouLpIA FROM PorT

Jackson. By GrorGe Frencu AnGaAs, Corr. Memes.

GovuLDIA AUSTRALIS, Angas.

G. ¢. parva, suborbiculari, crassiore, vix tumida, pallide rufo-

castanea ; plerumque radiis duobus albidis, extus et intus plus

minusve se monstrantibus; umbonibus prominentibus, antice flec-

460 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE [May 23,

tentibus, dense rufo-castaneis ; marginibus undique regulariter

excurvatis ; lunula planata, satis definita; sublevi, secundum

incrementa lirulis coneentricis, antice solum definitis, vix

sculpta: intus colore intensiore ; dent. card. il., ii.; lat. ant.

curto utraque valva uno; cicatr. adduct. suborbicularibus ;

linea palliari a margine simplici valde remota, haud inflecta :

ligamento curtiore, omnino extus sito.

Long. 6 lin., lat. 5 lin., alt. 4 lin.

Hab. Port Jackson, New South Wales; dredged in 5 fathoms

(Angas).

An interesting addition to the few known species of the original

genus Gouldia, C. B. Ad., & primd manu, of which the British Circe

minima, auct., is typical. The Gouldie of the Panama and Mazat-

lan Catalogues prove to belong to an aberrant form of Crassatella.

6. Nores urpON THE CUCKOOS FOUND NEAR SyDNEY, New

Souta Wares. By Epwarp P. Ramsay.

(1.) The Bronze Cuckoo (Chalcites lucidus) : Gould, B. Austr.

iv. pl. 89.

We have for many years been under the impression that the females

of this species lay two distinct varieties of eggs, which, although in

many instances exactly the same in size, differ widely in colour and

in style of marking.

The most satisfactory way of determining this question was to

procure specimens of each of these different eggs, and to place them

in nests of the Malurus cyaneus, or of various Acanthize (which

had been built sufficiently near our residence to admit of our occa-

sionally visiting them), until they were hatched, and then to com-

pare the young birds so hatched from each of the different eggs.

This we succeeded in doing in more instances than one, and found

that the young birds were in every case alike, and that when they

were sufficiently fledged we had no difficulty in recognizing them to

be the young of the Bronze Cuckoo (Chalecites lucidus).

The first variety of the eggs in question (var. A), usually recog-

nized as the egg of the Bronze Cuckoo, varies in colour from a uni-

form ashy grey to a rich dark olive-brown or bronze, many of the

light ashy-grey specimens having minute dots of deep olive towards

the larger end. In one specimen, in which these dots form a blotch,

they are more inclined to reddish brown.

Var. B has a purely white ground, blushed with pink before the

- ege is emptied, and minutely freckled over the whole surface with

dots of light brownish red or dull salmon-colour, running in some

instances into blotches which stretch half across or round the surface,

leaving patches of the white ground without any markings. Occa-

sionally we find a specimen in which the salmon-colour and bronze

seem to be blended, forming a curious brownish-lilac tint.

Both varieties vary much in size: we have specimens of var. A

all

1865.] CUCKOOS OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 461

varying from 8 by 6 lines to 10 by 5} lines ; of var. B, from 8 by 5

lines and 83 by 6 lines to 93 by 6 lines in breadth. The colouring-

matter of both varieties easily rubs off, especially when the eggs are

freshly taken. The Bronze Cuckoo seems to give no preference to

any particular character of country, being found equally numerous

in all parts. In the thick shrubs and low brushwood it finds a secure

place for depositing its eggs in the nests of Malurus lamberti and

Acanthiza pusilla. In the half-cleared patches of land and even in

our gardens ahd shrubberies it seeks for the nests of the Malurus

cyaneus, Acanthiza lineata, A. reguloides, and A. nana.

From a nest of this last-mentioned species (4. nana) I remember

taking, in the year 1855, no less than six eggs. Among them were

three of the Bronze Cuckoo—two of var. A and one of var. B. In

November last (1864) we took another nest of the same species, con-

taining one of each variety. In this instance one of the eggs, var. A,

was imbedded below the lining of the nest, and had evidently been

laid before the nest was completed, as is not unfrequently the case.

The other egg, which was a specimen of var. B, my brother Percy

placed in a nest of Acanthiza lineata, which he had found on the

previous day and left for such an occasion. On returning to it about

a week afterwards we found that the young Cuckoo had been hatched.

After the lapse of seven days the bronze feathers were just com-

mencing to appear, and in about a week or ten days more the young

bird was nearly able to fly, the bronze on the wings, head, and back

now showing plainly.

All the species of Acanthize that we have met with construct oval

dome-shaped nests, having the entrance near the top, and more or

less covered with a hood. The nests are either suspended (as in the

case of A. lineata) from the end of some drooping or horizontal

bough, or, like those of the Maluri, placed in some low bush or

cluster of vines, or, as is often the case with 4. reguloides, placed in

the thick forks or loose hanging pieces of bark of the Eucalypti and

white-barked Tea-trees (Melaleuca).

Now, as the apertures of the nests of the dcanthize are exceed-

ingly small, a question naturally arises whether the Bronze Cuckoo

lays its eggs in the nest, or places them there by some other means,

To this I can only answer that the apertures of those nests which

have contained Cuckoos’ eggs are nearly twice as wide as the open-

ings of those nests which we have taken before the Cuckoo’s egg has

been deposited in them. ‘This is more easily noticed in the nest of

A. lineata, of which the aperture is very small, and neatly covered

over with a hood. :

The following are a few extracts from my note-book, showing the

species which are most frequently the foster-parents of the Bronze

Cuckoo :—

462 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE [May 23,

Eggs

Nest. of Eggs of Cuckoo.

owner.

Sept. 29th, 1862 ...|dcanthiza pusilla| 2 1 of C. lucidus, var. B.

Sept. 11th, 1863* ... § 2 {1 of C. lucidus, var. A.

Sept. 12th, 1864 ...|4. lineata .........) 3 {1 of C. lucidus, var. A.

Sept. 12th, 1864 ...|4. reguloides ...... 2 |1 of C. lucidus, var. B.

Sept. 14th, 1864 ...|Malurus cyaneus.| 3 |1 of C. lucidus, var. B.

Sept. 14th, 1864 ...|4. reguloides...... 3 {1 of C. lucidus, var. A.

Nov. 1864 ............ A MONE .converacens 4 /2 of C. lucidus: 1 of var. A and

1 of var. B. °

Sept. 16th, 1864 ...|Meliphaga sericea| 1 {1 of C. lueidus, var. B.

Oct. 2nd, 1864 ...... Meliphaga sericea} 1 |1 of C. lucidus, var. B.

Mr. Gould tells us that the Bronze Cuckoo is dispersed over the

whole continent of Australia, as well as New Zealand. In the latter

country I have myself met with it at every port I visited, from

Stewart’s Island to Auckland, where it arrives about September, and

leaves during February and March.

(2.) The Unapornep Cuckoo (Cuculus inornatus) : Gould, B.

Austr. iv. pl. 85.

When the eggs of two or more species of Cuckoo are found in the

same locality, and the birds themselves equally plentiful during the

same months, it becomes difficult to determine which is the egg of

each species, except perhaps where there is a great difference in the

size of the birds. Even this, however, must not be depended upon

in too great a degree, as will be seen in the present case. Followin

the same plan as in the case of the Bronze Cuckoo (Chalcites lucidus),

we succeeded in procuring two young Cuckoos from eggs which we

had left in the nests of the Yellow-whiskered Honey-eater (Péilotis

auricomis). These, when fledged, we at once recognized to be the

young of Cuculus inornatus.

The young, upon leaving the nest, have the throat, face, and

shoulders black; the rest of the upper and under surface and tail

irregularly marked with dashes and stripes of black, scarcely two fea-

thers, even of wings, being alike. They retain this plumage until

March and April, during which months all the specimens I procured

were commencing to assume the more dusky plumage of the adult.

During these months all the old birds seem to have left us, the young

of the last season alone being found.

The present species arrives early in September, and is usually met

with in pairs, showing a preference for the half-cleared land and belts

of trees skirting the more cultivated parts. They may frequently be

seen perched upon the dead tops of trees, or among the lower open

branches, or often on the posts and fences, from which they pounce

down upon any unhappy grasshopper or cricket that they may have

discovered lurking in the grass.

Their food consists chiefly of Gryllide and Phasmida, various

species of Mantis, and often the beautiful larvee of the Cequosa

triangularis and Antherea eucalypti, which they obtain among the

* This nest also contained one of Cuculus cineraceus.

_— =

1865.] CUCKOOS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 463

leafy tops of the Lucalyptus trees. The crops in some specimens,

procured in October last, contained nothing but grasshoppers, which

appear to be their favourite food.

In this neighbourhood they usually deposit their eges in the nests

of Ptilotis auricomis, but also occasionally in those of Ptilotis chry-

sops, but rarely in those of Ptilotis fusca and Melithreptus lunu-

datus ; in other districts, doubtless, in any nests suitable for the pur-

pose. I have frequently observed that whenever the eggs of Cuckoos

have been deposited m open nests, there is manifested a decided pre-

ference for those of birds which lay eggs similar to their own.

The Cuckoo’s eggs mentioned in my notes upon the Yellow-

whiskered Honey-eater (P. auricomis) in the ‘Ibis’ (vol. vi. 1864,

p- 245) as being found in the nest of that bird, I have now no

doubt belong to Cuculus inornatus, and not, as I then supposed from

their small size, to Cuculus cineraceus.

The eggs of the Brown Cuckoo (C. inornatus) closely resemble the

large and almost spotless variety of the Yellow-whiskered Honey-

eater ; they are, however, somewhat more rounded, and of a much

lighter tint, being of a pale flesh-colour, sprinkled with a few dots

of a deeper hue, but often without any markings at all. In length

they vary from 11 to 123 lines, being from 84 to 9 lines in breadth.

They are usually hatched about the twelfth or fourteenth day,

when the young Cuckoo, a little fat helpless creature, is scarcely

larger than its foster-brethren. However, as it grows more rapidly,

it soon fills up the greater part of the nest, and its unfortunate com-

panions, either smothered by its weight or starved to death through

its greediness, are thrown out by their parents.

On the 30th of October last (1864) we found two unhappy young

birds which had been hatched in company with a Cuckoo in a nest

of Ptilotis auricomis, tossed out and lying upon the ground just

under the nest ; they were of course quite dead, and appeared to have

been about three or four days old.

During the months of October and November it is no uncommon

sight to see the smaller birds feeding the young Cuckoos ; even the

little deanthize, which I believe are never the foster-parents, at least

of this species (C. inornatus), join in supplying their wants, which

are easily made known by their continual peevish cry, stopping only

when being fed, or when their appetites are appeased.

While walking towards home, through a half-cleared paddock, on

the 27th of last October, I was not a little surprised, upon hearing

the cries of a young Cuckoo, to see a pair of adult birds of the same

species ( O. inornatus) flying after it, settling beside it, and apparently

paying it great attention. Several times they flew away, but returned

to it again; and from their actions I feel convinced that they were

feeding it, although, much to my regret, I was unable to obtain a

view sufficiently close to make sure of the fact.

(3.) The Crnereous Cuckoo (Cuculus cineraceus): Gould, B.

Austr. iv. pl. 86.

This, the third and remaining Cuckoo which annually visits us,

arrives much earlier than either of the former species.

464 MR, E. P. RAMSAY ON THE [May 23,

During May I have found it very plentiful, preferring the lonely

and more closely wooded parts, and the sandy scrub-lands studded

with aged Banksie (B. serrata) and widely branching Eucalypti,

where the undergrowth consists of low, thick, scrubby Lambertie

(L. formosa), Acacias, and dwarf Banksias, &c. Stich are the parts

of our neighbourhood frequented by this species for nearly a month

after its arrival. Their clear wailing cry is often heard from the

depths of the bush, giving quite a melancholy tone to the surround-

ing neighbourhood. .

June comes, and they leave their lonely haunts for the more open

wooded parts. Here they may be seen, either singly or in pairs,

often frequenting the gardens and orchards, where, among the leafless

fruit-trees, their undulating flight and the peculiar cuckooish upward

jerk of their tails at once render them conspicuous. As spring

advances, their melancholy cry assumes a more cheerful tone, but is

less often heard, giving place to a quicker and more harsh note.

The shrill whistle of the Bronze Cuckoos (Chalcites lucidus) is

now more often heard, accompanied by the mellow notes of the

Brown Flycatcher (Micreca macroptera), singing on the topmost

bough of some neighbouring tree; and the twittering of the dean-

thize as they sport among the leafy branches of the Lucalypti, cling-

ing to the ends of the twigs and leaves in every possible attitude, the

tremulous anxious piping of the Spine-bills (Acanthorhynchus tenut-

rostris), the varied inward note of the Silver-eye (Zosterops dor-

salis), with other species far too many to mention here, keep up a

merry chorus, and, tired of the winter fogs, welcome the bright

spring mornings.

As the birds pair off and the nesting-season commences, this

Cuckoo seems to be less plentiful. Either some of them leave us,

or they scatter over the bush so thinly that we do not observe their

numbers. If some do migrate at this time, still many remain to

deposit their eggs and to avail themselves of the nests of those spe-

cies most suited to become the foster-parents of their young, after

which they commence to leave us, and, with the exception of a few

stragglers and young, appear to have all departed before the end of

December.

Among those species the nests of which are favoured by visits

from this “ parasite” is Acanthiza pusilla, from a nest of which, in

September 1863, we took no less than four eggs—two laid by the

rightful owner of the nest, the other two by Cuckoos. One of these

was a very fine specimen of var. B of Chalcites lucidus, the other

an egg of the present species—Cuculus cineraceus. The entrance

of this nest was greatly enlarged, being in width fully two inches ;

and the hood, which usually conceals the entrances (which are near

the top of the nest, and not generally wider than one inch across),

was pushed back to such an extent that the eggs were rendered

quite visible.

I have now before me ten nests of Acanthize and four of Maluri,

the former comprising Acanthiza lineata, A. nana, A. pusilla, and

what at present I believe to be that of A. reguloides, the latter

Malurus cyaneus and M. laméerti. ;

‘

1865.] CUCKOOS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 465

Now, having compared the greatly enlarged entrances of those

from which we have taken Cuckoos’ eggs with the entrances of those

which did not contain the egg of a Cuckoo, and which we took as

soon as the bird had laid its full number of eggs for a sitting, I

cannot but feel convinced more than ever that the eggs of these pa-

rasites are laid in the nests, and not deposited in any other manner.

The average width of the entrances of the nests of Acanthiza lineata

which have not been visited by a Cuckoo is 1 inch, while those

which have contained Cuckoos’ eggs vary from 2 to 23 inches. In

addition to the nests of Acanthiza pusilla, we have known this

Cuckoo (C. cineraceus) deposit its eggs in the nests of 4. reguloides (?)

and Chthonicola minima. How great is the difference between the

Cuckoo’s eggs and those of this last bird (Chthonicola minima),

which are of a bright reddish chocolate !

The eggs of Cuculus cineraceus are from 10 to 103 lines in length,

by 7 to 74 in breadth. The ground-colour is a delicate white,.

Spotted and dotted with wood-brown, deep brownish lilac, and fair

lilac dots, which appear beneath the surface.

Some specimens are faintly sprinkled all over, and the dots have

a washed-out appearance ; others are marked more strongly, and in

these the markings formed are in a distinct zone at the larger end,

which is sometimes broken by a batch of very deep-coloured dots.

I have seldom met with the eggs of this species in collections

(although sometimes I have seen those of Cuculus inornatus), whereas

the eges of Chalcites lucidus are to be found in almost every col-

lection of egos made in New South Wales. It is curious that one

variety of the egg of the Chalcites lucidus (var. A) should be so

different from the eggs of the species in the nests of which it is

placed, whereas both the other species here mentioned lay eggs very

similar to those of their foster-parents.

June 13, 1865.

Dred. ks. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited a photograph of a pair of Gayals

(Bos frontalis, Lambert), intended for transmission to the Society’s

Menagerie by Mr. W. Dunn, of Akyab, Corr. Memb. The animals

were stated to be about half-grown.

Mr. Sclater also exhibited a drawing of the Paradise-bird lately

discovered in the Island of Waigiou by Dr. H. A. Bernstein, and

described by Professor Schlegel as Paradisea calva, and remarked

that it appeared to be the same as the Paradisea wilsoni, Cassin *,

* Journ. Acad. Se. Phil. ii. p. 57, pl. 15.

466 LETTER FROM DR. BURMEISTER. [June 13,

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to several in-

teresting additions to the Society’s Menagerie. Amongst these

were—

1. A specimen of the Letter-winged Kite (Elanus scriptus, Gould),

which had been procured from.a native at King George’s Sound,

West Australia, and presented to the Society on the 29th of May

last by Ernest de St. Jean, Esq.

2. A specimen of a species of Haematornis from the Andaman

Islands, presented to the Society by Arthur Grote, Esq., of Alipore,

Calcutta, Corr. Memb. This bird was forwarded by Mr. Grote as

a specimen of Hematornis elgini, Blyth, but was considered b

Mr. Gurney not to be different from Hematornis bacha (H. bido,

Horsf.) of the Malayan region.

3. A Paradoxurus from the same islands, also presented by Mr.

Grote as Paradoxurus tytlerii of Blyth.

4. A third living Apteryz, presented to the Society on the 23rd

of May last by Mr. Henry Slade, R.N., of H. M.S. ‘ Miranda.’

This specimen had been purchased in Auckland by Dr. Slade, from

a person who had obtained it in the south part of the North Island,

about six months before. A second living example of this bird, for-

warded in the same vessel by His Excellency Sir George Grey for

the Society, had died on the passage.

5. Two specimens of the Japanese Badger (Meles ankuma, Temm.

Faun. Japon. Mamm. pl. 6), believed to be the first examples of this

scarce animal received alive in Europe.

6. A fine young female example of the Japanese Pig (Sus leuco-

mystax, Temm. Faun. Japon. Mamm. pl. 20), presented by Messrs.

Glover and Co., Nagasaki, Japan, and transmitted to the Society in

the ship ‘ Comet,’ Capt. Wright.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited some specimens of Heliomaster angele

(Gould’s Mon. Troch. iv. pl. 263), and read the following extract

from a letter received from Prof. Burmeister, For. Memb., relating

to them :—

**T take the liberty of sending you four Humming-birds of this

country, all belonging to T'rochilus angele, Lesson, which is not un-

common in the vicinity of Buenos Ayres. I have also found the

same species at Parana, but only in the young state ; and as I could

not procure the bird, I described it in my ‘ Reise’ as a new species

(Campylopterus inornatus). Afterwards, in Tucuman, I procured

the bird in full dress ; but I did not see the young at the same time,

and therefore did not think it was of the same species. The species

was long ago described by Azara, the male as the ‘Cola de tixera’

(no. 299), and the female as ‘ Blanco debajo’ (no. 297) ; but as

Azara did not know the male in its full summer dress, no one would

understand that his ‘Cola de tixera’ was the Trochilus angele of

Lesson. I have given some notes on the Humming-birds of Azara in

the work accompanying my letter; but when I wrote them I did

not know that the ‘Cola de tixera’ was the old male in the winter

dress, and therefore described that dress as being that of immatu-

P.Z.5. 1865: Pie AAVEE

—-Browne lith.

Astacus caldwell.

1865.] ON A COLLECTION OF ANIMALS FROM MADAGASCAR, 467

rity. Now I understand it all, and send you this notice to commu-

nicate to the Zoological Society at their next Meeting.

“The Trochilus angele, in full dress, as described by Lesson in the

‘Illustrations de Zoologie,’ pt. 5, has this full dress only during the

months from October to January, which are the summer months

here. In the beginning of February, or in some cases already at

the end of January, the large blue-coloured feathers of the side

of the neck fall out, and also the ruby-red feathers of the gorget, and

white feathers with a black spot in the middle come out in their

place. When this change is finished the bird becomes ‘la cola de

tixera’ of Azara. I send you an individual which is in the middle

of the change, killed in the middle of February. The female is in

all seasons whitish green on the underside, with a shorter tail, and

with white spots on the tips of the three external tail-feathers.

These spots are generally lost by wearing off, and were therefore seen

by Azara only on one feather. The young male before the first

change of the plumage has the colour and dress of the female, differ-

ing only in having yellow points on the feathers, which points are

lost in the somewhat older individuals. In the same manner the

colour of the underside is not whitish green, but yellow green. I

send you a young male beginning to show the plumage of the full

dress of the summer in some spots on the throat-feathers.

‘In my notes in the ‘ Anales,’ before referred to, I have made an

error in determining the ‘ Mas bello’ of Azara as Trochilus bicolor.

It is a.different species, which Heine has named in Cabanis’s Journal

Chlorostilbon phaéthon—the Trochilus phaéthon of Gould (sce

Journal f. Orn. 1863, p. 197).”

A paper was read by Professor Allman, F.R.S., on the characters

and affinities of Potamogale, a genus of insectivorous mammals re-

cently discovered in Western Africa. Professor Allman came to the

conclusion that this singular form was more closely allied to Soleno-

don than to any other known genus, but that it presented such

striking peculiarities as would render it necessary to regard it as the

type otf a new family of Insectivora, to which the name of Potamo-

galide might be given.

This paper will be published with illustrations in the Society’s

‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :-—

1. Report on 4 CoLLection oF ANIMALS FROM MADAGASCAR,

TRANSMITTED TO THE Society By Mr. J. CALDWELL. By

P. L. Scuater, M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Secretary To THE

Society.

(Plate XXVII.)

Mr. J. Caldwell, of Port Louis, Mauritius, has recently transmitted

to me a small collection of animals in spirits, collected in Madagas-

car, in the vicinity of Antananarivo, which was alluded to in his letter

468 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A COLLECTION [June 13,

read before this Society on the 27th of January, 1863*. The spe-

cies represented in the series are two Mammals, five Reptiles, and a

Crayfish.

The Mammals, which have been kindly determined for me by my

friend Dr. W. Peters, are of the following species :—

1. Nycrinomus (MorMopTeRvst) JUGULARIS, Peters, n. sp.

N. supra fuscus, pilis basi albis, subtus fusco-canus, alis nigris ;

capite depresso, rostro lato ; auriculis triangularibus, sejunctis ;

fovea jugulart magna.

The only specimen of this very interesting species is a male, dis-

tinguished from all other species by a deep transverse fossa imme-

diately before the manubrium sterni.

The head appears more flattened than in any other species, and

terminates with a broad flattened snout. The triangular large ears

are, compared with those of other species, rather thin, not united,

but separated by an interspace of 4 millim.

The fur is soft, of moderate length. The hair of the upper parts

is dark brown, at the base white; that of the underside greyish.

The skull is more flattened than in other species, and remarkable

for a strongly developed ante-orbital crista.

millim.

Total legsth ie. .9.. Sess Bes. coitus 0089

Length of the head ...... Saroee Spite 0°021

of the ear in front .... ..... 0°014

‘Breadthrofithe ear lo26cs's ae sen fetus 0-012

Length of humerus”... 0. oss secs 0°024

OMOLeAriMn Ow cls. 2 Se Se ae 0°037

— Of-thumb sa. 6 ose ts Cee a 0:0085

of second finger ...........- 0°0335

— of third finger .............. 0°067

of fourth finger ...... é eee 0°0565

of fifth finger +...5%. wane calm ae

al Ghighise se louie tres ok en ie

Of tibinien meee cars ae 0°0105

of foot with claws .......... 0°008

ot taille tere oes AG Ar as LS)

of free end of the tail........ O O11

2. Mus, sp.?

A very young, indeterminable specimen, with only two molars de-

* See P. Z. S. 1863, p. 48,

3.1 1.1—)/1 1.8

+ Mormopterus, nov. subg. In the formula of the teeth (>> > —- 7 3-3?

Sy lel SIS \ ees ; ven fs

when younger =~ > 3-7 =) it differs from Nyctinomus with — molars, and

approaches more to Molossus. The lips also are not so much plicated as in Nye-

tinomus. It is a species intermediate between Nyctinomus and Molossus, thus

showing another instance of the relationship of the fauna of Madagascar to the

American fauna.

1865. ] OF ANIMALS FROM MADAGASCAR. 469

veloped. Above brown, penicillated with black, with the bases of the

hairs blackish grey; below white. In its colour and the length of

the ear, this species is allied to the South-African Fieldmice, as Mus

colonus, M. natalensis, &c.

The Reptiles, which Dr. Giinther has named for me, consist of

two Snakes (Dipsas colubrina and Herpetodryas bernieri), a Cha-

meleon (Chameleon lateralis, Gray), several fine specimens of a

Lizard of the genus Gerrhosaurus (G. lineatus, Cocteau = Cicigna

ornata, Gray), and an example of another Lizard (Liolepisma belli,

Gray). All these are species already known to the fauna of Mada-

gascar.

The Crayfish I have submitted to Mr. Spence Bate, as our lead-

ing authority on this branch of natural history. Mr. Spence Bate

pronounces it to be a new species of Astacus, which he proposes to

call after its discoverer, with the following characters :—

ASTACUS CALDWELLI, Spence Bate, sp.nov. (Pl. XXVII.)

The eyes are planted on short peduncles. The first pair of an-

tenn have the third joint of the peduncle reaching to the extremity

of the rostrum. Both branches of the flagellum are slender; and

the primary branch, which is half as long again as the secondary,

is about half the length of the anterior division of the cephalon.

The second pair of antennze are about three times the length of the

first ; and the flagellum is minutely articulate, each articulus being,

in length, less than half its breadth, and at the basal extremity being

about half the breadth of the last joint of the peduncle. The squa-

migerous process of the third joint is rounded and thickened upon the

outside, straight, thin, and ciliated upon the inner, and obtuse at

the apex. The rostrum reaches to the extremity of the penultimate

joint of the peduncle of the external antennze, rounded at the ex-

tremity, dorsally concave, the margins fringed within and above

the actual edge with a rim of short, blunt denticles. The ocular

orbit is deeply excavate, and armed posteriorly near the centre by a

small denticle, and at the infero-lateral extremity by a short, sharp,

curved, and anteriorly directed strong tooth. ‘The lateral walls of

the cephalon are thickly covered with numerous, subequally distant,

short, spinous protuberances, which gradually lessen in importance

towards the dorsal surface of the carapace, which is perfectly smooth,

except for the well-defined fissure that distinguishes the anterior

portion of the carapace from the posterior—the demarcation between

the antennal and mandibular somites. The first or large chelate

pair of pereiopoda are subequal in size, but differ in form from those

of every other species of the genus with which I am acquainted, and

resemble more in general aspect those of the genus Homarus. The

dactylos is curved inwards, and tipped with a sharp unguis ; the

dactyloid process of the propodos is similarly formed, and meets the

dactylos only at or near the apex; the approximating edges, how-

ever, are armed with a few small and one large tubercle opposite to

470 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PSEUDORCA MERIDIONALIS. [| June 13,

corresponding ones. The inferior and external margin of the pro-

podos, from the extremity of the dactyloid process to the carpal ar-

ticulation, is convex, and longer than that of the intero-superior

margin of the propodos and dactylos together. The carpus is armed

with three blunt and one sharp anteriorly directed teeth upon the

inner edge, and two sharp strong teeth upon the under surface.

The meros is furnished with two rows of teeth, that converge toge-

ther towards the ischium upon the inner surface. The other pereio-

poda have little to attract attention. The second somite of the pleon

has a tuberculous ridge just above the lateral margin. The inner

scale of the posterior pair of pleopoda is furnished with a central

row of short, sharp teeth; and the telson is armed with similar teeth,

of which there are a few in the median line and others in two late-

ral obsolete rows.

The specimen from which the description is taken is a male. Of

all the species of this genus, this form approximates the nearest to

its marine allies, in the appearance of the great chelate pereiopoda,

of any that we are acquainted with. The generally close resemblance

of the several species of this genus is certainly very remarkable,

when we take into consideration the vast geographical distribution

that it. has—larger, perhaps, than that of any genus of Crustacea

that is not of marine habits. Species have been taken in the frozen

waters of North American rivers, in the hot latitudes of Chili, in

temperate Europe and Tasmania, and now from the African island

of Madagascar. We do not know of any having yet been recorded

from the inland rivers of that continent.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1. Astacus caldwelli.

2. Carapace, seen laterally.

3. Second pair of antenne.

4, Squamigerous process of the same.

2. NorE oN PsEUDORCA MERIDIONALIS,

By W. H. Frower, F.R.S., erc.

In the last volume of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (1864, p. 420)

I described two Cetacean skulls from Tasmania, presented to the

Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons by Mr. W. L. Crowther,

under the name of Orca meridionalis. Having obtained some further

information regarding this species, I wish to add a few notes to my

previous paper.

As before mentioned, I had requested Mr. Crowther to obtain, if

possible, a complete skeleton of the so-called “ Blackfish,” to which

these skulls were said to belong. That gentleman, with a most

praiseworthy desire to advance our knowledge of the Cetaceous ani-

mals of the part of the world in which he resides, set to work with

ereat energy to collect specimens; and among a most valuable

1865.] MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PSEUDORCA MERIDIONALIS. 471

consignment lately forwarded by him to the College Museum are

two skeletons of animals called ‘“ Blackfish,’’ accompanied, however,

by the following important note :——‘‘ The Blackfish skeletons are of

a different variety to the heads I sent you. In these this portion is

obtuse, in the former ones pointed at the snout, whence they are

called by the whalers, for the sake of distinction, ‘ peaked noses.’ ””

We learn from this that two very different animals are included

under the common name of Blackfish by the inhabitants of the

Australian coasts, and that the description given by Mr. Crowther,

quoted in my notice of Orca meridionalis, does not apply to that

animal at all, but rather to the “ Blackfish”’ of which the skeletons

are now sent, and which belong to the genus Globiocephalus.

Of the external appearance, habits, and geographical distribution

of the meridionalis we know, therefore, next to nothing at present ;

but the fact of their having ‘peaked noses”’ corresponds with the

external characters assigned by Reinhardt to the individuals stranded

on the Danish coast, on which his genus Pseudorca is founded *, and

entirely removes them from Globiocephalus.

A perusal of the memoir of the distinguished Copenhagen Pro-

fessor, a translation of which will shortly be published by the Ray

Society, has convinced me that Pseudorca is a distinctly characterized

genus, intermediate between Grampus and Orca of Gray, separated

from the latter more especially by the pectoral fins being small and

pointed, instead of large, very broad, and oval+, and by the different

form and very inferior size of the dorsal fin.

Until the remainder of the skeleton can be examined, or an accu-

rate description of the external form obtained, there may still be

some uncertainty as to whether the new Tasmanian species should

be referred to the genus established by Reinhardt, although the

probabilities are very greatly in favour of such a supposition. As

to its specific distinction from P. crassidens, of course the external

characters formerly given are now of no value; but from a compa- -

rison of the figures of the cranium in the ‘ Proceedings’ with the

specimens at Copenhagen, Professor Reinhardt has arrived at the

same conclusion with myself.

I should take this opportunity of mentioning that in the figure of

the upper surface of the skull (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 421) the artist has

neglected to reverse his drawing on the block; the consequence is

that the distortion of the nasal apertures is represented in the wrong

direction.

* “ Pseudorca crassidens, et for den Danske Fauna nyt Hvaldyr,” K. Danske

Vid. Selsk. Nov. 1862.

+ The genus Orca, as Reinhardt has mentioned, is distinguished from other

Cetaceans by haying all the phalanges broader than long.

472 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PHYSALUS SIBBALDII. [June 13,

38. On PHYSALUS SIBBALDII, GRAY.

By W. H. Fuower, F.R.S., Etc.

This species of Fin-Whale was founded by Dr. Gray (Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1847, p. 92) upon a skeleton preserved in the Museum of the

Literary and Philosophical Society of Hull, which up to the present

time has remained the only known representative of the species.

Passing through Hull a few days‘since, I availed myself of the op-

portunity of examining the skeleton, not perhaps with sufficient

minuteness to be able to give a detailed description of its osteological

characters, but closely enough to satisfy myself upon two important

points,—first, that it is quite distinct from the Common Fin- Whale

(P. antiquorum, Gray) ; secondly, that it agrees very closely with

the specimen recently acquired by the Trustees of the British Mu-

seum, from the collection of the late Professor Lidth de Jeude, of

Utrecht, to which I have given the name of P. latirostris (Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1864, p.410). The two specimens certainly belong either

to the same species, or to two nearly related species forming a dis-

tinct section of the genus. As the former supposition is probably

the correct oue, I lose no time in withdrawing the specific name of

latirostris‘in favour of the prior one given by Dr. Gray.

I will now give a sketch of the principal characters of the two

skeletons, showing where they agree with each other, and differ

from P. antiquorum.

1. Size—The Hull and the Utrecht skeletons are at nearly the

same stage of growth; the epiphyses are disunited in almost all the

vertebree, as well as on both ends of the humerus, radius, and ulna.

In the Hull specimen the ossification of the transverse process of the

second cervical vertebra has proceeded so far as to surround the

vertebral foramen ; in the Utrecht skeleton the foramen is still open,

though only by a narrow fissure on one side. I should judge from

this that the former is rather the older of the two. In both, the

transverse processes of all the remaining cervical vertebrae are incom-

pletely ossified, and not united at their ends by bone. In general

size and proportions the two specimens very nearly correspond, the

advantage being in favour of the Hull one, which is stated to have a

total length of 47 feet, the cranium being 10! 6'; while the Utrecht

specimen is about 43 or 44 feet long, the skull being 9'10". Either

example when full-grown would probably be not far short of 60 feet,

or somewhat less than the average size of the common species.

2. Number and Characters of the Vertebra.—-The two skeletons

agree in possessing sixty-four vertebrae, both being in this respect, -

fortunately, complete. In P. antiqguorum the number never appears

to exceed sixty-two. In the Hull skeleton the foramen in the

transverse process of the axis is very small, and nearly circular,

about 2" in diameter; in the Utrecht specimen it is more oval, 33"

high, and 43" long. This difference in so variable a part is proba-

bly only individual. The four following vertebree have in both a

converging upper and lower process, which are, as said before, in-

complete and ununited. In the Hull specimen the seventh has a

1865.] = MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PHYSALUS SIBBALDII. 473

short but distinct inferior process, which in that at Utrecht is re-

presented by a mere tubercle. In the terminal caudal vertebre

there is a great similarity: the last is very small, short, and disk-

like; the second from the end is of similar form, but somewhat

larger ; the third presents a sudden increase of size in every direction,

so marked that, if it did not occur in both skeletons, one might

easily suppose that a bone had been lost from this region.

3. Skull.—The principal peculiarity of the skull, which I pointed

out in the Utrecht specimen, was the breadth of the rostral portion ;

this is repeated, though to not quite the same extent, in the Hull

skeleton. The breadth across the middle of the beak of the former

is to the length of the skull as 27 to 100, in the latter as 26 to 100.

In six specimens of P. antiquorum it varies between 18 and 21 to

100. The actual breadth (measured across the upper surface fol-

lowing the curve) in the Hull specimen is 33", each maxillary being

10" and the premaxillary 5", the space between the latter 3, The

nasal bones agree together, and differ from P. antiquorum in being

but slightly hollowed on their upper surface and anterior margins.

This character is most strongly marked in the Hull specimen.

4. The stylo-hyals are thicker, especially near the lower,end, in

both the Utrecht and Hull skeletons than in the common Fin- Whale.

5. The sternum, which is so remarkable in the Utrecht specimen

for its almost rudimentary state, is, unfortunately, wanting in the

Hull skeleton; but even this absence may not be without signifi-

cance, for if it had been a large, well-developed bone, it is most un-

likely that it should have been lost in a skeleton prepared with such

care as to be in every other respect perfect.

6. Rzbs.—In the Utrecht skeleton (not articulated) I counted but

fifteen pairs; while in that at Hull there are sixteen, the last well

developed—as long, in fact, as those which precede it. If one could

be certain that one pair had not been lost in the former case, this

difference might be of some importance ; but in different specimens

of P. antiquorum the last rib is in some completely developed, and

in others represented by a mere splint of bone totally unconnected

with the vertebral column, and therefore easily overlooked in pre-

paring the skeleton. If sixteen is the normal number of the pairs

of ribs in P. sibbaldii, this makes a good specific distinction from

P. antiquorum, which has never been known to have more than

fifteen. The first rib agrees in both specimens, and differs from P.

antiquorum in wanting a well-developed capitular process. In the

Utrecht specimen this process is present in the second, third, and

fourth ribs—longest in the third. In the Hull skeleton it is found

from the second to the sixth, being longest in the third and fourth.

In P. antiquorum it is usually longest in the second, and obsolete

in the fourth.

7. The phalanges of the digits of both skeletons are articulated

artificially, and yet they correspond exactly in number and arrange-

ment, except that the Hull specimen has an additional bone on

digit III. The numbers are—II. 4; III. 5 (Utrecht), 6 (Hull) ;

IV. 5; V.3,—an arrangement differmg somewhat from that of P.

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1865, No. XXXI.

474 MR. A. R. WALLACE ON NEW BIRDS [June 13,

antiquorum. But one of the most striking and characteristic differ-

ences in this part of the skeleton is the greater length of the meta-

carpal bones and phalanges, which in both the Hull and Utrecht

specimens, not only relatively but even actually, exceed those of the

full-grown P. antiquorum, 70 feet in length.

8. Lastly, the daleen. This is not preserved in the Utrecht spe-

cimen; but in the Hull skeleton it is in excellent condition, and

shows a striking difference from that of the common species in being,

of a uniform deep black, instead of dark olive-brown or horn-co-

lour, variegated towards the ends of the series with patches and

stripes of a lighter colour.

4, Descriptions oF New Birps From THE Matay ARCHI-

pELAGO. By ALrrep R, Wauuace, F.Z.S.

(Plates XXVIII., XXIX.)

I have here given the characters of twenty-one species of birds

which appear to be new, and which, together with those already de-

scribed by Mr. G. R. Gray and myself in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this

Society, and also a few described by Mr. Gould and Dr. Sclater, make

up the number of 212 new species collected by me in the islands of

the Malay archipelago. - Of those now described, eight are from Ce-

lebes, and the rest from Sumatra, Borneo, the Moluccas, and the

New Guinea group.

ACCIPITER ZQUATORIALIS.

Supra cinereo-plumbeus, subtus cum torque humerali rufo-casta-

neus ; capitis lateribus cinereis, gula pallide rufo-cinerea, cauda

alisque immaculatis.

Above slaty ash-colour ; beneath light chocolate-brown, which ex-

tends in a broad collar between the shoulders ; sides of the head ash-

colour ; throat light ashy, tinged with rufous ; wing and tail uniform

light ash-colour beneath ; under wing- and tail-coyerts scarcely paler

than the belly ; bill and claws black ; cere, eyelids, and legs orange-

yellow ; iris golden orange-yellow. :

3. Total length 143 inches; wing 72; tail 6; tarsus 2; bill, to

ape, 14.

: 0 . Total length 163 inches; wing 9; tail 72; tarsus 22; bill,

to gape, 15%.

Hab. Batchian, Gilolo, Morty Islands, Waigiou, and Salwatty.

Remarks.—This species was pointed out to me by Mr. Gurney as

being near A. rufitorques, Peale, which inhabits the Feejee Islands.

It differs from that species in its rather larger size, different propor-

tions, and coloration. It is also near 4. griseogularis, G. R. G.,

which inhabits the same district ; but differs from that species by

its much smaller size, and in the entire absence of bands on the body,

wings, or tail in the adult birds. Both these seem to be included

Spe D NEM Tela 99:0 Tenis Diaia Beats

VOIHHOL VRiNMardine

YF 4? T2P FIOM

XXX

oS WES oi tek Skee

J Wolf del et hth. MAN Harhert Amp

{. PRIONOCHILUSG AURBOLIMBATUS.

2. NECTARINIA FULAVO-STRIATA

1865.] FROM THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. 475

by Prof. Schlegel, in the ‘Muséum des Pays-Bas’ (Astures, p. 41),

as forms of 4. cruentus, Gould, which is confined to Australia and

the adjacent island of Timor.

ACCIPITER MUELLERI.

Supra fusco-plumbeus, subtus rufo-cinnamomeus, capite plumbeo,

gula albo-rufescente, cauda tenuiter fasciata.

Very like Accipiter hiogaster, Miller, but much larger, the throat

less distinctly rufous, the under parts faintly white-banded, and the

tail with about ten narrow bands; bill black ; cere and feet bright

yellow. The comparative dimensions of the two species will best

show the difference between them.

Total | wing. | Tail, | Bill to peep Tarsus, |Middle

length. point. sionals toe.

-A. hiogaster, 2 ..| 153 63 | 14 22 2745 | 14%

A. miller, 9 ..| 183 | 93 |9 | 1h | Ts Jat | 1

Hab. Gilolo.

GERYGONE NEGLECTA.

Viridi-olivacea, subtus alba flavo tincta ; remigibus rectricibusque

Suscis flavo-viridi marginatis, rostro pedibusque pallidis.

Above rich greenish olive ; beneath white, tinged with yellow,

deepest on the belly ; under wing-coverts white; quills and wing-

coverts dusky, margined with olive-yellow; tail dusky, the feathers

more obscurely margined ; bill dusky ; lower mandible very pale ;

feet pale.

Total length 43 inches; wing 21; bill, to gape, 4.

Hab. Waigiou; Mysol.

Remarks.—This species is most like G. chloronota, Gould. It

is rather abundant in the island of Waigiou, frequenting thickets and

bushes, catching insects on the wing, or picking them from the bark,

and may often be heard snapping its bill like the larger true Fly-

catchers.

GERYGONE PALPEBROSA.

Supra olivaceo-viridis, subtus flava ; gula alba, loris et tectricibus

aurium albo-cinereis, palpebris nigris ; remigibus rectricibusque

Suscis flavo-viridi marginatis.

Above olivaceous green; beneath bright yellow; throat white;

lores and ear-coverts ashy white ; eyelids black ; under wing-coverts

light yellow ; quills and tail-feathers dusky, margined with olive-

yellow ; bill black ; feet lead-colour ; iris reddish brown.

Total length 4 inches ; wing 2; bill, to gape, 3.

Hab. Aru Islands.

476 MR. A. R. WALLACE ON NEW BIRDS {June 13,

MuscICAPA HELIANTHEA.

Olivaceo-flava, corpore subtus, cum fascia uropygiali, loris et pal-

pebris, flavo ; tectricibus alarum, remigibus rectricibusque fuscis

olivaceo-flavo marginatis.

Above olive-yellow ; beneath bright yellow ; band across the rump,

eyelids, and space before the eye yellow; wing and tail dusky, with

the feathers yellow-margined ; bill black above, beneath and feet

dusky orange ; claws pale ; iris dark.

Total length 43 inches; wing 2;,; tail 2; bill, to gape, 3.

Hab. Menado (Celebes).

CyorNIS RUFIGULA.

Cinereo-plumbea, gula et pectore rufis, abdomine et tectricibus

caude inferioribus albis, genis plumbeo-nigris, lateribus cinereis,

remigibus rectricibusque fuscis cinereo-marginatis.

Dark ashy blue; throat and breast bright rufous, becoming pale

on the belly and pure white on the under tail-coverts ; front of the

eye and ear-coverts blackish ; under wing-coverts rufescent white ;

quills and tail-feathers dusky, ashy-margined ; iris dark ; bill black ;

feet nearly white.

Total length 5 inches; wing 23; tail 2; bill, to gape, 7%.

Hab. Menado (Celebes).

CyoRNIS RUFIFRONS.

Obscure cyanea; uropygio tectricibusque caude superioribus

ceruleis ; fronte, loris, linea superciliari et corpore subtus,

rufis; mento genisque cyaneo-nigris ; tectricibus caude infe-

rioribus albis rufo tinctis ; alis caudaque fusco-nigris, remigi-

bus rectricibusque ceruleo marginatis.

Above dusky blue ; bright blue on the rump and edges of the tail-

feathers ; forehead, a line above and below the eye, and the under

surface bright rufous; under tail-coverts whitish ; chin and cheeks

blue-black ; wings dusky, the quills narrowly blue-edged ; the lesser

wing-coverts tipped with rufous spots; tail black, the feathers blue-

margined ; bill large and broad, black above, pale beneath ; feet pale

purplish.

Total length 6 inches; wing 2]; tail 23; tarsus 5.

Hab. Borneo.

RuHIPIDURA LONGICAUDA.

Fusca ; capite, mento, fascia gulari, lateribus pectoris caudaque

fusco-nigris ; gula, pectore et supercilits albis; ventre ochraceo-

albo; alis fusco-nigris, tectricibus alarum rufo terminatis ;

cauda longa, rectricum extimarum utrinque trium apicibus albis.

Very near Rhipidura javanica, from which it differs in the longer

tail, narrower white tips to only three outer tail-feathers, and the

black chin ; iris dark ; bill and feet black. .

Total length 73 inches; wings 34; tail 4 (R. javanica, 34 inches).

Hab. Sumatra.

1865.] FROM THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. 477

RurpPrpuRA ToRRIDA. (Pl. XXVIII.)

Rufo-fusca, subtus alba; pectore nigro, parte inferiore albo squa-

mata; fronte, superciliis, uropygio et caude dimidio basali in-

tense rufis; rectricibus omnibus albo terminatis.

Olive-brown ; beneath white ; vent and under tail-coverts rufous-

tinged ; in front of and beneath the eye, ear-coverts, lower part of

the neck, and breast black ; on the lower parts each feather is white-

edged ; forehead and a short stripe above the eye, lower part of the

back, upper tail-coverts, and half the tail (less on the outer feathers)

rust-red ; ower eyelid white ; all the tail-feathers, decreasing to the

_ middle ones, white-tipped; bill dusky, very short, bristles from gape

very long ; feet dusky olive ; iris dark.

Total length 63 inches; wing 3; tail 33.

Hab. Ternate, on the summit of the volcano, 4000 feet above the

sea.

Remarks.—Near R. semicollaris, Miull., from Banda, from which

it differs in the shorter bill, as well as in the arrangement of the

colours.

RHIPIDURA CINEREA.

Fusco-cinerea ; alis caudaque fuscis ; subtus alba, pectore cinereo

albo maculato.

Dusky ash-colour; head rather darker; wings dusky brown ; tail

rather darker ; over the eye a nearly concealed white stripe; neck

and throat white; breast and sides ash-colour, feathers on upper

art of the breast with each a white oval spot; middle of the lower

breast, belly, under tail- and wing-coverts white ; bill black, large

and strong ; feet dusky.

Total length 62 inches; wing 33; tail 33.

Hab. Ceram.

Remark.—Nearest to R. assimilis, G. R. Gray, from which it may

be at once distinguished by its want of any terminal white spots on

the tail-feathers.

PRIONOCHILUS AUREOLIMBATUS. (PI. XXIX. fig. 1.)

Fulvo-olivaceus, alis caudaque nigris ; fascia a fronte ad aures

fusco-nigra; subtus albus, pectore grisescente, lateribus corporis

tectricibusque caude inferioribus luteis.

Fulvous olive ; wings and tail black ; a band over the eyes and

ears dusky black ; chin and throat white; breast greyish white ;

sides of the breast and body rich yellow, leaving a median stripe

white ; under tail-coverts yellow; iris light reddish brown; feet

black ; bill black in the male, with the base of the lower mandible

plumbeous in the female.

Total length 33 inches; wing 2; tail 1.

Hab. North Celebes, in the mountains of Minahassa.

Remarks.—About low bushes and shrubs, feeding on fruit.

478 MR. A. R. WALLACE ON NEW BIRDS [June 13,

PACHYCEPHALA BRUNNEA.

Supra rufo-brunnea, subtus brunneo-alba ; gula alba, capite fusco-

cinerea, remigibus fuscis brunneo marginatis, tectricibus alarum

inferioribus albis.

Above earthy brown ; crown slaty ash-colour ; space before the eye

darker; throat white; rest of body beneath dirty brownish white ;

under wing-coverts and inner margins of secondaries and tertiaries

pure white; quills dusky, brown-margined ; bill black ; feet pale

brown.

Total length 63 inches; wing 3;4,; bill, from gape, 44.

Hab. Banda Islands and Salwatty.

Remark.—The Banda specimen is rather lighter-coloured on the

sides of the head, and the brown of the back is a little brighter, but

in other respects it exactly agrees with that from Salwatty.

DicrRuRUS LEUCOPS.

Trides alba ; D. pectorali paulo major.

Exactly like D. pectoralis, Wall., in coloration, except the irides,

which are milk-white. As every other species of the genus I have

met with has eyes of a crimson-red colour, and as I found this species

abundantly both at Macassar in the south and at Menado in the

north of Celebes, and in every individual having the eyes milky white,

I think it right to separate it under a distinct name. It is, however,

rather larger in all its dimensions than the allied form.

Total length 127 inches ; wing 63; tail 53; bill, from gape, ,},.

Hab. Celebes.

PTILOTIS ROSTRATA.

Ptilotis megarhynchus, G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 155.

Fusco-rufa, subtus cinereo-olivacea ; gula pallidiore, ventre rufes-

cente, tectricibus alarum inferioribus marginibusque rectricum

pallide rufis ; mandibule superioris apice forte serrato.

Dark brown; crown dusky ; beneath ashy olive ; belly rufescent ;

under wing-coverts and inner margins of the quills light rufous ; bill

black, long, and strongly serrated at the end of the upper mandible ;

iris salmon-red ; feet pale lead-colour.

Total length 93 inches ; wing 3?; bill, from gape, 13.

Hab. New Guinea, Waigiou, and Mysol.

Remark.—This differs from P. megarhynchus, G. R. Gray, from

Aru, in the want of the yellow ring round the eye and the markings

of the under surface, as well as in the remarkably serrated bill.

NECTARINIA FLAVO-STRIATA. (Pl. XXIX. fig. 2.)

Fronte et vertice ceruleo-metallicis; occipite, collo et dorso rubris,

uropygio flavo, tectricibus superioribus et rectricibus mediis

ceruleo-metallicis, rectricibus lateralibus nigris ceruleo mar-

ginatis; alis fuscis, remigum et tectricum marginibus luride

rubris, gula (utrinque ceruleo vittata) et pectore coccineis flavo

1865.] FROM THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. 479

striatis; partibus inferioribus fusco-olivaceis, tectricibus alarum

inferioribus albis.

Very near N. siparaja, Rafil., from which it differs by the yellow-

striped throat, the red-margined quills, the blue instead of violet tail-

coverts, the darker under parts, and the shorter tail. The whole

bird is also larger. Bill olive, reddish below; feet dusky.

Total length 43 inches; wing 2,1;; tail 12; bill, to front, 35.

Hab. Menado (Celebes).

NECTARINIA PORPHYROLEMA.

Purpureo-nigra ; pileo aureo-viridi ; dorso infimo, uropygio et

humeris @neo-ceruleis; jugulo violaceo, linea eneo-cerulea

utrinque marginato.

Purple-black ; crown golden green ; bend of the wing, lesser wing-

coverts, lower part of the back, upper tail-coverts, and outer edges

of the tail-feathers steel-blue; throat changeable violet-purple, with

a line from the gape on each side steel-blue.

Total length 43 inches; wing 2;%,; tail 1}; bill, from gape, =8;.

Hab. Macassar.

NECTARINIA GRAYI.

Purpureo-nigra ; pileo aureo-viridi ; nucha, dorso supremo et pec-

tore purpureo-ferrugineis ; dorso infimo, tectricibus alarum et

caude superiortbus ceruleo-eneis ; jugulo violaceo-amethystino

linea eneo-cerulea utringue marginato.

Purple-black ; crown golden green; nape, back, and breast rich

purplish rust-colour ; rump, upper tail- and wing-coverts, and mar-

gins of the tail-feathers steel-blue; throat violet-red, margined on

each side by a line from the gape of steel-blue.

Total length 43 inches; wing 2}; tail 1,9; bill, from gape, 58).

Hab. Menado.

Remark.—Mr. G. R. Gray had proposed to name this richly

coloured species after myself; but as he has left it hitherto unde-

scribed, I have called it after him.

MuNIA TRISTISSIMA.

Fusco-brunnea ; alis caudaque fusco-nigris ; plumis medio singulis

pallide striatis, tectricibus alarum superioribus tenuiter pallide

marginatis, inferioribus remigumque marginibus ochraceo-albis.

Dusky brown; wings and tail blackish ; the feathers of the head

and body with a fine median pale line ; upper wing-coverts very nar-

rowly tipped with whitish ; under wing-coverts and margins of the

quills buffy white ; bill black; feet dusky.

Total length 4 inches; wing 1+}; tail 13; bill, from front, 1,

Hab. New Guinea (north-western extremity).

Remark.—This is the first Finch that has been recorded from New

Guinea, and its sombre plumage contrasts strongly with the many

480 ON NEW BIRDS FROM THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO. [June 13,

brilliant birds which inhabit the same great island, whose surface,

clothed with perpetual forests, seems ill-adapted to this grass-loving

group of birds.

TURNIX RUFILATUS.

Supra olivaceo-rufescens, tenuiter nigro undulato-fasciatus; plumis

capitis et in medio dorsi nigro maculatis ; fronte nigra, linea

superciliari, facie et gula nigro et albo punctulatis ; pectore et

lateribus nigro et albo fasciatis ; abdominis medio albescente

ejusque lateribus et tectricibus caude inferioribus rujfis, tectri-

cibus alarum albo et nigro fasciatis et maculatis.

Above olive-brown, the feathers very finely undulated with black ;

forehead black ; feathers of the head towards the sides black-spotted,

and towards the middle of the back a few largish round black spots ;

a line over each eye to the nape of black-and-white-spotted feathers ;

the throat and breast ashy, banded regularly with black and white ;

the middle of the belly whitish ; the flanks and under tail-coverts

light rufous; the outer margin of the first primary is white, and

the wing-coverts and tertiaries have a roundish black spot and one

or two white and black bands towards the end of each feather ; bill

and feet are pale greenish yellow; claws pale.

Total length 6 inches; wing 3} ; bill, from gape, ;8;; tarsus 1 ;

middle toe and claw 1.

Remark.—The bill varies much in thickness, in old birds being

4; inch high. It resembles most 7. fasciatus, Temm., which has a

black head and darker belly.

Hab. Macassar (Celebes).

PorZANA MOLUCCANA.

Supra olivacea ; uropygio, alis eaudaque olivaceo-brunneis; subtus

cinerea, gula pallidiore ; femoribus, crisso et tectricibus caude

inferioribus pallide cinnamomeis.

Dusky olive, shading into olive-brown on the wings, rump, and

tail; beneath ashy; throat whitish; thighs, vent, and under tail-

coverts light cinnamon-brown ; bill greenish, tinged with reddish at

the base of the culmen ; feet olive, tinged with yellow or purplish ;

iris brown.

_ Total length 114 inches ; wing 52; bill, to front, 1,45; tarsus 2353

middle toe and claw 23.

Hab. Amboyna; Ternate.

PoRZANA RUFIGENIS,

Supra olivaceo-fusca, subtus rufescens; fronte genisque rufis, gula

alba, abdomine medio albescente, crisso lateribusque fuscis albo-

fasciatis, tectricibus alarum exterioribus tenuiter, inferioribus

late albo-fasciatis, remigibus fuscis, prima externe albo margi-

nata, cauda fusca immaculata,

Above dark olive-brown, with a bronzy tinge; beneath palish

1865.] ON NEW SPECIES OF RHOPALOCEROUS LEPIDOPTERA. 481

rufescent ; forehead, cheeks to above the eye, and sides of the neck

rufous; middle of the belly whitish ; vent, flanks, and under tail-

coverts dusky, with rather broad white bands; wings dusky olive,

the first quill white-edged, the upper coverts narrowly banded with

whitish, the under coverts with more white; tail entirely dusky ;

bill greenish, pale beneath ; legs reddish ; iris yellowish brown.

Total length 9 inches; wing 5; bill, to front, 1; tarsus 13;

middle toe and claw 12.

Hab. Sarawak (Borneo).

Remark.—This species seems near P. fasciata, Raffles, and P.

rubiginosa, Temm., but differs considerably from both in coloration.

5. DescrRIPTIONS OF THE CHARACTERS OF S1x New Species

or RuopaLocerovus LEPIDOPTERA IN THE COLLECTION OF

THE British Museum, witH Notes ON THE ALLIED SPE-

cies. By A. G. Burter, Esa., F.Z.S.

1. DANAIS INUNCTA.

Upperside. Front wings greasy white, semitransparent, yellow

clouded with olivaceous at the base ; anterior margin rich brown, en-

closing two elongate white spots, one before and one beyond the end

of the cell; hind margin rich brown, deeply sinuated and dentated,

enclosing four white spots near the apex, between the nervules, the

last one just before the first median nervule ; three small white spots

close to the edge, one between the first and second, and the other

two between the second and third median nervules ; a large quadrate

white spot and asmall marginal spot between the third median ner-

vule and the submedian nervure ; all the nervures brown. Posterior

wings white, basal half greasy white, base yellow; nervures brown,

from the anterior margin to the first median nervule connected by a

broad, irregular, rich-brown transverse band which runs into the

hind margin; hind margin rich brown, sinuated on its inner edge

between each of the folds, enclosing twelve spots near the edge be-

tween the nervules, the first and second and the eleventh and twelfth

brown, the others white. Body, head, and thorax black, spotted

with white ; abdomen pale brown.

Underside. Front wings as above; but with three additional,

small spots on the hind margin. Posterior wings as above ; but all

the marginal spots white. Body as above.

Hab. Waigiou.

2. CYRESTIS ACHATES.

Upperside. Front wings white, with faint roseate reflection ; ante-

rior margin, basal portion ochreous, the remainder olivaceous ; an

oblique, glaucous, elongate-triangular patch close to the base, its

point touching the interior margin; a second similar larger patch

crossing the centre of the cell, two converging narrow oblique lines,

apparently closing the cell, uniting into a single line beneath it, and

482 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW SPECIES [June 13,

enclosing a small triangular glaucous patch, its base resting on the

anterior margin ; an irregular oblique line crossing the middle of the

wing ; apical portion of the wing and outer margin brown, enclosing

two grey ocelli, and interrupted by three longitudinal paler brown

lines, the two inner ones varied with white; three blue-grey lunules

near the anal angle and parallel to the outer margin, bordered by a

black band on their inner edge, the upper one, between the second

and third median nervules, larger than the other two, and having an

oval black spot on its outer edge, which gives it the appearance of

an ocellus; the two lower ones bordered on their outer edge by a

broad bright ochreous dash, widening below and extending to the

anal angle, enclosing two minute transverse white spots. Posterior

wings white, with faint roseate reflection; hind margin deeply sinu-

ated, with two caudal projections, the one at the extremity of the

first nervule acute, slightly inclining inwards, elongate, the other, at

the anal angle, obtuse, nearly quadrate ; interior margin slightly

emarginate ; a narrow oblique line crossing the middle of the cell,

and terminating just below it ; two converging narrow oblique lines

apparently closing the cell, and disappearing in an ochreous patch at

the anal angle; a broad ocellated band crossing the wing at two-

thirds of the distance from the base, following the direction of the

outer margin, its inner edge deep brown, intersected by a blue-grey

line which runs into the outer edge at the median nervules, forming

the lower portion of the brown into ovate spots, its outer edge pale

brown, enclosing small white spots between the nervules ; outer

margin deep brown, intersected in the middle by a pale line, brown

to beyond the tail, where it becomes violaceous; anal angle, inner

margin, and a broad, irregular, elongate fascia above the outer

margin suffused with bright ochreous ; the patch changes to deep

brown near the apex; the anal caudate projection ferruginous, en-

closing, with the anal ochreous suffusion, three irregular roseate

markings.

Underside. Front wings white, with faint roseate reflection, bright

ochreous at the anal angle; the markings the same as above, except

that they are all brown, and the narrow trigonate basal patch is

wanting. Posterior wings as above; but the ocellated band more

distinctly separated into ocelli.

Hab. Mysol.

The allies of this species are Cyrestis menalis, Erichs. (Philippine

Islands), and Cyrestis nivea, Zinck (Java, Borneo, &c.).

3. CYRESTIS SERICEUS.

Upperside. Front wings white, with roseate reflection ; six oblique,

irregular, double ochreous lines, extending to the middle of the wing

at nearly equal distances from each other, crossing from the anterior

margin to the median nervure, the third and fifth enclosing a fine

central line; the fifth one deeper-coloured; three paler ochreous

irregular, oblique, double lines at regular distances below the cell, the

outer one extending as far as the fifth supramedian double line; an

ablique pale ochreous band crossing the wing at two-thirds of the

1865.] OF RHOPALOCEROUS LEPIDOPTERA. 483

distance from the base; a paler, irregular, double ochreous band not

far from, and parallel to, the outer margin, enclosing two minute lon-

gitudinal brown spots near the apex ; outer margin pale ochreous,

longitudinally intersected by a white line, enclosing a fine black line.

Posterior wings white, with roseate reflection ; outer margin sinuated,

with two caudal projections, the anal one short, rounded, obtuse; a

pupillate cream-coloured spot at the analangle ; two obliquely placed

black spots just above the anal projection ; four double, irregular,

oblique, ochreous lines crossing the cell, the first and third only ex-

tending to the median nervure, the third darker-coloured, the fourth

deeply dentated and angulated near the inner margin, the second

meeting the fourth near the anal angle; five ochreous bands follow-

ing the direction of the outer margin, converging towards the anal

angle, where they disappear in a bright ochreous anal suffusion ; the

second, third, and fourth intersected at the nervures, the third and

fourth enclosing an ovate black spot near the anterior margin, and

four oblong black lines between the nervures; outer margin pale

brown, with a narrow black line just above it following the direction

of the outline of the wing.

Underside. Front wings the same as above ; but the extremities

of the nervures of the outer margin tipped with brown, and all the

markings much paler. Posterior wings the same as above, except

that all the markings are much less distinct, and there is a large,

nearly circular, black spot just above the anal projection.

Hab. Borneo.

Allied to Cyrestis cocles, Fabricius (Sylhet).

4. VICTORINA APHRODITE.

Upperside. Front wings falcated, elongate, deeply sinuated on the

outer margin, especially below the first discocellular ; rich brown,

paler towards the apex ; crossed in the middle by a broad silky-white

band ; four oblong indistinct copper-red spots between the nervules,

halfway between the band and the apical portion of the hind mar.

gin; four paler brown lunules between the nervules near the hind

margin, extending from the first discocellular to the anal angle,

Posterior wings rich brown, very deeply sinuated, forming a short

tail at the end of the second subcostal and the second and third me-

dian nervules, and a long tail at the end of the first median nervule;

wings rich brown, crossed beyond the middle by a broad white band

glossed with pink, margined with blue at its lower extremity and

outer edge, extending from the anterior margin to near the end of

the first median nervule, broader above than below; a pale brown

lunule over each of the sinuations, blue ones at the anal angle ; indi-

cations of blue lunules above each of the marginal ones; two con-

nected dull red lunules above the two small anal ones; a dull red

streak close to the inner margin, just below the end of the abdomen.

Body rich brown.

Underside. Front wings golden brown, paler a little beyond the

middle, crossed in the middle by a broad silky-white band, glossed

with pink, deeply sinuated and dentated on its outer edge; a large

4184 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW SPECIES [June 13,

lunular white mark glossed with pink near the apex; three very in-

distinct white lunules glossed with pink between the nervules, the

upper one placed obliquely to the apical lunule ; an indistinct white

mark just beyond the cell; four distinct white lunules glossed with

pink, the lowest one geminate, between the nervules, near the hind

margin, extending from the first discocellular to the anal angle ;

outer margin and basal portion of anterior margin dull red; cell

crossed in the centre by four small blue-white spots, the two upper

ones placed vertically, the lower ones obliquely ; a small blue-white

spot and an obliquely placed, elongate, elbowed line at the end of

the cell; base marked by three small cream-coloured spots ; outer

margin dull orange. Posterior wings rich golden brown, deeper

beneath ; crossed beyond the middle by a broad white band glossed

with pink, broader above than below, extending from the anterior

margin to near the end of the first median nervule, where it turns

off at an angle towards the inner margin, becoming rufous brown at

its outer extremity ; an indistinct cloudy band of white scales glossed

with pink from near the anal angle to the end of the cell; base dull

rufous, outer margin dull orange; a marginal row of eight white

lunules, glossed with pink, near it; above them, and contiguous to

them, a series of blue lunules with rufous centres. Body reddish ;

palpi white.

Hab. Mexico.

This species, which is the most beautiful in the genus, somewhat

resembles Victorina trayja, Hiibner (Brazil), on its upper surface ;

on the underside it is nearer to Victorina epaphus, Latreille (South

America and Mexico)*.

* Victorina aphrodite differs from the description given by Mr. Bates of 4.

superba in the following particulars :—

A. SUPERBA.

“ Above: both wings crossed by a white belt, much broader on the fore than

hind wing, and edged with light blue.

“‘ Beneath light brown; belt same as above; fore wing, outer border has a row

of brownish-white lunules, not reaching the apex; the hind wing has a similar

row placed between two lunulated red streaks, both edged on each side with

dusky.”—Ent. Month. Mag. vol. i. p. 161, sp. 61.

V. APHRODITE.

Above: both wings crossed by a white belt, edged with blue; that of the hind

wing blue below for one-fourth of its length.

The wings with reddish markings in various parts; there is no mention made

of any such markings in the description of 4. superba.

Beneath: hind wing, outer margin reddish; above it a row of white lunules

reaching the apex, and not similar to those of the upper wing ; and above these

lunules not a lunulated red streak edged with dusky, but a lunulated blue streak

with a reddish spot in the centre of each lunule.

The belt is not the same as above on either of the wings; it is sinuated and

dentated on the outer edge of the upper wing; and in the hind wing it turns off

at an angle at the first median nervule, and continues to near the anal angle,

where it becomes suffused with reddish.

There is also a broad indistinct dusky band of white scales reaching from near

the anal angle to the end of the cell, which does not appear to be the case with

A. superba.

1865.] OF RHOPALOCEROUS LEPIDOPTERA. 485

5. ZEUXIDIA AMETHYSTUS.

Upperside. Front wings deep brown glossed with purple ; a broad

lilac band glossed with purple near the apex, extending from the

anterior margin, just beyond the cell, to the third median nervule,

wider above than below ; outer margin pale. Posterior wings, anal

angle caudate ; wings rich brown, lower portion glossed with purple ;

a broad lilac patch, glossed with purple, bisinuate on its inner edge,

at the anal angle, extending from just below the body to the fold

between the second and third median nervules; cell hirsute, hair

ochreous ; outer margin pale.

Underside. Front wings golden brown, dusky towards the inner

margin ; a narrow, irregular, oblique, deeper-brown band crossing

the middle of the wings; three irregular paler brown bands crossing

the cell at equal distances ; a pale brown spot on the anterior margin,

just beyond the central band; two similar spots near the apex.

Posterior wings golden brown ; a deeper, oblique, narrow, irregular,

brown band crossing the wings at the end of the cell, from near the

end of the costal nervure to beyond the middle of the third median

nervule ; two indistinct, pale brown, irregular bands near the base,

the inner one extending to the median nervure, the outer one to the

middle of the cell; a large, oval, ochreous ocellus, pupillated with

white, between the first and second subcostal nervules, and a circular

ochreous ocellus pupillated with white between the second and third

median nervules.

Hab, Sumatra.

This species is the third of the genus, unless we include in it 4ma-

thusia amythaon, Doubleday (Sylhet), which should, as I think,

belong to it. The latter appears to be allied to my species, which,

however, seems to be intermediate between Zeuzxidia luxeri, Hiibner

(Java), and Zeuxidia doubledaii, Westwood (India), though evi-

dently quite distinct from both of them.

6. HeTEROCHROA CALIFORNICA.

Upperside. Front wings deep brown, crossed beyond the middle

by an irregular band of cream-coloured spots ; hind margin pale ;

two short orange transverse bands margined with black, the one

crossing the middle, the other the end of the cell, between them a

short black band; a large subapical orange blotch ; a lunulate pale

brown submarginal band, extending from the subapical blotch to the

anal angle; cell blue-grey. Posterior wings dee) brown, crossed

before the middle by a cream-coloured band tapering to just above

the anal angle, slightly trisinuate on its outer edge, its inner edge

slightly undulating ; outer margin pale, a lunulate submarginal pale

brown band ; an orange lunule at the anal angle.

Underside. Front wings, apical half deep brown; cell pale blue,

interrupted as above; front margin pale ochreous; beneath the cell

pale brown; a pale orange spot below the median nervure near its

origin, angulated on its outer edge ; cream-coloured band as above ;

subapical blotch extending to the middle of the wing, bordered by

486 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

a submarginal band of white; hind margin pale, bordered with dark

brown on its inner edge. Posterior wings:bright orange-ochreous,

crossed before the middle by a cream-coloured band bordered with

deep brown; basal half to just below the cell violaceous, crossed

before the middle of the cell by an orange band extending along the

front margin to the cream-coloured transverse band, and from the

front margin to the median nervure ; a second orange band beyond

it, and touching the cream-coloured band, bounded on both sides by

the cell ; a pale blue band extending from just above the anal angle

along the outer edge of the central band to the first median nervule,

where it becomes suffused with dusky, and continues up to the an-

terior margin; hind margin edged with a lunular brown band enclo-

sing a narrow, grey, lunular, submarginal band, and margined within

by a broad blue-grey band, having a narrow, interrupted, irregular

black line on its inner edge.

Hab. California.

Closely allied to Heterochroa bredowii, Hiibner (South America

and West Indies); but differs from it above in having the lowest

cream-coloured spots of the fore wing very small, so as to separate

the band from that of the lower wing. In the hind wing it has a

simple orange lunule at the anal angle, instead of a double one.

On the underside orange takes the place of rich reddish brown,

blue of grey ; the orange subapical blotch only extends along the

outer margin to the middle of the wing, and does not terminate below

in two lunules. The basal upper half of the hind wing is crossed

by an additional short orange band; the wings are much more rounded

than those of H. bredowii, and are not produced at the end of the

second median nervule.

6. List or DiurNAL LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTED BY Capt. A. M..

Lane 1n THE N.W. Himatayas. By Frepertc Moore.

(Plates XXX., XXXI.)

The following list comprises an enumeration of the Rhopalocerous

Lepidoptera recently collected by..Capt. Lang, together with his

notes as to the particular locality, &c., of the several species.

PAPILIONIDA.

1. Papriiio pissimiLis, Linn.

The only place in which I have seen this species is Subbathoo,

altitude 4000 feet, in June, frequenting a grassy undulating down,

flying rapidly in long circuits, pitching occasionally on grassy knolls,

and generally returning by the same route to the same spot after a

flight.

2. PariLio GOvINDRA, Moore.

Papilio agestor, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, pl. 3. f. 1, 2 (nec

Gray).

M&N Ilanhart. imp

35. Erehia HKalinda

6. Epmnephile (heena. 33.

‘Mane Davendras.¢.

‘ “”

E. Cooke

ihe

Argynis lanadeva

2 Meltrew Sindura:

3 Lastommata Momava

‘ Baldivas &. 8 Famphilw Danna.

™

Lng SE

2 Pamphila Masa:

P.Z.5. 1865, PLQ0C

dole Jith.. M.& NHanhart imp

7. Folyommaius Hasmira.s 7 Lolyommatus Harsandtra. 18 Colvas Shipkee .

é. _____ Arvana 8 8. lycena Dipora 4 Arthocharis Daphabs.

eee Nota. 9. sere 15 Preris Halorw.

eo: .__Nazira. _ 0 Chrysqphanus Hasyapa.. 6 __ Ayaka. ®

So ._-_ —sthandala 4 TheclaDeria UP LO

6. ecramas 12 Iterda Cada? (8 Gorenteryx Laneka

1865. ] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 487

Allied to P. agestor, and figured as such by Kollar, but differs

from that species in being somewhat smaller. Markings similar, but

grey instead of a slaty colour, those on the disk of the hind wing

being defined by three graduating series of pale spots, the interspaces

being black. Exp. 3} inches.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas.

Note.—‘‘ Appears rare, as I have only taken two specimens, both

in identically the same spot, in April, at Kussowlie, on the first range

of the Himalayas, 6000 feet altitude. Each of these individuals

affected a high spray of bramble, whence it dashed off for a rapid

soar for a short distance, returning to its post.”

3. PAPILIO PAMMON, Linn.

Rare in the N.W. Himalayas, and at low elevations.

4, Papiuio poxytes, Linn.

Rare in the N.W. Himalayas, and at low elevations.

5. Papitio potycror, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. p. 205; Jacque-

mont’s Voy. dans I’Inde, Ins. t. 1. f. 1, 2; Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv.

pt. 2. tab. 1.

Abundant about springs, rivulets, and on the damp sandy margins

of larger streams in all parts of the N.W. Himalayas, at least as far

as the crossing of the Sutlej at Wangtoo; but as we approach the

bleaker Tibetan uplands it disappears. Larva feeds on Yanthoxrylon

hostile.

6. PaprLio ERITHONIUS, Cramer, Pap. iii. t. 232. f. A, B.

This is constant to the Aurantiaceze, mountains and plains.

7. PariLio MACHAON, Linn.

Abundant in the N.W. Himalayas, on grassy downs and slopes,

from 6000 to 10,000 feet altitude.

8. PapiLio SARPEDON, Linn. (Cramer, Pap. t. 122. f. D, E).

Seen but in few places, and never more than one at a time. It is

bold and rapid in flight, and not easily captured.

9. ParPILio CLOANTHUS, Westwood, Arc. Ent. pl. 11. f. 2.

Equally rare with P. sarpedon, affecting the same localities, and

can hardly be distinguished from it when on the wing. Both species

taken sitting with closed wings by the moist margins of a trickling

rill, Altitude 5000 to 7000 feet, N.W. Himalayas.

10. Paprtio PROTENOR, Cramer, Pap. t. 49. f. A, B.

A considerable number seen together, floating and flapping their

wings lazily and then settling on the blossoms, in waste marshy

ground overgrown with Compositz (thistles). I have also seen a

number congregated with P. polyctor on the damp sandy margins of

488 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

streams in the hills. On these occasions, if disturbed, they disperse,

only to collect in groups again. N.W. Himalayas ; elevation 4000

to 7000 feet.

11. PARNASSIUS JACQUEMONTI, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. p. 400;

Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. t. 2. f. 3,4; Gray, Catal. Lep. Brit. Mus.

pt. l. pl. VA, tf. 1s 2:

Replaces P. hardwickii on the high passes of Upper Kunawur,

Spiti, and Tibet. I first saw it on the “ Kongma”’ pass, leading

from Kunawur into the Chinese province of Gughe in Tibet, at an

altitude of 18,000 feet. This pass is 16,000 feet; but I ascended

up its flank another 2000 to enjoy the far view over the distant Ti-

betan ranges, brown and treeless, closed to European foot, and back-

ward among the sharp icy pimacles of our own more familiar Hima-

layan ranges: and here I saw this Parnassius coursing rapidly up

and down the frozen snow-beds, where beaches, as it were, of boul-

ders and stones cropped out. What could tempt Parnassius there

I know not, for I saw not a Sedum, nor a Saxifrage, nor any other

vegetation. I met this Parnassius again at high elevations in simi-

lar regions along the confines of Kunawur and Tibet. It does not

occur, apparently, with the next.

12. Parnasstus HARDWICKII, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pl. 4.

f. 1, la; Catal. Lep. Brit. Mus. Pap. pt. 1. pl. 12. f. 8-11.

Commences at the Runang Pass, becoming commoner as we travel

south and west towards Lower Kunawur and Simla, not extending

nearer the plains than Simla, however. It is tolerably abundant on

the Mahisoo ridge, near Simla, on bare grassy hill-tops, just clear of

oak-woods: grassy open downs it certainly affects, and at a high

elevation—8000 feet. Has a slow. flight, somewhat like that of

Pieris, although it has a strong as well as slow flight. It flies low

over the turf and rocks which crop up amidst the grass. There ap-

pear to be two broods, early spring and late autumn. The red and

blue spots vary much in different specimens, being quite obsolete in

some. I have seen it in December and February, on bright days

succeeding weeks of snow-storms.

13. PaRNAssIvs, sp.?

This is a more handsome and rarer species. I caught it on but

two passes, the “ Runang”’ and ‘ Hungrung,”’—at the former in

company with P. hardwickii, and at the latter with Ponéza nina, thus

apparently occupying the debateable ground between the two, and

linking them together. Isaw many more than I caught, for, as may

be imagined, rapid pursuit, now up a steep hill-side, now down, and

then up again, at 14,000 to 15,000 feet altitude above the sea, is trying

to the best of lungs. This species has a peculiar flight, swimming

very fast and close to the ground im a zigzag course, as if beating

- the ground like a hen harrier beating a meadow.

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 489

Pirrip#.

14. Aporta acatuon, Gray, Lep. Ins. of Nepal, pl. 8. f. 1.

This is a mountain-insect, frequenting forests and shady glens,

At Simla I saw it in considerable numbers in June. Its flight much

resembles that of Danais chrysippus, and it is of easy capture. It

appears local, as I have seen it only at Simla, and in some richly

wooded glens upwards of 100 miles in the interior of the Himalaya.

15. Avoria soracta (Boisd.); Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C.

i. poes:

An Himalayan species, and may be seen in some abundance in

forests, at altitudes of 6000 to 8000 feet. It is essentially a forest

insect, not affecting gardens or grassy slopes.

16. Prerts papuipicer, Linn.

Note.—‘‘I saw this Pieris in considerable numbers, flying about

the village-fields of cereals and turnips, in the villages on the Spiti

River, Leo, Chango, Shialkur, &c., and in the Chinese frontier vil-

lage of Shipkee.”

17. PieRIs MESENTINA, Cram. Pagntc70.G. Ay be

Obtained at Kussowlie, 6000 feet elevation, on the first plainwards

range of the Himalayas.

18. Preris KALoRA, n.sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 15.)

White. Male. Fore wing with a transverse quadrate black spot

at end of discoidal cell; apex and submarginally before it with a

series of ill-defined blackish spots. Underside dull white ; fore wing

as above; hind wing with all the nervures broadly margined with

pale greenish brown, with a submarginal series of lanceolate marks

of the same colour, the intermarginal spaces being white.

Female. Base of wings, nervures, and exterior margin of hind

wing suffused with greenish grey. Fore wing with the discoidal,

black, transversely quadrate spot large, the black marginal and sub-

marginal band broad, the interspaces forming a series of white out-

wardly pointed spots. Hind wing with a similar submarginal, apically

black, zigzag band, the intermarginal spaces forming a series of white

inwardly pointed spots.

Expanse of g 1} inch, 9 14 inch.

Hab. Passes over the spurs of the Himalayas which run from

Spiti southward to the Sutlej.

Allied to P. calidice of Europe.

Note.—‘‘ This insect I saw but twice ; once on the ‘ Hungrung’

Pass (15,000 feet elevation), where I saw but one, flying very fast

at the top of the pass over the dwarf Tibetan furze (Carayana versi-

color). On the next pass, the ‘ Runang,’ about 14,800 feet, I saw

a good many of this species flying very fast up and down the bare

stony slopes just at the summit of the pass. I never saw the insect

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1865, No. XXXII.

490 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

again, unless on the Tari pass into Spiti, 15,000 feet, over glaciers

and snow-beds, where the rarified air prevented any pursuit of insects,

but where I saw some fast-flying white Butterflies which I could not

secure.”

19. Preris NrpALENSI!s, Gray, Lep. Ins. of Nepal, pl. 6. f. 1, 3.

Everywhere in the N.W. Himalayas, up to 10,000 feet altitude.

20. Preris GiicrriaA, Cram. Pap. t. 171. f. E, F.

Abundant in the same localities as preceding.

21. Preris AJAKA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 16.)

White. Male with the costal margin for half its length from

the base and extreme base of both wings suffused with black ; a

patch at the apex of fore wing, and a suffused spot beneath it between

the third and second median branches, an indistinct spot at the end

of the costal, and the tips of the nervures of hind wing fuliginous

black. Female. Base of the wings suffused with black ; fore wing

with the apex, two large spots on the disk, the upper one being be-

tween the third and second median branches, the lower on the poste-

rior margin before the angle, the submedian and median nervures,

and branches black ; hind wing with the nervures and patch near

the apex, between the costal and subcostal, black.

Underside yellowish white ; nervures and the two discal spots on

fore wing blackish. Body and antenne black.

Hab. Lower Kunawur.

«© Somewhat local, and not common. Of weak flight, affecting

damp glens, and flying low amidst wet herbage. Occurs chiefly in

autumn.”

Allied to Pieris gliciria, but decidedly distinct from that common

species.

22. Pieris HRA, un. sp. (PI. XXXI. fig. 17.)

White. Male. Base of wings and half of costa greyish. Fore

wing with the exterior margin irregularly black, this colour com-

mencing from the costa one-third from the apex, extending obliquely

across it, enclosing a white spot between the third and second median

branches, and then running to the posterior angle. Hind wing with

or without indistinct blackish spots on the margin.

Female. Fore wing with the base and costal margin fuliginous

grey, the exterior marginal black band with two white spots within

at the apex; a small black spot near posterior angle; the nervures

closing the discoidal cell black. Hind wing with indistinct blackish

marginal spots. Underside—hind wing and apex of fore wing yel-

lowish ; fore wing with a streak at the end of discoidal cell and two

spots on the disk blackish.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Punjab and Oudh.

Allied to P. durvasa (P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 103, pl. 44. f. 6).

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 491

23, Preris sanaca, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 103, pl. 44. f. 4, 2.

Very rare; obtained only in one richly wooded glen far in the in-

terior of the N.W. Himalayas. Its flight was very strong and fast.

24. ANTHOCHARIS DAPHALIS, n.sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 14.)

White. Male. Fore wing with the costal margin and apex deli-

cately chequered with black ; a transverse black spot at end of dis-

coidal cell. Hind wing traversed with irregular pale-greenish bands ;

a slight apical streak, a small spot at end of the cell, and small spots

on cilia black. Body blackish. Underside—fore wing with costa

chequered with black ; the discoidal black spot with a white centre ;

the apex chequered with pale greenish brown, the interspaces being

pale silvery white. Hind wing yellowish brown, interspersed with

numerous large and minute silvery-white spots.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Middle Kunawur. :

Note.—“ An early spring insect, among cliffs ; not common.

25. THESTIAS HNIPPE, Cram. Pap. t. 105. f. C, D, ¢; t. 229.

PBC, oO.

This species is subject to considerable variation, and the varieties

seem constant to localities. The larve feed on Capparis. I observe a

constant difference in the Himalayan and plains varieties, apparently

coexistent with and dependent on the species of Capparts growing

in their separate habitats. The Himalayan specimens from the

Sutlej valley are much greyer and finer insects than those from the

plains, as the luxuriantly growing, large-leaved, and finely coloured

lilac-flowered Capparis (sp.?), which covers like ivy the bold cliffs

over the Sutlej, and affords pabulum to the hill enippe larve, is a

handsomer plant than the coarse straggling thorny bush of the Cap-

paris sepiaria of the dry plains with its small white flowers. None

but an entomologist, who knew the species well, would say that the

two insects were of the same species, were I to put side by side an

immense black female from Wangtoo and a small clean white female

from Umballa. The upper surface of anterior wing of the former is

dark black, with an interrupted white fascia transverse ; the posterior

_ wing dull black, with a dusky-white disk ; whereas the whole upper

surface of the Umballa female is clean white, the anterior wing only

having the outer margin and apex black, and a short black streak

from the middle of the costa. The two insects are wonderfully un-

like. The males are similarly, though not to so great an extent,

unlike. Some females have the apical half of the anterior wing pale

yellow.

26. THESTIAS MARIANNE, Cram. Pap. t. 217. f. C, D, E.

Abundant in the Himalaya. The females vary a good deal, as in

T. enippe. I have seen no large black variety, however, to match

my Wangtoo 7. enippe.

492 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

27. CoLtAs EDUSA, var. myrmidone,

Abundant in the Himalayas.

28. CoLtAs HYALE, Linn.

Note.—“ Tolerably abundant in the Himalayas, 5000 to 10,000

feet. Common in the meadows and pasture-lands of the Simla Hills

and Kunawur ; of rapid flight, coursing over the turf and beds of

thyme, not dawdling so much as C. edusa, which affects the same

grounds.”

29. CoLias NERIENE, Fischer, Ent. Russ. Lep. t. 11. f. 3, 4.

Note.— This white Colias is very common in Lower and Middle

Kunawur ; an early spring insect, scouring over the gentian-studded

turf of the pasture-lands, 6000 to 10,000 feet altitude. It is a very

fast flyer, faster than C. edusa.”

30. CoLiAs SHIPKEE, n. sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 13.)

Colias shipkee, Lang, MS.

Upperside. Fore wings rich primrose-yellow, some individuals with

a warmer tint on the disk ; exterior margin broadly black, broadest

at apical angle, and having a sinuous inner edge, within which is a

series of slightly curved yellow spots, the four upper spots rather

lanceolate, the three lower more square; a black spot closing the

discoidal cell, which spot in some is annular, enclosing a yellow centre;

cilia at apical angle and along exterior margin rosy. Hind wings

primrose-yellow, more or less suffused in different individuals with

dusky irrorations ; a series of acute oval yellow spots within the ex-

terior margin, their edges more or less defined with black ; base

black ; discoidal cell closed by a very faintly defined orange spot ;

cilia rosy.

Underside. Fore wings yellow, the black margin of upperside ap-

pearing faintly beneath of a greenish grey colour, and having also

indistinctly the series of yellow spots as above; costal margin greenish

grey, black spot closing the cell as above. Hind wings dull greenish

grey ; exterior margin yellow, showing the form of the spots of the

upperside ; a rufous spot with silvery centre at end of discoidal cell.

Antenne, legs, head, with frontal tuft, and fore part of thorax rosy ;

palpi greenish yellow ; thorax and abdomen greenish grey.

Expanse 2 inches,

Hab. Tibet.

Note.—* Flies with rapidity over the pastures on the mountain-

slopes above the Sutlej, near Shipkee, at an altitude of 13,000 to

15,000 feet, frequenting the meadow-land, rich in grasses and flowers,

just below the melting snow-beds in June.”

The species of Colias that appears to be nearest allied to this is

C. vauthiert from Chili.

31. Tertas HECABE, Linn,

Has a wide range; Himalayas and plains.

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 493

32. Trrias sari, Horsf.

Same habitat as the preceding.

33. Tertas LzTA, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. p. 674.

Taken at Kussowlie, in the Himalayas. It has a very weak flight,

amongst low herbage on the skirts of woods and gardens.

34. GoNEPTERYX NIPALENSIS, Doubleday, Gray’s Lep. Ins. of

Nepal, pl. 5. f. 1.

Abundant in the N.W. Himalayas, 3000 to 10,000 feet altitude.

35. GONEPTERYX ZANEKA, n.sp. (PI. XXXI. fig. 18.)

Anterior wings falcate ; the costal margin constricted at half its

length. Hind wings with the outer margin deeply sinuated.

Male. Upperside—fore wings brimstone-yellow ; posterior wings

pale cream-yellow, almost white in old specimens. Females duller-

coloured ; costal margin of fore wing and the whole of hind wing

covered with delicate minute corrugated strie ; costal and subcostal

veins terminated with minute dark-brown dots; a small ochreous-

yellow discocellular spot on both wings. Antennze and head red-

dish brown; thorax white, covered with long silky-white hairs; ab-

domen yellow.

Underside paler and duller cream-colour, having the delicate cor-

rugated striz as above; the veins of both wings terminated with a

dark brown dot; the discocellular spot pale dull brown; both wings

with a lower discal series of four small black dots, one between each

vein,

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas.

Note.—‘ This is local, and I have seen it in June only in the thick

dark forests about Kotgurh and Narkunda, fifty miles from Simla.”

36. CALLIDRYAS PHILIPPINA, Cram. Pap. t. 361. f. C, D.

37. CALLIDRYAS PYRANTHE, Linn.

Both species taken in the Himalayas.

38. CALLIDRYAS ALCMEONE, Cram. Pap. t. 141. f. E.

39. CALLIDRYAS HILARIA, Cram. Pap. t. 339. f. A, B, d; t. 229.

fi, ©, 2.

Both the preceding seem to frequent the Cathartocarpus fistula,

which is an indigenous plant to the lower slopes of the outer Hima-

layan ranges, 2000 to 5000 feet.

Danaip&.

40. Euptaa core, Cram. Pap. t. 266. f. KE, F.

Not common in the N.W. Himalayas.

494 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

41. Evete@a mipamvs, Linn. (Cram. t. 127. f. C, D, d; t. 266.

ap CCD F

A single specimen obtained in a valley in the N.W. Himalayas. It

appears to be rare in these regions.

42. Danats curysippus, Linn. (Cram. Pap. t. 118. f. B,C).

Abundant everywhere.

43. Danas pLExtppus, Linn. (Cram. Pap. t. 206. f. C, D).

Tolerably abundant everywhere.

44, Danats LImNIACH, Cram. Pap. t. 59. f. C, D.

45. Danats MELISSA, Cram. Pap. t. 377. f. C, D.

Same localities as above.

46. Danats TyT1A, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pl. 9. f. 2.

Entirely Himalayan. Obtained in wooded glens, 6000 to 7000 feet

altitude. Flight high and soaring.

NyMPHALID.

47. VANESSA CHARONIA, Drury, Ins. i. t. 15. f. 1, 2.

This is a thoroughly Himalayan forest-insect, of swift flight.

48. VANESSA XANTHOMELAS, Denis et Schiff.

A local Himalayan forest-insect.

49. VANESSA KASCHMIRENSIS, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv.

ee mone

As abundant in the Himalayas as V. urtice in England.

50. PyraAMEIS CALLIRHOE, Hiibner (Cram. t. 84. f. E, F).

Abundant in the Himalayas, 5000 to 10,000 feet.

51. PyraMEIs CARDUI, Linn.

Everywhere common in the Himalayas at all seasons.

52. JUNONIA LEMONIAS, Linn. (Cram. Pap. t. 35. f. D, E, F).

Observed in the Himalayas.

53. JuUNONIA @NONE, Linn. (Cram. Pap. t. 35. f. A, B, C).

Same localities as preceding.

54. Junonia orituyiA, Linn. (Cram. Pap. t. 32. f. E, F, d;

t. 19. f. C, D, 2).

Same localities as preceding. Partial to bare, dry grass-land.

To be seen in the hottest hot winds, and in the bleak wintery weather

pitched on the grass, flitting quickly away and pitching again after a

short circuit. Larva reared on Antirrhinum orontium.

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 495

55. Precis 1puita, Cram. Pap. t. 209. f. C, D.

Rather abundant in the Himalayas.

56. Precis HARA, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. i. pl. 3a. f. 1.

An Himalayan species. Not so abundant as the preceding. Ge-

nerally seen on the banks of streams.

57. ATELLA PHALANTA, Drury, Ins. i. t. 21. f. 1, 2.

Tolerably abundant up to 8000 feet elevation.

58. Laocona Hyppocta, Cram. Pap. t. 220. f. C, D.

59. ARGYNNIS NIPHE, Linn. (Cram. Pap. t. 14. f. C-E; Hiigel’s

Kaschmir, iv. pl. 13. f. 12).

Tolerably abundant in certain localities, 6000 to 8000 feet in the

Himalayas. The males seem much more abundant than the females.

60. ArRGYNNIS Iss“A, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 11.

Very abundant in the Himalayas, 5000 to 8000 feet. At all seasons

of the year, even in winter, when snow lies deep on sheltered slopes,

this insect may be seen on open sunny sites.

61. ARGYNNIS CHILDRENI, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pl. 11.

An Himalayan species, frequenting grassy slopes near woods, open

copses, and gardens, 7000 to 10,000 feet elevation. Flight bold

and very fast. Affects Composite aud Crucifere. Not avery com-

mon species.

62. ARGYNNIS KAMALA, Moore, Catal. Lepid. Mus. E. I. C. i.

p- 156.

Abundant throughout a tract of 120 miles, at an altitude of 6000

to 10,000 feet, in the summer and autumn months, in the Simla

district and Lower Kunawur. It affects open glades and the borders

of forests, pitching on low shrubs, brambles, and banks of thyme,

thistle, scabious-heads, &c.

63. ARGYNNIS JAINADEVA, n. sp. (PI. XXX. fig. 1.)

Male. Upperside rich fulvous; markings black ; fore wing with

four discoidal streaks, the fourth double and closing the cell; a

transverse discal series of narrow lunulated spots irregularly disposed,

but each joined to the other by being continued in a line on the vein;

a small suffused spot before the apex ; a second discal series of round

spots, a submarginal row of lunules, and a double marginal line.

Hind wing with a double mark closing the cell ; an irregular trans-

verse discal series of lunules; a second discal series of three round

spots and an upper intermediate dot; a submarginal row of well-

defined lunules, and a double marginal line; cilia pale fulvous yel-

low. Underside—fore wing pale fulvous, greenish yellow apically ;

markings as above, except that those at the apex and the margina

496 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

line are pale green, the inner apical spaces being silvery white.

Hind wing pale green, yellowish across the disk and along exterior

margin ; basal and a transverse discal series of spots, and a marginal

row of lunules, silvery white, those of the two former more or less

with a black border, the latter bordered by a black marginal line; a

few rufous-brown spots outside the discal series.

Female of a deeper colour; markings the same, but larger.

Expanse of ¢ 17, 2 2 inches.

Hab. Upper Kunawur.

Very common in Upper Kunawur ; not appearing in Lower Ku-

nawur. This is a companion to the above (4. kamala)}, but only

for some twenty miles of its furthest northern range, appearing

first on the meadows of ‘“ Cheni,’’ the finest village of Kunawur ;

this and the next ten miles appear its head quarters. I caught it,

however, far to the eastward, on the bare, treeless, shrubless regions

of the Zungcham River, in Tibet (an affluent of the Spiti). It flies

from May till November.

This species is allied to 4. clara, Blanchard, figured in Jaeque-

mont’s ‘ Voy.’ Ins. pl. 2. f. 2, 3.

64. MeniTma sINDURA, nD. sp. (Pl. XXX. fig. 2.)

Wings ferruginous ; costa and base of wings blackish. Fore wing

with narrow marginal band, two marks within discoidal cell, and two

transverse series of discal spots black ; a series of black-margined,

pale-centred submarginal lunules. Hind wing with the marginal

black band and submarginal lunules as in fore wing, also a series of

three small black spots from anal angle. Cilia white, spotted with

black. Body ferruginous black. Underside—fore wing elear fer-

ruginous, yellowish about the apex, with the discal markings as

above, but less defmed, and a marginal series of yellowish lunules. |

Hind wing with ferruginous base, yellow disk, a pale ferruginous

submarginal and marginal band (each with bright ferrugmous spots),

and an intermarginal series of yellowish lunules. Sexes alike.

Expanse 12 ineh.

Hab. Kongma Pass, N.W. Himalayas.

This is very local, apparently. I have seen it but im one place, on

one acre of ground I may say, on a patch of very stony pasture-

land, at 16,000 feet altitude, on the “‘ Kongma”’ pass, leading from

Kunawur into the Chinese province of Gughe in Tibet: ground not

clear of snow for more than four months in the year. Here one

day I saw a great number of these insects flying, an icy-cold wind

blowing all the time, so that the insects were blown about, and never

more than an inch or so above the ground. No other Lepidoptera

near them did I see but a stray Colias edusa, and several Parnassii

coursing up and down the snow-banks a little higher up.

65. Cyresris THyODAMAS, Boisd. in Crochard’s edit.; Cuv.

Rig. An. Ins. t. 138. f.4; Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. t. 7. f. 3, 4.

An Himalayan forest-insect, difficult to capture at ail. It gene-

rally frequents a well-wooded glen ; and in such a place I have often

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 497

watched its elegant soaring flight, far out of reach, as it floated over

the blossoms of the horse-chestnut (Pavia indica), or rested on its

broad leaves in the sunshine. I have also seen it floating up and

down the foliage-covered face of a steep cliff overhanging a hill-tor-

rent, and rarely would it come within reach,

66. Nepris aceris, Esper, t. 81. f. 3,4; t. 82. f. 1.

Common in woods and gardens in the Himalayas. It has a beau-

tiful flight, floating in and out of the sunlight in the shade of trees,

occasionally basking on the sun-bathed foliage, or resting, in groups

of half a dozen or more, on the moist fern-covered rocks in the midst

of the stream in some Himalayan glen.

67. NEpTIs NANDINA, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. pl. 4a.

f.-7,

68. Neprtis zarpa, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 35. f. 3.

An Himalayan species. Has somewhat the same flight as N. aceris,

but more fond of pitching on the ground in the shade of trees or

rocks, as the two following species.

69. ATHYMA LEUCoTHOi, Linn, (Cram. Pap. t. 203. f. E, Ky:

70. ATHYMA OPALINA, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iy, p- 427;

Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. pl. 5 asf 2:

71. LimeNniTis LicyEs, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd

ser. ii. p. 246 (Nov. 1864).

Limenitis trivena, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. November 1864,

p. 131.

Not common, although it has a wide range of some 200 miles

north and east of Simla ; appearing to prefer the rich woods and

forests of the moister ranges, but continuing as far as the cedar-

and Gerard’s pine-forests extend, to Soongnum, the capital of Upper

Kunawur. On the wing from May to July; flight quick—some-

times slow, floating in and out of the sunlight.

72. Hesrina PERsIMriis, Westw. Doubleday & Hewitson, Diurn,

Lep. p. 281.

Rare, N.W. Himalayas, 4000 to 7000 feet. One I caught in a

narrow glen, well wooded with undergrowth ; others in an orchard

of plum and apricot, on the ripe fruit of which these insects (with

Castalia and Athyma) were settling, both on the trees and on the

fallen fruit below the trees.

73. CasTaia picuroa, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iy. p- 429,

G8=f, 1,2.

Same habits and somewhat the same locality as the former; but I

have also seen it in open woods further in the interior of the Hima-

layas, pitching on the sprays of tall shrubs ; making rapid flights,

and returning to the same spot.

498 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

74, Apouias GARUDA, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. s. v.

ple sefABjad iP

N.W. Himalayas.

75. ADOLIAS DOUBLEDAYI, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pl. 13.

Adolias epiona (Gray), Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. v.

Frequents oak-forests, at altitudes of 6000 to 8000 feet, in the

Himalayas during the rainy season, July and August. It flies very

swiftly over the tops of the trees, with a skimming flight like a Swal-

low. Two or three may be seen chasing one another in and out of

the shade, among the branches of the trees. They pitch abruptly,

often with expanded wings, basking in the sunlight, until some pass-

ing insect—another Adolias or a Neptis floating near—tempts the

quarrelsome insect to dash off, buffet the passer-by, and, after a rapid

skim, return to pitch again suddenly near its former resting-place,

and bask again. It soon gets battered, and is difficult to capture.

76. NyMPHALIS ATHAMAS, Drury, Ill. i. t. 2. ses Pers

An insect of extremely rapid flight, flashing like lightning up

and down rocky-bedded streams in Himalayan glens, 3000 to 5000

feet. It pitches on rocks in mid-stream, and flashes off again if ap-

"proached. It is not common, and very difficult to capture ; yet one

very hot day in June I saw seven individuals sitting with closed wings

motionless on a foul spot (by the damp sandy margin of a stream),

so close together that I might have put my hat on all of them. Ex-

cept on that occasion, I have never seen more than one at a time.

SATYRIDZ.

77. Desis EUROPA, Fabr. (Cram. Pap. t. 313. f. E, F, d; t. 79.

f. C, D, 2).

A common species, obtained at Kussowlie (6000 feet), frequenting

grassy slopes in the shade or near hedges ; constantly pitching under

bushes or at roots of trees, and lying perdu.

78. Desis ROHRIA (Fabr.).

Satyrus isana, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, t. 16. f. 3, 4, p. 448.

This frequents another region, 200 miles from Kussowlie, in

damp glens, where tall rocks cast a shadow all day : this insect affects

the shade, pitched on the rocks or at their foot, or in the rank vege-

tation near, never seeking the broad sunshine.

79. DEBIS VERMA.

Satyrus verma, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, t. 16. f. 1, 2, p. 447.

Frequents the same region as Debis rohria, but is more autumnal,

and affects trees in preference to rocks, pitching on the trunks of

rhododendrons and oaks.

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 499

80. EnorE puLana, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 227.

Observed only in two localities far apart in the interior of the Hi-

malayas, in dark forests of oak, sycamore, and horse-chestnut, affect-

ing shade, and pitching on trunks of trees.

81. LastoMMATA SCHAKRA.

Satyrus schakra, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, p. 446, t.15. f. 3, 4.

A very common Himalayan species, to be seen at all seasons flit-

ting about the rocky roadside, and pitching on the rocks or banks ;

more abundant on the outer Himalayan ranges, on bare grassy

slopes.

82. Lastommata satricus, Doubleday; West. & Hewits. Diurn.

Lep. pl. 64. f. 4.

Observed only late in the autumn, in a forest glade in the Hima-

layas, near a stream with rich vegetation about its banks.

83. LaAsIoMMATA MENAVA, n.sp. (Pl. XXX. fig. 3.)

Male fuliginous brown; fore wing with a large apical jet-black

ocellus, with white pupil and ferruginous iride ; alsoa much smaller

ocellus between it and the apex. Hind wing with two similar ocelli,

placed submarginally midway between the anterior and posterior

angles. Underside with the discal portion of the fore wing ferru-

ginous ; a series of four transverse discoidal streaks and a submar-

_ ginal line dark brown, each bordered with pale grey ; the ocelli as

above, but with yellow irides. Hind wing pale greyish brown, with

irregular transverse basal brown lines ; a series of six black submar-

ginal ocelli, the first five with each a white pupil and a double brown-

bordered yellow iris; the sixth, at the anal angle, without the

white-pupilled black centre; a submarginal series of whitish-grey

lunules.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Middle Kunawur.

Allied to L. schakra, Kollar (Hiigel’s Kaschmir, pl. 15. f. 3, 4).

Remark.—Is this a geographical variety of L. schakra? It comes

from Middle Kunawur, the pleasant villages of Pangi and Rarung,

where the last showers of rain fall, at rare intervals. It does not

venture to the drier regions above described ; and its uniformly dark

colour remains constant, and seems to distinguish it from the more

fulvous L. schakra so common on every rocky roadside in Lower Ku-

nawur and the Simla Hills.

84. LasIomMATA BALDIVA, n. sp. (Pl. XXX. fig. 4.)

Male. Upperside—fore wing fuliginous grey; hind wing ashy

grey ; both wings with a broad, irregularly margined, discal ferru-

ginous band, which has on the fore wing an upper and a lower black-

ish spot, on the hind wing a small spot at its lower end.

Female paler; the fore wing with the spots on the discal band

larger, there being also a third intermediate smaller spot ; the spot

500 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

on the hind wing with a white pupil. Underside grey, of the female

greyish white, with numerous short blackish striz ; fore wing with

the disk pale ferruginous, the margins of the band (as seen from

above) defined by irregular black lines; fore wing in the male with

a single, in the female with two black spots; the apical with white

pupil and yellow iride; the black dot on the hind wing also with

white pupil and yellow iride. Cilia silvery grey.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Spiti and Tibet.

Allied to L. telephassa.

On the bare, brown, stony mountain-slopes of Spiti, Upper Ku-

nawur, Tibet; this species seems to delight in the hot weather of

June and July.

85. Saryrus swaHa, Kollar, Higel’s Kaschmir, p. 444, t. 14.

felis

Very common during the rains (August and September) in the

interior of the Himalayas, chiefly ou grassy slopes and in fields near

woods ; also in open woods.

86. Saryrus saraswat], Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, p. 445, t. 14.

f. 3, 4.

Frequents the same ground as the preceding, at the same season,

and has the same flight.

87. Saryrus AvATARA, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. i. p.229.

N.W. Himalayas, 8000 to 10,000 feet; frequenting bare grassy,

rocky slopes close to oak-forests. A bolder insect than the prece-

ding: Nymphalidan in flight and habit, and appearing in May and

June before the rainy season.

88. HippARCHIA PARYSATIS.

Satyrus parysatis, Kollar, Ins. Faun. S. Persia (Mem. Acad.

Vienna), i. p. 11.

Obtained on steep precipices over bare hill-sides above the Sutlej ;

and these Himalayan precipices are not quite the ground for the en-

tomologist, net in hand, and -eye fixed on the soaring insect. The

aspect of the insect on the wing is quite Nymphalidan—a soaring

flight, swift-if frightened, pitching in all sorts of inaccessible spots.

Subsequently found very common in Upper Kunawur, always on

steep cliffs, pitching on rocks.

89. EreBIA ANNADA, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 226.

The species of Hredia are autumnal insects of weak flopping flight,

with an irregular pitching action, frequenting bare grassy slopes.

90. Eresia scanpA, Kollar, in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 452,

to17: f. 334.

Hab. Lower Kunawur.

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 301

This species appears in the height of the rainy season (July and

August) about the hedges and banks in Lower Kunawur, altitude

6000 to 7000 feet. Good fresh specimens are of a velvety black-

brown above, and beneath have the lower wing very whitely salted,

so that as they fly they look distinctly party-coloured.

91. EREBIA NIRMALA, nN. sp.

Male. Upperside uniform dark brown; fore wing with a sub-

apical black ocellus, having two white pupils and a dark ferruginous

iride ; hind wing with a similar but single-pupilled ocellus near anal

angle. Underside greyish brown, discal portion of fore wing ma-

roon-brown ; ocelli of both wings as above, but with the iride yel-

low ; a white dot below the ocellus of fore wing, and a discal series

of four white dots anterior to the ocellus of hind wing. Cilia brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas.

Remark.—Allied to £. scanda, Kollar ( Higel’s Kaschmir, p- 452),

but differs in having a somewhat more elongated fore wing. On the

underside it may be distinguished by the absence of the numerous

white striz on the hind wing, and by there being a single ocellus only

near the anal angle.

92, EREBIA KALINDA, n. sp. (PI. XXX. fig. 5.)

Female. Upperside greenish velvety brown ; both wings with a

ferruginous discal patch, that on the fore wing being subapical ; fore

wing with an apical black spot, having a white pupil and yellow iride,

Underside dull brown ; fore wing as above, but the ferruginous

colour extending anteriorly across the discoidal cell; hind wing with

a submarginal series of white dots; ferruginous patch obsolete.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas.

This is local, and I saw very few ; at two places, on the hill-sides

below the Runang and Werang passes—not at the summit of the

pass, but some 2000 feet lower down. A weak low flight it has,

amongst the grass and flowers.

93. EPINEPHILE CHEENA, n.sp. (Pl. XXX. fig. 6.)

Dark brown. Male with a subapical, black, ferruginous-encircled

spot ; also a similar minute spot some distance below it. Underside

pale greyish brown ; fore wing with its discal portion ferruginous ;

a medially submarginal dark brown streak and an ill-defined discal

transverse line; the subapical ocellus as above, but with a white

pupil and yellow iride ; hind wing covered with minute delicate brown

strize.

Female with three black ferruginous-encircled ocelli, the upper

and lower large, the central small. Underside as in male, but having

the lower ocellus as in upperside, the central one being obsolete.

Expanse of ¢ 1£ inch, 2 2 inches.

Hab. Kunawur.

Allied to 2. janira.

502 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

“The ‘ meadow-brown’ of the meadows of Rogi and Cheeni in

Kunawur. It is limited in its range, not appearing to the westward,

nor venturing further north and east into the drier lands affected by

the other two Satyri (Epinephile davendra and Lasiommata bal-

diva).”

94. EpINEPHILE DAVENDRA, n. sp. (Pl. XXX. fig. 7.)

Male greyish brown ; fore wing with the space within the dis-

coidal cell to near the apex and then descending to near the posterior

margin ferruginous, this colour being distinctly defined ; within it is

a single black apical spot. Underside with the costal and exterior

margins of fore wing greyish brown, the inner space pale ferruginous,

the apical ocellus with white pupil and brown-bordered yellow iride,

which latter, however, does not encircle the spot, being cut off as it

were posteriorly ; a short streak before the ocellus, and a submarginal

line, dark brown. Hind wing grey, with delicate minute brown

striee ; a discal and a submarginal line dark brown, the former irre-

gularly across the disk from middle of anterior to posterior margin,

both bordered outwardly with pale white, and having a single ante-

rior and two posterior black ocelli, each with a yellow brown-bor-

dered iride, and the anterior with a white pupil.

Female pale grey ; the ferruginous space in the fore wing ill

defined; and with a second black spot situated near the posterior

angle. Underside as in male, but with the lower black spot on

fore wing as above, the anterior ocellus on the hind wing being mi-

nute or nearly obsolete.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Spiti and Tibet.

Allied to #. eudora.

This is a Tibetan and Spiti insect, affecting the dry hot summer

of the rainless region of the Chinese frontier. On a hot June or

July day, these sober insects may be seen flitting about the stony

hill-sides, 9000 to 12,000 feet altitude—hill-sides where the Gra-

minaceze are scarce and brown, and grey Artemisia and Ephedra

form the principal vegetation. They do not occur in the moister

and more wooded regions of the Himalayas ; but first appear on the

confines of Upper Kunawur, in Spiti, and the Chinese provinces of

Gughe (? Cughe) and Nari Khorsum (Tibet).

95. YpHTHIMA SAKRA, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i,

p- 236.

Hab. Simla Hills and Lower Kunawur.

96. YPHTHIMA, sp.?

The species of Yphthima are all Himalayan insects of very feeble

flight, frequenting banks, hedges, and grassy land.

97. LisyTHEA MYRRHA, Godt, (Gray’s Lep. Ins. Nepal, pl. 12.

f. 4).

Not wncommon in Himalayan woods.

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 503

ERYCINIDZ.

98. DopoNnA DURGA.

Melitea durga, Kollar, Higel’s Kaschmir, p. 411, t. 13. f. 3, 4.

Dodona durga, Hewitson.

Common on pasture and grassy slopes in the Himalayas, 5000 to

8000 feet. Fond of sunshine ; flight quick, almost Hesperidan.

99. DopoNna EGEON.

Emesis egeon, Boisd. ; Doubleday & Hewitson’s Diurn. Lep. pl. 69.

f,°2:

Observed once only, in September, in a richly wooded Himalayan

glen, full of horse-chestnut, maple, sycamore, oak, and rhododen-

dron, through which fell, in numerous little cascades, a clear stream,

bordered with bushes (Rubus, &c.) and an undergrowth of grasses,

ferns, &c.—quite a different country to that of the preceding, I

passed this glen once in September. In former or subsequent months

I never saw this insect there ; it appears therefore to have but one

short-lived, autumnal brood. The insects were pretty numerous,

seated on tall Umbelliferze, and flitting from plant to plant with short

quick flights, in an open glade in the glen, close to the stream.

LyYca&NID.

100. Potyommatus KAsmrrRa, n. sp. (PI. XXXI. fig. 1.)

Male. Upperside purplish lavender-blue ; exterior margin of both

wings blackish. Underside cream-white ; fore wing with an indi-

stinct discocellular streak, beyond which, one-third from the apex, a

single white-encircled black spot; a transverse discal series of four

white-encircled black spots; a marginal double row of indistinct

blackish lunules ; hind wing with twelve basally disposed, white-en-

circled, black spots ; a marginal row of blackish spots, bordered by a

submarginal series of indistinct blackish lunules.

Female brighter blue above ; costa and exterior margin of fore

wing and anterior margin of hind wing broadly dull black ; hind

wing with a marginal row of blackish spots, bordered by a submar-

ginal series of lunules. Underside as in male, Cilia white.

Expanse 1 to 17 inch.

Hab, N.W. Himalayas.

101. Potyommartus nycuLa, n. sp. (PI. XXXI. fig. 3.)

Upperside dark lilac-blue; cilia and inner margin of hind wing

whitish. Underside—fore wing pale purplish cream-colour, bluish

grey along exterior margin; a spot closing the discoidal cell and a

linear series of five spots medially across the disk white; hind wing

metallic bluish-grey. Body white.

Expanse 17 inch. :

Hab. Kunawur.

This species is not common. It frequents the beautiful flower-

504 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

carpeted pasture-lands on the mountain-sides in Kunawur, at 11,000

to 12,000 feet—those smiling “alps”? where the villagers drive their

herds when the early summer has set in, and the melting snow leaves

this gay carpet of flowers on spots which for many months had re-

mained hidden beneath a thick snowy mantle.

102. PoryoMMATUS NAzIRA, n. sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 4.)

Upperside satin-brown ; fore wing with a black spot closing the

discoidal cell; both wings with a marginal series of blackish dots,

bordered inwardly with a submarginal row of deep-red lunules.

Underside purplish cream-colour; both wings with a submarginal

red band, bordered exteriorly with black dots, internally with blackish

lunules, and margined on both sides with white lunules ; fore wing

with a spot closing the cell, five and a geminated sixth irregularly

across the disk; and hind wing with eight spots also irregularly

across the disk, three basal and one closing the cell black, each en-

circled with white ; a dash of white longitudinally on the disk o

hind wing. Cilia broad, white, with black spots. .

Expanse | inch.

Hab, Kunawur.

103. PoLYOMMATUS ARIANA, n. sp. (PI. XXXI. fig. 2.)

Male. Upperside brilliant blue; anterior margin of hind wing

black, inner margin whitish ; cilia broad, white. Underside purple-

grey, suffused with metallic greenish grey at base of hind wing ; fore

wing with a small spot within discoidal cell, another closing the cell,

a submarginal discal series of six spots (the posterior, sixth, gemi-

nated), black, each encircled with white ; a marginal series of ill-

defined double whitish spots, the posterior having slight dark

centres ; hind wing with two basal and a submarginal discal series

of seven black spots encircled with white ; a marginal row of whitish

spots, each centred exteriorly with a dark and interiorly with a red-

dish spot ; a triangular spot in centre of the wing, and a streak from

middle of exterior margin, whitish. Body white.

Female duller lilac-blue, with the exterior margin of both wings

brownish. Underside as in male.

Expanse of ¢ 14 inch, 9 13 inch.

Hab. Kunawur.

An abundant species, frequenting pasture- and meadow-land in

the summer months, at altitudes of 8000 to 10,000 feet, lighting on

the gentians which stud the green turf.

104. Potyommatus CHANDALA, n. sp. (PI. XXXI. fig. 5.)

Male dull silvery blue, with purplish-brown exterior margins.

Underside pale grey, with a spot within discoidal cell, a discocel-

lular streak, a transverse discal linear series of six clear-wiite-en-

circled black spots, between which and exterior margin a series of

indistinct pale-bordered lunules ; hind wing with basal and discal

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS. 505

series of pale brown, whitish-encircled spots, and a marginal row of

indistinct pale-bordered lunules: cilia purplish brown.

Expanse | inch.

Hab, Lower Himalayas and plains of N.W. India.

This is a generally distributed species, affecting both the plains

and the Lower Himalayan valleys, occasionally ascending the moun-

tain slopes to 6000 feet altitude. I have taken it in the later au-

tumn months in Oudh, the Punjab, and Lower Himalayas.

105. Potyommatus vicrama, n. sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 6.)

Male dull greyish blue; exterior margins brown; cilia broad,

white, with brownish spots. Underside greyish cream-colour, exte-

rior margins defined by a black line : fore wing with a central dis-

coidal spot, another closing the cell; a series of spots recurving

transversely from costa to posterior margin and a submarginal row

of spots black, each encircled with white: hind wing with thirteen

white-encircled black spots, and a marginal double row of red-inter-

spaced black lunules : cilia as above.

Female bluish-purple brown ; marked as in male.

Expanse of $14 inch, 2 14 inch.

Hab. Kunawur; Tibet.

An uncommon species ; to be seen flitting from flower to flower

on moist. meadow-land fed by streams from melting snow-beds.

Cheeni in Middle Kunawur, and the Alps above the Chinese village

of Shipkee in Tibet, are the localities ; May, June, and July the

season.

106. PoLyoMMATUS KARSANDRA, 0. sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 7.)

Upperside purple-brown. Underside greyish brown, exterior mar-

gins defined by a brown line: fore wing with a spot within discoidal

cell, a discocellular streak, a spot above it, and a transverse discal

series of six spots black, each encircled with white ; a marginal and

submarginal row of pale brown, white-bordered lunules : hind wing

with a series of twelve black spots, and a pale discocellular streak,

encircled with white ; a marginal row of pale brown, whitish-encircled

spots, and a submarginal row of whitish lunules: cilia greyish

brown. , a;

Expanse +4 inch.

Hob. Platte of N.W. India.

A common species in the plains, from Oudh to the Punjab.

107. Lyc“na zena, n. sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 9.)

Upperside pale purple-brown ; hind wing with a small brown spot

near anal angle of exterior margin. Underside pale grey, exterior

margins defined by a brown line: fore wing with a black dot on

costa, one-third from the apex ; a discocellular spot, an interrupted

transverse discal band, and a submarginal lunulated line pale brown,

each with whitish borders: hind wing with three subbasal spots,

another on anterior margin, and two from anal angle black, encircled

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXXIII.

506 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

with white ; a discal series of pale whitish lines, and a marginal row

of white circles.

Expanse 58; inch.

Hab. Plains of N.W. India.

Common in Oudh in the winter months, November to February.

I have caught it also at Umballa, in the Punjab. It is not an Hi-

malayan insect.

108. Lyca@Na pipora,n.sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 8.)

Upperside dull violet-blue ; hind wing with a tail; a discocellular

spot on fore wing and exterior margins of both wings broadly brown ;

cilia grey, with a narrow medial brown line. Underside greyish

cream-colour, exterior margins defined by a brown line: fore wing

with a narrow discocellular streak, and a transverse discal straight

series of white-encircled black spots; a submarginal row of pale

brown spots: hind wing with three basal and a thrice-interrupted

discal series of eight white-encircled black spots ; a medially disposed

marginal orange-red band, bordered inwardly with brown lunules,

outwardly with (two clear, the rest ill-defined) black spots: cilia

as above.

Expanse +2 inch.

Hab. Kussowlie, N.W. Himalayas.

A slight delicate species, from Kussowlie ; not very common ;

generally found near water.

109. CuryYSOPHANUS TIMEUS.

Pap. timeus, Cramer, Pap. t. 186. f. E, F.

C. phleas of India.

This has a wide distribution in the N.W. Himalayas; common

in the outward ranges, Kussowlie, &c. ; appearing here and there, up

to Upper Kunawur, in very various climates. It, however, disappears

in certain gaps, as it were, which are occupied by C. pavana.

110. CurysopHaNnus PAVANA, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kashmir, iv.

p- 416, t. 5. f. 5, 6.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas.

111. CurysOPHANUS KASYAPA, n. sp. (PI. XXXI. fig. 10.)

Male bright coppery red, with purple reflexions : fore wing with

the extreme edge of the costa and exterior margin black, the latter

submarginally bordered with purple ; a black spot within discoidal

cell, a second transversely closing the cell, four near the apex ob-

liquely from the costa, and four others descending the disk : hind

wing with the anterior and exterior margins black, bordered sub-

marginally with purple, which latter colour also borders the anal

margin ; a minute dot within discoidal cell, a narrow streak closing

the cell, and a series of five discal spots black: body black. Under-

side metallic greyish blue, with greenish reflexion at base of hind

wing ; fore wing with the black spots as above, also a short black

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS, 507

submarginal streak from posterior angle, between which and the

discal spots the space is ferruginous ; hind wing with a discal series

of minute black dots: body and legs white; cilia white.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Lower Kunawur.

Very uncommon. It occurs in June, in richly wooded country,

in Lower Kunawur, 7000 to 8000 feet altitude. The female is much

darker brown.

112. Taecua DERIA, n.sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 11.)

Upperside purple-brown ; hind wing with the exterior margin de-

fined by a narrow black line; tail black; cilia grey. Underside

dark greyish cream-colour ; fore wing with a clear white transverse

discal line, with black inner border, from before the apex, between

which and exterior margin are two or more black spots ; hind wing

with a similar transverse discal white line, extending from anterior

‘to inner margins, between which and a marginal white line is a series

of more or less distinct black spots, and two ocellated black spots,

one at anal angle, the other beyond, the space between which is grey;

cilia greyish.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Upper Kunawur. ;

I but once caught two or three of this species, on the steep bare

mountain-sides over the Spiti River, altitude 11,000 feet, on a hot

fine day ; they were flitting about the low shrubs.

113. Dipsas opara, Hewitson.

Dipsas odata, Hewitson, Ilust. of Diurnal Lep., Lyceenidee, pt. 2,

pl. 30. f. 13, 14.

Male. Upperside—basal half of both wings violet-blue ; the outer

half dark brown, paler on the posterior wing; cilia white. Under-

side grey white: fore wing with a pale linear spot closing the cell ;

two small dark-brown spots near the middle of inner margin; a

transverse rufous band beyond the middle, bordered on both sides

with white; a submarginal band of pale brown terminating near the

anal angle in two large black spots: hind wing with a spot closing

the cell; a central transverse rufous band and a submarginal brown

band, both bordered with white; two lunular orange spots near the

base of the tail, bordered above and below with black; the outer

margin brown.

Female marked asin male, except that the whole of the hind wing

is rufous brown.

Expanse 1,4; inch.

Hab. Upper Kunawur.

This species I have caught in Upper Kunawur, in July and Au-

gust, frequenting the orchards of the charming villages of that fine

country, at altitudes of 8000 to 10,000 feet. They settle in great

numbers ou the walnut-trees; sometimes on neighbouring apneots

and poplars. As one strikes the boughs, troops of these little black-

508 MR. F. MOORE ON DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA [June 13,

purple hair-streaks, with silvery-grey underside, flit about the thick

foliage like a cloud of tortrices shaken out of an oak: they settle

again at once. They fly about thus till very late.

114. Drpsas syLa.

Thecla syla, Kollar, Higel’s Kaschmir, p. 414, t. 4. f. 7, 8.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas.

Observed in the same locality as Dodona egeon, flitting up and

down the stream, pitching on moist rocks or pieces of wood in mid-

stream.

115. ILerpa ova, Hewitson, un. sp. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 12.)

Tlerda oda, Hewitson, Ilust. of Diurnal Lep., Lyczenide, pt. 2,

pl. 24. f. 9, 10.

Male. Upperside black ; basal portion of both wings clear blue ;

hind wing with or without indistinct reddish streak at anal angle.

Underside greenish saffron-yellow ; fore wing with three decreasing

black, white-bordered spots, ascending from posterior angle; hind

wing with a broad ochrey-red marginal band, bordered on both sides

with white black-bordered lunules: cilia black, slightly margined

with white.

Female. Upperside blackish brown ; fore wing with a short, sub-

apical, medially oblique, broad red band, a distinct black spot closing

the discoidal cell; hind wing with a broad, marginal, sinuous red

band ; cilia brown. Underside dull greenish yellow: fore wing with

the medial portion reddish yellow ; a short narrow blackish line sub-

apically from costa, and asecond elongated spot closing the discoidal

cell; a black spot, with white inner border, at posterior angle: hind

wing with a broad marginal red band, bordered inwardly with a linear

series of white, and exteriorly with black lunules; an indistinct

transverse discal dark line.

Expanse | 7 inch.

Hab. North of Simla.

Frequents rich deep forests north of Simla, occurring with I.

tamu in sunny glades carpeted with strawberry-blossoms, in May.

116. ILERDA TAMU.

Polyommatus tamu, Kollar, Higel’s Kaschmir, p. 417, t. 5. f. 7, 8.

Hab. North of Simla.

HEsPERIDz.

117. PampHILA DANNA. (PI. XXX. fig. 8.)

Pyrgus danna, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 249.

Upperside dark greenish brown ; fore wing with a narrow longi-

tudinal streak within discoidal cell, terminating in two small spots

ascending towards the costa, a small geminated spot before the apex,

and three irregular-shaped spots obliquely on the disk pale yellow ;

1865.] FROM THE NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS, 509

hind wing with a slightly defined longitudinal discoidal streak, a

nearly parallel spot, and a transverse series of four discal spots pale

yellow ; cilia whitish. Underside grey; basal portion of fore wing

and broadly on inner margin of hind wing brown-black, the latter

with a pale yellowish inner border; base of costa of fore wing, with

spots and marks on both wings, as above, but more clearly defined,

pale yellow; cilia grey.

Expanse 1 inch.

Haé. Simla Hills and Kunawur.

Frequents thistle-heads and banks of thyme, at hot midday, with

a rapid, flashing, skipping flight. June.

118, PaMpHina Masa, n. sp. (Pl. XXX. fig. 9.)

Upperside blackish brown ; fore wing, with base of costa, discoidal

cell, a spot before the apex, a discal oblique row of spots, and middle

of inner margin pale orange-yellow ; hind wing with a streak within

discoidal cell, inner border of abdominal fold, and a curved row of

discal spots pale orange-yellow ; cilia brown, yellowish white from

anal angle. Underside greenish grey; base of fore wing brown;

markings as above, pale yellow.

Expanse 14 inch.

Haé. Simla Hills and Kunawur.

119, Hesperia Levcocera, Kollar, Higel’s Kaschmir, p. 454,

pl. 18. f. 3, 4. :

Hab. Lower Kunawur.

Not common ; flying, at very early dawn or in the evening, about

the long wet grass and rank herbage which luxuriantly clothe the

hill-sides in Lower Kunawur, at altitudes of 6000 to 7000 feet.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXX., XXXI,

PraTE XXX.

Fig. 1. Argynnis jainadeva. Fig. 6. Epinephile cheena, $ 9.

2. Melitea sindura. 7. davendra, $ 2.

3. Lasiommata menava. 8. Pamphila danna.

4 baldiva, g. 9. mesa.

5. Erebia kalinda.

Puate XXXI.

Fig. 1. Polyommatus kasmira, 3. Fig. 10. Chrysophanus kasyapa.

2. ariana, 3. 1l. Theela deria.

3. —— nycula. 12. Ilerda oda, 2.

4, —— nazira. 13. Colias shipkee.

5. chandala. 14, Anthocharis daphalis.

6. —— vicrama. 15. Pieris kalora, 3.

de karsandra. 16. ajaka, 2.

8. Lycena dipora. 17. hira.

9. —— zena. 18. Gonepteryx zaneka.

510 MR. BUSK ON THE FOSSTL ELEPHANTS OF MALTA. [June 27,

June 27, 1865.

Professor Huxley, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., H.B.M. Vice-Consul, Formosa,

dated Takow, S.W. Formosa, 27th March, 1865 :—

«A friend of mine, who has been some time located in the river

Yangtsze, at Chinkiang, tells me that large herds of a Hog Deer are

found periodically on an island in that river. These animals have

coarse bristles and pig-like faces, with tusks. I have never seen the

animal, but from his description should take it to be the Hyelaphus

porcinus. It swims across to the island at the flooding of the great

river, and when the water sinks is left isolated, owing to the high

banks of the island. It then lurks about the bushes and high coarse

erass. Parties of Europeans and Chinese then land on the island

with fire-arms and make easy prey of the poor beasts, driving them

from one end of the island to the other. Every season large numbers

of them are thus slaughtered. They are rather coarse eating, but

are said to make pretty fair venison when hung for some days. I

have lately procured you a fine female of the Cervus taivanus; it

has gone on to Hongkong, and I trust will be thence forwarded all

safe to you.

“I am sorry I cannot give you any particulars as to the where-

abouts exactly of the pair of Sus*, which I obtained for the Society

in July 1862, and one of which reached you in safety. The person

from whom I got the pair told me he purchased them off a boat in

Dampier’s Straits. This is all, I regret to say, I can tell you about.

their origin.”

The Secretary announced the safe arrival in the Society’s Gardens,

on the previous evening, of a young male African Elephant, received

in exchange from the Jardin des Plantes, Paris.

Mr. G. F. Busk communicated a memoir upon the fossil Elephants

of Malta, based upon collections formed in that island by Captain

Spratt, R.N., which had been originally placed in the hands of the

late Dr. Faleoner for examination. Upon Dr. Falconer’s decease,

Mr. Busk had undertaken the task of identifying these remains,

which he was induced to refer to three species of the genus Hlephas.

One of these, not much inferior in bulk to the existing Indian Ele-

phant, was, as Dr. Busk believed, probably referable to Elephas

antiquus. The two others were both of diminutive stature as com-

pared with the existing species of Elephant, neither of them having

exceeded 5 feet in height. To one of these, slightly the larger of

the two, Mr. Busk proposed to restrict Dr. Falconer’s name Elephas

melitensis, and to call the other and smaller one after the lamented

naturalist who had done so much towards increasing our knowledge

* Sus, sp. 235 of ‘ List of Vertebrated Animals,’ 1865, p. 37.

1865.] DR. P. P. CARPENTER ON CHITONID2. 511

of these animals, Elephas falconeri. The two latter species were

distinguished by very well-marked dental and other characters.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions.”

A paper was read by Professor Owen containing descriptions of

new species of Indian Cetaceans, which had been observed and col-

lected on the eastern coast of the Indian peninsula by Walter Elliot,

Esq., F.Z.S. Of the seven species described as new, six belonged

to the family Delphinide ; the seventh was referred to the Sperm-

Whales (Physeteride), and proposed to be called Physeter (Eu-

physetes) simus.

This paper will likewise be published in full in the Society’s

‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Description oF Two Species oF CHITONID#, FROM THE

CoxLLecTion or W. Harper Pease, Esa. By Purp P.

Carpenter, B.A., Pu.D.

Cuiron (Loruyrus) PeRviRIpDIS, Cpr.

C. ¢. parva, angustiore, elevata, jugo acuto ; colore intense prasi-

nato ; tota superficie sub lente minutissime squamuloso ; areis

diag. et valv. externis radiatim liratis, liris obtusis, parum con-

spicuis, lateraliter iv.-v., antice et postice xx.—xxv.; areis

centr. sulcis distantibus, jugo parallelis, circ. xii., parum im-

pressis ; mucrone antice subcentrali, satis conspicuo: intus

laminis insertionis valv, term. viii.—xi.-, centr. unifissatis ; den-

tibus acutioribus, alte pectinatis, subgrundis curtis; sinu latiore,

planato, ad jugum dentato: pallio squamis magnis, solidis, im-

bricatis sed striatis instructo.

Long. *45, lat. 25, alt. -12 poll.

Hab. Central Pacific (Pease) (no. 299).

A solitary specimen of this interesting species is very like C. vi-

rescens, Rve.*, in general appearance ; but the mantle of that species

is nearly smooth, and the valves scarcely sculptured. This shell is

of a uniform bright green. It has the aspect of Lepidopleurus ; but

the insertion-plates, though sharp, are deeply pectinated.- It differs

from most other Chitons in having the scales distinctly striated, as

in C. striatosquamosus, Maz. Cat. no. 250.

ACANTHOPLEURA NIGROPUNCTATA, D. S.

A. t. parva, satis elongata, olivaceo et fusco eleganter nebulosa ;

satis fornicata, jugo obtuso ; areis later. satis definitis, rugis

radiantibus et longitudinalibus irregulariter decussantibus or-

natis, inter quas punctula nigra subradiatim sparguntur ; ar.

centr. rugis subparallelis, subdecussatis, via regularibus, ad

* Four out of the five specimens in Mus. Cuming. have a brown-marbled ante-

rior valve, with brown dots along the sutures.

512 MR. W. HARPER PEASE ON NEW MARINE SHELLS [June 27,

jugum obsoletis ; mucrone postico, elevato: intus lam. wsert.

v.-, ant, viii.-x-., post. xii.—xiv.-, centr. unifissatis ; dentibus v.

post. solidis, declivibus, reliquis acutioribus, omnino pectinatis ;

subgrundis latioribus, curtis ; sinu latiore, denticulato ; pallia

squamulis subpilulosis copiose induto.

Long. °48, lat. °25, alt. ‘07 poll.

Hab. Society Islands (Pease) (no. 298).

This curious little species, with the aspect, but not the posterior

insertion-plates, of Onithochiton, is closely related to confossus, Gld.

The details of sculpture, however, do not agree ; and the U.S. Expl.

Exp. species is said to have nine posterior and twenty-five anterior

insertion-plates, in addition to which the artist has (probably for

uniformity’s sake) sketched five on each of the central valves! The

plates are those of Acanthopleura, but the mantle is scarcely bristly,

the minute hair-like scales being more akin to those of Leptochiton.

2. Descriptions oF New GENERA AND SPECIES OF MARINE

SHELLS FROM THE ISLANDS OF THE CENTRAL Paciric. By

W. Harrer Pease, or Honoutuiv, Corr. Mems. (Com-

MUNICATED BY P. P. CARPENTER.)

Genus Lisratuta, Pse. (Family GaLromMip#.)

T. equivalvis, valvis planis, semilunaribus, medio ligamento junctis ;

margine cardinali recto, serrato.

Like Galeomma ; but with the valves flattened as in Placuna, and

without the ventral gape. They lie wide open.

LIBRATULA PLANA.

L. ¢. parva, equilaterali, albida; valvis levibus, marginibus

tenuibus ; lamina cardinali subprominente, subtilissime serrata;

umbonibus medianis, parvis, contiguis.

This singular creature was found living on coral. When at rest,

the valves are perfectly horizontal, and so closely connected that it

has the appearance of, and may have been heretofore mistaken for,

an operculum. The animal does not extend beyond the shell.

When in motion, however, it protrudes a round lobe to a distance

as great as its own length, by which it draws itself along, at the

same time depressing its valves to an angle of about 90°, and raising

them again when reaching the end of the lobe. This motion of the

valves is so rapid that, without observing closely, the progress of the

animal might be supposed to depend on it altogether. It is very

active in its habits—a rare thing among bivalves—in this respect re-

sembling Solemya.

MiITRA SALTATA.

M. ¢. parva, fusiformi, subulata, tenui, nitida, pellucida, cornea ;

basi subtruncata, transversim striata, longitudinaliter subti-

1865.] FROM THE ISLANDS OF THE CENTRAL PACIFIC, 513

lissime striata ; anfractibus planis seu subconvezis, marginatis ;

columella tri- seu quadriplicata, plicis obliquis ; apertura am-

pliore, dimidium longitudinis teste a@quante ; labro tenut.

Long. °3, lat. -09 poll.

This elegant little species was found living in the hollows of coral-

rock. When disturbed, the animal would skip 5 or 6 inches in a

horizontal line, from one side of the cavity to the other, at the same

time spinning out a very fine web. When held in the hand, it would

jump off, suspending itself by a thread to a distance of 2 or 3 feet *.

ENGINA FUSIFORMIS.

E. t. fusiformi, utringque attenuata, medio angulata, basi con-

tracta, canali recurvata, spira acuminata, longitudinaliter

nodoso-costata, transversim sulcata et striata 3 anfractibus

superne parum concavis ; columella superne subexcavata et pli-

cata ; nigra, luteo irregulariter maculata et Sasciata ; aper-

tura dimidium longitudinis teste equante, purpureo-rufescente.

Long. °6, lat. -34 poll.

ENGINA OVATA.

E. ¢. abbreviato-ovata, utrinque acuta, basi parum recurvata ;

longitudinaliter costata, transversim nodoso-lirata et striata ;

apertura superne regulariter arcuata, infra contracta 3 nigra,

lirarum interstitiis albis vel pullide luteo-fuscis, denticulis

aperture albis.

Long. °5, lat. -32 poll.

NASSA OBLIQUA.

N. t. crassa, solida, oblique globoso-ovata, transversim nodoso-

lirata ; nodis parvis, compressis, longitudinaliter oblique costu-

lata, et striis rugata ; spira curta, acuta; anfr. superne con-

cavo-indentatis ; apertura parva, oblique ovali ; columella levi,

excavata ; callo amplo, incrassato, spira tenus extenso ; labro

calloso, intus lirato ; pallide fulva, liris transversis castaneis,

nodis albidis ; apertura et columella aurantiaco-luteis ; callosi..

tate albida.

Long. 14, diam. 12 mill.

CoRALLIOBIA SCULPTILIS.

C. t. alba, valde depressa, planulata, ovata; labro continuo, ex-

panso, radiatim costulato ; spira minima, in labro inclusa 3 lon-

gitudinaliter imbricatim laminata, transversim costata, costis

tribus rotundatis ; labro radiatim costulato 3 canali brevi, an-

gusta.

Long. 9, diam. 7 mill.

This elegant little species, of a rare genus, was brought up on

coral from a depth of 90 fathoms.

* From the large size of the nuclear whorls, which are seldom seen in adult

Mitrids, it is probable that this delicate little shell is not mature.—P, P. C,

514. MR. W. HARPER PEASE ON NEW MARINE SHELLS [June 27,

TorRINIA CONICA.

T. . conica, elevata, ad peripheriam obtuso-angulata, concen-

trice sulcata et creberrime striata ; sulcis tribus, punctulatis,

longitudinaliter vix oblique insculpta ; umbilico angusto ; aper-

tura subcirculari ; albida, irregulariter pallide purpureo vel

cinereo strigata et maculata.

Alt. 10, diam. 10 mill.

TuRRICULA PUTILLUS.

T. ¢. abbreviato-fusiformi, subventricosa, sulcis angustis decus-

sata, sulcis longitudinalibus tenuiter striatis ; spira breviuscula,

acuta, suturis valde impressis ; apertura intus valde lirata,

labro denticulato ; columella quadriplicata; nigra, spira et

anfractu ultimo superne albo maculatis, interdum fascia inter-

rupta alba cingulatis, sulcis transversis rufo-fuscis.

Long. 10, diam. 5 mill.

The shell has some of the characters of Mitra alveolus, Rve.

Genus MirrorpEa, Pease.

Testa mitriformis ; columella multiplicata ; antice valde truncata.

MITROIDEA MULTIPLICATA.

M. ¢. oblonga, subfusiformi, solida, transversim tenuiter striata ;

spira brevi, acute acuminata ; basi truncata; columella pro-

ducta, recurvata, subcontorta ; labro simplici, intus levi, extus

incrassato, subvaricoso ; apertura angusta, longissima, duobus

trientibus longitudinis teste adequante, antice vix dilatata ;

columella decemplicata, plicis confertis, regularibus, vix obli-

quis ; albida, epidermide tenui straminea induta, lineis casta-

neis distantibus cingulata.

Long. 25, diam. 9 mill.

This very remarkable little shell differs from all other known Mi-

trids (1) in having ten plaits crowded on the anterior half of the

pillar-lip, and (2) in having the base truncate, in a manner some-

what approaching Terebellum, beyond which the projecting columella

is somewhat recurved.

MIrrRA NIGRICANS.

M. ¢. fusiformi, elongata, levigata, transversim tenuiter striata,

striis subdistantibus punctatis ; epidermide tenut induta ; spira

gracili, elongata, acuta ; labro simplici ; columella quadripli-

cata; nigrescente, fascia angusta castanea cincta; apertura

plumbea.

Long. 20, diam. 7 mill.

NERITINA RUBIDA.

N. t. oblongo-ovata, tenui, striis incrementi rugulosa; spira

parva; area columellari levi, cinerea ; fuscescenti-rubida.

Long. 5, diam. 3 mill.

1865.| FROM THE ISLANDS OF THE CENTRAL PACIFIC. 515

- This species may be compared with N. succinea, inhabiting the

West Indies.

EvLIMA SUBPELLUCIDA*,

E. ¢. elongata, pyramidali, alba, nitida, subpellucida, polita,

tenuiore, apice submucronato; anfr. ix., plano-convexis, vir

tenuiter decussato-striatis, ultimo ventricoso, ad peripheriam

subangulato ; suturis subimpressis, marginatis ; apertura elon-

. gato-ovata ; labro tenut.

Long. 16, diam. 7 mill.

PuRPURA MARMORATA.

P. t. oblongo-ovata, solida, spira acuminata, acuta, conica ; anfr.

transversim impresso-striatis, infra suturas vix concavis, ultimo

medio biseriatim, spira uniseriatim tuberculatis, tuberculis

compressis ; anfr. ultimo infra biseriatim obsolete noduloso ;

apertura supra subcanaliculata, intus lirata ; albicanti-rubra,

Jusco marmorata.

Long. 50 mill.

This form is allied to P. mancinella.

CypR2A FUSCO-MACULATA.

C. t. oblongo-ovata, vie umbilicata, latere dextro subangulato,

marginato, extremitatibus productis; apertura subflexuosa,

angusta, dentibus parvis; albicante, ad dorsum irregulariter

castaneo-fusco picta, lateribus fusco punctatis, extremitatibus

_ maculis castaneo-fuscis conspicue ornatis.

Long. 13, diam. 7 mill.

We have a number of specimens of the above species in our col-

lection from different localities, all of them more or less worn. It is

allied to ‘* C. goodallit,” from which the spots on both sides of the

extremities serve to distinguish it ; they are conspicuous and never

absent, even on those most weathered.

CypR#A CANDIDAT.

C. t. oblongo-ovata, omnino alba, lateribus subincrassatis rotun-

datis, basi rotundata; extremitatibus vix productis, subre-

flexis ; longitudinuliter tenuissime striata ; apertura subflex-

uosa, dentibus fortibus subdistantibus instructa, interstis pro-

funde incisis.

Long. 15, diam. 8 mill.

PLANAXIS ABBREVIATA.

P. ¢. ovata, solida, purpureo-nigrescente, intus purpurea; spira

brevi, acuta; suturis bene impressis ; anfr. V., convexis, spira-

liter striatis, striis interdum in medio anfractus ultimi evanes-

centibus ; apertura ovata, superne sulcata ; labro margine in-

* —Stylifer pyramidalis, Pse., MS.; allied to Eulima pyramidalis, A. Ad.

T Not to be confounded with Trivia candida.—P. P. C.

516 MR. W. HARPER PEASE ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. [June 27,

terno crenulato ; labio superne calloso, levi ; canali brevissima ;

basi spiraliter sulcata. ~

Long. 10, diam. 6 mill. :

=P. buccinoides, Pse., A prima manu, nom. preeoc.

PEDICULARIA PACIFICA*. |

P. ¢. tenuiuscula, oblonga, irregulart, in medio contracta, radiatim

striis elevatis ornata, strits concentricis decussata, apice con-

spicuo involuto ; rubida, interdum omnino violacea vel cornea.

Long. 7 mill.

The following list of synonyms, drawn out from a careful compa-

rison with the Cumingian Collection, and with the types described

in Dr. Gould’s ‘ Otia,’ which happened fortunately to be temporarily

in my possession, may be useful to those who have received the shells

under Mr. Pease’s MS, names.—P. P. C.

Atys debilis appears to be identical with 4. suecisa, Ehr., and

simply a slender variety of 4. alicula, A. Ad.

Fissurella granifera, Pse., is a good species of Glyphis.

Rimula fenestrata, Pse., is a very young Glyphis.

Conus fusiformis, Pse. (=C. pusilla, Pse., olim), is a small species

of Conella, Swains.

. Daphnella bella, Pse., belongs to one of the Columbelloid genera,

probably to Anachis.

Cithara costulifera, Pse., = Anachis atomella, Sby., var.

C. varia, Pse., is probably an Anachis :=Columbella virginea, Gld.

(from type).

C. garrettii, Pse., is a Mitrella.

Borsonia corrugata, Pse.,=(Clathurella) nebulosa, Pse. (teste H.

Cuming).

Torinia corrugata, Pse.,=T. variegata, Lam. (teste H. Cuming).

Natica undulata, Pse., appears to be the young state of the Pacific

variety of N. maroccana, Chemn.

Nassa plicata, Pse., is a dwarf, strongly sculptured variety of NV.

olivacea, Brug. (teste H. Cuming). The characters of the mouth

exactly agree.

N. microstoma, Pse., is a white variety of N. dermestina, Gld.

N. turricula, Pse., and N. unifasciata, Pse., appear to be varieties

of N. paupera, Gld.,=plebecula, Gld. (from types).

Columbella pellucida, Pse., is probably a Nitidella (or Mitrella).

C. flammea, Pse., belongs to the same section: it appears to be a

variety of C. teniata, Ad.& Rve. (non Phil.). C. lineolata, Gld., and

C. decolor, Gld., are conspecific, (teste type specimens in Mus.

Smiths. ).

Columbella, sp. ind. (like australis), Pse.,=C. araneosa, Gld.,

var. It belongs to Amycla.

* This shell, when first examined by Mr. Cuming, was pronounced to be a va-

riety of P. sicula. Similar forms have been found on both sides of the North~

American continent.—P. P. C.

P. 2. 6 1665. Pl eae

G.B. Sowerby. lith M &NHanhart imp

NEW SPECIES OF SCINTILLA, PYTHINA AND CONUS.

1865.] MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON SCINTILLE AND A PYTHINA. 517

C. sagitta, Gask., is also an Amycla. In Mr. Pease’s series of

specimens, the arrow-pattern gradually passes away.

Sistrum seminodosum, Pse.,=elatum, Blainv., var.

Mitra brunnea, Pse.,= Strigatella fuscescens, Pse., var. (teste H.

Cuming).

M. tessellata, Pse.,=M. puella, Rve. (teste H. Cuming).

Triton crenulatus, Pse.,= Epidromus antiquatus, Hds.

3. Descriptions or Four New ScintTILL& AND OnE New Py-

THINA FROM THE COLLECTION OF Mr. H. Cumine. By G.

B. Sowersy, F.L.S.

(Pl. XXXII.)

ScinTILLa semictausa. Pl. XXXII. f.1, 2. Testa oblongo-

subquadrata, subventricosa, paulo obliquata, succinea, ad mar-

ginem ventralem clausa ; lateribus vix hiantibus; apice acumi-

nato; latere antico breviore et angustiore.

Hab. Borneo (Mus. H. Cuming).

Less obtusely angled on the anterior side than S. en and

deeper than S. erocea.

ScinTILuA LacTeA. Pl. XXXII.f.4. Testa oblique ovalis, alba,

clausa, subventricosa, latere postico subextenso.

Hab. Borneo (Mus. H. Cuming).

More oblique and less obtuse at the sides than S. layardi.

Scintr“ya RosgA. Pl. XXXII. f. 5, 6. Testa ovali-oblonga,

compressa, rosea, antice subacuta, breviuscula, postice lata

rotundata ; margine ventrali expanso.

Hab. Lizard Islands (Mus. H. Cuming).

More expanded at the ventral margin, and more pointed anteriorly,

than S. pudica.

ScrnTILLa oBLONGA. Pl. XXXII. f.3. Testa pallide straminea,

oblonga, lateribus subquadratis, marginibus dorsalibus et ven-

tralihus rectis.

Hab. Borneo (Mus. H. Cuming).

More quadrately oblong than S. borneensis and similar species.

PyTHINA STRIATISSIMA. Pl. XXXII. f. 7. Testa pallide stra-

minea, minutissime divaricatim striata ; complanata, subtrigona,

marginibus latero-dorsalibus declivis, margine ventrali rectius-

culo, medio vix sinuato.

Hab. Borneo (Mus. H. Cuming).

518 MR.G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SPECIES OF Conus. [June 27,

4, Descriptions oF Two New Spxcies or Conus FROM THE

Cotuection or H. Cuming, Ese., anv Two From THE COoL-

LECTION OF THE LATE Mr. Dentsson. By G. B.Sowersy,

F.L.S.

(Plate XXXII.)

Conus suspcARINATUS. Pl. XXXII. f.12,13. Testa turbinata,

sublevigata, infra rude sulcata, alba, pallidissime purpureo

tincta, flammulis fuscis irregulariter angulatis longitudina-

libus, medio interruptis plus minusve in fascias latas duas

junctis ; lateribus rectis ; angulo subcarinato ; spira prope an-

gulum convexa, apice acuminato. Variat fasciis duabus latis,

lineis interruptis cinctis ornata.

Hab. Nicobar Islands (Mus. Cuming).

With something of the aspect of C. voluminalis, this shell differs

from that species in being much more solid and broad. The angle

is sharpened so as to form almost a keel. The two specimens in

Mr. Cuming’s cabinet are distinct varieties, one of which has two

broad chestnut bands, girt by white-spotted brown lines.

’ Conus straturatus. Pl. XXXII. f. 14. Testa oblonga, sub-

pyriformis, supra subinflata, infra angustata subtorta, alba,

pallidissime ceruleo tincta; maculis subquadratis pallide fuscis,

in fascias duas latas dispositis, et aliis irregularibus ornata ;

suleis distantibus supra medium subevanidis, infra profundis,

ad fascias albas apparentibus cincta ; angulo subrotundo ; spira

via elevata, spiraliter striata, maculis fuscis linearibus radiata;

apice acuminato ; apertura lata; columella lineari, distincta.

Hab. Borneo (Mus. Cuming).

This species belongs to the same group with C. spectrum, but

most nearly resembles C. collisus. From the latter, however, it is

distinguished by the thread-like white lines of sulci crossing the

interrupted bands of colour, giving a paved appearance to the orna-

mentation. Mr. Cuming possesses several specimens.

Conus sacitratus. Pl. XXXII. f. 8,9. Testa gracilis, longi-

tudinaliter minute striata, spiraliter liris leviter elevatis sub-

distantibus cincta ; alba, fammulis fuscis longitudinalibus seu

angulatis et super liras maculis sagittatis regulariter picta ;

lateribus medio paululum coarctatis; spira conica, apice mu-

cronato; anfractibus minute cancellatis, marginibus internis

versus apicem elevatis ; sutura lineari.

Hab. ? (Mus. Denisson) (olim).

Although this elegantly formed, neatly sculptured, and delicately

painted shell belongs to the same group with C. marginatus, C. can-

cellatus, &c., there is no known species with which it comes into

immediate comparison. It has a cancellated sculpture formed by

very delicate raised longitudinal lines crossing more raised and distant

spiral ones ; and besides the longitudinal flames and angular patches

of light brown-colour, the spiral ridges are ornamented by a series

1865.] MR. AUSTEN ON THE HABITS OF THE WATER-SHREW. 519

of minute arrow-headed markings of brown with white intervals.

Purchased at the Denisson sale, and not yet placed.

Conus MULTICATENATUS. Pl. XXXII. f.10,11. Testa brevis,

solida, acutangulata, levis, alba, prope angulum distanter

nigro maculata, fasciis latis duabus interruptis et linea textili

interrupta mediana cincta ; super fascias lineis fuscis, maculis

rotundis albis catenatis ornata; lateribus rectiusculis ; spira

brevi, distanter et late maculata, anfractibus supra concavis.

Hab. ? (Mus. Denisson) (olim).

A rather short shell, with straight sides ; the spire flat, excepting

close to the apex, where it becomes accuminated ; but the top of the

whorls are excavated. The angle is marked with distant angular

black spots; above it is formed a sort of star by the centripetal

bearing of six large chestnut spots. Upon the broad chestnut bands

are chain-like cinctures formed of round or oval white spots inter-

rupting dark lines. Purchased at the Denisson sale, and not yet

placed.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXII.

Figs. 1, 2. Scintilla semiclausa. Figs. 8, 9. Conus sagittatus.

3. —— oblonga. 10, 11. multicatenatus.

4. lactea. 12, 13. subcarinatus.

5, 6. rosea. 14, straturatus.

7. Pythina striatissima.

5. On tHe Hasirs or tHe Warer-SHrew (Crossopus Fo-

DIENS). By N. L. Ausren, Esa.

I am induced to offer you the following account of the Water-

Shrew, as the animal in question, though tolerably abundant in many

localities, may not have come under the personal observation of some

of my hearers. I have also never seen it mentioned as having been

kept with success in confinement, and therefore will attempt to de-

scribe as accurately as possible the habits of a pair that lived in my

possession for a considerable time, hoping that the details may not

prove altogether uninteresting. In form this Shrew closely resembles

the common species, the snout being lengthened in the same manner,

and the fur having the same velvety softness of texture. In size,

however, it is superior, a full-grown male measuring a little more

than 5 inches in total length, whereas the Field-Shrew rarely exceeds

4 inches; the feet and tail are fringed with stiff white hairs, which are

of great assistance to the creature when swimming. The colour on

the head and back is commonly of a rich jetty black, on the sides and

underparts pure white; the line of demarcation between the two

colours very distinctly defined, adding much to the beauty of the fur ;

a small tuft of white hairs is also noticeable at the corner of the ear.

The Water-Shrew, as its name implies, is usually found in the

vicinity of pools and rivulets, where it forms in the banks long and

winding burrows, which penetrate for a considerable distance into

520 MR. AUSTEN ON THE HABITS OF THE WATER-SHREW. [June 27,

the loose soil, and end in a small chamber, furnished with a bed of

moss and dry grass. In this secluded retreat the young are produced

about the middle of May, there being usually from six to ten in the

litter. When first born, they are curious pinky-white little animals,

with round blunt noses and semitransparent bodies, bearing as little

resemblance as possible to their parents. A small colony of these

Shrews frequently inhabit the same spot, and towards the cool of the

evening may be observed searching for food, and sporting with each

other in the water, now hiding behind stones or large leaves to elude

their companions, and then darting out to engage in a general skir-

mishing chase, diving and swimming with the greatest activity, and

occasionally taking a plunge into their holes. By constantly traver-

sing the same ground, in going and returning from their burrows,

they gradually tread down a path among the grass and herbage, by

which their presence may readily be discovered by an experienced

eve. When under water their fur is covered with multitudes of tiny

air-bubbles, that shine like silver, and have a beautiful effect when

seen against the dark surface of the body. Spots where the stream

in some bend of its course forms a little pool are the favourite re-

sorts of this pretty little creature; and, although easily startled by

the slightest noise, their range of vision seems far from extensive, as,

by quietly approaching, I have often succeeded in watching their

ambols without causing alarm among the small community. The

food of the Water-Shrew includes insects, worms, young frogs, and

small fish, which latter it pursues and captures with all the graceful

dexterity of the Otter. Iam enabled to speak with certainty as to

this fact, by observing the mode employed by my own pets in seizing

their prey. I obtained them in the following manner :—Having no-

ticed a very fine pair that frequented a small pond, | set several circular

wire mouse-traps, baited with small frogs, in what I supposed to be

their favourite runs, and secured both male and female by the next

morning. I had already had a cage constructed as much as possible

in accordance with what I knew of their mode of life. It was shaped

like an ordinary arched dormouse-cage, but considerably larger than

those used, being 12 inches in height by 18 in length ; a zine tank

was also adapted to hook on to the doorway, so that they might

enjoy the comfort of a bath. When first introduced into their new

dwelling, the Shrews evinced no symptoms of fear, appearing quite

at home, and feeding freely on worms, raw meat, and insects. A

few days after I procured them, I placed three or four minnows in

the bath attached to the main part of the cage. Directly the Shrews

caught sight of the fish, they both plunged instantly into the water,

and quickly reappeared, each having secured a victim, which they

proceeded to discuss with great apparent gusto, having first killed

it by a bite through the head. I remarked that while feeding they

held the fish firmly between their fore paws, in the same manner as

the Otter, and, commencing at the head, ate gradually downwards,

by a succession of sharp snapping bites. Their appetites were very

good, as they frequently consumed two or three minnows each in

one day—a very tolerable amount, considering their size. When

1865.] MR. AUSTEN ON THE HABITS OF THE WATER-SHREW. 521

running about their cage, these Shrews often uttered a shrill sibilant

chirp, resembling the note of the Grasshopper-Lark. They would

also play in the water, half rearing up and striking with their fore

paws, or rolling over and over each other on the surface. Though

appearing perfectly reconciled to captivity, they manifested no attach-

ment, nor especial tameness, biting viciously when touched. They

lived with me in this way several months in perfect health, till, the

cage-door being accidentally left open one day in my absence, the

inmates levanted, as a matter of course, and were never seen or heard

of afterwards. I hope, however, shortly to obtain more, as when

treated properly, and supplied with plenty of water, they thrive, and

might probably be induced to breed in confinement. Besides the

Common Shrew, which is exclusively terrestrial, another species, the

Oared Shrew (Crossopus remifer), is found in Britain. For some

time this animal was confounded with the Water-Shrew, as its habits

are similar, and it frequents the same situations. It differs, how-

ever, in colour, the black on the back and sides being flecked with

white hairs, the throat and abdomen blackish grey tinged with yel-

low. Though scarcer than the two other kinds, the Oared Shrew

is more abundant than is often supposed by naturalists, as I have

several times caught it in different parts of Hertfordshire and Surrey.

I must here remark that the ears of both the Oared and Water-

Shrew are furnished with a peculiar and beautifully contrived appa-

ratus by which the water is excluded from those organs. It consists

of three small valves, which fold together when the animal dives,

effectually preventing the entrance of a single drop of moisture. As

soon, however, as the pressure is removed, on the Shrew rising to

the surface, they reopen spontaneously. Without this provision of

nature, the animal would constantly be annoyed by the water filling

the cavities and irritating the delicate membranes of the ear.

The dimensions of full-grown individuals of the three species are

as follows :—

Common Shrew. in. lines.

Watal lene Pe ie. PEGE he le ex 4 1

(leader nein a ahs Bee o's 2, 1 2

FLAT LPL Sars, Noe MUNN a A Sigel toms SE 8 ci 1 9

1B Ueno 18 (5(0] Rose Hn Gon SE Rea eee ee Onur

W ater-Shrew.

ocallenm tga setts et o)2o Beles ole ponte Oo wile

1B AGG leet Rees coe Bea A Sa ei, Pe empee wen ot ] 5

TET SS, lo aA beech aie ch ne re oe ice 24 al

inpetoob nase ae res oe ee OP 5

Oared Shrew.

SEE MEMC RAE ye taicta ey sn tceke sere oe Oval

Header ee, bs. es SERS ] 7

Pall wesprers eee | 1° OREN © 008 00 RE Rae i he |

Hind" foot testes Sets. PES FRR 0): 24887

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXXIV.

522 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CETACEA (June 27,

6. Notices or A New Genus or De_pHinotD WHALES FROM

THE Care or Goop Horr, AND OF OTHER CETACEANS FROM

THE SAME Seas. By Dr. Jonn Epwarp Gray, F.R.S.,

V.P.Z.S., F.L.S.

Mr. Layard has most kindly sent to me for examination and com-

parison the skulls of the Cetacea which are contained in the South-

African Museum, under his charge. A short notice of them, ex-

tracted from a letter from him, was read at a former Meeting of the

Society (see Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 357).

As the specimens are to be returned to Africa, I intend to have a

cast made of each of the skulls here described, as a well-made cast

is the best substitute for a real skull that we can have for compa-

rison.

The collection consists of six skulls, which belong to the following

species :—

1. Delphinis doris, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror.

2. Delphinus euphrosyne, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror.

3. Steno frontatus, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror.

4. The skull of a species of Steno with numerous small slender

teeth, which appears to be distinct from any that I have before seen.

It may be thus described :—

STENO CAPENSIS.

The beak of the skull elongate, rather compressed, tapering, and

more compressed in front. Teeth a small, slender, about five

in an inch. Lower jaw slender, attenuated, and without any gonyx

in front ; the symphyses nearly one-fifth the length of the jaw.

« Delphinus obscurus, Gray,” Cat. S. A. Museum.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope ( Cap#. Carew, South-African Museum).

Length of the skull 16, of beak from the notch 10, of the lower

jaw 13, of symphyses 27 inches; width of the beak at the notch 33,

of the brain-case at the hinder part of the orbit 62 inches.

The skull is somewhat like that of Steno attenuatus in the British

Museum ; but the beak of the skull is longer compared with the

size of the brain-case, and it is more gradually attenuated and slender,

and higher in front.

5. Grampus richardsonii, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror; Cat.

Cetacea Brit. Mus. 85.

Hab. Cape Seas (South-African Museum).

The skull resembles in most particulars that of Grampus cuvieri,

and may be considered that of a typical species of the genus. It

agrees with Beluga in the convexity of the triangle in front of the

blowers, and in the general form; but it differs from that genus in

the elevation of the margins of the maxillze over the orbits, and on

the side of the hinder part of the beak in front of the notch, showing

that the genus is intermediate in form between Beluga and Orca.

1865. ] FROM THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 523

Grampus and Beluga are peculiar for having teeth only in the front

part of the lower jaw, as in Globiocephalus ; but the teeth of Gram-

pus are permanent, while those of Beluga are early deciduous.

The lower jaw is so nearly like the lower jaw which the British

Museum received from the Museum at Haslar Hospital, without any

habitat, and which I described in the ‘ Catalogue of Cetacea’ under

the name Grampus richardsonii, that I have been induced to refer

the skull to that species.

The lower jaw from the Cape Seas only differs from the lower jaw

of the typical specimen of G. richardsonii in being rather more

slender in front, just behind the gonyx and the end of the teeth-

line, and in the teeth being apparently rather shorter and more ~

slender; but the base of the teeth of the typical specimen is en-

tirely exposed, and in the one from the South-African Museum they

are still imbedded in the dried gums; so that the difference is more

apparent than real.

The upper edge of the orbit is raised into a decided marginal

ridge. The maxillary bones in front of the notch are rather ex-

panded and well bent up on the edge.

The triangular space in front of the blower is convex, evenly

rounded, and with a well-marked oblique groove on each side in front.

The intermaxillary bones are very broad, with a hard, shining,

smooth, rather convex upper surface; they cover fully two-thirds

of the upper part of the hinder portion, and much more, or at least

four-fifths, of the front part of the beak. The palate is flat in front,

and rather convex behind. The upper jaw is rather bent down at

the tip, and is destitute of teeth, but has a submarginal line with

a few small pits. The lower jaw has four conical teeth on each

side in front, placed over the gonyx.

Length of the skull 18, of beak from the notch 103, of lower jaw

142 inches; width of the brain-case at the centre of the orbit 11, of

beak at the notch 73 inches.

The triangle in front of the blowers in the skulls of the European

species is much elongated, the slender front part being produced

between the intermaxillaries nearly to the end of the beak.

(1) G. rissoi, of Nice, with 5—5 teeth on the front of the lower

jaw (Gervais, Zool. et Paléont. Frang. t. 57. f.1, 2). |

(2) G. griseus, of Brest, with only 2—2 teeth on the front of the

lower jaw (Gervais, J. c. t. 57. f. 5). .

In the Cape species the triangle is shorter and much broader com-

pared with its length, the front side-margin being more transverse.

(3) G. richardsonii.

In G. rissoi the outer edges of the intermaxillaries are sinuous and

rather contracted to nearly the middle of their length. In G. richard-

sonii the outer edges are rather slightly arched and bent out, the

bones are widest in the middle of their length, and the nostrils are

bent to the left side, the right side of the skull being most developed.

6. The skull which I described from the notes of Mr. Layard and

the drawing of Mr. Trimen, under the name of Ziphius layardii (see

524 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CETACEA [June 27,

Proc. Zool. Suc. 1865, p. 358), proves on examination to be a very

distinct species of the genus, allied to Z. micropterus, as I decided

from the notes and drawing. The peculiar form of the teeth, which

are elongated and arched over the outer surface of the upper jaw, so

as to prevent the animal from opening its mouth beyond a very

limited extent, it has been suggested to me, may be only an indi-

vidual peculiarity or malformation. I scarcely think this is the case ;

but even if it should be, it will not in the least militate against the

distinctness of the species, as the proportion of the beak to the size

of the brain-case, and the form of the beak and position and form of

the teeth, with a small point near the tip, are sufficient to clearly

characterize the species.

The front edges of the lower teeth are absorbed or worn away by

the friction of the upper jaw against them, and the vomer forms a

large fusiform prominence on the upper surface of the base of the

beak, in front of the blowers, between the narrowed part of the

elongate, slender intermaxillaries, which are enlarged and thickened

behind, forming the outer sides of the blowers.

In this respect it agrees with the figure of the skull of Z. densi-

rostris from the Indian Seas, given by M. Gervais (Zool. et Paléont.

Frang. t. 40. f. 3-6) ; but the vomer is more prominent in the Cape

species. The Cape species has the slender, elongated, tapering lower

jaws, and a very much longer beak to the skull, like that of D. mi-

cropterus of Havre (Gervais, /. c. t. 49. f. 1).

7. The skull which, from the inspection of the drawing of Mr.

Trimen, I was inclined to regard as a new species of Hyperoodon,

forming a peculiar section of the genus, and which I had provisionally

named Hyperoodon capensis (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 359), proves

on examination to be an entirely new form, which appears to be inter-

mediate in structure and form between Hyperoodon and Catodon.

It agrees with Catodon and Kogia in having a large concavity on the

crown of the skull, to contain the spermaceti (or “ head-matter,”’ as

it is called by the whalers), over the blowers, and with Hyperoodon

in having an elongated beak, with thick prominent nasal bones over

the blowers, and in having none or only two or four deciduous teeth

in the front of the lower jaw.

What I believed, in the small drawing made by Mr. Trimen, were

the slightly developed lateral expansions of the maxillaries, which

are characteristic of the genus Hyperoodon, prove on examination of

the skull to have represented the much thickened intermaxillaries

and the very large callous prominent vomer which is between them

on the upper surface of the beak. The skull, as is generally the

case in the Cetacea, is considerably distorted, the left side being

much the smallest and least developed.

The genus may be thus defined :—

PrETRORHYNCHUS.

The skull beaked ; the brain-case hemispherical, margined behind

and on the sides by the prominent edges of the maxillz, occipital,

1865.] FROM THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 525

and other bones, with a large oblong concavity under the prominent

enlarged nasal bones in front of the deeply seated blowers; the

inner surface of the concavity lined on the side by the expanded

hinder end of the intermaxillaries, and edged on the sides by the

raised edges of these bones and the inner margins of the hinder parts

of the maxillee, the confines of the concavity being separated from

the side-margin of the brain-case by a deep impression. The beak

elongate, slender, compressed on the sides, fringed on the upper part

of the sides by the edges of the enlarged callous intermaxillaries,

which contain between them a much-enlarged callous vomer, which

tapers in front into the end of the beak, and is truncated behind,

filling up the narrowed fore part of the frontal concavity.

The upper jaw toothless. The lower jaw slender, produced in

front, toothless ; it may have had two teeth in front in the young

state, as there are obscure indications and two pits.

The skull is much more like the usual form of that of the Del-

phinoid Whales than that of Catodon or Kogia, and somewhat like

that of an Hyperoodon without the elevated ridges of the maxille on

the sides of the beak.

The peculiarity of the genus is the great development of the inter-

maxillaries and the large size and callous state of the upper surface

of the vomer.

The intermaxillary bones which fringe the upper part of the sides

of the beak are thick, hard, and shining, forming with the enlarged

vomer the upper part of the beak ; they are expanded behind so as

to form the large hemispherical cavity in the crown, with nostril and

blower at the base of its hinder part. This cavity is lined on the

inner side with the expansion of the intermaxillaries, which are

supported on each outer side by a wall formed by the elevation of

the inner edge of the hinder part of the maxilla. The wall of the

cavity is separated from the outer margin of the maxilla, which

forms the inner part of the outer edge of the brain-case, by a deep

concavity.

The upper part of the spermaceti-concavity is arched over by the

thickened prominent nasal bones, and by the dilatation of the thick

hinder edge of the walls.

In Catodon and the allied genus Kogia the spermaceti-cavity oc-

cupies the whole upper surface of the skull, and is surrounded by an

erect wall formed by the elevated hinder and lateral edges of the

maxillee. It is continued in front to the end of the broad expanded

beak of the skull. The blowers are in the base of the hinder part

of the concavity.

The intermaxillary bones are narrow, elongate, with the linear

vomer forming a sunken groove between them on the upper surface

of the beak. In Catodon the hinder part of the intermaxillary is

only slightly dilated, and forms but a small part of the base of the

crown concavity, as shown in Cuvier’s figure (Oss. Foss. v. t. 22.

f. 1-3); and from Mr. Macleay’s description they seem to form a

smaller part of the surface of the concavity in Kogia (see p. 39).

526 DR. J, E. GRAY ON CETACEA [June 27,

Skull of Petrorhynchus capensis.

(By a mistake of the artist, the sides of the skull in the figure are reversed.)

1865.] FROM THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 527

Skull of Petrorhynchus capensis (side view).

(By a mistake of the artist, the sides of the skull in the figure are reversed.)

528 DR. J. E. GRAY ON CETACEA [June 27,

PETRORHYNCHUS CAPENSIS.

Hyperoodon capensis, Gray, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 359.

Hab. Cape Seas.

The skull of this Whale resembles in several particulars the skull

of Ziphius cavirostris, figured by Gervais (Zool. et Paléont. Frang.

t. 39); but the cavity on the crown of that species is only slightly

developed, though it is apparently rather more developed in the other

specimens figured on the plate (t. 38. f. 1, 2) of that work ; and the

vomer is sunk in a groove as in the other Ziphioid genera, except in

the specimen figured at t. 38. f. 2, which has the most developed

frontal cavity, and in this there is an appearance as if the vomer was

larger.

Phe study of this skull and of the Ziphius described by M. Van

Beneden, received from the Cape, has induced me to reconsider the

arrangement of the genera of Ziphioid Whales, which I have formed

into a family, Ziphiide, which may be thus characterized :—

Head beaked ; blower linear, transverse, on the back of the head.

The upper jaw toothless, or with a few rudimentary teeth, which are

not or only rarely developed. Lower jaw with a few teeth on the

side or in front, which are sometimes early deciduous or not exposed.

Body elongate ; dorsal fin faleate ; pectoral fins small, low down, and

rather close together on the middle of the chest ; fingers five, of four

or five phalanges. Skull with an enlarged nasal over the blowers,

which are more or less sunken.

This family may be divided into three sections.

1. Hyperoopontina. Teeth in front of the lower jaw conical.

Beak with a high crest on each side, formed by the elevation of

the maxillary bones.

Hyrreroopon. Beak of skull straight ; crest of beak short, edged,

only as high as occiput. H. butzkop/f.

Lacenocetus. Beak of skull ascending; crest of beak flat,

tipped, higher than the occiput. L. latifrons.

2. Erropontina. Teeth in front of lower jaw cylindrical or conical.

Beak conical ; the intermazillary enlarged behind, forming a

more or less large cavity round the blowers.

ALiAMA. Vomer simple; intermaxillary only slightly elevated

on the sides of the blower. Teeth large. A. indica=Ziphius in-

dicus, Van Beneden. Cape of Good Hope.

Erropon. Vomer forming a sunken groove ; intermaxillary form-

ing a moderately high basin round the blower. H. desmarestu=

Ziphius cavirostris, Cuvier. Mediterranean.

Perroruyncuus. Vomer swollen, forming a large elongated

tubercle between the callous intermaxillary ; intermaxillary form-

ing a high basin round the blower. P. capensis. Cape of Good

Hope.

1865.] FROM THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 529

3. Zipuiina. Teeth in the side of the lower jaw compressed.

Beak subcylindrical, simple; intermaxillary linear, slender,

rather swollen on sides of blower.

Berarpivs. Teeth in the front of the side of the lower jaw

conical. B. arnouzii.

Zipuius. Teeth in the middle of the sides of the lower jaw of

the male large, compressed ; of the female small, cylindrical, rudi-

mentary. Lower jaw slender, tapering. Z. micropterus; Z. capensis.

Diortopon. Teeth in the middle of the lower jaw conical, com-

pressed. Lower jaw broad behind, suddenly narrowing in front.

D. sechellensis.

On reconsidering the account of the Short-nosed Physeter of the

Cape, I have been induced to believe that the Physeters should be

separated from the Catodons into a separate family called Physete-

ride, characterized by the oblong rounded form of the head with

the blowers on the hinder part of the crown, with a small narrow

inferior mouth, and by having an elevated compressed dorsal fin and

an ovate pectoral one. The skulls of the species known confirm this

idea, as they have the concavity on the crown divided by a more or

less central bony ridge into two cells or cavities, instead of being

simple like that of the Catodons.

M. de Blainville has figured and shortly described a skull that

is in the Paris Museum, received from the Cape of Good Hope, under

the name of Physeter brevirostris. On this skull I established the

genus Kogia.

Mr. William 8. Macleay, in his account of the skeleton of.the Au-

stralian Sperm Whale, described and figured the skeleton of a Phy-

seter thrown ashore on the coast of Australia, which is in the Au-

stralian Museum at Sydney, under the name of Euphysetes grayit.

It has been thought that these two genera are synonymous; but

from the study of the figures and of the photograph of the bones of

the Australian species, which have been kindly sent to me by Mr.

Krefft, I am induced to believe that the genera are distinct, and that

both ought to be adopted. They may be characterized thus—

1. Koc1a. The septum that divides the cavity on the crown of

the skull very sinuous, folded so as to form a central funnel-shaped

concavity. Beak as long as broad at the base.

Kogia brevirostris (= Physeter brevirostris, Blainv. Annals d’ Anat.

et de Phys. ii. t. 10, 1835). Cape of Good Hope. Skull Mus.

Paris.

2. Evpuyseres. The septum that divides the cavity on the

crown of the skull simple, longitudinal, only slightly curved. Beak

shorter than broad.

Euphysetes grayii, Macleay, on a New Sperm Whale, 1851, t. 2.

Australia. Skeleton, Australian Museum, Sydney.

530 MR. H. B. TRISTRAM ON THE TERRESTRIAL [June 27,

7. ReEPorT ON THE TERRESTRIAL AND FLUuvIATILE MOLLUSsCA

OF Patestine. By H. B. Tristram, Corr. Mems.

The character of the Molluscan fauna of Palestine partakes, as

might have been expected, of the same variety which marks the other

branches of its fauna and flora. There are, however, fewer exceptions

to its general character as a part of the Mediterranean basin, and

fewer traces of the admixture of African and Indian forms. Northern

types, especially of the genus Clausilia, are frequent in the Lebanon

and on its southern spurs in Galilee. The Molluscan fauna of the

maritime plains and the coast posesses no features distinct from those

of Lower Egypt and Asia Minor The shells of the central region

are scarce and not generally interesting ; while on the borders of the

Jordan valley and in the southern wilderness we meet with very di-

stinct groups of Helix and of Bulimus, chiefly of species peculiar, or

common in some few cases to the Arabian desert.

The fluviatile Mollusca are of a type very much more tropical in

its character than that of the terrestrial shells. There are here but

few species similar to those of the east of Europe. Most of the spe-

cies are identical with, or similar to, those of the Nile and of the

Euphrates ; and some ‘of the genus Melanopsis are peculiar to the

Jordan or its feeders. It seems probable that the inhabitants of the

waters were better able to sustain the cold of the glacial epoch than

the mollusks of the land; and from the post-tertiary remains found

by the Dead Sea we may infer that the species now existing have

been transmitted from a period antecedent to the glacial ; while the

more boreal forms introduced at that epoch have maintained their

existence in the colder districts of Northern Palestine to the exclu-

sion of the southern species, which have not succeeded in re-esta-

blishing themselves. The beautiful group Achatina, requiring a de-

gree of moisture not generally found in Palestine, is only represented

by a few insignificant and almost microscopic species.

The Molluscan fauna of this country has been less neglected that

other branches of its natural history. Olivier first published a few

species through Férussac in 1821. Ehrenberg added many more,

of which eighteen were described as new. Boissier published his

list in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir Malakologie’ in 1847. Bourguinat pub-

lished and figured in 1853 the collection made by M. de Sauley; and

Dr. Roth, in his ‘ Molluscorum Species,’ in his ‘ Spicilegium Mol-

luscorum,’ 1855, and ‘ Coquilles Terrestres et Fluviatiles,’ edited by

A. Mousson, 1861, has supplied us with a catalogue far more com-

plete and exhaustive than any of his predecessors.

It will be seen that while we have not, as the result of our

expedition last year, to report many entirely new species, we suc-

ceeded in obtaining very many which had not occurred to Dr.

Roth, and several which had escaped the observation of all our

predecessors.

As it seems probable that several species have been redescribed by

authors who were not acquainted with the works of previous writers,

I have thought it advisable to confine my report to the Zoological

1865. ] AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA OF PALESTINE. 531

Society to such species as were collected by ourselves, simply append-

ing a list of reputed species not found by us.

1. Limax pHenicracus, Bourg.

Very common in the maritime plains from Beyrout to Jaffa, and

in the valleys which abut on them. Not observed in the interior.

Easily distinguished from L. agrestis by its larger size and its crowded

black spots. It is very slightly wrinkled, and reaches a length of

upwards of 2 inches.

2. Limax BERYTENSIS, Bourg.

In the same localities as the preceding, but by no means so plen-

tiful. It is of much smaller dimensions, and may be at once distin-

guished by its deep black colour, and its mantle placed not in front,

but almost on the centre of its back.

3. Limax TENELLUS, Mill.

I found several specimens of a slug in moist valleys south of the

Lebanon, which I can in no way distinguish from the European

species.

4, TESTACELLA sauccyl, Bourg.

I dug up four fine specimens of this interesting species-in the Wady

Kurn, near the plain of Acre.

5. SucCINEA PFEIFFERI, Rossm.

Among reeds near Beyrout.

6. SuccINEA GLOBOSA, nN. sp.

T. ovato-globosa, fragilis, tenuis, nitida, delicatissime striata,

aurantiaco-rubra ; spira acuta, vix elongata ; anfrac. 34, con-

vexi, ultimus subito accrescens, inflatus, basi expansa; aper-

tura rotundo-ovalis, superne rotundata; peristoma simplez,

margine columellari superne reflexiusculo.

Long. 14, diam. 10, alt. 83 mill.

This beautiful and most peculiar species was obtained by me on

papyrus-stems in the marshes of Huleh (waters of Merom), in the

Upper Jordan. In the rotundity of its form and the diaphanous

redness of its coloration it is widely removed from any other of the

group which I have seen. The animal is very large for the shell.

- 7. Hexrx sancta, Bourg.

Near Jerusalem. Mousson considers this only a giant variety

of H. cellaria. The differences, however, appear constant, both in

colour and convexity.

8. Heirx nivELLINA, Bourg.

Searee throughout the country.

532 MR. H. B. TRISTRAM ON THE TERRESTRIAL [June 27,

9. Henix ceiiaria, Mill.

In the north only.

10. Hexix sesusitica, Roth. :

Near Jerusalem, Sarepta, and Nazareth. Easily distinguishable

from H. sancta by its less regular and less delicate striation, and by

its much larger umbilicus—and from the following species by its

rounded umbilicus and the less rapid increase of its whorls.

11. Hevrx #aquata, Mouss.

Only in the north, near the coast.

12. Hexiix cAMELINA, Bourg.

Near Nazareth, Jericho, and Jerusalem.

13. HeLrx HIEROSOLYMITANA, Bourg.

Not uncommon close to Jerusalem; not met with elsewhere.

14. Hexrx putcueuia, Mill.

We found a single specimen of this worldwide species under a

stone in the plain of Acre.

15. Hexrx conspurcata, Drap.

On the coast near Sidon.

16. Hexrx ERDELI, Roth. (=H. flavida, Rossm. ’)

Near Jerusalem.

17. Hewix syriaca, Ehrenb.

One of the most abundant shells in every part of the country.

18. Hexrx oLiviert, Fér.

Very common everywhere.

19. HEeLIx CARMELITA, Nn. sp.

T. imperforata, depressa, flavida, vix pellucida, nitida, regula-

riter et pulcherrime striata; anfract. 6, convexi, lente accres-

centes, sutura profunda, ultimus ad aperturam deflecus ; aper-

tura compressa, obliqua, lunaris ; perist. reflexo, flavido, intus

albescente, densato ; basi rotundata.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 7, alt. 4 mill.

Two adult and several young specimens of this very distinct and

pretty little shell were collected by us on Mount Carmel. It seems

to bear no affinity to any other species in the country ; but is some-

what like H. partita, Pfr., from Ceylon, which, however, is umbi-

licated.

20. HELiIx BERYTENSIS, Fér.

Generally distributed in small numbers through the country.

1865. ] AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA OF PALESTINE. 533

21. Heuix Lenticuta, Fér.

Near the coast.

22. Henix nummus, Ehrenb. (=H. hedenborgi, Pfr.)

Very abundant in the Nahr el Kelb, near Beyrout.

23. Hexix sotirupinis, Bourg.

Ceele Syria.

24, Hexix prsana, Mill.

Plentiful along the coast, to which it is strictly confined. Speci-

mens from the north are very richly coloured, while from the di-

strict near Gaza they are blanched and colourless in life.

25. Hexiix caspitum, Drap.

On the coast and the hills near it, in the north of Palestine.

26. Hexix vARIABILIS, Drap.

Very common on Mount Carmel, and with many variations of

colours and size. The eastern specimens seem generally to be smaller

than those of Europe. Probably several of the species not recog-

nized by us may be referred to varieties of this widely spread and

most variable shell. M.de Saulcy does not appear to have met

with it, but perhaps distinguished it under some other name.

27. Hexrx maritima, Drap.

Found on the hills along the coast. From the study of a long

series of intermediate varieties, I should feel disposed to diminish very

greatly the number of described species of this variable group,

28. Hexrx caperata, Mont. (= H. langloisiana, Bourg. ?)

Common near Jerusalem.

29. HELIx HIEROCHUNTINA, Roth.

Takes the place of the preceding species in the Jordan valley. It

may be at once distinguished by its red peristome and flattened spire.

30. Hexiix TURBINATA, Jan.

Scarce on the coast.

31. Hewix apicina, Lam.

In the north, on the dry rocks near the coast.

32. HELIx CAMPESTRIS, Ziegl.

Found on the high plateau of Moab and Eastern Gilead.

33. HeLrx Protea, Ziegl.

Common and variable from the coast to the southern deserts. I

have many specimens corresponding to H. langloisiana of Bour-

guinat, which appears to be only a strongly marked desert and

blanched variety of the present species.

534 MR. H. B. TRISTRAM ON THE TERRESTRIAL [June 27,

34, Hextrx vEsSTrAtis, Parr.

Abundant in a few localities.

35. Hexrx TUBERCULOSA, Conrad.

Erroneously identified by Bourguinat with H. despreauxii from

the Canaries. This is the most peculiar and interesting Helix in

Palestine, and is found only sparingly in very restricted localities in

the highlands west and south-west of the Dead Sea.

36. HEeLix LEDERER], Pfr.

In a few places on the coast, on sand-banks.

37. Hewix seETZzENI, Koch.

In immense numbers over the southern deserts, where it is the

food of Sea-Gulls.

38. Hextx arasica, Roth.

Very scarce, and only south of the Dead Sea, taking the place of

the preceding species.

39. Hexrx canprpissimA, Drap.

Very common.

Var. hierochuntina, Boiss., granulated at the apex.

Var. 3, extremely glossy, and less than one-third the size of African

specimens.

40. Hewix rimspriata, Bourg.

Found in a few restricted localities north and west of the Dead

Sea.

41. Hexrx propHetTarvM, Bourg.

Scattered in several localities west and south of the Dead Sea, near

Sebbeh and Jebel Usdum.

42. Heuix sorsstert, Charp.

This fine example of a desert species, with its thick cretaceous

shell, its solid contracted mouth and black interior, is widely dispersed

in different localities over the Judeean desert, but not so generally

as H. seetzent.

43. Hexrx ritia, Mouss.

This beautiful desert species has strong affinities both with H.

prophetarum and H. boissieri. It is extremely scarce, and is found

only in a few localities near the Dead Sea.

44. Hexrx cariosa, Oliv.

Extremely abundant in the mountain districts of Western Pales-

tine ; not observed in the east. The three varieties, (1) amphicyrta,

(2) nazarensis, (3) crassocarina, are easily recognizable. The third

1865. ] AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA OF PALESTINE, 535

is the prevailing type in the north, distinguished by its depressed

spire and broad flattened keel. About Nazareth it gives way to

the second variety, rounder, with the keel more compressed, but

still the spire depressed. Specimens about Jerusalem and Carmel

partake of the character of the first variety, with elevated spire ;

while at Hebron, the southern limit we observed for this shell, the

northern form crassocarina reappears unchanged in the slightest

particulars.

45. HEeLix CHSAREANA, Parr.

Abundant in the plain of Sharon and about the Sea of Galilee.

The specimens from Gennesaret are much larger and more richly

marked than those from Judea.

46. HELrx sprripLana, Oliv. (H. guttata, Bourg.)

Generally distributed, but not numerous—in the higher grounds

of Southern Palestine, and not found in the same localities as the

preceding.

47. HELIX MASAD&, N. sp.

T. umbilicata, depressa, solida, albida, transversim regulariter et

profunde striata, et superne et infra; zonis evanescentibus

Juscis albo interruptis aliquando ornata ; anfract. 5 superiores

carinati, plani, sutura protracta, ultimus antice valde deflexus ;

apertura obliqua, rotundata ; perist. reflexo, expanso, sepe um-

bilicum celante.

Diam. maj. 30, min. 25, alt. 14 mill.

Apert. diam. maj. 13, min. 11 mill.

Hab. Sebbeh (ant. Masada), and the most barren and sterile moun-

tains from there to Jebel Usdum, the salt-mountain. The deep

and regular striation of this shell distinguishes it at once from H. spz-

riplana, for a small variety of which (such as that which Conrad has

described under the name H. lithophaga) it might otherwise be mis-

taken.

48. Hewix aspersa, Mill.

Very common in the gardens of Tyre, Sidon, Beyrout, Jaffa, and

all places on the coast. We did not meet with it inland. It reaches

a very large size—quite equal to the specimens from Algeria, and far

surpassing those of the Greek islands. This as well as all the follow-.

ing species and H. cesareana are collected and sold in the markets

for food.

49. Hewix cavata, Mouss.

Common in the interior; not plentiful near the coast.

50. Hexix pRAsInATA, Roth.

We did not find this species ourselves ; but I possess three speci-

mens given me at Jerusalem by my lamented friend, its discoverer,

Dr. Roth. ;

536 MR. H. B, TRISTRAM ON THE TERRESTRIAL [June 27,

51. Hexurx wtieata, Mill.

In the Lebanon.

52. Hewix soxipa, Ziegl.

Between Nablous and the Jordan.

53. Hexrx pacuya, Bourg.

Near the Lake of Gennesaret, and north of Beyrout.

54, Hetix ENGADDENSIS, Bourg.

In the wilderness of Judzea.

These six species appear to me to be very closely allied, the most

important differences being in the aperture, which is almost circular

in H. cavata (a species closely allied to H. figulina), and is oval and

elongated in H. prasinata and H. engaddensis. The differences in

size and colour are certainly very great; yet I am inclined to believe

that they are attributable rather to climate and locality, and that

further research will embrace all in two or at most three species.

In the immense series we collected, it is difficult anywhere to draw

a satisfactory line.

55. Hewix verRmMicutaTA, Mill.

A dwarf form of this widely spread and variable shell occurs be-

tween Beyrout and Tripoli. In Northern Syria it is as large as in

North Africa.

56. Butimus acutvs, Drap.

Common on the sandy banks near the shore between Beyrout and

Sidon; scarcer to the southward.

57. BuLimus DECOLLATUS, Brug.

Found by us sparingly in the plain of Sharon. This is, so far as

I am aware, the most eastern locality hitherto noticed for this shell.

I cannot altogether agree with the remark of Bourguinat, that B.

decollatus does not vary in the east and west, excepting in size, those

from the east being considerably larger than from the west. I pos-

sess an extensive series collected by myself in every country border-

ing on the Mediterranean, from Spain and Morocco to Asia Minor,

Cyprus, and Syria. The specimens from Algeria and Tunis are very

much larger than any on the northern side, reaching the length of

2} inches without the rejected portion of the apex. The Spanish

specimens are much more obtuse, and with fewer whorls, than those

from countries further east; and the further we proceed eastward,

the longer and the more attenuated do we find the shell, till in Cy-

prus and Palestine it reaches its extreme attenuation, though not

approaching African specimens in size. It does not appear to occur

in Egypt.

58. BuLimus FAscio.atvs, Oliv. (var. eburnea).

Scarce, in the neighbourhood of the Wady Kelt, near Jericho.

1865. ] AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA OF PALESTINE. 537

59. Buxtimus LABRosus, Oliv.

The finest and most characteristic shell of Palestine. It is found,

generally concealed in small fissures of the limestone rocks, some-

times under stones, throughout the whole of Western Palestine, as

far as the edge of the Ghor or Jordan valley, but not beyond.

It is most abundant near the coast, where it attains its greatest size.

A very small variety is found in the southern wilderness.

60. Butimus cARNEUs, Pfr.

This beautiful shell takes the place of the preceding species in the

basin of the Dead Sea towards the south; but we never found it

north of Engedi, nor on the east side. It is most plentiful about

the famed rock of Masada, the modern Sebbeh. We brought a con-

siderable number home alive, which are now depositing their eggs,

and feeding on succulent plants. It is impossible, after observing a

large series, to have any hesitation in separating B. carneus specifi-

cally from B. labrosus. The elongated form, the mouth proportion-

ally less than half the size of the other species, and circular instead

of being extended towards the right, the solidity of the peristome, and

the callosity largely extended over the last whorl at once distinguish

every specimen; nor have I ever detected any intermediate forms.

The typical B. carneus of Dr. Pfeiffer is from Lycia. I have not

been able to compare my specimens with the type, though they ap-

pear to coincide exactly with the diagnosis and the figure. It is

possible that our Dead Sea species may be distinct.

61. BuLimus HALEPENSIS, Pfr.

Generally diffused, but scarce in number of individuals. Collected

near Jerusalem and by the Dead Sea.

62. Butimus syriacus, Pfr.

Extremely abundant in certain localities of the Lebanon.

63. Buitimus s1pontiEnsis, Charp.

In the plain of Pheenicia and the neighbouring hills.

64. BuLimus ATrENvATUS, Mouss.

Erroneously identified by Bourguinat with B. obesatus, Webb and

Berthelot, from the Canaries. Frequent throughout the wooded

hills and under brushwood in Western Palestine. The rich olive-

green epidermis of the living shell seems to have escaped the notice

of its describers.

65. BULIMUS URIA, Nn. sp.

T. cylindracea, ventricosa, oblique arguteque striolata, nitidius-

eula, corneo-olivacea vel cornea; anfract. 7, plano-convecis,

ultimo anfractu dimidium longitudinis vix aquante; apertura

obliqua, rotundata, contracta ; peristomate albo, intus labiato,

reflexo ; margine columellari vix dilatato.

Long. tota 15, lat. 7; apert. long. 53, lat. 43 mill.

Hab. The Wady of Amman (Rabbath Ammon).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1865, No. XXXV.

538 MR. H. B. TRISTRAM ON THE TERRESTRIAL [June 27,

This Bulimus, the Transjordanic representative of B. attenuatus,

is intermediate in character between it and B. pupa of Greece and

Algeria. From the latter it may be distinguished at once by its

olive-green colour and by its suddenly expanding fifth whorl, which

gives it a peculiar obese appearance. From the former it is distin-

guished by the sixth and seventh whorls increasing instead of con-

tracting.

66. Butimus (Cuonprvs) Tricuspis, Pfr.

Not uncommon near Beyrout.

67. Butimus (CHONDRUS) SEPTEMDENTATUS, Roth.

Common throughout the whole country, and subject to great varia-

tions in size. The mouth is frequently six-toothed, and sometimes

only five-toothed.

68. Butimus (CHONDRUS) OvULARIS, Oliv.

Common. For the distinctions between this and the last species,

see Mousson, Coq. p. 46.

69. Butimus (CHonpRvs) sAautcyl!, Bourg.

About the plain of Gennesaret and the Dead Sea. Confined, ap-

parently, to the Jordan valley. Like B. ovularis, but invariably

sinistral, and found in distinct localities.

70. Butimus (CHoNDRUS) NUCIFRAGUS, Parr.

Scarce ; found at Jaffa and near Jerusalem.

71. Pura DELESSERTI, Bourg.

Scarce, in the Anti- Lebanon.

72. Pura sauucyt, Bourg.

Two specimens found near Tyre, in the hills.

73. Pupa ruonpia, Roth.

Scarce near Jerusalem. Very abundant on a rock near the Lake

of Gennesaret, but extremely local. ?

74. Pura Granum, Drap.

Near Sidon, in the plain of Pheenicia.

75. Pupa scypuus, Friv. (?).

A single dead specimen in the Lebanon.

76. Pupa LIBANOTICA, n. sp.

T. cylindrico-oblonga, cornea vel albidula, sub lente irregulariter

striata, apice obtusissimo ; anfract. 10, convexiusculi, sutura

impressa, anfractus quinque primi obtusissimi, et rapide cre-

scentes, anfractus sextus septimum subequans, ultimus et pe-

nultimus valde coarctati, ultimus basi carinatus, et prope aper-

—

1865.] AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA OF PALESTINE. 539

turam coarctatus ; apertura semiovali unidentata, dente in callo

sito; peristomate albido, reflexo, in callum continuo.

Long. tota 11, lat. 44 mill.

Found at Ainat, in the Lebanon.

77. Pura micuonut, Bourg.

One dead specimen found near Nazareth.

78. PupA HEBRAICA, N. sp.

1’. minutissima, oblonga, regulariter et pulcherrime sulcis striata,

apice abbreviato et obtusissimo, nitida, cornea, pellucida ; an-

Jract. 6, tertio ultimum in turgiditate superante, sutura pro-

Sunda, ultimo ad aperturam forte coarctato ; apertura pene

rotunda, sed infra contracta, peristomate continuo, supra callo

simplict via reflewo, tridentata, uno in callo, duobus ad mar-

ginem sinistrum sitis.

Long. 24, lat. 13 mill.

Found in a tomb near Jericho. The beautiful and regular trans-

verse ridges on the whorls, as seen through a magnifying-glass, at

once distinguish this from every other species of Pupa.

79. CLausiLia Masta, Fér.

Near Jaffa, near Beyrout, and occasionally in the hills behind the

plain of Pheenicia.

80. CLAUSILIA STRANGULATA, Fér.

Plentiful in the ravine of the Nahr-el-Kelb, Lebanon.

81. Ciaustira sauLcyi, Bourg.

Only found by us at the Ladder of Tyre. Collected by M. de

Saulcy near Jerusalem.

82. CLAUSILIA DELESSERTI, Bourg.

In the Nahr-el-Kelb, in damp caves; scarce.

83. CLAUSILIA ALBERSI, Bourg.

In the valley of the Kadisha, Lebanon.

84, CLausILia BorssiERI, Charp.

Excessively abundant near the Nahr-el-Kelb and on the rocks near

Beyrout. Found abundantly on rocks, a few yards from the spray

of the sea. It reaches a larger size here, and the peristome is more

expanded, than in specimens from Crete and other parts of Greece.

85. CLAUSILIA GENEZERETHANA, 0. sp.

T. rimata, fusiformis, elongata, gracillima, confertim et acute la-

mellata, fuscescenti-albida ; spira regulariter attenuata, apice

cornea, acutiuscula ; sutura profunda, lamellis prominentibus ;

anfractibus 15, minime convexis, ultimo infra suturam com-

presso, antice rugoso-costulato, breviter vix obsolete bicristato;

340

MR. H. B. TRISTRAM ON THE TERRESTRIAL [June 27,

crista rimali obsoleta; apertura parva, pyriformi; lamellis

exiguis approximatis ; lamella inconspicua ; plica palatali 1,

subcolumellari, emersa ; peristomate continuo, tenui, soluto, vix

expanso.

Long. 203, diam. 3 mill.

Found only on rocks near the plain of Gennesaret.

86. CLAUSILIA MEDLYCOTTI, 0. sp.

T. rimata, fusiformis, elongata, gracilis, acute et fortissime nec

semper regulariter lamellata, fuscescenti-albida ; spira regula-

riter attenuata ; apice corneo, acutissimo ; sutura profunda,

lamellis interdum alternatis; anfract. 13-14, vix convexiusculis,

ultimo latere impresso, basi bicristato ; crista rimali, profunda,

antice rugoso-costulata; upertura contracta, pyriformi ; la-

mella inconspicua; plica palatali 1, subcolumellari, inconspicua ;

peristomate continuo, expanso, soluto.

Long. mill. 19, diam. 33 ; apert. long. 3, lat. 23 mill.

This most beautiful Clausilia, which I have great pleasure in de-

dicating to my friend and fellow-traveller Mr. W. C. P. Medlycott,

was found by us only in one place, but in considerable plenty, in the

hills behind Surafend (Sarepta). It may at once be distinguished

from all others by the boldness of its sculpture, and by its very deep

and distinct, though sometimes irregular, ridges.

87. ToRNATELLINA (Beck) HIEROSOLYMARUM, Roth.

Scarce, in tombs in various parts of the country.

88. GLANDINA (C&HCILIANELLA) TUMULORUM, var. judaica,

Bourg.

In tombs at Jerusalem.

89. PLANORBIS HEBRAICUS, Bourg.

Ain Mellaheh, near Lake Huleh.

90. PLANORBIS PISCINARUM, Bourg.

Near Zebdany, in Ceele Syria.

91. LimnzuUs TENER, Parr.

Near the Lake Huleh.

92. Limna&us syr1acus?, Mouss.

Near Baalbec.

93. CyCLOSTOMA OLIVIERI, Pfr.

Very common in the neighbourhood of the plains of Pheenicia and

Acre, but not met with further south or east.

94. BITHINIA HEBRZORUM, Bourg.

Ain Fijeh, and other fountains in the Bukdéa; very common.

1865.] AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA OF PALESTINE. 541

95. Brrninta (PaLupINA) PHIALENSIS, Conrad.

Birket-er-Ram (Lake Phiala).

96. Brrainia RUBENS, Menke.

Lake Huleh.

There are several other species of minute Paludinide, which | have

not been able to determine.

97. MELANIA TUBERCULATA, Mill.

Occurs living in various streams, and semifossil in great numbers

on the marl-deposits by the Dead Sea. By the shores of the Lake

of Galilee dead and bleached specimens are very common.

98. MELANIA ROTHIANA, Mouss.

We obtained several dead specimens of this shell by the Sea of

Galilee ; but Iam more than doubtful of its specific value, believing

it to be merely an elongated form of M. tuberculata.

99. MreLaAnia pyrAMIs, Bursch.

In the Nahr-el-Kelb. Always a deep brown-black, and differing

from M. tuberculata in the absence of the longitudinal ridges and

tubercles on the spire.

100. MELANIA RUBRO-PUNCTATA, 0. sp.

T. elongata, fusiformis, tenuis, pellucidior, corneo-albida, punc-

turis rubris in lineis longitudinalibus dispositis ornata, costulis

numerosis spiralibus exarata; anfract. 12, sed apice sepe

eroso; anfract. convexiusculis, summis solis costulis longitudi-

nalibus (sicut in M. tuberculata) sculptis ; apertura subellip-

tica, coarctata, effusa ; columella alba.

Long. 21, diam. 5 mill.; altera 17 long., 33 diam.

Hab. Buried in the sand, in fountains near the Dead Sea.

Had I not consulted more experienced naturalists than myself, I

should have felt disposed to have included this as a delicate and very

beautiful variety of the variable M. tuberculata.. The distinctive

characters are the extreme smallness of the aperture and the sudden

termination of the longitudinal sculpture, which does not extend to

the lower whorls.

101. Metanopsis pr#RoSA (L.).

Very abundant in almost all the streams of Palestine, and found

subfossil in the old marl-deposits by the shores of the Dead Sea.

There is a distinct variety peculiar to almost every district.

Var. A, from the Nahr-el-Kelb, near Beyrout, is horn-colour, with

three dark brown bands.

Var. B, from streams near Engedi and other streams flowing into

the Dead Sea, is much larger than any other specimens I have seen,

and may be at once recognized by a compression on the right side

of the peristome, near the columella. It is rarely black, but of a rich

542 MR. H. B. TRISTRAM ON THE TERRESTRIAL [June 27,

brown colour, and the inside of the mouth a pale purple. It may

be hereafter separated as a distinct species.

Var. C, from the waters of Merom and the Lake of Galilee, is

very large, almost approaching the specimens of Engedi in size, but

black, more inflated and obtuse, and with a rich deep purple colour

inside the mouth. Those from the Kishon are similar, but smaller.

102. MELANOPSIS AMMONIS, 0. Sp.

T. oblonga, nitida, nigrescens vel fusco-cornea, apice acuto, raro

eroso ; anfract. 7-9, planis, regulariter crescentibus, non gra-

datis, levibus ; costis vel striis indistinctis et interdum obso-

letis sculpta; apertura ovali ; perist. simplici, acuto; callo

albo, effuso ; columella albida et inflexa.

Long. 25, diam. 10; apert. long. 7, larg. 5 mill.

I was at first inclined to place this shell as a variety of M. pre-

rosa; but its more elegant and elongated shape, the smallness of its

mouth, and the traces of longitudinal ridges appear to me sufficient

to justify its separation. Found only in streams at Heshbon and

Ammon, east of Jordan, where the other species does not occur.

103. Me.anopsis sautcyi, Bourg.

In a few restricted localities; chiefly at Ain Sultan, Jericho.

104. MreLanopsis CoOsTELLATA, Fer.

In the Kishon. The differences between this and the preceding

are clearly pointed out by Bourguinat. This species is less fusiform,

more inflated, does not increase regularly, and its last whorl is three

times the size of the others united ; while that of M. saulcyi is not

more than once and a half as large.

105. Mrxanopsis costaTA, Oliv.

Very abundant in the Huleh (waters of Merom), the Lake of Ga-

lilee, and the Upper Jordan. In immense quantities in a subfossil

state round the Dead Sea.

106. Mrexanopsis soRDANICA, Roth.

Peculiar, so far as we could ascertain, to the Lake of Galilee and

the Jordan below it.

Rossmissler, as well as Roth at an earlier period, considered

this to be a variety of the preceding species. ‘There is, however, a

striking difference, not only in the shape and coloration, but in the

habit of the living animal. M. costata is always found adhering to

the stems and the under surface of the leaves of aquatic plants ; while

the obtuse and striped form, M. jordanica, adheres only to rocks and

stones. M. costata we never met with south of the entrance to the

Lake of Galilee in a living state, nor M. jordanica to the north of it.

107. MELANOPSIS EREMITA, 0. sp.

T. fusiformis, semipellucida, elongato-pyramidalis, nitida, resplen-

dens, vitreo-cornea, longitudinaliter trregulariter sed delica-

1865.] AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA OF PALESTINE. 543

tissime striolata; apice acuto, nunquam eroso; anfractibus

6-8, planis, regulariter crescentibus; sutura parum impressa ;

apertura ovalis ; peristomate, simplici, acuto ; callo albescente ;

columella albida et inflexa.

Long. 16, diam. 6} mill. ; apert. long. 5, lat. 33 mill.

Collected only in the little stream of the Wady Um Bagkek, be-

tween Sebbeh and Jebel Usdum, at the south-west corner of the

Dead Sea, where it was very abundant.

This beautiful and very small species of Melanopsis may be at once

recognized by its peculiarly brilliant gloss. It may be remarked,

that in the same region which supplies the smallest of its group, the

common Melanopsis prerosa attains its greatest magnitude.

108. NeriTIna sorDANT, Buttler.

Found only in the Jordan and its two lakes, Huleh and Galilee;

but chiefly under the leaves of water-lilies in the Huleh. We never

discovered it living in the lower course of the Jordan.

109. NeriTina micuoni, Bourg.

Abundant in almost every stream and spring throughout the whole

of Palestine, east and west, except in the Jordan and its lakes. It

attains its greatest size in the thermal springs of the Ghor.

110. Neririna BELLARDI, Mouss.

Ihave not had the opportunity of examining a type specimen ;

but, from the diagnosis, I believe this species to be that which is

found in the Jabbok and its affluents. It is certainly different from

N. michonii, as may be at once recognized by an examination of its

operculum.

111. Cyrena cor, Lam.

Abundant in the Jordan and the Lakes of Huleh and Tiberias.

In the latter it attains a very large size.

112. Cyrena FLUviATILis, Mill.

This species, if it be really distinct, is not uncommon in the J ordan.

What is the Cyrena crassula of Mousson, found near Jaffa?

113. Unto TERMINALIS, Bourg.

This is the common Unio of the Lake of Galilee, and I found it

also in the Litany (Leontes) River. The Unio jordanicus, Bourg.,

seems to be only a thinner and shorter variety of U. terminalis.

I have obtained so many intermediate specimens that it appears to

me impossible to separate the two. U. terminalis also seems to be

identical with the U. dignatus, Lea, from the Tigris, as I find on

comparison of type specimens in Mr. Cuming’s collection.

114. Unto DELESSERTI, Bourg.

In the Zerka or Crocodile River, in the plain of Sheron. Found

by M. de Saulcy near Jaffa, in the same plain.

544 MR. TRISTRAM ON THE MOLLUSCA OF PALESTINE. [June 27,

115. Unto micnonti, Bourg.

In the Zerka or Crocodile River. Figured by Bourguinat from

the neighbouring streams of Jaffa. Appears to be but a variety of

the U. marginalis, Lamarck, a variable species found in India, Mau-

ritius, and China.

116. Unto sauucyt, Bourg.

From the Kishon. Found by M. de Saulcy in the streams near

Jaffa. This species is very like U. mosalensis, Lea, from the Tigris,

if indeed it be not the same species.

117. Unto stmonis, n. sp.

T. ovato-rotundata, supra arcuata, infra subrecte arcuata, antice

posticeque rotundata, ventricosa, crassissima, concentrice

striata, epidermide nigra vel nigrescente, vel in juvenibus fusco-

virescente ; umbonibus valde prominentibus, recurvis, extremi-

tate anteriore approximatis, striis undulantibus sculptis ; dente

cardinali crasso, altissimo, denticulato, sulcis rigidis impresso ;

dente laterali crasso, producto; sinu pallial profunde impresso ;

t. infra nacreo-roseo pulcherrime resplendente.

Long. 66, lat. 44, diam. 32 mill.

This shell is found in the Jordan, the Sea of Galilee (where it

reaches its greatest dimensions), the Orontes, and the Leontes (Lita-

ny). Its rotundity, thickness, solidity, and the brilliant rosy tint

of its nacreous interior distinguish it at once from every other spe-

cies. The massive solidity of the young shells is very remarkable.

The rosy tint is equally brilliant in all the specimens I have seen.

118. UNio EPISCOPALIS, 0. sp.

T. elongato-ovalis, valde inequilateralis, subcomplanata, crassa,

supra recta, infra compressa, postice rotundata, antice elon-

gata, concentrice striata; epidermide nigerrima ; umbonibus

prominulis ; dente cardinali alto, crasso, subacuto, fortissimo,

laterali forti, elongato, nacreo, purpureo-episcopali pulcher-

rimo; sinu palliali profundissime impresso.

Long. 98, lat. 56, diam. 35 mill.

This, the prince of Oriental Unionidae, is not uncommon in the

Orontes. I found a dead valve by the Leontes, but did not meet

with it in the Lake of Galilee. From its brilliant purple hue, which

is preserved in the most worn valves, from its size, its jet-black epi-

dermis, and the peculiar compression, it is a remarkable and isolated

species. I can find no Unio in the collection of Mr. Cuming which

at all resembles it.

119. Unio rripouiranus, Bourg.

Near Tripoli.

The following is a list of species mentioned by previous writers,

but not found or identified by us; many of them are doubtful :—

1865.] | ON THE AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 545

Limaz variegatus, Ehrenb.

Daudebardia syriaca, Roth.

Helix pratensis, Fér.

obstructa, Fér.

—— arenosa, Ziegl.

— simulata, Fé.

— genezerethana, Mouss.

improbata, Mouss.

crispulata, Mouss.

joppensis, Roth.

neglecta, Drap.

Bulimus benjamiticus, Benson.

(Chondrus) lamelliferus, Rossm.

Pupa chondriformis, Mouss.

Clausilia ehrenbergii, Roth.

Glandina liesvillei, Bourg.

Limneus truncatulus, Gm.

Cyclostoma elegans, Drap. =

Bithinia sauleyi, Bourg.

gaillardoti, Bourg.

hawadieriana, Bourg.

moquiniana, Bourg.

Melania judaica, Roth.

Neritina syriaca, Bourg.

Cyrena crassula, Mouss.

Unio requieni, Mich.

litoralis, Lam.

I may state that I have seen type specimens of Helix joppensis,

Bulimus benjamiticus, and Melania judaica, the two former of which

are unquestionably good species. Helix genezerethana is perhaps

only a large variety of H. nummus, Ehrenb.

8. CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARDS A MORE COMPLETE KNOWLEDGE OF

THE AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PrRimATES. By St. GEorGE

Mrvart, F.Z.S. & L.S., LecrurerR on ComparaTIve ANA-

Tomy AT St. Mary’s Hospitau.

The great interest which has been felt of late as to the value and

extent of the anatomical resemblances and differences between Man

and the rest of the Primates has led to many researches, which have,

however, been mainly directed to a consideration of the head and

extremities, and especially of the bony framework of those parts.

To the various details given by Cuvier and others, respecting the

cranial structure of the highest Apes as compared with each other

and with Man, such careful and minute comparisons have from time

to time been added by Professor Owen, in his well-known and justly

esteemed memoirs on the subject, published in the ‘Transactions’ of

this Society, and last of all by Professor Huxley, in his elaborate

546 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE © [June 27,

comparison of their immature condition (soon to appear in the So-

ciety’s Transactions), that little remains to be added to our know-

ledge on the subject; while the differences between the skulls of

the highest Apes and those of the lower forms of the order have

been investigated by Professor Vrolik, M. de Blainville, and other

writers.

As regards the bones of the limbs, there is again but little to add

to the comparisons already instituted between Man and the highest

Apes in this respect, though perhaps some additional points of inter-

est may yet result froma further investigation of the details of these.

structures in the lower groups.

The spinal column of the Primates has also been more or less

noticed by Cuvier* and by Meckel+; and the structure of the lower

Apes, in this respect, compared with that of the higher, by Professor

Vrolikt and by M. de Blainville§. Also Professor Huxley, in his

Hunterian Lectures for 1864, has given many further details|| on

the subject.

But the most complete and detailed description and comparison

of the spinal column, as it exists in Man and in the highest Apes, is

to be found in Professor Owen’s memoir on the skeleton of the

Gorilla ; and it has appeared to me probable that the results of an

extension of similar minute observations carried through every family

of the order, comparing the various forms with each other and with

Man, may not be without a certain interest as exhibiting the manner

in which the human vertebral column becomes modified (so to speak)

into that of the ordinary mammal, as adding a further clue to the~

affinities of the different groups composing the order, and, finally,

as another contribution (however small a one) to a more correct ap-

preciation of the anatomical and zoological value of the structural

differences between Man and the highest of the Apes.

In the following summary of such results, many facts are stated

which are already well known, or have been previously noticed, but

the mention of which, nevertheless, could not be omitted.

Rich as are the collections of the British Museum and the Royal

College of Surgeons, there are nevertheless several genera of the

order of which no skeleton exists in either, and others of which there

is no skeleton wnmounted—deficiencies necessarily rendering the fol-

lowing account still more imperfect than it would otherwise be.

As a preliminary, it is necessary to state the arrangement here

adopted, with respect to the families, subfamilies, and genera of the

order, though this is not the place to give the characters on which

this classification reposes. The Primates seem to me to be most

naturally divisible as follows :—

* Lecons d’Anat. Comp., 2nd edition, 1836.

+ Traité Général d’Anat. Comp., traduit de Allemand par MM. Riester et

Alph. Sanson, 1828.

¢ Recherches d’Anat. Comp. sur le Chimpansé. Amsterdam, 1841.

§ Ostéographie—Mammiféres, Primates, Pithecus, Cebus, Lemur.

|| Reported in the ‘Medical Times’ for 1864.

{| Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iv. p. 89, pls. 33, 34, 35, 36.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 547

Suborder I, AntnroproreEa*.

AAT ool om EA MENTIONS, « cca sass easeoeseneavonstemedaoksocet eins okenssa'us Homo.

Troglodytes.

Simia.

Hylobates.

L. GStmtine .....000:000

P Spyies Semnopithecus,

II. Sump ..... atte Subfam.t Be ene {Cane

Cercopithecus.

acacus.

Inuus.

Cynocephalus.

Atel

teles.

{Na Celaney aceevecnice Lagothrix.

3. Cynopithecine ...

2. Mycetine ......... Mycetes.

HTT CREBUD A wieses se.neh es Subfam. . a Bais ee { ea

rachyurus.

Callithrix.

\ 4. Nyctipithecine 4 Chrysothrix.

Nyctipithecus.

NV MELA DAN TD eRe LOS sennee sad soils ss peaees cee ca eee eae Hapale.

Suborder II. Lemvurorea t.

(1. Indrisine ......... Indris, &e.

2. Lemurin® ......0.. Lemur, &e.

pie Bychieghns,

ubfam, . she p eta ia oris.

4 3. Nycticebine ...... Perodictitan:

Arctocebus.

4, Galaginine ...... Galago.

VI... TARSIIDR ........00c00e ienpnsiadshivd apastise chen seag igteseayves Tarsius.

FUE OM RURG MBAR EE consh ho cus sshiuanuniddnoiidendpaden=adoses%ee Cheiromys.

V. Lemurip# .........

Throughout the Primates the spinal column consists of the same

regions as it does in Man, the most obvious difference being the

very considerable increase of the coccygeal vertebrae, both as re-

gards number and size, in the great majority of species.

With the exception of this coccygeal or caudal region, the other

parts of the spine bear more or less the same proportions one to

another as in Man.

CreryicaLt VERTEBR&.

The length of the cervical region, as compared to that of the dorsal

region, is throughout the Anthropoidea pretty uniform, the first

being from rather more than a third to about half the length of the

second. In the Lemuroidea we find a greater variation, the propor-

tion of the cervical region to the dorsal ranging from considerably

less than a third, e. g. Loris, to as much as two-thirds, as in Indris.

The proportion of length to breadth of the cervical region is gene-

rally as about two to one in the Anthropoidea; but in Hylobates it

* See P. Z. S. 1864, p. 635.

+ This subdivision was, I believe, first proposed by my late lamented friend,

Mr. Martin, in his unfinished work on Mammals, entitled ‘A Natural History

of Man and Monkeys,’ p. 361. I am doubtful whether the Simiine should not

be raised to the rank of a family.

{ For complete list of the genera of this suborder, see P. Z. S. 1864, p. 637.

548 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

is sometimes as three to one. In the Lemuroidea we again find a

much greater range of variation; for in Loris and Nycticebus the

length is not nearly twice the breadth (shorter relatively than in

Man), while in Indris the cervical region of the spine is almost five

times as long as broad. ‘

In most of the Primates this region bears about the same propor-

tion to the rest of the spinal column, exclusive of the tail or coccy-

geal vertebree.

In Hylobates, Cynocephalus, and Ateles it is rather more elon-

gated relatively than it isin Man. It attains its maximum of rela-

tive length, however, in Indris, where it exceeds one-fifth of the total

length of the spine as above limited. On the other hand, in Loris

it attains its minimum, the cervical region scarcely constituting more

than one-tenth of the total length of the spine. Thus in the pro-

portion of the cervical region to the whole trunk, as in its proportion

to the dorsal region only, we find both extremes to exist in the sub-

order Lemuroidea, which contains the relatively longest, as also the

relatively and absolutely shortest, neck to be found in the whole

order.

Atlas——This bone has a very similar form throughout the Anthro-

poidea. .

In the Lemuroidea there is a greater range of variation.

In the highest Apes, Troglodytes and Simia, the atlas is exceed-

ingly like that of Man, only the transverse process is relatively rather

smaller and shorter, and its extremity more upeurved*.

This dorsal curvature of the extremity of the transverse process

continues throughout the Anthropoidea’; but in the Lemuroidea the

ends of the transverse processes are generally bent more or less down-

wards.

The length of the transverse process, as compared to the total

transverse diameter of the atlas, varies even in the same species ; but

in some of the Semnopithecine, Cynopithecine, and Cebide it is re-

latively less than in the Simiine, being in Ateles, Mycetes, and some

Macaci but little, if any, more than one-fifth of the latter.

In the Lemuroidea this process attains its greatest relative size, being

almost as long as one-third the total transverse diameter in Indris. In

Loris and Nycticebus, on the other hand, it is less than one-fourth.

In all the Anthropoidea the transverse processes are more or less

conical; but in the Lemuroidea they have often a flattened, plate-

like form, being antero-posteriorly expanded at the distal end.

In the Simiine and in Ateles, as in Man, the neural arch is some-

times perforated, sometimes only grooved, by the vertebral artery ;

but in all the other generat it is always perforated by it, and often

two short bony canals exist on each side.

In the lower Simiide (e. g. Cynocephalus) the vertebra is thick

and massive, the relative size of the canals being much reduced by

the extent of ossification.

* T.e. bent dorsally, the spine in all cases being supposed to be horizontal, a

it is in quadrupeds.

+ Ihave only found one exception, 8. zasalis, in the British Museum.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES, 549

Ateles presents the opposite extreme, the canals being always of

large size, if not, as has been mentioned, replaced by a mere groove.

A spinous process is very rarely present; but in a skeleton of

Cynocephalus mormon*, in the Royal College of Surgeons’ Museum,

there is a distinct and pointed, though small, spinous process to the

atlas ; and Professor Owen+ speaks of a distinct tubercular rudiment

of such a process on the atlas of an old male Orang at Paris.

A hypapophysial tubercle or ridge, however, is very generally pre-

sent, sometimes, as in Mycetes and Lagothriz, attaining a very large

size, being produced backwards, beneath the axis, in a very remark-

able manner.

In all the Anthropoidea the two articular surfaces for the axis are

quite distinct and separate from each other. In many of the Lemu-

roidea, however, they are confluent and united together in the middle

line, so as to form but one articular surface for the axis ; this is the

case in Lemur, Indris, Galago, Perodicticus, and Arctocebus. In

Cheiromys, Nycticebus, and Loris, however, we again find two sepa-

rate articular surfaces.

Avis.—This vertebra, though in all Primates essentially similar to

the axis of Man, has, in most species, but a simple unbifurcated spinous

process ; but in this, as in so many other details of vertebral struc-

ture, there is considerable individual variation. The process is

strongly bifurcated in Man, and more or less so in the Orang, Afeles,

Hapale, Nycticebus, and Galago§. In Myeetes (fig. 1, page 553) it

is distinctly trifid; and it is sometimes more or less so in the Potto||,

Chimpanzee, and Gorilla, and sometimes even in the Orang].

This process is produced forwards, curving over anteriorly in some,

especially in At¢eles (fig. 6) and Mycetes, Lemur, and Indris. It is

more or less backwardly produced in the lower Simiide, very much

so in Lemur, but not at all in Indris.

Throughout the Anthropoidea the neural lamin of this vertebra

have very similar proportions; but in some Lemuroidea we find a

great increase in their antero-posterior as compared with their trans-

verse diameter, e. g. in Lemur and Indris.

The transverse process curves more or less upwards at its extre-

mity throughout the Anthropoidea ; but scarcely so in Lemur and

Indris, in which, moreover, the two transverse processes are so sharply

bent backwards as to form an acute angle with each other, instead of

nearly a rectangle as in the higher forms. The extremity of this

process is scarcely ever bifurcated**.

* No. 4720 in the Osteological Collection.

t Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv.

¢ It is nearly as much developed in two skeletons in the British Museum-—one

of Colobus satanas (no. 1180 a), and the other of Colobus temminckii (no. 778 0).

Besides the above forms, it is decidedly bifurcated in Cercopithecus ruber

(no. 154) in the British Museum.

f In skeleton no. 743 ¢ in the British Museum.

{| As in skeletons of Orangs (nos. 37 and 43, 10, 2,1) in the British Museum.

** In a Mandril’s skeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons

(no. 4719) there is such a bifurcation, though only on one side. A trace of bi-

furcation exists also in Perodicticus and Arctocebus.

550 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

The odontoid process in some forms, e. g. Ateles, Lemur, and In-

dris, is much shorter relatively to the length of the axis than in Man;

it is generally continued forwards nearly or quite in the same plane

with the centrum, but rises anteriorly, forming a marked angle with

the centrum, in Lemur, Arctocebus, and Perodicticus, but not so in

Nycticebus.

The axis has, of course, two anterior zygapophysial articular sur-

faces in those forms in which the atlas has two posterior articular

surfaces, and but one in those in which the latter are confluent. The

body is very much prolonged backwards in many forms, so that its

posterior articular surface looks more or less upwards. This is well

seen in A¢eles; but there is much individual variation in this respect.

The third Cervical Vertebra.—The spinous process of this ver-

tebra presents great variations in different forms. In most races of

Men* it is strongly bifurcated ; but in none is it much elongated. In

Simia and Troglodytes, however, it is very greatly elongated, and

shows no trace of bifurcation. In all the other Anthropoidea it is

the shortest of all the cervical spines, is sometimes directed forwards,

and sometimes backwards, but is always quite simple, except in

Mycetes (fig. 1), where it is more or less trifid, and therefore formed

on the same type as is the spine of the axis in that genus.

In the Lemuroidea we again meet with a distinctly bifurcated

spinous process in Nycticebus ; and it is curious, that, while we find

in this form a return in this respect to the human structure of the

process, we find in other genera of the same subfamily (e. g. Pero-

dicticus and Arctocebus) a lofty very elongated spine, similar to that

existing in the Anthropoid genera Troglodytes and Simia. In Lemur

and Indris the process is short and simple, as in most Anthropoidea ;

but in Loris, Tarsius, and Cheiromys it is very rudimentary. In

Galagot+ it is absent ; but two minute projections appear to repeat in

this vertebra, and be serially homologous with, the lateral parts of

the spine of the axis.

The neural laminze have much the same proportion as in Man till

we come to Ateles, where the antero-posterior as compared with the

transverse diameter is first notably increased; but this elongation

does not exist in the lower Cebide.

In Lemur the relative antero-posterior diameter is greatly aug-

mented, reaching to nearly half the total breadth; and in Indris

this proportion is still further increased to two-thirds. In the Mye-

ticebine it again decreases. In Indris the neural lamine are sepa-

rated behind by an antero-posteriorly directed cleft or fissuret, the

neural spine arising from the anterior end of the vertebra only, and

not from its middle or posterior end as in Lemur and Ateles.

The transverse process generally ends simply, without any bifurca-

* In the skeleton of a male Boschisman, preserved in the Museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons, the spinous process is simple (Osteological Catalogue,

vol. ii. p. 832, no. 5357). The same is the case in the skeleton of a female in-

dividual of the same race which is also in that museum.

t See skeleton of Galago aillenti (no. 68 d) in British Museum.

t Noticed by Prof. Owen, ‘ Osteological Catalogue,’ vol. ii. p. 717, no. 4631.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 551

tion ; but in Man it appears constantly to bifureate ; it does so also

almost constantly in the Nycticebine, often in Hapale, and some-

times in Simia, Colobus, and Cynocephalus.

In Lemur, the transverse process being developed concomitantly

with the antero-posteriorly extended neurapophyses, the vertebral

artery may be said rather to traverse a bony canal than merely to pass

through a foramen. This condition is still more marked in Indris.

The lowest part of the neurapophysis is, on each side, produced

so as to embrace the posterior part of the body of the axis. In all

the Anthropoidea, in Lemur, and in the Nycticebine these produced

parts extend about as far forwards as do the anterior zygapophyses,

sometimes a little beyond them (e. g. Chimpanzee, Orang, and Ateles),

sometimes not quite so far forwards (e. g. Lemur); but in Indris

we for the first time meet with anterior zygapophyses which extend

much more forwards than do the roots of the neurapophyses.

The fourth Cervical Vertebra.—In none but Man, and not con-

stantly in him, has this vertebra a decidedly bifurcated spinous pro-

cess, though a trace of bifurcation is sometimes found in that of the

Chimpanzee. In the Gorilla this process is exceedingly produced,

being the absolutely longest neural spine attached to any vertebra

of that or of any other species of the whole order.

In Simia, Perodicticus, and Arctocebus it is also very much pro-

longed. In Hylobates and all the lower Simiide it is shorter than

that of the axis. In some of the Cebide, especially Ateles (fig. 6)

and Chrysothriz, it is, like the spine of the third cervical vertebra,

somewhat curved forwards.

In Mycetes (fig. 1) it is rather longer than in the other Cedide,

and still shows an indication of that trifid character presented by the

axis and third cervical vertebre.

In the Lemuroidea, except Perodicticus and Arctocebus, it is, as

already mentioned, short, and in Loris, Tarsius, Galago, and Chei-

romys almost or quite obsolete.

The transverse process is always bifurcated at its extremity, except

in Lemur and Indris. Even in Lemur there is a slight incipient bi-

furcation ; but this is never the case in Indris.

The fifth Cervical Vertebra.—In Man alone is the spinous process

of this vertebra ever distinctly bifurcated.

In none but Indris is its transverse process constantly without

even a trace of bifurcation.

On the whole, this vertebra repeats the characters of the fourth

cervical. Its spine* is generally as long as, or rather longer, rarely

(e. g. sometimes in the Gorilla and Orang) it is somewhat shorter,

than that of the fourth vertebra.

The transverse process has its upper and lower extremities rather

more produced and separated than in the preceding vertebra, the bi-

fureation becoming thus deeper and more marked.

Occasionally in A¢eles (fig. 6) and Mycetes the upper portion of

* In the skeleton of a young Chimpanzee in the British Museum (marked

27) the spinous processes of this and the following vertebra are quite anchylosed

together, the neural laminz remaining distinct.

552 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

the bifurcated transverse process itself more or less bifureates, deve-

loping a small backwardly projecting secondary process, which is

perhaps a nascent anapophysis.

The sixth Cervical Vertebra.—This very characteristic vertebra is

in none but Man ever provided with a bifurcated spinous process,

and it is often simple in him. It is very long in J’roglodytes and

Simia, also in Perodicticus and Arctocebus. In Tarsius it is rudi-

mentary, and in Galago (fig. 8) and Cheiromys obsolete. In the

other forms it is moderate, sometimes exceeding and sometimes fall-

ing short of the length of the spine of the axis.

The transverse process is subject to much individual variation as

to the extent of development and the form of its pleurapophysial

portion. It is mostly more extended than in Man, either trans-

versely or antero-posteriorly, or both. Thus even in the Gorilla it

is rather more antero-posteriorly, and much more transversely, pro->

duced than in him ; it also diverges much more from the upper part

(diapophysis of Professor Owen) ; but in the adult Chimpanzee it is

very human in its proportions. In none above Hylobates does the

antero-posterior extent of the costal element equal the antero-poste-

rior length of the under surface of the centrum. In the Simiide,

other than the Simiine, however, this element generally becomes

much antero-posteriorly extended, exceeding the centrum in length.

But sometimes it is only its outer border which is so expanded, the

hinder margin being more or less deeply excavated, so that the costal

parts take the form of two long processes, one springing from beneath

each vertebral foramen, and the two running back parallel to each

other, beneath the transverse processes of the seventh cervical ver-

tebra. Amongst the Cebide there is considerable variation. Some-

times in Afeles (fig. 6), as also in Nyctipithecus and Pithecia, the

costal part of this vertebra is scarcely larger than the corresponding

part of the fifth vertebra; and the same is the case in Loris, Pero-

dicticus, and Arctocebus. In Lemur, on the other hand, it is large,

and exceeds the centrum in length.

In Aéeles (fig. 6) and Mycetes the upper part of the transverse pro-

cess, or diapophysis of Owen, often presents a distinct anapophysis.

In Indris the diapophysial process, which projects from above quite

the anterior end of the costal element, so much resembles the entire

transverse process of the more anterior vertebree that the pleurapo-

physial part seems, in this genus, to make its appearance for the first

time in this sixth vertebra. It depends from the outer side of the back

part of the under surface of the centrum, and is very conspicuous.

In the Orang the transverse process is sometimes only grooved,

instead of being perforated, by the vertebral artery.

The seventh Cervical Vertebra.—The neural spine of this vertebra

never bifurcates. Except in the Gorilla, the Orang, and the Aye-

Aye, it is the longest, or equal to the longest, of the cervical spines

posterior to the axis. It generally exceeds, but sometimes falls short

of, the spine of the axis in length. In Perodicticus and Arctocebus

it very considerably exceeds it; but in Tarsius, Galago, and Ohei-

romys it very greatly falls short of it, in the last-named the spine

1865. ] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 553

being here more conipletely absent than even in the third and fourth

cervical vertebree.

The neural lamine repeat the characters of those of the preceding

vertebrae, except in Loris and Indris. In the first of these genera

this vertebra* has the neural lamine more antero-posteriorly ex-

tended than have the other cervical vertebrae. In the second genus,

Indris, the opposite condition obtains, the antero-posterior extent of

the neural laminz of this vertebra being distinctly less than that of

the other and more anterior ones.

The transverse process varies much, as to its perforate or imper-

forate condition ; but I have never seen it perforated in Hylobates,

Mycetes, Brachyurus, Nyctipithecus, Chrysothrix, Hapale, Lemur,

Galago, Arctocebus, and Cheiromys.

Thus we find that in the cervical vertebre the spinous processes

present their maximum of bifurcation in European Man, where that

condition generally obtains from the second to the sixth vertebra

inclusive. In no other genus besides, except Nycticebus, do we meet

with a distinctly bifureated spine to the third cervical vertebra; but

a more or less trifid axis exists in Troglodytes, aud a similar struc-

ture is distinctly marked in Mycetes, and repeated in the third and

fourth vertebree also (fig. 1). In most species of the order, as also

Axis and three following cervical vertebree of Mycetes, from the Museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons. Nat. size.

at least sometimes in certain races of Man, the cervical spines are

simple and rather short, generally increasing gradually in length

from the third to the seventh. Some of the Cedcde (fig. 6) present

us with a remarkable bending-over in a forward direction of the

summits of their cervical spines. In Indris they are of a subequal

height, and somewhat enlarged at the distal end. Some genera,

e. g. Tarsius, Cheiromys, and Galago (fig. 8), are remarkable for the

atrophy of these parts ; while others, e. g. Troglodytes+, Simia, Pe-

* In no. 67a, in the British Museum, the neural laminz of the sixth and

seventh cervical vertebrx are anchylosed together.

t In the skeleton of a young 7. niger (no. 22), in the Osteological Collection

of the British Museum, the spines of the fifth and sixth cervical vertebre are

completely anchylosed together, though the neurapophyses of the two vertebrae

are distinct and separate.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXXVI.

504 MR. ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE {June 27,

rodicticus, and Arctocebus, are distinguished by their excess of deve-

lopment, the Gorilla exceeding all other mammals, even Didelphys,

im the great preponderance of the cervical spines over those of the

rest of the vertebral column.

The neural laminee have in most Anthropoidea nearly the same

proportions ; but they are thickened in those forms which possess

immense spinous processes ; and in Hylobates and Ateles they are

relatively more extended in the antero-posterior direction. This ex-

tension is yet greater in Lemur, where, at least sometimes, the length

is more than half the breadth ; and greatest in Indris, where it equals

or exceeds two-thirds of the breadth, the elongated neurapophyses

being medianly split behind in all the vertebrae from the second to

the seventh.

In Indris also the anterior zygapophyses are much in advance of

the most anterior part of the bases of the neurapophyses.

The whole series of neural laminz in each individual are pretty

equal, except in Loris and Indris, the seventh vertebra having its

neural laminz in the first of these two forms mostly larger, in the

second smaller, than those of the preceding cervical vertebrze.

Beneath the anterior zygapophysis a more or less marked promi-

nence often exists; it is to be seen in many forms, but is particularly

conspicuous in the genera Afeles (fig. 6), Perodicticus, and Arcto-

cebus. This prominence is the metapophysis.

The transverse processes have their extremities bifurcated in a

varying number of the cervical vertebree, and in a varying degree.

In none do they bifurcate so evenly and uniformly from the third

to the sixth vertebree as in Man, thus forming an even and equable

groove on each side of the neck.

In all the Anthropoidea, except Cynocephalus and Hapale, this

groove does not commence until the fourth vertebra; but in those

two genera and in the Nycticebine it often begins at the third,

sometimes in Cynocephalus even at the second. In Lemur this groove

does not begin till the fifth vertebra; and in Jndris it exists in the

sixth vertebra only.

The ends of the diapophysial parts of the transverse processes are

upeurved in the Anthropoidea. In the Lemuroidea the transverse

process is bent more downwards and more directly backwards, and,

being more extended antero-posteriorly, forms a longer bony canal for

the vertebral artery.

The diapophysis, in the more posterior cervical vertebrze, often

gives off a secondary backwardly directed process, which is perhaps

a rudimentary anapophysis. This is particularly well seen in Ateles*

(fig. 6) and Mycetes.

The costal plate of the sixth cervical vertebra is almost always larger

than the homologous part in the other cervicals ; but it predominates

least in Man, the Chimpanzee, Nyctipithecus, and the Nycticebine.

In Indris it predominates more than in any other genus of the order.

The bodies of the vertebree have their articulating surfaces more

* See no. 4695 in the Osteological Collection of the Royal College of Surgeons

(Osteological Catalogue, vol. ii. p. 729).

1865. ] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 555

or less oblique ; but there is great, apparently even individual, varia-

tion in this respect. This character appears least marked in Man.

In Lemur the under surfaces of the second, third, and fourth ver-

tebrz have often a marked median ridge, such as is found in no An-

thropoidea. This is wanting in the Slow Lemurs, but is greatly de-

veloped in Indris, the posterior part of each centrum being produced

so as to underlap the centrum next behind in a remarkable manner.

The breadth of each centrum (taking the third cervical vertebra

as the standard of comparison) rarely exceeds its antero-posterior

dimension so much as it does in Man. Yet it does so in Nycticebus,

where the breadth is twice and a half the length.

In Troglodytes and Simia the length is already greater in propor-

tion to the breadth than in Man; in Hylobates the two dimensions

are nearly equal, as also in the other genera, if the length does not

slightly exceed the breadth as it does in Cynocephalus, Ateles, and

Mycetes. In Lemur and Indris the length exceeds once and a half

the breadth.

DorsaL VERTEBRE.

The number of dorsal or rib-bearing vertebree varies from a mini-

mum of 1] to a maximum of 16.

In Man and the Simiade there are generally 12 or 13, and rarely

14 or only 11 dorsal vertebre.

In Man the number is normally 12, very rarely 13.

In the Gorilla it is, apparently, always 13.

In the Chimpanzee there are normally 13 dorsal vertebrz ; but

occasionally there are 14*, or only 12+.

In the Orang there are 12.

In Hylobates 12, 13, or rarely 14f.

In Semnopithecus and Colobus 12.

In Cercopithecus 11, 12, or 13.

In Macacus 11 or 12, very rarely 13§.

In Cynocephalus 12 or 13.

In the Cebide@ the range is different, namely from 12 || to15, thus :—

In Ateles 13 or 14. :

In Lagothrix 14,

In Cebus 13, 14, or rarely 12.

In Mycetes 13 or 14.

In Pithecia, Brachyurus, and Chrysothrix 13.

In Nyctipithecus from 13 to 15.

* Cur. Lecgons d’Anat. Comp. vol. i. p. 177.

t In a skeleton recently added to the Hunterian Collection (and to which Mr.

W.H. Flower kindly directed my attention) there are but twelve dorsal vertebra,

and only the usual number of lumbar vertebre, that answering to the fifth lum-

bar of Man forming part of its sacrum.

¢ No. 5029 in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons (Osteological

Catalogue, vol. ii. p. 756).

§ Nos. 4860 and 4942 in the Collection of the Royal College of Surgeons

(Osteological Catalogue, vol. ii. pp. 744 & 749).

|| In one instance I have found only eleven—namely, in Callithrix personatus

(no. 51d in the Osteological Collection of the British Museum).

556 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

In the Hapalide there are 12 or 13 dorsal vertebre.

In the Lemuride the range is greater, namely, from 12 to 16.

Thus in Lemur the number is either 12 or 13.

in Indris it is 12, rarely 13.

in Galago and Microcebus 13.

in Loris and Perodieticus 14 or 15.

in Arctocebus 15.

in Nycticebus 16.

in the Tarsiide it is 13 or 14.

in the Cheiromyide 13.

The proportion of the dorsal to the other regions of the spinal

column (exclusive of the caudal) does not imerease regularly with the

number of dorsal vertebree, not being quite so great even in Loris as

it is m Man. This region attains its greatest relative length in

Ateles, where it is over nine-twentieths of the total length of the

spine, without the tail; and it is least in Indris, where it scarcely

exceeds six-twentieths of such total length. Nyctipitheeus, even when

possessing fifteen dorsal vertebrze, has a relatively shorter dorsal re-

gion than exists in Homo, Trogledytes, or Simia.

Neural Spines.—The more anterior are always the narrowest (2. e.

least antero-posteriorly extended), and are generally more perpendi-

cular and Jess overlapping than in Man.

The increase in antero-posterior extent, as we proceed from before

backwards along the dorsal series of vertebrze, is already greater in

the Simiine than in the Hominide, and becomes still more so in the

lower forms. R

The summits of the dorsal spines are sometimes expanded and

flattened, as in Cynocephalus, Macacus, Simia, and Troglodytes, espe-

cially the Gorilla, the last four in which sometimes almost bifurcate ;

on the other hand, they are sometimes very antero-posteriorly ex-

tended near the apex, almost bifurcating in that direction in some*.

The inclination of the majority of the dorsal spines is always back-

wards. They are all so inclined in some of the lower races of Man,

in the Simiine and Nycticebine, as also almost invariably in Ateles.

In the higher races of Man the spines of the eleventh and twelfth

dorsal vertebree are nearly at right angles to the long axis of the spine.

In Indris the spines are very little inclined, but the twelfth some-

times bends slightly forwards. In all the other forms the last dorsal

spines are decidedly inclined. anteriorly, the twelfth being always so,

and sometimes in Hapale even the tenth.

The neural laminz possess very similar proportions throughout

the Anthropoidea. In Lemur they very little exceed those of the

cervical vertebrze in length (7. e. in antero-posterior extent), only as

six to five, and in Indris are actually (and for the first time) shorter,

being as three to four. The opposite extreme is found in Loris, where

the dorsal neural lamine are double the length of those of the cer-

vical vertebrae, except the seventh.

* This character is very marked in a skeleton of C. albogularis (no. 17) in

the British Museum ; and to a less degree in another individual of the same spe-

cies (no. 17 #), also in the British Museum.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 597

In Galago (fig. 8, h), Lagothria (fig. 11, h), and Mycetes (fig. 2, h)

there are certain extra and backwardly projecting processes, which

are more conveniently to be described with the lumbar region, where

they are more developed.

The transverse processes do not project so much upwards (i. e.

dorsally) in any other genus as they do in Man. Therefore the

longitudinal groove existing on each side of the series of spinous

processes, and bounded externally by the series of ends of the trans-

verse processes, is deepest in Man. The width of this groove conti-

nues from before backwards most equal in the Nycticebine, then in

the Simiine, and then in Man, where it appears narrowed at its

posterior (lower) part, owing to the great difference existing between

the length of the transverse processes of the most anterior (upper)

and that of those of the most posterior (lower) portions of the

dorsal vertebrae.

In Hylobates the dorsal vertebral groove is slightly interrupted by

an accessory process at the thirteenth vertebra. It is so also in

Nyctipitheeus ; but in Ateles at the twelfth. In the other forms

this interruption takes place at the eleventh, or even, as generally in

the lower Stméiade and Hapale, at the tenth vertebra. The distal

ends of the dorsal transverse processes are often more or less enlarged

antero-posteriorly, though the extent of this enlargement varies much.

In the Gorilla it is considerably more marked than in Man ; but

often very much more so in Hylobates, and above all in Ateles. This

expansion is due to the nascent metapophyses and anapophyses, which

will be described later.

The increase in breadth (transverse diameter) of the bodies of the

vertebre, as we proceed from before backwards, is exceptionally great

in Man, Hylobates, and Cynocephalus; it is considerably less in Stmia

and Troglodytes, and is at its minimum in the Nycticebine, as is

also the increase in antero-posterior extent.

The spinal nerves pass out by notches in almost all species. In

Man, Nycticebus, and Loris these notches are deeper than in the

other forms; but in Perodicticus (fig. 12) and Arctocebus we meet

with quite a peculiar condition, namely the direct perforation of the

neurapophyses in all the dorsal vertebree. This foramen is situated

behind the capitular and beneath the tubercular process. In 4re-

Zocebys another, smaller perforation, running from before backwards,

pierces the root of the transverse process in each dorsal vertebra,

except the first and the thirteenth.

Lumpar VERTEBRE.

The lumbar region varies considerably both as to the number of

its component vertebree and as to its relative extent compared to that

of the other regions of the spine.

The greatest number is presented by Loris and Indris, viz. 9 ; the

least in Troglodytes, where there are sometimes only three. In Man,

the Orang, and Gibbons* there are normally 5; in Ateles sometimes

5, though more generally 4; in Lagothrix 4. In all the other

* Daubenton records six (see Buffon’s Hist, Nat. t. xiy, p- 104).

558 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

genera there are 6 or 7 lumbar-vertebree*, except Cebus, which has

sometimes as few as 5, and Nycticebus and Perodicticus, which have

often as many as 8.

The lumbar region attains its greatest length in proportion to the

other regions of the spine, exclusive of the tail, in Nyctipithecus,

Chrysothrix, Colobus, Semnopithecus, Cynocephalus, and Loris. It

is least in the Gibbons, Man, Ateles, Simia, and Troglodytes. ‘The

last two genera, with Perodicticus and Arctocebus, are remarkable

for the very slight increase in size of the lumbar series of vertebrae

from before backwards,

These vertebree have their length and breadth about equal in the

Nycticebine and Tarsius; in Man, Troglodytes, and Simia, breadth

is In excess, while length is so in most of the other forms. The length

of the individual lumbar vertebrze compared to the dorsal (selecting

the ninth dorsal and longest lumbar for comparison in each species)

is greatest in the lower Cebid@ (more than double in Nycéipithecus,

Chrysothriz, and Brachyurus), rather less in the lower Simiide aud

Lemurina, still less in the Simiine and Nycticebine, and least in Man.

The number of dorsal and lumbar vertebra, taken together, is

greatest in Loris and Nyeticebus (23 or 24); small in Man, Troglo-

dytes, and Simia (17), and Ateles and Hylobates (mostly 18). In

the other Simiade there are almost invariably 19 trunk vertebreet.

The proportion borne by the lumbar to the dorsal region is greatest

in Indris, then in Nyctipithecus, Chrysothrix, and some Simiade

(e.g. Colobus). In most forms the two regions are about equal ;

but the lumbar is the shorter in Man, the Gibbons, and Orang,

Ateles, and Troglodytes, in the Gorilla being less than half the dorsal

region in length. ‘The beautiful sigmoid curve formed by the dorsal

and lumbar vertebrze of Man exists in no other species; but the

nearest approximation to it is found not in the highest Apes, but in

Cynocephalus f.

The neural spines are all vertical, or project more or less backwards,

in Man, the Simiine, Ateles, and in the Nycticebine ; in some of

the lowest Simiide some of them are also more or less vertical. In

Indris the spine of the first lumbar vertebra is inclined slightly for-

wards. All the lumbar spines project forwards in the other forms,

especially in the lower Cebide, in Hapale, and in Lemur, in all of

which they are very long, and arch over the vertebra next in front in

a very marked way. In Galago (fig. 8,) a process projects back-

wards on each side of each lumbar vertebra, above the posterior zyga-

pophysis, the two of each vertebra closely embracing the forwardly

* De Blainville mentions a Baboon in the Paris collection with eight lumbar

and twelve dorsal vertebrae (Ostéog. Primates, Pithecus, p. 40).

+ Ina Macacus radiatus, in the British Museum (no. 1103 ¢), the vertebrae

are 12 d.+61.=18; in a Cynocephalus babouin (no. 36c in the same collection)

the number is 13d.+71.=20. De Blainville mentions 12d.+81.=20. See

Ostéog, Primates, Pithecus, p. 40, above referred to.

t E.g. Cynocephalus porcarius (no. 35d in the Osteological Collection of the

British Museum), which is a xatura/ skeleton, having all the ligaments, inter-

vertebral cartilages, &c. See also the Mandril, no. 4719 in the Osteological

Collection of the Royal College of Surgeons.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 559

projecting spine of the vertebra next behind. Rudiments of these

processes exist in the posterior dorsal vertebree, as has been mentioned.

In Mycetes (which has some of the cervical spines trifid) these extra

Last two dorsal and first two lumbar vertebra of Mycetes, from the Museum of

the Royal College of Surgeons. Nat. size. h. Hyperapophysis.

_ processes are also developed in certain of the lumbar vertebrze, as also

in Lagothriz (fig.11,h), and sometimes in Hapale* and Chrysothrizx.

The neural laminz are much less relatively extended, in the antero-

posterior direction, in Man, the Simiine, and Ateles than they are in

the other Anthropoidea. In Lemur their length is not so prepon-

derating, because of the elongation of the cervical neurapophyses.

In Indris they are exceptional, inasmuch as they are scarcely, if at

all, longer than are the neural lamin of the cervical vertebree of that

genus ; as is always the case, however, they are longer than the dorsal

neurapophyses.

The Transverse Processes.—These processes always project out-

wards, more or less at right angles to the long axis of the spine, or

else forwardst. In Man, the Simiine, and Ateles they are never

inclined ventrally ; but in some of the lower Simiide they begin to

be so; in the lower Cedide, in Hlapale, and Lemur they are so very

decidedly. In the Nycticeéine and Indris they are nearly horizontal;

but only in Man, Troglodytest, and Simia do they incline somewhat

upwards.

They spring from a higher point, with regard to the centrum, in

Man than in any other Primate; Troglodytes in this respect ap-

proaches him the most, and then Simia,—Hylobates, in spite of the

relative length of the legs to the spine, being much less like Man in

this respect ; and the same must be said of the long-legged Indris.

* Asin H. midas (no. 1889 a in the Osteological Collection of the British

Museum) and H. edipus (no. 53 a in the same collection).

t In those cases where they project strongly backwards, a rib is anchylosed

and included, as in the skeleton of a Chimpanzee in the Museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons, obtained from M. du Chaillu, and in skeletons of Mycetes

seniculus and of Semnopithecus nasalis in the British Museum.

¢ In a specimen of 7 niger (nos. 2c, 4, 6, 10, 33, 11) in the British Museum

the first lumbar vertebra has a distinctly double, though very small, transverse

process on each side.

560 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

The lumbar transverse process has sometimes its distal end antero-

posteriorly expanded* ; and sometimes a process is developed from

its posterior margin similar in form and direction to the anapophysis,

but external to it, as in Cheiromyst and often in Lemur. In the

last-mentioned genus there is generally a second posterior transverse

process to each lumbar vertebra ; it projects from the posterior part

of the side of the centrum, and appears to be serially homologous

with that part of the centrum of a dorsal vertebra which articulates

with the anterior part of the head of the rib. A trace of this pro-

cess exists in Indris.

The metapophyses and anapophyses are always, except in Tarstus,

most conspicuous in the lumbar region. They are exceptionally

rudimentary in Man, Troglodytes, and Simia. But the condition of

these proeesses will be more fully described later.

SacruM.

This region attains its greatest relative length in the Gorilla; but

in the Chimpanzee, the Orang, and the Gibbons it is longer relatively

than in Man, i. e. longer compared to the total length of the cer-

vical, dorsal, and lumbar vertebrze. It is shortest in the lower Simzide

and true Lemurs. Of all the Anthropoidea below Hylobates, Ateles

has considerably the longest sacrum relatively.

The human sacrum is remarkable for the coexistence of certain

characters, such as the very marked sacro-vertebral angle formed by

it, the transverse and antero-posterior (vertical) concavity of its an-

terior surface, the concurrence of as many as five or six vertebrze

in its formation (three of them generally contributing to form the

auricular surface), its great breadth and the gradual way in which

it narrows posteriorly (below) without any sudden contraction, the

large size of the foramina, and the small development of the spinous

and other processes. Each of these characters, taken separately, is

shared by some other form or forms of the order. Thus, as to the

number of sacral vertebrze (a character which varies more or less with

age), all the Simzine have almost always five at the least ; but in 7’r0-

glodytes and Simia there are always five, without counting the last

lumbar vertebra, which commonly anchyloses with the sacrum ; while

in Hylobates there are rarely more than fivet in all, the first of these

being probably in all cases the vertebra which answers to the last

lumbar of Man. In all the other Anthropoidea there are generally

only two or three sacral vertebree—rarely four, as sometimes in Oy-

nocephalus, Ateles, and Brachyurus. Inthe Lemuroidea two or three

is still the normal number; but in Jndris there are four, and in Pe-

rodicticus and Arctocebus five. Inthe Simiine three vertebre § arti-

culate with the ilium, as mostly in Man; but then the upper one of

* E. g. Inuus in British Museum, no, 32d.

+ See Prof. Owen’s Memoir on Cheiromys, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. y. pl. xxi.

figs. 7, 8.

{ De Blainyille mentions seven sacral vertebrae (Ostéog. Primates, Pithecus,

p. 24).

§ De Blainville, 7. ¢. p. 25.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 561

the three is the homologue of the Human last lumbar vertebra*. In

all the rest of the order, but one or two vertebrz articulate with the

ilium, except sometimes in Afeles and in Indris, when three again

share in that office.

The Sacro-vertebral Angle.—In most Primates the sacrum and

lumbar vertebrae appear (as far as one can judge from skeletons

alone) to lie almost, or quite, in one line, so that the promontory is

very slightly marked. Troglodytes presents in this respect a great

contrast to the Human structure. In Simia the sacro-vertebral angle

is rather more marked ; but sometimes in Cynocephalus it is so much

so as almost to rival that of Man+.

The same may be said of the concavity of the anterior surface of

the sacrum, though this is subject to great individual variation. It

is most marked in Man and the Cynocephalit ; and is more so in

Simia§ than in Troglodytes. t

The foramina vary greatly as to their relative size; but they ap-

pear to be generally small in Troglodytes and Cynocephalus, and

especially large in Man, Simia, Ateles, and Indris.

The sacrum gradually tapers posteriorly in T’roglodytes and Simia,

and more or less in Hylobates, also in the Nycticebine and in Indris,

as well as in Man; but in very many forms of the order it is very

wide at its anterior end (the transverse processes standing out like a

pair of expanded wings), and then suddenly contracts, so that the

transverse diameter of the third sacral vertebra is very much smaller

than that of the first. This is especially the case in the Semnopithe-

cine and Cynopithecine; in the Cebide generally, especially in

A teles, the contraction is not so marked ; and in some, as also in many

Lemuroidea, the transverse processes of the last sacral expand so as

much more nearly to equal those of the first sacral vertebra in breadth.

On account of these wing-like transverse processes, the breadth of

the sacrum, in the Semnopithecine and Cynopithecine, generally

exceeds its length.

In Troglodytes, Simia, and Indris, and still more in the Nyctice-

bine, the length exceeds the breadth.

In the other genera these dimensions are generally more or less

subequal.

The spinous processes of the sacrum tend generally, with age, to

run together and form a ridge. They are relatively least developed

in Man, Simia, and Nycticebus. They are relatively larger in Loris,

Tarsius, and Indris, attaining their maximum in Lagothriz ||.

* Prof. Owen remarks that in a young Chimpanzee four vertebre articulate

with the ilia. See Osteological Catalogue, vol. ii. p. 781, no. 5173.

t See the skeleton of a Mandril (no. 4719) in the Museum of the Royal Col-

lege of Surgeons; also Cynocephalus porcarius (no. 35d) in the British Museum.

t It is strongly marked in Macacus speciosus (no. 1085 a in the British Mu-

seum); and in Cynocephalus porcarius (no. 35d in the same collection) the

transverse concavity of the sacrum is quite as great as in Man.

§ Yet in the skeleton (nos. 43, 10, 2, 1) in the Osteological Collection of the

British Museum the anterior surface of the sacrum is quite flat. In nos. 45, 10,

2, 2, 3c, in the same collection the sacrum, on the other hand, is as concave an-

tero-posteriorly and transversely as in Man.

|| See the skeleton (no. A. 4718 @) in Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

562 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

The metapophyses are generally more developed and more distinct

than in Man; but in Simia, Indris, and most of the Nycticebine

they are very inconspicuous.

Except in Man, the sacrum generally bears at its posterior end the

lateral diverging processes (termed diapophyses* by Prof. Owen) :

they are very slightly marked in Hylobates and the Nycticebine ;

but in most of the genera they are strongly so, especially in Cyno-

cephalus and Ateles. It appears to me not improbable that these

processes may include, if they do not even represent, anapophyses.

The neural lamine of the sacral vertebree always form complete

neural arches, except in the Hominide and Simiine, in which that

of the last sacral is very often incomplete, and sometimes even those

of the last two sacral vertebree.

CauDAL VERTEBR.

In the great majority of species of the order these vertebrze are

numerous. Only in Homo, Inuus, and the Simiine is the number

ever reduced to 3+ or even to 4. In some of these, however, there

are sometimes 5, and very rarely even 6{, caudal vertebre.

Then follow the Nycticebine, Loris, and Nycticebus, having some-

times as few as 5 or 6 caudal vertebra, though the latter has some-

times as many as 7 or 8, which is about the number possessed by the

very short-tailed Cynocephali, although, according to Cuvier§, the

Mandril has sometimes only 5. Then comes Indris, which has from

9 to 14||, closely followed by the short-tailed Macaques and American

Brachyuri—e. g. in Macacus rhesus 15, in M. nemestrinus and in

Brachyurus 17—the shortness of the tail being occasioned rather by

a diminution in size of the component vertebrz than by a decrease

in their number.

In all the other forms the number ranges between 20 and 33, but

sometimes with much variation in the same genus, as in Hapale 25

to 31, as also in Semnopithecus, this being the highest number in

any of the Simiid@ ; the greatest number in the whole order is found

in Afeles, namely 33. Amongst the Lemuroidea such high num-

bers are not attained, Lemur having 29 at most, while Galago and

Cheiromys have about 22 or 23.

The proportion borne by this region of the spine to all the more

anterior part is greatest in Ateles, almost 3 to 1; in the other longest-

tailed genera it is rarely so large as 2 to 1.

The absolute length of the tail is greatest in Semnopithecus and

Colobus, in which genera the individual vertebrz attain their greatest

length, namely, sometimes as much as 1°9 inch.

* Fg. in Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iv. p. 107.

+ De Blainville says of Znuus, “ deux coccygiennes” (Ostéog. Primates, p. 39).

The only case in which I have met with but two distinct caudal vertebrae is Jnwus,

no. 32d in British Museum; and there the second is evidently composed of two

anchylosed together.

+ See skeleton of Troglodytes niger in British Museum (nos. 2 h, 48, 11, 20, 5).

§ Lecons d’Anat. Comp. vol. i. p. 178.

|| In the skeleton in the British Museum there are fourteen caudal vertebrix.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 563

The caudal vertebree generally increase in length as we proceed

backwards from the sacrum, till about the 7th, 8th, or 9th, which,

with the 10th and 11th, are the longest caudal vertebree in most lone.

tailed forms. In Ateles, however, it is the 11th, 12th, 13th, and

14th vertebrze which are the longest. But while in the long-tailed

Simitde* the increase begins to be decidedly marked at the third

In Man, the Simiine, the Nycticebine, Inuus (fig. 10), and In-

dris the caudal vertebrae decrease in length as we proceed backwards,

constituting a more or less prolonged coccyx.

In Man and the Simiine the neural lamin never or very rarely

form a closed canal, nor do those of all the first four caudal vertebree

do so in Inuus and Indris ; but in the other groups the first four

caudal vertebree always possess a complete neural arch. Sometimes

in Semnopithecus, Cebus, &e., six are so formed ; but in Afeles alone

are there as many as eight caudal vertebrze, each provided with such

a structure.

Neural spines are often developed on the first two or three caudal

vertebrz in the long-tailed Simiide, on the first five in Lagothriz,

and even on six in Afeles, but only on the first three or four of the

other Cebide, and apparently on not more than three in the other

genera of the order. ‘

In all the long-tailed Simiide and Cebide, except Inuus, the first

four caudals are united together by distinctly articulating zygapo-

physes. Sometimes in Inuus the second caudal vertebra has its

Semnopithecine and Cynopithecine this failure first occurs in the

fourth or fifth vertebra; in the Cebide generally, and in Hapale,

not till the fifth or sixth ; In Lemur and Tarsius at about the fifth ;

in Mycetes and Lagothrie at the sixth or seventh ; but in Ateles

alone not till the eighth.

In Man and the Simiine these processes are absent or quite rudi-

mentary ; the same is the case as regards the metapophyses, which

are scarcely more distinct in Inuus, the short-tailed Cynocephali, and

Indris. Tn all the long-tailed forms they are more or less prominent,

retaining their distinctness from the anterior zygapophyses longest

in Ateles—namely, till the ninth caudal vertebra.

The transverse processes of the caudal vertebre are peculiar and

interesting. At first they are undivided, and project more or less

564 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

backwardly ; but in the middle and posterior parts of the caudal re-

gion we find, in nearly all long-tailed forms, two nearly equal-sized

transverse processes on each side, one projecting from the anterior

part, and the other from the posterior part of each side of each cen-

trum.

It would be well if we could certainly determine to what parts of

the dorsal and lumbar vertebrze these caudal processes correspond.

If we were to examine the skeleton of Lemur only, we might con-

sider that each posterior caudal transverse process corresponds with

the peculiar posterior lumbar transverse process existing in that

genus, and therefore also, as already indicated, with that part in each

dorsal vertebra which articulates with the anterior part of the head

of each rib.

On the other hand, a consideration of such forms as Pithecia* and

Brachyurus+ shows how, in many cases at least, the anapophysis,

which is distinct in the penultimate lumbar vertebra, comes in the

ultimate one to unite again with the true transverse process, and to

form the posterior part of its proximal portion, so that we might re-

gard the anterior part of each divided caudal transverse process as

answering to the true normal lumbar transverse process, and the

posterior part of each divided caudal transverse process as answering

to the lumbar anapophysis, here once more reappearing as a distinct

element. Nor would this view be irreconcileable with the interpreta-

tion derived from Lemur, as in that genus the peculiar extra lumbar

transverse process appears to coalesce with the anapophysis, so that

we might consider the posterior caudal transverse process equivalent

both to the anapophysis and to the Lemurine extra process at one

and the same time.

The interpretation of the anterior caudal transverse process as the

serial homologue of the true lumbar transverse process, and of the

posterior caudal transverse process as an anapophysis is rather

strengthened by the examination of the skeleton of Hydromys chry-

sogastert, in which the transverse processes of the anterior caudal

vertebre are quite similar in form, size, and direction to the more

posterior lumbar transverse processes, with which evidently they are

completely homologous (no anapophysis existing in either§) ; while

the middle and posterior caudal vertebre have the transverse process

much enlarged antero-posteriorly, the added and backwardly project-

ing part apparently representing the anapophysis of the middle trunk

vertebrae. Again in the Pangolin||, where anapophyses are entirely

absent in the vertebrze of the trunk, the caudal vertebrae are simple

and undivided, not projecting backwardly or developing any part an-

swering to the posterior caudal transverse process found in long-

tailed Primates. I am disposed therefore to regard the anterior

* See skeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

t See skeleton in the British Museum (no. 806 6).

{ See skeleton (no. 2243) in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

§ Owen remarks, ‘‘ The anapophysis is obliterated in the last four lumbar ver-

tebrie ” (Osteological Catalogue, vol. ii. p. 401).

| See skeleton (no. 2863 4) in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 565

transverse process of each caudal vertebra of a long-tailed Primate as

answering to the ordinary transverse process of the lumbar vertebra,

and the posterior transverse process of such a vertebra as answering

to, and consisting of, a modified anapophysis.

A more or less distinctly marked process is often developed from

the anterior part of the transverse process of the anterior caudal ver-

tebree—from those, in fact, or some of them, in which the bifurcation

ae we meet with as we proceed backwards has not yet taken

place.

Fig. 3.

Four caudal vertebrxx of Azeles, from the Museum of the Royal College of Sur-

geons (no. 4698). Nat. size. ¢. “ Tubercles analagous to metapophyses.”

These are spoken of by Professor Owen* as “tubercles analogous

to metapophyses, and representing a second series of those pro-

cesses,” and are very well seen in the caudal vertebrae of Ateles pa-

niscus, preparation no. 4698 in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons (fig. 3).

The lumbar true transverse process, as we have seen, sometimes

bifurcates more or less at its distal end; and this tendency to division

of that part of the caudal transverse process which answers to such

true lumbar transverse process is, perhaps, a similar bifurcation. _

In Man and the Simiine the whole caudal transverse process is

very obscurely represented, and is in a very rudimentary condition.

In Inuus (fig. 10) it is strongly and largely developed, yet shows

no tendency to divide into an anterior and a posterior portion;

neither does it do so in the short-tailed Cynocephali or in Macacus

nemestrinus. In all the long-tailed Simiad@, however, the trans-

verse process (which, as has been said, is at first simple) is given off

from about the middle of the first two vertebre ; but in those behind,

which have the transverse process still undivided, it arises from

nearer the posterior end of each vertebra. An indication of the

division into anterior and posterior caudal transverse processes ap-

pears in the transverse process of the fourth or fifth vertebra, and

about the sixth the division is complete, the two parts, which may

perhaps be spoken of as the true transverse and the anapophysial

caudal processes, being about equal in size.

In the Cedide this separation and equality is not so early attained,

taking place in Cebus at about the seventh caudal vertebra, but in

Ateles not till the ninth.

In most long-tailed forms the transverse processes of the first

* Osteological Catalogue, vol. ii. p. 730.

566 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

three or four caudal vertebrae stand strongly out, but in A¢eles those

of all the first six do so.

Chrysothriz is an exception, and differs from all other long-tailed

genera in that the caudal transverse processes do not divide into two

separate parts, but, remaining united, form an elongated plate-like

process on each side of each vertebra almost throughout the caudal

region, giving a quite peculiar aspect to the skeleton of the tail in

that genus.

Caudal heemapophyses and hypapophyses (that is, ‘‘ chevron” or

«“Y-shaped” bones, or their rudiments, and processes for the attach-

ment of such) are quite wanting in Man, the Simine, Inuus, the

Nycticebine, and Indris. They are more or less developed in all

the other forms, attaining, as might be expected, their maximum in

A teles, where they present almost every variety of development in

one or other part of the caudal region. At the root of the tail they

are represented by long and completely detached Y-shaped bones,

the two branches of the Y being attached to two scarcely perceptible

processes (hypapophyses) developed from the anterior end of each

centrum ; these processes become more and more developed as we

proceed backwards, the Y-shaped bones, however, continuing to be

distinct till about the eighth or ninth caudal vertebra, where they

are completely anchylosed to the vertebral processes. At about the

tenth vertebra, and thence backwards, the processes are still com-

pletely anchylosed. They are, however, no longer Y-shaped*, but

bifurcating and open inferiorly. The processes in question are, in

this genus, the longest of any which arise from the posterior caudal

vertebrze, and they continue to be developed throughout the series.

In the Semnopithecine, Cynopithecine, and Cebide, except Ateles

and perhaps Lagothriz, these processes are less developed. In the

Simiide, they appear to be most so in the genus Macacus. They

exist throughout Cynocephalus, there being, even in the Mandril,

bifurcated inferior processes in the mid-caudal region.

Very often in both Anthropoidea and Lemuroidea these parts

exist in the form of pairs of little bones moveably articulated to the

bodies of the vertebrze, and quite disunited in the middle line.

STERNUM.

In most genera of the order, the sternum in the adult consists of a

more or less enlarged manubrium, followed by a chain of subequal

and antero-posteriorly elongated bones from three to six in number.

In Man and some of the Simiine alone do we find a sternum in

the adult consisting of a manubrium followed by one bone only, such

being the case in the Siamang, the Lar, variegated and perhaps other

Gibbons.

In Man and the Simiine the sternum is broader, in proportion to

its length, than in any other form ; and this relative breadth attains its

maximum not in Man, but in the Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus).

* Sometimes, however, Y-shaped bones reappear posterior to open and bifur-

cating hypapophyses.

1865. ] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 567

The Ape which appears to approach Man most closely in the pro-

portions of its sternum is Hylobates lar*.

In Troglodytes the body of the sternum remains, in the adult,

more or less divided—sometimes, as in the skeleton of the large Go-

rilla in the British Museum, the manubrium anchylosing with the

first bone of the body of the sternum, while its posterior component

bones remain still distinct. The sternum of 7. gorilla is much

broader than that of 7. niger.

In Stmia the body of the sternum is at first divided in a singular

but varying manner, which is well known, and has been often

noticed F.

The manubrium has its anterior margin greatly thickened in

Simia, Man, Cynocephalus, and the Siamang.

In Indris its anterior margin is prolonged downwards in a peculiar

manner. In Lemur this part is sometimes narrow, pointed, and

produced tf.

In Chrysothrix the manubrium has a strong process standing out

on each side, and serving for the attachment of the first rib.

In a specimen of Mycetes preserved in the British Museum

(no. 44a) the manubrium is completely divided in the middle line,

Fig. 5.

Anterior part of sternum of Mycetes. Nat. size. m. Divided manubrium.

Fig. 4. Specimen in the British Museum.

5. Specimen in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

each half supporting a clavicle and first rib§. It is also completely

divided in the specimen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons.

* No. 5027 in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

t Owen, Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. i. p. 363, and Osteological Catalogue, vol. ii.

pp. 763 & 765, nos. 5058 & 5071; Vrolik, Recherches d’Anat. Comp. sur le

Chimpansé, p. 11; De Blainville, Ostéog. Primates, Pithecus, i. p. 30. °

{ Eg. in no. 5027 in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. Vrolik

says (/. c. p. 12) that in the Mongous the manubrium quite disappears. I have

not observed this.

§ De Blainville says, “Le manubrium parait plus profondément bifurqué en

avant que chez les autres Sapajous” (1. c. Cebus, p. 16).

568 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

In Galago the manubrium is somewhat T-shaped, as in the skele-

ton of G. allenii in the British Museum.

The number of distinct bones posterior to the manubrium and

anterior to the xiphoid cartilage varies, in the Primates below the

Simiine, from four to six, except in Nycticebus.

As to the number found in each genus, it is subject to some varia-

tion. Thus in Semnopithecus and Colobus there are generally four

in adults*, but sometimes five; in Cercopithecus almost always

five, but rarely there are six even in adults; in Macacus and Cy-

nocephalus five or six; in Afeles six, but in Cebus generally five,.

and in the other Cebide and in Hapale four or five; the same in

Galago, Indris, and Lemur, but in Loris and Perodicticus as many

as six. In Nycticebus alone have I seen more than this, namely, as

many as nine; but this was in an immature specimen.

Riss.

Almost all Primates have more true than false ribs. In the highest

forms the number of pairs of true ribs is seven, but in Hylobates

there are sometimes eight pairs. In Semnopithecus and Colobus

there are generally seven, but sometimes eight pairs of true ribs.

In the Cynopithecine the normal number is eight. In the Cebide

there are generally seven or eight pairs, but in Ateles sometimes

nine. In Hapale there are sometimes as few as six, sometimes as

many as eight; seven or eight in Galago, Lemur, and Indris; nine

in Chetromys. The highest number, as might be expected, is found

in the Nycticebine, there being as many as ten pairs of true ribs in

Perodicticust and Loris§.

The total number of pairs of ribs is not always constant in the

same species, there being in Man sometimes thirteen, sometimes only

eleven pairs; in the Chimpanzee sometimes only twelve, and so on.

The ribs of Man are distinguished from those of the other genera

of the order by their more marked “ angles,’’ and by the greater

arching backwards of their proximal parts. In these respects the

Gibbons approach most nearly to Man.

The remarkable sigmoid twist in a vertical direction, which exists

in the ribs of Man, exists also markedly, though in a less degree, in

Troglodytes. In Simia and the lower Primates it is much less no-

ticeable.

Pithecia\| is distinguished from all the rest of the order by the

great relative breadth of the ribs, They are also wide, but to a less

extent, in Hapale midas.

In Man the ribs form a thorax which in its shape and proportions

differs from that of all other forms of the order, it being half as

broad again as it is vertically (¢. e. from back to breast) deep.

* Tn an adult Colobus satanas in the British Museum (no. 1180 a) there are five.

+ E.g.in @. ruber (no. 15g) in the British Museum.

{ No. 745 in the British Museum.

§ No. 4632 in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. Noticed by

Prof. Owen, ‘ Osteological Catalogue,’ vol. ii. p. 718.

|| See the skeleton of this genus in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 569

In all the Simiine the transverse diameter is still considerably in

excess, exceeding the vertical depth by from about one-fourth to a

little under one-third of the latter.

In Indris the transverse diameter is also decidedly in excess,

though to a less degree, and it is so also in Ateles and even some-

what in Mycetes; but in all the other genera the vertical depth

equals, or more or less decidedly exceeds, the transverse diameter of

the thorax.

Having now reviewed the different regions of the spine, we may

consider certain parts not as confined to those regions, but as ex-

tending throughout the vertebral column; and, first, the

NEURAL SPINES.

These processes attain both their greatest absolute and relative

length in Troylodytes and Simia, but above all in the Gorilla.

On the other hand, they are wanting in all caudal vertebree* but

a very few, and also in some of the cervical vertebrae of Galago and

Cheiromys.

Generally it is the seventh cervical and most anterior dorsal ver-

tebree which bear the most elongated spines ; but, besides Troglodytes

and Simia, Perodicticus and Arctocebus form exceptions, and Tarsius

also, in which the longest neural spines are sacral, or in the most

posterior part of the lumbar region.

The spines of the trunk vertebree are vertical, or directed back-

wards, in Man, the Simiine, Ateles, and the Nycticebine; but in

all the other genera of the order the spines of the more posterior

vertebrze are inclined forwards, the change of inclination taking

place sometimes (e. g. Hapale) at the tenth, sometimes (e.g. Chei-

romys) not till the thirteenth vertebra.

The amount of inclination of the spines of the posterior trunk

vertebree reaches its maximum in the lower Cedzda, in Hapale, and

in Lemur.

The summits of the spinous processes are often more or less flat-

tened. This is generally very marked in the lumbar vertebre of

Troglodytes and Simia, also in Macacus, Inuus, and Oynocephalus,

and to a less degree in Hylobates, Ateles, Indris, and others.

In all forms the antero-posterior extent of the spinous processes

of the anterior region of the trunk is less than in those of the more

posterior portion ; but this increase is least in Man and the Simiine:

in all the rest (the Wycticebine in this forming no exception) it is

much greater.

Occasionally the antero-posterior extent of the summit consider-

ably exceeds that of the part below, so that the spinous process may

almost be said to bifurcate antero-posteriorly +.

* In Afeles the first five caudal vertebrz support spinous processes ; and some-

times even the sixth does so.

+ This is well seen in the dorsal vertebre of Cercopithecus albogularis (no. 176)

in the Osteological Collection of the British Museum, and to a less degree in an-

other individual (no. 17 /) in the same collection, as has already been mentioned.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XXX VII.

570 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

In the greater number of vertebre in all species, and in all the

vertebrze of the greater number of species, the spmous processes are

simple, ending sometimes sharply, sometimes with a blunt termina-

tion. In certain vertebree, however, there are two more or less dis-

tinct processes (when the spinous process is said to bifurcate) ; more

rarely (fig. 1) there are three such projections (when the spinous

process is spoken of as trifid).

The first condition is very often seen in the axis vertebra, espe-

cially in Man, Simia, Hylobates, Ateles, Hapale, and the Nyctice-

bing. It is rarely found in the third cervical vertebra; it is so in

European Man and Nyeticebus, and in the fourth and fifth cervical

vertebree of European Man. An imperfect bifurcation also exists

sometimes in the most posterior dorsal or in some of the lumbar

vertebrze, as occasionally in Man and in Troglodytes.

The second condition, or trifid spinous process, exists in the axis

and in one or more of the succeeding cervical vertebrae of Mycetes

(fig. 1); also to a greater or less extent in the axis of the Chimpanzee.

The peculiar processes which have been mentioned as existing in

the lumbar vertebrze of Galago (fig. 8, h), Lagothria (fig. 11, h), and

Mycetes (fig. 2, h) appear to be serially homologous with the two

lateral portions of the trifid spinous process.

NeEevurRAL LAMIN&.

The neural laminze always form a complete arch, except in the

greater part (or, as in Man, the whole) of the caudal (coccygeal)

region, and sometimes, as in him and mostly in the Simdine, in the

most posterior part of the sacrum.

They always, except in the sacral and most or all caudal vertebree,

present the usual zygapophyses, and in some, especially in Galago,

Lagothriz, and Mycetes, support the peculiar additional processes

just mentioned (figs. 8, 11, & 2, h).

They are invariably more or less notched, for the exit of the spinal

nerves, except in some Nycticebine, where (fig. 12) they are actually

perforated by them. The increase in antero-posterior extent of the

neurapophyses in the Jumbar region varies, of course, with that of

the whole vertebree,—A¢eles differing from the rest of the Cebide

and from the long-tailed Simiide, and returning towards the Gibbon

type, in the smallness of this increase.

In Lemur, and still more in Indris, the cervical neurapophyses

dispute with the lumbar as to supremacy in antero-posterior deve-

lopment.

Sometimes two contiguous neural laminze become anchylosed to-

gether, as in a skeleton of Loris gracilis (no. 67 a) in the British

Museum.

TRANSVERSE PROCESSES.

The true transverse process attains its maximum of development

in the lumbar region.

After contributing to form the sacrum, these true transverse pro-

cesses reappear as separate parts in the caudal vertebre of all the

1865. ] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 971

long-tailed species, dividing in the more posterior caudal vertebrze in

the way that has been described.

In Lemur alone, and not always in that genus, a second and more

posterior transverse process appears in the hinder part of the lumbar

region, as has already been noticed.

Sometimes the transverse process becomes much antero-posteriorly

expanded at its distal end; and sometimes (as in Cheiromys) a back-

wardly directed process is developed from its posterior margin, similar

in form and direction to the anapophysis, but external to the latter,

The mammillary and accessory supplemental processes (7. e. the

metapophyses and anapophyses), which are more or less visible in

the dorsal transverse processes, must be separately noticed.

MeTApopnysss.

These processes generally attain their maximum of development

in the lumbar region, and are sometimes with difficulty distinguish-

able except in that portion of the vertebral column. ‘This is parti-

cularly the case in Man and the Simiine, though there is consider-

able variation in this respect.

In Man these processes, in rare instances, begin to be well marked

as high up as the tenth dorsal vertebra, sometimes at the eleventh,

but generally, perhaps, at the twelfth. They are always tolerably

distinct on the first and second lumbar vertebrze, but sometimes cease

to be distinguishable at the third lumbar ; in other instances, how-

ever, they may be distinctly traced throughout the lumbar region.

In Troglodytes and Simia they become distinct at about the twelfth

dorsal, remaining visible in all ‘the lumbar vertebree of the Gorilla,

but generally disappearing at the second or third lumbar in the

impanzee and Orang, especially in the latter,

In Hylobates these processes are sometimes already very marked

in the eleventh dorsal vertebra, sometimes only slightly so even in

the thirteenth ; they are mostly, but not always, distinct in the

lumbar region.

In the great bulk of the order—that is to say, in the Semnopithe-

cine and in the Cynopithecine (except Inuus), in the Cebide (ex-

cept AZeles), in the Hapalide, and all the Lemuroidea (except In-

dris, Tarsius, and the Nycticebine)—they are developed to a more or

less similar extent, and always to a much greater one than in Man

and the Simiine ; for they begin to be conspicuous at the eighth or

ninth dorsal vertebra, though sometimes much earlier ; they mount

as it were on the summit of the anterior zygapophysis at from the

tenth to the twelfth, or very rarely thirteenth dorsal vertebra, They

then continue very marked in the lumbar region, projecting strongly

upwards and forwards from the summits of the anterior zygapo-

physes ; they are distinguishable in the sacrum, and are visible, as a

process more or less distinct from the anterior zygapophysis, in the

first few caudal vertebre ; but further back they coalesce with, or

replace, that process.

In Ateles the metapophyses are’ distinguishable throughout the

dorsal series, but are very little marked in the lumbar region.

572 MR. ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

In Indris they do not become easily discernible till the last two

dorsal vertebrze, but they are marked in the lumbar vertebree.

In Tarsius these processes attain their maximum, not in the dorsal

or lumbar, but in the anterior part of the caudal region.

In the Nycticebine the metapophyses are not conspicuously * de-

veloped in the trunk vertebrae, most so perhaps in Perodicticus.

As to the extent to which the metapophysis can be traced back-

wards along the spinal column, as might be anticipated, it is in Ateles

that it can be furthest followed; its amalgamation with the anterior

zygapophysis sometimes not taking place, in that genus, till the ninth

caudal vertebra. In the other Cebid@ this union takes place gene-

rally at from the fifth to the seventh, though in Mycetes not till the

eighth caudal vertebra. In Lemur it generally occurs at about the

seventh caudal. In almost all the long-tailed Simiide the metapo-

physes are distinct in the first three, four, or five vertebrze, the amal-

gamation with the anterior zygapophysis taking place at the fourth,

fifth, or sixth caudal vertebra. In Jnuus and the very short-tailed

Cynocephali, as in Man and the Stmiine, metapophyses are not at

all or scarcely to be traced backwards beyond the sacrum ; in Indris

they are scarcely distinct in the second caudal vertebra.

As to the extent to which the metapophysis can be traced forwards

along the spinal column, there is considerable variation. As has been

already recognized by others+, it can often be easily distinguished

even in the first dorsal vertebra; but I am not aware that its exist-

ence in the cervical vertebree of any Primate has yet been observed ;

Fig. 6.

\aez [" I \\ 74 i

Z yn \

iY 0)

G i re O-< ay i)

i Mati’ Us ay

- Shug im mh

Axis and four following cervical vertebree of Areles, from the Museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons (nos. 4694, 4695). Nat. size. m. Metapophysis.

nevertheless it is often more or less traceable in the cervical region,

but most distinctly so in the genera Ateles, Perodicticus, and Arcto-

cebus, and sometimes in Simia.

In Afeles this process is plainly distinguishable f as far as the third

* They are really well developed, but extend so little upwards as to be com-

paratively inconspicuous.

+ Prof. Owen on the Megatherium, ‘ Phil. Trans.’ part 2 for 1851, p. 727.

} Especially in the cervical vertebre (nos. 4694-4696) preserved in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons, and in nos. 808d & 808 ¢ in the British Mu-

seum, where the first two dorsal vertebra show the metapophyses advancing

inwards and preparing, as it were, to underlap the anterior zygapophyses of the

cervical vertebre.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES, 573

cervical vertebra, appearing as an obtuse prominence developed from

beneath the anterior zygapophysis.

In both Perodicticus and Arctocebus it is also plainly to be recog-

nized in the corresponding vertebre, and is similar in form and posi-

tion to the cervical metapophysis of A¢eles.

That this prominence is really metapophysial in its nature is made

evident by the fact that in the Edentata, where these as well as the

other vertebral processes are carried to their maximum of develop-

ment, the metapophyses are continued into the cervical region in the

very same situation (viz. dipping beneath the anterior zygapophyses),

as may be well seen in the two-toed Sloth (in spite of the poor deve-

lopment of the metapophyses in its trunk vertebree*), also in Orycte-

ropust, and especially in the Pangolint. The existence of similar

tubercles in the cervical vertebrae of Myrmecophaga tamandua and

Myrmecophaga jubata has already been recorded by Professor Owen,

who has fully recognized their metapophysial nature§. In this last-

mentioned genus the metapophyses are very marked in the cervical

region, and are developed with a singular uniformity from the ante-

rior cervical to the posterior caudal vertebre.

In the other genera of Primates|| this process is not so distinctly

to be traced in the cervical vertebree ; yet often the under surface of

the anterior zygapophyses of the fourth, fifth, or sixth cervical ver-

tebrz is strongly convex, as is, at least sometimes, the case in the

genus Homo]; and doubtless this prominence in all cases is, so to

speak, a latent metapophysis.

In the Orang ** I have noticed a condition which is common enough

in many genera of Mammals, namely, such an extension of the cervical

metapophysis, that part of it is continued on to the posterior part of

the vertebra next in front, part of a cervical metapophysis occupy-

ing its normal position beneath the anterior zy gapophysis of one ver-

tebra, the other part being situated outside and partly upon the

posterior zygapophysis of the vertebra anterior to it. Ihave not ob-

served this in any other Primate besides the Orang, except Man, in

whom, at least sometimes ++, a more or less similar condition obtains.

* Noticed by Prof. Owen, ‘ Memoir on the Megatherium,’ p. 740.

t See detached cervical vertebra: (no. 2339) in the Museum of the Royal Col-

lege of Surgeons.

{ No. 2363. in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

§ Memoir on the Megatherium, pp. 745, 746.

|| In the British Museum there is a skeleton of an Orang (nos. 43, 10, 2, 1)

in which the seventh cervical vertebra shows distinctly the metapophysis closo

to and just outside of the anterior zygapophysis, ready to dip beneath it in the

sixth, Also, in a skeleton of Cercopithecus albogularis (no. 17 6), the metapo-

physes are distinctly visible throughout the dorsal vertebrze, those of the first

two dorsal being more internally situated than are those behind, so that the

margin of the anterior zygapophysis of the first dorsal vertebra seems quite in

series with them. The same approach of the metapophyses to the anterior zy-

gapophyses takes place in a very marked way in the first dorsal vertebra of a

skeleton of Mycetes (no. 44 a), and in that of Ateles subpentadactylus (no. 38 b).

{ Well seen in the fourth, fifth, and sixth cervical verlebree of a human spine

in the Museum of St. Mary’s Hospital. .

** See skeleton (nos. 45, 10, 2, 2, 3c) in the British Museum.

tt £. 9. a set of human cervical vertebrae in my own collection.

574 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

This peculiar condition of the cervical metapophysis is well seen

in large specimens of the genus Canis*, in which (figs. 7 & 9, m)

the third dorsal vertebra, like all those posterior to it, bears its own

metapophysis only, and supports the whole of it. The second dorsal

Fig. 7.

First three dorsal vertebrz and all the cervical vertebra, except the atlas, of Canzs

dingo. One-half nat. size. m. Metapophysis. %. Hyperapophysis.

vertebra bears but a portion of its metapophysis, which is continued

on to the first dorsal vertebra. This first dorsal supports the other

part of the metapophysis of the second dorsal, but scarcely any of its

own, which, on the other hand, is almost entirely borne by the seventh

cervical vertebra upon its posterior zygapophysis. The sixth cervical

vertebra similarly supports the metapophysis of the seventh cervical ;

but in addition it bears, beneath and outside its anterior zygapo-

physis, a marked portion of its own true and proper metapophysis.

The same is the case in the fifth cervical vertebra; the fourth, how-

ever, bears scarcely any of the metapophysis of the fifth cervical,

but, on the other hand, has its own metapophysis well developed, and

situated in its normal position, beneath the anterior zygapophysis.

In the Malay Tapirt the cervical metapophyses are strongly

marked, and are somewhat divided, the greater part of each being in

the normal position beneath the anterior zygapophysis, but part also

being above the posterior zygapophysis next in front, in the last five

cervical vertebree.

In the Indian Rhinocerost the cervical metapophyses are almost

entirely confined to the anterior zygapophyses.

* See mounted skeleton of C. occidentalis in the British Museum. Also

no, 4364 (Arctic Wolf) in the Osteological Collection of the Museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons.

t No. 2866 of the Osteological Collection in the Museum of the Royal College

of Surgeons.

t No. 2969 ™ the same collection.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 575

In the Sumatran Rhinoceros*, however, they are pretty equally

divided.

A similar prolongation forwards of the cervical metapophyses takes

place in the Oxf.

In Ursust I have found the cervical metapopliyses very strongly

marked, and entirely confined to their normal position beneath the

anterior zygapophyses.

In the Megatherium§ they are situated rather behind the anterior

zygapophyses of the cervical vertebre.

ANAPOPHYSES.

These processes are also, in the main, lumbar processes. In Man

they are generally confined to the first two lumbar and last dorsal

vertebree, though they are sometimes distinct at the eleventh dorsal

and rarely even on the fifth lumbar. In all cases, however, they

are very feebly developed, as is the case also in the Simiine.

In Troglodytes and Simia they are distinct from the eleventh dorsal

to the second lumbar, but less marked in the lumbar than even in

the dorsal region, especially in Simia.

In Hylobates there is much variation; but generally they are

pretty distinct from about the tenth to the fifteenth trunk-vertebra,

sometimes, however, as early as the third dorsal.

In all the rest of the order (except some of the Nycticebine) they

are much more developed, forming long processes in the lumbar re-

gion, each process projecting backwards outside and beneath the an-

terior zygapophysis of the vertebra next behind.

In the Semnopithecine and Cynopithecine they are generally di-

stinct processes as early as the eighth dorsal vertebra, and continue

such to the penultimate lumbar; in the Cebid@ they are generally

distinct at about the ninth or tenth, but in Nyctipithecus not quite

so till the fourteenth dorsal vertebra.

In A¢eles they are shorter than in Lagothriz and the other Ce-

bide, and disappear at the fourth lumbar.

In Lemur they become marked at about the eleventh dorsal ver-

tebra; in Indris at the twelfth.

In the Nycticebine they are not distinct till we come quite to the

end of the dorsal region, and, except in Perodicticus, they are little

marked even in the lumbar vertebre.

In Tarsius they are inconspicuous throughout the whole of the

trunk-vertebree.

The anapophyses appear to attain their maximum of relative size

in the lower Cebide.

Generally, in the last lumbar vertebra, the process in question ap-

pears to coalesce with the base of the true transverse process ; and

if we may consider the terminal lateral processes of the sacrum the

* No. 2933 in the same collection.

Tt No. 3825 in the same collection.

¢ A skeleton in my own collection.

§ See Professor Owen’s memoir on the Megatherium, ‘ Phil. Trans,’ 1855,

vol. exly. p. 375, and pl. 20. fig. 5.

57 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

single. backwardly projecting transverse processes of the first few

caudal vertebrae, and the hinder part of each divided transverse pro-

cess of the more posterior caudal vertebre as serially homologous

with the lumbar anapophyses, then this process continues to be de-

veloped almost to the posterior extremity of the spinal column.

The extent to which the anapophysis may be traced forwards varies

much. In some Gibbons it can be plainly distinguished on the

transverse process of the third dorsal vertebra. It can often, in the

Simiade, be traced to the first dorsal; but in Cynocephalus* it

sometimes appears as a minute projection on the dorsum of the outer

end of each of the upper or diapophysial transverse processes of the

four posterior cervical vertebree.

I am not aware that the serial homologues of the lumbar anapo-

physes have before been noticed in the cervical region; but I have

no doubt that they do exist in many forms, and that they may even

be represented in Man himself by the backwardly projecting extre-

mities of the upper part of each bifurcated transverse process.

In Ateles+ these processes are distinctly traceable in the cervical

region (fig. 6) as tubercles backwardly projecting from the distal ends

of the upper (diapophysial) transverse processes of the fifth, sixth,

and seventh cervical vertebree.

In many individuals of different speciest, in which the dorsal ana-

pophyses are well marked ; by following these latter forwards it be-

comes pretty evident that the more or less backwardly projecting

extremity of the upper portion of the cervical transverse process is

in series with these dorsal anapophyses, and therefore that these pro-

cesses do in fact sometimes extend almost from one end of the ver-

tebral column nearly to the other—that is, of course, if the interpre-

tation previously suggested for the caudal transverse processes be

correct.

HyPrreRAPOPHYSES.

A more or less trifid neural spine, as has been said, exists in the

axis vertebra of T'roglodytes and some others. In Mycetes (fig. 1)

the same vertebra has a distinctly trifid spine; and this charactcr is

repeated in the two or three following vertebree.

. .

In Mycetes also, as has likewise been mentioned, lateral backwardly

projecting processes spring from the neural arch in the lumbar ver-

* EF. g. in no. 4719 in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

+ No. 4695 in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

This, I think, is plainly to be observed in the following skeletons preserved

in the British Museum :—In an Orang (nos. 3B, 45, 10, 2, 8), where the back-

wardly projecting point of the seventh cervical vertebra appears to continue for-

wards the dorsal anapophyses. The same may be said of two specimens of

Colobus (no. 138716 and no. 1180). In Cercopithecus albogularis (no. 176),

where the anapophyses of the ninth, tenth, and eleventh dorsal vertebra bifur-

cate, these processes are plainly visible throughout the dorsal series; and the

points of the cervical transverse processes are, I think, evidently their serial ho-

mologues. Perhaps this is even more marked in another individual of the same

species (no. 17%). The same thing is plainly visible in a young Cynocephalus

babouin (no. 86c), in Macacus rhesus (no. 30g) to the fifth and sixth cervical

vertebree ; and in Jruus (no. 32d) it is distinctly traceable to the seventh.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 577

tebrze, one on each side of the neural spine (fig. 2,2). Such pro-

cesses are also found in other forms, e. g. Lagothrix* (fig. 11, A),

Chrysothrix+, Nyctipithecust, and Hapale§; but they attain their

maximum in Galago|| (fig. 8, 2), where they exist both in the poste-

rior dorsal and in the lumbar vertebree, and are very marked, each

pair of such backwardly projecting processes embracing between

them the spinous process of the vertebra next behind. These extra

processes4] are somewhat similar to anapophyses, but are placed

much higher, being above and within the posterior zygapophyses.

Now these lumbar extra processes, as they exist in Mycetes, seem

certainly to be the serial homologues of the lateral parts of the cer-

vical trifid spines. In Galago there is no cervical spinous process

whatever, except that of the axis vertebra, which is more or less

bifid ; yet the cervical neural lamine in that genus develope two

faintly marked processes on the dorsum of each vertebra, which pro-

cesses appear to continue backwards (7. e. to be serially homologous

with) the lateral parts of the spine of the axis, in the same way that

the extra processes of the cervical vertebree of Mycetes** are evi-

dently serially homologous with the lateral parts of the spine of the

axis in that genus. Now, without doubt, the before-mentioned

lumbar processes of Mycetes are the serial homologues of the cervical

extra processes and of the lateral parts of the axis-spine ; and there-

fore the same lumbar processes in Galago are also the serial homo-

lognes of the faintly marked processes of the cervical neural laminze

and of the lateral parts of the axis-spine in that genus.

Thus we have processes backwardly directed, and springing from

the neurapophyses, which processes attain their maximum in the

lumbar and third and fourth cervical vertebrze, and appear to be seri-

ally homologous with the lateral portions of a so-called bifid or

trifid spine, whether of the axis or of some other vertebra.

Professor Owen remarks +f, in speaking of the axis of an Australian

Woman, “ The neural spine is much less developed ; in fact, what

‘is usually described as the bifurcated spine of the axis seems rather

* See the skeleton of Lagothriz (no. A 4718 @) in the Museum of the Royal

Col’ ze of Surgeons, and that in the British Museum (numbered 43 d, 50, 11,

22, 61).

t See no. 9326 in the Osteological Collection of the British Museum. These

processes are present in the last dorsal and first four lumbar vertebrie.

¢ See the skeleton of NV. vidlosus in the British Museum.

They are very distinct in the last dorsal and first five lumbar vertebre of

H, midas (no. 1889a). They are also marked in H. edipus (no. 53 a) and H.

auritus, all in the Osteological Collection of the British Museum.

|| See the skeleton of G. adlendi in the British Museum (no. 68 @).

{| The processes in question are spoken of as “‘ griffelformige Fortsitze”’ by

Creplin, the German translator of Retzius, in describing the spinal column of

Callithrix (Chrysothrix?). See Miller’s ‘ Archiv’ for 1849, Heft vi. p. 614.

** In a Macacus rhesus (no. 309) in the same collection, the spines of the four

last cervical and first dorsal vertebra show traces of these processes, although

the spine of the axis is in the same individual quite simple. In a skeleton of a

Potto (no. 745 a) in the British Museum, there are also faint indications of these

processes in the fourth; fifth, sixth, and seventh cervical vertebrie.

tt Osteological Catalogue, vol. ii. p. 807, preparation no. 5187.

578 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

to be the upper slightly produced extremities of the not completely

- coalesced neurapophyses of that vertebra in Man.”

I do not for a moment pretend to assert that there is any funda-

mental distinction between a single, a bifid, and a trifid neural spine ;

at the same time it may be well to note these varieties of structure,

and the fact that, as has been said, it is with the lateral parts of such

trifid spines, or with the halves of such bifid spines, that these extra

processes appear to be serially homologous.

In the genus Canis the axis and three following cervical vertebree

support processes, decreasing in size as we proceed from before back-

wards, which project posteriorly, and are situated upon, and rather

internally to, the posterior zygapophyses. They are quite distinct

from the cervical metapophyses, and disappear at the sixth cervical

vertebra (figs. 7 &9,/). Similar processes exist in other Carnivora,

as the genus Felis, and in Ursus labiatus*. On the other hand, they

are quite wanting in the large marsupial Carnivore Thylacinust.

Are these processes the homologues of those just described as ex-

isting in Mycetes and others?

I am disposed, provisionally at least, so to regard them; but,

whether they are so or not, the extra processes existing in Primates

are so marked in some species, and serve so well to distinguish cer-

tain groups one from another, that I cannot but think that it would

be convenient and every way proper to bestow on them a distinct

appellation ; and recognizing fully as I do the great convenience, as

Professor Owen has pointed out, of terms capable of being inflected

adjectively, and desiring that the new term should harmonize with

those already so happily devised, I propose for the process in ques- .

tion the term Ayperapophysis.

CENTRUM.

Speaking broadly, the bodies of the vertebrze of the different re-

gions of the spine have much the same relative proportions through-

out the Anthropoidea. They are relatively widest transversely in

the cervical vertebrae, narrowest and shortest in the dorsal region,

and expanded both in length and breadth in the lumbar.

In the Lemuroidea, except the Nycticebina, the elongated cervical

centra alter the proportion. The Nycticebine differ from all the

other forms in the small increase in breadth of their lumbar vertebrze,

in which respect they are most nearly approached by the Gorilla.

I have not been able to detect in the vertebral column any di-

stinetive characters separating the whole of one of the two primary

divisions, or suborders, of the Primates from the whole of the other,

parallel to the cranial and dental distinctions which so well charac-

terize those two groups respectively. It is the great variety of struc-

ture presented by the second suborder (Lemuroidea) which renders

it difficult or impossible to give satisfactory spinal distinctive cha-

racters; for the typical Lemurs present marked differences enough

* E. g. skeleton (no. 4037) in the collection of the Royal College of Surgeons.

t EH. g. skeleton (no. 1984) in the same collection.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES.

Spine of Galago alleniz,

from the British Mu-

seum. Nat. size.

z. Posterior zygapo-

physis.

h. Hyperapophysis.

First three dorsal vertebrze

and all the cervical verte-

bree, except the atlas, of

Canis dingo. One-half

nat. size.

m. Metapophysis.

h. Hyperapophysis.

580 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

from the whole of the Anthropoidea, which last have much uniformity

of structure, aud may be characterized as follows :—

ANTHROPOIDEA.

Cervical vertebrze always short; atlas with the extremities of its

transverse processes always bent upwards, and its two posterior arti-

cular surfaces always separated by an interval ; transverse processes of

the fifth cervical vertebra always bifurcating; ribs sometimes as few as

eleven pairs, but never more than fourteen ; lumbar vertebrze scarcely

ever more than seven*; increase in breadth of the bodies of the poste-

rior as compared to the anterior dorsal vertebree generally consider-

able; third, fourth, fifth, and sixth cervical vertebra always with di-

stinct neural spines ; sternum sometimes formed of as few as two bones

in the adult ; neurapophyses never perforated by the spinal nerves.

The first family, Hominide, possesses many characters in common

with the Simiine; in fact, were we to consider the spinal structure

only, the Simiine would be united to the Hominide, or would rank

as a family by themselves, so widely do they differ from the rest of

the Simide.

HoMINID& AND SIMIINZ&.

A more or less perceptible sigmoid curve in the spinal column ; the

vertebral artery sometimes grooves, sometimes perforates the neural

arch of the atlas; dorsal vertebree normally twelve; thirteen, or four-

teen; no dorsal or lumbar neural spines forwardly directed; lumbar

transverse processes short and never bent ventrally ; metapophyses

and anapophyses but very little developed+; sacrum large and solid,

always consisting of four vertebre at the least, and tapering gra-

dually backwards ; caudal vertebrae never more than seven, and de-

stitute of complete neural arches, metapophyses, anapophyses, and

hypapophyses, and always decreasing in length from before back-

wards; sternum broad and short, often with only one bone between

the manubrium and the xiphoid cartilage; spine of axis generally

more or less distinctly bifid or trifid; imerease in antero-posterior

diameter of spinous processes (as we survey the spine from before

backwards) at its minimum ; last sacral vertebra with its neural arch

generally imperfect.

HomINIpD&.

Spinal column with a strongly marked sigmoid curve ; dorsal and

lumbar vertebree together seventeen in number ; transverse processes

of dorsal and lumbar vertebree inclined upwards (backwards) ; lumbar

transverse processes arising at a high level, through elongation of the

crura of the neural archest ; metapophyses not distinct before the

* De Blainville mentions a Baboon with eight lumbar vertebrae.

+ Prof. Owen, in his interesting ‘ Memoir on the Gorilla,’ recently published,

gives as the most conspicuous osteological characters of his group Pithecina (my

Simiine) “the great relative breadth and flatness of the sternum, the reduction

of the caudal vertebrae to a non-projecting ‘ os coccygis,’ and the feeble met- and

anapophyses in the lumbar vertebre.” See ‘Memoir on the Gorilla,’ 1865, p. 46.

t Noticed by Prof. Owen, ‘ Trans. Zool. Soe.’ vol. iv. p. 105.

1865.) . AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 581

tenth, and anapophyses not before the eleventh, dorsal vertebra ;

sacrum always consisting of five vertebree, without counting the last

lumbar, which rarely anchyloses with it ; three sacral vertebrae gene-

rally articulate with the ilium; sacrum concave anteriorly, both antero-

posteriorly and transversely ; sacro-vertebral angle very marked ; no

anapophysial process at posterior end of sacrum ; ribs twelve pairs,

with strongly marked angles, and with their proximal portions arch-

ing much backwards, more so than in any other Primate, also with

the vertical sigmoid twist at its maximum ; breadth of thorax to its

depth as about three to two; transverse process of third cervical

vertebra always bifurcated ; spinous processes of second, third, fourth,

and fifth cervical vertebrze generally bifurcated, never very elongated ;

of the cervical spines, that of the seventh cervical vertebra the

longest.

Simin &.

Spinal column with a scarcely perceptible sigmoid curve; sacrum

very elongated relatively, and generally flattened anteriorly. If three

sacral vertebree join the ilium, then one answers to the last lumbar

of Man. Sacro-vertebral angle very slightly marked; an anapophysial

process on each side at posterior end of sacrum; ribs twelve or thir-

teen (rarely fourteen) pairs, and forming a thorax the transverse dia-

meter of which is still very considerable ; spinous processes of third,

fourth, fifth, and sixth cervical vertebree never bifid; transverse

process of third cervical vertebra very rarely bifurcating.

The first two genera of this family have much in common, thus:—

TROGLODYTES AND SIMIA.

Dorsal and lumbar vertebrze, taken together, seventeen in number;

ribs twelve or thirteen pairs ; transverse processes of lumbar vertebrae

inclined somewhat upwards ; spines of most cervical vertebree very

elongated, but not bifurcated ; axis-spine more or less bifid or trifid ;

anapophyses very slightly developed; bodies of dorsal vertebre in-

creasing but slightly in breadth posteriorly ; last lumbar vertebra

very often anchylosed to sacrum; lumbar vertebra never more than

five in number.

TROGLODYTES.

Ribs normally thirteen pairs ; neural foramina of sacrum much

smaller than in Man; sacro-vertebral angle exceedingly slight ; sa-

crum very flat anteriorly.

Sternum of 7. gorilia much wider (below the manubrium) than

that of 7. niger.

Sruta.

Ribs only twelve pairs; neural foramina of sacrum as large or

larger than in Man; sacro-vertebral angle more marked than in T’ro-

glodytes ; antero-posterior concavity of anterior surface of sacrum

generally very marked ; anterior margin of manubrium much thick-

ened; sternum peculiarly composite ; anapophyses often scarcely

perceptible in lumbar region; transverse process of sixth cervical

vertebra sometimes imperforate.

582 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

HYLoBATES.

Dorsal and free lumbar vertebree, taken together, generally eighteen

in number; ribs twelve to fourteen pairs; last lumbar vertebra always

anchylosed to sacrum ; sometimes as many as six lumbar vertebree ;

spines of cervical vertebre neither elongated nor bifureating ; ana-

pophyses generally more developed than in the higher forms.

This genus presents us, in the Siamang (H. syndactylus), with the

broadest and relatively shortest sternum to be found in the whole

order.

Nearly all the rest of the Primates—that is to say, all the Sim1ip x

(except the Simiine), all the Cesrp, Hapatip#, and LemurorpeEa,

with a few exceptions, present the following common characters :—

Dorsal and lumbar vertebre, taken together, almost always exceed

eighteen in number ; the vertebral artery perforates the neural arch

of the atlas*; metapophyses and anapophyses generally very con-

spicuous ; caudal vertebrae generally numerous, and always one at

least has a complete neural arch; spines of last dorsal and of lumbar

vertebree forwardly directed (except the Nycticebine and Ateles) ;

lumbar transverse processes often inclined downwards; sacrum not

tapering gradually (except Indris and the Nycticebine), and very

rarely consisting of as many as four vertebrae. Except in a very few,

the caudal vertebree increase in length after the first two or three.

Caudal vertebrze with well-marked transverse processes, generally di-

vided ; hypapophyses present in caudal region, except in Inuus, In-

dris, and the Nycticebine ; sternum elongated, and always with three

or more bones, in the adult, between the manubrium and xiphoid

cartilage ; thorax deeper and less broad relatively than in the two

first families ; fourth, fifth, aud sixth cervical spines never bifurca-

ting, and (except in Perodicticus and Arctocebus) never very elon-

gated.

Characters presented by all the Simi1p%, except the SIMIIN&.

Dorsal vertebree from 11 to 13; lumbar vertebrze 6 or 7; together

generally 19, rarely 18 or 20 in number ; generally 2, rarely 3, very

rarely 4 sacral vertebree; neural spines begin to incline forwards at

the eleventh or twelfth dorsal vertebraT ; the metapophysis interrupts

the dorsal vertebral groove by mounting on the anterior zygapophysis

at the tenth or eleventh dorsal vertebra ; anapophysis distinct, at the

latest, at the ninth, and long at the eleventh dorsal vertebra; only

one or two true sacral vertebree articulate with the ilium; caudal

vertebree begin to increase in length at the second or the third caudal

vertebrat. Neural spine of third cervical vertebra short and simple §;

* Not so in Semnopithecus nasalis (no. 6c) in the British Museum.

+ At the thirteenth in C. porcarius (no. 35d) in the British Museum.

{ This, of course, is not the case in Znwus; and there are exceptions, as the

Macacus nemestrinus and M. speciosus in the British Museum, already mentioned,

§ This process very rarely exhibits an incipient bifurcation, as in Colobus vel-

lerosus (no. 1391) in the British Museum, and in Cynocephalus sphinx (no. 34c)

in the same collection.

1865. ] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 583

that of seventh cervical the longest, or equal to the longest of the

cervical spines; transverse process of third cervical vertebra very

rarely bifurcating, those of fourth and fifth cervical vertebrae always

so; relative extent of lumbar region great, that of sacral region very

small.

SEMNOPITHECINE.

In the two genera composing this subfamily we find the greatest

absolute length of tail existing in the order, also the absolutely longest

individual caudal vertebree ; there is also generally one bone less to

the sternum than in the Cynopithecine*, there being mostly but four

bones interposed between the manubrium and thesxiphoid cartilage.

CyNOPITHECINE.

Macacvs.

In this genus the hypapophyses and chevron bones are more de-

veloped than in any other of the Simiide.

Invuvs.

This form (which, when considering the structure of the spine

alone, it is convenient to rank as a separate genus) is very distinct from

the Semnopithecine and from all the other Cynopithecine as regards

the structure of the posterior end of the vertebral column, though

Fig. 10.

Caudal vertebree of Inwus (no. 326) in the British Museum. Nat. size.

from the atlas to the posterior end of the sacrum it is quite like the

other Macaques. Thus the most marked characters are—caudal ver-

tebree from twot to four in number; caudal transverse processes

* This has been noticed by De Blainville, ‘ Ostéog. Primates,’ p. 22.

+ Vrolik says two (see /.c. p.10). In the skeleton (no. 32d) in the British

Museum there are only two caudal vertebre, but the second is evidently com-

posed of two anchylosed together; it has a very narrow, yet complete, neural

arch. In the specimen no. 32f, also in the British Museum, there are four

caudal vertebrae, the two first having complete neural arches. In no. 520 there

are also four caudals (the two last being anchylosed together), and three have

each a complete neural arch.

584 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

undivided ; no hypapophyses ; caudal vertebree flat and broad, each

successive vertebra being less than its predecessor in all dimensions,

like those of the coccyx of the Simiine. In the allied Japanese form,

Macacus speciosus*, there are ten caudal vertebrze ; the third caudal

is scarcely, if at all, longer than the second ; but the fourth is longer

than the third caudal vertebra; there are slight hypapophyses and

chevron bones.

CyNOCEPHALUS.

Transverse process of axis and that of third cervical vertebra some-

times bifureating ; dorsal and lumbar vertebre, taken together, some-

times only eighteen in number; sometimes as many as four sacral

vertebree ; sacro-vertebral angle often strongly marked, as also the

antero-posterior concavity of sacrum; relative breadth of sacrum at

its maximum; hypapophyses present; anterior margin of manu-

brium much thickened; atlas vertebra occasionally developing a

short neural spine. In some at least there appears} to be a de-

cided return towards the sigmoid curve of the spinal column existing

in Man.

The American Anthropoidea have but very few characters in com-

mon tending to distinguish them from the Old-World forms.

CEBIDz.

Three first caudal vertebree quite short, the increase in length not

taking place till the fourth ; dorsal vertebree from twelve t to fifteen

in number ; twelfth dorsal spine turned forwards (except in Afeles);

spines of the third and fourth cervical vertebree often curving over in

a forward direction ; spine and transverse process of third cervical

not bifurcating ; spine of the seventh cervical § the longest, or equal

to the longest of the cervical spines ; lumbar spinous processes (ex-

cept in Ateles) very long, and curving over in a forward direction in

a very marked manner; generally two, rarely three, very rarely four,

sacral vertebree ; only one or two sacral vertebree articulate with the

ilium (except sometimes in <A¢eles) ; sacro-vertebral angle almost

always obsolete; transverse processes of lumbar vertebrae (except in

Ateles) inclined strongly downwards and forwards.

ATELES.

This genus-presents many exceptional characters in its vertebral

structure.

Neural lamin rather long; marked cervical metapophyses

(fig. 6, m); dorsal region at its maximum of relative length in the

* No. 1083 a in the British Museum.

+ Ze. as far as can be judged from skeletons only.

t In Callithrix personatus (no. 51d), in the British Museum, there are but

eleven dorsal vertebrae.

§ Wagner says that the transverse process of the seventh cervical vertebra is

never perforated in any of the American Primates, Man of course excepted. See

‘Beitr. zur Kennt. der Wirbelthiere Amerika’s, osteolog. Beitr. zur Kenntniss

der amerikanischen Affen,’ p. 457.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 585

family ; all the dorsal spines backwardly inclined or vertical * ; mostly

four, sometimes five, lumbar vertebree ; dorsal and lumbar vertebre,

taken together, only eighteen, or even only seventeen, in number;

lumbar neural spines scarcely inclined forwards ; transverse processes

of lumbar vertebrze not bent downwards, and arising from a higher

level than in other Cebid@ ; transverse diameter of thorax exceeds

its depth ; sacrum generally composed of four vertebre, three often

articulating with the ilium ; sacral region longer in proportion to the

rest of the spine than in any other of the Cedide, or any of the St-

miide below Hylobates ; number of caudal vertebree at its maximum

in the order; proportion of caudal region to other vertebral regions

at its maximum ; longest individual caudal vertebre situated further

from the root of the tail than in other long-tailed forms; eight cau-

dals with a complete neural arch to each; five or six caudals with a

neural spine each; caudal zygapophyses articulate with each other

till the eighth caudal vertebra; caudal metapophyses distinct to the

same vertebra; anterior and posterior divisions of the caudal trans-

verse processes not attaining equality till the ninth caudal vertebra ;

transverse processes of the first six caudal vertebrae very long and

strong; hypapophyses and chevron bones at their maximum, and

in the posterior caudal vertebree they are the largest of the caudal

processes ; terminal caudal vertebrz thick.

This genus also differs from all the rest of the Cebid@ and from

all Semnopithecine and Cynopithecine in the small increase in

antero-posterior extent of the lumbar neurapophyses and spines as

compared to those of the dorsal region, and in the shortness of the

lumbar anapophyses.

Fig. 11.

Last dorsal and three first lumbar vertebre of Lagothrix humboldtii, from the

Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. Nat. size. 4. Hyperapophysis.

* De Blainville remarks this (/. c. p. 10); but in the skeleton (no. 38 4) in the

British Museum the thirteenth and fourteenth dorsal spines are turned slightly

forwards.

+ As in two skeletons in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons (nos.

4690 & 4697).

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1865, No. XX XVIII.

586 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

LaGoTHRIx*.

In this genus there are fourteen dorsal, four lumbar, and three

sacral vertebree. The hypapophysis of the atlas is very largely de-

veloped, as are the hypapophyses and chevron bones of the caudal

region. The axis-spine has a trifid tendency. The cervical spines

are not curved over in a forward direction, nor are there any cervical

metapophyses ; but hyperapophyses are largely developed in at least

the last three dorsal and first four lumbar vertebree, and the lumbar

anapophyses are very long and strong. There are five caudal verte-

bree with spinous processes, and seven with a complete neural arch.

CrBuvs. .

Wagner says+ of this genus, that the terminal caudal vertebre are

intermediate in form between those of Ate/es and Mycetes and the

slender terminal ones of the lax-tailed Cebide and of Hapale.

Mycerrs.

Manubrium (figs. 4 & 5, m) remarkably divided in the middle

linet. Axis with a trifid spine ; hyperapophyses in the neck and

trunk (figs. 1 & 2,4); no cervical metapophyses ; anterior cervical

spines rather elongated ; hypapophysis of atlas produced very strongly

backwards beneath the axis; terminal caudal vertebree thick ; some-

times only four bones between manubrium and xiphoid cartilage §.

In all the rest of the Cebid@ and in Hapale the posterior caudal

vertebree are long and slender ||.

Piruecia9.

In this genus the ribs attain the greatest relative breadth of the

whole order; and the costal element of the sixth cervical vertebra is

scarcely larger than that of the fifth.

BracHyuRws.

Here there are sometimes four sacral vertebrae **, the sacrum being

strongly concave antero-posteriorly, long, narrow, and tapering.

CALLITHRIX.

Sometimes in this genus there are but eleven dorsal vertebrae ++, the

* Thave only seen two skeletons of this genus—one in the British Museum

(nos. 43d, 50, 11, 22, 61), the other in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons (no. A 4718 a).

+ Zep. Aol.

{ As has been before observed, it is completely cleft in the specimen preserved

in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, as well as in the one in the

British Museum; and De Blainyille speaks of it as “‘ profondément bifurqué”

(Ostéog. Primates, Cebus, p. 16).

§ E.g. in no. 44a in the Osteological Collection of the British Museum.

|| Wagner, /.c., and in Suppl. to Schreber’s Siug. Abtheilung, vy. p. 97.

“| See the skeleton of P. monachus in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons.

** See B. calvus (no. 8064) in the British Museum; it has seventeen caudal

vertebrex.

tt As in C. personatus (no. 51d) in the British Museum.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 587

spine of the ninth dorsal being turned forwards, and there being but

four bones between the manubrium and the xiphoid cartilage.

CHRYSOTHRIX.

Transverse processes of the caudal vertebree undivided, forming a

long ridge on each side*. Manubrium with a process on each side

for the first rib ; hyperapophyses in last dorsal and first four lumbar

vertebreet.

NYCTIPITHECUS.

Here the dorsal vertebree are from thirteen to fifteen, the dorsal

and lumbar yertebree together being generally as many as twenty-

twot in number ; yet the dorsal region is relatively shorter, as com-

pared with the other precaudal regions, than in Man, Pithecus, or

Troglodytes ; on the other hand, the lumbar region is relatively the

longest in the whole order, the individual lumbar vertebrze being re-

latively so much elongated. The spines of the lumbar vertebre are

very much prolonged forwards.

HAPALID,

Spine of axis sometimes bifid, that of third cervical vertebra always

short and simple; transverse process of third cervical vertebra gene-

rally bifurcating ; spines of cervical vertebrze never arching over for-

wards; dorsal vertebrze twelve or thirteen in number; tenth dorsal

spine often turned forwards; sometimes the third caudal vertebra is

more elongated than the two preceding §, as in the Simiide. Hyper-

apophyses sometimes present in last dorsal and anterior lumbar ver-

tebree|| ; transverse processes of lumbar region long, and strongly

inclined downwards and forwards; sacro-vertebral angle obsolete ;

spines of lumbar vertebree arching over forwards very strongly.

LEMUROIDEA.

This suborder, as has already been said, presents a great variety

of structure ; and] have not detected 4] any universal characters sepa-

rating it from the Anthropoidea, though conditions often exist in it

which are not found in the last. The transverse processes of the atlas

have almost always their extremities inclined ventrally; and very often

* Noticed by Wagner, ‘ Amerik. Affen,’ p. 460.

+ See skeleton (no. 9324) in the British Museum.

t De Blainville says, 14d. 4+ 81.=22 (/.c. p. 20). Wagner, in ‘ Beitrage zur

K. der amerik. Affen,’ p. 426, gives the same number in his careful description

of the osteology of this genus. In the specimen preserved in the Museum of

the Royal College of Surgeons there are 15d.+71.=22. In W. villosus (no.

58d) in the British Museum there are only 13 d.+81.=21; and in ™. felinus

there are 14d. + 81.=22.

§ E. g. Hapale aurita (nos. 62, 3, 19, 17) in the British Museum.

|| As in H. midas (no. 1889a) in the British Museum, and H. edipus

no. 53 a).

{| Unfortunately I have not been able to meet with a skeleton of any of the

following genera:—Propithecus, Microrhynchus, Hapalemur, Microcebus, Lepi-

lemur, and Cheirogaleus. ;

588 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 27,

the atlas has but one posterior articular surface, the two posterior

zygapophyses uniting in the middle line. The transverse process of

the fifth cervical vertebra is sometimes simple, and does not bifur-

cate. The transverse processes of all the cervical vertebre project

more sharply backwards than in the Anthropoidea. The ribs are

never so few as eleven pairs, while they are occasionally as many as

sixteen pairs. There are sometimes as many as nine lumbar ver-

tebree. The increase in breadth and length of the posterior as com-

pared with the anterior dorsal vertebre is very slight. Sometimes the

third, fourth, fifth, and sixth cervical vertebre are quite destitute

of neural spines. The cervical vertebrze are often very much extended

antero-posteriorly. The sternum is never formed of so few as two

or three bones in the adult; and the first three caudal vertebrze are

short. Except in the Nycticebina, the atlas is furnished with wide

and long transverse processes; there are, with the same exception,

never more than thirteen pairs of ribs, but (except in Indris) always

hypapophyses and more or less complete chevron bones, and, as

in the Anthropoidea, the neurapophyses are not perforated by the

spinal nerves.

InprIs.

This very remarkable form presents us with spinal characters at

least as marked and distinct from those of the other Lemuroidea as

are the spinal characters of Man from those of the rest of the An-

thropoidea. Atlas with one posterior articular surface only ; spine

of axis extending forwards at the summit, but not backwards ; spines

of third, fourth, and fifth cervical vertebree rather.elongated ; neural

lamina of third cervical vertebra split behind, so that its spinous pro-

cess springs from quite its anterior end; anterior zygapophyses ad-

vancing much in front of the roots of the neurapophyses ; transverse

processes of neither the third, fourth, nor fifth cervical vertebra bi-

furcated ; neural lamina of seventh cervical vertebra shorter than

that of any of the other cervical vertebrae; cervical region exceeding

one-fifth the length of the spine (exclusive of the tail), and nearly

five times as long as broad; lumbar vertebre eight* or ninef in

number; spinous processes of lumbar vertebre vertical; neural

laminze of the dorsal vertebree shorter, and those of the lumbar ver-

tebrze scarcely, if at all, longer than those of the cervical vertebree ;

sacrum often composed of as many as four vertebrze, and tapering

posteriorly ; spinous processes of sacrum long and flattened at their

summits; transverse diameter of thorax considerably exceeding its

depth ; dorsal region less relatively extended than in all the rest of

the order; cartilages of ribs slightly dilate before joining the ster-

num{; caudal vertebrae few and more or less decreasing in length

posteriorly § ; no trace of hyperapophyses ; no caudal chevron bones,

* As in skeleton in the British Museum.

+ As in skeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

t Noticed by De Blainville, ‘ Ostéographie,’ Lemur, p. 21.

§ In the skeleton in the British Museum there are fourteen caudal vertebre :

the first two are about equal in length; they then decrease in all dimensions to

the sixth inclusive.

1865.]} AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 589

but the lowest part of each cervical centrum is remarkably prolonged

in a backward direction as a hypapophysial ridge *,

Lemur.

This genus agrees with the last in the very elongated cervical ver-

tebree and the little relative extent of the dorsal region, also in the

cervical neural laminz exceeding those of the dorsal vertebree in

antero-posterior extent, in the atlas having but one posterior articular

surface for the axis, and in the large size of the transverse process of

the atlas. The spine of the axis, however, has its upper part pro-

duced in a backward as well as in a forward direction ; there are

many caudal vertebrx, and there are caudal hypapophyses and che-

vron bones; the spines of the lumbar vertebrze are very long, and

produced strongly forwards. Often the transverse processes of both

the fourth and fifth cervical vertebrze are bifurcated; sometimes there

are extra short transverse processes to the lumbar vertebree, and the

normal ones are produced strongly downwards and forwards.

Microcesvus.

According to Dr. Peters+, there are seven lumbar vertebre in this

genus.

NYCTICEBINE,

This family contains forms, the vertebral structure of which is

aberrant, and singularly recalls in some of its details the family Ho-

minide and the subfamily Simiine.

Atlas with less extended transverse processes than in the other

Lemuride, and sometimes with two articular surfaces for junction with

the axis ; spine of axis bifid or trifid ; transverse process of the third

cervical vertebra often, those of the fourth and fifth cervicals always,

bifurcated ; cervical vertebree very short, and therefore quite unlike

those of Lemur and Indris; dorsal and lumbar spines all backwards

inclined, or sometimes the latter only very slightly forwards ; increase

in length and breadth of dorsal vertebree backwards very slight ;

metapophyses mostly inconspicuous}, but sometimes developed in

the cervical region ; anapophyses but little developed ; sacrum long

and tapering posteriorly ; caudal vertebrae few, no caudal hypapo-

physes ; increase in breadth of the lumbar vertebral bodies as com-

pared with the dorsal at its minimum ; neurapophyses sometimes di-

rectly perforated by the spinal nerves; ribs from fourteen to sixteen

pairs; dorsal region much relatively extended, cervical region very

little so.

Nycricrsus.

Spine of third cervical vertebra generally bifurcated ; dorsal ver-

* This, as well as many of the above characters, is noticed by Prof. Owen in

his remarks on the skeleton of this species (see Osteological Catalogue, vol. ii.

p. 717). He also notices that the Paris specimen has an extra pair of ribs,

t Reise nach Mossambique, p. 17.

t Le. not projecting strongly upwards as in the Long-tailed Monkeys and

murs.

590 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE ~ [June 27,

tebree sixteen, lumbar vertebree seven or eight in number; spines of

lumbar vertebre all backwards inclined*; no distinct lumbar ana-

pophyses+; neurapophyses not perforated ; two articular surfaces

onthe atlas for its union with the axis ; cervical spines short.

Loris.

Spines of third and fourth cervical vertebre very minute ; neck

so short that the breadth of the cervical vertebrae equals two-thirds

their total length ; spines of lumbar vertebree nearly vertical ; dis-

tinct though short lumbar anapophyses+; articular surfaces for the

junction of the atlas with the axis not continuous ; dorsal vertebree

fourteen or fifteen, lumbar vertebree nine in number; cervical spines

short.

PERODICTICUS AND ARCTOCEBUS.

Cervical spines very long, the last the longest; distinct cervical

metapophyses ; neurapophyses of dorsal vertebrae directly perforated

Seven trunk-vertebra: of Potto (Perodicticus), from the British Museum. Nat. size.

by spinal nerves ; spines of lumbar vertebrz vertical or very slightly

inclined forwards ; articular surfaces for the junction of the axis with

the atlas continuous, as in Lemur; dorsal vertebree fourteen or fifteen,

lumbar vertebrze seven or eight in number; sometimes traces of hy-

perapophyses.

GALAGININE f.

Atlas with only one articular surface behind ; axis with a simple

or bifurcated spinous process; spines of all the cervical vertebrz

posterior to the axis almost or quite obsolete ; thirteen dorsal, and

six lumbar vertebree ; twelfth or thirteenth dorsal spine turned for-

wards; metapophyses and anapophyses distinct; hyperapophyses

(fig. 8, 4) in lumbar region at their maximum ; first dorsal spine long.

TARSID.

Cervical spines almost obsolete ; first dorsal spine very small ;

* Noticed by De Blainville, ‘ Ostéographie,’ Lemur, p. 14.

t Noticed by De Blainville, ‘Ostéographie,’ Lemwr, p. 16. The metapophyses

are described by Prof. Owen in part 1 of his Memoir on the Megatherium,

‘Phil. Trans.’, part 2 for 1851, p. 728.

{ Unfortunately I have only been able to observe two skeletons of this sub-

family—one of Galago (Otolicnus) allenii, the other of Galago (Hemigalago)

demidoffit.

1865.] AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. 591

lumbar anapophyses very faintly marked ; metapophyses more di-

stinct in the three first caudals than in all the rest of the spine; no

hyperapophyses.

CHEIROMYIDE.

Atlas with two distinct articular surfaces for axis ; spines of third,

fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh cervical vertebree almost obsolete ;

thirteenth dorsal spine turned forwards ; a process like a second ana-

pophysis in some lumbar vertebrae; transverse process of fourth

cervical vertebra bifurcating; nine pairs of true ribs; two sacral

vertebree ; no hyperapophyses ; no distinct metapophyses or anapo-

physes in the cervical region.

To sum up the results of these observations, the Primates present

us (as regards their vertebral column only) with four principal types

of structure, well represented, respectively, by (1) Simia, (2) Cerco-

pithecus, (3) Nycticebus, and (4) Lemur,—the first having, however,

many points in common with the third, and the second with the

fourth ; so that the affinities between the various groups of the

order (as regards their spinal characters) may be represented under

the symbol of atree. The trunk of such a tree (fig. 13) divides into

two main branches—one of them representing the forms possessing

few caudal vertebree, an elongated tapering sacrum, inconspicuous

metapophyses or anapophyses, neural spines of trunk nearly always

vertical or backwardly inclined, and that of the axis more or less

bifid or trifid, cervical vertebrae short, and cervical spines sometimes

very produced—that is to say, the forms included in the family

Hominide and in the subfamilies Simiine and Nycticebine ; the

other main branch representing all the rest of the order, and possess-

ing the characters attributed above to the Simiide (other than the

Simiine), the Cebide, the Hapalide, and the Lemuroidea in common.

The first main branch gives off a secondary one to represent the

Nycticebine, and then divides into three others for (1) Homo, (2)

for Troglodytes and Simia, and (3) for Hylobates. The second main

branch bifurcates,—its first division representing the Simiide other

than the Simiine, together with the Cebide and Hapalide ; its

second denoting the Lemuroidea other than the Nycticebine. From

both the Semnopithecine and Cynopithecine Inuus and Cynocephalus

distinguish themselves as separate twigs; and Afeles diverges from

the Cebide generally, and very interestingly parallels Hylobates in

its long cervical neural laminz, backwards inclined neural spines of

trunk-vertebrze, large transverse diameter of thorax, and slightly

marked metapophyses and anapophyses. Mycetes and Lagothrix

also, with their marked hyperapophyses, and Chrysothriz, with its

undivided caudal transverse processes, are also special forms. The

genera Galago, Tarsius, and Cheiromys, with their rudimental cer-

vical spines, diverge so much from the typical Lemurs that they

might almost be represented as a distinct primary division of the

second main branch, instead of a subdivision of that bifurcation which

culminates in Lemur, and which gives off a twig to represent Indris

592 ON THE AXIAL SKELETON IN THE PRIMATES. [June 27,

—a form, as we have seen, almost, if not quite, as distinct amongst

the Lemuroidea as Homo is amongst the Anthropoidea.

Hyeticebt

-Berodicticus

/ Nycticebine,

“E

Thus the vertebral column in Primates, though it does not give

us such marked-and distinct characters as are presented by the cra-

nium and dentition, yet exhibits peculiarities which are far from

being destitute of significance. These peculiarities, if considered

alone, would lead to an arrangement of groups and an interpretation

of affinities somewhat differing from, yet in part agreeing with, the

classification founded on cranial and dental characters; so that the

study of that part of the axial skeleton in the Primates which is

posterior to the skull may fairly be regarded as well adapted to assist

us in the determination of the natural affinities of the groups com-

posing the order, while at the same time it conduces to a correct

appreciation of the relations existing between the human vertebral

column and that of the ordinary four-footed mammals.

PZ.5 1865 Pl XXXIill.

J Wolf £J.W. Wood. del.etiith .

CYPSHLUS

SQUAMATUS.

M.&NHanhert reap «

P.4.5.1866 Pl XXXIV.

1bh. . M.&N Hanhart imp -

1865.] ON THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDA. 593

9. Nores oN THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF CyPSELIDZ. By

P. L. Scuater, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., SECRETARY TO THE

Society.

(Plates XXXTIL., XXXIV.)

In offering to the Society some notes on the Cypselid@, which

have been put together during the time that I have devoted to this

group with the object of working out the American species, I may

begin by stating that my views as to the correct position of this family

in the Natural System coincide with those of L’ Herminier*, Nitzsch,

and Burmeister. There can be no doubt, I think, if osteological and

pterylographical characters are to have any weight in our classifici-

tion, that we must place the three families Trochilide, Cypselide,

and Caprimulgide next to one another. It need scarcely be added,

therefore, that I consider that the Swifts have no relationship what-

ever with the Swallows (Hirundinide), with which, in spite of the

frequent protests of scientific ornithologists, they are confounded

even to the present day by certain systematists who attend only to

the most superficial external characters.

Without going into the general anatomy and osteology of the

Swifts, which offer so many peculiarities, I may say a few words con-

cerning two points—the form of the sternum, and the number of the

phalanges of the toes—concerning which I have some new facts to

communicate.

The general form of the sternum in the genus Cypselus has been

well described by M. E. Blanchard in his admirable article upon the

osteological characters of the sternum of birds in the ‘ Annales des

Sciences Naturelles’+. As a typical form of the group, M. Blanchard

describes and figures the sternum of the Common Swift (Cypselus

apus). We cannot do better than follow his description of the more

noticeable points in the structure of this organ, which is represented

in the accompanying woodcuts (figs. 1 & 2).

The body of the sternum of Cypselus apus is much produced, and

gradually widened towards its posterior extremity, the lateral mar-

gins curving gradually outwards, and meeting the posterior margin

nearly at right angles. The posterior margin (see fig. 1) is convex,

forming a segment of a circle ; it is continuous throughout, and pre-

sents no traces of posterior fissures. The keel (see fig. 2) springs at

once from the posterior margin, and rises high and rapidly, attaining

an enormous development. It projects far in front over the anterior

margin of the body of the sternum, and terminates in a rounded

point, descending thence to the anterior margin of the body in a

concave curve. ‘There is scarcely a trace of the manubrial process

* As long ago as the year 1827, in his ‘ Recherches sur ]’appareil sternal des

oiseaux,’ M, l’Herminier well described the sternal apparatus of the Swifts, and

constituted them the seventh family of his “‘ Normal Birds,” placing them between

the Colibris (Trochilus) and the Engoulevents (Caprimulgus).

+ Recherches sur les caractéres ostéolugiques des Oiseaux, &c. (Ann. d. Sc. Nat.

ser. 4, Zool. vol. xi. p. 11).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—i865, No. XX XIX.

594 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 27,

which is so well developed in all the true Passeres. The two rami

of the furcula are completely joined at its apex, which is situated at

some distance from the anterior margin of the keel, and at about

half the height of the keel from its base.

Figs. 1 and 2. Sternum of Cypselus apus.

Such are some of the more noticeable points in the formation of

the sternum of Cypselus. They have been so frequently described

that I should not have alluded to them unless I had wished to call

attention to the fact that all the other genera of the same family

present a nearly similar form of sternum. In Chetura (figs. 3 & 4)

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

Figs. 3 and 4. Sternum of Chetura zonaris.

the general characters are nearly the same, although the whole ster-

num is broader in proportion and less elongated, and the anterior

point or apex of the keel is not carried so far forward. The body

of the sternum is also incompletely ossified, presenting traces of two

1865. ] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDZ. 595

large irregular medial foramina, one on each side. The same fora-

mina are present in some of the weaker forms of Cypselus, as already

noticed by Mr. Gosse* in the case of his Tachornis phenicobia.

Collocaliat presents us with a sternum (figs. 5 & 6), which may be

described as a miniature of that of Chetura. Besides the irregular

Fig. 5.

Figs. 5 and 6. Sternum of Collocalia francica.

lateral foramina in the face of the sternum noticed in the latter genus,

there are likewise two small openings perforating the lower part of the

carina, as is mentioned by Gosse in the case of his Tachornis (I. c.).

These are not shown in the figure.

Dendrochelidon, as already remarked by M. Blanchard, is, as re-

gards its sternum, somewhat divergent from the typical form of

Fig. 8.

Figs. 7 and 8. Sternum of Dendrochelidon wallacii.

Oypselus. The whole sternal apparatus is much broader in propor-

tion. The posterior margin of the sternal plate is slightly concave

instead of being convex. The two medial foramina are large and

well-defined, and two posterior foramina are likewise present, although

the posterior margin of the sternal plate is entire and strongly ossi-

fied. The general character of the sternum, however, is strongly

Cypseloid, and, putting aside the other points of its structure, leaves

* Birds of Jamaica, p. 59.

+ Of the Osteology of Collocalia Dr. Bernstein has written a very complete ac-

count in the twenty-sixth volume of the ‘Acta Academiz Leopoldino-Carolinz

(p-15). Dr. Bernstein gives figures of the breast-bones of the two Javan species

(C. esculenta and C. nidifica), and shows conclusively that this genus is in every

point of view truly Cypseloid and is most nearly allied to Dendrochelidon.

596 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 27,

no doubt whatever as to the true position of this interesting form.

The figure represents the sternum of D. wallacii. That of D. my-

stacea, of which also Mr. Wallace has kindly lent me a specimen, is

nearly similar, but larger, and with the medial foramina still broader

and more regularly oblong.

The abnormality of the number of phalanges in the digits of

Cypselus is well known. The medial and external digits have only

three phalanges like the inner digit, as was first pointed out by

Nitzsch* in 1811. This is the case, I believe, with all the species

of Cypselus and Panyptila. Professor Baird, in his ‘ North-Ame-

rican Birds,’ apparently misled by Streubel t, believes that in Pany-

ptila the normal number of phalanges is present. But, as will be

seen by the accompanying drawing (fig. 9), the same rule prevails in

Panyptila as in Cypselus. The medial and outer digits have only

Fig. 9.

a SS

Fig. 9. Left foot of Panyptila melanoleuca.

three phalanges each like the immer. In all the other genera of

Cypselida, as far as I have been able to ascertain, the normal rule is

followed, the medial digit having four phalanges and the outer digit

five. As an illustration of this form of Cypseloid foot I give a figure

(fig. 10) of the bones of the foot of Chetura zonaris, with the pha-

langes slightly separated as in the corresponding figure of Panyptila

melanoleuca.

Fig. 10. Right foot of Chetura zonaris.

* Osteogr. Beitrage z. Nat. d. Végel, p. 104.

T See Streubel’s remarks in the ‘Isis,’ 1848, pp. 359, 360.

1865.] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDZ. 597

This very remarkable peculiarity in the foot of the typical Cypse-

lide, together with the abnormal position of the hallex or posterior

digit, which is either placed anteriorly in a line with the other digits

or more or less laterally, serves to divide the family Cypselid@ into

two distinct subfamilies.

a, CypsELIN2—tarsis plumosis: digitorum externi et medii pha-

langibus utriusque tribus: hallice antice vel lateraliter versa.

6. CoaTurinam—tarsis nudis: digitorum phalangibus, quoad

numerum, normalibus : hallice postice posita, interdum versatili.

The Cypseline contain two genera, which may be separated by

the following diagnoses :—

1. Cypselus: tarsis plumosis, digitis nudis: hallice antica.

2. Panyptila: tarsis digitisque plumosis: hallice laterali.

The Cheturine appear to embrace four well-marked genera,

which may be shortly diagnosed as follows :—

a, tarsis digito medio longioribus.

a', rectricibus spinosis.

a", rachidum apicibus prominentibus, (1) Chetura.

6", rach. apicibus non prominentibus, (2) Cypseloides.

b!, rectricibus non spinosis ............ (3) Collocalia.

6, tarsis digito medio brevioribus .......... (4) Dendrochelidon.

Oue of the most remarkable points in the structure of the Cypse-

lide is the great development of the salivary glands. In all the

species of which the nidification is known, the secretion thus pro-

duced is used more or less in the construction of the nest. In most

cases it forms a glue by which the other materials are joined together,

and the whole nest affixed to the rock, wall, or other object against

which it is placed. In some species of Collocalia, however, the

whole nest is made up of inspissated saliva*, and becomes the edible

bird’s-nest so well known in the East.

The eggs of the Cypselide appear to be always regularly oval in

shape, and colourless.

’ Subfam. I. Cypsreninz.

Genus 1. CypsEexus.

Apus, Scopoli, Intr. Nat. Hist. p. 483 (1777). Type ©. apus.

Cypselus, Ill. Prodr. p. 229 (1811). Type C. apus.

Micropus, Meyer & Wolf, Taschenb. i. p. 280(1810). Type C. apus.

Brachypus, Meyer, Vogel Liv- und Esthlands, p. 142 (1815).

Type C. apus.

Tachornis, Gosse, B. Jamaica, p.58 (1847). Type C. phenicobius.

This genus embraces a series of rather varied forms, which it may

be perhaps necessary ultimately to subdivide. For the present I

* The true constituent of the edible nests of the Collocalie was, I believe, first

stated by Mr. Blyth (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xiv. p. 210, 1845; cf. Ibis, 1860,

p- 323).

598 MR. P. L. SCLATEK ON THE [June 27,

prefer to use one generic name for the whole, arranging them as

follows :—

A. Species orbis antiqui.

a. Cauda furcata.

1. CypsELUS MELBA.

Hirundo melba, Linn.

H. alpinus, Scop., Levaill. Afr. pl. 43, undé Cypselus gutturalis,

~ Vieill.

C. alpinus, Temm.

C. melba, Gould, B. Europe, pl. 35. f. 2; Blyth, Cat. p. 85;

Jerdon, B. Ind. i. p.175; Grill, Zool. Ant. p. 41; Tristram, P.Z.S.

1864, p. 431.

Fuscus : gutture et ventre albis : torque cervicali fusco : long. tota

8:0, ale 8°7, caude 3°5, rectr. ext. 3°5, med. 3°0 poll. Angl.

Hab. Central and Southern Europe, Africa north of the Atlas,

and South-western Asia, as a summer visitant ; Crimea and eastern

coasts of Black Sea (Demidoff); Palestine (Tristram); Algeria

(Tristram § Loche); South Africa, Cape Colony (Victorin § Levaill.);

India, Central and Southern (Jerdon) ; N.W. Himalayas and Cash-

mere (Adams).

2. CYPSELUS ZQUATORIALIS.

Cypselus equatorialis, Mill. Naum. 1851, iv. p. 25, et Ois. d’Afr.

pl. 7.

C. rueppellii, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 421?

“‘ Magnitudine C’. melbe, colore C..apodis” (Miller et Heuglin,

Uie:)s

Hab. Highlands of Abyssinia (Mill.) ; High plains of Woggara,

Central Abyssinia (Heuglin).

I have not myself seen examples of this species; but Mr. Otto

Finsch, of Bremen, who has examined Heuglin’s specimens, has

kindly furnished me with the following note upon them.

Minor quam C. melba, et ventre non albo: supra fumido-brun-

neus, aliquot metallice resplendens: subtus dilutior, mento

pallidiore, et plumarum marginibus pallidioribus : long. al.7°9,

caude furcate rect. ext. 3°3, med. 2°4.

3. CyPpsELUS APUS.

Hirundo apus, Linn.

Cypselus murarius, Temm.

C. apus, Blyth, Cat. p. 35; Jerdon, B. Ind. i. p. 177; Gould, B.

Europe, pl. 35. f. 1; Grill, Zool. Ant. p. 41; Radde, Reisen, ii.

p. 130; Tristram, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 431.

3. Fuliginoso-niger, gula alba: long. tota 6°8, ale 6°6, caude

rectr. ext. 3°0, med. 2°0.

2. Paulo minor.

Hab. Europe and Northern and Middle Asia, as summer visitant ;

1865. ] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELID&. 599

Palestine (Tristram); Afghanistan (Blyth); Cashmere (ddams) ;

Egypt and Nubia (Riipp.); Coasts of Black Sea, nesting in cliffs

(Demidof’) ; Eastern Siberia (Radde); Madeira (Harcourt); Ben-

guela (Monteiro) ; Cape Colony (Layard) ; Natal (Ayres).

There are two South-African specimens of a Swift in the Leyden

Museum labelled ‘* Cypselus barbatus,” which differ from European

examples principally in their lighter colour above, particularly on the

secondaries and scapulars, in the white feathers of the gular patch

presenting a narrow black central line, and in the feathers of the

lower back, belly, and under wing-coverts being narrowly margined

with white. Two examples from Natal, collected by Mr. Ayres*

are similar. It is possible that this form may be entitled to rank as

a species, to which Temminck’s MS. name may be applied. But it

would be desirable to obtain more skins for comparison, particularly

examples from other parts of South Africa.

Mr. Layard says C. apus arrives at the Cape early in November

(Cf. Ibis, 1864, p. 134), but does not breed in the colony, as far as

he can ascertain.

Specimens collected by Heuglin at Keren, on the White Nile, in

the Bremen Museum (probably those referred to in his article

Journal f. Ornithologie, 1862, p. 422), are stated by Mr. Finsch to

belong certainly to C. apus, although two of them present slight

white marginations on the under surface. Heuglin’s C. aterrimus

(/. c.) is probably not different.

4. CYPSELUS PACIFICUS.

Hirundo apus, var. 3, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. p. 540.

Cypselus pacificus, Lath.

C. australis, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 11.

C. vittatus, Jard. & Selby, Ill. Orn. n.s. t. 39 ; Swinhoe, P. Z.S.

1863, p. 263; Moore, Cat. E. I. Mus. p. 385; Blyth, Cat. p. 86.

C. apus (partim), Radde, Reisen, ii. p. 130.

3. Niger: uropygio albo: subtus fusco-niger, plumis late albo

marginatis : gutture medio albo, lateraliter grisescente : sub-

alaribus fusco-nigris albo marginatis: long. tota 7°5, ale 75,

caude rectr. ext. 3°3, med. 2°2.

2. Paulo minor.

Hab. Eastern Siberia, Baikalia (Pallas § Radde); China, summer

visitant from Amoy to Talien Bay (Swinhoe) ; Formosa (Swinhoe) ;

Pinang (Cantor); Malay peninsula (Blyth); Eastern Australia

(Gould) ; Cape York (MacGillivray).

I cannot distinguish Australian and Asiatic examples of this spe-

cies. It would be desirable to know whether it occurs in the great

Indian islands and the Moluccas. There are no specimens from.these

localities in the Leyden Museum, nor did Mr. Wallace obtain it.

Mr. Swinhoe says of the species (/. ¢.) :—“ Sexes of similar plu-

mage ; wings and tail of variable length in both, in the former seldom

more than 3 inch difference between two specimens.”

* Cf. Gurney in Ibis, 1863, p. 321, et 1865, p. 264.

600 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 27,

Mr. Swinhoe’s specimens, which I have examined, measure as fol-

lows :—

L. t. ale. caudz.

(1) 6, Amoy, May 1859 ....... 7*5 75 3°3

(2) 2, Amoy, April 1859 ...... 6°5 70 3°0

(3) 3, Amoy, May 1859........ 6°5 2 3:1

(4) ¢, Talien Bay, July 1860.... 7°2 F22 3:2

I can by no means agree with Radde in considering this species

merely a variety of C’. apus, although they may both occur together

in Dauria.

5. CypsELUS LEUCONYX.

Cypselus, sp.?, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 886.

C. leuconyx, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. 212; Cat. p. 85; Jerdon, B.

Ind. i. p. 180.

Hab. India: Malabar (Jerdon) ; N.W. Himalayas, Simla (Blyth).

The only examples of this species I have met with are in Mr.

Gould’s collection. They are not in good condition. They appear

to be smaller than C. pacificus, and blacker above ; the white bar on

the rump is narrower, and there is much less white on the throat.

I admit this species with doubt, and should wish to see further

examples before deciding definitely as to its validity.

6. CypsELUS UNICOLOR.

Cypselus unicolor, Jard. Journ. Nat. & Geogr. Sc. i. p. 242; Jard.

& Selby, Ill. Orn. ii. pl. 83 ; Vernon Harcourt, P. Z. S. 1851, p. 144;

Ann. N. H. ser. ii. vol. xv. p.434; A. Newton, Ibis, 1863, pp. 186,

192.

Nigro-fuliginosus unicolor : cauda valde furcata: long. tota 6'5,

ale 5°5, caude rectr. ext. 2°8, med. 1°9.

Hab. Madeira, permanent resident (Harcourt).

Mus. Brit.

“Smaller than C. apus, and tail more deeply forked ; chin some-

times almost as white as in the Common Swift.”— Harcourt.

7, CYPSELUS CAFFER.

Cypselus caffer, Licht. Doubl. p. 58; Cab. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 85;

Grill, Zool. Ant. p. 41.

C. pygargus, Temm. Pl. Col. 460. f. 1.

Niger: gutture et vitta uropygiali albis: pileo et alis murino-

fuscis: cauda profunde furcata : long. tota 6°2, ale 5°8, caude

rectr. ext. 2°1, med. 1°8.

Hab. Nubia (Licht.); Abyssinia (Heuglin) ; Natal (Ayres); Cape

Colony, generally distributed (Layard) ; Damara-land (Andersson).

A very distinct species, easily recognizable by its deeply forked

tail and sharply pointed outer rectrices. Dr. Cabanis informs me

that Cypselus caffer, Licht. (type), is certainly the same as Cypselus

pygargus, Temm. Bonaparte (Consp. p. 65) and Radde (Reisen, ii.

p. 130) have referred Lichtenstein’s name to C. paciicus.

1865.) GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDZ. 601

There are four stuffed examples of this species in the Leyden

Museum from the Cape, and one from Abyssinia, the latter collected

by Heuglin at Dembea in May 1862, and labelled C. abyssinicus.

Under this name it is referred to in ‘ Journ. f. Orn.’ 1862, p. 422.

Levaillant’s Martinet a croupion blane (Ois. d’Afr. pl. 244. f.1;

unde Hirundo nigra, Vieill. Enc. p. 528, et H. leucorhoa, Shaw,

Gen. Zool. x. p. 98; et Cypselus leucorrhous, Stephens, Gen. Zool.

xiii. pt. 2. p. 81) is, as Sundevall suggests (Krit. Framst. p. 51), in

all probability C. caffer. Levaillant’s figure wants the white throat,

&c., and is not recognizable.

Mr. E. L. Layard, who has kindly sent me a skin of this species

collected in Damara-land by Mr. Andersson, informs me that it is

a very abundant species at the Cape, and that he has received it

from all parts of the colony. “It takes possession of the long-

necked nests of the Cape Swallow (Hirundo capensis), and lays

four or five pure-white eggs of a truncated shape. It breeds about

houses. when in town, and about rocks in the country. Its flight

precisely resembles that of C’. apus, and the two are generally seen

together. I can only distinguish them by the white rump of the

former, seen when going away from me.”

8. CYPpSELUS PARVUS.

Cypselus parvus, Licht. Doubl. p. 58; Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 351;

-Brehm in Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1854, Extrah. p. 95.

C. ambrosiacus, Temm. Pl, Col. 460. f. 2; Hartlaub, West. Afr.

p- 24; Antinori, Cat. p. 24.

Murino-fuscus, gutture albido fusco striolato : alis et cauda eneo

tinctis : cauda profundissime furcata: long. tota 7°0, ale 5:4,

caude@ 1°4, rectr. ext. 4:0, med. 1°4.

Hab. Nubia (Licht.) ; vicinity of Chartoum, very common (4n-

tinorj) ; ‘‘ Nesting in companies, in the Tompalm (Crucifera the-

baica), Sept 1850, at Elefahn, on the Blue Nile” (Brehm, 1. c.);

Western Africa, Gold-coast (Nagtglas); Fernando Po (Fraser) ;

Gaboon (Du Chaillu) ; Mayotte, Comoro Islands (Pollen) ; Mada-

gascar (HL. Newton).

Hirundo ambrosiaca, Gm. (S. N. i. p. 1021), is founded on Bris-

son’s Hirundo riparia senegalensis (Urn. ii. p. 508), which has

twelve rectrices, according to that accurate describer, and therefore

cannot be a Cypseline bird. We must consequently adopt Lichten-

stein’s name for this species, founded on Nubian specimens.

The skin from which the characters are taken is from Gaboon

(Du Chaillu). Two other examples in the British Museum (from

Fernando Po) are smaller, and have the throat whitish, minutely

streaked with black. A fourth from the Niger Expedition is nearly

similar, but has the throat dark, nearly uniform with the body below,

and scarcely any indications of striations. A Madagascar skin in

Mr. Newton’s collection measures: “long. tota 6°4, alee 5°3, caudee

rect. ext. 3°7, med. 1:7.”

I cannot make out this species without a larger series of speci-

602 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 27,

mens, particularly examples from Eastern Africa, of which I have

none accessible. But I think it probable there are two species con-

founded under this name, as Cassin (List of Cypselide in Philad.

Acad. Collection) keeps C. ambrosiacus distinct from C. parvus.

In the Leyden Museum are three specimens from Western Africa

(Gold-coast, from Governor Nagtglas, 1861-2), all of the smaller

variety, and nearly uniform in colour, with the throat obscurely

punctured with whitish. A fourth rather larger (probably Tem-

minck’s type) from Nubia is much faded. It has the throat white,

obscurely punctulated with fuscous. A skin in the same museum

from Mayotte, lately sent by Mr. Pollen, agrees with Mr. Newton’s

bird from Madagascar.

9, CYPSELUS BATASSIENSIS.

Cypselus batassiensis, Gray, Griff. An. Kingd. ii. p. 60; Blyth,

Cat. p. 86 ; Moore & Horsf. Cat.i. p.108 ; Jerdon, B. Ind. i. p. 180.

C. palmarum, Gray, Ind. Zool. pl. 35. f. 1.

Nitenti-cineraceo-fuscus ; subtus dilutior : alis et cauda satura-

tioribus : cauda profunde furcata: long. tota 5°0, ale 4°5,

caude rectr. ext. 2°5, med. 1°25.

Hab. Peninsula of India, and Ceylon, generally distributed

(Jerdon) ; Assam (MacClelland) ; Arracan (Blyth); Tenasserim

(Brit. Mus.).

The nest of this Swift is always placed in the fronds of the Tal or

Palmyra palm (Borassus flabelliformis). See the notes collected in

Moore and Horsfield’s ‘ Catalogue’ and Jerdon’s ‘ Birds of India.’

10. CypsELUS INFUMATUS, sp. nov.

Fumoso-nigricans, alis et cauda e@neo parum nitentibus : subtus

dilutior : cauda furcata: long. tota 4°7, ale 4:5, caude rectr.

ext. 1°11, med. 1°3.

Hab. in ins. Borneo, Banjermassing (Moté/ey).

Mus. A. R. Wallace.

Obs. Aff. C. datassiensi ex India, sed colore saturatiore et cauda

breviore et minus furcata distinguendus.

I have as yet seen but a single example of this species, now in Mr.

Wallace’s possession. It formed part of the collection made by the

late Mr. Mottley at Banjermassing, Borneo, for Mr. L. L. Dillwyn,

M.P., of which I have given a list (P. Z.S. 1863, p. 206). It stands

there incorrectly determined as a Collocalia, sp.?, but is decidedly

a Cypselus, allied to C. batassiensis of India.

I have searched in vain for this species among the treasures of the

Leyden Museum.

6. Cauda fere eequali.

11. CypsELUS SUBFURCATUS.

Cypselus afinis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 99; Swinhoe, Ibis,

1860, p. 48, et 1861, p. 30.

1865.] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDZ. 603

C. subfurcatus, Blyth, J. A. 8S. B. xviii. p. 807, et Cat. p. 85;

Moore & Horsf. Cat. i. p. 386; Burgess, P. Z. S. 1854, p- 265;

Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 264.

C. leucopygialis, Cassin, Pr. Acad. Phil. v. p. 58, pl. 13. f. 1.

Niger: gutture et vitta uropygiali albis: fronte murina: cauda

viz furcata, omnino nigra: long. tota 5°2, ale 5°3, caude rectr.

ext. 2°0, med. 1°8.

Hab. Southern China and Formosa (Swinhoe) ; Malay peninsula ;

Penang (Cantor); Malacca (Wallace); Sumatra (Cassin) ; Java

(Miller).

Of this species Mr. Swinhoe writes (P. Z. S. 1863, p. 264)—

“* Larger than C. affnis, and of a much blacker and glossier colour,

with much more white on the throat; tail longer and subfurcate.

Sexes alike. Wings varying somewhat in length. Resident on the

Chinese coast not much higher than Amoy, whence it ranges south-

wards to Malacca. Found also in Southern Formosa.”

I do not find much difference in size between Mr. Swinhoe’s ex-

amples of this species and others of C. afinis. But I think the two

species are distinct. In this bird the plumage is altogether darker,

the head, wings, and tail being glossy black like the back. In (.

afinis these parts are brown. The furcation of the tail also presents

a constant and well-marked difference, and the tail itself is decidedly

longer.

In Southern China C, subfurcatus builds its nest “ under the eaves

and rafters of the houses, much in the form of the House Martin

(Chelidon urbica), but the exterior coating of it differs in being

composed of thin layers of wool, hair, and dried grass, glued one

above the other with the saliva of the bird, and lined internally with

feathers.” (Swinhoe, Ibis, 1863, p. 254.)

In Penang, according to Blyth, quoting Col. Low, several pairs

of this Swift inhabit a ‘‘ continuous common nest’’ placed under the

eaves of the verandahs (J. A. S. B. xviii. p. 807).

There are three specimens of this species in the Leyden Museum

from Java (Samarang), collected by S. Miiller in 1828, and labelled

“* Cypselus leucorrhous, 8. Miller, n. sp.’ In the same collection

are two examples labelled ‘‘ Nepal (Hodgson).’’ If this latter lo-

cality be correct, it would appear that C. subfurcatus ranges up the

Malayan peninsula to the frontiers of Nepal, as is the case with

many other of the Malayan representatives of Indian species. But

C. nipalensis, Hodgson (J. A. S. B. x. 1836, p. 780), is usually

referred to OC. affinis.

12. CYPSELUS AFFINIS.

Cypselus affinis, Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool. pl. 35. f. 2; Jerdon, B.

Ind. i. p. 178; Blyth, Cat. p. 86; Horsf. Cat. i. p. 106; Jard.

Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 5, et 1851, p. 157.

OC. montanus, Jerdon.

C. abessynicus, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 354; Hartl. Orn. West.

Afr. p. 24.

604 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 27;

C. galileensis, Ant. Naumann. v. p. 307, et Cat. p. 24; Tristram,

P. Z. S. 1864, p. 431.

Supra fusco-niger : dorso nigro, eneo tincto: pileo fuscescente,

fronte dilatiore: subtus fuscescenti-niger, gula alba: long.

tota 4:5, ale 5:0, caude 1°8.

Hab. India, generally distributed, and Ceylon (Jerdon) ; Kurra-

chee (Mus. Brit.); Palestine, Jordan valley (Ant. § Tristram) ;

Abyssinia (H. § Ehr.); Sennaar, on the Blue Nile (Antinor‘) ;

Western Africa, St. Thomas (/Zartl.) ; Cape (Mus. Brit.).

This Swift, as I have pointed out (Ibis, 1865, p. 234), appears to

be a very widely distributed species, and one in which the plumage

varies greatly in inteusity of colouring, without presenting any con-

stant differences.

Indian skins differ amongst themselves in depth of tint, some

being of a much more brownish black than others. A specimen in

Mr. Gould’s collection, obtained by Captain Burgess in the Deccan,

is quite undistinguishable from Mr. Tristram’s Palestine skins, which

are of the darker type. Dr. Cabanis has kindly compared one of

the Palestine birds with the type of C. abessynicus in the Berlin

Museum, and pronounces them identical. I have examined the

specimen from St. Thomas, mentioned by Hartlaub (West. Afr.

p. 24), and can see little distinction, except that the Palestine bird

presents a whitish front and superciliaries, which, however, are quite

apparent in other African specimens.

In India this Swift builds in colonies ‘“ wherever there are large

towns, large pagodas, tombs, or other old buildings. Their nests

are composed of feathers, grass, straw, &c., agglutinated together by

the secreted mucus of their salivary glands” (Jerdon). It also oc-

casionally breeds in rocks, in India, and in the Jordan valley appears

to follow this practice exclusively, sometimes appropriating the nest

of Hirundo rufula and completing it after its own fashion. See

Mr. Tristram’s interesting notes in these ‘ Proceedings’ (1864,

p- 131) and in ‘The Ibis’ (1865, p. 76 e¢ seq.).

B. Species American (Tachornis, Gosse).

Mr. Gosse has proposed the name Tachornis for his Tachornis

phenicobia. But I do not see how this bird differs from the weaker

species of the genus Cypselus of the Old World, and for the present

I am inclined to keep the Neotropical members of the group under

the same generic designation.

13. CypsELUS PH@NICOBIUS.

Tachornis phenicobia, Gosse, B. Jamaica, p. 58; ejusd. Ill. B.

Jam. pl. 9; Gundlach, Journ. f. Orn. 1856, p. 5.

Cypselus iradii, Lembeye, Av. de Cuba, t. 7. f. 4.

Niger, alis fuscescentioribus : uropygti fascia lata cum gutture

toto et ventre medio albis: cauda paulum furcata: long. tota

4:0, ale 4:0, caude@ rectr. ext. 1°7, med. 1:4.

Hab. Jamaica and Cuba.

1865.] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDZ. 605

“Builds in the hollows of the dried spathes of the Cocoa-nut

Palm (Cocos nucifera), also on the plaited surface of the fronds of

the Palmetto (Chamerops, sp.). Nest made of silk-cotton (Bombaz)

and feathers”? (Gosse, /. c.). Mr. Marsh gives an interesting note

on the recent change of habits in nesting in this species, in the

* Proc. Acad. Se. Philad.’ 1863, p. 283.

I have two Jamaican skins of this species, kindly presented to me

by the Rey. J. M. Philippo of Spanish Town, but I have never com-

pared them with Cuban skins, which are stated to be identical.

14. CypseLus squamatus. (Pl. XXXIII.)

Cypselus squamatus, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Phil. vi. p. 369 (1853).

C. marginipennis, Natt. MS. sp. no. 372.

Supra eneo-niger, plumis subtiliter albo marginatis: subtus ob-

scure albus, lateraliter nigricans, subalaribus fusco-nigris :

cauda longa, profunde furcata : long. tota 5°4, ale 4:0, caude

rectr. ext. 2°8, med. 1°2. .

Hab. Cayenne (Mus. Brit.); British Guiana (Dr. Dalton); Brazil,

Nas Furnas, and Riacho (June), Borba (winter months) (JVazz.).

This species was first described by Mr. Cassin (/. c.), from speci-

mens obtained by Dr. Dalton in British Guiana, although long pre-

viously discovered by the late J. Natterer in Brazil.

Natterer’s MS. notes concerning it, most obligingly communicated

to me by Herr v. Pelzeln, are as follows :—

«Nas Furnas, 13 June, 1823, four ex. obtained out of a flock

of seven flying over a pool. Their flight is the same as that of other

Swifts. Male, just completed moulting, iris dark brown; tarsus

and toes reddish grey, covered sparingly with little feathers; claws

reddish grey, with the tips darker; the deeply cleft tail consists of

ten feathers, the outermost 2! 10!’ in length, the middle 13" shorter ;

length 6! 1", expanse 10" 1!", the tail reaches 2!’ beyond the end

of the wings. Apertures of the nostrils elongated, small, with ele-

vated edges, placed close to the edge of the culmen, the apertures

turned vertically upwards and forming a horizontal line.

« A second ex. in moult, bill black ; length 5! 9'", expanse 9" 11",

end of wings reaching 2!" beyond the outer tail-feathers ; outer tail-

feathers 24", the medial ditto 14'" shorter.

“This bird builds its nest in the beautiful hanging withered

fronds of the Puriti Palm*. It is made of Pigeons’ feathers stuck

together with gum+. The young must hold fast or they would fall

out, since there is only a very small place hollowed out for them

near the entrance. The nest is stuck on to the under side of the

leaf near the stalk, and so protected from the rain. The eggs are

white, two or three in number.”

* In answer to an inquiry respecting this Palm, Dr. R. Spruce writes :—“ The

Palm you ask about is doubtless Mauritia venifera, L., called Mauriti on the

Amazon, but Buriti elsewhere in Brazil, if 1 may trust to Martius, although a

German is apt to hear 4 or p for m in foreign languages.”

+ No doubt the saliva of the bird itself, as in the case of other Cypselide.—

P.L.S.

606 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON THE [June 27,

Herr v. Pelzeln adds—‘“ The two nests brought back by Natterer

are of the following dimensions: breadth rather more than 2", dia-

meter of entrance-hole about 1!. The feathers used in construction

are greyish brown with white shafts, with some green feathers mixed

in. The cement is doubtless the saliva of the bird, as is the case

with other Cypselide.”’

Mr. Wolf’s plate (Pl. XX XIII.) includes a figure of the nest from

a drawing kindly sent me by Herr von Pelzeln.

15. CypsELUS ANDICOLA.

Cypselus andicolus, Lafr. et d’ Orb. Syn. p. 70; d’Orb. Voy. p. 358,

pl. 42. f. 2.

Fumoso-fuscus, uropygio collo undique et corpore subtus albidis :

crisso fusco: cauda elongata, furcata, fusco-nigra: long. tota

5°5, ale 5°5, caude rectr. ext. 2°6, med. 1°7.

Obs. Of this species I have only seen the single specimen in the

British Museum.

Hab. Bolivia; La Paz, Cavari, and Inquisivi, alt. 9000 feet

(D’ Orb.).

Mus. Brit. ex Bridges.

15. CypsELUS MONTIVAGUS.

Cypselus montivagus, Lafr. et d’ Orb. Syn. Av. p. 70; d’Orb. Voy.

p- 357, pl. 42. f. 1,

Supra fusco-niger, tectricum alarium majorum quatuor aut quinque

dorso proximis apice et margine albis, rectricibus (prima late-

rali excepta) apice pogonio externo pallide rufescentibus, dua-

bus mediis apice albescentibus: macula parva ante et supra

oculos alba: subtus fusco-niger : gutture colloque antico usque

ad pectus fasciaque anali albis : tectricibus caude@ inferis, pec-

tore ventreque nigris: alis plicatis lineas octo cauda longiori-

bus : rostrum minutum, breve, supra valde curvatum : long. tota

150, ale 125, caude 40 mill. Gall. (d Orb.).

Hab. Bolivian Andes, between Samaypata and Santa Cruz de la

Sierra (D’ Ord.).

I have never seen examples of this species. The figure represents

the tarsi naked and the hallux placed posteriorly, so that it may

belong to the next subfamily. But very little dependence can be

placed on D’Orbigny’s figures; and Bonaparte says (Consp. p. 66)

“ minime ACANTHYLIS.”

Genus 2. PaANypTILa.

Panyptila, Cassin, Wiegm. Arch. xiii. p. 345 (1847). Type P.

cayennensis.

Pseudoprocne, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 358. Type P. cayennensis,

1. PANYPTILA CAYANENSIS.

Le Martinet & collier de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 725. f. 2.

1865.] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDZ. 607

Hirundo cayanensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 1024.

Panyptila cayanensis, Cab. Wiegm. Arch. xiti. p. 345 (1847).

Cypselus cayanensis, Bp. Consp. p. 66.

Pseudoprocne cayennensis, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 358.

Splendenti-nigra, macula anteoculari utrinque, gutture toto et

torque angusto postico cum plaga hypochondriali utringue albis :

cauda profunde furcata: long. tota 4°7, ale 4°8, caude rectr.

med. 1°2, ext. 2°3.

Hab. Cayenne and Brazil; Bahia (Mus. Brit.).

2. PANYPTILA SANCTI-HIERONYMI.

Panyptila sancti-hieronymi, Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 190, pl. xx11.

Sericeo-nigra ; linea ante oculos, gutture toto ad medium pectus

et torque postico cum plaga hypochondriali utrinque albis:

cauda profunde furcata ;: long. tota 7:5, ale 7°3, caude@ rectr.

ext. 3°6, ext. 1°9.

Hab. Guatemala, prov. Vera Paz near San Geronimo.

Obs. Similis P. cayanensi et ejusdem forme sed fere duplo major.

See Mr. Salvin’s description of the singular nest of this bird, /. c.

3. PANYPTILA MELANOLEUCA.

Cypselus melanoleucus, Baird, Pr. Acad. Phil. 1854, p. 118; B.

N. Am. p. 141.

Panyptila melanoleuca, Sclat. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 125.

Nigra: secundariarum apicibus, gutture toto et pectore medio

cum macula laterali utrinque albis: cauda furcata: long. tota

6:0, ale 5°7, caude rectr. med. 1°8, ext. 2°3.

Hab. Colorado basin, New Mexico (Baird); Guatemala, near

Dueias (Salvin).

Subfam. II. CoatTurin&.

Genus 1. CuoaTuRA.

Chetura, Stephens, Gen. Zool. xiii. pt.2. p. 76. Type C. pelasgia.

Acanthylis, Boie, Isis, 1826, 971. Type C. spinicauda.

Hemiprocne, Nitzsch, Pterylogr. p. 123, 1840. Type C. zonaris.

Pallene, Lesson, Compl. Buffon, viii. p. 493. Type?.

Hirundapus, Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. v. p. 780 (1836). Type C.

caudacuta. ,

A. Species majores.

a. Species Asiaticee (Hirundinapus).

1. CH&ZTURA CAUDACUTA.

Hirundo caudacuta, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. 57.

Hirundo fusca e& Chetura australis, Steph. Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 76.

Chetura macroptera, Sw. Zool. Ill. n.s. pl. 42.

Acanthylis caudacuta, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 10; v. Schrenck,

608 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 27,

Reise, i. p. 250; Radde, Reisen, ii. p. 129; Swinhoe, P. Z, 8. 1863,

p- 263; Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 175.

Chetura nudipes, Hodgs. J. A. 8. B. v. p. 779 (1836).

Cypselus leuconotus, Deless. Mag. de Zool. 1840, Ois. t. 20;

Souv. Voy. dans I’Inde, Ois. t. 9.

Acanthylis caudacuta, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 173.

Acanthylis fusca, Blyth, Cat. p. 84.

Hirundo ciris, Pallas, Zoogr. R.-A. p. 541(?).

Fusca, pileo alis et cauda obscurioribus, eneo perfusis: gutture

et crisso pure albis: fronte interdum albida: long. tota 7:5,

ale’80, caude 2°2.

Hab. Eastern Australia and Tasmania (Gould); China, Amoy

(Swinhoe) ; South-Eastern Himalayas, Nepal, Sikim, Bootan (Jer-

don); Amoorland (v. Schrenck and Radde).

Mr. Gould figures this fine species in the ‘ Birds of Australia’

with a conspicuous white front. This is so in some Australian ex-

amples, but in others (as in a Tasmanian skin in Mr. Gould’s col-

lection) the front is nearly black. This is likewise the case in one of

Mr. Hodgson’s skins typical of his Acanthylis nudipes. ‘The Hima-

layan skin is also rather darker below than the Chinese bird, but I

can see no other difference.

It would be interesting, however, to know whether this bird is

found anywhere between Asia and North-Eastern Australia, as in

Celebes a very distinct form occurs.

2. Cu#TURA GIGANTEA.

Cypselus giganteus, Term. Pl. Col. 364.

Acanthylis gigantea, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 172.

A. caudacuta, Blyth, Cat. p. 84.

Nigricanti-fusca, pileo alis et cauda @neo perfusis: crisso et

hypochondriis pure albis : long. tota 8°4, ale 8-0, caude rectr.

med. 2°6, ext. 2°2. ?

Hab. Java (Van Hasselt) ; Sumatra (Mus. Lugd.) ; Malay penin-

sula up to Arakan (Blyth); Nilgherries (Jerdon) ; Ceylon (Layard);

Pinang (Cantor) ; Singapore (Wallace) ; Celebes (Mus. Lugd.).

One example of this Swift is in Mr. Wallace’s collection, shot by

himself at Singapore ; but the species is not in the British Museum.

In form it is identical with the preceding, but is easily distinguish-

able by its smoky-black throat being uniform with its breast. The

spines of the tail-feathers are rather stronger, particularly in the

medial pair.

There are four examples of this species in the Leyden Museum.

Two from Java and Sumatra belong to the typical form; but two

others, from Celebes (Menado), almost merit specific separation. In

these the whole body, above and below, is dark brownish black

glossed with purple, like the wings, and there is a well-marked nar-

row white patch on the front on each side of the nostrils. This

appears to constitute a local variety, which may be called Chetura

gigantea, var. celebensis.

ite x «.

1865.] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELID&. 609

6. Species Americanze (Hemiprocne).

3. CHZTURA SEMICOLLARIS.

Acanthylis semicollaris, De Saussure; Rev. Zool. 1859, p. 118.

Chetura semicollaris, Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 282, et P. Z. 8.

1863, p. 99.

Nigra; semitorque postico angusto, albo: long. tota 10:0, ale

10:0, caude 3:0.

Hab. Mexico.

Mus. P.L.S.

This fine Swift is easily distinguishable from C. zonaris by its larger

size, and the entire absence of any traces of a white collar below.

4. CHzTURA BIscuTATA, sp. nov. (Pl. XXXIV.)

Cypselus biscutata, Natt. in Mus. Vindob., no. 1139.

Fumoso-nigra, fronte et gutture dilutioribus ; nucha et plaga lata

pectorali albis; cervice laterali corpore concolore: long. tota

8:1, ale 8°3, caude 3°2.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro, and Ypanema (Natt.).

Mus. Vindob. et P. L. 8.

Obs. Similis C. zonari, sed facie albicante et cervicis lateribus

dorso concoloribus.

I have only seen Natterer’s examples of this species, which were

collected in the vicinity of Rio, in the month of June, and at Ypa-

nema, in the months of June and September. I have some hesitation

in considering it more than a variety of C. zonaris; but, on the

whole, I think we may safely rely on Natterer, who separates it in

his MS. as distinct.

5. CHa&TURA ZONARIS.

Hirundo zonaris, Shaw, in Mill. Cim. Phys. pl. 55. *

Hirundo albicollis, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xiv. p. 524, et Gal. Ois.

pl. 120.

Acanthylis albicollis, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1854, p. 10, et 1858, p. 59.

Cypselus collaris, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 344; Temm. Pl. Col. 195.

Hemiprocne collaris, Nitzsch, Pterylogr. p. 123.

Pallene collaris, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 168.

Hemiprocne zonaris, Sclat. et Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 37; Cab. et

Heine, Mus. Hein. iii. p. 84.

Acanthylis collaris, Gray, List Spec. Fiss. p. 15; Bp. Consp.

p- 64, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 364.

Chetura zonaris, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 79, 1863, p. 99, et

Cat. Am. B. p. 282.

Hemiprocne torquata, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 362.

Fusco-nigra ; torque undique lato, albo: long. tota 9:0, ale 9-0,

caude 2°5.

Hab. Western portion of South America, from the La Plata

northwards, and through Central America to Guatemala; Jamaica

(Osburn) ; St. Domingo (Salle).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XL.

610 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 27,

In ‘ Journ. f. Orn.’ (1862, p. 164), Dr. Cabanis has separated the

northern form of this bird (extending from Guiana to Mexico) as

Hemiprocne albicineta. The differences appear to me too slight to

be insisted upon: they are the smaller dimensions and narrower

white neck-band behind of the northern form. I have Guatemalan

and Jamaican skins fully as large as those from Brazil; and in one

Brazilian skin the neck-band is narrower behind than im several

northern examples.

Natterer’s specimens of this species (sp. no. 95) were obtained

at Rio Janeiro (December), Ypanema (June, July, September), and

Sapotioa (February).

B. Species minores, Americanze, Africanz et Asiaticee (Chetura).

a. Species Americanz.

6. CH&TURA PELASGIA.

Hirundo pelasgia, Linn. 8. N.i. p. 345; Wils. Am. Orn. v. p. 48,

ae pelasgia, Steph. Gen. Zool. Birds, xiii. p. 76; Baird,

B. N. Am. p. 144; Sclat. Cat. Am. B, p. 282, P. Z. S. 1863,

i Accathylie pelasgia, Bp. Consp. p. 64; Cass. Ill. B. Cal. i.

is Seleitacis pelasgia, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 362.

Fuliginosa, gutture pallidiore ; supra eneo tincta, uropygio paulo

dilutiore: long. tota 4°7, ale 5°0, caude 1'8.

Hab. Eastern United States of North America.

Mus. P.L.S.

Dr. Brewer gives the following account of the nidification of this

bird :—‘* The nest of the Chimney Swallow is one of the most re-

markable structures of the kind to be found among the handiworks

of even this interesting family, nearly all of whom are far from being

undistinguished for their architectural accomplishments. It is com-

posed of small twigs of nearly uniform size, which are interwoven

into a neat semicircular basket.

“In selecting the twigs with which to construct the nest, the

Swift seems to prefer to break from the tree such as are best adapted

to its wants, rather than to gather those already scattered upon the

ground. This is done, with great skill and adroitness, while on the

wing. Swooping on the coveted twig, somewhat as a Hawk rushes

on its prey, it parts it at the desired place, and bears it off to its nest.

This fact is familiar to all who have attentively observed their habits.

Each of these twigs is strongly fastened to its fellows by an adhesive

saliva secreted by the bird; and the whole structure is as strongly

cemented to the side of the chimney in which it is built, by means

of the same secretion. When dry this saliva hardens into a glue-

like substance, apparently firmer even than the twigs themselves.

In separating a nest from the side of the chimney, I have known

1865.] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDZ. 611,

portions of the brick to which it was fastened to give way sooner

than the cement with which it had been secured.”—N. Am. Ool. i.

p. 109.

7. CHA&TURA VAUXII.

Cypselus vauxii, Towns. Journ. Acad. Philad. viil. p. 148.

Acanthylis vauxii, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxviii. p. 660, Notes s. les

coll. de Delattre, p. 90, et Consp. p. 64; Cass. Ill. B. Cal. i. p. 250.

- Chetura vausit, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 145; Sclat. Cat. Am. B.

p- 282, et P. Z. S. 1863, p. 100.

Chetura ?, Sclat. et Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 37.

Fuliginosa ; dorso et capite eneo tinctis; urepygio pailidiore ;

gutture albo; ventre obscure fuliginoso, gulam versus sensim

dilutiore: long. tota 4°3, ale 4°7, caude 1°5.

Hab. Western North America, from British Columbia south

through Mexico to Guatemala.

Mus. P. L. S.

Readily distinguishable from C. pelasgia by its smaller size, paler

rump, nearly white throat, and lighter underparts. C. poliura,

which somewhat resembles it, is blacker on the back and head, and

much darker below.

8. CHZ2TURA POLIURA.

~ Cypselus poliourus, Temm. Tabl. Méth. p. 78 (ex Buff. Pl. Enl.

726. f. 2.

Acanthylis cinereicauda, Cass. Proc. Acad. Philad. 1850, p. 58.

Cypselus pelasgius, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 347.

Acanthylis oxyura, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 366.

Acanthylis polioura, Bp. Consp. p. 64.

Chetura poliura, Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 283, et P. Z. 8. 1863;

p. 101.

Acanthylis brachyura, Jard. Ann. N. H.ser.1. xviii. p.120 (1846)?

Supra eneo-nigra; uropygio et tectr. caude sup. fuliginosis ;

subtus fuliginosa, gutture albicantiore : long. tota 4:2, ale 4'8,

caude 1°8.

Hab. Cayenne ( Buff.) ; Tobago (Kirk).

Mus. P. L. 8.

One of the specimens of this species in my collection is said to be

from Brazil; but the other is certainly from Cayenne, and Buffon

describes the species as from that country. I have compared my

examples with the type of Mr. Cassin’s A. cinereicauda in the Phi-

ladelphian collection, and with type specimens of M. Temminck’s

C. poliurus in the Leyden Museum, and find them all identical. A

specimen of Mr. Kirk’s from Tobago, obligingly presented to me by

Sir William Jardine, and typical of his A. brachyura, does not seem

to be decidedly different, although the tail is rather shorter and the

upper coverts are much produced, so as to reach nearly to the end

of the rectrices. It is, however, possible that this form may prove

distinct on comparison of a suite of specimens.

612 : MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 27,

Natterer obtained specimens of this Swift (sp. no. 96) at Rio

Janeiro (December and July), Engenho do Cap Gama (September),

Resacea (November), Ypanema (February), Yturaré (February ),

Borda do Matto (November), and Trisauga (February).

9. CHATURA CINEREIVENTRIS.

Cypselus acutus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 351 (nec auct.).

Acanthylis spinicauda, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 366.

Chetura cinereiventris, Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 283, et P. Z. S.

1863, p. 101, pl. xrv. f. 1. :

Aineo-nigra ; uropygio et corpore subtus cinereis; crisso nigri-

eante: long. tota 4°3, ale 4°2, caude 2°8.

Hah. South-eastern Brazil.

Mus. Bo sss?

The cinereous uropygium and body beneath render this Brazilian

bird very easily recognizable on comparison with its congeners, though

it has been hitherto always confounded with one or other of them.

Two examples of this species in the Leyden Museum are marked

C. spinicauda, while the same name is more correctly applied to a

third specimen belonging to the next species.

Natterer obtained examples of this species (his no. 97) at Rio

Janeiro (December), Marambaya (March), Registre do Sai (April),

and Borba (July).

Natterer’s remarks (as kindly communicated to me by Herr v.

Pelzeln) concerning this species are as follows :—

** Borba, July 8th, 1830.—Just before sunset almost every day a

pretty large flock of this Swift sweeps with extraordinary rapidity

over the village. In the winter menths (from December to March)

the Puriti Swifts* sweep over the village in the afternoon, but they

do not fly so swiftly as the present bird, which comes in later in the

evening, and flies at a higher elevation. There have been now no

Puriti Swifts to be seen here for several months.”

10. CHa&TURA SPINICAUDA.

Cypselus spinicaudus, Temm. Tabl. Méth. p. 78 (ex Buff. Pl. Enl.

726. f. 1).

Hirundo pelasgia, var., Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 581.

Acanthylis spinicauda, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 971; Bp. Consp. p. 64.

Chetura spinicauda, Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 283, et P. Z. 8. 1863,

p- 101.

Nigra; fascia uropygiali alba ; subtus albicanti-fuliginosa, pec-

tore indistincte nigro vittato: long. 3°7, ale 3°9, caude 1°6.

Hab. Cayenne.

Mus. P. L. 8. ‘

I have little doubt that this bird is the true ‘ Hirondelle a queue

pointue de Cayenne”’ of Buffon. It is easily distinguishable from

all the others by the white band across the rump. I have two

examples, both from Cayenne. Such being the case, it is entitled

* Cypselus squamatus, Cassin, antea p. 605.

1865. ] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDE. 613

t o bear Temminck’s appellation spinicauda, although only one of the

Specimens so marked in the Leyden Museum is of this species, and

others so marked belong to Chet. cinereiventris, mihi.

11. CH&TURA RUTILA.

Hirundo rutila, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xiv. p. 528, et Enc. Méth.

p- 534.

Acanthylis rutila, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 135.

Chetura rutiia, Sclat. et Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 37, pl. 3. f.1 (3),

2 (2); Sclat. Cat. Am. B. p. 283; et P.Z.S. 1863, p. 101.

Hirundo robini, Less. Tr. d’Orn. i. p. 270.

Chetura brunnettorques, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1844, p- 81; Bp.

Consp. p. 64.

Nigricanti-fuliginosa, subtus dilutior ; torque maris undique rubro,

Semine nullo: long. tota 4:5, ale 5:0, caude 2'0.

Hab. Guatemala (Salvin).

Mus. P.L.S.

Said to have been procured by M. Robin in Trinidad, and by La-

fresnave described as from New Granada, but more certainly from

Guatemala, where Mr. Salvin obtained his specimens personally.

(3. Species Africane.

12. CH&TURA SABINI.

Chetura sabini, Gray, Griff. An. K. ii.-p. 70; Hartl. Orn. W. Afr.

p- 25; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 205.

C. bicolor, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 7. .

Acanthylis bicolor, Strickl. P. Z.S. 1844, p. 99.

Nigra ; uropygio, caude tectricibus superioribus et inferioribus

et ventre cum crisso albis; tectricum caudalium sup. et inf.

plumarum rachidibus nigris : long. tota 4:0, ale 5:0, caude 1-5.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Sabine); Fernando Po (Fraser).

In this smaller species the tail is wholly black ; and the whole of

the upper and under tail-coverts are pure white, with black shafts to

the feathers.

13. CH2&TURA CASSINI.

“ Chetura sabinei,” Cassin, Proc. Acad. Sc. Phil. 1859, p. 33.

C. cassini, Sclater, P. Z.S.1863, p. 205, pl. xiv. f. 2 (May 26th).

C. hartlaubi, Jard. Edinb. N. Ph. Journ. 1863, p. 147 (July 1st).

Nigra; uropygit fascia angusta et corpore subtus albis ; pectore

Suliginoso ; pectoris et gule plumarum rachidibus nigris: long.

tota 4°8, ale 6°3, caude 1:2.

Hab. Gaboon (Du Chaillu).

In this species the upper tail-coverts are black, crossed by a nar-

row white bar, which extends through and is partially observable on

the rectrices. The size is much larger than that of Ohetura sabini.

‘614 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE {June 27,

y- Species Asiaticee.

14. CHEUTURA SYLVATICA.

Acanthylis sylvatica, Tickell, J. A. S. B. xv. 284; Jerdon, B.

Ind. i. p. 170.

Supra nigra @eneo nitens; uropygio albo; gula, genis et pect.

pallide griseis, lateraliter in nigrum transeuntibus : ventre et

erisso pure albis : long. tota 4°25, ale 5:0, caud@ 1°5 (Jerdon).

Hab. Central India (Tickell) ; Darjeeling (Tickell) ; Nagpore

(Jerdon).

I have never met with examples of this species. Strange to say, I

do not believe any museum in Europe contains it. Dr. Jerdon says,

* An allied species is 4. lewcopygialis, Blyth, from Penang, differing

from our bird in having the shafts of the tail-feathers much stronger,

more resembling those of 4. gigantea, whilst in our species the tail-

feathers more resemble those of 4. caudacuta. The Penang bird is

black beneath, and is thus more normally coloured for a Swift.””—

Jerdon, l. c.

15. CH#TURA CORACINA.

Cypselus coracinus, Mill. Mus. Lugd.

Acanthylis coracina, Bp. Consp. p. 64 (1858).

A. leucopygialis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xviii. p. 809 (1858).

Nigra ; corpore eneo-nitente ; tectricibus caud@é protractis, griseo-

lacteis, rachide nigricante : long. tota 4°6, ale 5:2, caude 1:9.

Hab. Borneo and Sumatra (Mus. Lugd.); Labuan (Motley) ;

Penang, common (Blyth).

I have seen examples of this species in the Leyden Museum, and

in Mr. Dillwyn’s collection from Labuan. Mr. Blyth’s species is,

no doubt, the same.

Genus 2. CypsELOIDEs.

Cypseloides, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 366. Type C. fumigatus.

Nephecetes, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 142 (1860). Type C. niger.

I think, although it is not a very easy question to decide, that the

name Oypseloides, given by Streubel as an alternative to Hemiproene,

in his article in the ‘Isis,’ before referred to, has claims to be used

as a generic appellation for Cypselus fumigatus, from which Nephe-

cetes (Baird) is hardly sufficiently different for separation. The

form in fact is simply Chetura without the tail-spines.

a. Cypseloides.

1. CYPSELOIDES SENEX.

Cypselus senex, Temm. Pl. Col. 397.

Hemiprocne temminckii, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 368.

Fusco-niger, capitis plumis anguste cinereo lineolatis, et rachidi-

bus obsolete nigris ; cauda vix rotundata: long. tota 7-0, ale

7'0, caude 2°5, tarsi 0°7.

1865.] GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDA. 615

Hab. §.E. Brazil (Natt.).

Mus. P. L.S.

Natterer’s examples of this fine Swift (sp. 509 of his series) were

obtained at Ypanema in June and November, and at Trisanga in De-

cember.

2. CYPSELOIDES FUMIGATUS.

Cypselus fumigatus, Natt. MS.

Hemiprocne fumigata, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 366.

Fumoso-brunneus, unicolor ; cauda quadrata: long. tota 50,

ale 5°6, caude 2:0, tarsi 0:6.

Hab. S.E. Brazil (Naét.).

Mus. P.L.S.

Of this species, numbered 424 in Natterer’s collection, Specimens

were obtained by that excellent naturalist at Ypanema in September,

November, and December, at Curytiba in November, and in Ytararé

in March.

b. Nepheceées.

3. CYPSELOIDES NIGER.

Hirundo nigra, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 1025.

Cypselus niger, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 63; ejusd. Ill. pl. 10; Gund.

& Lawr. Ann. L. N. Y. vi. 268.

Niger unicolor, gutture dilutiore; frontis plumis cinerascente

marginatis ; cauda paulum furcata: long. tota 5°5, ale 6:2,

caude rectr. ext. 2°4, med. 2:1.

Hab. Jamaica (Gosse) ; Cuba (Gundlach).

Mus. P.L.S.

4. CypsELOIDES BOREALIS.

Cypselus borealis, Kennerly, Pr. Acad. Phil. 1857, p. 202.

Nephecetes niger, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 142.

Niger unicolor, fronte canescente ; cauda quadrata: long. tota

5'8, ale 6°5, caude 2:1, tarsi 0°5. ;

Hab. Puget Sound, British Columbia.

On the whole I am disposed to think this species will probably

turn out different from the West-Indian C. niger, though my mate-

rials are not at present sufficient to give accurate diagnoses of the

two.

Genus 3. CoLiocatia.

Collocalia, G. R. Gray, List of Gen. 1840, p. 8.

Salangana, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 368.

I have paid no special attention to this group. Mr. Wallace, who

has lately contributed an interesting article to these ‘ Proceedings’ *

on the subject, recognizes six species, namely :—

1. C. esculenéa, from Celebes, Timor, Moluccas, and Aru Islands,

* See P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 382.

616 ON THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF CYPSELIDZ. [June 27,

2. O. leucopygia, from New Caledonia.

3. C. linchi, from Java, Malacca, and the Nicobars.

4. C. spodiopygia, from the Samoan and Fiji Islands,

5. C. troglodytes, probably from the Philippines.

6. C. fuciphaga, from ‘“ Bourbon and Mauritius (var. francica,

Gm.) ; India and Ceylon ; the whole of the Malay Islands ; Louisiade

Archipelago; New Caledonia; Tahiti (var. leucophea, Peale ; ct-

nerea, Gm.); Marianne Islands.”’

Mr. Wallace states that the British Museum contains a seventh

species, from the New Hebrides, as yet undescribed.

Genus 4. DENDROCHELIDON.

Macropteryx, Sw. Zool. Ill. (1832).

Pallestre, Lesson, Compl. Buff. viii. p. 490 (1837).

Dendrochelidon, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 165.

Chelidonia, Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 370.

This is likewise a purely Palzeogean form to the species of which

I have paid little attention. Those I am acquainted with are the

following :—

1. DeENDROCHELIDON MYSTACEA.

Cypselus mystaceus, Less. Ois. t. 22.

Macropteryx mystaceus, Sw.

Dendrochelidon mystaceus, Gould, B. Asia, pt. xi. pl. 5.

Mr. Gould states that the habitat of this bird is the Aru Islands

and New Guinea; but the truth is, its range is more extensive.

The Leyden Museum contains specimens from Amboina, Ceram,

Bouru, Morotai, Guebé, Batchian, Halmaheira, and Waigiou.

2. DENDROCHELIDON WALLACII.

Dendrochelidon wallacei, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 100, et B. Asia,

pt. xi. pl. 4.

Hab. Celebes and Sula Islands (Mus. Lugd.).

3. DENDROCHELIDON KLECHO,

Hirundo klecho, Horsf.

Dendrochelidon klecho, Gould, B. Asia, pt. xi. pl. 3.

Hab. Java, Sumatra, and Malay peninsula ; Banca (Mus. Lugd.).

The very remarkable mode of nidification of this Swift is described

by Dr. Bernstein in the ‘ Journal fiir Ornithologie’ for 1859 (p. 183).

Dr. Bernstein says that the nest resembles in form and materials

that of Collocalia, but is still smaller and flatter! It is a semicir-

cular structure, and is affixed to a small naked horizontal branch

high up in a tree, the branch forming the flat side of the nest. The

walls, scarcely thicker than parchment, are made of feathers, tree-

mosses, and bits of bark, cemented together by the viscous saliva of

the bird. The nest, which contains a single, perfectly oval, white egg,

is so small that the bird (as repeatedly observed by Dr. Bernstein)

sits upon the branch, and covers it with only the end of her belly.

1865. | EXHIBITION OF THE EGG OF A DINORNIS, 617

4. DENDROCHELIDON CORONATA.

Hirundo coronata, Tickell.

Macropteryx longipennis, Jerdon.

Dendrochelidon schisticolor, Bp. Consp. p. 66.

D. coronata, Gould, B. Asia, pt. xi. pl. 2.

Hab. Continental India and Ceylon.

5. DENDROCHELIDON COMATA.

Cypselus comatus, Temm.

Dendrochelidon comata, Gould, B. Asia, pt. xi. pl. 6.

Hab. Borneo, Sumatra, and Philippines (Mus. Lugd.); Siam

(Finlayson).

November 14, 1865.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. 8. Stevens exhibited a nearly perfect egg of a Dinornis, sup-

posed to be that ef D. ingens, Owen, which had been placed in his

hands for sale, and read the following extract from a newspaper

published at Wellington, New Zealand, on the subject :—

«There is at the present time being exhibited at Messrs. Bethune

and Hunter’s stores, for the benefit of the curious, an object of no

less interest than the egg of a Moa. It appears, from what we

learn from Captain Davidson, of the schooner ‘ Ruby,’ which trades

between this port and the Kai Koras, that a man in Mr. Fyffe’s

employment at the latter place was digging the foundation of a

house, when on the side of a small mound he suddenly came upon

the egg in question, and the skeleton of a man, supposed of course

to be a Maori. The body had evidently been buried in a sitting

posture, and the egg must have been placed in the hands, as

when found the arms were extended in such a manner as to bring

it immediately opposite the mouth of the deceased. ‘This, it is

assumed, was in accordance with the Maori custom, and was done

for the purpose of giving the individual who was buried an op-

portunity of sustaining himself if he thought proper, or if, in the

course of things, he required sustenance. Between the legs of the

skeleton were found numerous tools, cut from greenstone, includin

a spear, axe, and several implements, which would lead to the belief

that the man to whom the bones belonged must have been, in some

way or other, connected with the wood trade—that is to say, if car-

penters, cabinetmakers, &c., flourished in his time. All the bones

were in excellent preservation, one arm and hand being entirely

without blemish. The skull bore evidence of its proprietor having,

at some time or the other, received some hard knocks, probably in

the battle-field while taking his part in some of those terrific en-

618 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM JAPAN. [Nov. 14,

counters which are supposed to have taken place in ancient times.

Unfortunately, before the man who was digging discovered the

natural treasure, the implement he was using came in cantact with

the shell and broke a small piece out of the side of it ; but the frag-

ments have been carefully preserved, and might readily be fitted into

the aperture. The egg itself is about 10 inches in length, and

7 inches in breadth, the shell being of a dirty brownish colour, and

rather better than the thickness of a shilling coin. The inside is

perfectly clear and free from all traces of decayed matter. From

what Captain Davidson tells us, we should suppose that the ground

where this relic was discovered must have been used as a cemetery at

some distant period of the past, as Mr. Fyffe had previously found

some interesting Maori emblems about the same place ; but none of

the natives about there—and some of them, we are informed, have

arrived at very mature ages—have the slightest recollection of even

having heard, as a matter of history, that any of their ancestors had

found a final resting-place in that particular locality.”’

Mr. Blyth exhibited some remarkably large horns of the Wapiti

Deer (Cervus canadensis), and made some remarks on the different

varieties of this Deer, two of which (Cervus canadensis verus and

C. canadensis occidentalis) were represented by fine examples in

the Society’s Menagerie.

A paper was read by Mr. J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S., on a new and

very singular Raptorial Bird, of general Buteonine aspect, but re-

markable for its extremely wide gape, small bill destitute of a tooth,

and the rudimentary pectination of the middle claw. For this curious

form, a single specimen of which had been obtained by Mr. C. J.

Andersson at Objimbinque, Damaraland, Mr. Gurney proposed the

new generic and specific name Stringonyx anderssoni.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited a collection of bird-skins formed by

Mr. Henry Whitely in the vicinity of Hakodadi, Japan, during the

winter of 1864-65. Mr. Sclater called particular attention to the

following species, which were additional to those given in Captain

Blakiston’s papers on the birds of Hakodadi, published in the ‘ Ibis,’

1862-63 :—

Caprimulgus jotaka. Totanus glareola.

Certhia, sp. Gallinago, sp.

Troglodytes, sp. Podiceps, sp.

Parus minor. Spatula clypeata.

Anthus japonicus. Fuligula clangula.

Turdus chrysolaus. histrionica.

Fringilla montifringilla. Harelda glacialis.

Montifringilla brunneinucha. Phalacrocorax, sp.

Emberiza variabilis. Larus niveus, Pall.

personata. Phaleris cristatella.

1865.] LETTER FROM MR. F. L. LAYARD. 619

The following letter waxy read from Mr. BE. L. Layard, Corr.

Memb. :—

“ Cape Town, July 11, 1865.

“ To the Secretary of the Zoological Society.

“‘ Sir,—I perceive, by one of the printed notices, that on the 9th

of May last a communication was read from Dr. G. Hartlaub, de-

scribing a new Sazicola, forwarded by me, and procured at Wind-

vogelberg, in this Colony, by Capt. Bulger, of H.M. 10th Regiment,

2nd Battalion.

“I have much pleasure in acquainting you that I can now supply

a pretty full account of the habits, nest, and eggs of this species,

through the kindness of my talented friend Mrs. Barber of Graham

Town, an enthusiastic lover of natural history and botany.

“* My fair friend writes under date June 22nd, 1865—‘ These

birds [Saxicola spectabilis, of which she sends specimens] are

dwellers amongst the rocks, and frequent rocky mountains and hills,

old stone kraals, &c., &c. They build their nests under shelving

rocks, near or upon the ground, and sheltered by spreading ferns or

long grass; and their eggs are usually three in number. The male

is fond of placing himself on some high projecting rock, and of

making himself conspicuous by chirping away in a cheerful voice,

either to annoy a rival or amuse his mate ; he is also fond of opening

and shutting his wings, bowing and scraping, &c., and, I have no

doubt, thinks a great deal of himself.

«<The female is a very quiet retiring little body. The males pos-

sess the power of mocking other birds and animals. When we were

living in the district of Graaf Reinet I had a beautiful spotted Mere

Cat | Surieata capensis, Desm., the Meer Kat of the Dutch colonist,

lit. Pismire Cat, or Ant Cat, from their feeding on ants.—E. L. L.],

a tame one ; it was very fond of me, and my companion in all my

walks. These little animals have a peculiar bark, and produce a

great variety of sounds with their pretty little voices; and these

mocking-birds would imitate all the sounds that my pet made natu-

rally. I have also heard them mocking our Robins (Petrocincla

superciliosa, BK. L. L.) and Sugar-birds (Cinnyris), but they seldom

use this power. I send you a nest and eggs.’

«The nest forwarded by Mrs. Barber is cup-shaped, 6" across and

3" deep, the cup 23" across by 13! deep, composed almost entirely

of the fine roots of grasses (7), with here and there a strengthening

twig; the lining is entirely of roots. Clinging round the outside,

and worked into the structure so as not to be disturbed by the wind,

are two fronds of the common fern (Pteris aquilina), effectually

concealing the fabric from a casual observer. The eggs, three in

number, are cream-coloured, with reddish blotches, more or less mi-

nute, thickly sprinkled throughout the surface, but coalescing into

a ring at the obtuse end, on which some bluish tints may be observed.

Each egg differs from the other in shape, the medium measurement

is, axis 11!"!, diam. 72!".

620 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON A NEW PARROT [Nov. 14,

“Capt. Bulger, in his letters and conversation with me, always

called this bird ‘ the mocking-bird,’ and corroborated Mrs. Barber’s

description of its vocal powers; in fact nothing was safe from its

mimicking-powers. I have myself heard our common Sazicola

pileata imitate the yelping of the farm-curs, the crowing and cackling

of fowls, the calls of pheasants and partridges, the harsh notes of

the fiscal (Lanius collaris), and the clear pipe of the robin.

“Trusting this little history of a new species may not prove un-

interesting.

“‘T am, Sir,

«Yours very faithfully,

‘ EpGar L. Layarp, F.Z.S.”’

The following papers were read :—

1. On a New Parrot or THE GENUS NASITERNA.

By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S.

(Plate XXXV.)

Our Corresponding Member, Mr. Gerard Krefft of Sydney, has

lately sent me two specimens of a small Parrot in spirits, stated to

be from the Salomon Islands, which turn out upon examination to

belong to a new and very beautiful species of the genus Nasiterna.

The little bird is of very great interest, as being a second known

representative of this very peculiar genus of Ps¢ttacide—hitherto

supposed to be restricted to New Guinea and the Papuan Islands—

and as affording an additional proof, if any such were needed, that

the Salomon Islands belong strictly to the Austro-Malayan as di-

stinguishable from the Pacific subdivision of the Australian Region.

I propose to call the new species

NasiTERNA pusio. (PI, XXXV.)

Supra viridis, pileo summo obscure eyaneo: fronte et capitis

lateribus cum mento fulvis: subtus dilutior, medialiter flavi-

cans : rectricibus duabus mediis cyaneis, macula ovali ad api-

cem nigra; ceteris nigris, pogoni internt parte apicali cum

caude tectricibus inferioribus aureo-flavis: cauda rotundata,

rectricum sex mediarum rachidibus protractis rigidis, acumi-

natis, ceterarum rigidiusculis.

Long. tota 3°3 poll. Angl., alee 2°5, caudee 11, tarsi 0°3.

Hab. Ins. Salomonenses.

Obs. Major quam N. pygmea, et colore pilei et faciei, neenon

forma et colore candee, facile distinguenda.

Of the two specimens received from Mr. Krefft, one which I now

exhibit has been made into an excellent stuffed specimen by the

artistic hands of Mr. Bartlett, and is the subject of the accompanying

plate by Mr. Wolf. An examination of the second specimen left in

spirits has enabled me to supply the following particulars concerning

1865. | OF THE GENUS NASITERNA. 621

the anatomy and osteology of this form of Parrot, of which nothing

has been hitherto recorded.

The oil-gland in Nasiterna is very distinct, though small ; it is

feathered at the apex, as is usual in the Psittacide, except in cases

where it is altogether absent.

The wings are rather long, reaching to within 0°4 inch of the end

of the tail, and consist of ten primaries and eight secondaries. The

three first primaries are nearly equal in length and longest, the

fourth, fifth, and sixth rapidly decreasing in length.

The tail is rounded, the lateral rectrices being about 0°3 inch

shorter than the medial. The three outer are but slightly rigid,

and only the third from the outside has the spinous apex of the

rachis slightly projecting. The six middle feathers are more rigid,

and have the rachis sharply pointed and projecting 0°5 inch beyond

the barb.

The nostrils of Nasiterna are placed high in the cere, and form a

prominent fleshy ring which surrounds the circular aperture. In

this respect they resemble those of the Platycerci rather than those

of Cacatua, in which there is no such apparent elevation, and the

opening is more or less elliptical.

Of the two medial digits, which are united to the end of the first

phalanx and placed in front, the third or outer one is the longer.

Of the two reversed digits, the first and fourth, the latter is the longest

of all the four digits, the former being the shortest of all the four.

The tongue is thick and fleshy, as is usual in the Parrots. - It is

nearly cylindrical in shape, and somewhat truncated at the apex.

Upon its upper surface there is a rather deep median sulcus running

from the apex to the base, which I have not observed in other Psit-

tacide. At the posterior part of the tongue there are indications

of transverse rugee. The upper portion of the cesophagus measures

half an inch in length, and terminates in a large and yery distinct

ovoid crop (0:4 inch in length), having a pouch below the com-

mencement of the lower cesophagus. The lower cesophagus is nar-

rower than the upper, measuring 0°5 inch in length to where the

proventriculus commences. ‘The latter is moderately developed, and

fully 0°3 inch in length. The gizzard is small and strongly mus-

cular, nearly round, about 0°3 inch in diameter; the contents were

only minute fragments of stones and mucous matter. The intestinal

canal is nearly uniform in diameter throughout, 7°5 inches in length.

No ceca were discernible, and they are, I believe, always absent in

Psittacide.

These particulars were noted upon the specimen preserved in

spirits. Dr. Murie, who examined the bird set up by Mr. Bartlett,

kindly gives me the following notes :—

“ Sex uncertain.

** Muscles: Pectoralis major.—Very strong and well developed.

Origin, whole front of sternum, overlapping the outer edge and cla-

vicular interspace. Insertion, by tendon into forearm.

‘** Pectoralis minor.—Smaller and narrower. Origin, anterior

edge of sternum tapering to a point at the clavicle.

622 MR.A.G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. [Nov. 14,

Subclavius muscle.—Narrow below the bone; anterior muscles -

of neck long and strong.

* Contents of Stomach.—Only a number of minute dark-coloured

stony particles, but no other food.”

The sternum of Nasiterna, which is the only part of its osseous

structure to which I have paid any attention, has the usual cha-

racteristic form of that of the Pstttacide. It is, however, rather

shorter in proportion to its length than in most species of the group.

There is no trace of a furcula. The two posterior foramina, which

are present in most of the sterna of the Psittacide, except in the

Cacatuine, are well marked.

As regards the best position for Nasiterna in the series of Psit-

tacide I am not able to give a decided opinion without further ex-

amination of the structure of the whole group. In its spinous tail

it is conspicuously different from every other Psittacine form. I

cannot agree with those authorities who have placed it with the

Cockatoos, to which, in my opinion, it presents no sort of resem-

blance. The Cockatoos have mostly the top of the head bare of

feathers, and covered by a crest of elongated plumes, which rise

from the front of the head. There is nothing of this sort in Nast-

terna. The Cacatuine have also a well-developed furcula, and no

foramina in the posterior end of the sternum. In Nasiterna the

furcula is absent, and the foramina are present. Nor can we asso-

ciate Nasiterna with the Lories, as its tongue does not present the

characteristic formation of that division of the Psittacide. There

remain only the true Parrots (Psittacine) and the Broad-tails

(Platycercine). In the latter group the furcula is usually absent,

which is also the case with Nasiterna. But in other respects Nasi-

terna presents but little resemblance, either in form or in habits, to

the Platycercine, which are mostly ground-loving birds; whereas

Nasiterna is stated to be exclusively arboreal. I should therefore

be rather inclined to place it as an aberrant form of the Psittacine,

amongst the weaker members of which the furcula is also deficient,

unless it can be allowed to stand as the type of a distinct subfamily,

which would probably be more correct.

I trust that Mr. Otto Finsch of Bremen, who is now engaged on

the preparation of a Monograph of the Psittacide, and to whom I

propose to send my specimens of this curious bird for examination,

will be able to give a more satisfactory account of its affinities.

2. MoNOGRAPH OF THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES, A GENUS OF

Driurnat Lepiporrera. By Artuur G. Buruer, F.Z.S.,

AssisTANT, ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, British Museum.

(Plates XXXVI., XXXVII.)

_ This monograph contains an account of all the species in the Na-

tional Collection, together with others described in recent publica-

tions. .

A.G.Butler, del et lith.

1. CHARAXES

2.CHARAXES

SATURNUS

PHUuIBUS S$

O.CHARAXES

3. CHARAXKES

& . GHARAKE S

SMARAGDALIS.

AGButler, del et lith. M & N Hanhart, imp!

1. GHARAXKES LATONA. G3 GHARAXES HEBER

2,CHARAXES GALAXIA. 4A CHARAKES AFFINIS

5.CHARAXKS BAYA. Moore.

= #) Beale ) . .=4

j hi Felee ayis We h .

a 2 tye t ld

< pia ‘4 GaP Dae

we Vera ise

Mk a 3

ins 7

se! Tedd

en Uae:

> IN

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. 623

Genus CHARrAxeEs, Ochsenheimer.

Div. 1. Alze subtus variis characteribus albis difformibus basi

scriptz, maculas griseas includentibus.

Ale supra fusce ; margo posticus ferrugineus, nervis nigris inter-

ruptus ; postice margine caudisque nigris: subtus fascia me-

dia nivea ; basi ferruginee, variis characteribus scripte ; margo

posticus maculis ceruleis submarginatus, superior maculis tri-

coloratis, hastatis: corpus fuscum ; antenne nigre, filiformi-

clavate; palpi extus albi; caput magnum, lanare, supra in-

cirratum, oculis exstantibus, nudis.

1. CHARAXES JASON.

Papilio jason, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 749. n. 26; Cramer, Pap.

t. 329. f. A, B; Westw. in Drury, Ill. 2nd edit. i. p. 2.

Papilio jasius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. pt. 1. p. 61, pt. 2. p. 191;

Drury, Ill. i. t. 1. f. 1; Ochs. Schmett. von Eur. i. 151, iv. 18;

Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 350. n. 1.

Nymph. jason, Boisd. Ind. Meth. p. 24. n. 180.

Charazes jason, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. pl. 7. f. 12, pl. 3 A. f. 9.

Papilio eques, Drury, Abbild. und Beschreib. exotisch. Insekt.

ae es oe

P. rhea, Hibner, Europ. Schmett. Pap. figs. 111, 112, 580,

581.

Eribea unedonis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. n. 423.

Nymph. jason, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 308.

n. 1,

Hab. Southern Europe; Asia Minor; Barbary. B.M.

2. CHARAXES EPIJASIUS.

Charaxes epijasius, Boisd. MS.; E. Doubl. List Lep. Brit. Mus.

App. p. 28; Feisth. in Annal. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 257.

Nymph. epijasius, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep.

p- 308. n. 2.

Hab. Senegal; Cazamanca. B.M,

Ale supra fusce, fascia media ad marginem interiorem coarctata;

antice elongate, aliquando margine ferrugineo; posticarum

margo posticus maculis ceruleis submarginatus.

3. CHARAXES POLLUX,

Papilio pollux, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 63. n. 197;

Godart, Enc. M. ix. pt. 1. p. 352. n. 5; Lucas, Hist. Nat. Lép.

Exot. pl. 62. f. 1.

Nymph. pollux, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep.

p. 308. n. 4.

Papilio castor, Cramer, Pap. 37. f. E, F.

Hab. Ashanti; Guinea.

624 MR.A.G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. [Nov. 14,

Ale basi pallide ; corpus pallidum.

4. CHARAXES PELIAS.

Papilio pelias, Cramer, Pap. p. 3. f. C, D; Godart, Enc. M. ix.

p- 351. n. 2.

Nymph. pelias,Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 309.

n. 20; Trimev, Rhop. Afric. Austr. i. p. 175. n. 101.

Eribea pelopia, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. n. 424.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

5. CHARAXES SATURNUS, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 1.)

Upperside—front wings, basal half ferruginous, apical half black ;

crossed beyond the middle by a broad deeply dentated orange band,

broader above than below, running nearly parallel to the hind margin;

three orange spots along the front margin near the middle; outer

margin orange, intersected with black at the nervules. Hind wings,

basal half ferruginous, apical half black ; crossed in the middle by

an orange band tapering towards the middle of the inner margin,

which is brown ; outer margin with a submarginal row of six lunular

orange spots, the three lower ones white at the sides and angular ; a

dull green marginal streak at the anal angle ; three blue spots between

the nervures towards the anal angle, the lowest one elongate. Body

ferruginous.

Underside—basal half dull red, curiously marked, as in C. epi-

jasius, with white streaks and spots with dusky centres; a white

irregular central band. Front wings, outer margin broadly viola-

ceous grey, enclosing a row of eight orange spots between the ner-

vules, the two lower ones contiguous, all of them margined by black

spots on their outer edge, and the six upper ones on their inner edge ;

outer margin with a marginal row of nine orange spots between the

nervules ; central band faintly roseate, enclosing an orange spot near

the front margin. Hind wings, outer margin broadly olivaceous,

separated from the central band by a row of six elongate dull red

spots; marginal edge black, broadly bordered inwardly by white

varied with orange ; a submarginal row of seven elongate violaceous

spots margined outwardly with black ; a short curved elongate ochre-

ous band at the anal angle, above the last violaceous spot. Body

creamy white.

Hab. Interior of South Africa. B.M.

Note.—This species is closely allied to C. pelias ; it hardly differs

in the front wings of the upperside ; in the hind wings the spots of

the submarginal band are more lunulate and become nearly white

towards the anal angle, and the central band is much narrower and

tapers towards the inner margin.

Below, the submarginal orange spots of the front wings are bounded

by black spots on both sides, the band of the hind wing has no cen-

tral spot, an inner submarginal row of large dull red spots takes the

place of the small black ones in C. pelias, a submarginal row of

purple lunular spots takes the place of the blue line, and the basal

markings are quite different from those in the figure by Cramer.

1865.) MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. 625

Ale supra ferruginee ; postice sine maculis ceruleis ; subtus

maculis submarginalibus obscurissimis.

6. CHARAXES PHRAORTES.

Charazes phraortes, E. Doubleday in Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 65;

Doubl., Westw. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 309. n. 22.

Hab. Madagascar. B.M.

7. CHARAXES CASTOR.

Papilio castor, Fabricius, Gen. Ins. Mant. p- 251; Ent. Syst.

di. pt. 1. p. 63. n. 196; Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 351. n. 4.

Nymph. castor, Donovan, Nat. Repos. iv. pl. 16; Westw., Doubl.

& Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 308. n. 3.

Papilio pollux, Cramer, Pap. t. 37. f. C, D.

Charazxes pollux, Feisthamel in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850,

p- 255. pl. 9. f. 1.

Papilio camulus, Drury, Ill. iii. t. 30. f. 2.

Hab. Sierra Leone ; Congo. B.M.

8. CHARAXES PH@BUS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 2.)

Upperside—front wings ferruginous, paler just beyond the middle,

with a broad submarginal black band along the outer margin ; apical

part of submarginal edge intersected with black at the nervures; a

triangular black spot, its base resting upon the first subcostal ner-

vule near the apex ; a black elongate spot closing the cell ; two spots,

one above the cell, the other halfway between the subapical spot

and the end of the cell ; two black spots placed obliquely just below

the end of the cell. Hind wings as above, but without any spots,

and with black marginal edge. Body ferruginous.

Underside reddish olivaceous, basal half curiously marked with

silvery spots and streaks with dark centres ; central band silvery, very

narrow, tapering from the inner margin of hind wing near the anal

angle to the front margin of anterior wing near the apex. Front

wings with a submarginal row of eight dusky black spots between

the nervules along the outer margin; a row of six dusky spots on

the central band. Hind wings with a submarginal olivaceous band

varied with silver ; anal angle ochreons, enclosing a violaceous spot.

Hab. Abyssinia. B.M.

Ale supra atre, fascia media nivea ad apicem anticarum coarc-

tata ; corpus fuscum.

9. CHARAXES BRUTUS.

Papilio brutus, Cramer, Pap. t. 241. f. E, F; Godart, Enc. M.

ax.op. 351. 0.3.

Nymph. brutus, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep.

p. 308. n. 5; Trimen, Rhop. Afric. Austr. i. p. 173. n. 100.

Eribea brutus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 47. n. 422.

Hab. Sierra Leone; Coast of Guinea. B.M.

C. brutus, var. Port Natal. B.M.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XLI.

626 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES, [Nov. 14,

Ale supra atre, margine postico ferrugineo ; fascia media ferru-

ginea, marginem posticum approximante ; antice basi ferru-

yinee : subtus ferruginee, antice variis maculis nigris ; postice

fascia pallida submarginate.

10. CHARAXES EUDOXUS.

Papilio eudocus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 65. n. 203 ;

Jones, Icon. v. t. 53; Drury, Ill. iii. pl. 33. f. 1, 2 ; Godart, Enc. M.

ix. p. 352. n.6; Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 309.

n. 12.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Div. 2. Ale subtus basi lineis nigris seripte.

Note.—C. eudoxus is closely allied to the following species, but

has the same marking underneath at the base of the wings as in the

former species.

11. CHARAXES LUCRETIUS.

Papilio lucretius, Cramer, Pap. t. 82. f. E, F; Fabricius, Ent.

Syst. ili. pt. 1. p. 84. n. 261 ; Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 352. n. 7.

Nymphalis lucretius, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn,

Lepid. p. 308. n. 6.

Eribea lucretia, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. n. 425.

Hab. Coast of Guinea. B.M.

12. CHARAXES CYNTHIA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 3.)

Upperside black-brown, crossed by a central ferruginous band, as

in C. lucretius, divided into spots by the nervures towards the apex

of the front wings, and incurved towards the anterior margin ; outer

margin deeper ferruginous, divided into marginal spots by the ner-

vures in the front wings; base reddish brown ; inner margin of hind

wings covered with long brown hairs ; front marginal edge of anterior

wings reddish brown, with four spots of the same colour in couples

just below it, two at the end of the cell, and two just beyond. Body

golden brown ; abdomen pale; head and prothorax reddish ; palpi

white externally.

Underside—front wings reddish grey, crossed beyond the middle

by a band of large pale oval ferruginous spots, tapering towards the

apex, and curving at the top towards the anterior margin, enclosing

ochreous lunules, and bordered outwardly by faint silvery lunules ;

the last three spots bordered inwardly, the lowest one with green-

grey deeply margined with black, the other two with ochreous bor-

dered outwardly with ferruginous; a large irregular black patch

marked with three silvery streaks near the anal angle; a reddish

elongate spot at the anal angle ; front marginal edge silver from the

base to the end of the cell; cell ochreous, enclosing four irregular

reddish spots ; two similar spots at the end of the cell, margined

outwardly with ochreous, and three similar lunular spots placed ob-

liquely just beyond; a black and ferruginous spot just below the

1865.] MR. A. G, BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. 627

middle of the median nervure. Hind wings ferruginous ; basal half

crossed by three wavy bands of grey, the central one distinct, silvery ;

apical half with irregular reddish grey submarginal bands, bordered

outwardly by a lunulate line of violaceous; wings crossed by a cen-

tral irregular silver band from the middle of the front margin to the

inner margin just above the anal angle; an irregular row of eight

spots between the nervures, outside the central band, the seven upper

ones ochreous, lunular, the eighth silver, linear ; a yellowish green

spot at the anal angle, bounded inwardly by a fine pale blue line and

two black dots; inner margin streaked with grey. Body whitish

ochreous.

Hab. Ashanti. B.M.

Ale maris sine fascia media, basi non ferruginee.

13. CHARAXES PROTOCLEA.

Charaxes protoclea, Feisthamel in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850,

p. 260; Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 309. n. 14.

Hab. Cazamanea, Western Tropical Africa. B.M.

14. CHARAXES ANTICLEA.

Papilio anticlea, Drury, Ill. iii. t. 27. f. 5, 6; Godart, Ene. M.

ix. p, 353. n. 9.

Nymph. anticlea, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p. 309. n. 13.

Papilio horatius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 64. n. 202 ;

Jones, Icon. v. t. 16. f. 3, 4.

Nymph. horatius, Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 354. n. 13.

Charaxes horatius, Feisthamel in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850,

. 259.

x Hab. Sierra Leone. B.M.

15. CHARAXES ETHALION.

Charazes ethalion, Boisduval in Delegorgue, Voy, Afriq. ii. p. 593.

Nymph. erithalion, Boisduval, MS.

N. ethalion, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 309.

n. 21, pl. 48. f. 1; Trimen, Rhop. Afric. Austr. i. p. 170. n. 98.

Hab. Zooloo, Port Natal, &e. B.M

16. CHARAXES VIOLA, sp. n. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 4.)

Female. Upperside—front wings brown; outer margin reddish ;

a broad ferruginous band near the hind margin, interrupted above

by a brown patch and by the nervures. Hind wings, basal half

brown, apical half white tinted with blue-green ; outer margin brown,

with orange upper edging, green below the outer tail ; a submarginal

row of violaceous lunules; two black spots at the anal angle.

Underside only differs from C. ethalion in the brighter red of the

submarginal lunules, in the central white band being only indicated

by a paler shade of brown, and the less distinct black markings.

Hab. West Africa. B.M.

628 MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. [Nov. l4,

Ale maris fulve, fasciis nigris maculatis.

17. CHARAXES BOUETI.

Charaxes boueti, Feisthamel in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850,

p- 261.

Nymph. boueti, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 309. n. 15.

Hab. Gambia.

18. CHARAXES CANDIOPE.

Nymphalis candiope, Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 353 ; Westw., Doubl.

& Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 309. n. 16.

Hab. Congo. B.M.

Ale fusce, maculis pallidis submarginate ; fascia media fulva,

apice anticarum interrupta: postice margine angusto pallido:

subtus lunulis viridi-flavis fasciate.

19. CHARAXES FABIUS.

Papilio fabius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 69. n. 201; Go-

dart, Enc. M. ix. pt. 1. p. 353. n. 8.

Nymph. fabius, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 309. n. 28.

Hab. India ; Indian Islands. B.M.

20. CHARAXES LAMPEDO.

Eribea lampedo, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Band ii. pl.

f. 3, 4. .

Nymph. lampedo, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 309. n. 31.

Hab. q

Note.—This species is closely allied to C. fabius, but does not

agree with it in the subapical portion of the band of the fore wing,

or the submarginal spotting on the underside.

21. CHARAXES IOCASTE.

Charazes iocaste, Boisduval, MS. ; E. Doubl. List Lep. Brit. Mus.

App. p. 28.

Npmph. iocaste, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 309. n. 17.

Hab. Senegal. B.M.

22. CHARAXES SOLON.

Papilio solon, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 69. n. 216; Jones,

Icones, v. t. 63. f. 2; Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 357. n. 24; Westw.,

Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 309. n. 26.

Hab. 2

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. 629

Ale fusce, fascia media alba, ceruleo-viridiscente.

23. CHARAXES ETEOCLES,

Papilio etheocles, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 64. n. 200;

Cramer, Pap. pl. 119. f. D, E; Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 355. n. 17.

Nymphalis etheocles, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn.

Lepid. p. 308. n. 7.

Eribea etheoclessa, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. n, 431.

Hab. Coast of Guinea; Sierra Leone.

24. CHARAXES EPHYRA.

Nymphalis ephyra, Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 355. n. 18.

Charaxes ephyra, Feisthamel in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850,

p- 258.

Nymph. ephyra, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 308. n. 8.

Hab. Cazamansa, West Coast of Africa.

25. CHARAXES ETESIPE.

Nymphalis etesipe, Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 355. n. 19.

Papilio etheocles, Drury, Il. iii. pl. 10.

Nymph. etesipe, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 308. n. 9.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Ale maris fusce, maculis ceruleis viridibusve submarginate :

Semine antice plerumque fascia obliqua media alba, raro fer-

ruginea.

26. CHARAXES CACUTHIS.

Charares cacuthis, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. v. 3, pl. 48. f. 12, 13.

Hab. Madagascar (Coll. Mr. Hewitson).

27. CHARAXES ETHETA.

Nymphalis etheta, Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 356. n. 20; Guérin,

Icon. R. An. Ins. p. 477, pl. 78. f.4; Gmffith’s An. Kingd. Ins.

Lep. pl. 2. f.4; Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 308. n. 10.

Hab. West Coast of Africa.

28. CHARAXES TIRIDATES.

Papilio tiridates, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 11. n. 43; Ent. Syst.

iii. pt. 1. p. 26. n. 195; Cramer, Pap. t. 161. f. A, B; Drury, Il.

iii. t. 23. f. 1, 2; Donovan, Ins. of India, pl. 23. f. 3; Godart, Enc.

M. ix. p. 354. n. 14.

Nymphalis tiridates, Lucas, Hist. Nat. Lép. Exot. t. 62. f. 2;

Boisduval in Delegorgue, Voy. Afriq. ii. p. 593; Trimen, Rhop.

Afric, Austr. i. p.172. n. 99.

630 MR. A.G, BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. [Nov. 14,

Charaxes tiridates, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 508. n. 11.

Q@. Papilio marica, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 113. n. 346;

Donovan, Naturalist’s Repos. 11, pl. 37. f.1; Westw., Doubl. &

Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 310. n. 31.

Nymphalis marica, Mus. Banks.

Hab. Sierra Leone; Ashanti. B.M.

29. CHARAXES NUMENES.

Nymphalis numenes, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. ii. pl. 38. f. 9,10,11.

Hab. Sierra Leone. B.M.

30. CHARAXES AMELIA.

Charaxes amelia, Guérin Méneville, sér. 2. t. 13. (1861) p. 171,

pl. 5. f. 1.

Hab. Gaboon ; Sierra Leone. B.M.

31. CHARAXES BOHEMANI.

Charaxes bohemani, Felder, Wien. Entom. Monatschr. (1859)

p- 321, pl. 6. f. 3.

Hab. South Africa ?

32. CHARAXES SMARAGDALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 5.)

Male. Upperside—front wings deep brown, inner margin glossed

with greenish blue; a submarginal row of six pale blue-green spots

along the outer margin, the two nearest the apex very pale, placed

obliquely from the costal nervure Wings crossed in the middle by

a broad oblique blue-green band, very broad below, becoming abruptly

narrower above the third median nervule. Hind wings, basal half

deep brown, glossed with greenish blue; apical half pale green ;

outer margin deep brown, with a pale green sinuate lunulate edge

and a submarginal row of seven pale green spots with white centres

between the nervures. Tails very short; inner margin densely

clothed with pale brown hairs. Body deep brown.

Underside olivaceous ; front wings, basal portion ochreous; cell

erossed by three small irregular angulated black bands, margined

with grey ; three similar markings below the cell; a similar line

margined outwardly with ochreous at the end of the cell, and a lunu-

late black band, also margined with ochreous, placed obliquely from

just below the end of the cell to the submedian nervure, the outer

edge of the lowest lunule bluish below; outer margin ochreous, with

a submarginal row of spots, the two uppermost ones white, the two

lowest ocellate, tricoloured (grey, ochreous, and black), the rest

ochreous. Hind wings olivaceous, marked with various lines and

spots as in C. ¢iridates; but the lines are a little more angular, and

the inner submarginal ochreous lunules are better defined.

Hab. Congo. B.M.

This species is allied to C. tiridates, from which it scarcely differs

underneath.

1865.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. 631

33. CHARAXES CITHERON.

Charazes citheron, Felder, Wien. Entom. Monatsschr. p. 308,

pl. 8. f. 2, 3.

Hab. Port Natal. B.M.

34. CHARAXES THIESTE.

Papilio thieste, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, pl. 32. f. 2, 2B.

Eribea thiestessa, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. n. 432.

Nymphalis thieste, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 307. n. 18.

N. thurias, Godart, Enc. M. ix. pt. 1. p. 354. n. 15.

Hab. Caffraria.

35. CHARAXES XIPHARES.

Papilio xiphares, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 71. n. 221;

Cramer, Pap. t. 377. f. A, B; Godart, Enc. M. ix. pt. 1. p. 357.

n. 25.

Nymphalis xtphares, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep.

p. 309. n. 19; Trimen, Rhop. Afric. Austr. i. p. 167. n. 97.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope. B.M.

Note.—This species will probably prove to be the female of thieste.

Ale maris nigre ; postice margine albo-viridiscente, ocellis nigris

albo-pupillatis : subtus omnes fusco ceruleoque variegate,

Sascia flava distincta.

36. CHARAXES EURYALUS.

3. Papilio euryalus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 70. n. 218;

Cramer, Pap. t. 74. f. A, B.

Eribea euryale, Hiibner, Voy. bek. Schmett. n. 435.

@. Papilio nisus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iit. pt. 1. p. 70. n. 219;

Cramer, Pap. pl. 150. f. A, B; Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 357. n. 23;

Lucas, Hist. Nat. Lép. Exot. pl. 63. f.1; Westw., Doubl. & Hewits.

Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 309. n. 25,

Hab. Amboyna. B.M.

Ale ferruginee ; postice oceéllis nigris albo pupillatis: subtus

ochree, basi lineis nigris variegate, postice ocellis violaceis

submarginate, lunulisque ferrugineis.

37. CHARAXES LATONA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVII. fig. 1.)

Upperside ferruginous, paler towards the outer margin; a sub-

marginal row of black spots with white centres along the outer mar-

gin in the hind wings; outer marginal edge brown; a zigzag pale

brown submarginal line extending from the front margin of the front

wings to the middle of the hind wings, in the hind wings scarcely

perceptible. Front wings elongate; a black spot at the end of the

cell; three lunular spots placed vertically just beyond it, and ex-

tending to the third median branch ; two contiguous hastate spots a

632 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. [Nov. 14,

little way beyond the cell; apex brown. Body ferruginous; an-

tennee black.

Underside ochreous; basal half with two irregular, oblique, dull

ochreous bands outlined with black, much the same form as in C:

euryalus ; a lunulate line, extending from the anterior margin near

the apex of the front wing to the anal angle of the hind wing, mar-

gined inwardly with dull ochreous. Front wings, outer margin dull

ochreous, with a paler marginal line and a row of indistinct ferrugi-

nous submarginal spots, getting smaller and less distinct towards the

front margin. Hind wings, marginal edge dull ochreous ; a sub-

marginal row of violaceous ocelli; the pupil black, surrounded with

greenish on the outer edge of each ocellus ; a submarginal row of

ferruginous lunules below the common lunulate lme ; between the

lunules and ocelli dull ochreous.

Hab. Timor. B.M.

Div. 3. Ale subtus albo, fusco, rubro atroque varie striga ceerulea;

margo posticus posticarum plerumque lunulis flavis.

Ale supra fusce, maculis ochreis submarginate, fascia media ochrea

ad anteriorem interrupta; margo posticus posticarum maculis

rubris ochreisque submarginatus, lunulis flavis marginatus.

38. CHARAXES CAPHONTIS.

Charazes caphontis, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. i. pt. 48. f. 14, 15.

Hab. Fiji Islands (Coll. Mr. Hewitson).

Ale supra albe; margine atro, albo-punctato; corpus album,

antennis nigris.

39. CHARAXES PYRRHUS.

Papilio pyrrhus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 749. n. 25; Clerck,

Icones, t. 25. f. 2; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 61. n. 192;

Cramer, Pap. pl. 220. f. A, B; Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 356. n. 22;

Lucas, Hist. Nat. Lép. Exot. pl. 63. f. 2.

Nymphalis pyrrhus, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p. 309. n. 24.

Eribea pyrrhichia, Hibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. n. 433.

Hab. Amboyna.

Note.—The specimen in the Banksian Collection has no connexion

whatever with this species, it certainly has the old label attached to

it with the name “pyrrhus” inscribed upon it; but it is only a

variety of C. athamas. The specimen described and figured by

Lucas as C. pyrrus (sic) is so different in aspect to all the other

figures of this species that I am almost inclined to think it distinct ;

the anal tail is almost gone, the submarginal spots and bands all

seem to meet at the anal angle, and the whole of the outer marginal

portion of the hind wing is suffused with purple; these differences

may be occasioned by a desire of the artist to improve upon nature ;

but if not, there is no doubt as to its being a new species.

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. 633

40. CHARAXES GALAXxtA, sp.n. (PI. XXXVII. fig. 2.)

Upperside—front wings, basal half cream-coloured, apical half

black-brown ; four cream-coloured spots in couples placed beyond

the cell ; a submarginal row of eight similar spots along the outer

margin. Hind wings, basal half broadly cream-coloured, becoming

greenish along its outer edge ; apical half brown-black ; a marginal

row of green lunular spots from above the third subcostal nervule to

the anal angle; an orange spot at the anal angle. Tails long.

Body, head brown, spotted with cream-colour; thorax greenish

grey ; abdomen cream-coloured.

Underside—front wings olivaceous, with irregular central white

band and greyish anal angle. The markings are the same as in C.

sempronius, excepting that the submarginal spots are smaller and

further from the edge of the wing, and the black spot at the end of

the cell is much larger and continued below the cell. Hind wings

olivaceous, with a small central white patch tapering from the front

margin to the end of the cell. The markings the same as in N.

sempronius, excepting that the hind marginal yellow lunules are very

small, the narrow black band at the end of the cell is more irregular

and terminates a little below the cell, and the three subapical blue

spots are wanting.

Hab. Timor. B.M.

41. CHARAXES KADUNII.

Charaxes kadunii, Felder, Wien. Entom. Monatsschr. (1860) pl. 3.

Hab. Caraccas.

42. CHARAXES SEMPRONIUS.

Papilio sempronius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iti. pt. 1. p. 62. n. 194;

Jones, Icones, v. t. 67 ; Donovan’s Drawings in Bibl. Hope, Oxford ;

Godart, Enc. M. ix. pt. 1. p. 354.

Nymphalis sempronius, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn.

Lepid. p. 309. n. 27.

Jasia australis, Swainson, Zool. Ind. 2nd ser. t. 114.

Churaxes tyrteus, Felder, Wien. Entom. Monatsehr. (1859)

p. 399, pl. 9. f. 3.

Hab. Australia. B.M.

Ale nigre, basi fusce, fascia communi alba ceruleo marginata ;

postice, et sepe antice, maculis albis submarginate ; caudis

ceruleis : corpus fuscum.

43. CHARAXES SCHREIBERI.

Nymphalis schreiberi, Godart, Enc. M. ix. App. p. 825. n. 11,12;

Horsfield, Deser. Cat. Lep. East India Comp. pl. 6. f. 3,3 a; Westw.,

Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 309. n. 30.

Hab. Java. B.M.

634 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. [Nov. 14,

44, CHARAXES COGNATUS.

Charaxes cognatus, Van dey Hoeven, Tijdsch. voor Entom. pt. 1—4

(1859-61), pl. 9. f. 1, 2.

Hab. Moluccas.

Ale supra fusce, fascia communi sulphurea ; postice aliquando

omnino sulphuree, margine fusco, maculis albis submarginate.

45. CHARAXES ATHAMAS.

Papilio athamas, Drury, Ill. i. t. 2. f. 3, 4; Cramer, Pap. t. 89.

f. C, D; Godart, Enc. M. ix. pt. 1. p. 353, n. 11; Swainson, Zool.

Til. 2nd ser. t. 90.

. Jasia athamas.

Nymphalis athamas, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 309. n. 29.

Papilio athamas, Drury, Abbild. und Beschreib. exotisch. Insek.

t, 2.8 4:

P. pyrrhus, Donovan, Ins. India, pl. 29. f. 3.

Eribea athamis, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. n. 430.

P. pyrrhus, Mus. Banks.

Hab. India; China; Java. B.M.

46. CHARAXES HEBE, sp.n. (PI. XXXVII. fig. 3.)

Upperside—front wings, basal half, except the cell, pale greenish ;

base and inner margin ochreous; cell grey, brownish in front ; apical

half dark brown, with a green oval spot halfway between the end of

the cell and the apex. Hind wings pale greenish, base grey ; inner

margin brownish ochreous ; outer margin grey, with brown marginal

edge and two submarginal rows of black spots with white spots

between them; a narrow blue line down each of the tails. Body

fuscous ; thorax grey ; head spotted with ochreous ; antennee brown,

tipped with red.

Underside pale reddish brown ; outer margin deeper-coloured ; a

broad central greenish silky patch, rounded in front, widest at the

inner margin of front wings, in the hind wings angulated at the

median nervure and abruptly tapering to a point at the third median

nervule, margined with rich brown, and outwardly by a row of red-

dish spots extending from near the apex of the front to the anal

angle of the hind wings, lunulate from the middle of the front, to the

anal angle of the hind wings, the lunule at the angle of the central

patch margined inwardly with white and outwardly with blue, those

below it margined with blue inwardly; a greenish oval spot on the

front wings, as above ; a black line near the base, crossing the cells

obliquely ; two black lunules on the lower part of the abdominal

fold ; a submarginal row of small black spots and a blue and yellow

line along the outer margin of the hind wings. Tail brown. Body

brownish ochreous.

Hab. Sumatra. B.M.

This insect is closely allied to C. athamas, but is much more ro-

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES, 635

bust ; the upper wings are much more rounded and longer, the sinu-

ation of the outer margin is not so deep, and the wing is more ob-

liquely slanted inwards at the anal angle; the apex is very much

rounded ; the hind wings are longer, and the outer tail half as long

again as the inner one ; underneath, the central band is very much

further from the outer margin, only extending to the end of the

cell.

Div. 4. Alz supra albee, margine fusco, albo-maculato; subtus nivee,

fulvo rubrove virgatze, raro variis coloribus maculatee.

Ale subtus nivee, fulvo rubrove virgate.

47. CHARAXES EUDAMIPPUS.

Charaxes eudamippus, E. Doubleday in Ann. Soc, Ent. France,

1843, p. 217, pl. ®& Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 309. n. 32.

Hab. Silhet; Assam. B.M.

48. CHARAXES NARCEUS.

Nymphalis narceus, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. i, p. 87, pl. 44.

1, 4.

Hab. North China. B.M.

49. CHARAXES DOLON.

Charaxes dolon, Westwood, Cabinet, Orient. Entom. p. 55. pl. 27.

f. 2, 3; Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 309.

n. 34.

Hab, East Indies. B.M.

Ale supra albe, apice late fusco, unimaculato : subtus variis

coloribus maculate.

50. CHARAXES DELPHIS.

Charazes delphis, E. Doubleday in Aun. Soc. Ent. France, 1843,

p- 217, pl. 7; Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 309.

n. 33.

C. concha, Van der Hoeven, Tijdsch. voor Ent. (1859-61), pts. 1-4.

pl. 10. f. 1-3.

Hab. Silhet; Assam. B.M.

Div. 5. Alee basi ferruginez, raro fulvee, apice atree, subtus lineis,

punctis strigaque pallida variegate.

Ale basi fulve ; apice atre, maculis fulvis submarginate ; corpus

Suscum.

51. CHARAXES NITEBIS.

Nymphalis nitebis, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. ii. p. 75, pl. 38. f. 7,8.

Hab. Celebes. B.M.

636 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. [Noyv. 14,

Ale ferruginee, antice apice atre ; postice ocellis nigris albo

punctatis submarginate : corpus ferrugineum.

52. CHARAXES PSAPHON.

Charaxes psaphon, Westwood, Cabinet Orient. Entom. p- 43,

pl. 21.

Nymphalis psaphon, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 309. n. 36.

Hab. Ceylon. B.M.

53. CHARAXES BAYA. (Pl. XXXVII. fig. 5.)

Nymphalis baya, Moore, Cat. Lepid. East India Comp. p. 207,

sp. 424, Horsf. Coll.

Hab. Java; India; Borneo. B.M.

54. CHARAXES BERNARDUS.

Papilio bernardus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 71, n. 223;

Jones, Icones, iv. t. 65. f. 2; Donovan, Ins. of China, pl. 34.

Nymphalis bernardus, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn.

Lepid. p. 309. n. 35.

Satyrus bernardus, Godart, Ent. M. ix. p. 477. n. 2.

Papilio polizena, Cramer, Pap. t. 54. f. A, B.

Nymphalis polizo, Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 399. n. 169.

Doxocopa epilais, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 464.

Hab. Northern India; China. B.M.

55, CHARAXES AMYCUS.

Ohuraxes amycus, Boisd. in litt.; Felder in Wien. Entom. Mo-

natschr. (1861) p. 303. n. 21.

Hab. Philippine Islands.

56. CHARAXES SON.

Charaxes eson, Herrich-Sch. Samml. Aeussereurop. Schmett.

iii.? f. 9, 10.

Hab. Gold Coast.

57. CHARAXES MARMAX.

Charaxes marmazx, Westwood, Cabinet Orient. Entom. p. 43,

pl. 21; Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 309. n. 37.

Hab. Silhet; Assam. B.M.

58. CHARAXES AFFINIS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVII. fig. 4.)

Upperside—front wings, basal half ferruginous, apical half black.

Hind wings ferruginous ; hind marginal edge black, with a submar-

ginal row of black spots. Body ferruginous.

Underside pale ferruginous, varied with ochreous; hind margin

glossy, bounded inwardly by a lunulate ferruginous line ; basal half

varied with angulated black lines ; a submarginal ferruginous band,

interrupted with ochreous at the nervures, tapering to the anterior

1865.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. 637

margin of the front wings, where it becomes very indistinct ; on the

hind wings distinct, close to the common lunulate line. Front wings,

apex with a silver dash ; a silver streak at the anal angle. Hind

wings, a marginal ferruginous line and asubmarginal row of greenish

ocelli, the pupils black, at the outer edge of each ocellus.

Hab. Celebes. B.M.

Closely allied to C. baya, and only differs from it above in the

absence of a ferruginous spot on the black near the anal angle

of the front wing: on the underside the black lines are very differ-

ently placed, the continuous submarginal lunulate line is more re-

gular and very close to the outer margin, and none of the lines are

so angular. We have two specimens in the Museum Collection ; and

I have carefully compared them with all the other allied species, and

find none that agree with them; and all these species resemble one

another so closely in the coloration of the underside that, if the

linear markings, which are locally constant (as far as I have been

able to judge), are not taken into account, nothing is left to distin-

guish the species but the depth of the black margin of the upperside.

Note.—C. psaphon and C. baya exactly agree in the marking of

the underside. We have a variety of C. baya that resembles C.

marmax on the upperside. I think it very doubtful whether any

of the species included in the present subdivision are more than

varieties of one form; and Mr. William Atkinson, who has studied

these insects in their native country and has compared numbers of

specimens, assures me that they are all of one species.

Div. 6. Ale ferruginez, nigro maculate ; postice bicaudatz :

subtus maculis argenteis.

59. CHARAXES JAHLUSA.

Nymphalis jahlusa, Boisd. MS.; Trimen, Rhop. Afric. Austr.

p. 177. n. 102:

Charaxes argynnides, Westwood, Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1864,

p- 10.

Hab. Zambesi; Cape of Good Hope.

Div. 7. Alz subtus plurimis maculis strigisque variegate ; postieze

dentatze, obtuse caudatee.

Ale nigre, fascia communi rubra: postice subtus nigro, albo,

Serrugineo flavoque maculate.

60. CHARAXES BERENICE.

Nymphalis berenice, Drury, Ill. iii. t. 11. f. 1, 2; Fabricius, Ent.

Syst. ii. pt. 1. p. 114. n. 350; Donovan, Nat. Repos. iii. pl. 107;

Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 310. n. 39.

Papilio zingha, Cramer, Pap. pl. 315, f. B, C.

Tigridia zingha, Hiibuer, Verz. bek. Schmett. n. 355.

Hab. West Coast of Africa; Sierra Leone. B.M.

638 MR. A.G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. [Nov. 14,

Ale nigre, fascia communi alba: postice subtus nigro, albo,

caruleo rubroque maculata, et viridi rubroque fasciate.

61. CHARAXES CALYDONIA,

Nymphalis ealydonia, Hewits. Exot. Butterf. p. 86, pl. 43.

f. 3, 4.

Hab. Malacca (Coll. Mr. Wallace).

Div. 8. Alze anticee sub apice angulatee ; posticee caudis dilatatis,

Ale albe viridiscentes, nigro varie.

62. CHARAXES ZOOLINA.

Nymphalis zoolina, Westwood, MS.; Westw., Doubl. & Hewits.

Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 309. u. 23, pl. 53. f. 1; Angas, Illustr. Port

Natal Ins. pl. 1. f. 7; Trimen, Rhop. Afric. Austr. i. p. 178.

n. 103.

Hab. Amazoulu ; Port Natal. B.M.

Ale ferruginee, nigro varie.

63. CHARAXES NEANTHES.

Nymphalis neanthes, Hewits. Exot. Butterf. p. 88, pl. 44. f. 2, 3;

Trimen, Rhop. Afric. Austr. i. p. 179. n. 104.

Hab. Port Natal. B.M.

Div. 9. Alz non caudate, virides ; supra basi nitentes, apice anti-

carum tenebrosze.

64. CHARAXES EUPALE.

Papilio eupale, Drury, Ill. iii. t. 6. f. 3 (1783).

Nymphalis eupale, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lepid.

p. 310. n. 41.

Papilio amasia, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ili. pt. 1. p. 136. n. 419

(1793) ; Jones, Icones, v. t. 15. f. 2; Godart, Enc. M. ix. p. 389.

n. 137; Lucas, Lép. Exot. t. 69.

Hab. Sierra Leone ; Ashanti. B.M.

Div. 10. Alee non caudatee ; supra nigree, anticee maculis czeruleis

submarginatz ; corpus fuscum ; subtus cinerez, fasciis fuscis.

Ale antice cella cerulea maculisque duabus ceruleis; margo

posticus maculis quatuor ceruleis: postice fascia cerulea.

65. CHARAXES MYCERINA,

Nymphalis mycerina, Godart, Ene. M. ix. p. 369. n. 65; Lucas,

Hist. Nat. Lép. Exot. pl. 65. f. 2; Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen.

Diurn, Lepid. p. 310. n. 40, pl. 53. f. 2.

Hab. Sierra Leone. B.M.

1865.) MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE SPECIES OF CHARAXES. 639

Ale supra nigre, maculis ceruleis submarginate ; postice den-

tate.

66. CHARAXES NESIOPE.

Nymphalis nesiope, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. p. 88, pl. 44. f.5,6.

Hab, Sierra Leone (Coll. Mr. Hewitson).

The two following species are doubtful :—

67. CHaraxes? THERSANDER.

Papilio thersander, Donoyan, Nat. Repos. iii. t. 75.

Nymphalis? thersander, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn.

Lepid. p. 310. n. 42,

N. lampedo ?, id.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

68, CHaRAxes? MILTIADES.

Papilio miltiades, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 66. n. 205;

Jones, Icones, v, t. 80. f. 2; Donovan, Drawings in Bibl. Hope.

Oxford ; Godart, Enc. M. ix. p- 358. n. 26.

Nymphalis? miltiades, Westw., Doubl. & Hewits. Gen. Diurn.

Lepid. p. 310. n. 43.

i ————

Note.—Charaxes rayi of Van der Hoeven (Tijdschft voor Ento-

mologie, pts. 1-4, 1859-61, pls. 9, 10) is identical with Megistanus

beotus of Boisduval (South America) ; there must be some mistake

as to the specimen described by him having come from Amboyna.

This species is rather variable : specimens from Ega have a greenish

tint on the underside; whilst those from New Granada are tinted

with violaceous; there is also a difference in the number of black

spots on the front margin of the anterior wings below. New Gra-

nadian specimens have eleven to twelve, Ega specimens eight to nine ;

they are also shorter in the wing; the central band of the upper

wings is more regular, the submarginal lunules of the hind wings

vary from two to three in number, and the submarginal spots are

Sometimes entirely wanting. The specimen figured as C. rayi is

probably from Bolivia.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XXXVI, XXXVIL

Pirate XXXVI. | Puate XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Charazxes saturnus, p. 624. Fig. 1. Charazes latona, p- 631.

2. phebus, p. 625. 2. galaxia, p. 633.

3. cynthia, p. 626. i 3. hebe, p. 634,

4. viola, p. 627. 4, affinis, p. 636.

5. smaragdalis, p. 630. 5. baya, p. 636,

640 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW AFRICAN LIZARDS. [Nov. 14,

3. Descriptions or Two New GeEnerRA or LizARDS FROM

DAMARALAND. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S, V.P.Z.S.,

ETC.

(Plate XX XVIII.)

The British Museum has lately received from Mr. Andersson some

Lizards from Damaraland, among which there are two which ap-

pear to have hitherto escaped being described in the Catalogues.

As they are both remarkable forms, I proceed to lay the descriptions

and figures of them before the Society.

The first Lizard belongs to the family dgamide, and to the ter-

restrial group of that family, with a depressed body, covered with

minute granular scales, and destitute of any anal and femoral pores,

which has been called Phrynocephaline (see Cat. Lizards B. M.

p- 259). It differs from Phrynocephalus, and all the other genera

of that group, in having distinct, though small, sunken ears, with a

distinct linear erect opening.

The animal is very like the nocturnal Lizards, or Geckotide, in

the form of the body, the kind of scales, and the large size of the

eyes. But the eyes are covered with distinct valvular lids; and the

toes are not dilated, but edged on the outer side with a series of

projecting slender scales.

PrENOPUS.

The head and body depressed; head, body, and limbs covered

with uniform, minute, smooth granular scales. The tail conical, with

rings of rather larger, smooth, squarish scales. The head rather

large. Lips with a single series of very small shields. Eyes large,

with distinct valvular lids; pupil roundish. Ears small, linear, open

in front of the rather swollen parotoids. Body depressed, covered

with minute, small, uniform granules, like scales; scales of the chin

and belly rather larger, flatter. Limbs moderate. Toes 5/5; the

front subequal, rather broad and depressed, with three series of scales

on the upper surface, with a single series of rather convex band-like

scales beneath; the hinder unequal, the second the longest, rather

depressed, with three or four series of smooth scales above, and three

or four series of keeled scales beneath, and with a series of elongated

subulate scales forming a fringe on each side of the toes on the sides.

The soles of the hind feet covered with minute, small, acute scales.

Claws conical, elongate, acute, brown.

Prenopus macuuatus. (Pl. XXXVIII. fig. 1.)

Grey brown (in spirits), with irregular-shaped groups of small

black spots, the spot on the back being subsymmetrical on the two

sides ; underside of the tail with irregular blackish cross bars; the

underside of head, body, and tail uniform brown-white.

Hab. South Africa, Damaraland (Mr. Andersson).

The second Lizard belongs to the family Zonuride, with distinct

femoral pores, and unarmed caudal scales, which I have called Ci-

Salhi abides a7 aruda.

—

ee ee eer ee

a a ee eee a ee

SAC SITAIN sT.me sopAps07y 7

‘snyepnoeu sndowezy T

Gurr 38344"

eesisbdal

w S

v *

INAXYX Td G98T SZ d

”~

“=,

—

‘

Lite

, al c

mai

4 av

% "

i id t Ta yb

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW AFRICAN LIZARDS. 641

cignina in my ‘ Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum’

(see p. 49), and to the group of the genera of that family which

have large flat dorsal scales, and five toes to each foot.

CorRDYLOSAURUS.

Head depressed, elongate. Occiput covered with a pair of elon-

gated occipital shields, sometimes united into one; interparietal

shields absent. Temple covered with several unequal-sized small

scales. Body depressed, with a very narrow impressed fold occupy-

ing two-thirds of the hinder part of the sides. Back covered with

rings of close, square, very obscurely keeled uniform shields, placed

in longitudinal series. The tail elongate, conical, tapering, with

rings of strongly keeled, rather elongate scales. The limbs covered

above with obscurely keeled scales. The belly with four series of

thin square shields. Toes 5/5, elongate, slender, linear, sharply

clawed ; femoral pores 4/4 or 5/5, large; subanal pores none. The

chin and throat covered with hexagonal, thin, smooth scales. The

underside of the tail with larger, smoother scales.

CorpDYLOSAURUS TRIVIRGATUS. (Pl. XXXVIII. fig. 2.)

Whitish (in spirits), with a central broad and a narrow black

streak on each side, commencing from the end of the nose, and con-

tinued rather beyond the base of the tail ; limbs brown above ; under-

side silvery white (in spirits); the frontal nasal shield elongate,

nearly as long as the frontal.

Hab. South Africa, Damaraland (Mr. Andersson).

This Lizard has somewhat the appearance of Platysaurus of Sir

Andrew Smith; but the back of that Lizard is covered with small

granular scales. It is also like the Gerrhosaurus subtessellatus of

Sir Andrew Smith, but differs in the system of coloration and in the

form of the frontal nasal shield.

The Lizards of this group may be thus divided :—

I. The back covered with small granular scales; head depressed,

elongate ; interparietal and occipital plates similar, square.

PLATYSAURUS CAPENSIS, A. Smith, Ill. Z. S. A. t. 40.

PLatysauRus eGuTtatus, A. Smith, App. Ill. Z. S. A. t. 8.

II. Back covered with smooth, or only slightly keeled, square scales ;

head elongate, depressed ; interparietal shield none; occipital

shields elongate, rarely united.

CoRDYLOSAURUS.

CoRDYLOSAURUS TRIVIRGATUS, 0. S.

Frontal nasal elongate.

CoRDYLOSAURUS SUBTESSELLATUS.

Frontal nasal transverse.

Gerrhosaurus subtessellatus, A. Smith, Ill. Z. 8, A. t. 41. f. 1.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XLII.

642 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW AFRICAN LIZARDS. [Noy. 14,

G. tessellatus, A. Smith, Ill, Z. 8. A. t. 42. f. 17-20.

Pleurostrichus subtessellatus, Gray, Cat. Lizards B. M, p. 51.

III, Back covered with keeled, square scales ; head short, high;

occipital plates broad, short.

PLEUROSTRICHUS,

Interparietal shield none.

PLEUROSTRICHUS BIFASCIATUS.

Gerrhosaurus bifasciatus, A. Smith, Ill. Z. 8. A. t. 42. f. 25-27

(head).

GERRHOSAURUS.

Interparietal shield moderate, polygonal ; occipital short, broad,

subtrigonal.

GERRHOSAURUS FLAVIGULARIS, A. Smith, Ill. Z. S, A. t. 37,

t. 42. f. 1-4 (head).

GerruosaurRus Typicus, A. Smith, Ill. Z. 8. A. t. 38. f. 2,

t. 42. f. 5-8 (head).

GERRHOSAURUS BIBRONII, A. Smith, Ill. Z. S. A. t. 38. f. 1g,

t. 42.-f. 9-12 (head).

GERRHOSAURUS SEPIFORMIS, A. Smith, Ill. Z. 8S. A. t. 41. f. 2,

t. 42. f. 13-16.

GERRHOSAURUS LINEATUS, A. Smith, Il. Z. 8. A. t. 42. f. 21-24.

GERRHOSAURUS PALLIDUS, Sundevall; A. Smith, Ill. Z. S. A.

App. 9.

I may here observe that the Lizard which I described as Homo-

dactylus turneri (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 59, t. 9. f. 2) is the

same as Pachydactylus (Tarentola) bibroni of Sir A. Smith (Illus-

trations of the Zoology of South Africa, Reptiles, t. 50. f. 1). I

cannot conceive how I overlooked this plate when describing the

animal. Sir Andrew Smith observes it is not a typical Tarentola ;

this explains why I did not look in that genus for the species. It

must now be called Homodactylus bibronit.

The Lygodactylus strigatus of the same paper (Proc. Zool. Soc.

1864, p. 59) is the Hemidactylus capensis of Sir A. Smith, de-

scribed and figured in the same work.

Dr. Peters, who pointed out these synonyma from the examina-

tion of Sir Andrew Smith’s typical specimens, which have been sent

to the British Museum since the species were described, informs me

that he has “found the latter animal in ‘a fossil state’ in copal

received from the coast of Zanzibar, showing that it has a very ex-

tensive geographical range.”

The figures of both the Lizards given in Plate XXXVIII. are

double the natural size.

1865.] ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 613

4, On THE Marine Mouuvuscan FAUNA OF THE PROVINCE OF

Sourn AUSTRALIA: WITH A LisT OF ALL THE SPECIES

KNOWN UP TO THE PRESENT TIME; TOGETHER WITH ReE-

MARKS ON THEIR HABITATS AND DISTRIBUTION, ETC. By

GeorGE Frencu Anaas, C.M.Z.S., ETc.

(Part II.*)

CONCHIFERA.

Fam. PHOLADID.

1. BARNEA AUSTRALASIZ,

Pholas australasie, Gray, MS. Brit. Mus. ; Thesaurus Conchy-

liorum, pl. 107. f. 73.

Station. Burrowing in soft rock beyond tide-marks.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf.

2. BARNEA SIMILIS.

Pholas similis, Gray, MS. Brit. Mus. ; Thesaurus Conchyliorum,

pl. 103. f. 12, 13, 14:

Station. In soft rock.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf, Port Adelaide Bar.

Abundant also near Auckland, New Zealand.

Fam. SoLENIDz.

3. SOLEN VAGINOIDES.

Solen vaginoides, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 54.

Station. Burrowing in sandy flats in sheltered places.

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek ; Nepean Bay, Kangaroo Island; also

Tasmania.

A pretty species, slightly curved, and mottled with flesh-purple.

Fam. SAxICAVID&.

4, SAXICAVA AUSTRALIS.

Sazicava australis, Lam. Anim. sans. Vert. vi. p. 153.

Mactra crassa, Péron.

Station. Imbedded in sponges.

Hab. Rapid Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

5. *SAXICAVA ANGASI.

Saxicava angasi, A. Adams, MS. Col. Cuming.

Station. On oyster-banks, living in sandy mud at from 5 to

8 fathoms.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

This species resembles a gigantic S. australis, some specimens

being 23 inches in length. Its difference of station would, however,

* For Part I. see P. Z. S. 1865, p. 155.

644 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Nov. 14,

independently of its large size, induce me to regard it as a distinct

species.

Fam. ANATINIDZ.

6. *ANATINA ANGASI.

Periploma angasi, Crosse et Fischer, Journal de Conchyliologie,

1864, tome iv. no. 4, p. 349.

Station. In sandy mud in sheltered bays.

Hab. Hardwick Bay ; Spencer’s Gulf.

It has been also found at Oyster Bay, on the east coast of Tas-

mania.

This fine species, which has been described by Messrs. Crosse and

Fischer as a Periploma, to which genus, on account of the inequality

of its valves, it bears some resemblance, must nevertheless, from its

gaping and beaked posterior extremity, be placed in the genus

Anatina of Lamarck.

7. ANATINA CRECCINA.

Anatina creccina, Valenciennes.

Station. In sandy mud.

Hab. Hardwick Bay; Spencer’s Gulf; Port Phillip; lawarra

Lake and Port Jackson, New South Wales.

8. ANATINA GRACILIS.

Anatina gracilis, Reeve, Conchologia Icon.

Station. In estuary mud.

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek.

9. Myopora OVATA.

Myodora ovata, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844; Conch. Icon.

pl 1}i. 4.

Station. Dredged on sandy bottom at 2 fathoms,

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek, north arm; middle harbour, Port

Jackson, New South Wales.

10, CHAMOSTREA ALBIDA.

Chama albida, Lam.

Cleidotherus chamoides, Stutchbury, Zool. Journal; Sowerby,

Genera of Shells, f. 1-3.

Station. On oyster-banks.

Hab. Port Lincoln ; Rapid Bay ; Port Jackson, New South Wales.

Hitherto the locality of this peculiar shell was supposed to be

exclusively Port Jackson. Fine large specimens have been obtained

by the dredge from the oyster-banks near Port Lincoln.

Fam. Macrrip#.

11. TRIGONELLA RUFESCENS.

Mactra rufescens, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. (Deshayes’s edit.) vi.

p- 102.

a an

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 645

Station. Burrowing in sand, on shores exposed to the surf.

Hab. Encounter Bay, near the sea-mouth of the Murray ; also

Tasmania.

A solid, flexuously-wrinkled species.

12. TRIGONELLA POLITA.

Mactra polita, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. vi. p. 222, f. 216, 217.

M. glabrata, Schroter.

M, australis, Lam.

Station. Burrowing on sandy shores, beyond tide-marks.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf and Encounter Bay.

This species is more or less banded with light ashy and violet.

13. TRIGONELLA PURA.

Mactra pura, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 15.

Station. The same as the preceding.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf; Hardwick Bay.

A solid, ivory-white species, which ranges westward to Swan River.

14. *TRIGONELLA AMYGDALA.

Mactra amygdala, Crosse et Fischer, Journ. de Conch. 1864,

p-. 349.

Station. In sand, near tide-marks.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf.

A small, white, oval species.

15. *SpPISULA ADELAIDE.

Spisula adelaide, Angas, MS.

Station. In estuary mud, amongst mangrove-swamps.

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek.

16. *MuLINIA PINGUIS.

Mactra (Mulinia) pinguis, Crosse et Fisch. Journ. de Conch.

1864, p. 349.

Station. Unknown.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

17. LurRARIA RHYNCHANA.

Lutraria rhynchena, Jonas, MS. (Mus. Cuming.) ; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. (Lutraria) pl. 4. f. 16.

Station. Dredged on oyster-banks.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

A fine species, obliquely arched, with the anterior end beaked and

openly gaping.

18. LurrRARIA PHILIPPINARUM.

Lutraria philippinarum, Deshayes, P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 71.

Station. Same as the preceding.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

646 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Nov. 14,

Fam. TELLINIDZ.

19. H1aruLA BIRADIATA.

Solen biradiatus, Wood, Gen. Conch. pl. 33. f. 1; Index Test.

pl. 3. f. 26.

Station. In the sands at low-water mark.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

20. HiaruLA EPIDERMIA,

Soletellina epidermia, Desh. MS. (Mus. Cuming.) ; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. pl. 1. f. 3.

Station. Buried in sand at low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln; St. Vincent’s Gulf; Swan River; Port Phillip;

Tasmania and Port Jackson.

21. HiaTULA NYMPHALIS.

Soletellina nymphalis, Deshayes, MS. (Mus. Cuming.) ; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. (Soletellina) pl. 1. f. 2.

Station. Same as the preceding species.

Hab. Hardwick Bay and St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This may perhaps prove to be only an orange-coloured variety of

H, biradiata.

22. H1ATULA VITREA.

Sanguinolaria vitrea, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 326.

Station. In deeper water than the other Hiatule.

Hab. Port Lincoln; Spencer’s Gulf; also Tasmania.

23. TELLINELLA DELTOIDALIS.

Tellina deltoidalis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 206.

T’. lactea, Quoy, Voyage de ]’Astrol.

Station. In sandy mud, in estuaries.

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek.

This species has a wide range. It occurs not only in South Au-

stralia, Port Phillip, and Tasmania, but in Illawarra Lake and Botany

Bay in New South Wales—and also in New Zealand, where it attains

a larger size than in the other localities.

24. PERONZODERMA ALBINELLA.

Tellina albinella, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 194.

Station. Buried in the sands at low water on shores exposed to

the ocean surf.

Hab. Encounter Bay, along the beach towards the sea mouth of

the Murray. .

There are several varieties in colour of this beautiful shell,—the

white variety (Lamarck’s type) being the one most seldom met with,

whilst those of a deep rose-colour and an orange flesh tint are com-

paratively abundant.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 647

25. MacoMA UMBONELLA.

Tellina umbonella, Lam. no. 48 ; Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 70; Sow.

Thes. Conch. pl. 56. f. 13.

Station. In sandy bays.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

26. ARCOPAGIA DECUSSATA.

Tellina decussata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 205.

Station. Amongst rocks and stones at low tides.

Hab. Rapid and Aldinga Bays; Tasmania and Port Phillip.

27. LATONA EPIDERMIA.

Donazx epidermia, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 243.

D. deltoides, Lam.; Sow. Genera of Shells, no. 10.

D. levigata, Dillwyn.

Station. In sand at low water.

Hab. Encounter Bay ; the Coorong.

This species is abundant on most of the sandy shores of the

southern portion of Australia. On the coasts of New South Wales

and along the Coorong it is eaten by the natives; and large heaps

of the shells may be seen about their old fires and camping-places.

28. SEMELE EXIGUA.

Semele exigua, H. Adams, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 385.

Station. In sand near tide-marks,

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf.

This beautiful little species is an aberrant form of the genus, and

has much the aspect of a Tellina.

29. *SEMELE ADA.

Semele ada, Adams & Angas, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 426.

Station. Dredged in 3 fathoms water.

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek, north arm.

30. DONACILLA PRECISA.

Mesodesma precisum, Desh. MS. (Mus. Cuming.); Reeve, Conch.

Icon. pl. 4. f. 31.

Station. Sands at low water.

Hab. Salt Creek; St. Vincent’s Gulf; Tasmania.

31. DoNACILLA ELONGATA.

Mesodesma elongatum, Desh. MS. (Mus. Cuming.); Reeve, Conch.

Icon. pl. 1. f. 5.

Station. Sands at low water.

Hab. On most sandy shores in both gulfs; New South Wales;

Tasmania; Bass’s Straits; Swan River.

648 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Nov. 14,

32. *DONACILLA OBTUSA.

Mesodesma obtusum, Crosse et Fischer, Journ. de Conch. 1864,

p- 350.

Station. Sands at low water.

Hab. Port Lincoln and St. Vincent’s Gulf.

33. ANAPA TRIQUETRA.

Mesodesma triquetrum, Hanley, P. Z. 8. 1843, p. 101.

Anapa triquetra, Gray.

Station. In sand at low water.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf; Tasmania.

34. ANAPA CUNEATA.

Mesodesma cuneatum, Desh. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 133.

Crassatella cuneata, Lam.

Station. In sand at low water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; New Zealand.

Fam. VENERIDZ.

35. Car1one (CIRCOMPHALUS) LAMELLATA,

Venus lamellata, Lam.; Reeve, Conch. Syst. pl. 68. f. 3.

Station. Deep water, on oyster-banks.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

This magnificent species, with its broad flesh-coloured lamelle, is,

when in good condition, one of the most beautiful of bivalve shells.

Tt occurs likewise in Bass’s Straits and on the coast of Tasmania.

36. Cu1one (CIRCOMPHALUS) TIARA.

Venus tiara, Dillwyn; Reeve, Conch. Syst. pl. 67. f. 3.

Station. Deep water ; dredged from oyster-beds.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

This species occurs at Moreton Bay, on sandbanks.

37. CHI1oNE (CIRCOMPHALUS) ALTA.

Venus alta, Sow.

Station. Dredged from oyster-beds.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

Large specimens of this species are found at Shark’s Bay, North-

west Australia.

38. Ca1one (TIMOCLEA) AUSTRALIS.

Venus australis, Sow. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, p. 22.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Lincoln and Kangaroo Island; Swan River ; Tasmania;

Port Jackson, New South Wales.

39. Curtonr (CHAMELEA) APHRODINA.

Venus aphrodina, Lam. ; Delessert, Recueil, pl. 11. f. 1.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 649

Station. In sand beyond tide-marks.

Hab. Port Lincoln ; Tasmania.

A chalky-white species, purple inside, with the valves transversely

ridged or striated. :

40. Cuionr (CHAMELEA) CONULARIS.

Venus conularis, Lam.

Station. On sandy beaches at low tide.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Salt Creek; York’s Peninsula.

Similar in form and sculpture to the preceding, but with the valves

stained with bluish purple and chestnut.

41. Catonr (CHAMELEA) PERONIT.

Venus peroni, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 369.

Station. In sandy bays at low tide.

Hab. Rapid Bay; Aldinga Bay ; Salt Creek ; Tasmania and Port

Philip ; also King George’s Sound (large specimens).

Like the preceding, but larger and more inflated, and frequently

ornamented with zigzag brown lines and spots.

42. Cu1one (CHAMELEA) STRIGOSA.

Venus strigosa, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 368.

Station. Sandy bays at low tide.

Hab. York’s Peninsula; St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Lincoln; King

George’s Sound (very large) ; Port Phillip.

More elongated, with the ridges waved and crenated. The speci-

mens from Port Phillip are beautifully ornamented with a network

of dark lines and spots, especially near the ventral margin.

43. Cu1one (CHAMELEA) SCALARINA.

Venus scalarina, Lam.; Deless. Recueil, ple 10: f 12.

Station. In sand at low-water mark.

Hab. Very abundant near the semaphore jetty outside Port Ade-

laide. It ranges westward to Swan River.

At the head of Spencer’s Gulf a solid white variety occurs, beau-

tifully tinged more or less with violet, and wanting the wavy spots

which are so characteristic of the ordinary type of this species.

Another variety is remarkable in having the ridges wide apart,

thin, and erect at the sides.

44. Cuione (Marcia) rasa.

Tapes faba, Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Station. In estuary mud.

Hab. Port Onkaparinga, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Somewhat resembling V. levigata, Sow., but more gibbous and

rounded at the sides.

45. *SuNETTA ALICIZ&.

Sunetta alicia, A. Adams & Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 425,

pl. xxxvuit. f. 18.

650 MR. G. F, ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Nov. 14,

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Encounter Bay.

A very beautiful species, painted with blotches and rays of rose or

purple on a flesh-coloured ground.

46. Circe RIVULARIS.

Cytherea rivularis, Born ; Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 42.

Station. Deep water ; dredged on oyster-banks.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

Found also at Moreton Bay, on the north-east coast of Australia.

47. *DosINIA DIANA.

Dosinia diana, A. Adams & Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 424.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Hardwick Bay ; Spencer’s Gulf.

A fine species, of a pure white colour, gibbous, and very smooth

towards the beaks.

48. Tapes (CUNEUS) GALACTITES.

Venus galactites, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 359.

Station. In deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

Of a uniform white colour, with the surface of the valves longi-

tudinally striated.

49. RUPELLARIA CRENATA.

Venerupis crenata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 164.

Station. In holes and crevices of rocks, and at the roots of man-

grove trees.

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek ; Port Jackson, New South Wales.

50. RuPELLARIA CUMINGI.

Rupellaria cumingi, Deshayes.

Station. In crevices of rocks and hollow stones.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf, Rapid Bay, and Encounter Bay.

A reddish violet-coloured species, with the transverse ridges ele-

gantly frilled.

51. RueELLARIA OBESA.

Venerupis obesa, Desh. P. Z. 8. 1853, p. 5.

Station. In rocks beyond low water.

Hab. Port Elliott; Encounter Bay; also Port Phillip and Tas-

mania.

Fam. PeTrRIcoLIDA.

52. *NARANIO DIVARICATA.

Naranio divaricata, Chemnitz.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Aldinga Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 651

Fam. CarpDIaADz&.

53. Carpium (TRACHYCARDIUM) CYGNORUM.

Cardium cygnorum, Desh.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Rapid Bay; Holdfast Bay, dredged in 5 fathoms; Swan

River.

54, PApyRIDEA TENUICOSTATA.

Cardium tenuicostatum, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. (Desh. edit.) vi.

p- 372.

Station. Deep water.

Hab, Hardwick Bay; Spencer’s Gulf; Kangaroo Island; Port

Phillip; Port Jackson.

Fam. CHAMID.

55. CHAMA FRAGUM?

Chama fragum, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 9. f. 48.

Station. Adhering to dead Pinne and Malleus.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf.

56. CHAMA CRISTELLA?

Chama cristella, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. (Deshayes’s edit.) vi.

p- 585.

Station. On mussel-beds, adhering to one another.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf.

Fam. Lucrnip&.

57. *LUCINA CONCENTRICA.

Lucina concentrica, A. Adams & Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863,

p- 426, pl. xxxvir. f. 19.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

58. *Lucina (CycLas) CUMINGI.

Lucina (Cyelas) cumingi, A. Ad. & Angas, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 426,

pl. xxxvir. f. 20.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

A large handsome species, in which the divaricating ridges are

acute and imbricate upwards, and are wider apart than in most of

this group, which is the Cyclas of Klein.

59. LorIPEsS ICTERICA.

Lucina icterica, Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Station. In sandy bays.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Hobson’s Bay, Victoria.

A small white shell, having the ligament in an oblique internal

pit, as in the British L. leucoma.

652 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Nov. 14,

Fam. LasE1p2&.

60. PyTHINA DESHAYESI.

Lucina deshayesi, D’Orb.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Rapid Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

A very beautiful little shell, in which the ribs divaricate from the

centre of the valves, and form erect vaulted scales at the sides,

leaving the umbones smooth.

Fam. SOLEMYID.

61. SoLEMYA AUSTRALIS,

Solemya australis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 124.

Station. In sandy mud, 2 to 4 fathoms.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This is the largest species of the genus. Its delicate shells, con-

taining the animal, are frequently cast ashore at Holdfast Bay and

on the semaphore beach after heavy gales.

Fam. ASTARTID.

62. CRASSATELLA CASTANEA.

Crassatella castanea, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 42.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

This magnificent species is the largest Crassatella known. One

of my specimens measures 43 inches in length.

63. MyTILicARDIA CRASSICOSTATA.

Cardita crassicostata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. (Desh. edit.) p. 430.

Cardita tridacnoides, Menke.

_ Station. Amongst rocks and stones beyond tide-mark.

Hab. Rapid and Aldinga Bays; St. Vincent’s Gulf.

This beautiful shell, which varies considerably in growth and dis-

tribution of colour, is also met with in the Philippines. Occasionally

specimens occur of a bright rose-colour, or saffron-yellow.

64. *Myriuicarpia (THECALIA) MACROTHECA.

Thecalia macrotheca, A. Ad. & Angas, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 39.

Station. Under stones at low tide.

Hab. Rapid Bay.

Fam. MytTinip&.

65. Myritus (AULACOMYA) HIRSUTUS.

Mytilus hirsutus, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vil. p. 38.

Station. Adhering to rocks and stones at low water.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf.

This hairy species is also found in New South Wales and New

Zealand.

1865. | MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 653

66. Myrizus (AuLACoMYA) MENKEANUS.

Mytilus menkeanus, Phil.; Dunker, MS. in Mus. Cuming.

Station. Adhering to stones in clusters.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

67. Myritus (AULACOMYA) ROSTRATUS.

Mytilus rostratus, Dunker, MS. Mus. Cuming.

Station. In clusters on rocks.

Hab. Encounter and Guichen Bays.

68. *CRENELLA PAULUCCIZ.

Crenella pauluccie, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 89, pl. 1. f.8.

Station. Nestling amongst Zostera on sandy flats.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf and St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Varying in colour from bright green to orange.

69. CRENELLA (MopIoLaRIA) CUMINGIANA.

Modiola cumingiana, Dunker, MS. Mus. Cuming.

Station. 1 to 3 fathoms, amongst Zostera.

Hab, St. Vincent’s Gulf.

70. PERNA AUSTRALIS.

Modiola australis, Gray, Appendix to King’s Voyage.

Station. Abundant at the roots of seaweed, and on Zostera flats

in moderately shallow water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

A large species somewhat resembling in colour M. tulipa, Lam.,

from the West Indies ; but of a more contracted growth on the

posterior side, and convexly dilated anteriorly.

71. PERNA FLAVIDA.

Volsella favida, Dunker, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 364.

_ Modiola flavida, Reeve, Conch. Icon. (Modiola) pl. 10. f. 77.

Station. With P. australis.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Bay of Manilla (Cuming).

Fam. VULSELLID&.

72. VULSELLA LIM#®FORMIS.

Vulsella limeformis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. (Vulsella) pl. 2.

f.10a& 6.

Station. Imbedded in sponges.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

73. VULSELLA RUDIS.

Vulsella rudis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. (Vulsella) pl. 2. f. 12.

Station. In sponge.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

654 MR, G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Nov. 14,

Fam. AvIcuLIDz.

74. AVICULA SCALPTA.

Avicula scalpta, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 11. f. 38.

Station. Attached to bunches of Zoophytes and Algz.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Guichen Bay ; Tasmania.

75. AVICULA PULCHELLA.

Avicula pulchella, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 8. f. 22.

Station. Same as preceding.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Phillip.

76. AVICULA RUTILA.

Avicula rutila, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 8. f. 19.

Station. Same as preceding.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

77. AVICULA PUNCTULATA.

Avicula punctulata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 12. f. 42.

Station. Same as preceding.

Hab. Port Lincoln and St. Vincent’s Gulf.

All the foregoing are delicate, subtransparent species, varying con-

siderably in colour and markings.

78. MARGARITIFERA MARGARITIFERA.

Mytilus margaritiferus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1153.

Margarita sinensis, Leach.

Avicula meleagrina, De Blainv.

A. radiata, Leach.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf; Coffin’s Bay ; and the Great Australian

Bight.

This is the “ Pearl Oyster,” a species generally distributed through-

out the Indo-Pacific marine mollusean province.

79. MALLEUS ALBUS.

Malleus albus, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 91.

Ostrea malleus-albus, Chemn.

Var. Malleus normalis, Lam.

Station. On oyster-banks, buried in the sand, in from 2 to 5

fathoms water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

This species occurs also at Moreton Bay and the Philippines.

80. MALLEUS REGULUS.

Ostrea regula, Forsk. Desc. Anim. p. 124.

O. ocrea, Martini.

Vexillum moluccanum, Chemn.

Ostrea vulsella, Gmel.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 655

Malleus vulsellatus, Lam.

Station. Same as preceding.

Hab. Head of Spencer’s Gulf.

81. PINNA ZEYLANICA.

Pinna zeylanica, Gray, Appendix to Dieffenbach’s Travels.

Station. Buried in sandy mud on flats in shallow water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Kangaroo Island ; New Zealand ; More-

ton Bay ; Shark’s Bay.

Fam. ARCADZ.

82. BaRBATIA LIMA.

Arca lima, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Philippines (Cuming).

83. BARBATIA RADULA.

Barbatia radula, A. Ad.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Common in Port Phillip.

84. *Barsatia (ACAR) LAMINATA.

Barbatia (Acar) laminata, Angas, MS.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

In this species (which belongs to the same group as 4. divaricata,

Sow., and 4. gradata, Brod. & Sow.) the sculpture consists of re-

gular layers of frilled laminz, overlapping each other like tiles on a

roof.

85. AXINIA RADIANS.

Pectunculus radians, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. (Desh. edit.) vi.

p-. 495.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Lincoln ; Bass’s Straits.

86. AXINIA OBLIQUA.

Pectunculus obliquus, Reeve, P. Z. 8. 1843.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs; Swan River and King

George’s Sound.

Fam. Lepip#.

87. LEDA CRASSA.

Nucula crassa, Hinds, P. Z. 8S. 1843, p. 99.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

A very fine species, of great rarity.

656 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Nov. 14,

Fam. PECTINID.

88. PrcTEN AUSTRALIS.

Pecten australis, Sow. Thesaurus Conch. i. p. 76, pl. 19. f. 210

& 220.

? P. asperrimus, Lam.

Station. On sandy banks amongst ooze, and in sponge, 2 to 5

fathoms.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs; at Hardwick Bay, large;

also King George’s Sound and Swan River, Western Australia.

Like many of the species of this genus, P. australis is very vari-

able in colour: dark violet-brown or orange-rose are its prevailing

tints, but occasionally specimens are found of a bright scarlet, and

also of a peculiar vivid lemon-yellow. The large specimens from

Hardwick Bay are curiously like P. asperrimus, Lam. ; but after

comparing a series I should hardly like to separate them, the tripar-

tite character of the ribs being visible in all.

89. Pecren (CHLAMYS) BIFRONS.

Pecten bifrons, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. (Desh. edit.) vii. p. 131.

Station. Deep water, on oyster-banks.

Hab. Port Lincoln, Port Adelaide, and Kangaroo Island.

This fine species is more or less of a lilac-bloom colour, ribbed

with dark purple or rose, whilst the interior is universally of an in-

tense purple throughout. The granular shagreen character of the

valves is peculiar.

90. VoLA LATICOSTATA.

Pecten laticostatus, Gray, Yates’s ‘ New Zealand,’ Appendix.

Station. In deep sheltered bays.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

This species is without doubt the P. laticostatus of Gray, from

New Zealand. The ribs of the right valve are broad, flatly convex,

and smooth, as in P. medius, Lam., to which it is closely allied.

Fam. RADULIDA.

91. RADULA LIMA.

Ostrea lima, Linn.

Lima squamosa, Lam.; Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 21. f. 17, 18.

Station. In sponges and clefts of rocks, deep water.

Hab. Rapid Bay.

92. RapuLta (MANTELLUM) ANGULATA.

Lima angulata, Sow. Thesaurus Conch. p. 86, pl. 22. f. 39, 40.

Station. Deep water.

Hab. Port Lincoln.

93. RapuLa (LIMATULA) BULLATA.

Lima bullata, Sow. Genera of Shells, f. 3.

1865.] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 657

Ostrea bullata, Born.

Lima fragilis (var. 6), Lam.

Station. Deep water, and under rocks and stones at low spring

tides.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Jackson, New South Wales.

Fam. SPoNDYLID.

94. SPoNDYLUS TENELLUS?

Spondylus tenellus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 18. sp. 67.

Station. Adhering to dead shells and stones in deep water.

Hab. Rapid Bay, South Australia.

This pretty red-tinted Spnodylus comes so near to the S. tenellus

of Reeve, from the Pacific, that I am inclined to regard it as belong-

ing to that species. :

Fam. OstREIDz.

95. OsTREA EDULIS?

Ostrea edulis, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1148.

Station. On mud-banks in moderately deep water.

Hab. St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulfs.

This species, which is procured in abundance for the Adelaide

market, approaches so closely to the European O. edulis as scarcely

to be distinguished from it.

96. OsTREA CUCULLATA.

Ostrea cucullata, Born, Mus. Cees. Vindob.

O. mordazx, Gould’s ‘ Otia.’

Station. On rocks between tide-marks.

Hab. Common everywhere on rocky shores, from King George’s

Sound to New South Wales. It is excellent eating and of a deli-

cious flavour.

BRACHIOPODA.

Fam. TEREBRATULIDZ.

97. WALDHEIMIA FLAVESCENS.

Terebratula flavescens, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 330.

T. dentata, Lam.

T. australis, Quoy.

T. recurva, Quoy.

Station. Attached to the under surface of shelving rocks partly

exposed at low spring-tides.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf; South Australia.

This species is also found in comparative abundance in some parts

of Sydney Harbour, New South Wales.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XLIII.

658 RITTER V. FRAUENFELD ON NEW ViviPAR#. [Nov. 14,

5. DescripTions or SevEN New Spectres or THE Genus Vivi-

pARA, Linx. By Georce, Rirrer v. FRAVENFELD.

When passing some time at London in the summer of 1865, I

found among the last acquisitions from Africa and Eastern India,

made by the late Mr. Hugh Cuming for his splendid collection, some

new species of Paludina, which, with wonted kindness, the most

regretted possessor entrusted to me for description and publication.

These are—

1. Vivrpara scLATERI. Testa obtuso-conica, olivacea, imper-

forata, anfractibus quinque, modice convexis ; costis duabus

paribus intervallis distantibus instructis, costa tertia sutu-

rali; anfractibus ultimis supra angulum aperture superiorem

obtusioribus ; apertura altitudine teste dimidio breviore, ovali,

parum producta, intus cerulescente.

Obs. From Japan, of ashape intermediate between V’. ingallsiana,

Lea, and V. oxytropis, Bus. I have named this species in honour

of Mr. P. L. Sclater, to whose kindness I owe so many obligations.

2. VivipaRA SIAMENSIS. Testa depressa, solida, acute conica,

late umbilicata, pallide olivacea, margine anfractuum superiore

subalbescente, inferiore anfractus tertii et quarti purpureo-

fusco, parum nitente; anfractibus quinque, valide convenis,

subdivaricatis, sutura profunda ; apertura valide dextrorsum

directa, magna, ampla, margine valide incrassato, intus alba ;

anfractibus obscure et interrupte sptraliter striatis : operculo

tenui, pallide fusco, nucleo excentrico.

Obs. The only species with equally thickened peristoma is, as far

as I know, V’. columna, a fossil form lately described by Von Martens.

3. VivipARA HELICIFORMIS. Testa subglobosa, umbilico an-

gusto profundo, saturate olivacea, parum nitente ; anfracti-

bus quingue (?), parum convewis, sutura impressa; anfractu

ultimo extra angulum aperture superiorem declinato, ceteris

lineis punctatis subtilissime spiraliter striatis; apertura me-

diocri, pyriformi, intus sordide cerulea, margine nigro nitido.

Obs. From Central Africa; most nearly related to V. ethiops,

Reeve.

4. Vivrpara puncTaTa. Testa conica, tenui, umbilico magno

amplo, olivacea, subtilissime flavo punctata ; anfractibus quin-

que, subconvewis, supra subcostatis, lineis creberrimis undulatis

obscure striatis, sutura impressa ; apertura modice ovalt, intus

fuscescente, diaphana, maculis flavis extraneis intus opacis,

margine, subtili, acuto, nigro marginato.

Hab. Western Africa.

5. VIviPpARA JEFFREYSII. Testa turbinata, subsolida, olivacea

subnitente, anfractibus superis purpureo-pruinosis ; umbilico

profundo, amplo ; anfractibus quinque et dimidio, ad suturam

1865.] DR. J. MURIE ON TROCHETA SUBVIRIDIS. 659

profundam impressam convexis divaricatis, deinde plane decli-

vibus, ultimo medio subimpresso sicuti in V. sadleri, infra sub-

angulato; apertura ovali, cerulescente, margine acuto: oper-

culo concavo, castaneo.

Obs. Through Dr. Kirk, from Lake Nyassa. Ihave named it asa

mark of respect to the author of the newest publication concerning

British conchology. I do not know any recent species of Paludina

with which it could be parallelized.

6. VivIPARA CAPILLATA. Testa conica, tenui, ampliter umbili-

cata, olivacea, parum nitente; anfractibus quinque et dimidio,

supra obliquis, angulariter subplane declivibus, sutura parum

impressa, anfractu ultimo infra geniculato, costis seriebus

tribus intermediis paribus intervallis distantibus pilis brevis-

simis ornatis; apertura mediocri, orbiculari, intus albescente,

margine acuto, nigro.

Obs. Through Dr. Kirk, from Lake Nyassa.

7. VIvIPARA ROBERTSONI. Testa acuta, conica, solidiuscula,

umbilico amplo, callo circumducto, olivacea vel eburnea; an-

Sractibus sex, supra modice convexis, obliquis, sutura haud im-

pressa, anfractu ultimo infra geniculato; apertura magna,

rotundo-ovali, intus albescente, plerumque maculis dilutis fuscis

picta, margine acuto, precipue ad labium internum nigro.

Obs. Through Dr. Kirk, from Lake Nyassa. I have given to this

species the name of Mr. David Robertson of Glasgow, in acknow-

ledgment of the very effectual assistance which he was pleased to

lend me in my deep-sea dredging-operations at Great Cumbray.

6. On a Lercu (Trocuera susviripis, Durrocu.) FOUND IN

THE VisceRA OF A Monuccan DEER (CERVUS MOLUCCEN-

sts, Mtxuer). By James Murisz, M.D., Prosectror to

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In the month of July of this year, while a post mortem examina-

tion was being made of a Moluccan Deer at the Society’s Gardens,

there was found among the viscera a Leech of such dimensions as to

excite the astonishment of the various parties present at the opera-

tion. Unfortunately the viscera were somewhat disturbed and con-

fused when the Leech was first observed, so that it might be rash to

say whether it was attached to the stomach, the intestines, or to the

organs of the chest.

At the time this specimen of Leech was obtained I myself was out

of town; but as to the credibility of those present I need only men-

tion Mr. A. D. Bartlett’s name as an authoritative witness, to allay

suspicion of error or deception.

When first shown me I was surprised at its large dimensions, but

for the moment was inclined to believe it an unusually large specimen

of the Horse-leech (Hemopis sanguisuga, Sav.), which might have

660 DR. J. MURIE ON TROCHETA SUBVIRIDIS. [Nov. 14,

been accidentally swallowed by the Deer while drinking water. My

attention was further called more fully to ascertain its specific iden-

tity by its recalling to my mind a notice of a large Leech found in

the neighbourhood of the Regent’s Park by Mr. Hoffmann, and de-

scribed by Dr. Gray as being entirely new to the British fauna (see

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 52).

With the assistance of Dr. Baird at the British Museum, I was

enabled by comparison to ascertain that this Leech which had been

found in the Deer was no other than the species commented on by

Dr. Gray, namely the Trocheta subviridis (Dutroch.) referred to by

Lamarck in An. sans Vert. vol. v. 2nd edit. p. 523, and also de-

scribed and figured by De Blainville in the Dict. de Scien. Nat. xlvii.

246, lviii. 559, Atlas pl. Hirud. fig. 6. Besides, im the monograph

of the family by M. Moquin-Tandon (p. 309, pl. 4), there is a de-

tailed account and excellent figures of the external appearance and

internal anatomy of this species of Leech, where 8 to 12 or 13 cen-

timétres is given as the size it occasionally reaches, and it is said

not to be terrestrial, as the author kept one fifteen days in water in

good health.

The specimen first found by Mr. Hoffmann near or in the Regent’s

Park now forms part of the National Collection, and is referred to in

the ‘ Catalogue of British Non-parasitical Worms,’ 1865, p.45. It

is there stated to have been 7 inches long when in the fresh

condition, and now, after being preserved in spirits, as much as 6

inches in length with a breadth of half an inch.

The distinctive features of Trocheta subviridis are its great size, its

large shield-like sucker, the uniformity and narrowness of the rings,

and the tail-sucker being upon the ventral aspect—with all of which

our present specimen agrees. It also differs from Hirudo medicinalis

and Hemopis sanguisuga in the form of its jaws, and in having but

eight eyes, whereas these have ten. The eyes I could not detect ;

but, according to M. Tandon, they are occasionally absent or with

difficulty made out.

Obtaining this second specimen of a large and rare Leech in the

same vicinity as the last, it might be looked upon as conclusive that

it was an animal indigenous to Britain, as Dr. Gray has surmised, had

I not other facts to detract from this supposition.

It may either be said that the specimen obtained from the Deer

found its way thither by being swallowed among the food or water,

as the animal partook of these in the Gardens; and this fact would

strengthen the belief of its British habitat ; or, in opposition to this,

it may be suggested that the ova, or Leech while young, may have

been taken into the viscera of the Deer in its own native country

previously to being shipped for England.

Dr. Baird holds that this last opinion is not tenable, upon the

grounds that in a voyage of several months it would be sure to die

itself or pass through the Deer. But in contradiction to his judg-

ment, Mr. Bartlett relates to me the case of a similar large Leech

having been obtained from a Yak (Bos grunniens, Lim.) on board

ship, and before the animal had set foot on these shores. This oc-

1865. | DR. J. MURIE ON TROCHETA SUBVIRIDIS. 661

curred in a female Yak that afterwards formed part of the Collection

at Knowsley of the late Earl of Derby. The man in charge of the

Yak, and who brought it to England, told Mr. Bartlett that for

several weeks in the first part of the voyage the animal seemed to

lose flesh fast, and altogether have the appearance of a wasting and

decline. One afternoon while watching it, he was surprised to see

a large Leech descend one of the nostrils and, curling itself round,

proceed to ascend the other, when he seized it and withdrew it from

the Yak’s nose. He brought the Leech with him to England, and

showed it to Mr. Bartlett, who supposes it to have been not much

less than 9 inches long ; but, not suspecting it to be an animal of spe-

cial interest, he did not preserve the specimen. After the Leech had

been abstracted from the Yak’s nose, the latter animal seemed to

thrive well, and it was afterwards landed in England in excellent

condition.

Since then, namely in June last, and soon after three Yaks had

arrived at the Society’s Gardens belonging to Mr. Stone, there was

found in the water-trough where the newly imported Yaks drank,

another large Leech, the same which I now exhibit, and which ap-

pears also to be a specimen of Trocheta subviridis. Mr. Bartlett

immediately suspected this must have come from one of the new

animals; and his thoughts were so far verified, that Mr. Stone in-

formed him that Leeches of a similar character had been discharged

or obtained from the Yaks during the voyage.

Although from what I have said it cannot be affirmed with cer-

tainty that this Leech does not belong to the British fauna, yet, with

this somewhat contradictory testimony before us, it may be as well

to suspend judgment until at least more accurate evidence is given,

whether it has not thus casually been imported to these islands.

My own belief, from the statements made, inclines me to the idea

of its importation by the medium of some large animal—especially as

I myself on one occasion took several small Leeches from the posterior

nares of a large Hippopotamus killed by our party in the river Aye,

an upper tributary of the White Nile—and also as several authorities

have mentioned the occasional occurrence of Leeches in the nasal

passages of other large animals.

Apart from the decision of this point, it still remains undecided

whether Trocheta subviridis is to be regarded as belonging to Bri-

tain, or whether it has an Asiatic habitat*. M. Moquin-Tandon,

p- 309, records it as being found in several places in France, as the

district of the Loire, ‘Toulouse, Dordogne, Xc., also in the environs

of Algiers, but he does not mention its geographical distribution to

the East Indies.

Respecting the name of this genus, in an article in the October

number of the ‘ Natural History Review,’ 1865, reviewing Dr. John-

* In the discussion following the reading of this paper, Dr. Sclater stated that

the Moluccan Deer had not been imported direct from the East, but had been

received from the Zoological Society of Amsterdam. If so, it more readily ac-

counts for this Continental species of Leech being now found in England, and,

moreover, adds to the probability of a similar Eastern importation.

662 ON HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM. | Nov. 14,

son’s ‘Catalogue of Worms in the British Museum,’ already referred

to, fault is found that T’rocheta is given therein as the generic term,

whereas the writer considers that Trochetia is proper. But the

critic himself is in reality at fault, as I find that Dutrochet named

the genus Trocheta in his paper, Bull. Phil. 1817, while Lamarck a

year later alters this to Trochetia, An. sans Vert. 1818.

7. Sur uv Hasirat pu HYALONEMA LUSITANICUM.

Par J. V. Barsoza pu Bocaer, F. M. Z.S.

A Yépoque ou j’annoncais la découverte dans nos mers d’une

espéce nouvelle du genre Hyalonema, HH. lusitanicum (P. Z.8. 1864,

p- 265), je ne possédais qu’un seul spécimen de cette curieuse espéce.

J’étais bien stir que cet individu avait été réellement trouvé dans les

mers du Portugal, mais je ne me dissimulais pas que pour faire

partager complétement ma conviction 4 cet égard, 11 me faudrait

obtenir d’autres spécimens.

J’ai done redoublé d’instances auprés de mes correspondants a

Setubal pour qu’on fit de nouvelles recherches, et mes efforts ont

été couronnés d’un heureux résultat.

Aujourd’hui le Muséum de Lisbonne posséde deux autres spécimens

complets de H. lusitanicum, outre un grand nombre de filaments isolés,

appartenant 4 3 ou 4 individus. Tous ces objets m’ont été envoyés

de Setubal dans des conditions telles qu’elles ne permettent pas le

moindre doute quant a Vauthenticité de leur provenance.

Des deux individus complets, lun est & peine long de 47 centi-

métres, mais l’autre est un exemplaire magnifique, parfaitement

conservé, et d’A peu prés 80 centimétres. Le corium polypigerum

de celui-ci recouvre complétement l’axis, sans aucune solution de con-

tinuité, depuis l'une de ses extrémités jusqu’aux 2 de sa longueur.

J’ai recu le premier individu en mai de 1864 de M. Gamitto, a

qui je devais déja le spécimen type de ma description ; l’autre m’est

parvenu, ainsi qu’un gros paquet de filaments isolés, en Septembre de

1864 par un autre de mes correspondants de Setubal, M. Brito.

Maintenant j’espére que la nouvelle espéce de Hyalonema restera

définitivement acquise 4 la faune du Portugal.

Elle ne me parait pas d’une grande rareté dans nos mers. S’il

n’est pas facile d’en obtenir autant d’exemplaires qu’on puisse

désirer, c’est que nos pécheurs, trés-superstitieux comme ceux de

tous les pays, croyent d’un mauvais présage pour leurs péches la prise

de ces produits singuliers, quwils connaissent fort bien et qu’ils

appellent avec beaucoup de propriété eravaches de la mer (en

portugais, chicotes do mar). Quand ils les trouvent dans les appareils

dont ils se servent pour la péche des squales, ils s’empressent a les

rejeter 4 la mer, aprés les avoir mis en pitces.

Les zoologistes ne sont pas d’accord sur les véritable producteurs

des filaments hyalins dont se compose l’axis des Hyalonemas.

Quelques uns regardent comme tels les polypes, tandis que pour

(autres, en plus grand nombre, les polypes ne sont que des parasites,

1865.] MR. J. GOULD ON NEW BIRDS FROM EASTERN Asia. 663

et certaines éponges, dont laxis de quelques spécimens du Japon se

présente couvert par places, les modestes fabricants de ces admirables

produits.

Quoique l’hypothése du parasitisme des polypes soit aujourd’ hui en

faveur, soutenue qu’elle est par de grandes autorités scientifiques, les

résultats de mes observations sur les spécimens du Portugal me

semblent plus favorables 4 Phypothése contraire.

Sans vouloir m’engager pour le moment dans une discussion qui

exige de grands développements, je demande la permission d’énoncer

quelques faits bien constatés, et qui me semblent de quelque valeur.

1°. La cohabitation ou l’existence simultanée sur le méme axis de

polypes et d’éponges, qu’on a remarquée sur quelques spécimens du

Japon, n’a pas lieu sur aucun des exemplaires du Portugal.

2°. Chez ces derniers le corium polypigerum enveloppe l axis d’une

maniére uniforme ; il recouvre parfaitement l’une des extrémités de

Paxis, la plus étroite, et de la il s’étend sans aucun interruption

jusqu’aux 2 ou les 2 de la longueur totale. Les polypes placés sur

Pextrémité de l’axis sont les plus petits de tous.

3°. Le corium polypigerum et les polypes sont formés de plusieurs

tissus en couches superposées, dans lesquels on trouve une quantité

trés-considérable de spicules silicieux, dont les caractéres morpho-

logiques varient pour chaque couche.

4°, L’aspect granuleux, chagriné, que présente la surface extérieure

du corium et des polypes n’est pas le résultat d’une simple incrustation

de détritus de sable (comme on Paffirme pour les individus du Japon),

mais il est di a la présence d'un nombre infini de spicules réguliers,

en forme de massue et hérissés de pointes. Ces spicules font partie

intégrante de la couche la plus extérieure ou téguinentaire.

5°, Chaque polype est soutenu par une charpente silicieuse de

spicules filiformes, disposés longitudinalement et a intervalles égaux

sur la paroi interne de la cavité du corps.

8. Descriptions or Four New Species or Birps From

Eastern Asta. By Joun Govuxp, F.R.S., erc.

NECTARINIA (ARACHNECHTHRA) INsIGNIS, Gould.

Crown of the head deep shining green; shoulders, wing-coverts,

rump, and upper tail-coverts shining green, tinged with purple; a

narrow line down each side of the throat, breast, and abdomen rich

glossy blue, tinged with purple; chin and centre of the throat rich

purplish red; on each side of the breast a tuft of rich gamboge-

yellow feathers ; nape and back deep velvety black; primaries and

secondaries glossy brownish black; tail rounded at the end, of a

deep bluish black, some of the outer feathers narrowly margined

externally with shining green ; lower part of the abdomen, thighs, and

under tail-coverts deep black ; Banks smoke-grey ; bill and feet black.

Total length 14% inches, bill 2 +3, wing 23, tail 24, tarsi 2.

Hab. Penang.

664 MR.J.GOULD ON NEW BIRDS FROM EASTERN ASIA. [Nov. 14,

Remark. The fine adult male of this beautiful species now in

my possession formed part of a collection of birds made at Penang.

In size it is intermediate between Nectarinia (Arachnechthra) lotenia

and N. (4.) asiatica, from both of which it differs in the green

colouring of its crown and in the beautiful purple tint of the breast

and abdomen.

OrocoMPsA FUSCICAUDATA, Gould.

Forehead, crown, crest, occiput, and sides of the head brownish

black ; below the posterior portion of the eye a small tuft of bright

blood-red feathers, and below this a large oval-shaped spot of white

bordered with black; upper surface of the body and wings light

olivaceous brown; tail uniform fuscous; on each side of the neck

an irregular crescentic mark of blackish brown, the two nearly

meeting on the centre of the chest ; chin and throat white ; abdomen

and under surface of the shoulder creamy-white, washed with light

olivaceous brown on the flanks; under tail-coverts scarlet; bill and

feet brownish black.

Total length 7 inches, bill 2, wing 33, tail 32, tarsi f.

Hab. The southern portion of the peninsula of India.

Remark. This species, which is very common in many parts of

the Madras Presidency, appears to have been hitherto undescribed.

It differs from the O. emeria of Bengal, the O. jocosa of China,

and all the other species of the genus with which I am acquainted

in the uniform colouring of the tail.

I had been led to believe that it might be identical with the bird

of this form described and figured in Sonnerat’s ‘ Voyage to China ;’

but I find that this is not the case, the bird there represented and

described having the tail-feathers conspicuously tipped with white.

Enicurvus Gutratus, Gould.

On the forehead a large spot of white; head, neck, throat, and

breast deep black; at the nape and down the sides of the neck a

series of silky white feathers, narrowly bordered with black ; upper

half of the back black, with a small round spot of white at the tip of

each feather ; lower half of the back and upper tail-coverts white ;

wings black, the tips of the greater coverts and the bases of the

secondaries white, forming a band across the wing, innermost se-

condaries also tipped with white ; primaries dark brown ; two lateral

tail-feathers white, the remainder black, tipped with white; lower

half of the abdomen and under tail-coverts white; bill black; tarsi

and toes fleshy-white.

Total length 83 inches, bill 4, wing 33, tail 7, tarsi 1.

Hab. Sikim?

This species must not be confounded with the Enicurus maculatus,

to which it is very nearly allied ; for it differs from that bird in having

a much shorter and smaller tail, in having a round spot instead of a

crescentic mark of white at the tip of each of the feathers of the

mantle, and in the spot on the forehead being of less size.

J.Jemmens | hit

2,.F, ICTEROPUS.

CRANTII:

COLINUS

FRAN

1865. ] DR. G. HARTLAUB ON A NEW FRANCOLIN. 665

The £. guttatus may be regarded as the Eastern representative of

the ZL. maculatus of the great Himalayan range.

ENICURUS SINENSIS, Gould.

Forehead to the middle of the crown, lower part of the back, rump,

upper tail-coverts, tips of the greater wing-coverts, bases of the

secondaries, two outer tail-feathers, the tips of all the others, the

under coverts of the shoulder, the abdomen, and under tail-coverts

pure white ; primaries blackish brown; the remainder of the plumage

deep black ; bill black ; feet fleshy-white.

Total length 11 inches, bill 1, wing 41, tail 64, tarsi 14.

Hab. China.

Remark. By some ornithologists this species may perhaps be

considered too similar to the L. leschenaulti of Java to admit of

its being recognized as distinct from that bird; and, while I admit

that there are grounds for such a supposition, I may state that only

half the crown is white in the China bird, while the entire crown is

white in the Javan species.

9. On a New Species oF FRANCOLIN DISCOVERED BY Messrs.

SpEKE AND GRANTIN CrenTRAL Africa. By Dr. G. Hart-

LAUB.

(Plate XXXIX.)

FRANCOLINUS GRANTH, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.)

Pileo fusco ; regione parotica rufescente ; gutture et superciliis

late albis; collo albido, maculis subtriquetris fusco-rufis pulchre

torquato ; dorsi plumis pallide rufescentibus, nigro transversim

notatis vel subfasciatis, scapis conspicue albis; pectore et ab-

domine albidis subconcoloribus, plumis lateralibus intensius

tinctis, obsolete subfasciolatis, scapis albidis ; remigibus fusco-

rufescentibus, pogoniis externis pallide rufis ; rectricibus fuscis,

pogontis externis basin versus rufescentibus, mediis in fundo

pallide fulvo nigricante vermiculatis et irregulariter subfascia-

tis ; subcaudalibus isabellinis ; pedibus pallidis ; rostro corneo,

apice et tomiis pallidioribus. ,

Long. cirea 123", rostr. a fr. 7!", al. 54", caud. 31", tars. 16!",

dig. med. 14!".

' Hab. Unyamuezi (Speke).

This new species, the unique specimen of which is now in the

Bremen Museum, was collected by the much lamented traveller Capt.

J. H. Speke in Unyamuezi. It comes very near to F. pileatus of

Smith, but is much smaller and is besides differently coloured. In F,

pileatus the dark brown-red spots of the neck are much more widely

distributed, the whole upper part of the breast being covered by

them ; in F. grantii they only form a broad collar. The transverse

black irregular markings of the dorsal feathers, so conspicuously

visible in F. grantiz, are entirely wanting in F. pileatus.

666 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON A NEW FRANCOLIN. [Nov. 14,

Mr. Sclater, from whom we received the specimen, has included

this species in his list of Capt. Speke’s birds given in the Society’s

‘ Proceedings’ (1864, p. 113), without giving it a name.

T add a list of the known species of African Francolins.

. Francolinus rubricollis, Riipp......... Mus. Brem.

nudicollas, (Gain enveciie ee ... Mus. Brem.

swainsoni, Sm................. Mus. Brem.

cranchi, Leach ,............. Mus. Brem.

—— humboldtii, Pet.

erkelit Ripe. <3 ve isc oe oe pS TEM

CONIA oO& Wb

clappertoni, Childr. .......... Mus. Brem.

rueppelli, G. R. Gray (=clappertoni, Riipp.).

. —— levaillantii, Val.

10. albigularis, Gr.

Vik bicalearatus, L. (=adansoni, Temm.=albiseapus,

Heche) Lk. heen e .... Mus. Brem.

12% GATLEPENSIS SAS Men sia «, wiaseee oer Mus. Brein.

13 natalensis, A. Sm. ......... .. Mus. Brem.

14. ahantensis, Temm...........-. Mus. Brem.

15 afer Teming; \iid.2\a'.4s ns odes >, SRS Dreme

16 capensis, Gm. (=clamator, Tem.) Mus. Brem.

V7 adspersus, Waterh.

18 subtorquatus, Sm.

19 pileatus, Soe [Ree aigit-b > - -s< Mus. Brem.

20 grant, Hartls:. 22... sia’ « GALS Bremi,

21 icterorhynchus, Heugl. ........ Mus. Brem.

22 schlegeli, Heuel sist eis ... Mus. Brem.

23 gutturalis, Riipp.

24 lathami, Hartl. (peli, Temm.) .. Mus. Brem.

25 VULGATIS Et nak gore ee ...- Mus. Brem.

Of F. icteropus, Heugl. (described Journ. f. Orn. 1862, p. 412),

only one female specimen was obtained. This specimen was un-

fortunately lost, but I am enabled to give a figure of it from Herr

von Heuglin’s original drawing. The following are von Heuglin’s

notes upon this species.

FRANCOLINUS IcTEROPUS, Heugl. (PI. XXXIX. fig. 2.)

Q. Similis F. erkelii, sed diversus; statura minore, cauda pro

mole longiore; pedibus flavis; pileo nigricanti-fusco, subcristato,

postice ferrugineo-limbato ; stria supratemporali utrinque nigra ;

colli postici plumis conspicue ferrugineis, striis duabus longitu-

dinalibus albis; abdominis et hypochondriorum plumis utrinque

fascia lata longitudinali castanea notatis, subcaudalibus fas-

ciolatis ; rectricibus fasciis alternantibus 12-16 isabellinis fus-

cisque ; rostro fusco.

Long. tot. 11", rostr. ab ang. or. 10!", rostr. a fr. 9!", al. 4! 9!",

caud. 3! 5!!, tars. 1! 4!!,

Lives in flocks of three to six on the southern slope of the moun-

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SIX NEW BUTTERFLIES. 667

tains of Semién, in Abyssinia, in an absolute altitude of from 10,000

to 11,000 feet. The only individual I ever shot was an adult female.

It was in the month of February in 1863. I did not succeed in ob-

taining a male, these birds living exclusively near the margins of

colossal precipices, into which, when once alarmed, they dive with

a bewildering velocity. The drawing was made from the freshly

killed bird, several specimens of F. erkelii and F. gutturalis being

near me at the time.

10. Descriptions oF Stx Buttrerriies New To SCIENCE, BE-

LONGING TO THE GENERA HETEROCHROA AND ROMALEO-

soma. By Artuur G. Butter, F.Z.S., Assistant, Zoouo-

GIcAL DEPARTMENT, BritisH Museum.

1. HererRocurRoa saALmonevs. (Fig. 1, p. 668.)

Upperside—front wings, basal half rich brown, varied with black

lines ; apical portion deeper-coloured, with a black submarginal line

along the outer margins ; crossed beyond the middle by an irregular

bright orange belt. Hind wings rich brown, crossed by five broad

black bands converging towards the anal angle, the two nearest the

base divided in the middle; a narrow submarginal black line along

the outer margin.

Underside—front wings golden reddish brown, anterior margin

and anal angle paler; crossed beyond the middle, from the anterior

margin to the anal angle, by a broad, oblique, irregular silver band,

broader above than below, interrupted by the nervures, which are

fuscous, and by a faint ochreous streak crossing the space between

the first and second median nervules ; three bluish-silver spots, placed

obliquely between the nervules and extending from near the apex to

the central silver band ; a submarginal row of silver spots between

the nervules, close to the outer margin, the two lowest ones lunular ;

a large wedge-shaped bluish-silver patch margined with rufous at

the base, interrupted by the median nervure and an oblique orange

streak ; a smaller curved elongate patch, intersected by a rufous

lunular line, and margined with rufous, closing the cell; a small

bluish-silver spot below the base of the third median nervule, a second

oblong spot of the same colour below the middle of the same ner-

vule, and a small silver lunule just above it margined on its inner

edge with rufous. Posterior wings golden reddish brown, basal half

and anterior margin paler; crossed by four irregular violaceous

silvery bands, bordered with rufous, converging towards the anal

angle and interior margin; the second from the base short, bounded

by the median nervure, its upper half contiguous to the third band;

the fourth somewhat dusky, broadest in the middle; a submarginal

row of silver lunules intersected by a rufous line along the outer

margin, between the nervures.

Hab. Venezuela.

Allied to H. irmina, Doubl. & Hewits. (from the Amazons), but

668 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SIX NEW BUTTERFLIES. [Nov. 14,

very distinct ; we have, however, a variety of 1. irmina that is almost

identical with it in the colour and markings of the upperside, al-

though very different beneath.

Fig. 1. Heterochroa salmoneus.

2. H. boreas.

3. H. sicheus.

2. HeTrrRocHroa BoREAS. (Fig. 2.)

Upperside—front wings rich brown, crossed beyond the middle

by a broad oblique dull orange band; the two extremities curved,

the upper end, which touches the anterior margin, outwardly, the

lower and smaller end, at the anal angle, inwardly; the outer edge

produced just before the middle, forming two irregular sinuations ;

a row of three orange spots between the nervures connecting this

projection with the anterior margin near the apex, the lowest spots

very minute ; cell crossed by five oblique black lines, the two central

ones continued below the median nervure and meeting each other ;

two indistinct, converging, submarginal black lines along the outer

margin near the apex. Posterior wings rich brown, crossed by a

paler brown band just beyond the middle, broad at the anterior mar-

gin, and gradually tapering towards the anal angle; outer margin

pale, intersected by two submarginal darker bands.

Underside—front wings deep reddish brown, paler towards the

outer margin; central band similar to that of the upperside, but

roseate white, and interrupted by the nervures, which are red-brown,

and by a faint brown streak intersecting the band between the upper

disco-cellular and the second median nervules ; a row of three white

spots, the two upper ones tinged with roseate, the lower one with

blue, meeting the projection of the central band, and connecting it

with the anterior margin near the apex; the second spot divided

into two, the third into three, by central brown lines; two dark

1865.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SIX NEW BUTTERFLIES. 669

quadrate spots parallel to the outer margin, one between the disco-

cellular, and the other between the first and second median nervules ;

a large triangular violaceous spot edged with brown at the base,

intersected by the median nervure and an oblique brown line; a

smaller curved elongate patch, enclosing a brown spot and margined

with brown, at the end of the cell, anda third similar small indistinct

spot beyond it ; a small violaceous spot just below the middle of the

median nervure. Posterior wings, basal half white glossed with

violaceous, apical half pale reddish brown; crossed beyond the

middle by a broad irregular oblique dark reddish brown band, broadest

just above the middle, its outer edge following the direction of the

outer margin; a submarginal row of white lunules edged with ru-

fous between the nervules along the outer margin ; cell crossed by

three rufous lines, extending from the anterior margin to the median

nervure, and closed by an oblong pale brown spot edged with rufous ;

interior margin pale rosy brown.

Hab. Bolivia. ‘

Allied to H. leucophthalma, Latr. (Bogota).

3. HeTerocuroa sicuzxus. (Fig. 3, p. 668.)

Upperside—front wings rich black-brown, the cell crossed by two

oblique black lines, and closed by two similar lines ; a submarginal

black line near the outer margin ; a broad bright orange band ex-

tending from the upper disco-cellular to the interior margin near the

anal angle, wider above than below, dentated on its inner edge at the

nervures, connected with the anterior margin by three orange spots

extending from its outer upper angle to near the apex, and with the

costal nervure by two orange spots from its inner upper angle.

Posterior wings rich black-brown, crossed in the middle by a white

band tapering from the anterior margin beyond the middle to near

the anal angle; two submarginal pale brown lines parallel to the

outer margin.

Underside—front wings red-brown, crossed beyond the middle by

a broad irregular white band tinged with violaceous, broader above

than below, divided through the centre by a fuscous line extending

from the upper disco-cellular to the third median nervule, connected

with the anterior margin by three white spots on either side between

the nervules, and bordered on its outer edge by a row of pale blue-

white spots edged outwardly with brown, extending from the apex

to the anal angle; a white spot at the anal angle; a large triangular

blue-white patch at the base, bordered with brown, and interrupted

by the median nervure and by an oblique brown line ; cell closed by

an oblong blue-white patch margined with brown ; two similar spots

just beyond it and touching the central band; a small spot of the

same colour below the cell. Posterior wings red-brown, crossed in

the middle by a white band as above; basal half crossed by two

violaceous bands bordered with brown, the outer one bounded by the

median nervure; a marginal row of violaceous lunules between the

nervures on the outer margin, and a similar row of larger lunules

just above them ; a deep-brown band, tapering tu the anal angle and

670 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SIX NEW BUTTERFLIES. [Nov. 14,

intersected by the nervures, between the submarginal row of lunules

and the central band.

Hah. Bogota.

Allied to H. cocala, Cramer (Brazil, &c.), but very distinct.

Fig. 4. Romaleosoma phaéthusa.

5. R. gausape.

4. RoMALEOSOMA PHAHTHUSA. (Fig. 4.)

Male. Upperside—front wings blue-black, with anterior and

interior margins of metallic golden green, crossed beyond the middle

by abroad oblique pale orange band, which extends from just beyond

the middle of the anterior to near the middle of the outer margin.

Hind wings golden green, bluish at the base and hind margin; an

indistinct blue-black band along the hind margin, and a small spot

of the same colour at the end of the cell; inner margin fringed with

long chocolate-brown hairs. Body brown, palpi orange.

Underside—front wings golden-green, crossed beyond the middle

by a pale ochreous band ; edge of front margin, cilia, and nervures

orange; apex faintly tipped with white; three large black spots

within the cell, one near the base, the other two placed obliquely just

beyond it ; cell closed by four obliquely placed black spots, the two

upper ones small, circular, the lower ones oblong, irregular, the

outer couple touching the ochreous band; a subtriangular black

dash below these spots, also touching the band, with another blackish

brown dash below it and between the second and third median ner-

vules; hind margin somewhat grey. Hind wings golden-green,

basal half deeper-coloured; an oblique, irregular, pale ochreous

band crossing the middle of the wing from the middle of the ante-

rior margin to near the anal angle, its outer edge gradually shading

off towards the outer margin, bordered on its inner edge by three

black dashes between the nervules ; the first large, oblong, oblique,

crossing the space between the costal nervure and first subcostal ner-

1865.] | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SIX NEW BUTTERFLIES. 671

vule; the second small, nearly triangular, oblique, between the first

and second subcostals ; the third indistinct, very small, between the

second and third subcostals ; costal nervure margined outwardly with

black, broadest near the base ; two small oval black spots within the

cell, one in the middle just below the subcostal nervure, the other at

the end of the cell; inner margin rich golden-green. Body—thorax

orange ; legs pale ochreous.

Hab. Ashautee.

Near R. ceres, Fabr. (Ashantee); differs from it above in the more

produced fore wings, and the absence of the submarginal band of

spots near the outer margin ; beneath, in its paler colouring, the ab-

sence of the snbmarginal spots of the outer margins, the indistinct

black dash near the interior margin, the white dots at the outer ter-

minations of the folds between the nervules, and the two black spots,

one at the base and the other just above the median nervure within

the cell.

5. RoMALEOSOMA GAUSAPE. (Fig. 5, p. 670.)

Male. Upperside—front wings, apical half, front and hind mar-

gins broadly black, the nervures tinted with greenish ; lower basal

half and inner margin broadly golden green; an irregular orange

band, faintly bordered on its inner side with greenish, crosses the

wing obliquely from near the anterior margin, at two-thirds of the

distance from the base, to near the outer margin just before the

middle. Posterior wings golden green, apical portion inclining to

cupreous, anal portion bluish green; outer margin broadly blue-

black, getting paler towards the anal angle, and discovering black

submarginal spots between the nervules; interior margin fringed

with rich-chocolate hairs. Body brown ; palpi orange.

Underside—front wings golden green, apical portion greenish

ochreous ; interior margin dusky, violaceous near the anal angle ;

three large spots within the cell; cell closed by an oblique oblong

black dash ; an oblique row of four black spots crossing the wing

from the anterior margin, at nearly two-thirds the distance from the

base, to near the outer margin just below the middle, the lowest spot

somewhat hastate; a marginal row of eight black spots near the

outer margin; a small indistinct black spot just below the end of

the cell; cilia of outer margin brown. Posterior wings ochreous,

basal half and outer margin greenish ; anterior margin to near the

apex broadly peach-red ; inner margin broadly orange ; three black

spots within the cell, placed close to the subcostal nervure, one at

the base, one in the middle, and one at the end of the cell; a minute

circular black spot also within the cell and just below the central

larger spot ; a row of three large spots placed obliquely just beyond

the cell and beneath the subcostal nervules, meeting a row of three

minute circular black spots placed obliquely beneath the submedian

nervules ; a submarginal row of eight black spots near the outer

margin. Body orange ; legs ochreous.

Hab. West Africa.

Allied to R. cyparissa, Cramer (Ashantee) ; but differs from it

672 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SIX NEW BUTTERFLIES. [Nov. 14,

considerably beneath in the arrangement of the black spots on all

the wings, in the further extension of the red patch of the lower

wings, and the more brilliant colouring ; above in the presence of a

subapical orange band and different disposition of the green patches

in the fore wing and the narrower black bordering to the hind wing.

6. RomMALEOSOMA AGNES.

Upperside—front wings rich chocolate-brown, crossed beyond the

middle by an irregular orange or white band ; apex white ; a violet

patch on the inner margin beyond the middle. Hind wings choco-

late-brown, with a central curved band of violet; inner margin pale

brown.

Underside—front wings greenish or brownish olivaceous, crossed

beyond the middle by an irregular white band; a submarginal row

of seven very ill-defined greyish spots near the hind margin ; apex

white ; nervures and extreme edges of wings ochreous ; three small

black spots within the cell. Hind wings the same as the front wings,

but with a much narrower central white band, bounded below by the

first median nervule.

Hab. Ashantee.

This species, from the similarity of the underside-markings, has

been confused with R. medon of Linnzeus, but I feel certain that it

is distinct. It differs from R. medon in being shorter in the wings,

less robust, the ground-colour of the underside uniform greenish or

brownish olivaceous, the black spots much larger, and the bands

longer. The upperside is quite different. It is figured in Drury’s

‘Illustrations of Natural History,’ ii. pl. 15.

The description given by Linnzeus of R. medon is so insufficient

that, without Clerck’s figure, it would suit about two-thirds of the

insects in the genus; and as there have been several mistakes made

concerning it, I give a fuller description of it below. Cramer has

figured a variety of R. ceres as R. medon (pl. 205. f. C, D).

7. RoMALEOSOMA MEDON, Linn. (Fig. 6, p. 673.)

Female. Upperside—front wings rich chocolate-brown, glossed

with steel-blue ; crossed beyond the middle by an irregular chrome-

yellow band, narrower above than below, extending from just beyond

the middle of the anterior to just beyond the middle of the outer

margin ; apex white; interior margin silvery blue-green ; front mar-

ginal edge irrorated with orange. Hind wings steel-blue, changing

to silvery blue-green beyond the cell ; outer and inner margins cho-

colate-brown glossed with purple. Body brown; antennz with

orange club ; palpi orange.

Underside—front wings pale greenish, varied with dull chocolate-

brown, crossed beyond the middle by an irregular white band, nar-

rower above than below, extending from just beyond the middle of

the anterior margin to near the outer margin just beyond the middle,

and interrupting a submarginal band of ill-defined brown spots ex-

tending from the anterior margin near the apex to the interior mar-

gin near the anal angle; apex white, cilia and basal half of front

1865.] | MISS STAVELEY ON THE MAXILL# OF SPIDERS. 673

marginal edge brownish ochreous ; three large black spots within the

cell. Hind wings pale green varied with brown ; an irregular white

band just beyond the middle, sinuated on its inner edge and gradu-

ally shaded off on its outer edge, extending from the front margin,

towards the anal angle, to the second median nervule ; a submarginal

row of seven large,ill-defined brown spots a little way from and fol-

lowing the direction of the outer margin; three large black spots

within the cell, one near the base, the other two placed obliquely

just beyond the middle of the cell; cilia, anterior and interior mar-

ginal edges brownish ochreous. Body orange ochreous ; legs pale

ochreous ; palpi and club of antenne orange.

fab. Congo.

Fig. 6. Romaleosoma medon, Linn.

11. Nore oN THE PRESENCE OF TEETH ON THE MAXILL& OF

Spipers. By Miss Stavetey. ComMuNICATED By Dr.

J. E. Gray*.

I do not find in Dr. Blackwall’s ‘ Monograph of the British Spi-

ders,’ nor in M. Simon’s ‘Histoire Naturelle des Aranéides,’ nor

in any other work which I have had an opportunity of consulting,

that the occurrence of teeth on the maxille of Spiders has been

noticed.

On the maxillee of six out of seven Spiders which I have examined,

belonging to various genera, there is a row of very regular and per-

fectly-formed teeth on the outer edge of the extremity of the maxilla.

These teeth vary slightly in form in the different species, and the

* Since this paper was read, Miss Staveley has examined several other species

of Spiders, and found these teeth developed in all of them.—J. E. G.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XLIV.

674 MISS STAVELEY ON THE MAXILLZ OF SPIDERS. [Nov. 14,

first of the row is sometimes unlike the succeeding teeth. The

species examined were :—

Agelena labyrinthica, 9. Theridion quadripunctatum, Q.

Salticus scenicus, 9. Epeira callophylla, °.

Theridion nervosum, Q. Tetragnatha extensa, 9.

lineatum, Q.

Of these only one of the Theridions showed no teeth; but the

Specimen was not satisfactory, being ill prepared and mounted. The

jaw of one (Agelena labyrinthica) presented an appearance of a

second row of teeth, forming a waved line running down the surface

of the maxille, and quite distinct from the marginal row; but as

this occurred in no other species examined, nor even in another in-

dividual of the same species, as it seemed much less substantial than

the marginal row, and presented other suspicious appearances, and

as the specimen was prepared and mounted before the teeth were

observed, I cannot be sure, without the examination of other speci-

mens, that this is a genuine row of teeth. Unfortunately the fellow

jaw was thrown away without being looked at.

In one or more specimens the teeth appear to have been worn or

broken by use. All the specimens referred to are mounted in Canada

balsam, and are now in the collection of the British Museum.

Fig. 1. The jaw of Agelena labyrinthica magnified.

2. The beginning of the row more highly magnified.

1865.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 675

November 28, 1865.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P. in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to the

additions made to the Society’s Menagerie since the last Session.

Amongst the more noticeable of these were

1. Two Pondicherry Vultures (Vultur calvus) and a Neophron

(Neophron percnopterus) from Calcutta, purchased July 3rd. The

acquisition of these specimens rendered the series of Vulturide in

the Society’s collection very complete, as it now embraced examples

of not less than 14 species, namely,

Cathartes atratus. Vultur auricularis.

aura. Gyps fulvus.

Sarcorhamphus gryphus. rueppellit.

Gyparchus papa. Neophron percnopterus.

Vultur monachus. occipitalis.

occipitalis. Gypohierax angolensis.

calvus. Gypaétus barbatus.

Mr. Sclater called attention to the differences noticeable between

the two specimens of Vultur auricularis in the Society’s collection.

In the example acquired from Eastern Africa along with the Hip-

popotamus in 1850 (specimen a of the Catalogue of Vertebrata,

ed. 3. p. 45), there was barely any appearanc of ear-wattles, and the

occiput was slightly feathered. In the larger specimen lately pur-

chased, and believed to be from Natal, the ear-wattles were well

developed, and the head and face were alike naked and red in colour.

These differences had already been commented upon in Mr. Gurney’s

Catalogue of the Raptorial Birds in the Norwich Museum (p. 58).

Mr. Sclater also called attention to the two specimens of Neophron

percnopterus in the Society’s collection. In the smaller specimen,

lately received from Calcutta, the whole bill and claws were white ;

in that acquired from the Cape Colony in 1863 (spec. 8a of the

Cat. of Vert. p. 45) the point of the bill and claws were black.

2. A male Chimpanzee (7roglodytes niger), purchased of a dealer

in Liverpool on the 15th of August last, making up a pair of this

animal, which, together with the female Orang (acquired in May

1864), were all living in good health in the new Monkey-house.

3. A pair of Dama Antelopes (Antilope dama, Licht.), purchased

’ of the Zoological Gardens, Antwerp ; new to the Society’s collection,

though probably specifically identical with the Antilope mhorr,

Bennett.

4. A collection of birds from Djeddah, Arabia, presented to the

Society by Henry H. Calvert, Esq., of H. M. Consular Service, on

September 5th. The collection embraced 19 specimens of the fol-

lowing species : — Péerocles lichtensteini, Temm., Caccabis heyi

(Temm.), and Gina capensis (Linn.). The two former of these

species had not been previously exhibited in the Society’s collection,

676 MR. SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL ZOOL. GARDENS. [Nov. 28,

5. A young female African Elephant (Hlephas africanus), making

a pair of these animals now in the Menagerie. Two examples of

this Elephant had come into the London market for sale, having

been remitted here from Vienna, where they had been brought from

the Soudan, along with other animals, by the well-known traveller

Casanova. The best of these two had been purchased for the So-

ciety’s collection for the sum of £500. It was a female, now stand-

ing about 3 feet 6 inches high, and measuring 6 feet 3 inches in girth

round the middle of the body. The male of the same species (ac-

quired in June last) measured 5 feet 6 inches in height, and 9 feet

6 inches in girth.

6. An Abyssinian Hornbill (Bucorar abyssinicus), purchased

along with the African Elephant. Specimens of this fine bird, on

two former occasions, had reached the Society’s Gardens alive; but

in each case in bad condition, and only to die shortly afterwards.

The present example was in excellent health, and made the fifth

species of this peculiar family of birds now exhibited in the Society’s

Aviaries, the series being composed as follows :—

Buceros cavatus. Toccus erythrorhynchus.

rhinoceros. Bucorax abyssinicus.

albirostris.

7. A Tree-Kangaroo (Dendrolagus inustus, Mill.) from New

Guinea, received in exchange from the Zoological Gardens, Rot-

terdam.

8. A Black-necked Screamer (Chauna nigricollis, Sclater), received

November 16th, having been purchased in New Granada for the

Society by Mr. Edward Greey, Corr. Memb., to whom the Society

had likewise been indebted for their original specimens of this bird.

Mr. Sclater stated that since he had described the species, he had

noticed another fine example of it in the Museum at Bremen. He

was also of opinion that the Chauna derbiana of the Leyden Museum

(if the locality assigned to it, New Granada, were correct) would

probably turn out to belong to this species.

9. A young female Jew-Monkey (Pithecia satanas) (also acquired

through Mr. Greey), exhibited the well-marked dorsal patch and

other peculiarities of the adult, and had induced Mr. Sclater to

believe that he had been in error in referring the specimen figured in

the Society’s Proceedings for 1864 (pl. xL1. p. 712) to the same

species.

Mr. Sclater promised a further communication on these two Pi-

thecie as soon as he had made the necessary investigations into their

somewhat confused synonymy.

Mr. P. L. Sclater made some remarks on the animals he had

noticed in several of the continental zoological gardens which he had

visited during the summer.

The Gardens of the Zoological Society of Hamburg, established

only about two years since, were stated to be in a very flourishing

state, and to contain several very noticeable varieties. Among them

1865.] LETTERS FROM MR. R. SWINHOE. 677

might be mentioned a fine Indian Tapir (Tapirus indicus), a pair

of scarce American Deer (Cervus gymnotis) received from Venezuela,

examples of two rare Spizaéti (S. isidori, Des Murs, from Bogota,

and S. bellicosus (Vieill.) from Zanzibar), and a fine specimen of the

the rare Guinea-fowl (Numida vulturina, Hardw.) from the eastern

coast of Africa (about 4° S. lat.), received likewise from Zanzibar.

At Rotterdam the Zoological Gardens, under the care of Mr.

P. H. Martin, were stated to contain a pair of the rare Bovine

animal of Celebes, Bubalus depressicornis (Antilope depressicornis,

Temm.).

At Amsterdam Mr. Sclater had had the pleasure of inspecting a

fine young male Hippopotamus, born in the Gardens of the Royal

Zoological Society ‘‘ Natura artis Magistra”’ on the 9th of July

last. Under the special care of the excellent director, Mr. G. F.

Westerman, this little animal (of which several photographie por-

traits were exhibited) was stated to be rapidly increasing in size and

strength. Although several previous instances of the birth of a

Hippopotamus in captivity had occurred, both in Antwerp and Paris,

this was the first instance of one having been successfully reared.

The following abstract of a letter of Capt. J. M. Dow, C.M.Z.S.,

addressed to Dr. Albert Giinther, was read :—

“ New York, Oct. 30, 1865.

“You will be gratified to see amongst the collection two fine ex-

amples of Thalassophryne which I obtained at Panama. One of the

specimens was picked up on the sand beach of one of the small islands

in Panama Bay, cn which our American seamen have their dépots ;

the second example I purchased in the native fish-market in the City

of Panama. I took advantage of the occasion of the purchase of the

fish to inquire of the native fishermen as to the effect produced in a

human subject on being wounded by one of the spines of Thalasso-

phryne. The natives seemed quite familiar with the existence of

the spines, and of the emission from them of a poison which, when

introduced into a wound, caused fever, an effect somewhat similar to

that produced by the sting of a Scorpion; but in no case was a

wound caused by one of them known to result seriously.

“‘T had no opportunity, myself, to try the effect of the poison on

another fish or small animal. The slightest pressure of the finger

at the base of the spine caused the poison to jet a foot or more from

the opening of the spine.”

The following extracts were read from letters received from Mr.

R. Swinhoe, F.Z.S., H.M. Consul for Formosa :—

* Takow, Formosa, May 18, 1865.

‘«T have lately been very energetic on the Society’s behalf, and have

forwarded two Deer for shipment home. They are two females of

the Cervus taévanus. I have also on hand eleven Swinhoe’s Phea-

sants (Euplocamus swinhoii), which I am preparing to ship away.

They are cocks and hens, in nearly equal numbers. The cocks are

678 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SPECIES OF CHRYSOCHLORIS. [ Nov. 28,

magnificent birds, and Iam sanguine about getting them home. As

soon as they are shipped I will advise you, and enclose you the

captain’s receipt, so that you will be able to cover the risk. Most

of the Pheasants come here from a distance of 200 miles, from the

mountain-range near Tamsuy. I have spared no labour in getting

them; and as they appear pretty hardy birds, there is no reason

why they should not reach home. I am also trying to get a couple

of females of Cervus swinhoti, and live specimens of the Capricornis,

the Bear, and the Leopard.”

“ Takow, July 25, 1865.

“From some Chinese notes which I have lately been reading on

the Zoology of Formosa, I learn of the existence here of some

animals to me hitherto unknown,—among others a Porcupine and

a wild Bos which occurs in herds of hundreds and thousands. I

think in this last I shall discover the wild stock of the small Yellow

Cow of South China. I shall spare no pains, you may be sure, to

investigate this interesting fact.”

“ 'Takow, Formosa, 8th August, 1865.

“* Chinese books tell of a Porcupine that occurs in this island. I

have not yet seen it, but I suspect it will be the same as that found

throughout India and in South China. In Mammals all that I

have lately secured are several specimens of the pretty Kerivoula

Bat, and a nearly unicolor variety of the Red-bellied Squirrel,

Sciurus erythreus, from the southern mountains. In birds I have

lately got several examples of the Green Dove (male and female), my

Sphenocercus formose, and a skin of the Pitta oreas. The latter I

got before from the northern mountains; my latest acquisition

shows the species to extend also to the south.”

The following papers were read :—

1, A Revision or THE SpEecius or GoLpEN Motes (Curyso-

cHLoRIs). By Dr. Joun Epw. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Several species of Golden Moles have been described by various

zoologists on specimens procured from different parts of Africa—

the size and form of the muffle, the size and form of the claws, and

slight differences in the colour of the fur being regarded as sufficient

to separate the species. I have examined the large series of speci-

mens which is contained in the British Museum, received from

various parts of Africa, and I find that the form of the mufile

greatly depends on the art, or amount of care on the part of the

persons who skinned and stuffed the specimens, and that its form

can be altered at pleasure. The form ot the claws of the front feet

seems to vary according to the age, and probably also according to

the sex of the specimens; but ‘unfortunately the sex is seldom

marked on the specimens in Museums.

The general colour and, especially, the distinctness of the white

and dark marks on the head seem to vary greatly in specimens from

the same locality. Moreover this animal is often put into spirits on

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SPECIES OF CHRYSOCHLORIS. 679

account of the brilliant colours which it exhibits when so preserved,

and animals so preserved are sometimes taken out and stuffed.

Specimens which have been so treated have a very different appear-

ance from those which have been skinned fresh and the skins pre-

served dry, the colour being more or less changed according to the

strength of the spirits or the length of the time that the animal may

have been kept in the fluid.

I have carefully compared the series of skulls in the Museum,

which have in most cases been extracted from the specimens which

are preserved in the collection ; so that the results of this paper are

founded on the comparison of the skulls as well as the skins in the

Museum collection.

The specimens and skulls in the British Museum appear to be all

referable to the two following species, and most easily separated by

the character of the fur.

1. CHRYSOCHLORIS AURATA.

Fur short, very dense, erect, with more or less metallic reflections,

brown ; sides of the face whitish; the front claws subcylindrical.

Hab. South Africa. :

This species varies in the extent and pureness of the white colour

on the sides of the face and crown, and in the presence or absence of

the intensity of the blackness on the forehead. The fur is much

more iridescent when the specimens are preserved in spirits.

This species includes the Ch. aurata and Ch. rubra of Fischer,

and the synonyma he attaches to these species; and I am also in-

clined to refer to it Ch. hottentotta, A. Smith, Ch. holosericea,

Licht., Ch. albirostris, Ch. rutilans, Wagner, and Ch. damariensis,

Ogilby, which appear to have been bleached by exposure; nor do I

see any distinction to induce me to separate from it Ch. obtusirostris,

Peters.

2. CurysocuLoris vititosa, A. Smith, South African Journal,

ii. 33.

The fur elongate, very thick, coarse, villose, brown, with an abun-

dant under-fur ; lips, chin, and streak from the angle of the mouth

white ; the outer front claw rather large, broad, high ; the hind claws

large.

Hab. South Africa: Natal.

This is considerably larger than the former species.

The examination of the skulls has helped me to this determina-

tion. I find that it has been supposed by some zoologists that I

undervalue the study of fossil bones, or Paleontology as it is called ;

as if the study of fussil bones were distinct from the study of osteology

in general. Nothing can be more contrary to my feelings; indeed

I have been doing all I can for years to facilitate the study of fossils,

as well as recent osteology, by ferming a large collection of wedl-

determined skeletons of vertebrated animals for the purpose. What

I do object to is, that persons who pretend to be scientific men

680 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELIDZ. [Nov. 28,

should proceed to describe species of fossil animals without having

properly studied the osteology of the recent species and the varia-

tions that the bones, teeth, horn, and other parts of the skeleton

assume in the recent species, which they have the opportunity of

studying in a more complete manner than they can have in the case

of fossil species. More especially I object to the practice of such

students as describe species of fossil animals from fragments, which

it would be very unwise to declare to be distinct if they belonged

to some recent species which there was an opportunity of examining

in a complete state and of comparing with other skeletons of allied

species. Yet many fossil species have been described from such spe-

cimens, so that our catalogues are thereby encumbered with useless

names.

2. Nore on THE Hasits oF THE Kinkasou (CERCOLEPTES CAU-

DIvoLvuLus). By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., etc.

The Kinkajou was formerly considered a Lemur, and the manner

in which it uses its feet as hands might well mislead a casual ob-

server, I saw one the other evening in the Zoological Gardens rest-

ing on its rump with the tail coming out in front between its hind

legs. It was holding in its fore feet a slice of bread, and every now

and then it would take off a piece with one or the other of its fore

feet, and hold it as in a hand to its mouth, or take from it small

pieces with the other hand like a child eating a cake, and quite as

handily ; yet this animal has no opposite thumb on any of the feet,

and only short fingers and toes webbed nearly to the claws.

3. SupPLEMENTARY NoTES ON THE MUSTELID2.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., erc.

In my Revision of the Mustelide (P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 100) I find

that I neglected to give the external characters by which the two

species of Ratels might be distinguished ; they are as follows :—

Mellivora indica. Black; the back iron-grey ; crown of the head

white. India.

Mellivora capensis. Black ; the back iron-grey ; the crown and a

broad stripe down each side of the back to the tail white. South

Africa.

The latter species is easily known by the greater quantity of white

on the head and the broad white lateral edge to the iron-grey colour

on the back.

I take this opportunity of giving two illustrations of the skull of

Arctonyx collaris, which should have accompanied my descriptio

of that species (J. c. p. 138). ;

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE MUSTELID&. 681

Skull of Aretonyx collars, described antea p. 138,

682 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. [Nov. 28,

4. Note oN THE Hasits oF THE Musquasu or NortH AMERICA.

By Capt. G. E. ButcGer, Corr. Mems.

One day, during the early part of the spring of 1849, I was ram-

bling about the neighbourhood of the village of St. Valentines, near

Isle-aux-Noix, in Canada East, with two friends, one of whom was

accompanied by a tiny Spaniel of the King-Charles breed. Presently

the little dog, which had been running on in front of us, began to

bark, and, looking up, I beheld him engaged in a combat with some

small darkly-coloured animal, of about his own size. I hastened to

the spot, and soon ascertained the dog’s opponent to be a large Musk-

rat (Fiber zibethicus), which showed no disposition to retreat on my

approach, but maintained the conflict with a courage and ferocity I

was quite unprepared for. Indeed, after some minutes, the little

rodent was so evidently getting the best of the battle, that I judged

it right to interfere, and, consequently, struck him with my stick.

Instead of causing him to beat a hasty retreat, as I fully expected,

this assault of mine only appeared to change the current of his rage,

and render him still more angry than before. He at once quitted

the dog (an arrangement apparently very gratifying to the latter),

and attacked me, rising on his hind legs, and making charges at my

stick, which, of course, I kept between us. This strange battle,

solely defensive on my part, was maintained until I thought fit to

terminate it by killing my savage little adversary, which I did easily

with a blow on the head. The incident appeared to me to be so odd

and unaccountable, that I at first fancied it must have been the re-

sult of some peculiar idiosyncrasy on the part of the individual Musk-

rat, and not characteristic of his race. However, I was soon disabused

of this idea; for almost immediately afterwards I saw two more of

my warlike little foes under the transparent ice. I broke the latter

with my stick, just above where one of the animals was standing,

and, possibly, touched him with some of the fragments. However,

the result was an instant onslaught on his part, though he did not

appear inclined to leave the water. Whenever I held the stick to

him, he attacked it furiously, but he would not follow it out of the

stream, and I eventually killed him in the same manner as the

first one. 1 only met with one more during the remainder of the

walk ; and with him also I had a spirited contest, similar, in most

respects, to the one last described.

5. On tHe SrructrureE or Lerrosoma piscotor. By P. L.

Scuater, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., SecreTary TO THE SOCIETY.

Since the time of Brisson and Levaillant, I am not aware that any

original observations have been made upon one of the most abnormal

types of the strange avifauna of Madagascar—the Leptosoma of

Vieillot—although several attempts have been made to fit it into dif-

ferent parts of the natural system. The collectors whe have re-

cently obtained access into the interior of Madagascar have sent

1865.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. 683

home many examples of both sexes of this bird, and I am thus en-

abled to offer a few remarks upon some remarkable points in its

structure which have hitherto escaped observation.

The Leptosoma was first made known to science by Brisson*,

who describes both sexes in his usual accurate manner from speci-

mens in the museum of M. Abbé Aubry. Brisson remarks upon

the obvious differences between this bird and the ordinary Cuculz,

which might entitle it to constitute a genus by itselff. Buffon

figures both sexes in the ‘ Planches Enluminées’ (pl. 587, 588), and

in the text thereto copies parts of Brisson’s description.

Levaillant also figures both sexes of this bird in his ‘Oiseaux

d’Afrique’t, and pretends to have met with it in “ Cafferland,” as

in the many other cases where the falsehood of his statements is

equally glaring§. Several scientific appellations have been bestowed

upon the bird upon the faith of these authors, such as Cuculus afer,

Gm. S. N. i. 418, Cueulus discolor, Hermann, Bucco africanus,

Stephens (Zool. ix. p. 25), and Leptosomus viridis, Vieill. Ene. Méth.

iii. p. 1342||. Of these it becomes necessary to adopt discolor as the

permanent specific designation of the species, although not the first

given (as Gmelin’s term involves a gross error in the locality), and

to combine it with Vieillot’s generic term Leptosoma, so that the

correct name of the bird will be Leptosoma discolor.

Lesson in 1831 (Traité d’Ornithologie, p. 134) conceived the un-

happy idea that the older authors had been wrong in regarding the

somewhat dissimilar sexes of this bird as belonging to the same

species, and accordingly made of the female a separate species under

the name Leptosomus crombec. Prof. Reichenbach, not satisfied

with this, has gone so far as to establish a new genus (Crombus) on

the female, and to place it in a different part of the system! In his

‘Conspectus,’ Prince Bonaparte retains this form near the Cuculide,

but makes an independent family of it (Leptosomide). In his more

recent ‘Conspectus Systematis Ornithologie’ ** he has removed it

into the neighbourhood of the American Bucconide. Before at-

tempting to solve the question as to which of these two views is

most correct, I must ask leave to call the Society’s attention to

some remarkable points in its structure, which appear to have been

hitherto unnoticed.

The first thing which strikes one as remarkable in examining the

* Ornith. iy. p. 160, pl. xv. f. 1 & 2.

+ ‘ Species ista rostro donatur multo rectiore quam relique omnes hujus generis

species - quod rostrum nequaquam est SUpeTNe CONVELUIN, sed angulosum. Nares

habet longas, et versus mediam longitudinem mandibule superioris oblique positas.

_ Ab aliis speciebus insuper discrepat cauda duodecim rectricibus conflata, dum in

alteris decem tantum nee amplius unquam observavi. Hee species posset suum

genus constituere.”

+ Le Vourougdriou, v. t. 226 et 227.

§ Cf. Sundevall’s Commentary on Levaillant in Kong. Sy. Vet. Ak. Handl.,

N. S:, ii. pt. 1.

\| ie and in his ‘ Analyse’ Vieillot writes the name Lepfosomus. But Lep-

tosoma is correct.

§ Handb. d. Sp. Orn. ii. p. 51.

** Ann. d. Sc. Nat. ser. 4. Zool. i. (1854).

684 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. [Nov. 28,

external characters of Leptosoma discolor is the extreme elongation

of the feathers of the lores and their projection forward over the bill

on each side. The bill is in reality long and strong, and the gape

Fig. 1.

Head of male Leptosoma.

very wide; but the basal half is entirely concealed from view by

this extraordinary development of the loral plumes. It is, I sup-

pose, for the purpose of getting the nostrils out of the way of these

that the openings of them are carried so far forward. They are

placed laterally, rather nearer the apex of the beak than the front

Fig. 2.

Outline of the skull of Leptosoma.

1865.) MR. P. L. SCLATER ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. 685

(where the feathering commences), and consist of a narrow diagonal

slit, just as in the genus Hurystomus. But in Hurystomus the aper-

tures lie, as is the case in the majority of birds, at the base of the

beak close to the frontal plumes. On examining the skeleton of

Leptosoma we see at once that this remarkable formation has been

effected by the elongation of the basal portion of the beak, and that

the lateral coverings of the nasal passages (alee nasi), which in most

birds are entirely membranous, have in this form become completely

ossified, so as to add very materially to the strength of the upper

mandible.

A very similar formation occurs in Eurystomus, but is not carried

to the same extent, the covering of the nasal passages remaining

membranous in this form.

The wings of Leptosoma are of moderate length, reaching to about

half the length of the tail from its base. The primaries are ten in

number, the third, fourth, and fifth being nearly equal and longest,

the second half an inch shorter, and the first more than an inch

shorter again, being about equal to the eighth. The first six are

narrowed towards the apex ; the remaining four are broad-tipped like

the secondaries. The secondaries are twelve in number.

The tail consists of twelve rectrices of nearly equal length, and

squared at the apices.

The feathering of Leptosoma presents some remarkable characters.

The body-feathers have a long downy auxiliary plume, longer than

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

half the length of the feather itself. In Hurystomus there is a similar

auxiliary plume, but not quite so highly developed. In the Cuculide,

686 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. [Nov. 28,

I believe, the auxiliary plume is always deficient*. The upper

ptilosis also appears nearly similar to that assigned by Nitzsch to

Coracias and Eurystomus. The spinal tract bifurcates between the

shoulders, leaving a wide featherless space. The branches are then

discontinuous for a short distance, but reappear in two gradually con-

verging lines, which unite on the rump. But here a very abnormal

Fig. 5.

feature presents itself, which is found neither in the Coraciide nor

in any other family of the Order Picariz. This is two large and

highly developed powder-down patches (p, p), which are placed on

the flanks, on each side of the rump. They are of an oval shape, and

measure about 12 inch in length by an inch in breadth. The deve-

lopment of these lubricating organs may perhaps account for the

atrophy and almost total disappearance of the oil-gland, which can

scarcely be recognized in the minute papilla (0, fig. 5), situated at

the base of the two medial tail-featherst.

* Cf. Nitzsch, Pterylographie, p. 129.

+ This is, I believe, the first instance of powder-down patches having been

noticed to occur in any species of the Order Picariz. Nitzsch (Pterylographie,

p- 53) describes them as met with in the following genera :—

ONATICIELNS <avccere.sscssseesccccentes Order.

BlanWepevessacsts secre esensscconssces Accipitres.

(OIE TS: 6S baceaaoodesna beer aban

PURUATNUS as eens dcca deh aceteakp secs Passerinz.

MUIIFUIIILS Wises teiaceecore veaeeeresece Gallinz.

Ardea and its affines............00- |

(CANCOME o5e00e scans ccvc-deeeseecsne Gralle.

MENDY Gale icc swocceectseeetarcrares J

Mr. Bartlett has determined their presence in Baleniceps (P. Z. 8.1861, p. 131)

and Rhinochetus (ibid. 1862, p. 218).

1865.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. 687

The sternum of Leptosoma, a specimen of which Mr. A. Newton

has kindly lent me from his extensive collection of these objects,

does not, I must admit, present us with any very close resemblance

to that of Coracias. At the same time I do not see that it is in any

respect more like that of the Cuculide.

Fig. 6.

Sternum of Leptosoma.

The two posterior fissures so characteristic of the greater number

of forms of the order Picariz are here run together, forming but one

large opening, the apophysis between them not reaching to the line

of the posterior margin, and the outer fissures being smaller and not

so deep as the inner pair. In Coracias and Eurystomus the outer

fissures are deeper, and the separating apophysis advances quite to the

posterior margin. There are two other points in which the sternum

of Leptosoma differs considerably from that of the Coracitde. These

are (1) the very rudimentary condition of the episternal process

(e. p., fig. 7), and (2) the remarkable thickening of the rami of the

furcula at their anterior extremities, and their attachment to the

front of the coracoid by a massive head. In Coracias and Eury-

stomus* the episternal apophysis is well-developed and terminates

in a point, which advances some way forward between the coracoids,

nor are the rami of the furcula thickened to any noticeable extent

where they join the coracoids. It may also be noticed that the co-

racoids of Leptosoma overlap one another a little at their junction

with the sternum, as is the case with some of the Accipitres.

The tongue of Leptosoma, of which Mr. Newton has also kindly

lent me a specimen, is remarkable for its thin horny nature and pel-

* Cf. Blanchard, Recherches sur les caractéres ostéologiques des oiseaux, Ann.

d. Se. Nat. ser. 4. Zool. vol. xi. p. 127.

688 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. [Nov. 28,

lucid appearance, and (as far as I can tell, the example not being

quite perfect) for being without any traces of laceration at its ex-

Fig. 8.

Tongue of Leptosoma.

tremity. It is much lengthened, and of nearly uniform thickness

throughout ; but the sides are bent upwards, leaving a deep medial

channel, which grows shallower towards the base, where it terminates

in two simple lateral projections without any traces of papille.

In anote to his ‘System der Pterylographie’ (p. 131), Nitzsch has

stated that in two examples of Leptosoma examined by him the outer

toe “ appeared to have four phalanges,” instead of five, the normal

number. This, however, is not the case: Leptosoma does not di-

verge from the ordinary rule among birds in this respect. The

structure of its feet may be described as follows :-—

The tarsus is rather longer than the second digit, measuring 1-2 in.

in length. It is covered in front with a series of ten or twelve irre-

gular oblong scutes, which are divided in the upper and lower por-

tion of the tarsus, but entire in the middle. On the outer side is a

series of smaller similar scutes. Behind, the tarsus is covered with

numerous small irregular hexagonal scutes, which extend over the

lower surface of the planta.

The first or posterior digit measures 0°63 in. in length, including

the nail, and is placed behind in its usual position. The second and

third digits are placed directly in front, and measure 0°63 and 1°5 in.

respectively (with the nail). They show no appearance of syndac-

tylism, being separated nearly to the base. The fourth digit mea-

sures 1*1] in. in length, and, as I have already stated, has the normal

number of five phalanges—the first two being very short, each mea-

suring only about 0°5 in. in length. It is articulated not in a directly

reversed position, as among the more typical Zygodactyle, but late-

rally, rather more behind than in front. It will therefore be seen

that Leptosoma, even in this respect, diverges widely from the Cucu-

lide, Bucconide, &c., in which the fourth digit is placed in a directly

reversed position.

So much, then, I am at present able to say concerning the pecu-

liarities of this remarkable type. In order to refer Leptosoma deci-

1865.] MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON MIRAFRA HORSFIELDI. 689

sively to its proper place in the natural series, an examination of the

soft parts of its structure still remains to be made, which as yet I

have had no opportunity of doing. But it appears to me that suffi-

cient is known to show that Leptosoma can no longer be left as a

genus of the family Cuculide, from which it differs in many im-

portant points, particularly in the form of the nostrils, in the pre-

sence of an auxiliary plume on the body-feathers, in having twelve

tail-feathers, and in the structure of its feet. As far as I can at

present form an opinion, a more natural situation for Leptosoma

would be as the type of a separate family in the neighbourhood of

the Coraciide. The singular structure of the nostrils very much

resembles that of Zurystomus. Eurystomus also has the auxiliary

plume, and the same number of tail-feathers—although differing

from Leptosoma in the form of the sternum and the structure of the

feet, so that they could hardly be associated together in the same

family.

I have as yet had no opportunity of seeing more than a stuffed

specimen of another singular Madagascar type—the Brachypteracias

leptosomus ; but I think it very probable, from the superficial exami-

nation I have made of it, that this, as suggested by Lesson, may be

the missing link which connects Leptosoma with the Coraciide.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

Fig. 1. Head of Leptosoma, showing the projection of the loral and frontal plumes,

and the position of the nostrils.

Fig. 2. Outline of the skull of Leptosoma, showing the position and form of the

nasal apertures (a) and the ossified covering (4).

Fig. 3. Lower surface of a feather from the back of a male Leptosoma, with part of

the inner web removed, so as to show the auxiliary plume more clearly.

Fig. 4. Lower surface of a feather from the breast of a female.

Fig. 5. Upper surface of Leptosoma with feathers removed (reduced), showing the

bifurcation of the spinal tract and the position of the two powder-down

patches (p, p) and oil-gland (0).

Figs. 6, 7. Sternum of Leptosoma.

Fig. 8. Tongue and hyoid bones of Leptosoma.

6. Note on THE NIDIFICATION OF MIRAFRA HORSFIELDI.

By E. P. Ramsay, or Dosroypg, N.S.W.

Not having hitherto met with any description of the nest and

eggs of Mirafra horsfieldi of this colony, and deeming it a subject

of regret that the eggs of so common a bird in our neighbourhood

should remain any longer undescribed, I beg leave to offer a few

remarks upon the habits and nidification of this Lark.

Our Mirafra (for, as far as is yet known, we have only one

species) shows a decided preference for the cultivated parts of the

country, although it may be found upon the grassy slopes, on the

borders of creeks, and on the plains in the interior.

It is very plentiful in the hay-, barley-, and wheat-fields, where it

may be frequently seen perched upon the top of a sheaf, pecking the

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1865, No. XLV.

690 CAPT. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN BIRDS. [Nov. 28,

grain out of the ears, for which its short, thick bill seems wonderfully

well adapted. Its flight differs slightly both from that of Anthus

and Cincloramphus, but in some respects approaches nearer to that

of the latter; it is very undulating. When the bird is about to

descend, it quivers with its wings, and sails down with a peculiar

tremulous motion. This may also be observed between each undu-

lation when the bird is flying quietly : but when suddenly flushed or

flying to any distance, this peculiarity is not noticeable; at other

times it immediately attracts attention and renders this species con-

spicuous among all the other Larks—with which, during October

and the three following months, the fields literally swarm, as they

rise before you in numbers at every step you take.

The nests of Mirafra horsfieldi are usually found during the

months of November, December, and often as late as January and

February. They are loose ragged structures, and not finished off

nicely, like those of Anthus australis. They are cup-shaped, and

are composed wholly of grasses, without any particular linmg. The

situation chosen is a little hollow scraped out by the side of a tuft of

grass or straw, or behind a clod of earth; the front edge of the nest

alone is smoothed down—the back part being left ragged, and often

drawn forward as if to help to conceal the eggs. The nest is about

22 inches in diameter by 1 inch in depth. On the 4th of February,

1861, we took a nest from a hay-field at M‘Quarie Fields containing

three eggs, which is the usual number. These are in length from

8 to 10 lines by from 6 to 7 in breadth, and of a light earthy brown,

thickly marked over the whole surface with freckles of a much

darker hue. Some specimens are darker in colour than others ; and

after a time the ground-colour becomes of a more yellowish tint,

and the markings much duller and more indistinct.

7. InpIAN ORNITHOLOGICAL NOTES, CHIEFLY ON THE MIGRA-

TION OF Species. By Capt. R. C. Beavan, Lizut. BENGAL

Survey, C.M.Z:S.

July 28th, 1864, Barrackpore, near Calcutta.—The Black-headed

Oriole (Oriolus melanocephalus, Linn.) is common about the

station, flying from tree to tree, and uttering his cheerful whistle.

It is curious that one hardly ever sees the female of this bird, the

proportion of males to females in collecting skins being generally

as six to one. The Bengal Babbler (Malacocereus terricolor,

Hodgson) is the characteristic inhabitant of the bamboo-groves

in the neighbourhood; and small parties of them seem to keep

much to particular spots near villages, but not, I think, with the

dirt-devouring intent ascribed to them by some. In gardens the

curious Tailorbird (Orthotomus longicauda, Gmelin) may be seen

flitting from bush to bush in amorous pursuit of its mate, or dili-

gently searching the creepers near the house for insects. The bare

summit of a lofty Casuarina tree is generally frequented by a Barbet,

of which two species are common, the first more so than the

1865. ] CAPT. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN BIRDS. 691

second—the Blue-throated Barbet (Cyanops asiatica, Lath.), and

the small Crimson-breasted one (Xantholema indica, Lath.). I

have heard these birds compared to a parson in a pulpit, from their

peculiar habit of taking up an elevated position on a tree and, when

there, turning their heads from one side to the other at each note

uttered, just as if they were addressing an audience below. The

Small Barbet, although the rarest here, becomes the most abundant

species of its race when we get out of Lower Bengal into the up-

lands of the Bancoorah and Maunbhoom districts, to the westward

of Calcutta. We look in vain for our common Green Bee-eater

(Merops viridis, Linn.), which is so abundant in the cold weather

that almost every dead bough bears one. A careful examination

shows a Bee-eater, which is, however, rather rare and diffieult of

approach: this is a nearly allied species (M. philippensis), which

during the rainy months takes the place of the commoner species

(M. viridis), but not in such numbers.

August Ist.—A stroll with the gun in the neighbourhood reveals

a common Paddy-bird (Ardeola leucoptera, Bodd.) which, though

so numerous, generally appears during the rains to have almost en-

tirely forsaken us. It is a curious and interesting subject of inquiry

this periodical migration of some of our commonest birds. With

the country under water, the Heron and Egret tribes cannot, perhaps,

get at their finny prey so easily as in October and November, when

the water begins to dry up; but where do they go? is the ques-

tion; and where do the majority breed? Some, doubtless, nest in

various parts of Lower Bengal; but no observer yet seems to have

come across a sufficient number of their nests to account for the vast

numbers of birds one sees during the cold weather—not in flocks, as

my words would seem to imply, but here and there, every little pond

with three or four round its edges. Our common Magpie, or, more

correctly speaking, Tree-Pie, is Dendrocitta rufa, Scop., which stays

with us all the year round and breeds here. A Dove (Turtur sura-

tensis, Gmel.) is frequently seen about bamboo jungles near the

villages ; it is not very plentiful yet, but probably gets an addition

to its numbers a few weeks hence by the arrival of others. About

this date I observed large numbers of Parrakeets (Paleornis tor-

quatus, Bodd.) of an evening, flying about the palmyra trees near

the railway-station. They had evidently assembled in such large

flocks to roost only ; for an examination showed their stomachs to be

filled with grain or chenna, of which none grows in this neighbour-

hood, and, even if it did, could scarcely be ripe yet. Many were

young birds, with undeveloped tail-feathers.

August 6th.—The small yellow Bulbul (Jora typhia, Linn.) is

plentiful, questing for insects amongst the flowers of the acacia; it

has much of the habits of the English Tomtit in the way it creeps

about from bough to bough. Associated with it on the same tree,

but much more on the wing, is that gem of our Indian Honey-

suckers, Leptocoma zeylanica, Linn., approaching in its metallic hues

the gorgeous Humming-birds of America. The station parade-

ground yields a Lark which has apparently only just arrived and is

692 CAPT. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN BIRDS. __[Nov. 28,

still in pairs—the Indian Titlark (Corydalla rufula, Vieill.). The

little Green Heron (Butorides javanicus, Horsf.) is occasionally met

with in a retired corner of the bank of some pond. The only King-

fishers seen are the pied Ceryle rudis and the common Alcedo ben-

galensis, the latter not plentiful yet. Plenty of Magpies about

(Dendrocitta rufa), chiefly young birds attended by their parents.

August 14th.—A walk along a muddy road towards Neilgunje

does not yield much. The country is still swamped, but the fields

of waving rice hide the water from view. Except in the immediate

vicinity of villages, it is impossible to progress across the country with-

out wading. A pair of the Ashy Swallow Shrike (drtamus fuscus,

Vieill.) are busy in the air near some high trees. In flight this bird

resembles a Swallow so closely that it requires some attention to dis-

criminate it. An occasional Magpie Robin (Copsychus saularis), a

few white Egrets passing overhead, a solitary Cormorant (Graculus

javanicus, Horsf.), and a large Kingfisher (Halcyon leucocephalus),

together with a small flock of the Shell Ibis (Anastomus oscitans)

busily feeding in a swamped rice-field, comprise nearly all the new

arrivals. A small flock of the pretty Powé Myna (Temenuchus ma-

labaricus) is found in a tree near a village, busily feeding; and a

green object, flashing for an instant in the sun in pursuit of an

insect, turns out to be the Blue-tailed Bee-eater (Merops philip-

pensis, Linn.).

August 17th.—I shot a beautiful specimen of an Australian bird,

busily feeding in a rice-field. It is the Banded Grass-Parrakeet of

Gould (Melopsittacus undulatus), and, though apparently a wild

specimen in the adult plumage of the male, must have escaped from

captivity. Mr. Blyth tells me he saw numbers of these birds some

years since in the menagerie at Burdwan.

September 2nd.—Since Jerdon, in his ‘ Birds of India,’ vol. ii.

p- 674, regrets that he has no information with regard to the times

of the appearance and departure of the Pintailed Snipe (Gadlinago

stenura, Temm.), as distinguished from the common Snipe (G. scolo-

pacina, Bonap.), I am anxious to find out which species arrives first

with us in Lower Bengal. Although Snipes are said to have arrived, I

have not yet seen a single specimen of either species. Their forerun-

ners, the Snippets (Totani), have come ; a pair were observed to-day ;

and other migratory cold-weather visitants are dropping in daily.

September 5th.—Came across a flock of Powé Mynas in moulting-

plumage; these birds are not nearly so common as they used to

be here. Kingerows (the Dicrurus macrocercus of Vieillot), as

well as most other birds, including the Blue-tailed Bee-eater, are

moulting now; the latter still about, but appears now in pairs. I

fancied that a few weeks ago several were seen together. Paddy-

birds are getting more numerous, but losing their breeding-plumage.

Cormorants arriving. The small Kingfisher (Alcedo bengalensis) is

tolerably common. Still a general scarcity of birds. Heard that a

flock of Golden Plovers had been seen on the parade-ground, and that

Snipe had been brought into the station by natives in former years

as early as July. These had, of course, bred in the neighbourhood.

1865. ] CAPT. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN BIRDS. 693

The Nutmeg-bird (Munia undulata) is plentiful in fields of ripe

rice, together with the Weaverbird, which latter (Ploceus baya,

Blyth) breeds about here, and is common all the year round. The

Sparrow (Passer indicus), also, is abundant, and evidently a per-

manent resident. Among Cuckoos, the Koel (Eudynamys orien-

talis, Linn.) is frequently seen towards evening, flying from tree to

tree with drooping wings and tail, uttering its peculiarly harsh and

disagreeable call, which too generally arouses one from one’s slumbers

in the early morning before dawn. It frequents the thick trees in

the compounds of houses and the vicinity of villages, and appears to

avoid the uninhabited parts of the country.

September 6th.— Secured a specimen of the peculiar plaintive

Cuckoo near the station, apparently just arrived—a young male

Polyphasia (tenuirostris, Gray ?), with its stomach filled with cater-

pillars and other soft insects. Feet light yellow, inclined to greenish

yellow above; claws sharp and black; bill brownish-black ; upper

mandible, tip of lower, and gape reddish-brown. Length 92 in.

Peculiar in having the primary coverts white.

September 26th.—Snipes about, but not very plentiful: eight to

ten couple can, in a favourable locality, be killed in a day ; but in

this immediate neighbourhood nearly all are snared by the natives

for the Calcutta market. The species, from their arrival there in a

plucked state, is not ascertainable. A pair of the White-faced Wag-

tail (Motacilla luzoniensis) first seen, feeding in a newly ploughed

field. Orioles appear more plentiful,—and the Indian Titlark (Cory-

dalla rufula) decidedly so ; six may now be observed where a month

ago only a pair were visible. Paddy-birds (Ardeola) putting on cold-

weather plumage, and more common. The Kingcrow (Dicrurus ma-

crocercus) has nearly done moulting ; young birds still seen without

the lengthened tail-feathers. Merops philippensis still about, but

getting scarce. Pastor malabaricus flying from tree to tree in small

flocks. Mynas (both Acridotheres tristis and Sturnopastor contra)

in flocks, instead of pairs. Kites (Milvus govinda, Sykes, and Hali-

astur indus, Bodd.) are getting numerous; some have scarcely

finished moulting. An occasional Adjutant (Leptoptilos agala)

seen. Weaverbirds (Ploceus) still building. Koels (Eudynamys)

very numerous near the house.

September 27th.—Shot my first Snipe of the season, a Pintail

(Gallinago stenura), in very good condition. Secured a bird on the

wing which appeared to cause a great deal of alarm amongst a party

of the Red-eared Bulbul (Otocompsa jocosa). It was much like a

Hawk on the wing, but turned out to be the Hawk Cuckoo (Hiero-

coccyx varius, Vahl). Another cuculine bird, secured in a thick

bushy tree, was Coccystes melanoleucos,Gmel. The first Grey Shrike

(Lanius cristatus) also seen, and three Teal observed flying overhead ;

so that cold-weather visitants are evidently coming in daily.

In the evening saw the first of the common Bee-eater (Merops

viridis), several hawking over a newly-ploughed field, evidently just

arrived, and in beautiful plumage. Scarcely a single M. philip-

pensis appears to be left ; but their places—actually the same sprays

694 CAPT. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN BIRDS. [Novy. 28,

the latter frequented a few days ago—are now occupied by M. wiri-

dis. This elegant bird is essentially a tyrant in habits, in the old

acceptation (rvparvos) of the word. Seated on a dry twig at the

extremity of a limb of a wide-spreading mango-tree which over-

hangs the tank, he chooses his post of observation, which gives him

a clear look-out in all directions, with the skill of a general; his

head is constantly turned from side to side in unceasing watchful-

ness. His long black beak glistens in the sun; and its rays impart

quite a metallic appearance to his chestnut-coloured head, whilst bis

beautiful eyes, of a bright crimson hue, ever awake and watchful,

are well set off by the black streak of feathers which, commencing

at the base of the beak and passing round them, ends in the ear-

coverts, and gives him quite an air of mustachoed dignity. His

bright green plumage, too, isso much like the glistening upperside of

a leaf, that when once lost sight of it is uncommonly difficult again

to make out the whereabouts of our little friend. But wait, let us

see him swoop. Down, quicker than thought, from his perch, a

flash of shining green is seen for a second to dart, then turn, with

outspread tail and wings, hovering for a second in the bright sun-

beams, as if to thank them for their genial warmth and the food

they have brought, and back to his solitary watch-post to await the

next victim.

The Yellow Bulbul (Jora typhia), so common in August last, has

now almost disappeared. The Amethystine Honey-sucker (Lepto-

coma zeylanica) is common in cocoa-nut trees, amongst the drooping

bunches of yellow flowers. Mynas decidedly forming into flocks.

The common Paddy-bird (4rdeola leucoptera) in fine cold-weather

plumage, with few exceptions.

September 28th.—An occasional Merops philippensis still about.

A Whistling Teal (Dendrocygna awsuree, Sykes) or two met with ;

and a Pintailed Snipe secured whilst shooting Bats after sunset on

the parade-ground. A single Yellow Wagtail (Calobates sulphurea)

seen in drains near the house.

October 1st.—Snipes seen near the line of railway to Calcutta ;

Snippets (Tolant), however, tolerably plentiful, as are also Bee-eaters

of the common species (Merops viridis). Cormorants and Egrets

frequently seen. Kingcrows (Dicrurt) in numbers about telegraph-

wires. Painted Snipes (Rhynchea bengalensis, Linn.) have been

seen within the last few days.

October 28th.—With regard to the arrival of Snipes in the neigh-

bourhood of Barrackpore, I have ascertained that the Pintailed pro-

bably arrive earlier, and in greater numbers at first, than the common

species ; the first killed in September were of the pintailed variety ;

and of several bags examined lately these formed the greater portion ; .

of thirteen killed by a friend and myself .yesterday, every single

one was a Pintail. The first Quail (Coturnix communis’) observed ;

as also a Bustard Quail (Turnix ocellatus). YFlocks of Geese seen

flying overhead, at no great elevation, about the 24th of this month.

November 14th.—Shot a fine Kestrel (Zinnunculus alaudarius)

which was hawking over a rice-field; this is the first seen this

1865.] DR. J. C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. 695

season. Procured also a specimen of the Blue-throated Warbler

(Cyanecula suecica, Linn.), of which three or four were observed in

some reeds. Motacilla luzoniensis is now common. Jerdon does

not draw any distinction, except size, between the male and the

female ; the latter, from a fresh specimen now before me, has no

black at all on the head or back, all grey ashy (like the male) ex-

cept a little frontal patch of white. There is no mistake about the

species, as it was killed with its mate, a male in full plumage.

November 17th.—The Pintailed Snipes appear to have nearly all

left the country, and to have been replaced by the common Snipes.

Out of fifteen examined to-day all were full Snipes, excepting one or

two Jack Snipes, which are the first of the latter species seen this

year. A Ruby-throated Warbler (Calliope hamtschatkensis, Gmel.)

killed near the station, where it frequents thick hedges.

November 19th.—Killed one Pintailed Snipe out of three; but

they are evidently rare.

November 21st.—Of nine Snipes examined, all belonged to the

common species. Observed in cages a pair of the Golden-fronted

Green Bulbul (Phyllornis aurifrons). These birds had been brought

from Dacca, where it appears they are commonly caged, and vulgarly

called Mockingbirds, their powers of imitation being highly deve-

loped.

8. DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN New SpEcirs OF AUSTRALIAN LAND-

Suetits. By James C. Cox, or Sypnery, M.D. erc.

HELIX ARIDORUM.

H. testa profunde umbilicata, depresso-globusa, solidiuscula, parum

nitente, radiatim rugoso-striata, sub lente subtilissime granu-

lata, infra leviuscula, corneo-virescente ; spira parva, late de-

pressa, apice obtuso, sutura impressa; anfractibus quatuor et

dimidio, convexis, ultimo peramplo, rotundato, tumido ; aper-

tura lunari-circulari, peristomate tenui, reflexo, margine co-

lumellari basi dilatato, et umbilici semissem obtegente.

Diam. maj. 0°56, min. 0°50, alt. 0°40 unc.

Hab. Clarence River, New South Wales (Macgillivray). Under

logs on dry stony ironbark ridges.

HELIx FLOSCULUS.

H. testa obtecte perforata, depresso-lenticulari, tenuiuscula, pel-

lucida, radiato-striata, lutescente, fasciis crebris ferrugineis

radiatis, anfractu ultimo presertim et ud umbilicum extenden-

tibus, cinguloque interdum infra carinam; spira convexo-conica;

anfractibus quinque, convexiusculis, ultimo carinato ; apertura

angulato-lunata, peristomate simplici, ad columellam vix ex-

panso.

Diam. maj. 0°40, min. 0°37, alt. 0°26 unc.

Hab. Norfolk Island (Turner).

696 DR.J.C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. [Nov. 28,

HELIX URARENSIS.

H. testa late et perspective umbilicata, depresso-circulari, tenut,

nitida, epidermide flavo-cornea induta, creberrime et trregula-

riter elevato-striata, supra crasse, infra tenuiter; spira vie

prominente, apice depresso; anfractibus quatuor et semisse,

gradatim increscentibus, modice convexis, ultimo carinato ;

apertura obliqua, lunari-circulari, peristomate tenui, modice

expanso, et ad columellam dilatato.

Diam. maj. 0°30, min. 0°25, alt. 0-15 une.

Hab. Urara, Clarence River (Macgillivray).

Allied to H. strangeoides, but not closely, being more coarsely

sculptured, and in the mode of increase of the whorls being very dif-

ferent from it and the others of the same section—Helices ptychom-

phala, franklandiensis, strangei, assimilans, &c.

HELIX GREENHILLI.

H. testa umbilicata, globoso-turbinata, levigata, obsolete striata,

lineolis undulatis minutissimis confertis sub lente manifestis,

rufo-castanea, subtus viridi-fulva ; anfractibus sex, ultimo per-

amplo convexo, ceteris convexiusculis ; apertura lunato-sub-

circuluri, peristomate tenui, modice reflexo, columella basi di-

latata umbilicum fere obtegente, labro intra albido, extra

viridi-fulvo.

Diam. maj. 1°2, min. 1, alt. 0°9 unc.

Hab. Upper Dawson River, Queensland (Greenhill).

Allied to H. grayi, H. gilberti, &c.

HELIX SPLENDESCENS.

H. testa obtecte perforata, globoso-conica, tenui, pellucida, levi-

gata, polita, castanea, ad os juxtaque locum solitum carine

- saturatiore, fascia albida infra suturam, et subtus fasciis dua-

bus albidis latioribus; spira eonica, apice albo; anfractibus

sex, subplanatis, ultimo ad os supra planato, convexo, obsole-

tissime carinato, antice producto; apertura perobliqua, rotundo-

elongata, antice subsinuata, peristomate tenui, reflexo, ad colu-

mellam rectam expanso, castaneo, albo anguste marginato.

Diam. maj. 0°95, min. 0°80, alt. 1°10 une.

Hab. Salomon Islands (Turner).

HELIX NAUTILOIDES.

H. testa obtecte perforata, orbiculari, depressa, regulariter cos-

tulata, epidermide rufo-cornea induta ; spira planata, sutura

impressa ; anfractibus quatuor et dimidio, convexiusculis, ul-

timo tumido, supra ad suturam convexo, et ad os leviter pla-

nulato; apertura obliqua, lunato-ovata, intus margaritacea,

margine externo supra subsinuato columellarique umbilicum

demum obtegente, peristomate simplici.

Diam. maj. 0°23, min. 0°19, alt. 0°12 une.

Hab. Clarence River, New South Wales (under stones and logs

on ironbark ridges) (Macgillivray).

1865. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW BIVALVE SHELLS. 697

Although bearing considerable resemblance to the widely umbili-

cated and more coarsely sculptured H. juloidea, yet its nearest ally

is H. sericulata, a smaller, more delicate, and more finely ribbed

species.

VITRINA PLANILABRIS.

V. testa auriformi, valde depressa, tenui, translucente, polita,

epidermide olivaceo-viridi induta, leviter striata et (sub lente)

lineolis paucis depressis spiralibus ; spira pusilla, vix promi-

nente, nucleo albido; anfractibus tribus, ultimo peramplo, pla-

nato, exterius convexo; apertura lunato-ovata, intus margari-

tacea, peristomate tenui, margine columellari pertenui, plano,

externe carinato.

Diam. maj. 0°80, min. 0°50, alt. 0°26, apert. 0°55 x 0°42 une.

Hab. Mitchell River, New South Wales (Porter); Urara River,

New South Wales (Macgillivray).

A large and much depressed species, easily distinguished by the

flatness of the base of the shell along the inner lip. The animal

when disturbed exhibits and exudes a purple dye. Young shells

show greater tumidity of the body-whorl.

9. Descriptions or Two New Species or Marine Brvatve

SHELLs rrom Soutu Avustratia. By GrorGE FrencH

Aneas, C.M.Z.S.

1. Barsatra (AcAR) LAMINATA.

B. testa subcylindraceo-oblonga, inequilaterali, latere antico bre-

viore rotundato, postico elongato, superne subangulato ; albida,

epidermide vix nulla ; concentrice jimbriato-costata, interstitiis

valde excavatis ; umbonibus tumidis, subdistantibus ; ligamenti

area angusta, subdeclivi.

Long. 15 lin., alt. 7 lin.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Australia (Coll. Angas).

This shell most nearly resembles A. sguamosa, Lam., but is more

elongate and cylindrical, with the umbones tumid and more distant.

The sculpture of the concentric ribs consists of a series of hollow

frills, whereas in the allied species it is always solid and tubercular.

2. SPISULA ADELAIDE.

S. testa ovata, subcompressa, subsolida, albida, epidermide pal-

lido-fulva induta ; subequilaterali, latere antico paulo breviore

subrotundato, latere postico subacuminato ; margine ventrali

convexo, dorsali antice rotundato, postice subcompresso, ar-

cuato et superne obtuse angulato.

Long. 9 lin., alt. 74 lin.

Hab. In muddy estuaries, Port Adelaide Creek, St. Vincent’s

Gulf, South Australia (Coll. Angas).

698 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE CHARRS OF BRITAIN. [Nov. 28,

10. ConTRiBgUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE BrirTIsH

Cuarrs. Parrlll. By Avsert Ginruer, M.A., Pu.D.,

M.D., F.Z.S.

(Plate XL.)

Since the publication of my last paper on British Charrs* I have

received, among other examples, a most remarkable form, which, in

the excessive development of its fins, differs from all the other species

known to me from Great Britain and the continent of Europe. Only

Salmo grayi from Ireland and S. nivalis from Iceland approach it in

the length of the pectorals; but the former cannot well be con-

founded with it, having much larger scales and the body compressed

and rather elevated; from the latter it differs in several points of

minor importance, and especially in the increased number of pyloric

appendages, which, besides, are extremely narrow and slender. For

specimens of this Charr I am indebted to Mr. Gould, to whom they

were sent by Mr. Hanbury Barclay, and who informs me that they

inhabit a very retired loch in Inverness-shire, Loch Killin, about

2000 feet above the level of the sea. They are caught only in

September and October, when they approach the edge of the loch

to spawn.

This Charr was already known. to the late Wm. Thompson, in

whose work on the Natural History of Ireland, iv. p. 164, we find

the following note :—

« About fifteen miles from Loch Corr is Loch Killin, situated m the

pastoral vale of Stratherrick. Three specimens of char have thence

been brought me. They are remarkably different from the Loch

Corr example, are of a clumsy form, have very large fins like the

Welsh fish(?), and are dull in colour, of a blackish leaden hue through-

out the greater part of the sides, the lower portion of which is of a

dull yellow; no red appearing anywhere. So different, indeed, is

this fish from the char of the neighbouring localities, that it is believed

by the people resident about Loch Killin to be a species peculiar to

their lake, and hence bears another name,—‘ Haddy’ being strangely

enough the one bestowed upon it. This fish is only taken when

spawning, but then in great quantities, either with nets or a number

of fish-hooks tied together, with their points directed different ways.

These, unbaited, are drawn through the water, where the fish are

congregated in such numbers that they are brought up impaled on

the hooks. The largest of my specimens is 16 inches in length, and

others of similar size were brought to my friend at the same time—

on the 26th or 27th September, when about a ‘ cart-load’ of them was

taken. The flesh of some was white and soft. They contained ova

the size of peas. On dissection my specimens were found to be male

and female; externally the sex could not have been told with cer-

tainty. Their stomachs and intestines were empty. This fish bears

a resemblance to the Lough Melvin char, but differs from it in some

characters,”

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 6.

“Gur ISOM STSUSUT[[TY OWTeS ; pron TD

aul GOSS Zid.

it 8, wt K % : oa Ue Pte} Pa rae

‘

: as

1865.] MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 699

Considering this Charr to be one of the best-marked species of

this genus, we propose for it the name of

SALMO KILLINENSIS. (Pl. XL.)

D.14-15, A.13. P.13. V.9. IL. lat. 180. Vert. 62.

Cee. pyl. 44-52.

Head and body thick, but slightly compressed ; the greatest depth

of the body equals the length of the head, and is two-ninths of the

total length (to the extremity of the central caudal rays) ; the length

of the head is a little more than one-half of the distance between the

snout and the vertical from the origin of the dorsal fin. The lower

jaw is rather shorter than the upper; and the maxillary extends

scarcely beyond the hind margin of the orbit in adult males. Teeth

very small. Snout obtuse; eye of moderate size, much shorter than

the snout, and about half the width of the interorbital space. Sub-

operculum very short and high. Fins excessively developed: pec-

toral not much shorter than the head: dorsal long and high, the

longest ray being nearly as long as the head (without snout), or

shorter than the pectoral fin; the length of the last ray is two-thirds

of the length of the base. The ventral fin extends nearly to the

vent ; caudal very broad, slightly emarginate. Head, upper parts,

and fins brownish black ; lower parts with an orange-coloured tinge

in the male ; sides with very small, light, inconspicuons spots. An-

terior margins of the lower fins white or light orange-coloured.

The specimens are from 10 to 15 inches long.

1]. OssERVATIONS UPON A Fin-WuaLe (PuHyYSALUS ANTIQUO-

RUM, GRAY) RECENTLY STRANDED IN Pevensey Bay. By

Wixiiam Henry Friower, F.R.S., erc., CoNSERVATOR OF

THE Museum oF THE Roya CoLueGE or SuRGEONS.

On the evening of Monday, November 13th, 1865, during a strong

south-easterly gale, the body of a large Whale was thrown upon the

beach in Pevensey Bay, Sussex, about 10 miles to the west of Hast-

ings. It was claimed by the Hon. Board of Admiralty, and sold by

public auction on the 15th, for the sum of £38, to a company of

fishermen residing at Hastings and Eastbourne. I visited the spot,

for the purpose of examining the animal, on the 16th, and also on

the 20th and 21st, when the body was cut up by its owners for the

sake of the oil which might be obtained from it, and with a view of

preserving the skeleton. The difficulties attending upon the investi-

gation of the external form and internal structure of one of these

colossal creatures in the circumstances under which this one presented

itself have been graphically described by Eschricht*, and must be

my excuse for the imperfection of the following notes.

When thrown ashore, the carcase was already in an advanced

* Untersuchungen tber die nerdischen Wallthiere, p. 3.

700 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. [Noyv. 28,

state of decomposition ; the cuticle was almost entirely lost from the

surface, so that evidence of the original colour could only be obtained

from isolated patches remaining here and there attached to the true

skin, which was of a uniform dirty white hue. The surface was

moreover in most parts covered with circular or oval pits, about an

inch across and a quarter of an inch deep, in many of which fine

parallel striations showed indications of teeth, apparently of Dog-fish.

Friction against the shingly beach had in some places added to the

destruction of the surface caused by natural decay and the attacks

of the voracious little sharks. Thus the dorsal fin and the extremi-

ties of the flukes of the tail were greatly injured, the former reduced

almost to shreds.

When I first saw the animal, it was lying much in the position in

which it came aground, a little way below high-water mark. The

ventral surface was uppermost, and more of the left side than the

right exposed. The thoracic and abdominal regions were much dis-

tended with gas, well displaying the capabilities for extension per-

mitted in the skin by the characteristic longitudinal furrows, most of

which were opened to their widest extent. These furrows at once

pronounced the animal to be a Rorqual, and the small pectoral limb

showed that it belonged to the subfamily Balenopterine. A little

further examination convinced me that it was an adult male of the

common species of large Fin-Whale (Physalus antiquorum, Gray ;

Pterobalena communis, Eschr.). Its general appearance agreed

very closely, as far as one could judge in the unfavourable position

in which it lay, with the figure given by Schlegel of a young indivi-

dual (40 feet long) of this species, stranded, in 1841, at Katwijk

aan Zee*. It was, I should say, rather less slender in proportion

to its length; but this was a point difficult to judge of in its un-

naturally inflated condition. The lower jaw projected in a most

marked manner beyond the upper, fully 18 inches.

The principal measurements (in taking which I was assisted by

my friend Mr. J. W. Clark, of Cambridge) were as follows :—Ex-

treme length, from tip of lower jaw, in a straight line to the end of

tail, 67 feet; from the point of the upper jaw to the anterior angle

of insertion of the pectoral limb, 21 feet; between the latter point

and the posterior canthus of the eye, 6 feet 2inches. Length of the

opening between the eyelids 4 inches. Length of pectoral limb, mea-

sured from anterior angle of insertion, 6 feet 9 inches; from head

of humerus, after it had been cut off, 7 feet 6 inches. Extreme

width of caudal fin about 13 feet, allowing for the abraded points.

Length of the tail (or of the base of each fluke) 3 feet 4 inches.

Depth of the cleft at the end of the tail, between the flukes, 3 inches.

Height of the greatly compressed bicarinated caudal extremity of the

body, 4 feet from the commencement of the lateral expansion of the

tail, 4 feet 6 inches; hinder end of dorsal fin to the end of the

tail, 15 feet; from end of tail to middle of anal aperture, 17 feet

9 inches; from the latter to the hinder end of genital cleft, 2 feet

7 inches. Length of the cleft 2 feet 8 inches; from anterior end

* Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Zoologie, &c., 2tes Heft. 1843.

1865.] MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 701

of the same to middle of umbilicus 4 feet 5 inches—the latter being

thus 27 feet 5 inches distant from the end of the tail.

One of the most striking points in external conformation in which

this Whale differs not only from all known toothed Whales, but from

Balena, Megaptera, and even most of the Balenopterina, at least if

the published figures of these animals are correct, is the great verti-

cal depth of the much compressed caudal portion of the trunk, which

changes little from the dorsal fin to the commencement of the lateral

expansion, where the upper and lower sharp margins suddenly begin

to converge, running as a strong keel for half the length of the flukes.

The long, narrow, and pointed flukes have the hinder margin nearly

straight. They presented in a very marked manner a peculiarity

noticed by Dr. Murie in his account of a Fin-Whale captured at

Gravesend *, viz. that they do not set out, at least the anterior part

of them, in the same plane from the middle line of the tail, but the

right one sweeps at first upwards, and is therefore convex above, the

left one sweeping as much downwards, and being therefore concave.

This affects chiefly the anterior and inner third of each fluke; the

posterior edges and outer ends appeared to lie in an even plane.

The furrowed region of the under surface commenced at about the

middle of the lower jaw, and extended exactly as far back as the um-

bilicus, and on each side to the axille. The furrows were not sym-

metrical on the two sides of the body ; they frequently divided at very

acute angles, and united sometimes to the same, and sometimes to

adjoining furrows ; their general depth was 3 inch, and the intervals

between them from 2 to 3 inches. The penis was extruded, and

about 6 feet in length, cylindrical at the base, and regularly tapering

towards the extremity. Its orifice did not resemble that described

and figured by Dr. Muriet, but was single and terminal, with a

deeply lobed margin. Immediately behind the root of the penis

were two longitudinal grooves, about 10 inches long, 13 inch deep,

and 3 inches apart, slightly converging posteriorly. Each of these

lodged a much compressed nipple, which reached in height to a level

with the edge of the groove, and measured 13 inch from before

backwards, and rather less than + inch from side to side. They

were of a pink colour, and had a soft, finely nodulated surface. These

organs thus differed totally in situation from the rudimentary nipples

ot the male Porpoise, which are lodged in a single deep cavity be-

hind the penis, having a minute aperture on the surface in the

median line of what may be called the perineum. The male mam-

mary organs of the Cetacea were first described by Pallas in the

Beluga, but appear to have remained unnoticed by any other author,

until Eschricht verified their presence and fully described them in

many different species.

The chin terminated in front by a slightly elevated vertical ridge ;

on each side of this were scattered somewhat irregularly, and extending

over a space of 9 inches in length and 23 inches in breadth, twenty-

five distinct deep circular pits, mostly surrounded by a dark-coloured

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 210.

+ Ibid. p. 214. t Lee. p. 83. -

702. MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. [Nov. 28,

ring. These were evidently hair-follicles, from which the hairs had

fallen out in consequence of the decomposition of the body ; fortu-

nately one hair still remained in situ ; it was white, straight and stiff,

about }inch long. It was so loosely attached that by the time I had

brought home the piece of skin (now a preparation in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons) it was no longer to be seen.

Whether any similar follicles existed on the outside of the upper lip

I cannot say, as it was nearly buried in the shingle*; the same

reason prevented me getting a view of the blowholes. The part of

the skin in which the external auditory meatus should have been

situated on the side turned uppermost was, unfortunately, completely

destroyed by one or more of the before-mentioned causes.

As to the colour, the remaining patches of cuticle on the upper

surface of the body and the outer side of the pectoral fin were of a

blue black ; those on the whole under surface, from the chin to the

tail, including the under surface of the fin, were white. A consider-

able portion of the large under lip was black. The cuticle remained

attached to the bottom and sides of the furrows on the throat and

abdomen, and, being in the greater part black, gave a very conspicu-

ous appearance to the furrows when opened out, contrasting strongly

with the white raised intervals. For a space of about 3 feet on each

side of the middle line, on the throat, chest, and anterior half of the

abdomen, the bottom and sides of the furrows were pink; on both

sides of this and all across the posterior part of the furrows they were

black. The demarcation between the two colours was very distinct ;

but where the pink epidermis approached the black, it was spotted

or mottled with the latter colour.

A part to which the attention is sure to be soon directed in ex-

amining a Whalebone-Whale is the roof of the mouth; but the

structure and mode of growth of the baleen have been so fully de-

scribed by Hunter, Ravin, Rosenthal, and, finally, Eschricht and

Reinhardt, that few further observations are necessary. The central

portion of the palate, covered by a pale-coloured mucous membrane,

formed a high angular ridge, like the roof of a house, posteriorly ;

but this gradually subsided anteriorly, until it became quite flat and

very narrow (not more than 6 inches across). It expanded again in

front to a width of 8 inches, and terminated by an almost abruptly

truncated end. Around this the two sets of baleen met each other in

the middle line, separating the palate by an interval of 13 inch from

the front of the hard and tense upper lip+. The distance from the

front edge of the conjoined sets of baleen to the tip of the snout was

5 inches. The space was mostly covered by a rayed indentation,

looking very like an old cicatrix ; but as it was situated exactly in the

middle line and tolerably symmetrical, it was probably natural.

The chief baleen blades were 23 inches long on their outer, some-

* Tn Schlegel’s figure above referred to, hairs are represented on the ends of

both upper and under jaws.

t+ The two sets of baleen appear to meet in the middle line in front in all tie

Rorquals; but in the Greenland Right Whale (Balena mysticetus) they are, ac-

cording to Eschricht and Reinhardt, separated by a considerable interval.

1865.] MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. 703

what concave edge, including their hair-like termination, and 12 inches

broad at the base; the whole set was 14 inches broad, the inner

2 inches being made up of four or five subsidiary blades, with

straight, parallel sides. These are not mere detachments split off as

it were from the inner side of the chief blade; for they are not even

placed in a line with it or each other, but often in a line with the

intervals between the main blades. The main blades, where they

were largest, were set rather less than 3 inch apart ; for in a space of

6 inches I counted fourteen blades. Anteriorly they decreased in

size, and, in the part encircling the palate in front, consisted of little,

isolated, irregularly scattered, very narrow blades, having an oval

section, with the long axis in the direction of that of the head; their

length at this part I could not ascertain, as they had all been cut off

short. Posteriorly they also diminished, and the whole broad area

from which the whalebone grew became covered with closely packed

small blades, each ending in a flattened tuft of hair and gradually

becoming narower, until at the hindermost part they were resolved

into a mat of fine hairs. The horny baleen was readily pulled off

from its vascular matrix, a portion of which, removed from behind

the middle of the right side of the palate, was obtained for the

College Museum. The dense vascular layer (containing much oil)

immediately investing the bone is about 1 inch thick; from this

spring a series of transverse laminze, exactly corresponding to the

whalebone blades, both the large as well as the subsidiary plates.

These lamine, in the case of the largest plates, were 1} inch in depth.

They end in a fine fringe of hair-like bodies, about 4 inches long and

gradually tapering to a point, which penetrate into the interior of

the horny blade, and which serve for secreting the pulp of the whale-

bone hairs. The toughness and power of resistance to decomposi-

tion of these vascular secreting organs was very surprising.

The colour of the baleen was certainly different from what it is

usually said to be in the common Fin-Whale. The hairy terminal

parts, as seen when looking into the mouth, were, from end to end of

the series, of a uniform dirty yellowish white, resembling, in fact, the

baleen of Balenoptera rostrata. The anterior smaller blades were

entirely of a creamy white ; and this colour prevailed throughout the

whole series, though streaked longitudinally with slate-colour of

varying intensity. In the middle and posterior part of the series

the latter colour occupied about the outer half of the blade, and was

most intense near the edge, so that when seen from without the set

had a dark bluish colour.

Unfortunately, the decomposed state of the carcase and the hurr

with which the operation of cutting up was conducted, added to the

inclement state of the weather, prevented me from making any satis-

factory observations upon the visceral anatomy. My principal atten-

tion was therefore directed to preserving the skeleton in a perfect

condition, and observing, as far as opportunity permitted, the natural

connexions of the bones. To save the rudimentary pelvic bones from

the destruction to which they are almost invariably consigned, was

of course my first care ; but here I was nearly too late: these bones,

704. MR. W. H. FLOWER ON PHYSALUS ANTIQUORUM. [Nov. 28,

with the surrounding parts, had, before I arrived on the spot on

Monday morning, been already severed from their connexion with

the spinal column, and had to be sought for among a mass of most

uninyiting-looking carrion thrown upon the beach. Dr. Murie kindly

assisted at this part of the examination; and we were not long in

discovering their situation and in determining one of the most im-

portant points in the anatomy of this animal that has hitherto re-

mained unsolved.

Many years ago Reinhardt discovered that, besides the ordinary

elongated bone found on each side of the pelvis in all Cetacea, and

to which the corpus cavernosum of the penis is attached, there is

also, in the Greenland Whale (Balena mysticetus), a second, smaller,

more rounded bone, attached by ligamentous fibres to the outer side

of the former. More recently it has been proved (Eschr. & Rein-

hardt ‘On the Greenland Whale’) that, at least in some, if not all

specimens of the same animal, a third, still smaller bone is present,

attached to the distal end of the second. In the Megapéera there is

a second bone on each side, though smaller and less definitely shaped

than in Balena; but hitherto no trace of this bone has ever been

found in any of the true Fin- Whales, although in one species at least

( Balenoptera rostrata) it was carefully searched for by Eschricht.

‘This distinguished cetologist was at first inclined to regard these ac-

cessory bones, especially as then only the one pair were known, as

having their nearest analogy in the marsupial bones of the Marsu-

pialia; but in his more recent work, written in conjunction with

Reinhardt, they are regarded (and, I think, with much reason) as the

homologues of the posterior extremities of the ordinary Mammalia

—the first accessory bone representing the femur, and the second

(found only in the Balena mysticetus) the tibia.

On searching in the neighbourhood of the larger bone, I found,

not indeed another bone, but a distinct nodule of cartilage, of a

slightly compressed irregularly oval form, 13 inch long and ? inch

across, enveloped in a fibrous capsule, and attached by fibrous tissue,

at the distance of about 3 inch, to the outer side of the main bone,

al =F

rather in front of the middle. Both of the larger bones had this

cartilaginous appendage, which I can scarcely doubt is the rudimen-

tary representative of the hind leg of this colossal mammal.

The two bones forming the pelvis resembled each other very

closely both in size and form, and were precisely similar in general

1865. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON RHODOPHYTON. 705

characters to the corresponding bones in the skeleton of the common

Fin-Whale, now in the Alexandra Park ; only they were 23 inches

shorter: their length was 16 inches. Rather behind their middle is

a short strong angular projection ; the posterior or shorter ramus is

subcylindrical and truncated ; the anterior or longer ramus is thin

and flattened.

The other bones, as far as I could see them, confirmed the dia-

gnosis of the species made from the external characters. There were

15 pairs of ribs, the last rib well-developed and attached to the trans-

verse process of the corresponding vertebra; the first had no capi-

tular process, but resembled that at the Rosherville Gardens, figured

by Dr. Murie in these ‘ Proceedings’ (1865, p- 224).

The lumbar vertebre were fourteen in number. The tail is not yet

sufficiently cleaned to count its bones. The sternum was more

regularly cross-like than in any other Physalus I have seen, but still

maintained its usual character of being broader than long, the

dimensions being 23 and 22 inches respectively. The ends of the

first ribs were articulated to its hinder ramus—their anterior borders

being in close contact, and connected by strong fibrous tissue with

the posterior margins of the projecting lateral arms of the sternum.

Although the animal appeared to be adult, a large portion of the

posterior end of the upper border of the scapula, as much as a foot

in depth, consisted only of cartilage.

One other observation may be worth recording, which is, that in

taking off the skin from the bones of the forearm, on the inner sur-

face, in the interval between the radius and ulna, were seen some

well-developed muscles (the red fibres of which reached nearly to

the lower end of these bones) ending in strong tendons, passing to,

and radiating out on, the palmar surface of the hand. Circumstances

prevented me from following out the details of their arrangement and

distribution ; but as in the Porpoise and those few other Cetaceans

of which the limbs have been dissected no muscles are found below

the elbow, and as they can, apparently, have little or no function,

their presence is of considerable interest, and this notice may direct

attention to their fuller investigation on some future occasion.

12. Notice on Ruopornyton, a New Genus oF ALCYONIADZ,

FOUND ON THE Coast oF CORNWALL. By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., erc.

My friend Mr. Couch, of Polperro, has kindly sent to me for

inspection a drawing which he has made of a fleshy Coral that Mr.

W. Langham dredged on the coast of Cornwall, stating that he

believed it differed from any described in Dr. Johnston’s work, and

thought it might be Aleyonium exos of Gmelin (the Alcyonium pal-

matum of Pallas), which it certainly is not. He has since sent the

specimen to me for the British-Museum collection ; and I have com-

pared it with all the species that I know, and with the descriptions

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XLVI.

706 DR. J. E. GRAY ON RHODOPHYTON. [Nov. 28,

of the different exotic species described by MM. Milne-Edwards and

Haimes in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires,’ and I am in-

clined to believe that it has not been described by them.

RHODOPHYTON.

Coral-flesh cellular, covered with a hard continuous calcareous

coat, contracted at the base, expanded above, and divided into seve-

ral oblong lobes or branches, covered with short cylindrical tubes

with a circular mouth. Polypes half retractile, forming when re-

tracted a white tubular termination to the cells. The more deve-

loped cells of the polypes, especially those at the end of the lobes,

are longitudinally grooved.

This genus differs from the typical Aleyonia, or Lobularia, taking

A. digitatum for the type, in the outer surface being covered with

a continuous crustaceous coat, and in each of the polypes being en-

closed in a distinct tubular sheath projecting from the general sur-

face. It differs from all the Aleyonia in the polype being only half

retractile ; that is to say, the upper part of the body of the animal is

fleshy and projects beyond the end of the calcareous tube—where

the tentacles are retracted, making a white or whitish apex to the

poly pe-tubes.

Rhodophyton couchii.

RuHODOPHYTON COUCHII.

Hab. British Seas, Cornwall, near Polperro (Jonathan Couch,

Esq.; Brit. Mus.).

Dr. Hassall, in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’

vou. Vil. p. 285, thought he had discovered Aleyonium rubrum* of

Miller in Dublin Bay; but in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural

History,’ vol. xi. p. 112, probably influenced by some observation

of Mr. Macgillivray, he described this Coral as a new species, under

the name of Aleyonium glomeratum, with the following diagnosis :—

**Polypidom massive, of no very defined outline; colour a deep uni-

form red, the shade of which approaches to vermilion.”’ He states

that it is often to be observed growing on the same shell as 4. digi-

tatum, ‘‘ each possessing its peculiar colour.”

* From an error of the pen, or of the press, it is called dleyonidium rubrum.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON RHODOPHYTON, 707

Thus far his observation appears to be referable to a typical Aley-

onium, or Lobularia, with sunken cells and completely retractile

polypes; and I do not see why it may not be A. rubrum of Miiller.

Mr. Couch, in the third part of the ‘ Cornish Fauna,’ by his late

son and himself, has described and figured a Coral under the name

of Aleyonium sanguineum (t.13.f.1). Mr. Couch informs me that

he regards the one he last sent to me as quite different from the one

he described. Unfortunately the specimen he described does not

appear to have been preserved ; so that I cannot examine the type.

Mr. Couch’s description is copied by Dr. Johnston in his ‘ History

of British Zoophytes’ (vol. i. p. 178). The generic form seems to

agree pretty well with the Coral under discussion ; but he specially

describes the cells as imbedded, and the figure must be that of a

typical Aleyonium.

Dr. Johnston, in the work before referred to, considers the Aley-

onium sanguineum of Couch to be only a synonym or redescription of

the A. glomeratum of Hassall, and describes it under the latter name,

giving Hassall’s diagnosis as the specific character ; but I think that

if any one will compare the description of Couch with the diagnosis

of Hassall, he will see that they are most probably distinct.

Couch specially observes, ‘‘ The protuberances in the Aleyonium

digitatum are generally not very numerous ; do not divide low down,

but arise from the sides and edges of the larger lobes; are always

stout, somewhat compressed, and more closely resembling the teat

of a cow than the human finger.” In 4. sanguineum “the lobes are

very numerous, and divide nearly as low as the base ; they are elon-

gated, cylindrical, and very nearly resemble the little finger both in

shape and size.” This description, in some respects, agrees with

Rhodophyton couchit. But Mr. Couch particularly says, “ the sur-

face is rather rough, coriaceous, occupied by numerous spicula; the

star-shape depressions are numerous, slightly depressed, yellow,

marked with eight rays; the cells are imbedded ;” which is the de-

scription of a true Lobularia, and very unlike the tubular cells and

semiretractile polypes of Rhodophyton.

I may observe that Milne-Edwards, in the ‘ Coralliaires’ (vol. i.

p- 118), following Dr. Johnston, regards Alcyoniuin glomeratum and

A. sanguineum as the same species, adopting the former name; but

the character of the section to which he refers it, and which he

gives as the character of the species, is copied from Couch’s descrip-

tion of 4. sanguineum, and does not in the least fit the description

or the name which Hassall gives to his species. ‘This shows how

one mistake leads to many.

I am inclined to believe that 4. digitatum, A. rubrum, Miller &

Hassall (= A. glomeratum, Hassall), and A. sanguineum are all good

species, and quite distinct from Rhodophyton couchii.

708 MR. G. KREFFT ON A NEW SPECIES OF EUPHYSETES. [Nov. 28,

13. Notice or A New Species oF SPERM-WHALE BELONGING

vo tHe Genus Evupnysetes or MacLeay. By Grrarp

Krerrt, CuRATOR AND SECRETARY, AUSTRALIAN Museum,

Sypney, Corr. Mens. Zoot. Soc.

On Monday last, information reached me that a “ Colt Whale”’

had been stranded at Manly Beach; and suspecting that it might

be Euphysetes grayii, of which this Museum is in possession of the

original skeleton, I immediately repaired to the spot, and found

my supposition verified, as far as 1 could then judge, the tooth-

less upper jaw, and the long, sharp-poited, hook-like teeth of the

lower jaw leaving no doubt in my mind as to the genus. With a

view of exhibiting this rare visitor, some of the fishermen had car-

ried the animal into a dark shed, strongly objecting to its removal

for the purpose of photographing it. It was measured, with the

following results :—

ft. in.

Fotgl length 51). 0\d 5 oSitiewn wrt i oad wets OS

Bregdthiod Paley yi daiind saat aekt eee a Be Bie

Pecteedl fin saisa teardsitya. Bede Fah we es La

Around body behind paddles...........-.. 6 2

= te CNG rryg ite er. sree, Sed Goel

Before dorsal fin, or hump, fgheage ps! ..iis 98 SB

Rig!" bh.

Colour black, yellowish beneath. The head is short and thick,

rather broad, and the snout receding somewhat, like that of a shark

(fig. 2). The mouth is small, the upper jaw toothless ; but after re-

moving the flesh two rows of holes, communicating with each other

more or less, were observed ; and I believe that teeth were probably

imbedded therein at the time of birth, and subsequently shed. This,

of course, is only surmise; but as no holes were noticed when flesh

covered the gums, the holes could not be for the reception of the teeth

in the lower jaw. Looking at the skull from above, it shows at first

a remarkable resemblance to that of Huphysetes grayii, MacLeay,

but the sides of the spermatic cavity, so sharp in Gray’s Whale, are

rounded off in the present species ; and the blow-hole, which is fully

13 inch in diameter in Gray’s animal, is not quite an inch in the new

one. The ridge dividing the cavity in this new Whale is almost

formed into ivory, and many spots of the same substance are im-

1865:] MR.G. KREFFT ON A NEW SPECIES OF EUPHYSETES. 709

Fig. 2.

MOOI in

aN WN) \

Skull (from above).

710 MR. G.KREFFT ON A NEW SPECIES OF EUPHYSETES. [Nov. 28,

bedded here and there in the less hard, darker, and porous bone.

The lower jaw also much resembles that of Gray’s Whale; but the

sides are not so. thin; the teeth are longer, stronger, and curved

backwards, instead of standing out sideways. The rami in Gray’s

Cetacean are not much thicker than parcbment. The teeth of the

present species are thirteen in number in each ramus, the first three

being almost straight, the next four gently curved backwards, and

the last six almost hook-like. ‘The seventh tooth, which is about

half broken, is apparently the longest and strongest of the set.

If people only knew how valuable complete specimens of animals

are to the naturalist, they would certainly not mutilate them as they

often do; for had it not been for Mr. Skinner, who secured this

Whale, all the teeth would have been knocked out to be made into

* charms”’ for watch-chains.

The spinal column consists of the anchylosed cervicals, thirteen

dorsal, nine lumbar, and twenty-six caudal vertebrae, the first ten

of which have V-bones attached tothem. All the vertebree are con-

siderably larger and much more porous than those of LZ. grayit,

the neurapophyses being very broad at the top. The total width

of the atlas is 6 inches, its greatest vertical height 53 inches, and

length or thickness 2} inches; this bone is so spongy that in hold-

ing it against the light one .can see clear through the pores of the

neurapophysis as through a sieve. There are thirteen ribs on each

side, differing but slightly in length, as the following table will

show :—

Right Side. in. Left Side. ~ in.

bee Pee 15 OE i, oo slag

2 22 De Or oeecrtere el 22

3 25 2) RES 25

A ie tishSe enero are 26 Rae ad ale gt a4, 22%» 264

5 253 IAs Coley ee 252

Gi ae 243 As SA” ae See 25

7 233 ‘ha oO ei eee 23%

eee a 22 B Amare <ce mateo,» 22

9 19 Diiten + Be braisis rate La

10 17 LO iat terns pie oi leon 17

| A aren Oeieae cS c- 16 De 57s concegustanees =, Se 16

ue her eee 113 ees... kee, ace

13. cet eee 33 ede. .c es, eee

The respective weight of the two sides is—Right side, 5 lbs. 9 ozs. ;

Left side, 5 lbs. 8 0zs. Not one of these ribs is grooved like the

eighth, ninth, and tenth in Gray’s Whale. In shape they differ

both from Catodon and from Luphysetes grayii, being rather rounder

at the upper half, and becoming flat towards the end; the outside

edges are strongly marked with a series of knobs or protuberances,

which in the ninth and tenth are strongest. The sixth, seventh,

eighth, and ninth ribs suddenly diminish in width about 6 inches

from the end, after producing a sharp protruding ridge.

The scapular, the hyoid bones, the sternum, and the pectoral fius

1865.) MR.G.KREFFT ON A NEW SPECIES OF EUPHYSETES. 711

Fig. 4.

Skull (side view).

712 MR. G.KREFFT ON A NEW SPECIES OF EUPHYSETES. [{ Nov. 28,

differ considerably from the corresponding parts in Gray’s Whale ;

but these parts not being macerated, I shall give a full description

of them at a future time.

The length of the spinal column is 7 feet 4 inches without carti-

lage ; the head measures 18 inches, making a total of 8 feet 10 inches ;

the cartilage is very thick in some places, so that at least 1 foot 6 inches

should be allowed for it; and the total length of the skeleton, when

articulated, will therefore be 10 feet 4 inches.

I believe that I have proved that this Whale is different from the

Euphysetes grayii of MacLeay; and I only regret that the great

mind which established the genus is no more. Nothing would have

given me more pleasure than to have seen this animal (which will

1865.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW FIN-WHALE. 713

yield perhaps the most complete skeleton of a Cetacean ever disco-

vered) described by William Sharp MacLeay. As it is, my feeble

efforts must suffice ; and being under deep obligations to the greatest

naturalist Australia ever had, I wish to pay a slight tribute to his

memory by proposing the name of Huphysetes macleayi for this new

species.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

(taken from the photographs forwarded by Mr. Krefft).

Fig. 1. Outline of the whole animal.

2. Snout seen from below.

3. Upper surface of skull.

4. Under surface of skull.

5. Side view of skull, showing teeth in situ.

6. Bones of the pectoral limb. (Added from a photograph received sub-

sequently to the original communication.)

14. On a suppos—ED New Species OF FIN-WHALE FROM THE

Coast or Sourn America. By Dr. H. Burmetster, For.

Mems.*

I now send you the drawing of a bladebone of another species of

Whale, which I received a few days since from a friend of mine for

our Museum. The bone is taken from a skeleton of an animal cast

on shore on the coast of the Samboramban Basin, near the mouth

of the river Salado, to the south of Buenos Ayres; but as the people

in the vicinity found that the vertebrae were very good to make chairs

for their houses, they cut off the spines, and brought home only the

bodies ; each of them is said to be 13 foot high. This bladebone

was sent by the keeper of the farm there to the owner in Buenos

Ayres, who has promised me to write immediately to his officer to

send all the bones not yet broken to Buenos Ayres, when I hope I

shall be able to send you further information. But the skull is said

to be already entirely broken up and destroyed.

The bladebone is of an enormous size; and therefore I thought,

before I had seen it, that it might belong to a true Balena ; but now

that it is in my hands I find that it must belong to a Fin-Whale,

because it is much broader than high. As you say in your paper

that Megaptera has no coracoid process, or has only a very small one,

this bladebone cannot belong to that genus ; and therefore I suppose,

from the enormous size, it may be that of a species of Sibbaldius, to

which genus belong the largest Baleenopteridee. It seems to be an

unknown species, and, as I find no mention in your papers of such

a Whale in this part of the southern hemisphere, I propose the

name of Sibbaldius antarcticus for it ; but you may change the name

if you believe another more convenient.

I give you the description of the bone. It is mostly flat, and has

the general figure of the third part of a circle, being half as high as

broad. The outer margin is regularly curved, with an indication of

* Extracted from a letter addressed by the author to Dr. J. E. Gray.

714 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON A NEW FIN-WHALE. [Nov. 28,

an obtuse angle on the hinder part of the circumference; towards

the glenoid cavity it becomes much thicker, and has here the thick-

ness of the diameter of that cavity. On the outside (fig. 1) the

surface is somewhat excavated, with the indication of an obtuse

radial crest on the fore part of the hinder half; on the inside the

surface is flatter, and has five long and three short, obtuse radial

elevated lines. The fore margin is thin, with the indication of an

obtuse angle in the upper half, and under that angle are two descend-

ing small spines. The hinder margin is somewhat curved inwards,

but more straight in the middle of its course. The acromion is a

very large compressed process, which is somewhat broader and

rounded at the end, and with two obtuse prominences on the under

margin near to the base. The upper margin is very sharp, and

continued on the outside of the bladebone as a sharp prominent

crest. The coracoid process is half the size of the former, and

Fig. 2.

obliquely truncated at the end. The glenoid cavity (fig. 2) is a

broad ellipse of a longitudinal diameter of 14 inches, and a trans-

verse of 11 inches, but somewhat more curved on the outer than the

inner side. The whole bladebone measures 6 feet from before back-

wards, and 3 feet from above downwards. If a horizontal line be

drawn from the anterior to the posterior angle, the upper part of

the vertical line which it intersects is 1 foot 11 inches high, the lower

part 2 feet Linch, The acromion is | foot 73 inches long, and 7 to

1865. ] MR. A. NEWTON ON SOME DIDINE BONES. 715

9 inches broad; the coracoid process measures 11 inches in length,

and 5 inches in breadth.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES.

Fig. 1. Outer surface of scapula of Sibbaldius antarcticus.

2. Outline of the glenoid cavity.

15. On a RemAarKABLE Discovery or Diprne Bones 1n Ro-

DRIGUEZ. By Atrrep Newron, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

When, a few months ago, I exhibited to the Society three bones

of a species of Didine bird which had lately been found in Rodriguez

by my brother and Captain Barclay* (P. Z. S. 1865, pp. 199-201),

and expressed the opinion that a rich reward awaited the careful ex-

plorer of the caves in that island, I had little notion that the fulfil-

ment of my anticipation was so near at hand. Though I was sure

that my brother’s partial success would make him redouble his

efforts to organize a systematic search of the caverns he had hur-

riedly visited in 1864 (see Ibis, 1865, pp. 146-154), yet the failure

which had attended his many previous attempts to inspire others

with the zeal he himself felt forbade me to be sanguine and to expect

that any good or important results would immediately follow. It

was therefore with extreme gratification that, while attending the

meeting of the British Association at Birmingham at the beginning

of September last, I received from him a letter, dated “ Mauritius,

3rd August, 1865,” from which the following is an extract :—

* * * «Two days ago I received from Mr. George Jenner, the

Magistrate of Rodriguez—to whom be all honour—a box containing

Turtles’ and Birds’ bones. With pleasure I divided them, and found

that of the latter there are remains of no less than sixteen or seventeen

individuals! They are all apparently of one species, but of two sizes,

the difference in this respect being probably owing to sex. The

most plentiful bones are tibize, of which there are two or three quite

. perfect, the antero-proximal ends being well preserved. There are

also several very good femora and metatarsi, three portions of pelves

(showing most conclusively that they did not belong to a Struthious

bird), one anterior end of a coracoid (showing the same fact), several

humeri of both sizes, an ulna and two radii, and a phalanx of the

middle toe. Of these, I believe that the upper end of the tibia,

the portions of the pelvis and of the coracoid, the ulna, radius, and

phalanx are bones which have not before been found, and are there-

fore doubly valuable. I retain here a couple of perfect legs of the

two sizes for our Museum ; but the rest I am sending home by this

mail. It will be seen that there is one tibia which is much longer

than any of the others; it is not a perfect one; but there is such a

strong resemblance between them all that I feel sure they are but of

* By a blunder on my part I before mistook this gentleman for a son of Sir

Henry Barkly, the Governor of Mauritius, to whom he is aide-de-camp, and I

consequently misspelt his name, which should be written as above.

716 MR. A. NEWTON ON SOME DIDINE BONES. [Nov. 28,

one species. On reading over Mr. Bartlett’s paper in the ‘ Proceedings

of the Zoological Society’ for 1851 (p. 280), I must say that I do

not think he shows any good reason for supposing that the true

Dodo ever existed in Rodriguez, or that remains of more than one

species have been found in that island ; and now that I have examined

these bones, I am still more convinced of the fact.

«I am writing to Mr. Jenner to beg him to look out for some of

the smaller bones, which I feel certain must exist; and, with any

luck, I think we ought to get a perfect skcleton some day.”

It appeared to me that the information contained in this extract

was too interesting to be kept to myself, and accordingly I communi-

cated it to Section D, on Monday, | 1th September. Meanwhile our

Secretary, Mr. Sclater, with that readiness to promote the cause of

science which always distinguishes him, moved, and finally obtained,

the appointment of a Committee of the Association to assist my

brother, Mr. Edward Newton, in his researches, a liberal grant of

money being placed at its disposal for the purpose. Not long after,

the bones, which [ had been anxiously expecting, arrived, and I now

have the satisfaction of exhibiting them to the Society—a satis-

faction which is so lively that I do not feel humiliated by having

to recant the opinion I entertained on a former occasion, and to ac-

knowledge that Mr. Bartlett and myself were wrong in separating

from the Pezophaps, or Didus solitarius, a so-called D. nazarenus,

Bartlett (P. Z. S. 1851, p. 284)—the bones on which these two

supposed species have been founded being in truth (as I now agree

with my brother in believing) only specimens of the different sexes

of the same species*. I have not come to this conclusion without

great deliberation ; but it is impossible, I think, for any one to exa-

mine carefully the present large series of specimens and yet maintain

a contrary opinion. The corresponding bones agree so entirely in

form, in relative proportion, in everything but size, that I am unable

to resist the inference that they belong to one species only. This

inference however leads to other considerations, some of which I sus-

pect are of importance.

The affinities of the extinct Didine birds to the order Columbe,

first detected by Professor Reinhardt, have, since the publication of

the well-known monograph of Messrs. Strickland and Melville, met

with pretty general acceptance among ornithologists. But, so far as

I know, none of the existing Co/umbe present any remarkable sexual

distinctions, either in bulk or otherwise. As a group, the Pigeons

are remarkably and, relatively to most birds, abnormally uniform

in this respect. In the species to which the bones now exhibited

belong, however, the contrary is most conspicuously the case; and

one naturally turns to seek other instances in which a species differs

* It is some consolation to me to find that Mr. Strickland (Trans. Zoo!. Soe.

iv. pp. 187-196) was led into the same error—a pardonable one, I think, when

the absence (from the series of eighteen bones described by him and Dr. Melville)

of all bones of intermediate size, such as I now possess, is considercd. Mr.

Strickland retained his name Pezophaps solitaria for the supposed larger species,

assigning the smaller bones to another, which he called P. minor (p. 191).

1865.] MR. A. NEWTON ON SOME DIDINE BONES. 717

from most of its allies in a similar manner. Two, if not more, such

instances will at once occur to every ornithologist. They are those

of the Capercally (Tetrao urogallus) and the Great Bustard ( Otis

tarda). In both these birds, I believe, the disproportion in size be-

tween the sexes is not greater than is observable in the remains of

the species now before the Society. But then another idea is called

up: Teérao urogallus departs from the usual habits of the Tetrao-

nine by being polygamous; and (though I am aware that the state-

ment has been disputed) the same is said to be the case with Otis

tarda. Indeed I am inclined to suppose that with all species of birds

the practice of polygamy is accompanied by a more or less consider-

able disproportion in the size of the sexes. Whether the converse

proposition is true I am not ina position to declare. The account

given of the ‘Solitaire’ (and that these are the bones of Solitaires

there can be, I believe, no reasonable doubt) by Leguat, and quoted

at length from the old translation by Strickland, leaves it, I think,

an open question whether this bird was polygamous or not, though

that able naturalist (p. 54) considers it to have had monogamous

habits ; and certainly the statement of Leguat, that the male birds

assisted in incubation, seems to confirm this view. The question is

one which is not likely to meet with a solution now; but I would

remark that it bears very little on the affinities of the bird, since a

consideration of the cases I have cited of the Capercally and the

Great Bustard shows that polygamous species may be very closely

allied to others which are monogamous, and therefore, even if it

could be proved that the Solitaire came under the former category,

the fact would scarcely affect the theory of its Columbine affinities.

The collection of bones I now exhibit consists of specimens which

may thus be roughly enumerated :—

Large Size. Small Size.

Right. Left. Right. Left.

Benin 4 22. bose os, 4 5 2 4

Wilts Se et tai HA 7 8 9 7

Fibule bas LANs 2 0 0 0

Tarso-metatarsi.......... 5 5 0 6

Median digital phalanx.... 1? 0 0 0

Bummer ace tention Hn 2 1 2 1

Wihtees ai. SSH ghey A: segeyh 0 0 1

Rated Fdseads Bello Lega 0 1 0° 1

Coracoid (anterior portion) . 0 0 1 0

Portions of pelvis ........ l 3

Some of the specimens, I must state, are not to be classed as above

without hesitation, Though the difference of the extremes in size on

either side is very great, there is a not inconsiderable number which

are not so easily assigned ; and of these most appear, from unmistake-

able characters, to be the bones of fully adult birds. But, again, in

the case of Tetrao urogallus it is well known that the same thing is

to be observed. The adult males of that species vary, even in the

same locality, greatly in size, to whatever cause the fact be owing,

718 MR.A.D.BARTLETT ON THE AMERICAN PRONGBUCK. [ Nov. 28,

while the females in this respect agree more closely with one another.

On the strength of this consideration I am inclined to presume that

all the larger examples of the bones of Pezophaps or Didus solitarius

are those of adult males; while all the smaller ones, among which there

is not the same remarkable difference of size, are those of females.

I have further to remark that, during the late visit of Professor

Steenstrup to this country, I had the opportunity of showing the

present collection of bones to that eminent naturalist ; and that he

corroborated an opinion I had already formed, namely, that these

specimens bear undoubted traces of the birds to which they belonged

having been eaten by men or predatory animals. Professor Steen-

strup has enjoyed such extraordinary opportunities of examining the

remains found in the kitchen-middens of his own country, that his

judgment on this point is hardly to be questioned. I much wish I

was not compelled to come to this conclusion ; for, if it be so, the

experience of the Danish archzontologists shows that the chances

of obtaining, I will not say a complete skeleton, but such a series as

would contain a perfect specimen of every bone in the skeleton, are

very much diminished, since some bones there are which, I believe,

are never found under these circumstances. I confidently look for-

ward, however, to receiving before very long a still larger collection

of Didine bones from the Mascarene Islands, and in that expectation

I forbear to enter into any detailed description of the examples now

exhibited ; for I hope that with increased material ia my hands there

may be submitted to the Society a paper upon them suitable for

publication in our ‘ Transactions.’

16. REMARKS UPON THE AFFINITIES OF THE PRONGBUCK (AN-

TILOCAPRA AMERICANA). By A. D. Barriett, SupEeRIN-

TENDENT OF THE SOCIETY’s GARDENS.

Notwithstanding that this remarkable animal has been the subject

of considerable notice, I believe few naturalists have felt perfectly

satisfied with its supposed affinities; none, however, appear to have

hesitated to place it among the hollow-horned Ruminants. Once

there, its most interesting structure and economy were altogether over-

looked and unsuspected. No writer that I can find, has ever stated

that this animal carries deciduous horns. This character has always

been considered to belong exclusively to the Cervine group of Rumi-

nants ; and however much the Pronghorn differed from the Antelopes,

still it has been retained among them upon this supposed distinctive

character. I will now endeavour to prove that this animal’s affinities

are closer to the genus Cervus, to which I think it more nearly allied,

than to the Antelopes. Although it does possess to a great extent

the characteristics of the hollow-horned Ruminants, still I think I

shall be able to show that the horns of the Prongbuck are a modifi-

cation of the horns of Cervus, with a strong resemblance to and in-

termediate character approaching the hollow-horned Ruminants’. In

support of this statement, I adduce the fact that the Prongbuck

1865.] MR. A.D. BARTLETT ON THE AMERICAN PRONGBUCK. 719

sheds its horns; and the evidence I am now able to produce and lay

before you is positive and unmistakeable, although this has been

denied repeatedly by many authorities. I call your attention to the

following words of Messrs. Audubon and Bachman in their second

volume of the ‘Quadrupeds of North America,’ p- 198.

“It was supposed by the hunters at Fort Union that the Prong-

horned Antelope dropped its horns ; but as no person had ever shot

or killed one without these ornamental and useful appendages, we

managed to prove the contrary to the men at the Fort by knocking

off the bony part of the horn and showing the hard spongy mem-

brane beneath, well attached to the skull, and perfectly immoveable.”’

Another well-known and eminent writer and naturalist, the late

Sir John Richardson, in his ‘ Fauna Boreali- Americana,’ says of the

Prongbuck, at page 268.

«The females are stated by some American writers to have horns

like the males, although smaller; but in one gravid and therefore

at least nearly full-grown individual which I have examined, there

was merely a short obtuse process of the frontal bone, scarcely to be

felt through the fur and not covered with horn.”

This was probably the first horn, which is doubtless covered with

hair in its early stage of growth.

But in his recently-published work upon the Mammals of North

America, contained in the Pacific-Railways Reports, Prof. Baird

says (p. 667) :—

“The female sometimes has no horns externally ; frequently, how-

ever, there is a short horny tubercle of a few lines, occasionally two

inches long ; it does not show any curve, however, although usually

warty at the base. When horns appear wanting in the female, the

may sometimes be found concealed among the hair of the head.”

Many who are now present will remember that in the month of

January last a living male Prongbuck was purchased by this Society,

and placed in the Gardens. The animal, at that time, was thin,

and in poor condition, probably owing to the voyage it had so re-

cently made from North America. Its horns were about three inches

long, and exhibited no signs of the prong. This, however, could be

felt among the hair at the base of the then growing horn. The

animal made but little progress or improvement in condition till

about the month of April. At this time it much improved, and the

horns showed signs of rapid growth, apparently becoming complete

with the prongs at midsummer. This condition continued until

about the middle of October, at which time the horns appeared to

have again commenced growing: not only were they increased in

length, but they spread wider apart at the points.

On the morning of November 7th, the keeper, somewhat alarmed,

called my attention to the fact that one of the horns of the Prong-

buck had fallen off (fig. 1, p. 720). I hurried to the spot imme-

diately, fearing that some accident had happened, and reached the

paddock in time to see the second horn fall to the ground. My

astonishment was much increased at observing that two fine new

horns were already in the place of those just dropped, that these

720 MR.A.D.BARTLETT ON THE AMERICAN PRONGBUCK. [ Nov. 28,

Big...

Horn, as shed.

new horns were soft and covered with long, straight, smooth, and

nearly white hairs, and that the bony core (that I had expected to

see) was thickly covered with soft new horny matter. These new

horns appeared larger than the hollow portion of the horns just cast

Horn, just before it was shed, showing the new horn beneath.

—an appearance due to the fact of their having pushed off the shed

horns by their growth. The long hair at the base of the horns (see

fig. 2) had concealed the separation that was taking place.

1865.] MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON THE AMERICAN PRONGBUCK. 72]

I will again quote Messrs, Audubon and Bachman. In their volume

previously referred to they remark (p. 204) :—

“As to the shedding of the horns of this species, I never was able

to ascertain it; but a fine buck we killed late in November had a soft

space between the head and the horn, over the bone, that looked as

if it had grown that length in one season,”

As a proof that the shedding of these horns was not the result of

any disease or accident, I may remark that whenever the hollow horn

of any Ruminant is broken or torn from its bony support, a copious

discharge of blood immediately follows; and the horn so removed

is never replaced by any subsequent growth. This remark applies

equally to any injury done to the outer or velvety covering during

the progress of growth of the solid horns of the genus Cervus: innu-

merable instances can be found; I will mention the following, which

may be deemed sufficient to illustrate the truth of this statement.

A young male Nylghau (Portax picta) accidentally struck off the

horny covering when these parts had become nearly full-grown,

leaving the bony cores bare and bleeding ; the bleeding continued a

short time, and the bony stumps when dry became nearly black ; the

animal continued in good health, and bred with the females, and

lived several years without the shghtest sign of horny covering

making its appearance.

I will not trouble you with further remarks upon this point, feel-

ing it unnecessary, but proceed to direct your attention to the various

forms and the differences in size to be found among the horns of the

Prongbuck. I have selected a few illustrations from Prof. Baird’s

Report before alluded to, and these have been drawn and enlarged to

life-size by my friend Mr. Jennens from a plate in that report. My

friend, Mr. Moore, the Curator of the Derby Museum of Liverpool,

has also kindly sent for my use the fine head and original horns

that have been described by Dr. Gray, and figured in this Society’s

‘Proceedings’ under the name Antilocapra antefleca: to these I

shall again allude.

Now this variation in form is more in accordance with my notions

of Cervus than of the Antelope-type, in which no great diversity of

form is found in the same species, while in the Deer-tribe the most

remarkable variation is to be found in almost every species.

The Cervine characters consist, however, not only in a mere resem-

blance on account of diversity of form in the horns, but in the fact

of their being deciduous, together with the hairy covering. But, in

speaking of the affinities of this animal, I am struck by the peculiar

resemblance it has to the Giraffe, not only in the structure of its

horns, but in its legs and feet, the total absence of false hoofs, glands,

&e. Nor can I avoid noticing the resemblance it bears to some of

the Wild Sheep both in colour and general appearance, and in the

thickness and structure of its coat. Here, again, its likeness to the

Deer-tribe is most strongly marked—-the white patch on the rump*,

the brittle hair, the fine legs, the elastic gait, the full, dark eye, and

* A gland of considerable size exists in the back of this animal, immediately

over the white patch.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1865, No. XLVI.

722 MR.A.D.BARTLETT ON THE AMERICAN PRONGBUCK. [Nov. 28,

the almost erect horns. But here, again, the Chamois is seen ; in fact

it does appear to me that we have in this animal the elements of all

the group—forcing one to call to mind the extinct monster Sivathe-

rium, whose wonderful remains indicate to us a beast with four horns of

great size, and, from their form, probably partaking of the characters

of several different existing forms; and the remarkable difference in

form of the pair of horns in the fore part of the skull as contrasted

with those behind, affords the ground for much speculation upon

this subject.

But to return to the animal under consideration. May it not be

one of the remnants of an extinct race, whose diversity of characters

point out to us by a very easy method how one form may slowly

glide to the right or to the left as it were, and by little alteration

become a Stag, an Antelope, or a Sheep?

The consideration of the peculiar structure and remarkable varia-

tion in the size and form of the horns of the Prongbuck has led me

to believe that this animal may approach more nearly to the genus

Cervus than to any other; and this idea prompts me to suggest that

the hairy covering in which the newly-formed bony core is enveloped

during the growth of the Stag’s horns is the homologue of, and

should be regarded as representing, the horny part which is more

strongly developed on the bony cores of the hollow-horned Rumi-

nants—or, in other words, that the so-called solid-horned Ruminants

(Cervus) shed their horny, hairy, dried, vascular covering at the

completion of the growth of the bony core.

This explanation of the process of the development of all horns

appears to me more probable and natural, inasmuch as the covering

of the deciduous horns is always, or nearly always, hairy, while these

hairs have their terminal roots upon the inner surface, and this cha-

racter is carried out in a most remarkable manner in the horns of

the Prongbuck.

The hairs connected with this structure are not only very nume-

rous, but pass completely through the horny structure, extending

from the base of the horn upwards above the prong. In proof of

this, I was myself astonished when taking a cast of the internal part

of the hollow horn; the cast, upon being withdrawn, presented the

appearance of the specimen now before you.

It is probable there may be objections offered to this theory of

the growth of the so-called solid horns, seeing that, in the early con-

dition of the budding forth of the new horn, the parts are largely

supplied with numerous blood-vessels, and from their power to de-

posit rapidly the bony matter, the increase of which carries out at a

marvellously rapid rate this vascular and cuticular or tegumentary

covering. By the rapid growth of bone, the outer covering becomes

thin, and the circulation is cut off at the base by the increase and

development of the bur. As its functions cease it soon becomes

withered, and is shed, leaving the branching bony structure to fall

off after the rutting-season.

If this he the correct explanation of the growth of some of the

structures now under consideration, I think a considerable difference

1865.] MR. A.D, BARTLETT ON THE AMERICAN PRONGBUCK. 723

will be found in the growth and formation of the horns of the

Prongbuck ; it will be seen that the bony core is much smaller, when

compared with the cavity or hollow space in the horny casing, than

in any other hollow-horned Ruminant that I am acquainted with.

This fact, I think, will show that the space admits of the growth and

formation of the new horn, the bone being thickly covered with vas-

cular integument ; and the hairs appear to grow upon the surface of

this, beneath the old horn; the extreme point appears first to put

on the horny matter (see fig. 4, p. 724); this increase of growth,

acting like a wedge, forces the old horns upwards and outwards until

they fall off. _

An examination of the cast horn from the living specimen at the

Gardens, shows clearly the structure and the singular manner in which

the hairs pass through the horny substance; that they do so is

clearly to be seen by the casts now on the table. Being a little

puzzled, on looking into the cavity of the cast horns, at the small

size of the hollow, I determined to take a cast of the interior ; for

this purpose I melted some gutta-percha and filled up the hollow

Space, and as soon as it had become hard, I withdrew the specimen

before you, covered, as you see, with the hairs in the same manner

as the new horns on the head of the living animal: the roots of these

hairs having become fixed in the gutta-percha, were drawn through

the minute openings in the horn. This can be done easily upon any

of the specimens of the shed horns of this animal.

Fig. 3.

With reference to the frequency of the shedding of the horns of

this animal, I can only offer a surmise. Judging from the rapidity

of the growth of the young horn, I reasonably conclude that it occurs

annually. In support of this, it may be remembered that our ani-

mal’s horns in January last were barely 3 inches in length, while by

June of the same year they were fully formed, and measured 8 inches ;

they were cast the first week in November—that is, on the 7th; the

new horns on that day (see fig. 3) were about 4 inches long; they

are now, this day, 6 inches long, having grown 2 inches in twenty-

one days (see fig. 4).

Besides this, we have the testimony of Messrs. Audubon and

Bachman, as previously quoted, that in the month of November they

found in the buck killed by them the soft space between the horn

724 MR.A.D. BARTLETT ON THE AMERICAN PRONGBUCK. [Noyv. 28,

Fig. 4.

and the skull, which they supposed to be due to that year’s growth.

A still further proof bearing upon this conclusion will be equally well

seen in the fine specimen now before the meeting, kindly lent by my

friend, Mr. Moore, from the Derby Museum at Liverpool; this ex-

ample is evidently from a larger and older animal, as is shown by the

superior size of its horns. The core upon which the freshly-deve-

loped horn rests has been removed from the hollow horny cavity ;

and it will be seen that it has already attained a length of 63 inches,

in this respect being larger than that of the Society’s animal when

first shed.

One remarkable feature yet unnoticed is the absence in the new

horns of the curved or hooked point. This part of the subject

necessarily requires further observations during its growth; but I

have already noticed that the extreme horny point is moveable at the

apex of the bony core. This suggests to my mind the possibility of

the point assuming a contrary direction during its growth, probably

by an accident ; and this would well account for the remarkable dis-

position of the specimen now before you from the Liverpool Museum,

described and figured in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1855 (p. 10),

by Dr. Gray, under the name of Antilocapra anteflexa. I am there-

fore inclined to believe that this individual does not represent a dif-

ferent species, but a deformity of growth.

Having, I hope, at least, proved beyond all doubt the deciduous

nature of the horns of the Prongbuck, and alluded to what I con-

sider its affinities, and these considerations being founded principally

upon the character of the horns, I am obliged to admit the great

difficulty I see in the classification or arrangement of the Ruminantia

upon this character only, seeing that in both Deer (Cervus) and

Antelopes the females, in some instances, carry horns, and in the

smaller members of the family the males as well as females are

without these appendages. Nevertheless I believe there is no other

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW FIN-WHALE. 72>

character of equal importance, and that by an increased knowledge

of these structures a nearer approach to the perfect arrangement of

this important group will be made.

In concluding, I think I have shown—

Ist. That the Prongbuck is not a true Bovine animal.

2ndly. That this animal sheds its horns.

3rdly. That the structure of these organs appears to be imperfectly

understood.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES.

Fig. 1. Perfect horn when shed, November 7th.

2. Old horn in process of being thrown off, showing the separation between

the old and the new horn.

3. New horn, as it appeared when the old horn had been shed.

4, New horn after twenty-one days’ growth.

17. Sort Account oF PART OF a SKELETON OF A FINNER

WHALE, SENT BY Mr. SwWINHOE FROM THE Coast oF For-

mMosA. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., erc.

Mr. Swinhoe has sent to the British Museum part of the head,

three cervical vertebree, the first and seven other dorsal vertebree, and

eight ribs of a large Finner Whale which was thrown ashore on the

coast of Formosa. The bones are nearly of the size of similar bones

of the European Finner (Physalus antiquorum), which often reaches

to the length of 60 or 70 feet, and they most probably belong to an

animal nearly of that size.

The second and third cervical vertebree are united, as in the small

Finner (Balenoptera rostrata) of Europe, while in all the larger

Finners which are as yet known these two bones are always free.

This union of the second and third cervical vertebrze is one of the

characters by which the genus Balenoptera is separated from the

genus Physalus. The front part of the neural canal has the sub-

circular form of that of the genus Balenoptera, and not the oblong,

transverse form of the neural canal in Physalus. I am therefore in-

clined to refer these bones to the genus Balenoptera until we know

more of the skeleton and external form of the animal.

I am, however, inclined to believe that when the animal and its

skeleton are better known it will be found to have some particular

characters, as the forms of the bodies of the vertebre and the lateral

processes show some alliance to the genus Physalus. It is to be

regretted that the number of the vertebrae, the form of the lumbar

vertebrze, and the form.of the first ribs were not observed ; and they

are all required to determine with certainty to what genus it must

hereafter be referred. It may for the present be designated

BALZNOPTERA SWINHOII.

The second and third cervical vertebr are united by the anchy-

726 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW FIN-WHALE. __ [Nov. 28,

losis of the neural arches. The second cervical vertebra (figs. 1, 2)

has large, broad, truncated lateral processes with a large, oblong,

subcentral perforation ; the lateral processes are each two-thirds of

the transverse diameter of the articulating surface of the body of the

vertebra. The neural canal of the second cervical vertebra subcir-

cular, rather less high than broad, and not quite so wide as half the

diameter of the front sides of the body of it. The third cervical

vertebra (see figs. 1, 2) has a thin, oblong, transverse body, which is

broader than high; the lateral processes are slender, truncated at

the end, not so long as the transverse diameter of the body, curved

towards each other at the end, but not united so as to form a ring.

The neural canal of the third cervical vertebra is oblong, transverse,

rounded above, as wide as half the transverse diameter of the body

of the vertebra, and about one-third broader than high. The rest

of the cervical vertebre are free, not anchylosed either by the bodies

or neural arches. The fifth or sixth cervical (see figs. 3, 4) has a

thin body, with slender, nearly straight upper lateral processes, and

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW FIN-WHALE. 727

Fig. 3.

only a very short tubercle on each side below. The first dorsal ver-

tebra (figs. 5, 6, p. 728) has a very high dorsal spine, a rather small,

oblong body, a strong lateral process on each side above, which is

expanded at the end. The eight ribs have simple heads.

These bones seem to show an animal three times as large as the

Balenoptera rostrata of Europe.

728 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW FIN-WHALE. [Noy. 28,

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES.

Fig. 1. Back view of the second and third cervical vertebrae united together by

the neural arches.

. Side view of the same vertebra.

. The back view of the fifth or sixth cervical vertebra.

. Side view of the same vertebra.

. The back view of the first dorsal vertebra.

. Side view of the same vertebra.

our, WN

1865. | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW CETONIA. 729

18. Description or a New Species or Ceronta, witn Re-

MARKS ON THE ALLIED Species. By Artuur G. Butier,

F.Z.S., Assistant, ZooLoGicaL DeparRTMENT, Britisn Mu-

SEUM.

ScHIZORHINA EBENINA.

Crassa, lata, tota nigro-ebenina ; clypeus elongatus, emarginatus;

thorax marginatus, a latere depressus ; scutellum triangulare ;

elytra marginata ; pedes spinosi.

Clypeus black, elongate, triangularly notched in front, laterally

reborded, coarsely and densely punctured, depressed behind the

eyes; mandibles clothed with reddish hairs; eyes lateral, pitchy.

Thorax shining black, with marginal ridge ; emarginate in front ;

narrower in front than behind ; nearly as broad as the elytra; punc-

tured all over, more densely and coarsely at the sides. Scutellum

shining black, nearly triangular, a patch of coarse punctures on each

side. Elytra shining black, with a marginal ridge and longitudinal

equidistant lines of small but regular punctures. Pygidium trans-

versely wrinkled. Body beneath shining black ; head and centre of

thorax clothed with black sete; mesosternum compressed, pro-

duced, abruptly pointed in front; abdomen coarsely punctured.

Legs black ; femora compressed, those of fore and middle legs

coarsely and rather densely punctured, that of fore leg densely

clothed with black setze ; femur of hind leg more sparsely and finely

punctured ; middle and hind legs with fewer sete ; tibia of fore leg

compressed, coarsely punctured, outer edge trispinose, inner edge

with a marginal line of minute black setee and terminated by a long

spine ; tibia of middle leg cylindrical, coarsely punctured above,

smooth below, its inner side clothed with black sete, its outer edge

unispinose, its apex tridentate and unispinose ; posterior tibia elon-

gate, subcylindrical, strongly punctured except at its apex, outer edge

unispinose, inner edge clothed with long black hairs, apex tridentate

and bispinose ; tarsi five-jointed.

Length 18 lines.

Hab. Oceania. Exact locality unknown.

Closely allied to Cetonia flammula (Voyage au Pdle Sud, Zool. iv.

p- 132, pl. 9. f. 4), but differs from it in the following particulars :—

The thorax is punctured all over, but much more coarsely at the

sides ; the scutellum is only punctured at the sides, not at the base;

the elytra have no red patch, and are distinctly and regularly pune-

tured. It also differs from the figure of that species in being much

broader and more robust, the thorax also being much broader in

front and much more deeply sinuated behind. The legs in the figure

are so badly executed, and the description of them goes so little into

detail, that it is impossible to say whether they agree or not.

Also closely allied to Schizorhina ide, White (Proc. Zool. Soc.

1856, p. 16, pl. xu1. f. 7), but differs from it in its entirely different

colouring, greater proportionate length, more perfectly punctuated

and more distinctly margined elytra, in having the sternum much

730 LETTER FROM PROF. LILLJEBORG. [Dec. 12,

more abruptly pointed in front, and the thorax more depressed in

front and more distinctly margined.

This species is the largest in the genus, being longer by two lines

than S. nortoni, the species which I described in the ‘ Annals and

Magazine of Natural History,’ September 1865.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES.

Figs. 1, la. Schizorhina ebenina.

3, 3a. S. nortoni.

2. Back of thorax of S. flammula.

December 12, 1865.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. Gray communicated the following extract from a letter recently

received from Prof. W. Lilljeborg, For. Memb. :—

“‘A Paris j’ai été trés-intéressé de voir les squelettes des Cétacés,

qui sont 14 dans le Jardin des Plantes, et avant tout de voir les sque-

lettes des Balénidés. J’ai vu 1a un exemplaire empaillé et le sque-

lette appartenant d’un jeune individu de Balenoptera musculus (ou

Physalus antiquorum) dune longueur de 14 métres, échoué a l'em-

bouchure de la Seine en 1847. Au commencement j’étais convaincu

de trouver dans cet exemplaire une autre espéce que Physalus anti-

quorum et la méme que votre Benedenia knoxii, puisqu’il montrait

du cété gauche la méme forme d’épistropheus et des autres vertébres

cervicales; mais j’ai vu aprés cela qu’il avait les procés transvers

d’épistropheus du cété droit annuliformes, ou formant un anneau

1865.] LETTER FROM DR. C. J. SMITH. 731

complet, quoique l’anneau analogue du cété gauche de l’épistropheus

n’avait pas encore été achevé. Le nombre des vertébres était 62

(justement le méme que j’ai trouvé au squelette du Physalus anti-

quorum 4 Bergen en Norvége); dont 7 cervicales, 14 dorsales,

16 lumbosacrales, et 25 caudales. Les cdtes étaient 14 paires. Les

os d’antibrachium (radius et ulna) étaient un peu plus minces que

chez l’adulte Physalus antiquorum, mais pourtant pas si minces que

chez Sibbaldius laticeps. La premiére paire des cétes avait tout-

a-fait la méme forme que celle que vous avez décrite et figurée

(P. Z. S. 1864, p. 214, fig. 2) comme la seconde ; peut-étre la 1*° était

perdue. Outre cela en voyant que les procés transvers de l’épistro-

pheus du cété droit etaient soudés et annuliformes je me trouvais

nécessité d’accepter opinion du Mr. Flower que votre Benedenia

knowii est la forme jeune du Physalus antiquorum.

*‘T] y avait 4 la cour auprés du muséum d’anatomie comparée un

presque complet, mais pas justement articulé, squelette d’un Lubalena,

qui avait échoud sur la céte de Nouvelle Zélande et qu’on avait

étiqueté comme une Balena australis; mais c’est une espéce tout-

a-fait différente, sans doute votre Hubalena antipodarum. Elle n’a

qu’un rudiment d’acromion 4 l’omoplate, et la forme du méme os est

en outre trés distinctive. La caisse (os tympanicum) était perdue.

Les fanons étaient fixés 4 leur place sur ce squelette. Il y avait aussi

un petit modéle en platre de l’animal.”

In reference to his note on the supposed occurrence of the European

Sea-Eagle in North America, published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’

for 1863*, Mr. P. L. Sclater stated that the second Eagle of the

pair obtained by Mr. A. W. Crichton in Nova Scotia had died in

Lord Lilford’s possession in immature plumage, and that the skin of

the bird had been transmitted to Prof. Baird for the collection of the

Smithsonian Institution. Prof. Baird was of opinion that it was

probably referable to Haliaétus leucocephalus.

The bird obtained in Newfoundland and presented to the Society’s

collection by Mr. J. Rendall, which Mr. Sclater had supposed to be

H. albicilla, had now completed its autumnal moult, and had turned

out to be a female of the American Sea-Eagle (H. leucocephalus).

It followed, therefore, that Mr. Sclater had made a great error in

supposing these birds referable to H. albicilla, and that there was at

present, as far as he was aware, no authority for the occurrence of

that bird on the mainland of North America.

The Secretary read a letter addressed to him by Dr. C. J. Smith,

late Inspector-General of Hospitals, Madras Army, calling his atten-

tion to the following paragraph in the ‘ Times of India :’—

“ Capt. B. F. Heysham writes as follows :—‘ Should you deem the

following facts worthy of notice, I have much pleasure in placing

them at your disposal. One of the Government Elephants of the

Thyetmyo establishment gave birth to a fine male calf on the 3rd of

August, 1865; and as, I believe, the period of gestation with Elephants

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 251.

732 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF ATELES. ([Dec. 12,

is not generally known, the following particulars may prove interest-

ing :—She first paired, with a wild Elephant, on the 18th of Decem-

ber 1863, and on various occasions between that and the 8th of

January 1864, which gives 593 days from the first date. For the

first twelve months, although we carefully watched her, there was no

such increase of size or alteration of shape as would indicate that she

was in calf; but in the thirteenth month, z.e. January 1865, it was

discovered that she had milk; and this was the first reason we had

to consider her in calf. The secretion of milk so long before calving

seems extraordinary and worthy of remark. The young Elephant

when born weighed 175 lbs., and was 2 feet 10 inches high.’ ”

Mr. A. Newton read a letter addressed to. him by Mr. George

Clark, announcing the discovery in Mauritius of some bones of the

Dodo (Didus ineptus), which would shortly be transmitted to this

country for sale.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notice or some New Species or Spiper MOonkrys

(ATELES) IN THE CoLLECTION OF THE British Museum.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., erc.

The first two of these Spider Monkeys, when they were alive, were

considered to be unlike any that had before been in the Society’s

Gardens. Since they have passed into the collection of the British

Museum, I have carefully compared them with all the specimens

we have in that collection; and they seem to be distinct from any

we before possessed, or that have been noticed in the ‘Systematic

Catalogue.’

The first three species here described belong to the section of the

genus that has the inside of the leg of the same colour as the out-

side.

The first has been named by Dr. Sclater, in the last edition of the

‘ Catalogue of the Vertebrated Animals in the Gardens of the Society,’

the ‘Grizzled Spider Monkey ;” and I gladly adopt the specific

name he has proposed.

1. ATELES GRISESCENS, Sclater, MS.

Fur moderately long, black, with many silvery-white hairs inter-

spersed; tail black, underside greyish; hair of the forehead mode-

rately long; face ? thumb none.

“« Grizzled Spider Monkey,” Sclater, List of Vert. Anim. in Zool.

Gard., edit. 3, 1865, p. 6.

Hab. ? British Museum.

This species is very like A. ater and A. paniscus, but is at once

known by the silvery hairs intermixed with the black ones, and the

pale colour of the underside of the tail. There is no approach to

these characters in any of the specimens of these species in the

Museum.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF HAPALE. 733

2. ATELES CUCULLATUS.

Fur very long and flaccid, blackish silvery grey; the crown and

nape, the hands, and feet black ; sides of the rump blackish ; hair of

the crown very long, forming a large hood expanding over the eye-

brows ; face reddish, large; orbits black.

Hab. ? British Museum.

The colour of the back is produced by the intermixture of a

nearly equal quantity of very long blackish and grey hairs; the hairs

of the crown and the hands and feet are short and black to the base.

3. ATELES FUSCICEPS, Fraser, MS., 1848.

Black ; hairs rather long, shining, crisp, some of the longer ones

of the back with indistinct brown tips; crown of the head rusty-

brown ; hands stout.

Hab. South America. British Museum.

Received from the Museum of the Zoological Society.

The fourth species belongs to the group that has the inside of the

legs and the under part of the belly white, of which 4. belzebuth is

the type. In that species the underside of the tail is white in all the

specimens we possess, while in the one now described the underside

of the tail is black at the upper part. But the present species is

at once distinguished from that and all the other dteles I have seen

by the thickness, softness, and length of the fur. I therefore pro-

pose to call it

4. ATELES VELLEROSUS, Sp. nov.

Black, loins rather browner; head, outside of the limbs, the

upper and lower surface of the tail deep black ; throat, chest, belly,

and inside of the limbs greyish white; hair very abundant, soft,

and flaccid ; thumb none.

Hab —Brazil?—

The white on the inside of the arms does not approach so near the

hands as in A. delzebuth ; and the fur on the head and body is much

longer, and spreads out in all directions.

2. Notice or some New Species or Marmoset Monkeys

(Hapate anp Mipas). By Dr. J. Epw. Gray, F.R.S.,

V.P.Z.S., ETC.

The species of the American Monkeys are extremely difficult to

distinguish, and perhaps the Marmosets are as difficult as any; at

least, if we are to judge by the works of preceding zoologists, they

must be so. Some have formed them into a multitude of species,

every slight variation being regarded as a species; others, as Lesson,

who only worked from books, have reduced them to a small number.

In doing this, they have evidently been misled by the descriptions,

and have placed together species that they would never have united if

they had seen them in life or ina museum. I have been naming a few

734 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF HAPALE. [Dec. 12,

of the lately received specimens in the Museum ; and this has induced

me to re-examine several that have been in the collection for years.

The species of Hapale may be separated into four groups :—

I. Ears naked, external, exposed, with a band of elongated hairs

across the inner surface of the conch, forming a tuft. Tail annu-

lated. WHapale.

Hapare avurita, Geoff.

Blackish, minutely punctulated with yellow or red; sides of the

head, limbs, and hinder part black-brown; face more or less white ;

ear-tuft grey, varies; back blackish, without any indication of

cross bands.

Var. Back punctulated with red and with faint pale cross bands,

especially on the loins.

Hab. Brazil.

A large and strong species, much larger than H. iacchus. Lesson

united it to that species, and Isidore Geoffroy in his Catalogue places

it with them, not having observed the peculiarity in the position of

the tuft.

I do not know H. humeralifer, Geoff.

Il. The ears naked, with a tuft of elongated hairs on the front edge

of the ear-opening. Hair of sides of head elongated. Tail

annulated. Iacchus.

HaPALeE IACCHUS.

The back cross-banded ; face with a white spot ; the ear-tuft black,

white, or grey.

I am inclined, from the examination of a large series of specimens,

to believe that this species varies in the colour of the ear-tuft and

also in the extent of the white on the face. From these characters M.

Geoffroy divides it into four species, viz. I. vulgaris, I. albicollis,

I. penicillatus, I. leucocephalus ; but these appear to me to be only

slight local or accidental varieties. They are all of the same size,

and they gradually pass into each other.

Ill. Lars small, with scattered short hairs, without any ear-tuft ;

sunk in the long fur of the head. Tail annulated. Cebuella.

HapaLte pyGm#a, Spix, Bras. t. 24. f. 2; Castelnau, ie

Amér. Sud, t.

IV. Ears naked, exposed, without any ear-pencil. Tail uniform

black. Mico.

HAPALE MELANURA, Geoff.

Pale brown ; head, limbs, and front of body pale; front edge of

thigh and band across loins white ; tail black.

1865.) DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF DOLPHINS. 735

Tacchus leucomerus, Gray.

Albino var. Simia argentata, Linn.

Hab. Bolivia.

To the species of Midas described by M. Isidore Geoffroy may be

added, from the British Museum Collection.

1. MIDAS LEUCOGENYS.

Black ; back and outside of hinder limbs washed with reddish grey ;

face and lips black, with a large triangular white spot under each

cheek.

Hab. Brazil.

2. MipAsS RUFOVENTER.

Midas elegantulus, Slack, Proc. Acad. N.S. Philad. 1861, p. 463.

Jacchus rufoventer, Gray, Ann. N. H. xii. p. 398 (1843),

Hab. Brazil.

This species is at once distinguished from M. labiatus, with which

it has been confounded in the collection, by the spot on the crown of

the head and the nape, and by the rufous colour of the under part

coming much more forward, nearly to the throat. In M. ladbiatus

the black terminates on the front of the chest, ina straight line. It

differs from M. mystax in the small size of the whiskers, andin the

body not being black, but red below.

3. DESCRIPTION OF THREE SPECIES OF DOLPHINS IN THE

Free Museum At Liverroou. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.,

F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., etc.

Mr. Thomas Moore, the Curator of the Free Museum at Liver-

pool, has kindly submitted to my examination the skeletons of three

Dolphins, which have lately been most liberally presented to that

institution by Captain Walker, of the ship ‘Trenton.’ During a

voyage from India to Liverpool the Captain not only collected the

specimens, preserved the bones, the tails, and the pectoral fins, but

he also made drawings of the animals when they were first caught.

These drawings Mr. Moore has sent to me with the skeletons for

examination and comparison. A reduced representation of each of

these accompanies this paper. The drawings are accompanied by

models cut in pasteboard of the dorsal fins, evidently made by tracing

the fins on the paper. In two of these the end of the fin is much

produced backward, leaving a concave hinder margin. In the other

the end is not so much produced, as the hinder edge is nearly

straight.

The skull of each of the animals has the bladebones attached to it.

The skulls indicate two very distinct species of Dolphins, belonging

to different sections of the genus; and the drawings show that two

animals having nearly similar skulls are very differently coloured—a

fact which it is very interesting to have so verified.

736 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF DOLPHINS. [Dec. 12,

Two of the skulls belong to the restricted genus Delphinus, which

has D. delphis for its type. These have a very deep groove on each

side of the palate.

Both the figures of the animals belonging to these species have a

narrow black streak from the base of the upper part of the beak to

the eye; but the colours of the sides of the animals are differently

distributed. There is also a very slight difference in the form of the

bladebones (and this cannot be sexual, as they were both females),

and in the form of the back part of the palate just in front of the

hinder entrance to the nostrils.

Considering that the colouring of the animals shows that they re-

present two species, one is struck with the very small difference ex-

hibited in the skull by species showing such marked external dif-

ferences, and can only conclude by thinking how hasty we have been

in referring skulls received from very distant parts of the world all

to Delphinus delphis, and saying that that species has a very wide

geographical distribution, more especially when we consider that

these two species were obtained, the one in lat. 35° 38’ S., long.

10° E., and the other in “lat. 34° S., long. 7° W.*—Grote.”

birt.

Delphinus moorii.

1. DELPHINUS MOORII.

Beak of skull elongate, depressed, once and three-quarters the

length of the brain-cavity, and five times as long as the width at the

notch at the base. The intermaxillary bones rather convex. Teeth

small, slender, ‘> five in an inch length of margin; the front

upper very small. The groove on the palate deep and wide, reaching

nearly to the lip, and wider and very shallow in front. The hinder

part of the palate in front of the inner nasal opening with a broad,

triangular, longitudinal groove, having flat sides and convex outer

sides. The bladebone rather produced behind the ridges and

truncated at the lower part of the hinder edge. Coracoid process

large, subtrigonal, the front edge being truncated, the lower one

oblique. Length of skull 173 inches, of beak 11, of brain-case 63, of

* The captain seems to have had a Swedish assistant; for the model of one of

the dorsal fins is marked in Swedish, and the measurements are altered from

Swedish to English feet and inches.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF DOLPHINS. 737

lower jaw 142; width over condyles 7, at notch 3 inches 7 lines, at

middle of beak 11 inches.

The upper surface of the beak, a narrow lunule over base of beak

to the eye, the back, dorsal fin, and upper surface of tail black ;

a narrow lunule over the face-streak, the sides of the head, and sides,

including the pectoral fin, grey; the chin and belly to the vent

white. Dorsal fins high ; tip rounded.

Hab. Lat. 34° S., long. 7° 3! W.

Length of a female from mouth to tip of tail 6 ft. 32 in., of mouth

11 in., of snout 53 in., to eye 1 ft. 1 in., to snout-hole 1 ft. 1 in., to

pectoral fin 1 ft. 64 in., to back fin 2 ft. 9 in. ; length from end of

tail to back fin 2 ft. 3in., to vent 1 ft. 8 in., to privates 1 ft. 9 in. ;

diameter of back-fin 1 ft. 23 in.

Pie. 2,

Delphinus walkeri.

2. DELPHINUS WALKERI.

The skull similar to the former, so similar that it is not easy to

point out any difference in words. The teeth are rather more name-

aa AF ta * Oe P| ig

rous, viz. 5 : A rather smaller, being six in an inch length of margin.

The hinder part of the palate in front of the inner nasal opening

narrower and very sharply keeled on the sides; the sides of the

narrower and shallower central groove convex, smaller, and of the

outer sides concave and shorter.

The bladebone not so much produced behind the ridge, and with

an oblique hinder margin, without any truncation at the lower part.

The coracoid process is similar, but broader in the middle of its

length, the lower edge being nearly straight.

Length of skull 164 inches, of beak 11, of brain-case 64, of lower

jaw 141; width over condyles 6 inches 7 lines, at notch 3 inches 4 lines;

at middle of the beak 1 inch 10 lines.

The back-fin, snout, the dorsal fin, a wavy streak from base of

beak to eye, and upper surface of tail black; sides of the face and

body to near the base of the tail grey, with an elongated triangular

patch beginning below the pectoral fin and extending near to the

base of the tail, the broadest part over the vent. Dorsal fin high, as

high as long at the base; tip acute, bent back. Chin and body be-

neath, as high as the base of the pectoral fin and to the vent, white.

Hab. Lat. 35° 38'S., long. 10'E. A female.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XLVIII.

738 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF DOLPHINS. [Dec. 12,

Length from end of snout to tip of tail 6 ft. 74}in.; the other

measurements are nearly the same as in D. moorii.

The third skull belongs to the section of the genus Delphinus

which I have named Clymene, which has the palate of the skull flat,

without any lateral groove.

The figure represents this animal as black, greyer beneath, and

with small white spots on the sides.

Fig. 3.

Clymene punctata.

3. CLYMENE PUNCTATA.

The beak of the skull once and one-half the length of the brain-

cavity, depressed behind, and gradually tapering and rather slender

in front; its length nearly three times the width at the notch.

Lower jaw attenuated and slender, and rather bent up in front,

without any gonyx. Teeth small, slender, =. 7 five in an inch of

margin. The palate flat ; the hinder part of the palate in front of the

internal nostrils broad, swollen, having a very shallow central groove

with rather convex inner, and very oblique, flat, external sides.

Length of skull 154 inches, of beak 94, of brain-case 614, of lower

jaw 122; width over condyles 64 inches, at notch 3 inches 4 lines,

in middle of beak 1 inch 8 lines.

The two bladebones are rather different in general form, one being

more truncated behind than the other; they are both truncated in

front ; and in both the coracoid process is large, with a short upper

and a long, straight lower edge; one has a long, regularly arched,

and the other an equally long, but sinuous, upper edge, showing

that, in considering these distinctions as specific, some allowance

must be made for occasional variation.

The skull is much like some of the skulls I have named Clymene

doris; but perhaps I have included several species under that name,

as some of the skulls differ in the form of the hind part of the palate.

The one here described differs from all of them in having a more

slender and attenuated beak.

Dorsal fin high, rather acute at the tip. General colour of body

black ; sides with minute white specks; the side of the body above

the base of the pectoral to the base of the tail blackish grey, which

colour is obliquely extended as a lunate band from behind the vent

to the back near the base of the tail.

Length from end of snout to tip of tail 6 feet, to blowhole 1 ft. 3 in.,

1865.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF ATELES, 739

to the eye 1 ft. Lin., to front of dorsal fin 2 ft. 83 in., to base of

pectoral fin 1 ft. 32 in. ; length from tip of tail to back-fin 2 ft. 42 in.,

to vent 1 ft. 6Zin.; diameter of body behind back-fin 1 ft. i in.;

of snout 42 inches, of mouth 93.

Hab. “ Lat. 16° 40' N., long. 21° W.—Grote.”

4. Nores on a Sprper Monkey (ATEtEs cucu.tatus, Gray)

LATELY LIVING IN THE Socrety’s MenaGerisz. By Dr. J.

Mouriz, Prosecror To THE Society.

An adult male specimen of this Spider Monkey was purchased by

the Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens from a dealer in Liver-

pool in May 1865. It was said to have come from South America.

The animal seemed in a fair state of health until shortly before

its death, which took place on the 23rd of August, 1865.

Immediately on receipt of the body, notes were taken of the co-

lour and general appearance, wherein it differed somewhat from the

known species of the genus; and Dr. Gray has thought these suffi-

ciently characteristic to entitle the animal to a separate specific

name. His description of the same from the skin* embodies the

distinctive differences. It, however, may be worth while remarking

that while alive the skin around the orbits and upon the nose was

bare, and of a brownish flesh-colour with darker freckles intermixed

(somewhat sunburnt-like). The cheeks and lower jaw were also

nearly bare of hair, but the skin more decidedly of a black shade.

The following measurements were taken shortly after the animal

had died :—

inches

Body: Length from vertex of cranium to root of tail ...... 143

Obie PALO NAS i Bk Jie) y’ BFE

Girth at chest, widest part... $20. J60. 00500. 00s ees 1]

aGuibrioneH 55 alate PES, 34 @ibekd We), 9

Sfitadl ab roo biel es oul icbenlods the oe 4

a few inches from the point .......... 2

Head: Depth from vertex to base of lower jaw (barely) .... 3

Antero-posterior diameter ..0...6......0 50000005 04

Breadth of vault at opening of ears ..............

from one to the other of external edges of orbits 22

Fore limb: Length of shoulder to elbow-joint .... Hai ah Ge

Cubital region, elbow-joint to wrist............ 7

Length, palm of hand to tips of fingers........ 4?

Greatest breadth, palm of hand .............. 1 +

Hind limb: Length from hip to knee-joint ... fire ney BE

———, knee to sole of foot ................ 64

——-, sole of foot, heel to tip of middle toe 64

Sole of foot, average breadth................ 14

——— greatest breadth at ball of great toe .... 2

Post-mortem Examination.—The viscera did not exhibit any marked

* See anted, p. 733.

740 DR. J. MURIE ON SPECIES OF [Dec. 12,

lesion sufficient to have caused death. The various organs, particu-

larly the intestinal tract, had their tissues watery and flabby. The

absorbent and mesenteric glands were somewhat enlarged, and con-

tained strumous deposit within them. Death evidently resulted

from defective nutrition, which I have already several times observed

to occur in those South American Monkeys.

Anatomy of Viscera,—These were compared with those of Aleles

Frontatus and Ateles belzebuth. The lungs agree with the first spe-

cies, excepting in having the upper lobe of the left side smaller than

the lower; in A. frontatus they are about equal in dimensions; all

three species have four holes in the right, and two in the left lung.

Liver.—This measured across, from the outer margin of the right

to that of the left lobe, 5 inches, and from the anterior to the

posterior border 4} inches. As in A. frontatus and A. belzebuth,

this organ is large according to the size of the body. The right

half, as in them, is divided into two equal-sized portions, with an

anterior deep fissure their whole breadth. The left half is separated

from that of the right side by a very deep superior and inferior cleft.

It also is divided into two lobes, the upper or cystic of a somewhat

heart-shape, and as large as the two on the right side taken together.

The gall-bladder, which is capacious and long, lies in a wide and

deep fissure, excavated in the cystic lobe. The lower lobe of the

left half is about equal in size to one of those in the right half. The

lobus Spigelii is very small and wedge-shaped ; there are two slight

lateral indentations behind ; this lobe is rather more deeply divided

in Ateles belzebuth and A. frontatus.

The stomach is similar to what is found in Afeles belzebuth—

namely, a moderately rounded cardiac end, and with the pyloric

extremity narrowed and, as it were, drawn out. Length 77 inches ;

greatest breadth at cardiac end 25 inches, at centre of viscus 13

inch; pyloric end narrowed, fully 3 inches long, and 3 an inch in

diameter.

Small intestines 72 inches in length. Large intestines, including

the caecum, 18 inches; the cecum itself is of a simple elongated

conical form, and 33 inches long.

Spleen wedge-shaped, with an additional elongated process at base ;

length 2 inches, and 2 of an inch across at the broadest part.

Kidneys simple, uniform, and agreeing with the two above-named

species; the same may be said of the suprarenal bodies.

Brain not examined.

5. OBSERVATIONS UPON PRESBYTES ALBIGENA, GRAY, AND

Conopus GUERBZA, Riiperetyt. By James Murisg, M.D.,

PROoSECTOR TO THE SOCIETY.

The distinctive relation of the group of Indian Monkeys first

generically arranged by M. Fréd. Cuvier* under the name of

Semnopithecus, chiefly upon the essential character of a quinque-

cuspidate posterior molar, has been subsequently, and on better

* €Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres,’ &c., livr. 30.

1865. ] PRESBYTES AND COLOBUS. 741

grounds, confirmed by the dissections of M. Otto* and Prof. Owent,

who have described the very peculiar sacculated condition of the

stomach belonging to this genus.

Another group of African Monkeys, Colobus, Illigert, separated on

account of the rudimental development of the thumbs of the an-

terior extremities, illustrated in species by Ogilby § and other autho-

rities, has also been shown by Prof. Owen|| in one species, the

Colobus ursinus, Ogilby, to possess a pouched stomach and other

viscera almost identical with that of Semnopithecus entellus.

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1850, p. 77 and plate xvr.,

Dr. Gray defines and figures what he considers a new species of

Semnopithecus (supposed to have come from West Africa) under the

designation Presbytis albigena. This, in external appearance, bears

resemblances to P. obscurus, although it is more like P. melalophus,

but differing from this in being black, and, as he says, “can scarcely

be a black variety of that species.”

There was some doubt as to the African habitat of this new

species, until M. du Chaillu brought home some skins of the

animal from Gaboon, which cleared up that point. In remarking

upon these specimens, a writer in the ‘ Natural History Review’ J

expresses doubts as to the propriety of the species being classed

along with the genus Preshytes. ‘The writer remarks—< Now that

its African habitat is fully established, a more accurate examina-

tion will probably show the necessity of removing this Monkey

from the Asiatic group Presbytes, with which it has been hitherto

arranged.”

To a certain extent this has already been done, although clear

reasons, so far as I am aware, have never been given. The stuffed

skin of the typical specimen, mentioned above, is at present in the

British Museum, marked Presbytes albiyena, Gray; but the skull

of the same I find, on reference to the published ‘ Catalogue of Bones

of Mammalia,’ 1861, p. 14, to be named Cercocebus albigena.

A specimen of this rather rare creature having lately died at the

Society’s Gardens, my attention has been called to its greater affinities

with Cercocebus than that of Semnopithecus (Presbytes). The ani-

mal in question was a female from Africa, about half-grown, and sent

on approval by Mr. Cross, dealer, Liverpool. It lived in the Gar-

dens for a period of two months, and died the latter end of October

(1865). From the first it was weakly and delicate, but took its

food tolerably well.

As the creature was apparently younger than the typical specimen

described by Dr. Gray, it may be worth while noting the differences.

His description of colour and general appearance agrees closely ; but

in the present one the throat, sides of neck, and front of chest were

* Zoological Journal, vol. iii. p. 249.

+ Transactions Zool. Soe. vol. i. p. 65. t Prodromus Syst.

§ P. Z. 8. 1835, p. 97. | PB. ZS. 1841, p. 84.

§| “The Fauna of Equatorial Africa” (N. H. R. 1861, p. 292), being a eri-

tical review, chiefly based upon the works of the traveller M. P. B. du Chaillu

and of the naturalist Dr. G. Hartlaub of Bremen.

742 DR. J. MURIE ON SPECIES OF [Dec. 12,

not quite greyish, but rather of a dirty-brown colour; hair of the

cheeks also of the same shade, some of them black and not greyish ;

iris yellowish brown, pupil dark blue.

The following are the dimensions, as taken after death :—

inches

Length, body, back of neck to root Ofetail. wee 11

i Ma Mies atte eee tothe Serenata 223

, head, muzzle to occiput .............- 63

, head, muzzle to base of ear in straight line 3

, head, across cranial vault to meatus 54

, arm, shoulder-joint to wrist .......... 84

———., palm of hand to tip of fingers.......... 34

, leg, trochanter toankle .............. 94

= , sole of foot, heel to tip of third toe...... 5

———,, ear, from above downwards............ l

, ear, from before backwards............ q

Post-mortem examination disclosed death to have been caused by

tuberculous disease, which affected the peritoneum, intestines, spleen,

portions of the left kidney and stomach, which were partly aggluti-

nated together, preventing a minute anatomical investigation of these

organs ; but the stomach to all appearance seemed simple, and with-

out the sacculi peculiar to Semnopithecus and Colobus—so far, there-

fore, distinct from either of these genera.

I have compared the skull of the adult type specimen of Presbytes

albigena with the series of crania in the British Museum of Semno-

pitheci, Colobi, Cercocebi, &c.; and the following are my notes re-

specting them :—

The cranium of P. albigena is altogether longer than that of either

of the two species of Semnopithecus, S. melalophus and 8. obscurus, to

which it bears resemblances outwardly, this length being in great part

due to the elongation of the face, especially the maxillary and inter-

maxillary bones. The upper incisors are also in a more horizontal

plane. ‘The greater backward extension of the parietal and occipital

region also helps to increase the antero-posterior diameter. This

difference is best seen in profile. Looking downwards upon the

vertex, the parietal region in P. albigenais broader, and at the sagittal

suture higher than in S. melalophus and S. obscurus. On the con-

trary, in these two species the frontal region appears higher than in

P. albigena, by reason of the parietal flattening in them; their

skulls are also more compressed laterally. In P. albigena the zygo-

matic arches are placed nearly in two parallel lines with the sides of

the skull; but in S. obscurus, S. melalophus, and other Semnopithect

they are considerably arched.

In these several cranial differences P. albigena corresponds to

Cercocebus ethiops and CO. fuliginosus, which possess these cha-

racters. e

In every one of the skulls of the species of Semnopithecus in the

British Museum the orbits are comparatively wider, rounder, and

more staring than in P. albigena, which agrees with the Cercocebi in

1865.] PRESBYTES AND COLOBUS. 743

this respect. The supraciliary ridges are higher and more marked

in P. albigena; in the Semnopitheci the frontal bone is depressed

immediately behind the ridges, which are thinner, projecting slightly

forwards.

The nasal bones in the genus Semnopithecus are short, nearly

straight, and flat ; in P. albigena, asin the genus Cercocebus, they are

more elongated ; in the latter they are wider inferiorly, in the former

relatively somewhat wider superiorly, so that Semnopithecus has the

widest root of nose. The nasal cavity in all the Semnopitheci

extends rather higher than the lower margin of the orbit, in Cerco-

cebus ethiops and C. fuliginosus it does not reach the orbit by as

much as the other genus goes above, and in P. albigena, while agree-

ing with these last species, it is even slightly lower. The compa-

rative breadth of the face opposite the two maxillary bones is rela-

tively broadest and more entirely truncated in the Semnopitheci,

while P. albigena again corresponds to the Cercocebi in the progna-

thous and narrower appearance of these bones. Some species of the

genus Semnopithecus present a curious character in the remarkable

truncation of the occipital region, S. johnii and S. maurus having it

nearly perpendicular ; this gives the cranium, when resting on the

mandible, a curious forward expression. P. albigena, like Cerco-

cebus, has this part more shelving; Semnopithecus melalophus and

S. obscurus make an approach to this in their contour.

The bony palate in Cercocebus fuliginosus and C. ethiops is longer

and not relatively so broad as in Semnopithecus; the length of the

premaxillary produces this. P. albigena has this character well

marked.

The depth of the lower jaw in Semnopithecus is greatest, the same

only being found in the genus Colodus. In the P. albigena and Cer-

cocebus the angle of the mandible is less perpendicular and more

rounded than in S. melalophus and S. obscurus; in many of the

other species of Semnopithecus, e.g. in S. johnit and S. entellus, it

is even inclined backwards.

The teeth in the several genera spoken of are alike in number.

The two inner and upper incisors are very much the largest, and

project considerably in the two species of Cercocebus examined ; they

are precisely similar in the specimen of P. albigena. The Semno-

pttheci have all the incisors small and of nearly equal size.

In the true species of Semnopithecus, as likewise in Colobus, the

canines, as compared with the other teeth, are considerably larger ;

in Cercocebus and in P, albigena they are not so massive. In the

last-named genus and species the cusps of the molars are more

rounded, while they are acuminate from before backwards in Sem-

nopithecus and Colobus. The upper penultimate molar in Cercoce-

éus and the species under consideration is largest ; in all the Semno-

pitheci the molars are more nearly alike in size. P. albigena and

the Cercocebi can hardly be said to possess a fifth cusp in the upper

posterior molar; in their lower jaw it is very rudimentary. The

lower incisors in P. albigena are more horizontally set, and the ca-

nines less curved, than im any of the Semnopitheci; in this respect,

744 DR. J. MURIE ON SPECIES OF [Dec. 12,

and in the less developed size of the lower incisors, the former cor-

responds with the genus Cercocebus.

The anterior premolar is longest in Semnopithecus, while in the

adult P. albigena and the two species of Cercocebus it is rather

smaller than the tooth posterior to it.

The skull of the young specimen of Presbytes albigena, which

has partly been the occasion of the present remarks upon the several

genera, shows characters, even in its juvenile condition, which would

prevent its being ranked with the genus Semnopithecus, although,

at the same time, it must be admitted, as might naturally be ex-

pected, that the distinguishing prominent points of difference are not

so well marked as in the adult skull of the same species. Never-

theless it bears out, though in a less forcible manner, what I have

said, as a whole, of its closer resemblance to Cercocebus than to

Semnopithecus.

With respect to the genus Colobus, the skulls correspond in every

particular to the genus Semnopithecus ; the three individual skulls of

the former in the British Museum may be said to correspond with

their African representatives as follows :—C. guereca with S. entellus,

C. temminchii with S. melalophus (but not so laterally compressed),

while C. polycomus may be likened to S. maurus or S. entellus.

The crania of the Cercopitheci in some characters agree with Cer-

cocebus, and in others slightly with Semnopithecus.

As related to the present subject, I shall introduce some notes I

made in January 1863, of the dissection of an adult male specimen

of Colobus guereza, Riippell.. While at Nyambura, a village in the

Moro territory, about sixty miles due west of Gondokoro, on the

White Nile, an animal of the above species was shot by one of our

party, and on my examining the viscera the following peculiarities

were observed :—

Stomach in dimensions :

inches.

of lesser curvature about ............ ie

Greatest breadth of organ............- Bache, Sa

The viscus, when laid out flat, was of an elongated, somewhat

pyriform shape, with many transverse sacculi, as in the first part of

the great intestines of the human subject. The cardiac extremity

was rotund and expanded ; there was a constriction to the left of the

cesophagus, about as far distant as was the cardiac end from it; to

the left of this constricted part the stomach was much narrower,

and the sacculi less in capacity ; a third still narrower and more in-

testiniform part stretched to the right of the last, and about equal

to it in length. The accompanying diagram, which I lay before the

Society, is from a sketch made at the time, and may convey a better

idea of the appearance of the organs than a lengthened description.

Small intestines, in length 8 feet 73 inches; the large intestines,

including ceecum, 5 feet 9 inches. Czecum simple, very like the re-

presentation given by Prof. Owen of that of Semnopithecus entellus ;

length 1} inch, cireumference 4? inches.

1865. ] PRESBYTES AND COLOBUS. 745

The lungs had five lobes on the right side and four on the left ;

length of each about 7 inches. Pancreas short, with a bifid extre-

mity ; length 23 inches, breadth 14 inch.

The right and left lobes of the liver were very disproportionate in

size, the left being very much the larger of the two.

I omitted to note the relative position of the liver to the stomach

in situ; but from my sketch of the organ when taken out, it showed

that whenever the stomach was distended with food it would press

the left lobe of the liver over the much smaller right one, and this

overlapping would produce the same irregular position of the liver in

the right hypochondriac region as is recorded by Owen in S. entellus.

The length of the left lobe, in C. guereza, was 73 inches, of the right

4 inches.

First. My observations, though not extensive, may help there-

fore to bear out the fact that Presbytes albigena, Gray, is rather

allied to the genus Cercocebus (where the skull has already been

placed) than to the Indian group Semnopithecus, with which it was

originally arranged ; so that I consider the animal in future ought to

be known by the name of Cercocebus albigena. The fresh specimen,

moreover, adds to the certainty of its African habitat ; but this, since

M. du Chaillu’s collection has been known, could hardly be disputed.

Secondly. The anatomical examination of Colobus guereza corro-

borates what Owen has recorded of C. ursinus, and strengthens belief

in the visceral peculiarities belonging to the entire genus. These

apparent constant characters, when taken along with those of the

cranium and dentition, add wonderfully to the family likeness of the

genus Semnopithecus and Colobus ; and it seems that if they are not

quite identical they run closely parallel, and are separated more by

geographical than by anatomical characters*.

* Tn ignorance of a short statement of Dr. Pucheran, that he believed the

Presbytes aibigena of Dr. Gray to be a species of Cercocebus, I had, while writing

the above paper, not consulted this authority. I find, however, that the first-

named naturalist, in the ‘Revue et Magasin de Zoologie’ for June 1857, p. 242,

expresses himself as follows as regards this species: —‘‘ Présentement cet indi-

vidu est-il un Semnopithéque, comme I’a admis M. Gray, comme parait l’ad-

mettre M. J. A. Wagner? Ce que nous pouvons certifier, c’est que son estomac

est simple. Quant a la téte osseuse l’état des sutures atteste un individu encore

jeune, et les derniers molaires sont encore renfermées dans leurs alvéoles; mais,

nonobstant cette circonstance de jeune age, le crane et la face sont plus allongés

que dans les tétes des Semnopithéques adultes. Par la forme de sa téte osseuse,

le Presbytis albigena est un Cercocébe.”

As I have not assumed the merit of being the first to point out that the Grey-

cheeked Preshytes of Dr. Gray in reality possessed nearer affinities to the genus

Cercocebus than to Semnopithecus, seeing that I make mention of the typical skull

in the British Museum being now placed in the Osteological Collection along

with the Cercocebus under the name C. albigena, I trust that it may not be con-

sidered disrespectful towards M. Pucheran that I did not earlier refer to his

opinion ; but as the volume of the ‘ Catalogue of the Bones of the Mammalia in

the Collection of the British Museum,’ published in 1862, contains no reference

to Dr. Pucheran’s paper, printed in 1857, I believe that I may, to a certain

extent, throw the onus on the former publication, which, adopting the newer

generic classification of the animal, gives no clue to the more recent authority.

Looking at the matter in a broad light, and with no other desire than the

746 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON NEW SAXICOLZ. [Dec. 12,

6. Nore vpon THE ABNORMALITY OF A TAIL-FEATHER IN A

MALE SaMMERING’s PHEeasANtT. By James Muriz, M.D.,

PRosECTOR TO THE SOCIETY.

An adult male Scemmering’s Pheasant (Phasianus semmeringit,

Temm.) which died and was examined by me on the 29th of Novem-

ber last, presented the following irregularity :——

The middle and longest tail-feather of the bird was completely

turned upside down. The groove of the shaft was uppermost ; the

outer edge of the vane of the feather and the down at the base of

the shaft were curled upwards. The brilliant colour of the reversed

upper side was in no way affected by its unusual position or partial

want of light. At the posterior third of the feather there com-

menced to be a twist, which as it reached the pointed extremity, was

seen to have made a half turn of a circle, bringing what was the

uppermost side at the root of the feather to be the undermost at the

tip; in other words, the feather at its posterior third seemed to

endeavour to right itself to its normal condition. At the root it was

firmly attached to the skin, proving it not to have been the result of

mere accident.

On first consideration it may be supposed that this feather had

grown from the first in an inverted manner, but the spiral form, I

am inclined to believe, demonstrates that when young it must have

shot forth in the normal manner, and that the turn took place sub-

sequently during the process of growth.

The feathers of birds, I understand, are occasionally found some-

what twisted at the base of the wing; and the Friesland Fowl is

remarkable for the frizzly appearance of its plumage. But several

gentlemen, who have had much practical experience with birds, tell

me they have never met with a case wherein tail-feathers were so

placed as I have related, for which reason I have thought it worthy

of being mentioned.

7. On Two New Species or SoutH AFRICAN SAxIcoLez,

By Dr. G. Hautiaus, For. Memes. Zoot. Soc.

In a small collection of birds from different parts of the Cape

Colony recently submitted to my examination by Mr. E. L. Layard

I find two apparently new species, which I describe as follows :—

search after truth, I conclude by pointing out that my more detailed comparison

of the skull of Presbytes albigena with the true Indian Semnopitheci endorses

the opinion of Dr. Pucheran and the correctness of the present name attached to

the cranium in the National Collection.

With regard to the complicated stomach of the genus Colobus, I have further

to add the testimony of Mr. Flower, that the C. vellerosus dissected by him,

besides those examined by Professor Owen and the C. guereza described in this

paper, all point to the certainty of this feature being common to the genus ; and

therefore, besides the analogy of the cranial character, this undoubtedly marks

the Colobi and Semnopitheci as being but individual members of one group.

1865.] MR. FLOWER ON THE GULAR POUCH OF THE BUSTARD. 747

1. SaxrcoLa castor, ¢.

Major ; cinerea, remigibus fuscis ; corpore subtus viz pallidiore ;

tectricibus caude superioribus albis ; rectricibus 4 intermediis

Jusco-nigris, ternis lateralibus albis, apice late Susco-nigris,

quarta nigricante, basi alba; rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. circa-7", rostr. 7", al. 4", caud. 2" 10!", tars. 13h",

Hab. Karroo; Afr. mer. (Layard).

2. SAXICOLA POLLUX, ¢.

Minor ; cinerea, gutture pectoreque pallidioribus ; abdomine imo,

erisso et subcaudalibus albis; remigibus fuscis, primo apice

conspicue emarginato-attenuato ; rectricibus 4 mediis Susco-

nigris, ternis lateralibus pogonio externo albis, interno Suscis,

extima apice tota fusca, quarta apice latius fusca ; rostro et

pedibus nigris.

Long. 63", rostr. 6!, al. 4" 1!, caud. 2" 10, tars. 14",

Hab. Karroo (Layard).

Obs. Primo aspectu simillima preecedenti, sed minor, cauda alis et

tarsis pro mole longioribus, subcaudalibus albis ; rectricum coloribus

alio modo dispositis.

8. On THe Guxar Poucu or THe Great Bustarp (Orts TARDA,

Linn.). By W. H. Frower, F.R.S., etc.

In ‘ The Ibis’ for 1862 (p. 107) Mr. Alfred Newton gave an ex-

haustive summary of the literature of the much-vexed question of the

presence or absence of the “ gular pouch”? in the male Bustard, toge-

ther with an account of a dissection performed by several competent

persons (the author included), in which no trace of this remarkable

organ was found. Stimulated to the research by Mr. Newton’s re-

marks, Dr. W. H. Cullen of Kustendjie, in Bulgaria, took advantage

of the frequent occurrence of the bird in his neighbourhood to renew

the investigation, and found in each of the two specimens which he

dissected a distinct and largely developed pouch. A description and

figures of these were communicated to ‘ The Ibis’ (April 1865, p. 143).

The identical specimens having, through Dr. Cullen’s kindness, been

sent to the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, I have now

the pleasure of exhibiting them to the Members of the Society, and

of making a few observations upon their form and structure, con-

firmatory of, and supplemental to, those of Dr. Cullen.

Of the specimens received, the one consists of the lower mandible,

the tongue, the hyoid apparatus, the upper portion (about 2 inches) of

the cesophagus and trachea, and the gular pouch dissected away from

all its attachments, except at its neck ; the second is the pouch alone

cut off through the neck ; and this being therefore of comparatively

little interest, I shall chiefly confine my observations to the first.

In the mesial line of the floor of the mouth, immediately under

the root of the tongue, is a distinct and unquestionably natural

opening. In what appears.to be the usual contracted condition of

748 MR. FLOWER ON THE GULAR POUCH OF THE BUSTARD. [ Dec. 12,

the parts, the opening is reduced to a T-shaped slit (the crosspiece,

two lines long, being turned backwards), surrounded by well-marked

deep folds of mucous membrane, which coming into apposition with

each other close the orifice. These folds have a perfectly definite

arrangement : traced up from the mouth of the orifice, the posterior

ones are lost on the under surface of the tongue ; those coming from

the two sides diverge from each other, and run round the lateral

parts of the base of the tongue; those from the anterior wall of the

opening are continuous with the longitudinal folds on the middle of

the floor of the mouth. The arrangement of these folds admits of

great dilatation of the aperture, so that it will quite readily admit the

introduction of the finger. When slightly distended, the opening

becomes triangular, the hinder border straight and placed transversely

at the base of the tongue; the apex, turned forwards, is continuous

with the groove in the middle line of the floor of the mouth.

The pouch to which this opening leads is suspended by a some-

what constricted neck to the floor of the mouth, between the hinder

part of the rami of the mandible; it may indeed be looked upon as

a dilatation of that part of the floor situated immediately in front of

the base of the tongue. A distinct but not very strong band of

muscular fibres runs immediately beneath the mucous membrane of

the mouth, on each side of the neck of the sack, meeting before and

behind—evidently the sphincter mentioned by Dr. Cullen. It ap-

pears, however, to be only a part of the general muscular layer ex-

tending between the mandibles and the hyoid bone.

The sack itself when empty measured 9 inches in length, and,

when moderately distended by allowing water to run in by its own

weight, without any forcing, was found to hold three imperial pints ;

probably it could have been easily made to contain more, but that I

did not wish to run any risk of bursting it. When thus distended

it had an elongated pyriform shape, the larger end being turned

upwards. Rather below the middle there was a gentle constriction.

The walls of the sack are formed of a thin but perfectly distinct and

tolerably strong membrane, composed of intersecting bundles of pale

unstriped muscular fibres, united by connective or areolar tissue, and

having numerous blood-vessels ramifying upon it. Externally it has

evidently been but slightly connected with the surrounding parts by

a loose areolar tissue. Internally it is smooth and lined by a dis-

tinct epithelium, continuous above with that of the mucous mem-

brane of the mouth.

Both of the sacks had within them a few short pieces of grass

and leaves*. There appears to be no glandular structure connected

with the walls; indeed the whole character of the sack points to its

being a simple reservoir, probably for fluid, more analogous to the

submandibular pouch of the Pelican than to anything else in the class

Aves. But in the absence of fuller information as to the economy

and habits of the bird, I refrain from speculating upon the purpose

of this singular and apparently inconstant organ.

* Grass-seeds have been observed by Naumann in the pouch of a Bustard

(Newton, Joc. cit.).

1865.] DR. J. HECTOR ON THE BONES OF DINORNIS. 749

9. Notes ON THE MOaA-BONES IN THE NEw ZEALAND EXHIBITION

or 1865. By James Hector, M.D., F.G.S., Direcror or

THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF New ZEALAND*,

In a collection of the natural resources and curiosities of New

Zealand like that recently gathered together in the Exhibition which

has just closed, as might be expected, the large wingless birds which

once were so abundant in these islands were well represented by

numerous specimens of their remains. Still, considering the pro-

fusion of Moa-bones which not only occur imbedded in the alluvial

soil, but in parts of the country actually lie strewn on the surface,

it is to be regretted that a more systematic search is not conducted

by settlers and others possessing the necessary facilities, in order not

only to obtain more perfect sets of the bones of the skeleton, but

also, by amassing a large number of specimens from various districts,

to afford a means of determining how many distinct kinds of these

interesting birds existed. No extensive collection has ever, so far

as the writer is aware, been made since that by Mr. Walter Mantell,

which formed the basis for the admirable series of monographs on

the structure of these birds by Professor Owen. Many fragmentary

collections have doubtless been sent by private hands; but little or

nothing has been added to our knowledge on the subject, with the

exception of that which, I suppose, has been derived from the study

of a remarkably fresh skeleton, which was sent from this province in

the beginning of last year to the York Museum, and which has

since been described by Mr. Allis in the ‘Journal of the Linnean

Society,’ and by Prof. Owen in the ‘ Transactions of the Zoological

Society.’ This specimen is chiefly remarkable from being the first

instance where any part of the integument or ligaments still remained

attached to the skeletont.

The following notes and the measurements of the various Moa-

bones in the Exhibition are intended to direct attention to the sub-

ject, and to show the immense variety of those interesting remains

which might be collected without an effort, if their true value to

science were only properly known and appreciated.

List of the various collections of Moa-bones in the New Zealand

Exhibition at Dunedin, 1865.

In the Otago Museum :—

1. Complete (or nearly so) skeleton of Dinornis casuarinus, set up

by the writer. This skeleton stands about 5 feet 8 inches in height.

The head is from a different locality, and may belong to a different

species. The rest of the bones were all found together in relative

position in digging in the Botanic Gardens in Dunedin. The bones

were imbedded in a deposit of ‘“ Vivianite,”” or phosphate of iron,

derived from their decomposition in contact with ferruginous waters.

It is extremely common to find the cells in Moa-bones filled with

crystals of this mineral.

2. A complete set of leg- and foot-bones of D. giganteus, exhibited

* Communicated to the Society by Mr. W. H. Flower, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

t See Mr, Dallas’s paper anted, p. 265.

750 DR. J. HECTOR ON THE BONES OF DINORNIS. [ Dee. 12,

by Mr. Payne. This specimen was restored by the writer, and mea-

sured when together 6 feet 2 inches, the length of the tibia being 353

inches. It formed one of the most striking objects in the museum

part of the Exhibition. It was found in alluvial soil at Ommaru;

and it is not improbable that the rest of the skeleton might be

found if searched for.

3. The three heads of Dinornis ingens(?), figures of which are en-

closed, were exhibited by Mr. Coates of the gold-fields department.

They were found in digging a ditch in alluvial soil. They were ac-

companied by imperfect skeletons of at least three different birds.

4, A large collection of bones, principally tarso-metatarsals, from

marine ovens on the sandhills along the coast, where they are mixed

with bones of Seals and fish and with native implements of chert,

hornstone, and nephrite.

5. Collections of bones from different parts of the interior, where

they lie on the surface or are imbedded in shallow alluvial deposits.

Either collected by the writer, or contributed by the settlers and

persons on the gold-fields. Among them is a splendid pelvis of D.

giganteus.

6. Case of bones containing three heads, collected by F. Fenwick,

Esq. ; also a number of fragments of egg-shells and small leg-bones

of D. ingens.

7. The gold-fields department exhibited a collection of very fine

bones of D. ingens from the Wahatepu Lake.

8. In the Canterbury collections exhibited by Dr. Haast there

were some fine bones of the following species, according to the cata-

logue :—D. robustus, didiformis, elephantopus, casuarinus, struthi-

oides, and Palapteryx ingens. These were principally leg-bones,

one sternum, and some vertebree. Among the latter there is one

unique specimen in which the crushed vertebree are intermixed with

smooth pebbles of quartz of the size of large beans, and which must,

from their position, have been within the body of the animal, thus

proving these smooth pebbles, that are so frequently found with Moa-

bones, to be really “‘ crop-stones,”’ as has been conjectured.

9. The only other collection of Moa-bones in the Exhibition was

that of M. Colenso from Hawkes Bay, being the only Moa-bones

shown from the north island. They were very fine specimens of leg-

bones, apparently of D. ingens.

10. One of the most curious objects of natural history in the

Exhibition was a nearly complete Moa’s egg, which was found in a

cave in the Waizon valley, in the province of Marlborough. This egg

was found resting in the hands of the skeleton of a native, who, ac-

cording to the usual custom, had been interred in a sitting posture.

It measures 94 inches in length and 7 in breadth, and is complete,

all but a few fragments a little over an inch in diameter, which have

been broken from one side. The fragments have, however, been

preserved and are shown along with the egg; and, from the manner

in which the egg is placed, the fracture cannot be perceived.

Fragments of Moa’s eggs are frequently found in various parts of

the country, and Mr. Mantell satisfied himself that they must have

been used as food by the natives. He inferred this from finding

1865.] DR. J. HECTOR ON THE BONES OF DINORNIS. 751

that the fragments towards one end of the shell were scorched when

they were found in the native cooking-ovens, which correspond to the

« kitchen-middens” of Europe. His inference, therefore, receives

remarkable confirmation from the manner in which this perfect spe-

cimen of the egg has been found.

In order to approximate to the number of species represented in

these different collections, the following table has been constructed

to show the comparative measurements of the principal bones.

As the species have been determined only from the scale of mea-

surements given in Owen’s Monograph, the nomenclature is not to

be implicitly relied on.

No. of | Length | Girth, |Girth of} Girth, :

SUES pi bane. oeiciiaal mfidille: distal, Species.

mens,

in in. in. in.

Femur. 1 16 16 75 18 D. giganteus.

z 11 (a3) 85 45 10°5 D. didiformis.

” 1 9 9 5:7 hes pete

id 13 9-5 9-7 47 10°5 \ D. dromioides.

5 2 14 16°5 a 14

» 1 14 16 4 14 D. ingens.

+ 3 12°5 15 7°5 15°5

3 2 11 13:3 67 14 D. crassus. |

. . - 99 i

fh * 3 = 5 o ea \ D. struthioides.

55 1 6 se 2°5 he ~ D. curtus.

Tibia. 1 28:5 13-7 57 13

J 1 28 15°5 6-5 13°5 D. ingens, vay.

» 1 29°5 19°5 45 12 robustus.

rd 2 29 18 6 13°5

a ’ ae a, es ry bo. dromioides.

= : Be le Be 127 i D. giganteus.

» 2 Vib 13 4:3 10 D d

¢ 5 16°5 12:7 43 82 1, CASUATUNUS.

” 1 15°7 11 5:5 14

- 1 19 12°5 5 a D. struthioides.

8 1 13a; 9°5 : 12-5

z2 ; 13 As Z = to. curtus.

Tar.-metatar. 1 185 wae Dae Xs

3 1 19 12 6 15 D. giganteus.

ne 1 18°5 12 6 15

oe 1 15) at ay i

A 4 16:3 ae 57 13°3 D. ingens (?)*.

7. 14 12 105 5 11-5 | D.struthioides(?).

ag 6 775 8 48 10

Fc 1 75 8 4 8

* 1 73 85 | 45 10 \ D. casuarinus.

f 1 (eri A woe on

” 2 8 85 4-5 10

Es 3 8-5 9°5 53 11:5 D. crassus.

= 1 9-5 10°5 58 13 (2)

2 10°5 11 12:5 (2)

a 2 ll 13 6:5 14:5 (?)

= 2 10 105 2-7 10:7 D. curtus (?).

ee ee ae

* These four are along with tibie of D. angens; otherwise they would agree

better with D. giganteus.

752 MR. W. K. PARKER ON SOME FOSSIL BIRDS. [Dec. 12,

10. Pretiminary Notes on some Fossit Birps FROM THE

ZEBBUG Cave, Matta. By W. K. Parken, F.R.S., F.Z.S., evc.

Four or five years since, the late Dr. Falconer and Capt. Spratt

put into my hands a box of fossil bird-bones from the Zebbug

Cave, Malta. Amongst these was the anterior part of a sternum

showing part of the large cavity into which the trachea had entered,

This structure made the determination of this particular bone easy,

as it must have belonged either to a Crane or toa Swan. Dr. Fal-

coner and I compared this and the other bones with those of the

Cranes and Swans in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, and

we agreed that these treasures were the remains of ‘ Lamellirostral”’

birds. Afterwards I went over them all in detail and transmitted,

through my friend Prof. Rupert Jones, a list of them to that great

paleontologist. A few months since, Capt. Spratt requested me to

describe these bones, so as to form a paper which should be illus-

trated by a plate of the best of the fossils, and the paper itself to

be an accompaniment to a larger and more important memoir by

Mr. Busk, on the remains of the three species of Elephants, which

he has worked out, from the same cave. This latter gentleman has

recently given me for description some additional bird-bones from the

same source. These newer specimens have among them the hinder

part of the skull which corresponds to one of the three species which I

have been able to determine. A great proportion of these bird-bones

are those of the limbs, many of the shorter being nearly perfect, whilst

the longer bones are mostly broken in pieces about three or four

inches in length.

The first species was a gigantic Swan, nearly one-third larger

than average individuals of the Mute Swan (Cygnus olor). The

head and more than half of the long bones belong to this kind. Its

wings appear to have had the same relative length as those of the

tame Swan; but the thigh-bone was relatively shorter, the tarso-

metatarse (shank) was considerably longer in proportion. The most

remarkable difference, however, between this extinct species (which

I propose to call C. falconeri) is to be found in the comparative

length of the phalanges ; for whilst the proximal joint of the middle

toe is one-fourth thicker than that of the Mute Swan, it is only three-

fourths the length; so that whilst C. falconeri was between one-

third and one-fourth larger than the common kind, it stood on

longer legs, and had the comparatively short toes of a Goose.

The next species, that to which the important sternal fragment

belonged, showing it to be a species of Hooper, I have doubtfully

named C. musicus(?). Having recently examined the osteological

specimens in the Museum of the College of Surgeons which are

attributed to C. ferus* (see Cat. Mus. Coll. Surg. vol. i. p. 233,

nos. 1241-1248), I am strongly inclined to think, from the extreme

difference of size, that some of the smaller ones belong to C. bew-

ickit. The smaller bones from Malta may either belong to small

individuals (perhaps females) of C. mustcus, or perhaps to the smaller

C. bewickit. Besides the piece of sternum and many shaft-bones

* A synonym of C. musicus.

1865. ] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MOLLUSKS. 753

and phalanges, there is a large piece (two-thirds) of a sacrum, and

two upper cervical vertebree.

The remaining determinable fragments belonged either to a Duck,

more than one-fourth larger than the Common Mallard (Anas bos-

chas), or, which is more likely, to a small Goose, about the size of

the Brent Goose (Bernicla brenta). There were a nearly perfect

thigh-bone, the lower part of a tibia, the distal and middle part of a

radius, the middle part of an ulna, the largest metacarpal, and the

upper half of a coracoid, belonging to this small Anserine bird. Mr.

Erxleben, who has so beautifully figured the best of these remains

in the plate which is now exhibited, suggests, from the size of the

fragments and the generally injured condition of the condyles even

in the unbroken bones, that the birds had been carried into the cave

and eaten by foxes.

11. Descriptions or A New Genus AND soME New SPECIES OF

Mo.uvusks. By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

Macron wrieati, H, Adams.

M. testa ovato-trigona, solidissima, subumbilicata, alba ; spira brevi,

anfr. 4, convexiusculis, superne tabulatis, anfractu ultimo magno,

transversim sulcato, sulcis postice evanidis, antice tribus valde

distinctis ; sutura canaliculata ; apertura ovali, 2 totius longitu-

dinis teste; columella arcuata, callo postice copioso, canali brevi,

recurvo ; labro postice inflexo, antice sinuato-dentato.

Long. 75, lat. 52 mill.

Hab. Coast of Patagonia (Coll. mea).

The specimen from which the above description is taken was

obtained, I am informed by Mr. Wright, from the coast of Pata~

gonia. It is very much beach-worn, but when in a fresh state was,

I have no doubt, covered with a thick dark epidermis like the other

species of the genus. MW. wrightii differs from M. hellettii, which

it most resembles, in being larger and more solid, and in its short

spire and trigonal form.

The genus Macron has hitherto been considered a subgenus of

Pseudoliva; but having recently seen the operculum of M. kellettii,

which is unguiculate, while that of P. levis (the type of Pseudoliva)

is purpuroid, Macron must be separated, and take rank as a genus.

EGLISIA MACANDRE&, I. Adams.

E. testa subsolida, pallido-fulva; anfr. 13, rotundatis, cingulis

obiusis spiralibus (quorum tres majores sunt) ornatis ; interstitiis

lamellis acutis, tenuibus, subdistantibus, longitudinalibus cancel-

latis ; apertura orbiculari ; columella incrassata, antice effusa et

refleva ; labro simplici, acuto, intus sulcato.

Long. 15, lat. 83 mill.

Hab. Gibraltar (Coll. M‘Andrew.).

A single specimen of this interesting addition to the genus Eglisia

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. XLIX.

754 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MOLLUSKS. __ [Dec. 12,

was dredged by Mr. M‘Andrew off Gibraltar. It is in the finest

possible condition, and the nucleolar whorls, which are sinistral and

somewhat planorbular, show that the place of Hg/isia is in the family

Pyramidellide, and not in Turritellide, in which it has been hitherto

included.

AMPHITHALAMUS OBESUS, H. Adams.

A. testa obesa, dense rufo-cornea, nitida, levi, subdiaphana, mar-

ginibus spire excurvatis ; verlice nucleoso normali, haud sculpto,

apice mamillato; anfr. 5, subplanatis, rapide augentibus ; bast

tumida, haud sculpta; apertura subovali; labro acuto; labio

(¢. adulte) a pariete separato, thalamum altissimum formante, ad

marginem recto, ad junctionem labri antice curvato.

Long. 14, lat. ¢ mill.

Hab. Lord Hood’s Island (Coll. mea).

AMPHITHALAMUS PUpOIDEUs, H. Adams.

A. testa angusta, dense rufo-cornea, nitida, levi, subdiaphana, mar-

ginibus spire irregularihus ; vertice nucleoso valde mamillato,

tumente, haud sculpto; anfr. 4, subnlanatis, vie augentibus, ul-

timo paulum angustiore ; basi prolongata, haud sculpta; apertura

(¢. adulte) subcirculari, peritremate rufo, continuo; labro vix

angustato ; labio a pariete parum separato, thalamum lacunatum

formante, ad junctionem labri antice curvato.

Long. 13, lat. } mill.

Hab. Lord Hood’s Island (Coll. mea).

This species stands on the confines of the genus, and passes

towards Stenothyra, in shape, however, resembling Hyala.

HETEROCARDIA DENNISONI, H. Adams.

H. testa ovata, subcompressa, tenui, equilaterali, hiante, albida,

transversim inequaliter striata; latere antico rotundato, margine

superiore paulo incurvato; latere postico arcuatim subtruncato,

inferne rotundato ; umbonibus parvis, subprominentibus.

Long. 37, alt. 27, lat. 15 mill.

Hab. ? (Coll. mea).

This species, which is the largest of the very rare genus Hetero-

cardia, is most like H. cumingii, Desh., but is much more oval in

form, and has tlie umbones central. The specimen described formed

part of the collection of the late Mr. Dennison, and is the only one I

have seen.

Genus Tuyriua, H. Adams.

Testa equivalvis, subtriangularis, postice subtruncata, vie flexuosa,

ventricosa, epidermide tenui pallido-fulva induta, superficie val-

varum decussata. In valva dextra dentes duo cardinules, quorum

anterior triangularis, bifidus, posterior minor, compressus ; in

valva sinistra dens cardinalis solitarius, triangularis, bifidus ;

ligamentum internum, in fovea subcentrali vix declivi positum ;

dentes laterales nulli. Impressiones musculares satis conspicui,

posterior rotundata, anterior elongata ; linea pallialis sinuata.

LEePINOP

EE aS bs

TALLEY

NEW INDIA

LEPIDOPTERA

M.# N Hanhart.imp

1865.]| MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, 755

THYELLA PULCHRA, H. Adams.

T. testa subequilaterali, antice longiore, candida, valvarum super-

ficie costis tenuibus radiantibus et liris excentricis decussata ; um-

bonibus parvis, subrecurvis ; margine dorsali excavato ; sinu pal-

liali profundo.

Long. 13, alt. 11, lat. 7 mill.

Hab. Singapore (Coll. Cuming.).

This genus appears to have most affinity with Semele, but differs

in the absence of lateral teeth, in its more ventricose form, and in

the position of the internal ligament. The surface of the valves of

the species described is decussately sculptured by radiating ribs and

thin concentric lire.

I avail myself of this opportunity to state that the genus Leu-

conyx, some time since described by my brother and myself, must be

cancelled, as we have recently had an opportunity of proving that it

is founded upon the internal spathulate appendage of Pholas costata.

The name Plectostoma also, which I gave lately to a very peculiar

form of Helix from Labuan, must be considered a synonym of

Opisthostoma, Blanford, which was established to receive a small

shell from India, much more Pupa-shaped than the type of Plec-

tostoma, but, I think, belonging to the same group, and which has

hitherto been supposed to be furnished with an operculum, and to

be allied to Diplommatina.

12. On THE LEpIpDoPTEROUS INSECTS OF BENGAL.

By Freperic Moore.

(Plates XLI., XLII., XLIII.)

Excepting a brief list of Lepidopterous Insects from the N.W.

Himalaya, compiled by Kollar and published in Hiigel’s ‘ Kaschmir,’

and another by myself, printed in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society

for the present year, of a collection of Diurnal Lepidoptera recently

made in nearly the same districts by Capt. A. M. Lang, no record

has appeared of the many very interesting ‘‘local”’ Indian collections

that have so frequently been formed. In the following pages a list

is given of the species contained in a very extensive collection made

in the Province of Bengal by Mr. A. E. Russell, of the Bengal Civil

Service, who has kindly placed them in my hands for this purpose,

and of others collected in the same Province by Mr. W. 8S. Atkinson

and the late Capt. J. Lind Sherwill.

Sect. I. RHOPALOCERA.

Tribe 1. PAprLioneEs.

Fam. PariLionip&.

ORNITHOPTERA RHADAMANTHUS, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Leép. i. p.

180.

756 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

O. pomprtus, Cram. Pap. t. 25. f. A.

Papitio mMAcAREUsS, Godt. (Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. 1829, t.5

£1).

Hills, Darjeeling.

P. xenoc.es, Doubleday (Westw. Arc. Ent. pl. 92. f. 1).

Hills and plains,

P. pissimivis, Linn. (Cram. t. 82. f. C, D).

P. panope, Linn. (Cram. t. 295. f. E, F).

Bauleah.

Note.—P. dissimilis and P. panope taken in coitu.—A. E. Russell.

P. castor, Westw. Arc. Ent. pl. 80. f. 1, 2.

P. potiux, Westw. ib. pl. 90. f. 1.

P. acestor, Gray, Ins. of Nepal, pl. 4. f. 2 (Westw. Arc. Ent.

pliiG. <2).

Darjeeling.

P. epycrpes, Hewits. Exot. Butt. pl. 6. f. 1.

Hills, Darjeeling.

P. scuaTeRt, Westw.

Darjeeling.

P. pammon, Linn. (Cram. t. 141. f. B.)

Bauleah.

P. rotytes, Linn. (Cram. t. 265. f. A-C.)

Bauleah.

P. romuuus, Cram. t. 43. f. A.

Bauleah ; plains of Bengal.

P. necror, Linn. (Cram. t. 141. f. A).

Central Bengal.

P. pipxitus, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. t. 40. f. I.

Bauleah ; plains of Bengal.

P. varuna, White (Westw. Arc. Ent. pl. 66. f. 1, 2).

P. RHETENOR, Westw. Are Ent. pl. 16. f.1, la.

P. prorenor, Cram. t. 49. f. A, B.

P. poLyMNESTOR, Cram. t. 53. f. A, B.

Plains of Bengal.

1865.] | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, 757

P. anpRoGeos, Cram. t. 91. f. A,B.

Dacca.

P. PHILOXENUS, Gray, Ins. of Nepal, pl. 2; Westw. Cab. Orient.

Ent. pl. 40. f.29,3¢:

P. pasarapa, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 96 (Westw.

Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 40. f. 5, 3).

P. 1carrus, Westw. ib. pl: 2:

P. HELENvs, Linn. (Cram. t. 153. f. A, B).

P. cHaon, Westw. Arcana Ent. ph 72. fi

Hills, Darjeeling.

P. paris, Linn. (Cram. t. 103. f. A, B).

Lower hills.

P. canes, Doubleday, Gray’s Zool. Mise. p. 73.

Lower hills, Darjeeling.

P. arcrurus, Westw. Arc. Ent. pl. 27.

High hills.

P. xrisuna, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. pl. 2a. f. 6.

High hills, ‘

P. crino, Fabr. (Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1840, t. 1. f. 1.)

Plains of Bengal ; near the sea.

P. ERITHONIUS, Cram. t. 232. f. A, B.

Bauleah.

P. aGAMEMNON, Linn. (Cram. t. 106. f. C, D).

Hill-tops.

P. curron, Wallace, Linn. Trans. xxv. p. 66.

P. bathycles of India, auctorum.

Foot of hills.

P. sason, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. t. 58. f. 5.

Balasore.

Larva feeds on Michelia champa and Uvaria longifolia.—A. Grote.

P. sarPepon, Linn. (Cram. t. 122. f. D, E).

P. cLoantuvs, Westw. Arc. Ent. pill. f 2,

P. ANTIPHATES, Cram. t. 72. f. A, B.

Balasore ; lower hills.

758 MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([Dec. 12,

P. anticrates, Doubleday (Catal. Lep. B. M. pt. 1, pl. 3. f. 3).

Hills.

5. P. nomius, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. t. 52. f. 3.

Plains.

Abounds in the vicinity of Calcutta and other parts of Bengal

during the dry hot season.—F. Blyth.

P. erycerrion, Gray, Ins. of Nepal, pl. 3. f. 2; Westw. Are.

Ent. pl. 55. f. 3.

High hills.

Leptocircus curtius, Fabr. (Donov. Ins. of Ind. pl. 47. f. 1;

Genera of Diurn. Lep. pl. 4*. f. 1).

Found only on the slopes of the hills to the eastward and north-

eastward.—d. Grote.

L. meces, Zink. Sm. Nova Acta, xv. p. 161.

? Bengal.

TEINOPALPUS IMPERIALIS, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soe. xix. pl. 11.

f. 1,2,¢; Westw. Arc. Ent. pl. 60, 9.

Hills over 9000 feet elevation.

CaLINAGA BUDDHA, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. 1. C. pl. 3 a. f. 5.

Lower hills.

Fam. Pirrip&.

Prerts pasirHo#, Linn. (Cram. t. 43. f. D, E).

P. THISBE, Cram. t. 233. f. C.

P. pecuaponna, Fabr. (H.-Schff. Pap. Exot. f. 13, 14).

Valleys of the lower hills.

P. evcuaris, Drury, Ins. ii. pl. 10. f. 5, 6.

Larva feeds on Loranthus.—A. Grote.

P. nierTE, Hiibn. Zutrige, f. 77, 78.

Plains of S.E. Bengal.

P. acostina, Hewits. Exot. Butt. pl. 1. f. 1, 2.

Lower hills and upwards to 7000 feet.

P. pescomssst, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. i. p. 465.

Lower hills.

P. cLemantue, Doubleday, Ann. Nat. Hist. xvii. p. 23.

Valleys of the lower hills.

1865.] MR. Fr. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA.

“NI

P. tHEstyLts, Doubleday, Gray’s Zool. Misc. p. 76, 3.

P. seta, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1857, pl. 44. f. 3,9.

Hills.

P. rovuxt, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. i. p. 481.

P. sipeo, Cram. t. 195. f. B, C.

Hill (Darjeeling).

P. trsyTHEA, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 190.

P. zelmira, Cram. t. 320. f. E, F, 2, nec f. C, D.

P. nerissa, Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 192.

P. zelmira, Cram. t. 320. f. C, D,¢.

Plains.

P. neomso, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. i. p. 539.

P. cotimsa, Boisd. ¢.

P. indra, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1857, pl. 44. f.5,9.

P. ratace, Doubleday and Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 6.

i So.

P. durvasa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1857, pl. 44. f.6, 3.

Rare in the plains ; common in the hills.

P. mESENTINA, Cram. t. 270. f. A, B.

Common everywhere but hills.

Larva feeds on Zizyphus and ou Capparis sepiaria.— A. Grote.

P. coronts, Cram. t. 44. f. B.

P. urea, Moore, P. Z. 8.1865, p. 490, pl. 31. f. 17.

P. nama, Doubleday (Moore, P. Z.8. 1857, pl. 44. f. 1,2, ¢ 2).

Lower hills.

P. Guicrria, Cram. t. 171. f. E, F.

Hills (Darjeeling).

Pontia nina, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 194.

Hesomora Giavcirrr, Linn. (Cram. t. 164. f. A-C.)

THESTIAS ZNIPPE, Cram. t. 105. f. C, D. t. 229. f. B, C.

Balasore ; Malda.

T. MARIANNE, Cram. t. 217. f. C-F.

T. pyrene, Linn. (Cram. t. 127. f. A-C).

CALLIDRYAS PYRANTHE, Linn. (Cram. t. 58. f. A-C.)

Malda.

760 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

C. puiuipprna, Cram. t. 361. f. C, D.

C. minaria, Cram. t. 339. f. A, B.

Bauleah ; Malda.

C. aLcMEong, Cram. t. 141. f. E.

Bauleah; Dacca.

Drrcas VERHUELLTI, Van der Hoeven, Tijd. voor Nat. Gesch. t. 8.

f, 3, 4.

CoLiAs EDUSA, var.

C. fieldii, Ménétr. Catal. Lep. Mus. Imp. Acad. St. Petersb. t. 1.

act,

Ipmars cauats, Cram. t. 53. f. C, D.

Balasore ; plains near the coast.

TERIAS HECABE, Linn. (Cram. t. 124. f. B, C).

T. prona, Horsf. Catal. (1829) t. 1. f. 13,

T. rate, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. i. p. 674.

Cuttack.

T. warina, Horsf. Cat. (1829) p. 137.

Eronta VALERIA, Cram. t. 85. f. A.

Plains.

E. avatar, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. 1. pl. 2a. f. 1.

Hills.

Fam. DaANAID&.

TreLcHINIA ViOL&, Fabr. (Cram. t. 298. f. D, E).

Plains.

ParesBa vesTA, Fabr. (Cram. t. 228. f. A-C).

Hills, Darjeeling.

Larva feeds on Passiffora and Thunbergia.—A. Grote.

DANAIS LIMNIACR, Cram. t. 59. f. C, D.

Hills.

D. meuissa, Cram. t. 377. f. C, D.

Plains.

D. mevanevs, Cram. t. 30. f. D.

Hills.

D. acura, Oram. t. 377. f. E.

Hills.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 761

D. rytra, Gray, Ins. of Nepal, pl. 9. f. 2.

Hills.

D. prexiprus, Linn. (Cram. t. 206. f. C, D).

Plains.

D. uecesirrus, Cram. t. 180. f. A.

Plains, South Bengal.

D. curysippus, Linn. (Cram. t. 118. f. B, C).

Plains up to the lower hills.

EvurL@a RHADAMANTHUS, Fabr. (Jones, Icon. t. 45. f. 2).

Hills. Does not occur in the plains.

E. core, Cram. t. 266. f. EB, F.

Plains.

E. mipamvs, Linn. (Cram. t. 127. f. C, D, d; t. 266. f. C, 9).

E. poUuBLEDAYI, Westw.

E. pE1one, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 37. f. 3.

Fam. NyMPHALID&.

VANESSA CASHMIRENSIS, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. t. 9. f. 3, 4.

V. cnaronta, Drury, Ins. pl. 15. f. 1, 2.

Hills,

PyRAMEIS CARDUI, Linn.

Plains.

P. caturrnot, Hiibn. (Cram. t. 84. f. E, F).

JuNONIA GNONE, Linn. (Cram. t. 35. f. A-C).

Plains.

J. pemMonras, Linn. (Cram. t. 35. f. D-F).

J. ontTHy1A, Linn. (Cram. t. 19. f. C, D, d).

J. LaomeEDIA, Linn. (Cram. t. 8. f. F, G).

J. ASTERI#, Linn. (Cram. t. 58. f. D, E).

Plains.

J. aumaAnaA, Linn. (Cram. t. 58. f. F, G).

Plains.

Larva feeds on Gloxinia and Osbeckhia.—A. Grote.

Precis rpHirTa, Cram. t. 209. f. C, D.

762 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

P. warA, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. 1. C.i. pl. 3a. f. 1.

Hills.

ERGOLIS ARIADNE, Linn. (Cram. t. 144. f. G, H).

CynTHIA ARSINOE, Cram. t. 160. f. A, B, d.

Lower hills.

CyrESTIS THYODAMUS, Boisd. (Doubleday & Hewits. Diurn. Lep.

pl. 32. f. 3; Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. pl. 7. f. 3, 4).

Hills.

Settles on the underside of leaves, with the wings distended.—

W. 8S. Atkinson.

C. risa, Doubl. & Hewits. ib. p. 262, pl. 32. f. 4.

: pe aa GaMBRisIvs, Fabr. (Doubl. & Hewits. ib. pl. 51.

eee Bengal.

Crrrocuroa Aoris, Doub]. & Hewits. ib. pl. 21. f. 1.

Hills.

Crernosi B1BLIs, Drury, Ins. i. pl. 4. f. 2.

Hills.

C. cyan, Fabr. (Drury, Ins. i. pl. 4. f. 1).

Plains and Terai.

ARGYNNIS CHILDREN, Gray, Ins. of Nepal, pl. 11.

Higher hills, Darjeeling.

A. n1pHE, Linn. (Cram. t. 14. f. B-E).

Hills.

A. 1ssmA, Gray, ib. pl. 11.

Hills.

MEsSARAS ERYMANTHIS, Drury, Ins. i. pl. 15. f. 3, 4.

Plains,

ATELLA EGISTA, Cram. 281. f. C, D.

Hills.

A. pHaxanta, Drury, Ins. i. pl. 21. f. 1, 2.

LAOGONA HIPPOCLA, Cram. t. 220. f. C, D.

L. nypsexis, Godt. (Doubl. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep, pl. 25. f. 1).

Diapema Bottna, Linn. (Cram. t. 65. f. E, F).

Var. inaria, Cram. t. 214. f. A, B.—Taken at Balasore.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 763

D. aver, Cram. t. 190. f. A, B.

PENTHEMA LISARDA, Doubl. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 39. f. 3.

Evripus HALITHERSES, Doubl. & Hewits. ib. pl. 51. f. 2.

E. 1sa, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. i. p. 161, 2.

EL. haliartus, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monat. iv. p. 234.

E. nycrerus, Doubleday, Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 182, 2.

Hestina NAMA, Boisd.; Doubleday & Hewits. pl. 39. f. 2.

Higher hills.

H. rersimixis, Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. p. 281.

Neptis HoRDONIA, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. t. 33. f. 4.

Plains.

N. mtaun, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. pl. 4a. f.1.

Hills.

N. vixast, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. 1829, pl Gate 2:

Hills.

N. conumerta, Cram. t. 296. f. A, B (Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858,

pl. 49. f. 5, Q).

N. soma, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, pl. 49. f. 6.

N. nanprna, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. pl. 4 a. f. 7.

N. maruta, Hiibn. (Cram. t. 296. f. E, 1

ATHYMA LeucorHo#, Linn. (Cram. t. 203. f. E, F).

A. maHESA, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. plat fa

A. pAHULA, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, pl. 50. f. 2.

Darjeeling.

A. susrata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, pl.51. f. 1,9.

A. CHEVANA, n. sp. (Pl. XLL. f. 1.)

Male. Upperside dark brown ; markings pale buff yellow. Fore

wing with uninterrupted discoidal streak, terminated by two oblique

spots ; a transverse discal series of irregular-shaped spots, a submar-

ginal row of small spots, and indistinct marginal narrow streaks.

Hind wing with a broad transverse band, a submarginal lunulated

band, and indistinct marginal narrow streaks. Body with pale buff-

yellow waist-band and abdominal rings. Underside—fore wing with

_ the markings as above, the interspaces ferruginous brown suffused

with dark brown posteriorly, except along the base of the costa and

triangularly before the apex, which is pale nacreous blue ; hind wing

764 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

with a narrow transverse discal and marginal ferruginous-brown

band, the rest of the wing pale nacreous blue, the broad transverse

and lunulated submarginal band being paler nacreous white ; a black

dot on lower part of disk.

Expanse 23 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Remark.—The whole underside of this species is very similar to

that of Apatura ambica; and Mr. W. S. Atkinson has informed me

that in fresh-captured specimens the upperside has also the beautiful

reflected purple gloss visible in that insect.

A. s1na, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C.i. pl. 5a. f. 3.

A. sELENoPHORA, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. t. 7. f. 1, 2,3.

A. rnarA, Doubleday & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 34. f. 3, ¢

(Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, pl. 50. f. 6, d 2).

A. cama, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C.i. pl. 5a. f. 5.

Axsrota GANGA, Moore, ib. i. pl. 6a. f.1,d 9.

Adolias confinis, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monat. iii. p. 183, t. 4. f. 3,

Hills, Darjeeling.

A. JUMNA, N. Sp.

Male. Similar to A. ganga; but differs on the upperside in being

of a pale yellowish ferruginous, the black markings much less de-

fined, and in having the submarginal and medial lunulated bands of the

hind wings geminated. On the underside the markings are much

less prominent, the geminated sinuous band being apparent as on the

upperside.

Female. Differs from that sex of A. ganga on the upperside in

being brown, and in having the markings ferruginous; whereas in

A. ganga the upperside is olive-brown, and the markings suffused

olive-green.

Expanse of ¢ 2, 2 33 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Limenitts procris, Cram. t. 106. f. E, F.

Plains of S.E. Bengal and lower hills.

L. zutema, Doubl. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 34. f. 1.

Hills.

L. 1sMENE, Doubl. & Hewits. ib. pl. 34. f. 2.

Hills.

L. zayxa, Doubl. & Hewits. ib. pl. 35. f. 4.

Hills.

-1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 765

L. paraxa, Doubl. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 34. f. 4.

Hills. Rare.

L. panava, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. pl. 6a. f. 2.

Hills.

L. pupv, Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. Mus. p: 276.

Hills.

Herona maratuvs, Doubl. & Hewits. ib. pl. 51. f. 3.

CasTALIA CHANDRA, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. pl. 6 a.

f. 4

Lower hills.

Apatura AmBIca, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. t. 8. f. 3, 4.

A. parisatis, Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. p. 305.

Lower hills,

A. PARVATA, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. pl. 6a. f. 6.

A. sorp1pA,n. sp. (Pl. XLI. f. 2.)

A. sordida, Atkinson, MS.

Male. Upperside fuliginous brown, the fore wing black at the

apex ; fore wing with oblique discal bands of white spots, adjoining

which is a single and before the apex two white dots; hind wing

with a dark-brown pale-bordered marginal line and submarginal

spots. Underside brownish grey, brown apically ; fore wing with

the oblique discal band of white spots, the lower spot having a black

yellow-bordered ocellus; apical spots and marginal streaks white ;

hind wing with a transverse discal brown line bordered anteriorly

with white spots, a marginal pale-bordered brown line, on the lower

part cf the disk is an ocellus having a black pupil streaked with

blue, yellow iride, and brown outer border.

Female. Upperside paler, with a broad oblique uninterrupted

white band ; otherwise as in male. Underside pale brownish grey ;

the broad oblique band of fore wing as on upperside; the rest as in

male.

Expanse of ¢ 21, of 2 24 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

Hetcyra nemina, Hewits. Ent. Trans. 1864, pl. 15. f. 1.

Darjeeling.

ADOLIAS ALPHEDA, Godt. (Moore, Ent. Trans. v. pl. 3. f.4, ¢ 2).

A. Garupa, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 186; Ent.

Trans. v. pl. 3. f. 2,5 9.

Plains.

fod

766 MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

A. puemius, Doubleday, Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 41.

f. 4,3 (Moore, Ent. Trans. v. pl. 3. f. 3,5 2).

A. xesava, Moore, Ent. Trans. v. pl. 3. f. 5 (male only).

A. sananpA, Moore, ib. v. pl. 7. f. 3,3.

A. aprApes, Méné¢triés, Lep. Mus. Acad. Sci. Petersb. t. 9. f. 4,

(1857).

A. sedeva, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. v. pl. 4. f. 3, 2.

A. tetcuiniA, Ménétriés, ib. t. 9. f. 3, ¢.

A. apuipas, Hewits. Exot. Butt. (1862) pl. 8, 9.

? A. telchinia, female.

Hills.

A. BALARAMA, n. sp. (Pl. XLI. f. 3.)

Male. Upperside dark olive-brown ; fore wing with the basal

marks black, two transverse discal suffused black lines, the inter-

space anteriorly being brownish white; hind wing with the basal

marks and two transverse discal sinuous lines black, the space be-

tween the outer line of the latter and the exterior margin of the wing

slaty blue. Underside greenish grey, suffused with yellow; fore

wing dull chrome-yellow medially ; markings as above, black, the

transverse series on the fore wing formed inwardly by irregular-

shaped marks, and outwardly by suffused spots terminating anteriorly

with white spots, those on the hind wing by increasing black spots

surrounded with slaty blue.

Expanse 25 inches.

North India. In Coll. F. Moore.

A. LUBENTINA, Cram. t. 155. f. C, D,9; Donov. Ins. China,

pl. 36. f. 3,3.

Plains.

A. cocytus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 29.

A. nestmacuus, Boisd.,Croch. edit. Cuv. Rég. Anim. t. 139. f. 1.

Argynnis hippomenes, H.-Schff. Lep. Exot. f. 11, 12.

A. nicEA, Gray, Ins. of Nepal, pl. 12. f. 1.

A. rEuTA, Doubleday & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 44. f. 2.

. FRANCI&, Gray, Ins. of Nepal, pl. 14.

. raja, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monat. iii. p. 397, t. 9. f. 2.

. pbuRGA, Moore, Ent. Trans. v. pl. 9. f. 2.

> FP Re

. SAHADEVA, Moore, ib. pl. 8. f. 3.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 767

A. conructius, Westw. in Doubl. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. p. 291.

Darjeeling.

A. stva, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 37. f. 4.

Lexias prrtTea, Fabr. (Doubl. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 44.

aly

SyMPH2ZDRA THYELIA, Fabr. (Donov. Ins. Ind. pl. 31. f. 3).

NyMPuHALIs FABIvs, Fabr. (Esper, Ausl. Schmett. t. 59. f. 1).

N. aruamas, Drury, Ill. i. pl. 2. f. 3, 4.

N. BERNARDUS, Fabr. (Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. pl. 11. f. 1, 2).

N. MARMAX, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 21. f, 3-5.

N. potion, Westw, ib. pl. 27. f. 2, 3.

Hills,

N. rupamirpus, Doubleday, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, t. 8.

Hills.

Katia rtnacuis, Boisd. Croch. Cuy. Rég. Anim. t. 139. f. 3

(Hiigel’s Kasch, iv. t. 9).

Hills.

DoLESCHALLIA BISALTIDE, Cram. t. 102. f. C, D.

THAUMANTIS DIORES, Doubleday, Ann, Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 234.

T. camaDEva, Westw. Orient. Ent. pl. 4. f. 1.

DiscOPHORA TULLIA, Cram. t. 81. f. A, B.

D. zau, Westw. Ent. Trans. iv. pl. 21. f. 5, 6.

D. cexinpe, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. t. 37. f. 1.

ENIsPE EUTHYMIvS, Doubl.; Westw. & Hewits, Diurn. Lep. pl.

AQ. 1. 2.

Nroria HILDA, Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 65. f. 2, 3.

Fam. SATYRIDZ.

Desis evropa, Fabr. (Cram. t. 79. f. C, D).

Plains.

D. NEILGHERRIENSIS, Guérin, Deless. Voy. Ind. pl. 21. f. 1.

D. verma, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. t. 16. f.1, 2.

768 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([Dec. 12,

D. rourtiA, Fabr.

D. isana, Kollar, ib. iv. t. 16. f, 3, 4.

D. mexara, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 219.

Darjeeling.

D. cuanoica, Moore, ib. i. p. 219.

Darjeeling ; Cherra Poonjee.

D. visrava, n. sp. (Pl. XLI. f. 4.)

Male. Upperside dull brown ; fore wing with three small black

white-centred ocelli before the apex, and a marginal white line ;

hind wing with six submarginal blackish spots, the third and last

small, bordered outwardly with white; a marginal narrow white lu-

nulated band, and outer dark double line. Underside pale dull

brown; fore wing with each apical dot encircled with white ; mar-

ginal band white ; hind wing with purple-white irregular basal lines,

seven ocelli, each composed of a black spot with white centre and

yellow outer circle, the two last ocelli geminated, all bordered with

white, a marginal narrow white lunulated band, and extreme outer

marginal yellowish line.

Expanse 2 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In the Coll. of A. E. Russell.

D. stponis, Hewits. Exot. Butt., Dedis, pl. 3. f. 16.

Darjeeling.

D. nicetas, Hewits. ib. pl. 3. f. 17, 18.

ZopuHoessa suRA, Doubl. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 61. f. 1.

Z. GOALPARA, 0D. sp.

Male. Upperside glossy olive-brown, palest on the exterior mar-

gin ; fore wing with a marginal suffused brown line ; hind wing with

a transverse discal line, a submarginal series of round spots, and mat-

ginal lunulated line dark brown. Underside pale glossy greyish

olive-brown, suffused with darker brown exteriorly ; fore wing with

two short bands within the cell, a transverse discal band, and suf-

fused submarginal line dark brown ; hind wing with subbasal trans-

verse bifid line and transverse discal sinuous band dark brown, a

submarginal series of seven dark brown ocelli, the last two at anal

angle geminated, each with a white central dot and yellowish border,

the whole having an outer pale whitish border along each side, a

marginal line of pale lunules.

Female dark olive-brown, pale greyish brown exteriorly ; fore

wing with a marginal suffused brown line; hind wing with a sub-

marginal series of brown pale-bordered spots, a marginal narrow lu-

nulated pale line bordered with brown. Underside glossy greyish

olive-brown, palest exteriorly ; markings as in male, but more suf-

fused, those of the hind wing each with a pale border; the submar-

1865.] | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, 769

ginal ocelli less defined, the three upper partially covered with blue,

the two next wholly so, the geminated last jet-black, the whole of

them having each a separate pale-white outer circle; fore wing with

three small indistinct subapical ocelli.

Expanse of ¢ 23, 2 3 inches.

? N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Z. BALADEVA, n. sp. (PI. XLI. f. 5.)

Male. Upperside greenish olive-brown; fore wing with three

pale apical bands, the first oblique, each extending from the costa to

near the posterior angle, the medial band having a linear series of small

dark spots: hind wing with a submarginal series of black, pale-fer-

ruginous-bordered spots, the lower spot with a central white dot; a

narrow marginal double black line. Underside yellowish olive-brown;

fore wing with bands crossing the cell, the oblique discal and sub-

marginal band and marginal line pale yellow, the medial band com-

posed of six small uniform ocelli, each with a black spot having a

white dot and pale ferruginous outer circle, the whole bordered in-

wardly by a silvery-white band: hind wing with a straight silvery-

white band from inner margin extending across the cell, beneath

which it terminates with yellow ; a basal streak, discal and marginal

lines yellow ; the ocelli seven in number and very prominent, each

composed of a jet-black spot with white central dot (the lowest spot

with two) and pale ferruginous outer circle, the upper spot bordered

with yellow, the others with a silvery-white inner band ; space below

the last two ocelli ferruginous ; marginal lines black.

Expanse 21 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

CyLuLo Lepa, Linn. (Cram. t. 196. f. C, D).

Plains.

C. panxstA, Fabr. (Donov. Ins. t. 25. f. 1).

Plains.

C. vamana, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 223.

C. sexa, Moore, ib. p. 223.

C. aswa, n. sp.

Male. Upperside uniform dark brown, without spots or other

markings. Underside brown, uniformly covered with short grey

striz : fore wing with four or five more or less defined apical ocelli,

each composed of a black spot, white pupil, pale ferruginous iride,

and dark-brown outer circle ; a marginal band ferruginous brown :

hind wing with a transverse discal line and broad marginal band fer-

ruginous brown ; a submarginal series of six well-defined ocelli, each

composed of a black spot, white pupil, ferruginous iride, and dark-

brown outer circle.

Expanse 3 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. L.

770 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([Dec. 12,

C. surapeva, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 225.

Saryrus avaTarA, Moore, ib. p. 229,

Lastommata satricus, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep.

pl. 64. f. 4.

Neore (olim Enopr) putana, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. Cae

p. 227.

N. pHapra, Moore, ib, p. 227.

ZipARTIS SCYLAX, Hewits. Exot. Butt.

Ernore (olim THeore) nrmacnara, Moore, ib, p. 234.

Neorina sita, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monat. iii. p. 403.

Tisiphone sufta, Boisd. MS. in Coll. B.M.

Hills.

MycaLesis ANAXIAS, Hewits. Exot. Butt.

M. maxsara, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C.i. p. 231.

M. samsa, Moore, ib. p. 234.

M. lalassis, Hewits. Exot. Butt., Mycalesis, pl. 4. f. 35.

M. westone, Cram. t. 11. f. C, D.

M. runeka, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 234.

M. visaxa, Moore, ib. p. 230.

M. orrea, Cram. t. 314. f. A, B.

M. nicotiA, Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 66. f.4; Exot. Butt.,

Myc., pl. 1. f. 1.

M. prusta, Cram. t. 84. f. C, D.

Yeutruima BaLpus, Fabr. (Donov. Ins. Ind. pl. 36. f. 2).

Y. purtomeEca, Hiibn. Zutrage, f. 83, 84.

MELANITIS UNDULARIS, Fabr. (Cram. t. 256. f. A, B, d; t. 189.

| a CaS

M. vasupEvA, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 238.

Silhet.

M. maxe.as, Hewits. Exot. Butt.

M. patna, Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 68. f. 2.

ORINOMA pamaris, Gray, Lep. of Nepal, pl. 7. f. 2 (Doubleday

& Hewits. Gen. pl. 63. f. 3).

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 771

Fam. Lispyruerp2.

Lipytuea myrrua, Godt. (Gray, Lep. of Nepal, pl. 12. f. 4;

Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. i. pl. 10. f. 8).

L. teprtra, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p- 240.

Fam. Erycrnips.

ZEMEROS FLEGYAs, Cram. t. 280. f. E, F.

SosPiTA ECHERIUS, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. v. t. 31. f. 1.

S. ry, Boisd. (Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 69. f. 3).

S. nropuRon, Boisd. (Hewits. Exot. Butt. 1860, f. 3).

Dovona EGxon, Boisd. (Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 69.

t3):

D. ovrpa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. pt. 57 (1863), f.4,5,6¢ Or

Tazila erato, Boisd. MS.

Male. Upperside brownish black : fore wing with three transverse

discal equidistant ferruginous bands, the medial one broadest, the

first two oblique; two white dots at apex: hind wing with trans-

verse discal and two narrow marginal ferruginous bands ; anal lobe

with a white bar and border. Underside dark ferruginous : fore

wing with the transverse bands less defined, yellow, terminating on

the costal margin in white spots; two apical white spots: hind wing

with bluish basal and purplish medial transverse discal interrupted

bands, the latter with an inner border of brown, each having a white

spot on the costal margin, that of the latter with a black inner border;

two narrow marginal brown bands, two black purple-bordered dots

at anterior angle, and black and white lines bordering the black lobe.

Female. Dull fuliginous brown, somewhat black apically: fore

wing with medial broad transverse discal oblique white band, and an

outer or submarginal narrow interrupted ferruginous-white line ; two

apical dots white: hind wing with two marginal pale-brown lines,

terminated at the anterior angle with two pale-bordered black spots ;

anal lobe black. Underside as in male.

Expanse 1? inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. Lycanipz.

PirHecops HYLAXx, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 304.

Potyommatus puspa, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. (1828) p. 67,

P. xasmira, Moore, P. Z.S. (1865) p. 503, plod. fode

P. KARSANDRA, Moore, ib. p- 905, pl. 31. f. 7.

172 MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ Dec. 12,

P. vARUNANA, n.sp. (Pl. XLI. f. 6.)

Male. Upperside dull purple-blue ; exterior margins with aslight

pale brown border ; hind wing with two or three ill-defined blackish,

pale-bordered, marginal spots from anal angle. Underside grey ;

fore wing with a brown, white-bordered spot closing the cell, a trans-

verse row of blackish, white-bordered discal spots, and a double row

of marginal white-bordered lunules ; hind wing with three transverse

subbasal jet-black, white-bordered, round spots, and a fourth on the

middle of the costa; a pale-brown streak closing the cell, a discal

series of dark-brown spots, a submarginal row of brown lunules, and

a marginal series of blackish triangular spots, all bordered with white.

Palpi and legs above black, beneath white.

Female. Upperside brown ; fore wing with a lower basal blue

patch, and a narrow black spot closing the cell; hind wing with the

black white-bordered marginal spots more defined.

Expanse 15%; inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

P. KANDURA, n. sp. (Pl. XLI. f. 7.)

Upperside bright purple-olive: fore wing pale brown on apical and

exterior margins; a row of small rounded darker-brown marginal

spots. Underside white, at the base greyish white: fore wing with

a dark-brown white-bordered spot closing the cell, and a transverse

discal series beyond ; two marginal rows of dusky lunules : hind wing

with a large dark-brown patch on the lower exterior quarter of the

wing; a marginal and an irregular discal series of dark-brown

white-bordered spots, those crossing the brown patch bordered with

darker brown; a double row of marginal dusky lunules.

Expanse 12 inch,

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

P. SANGRA, n. sp. (Pl. XLI. f. 8.)

Male. Upperside pale purple blue, the. exterior margin pale

purple brown. Cilia pale grey, Underside pale grey ; fore wing

with a blackish white-bordered streak closing the cell, a row of

transverse discal spots, a marginal and submarginal row of lunules ;

hind wing with markings the same, and with an additional subbasal

row of three similar spots. Palpi and body beneath and legs white.

Expanse {ths of an inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore,

LycZNaA parruasius, Fabr. (Cat. Lep. BE. 1.C. i. pl. 1. f. 3).

L. rLuto, Fabr. (Donov, Ins. Ind. pl. 45. f. 2).

L. pxintus, Fabr. (Donov. ib. f. 1).

L. rHEopHrRastus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 1. p. 281.

L. roxus, Godt. (Catal. Lep. E. I. C. (1828) pl. 2. f. 4).

Plains and lower hills.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 773

L. rostmon, Fabr. (Cram. t. 340. f. C-E).

Plains.

. PANDAVA, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. (1828) p. 84.

. KANDARPA, Horsf. ib. p. 82.

. cnEJuS, Fabr. Ent. Syst. v. Suppl. p. 430.

. BzTica, Linn. (Hibn. Eur. Schmett. t. 74. f. 373).

. ELPIs, Godt. (Catal. Lep. E. I. C. (1828) pl. 1. f. 4).

. ALEXIS, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. t. 38. f. 3.

Sees) Beeb Geile tet

. ELIANUS, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 280.

ILerpDA eEpictes, Godt. Enc. Méth. p. 646.

Darjeeling.

I. srauma, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1I.C.1i. pi. la. f. 4, o.

I. ramu, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. pl. 5. f. 7, 8.

Darjeeling.

LyczNESTHES, n. g., Moore.

Eyes hairy. Palpi long, compressed, porrect ; third joint long,

attenuated, half the length of the second. Legs moderate; femora

slightly pilose beneath ; mid and hind tibize with two short apical

spurs. Antenne slender at the base, thickened near the end, which

is finely pointed. Thorax and abdomen robust. Wings moderately

broad ; fore wing with costal margin arched at the base ; apex rather

acute, exterior margin slightly oblique; subcostal vein with first

branch arising at one-third the length of the wing, second and third

equidistant, fourth remote, fifth joined at the base to the third ;

hind wing rounded exteriorly; two small very fine tail-like fascicles

of hair near anal angle.

LyCHNESTHES BENGALENSIS, n. sp. (PI. XLI. f. 9.)

Male. Upperside dark purple blue, exterior margins defined by

a narrow suffused black line; a small indistinct black spot at anal

angle; abdominal margin brown. Underside pale greyish brown ;

fore wing with a short transverse double white line at the extremity

of the cell, enclosing the discal veinlet, beyond which are a transverse

discal chain-like white band and an outer indistinct brownish sub-

marginal and a narrow white marginal line: hind wing with basal,

discoidal, and a curved discal series of chain-like white bands; an

indistinct, inwardly angled, double-lunulated, white marginal line ;

a black spot bordered above with orange-red near anal angle of ex-

terior margin ; a small white-encircled black spot on middle of ab-

dominal margin. Head above brown; eyes encircled with white.

774 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

Palpi above and beneath brown, at the sides white. Thorax, body,

and legs beneath white.

Female. Upperside pale purple brown, with suffused bluish patch

at the base; exterior margins suffused with darker brown ; hind wing

with an inner narrow white exterior marginal line. Underside as in

male.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Note.—Allied to Dipsas lycenoides, Felder, Lep. Amboin., Sitz.

der Akad. Wiss. (1860).

Drersas syta, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. t. 4. f.7, 8, ¢ (Hewits.

Ill. Lep. Lye. pt. 2. pl. 26. f. 3, 2).

Darjeeling.

Drvuporix MELAMpvs, Cram. t. 362. f. G, H, od.

Thecla sorya, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. t. 5. f. 1, 2.

Plains, Calcutta.

D. eprsarsas, Boisd. (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p.32); Hewits.

Ill. Lep. Lye. pt. 1. pl. 7. f. 16-18, 3 2.

D. 1socrates. Fabr. (Westw. Linn. Trans. ii. t. 1).

D. nissa, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. t. 4. f. 3, 4; Hewits. ib.

pl. 10. f. 42-44, 3 9.

D. rersr, Hewits: ib. pl. 8. f. 24-26, 5 9.

D. rrmoeon, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. t. 32. f.4 ; Boisd. Spée. Gén.

Lép. t. 22. f. 4.

Amblypodia rochana, Horsf. (Catal. Lep. E. I. €.1. pl. 1 a. f. 10).

AMBLYPODIA NARADA, Horsf. Catal. Lep. E. I. C. (1828) pl. 1.

f.8,2.

A. ameriA, Hewits. Cat. Lyc. B. M. pl. 8. f. 85, 86, ¢.

A. asseus, Hewits. ib. pl. 5. f. 51,52, 9.

A. areste, Hewits. ib. pl. 5. f. 43, 44, 9.

Darjeeling.

A. aTrax, Hewits. ib. pl. 7. f. 80-82.

Calcutta.

A. amanTEs, Hewits. ib. pl. 2. f. 1-3.

A. cuinensis, Felder.

Darjeeling.

A. numotrvs, Cram. t. 299. f. G, H (Hewits. ib. pl. 8. f. 89).

1865.] | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 775

A. campeo, Doubleday (Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. pl. 1 a. f. 6 ; Hewits.

Abeipl.. 35f.°25; 26; s:

A. cenTaurus, Fabr. (Hewits. ib. pl. 2. f. 10-13, 3; f. 11,9 i

A. nakula, Felder, Lep. Mal. Wien. Ent. Monat. iv. p- 395.

Camena cresta, Hewits. Ill. Lep. Lye. pt. 2. ple 20.4. 1, 2, 3.

Darjeeling.

Poritta, n. g., Moore.

Pseudodipsas (part.), Felder.

Eyes naked. Palpi long ; third joint slender, one-third the length

of the second, finely pointed at the tip. Legs short, stout; femora

slightly pilose beneath. Antenne slender at the base ; club mode-

rate. Thorax stout; abdomen moderate, extending to two-thirds

of the length of the hind wing. Wings short, very broad; costa of

fore wing slightly concave in the middle, exterior margin straight,

slightly oblique, posterior margin nearly as long as the costa, poste-

rior angle acute: hind wing very convex near the base, concave in

the middle ; apex, exterior margin, and anal angle rounded, scal-

loped ; subcostal vein with first branch arising at one-third from its

base and extending to the costa beyond one-third of its length, third

remote, fourth arising from the second at one-fourth of the length

of the first.

PoriTIA HEWITSONI, n. sp. (Pl. XLI. f. 10.)

Male. Upperside jet-black : fore wing with the lower part of the

base from beneath to beyond the cell and extending into the black

of the exterior margin brilliant deep blue, or in some lights emerald-

green, in the middle of which is an elongated black spot; a row of

very small similar brilliant blue spots obliquely before the apex and

along the exterior margin: hind wing with the same brilliant blue

extending from the base beneath the cell (in some specimens en-

croaching within) to the exterior margin, within which is a row of

more or less defined marginal and submarginal black spots ; exterior

margin defined by a black line; abdominal and anterior margins

greyish black ; a tuft of fine greyish hairs near the base. Thorax

above greenish black ; abdomen black. Antennze black, ringed with

white. Head and palpi above hoary. Palpi and thorax beneath

and legs white ; tibiae and tarsi with black spots. Underside very

pale ashy colour ; both wings covered with numerous transverse irre-

gular-shaped black-bordered pale-brown markings, those at the base

short, a series across the disk zigzag, others along the exterior margin

with narrow inner white lines; posterior angle of both fore and hind

wings with a black spot bordered above with orange-red.

Female. Upperside brownish black ; fore wing with a pale orange-

yellow streak in the middle, above and beneath which are purple-

blue connected streaks ; hind wing with ill-defined purple-blue mar-

ginal and discal spots, exterior margin defined by avery narrow yel-

776 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dee. 12,

low line, which is bordered within by a similar white line. Cilia in

both sexes alternate brown and white.

Expanse 1-3, inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. K. Russell; F. Moore.

IoLaus Loneinus, Fabr. (Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. (1829) pl. 1.

f.7; Hiibn. Zutr. f. 933).

I. cLeosts, Godt.(Hewits. Ill. Lep. Lyc. pt. 2. pl.17. f.8-10, 3 @ ).

Amblypodia hypatada, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. i. p. 45.

I. peva, Moore (Hewits. ib. pt. 2. pl. 17. f. 3-5, d 2).

APHNAUS ETOLUS, Cram. t. 208. f. E, F (Hewits. ib. pt. 1. pl. 25.

f. 3):

A. rourra, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. (1829) p. 106 (Hewits. ib.

pl..25,4..11).

A. syama, Horsf. ib. p. 107 (Hewits. ib. pl. 25. f. 7).

Hyrotyc#na oTHona, Hewits. ib. pt. 2. pl. 22. f. 17, 18).

Darjeeling.

H. amasa, Hewits. ib. pl. 22. f. 19, 20.

Papilio etolus, Fabr. (Horsf. ib. pl. 1. f. 9).

H. erytvs, Fabr. (Hewits. ib. pt. 2. pl. 21. f.1,3, 5 2).

Myrina garra, Godt. (Horsf. ib. pl. 2. f.5).

M. acre, Doubleday (Hewits. ib. pt. 1. pl. 12. f.8, 9).

M. rriopas, Cram. t. 320. f. G, H (Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. Ins.

t, 81.4, 6).

Calcutta.

M. saninpra, Horsf. ib. p. 109, 9.

Sython thymbreus, Hibn. Zutr. f. 671 (1832), 3.

Balasore.

M. manparina, Doubleday (Hewits. ib. pt.1. pl. 11. f. 6, 7).

M. saneata, Horsf. ib. i. pl. 1 a. f. 11).

Darjeeling.

M. ravata, n.sp. (Pl. XLI. f. 11.)

Female. Upperside purple brown ; discoidal cell and space below

purple-blue. Tails two, bordered and tipped with white. Underside

chrome-yellow ; fore wing with a transverse discal pale-brown narrow

line: hind wing with discal pale-brown line terminated with con-

tinuous white spots ; a large black spot above each tail, interspaced

with brown, bordered above by a broken line of metallic green, and

1865. | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. TRG.

below by a white line; cilia from anal angle to beyond the tails

black, edged with white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Loxura atymnvs, Cram. t. 331. f. D, E (Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. 1.C.

(1829) pl. 2. f. 6).

L. rrrpunctata, Hewits. (Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 74.

f. 2).

Awnors THETYS, Drury, Ill. Ins. iii. pl. 9. f. 3,4; Cram. t. 238.

f,D, 9.

Papilio cinyra, Cram. t. 238. f.C, 3.

A. Buuis, Boisd. (Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 75. f.5;

Hewits. Ill. Diurn. Lep. Lye. pt. 1. pl. 4. f.1, ¢).

Mivetus Boispuvaut, Moore, Cat. Lep. K. I. C. i. p. 19. pl. 1a.

fA.

Darjeeling.

M. prumita, n. sp. (Pl. XLI. f. 12.).

Male. Upperside dull fuliginous white, exterior margins scal-

loped ; fore wing with the apex from the middle of the costa obliquely

to below and near the middle of the exterior margin and thence re-

tracing to posterior margin dark fuliginous brown, with the tips of

the veins on the costa brownish white ; hind wing dark fuliginous

brown along anterior margin, with paler fuliginous marginal lunules.

Cilia pale buff-colour. Antenne black. Body pale brown. Under-

side very pale fuliginous brown: fore wing with the disk broadly

dull white; three short transverse brown bands within the cell; an

irregularly margined curved brown submarginal band; along the

costa and exterior margin numerous small brown speckles: hind

wing with basal transverse pale-bordered marks; a short row of

black-bordered dark-brown pointed lunules proceeding from anal

angle across the disk, with numerous brown speckles beneath it, and

also on the anterior margin. Palpi and body beneath and legs pale

brown.

Expanse 1? inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Fam. HesPerip&.

GoNILOBA CHROMUS.

Papilio chromus, Cram. t. 284. f. E.

Male and female dark vinaceous brown.

Male with suffused blackish subbasal patch ; both wings greyish

brown basally. Cilia greyish brown. Head and thorax greenish

brown. Abdomen brown. Underside with the apex of fore wing

suffused with purple blue ; hind wing with a narrow transverse discal

778 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ Dec. 12,

bluish-white band, a blackish patch on anal lobe, exterior to which

the cilia have a short white line. Third joint of palpi and legs brown;

palpi and thorax beneath dull yellow.

Female paler brown; fore wing with two yellowish semitrans-

parent discal spots, and a very small similar spot before the apex.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal.

G. sapra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. 1. p. 245.

Male and female yellowish brown.

Male with a suffused blackish subbasal patch; fore wing with

three conjugated very small yellowish semitransparent spots near

the costa, one-fourth from the apex. Cilia pale greyish brown.

Underside brown, suffused with purple; fore wing with a blackish

costal patch before the apex, posterior margin yellowish ; hind wing

with a subbasal and submarginal suffused blackish band, the latter

terminating in a black patch on anal lobe; above the patch is a

purple-white streak, and within the cell a small bluish-white spot.

Palpi and body beneath dull yellow. Legs pale brown.

Female above brown, suffused with vinaceous, yellowish-brown

basally ; fore wing with the three small subapical spots (as in male)

and three rather large obliquely quadrate spots, two being disposed

on the disk, the third above and within the cell. Underside with

the spots on fore wing as in upperside ; hind wing as in male.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 9 2+ inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore; Brit. Mus. (Horsf.

Coll.)

G. sena, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. i. p. 245.

Male. Upperside dark chocolate-brown. Cilium of hind wing

carmine-red. Underside maroon-brown; fore wing with a large

buff-white patch from the middle of posterior margin, bordered

above with purple; hind wing with a broad transverse purple-white

band terminating before the anal angle, the inner border of which is

sharply defined, the outer suffusing itself on the disk. Cilia carmine-

red. Palpi and thorax in front beneath, and anal tuft dull yellow.

Thorax beneath greyish brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore; Brit. Mus. (Horsf.

Coll.)

PreRYGOSPIDEA FOLUS.

Papilio folus, Cram. t. 74. f. F.

Hesperia cicero, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 358.

P. MENAKA.

Goniloba menaka, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. i. p. 246.

Male and female dark brown.

Male. Fore wing with six minute semitransparent white spots

recurving before the apex, and two similar spots from near middle

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 779

of the costa; hind wing with a large discal quadrate space pure

white, a series of blackish brown marginal spots with their inter-

spaces greyish, and within the white space two smaller paler spots.

Base of abdomen white.

Female. Marked as in male, but having the semitransparent spots

on the fore wing larger, the black marginal spots of hind wing more

distinct and apart, and with the two spots on the white space. Under-

side as the upperside, both sexes having the base of the hind wing,

palpi beneath, legs, and body greyish white, and the black spots on

the hind wing extend towards the base of the anterior margin. Palpi

above brown.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 212 inch.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore; East Ind. Mus.

P. RAVI.

Goniloba ravi, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 246.

Male and female fuliginous brown.

Male. Upperside—fore wing with three minute semitransparent

spots before the apex, two larger similar spots on the disk diverging

inward below the extremity of the cell ; across the disk are three

ill-defined blackish spots, and one before it near the base ; apex and

exterior margin blackish: hind wing with a curved series of small

blackish discal spots. Underside brown; fore wing with the semi-

transparent spots as above; hind wing suffused with greyish white,

and having a curved series of small blackish discal spots. Palpi,

body, and legs beneath greyish white.

Female similar, but having two very minute additional spots be-

neath the subapical series, those on the disk being large, and above

the latter is a transverse spot at the extremity of the cell. Cilia

brown throughout. .

Expause, ¢ 12, Q 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore; East Ind. Mus.

P. PRALAYA.

Goniloba pralaya, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 246.

Male and female yellowish brown, veins paler on the disk. Upper-

side—fore wing with a numerous series of variously shaped small

semitransparent white spots, five of which are placed obliquely before

the apex, the rest disposed from near middle of the costa and extend-

ing across the disk, three of which are in the form of elongated

streaks: hind wing with the exterior half orange-yellow, having a

subbasal series of longitudinal black streaks between the yellow veins;

apex with suffused blackish spots. Abdomen with yellow segmental

bands. Underside as above: fore wing with the veins from the base

lined with yellow; a series of submarginal ill-defined yellow spots.

Palpi, body, and legs yellowish brown.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore; Brit. Mus. (Horsf.

Coll.).

780 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dee. 12,

P. GANA, N. sp.

Male and female dark brown.

Male. Upperside with three minute semitransparent spots ob-

liquely before the apex ; a transverse discal series of streaks, a small

patch within the cell, one near the base of the wing, and exterior

margin blackish: hind wing with the lower third pure white, which

is straightly separated from the brown of the basal portion ; apical

margin and three spots on the upper part of the disk, and two spots

on the middle of the white exterior margin. Underside paler brown,

semitransparent spots on fore wing as above: hind wing white, suf-

fused with brown along the anterior margin; upper discal and mar-

ginal spots as above, black.

Female paler. Upperside somewhat greyish brown; fore wing

with spots and blackish discal streaks, and hind wing with upper

discal spots as in male; exterior margin of hind wing greyish white.

Underside as in male. Cilia of both sexes pure white on the lower

portion of the hind wing, the rest brown.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 9 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore; Brit. Mus. (Horsf. Coll.)

SaTaRupPaA, n.g., Moore.

Palpi stout, densely pilose, erect, projecting in front of the head ;

third joint minute, conical. Antenne moderate. Body very stout.

Legs slender; femora slightly pilose beneath ; hind tibize pilose at

the side and beneath ; middle tibice with a pair, and hind tibize with

two pairs of apical spurs. Wings—fore wing acute; costa nearly

straight, exterior margin oblique ; hind wing rounded exteriorly in

the male, angled at the apex, and in the middle of exterior margin

of the female.

SaTARUPA GOPALA. (Pl. XLII. f. 1.)

Goniloba gopala, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 246.

Male and female dark maroon-brown. Upperside—fore wing

with aseries of eight semitransparent irregular-shaped whitish spots

recurving transversely from costal margin before the apex to near

posterior margin, being there joined by a white longitudinal streak ;

a similar triangular-shaped spot within the discoidal cell: hind wing

pure white, with the base and narrowly along anterior margin ma-

roon-brown ; a double row of black marginal spots, the interspace

between the rows being suffused with bluish grey. Abdomen with

broad white band ; tip brown. Cilia of hind wing white. Under-

side as above, but with base of hind wing greyish white, and the

double row of marginal spots more defined and blacker. Palpi above

brown, beneath orange-yellow. Thorax and legs beneath dull white;

legs in front black.

Expanse, ¢ 23, 2 3 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore; East Ind. Mus.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 781

S. SAMBARA.

Goniloba sambara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p- 246.

Male and female. Upperside dark maroon-brown; fore wing

with a series of seven semitransparent white spots, three being small

and obliquely subapical, the rest transverse to near posterior mar-

gin and there joined by a short white longitudinal streak ; hind wing

with a broad central transverse whitish band, bordered by a semi-

circular discal series of black spots. Abdomen with whitish band.

Cilia spotted with white. Underside as above, but paler; the white

band on the hind wing less defined, but of a purer white. Palpi

above and at the side, and legs in front blackish. Palpi and thorax

beneath, legs, and abdomen whitish ; tip of the last brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore; East Ind. Mus.

S. BHAGAVA, n. sp.

Upperside dark olive-brown : fore wing with a triangular series of

three discal semitransparent white spots, the first being large and

within the extremity of the cell, the second quadrate and beneath the

first, the third exterior to their juncture ; beneath these are small

black spots bordering a brownish-white streak from middle of poste-

rior margin; a recurved series of small similar white spots before

the apex: hind wing with a broad brownish-white subbasal trans-

verse band, bordered by a semicircular series of black spots, those ex-

teriorly assuming the form of streaks between the veins. Abdomen

with a white band. Underside as above. Palpi and thorax in front

beneath orange-yellow. Cilia brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. East India Museum.

Darpa, n. g., Moore.

Palpi stout, densely pilose ; third joint small, conical, hidden by

the hairs. Antenne moderate, hooked at the tip. Legs short ;

femora slightly pilose ; fore tibize short and rather stout; mid tibize

slightly, and hind tibiz densely pilose; mid and hind tibise armed

with a pair of short spurs (the usual second pair on the latter invi-

sible). Body stout ; abdomen short. Wings small; costa of fore

wing nearly straight ; exterior margin irregularly scalloped, pro-

duced in the middle: hind wing somewhat quadrate; exterior mar-

gin irregularly scalloped, produced to an angle in the middle.

Darra wANRiA, n. sp. (Pl. XLII. f. 2.)

Upperside black, with minute bluish-grey scales in patches between

the veins and narrowly along the veins: fore wing with a series of

semitransparent irregular-shaped spots, the largest of which is within

the extremity of the cell, others above and beneath it; before the

apex are three small similar conjugated spots: hind wing with a

pale-yellow space broadly occupying the lower portion of the exterior

782 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

margin ; apical and two medial angles with a black spot ; base of

wing adorned with very long brown and yellow hairs. Underside

paler ; fore wing with markings as above, densely irrorated with

bluish-white scales: hind wing bluish white at the base, yellowish

white exteriorly ; anterior margin and apex blackish ;_ below the an-

terior margin are three black spots, and a spot on the two medial

angles of exterior margin. Palpi and body beneath, and legs, white.

Expanse 12 inch.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

IsmMENE JAINA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I.C. i. p. 247.

Male and female dark vinaceous brown.

Male. Upperside—fore wing with an orange-red subcostal basal

streak, and an indistinct blackish patch beneath the cell; front of

thorax, anal tuft, and cilia of hind wing bright orange-red ; thorax

and base of abdomen clothed with bluish-grey hairs. Underside

paler brown; both wings with a small black orange-red-bordered

basal spot: fore wing with a well-defined purplish-white spot within

the cell, and a curved discal series of narrow less-defined spots ;

posterior margin broadly yellow: hind wing with the veins towards

the abdominal margin and cilia orange-red ;_ a curved ill-defined series

of narrow purplish-white discal streaks. Third joint of palpi brown ;

thorax beneath greyish ; middle of abdomen beneath and sides of the

bands, and legs, orange-red.

Female similar, but with darker bluish-grey hairs, without the

orange-red subcostal streak and black discal patch.

Expanse 23 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore; East Ind. Mus.

I. vasuTana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 247.

Male. Upperside deep purple brown, paler on the base of the

wings; fore wing with orange-yellow costal basal streak. Cilia of

hind wing broad, and bright orange-yellow. Underside glossy greyish

green, the veins and narrow intermediate parallel lines blackish; a

patch on posterior half of fore wing brown, bordered above with blue.

Third joint of palpi brown, the rest orange-yellow. Head, thorax

in front and beneath, legs, middle of abdomen beneath, and anal

tuft bright orange-yellow.

Female. Upperside darker brown, the base of the wings greyish

blue ; fore wing with two small semitransparent spots obliquely be-

neath the extremity of the cell. Underside as in male, with the two

spots as above.

Expanse, ¢ 24, 2 23 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. East India Museum and F. Moore.

I. wartsa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 247.

Male and female brown.

Male. Upperside dull vinaceous brown, palest on the disk ; fore

wing with an orange-yellow costal streak ; hind wing broadly along

1865. MR. F, MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 783

anterior margin pale buff yellow. Body greyish. Cilia of hind

wing orange-yellow. Underside paler, suffused with orange-yellow ;

fore wing with a curved series of pale-purple narrow streaks between

the veins before the apex, and a broad pale buff patch along the

posterior margin ; hind wing with the veins and lines between them

and cilia orange-yellow; a black orange-yellow-encircled basal spot

on both wings; a discal series of pale-purplish streaks. Third joint

of palpi brown ; palpi beneath, front and sides of thorax, legs, and

streak along side of abdomen orange-yellow ; middle of thorax and

abdomen and anal tuft orange-yellow.

Female. Upperside dark purple brown; the base of wings greyish,

with steel-blue gloss. Body greyish. Cilia of hind wing pale

orange-yellow. Underside as in male; posterior margin of fore

wing with a less-defined pale patch.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore; East Ind. Mus.

I. amara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 247.

Male and female. Upperside brown, with a greenish gloss ; costal

streak of fore wing ochreous yellow in the male, less prominent in

the female; male with a blackish subbasal patch. Cilia of both

wings short, and brownish white. Body dark brown; abdomen with

greyish segmental bands. Underside—fore wing brown, becoming:

bluish black along the base of the cesta; posterior margin broadly

brownish white: hind wing bluish black; veins of both wings

brownish white, the space between them having a greyish-blue par-

allel line running their entire length. Both wings also with the

black ochreous-yellow-encircled basal spot. Thorax in front and

beneath, head, palpi, legs, middle of abdomen, and anal tuft ochreous

yellow. Femora and tibiz with a black spot; sides of abdomen

black, the segmental bands prominent. Cilia greyish.

Expanse 2+ inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. KE. Russell ; F. Moore; East Ind. Mus.

I. BENJAMINI.

Hesperia (Thymele) benjaminii, Guér. Mén. in Deless. Voy. dans

VInde, pt. 2. t. 22. f. 2.

H. xanthopogon, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. pt. 2. t. 18. f. 1, 2

(1844).

Darjeeling.

I. GoMATA, n. sp.

Male. Upperside pale vinaceous brown; both wings with pale

brownish-yellow streaks longitudinally between the veins. Abdomen

blackish brown, with yellowish bands. Cilia yellowish. Underside

dark brown, with the veins and longitudinal streaks between thein

greyish green, the brown showing only along each side of the veins ;

posterior margin of fore wing broadly pale vinaceous ; exterior mar-

gin of both wings defined by a brown line. Third joint of palpi and

784 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

edge of sides brown, the rest yellow. Thorax, legs, and abdomen

beneath orange-yellow.

Expanse 27 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

I. MURDAVA, 0. sp.

Upperside olive-brown; fore wing with the base grey, with six

small yellow spots, two within the extremity of the cell, two near

the costa one-third from the apex, and two midway beneath ; hind

wing grey to beyond the middle. Underside pale yellowish brown ;

disk of fore wing blackish, spots as above ; hind wing with indistinct

submarginal and discal pale-yellowish spots. Abdomen above with

greyish-brown segmental bands. Palpi, abdomen, and legs beneath

dull yellow.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

I. ARIA.

Hesperia aria, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. i. p. 254.

Male and female chocolate-brown.

Male. Upperside pale brown ; fore wing with a short impressed

comma-like grey streak obliquely beneath the cell. Cilia yellowish

white. Underside bright ferruginous brown. Palpi ferruginous

brown.

Female. Upperside dark chocolate-brown, without the impressed

streak ; cilia of hind wing pale orange-yellow. Underside bright

ferruginous brown.

Expanse, ¢ 18, 9 24 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. } Russell; F. Moore; Brit. Mus. (Horsf.

Coll.)

I. pRUNA.

Hesperia druna, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. 1. p. 254.

Male. Upperside dark olive-brown ; fore wing with a well-defined

obliquely-curved discal impressed grey streak ; cilia of fore wing

greyish white, of hind wing orange-yellow. Head, palpi, and legs

beneath ferruginous brown. Underside dark purplish brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore; Brit. Mus. (Horsf. Coll.)

I. ? SASIVARNA, N. sp.

Male and female. Upperside dark vinaceous brown.

Male. Fore wing with a short impressed comma-like greyish-

white streak obliquely beneath the cell; cilia of fore wing greyish

white, of hind wing broadly, from anal angle to two-thirds of the

margin, orange-yellow, thence to the angle brown. Underside dark

fuliginous brown; cilia as above. Palpi and body blackish brown ;

abdomen with slight orange-yellow tuft.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 785

Female as in male, but without the oblique greyish-white streak.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

I. Lapon, Cram. t. 248. f. G.

Capiz, n. g., Moore.

Palpi large, porrect, projecting beyond the head, densely pilose ;

third joint conical, half the length of the second. Antenne extend-

ing to half the length of fore wing. Body moderately stout. Ab-

domen extending to near anal angle. Legs slender; femora slightly

pilose beneath ; hind tibize with a dense tuft of very long’ hairs at

the side; mid tibize with a pair, and hind tibie with two pairs, of

apical spurs. Wings large, broad. Male. Costa nearly straight ;

apex acute; exterior margin very oblique ; posterior margin abbre-

viated, half the length of the costa. Hind wing with the apex angled;

exterior margin convex, with slight angle in the middle. Female

larger. Costa slightly arched ; exterior margin oblique; posterior

margin two-thirds the length of the costa.. Hind wing nearly qua-

drate, the exterior margin being produced to an abrupt angle in the

middle.

CapiLa JAYADEVA. (Pl. XLII. f. 3.)

Ismene jayadeva, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1. C. i. p. 248.

Male and female brown. Upperside—base of wings clothed with

orange-yellow hairs; both wings with a narrow longitudinal semi-

transparent streak between the veins, the discoidal cell having two

streaks, and a third but short streak arising from its extremity.

Thorax, head, and palpi orange-yellow. Abdomen brown, with nar-

row white segmental bands ; third joint of palpi and a few surround-

ing hairs and a spot on forehead brown. Underside paler brown, the

semitransparent streaks being less prominent. Body and legs brown.

Female similar, but with the thorax and base of wings brown.

Expanse, ¢ 22, Q 3 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore; East Ind. Mus.

Ptsoxa, n. g., Moore.

Palpi large, erect, projecting beyond the head, densely pilose ;

third joint minute, conical. Antenne rather long, curved backward

at the apex. Body very stout; abdomen extending to within one-

third of the length of hind wing. Legs moderately slender; femora

pilose beneath ; mid tibize armed with a pair, and hind tibize with two

pairs, of slender apical spurs. Wings large, broad; costa of fore

wing slightly arched ; exterior margin oblique; posterior margin

straight. Hind wing convex at the base of anterior margin; apex,

exterior margin, and anal angle convex. Subcostal vein of fore wing

six-branched ; second and third arising at equal distances from the

first ; fourth to sixth contiguous at their base to the third.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. LI.

786 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([Dec. 12,

PisoLa ZENNARA, n. sp. (PI. XLII. f. 4.)

Male and female. Upperside brown; fore wing with a broad

yellowish-white semitransparent irregular-margined discal band ob-

liquely from middle of costa to posterior angle; hind wing, in the

male, exteriorly with two greyish longitudinal streaks between each

vein, these being absent in the female. Abdomen with pale greyish

anal tuft. Underside uniform brown, with oblique discal band as

above. Front of head and palpi dull orange-yellow. Body and legs

brown. Cilia brown.

Expanse, ¢ 24, 9 3+ inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

ACHLYODES suRA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 251.

Male and female vinaceous brown, palest on the hind wing.

Male. Fore wing dull chestnut-brown along exterior margin, with

a black transverse band one-third from the base; a geminated semi-

transparent spot on costa before the apex, surrounded by suffused

black ; a semitransparent lunule and a small spot on the lower part

of the disk, bordered without by a black band: hind wing with a

transverse subbasal, an elbowed discal, and a lower submarginal pur-

plish-white line ; apex of wing with suffused black patch and lower

marginal blackish pale-bordered spots. Underside brown: fore wing

suffused with greyish white at the base; markings as above: hind

wing greyish white, the transverse lines less defined, marginal spots

blacker, and a blackish spot near base of wing. Palpi above black.

Palpi and body beneath and legs greyish white.

Female paler, marked on upper and underside as in male.

Expanse, ¢ 18, 2 14 inch.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

A. vasava, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. i. p. 252.

Upperside dull ferruginous, palest on the hind wing: fore wing

slightly suffused with blackish along the posterior margin ; an irre-

gular series of various-shaped semitransparent spots disposed across

the disk, with an exterior blackish transverse streak : hind wing with

the base suffused with blackish ; a subbasal agglomerated series of

irregular-shaped semitransparent spots. Underside paler, marked

as above, but without the transverse black outer streak on the fore

wing. Palpi and body beneath whitish. Legs ferruginous.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. East India Museum.

NISONIADES SALSALA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. 1. p. 250.

Male and female dark brown, with olive-brown gloss.

Male. Upperside—fore wing with two or three ill-defined yellow-

ish spots ascending obliquely from beyond middle of posterior margin.

Female. Fore wing with an oblique series of small semitransparent

white spots curving across the disk (more or less distinct), and ter-

minated below by an ill-defined yellowish spot. Underside chestnut-

1865.] | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, 787

brown, suffused with black on the disk ; fore wing with minute white

spots, one at extremity of the cell, and two or three obliquely beyond;

hind wing with a series of three spots disposed in a curve across the

disk ; cilia greyish brown. Palpi, body, and legs yellowish beneath.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

N. DASAHARA, N. sp.

Male and female. Upperside dark olive-brown, with three indi-

stinct suffused blackish transverse bands, the interspaces being

slightly grey ; fore wing with a minute semitransparent white spot

at the extremity of the cell, another immediately above it, and three

others curved before the apex. Underside brown; spots and indi-

stinct blackish bands as above, but with the latter on the hind wing

somewhat broken, with the interspaces grey, thus giving it a tessel-

lated appearance.

Expanse 1 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

N. DIOCLEs.

Hesperia diocles, Boisd. MS.

Male and female. Upperside uniform dark glossy olive-brown,

without markings. Underside pale brown, with a well-defined paler

brown exterior border. Antenne, palpi, and body dark olive-brown.

Expanse, 5 13, 2 22 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

PLESIONEURA SUMITRA, Nl. Sp.

Male and female dark olive-brown, paler at the base.

Male. Fore wing with an oblique discal series of four conjugated

semitransparent white spots, the first and second large and quadrate,

the other two very small, first one within the extremity of the cell,

second and third beneath it, fourth exteriorly before the juncture of

the first and second; a series of five small similar spots obliquely

before the apex: hind wing with a submarginal row and a few discal

bright orange-yellow spots; cilia of hind wing broadly alternate

brown and orange-yellow. Underside as above; the orange-yellow

spots on the hind wing more clearly defined. Antennz above silvery

white. Palpi and front of thorax beneath pale yellow. Abdomen

with narrow orange-yellow segmental bands.

Female as in male, but having also a yellow costal spot above the

oblique discal series of white spots.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 2 23 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

P. PULOMAYA.

~ Hesperia pulomaya, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 252.

Male dark olive-brown, yellowish olive basally : fore wing with

four oblique discal semitransparent white spots, the two upper large,

788 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([Dec. 12,

one within and the other beneath the extremity of the cell, the third

small and beneath the second, fourth also small and exterior to the

juncture of the upper two; obliquely before the apex are five small

similar spots, the upper three being conjugated; near posterior

margin are two small orange-yellow spots, the first being one-third

from the base, the other one-third from posterior angle: hind wing

with three rows of irregular-shaped well-defined bright orange-yellow

spots; cilia of hind wing broad, alternate brown and orange-yellow.

Underside as above. Top of head black, with a marginal yellow

narrow line on each side._ Palpi above black, tipt with yellow.

Palpi, thorax, and legs beneath yellow. Antenne with yellow sub-

apical streak.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. East India Museum ; F. Moore.

P. AMBAREESA, 0. sp.

Upperside dark olive-brown, the whole surface irrorated with de-

licate yellowish-olive scales: fore wing with an oblique transverse

discal series of pale yellowish-white semitransparent spots, the first

large and within the extremity of the cell, being indented exteriorly, the

second small and some distance beyond, the third large and beneath

the latter ; below the last are two other small spots ; and one-third

from the base beneath the cell is a small round similar spot ; above

the first on the costa is a small brighter yellow spot, which is not

semitransparent ; before the apex are five rather large similar spots,

the three upper conjugated, as are also the other two; one or two

lower submarginal very indistinct orange-coloured spots: hind wing

with a row of ill-defined orange-coloured submarginal spots, and

others still less defined nearer the base: cilia of both wings broad,

alternate brown and yellowish white. Underside paler, more uniform

in colour ; markings as above.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal (Maungbhoom). In Coll. F. Moore.

P. CHAMUNDA, N. sp.

Female. Upperside dark brown; base of fore wing and the whole

hind wing except exterior margin dark olive-brown; fore wing with

an oblique transverse discal series of semitransparent silky-white

spots, the first small and above the extremity of the cell, the second

large and within the cell, the third beneath also large, the fourth

facing the posterior angle, and a fifth exterior to and facing the

juncture of the second and third; a series of five small similar spots

obliquely recurving before the apex; cilia brown, on the hind wing

alternated with white. Underside as above.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

P. PUTRA.

Hesperia putra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 253.

Upperside dark fuliginous-brown ; fore wing with an oblique

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 789

discal series of three conjugated semitransparent whitish spots, the

first-and second large, the first within the extremity of the cell, the

second beneath it, the third very small and at the lower outer angle

of the latter ; exterior to the junction of the upper two is a very mi-

nute spot, and before the apex is an interrupted series of five very

small similar spots, the three upper being conjugated; hind wing

with a submarginal and discal series of indistinct orange-yellow spots ;

fore wing with ill-defined, and hind wing with prominent, alternate

yellowish-white and brown cilia. Underside dark brown, the semi-

transparent spots whiter, and the submarginal and discal spots of

the hind wing pale yellow. Palpi beneath pale yellow. Body and

legs beneath brownish yellow. Antenne white in front.

Expanse 2 inches.

‘Bengal. In Coll. Brit. Mus. (Horsf. Cabinet); F. Moore.

P. ALYsos, n. sp.

Hesperia alysos, Boisd. MS.

Upperside dark fuliginous brown ; fore wing with a broad oblique

discal irregular-margined semitransparent white band, and with one

or two, and in some specimens three, very small similar conjugated

spots obliquely before the apex, also one or two reversely oblique

lower spots; cilia paler brown. Underside paler; band and spots

as above; along exterior margin of fore wing and exterior half of

hind wing suffused with purple grey. Antennze brown, with a sub-

apical white streak. Palpi and thorax beneath greyish brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

P. DHANADA, 0. sp.

Upperside dark yellowish olive-brown; the base of the wings

brighter olive-brown: fore wing with an oblique transverse discal

irregular-margined semitransparent yellowish band, joined above by

a yellow costal spot; a small narrow streak of three conjugated

similar spots obliquely before the apex: cilia brown, on the hind

wing alternated with yellow. Underside—fore wing as above, the

lower portion of the oblique band terminating in a suffused yellow

spot ; hind wing with three transverse discal series of ill-defined yel-

lowish-olive spots ; cilia as above. Antenne: minutely spotted with

yellow at the base, and with a subapical yellowish band. Palpi and

thorax in front beneath yellow. Abdomen with narrow yellowish

segmental bands.

Expanse 1? inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

P. pan, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 88.

Hesperia fatih, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. t. 18. f. 5, 6.

P. rnpRANI, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 253.

Upperside bright golden-yellow : fore wing with a discal series of

four semitransparent white black-bordered spots, the first small and

790 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

above the extremity of the cell, the second large, quadrate, and within

the cell, the third elongate and beneath the latter, the fourth exterior

to their juncture ; beneath these is a pale golden-yellow black-

bordered spot ; before the apex is a series of four similar white spots

with black border, the three upper of which are conjugated ; a well-

defined black spot beneath the cell near the base; exterior margin

and cilia blackish, the latter white at the posterior angle: hind wing

with a semicircular submarginal series of black spots, and two similar

inner discal spots; exterior margin black: cilia alternate black and

white. Underside blackish brown, suffused with golden yellow,

brightest on the hind wing; markings as above, but more clearly

defined. Tip of palpi black; thorax, body, palpi (except tip), and

legs yellow. Antennze yellow, tip black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. East India Museum; F. Moore.

P. PRABA.

Hesperia praba, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. 1. p. 253.

Male and female dark chocolate-brown. Upperside—fore wing with

three small conjugated subapical semitransparent white spots, three

similar and larger discal spots, and a fourth above them within the

cell. Underside darker brown basally, paler exteriorly ; fore wing

with spots as above, bordered externally by a suffused dark-brown

streak ; hind wing with a double series of white dark-brown-outer-

bordered lunules crossing the middle of the wing, beyond which is

a submarginal series of suffused dark-brown spots. FPalpi, thorax,

and abdomen beneath pale greyish brown. Legs brown. Cilia

yellowish white, spotted with pale brown.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 14 inch.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Hesperia THRAX, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. pt. 2. p. 794; Donov. Ins.

Ind. pl. 49. f. 2.

H. panp14, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 254.

Male and female dark chocolate-brown. Fore wing with bright-

yellow semitransparent quadrate spots, disposed triangularly, the first

large and occupying half the cell, the second also large, obliquely

beneath and partly beyond, the third small and obliquely above the

second ; above the last are three smaller spots obliquely before the

apex, the two upper being geminated; in some specimens, beneath

the subapical spots is a small dot, and on the posterior margin

another, both similar to the rest; cilia at posterior angle brownish

white; hind wing with the cilia at the anterior angle brownish

white. Underside—fore wing irrorated with grey scales near the

apex, posterior margin pale brownish white, spots yellow as above ;

hind wing irrorated with grey scales in a series of bands across the

wing.

Expanse 23 to 33 inches.

Bengal. In Coll, A. E. Russell; F. Moore; East Ind. Mus.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 791

H. sEMAMORA, 2. sp.

Female. Upperside dark vinaceous brown; fore wing with a

curved discal series of five semitransparent white spots, the two upper

minute ; hind wing with a broad pure-white patch extending half

across the wing from abdominal margin. Cilia of fore wing brown,

of hind wing broadly white. Abdomen with white apex. Underside

—fore wing dark brown posteriorly, ferruginous brown anteriorly ;

spots as above; a small suffused patch on the middle of exterior

margin, and cilia, brownish white: hind wing with a straight inner-

bordered ferruginous-brown anterior margin, the rest of the wing

pure white ; a marginal series of blackish spots; cilia white. Palpi

and legs in front brown. Thorax, abdomen, and legs beneath white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

H. prvopasa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 255.

Upperside dark olive-brown ; base of fore wing and lower part of

hind wing suffused with greenish olive: fore wing with a series of

six yellowish semitransparent spots, three of which are small, con-

jugated, and obliquely before the apex, the fourth lunular and within

the extremity of the cell, the fifth elongated, beneath and exterior to

the latter, the sixth smaller and exteriorly above the last; beneath

these are two yellow spots (which are not semitransparent), the first

small, the other large and elongated. Head, thorax, and abdomen

above greenish olive. Cilia pale brownish yellow. Underside grey,

the disk of the fore wing brownish; fore wing with the spots as

above; hind wing with a curved discal series of four or five black

spots, and a single spot within the cell. Palpi, body, and legs be-

neath whitish grey.

Expanse 1} inch.

Bengal. In Coll. East Ind. Mus.; W.S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Larva feeds on Date.—Atkinson.

H. cuaya, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 255.

Upperside brown: fore wing with a series of seven (in some spe-

cimens eight) small whitish semitransparent spots disposed trans-

versely from anterior margin obliquely before the apex, then retreat-

ing to near middle of posterior margin ; two similar spots within the

cell. Cilia pale brownish white. Underside paler; fore wing with

spots as above; hind wing with a curved series of white dots (which

in some specimens are semitransparent, and when so are visible on

the upper side) on the disk, and a single dot near the base of the

wing. Palpi and body beneath pale brownish white.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. East Ind. Mus.; W.S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

H. aena, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 255.

Upperside glossy olive-brown; fore wing with a series of six very

small rather indistinct whitish semitransparent spots curving from

792 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

before the apex to the middle of the wing; beneath these is a short

oblique pale impressed streak, which is suffused with black on its

anterior margin. Cilia pale brown. Underside pale brown; spots

on fore wing as above, but less defined; hind wing with a curved

discal series of white dots, and a single dot near the base. Palpi

and body beneath pale brownish yellow.

Expanse 14 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. East Ind. Mus.; F. Moore.

H. ere Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 255.

Upperside dark brown; fore wing with six small whitish semi-

transparent spots curving from before the apex, also two small simi-

lar spots within the cell; hind wing with a discal linear series of

four conjugated semitransparent spots. Cilia pale brownish white.

Underside paler, suffused with greenish yellow ; fore wing with spots

as above; hind wing with an additional spot (which is not semi-

transparent) at the extremity of the cell. Palpi and body beneath

dark yellowish green.

Expanse 13 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. East Ind. Mus.; F. Moore.

PAMPHILA SAGARA, 1. Sp.

Upperside pale olive-brown, markings pale yellow, divided by

crossing veins: fore wing with a small streak within the cell, joined

above at the end by smaller streaks which reach the costa; obliquely

before the apex are two separate spots, the upper one near the costa,

the other below the apex, beneath and between these an oblique

discal streak: hind wing with a small spot within the cell, anda

discal streak. Underside paler, marked as above; veins lined with

yellow. Cilia yellowish white. Antennze minutely spotted with

white. Abdomen with narrow pale-yellow segmental bands.

Expanse 13 inch.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

P. averas, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. pt. 2. p. 794.

Pyrous suPERNA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 249.

Upperside olive-brown ; markings pale yellow; fore wing with

three spots within the cell, two beneath it, a transverse discal series,

and a submarginal row of smaller spots; hind wing with subbasal,

large medial, and small submarginal spots. Cilia of both wings

alternate brown and pale yellow. Abdomen with narrow pale-yellow

segmental bands. Underside paler olive-brown ; fore wing with the

costal margin and spots as above, pale yellow; hind wing with a

transverse subbasal, medial, and a narrow submarginal pale-yellow

maculated band. Cilia as above, but paler. Palpi and body be-

neath, and legs, pale yellow.

Expanse, ¢ 3, 9 1 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 793

Sect. II. HETEROCERA.

Tribe 1. SpHinces.

Fam. Spaincip.

SMERINTHUS DRYAS, Boisd. (Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. pt.8.

p- 250).

S. pentartus, Cram. t. 125. f. G.

Levcopuiesia Lineata, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pln 22vif. 2.

Bastana CErvina, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. pt. 8. p. 237.

B. suPERBA, 0. sp.

Female. Upperside—fore wing at the base, within the discoidal

cell, costal margin to the apex, and along the lower portion of the

disk green, varied with pale yellow on the latter and at the apex ;

the disk from below the apex and lower portion of the wing brown ;

a dark line proceeding from the apex and separating the green and

brown, a transverse irregular dark line near the base of the wing

from costa to inner margin, and a second inner similar shorter line ;

a dark mark on disco-cellular nervure: hind wing rose-pink, darkest

at the base, with a transverse suffused brown band, and two short

dark lines at anal angle: thorax and body brown, the latter with

greenish segmental bands. Underside dull chrome-yellow ; fore

wing at the apex, and below a dark longitudinal line from the apex,

brown, crossed by three discal zigzag pinkish lines ; hind wing pale

brown at the apex, with three inner transverse discal zigzag pink lines.

Expanse 6 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. Grote, Calcutta; F. Moore.

AMBULYX SUBSTRIGILIS, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 30. f. 2.

ACHERONTIA styx, Westw. ib. pl Az. £3.

A. saTanas, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. pl. 16. f. 1 (Westw. ib. pl. 42.

f. 2.)

Balasore.

SPHINX CONVOLVULI, Linn.

MacrosiLa piscistrica, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. pt. 8.

p. 209.

ZONILIA MORPHEUS, Cram. t. 149. f. D.

Perigonia obliterans, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl. p. 28.

Panacra viGiL, Guér. Deless. Voy. dans I’Inde, ple2a: tk

Panacra lignaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p- 156.

P. susiris, Boisd.; Walk. ib. p- 270.

PHILAMPELUS ANCEUS, Cram. t. 355. f. A.

794 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA, (Dec. 12,

P. waGa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 271.

DaRAPSA BHAGA, 0. sp.

Upperside purple brown: fore wing with dark-purple-brown pink-

bordered inwardly oblique basal streak, beyond which a broad darker-

coloured outwardly elbowed streak, bordered anteriorly with pale

pink and posteriorly with purple blue; from the costa before the

apex two pale-pink curved lines, terminating jointly at posterior

angle: hind wing dark purple brown, with a short pale-pink streak

ascending from anal angle. Body purple brown, with pale-pink

segmental bands; end of abdomen and fan-like tuft dark purple

brown. Underside purple brown, with dark-brown outer margins

and oblique discal streaks.

Expanse 32 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Darunis NERU, Linn. (Cram. t. 224. f. D).

Plains.

PERGESA ACTEUS, Cram. t. 248. f. A.

P. castor, Boisd.; Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. pt. 8. p. 153.

CH#ROCAMPA CELERIO, Linn. (Cram. t. 25. f. E).

C. auecto, Linn. (Cram. t. 137. f. D).

C. ruyewia, Linn. (Cram. t. 226. f. E, F).

. LINEOSA, Walk. ib. pt. 8. p. 144.

. cLoTHo, Drury, II. ii. pl. 28. f. 1.

C. uucast, Boisd.; Walk. ib. p. 141.

C. tycetus, Cram. t. 61. f. D.

C. sisecta, Horsf. (C. silhetensis, Walk. ib. p. 143).

Macroetossa passaLus, Drury, Ins. ii. pl. 29. f. 2.

M. corytuus, Boisd. (Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. pt. 8. p. 92).

M. eyrans, Boisd. (Walk. ib. p. 91).

Loruura uyas, Boisd. (Walk. ib. p. 107).

SATASPES INFERNALIS, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 30. f. 3.

Sesia Hywas, Linn. (Cram, t. 148. f. B).

Balasore.

Tribe 2. BomsByces.

Fam. AGERIIDA.

MELITTA BOMBYLIFORMIS, Cram. t. 400. f. C.

M. evrytion, Westw. Cab. Orient, Ent. pl. 30. f. 5.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. Ae)

Fam. AGARISTID.

Virnora, n. g., Moore.

Male. Body long, attenuated. Head and thorax covered with

long hairs. Palpi porrect, extending beyond the head, pilose, third

joint cylindrical. Antennz long, slender at the base, thickened at

the apex. Fore and middle legs slender ; tibize of middle legs with

two appendages, the inner longest. Tarsi long. Hind legs stout ;

femora covered with long hairs ; tibize thickened in the middle, armed

with two pairs of short appendages, the first pair terminal, the other

pair subterminal. Tarsi short. Wings of slight texture, long, nar-

row; hind wings extending beyond posterior margin of fore wings ;

fore wing with the costal vein extending to within one-third of the

apex ; subcostal vein six-branched, first, second, and fifth branch

contiguous at their base, third and fourth yemote, sixth arising from

the base of the first.

Allied to the genus Hespagarista.

VirHORA INDRASANA, n. sp. (PI. /XLII. f. 5.)

Male. Upperside fuliginous black, tinged with yellowish at the

base ; fore wing basally, base and end of the cell, a spot beneath the

cell, and a discal series of irregular-shaped spots white; hind wing

with the space from near the base and covering the disk and lower

portion of the wing white, with black presenting itself in a series of

discal spots. Body ferruginous, spotted with black.

Expanse 23 inches. /

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

JEGOCERA VENULIA, Cram. t. 165. f. D.

EvusEMIA MACULATRIX, Westw. Nat. Libr. pl. 2. f. 3; Orient.

Ent. pl. 33. f. 1.

E. DENTATRIX, Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 33. f. 5.

E. aDULATRIX, Kollar, Higel’s Kasch. iv. pl. 20. f. 1.

E. bellatriz, Westw. ib. pl. 33. f. 2.

E. vicrrix, Westw. ib. pl. 33. f. 3.

PHZGORISTA TRANSIENS.

Eusemia transiens, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. pt. 7. p. 1588.

Phegorista catocaloides, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 87.

Darjeeling.

P. LONGIPENNIS.

Catocala longipennis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Noctuide,

Suppl.

Darjeeling.

P. BALA, D. sp.

Male greyish brown: fore wing slightly purple brown at the apex

796 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([Dec. 12,

and along posterior margin; a reddish-brown spot at posterior

angle; two very slender pale-grey ocelli, the first small and within

the cell, the second larger and beyond; inferior veins pale grey ;

some transverse discal pale lines; cilia greyish brown: hind wing

deep yellow, with a broad irregular inner margined band, a small

discal spot, and a slight streak from the base blackish brown ;

cilia pale grey. Abdomen deep yellow, with blackish dorsal bands.

Underside—fore wing paler greyish brown; space within the cell

enclosing a large round blackish spot, and oblique streak beyond,

white; a whitish space at posterior angle: hind wing yellow, with

suffused greyish-brown marginal band terminating in a darker spot

near anal angle; a blackish discal spot. Body yellow; fore legs

greyish brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; Brit. Mus.; F. Moore.

NycTaLemon pATrocuus, Lion. (Cram. pl. 198. f. 2.

CALLIDULA PETAVIA, Cram. t. 365. f. C, D.

Bengal.

CLeosiris CATAMITA, Hiibn. Zutr. f. 653-4; Boisd. Spéc. Gén.

Lép. i. pl. 23. f. 3; Westw. & Hewits. Diurn. Lep. pl. 77. f. 9.

Fam. Lirnosrip#.

Hypsa ALCIPHRON, Cram. t. 133. f. E.

H. carica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 27.

H. ecens, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 453.

H. Ficus, Fabr. (Cram. t. 262. f. A, B).

H. weviconia, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 839.

H. puana, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 450.

ANAGNIA suBFasctiA, Walk. ib. p. 446.

TINOLEUS EBURNEIGUTTA, Walk. ib. iii. p. 62!.

Darjeeling.

Cispra puNcTiFASCIA, Walk. ib. iv. p. 857.

C. venosa, Walk. Tr. Ent. Soc. 3rd ser. i. p. 264.

DiGgAMA HEARSEYANA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I.C. ii. p. 298, pl. 7.

foe

Scydra halesidotalis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl. °

Macrosrocuis e1cas, Walk. (H.-Scheff. Lep. Exot. f. 531).

TRIPURA PRASENA, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. pl. 7. f. 6.

Viressa sURADEVA, Moore, ib. f. 7.

1865. ] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 797

GroTea, nu. g., Moore.

Palpi erect ; third joint short. Antenne long, filiform. Thorax

and body broad, robust. Abdomen as long as the hind wings. Fore

wings large, broad, elongate ; costa arched at the base ; apex some-

what pointed, exterior margin slightly oblique. Hind wings large,

trigonate ; the apex produced, outer margin slightly concave below

the apex, rounded posteriorly. Subcostal vein of fore wing five-

branched ; first, second, and fifth joined at their base; third and

fourth remote, arising beneath from the second at equal distances.

GROTEA ELEGANS, n. sp. (Pl. XLIII. f. 1.)

Female orange-yellow ; fore wing with seven black spots at the

base, beyond which are two transverse elbowed series of purplish-

white black-bordered spots, the outer half of the wing being covered

with similar series of more or less suffused purplish maculated bands,

the interspaces of which apically are wholly purplish black ; hind

wing with an irregular basal series, a lower discal row, a submarginal

and marginal row of black spots, those of the two latter at the apex

confluent. Thorax aud abdomen spotted with black.

Expanse 53 inches,

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. Grote, Esq.

BarsIneE DeFeEctTaA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 546.

Darjeeling.

B. nusrrascia, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 251.

Lirnosta maGnirica, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 103.

L. viripata, Walk. Cat. Lep. B. M. Suppl. p. 225.

L. DISJUNCTA, 0. sp.

Male. Fore wing yellow, with the costa to near the tip, a sub-

apical streak, a short oblique transverse line near base of inner mar-

gin, beyond which is an elongated triangular streak, metallic green,

the space between the two latter buff brown, which colour also suf-

fuses the middle of the wing; hind wing yellowish white. Thorax

yellow ; tegule metallic green; abdomen yellow. Differs from L.

viridata in being larger and having broader fore wings.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

L. VARANA, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside pale testaceous white. Underside with the

fore wing pale brown, except a costal line, which with the hind wing

is testaceous white. Antennze and tip of palpi brown. Abdomen

pale fawn-colour at the base, yellow at the tip. Legs yellow; front

of fore legs brown, Front of thorax and head pale yellow.

Female’ white, with a yellowish costal line.

Expanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W.S. Atkinson ; Brit. Mus. ;

EF. Moore.

798 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ Dec. 12,

L. BEEMA, 0. Sp.

Female. Fore wing uniform pale greyish brown; hind wing pale

yellow, with a broad greyish patch extending from the inner margin.

Body greyish brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

L. REMELANA, N. sp.

Male white; fore wing with a transverse discal black band; the

costal and upper portion of exterior margin black ; hind wing with

a large black discal spot.

Female. Fore wing with the costal and upper portion of exterior

margin, a small spot on the disk, and a larger spot on the disk of

hind wing black. Body white.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 24 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

L. BASINOTA, nN. sp.

Male and female greyish brown; fore wing dark brown, with a

pale narrow line along the veins, and a pale greyish-brown spot at

the base of posterior margin; hind wing very pale greyish brown.

Thorax, head, antennz, palpi, legs, and abdomen beneath dark

brown. Abdomen above pale greyish brown, somewhat luteous at

the tip im the male. Underside dark greyish brown ; fore wing in

the male with an ill-defined longitudinal ferruginous streak from the

base.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson ; Brit. Mus.; F. Moore.

L. RETICULATA, 0, Sp.

Male and female pale luteous brown: fore wing delicately reticu-

lated with brown; a transverse discal ill-defined darker fasciated line.

Underside pale luteous, pale brown within the disk of fore wing.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; Brit. Mus.; F. Moore.

Bizone PERORNATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 548.

B. curtrrera, Walk. ib. vi. p. 1779.

B. pericata, Walk. ib. ii. p. 550.

B. fasciculata, Walk. ib. viii. p. 1634.

B. prvaKARA, n.sp. (Pl. XLIILI. f. 9.)

Male white. Fore wing incrassated in front beyond the middle,

with two transverse discal bands joined together below and enclosing

two black spots, a streak along the base of the costa, and another

below it joining the inner transverse band saffron-yellow ; exterior

margin saffron-yellow. Thorax with saffron-yellow band and spots.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W. S. Atkinson.

“NI

Lie)

v=)

1865. ] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALFSE LEPIDOPTERA.

UTETHESIA PULCHELLA, Linn. (Cram. t. 109. f. E).

CasTABALA ROSEATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl.

p. 271.

Arena astREA, Drury, Ins. ii. pl. 6. f. 3.

A. putcis, Walk. (Cram. t. 288. f. D).

A. arcus, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv, pl. 21. f. 3.

A. syrinGa, Cram. t. 5. f. C, D.

Fam. CHALCOSIID.

Histra FLABELLICORNIS, Fabr. (Cram. t. 30. f. E).

H. papitionarta, Guér. Mén. Mag. Zool. p. 12 (Westw. Are.

p- 20).

CycLosta sancuirtva, Drury, Ins. ii. pl. 20. f. 1, 2, 2.

C. mipama, Boisd., H.-Scheeff. Lep. Exot. pl. 2. f.7, 3, 8,92.

C. venusta, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 416.

C. paprtionaris, Drury, Ins. ii. pl. 11. f. 4.

EPICOPEIA VARUNZA, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside without markings of any kind; fore wing fuli-

ginous, base and veins black ; hind wing black, with steel-blue gloss.

Underside paler; fore wing with a crimson costal spot descending

across the cell; hind wing with a spot on anterior margin before the

angle, a narrow lunule below it, and a small spot on anal lobe crimson.

Female. Upper- and underside as in male.

Expanse 43 to 4? inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Remark.—The hind wing in this species is considerably produced,

being 2,°; inches in length from the base to the tip.

E. PHILOXEN ZA, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside—fore wing fuliginous, the base and veins black ;

a small crimson spot on the costa one-third from the base: hind

wing black, with steel-blne gloss ; a white discal patch composed of

two conical-shaped spots and an outward descending streak ; a series

of ill-defined spots on exterior margin pale crimson, and a brighter-

crimson spot on anal lobe. Head and tip of abdomen pale crimson ;

thorax and abdomen above black with steel-blue gloss, beneath pale

crimson with black bands and lateral spots. Underside paler, the

crimson costal spot on fore wing large and descending across the

cell; the white discal patch on the hind wing joined on the outer

side by an ascending pale-crimson irregular-shaped band, and on the

inner side by a descending narrow crimson streak to a spot on the

800 MR, F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ Dec. 12,

lobe of abdominal margin, which spot with four other oval-shaped

spots on the exterior margin are pale crimson.

Expanse 43 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Remark.—This species has the hind wing much produced, being

over 2 inches in length from base to tip, the exterior margin being

nearly straight.

E. DIPHILA, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside—fore wing fuligimous, base and veins black ;

hind wing black, with steel-blue gloss, and having two white oval-

shaped diseal spots and an outer descending white streak, a narrow

lunule on anal lobe and one or two small marginal bright crimson

spots. Underside paler; fore wing with a crimson costal spot ; hind

wing with the white discal spots crimson-margined, above which are

three small crimson spots before the angle, and below it three crim-

son spots, one on the anal lobe, the other two on exterior margin.

Thorax and abdomen above black, with steel-blue gloss; head and

body beneath crimson, the latter with black bands.

Expanse 43 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Remark.—lIn this species the hind wing has the same truncated

form as in E. philenora.

ErASMIA PULCHELLA, Hope, Linn. Trans. xviii. pl. 31. f. 5.

PuiLopaTor, n. g., Moore.

Antenne slightly pectinated to the tips. Palpi very small; third

joint cylindrical. Proboscis rather short. Abdomen short. Fore

wing elongated ; costa arched at the base ; apex rounded ; exterior

margin oblique; inner margin nearly straight ; four superior veins,

the third trifureate ; four inferior veins, the first and second joined

from near the discal veinlet. Hind wings rounded posteriorly.

PHILOPATOR BASIMACULATA, n. sp. (Pl. XLII. f. 6.)

Female whitish, semihyaline ; both wings yellow at the base, which

is bordered outwardly by a fuliginous black irregular band, within

which are several black spots; margins of the wings and streaks

between the veins suffused fuliginous black. Antenne black ; thorax

above black, with small yellow spots. Abdomen above brown, with

a pale-yellowish waistband. Head and iegs yellow. Thorax and

abdomen beneath yellow, with black spots.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Cuevura BirascraTa, Hope, Linn. Trans. xviii. p. 444.

Cappuises, n. g., Moore.

Antenne closely pectinated to the tips. Palpi short ; third joint

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 801

linear. Head conical; proboscis short. Abdomen short, extending

to half the length of hind wings. Legs slender; middle and hind

tibize with two apical spurs. Fore wing elongated; costa slightly

arched; apex rounded ; exterior margin oblique, inner margin ab-

breviated ; veins slightly contorted towards the apex ; three superior

veins, the second trifurcate, the middle fork having a short additional

branch ; four inferior veins, the first and second joined from near

the discal veinlet. Hind wings broadly trigonate.

CapPHISES MACULATA, n. sp. (PI. XLII. f. 7.)

Male and female fuliginous black. Fore and hind wings on the

upper- and undersides with a numerous series of ochreous-white spots

in the male, and white in the female, disposed linearly between the

veins ; abdominal margin broadly in the male ochreous yellow, and

in the female gamboge-yellow. Antenne and legs black. Head and

body black, spotted with white.

Expanse, ¢ 23, 9 3 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Cuaucosta PEcTINIcORNIS, Linn, (H.-Scheeff. Lep. Exot. pl. 1.

f. 6).

C. corusca, Boisd., H.-Scheeff. ib. f. 1.

C. zuleika, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 423.

Lavurion Gemina, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 427.

Piporvus Gxiavucoris, Drury, Ins. ii. pl. 6. f. 4.

Erervusta £pEA, Linn. (Clerck, Icon. t. 4. f. 2).

. SCINTILLANS, Boisd., H.-Scheeff. Lep. Exot. i. f. 154.

. sublutea, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 430.

. EDOCLA, Doubleday, Zool. ii. p. 469,

. CIRCINATA, Boisd., H.-Scheeff. ib. f. 156.

. SEXPUNCTATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 432.

. FERREA, Walk. ib. p. 431.

- SHAHAMA, Nl. Sp.

Female. Upperside black ; fore wing with a narrow streak at the

base of the costa, another beneath the cell, a round spot at the ex-

tremity of the cell, and a submarginal series of shorter streaks saffron-

yellow; a series of four rather large white spots obliquely crossing the

wing from the middle of the costa; hind wing with the lower part

from near the base bright orange-yellow, and a small outer discal spot

of the same colour, a streak along the base of the anterior margin and

a subapical spot white. Head and body bluish black. Thorax above

with a spot on each shoulder, and abdomen with lateral bands, saffron-

Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1865, No. LIT.

Bee Se &

802 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

yellow. Underside—fore wing with the veins lined with steel-blue,

the streaks and spots whitish ; hind wing with the anterior margin,

including the cell and exterior margin, washed with pale saffron-

yellow, the lower part of the wing beneath the cell bright orange-

yellow. Body beneath with pale saffron-yellow streaks.

Expanse 22 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; F. Moore.

SCAPTESYLE TRICOLOR, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 378.

CANERKES, n.g., Moore.

Body rather short, attenuated in the male, stout in the female,

which has an exserted ovipositor. Head prominent, truncated in front.

Palpi very short. Antennze long, closely pectinated in the male,

minutely pectinated and clavate in the female. Legs slender ; middle

tibize with two minute apical spurs. Fore wings long, narrow.

Hind wings broad, quadrate, extending beyond the tip of the abdo-

men. Subcostal vein of fore wing four-branched ; the third trifur-

cate.

CANERKES EUSCHEMOIDES, n. sp. (Pl. XLII. f. 8.)

Male. Fore wing yellow to one-third of its length ; two small spots

at the base and two larger transversely disposed spots beyond black ;

the remainder of the wing black, the veins being blue ; a white spot

within the cell one-third from its end; an irregular transverse series

of white discal spots; hind wing yellow; a short basal streak, a

large patch covering the fore part of the wing, enclosing four yellow

spots, purple brown; veins lined with purple brown. Head and

body yellow ; thorax with a frontal band, lateral and dorsal spots,

and narrow abdominal bands purple-brown.

Female as in male, but with the markings more prominent and

broader.

Expanse, ¢ 23, 2 3 inches.

Cherra Poonjee ; Silhet. In Coll. F. Moore; W. S. Atkinson.

PHALANNA POLYMENA, Linn. (Cram. t. 13. f. D).

Calcutta.

SyNTOMIS DIAPHANA, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. pl. 10. f. 7.

2S. melas, Walk.

S. creusa, Linn. (Cram. t. 243. f. F).

S. muttieutTra, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. i. p. 134.

Darjeeling.

S. sScH@NHERRI, Boisd. Monogr. Zyg. pl. 7. f. 1.

S. suncorpatTa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 132.

-§. mtpnert, Boisd. Monogr. Zyg. pl. 8. f. 4.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 803

EuscuEemMa MILITARIS, Linn. (Cram. t. 29. f. 13).

NycreMeErRa Lacticinra, Cram. t. 128. f. KE.

N. LAaTistrica, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 397.

N. vARIANS, Walk. ib. p- 400.

Silhet.

N. macutosa, Walk. ib. Suppl. p- 198.

PrEROTHYSANUS LATICILIA, Walk. (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii.

pl. 8. f. 8).

Fam. Lrparipa.

Repoa ciara, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl. p. 343.

R. ARGENTEA, Walk. ib. iv. p- 827.

Dasychira ilita, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.'C. ii. p- 341.

R. sorpipa.

S. Stilpnotia sordida, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 1732.

Q. Leucoma subvitrea, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 344.

PROCODECA ANGULIFERA, Walk. ib. iv. p- 919, 3.

2. Ricine suffusa, Walk. ib. p. 824.

Psa.is securis, Hiibn. Zutrage, f. 291-2, 9.

3. Arestha antica, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 805.

2. Rigema falcata, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 437.

Q. ? falcatella, Walk. ib.

2. Anticyra approximata, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 440.

Naxa TEXTILIs, Walk. ib. iv. p- 1743.

GeENUSA crrcumpatTa, Walk. ib. p- 819.

AROA PYRRHOCHROMA, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 329.

Oreyia pLana, Walk. ib. p. 786.

O. avsrrascta, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 325.

O. SUBFASCIA, n. sp.

_Male ochreous brown; head and palpi ochreous; antennze black ;

fore wing with a paler oblique suffused band, which extends from

beneath the middle of the costa to posterior angle. Underside—

fore wing darker brown, the oblique band more defined.

Expanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Dasycurra Antica, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 867.

804 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. | Dec. 12,

D. compticata, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 362, 3.

Trisula pustulifera, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 576, 3.

Darjeeling.

D. renesrosa, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 360.

Darjeeling.

D. BHANA, 0. sp.

Male dark brown: fore wing with five transverse lines of black

lunules, bordered outwardly with chalybeous speckles ; a ferruginous

spot beyond the discal cell: hind wing paler brown, with two indi-

stinct darker suffused transverse discal bands. Underside brown, with

two ill-defined darker transverse discal bands. Cilia alternate pale

and dark brown.

Expanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Allied to D. tenebrosa, Walk.

D. FLAVIMACULA, 0. sp.

Male fuliginous brown: fore wing with two subbasal and two

discal transverse undulating black lines, bordered with rufous brown;

a double black spot with rufous-brown border on discal veinlet ; a

narrow yellow spot from posterior angle; a marginal blackish lunu-

lated line. Underside paler, with a recurved blackish band crossing

the disk of both wings; a black lunule on discal veinlet. Cilia with

black spots.

Expanse 1,5, inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

HeEracu.a, n. g., Moore.

Body short ; abdomen slender. Head prominent. Palpi short,

not extending beyond the head, densely pilose ; third joint conical.

Antenne rather short, minutely serrated. Wings broad exteriorly ;

costa nearly straight to one-third its length, rounded at the apex ;

exterior margin: slightly convex ; posterior margin nearly straight.

Four superior veins, the second three-branched, the third proceeding

from the second at one-third its length, and the fourth from near its

base. Cell closed. Hind wing rounded exteriorly. Legs rather

small; femora densely pilose beneath ; mid tibize armed with a pair,

and hind tibize with two pairs, of long apical spurs.

HERACULA Discivitra, n. sp. (Pl. XLIII. f. 2.)

Upperside chocolate-brown ; fore wing with a broad medial trans-

verse discal much darker band, the exterior margin of which is con-

cave, and the interior nearly circular by extending along the costa

and terminating below its base, both margins with a narrow pale-

white border; hind wing subdued brown, with a rather broad pale-

chocolate-brown marginal band. Underside brown ; apical half of

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 805

fore wing and marginal band of hind wing paler brown. Body dark

brown. Antenne, palpi, and legs blackish.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

MARDARA CALLIGRAMMA, Walk. Cat. Lep. B. M. Suppl. p. 402.

SomeERA viripiFusca, Walk. ib. iv. p. 882.

LyMANTRIA OBSOLETA, Walk. ib. iv. p. 880, ¢.

Q.L. bhascara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 345.

Balasore.

L. aupicans, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl.

L. superans, Walk. ib. p. 876, 2.

L. concotor, Walk. ib. p. 876,92.

L. eranpis, Walk. ib. p. 874.

L. SEMICINCTA.

Alope semicincta, Walk. ib. iii. p. 620.

Raneegunge.

L. BASINIGRA, 0. sp.

Upperside greyish brown: fore wing with a broad subbasal trans-

verse fuliginous black patch, which is bordered outwardly by a darker

black line ; a series of .black lunulated pale-bordered lines obliquely

before the apex to beyond the posterior angle, between which and

the outer margin are some black spots: hind wing and underside

paler, without markings. Thorax and head black. Palpi, legs, ab-

domen, and antennz greyish brown.

Expanse 22 inches.

Balasore, Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell

L. MATHURA, D. sp.

Male. Upperside—fore wing greyish white, markings brown,

with pale-brown interspaces ; with two or three black and yellow

spots at the base; two transverse subbasal irregular lines, between

which is a broad band; a round spot within the cell and a blackish

curved streak at its end; three transverse discal lunulated bands, the

first broad, the others narrow; a marginal row of spots: hind wing

dull yellow, with a blackish discal spot, narrow submarginal macu-

lated band, and a marginal row of small spots. Underside dull yel-

low, suffused with pale brown between the veins, with darker-brown

discal and marginal spots. Thorax white, with yellow and black

spots. Abdomen yellow, tuft white, with dorsal, lateral, and a row

beneath of black spots. Head at the sides, palpi in front, and legs

yellow ; palpi above and at the sides, and spots on the legs, black.

Antennz brown.

Expanse 27 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

806 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

Euerocris virncuncuta, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. iv. p. 836.

E. pivisa, Walk. ib.

E. tutescens, Walk. ib. p. 837.

E. aromartia, Walk. ib. p. 837.

HK. PARTITA.

Numenes partita, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 290.

Darjeeling.

E. RANA, . sp.

Male. Upperside yellow; fore wing with the basal two-thirds

irrorated with dark-brown scales, which also extend from within the

cell to the middle of the outer margin in a more densely irrorated

elbowed line, below which the wing is whitish ; two medial irregular

transverse widely separated narrow white bands from costal to poste-

rior margin: hind wing with the abdominal margin suffused with

brown. Underside pale yellow, without markings. Antenne and

body brown.

Expanse 23 inches.

Silhet. In Coll. A. Grote, Esq.

NuMENts 1nsi1Gnis, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C. ii. pl. 10 a. f. 6.

N. siletti, Walk.

N. patrana, Moore, ib. p. 367.

Levcoma tatirascia, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 831.

? Euproctis melanophila, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 349.

ARTAXA VARIANS, Walk. ib. p. 796.

A. rnconcisa, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 332.

Dreara unvata, Blanch. Jacquemont’s Voy. Ins. pl. 1. f. 8.

D. undifera, Walk. ib. p. 904.

D. mutans, Walk. ib. p. 904.

D. cirrina, Walk. ib. p. 905.

APONA CASHMIRENSIS.

Gastropacha cashmirensis, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 472. t. 21.

f. 4, 9(1844).

Apona pallida, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 1763 (1856), 2.

Male brownish fawn-colour: fore wing with three subbasal in-

distinct brown transverse lines, beyond which is a small black spot

near the costa; a transverse discal oblique series of six brown undu-

lating lines, the outer line on each side the darkest, that of the ex-

terior side with a pale inner border; a submarginal series of suffused

1865. | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 807

brown lunules: hind wing with a discal series of six indistinct undu-

lating brown lines. Underside ferruginous brown; the discal lines

of fore wing indistinct, those of the hind wing more distinct than on

the upperside. Body ferruginous brown. Antenne long and broadly

bipectinated to the tips; shaft white; plumes brown. Femur and

tibia densely clothed with long ferruginous-brown hairs.

Expanse 33 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

JANA LINEOSA, Walk. ib. p. 912.

J. CERVINA, 0. sp.

Male pale fawn-colour; fore wing with two oblique discal chest-

nut-brown narrow bands, a third being slightly apparent near the

base, the outer bordered with a broad lunular-margined dusky band;

hind wing with three ill-defined discal bands. Antenne and palpi

above fuliginous. Abdomen with pale chestnut-brown waist.

Expanse 33 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson and Brit. Mus.

TAGORA GLAUCESCENS, Walk. ib. v. p. 1188.

Darjeeling.

T. PANDYA, 0. Sp.

Upperside greyish fawn-colour ; fore wings with several transverse

indistinct brown undulating lines, curving inwardly to the costa,

bordered exteriorly by an oblique dark double line extending from

the apex to the inner margin; hind wing with a similar series of

undulating lines and dark-bordered double line ; both wings with a

submarginal series of blackish spots.

Expanse 33 to 4 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Allied to 7. patula; but may be distinguished by its wanting the

two vitreous discal spots.

GANISA PLANA, Walk. (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. pl. 10a. f. 5).

Fam. PsycuHip2&.

?CRYPTOTHELEA consorTA, Templeton, Ent. Trans. v. pl. 5.

f.'6;°7.

PsYCHE, sp.

Perina Basatis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. iv. p. 966, o.

Q . Euproctis antica, var. 6, Walk.

Fam. ARCTIID.

ALopeE OCELLIFERA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 620.

ALPHEA FOLVOHIRTA, Walk. ib. ii. p. 684.

Darjeeling.

808 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([Dec. 12,

Hypercompa MULTIGUTTIATA, Walk. ib. p. 657.

Hyprrercomra equirtatis, Kollar, Higel’s Kasch. iv. pl. 20. f. 3.

H. pracrata, Walk. ib. p. 655.

CREATONOTUS INTERRUPTA, Linn, (Cram. t. 185. f. E).

C. emitrens, Walk. ib. p. 638.

PHISSAMA TRANSIENS.

Spilosoma transiens, Walk. ib. p. 675.

AREAS ORIENTALIS, Walk. p. 658.

SpILOSOMA MULTIVITTATA, N. Sp.

Male creamy white: fore wing with five transverse maculated

fuliginous black narrow bands, the first subbasal, the second elbowed

across the cell and joining the first on the costa, which is black

along its base, third obliquely from middle of posterior margin to

the costa before the apex, fourth from near posterior angle crossing

the third to costa, fifth submarginal ; a small black spot crossed by

the discal veinlet: hind wing with a submarginal fuliginous line

and a spot on discal areolet. Head in front, palpi, thorax beneath,

and legs in front black ; sides of thorax tinged with crimson ; ab-

domen above reddish, with dorsal and lateral black dots ; body and

legs beneath yellowish.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

S. rHopopHILa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl. p. 294.

S. RUBIDORSA, 0. Sp.

Male white: fore wing with an oblique narrow grey maculated

band, a small grey spot within the discal veinlet, and another spot

near the base of the cell ; hind wing with two submarginal grey spots

and a smaller one within discal veinlet. Head black on each side

in front ; palpi black, beneath crimson; thorax crimson on each

side and beneath in front. Legs black in front ; fore femur crimson

in front. Abdomen crimson above, without dorsal but with a lateral

row of black dots; anal tuft white.

Expanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

S. SORDIDA, 0. sp.

Male pale buff-brown ; hind wings paler, with a pale submar-

ginal fuliginous band and a spot on discal veinlet ; abdomen above

dull red, with dorsal and lateral row of blackish dots; sides of

head, palpi above, legs in front, and antenne fuliginous.

Expanse 1,2, inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E, Russell,

1865.] | MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 809

S. RUBITINCTA, n. sp.

Male, Upperside—fore wing pale reddish buff-colour, yellowish

apically ; a short yellow-bordered maculated black line obliquely

from middle of posterior margin, beyond which is a very short lon-

gitudinal black streak. Underside white, delicately suffused with

pale pink on abdominal margin ; three small black spots, two sub-

marginal, the third on discal veinlet. Thorax pale reddish buff.

Abdomen above red, with dorsal and lateral black Spots ; anal tuft

white. Head buff-yellow ; sides of head, palpi above, front of legs,

and antennz black. Thorax on the sides and beneath in front crim.

son. Underside pale buff-yellow ; the short longitudinal black streak

on fore wing and spots on hind wing as above.

Expanse 1% inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

S. NIGRIFRONS. »

Icambosida nigrifrons, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl. p. 401.

Male. Upperside white. An indistinct grey dot on discal veinlet

of hind wing. Thorax in front buff-yellow. Palpi, head in front,

thorax beneath, and legs in front black. Abdomen yellow above ;

beneath black, with white bands; anal tuft white.

Expanse 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

S. FLAVALIS, n. sp.

Male. Upperside buff-yellow : hind wing yellowish white, with

two blackish spots, one near the anal angle, the other on discal

veinlet. Underside buff-white, the two spots on hind wing promi-

nent. Sides of head, palpi above, and legs in front black. Abdo-

men with lateral row of black spots. Antennz black.

Expanse 13 inch, _

jeeline: “Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

S. LATIVITTA, n. sp.

Male. Upperside buff-yellow: fore wing with a rather broad

maculated grey band obliquely from middle of posterior margin di-

minishing to the apex, where also there are some small submarginal

spots ; a grey spot near the base of the wing: hind wing whitish,

with three blackish spots, two being submarginal near the angles,

the third on discal veinlet. Sides of head, palpi above, legs in front,

dorsal and lateral spots on abdomen black. Antenne brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

S. STIGMATA, n. sp.

Male pale buff-yellow: fore wing with a dot at the base ; two

subbasal spots, a spot on middle of costa, below which an oblique

series of spots to posterior margin, and two submarginal transverse

series of short longitudinal streaks black : hind wing yellowish white,

310 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ Dec. 12,

with two rather large blackish spots from anal angle, and a third

near anterior angle. Thorax branded with a black stripe down the

middle. Abdomen reddish above, with dorsal and lateral black

dots. Front of head, palpi, front of thorax beneath, legs in front,

and abdomen black. j

Expanse 1{ inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

S. SANGUINALIS, Nl. Sp. .

Male. Upperside buff-colour: fore wing with minute black

streaks near the base; an oblique recurved transverse discal series of

small longitudinal black streaks, disposed in widely separated pairs,

each pair divided by a vein; a shorter submarginal series of similar

streaks below the apex: hind wing suffused with red at the base ;

a large spot on discal veinlet, and a submarginal series decreasing in

size from near anal angle. Abdomen above deep crimson, without

dorsal but with a lateral row of black spots. Head in front, palpi,

thorax beneath, femora at the tips, tibize, tarsi, and antennee black ;

femora (except the tips) crimson ; body beneath yellow. Underside

yellow: fore wing suffused with bright crimson from the base to

beyond the middle; a black spot on discal veinlet, a second spot

near the costa before the apex, below which is an oblique discal

streak: hind wing with spots as above.

Female. Upperside paler ; hind wings suffused with red. Under-

side yellow suffused with red; fore wing with the spot nearly obso-

lete.

Expanse 1? inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

S. RUBILINEA, 0. Sp. +

Male brownish buff-colour: fore wing with two (and in some

three) recurved transverse red lines, with or without short black

streaks, the first subbasal, the other two discal and oblique ; a short

outer medially submarginal series of black streaks ; a small reddish

spot on discal veinlet : hind wing pale buff, suffused with crimson at

the base ; a large spot on discal veinlet and large submarginal spots

black. Abdomen deep red above, beneath yellow, with a dorsal and

two lateral rows of black spots. Head at the sides, palpi, thorax in

front beneath, femora at the tips, tibiz and tarsi, and antennze

black ; femora (except the tips) in front red. Underside buff-yel-

low; fore wing slightly suffused with crimson from the base ; both

wings with a short longitudinal streak at the base, another within

the cell, a large quadrate spot on discal veinlet, and oblique submar-

ginal series of spots black.

Expanse 17 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

S. DISCINIGRA, ll. Sp.)

Male. Upperside buff-brown : fore wing with the edge of the costa

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 811

reddish ; two transverse ill-defined reddish slightly spotted lines,

between which is a reddish spot on discal veinlet ; a short series of

ill-defined black streaks before the apex, and another short submar-

ginal series : hind wing paler, the medial portion from the base black,

where the veins are pale red and suffused on the abdominal margin

with pale red. Abdomen deep red above, yellowish beneath, with

ill-detined dorsal and large lateral black spots. Underside buff-

yellow ; fore wing with the base of the costa, and veins basally, pale

crimson, with the interspaces between the veins black; hind wing

with a basal spot, longitudinal streaks from the base, a spot on discal

veinlet, and submarginal spots from analangle black. Sides of head,

palpi, femora at the tips, tibie, and tarsi black; thorax beneath

black and crimson ; femora (except the tips) crimson in front. An-

tennze black. Thorax above with a small triangular black spot.

Expanse 23 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. NoropontTIp&.

Tutacipas postica, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 1028.

Drymonia denotata, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 414.

Cnethocampa curvata, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 429.

STAUROPUS SIKKIMENSIS, n. sp. (Pl. XLIII. fig. 5.)

Male. Upperside greyish brown: fore wing with two irregular

transverse yellow-bordered black lunulated lines, the first one-third

from the base, the second beyond the cell, the space between which

is suffused greyish black with yellow speckles, and having two black

marks at the end of the cell; a small black spot at the base of the

wing, where the space to the first transverse line is greyish white ;

a submarginal row of black dots, and a marginal line of narrow

lunules black, both with a greyish-white inner border: hind wing

brown, greyish black along anterior margin, where there are some

grey marks; a marginal lunulated grey line.

Expanse 11 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Damata LONGIPENNIS, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 1044.

Darjeeling.

Cexera piusiata, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 463.

C. AURITRACTA, 0. sp.

Male pale ferruginous brown, very pale along the costa: fore wing

with a blackish longitudinal streak from the base beneath the cell

to the exterior margin below the apex, where it is interspersed with

black dots, medially beneath which is a narrow well-defined re-

curved golden metallic streak ; a blackish spot at the apex, preceded

by a smaller black spot and brown subcostal dots ; some small black

spots near the posterior angle; exterior margin with a linear row of

812 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

black dots. Thorax with a whitish collar. Antennze broadly pec-

tinated to near the tips.

Expanse 1? inch.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. F. Moore.

MENAPIA KAMADENA, 0. sp.

Male luteous brown: fore wing luteous brown, clearer brown along

the costa; on the posterior portion of the wing are two oblique pale

darker-bordered streaks, and a series of similar streaks ascending

obliquely upward and outward from before the posterior angle, above

which is an oblique apical suffused dusky streak ; a black dot at the

end of the cell: hind wing and abdomen reddish fawn-colour. Palpi

at the side black.

Expanse 2 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

CreruRA LiTuRATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 988.

C. PRASANA, 0. sp.

Male and female. Upperside—fore wing silvery white; a sub-

basal maculated band, a discal apically maculated band continuing

in a narrow line to a patch on posterior angle, spots along the costa,

and quadrate spots on the cilia black ; the maculated bands greyish

exteriorly : hind wing whitish basally, fuliginous brown exteriorly ;

cilia with black spots. Underside white basally, fuliginous exte-

riorly ; costa and quadrate spots on cilia black. Body creamy

white; thorax with small black spots; abdomen with fuliginous

black bands.

Expanse 1} to 2 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

C. DAMODARA, N. sp.

Female. Upperside creamy-white ; fore wing with basal dots, a

subbasal transverse sinuous band, short streaks on the costa, three

transverse discal sinuous lines, and short marginal streaks black,

each of the latter extending on the cilia: hind wing pale fuliginous

brown exteriorly, the veins darker brown; cilia creamy-white with

black spots. Thorax buff-white with black spots ; abdomen creamy-

white with black bands. Underside creamy-white; fore wing with

the disk fuliginous, where the veins are darker ; costal and marginal

streaks black ; hind wing with the veins exteriorly, a subapical patch,

and marginal spots fuliginous.

Expanse 23 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

HeETEROCAMPA SIKKIMA, 0. Sp.

Male and female greyish brown: fore wing hoary, with yellow

speckles between the markings; a black streak from the base, sub-

basal transverse marks, a narrow transverse streak closing the cell,

and others obliquely beneath ; two transverse discal series of black-

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 813

ish marks, between which is a row of rather prominent contiguous

yellow-speckled streaks ; a marginal row of alternate black streaks

and whitish points: hind wing, abdomen, and underside pale grey-

ish brown. Thorax, head, palpi, legs in front, and tip of abdomen

hoary. Antenne brown.

Expanse 11 to 22 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

H. ARGENTIFERA, 0. sp.

Male grey: fore wing dull silvery grey, with two irregular trans-

verse subbasal brown and blackish double lines; some blackish

marks on the costa before the apex ; a band of three oblique trans-

verse discal blackish brown-margined lunulated lines, which is dark-

est at the ends; a marginal row of well-defined black lunular spots

with silvery-grey centres: hind wing greyish brown apically, very

pale ferruginous basally, with brown lunulated marginal line. Tho-

rax, head, palpi, and legs in front grey; thorax with brown collar

and blackish spots. Abdomen very pale ferruginous, with grey tip.

Antenne brown. Underside pale ferruginous brown.

Expanse 2 to 2} inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson, Brit. Mus., and F. Moore.

IcHTHYURA FERRUGINEA, Nl. Sp.

Female bright ferruginous: fore wing with two subbasal and one

discal transverse pale lines; between the second and third line a

dark pale-bordered discal spot, and an irregular oblique brown

streak having a pale inner border; two ill-defined series of brown

pale-bordered marginal spots. Head and a large spot on front of

thorax, and anal tuft, dark chestnut-brown. Palpi at the tip black.

Antennz brown. Underside pale ferruginous.

Expanse 1} inch.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

I. INDICA, n. sp.

Male and female. Upperside brownish fawn-colour: fore wing

with two subbasal and two discal narrow transverse paler lines with

dark-brown borders, the two latter joined at their base on the poste-

rior margin; an interrupted submarginal row of pale spots, each

with a dark-brown outer border; a similar series of spots along the

exterior margin. Underside paler. Palpi, head, spot on top of

thorax, and anal tuft dark brown.

Expanse, ¢ 3%, Q 1 inch.

Bengal. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Larva feeds on Flacourtia cataphracta.—A. Grote.

NOTODONTA BASALIS, 0. sp.

Male pale purplish brown: fore wing from the base to beyond

the middle dark purplish brown, the margin being defined by an

irregular elbowed jet-black border, which extends obliquely to the

dentation of the posterior margin; apical portion of the wing dull

814 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. ([ Dec. 12,

silvery purplish grey, with two transverse rows of brown poiuts and

a row of suffused brownish lunules; a pale-brown marginal wavy

line: hind wing and abdomen pale purplish brown; thorax, head,

and palpi dark purple brown. Underside pale purplish brown, both

wings with an ill-defined darker suffused discal band having a pale

outer border and paler costal spot.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W.S. Atkinson.

Paravetra, n. g., Moore.

Body moderately stout. Abdomen extending to the length of the

hind wing. Proboscis rather short. Palpi porrect, small, pilose,

extending to the front of the head; third joint minute, linear. An-

tenn broadly pectinate to three-fourths of its length in the male,

setaceous in the female. Legs large, long, fore and middle femora

and tibize pilose beneath; hind femora naked, hind tibize and first

joint of their tarsi pilose; middle tibize with a pair, and hind tibiee

with two pairs, of apical spurs. Wings elongated, narrow; costa of

fore wings straight, apex slightly acuminate, exterior margin angular

in the middle and posteriorly, hind margin convex in the middle ;

four superior veins, first, second, and fourth contiguous at the base,

third remote, arising from the second at one-third of its length;

hind wings trigonate, slightly acuminated at the apex.

PARAVETTA DISCINOTA, n. sp. (Pl. XLIII. fig. 3.)

Male chestnut-brown : fore wing with a basal narrow yellow line,

with a broad obliquely elbowed transverse discal pale-pinkish-brown

band, which is bordered by a narrow pale-yellowish line ; within the

band is a darker discal spot : hind wing very pale pinkish brown, with

ill-defined paler dark-bordered discal line and darker marginal line.

Underside pinkish brown, with ill-defined diseal line. Body and

legs dark brown, tarsi yellow. Antenne brown; thorax with a

chestnut-brown spot at the base.

Female much darker; fore wing with the base, apex, and the

discal mark bright chestnut-brown, the discal band being greyish

purple, which colour extends to the base of the costa, base of poste-

rior margin, and pervades the exterior margin; hind wing brown.

Body and legs dark purple brown, tarsi yellow; spot at base of

thorax bright chestnut-brown.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

LopHorreRyx SATURATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl.

p. 415.

ANODONTA PULCHERRIMA, n, sp. (Pl. XLIII. fig. 4.)

Male ferruginous brown: fore wing with longitudinal streaks from

the base, marks on the costa, and a submarginal lunulated pale-outer-

bordered band bright suffused reddish brown, the interspaces being

pale buff-yellow ; a suffused blackish patch from the costa across

1865. j MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE .LEPIDOPTERA. 815

the end of the cell, beyond which is a paler patch, and an oblique

lunulated double line across the disk; a hoary marginal band tra-

versed by a narrow medial black line, and bordered by the cilia:

hind wing brown, pale buff-yellow along the abdominal margin ;

with blackish marginal band, which is slightly hoary ; two pale-yel-

lowish lines with reddish-brown borders from the anal angle pro-

ceeding indelibly across the disk to the anterior margin. Thorax,

head, palpi, and legs reddish brown. Abdomen brown, with ill-

defined pale-yellow bands. Antenne brown. Underside uniformly

dull brown, except on inner margins, which are yellowish.

Expanse 2+ inches.

N.E. Bengal. In. Coll. A. E. Russell.

ANTHEUA DIscALis, Walk. (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. pl. 13a.

ee :

AnTIcyRA comsusra, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p- 1092.

Dinara lineolata, Walk. ib. vii. p. 1700.

PHALERA RAYA, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. ii. p. 433.

P. parivata, Moore, ib. p. 434.

P. TENEBROSA, 0. sp.

Upperside greyish brown ; fore wing with an elongated pale-grey-

brown dentate-margined patch from the apex along nearly one-half of

the costa, the space beneath which to a submarginal zigzag line, and

the upper part of the wing to the base, is blackish brown, within

which are some darker discal marks. Underside duller brown, with

a medial transverse suffused blackish band having a pale outer bor-

der, and a spot on costa of fore wing.

Expanse 22 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

. Fam. Bompycip.

TRILOCHA VARIANS (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. pl. lla. f. 6).

Naprepa varians, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. pellos.

Fam. DrePaNuLip#,

ORETA PAVACA, 0. sp.

Male and female ferruginous fawn-colour. Upperside covered

with numerous ill-defined transverse darker strize ; these on the ex-

terior half of the hind wing replaced by small spots disposed linearly

between the veins; a suffused darker band from the apex of fore

wing obliquely to abdominal margin; a silvery-white zigzag discal

mark and numerous transverse silvery strise at the base of both wings

and exterior to the band of the fore wing. Underside bright ferru-

ginous, pale yellow on the posterior half of hind wing ; both wings

with numerous brown strize, which, exteriorly, assume the shape of

816 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ Dec. 12,

spots. Head, palpi, front of thorax beneath, and legs in front bright

crimson.

Female darker fawn-colour above, with the striee, spots, and trans-

verse oblique band also darker and more clearly defined, the latter

being also present on the underside.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 13 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

O. VATAMA, n. sp.

Male yellow, covered with numerous delicate transverse brown

striee: fore wing with a yellowish-ferruginous darker-bordered band,

the outer border obliquely from the apex, the inner border lunulated

and from near base of posterior margin to middle of the costa, where

it ends in a blackish spot, beyond which is a second similar costal

spot; base of the wing and along exterior margin yellowish ferru-

inous: hind wing with a broad subbasal yellowish-ferrugimous

darker-bordered band; apex slightly suffused with yellowish ferru-

ginous ; a narrow zigzag silvery-white line at the end of each cell.

Underside brighter-coloured, similarly marked, but with the inner

transverse line and costal spots of fore wing absent, the ferruginous

colour on the hind wing extending to the base, and there being some

ferruginous apical dots. Body yellowish ferruginous ; front of head,

palpi, and legs bright ferruginous ; antennze brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

DrepaNa DUPLEXA, n. sp. (Pl. XLIII. fig. 8.)

Male brownish fawn-colour, darkest at the apex, palest on the

hind wings; fore wing very falcate, with a double black line ob-

liquely from the apex to middle of abdominal margin of hind wing,

the inner line narrow and palest ; between the line and the base of

the wing some transverse pale lunulated black lines ; a small blackish

rounded spot with pale border before the apex near the costa; exte-

rior to the line on the fore wing is aseries of rounded spots composed

of brown streaks, beyond which is a brown submarginal lunulated

line ; hind wing exterior to the band with short transverse brown

strie.

Expanse 22 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

D. PATRANA, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside dull pale cinnamon-brown: fore wing with

numerous minute silvery scales disposed along the veins ; a subcostal

and two transverse pale-yellow lines, the first of the latter denticu-

lated with black on its outer border; exterior line dark-bordered,

and joining the costal line before the apex; a suffused black oblique

spot at the end of the cell; a row of black dots along the lower half

of exterior margin: hind wing yellowish anteriorly, with a short

transverse yellow dark-bordered line from middle of abdominal mar-

1865.} MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 817

gin; three or four black dots along the exterior margin from the

posterior angle. Underside yellow, with an indistinct transverse

brown line, and a discal dot on fore wing.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell ; F. Moore.

D. viRA, 0. sp.

Female. Upperside pale fawn-colour; hind wing pale yellow

anteriorly ; two oblique dark-brown lines crossing both wings, be-

tween which are three small white discal spots ; a pale submarginal

line ; exterior borders of both wings defined by a brown line. Under-

side yellow, with the transverse lines narrow and pale brown; mar-

ginal line brown.

Expanse 1,2; inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

D. SADANA, 2. sp.

Male. Upperside yellow ; fore wing with several ferruginous dark-

centred blotches below the apex, and two paler spots within the cell,

a blackish dot near the base of posterior margin, some indistinct

blackish submarginal lunules ; hind wing with several small ill-defined

ferruginous-brown spots on the lower half. Underside paler, with

the exterior margin below the apex, three subapical, and two discal

dots pale ferruginous.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

Fam. SaTuRNIID&.

CRICULA TRIFENESTRATA, Helfer (H.-Scheeff. Lep. Exot. pl. 17.

f. 80,2).

Saturnia zuleika, Westw. Orient. Ent. pl. 11. f. 1, ¢.

C. DREPANOIDES, N. sp.

Male pale fulvous, suffused with grey on the fore wing to near the

apex, and at the angles of the hind wing; exterior margins bordered

with fulvous red ; a narrow dark-purple-brown band obliquely from

the apex to middle of inner margin, continuing across the hind wing

near the base ; fore wing with a conglomerated series of large and

small clear yellow discal spots, a subbasal zigzag and a submarginal

lunulated reddish line ; hind wing with five yellowish brown-bordered

discal spots, the central one the largest and medially semitransparent,

a discal and submarginal lunulated reddish lines.

Expanse 2% inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8S. Atkinson, Esq.

SaLassa LOLA, Westw. Orient. Ent. pl. 12. f. 3.

AcriAs SELENE, M‘Leay, Leach’s Zool. Mise. pl. 70 (Cram. t. 31.

f. A, B).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. LIII.

818 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ Dec. 12,

A. Manas, Doubleday (Westw. Orient. Ent. pl. 22).

ANTHER#A PAPHIA, Linn. (Cram. t. 146. f. A, t. 147. f. A).

Balasore; Bauleah.

A. rritut, Moore, P. Z.S. 1859, pl. 65. f. 1.

A. HEeLFERI, Moore, ib. pl. 64. f. 2.

A. Assama, Helfer (Westw. Orient. Ent. pl. 20).

A. miranpa, Atkinson (Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1865, p. 424).

SaTuRNIA GROTEI, Moore, P. Z.S. 1859, pl. 65. f. 2.

S. ANNA, 0. Sp.

S. anna, Atkinson, MS.

Male dark olive-green: fore wing powdered with yellow to the

discal zigzag band, which has a contiguous outer lunulated olive-

brown band, and a double series of yellow triangular marginal spots,

a bluish and red apical patch and an adjacent white-bordered black

spot, a blackish pale-yellowish-bordered patch at the base of the

wing, and a subbasal irregular transverse narrow blackish band ;

ocelli dull crimson, with blackish border, white and purple inner

circle, and blackish centre: hind wing purplish brown at the base,

suffused with crimson near the ocellus; a subbasal irregular trans-

verse pale inner-bordered blackish band ; two transverse discal zigzag

bands and marginal double spots as in fore wing. Body purple

brown; thorax with a yellowish collar ; abdomen with a yellowish

waistband. Antennze yellowish.

Expanse 43 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. 8. Atkinson, Esq.

Lorpa KATINKA, Westw. Orient. Ent. pl. 1. f. 2.

L, SIKKIMA, N. sp.

Loepa sikkima, Atkinson, MS.

Distinguished from L. katinka by its smaller size, the male dif-

fering in being of a darker yellow, the fore wing having the exterior

margin of a clay-brown colour, and the space within the transverse

zigzag discal line from the costa dusky.

Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 32 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; W.S. Atkinson; F. Moore.

Note.—“ L. katinka also occurs at Darjeeling (but sparingly),

and is always larger than the dark form, which appears earlier in the

year (beginning of August). L. sikkima inhabits the hot valleys,

whereas L. katinka is found at from 5000 to 7000 feet elevation.”

—W.S8. Atkinson in epistold.

Arracus atxas, Linn. (Cram. t. 381. f. C).”

A. EDwWARDSII, White, P. Z.S. 1859, pl. 57.

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 819

A. cynruta, Drury, Ins. ii. pl. 6. f. 2.

A. r1c1n1, Jones, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1804, p. 42.

Saturnia arrundi, Milne-Edw. Bull. Agric. Fr. 1840, pl. 10.

A, lunula, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p, 1221.

Fam. Limacopipz.

ScoPELODES UNICOLOR, Westw. Nat. Libr. Ins. p. 222.

Mrresa ALBreuncTa, H.-Scheeff. Lep. Exot. f. 179.

Darjeeling.

M. CASTANEIPARS, 0. sp.

Glossy creamy-white, with pale glaucous reflections: fore wing

with a large irregular-shaped dark-chestnut-brown subbasal patch,

which is paler, intersected by the veins and a transverse whitish

line ; thence to the posterior angle and gradually upwards the space

is suffused with pale chestnut-brown ; a small blackish spot near the

costa one-third from the apex; exterior margin and end of the veins

defined by a blackish line: hind wing suffused with pale chestnut-

brown at the base. Thorax pale chestnut-brown ; tip of abdomen

chestnut-brown. Palpi above and fore legs in front blackish. Under-

side creamy-white; fore wing suffused with black along the costa

and beneath the cell.

Expanse 1,4; inch.

Darjeeling. In Coll. W. S. Atkinson; Brit. Mus.

Canpypa puncrata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 1761.

Belgorea subnotata, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 497.

Limacopes RETRACTATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl.

p-. 487.

Darjeeling.

TrisuLa varreeata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. ii. pl. 13 a. f. 1.

Fam. LasiocaMPip&.

LEBEDA PLAGIFERA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. vi. p. 1459.

L. FERRUGINEA, Walk. ib. p. 1458, ¢.

L. ampla, Walk. ib. p. 1412, 9.

L. nosris, Walk. ib. p. 1456.

L. spuppwA, Lefebvre (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. pl. 12a.

a 2, 3 2).

L. plagiata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 1464, 3.

L. REPANDA, Walk. ib. p. 1460.

820 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [Dec. 12,

L. VINATA, 0. sp.

Male ferruginous grey: fore wing with the edge of costa ferru-

ginous; three very oblique transverse narrow dark-ferruginous lines,

the first and second straight with a pale-whitish inner border and

having a blackish dot medially between them, third or outer line un-

dulated, with yellow outer border: hind wing suffused with dark

ferruginous along the inner margin, terminating irregularly across

the disk. Cilia of both wings dark ferruginous. Palpi blackish.

Head and thorax with a dark-ferruginous band down the middle.

Abdomen dark ferruginous above, paler towards the tip. Underside

—fore wing dark ferruginous, with the veins defined by yellow lines;

the two outer oblique transverse lines and spot dark brown, the inter-

space yellow posteriorly ; a grey patch at the apex: hind wing grey,

irrorated with dark ferruginous; a subbasal indistinct dark trans-

verse line and two irregular pale discal streaks.

Expanse 22 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

MustTILia FALCIPENNIS, Walk. ib. Suppl. p. 581.

Darjeeling.

EstIGENA PARDALE, Walk. (Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. pl. 13 a.

fi 1, 3 2 ).

BuaretTA, n. g., Moore.

Male. Body moderately stout, extending beyond the hind wings.

Head prominent. Palpi porrect, hairy, extending beyond the head.

Antennze pectinated, curved backwards. Legs stout, densely clothed

with hairs ; hind tibize with two short apical spurs. Wings mode-

rate; fore wings slightly acuminated at the tips, angulated exteriorly

below the apex and more slightly before the posterior angle; hind

wings rounded exteriorly.

BuARETTA CINNAMOMEA, n. sp. (PI. XLIII. fig. 6.)

Male. Upperside cinnamon-colour, somewhat fuliginous below

the apex, with purple hyaline gloss exteriorly ; fore wing with a

brown pale-inner-bordered transverse streak obliquely from one-third

of the posterior margin to the apex, three small black subbasal

spots, two being within the cell, the third above it ; hind wing with

a transverse oblique very indistinct darker band.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

ANDRACA BIPUNCTATA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B.M. Suppl. p.582.

Darjeeling.

A. TRILOCHOIDES, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside dark purple brown; exterior margins not fes-

tooued: fore wing with three ill-defined blackish transverse undula-

1865.] MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. 821

ting lines, the third sharply retracted towards the costa ; a deep-black

spot between the first and second lines; thickly along the costa and

before the apex, and slightly along the transverse lines, are minute

white scales ; two medially submarginal spots composed of yellowish

scales: hind wing pale at the apex, brown at the base, with two

transverse black lines, the inner one nearly straight, the outer broadly

lunulated in the middle and having a brown exterior border ; a black

discal dot.. Abdomen with a blackish waist and tip of anal tuft, the

latter with white points. Underside ferruginous brown, with two

transverse black lines and discal spot, the outer line with pale exte-

rior border; abdominal margin with a black-and-white fringe, and

a black medial tuft of rather long hairs.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjeeling. In Coll. F. Moore and W. S. Atkinson.

GANGARIDES, n. g., Moore.

Apona (part.), Walker.

Antenne moderately pectinated to near the tip. Paipi thick, pro-

jecting beyond the head ; third joint short, ascending. Body stout;

abdomen long, extending beyond the hind wings. Legs stout, rather

densely clothed with hairs. Fore wings long, acuminated at the

tips ; costa arched in the middle; exterior margin concave below the

apex, sinuous ; subcostal vein with two branches. Hind wings tri-

gonate ; apex rounded; exterior margin slightly sinuous.

GANGARIDES ROSEA.

Apona rosea, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. Suppl. p. 513.

Darjeeling.

G. DHARMA, n. sp. (PI. XLIII. fig. 7.)

Upperside—fore wing dull yellow, irrorated with minute brown

scales ; two subbasal and two discal transverse brown lines, a sub-

marginal series of brown pale-inner-bordered lunules ; a small raised

white spot between the second and third transverse lines : hind wing

ochreous yellow, tinted with rosy. Body dull yellow, irrorated with

brown. Antennz pale brown. Underside buff-yellow, densely irro-

rated with greyish brown, appearing in parts in patches. Both wings

with an ill-defined blackish transverse line. Cilia brown.

Expanse 33 to 3? inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

TRABALA VISHNU, Lefebvre, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 207.

Amydoma prasina, A. pallida, A. basalis, Walk. Catal. pp. 1415-

1417, 3 2.

T. MAHANANDA, 0. Sp.

Differs from 7. vishnu in its much larger size, the male distin-

guished by the dark bands of the fore wing being more oblique, and

the female by the transverse bands, large subbasal patch, discoidal

822 MR. F. MOORE ON BENGALESE LEPIDOPTERA. [ Dec. 12,

spot, and submarginal series of spots more prominent and of a rufous

brown.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 9 34 inches.

N.E. Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell.

TaraGAMA GANESA, Lefebvre, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 211, 3.

Bombyzx siva, Lefebvre, ib. p. 210, 9.

Megasoma albicans et M. venustum, Walk. Cat. B. M. vi. pp. 1449,

1450,3 @.

Suana Brmacuxata, Walk. (Moore, Cat. E. I. C. ii. pl. 13 a.

f. 2, 3 2 ).

Lebeda concolor, Walk. ib. p. 1463, 3.

Suana ampla, Walk. ib. p. 1502, 9.

Fam. Cossip&.

Cossus CADAMBA, 0. sp.

C. cadambe, Atkinson, MS.

Upperside—fore wing dark greyish brown, marked with numerous

short black strize and transverse irregular black lines; hind wing

pale greyish brown, with numerous brown striz. Underside pale

greyish brown, covered with numerous short brown strie.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 9 2 inches.

Bengal. In Coll. A. E. Russell; F. Moore.

Note.—According to Mr. Atkinson, “this species is rather com-

mon about Calcutta; the larva perforating the wood of Nauclea ca-

damba. The larva is very like that of C. ligniperda, except that it

is much smaller, and when full-grown of a darker colour—reddish

chestnut. The moth appears at intervals from the end of February

till November.”

ZENZERA MINEUS, Cram, t. 131. f. D.

Z. 1npica, Boisd., H.-Scheeff. Lep. Exot. f. 166.

. Fam. Heprarip£,

PHASSUS SIGNIFER, Walk. Cat. Lep. B. M. vii. p. 1568.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XLI., XLII., XLIII.

Puate XLI.

Fig. 1. Athyma chevana, p. 763. Fig. 8. Polyommatus sangra, p. 772.

2. Apatura sordida, 8, p. 765. 9. Lycenesthes bengalensis, 3,

3. Adolias balarama, p. 766. p- 773.

4. Debis visrava, p. 768. 10. Poritia hewitsont, 3, p. 775.

5. Zophoessa baladeva, p. 769. ll. Myrina ravata, p. 776.

6. Polyommatus varunana, p. 772, 12. Miletus drumila, 8, p. 777.

7. —— kandura, p. 772.

- Ss,

J Wolf.del et ith MAN Hanhart ag

1865. ] MR. J. H. GURNEY ON A NEW HARRIER. 823

Puate XLII.

Fig. 1. Satarupa gopala, 3, p. 780. | Fig. 5. Vithora indrasana, p. 795.

2. Darpa hanria, p. 781. 6. Philopator basimaculata, p.800.

3. Capila jayadeva, $, p. 785. 7. Cadphises maculata, 8, p. 801.

4, Pisola zennara, p. 786. | 8. Canerkes euschemoides, ? ,p.802.

Puate XLII.

Fig. 1. Grotea elegans, 9, p. 797. Fig. 6. Bharetia cinnamomea, g ,p.820.

2. Heracula discivitta, p. 804. 7. Gangarides dharma, 8, p. 821.

3. Paravetta discinota, p. 814. 8. Drepana duplexa, p. 816.

4. Anodonta pulcherrima, p. 814. | 9, Bizone divakara, 8, p. 798.

5. Stauropus sikkimensis, p. 811. |

13. On a New Species or Harrier FROM New CALEDONIA.

By Joun H. Gurney, F.Z.S.

(Plate XLIV.)

Some time since, I received from M. EK. Verreaux, of Paris, two

specimens of the Harrier of New Caledonia, which appear to me to

belong to an undescribed species very nearly allied to, yet distinct

from, the Harrier found in Joanna Island and in the Island of Ré-

union, to which M. Jules Verreaux has given the name of Circus

maillardi, and which was figured and described in the first series

of the ‘ Ibis,’ 1863, p. 163.

I propose to assign to this new species the name of my friend

Mr. Wolf, to whose talented pencil all students of zoology, and

ple ees those who study the birds of prey, are so greatly in-

debted.

The specimens of Circus wolfi which I have received from M.

Verreaux appear to me to be both males, one evidently in the

plumage of the first year, the other adult or nearly so.

On comparing the latter with an adult male of Circus maillardi

recently obtained in Joanna Island, and liberally presented to the

Norwich Museum by Mr. Edward Newton, I can find little or no

difference in size or form, except that the quill-feathers of the wings

and tail are slightly broader in CO. maillardi than in C. wolf, and

that the proportionate length of the primaries in the two species

does not appear identical.

In both species the third primary is the longest, the fourth next,

and then the second; but in Cireus maillardi the fifth equals the

second in length, whilst in C. wolfi it falls decidedly short of it ;

again, in C. maillardi the sixth primary is slightly longer than the

first, whilst in C. wolfi the relative proportions of these two fea-

thers are reversed.

The colouring of the upper part of the head and neck, also that

of the back, rump, and upper side of the wings, is extremely similar

in both species ; but it is slightly darker in the adult males of Circus

maillardi, and the contrast between the black and grey feathers

824 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF CEBUS. [Dec. 12,

of the wings is decidedly more conspicuous in that species than in

C. wolfi.

In the specimens before me the middle feather of the tail bears

one transverse mark near its base in C. wolfi, whereas the corre-

sponding feather bears four such marks in C. maillardi. In each

species there is also a single mark near the end of the feather;

but both this and the markings on the upper portion of it are

much more distinct in C. maillardi than in C. wolfi. The shaft-

markings on the throat in C. wol/fi are browner than in C. mail-

lardi, and on the breast and abdomen they are not only browner

but also broader, extending in C. wolfi to the under tail-coverts,

which in C. maillardi are of a pure white.

The inner side of the primaries in C. maillardi are a pure white

near their base, the remainder being black. In C. wolfi the basal

parts are yellowish white, and the remainder of the underside of

the primaries are of a pale slate-colour, crossed with narrow bars of

a darker slate-colour at intervals of about an inch, the tips of the

feathers being also dark.

The young male of C. wolfi resembles C. maillardi in a similar

state, but is not so dark in its plumage, and is more rufous in the

region of the abdomen, in which it resembles the young male of

Circus assimilis.

14, Notices oF soME APPARENTLY UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF

Sapasous (Cesus) 1N THE COLLECTION OF THE BRITISH

Museum. By Dr. Joun Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.,

F.L.S., Etc.

(Plate XLV.)

The distinction of the species of the American Monkeys is very

difficult, and perhaps the genus Cebus the most difficult of all. Next

to the difficulty of distinguishing them is that of determining the

names which have been applied to them by different authors, and

(what ought not to be the case) the determining of the figures, given

by Spix and others, representing the species under consideration.

This mainly arises from the great variation of colour that the

specimens of the same species present.

The difficulty has also been increased by the works of compilers

like Lesson and Wagner, who depend on the descriptions of authors

without having the opportunity of examining species to correct their

theories, and yet venture to decide what are species and what varieties :

and the result shows how dangerous it is for compilers to venture

to go beyond the author from whom they copy.

M. Isidore Geoffroy has shown that Cedz when in confinement,

especially in a dark place, become bleached; and he believes that

specimens so decolorated have often embarrassed zoologists and led

them into error (Castelnau, ‘ L’Amér. du Sud, Mammiféres,’ p. 10,

note).

ide on

~~? ‘

(2 casters be at ge SUG!

M&N Tanhart ump

CKBUS LEUCOGENYS

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF CEBUS. 825

There are two good essays on this genus, both based upon the

collection in the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, which contains the type

specimens described by the older: French zoologists (viz. MM. I.

Geoffroy, F. Prevost), and in Pucheran’s ‘ Catalogue Méthodique de la

Collection des Mammiféres,’ Paris, 1851, and Dr. A. G. Dahlbom’s

‘Studia Zoologica,’ vol. i. 1856. The latter gives comparative. de-

scriptions of the species, drawn up in the form of tables.

I have compared these with the large collection of specimens in the

British Museum, and believe that the species I have here described

are not contained in them.

In stuffed specimens there is to be observed a considerable dif-

ference in the length and slenderness or thickness of the fingers, and

at one time I thought this might afford a good character; but I ob-

served that the fingers of those that are short when adult appeared

to be longer and more slender in younger specimens, and I am not

satisfied that part of this difference may not depend on the art of

the taxidermist.

I believe that the manner in which the hair is distributed on the

head is a good character; but this is one which requires careful exa-

mination ; for the animal-preserver, by carelessness or by design,

sometimes disfigures specimens in this respect. But the difference

between natural distribution and disfigurement is easily discovered

by careful study.

The greater number of.species have a generic coloration ; that is to

say, the side of the head, the chest, and the front of the fore legs,

and often the shoulders and outside of the thighs, are paler-coloured

than the rest of the body. A few of the species are at once known

by the distribution of their colours, as C. leucocephalus by its white

head, chest, and shoulders, all the rest of the body being dark in

this species ; C. leucogenys, C. cirrifer and C. vellerosus are known

by their uniform black colour, and C. flavescens by its nearly uniform

pale yellow ; C. zanthocephalus is known from the others by the yel-

lowness of the hinder part of the body before the thighs.

The species in the British Museum may be thus arranged :—

I. Hairs of the crown reflered, bent back round the face, forming a

short, erect crest over each eyebrow. Colour uniform.

1. C. LEUCOGENYs, sp. nov. (PI. XLV.)

Fur blackish, soft, elongate, silky, with a thick underfur; hair of

head short, of the circumference of the face reflexed ; cheek and tem-

ple pale yellow.

Hab. Brazil.

Il. Hairs of the crown bent back; those on the sides of the dark

crown-spot elongate, in the perfect state forming two more or

less erect crests or tufts.

2. C. APELLA, I. Geoff., is the hornless, and C. fatuellus, I. Geoff.,

the horned state.

826 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF CEBUS. [Dec. 12,

3. C. eLecans, I, Geoff.=C. pallidus, Gray.

Hab. Bolivia.

4. C. crrriFer, I. Geoff.

5. C. veLtuerosus, I. Geoff.

Perhaps a thicker-furred variety of the former.

The younger specimens, and sometimes the older ones, are desti-

tute of crests in all these five species, and therefore may be confounded

with those of the next section.

Fig. 4.

III. Hairs of the crown short, reflexed, adpressed, not

Sorming any crest.

. C. carucinus, I. Geoff.

7. C. XANTHOCEPHALUS, Spix,=C. monachus, Fischer.

8. C. atsirrons, I. Geoff.

. C. nyro.eucus, I. Geoff.

1865.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW SPECIES OF CEBUS. 827

10. C. teucoceruatus. (Fig. 4.)

Fur dark reddish brown, very obscurely punctulated ; head to the

front edge of the ears white; a short central narrow black streak

on the back of the forehead ; feet blackish.

This may be a variety of C. versicolor, Pucheran, although he

particularly says it has no streak on the forehead.

Hab. Columbia.

11. C. FLAVESCENS.

Fur nearly uniform pale yellow fulvous ; the cheeks, whiskers, and

hair under the throat greyish; the crown, nape, and middle part of

the back rather darker ; outside of the leg rather redder ; hair of the

top of the head and nape rather elongate, and directed backward.

C. gracilis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M.; not Spix, t. 5.

Hab. Brazil.

IV. Hairs of the crown of the head elongate, erect, forming a single

central more or less conical crest.

12. C. rosustus.

13. C. ANNELLATUS. (Fig. 3.)

Fur brown, reddish-washed, especially on the thigh, hairs with

several pale rings; streaks on sides of neck bent down in front of

the shoulders, bright yellow; belly reddish; crown, temple, whis-

kers, fore and hind legs, and tail blackish; face with dark-black

hairs ; crown-spot broad, with a broad line to the forehead and to the

whiskers.

M. I. Geoffroy mentions, but does not describe, a Monkey under

C. capucinus which may be this species.

Hab. Brazil.

V. Hairs of the crown radiating from a centre; directed forward

in front, and forming, with the eyebrows, a transverse crest.

14. C. curysopvus, F. Cuvier.

Hab. Brazil.

15. C. suscristatus. (Fig. 2.)

Fur blackish brown ; outside of the hind legs yellowish-washed ;

sides of face pale ashy ; front of shoulders of the upper arms yellow-

ish; the superciliary crest distinctly marked.

Hab. Brazil.

VI. Hairs of the crown elongate, erect, diverging in all directions,

forming a kind of cap.

16. C. capituatus. (Fig. 1.)

Fur rather elongate, brown, slightly washed with yellow, especially

828 DR. L. PFEIFFER ON FORMOSAN LAND-SHELLS. [Dec. 12,

on the thighs; sides of the forehead grey ; sides of neck, outsides of

the shoulders and fore legs fulvous; crown and nape blackish.

Hab. Brazil.

The series of skulls of different species in the British Museum col-

lection do not present any characters by which they can be divided :

the adult skulls are almost all of nearly the same size and proportions ;

they only differ in the form of the impression of the muscles of the

lower jaw. In some they are separated only by a very thin central

ridge, extending the whole length of the skull; in others they are

separated by a broad space of nearly equal width ; but in some others

the edges of the scars are far apart in front, and close together, with

a linear ridge, behind, leaving a triangular smooth space on the fore

part of the crown. But these are doubtless changed by age, though

there must be a considerable difference in the form of the muscles of

the last group and those of the two former ones.

15. DescripTIONS OF THIRTEEN New SPECIES OF LanbD-SHELLS

rRoM Formosa, IN THE COLLECTION OF THE LATE Hueu

Cumrine, cottecrep By Mr. Roserr SwinHoer, VICE-

Consux or THAT IsLanp. By Dr. Louis PFEIFFER.

(Plate XLVI.)

_—

. Herix vesta, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 9). 7. subobtecte perfo-

rata, depressa, tenuis, levigata, nitidissima, pellucida, virenti-

cornea; spira subconoidea, vertice minuto, papillari; sutura

marginata; anfr. 53, convexiusculi, regulariter accrescentes,

ultimus rotundato-depressus, antice non descendens, basi medio

impressus, perforatione callo subclausa; apertura obliqua,

dilatato-lunaris; perist. simplex, marginibus subconvergentibus,

columellari arcuatim ascendente, ad insertionem reflexiusculo.

Diam. maj. 154, min. 13, alt. 72 mill.

2. Hexrx sHEeRMANI, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 5). TT. wmbilicata,

lentiformis, carinata, solidula, oblique striata et sub lente sub-

granulata, rufo-fusca ; spira conoideo-convexa, vertice minuto,

subpapillari, pallido; sutura marginata; anfr. 7, lente ac-

erescentes, planiusculi, ultimus non descendens, acute carinatus,

subtus convexior ; umbilicus latiusculus ; apertura fere diago-

nalis, securiformis; perist. simplex, marginibus vix conver-

gentibus, basali arcuato, ad insertionem non dilatato.

Diam. maj. 18, min. 163, alt. 8 mill.

3. Heurx cranti, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 10). 7. wmbilicata,

turbinata, tenuiuscula, striatula, sub lente fortiore minutissime

decussatula, parum nitens, fusco-cornea ; spira subregulariter

conica, vertice subtili; anfr. 63, convexiusculi, ultimus infra

carinam acutam, marginem fere attingentem conveaior, in um-

GB Sowerby hth. M &NHenhart.imp

NEW FORMOSAN SHELLS

1865.] DR. L. PFEIFFER ON FORMOSAN LAND-SHELLS. 829

bilicum mediocrem subito ascendens, antice vir descendens ;

apertura diagonalis, rotundato-lunaris ; perist. tenue, margi-

nibus convergentibus, supero breviter expanso, basali arcuato,

reflexo, columellari dilatato, patente.

Diam. maj. 15, min. 13, alt. 8 mill.

4, Hevrx swinuoet, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 6). TT. mediocriter um-

bilicata, turbinato-depressa, solidula, oblique ruguloso-striata

striisque spiralibus confertissimis subtiliter sculpta, unde sub-

sericea, fulvo-fusca, submarmorata ; spira breviter turbinata,

obtusula ; anfr. 5-54, superi planiusculi, ultimus vie descendens,

superne subtumidus, medio carina prominente obtusa cinctus,

subtus inflatus ; apertura diagonalis, rotundato-lunaris, intus

cerulescenti-margaritacea; perist, carneo-fuscum, marginibus

convergentibus, callo tenui junctis, supero anguste expanso, ba-

sali reflexiusculo, versus insertionem sensim dilatato.

Diam. maj. 52-58, min. 43-48, alt. 27-28 mill.

B. Minor, fulva, peristomate pallide roseo, apertura intus alba.

Diam. maj. 46, min. 39, alt. 25 mill.

5. Hexrx rormosensis, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 7). TT. sinistralis,

umbilicata, subturbinato-depressa, tenuiuscula, oblique subtili-

ter striata, sub epidermide tenuissima cerea albida ; spira brevi-

ter turbinata, vertice obtuso ; anfr. 54, regulariter accrescentes,

parum convexi, ultimus peripheria obsolete unifasciatus et sub-

angulatus, antice vir descendens, subtus convexus, striis spira-

libus minutissimis sculptus, circa umbilicum mediocrem pro-

fundum non compressus; apertura diagonalis, late lunaris ;

perist. subincrassatum, marginibus remotis, supero sinuato, ex-

pansiusculo, basali reflewo, ad insertionem dilatato.

Diam. maj. 26, min. 223, alt. 12-13 mill.

6. Herx-sacca, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 8). 1. umbilicata, globoso-

depressa, solida, levissime striatula, albo-lutescens, fasciis 3

castaneis ( peripherica latiore) ornata; spira breviter turbinata,

vertice subtili, carneo ; anfr. 54, modice converi, ultimus non

descendens, basi subinflatus, striis spiralibus obsoletissimis

sculptus, circa umbilicum angustissimum impressus ; apertura

parum obliqua, lunaris, intus alba, fasciis pellucentibus ; perist.

album, undique breviter reflecum, marginibus remotis, basali

ad insertionem dilatato, subangulato.

Diam. maj. 234, min. 203, alt. 14 mill.

7. Hetix MELLEA, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 4). TT. wmbilicata, de-

pressa, carinata, tenuiuscula, sub lente minutissime granulata,

oleoso micans, pallide fulva; spira parum elevata, vertice obtuso ;

anfr. fere 5, planiuscult, regulariter accrescentes, ultimus antice

via descendens, infra carinam acutiusculam subinflatus ; umbi-

licus mediocris, profundus ; apertura parum obliqua, subangu-

lato-lunarts ; perist. albidum, marginibus vir convergentibus,

830 DR. L. PFEIFFER ON FORMOSAN LAND-SHELLS. [Dec. 12,

supero anguste expanso, basali subreflexo, columellari breviter

ascendente, superne subdilatato.

Diam. maj. 22, min. 20, alt. 9 mill.

8. BuLimus swinuokt, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 2, 2a). TT. umbili-

cata, ovato-conica, tenuiuscula, oblique striatula, striis spirali-

bus confertissimis decussata, fulvida, strigis brunneis vel nigri-

cantibus irregulariter ornata; spira convexo-conica, sursum pal-

lida, vertice acuto; anfr. 63, parum convevi, ultimus spira bre-

vior, basi rotundatus ; apertura parum obliqua, truncato-ovalis,

intus cerulescenti-margaritacea ; perist. simplex, tenue, mar-

gine dextro anguste expanso, columellari late fornicatim reflexo.

Long. 35, diam. 20 mill.

9. Butimus spHzroconvs, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 3). TJ. sub-

clause perforata, globoso-conica, tenuiuscula, oblique striata,

carneo-albida, epidermide nitida fulvida vestita ; spira conica,

vertice acutiusculo; anfr. 6, convexiusculi, ultimus spira bre-

vior, ventrosus, medio linea rufa cinctus ; columella verticalis ;

apertura obliqua, subquadrangularis; perist. tenue, breviter

expansum, marginibus remotis, dextro subflexuoso, columellari

sursum dilatato, reflexo.

Long. 22, diam. 17 mill.

10. Buximus 1ncertus, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 1). 7. subperfo-

rata, oblongo-turrita, tenuis, minute et oblique ruguloso-striata,

nitidula, fulva ; spira convezro-turrita, vertice obtusulo; anfr.

- 10 converiusculi, ultimus + longitudinis vix formans, rotunda-

tus; apertura perobliqua, lunari-rotundata ; perist. simplex,

rectum, margine columellari ad insertionem vix reflexo.

Long. 10, diam. 44 mill.

11. Cravsinia swinuoet, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 11). 7’. leviter

arcuato-rimata, fusiformi-turrita, solida, oblique striata, seri-

cea, castanea; spira sensim attenuata, apice obtusa; anfr.

10-11, convexiusculi, ultimus basi turgidus; apertura verticalis,

ovalis, angulo supero rotundato ; lamelle fortes, supera mar-

ginalis, altera obliqua ; lunella imperfecta, e pliculis 6 formata ;

plica palatalis 1 elongata, subcolumellaris fere ad marginem

emersa; perist. continuum, album, callosum, superne appressum,

caterum reflexum.

Long. 31-34, diam. 8 mill.

12. CLAUSILIA SHERIDANI, Pfr. TJ. subrimata, fusiformi-tur-

rita, solidula, striata, nitida, saturate castanea ; spira a medio

subregulariter attenuata, apice acutiuscula; sutura simplez,

profunda; anfr. 9-10, convexi, ultimus angustior, costulato-

striatus, solutus, dorso angulatus, basi rotundatus ; apertura

subobliqua, angulato-piriformis; lamelle parvule, approxi-

mate ; lunella exigua, remota; plica palatalis | elongata, sub-

1865. | DR. L. PFEIFFER ON NEW LAND-SHELLS. 831

columellaris ad marginem emersa ; perist. continuum, undique

breviter expansum.

Long. 15-16, diam. 32 mill.

B. Peristomate extus intusque albo-incrassato, inde apertura

coarctata, lamella inferiore et plica columellari vir conspicuis.

13. PrrrocycLos witsont, Pfr. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 12). 7. late

umbilicata, subdiscoidea, solidula, striatula, nitida, Sulva, cas-

taneo dense fulgurata; spira medio vix elevata; anfr.43, modice

convexi, ultimus subdepresso-rotundatus, medio linea castanea

cinctus ; apertura diagonalis, subcircularis, intus violacescens ;

perist. duplex ; internum expansiusculum, adnatum, superne vix

incisum, externum patens, ad anfractum contiguum productum,

tum late inflecum, latere dextro angustius involutum. Opere.?

Diam. maj. 22, min. 18, alt. 73 mill,

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVI.

Fig. 1. Bulimus incertus. Fig. 7. Helix formosensis.

2, 2a. swinhoet. bacea.

3. spheroconus. 9. vesta.

4. Helix mellea. 10. granti.

oS: shermani. 11. Clausilia swinhoet.

6. —— swinhoei. 12. Pterocyclos wilsoni.

16. Descriptions or Five New Species or LAanv-SHELLs,

FROM THE COLLECTION OF THE LATE HuGHu Cuming. By

Dr. Louis Pretrrerr.

1. Burrus avris, Pfr. 7. profunde compresso-umbilicata,

ovato-turrita, solidula, levigata, alba, strigis parcis undulatis

castaneis signata ; spira turrita, acutiuscula 3 anfr. 6, convexi,

ultimus spiram subequans, rotundatus, antice ascendens 3 aper-

tura subverticalis, obverse auriformis, intus violaceo limbata ;

columella profunde et valide transverse plicata, violacea ;

perist. late expansum, marginibus approximatis, callo junctis,

columellari flexuose elevato.

Long. 39, diam. 143 mill. Apert. cum perist. 20 mill. longa,

medio 13 lata.

Hab. Venezuela.

2. BuLimus Tenuruamris, Pfr. 7. profunde umbilicata, ovato-

turrita, tenuis, sublevigata (sub lente minute spiraliter striata),

nitida, alabastrina ; spira turrita, apice acuto; anfr. 7, plani-

usculi, ultimus spira brevior, antice vix ascendens, basi com-

presso-rotundatus ; apertura vix obliqua, truncato-oblonga ;

perist. simplex, margine dextro breviter expanso, columellari

ad basin usque perdilatato, patente,

Long. 30, diam. 12 mill. Apert. cum perist. 143 mill. longa,

10 lata.

Hab. Venezuela.

832 MR. A. NEWTON ON ANIMALS FROM MADAGASCAR. [Dec. 12,

3. Butimus suarezi, Pfr. TT. perforata, conico-ovata, tenui-

uscula, striata vel plicatula, cerea, strigis linearibus olivaceis

sparse notata; spira conica, acutiuscula; sutura subirregu-

laris; anfr. 54, convexiusculi, ultimus spiram superans, inflatus ;

apertura parum obliqua, angulato-subovalis, intus albido-mar-

garitucea ; perist. simplex, marginibus callo tenui vitreo junctis,

dextro recto, columellari perdilatato, patente.

Long. 31, diam. 18 mill. Apert. 19 mill. longa, 10-11 lata.

Hab. in provincia pacifica reipublicee Mexicane.

4. PsEUDACHATINA ELONGATA, Pfr. 7. imperforata, oblongo-

turrita, solida, irregulariter oblique plicata et supra suturam

cingulo granulato munita, rubello-fulvida ; spira turrita, apice

obtusula ; sutura albo marginata, crenata; anfr. 74, superi

conveai, sequentes subplanati, ultimus medio obtuse carinatus,

+ longitudinis superans ; columella callosa, subtruncato-torta ;

apertura parum obliqua, oblongo-ovalis ; perist. simplex, mar-

ginibus callo crasso albo junctis, dextro anguste expanso.

Long. 84, diam. 33 mill. Apert. 37 mill. longa, 20 lata.

8. Minor, nigro-castanea, pallide marmorata.

Long. 70, diam. 28 mill.

Hab. ad fluvium Gaboon Africe.

5. ACHATINA CALABARICA, Pfr. T. oblongo-turrita, tenuius-

cula, conferte striata, nitida, fusco-nigricans, interdum pal-

lidius strigata; spira subconcavo-producta, vertice minuto ;

anfr. 9, modice convexi, summi costulati, ultimus + longitudinis

subequans, medio filocarinatus ; columella arcuata, ad basin

aperture subverticalis rhombeo-elliptice oblique truncata;

perist. simplex, rectum, marginibus callo tenui junctis.

Long. 28, diam. 11 mill. Apert. 11] mill. longa, 6 lata.

Hab. Old Calabar Africz.

17. List or ANIMALS COLLECTED AT Monampo, MapaGascar,

By Mr. W. T. Gerrarp. By Aurrep Newron, M.A.,

F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Specimens of animals from Madagascar are so very scarce in the

museums of this country, that I make no apology for presenting to

the Society alist of a small collection made in that remarkable island

by Mr. W. T. Gerrard, a travelling naturalist, and lately received by

me from Mr. Edward Newton. The collection does not, it is true,

contain any species previously undescribed, and in this respect differs

from all others from Madagascar that I have had an opportunity of

examining; but several of the species are of undoubted rarity, and

have perhaps never before been seen in England.

I am indebted to Mr. P. L. Sclater for being so good as to furnish

me with the names of the Mammals; and as the Mammals of Ma-

1865.] MR. A. NEWTON ON ANIMALS FROM MADAGASCAR. = 833

dagascar have been an especial object of study with him, his deter-

mination of the four species in the collection cannot fail to be satis-

factory. Dr. A. Ginther in like manner has been kind enough to

supply the necessary information respecting the Reptiles. To the

list I have added such notes of the local names, the colours of the

soft parts, and the like, as were on the labels attached by Mr. Ger-

rard to the specimens, all of which are stated to have been collected

in July or August 1865.

MAMMALIA.

1. MicRORHYNCHUS LANIGER (Gmelin).

[‘‘ Footsieffock.” ]

2. Preropus epwarpsi, Geoffroy.

[‘‘ Fanny.”’]

3. VESPERUS MINUTUS, Temminck.

(‘* Vanuboru.”’ |

“‘ Kindly determined for me by Dr. Peters.”—P. L. S.

4. ERICULUS NIGRESCENS, Geoffroy, Mag. de Zool. 1839, t. 3, 4.

[ Suke.’’]

The first specimen, I believe, of this little quadruped which has

been brought to England.

AVES.

1. Tr1nNUNCULUS NEWTON], Gurney, Ibis, 1863, p. 34, pl. 2.

[“‘ Hitskitsia.” Iris hazel; beak bluish; cere and legs orange-

yellow. |

A male and female, obtained in July and Augnst. The latter is

the first example of that sex which I have seen, and, though some-

what resembling the female of 7’. punctatus from Mauritius, is much

smaller, and has the ground-colour of the upper tail-coverts ashy

grey, barred with black. In all the examples, even the males, of

T. punctatus that have come into my possession, the upper tail-

coverts have been rufous; and I feel assured that Mr. Gurney was

perfectly justified in establishing the Madagascar bird as a distinct

species. The male example sent by Mr. Gerrard resembles “ speci-

men A”’ of Mr. Gurney’s description and its accompanying plate ;

but in a small collection, recently presented to the Norwich Museum

by Mr. Caldwell, there are four examples (two males and two

females) of 7’. newtoni, which all have the deep-bay breast, so as to

correspond with “specimen B;”’ this would accordingly seem to be

the prevailing type of the adult bird in 7’. newtoni.

2. MICRONISUS MADAGASCARIENSIS (Verreaux).

[‘‘Ferass.” Iris bright orange; cere and legs yellow. |

Mr. Gurney remarks to me of this species that it “appears, both

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. LIV.

834 MR. A. NEWTON ON ANIMALS FROM MADAGASCAR. [Dec. 12,

in size and colour, to hold an intermediate place between M. polyzo-

noides and M. tachiro. In the character of the markings and in

general colour it closely resembles the adult M. tachiro, while in size

it is nearer M. polyzonoides, the female of which is as nearly as pos-

sible the same size as the male of M. madagascariensis.”

3. AsIO MADAGASCARIENSIS (A. Smith).

[‘“‘Ankang.” Iris brown ; beak and claws black. }

The collection contains one specimen of this curious Owl.

4. Coracopsts vasa (Linnzus).

5. Poxiopsirra cana (Gmelin).

[‘ Coruck.’”]

6. LeprosoMA DIscoLor (Hermann).

[‘< Volondrue.”’ ]

I quite agree in what I understand to be Mr. P. L. Sclater’s

opinion of the affinities of this very remarkable form* ; and in cor-

roboration I would call attention to the habit of playing in the air,

as noticed in this species by Dr. Roch and my brother (Ibis, 1863,

pp. 166, 167), and in Coracias garrula by Sir Charles Fellows (Ann.

N. H. iv. p. 213).

7. Meroprs suPERCILIosUS, Linneeus.

[ * Ceskirineskring.”’ ]

8. CoryTHORNIS VINTSIOIDES, Lafresnaye.

[« Vinchi.”’ Iris dark. ]

9, Cenrropus TOLU (Linnzeus).

[‘«Tulu,” “ Moouse.”’ Iris scarlet. ]

10. Cona cH#RULEA (Linnzus).

[«* Marea.’” ]

11. Srrtsomus cristatus (Linnzeus).

[“Sukum.” Iris dark hazel; cere blue; beak and legs black.]

12. CAPRIMULGUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, Sganzin.

[‘* Tar-taros.’’ ]

13. ZoSTEROPS MADAGASCARIENSIS (Linnzus).

[‘Subera.” Iris reddish brown; lower mandible lead-colour ;

upper mandible bluish black ; legs lead-colour. ]

14. NECTARINIA ANGLADIANA, Shaw.

[“Swil”’ Iris dark.]

15. NECTARINIA SOUIMANGA (Gmelin),

ies Swil.’’]

* See anted, p. 682.—P. L. S.

1865.] MR. A. NEWTON ON ANIMALS FROM MADAGASCAR. 835

16. ARTAMIA RUFA (Gmelin).

[** Skit-bug.’’]

The collection contains a pair of this species, which I have never

seen before. The male corresponds accurately with Dr. Hartlaub’s

description (Orn. Beitr. Faun. Madag. p. 48), the glossy black of

the head extending all down the throat to the breast. The female

has the chin, throat, and foreneck white. In other respects she re-

sembles the male very closely, but has the colours less bright.

17. Leproprerus viripis (Gmelin).

[“‘Sart-sart.” Iris hazel; beak lead-colour ; legs black.]

18. Dicrurvus rorricatus (Linnzus).

[‘* Dronga.’’]

19. Vanea curvirostris (Gmelin).

[‘‘ Voron-bang.”” Iris dark.]

20. ?Tcnrrrea Murata (Linneus).

[‘‘ Sket-volulu ;” “ Sket-ranu.’’]

I am inclined to agree with Professor Schlegel (N. T. D. 1865,

pp- 84, 86) in considering Muscicapa mutata of Linnzus to be iden-

tical with Tehitrea pretiosa of Lesson and T. holosericea of Temminck.

Mr. Gerrard’s collection contains three fine Paradise Flycatchers,

with the tail of a fourth. One of the former, marked “ male,”’ cor-

responds accurately with Dr. Hartlaub’s description of T. pretiosa:

the other two, marked “ female,” agree as well with his descriptions

of T. mutata and T’. holosericea, except that they have no crest; in

both the tail is entirely chestnut, the middle feathers not being

greatly prolonged. One has the secondary wing-coverts edged with

white, the other with chestnut. The tail of the fourth is chestnut,

except the two elongated middle feathers, which are white, partially

bordered with black—the edging on the outer web being the broadest,

and for more than half its length occupying the whole width of the

web. The examination of a large series of examples is required before

arriving at any definite conclusion on the point at issue.

21. Hypsrreres ovurovane (Gmelin).

[‘* Wrova.”’ ]

22. CisTICOLA MADAGASCARIENSIS (Hartlaub).

[“‘ Teen-teen.” Iris pale yellow.]

I think that this species belongs rather to the genus Cisticola

than to Drymeca, in which it was placed by Dr. Hartlaub (Orn.

Beitr. Faun. Madag. p. 35), since it possesses twelve rectrices, ten

being the usual number in Drymeca.

23. Exvista typica, Hartlaub.

[** Spritic.’?]

836 MR. A. NEWTON ON ANIMALS FROM MADAGaSCAR. [Dec. 12,

24. PRaTINcoLA siBYLLA (Linneeus).

[“Tetrat.” Iris brown; legs and beak black. ]

25. FoupIA MADAGASCARIENSIS (Linnzus).

[“Fu’de.”” Iris dark ; beak and legs grey. ]

26. SpERMESTES NANA (Pucheran).

[‘« Sangerreet.’”]

27. Mrrarra Hova, Hartlaub.

[« Flift.” Usually on the ground: has something the habit of

Alauda arborea. have not, however, seen it rise higher than the

low trees. |

28. HARTLAUBIA MADAGASCARIENSIS (Linneeus).

[** Volontaynombi.” Iris dark brown ; beak and legs black. ]

29. AcRIDOTHERES TRISTIS (Linnzus).

[‘« Martine.” Iris red, margined with white dots ; beak, eye-patch,

and legs yellow. }

An example in the collection is, I believe, the first of the species

that has been obtained in the island, though it was observed there

in 1862 by Mr. Edward Newton. The specimen agrees exactly with

others from Mauritius.

30. Numipa TraraTa, Bonaparte.

[‘ Akanga.’’]

31. MARGAROPERDIX STRIATA (Gmelin).

[“ Trou-trou.”” Tris black ; bill bluish at base, with black tip ;

legs speckled bluish olive. ]

32. TuRNIX NIGRICOLLIS (Gmelin).

[“Kebo.” Iris pale yellow; beak and legs greyish brown. }

33. PorPHYRIO MADAGASCARIENSIS (Gmelin).

[‘‘Talave.” Iris reddish brown ; beak and bald patch on fore-

head red; legs flesh-colour. |

I take this opportunity of remarking that the Orseaur bleus, men-

tioned in the “ Journal of the Sieur D. B.”’ (P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 77) as

occurring in the island of Bourbon (Réunion) nearly two hundred

years ago, probably belonged to this large species of Porphyrio.

34. CANIRALLUS KIOLOIDES (Pucheran).

[“‘Scoza-vout.” |

The collection contains one example of this very scarce species,

which I have never seen before. The specimen agrees entirely with

Dr. Hartlaub’s description. In the list of birds observed in Mada-

gascar by Dr. Roch and my brother, the name of this bird was by

mistake inserted (Ibis, 1863, p.173). The examples obtained by

the former gentleman proved on further examination to be Rougetius

berniert.

1865.] MR. A. NEWTON ON ANIMALS FROM MADAGASCAR. _— 837

35. RouGEtTrus BERNIERI, Bonaparte.

[‘*Scoza-rana.” Iris reddish brown; beak red at base, black toward

the tip ; legs olive. |

36. BreNsis MADAGASCARIENSIS (Verreaux).

[“‘Keer-keer.”” Iris bright scarlet; beak rosy, upper mandible

black along the ridge ; legs greyish brown. |

37. GALLINAGO BERNIERI, Pucheran.

[‘‘ Rava-rava.”’]

38. ARDEA PURPUREA, Linneus.

[“‘ Longusa.” Iris, cere, and legs yellow. ]

39. ARDEA BUBULCUS, Savigny.

[“ Voron-ombi.” Iris and beak light yellow; legs greenish yellow. |

40. Arpra 1p, Hartlaub?

[‘‘ Tambo-crats.”” |

A single specimen in the collection agrees so very closely with Dr.

Hartlaub’s description of Ardea ide (Orn. Beitr. Faun. Madag.

p- 75) that I am inclined to refer it to that species, which is, how-

ever, otherwise unknown to me.

41. Lopnotisis cristata (Gmelin).

[‘‘Ceakokar.” Iris golden brown; bill pale yellow ; face and legs

flesh-colour. |

42. DenprocyeNna vipvatTa (Linneus).

[‘‘ Cerea.” Brought alive from the interior. }

43. DENDROCYGNA MAJOR, Jerdon.

[‘“‘Tyca.” Brought from the interior. ]

With respect to the identification of this species, I follow Mr.

Sclater’s opinion (P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 300).

44, ANAS BOSCHAS, var. DOMESTICA.

[‘*Cabach.”” Brought alive from the interior. |

REPTILIA.

1. CHAMZLEON BIFURCUS, Brongniart.

[‘* Tanroondro”’ 9° .]

2. PELOPHILUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, Duméril et Bibron.

[**Acuma”? 9. The Malagache say that this Serpent sometimes

takes men (?) and young cattle. ]

3. HeTHRODUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, Duméril et Bibron.

[‘* Martingum.”’]

838 DR.J.MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. [Dec. 12,

18. ON THE IDENTITY oF THE Harry-NoseD Wombat (PHasco-

LOMYS LASIORHINUS, GOULD) WITH THE BROAD-FRONTED

Womaar (P. Latirrons, OWEN), WITH FURTHER OBsEeRva-

TIONS ON THE SEVERAL SPECIES OF THIS GENUS. By

James Murir, M.D., Prosecror To THE SOCIETY.

(Plate XLVI.)

The distinctness of certain species of Wombat has been the sub-

ject of discussion and controversy among several eminent naturalists.

As far back as 1845 Professor Owen, in a paper read before this

Society, pointed out, from a skull which came into his possession from

South Australia, that there must be extant another species of Wom-

bat besides the well-known Phascolomys wombat of Péron and

Lesueur ; and for the animal from which the skull was obtained he

proposed the name of Phascolomys latifrons, as indicative of the

most prominent character displayed by the cranium. In his mas-

terly summary of the comparison of the two skulls, published in the

‘ Proceedings’ for 1845, p. 82, and likewise in the ‘ Transactions’ of

the Society, vol. iii. p. 303, he produced evidence so distinctive of

two species as in a manner to be indisputable.

At all events, Prof. Owen’s statement and opinion could not be

controverted at the time, and were fully endorsed the year follow-

ing (1846) by Mr. Waterhouse*, himself no mean authority on the

Marsupials.

The matter rested thus until 1861, when Mr. G. F. Angas trans-

mitted some notes to the Society (P. Z. 8.1861, p. 268) upon an

animal living in the Botanical Gardens in Adelaide, which he sup-

posed to be the P. latifrons of Prof. Owen. It certainly differed in

colour and relative dimensions from P. wombat; but as he did not

examine the skull, there was still a doubt of its being the true P.

latifrons, Owen.

This opinion of Mr. Angas was rejected by Mr. Gould, who, in

his work on the ‘ Mammals of Australia, 1863, vol. i. text and plates

57, 58, gave two illustrations of what he conceived to be Prof.

Owen’s Broad-fronted Wombat, basing his judgment on an unusually

large skin sent to the British Museum from South Australia, and

which was of “a light sandy buff or isabelline colour.”

Shortly after this Prof. M‘Coy forwarded to Mr. Gould drawings

and descriptions of two Wombats, which had been acquired by the

Acclimatization Society of Melbourne ; and about the same time the

former gentleman was enabled to examine the skull of one of these,

which he pronounced to be that of P. latifronst.

Notwithstanding this, Mr. Gould, in the publication of the next

part of his volume already referred to, answered these observers

as follows :—‘‘I should have considered that Mr. Angas and Prof.

* Natural History of the Mammalia, vol. i. p. 253.

+ See Prof. M‘Coy’s description, quoted by Mr. Gould in his ‘ Mammals of

Australia,’ vol. i.

1865.] DR.J.MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. 839

M‘Coy were correct in their conclusion, had not one of the animals

[supposed to agree with their description] sent to this country died,

and thus afforded an opportunity of comparing its skull with that in

the College Museum above mentioned [Owen’s type specimen]. On

this being done, it was found that the two skulls did not agree ; and

I believe I am at liberty to say that Mr. Flower, who has charge of

the collection, is of opinion that they could never be considered as

belonging to the same species.

“Under these circumstances I had no alternative but to give the

Hairy-nosed Wombat a distinctive appellation, and, at the sugges-

tion of Dr. Sclater, I have assigned to it that of lasiorhinus.”’

In the June number of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History’ for 1863, vol. xi. p. 457, Dr. Gray has given a “ Notice

of three Wombats in the Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park,”

wherein he acknowledges two of these to be true Phascolomys—

namely, P. ursinus, the already well-known species of Wombat of

Péron and Lesueur, “of a dark silvery-grey colour,” and another,

which he calls P. angasii, with the “fur blackish-brown, nearly

uniform.”

But he says, “ The third specimen is certainly a distinct genus, as

distinct from Phascolomys as Halmaturus from Macropus, or Ovibos

from Bos.” For the new genus he adopts the generic term Lasio-

rhinus, and gives as a specific name M‘Coyii to this, the very same

animal which Mr. Gould had already named the Hairy-nosed Wom-

bat, Phascolomys lasiorhinus.

The other large-sized Wombat in the British Museum collection,

which Mr. Gould believed to be Owen’s P. latifrons, Dr. Gray

renames P. sefosus, not acquiescing in the opinion formed by his

fellow worker.

With reference to Prof.Owen’s Phascolomys platyrhinus, originally

named in the ‘ Catalogue of the Osteological Collection in the College

of Surgeons’ Museum,’ and presented by Dr. Hobson (vol. i. prep.

no. 1841), Mr. Gould says that it is questionable if it is dis-

tinct ; although already Prof. M‘Coy, in the quotation given by

Mr. Gould, seems to think that Mr. Angas and Mr. Gould them-

selves might really have had that animal under their consideration.

Dr. Gray is silent upon this species, from which ore »puld infer

that he also considers it to be only the Common Wombat.

With all this conflicting evidence before us, it at present remains

uncertain whether the P. latifrons of Owen is yet determined—that

is, as regards the identification of the skin or living animal with the

skull first described and demonstrated by him to belong to a distinct

species. The same may be said of his P. platyrhinus.

As to the other species of Mr. Gould and Dr. Gray, these alone

rest on such external characters that a more complete examination

of the skeleton and internal anatomy may prove them either to be

varieties of P. wombat or P. platyrhinus itself.

‘The typical specimen of Wombat to which Mr. Gould gave the

name of P. lasiorhinus, and the same alluded to and figured by

him in his volume, having lately died at the Society’s Gardens,

840 DR.J.MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. [Dec. 12,

it became a point of interest to examine the body, and particularly

the skull, with the endeavour to set the disputed point at rest.

For this purpose, and in order to learn how far this specimen

agrees or differs from the supposed P. latifrons of Mr. Angas and

Prof. M‘Coy, the colour, aspect, and dimensions may first be noted.

This I consider the more desirable as, although Mr. Gould has

signified that those observers had the same animal under their con-

sideration, yet he has not compared in detail the appearance of the

Society’s specimen.

The two sides of the body of this (the skin of which is now de-

posited in the National Collection) are of a lightish grey, tinged

with brown (the silvery mouse-colour of Angas). This is produced

by the roots of the hairs being of a dark brown, their points, for

half an inch or so, tipped with white and buff ; while widely scattered

through the whole are single black hairs. Here and there wavy

mottled lines are seen, where a preponderance of the dark or light

tints run side by side. The upper surface of the neck, the shoulders,

and back, almost as far as the loins, are of a darker brown, caused

by the hairs terminating in an umber-colour.

The broad, somewhat truncated posterior extremity of the body

is of a more rufous tint, and the hairs are stronger and longer, rough,

and directed inwards, or in an opposed line to those of the back

(the circular rosettes of M‘Coy).

The under surface of neck, chest, and inside of fore limbs is white,

the continuation of this in the abdomen and inside of hind legs

merging into a light rufous tint, which joins the similar but rather

darker hue of the rump of the animal.

The outsides of the hind limbs are also of a rufous brown, of the

fore limbs less so, inclining to the same shade as the sides of the body.

The posterior border of each of the fore limbs has a projecting white

fringe of longer hairs, the continuation of those from the axilla. The

feet are hairy to the proximal end of the claws, and of a hazel-brown.

Upper surface of the forehead lighter than the back of the neck,

but of a similar shade to the sides of the body. There is a whitish-

grey spot above and below the eyes, and a large triangular black

portion at each inner and outer canthus. Upon the centre of the

forehead, ketween the eyes, is a black or dark-coloured spot.

The eyelashes and cheek-whiskers have strong black hairs, inter-

mixed with one or two white ones. The tip of the nose and around

the nostrils is white (this may have been more flesh-coloured when

the animal was alive) ; the bridge of the nose above this is of a drab

tint, and covered with very short smooth hairs. There is a similar

coloured patch upon the under surface of the mandible; but the root

of the lower jaws is of a yellowish colour, lost in the white of the neck.

The backs of the ears are similar to the neck ; but there is a tuft of

long white hairs on their outer base, and inside they are covered by

short, stiff, appressed whitish hairs.

P. lasiorhinus is also rather longer and broader in the body than

P. wombat ; the ears are long and elliptically pointed, instead of

being short and rounded ; and the face is broader ; but this is in part

1865.] DR. J. MURTIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. 841

produced by the more dilated fleshy muzzle and open nostrils. In

P. wombat the nose is certainly more pointed.

The fur is very peculiar, uncommonly soft, fine, and silky to the

feel, the whole animal being in a greater or less degree more glossy

than the common species.

Prof. M‘Coy, so far as I am aware, has not given any measurements

of the one examined by him; but I quote Mr. Angas’s, placing them

opposite the dimensions taken by myself, as shown underneath :-—

Society’s Mr.

spec. Angas’s.

in. lin in. lin.

Body: Length from snout to root of tail ...... 37 0 37. 0

Grails wh Ew sage drut le te - Jindg 1 0

Height at shoulder .................. 13 6 12 0

at loins (hips) ...... wal SeeO 14 0

Girth at theichest? ving ete: 35 (0 28 4

at the loins 32 6

atitHeMmenlosy 004d Cotte’. 19 6

Breadth of back at Scapular eras wide: fee 6

— ~ af middle wv. ....0., 9 0

- == "at wine bones oo.e3t 84 8 0

Head: Length from snout to oceiput iinet 9 0 10 0

nose to root of ear ............ 8 0

Guth -abovereyes 2042s. voy 18 6 18 0

Breadth between eyes (inner canthus).... 3 1] 3 0

(outer posteanthus) 6 0

rots of ears’). }hagey. } Go 0 5 0

RBiemumAle Pe 3 6 289386 Le 2 6

between tips of ears .......... I 8 0

Beira leashes se ba us aie 25 3 0 3 8

breadth, when flattened out ...... 2 0

Orbit (elliptical), length .............-

— breadehht, Warne ain’.

Fore limb’: Girth-at axilla). pa... 1040

atrmaddleiy ced le RMSE 0, 80

ab wrist FOMe uN) SPah 4b 5 0

Sole of foot, length to tip nail mid. toe 2 6 38

of thumb ...... eS

— breadth posteriorly .... 2 13

— at about its middle .... 1 9

Hind limb: Girth at groin.................. 12 6

at about middle .......... 70:

at ankle-joint ............. 5 0

Sole of foot, length to tip nail mid. toe 3 9 4 4

== of erent toe: S25h02 Ong

— breadth posteriorly .... 1 9

about middle... 1 7

* The great difference here shown of 3 inches may in truth not exist ; for in

taking the dimensions the ears were pulled apart, which evidently was not the

case in Mr. Angas’s specimen; but I had not his paper by me at the moment.

842 DR.J. MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. [Dec. 12,

From the foregoing remarks it will be seen that the Wombat

under consideration differs widely from the Common Wombat, both

as regards dimensions and colour—also that there is a most close

agreement in the aggregate with the externally marked characters so

well described by both Mr. Angas and Prof. M‘Coy; in fact they

so approach each other as to leave little room for doubt that these

gentlemen had the very same species under their consideration. If,

indeed, without looking at the specimen, the hand be passed over

the skin, the fur feels so extremely soft and silky that one would

not for a moment confound the animal with any other of the known

adult Wombats.

So far one may rest satisfied with these three individual specimens

of Wombat being of the same species ; for notwithstanding that Mr.

Angas has not particularly remarked the hairy muffle, and although

the feet in his specimen seem to have been lighter in shade than

Prof. M‘Coy’s, yet the latter gentleman in his very graphic account

does not lay sufficient stress on the equally telling peculiarity, the

softness of the fur. Besides this, every other part of their separate

descriptions admirably coincide.

Having descanted with sufficient minuteness upon the general out-

ward appearance of our specimen and its similarity with those deemed

to be P. latifrons, it remains to be demonstrated from the skull that

ours is compatible with no other than the Broad-fronted Wombat ;

and upon the cranium the whole argument turns.

In the article already quoted (in the ‘ Transactions’ of this

Society ) Professor Owen has given excellent plates of the natural size

of the skulls of P. wombat and P. latifrons. He has, furthermore,

succinctly described and pointed out in detail the characteristic dif-

ferences between the two.

On comparing, then, this skull of P. lasiorhinus, Gould, with the

original typical specimen at the Museum of the College of Surgeons

and with Owen’s plates and descriptions, it agrees so completely in

every respect as to leave not a shadow of doubt as to its identity.

The more easily recognizable differences in P. latifrons, of the

greater height of the intermaxillary bones, the broader and nearly

equal-sided triangular nasals, the great interorbital breadth, and

well-marked postorbital processes, together with the enormously ex-

cavated supratympanic cells, are determinable at a glance; further

minute and critical examination but certifies to the correctness of

this off-hand and cursory inspection.

No further direct evidence or lengthened description is therefore

presumed to be necessary, excepting to lay the skull alongside Owen’s

figures before the Society, when the conclusive identity of the cranium

of the P. lasiorhinus of Gould with the P. latifrons of Owen must

at once be admitted.

Although essentially agreeing in all the specific characters, the

present cranium of P. lasiorhinus differs in several minor details from

the original type specimen, which may be worthy of mention as

illustrating that in individual skulls of the same species such slight

variations do occur, probably either from sex or age.

1865.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. 843

Our skull is apparently from a younger animal, as the sagital and

lambdoidal sutures are not obliterated as in the College specimen,

which latter has also the supraoccipital crests and the postorbital

angles more prominent. The frontal bones anteriorly, as well as the

nasals at the median suture, in our specimen are very flat, whereas

in the typical skull they are convex and considerably raised. In

this last cranium the frontal bones in the median line extend with a

thin narrow wedge-shaped projection forward for half an inch between

the nasals; in our specimen the two nasal bones posteriorly form

nearly a straight line across. The posterior palatine foramina are

larger in our younger skull, and have between them a more slender

columella of bone.

Both skulls have the foramgn magnum of an oval outline; in this

respect they materially differ from P. wombat and the type of P. pla-

tyrhinus, which have it of a trefoil figure, as Owen* has observed.

While studying the matter from a different point of view, by

reason of the P. lasiorhinus taking the place of Gould’s P. latifrons,

and upon comparing the size of several adult crania of P. wombat,

I was struck with the great size assigned by Mr. Waterhouse +, in

his volume already mentioned, to two skulls, namely that of Owen’s

P. latifrons and the common P. wombat. The latter, which he con-

sidered typical, was one in the British Museum collection, and, as

he believed, belonged to an aged individual.

Upon consideration, I concluded he must have had before him, and

taken his admeasurements from, a specimen of P. platyrhinus with-

out being aware, or at least believing, that this species differed from

P. wombat.

On examination of the very same skull from which his measure-

ments were taken, proved by the exactness of its dimensions, and by

the partial obliteration of the frontal and nasal sutures as stated by

him to exist in the specimen, I found, to my surprise, I had been

forestalled, while supported in opinion, as already Professor Owen,

most possibly without being aware of this being Mr. Waterhouse’s

type of P. wombat, had relabelled the skull in question P. platy-

rhinus. This fact was certified by Mr. Gerrard’s showing me the Pro-

fessor’s own handwriting on the ticket attached to the specimen.

My attention in this way was called to think upon what might be

considered the average or comparative limits of the size of the crania

of the three species P. wombat, P. latifrons, and P. platyrhinus.

The following table is the result of a series of measurements of

skulls, chiefly those in the British Museum and College of Surgeons.

In the first column of the table are shown the proportions of the

typical skull of P. latifrons, Owen ; alongside of which are the corre-

sponding dimensions of this second cranium, belonging to the same

species: the agreement in their several proportions is very close.

Then follow the comparative measurements of a series of crania of

what I take for the true P. wombat; these are intended to illustrate

the skull at different ages in this species.

* “On the Osteology of the Marsupialia,” Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 383.

tT Nat. Hist. Mamm. vol. i. p. 251,

844 DR. J. MURIF ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. [Dec. 12,

Skulls of the three species of Wombat, reduced to one-half of the natural size.

Fig. 1. P. latifrons, Owen, from a specimen lately living in the Society's Gardens.

2. P. wombat, Pér. et Les., from a specimen belonging to Mr. Gerrard.

3. P. platyrhinus, Owen, from a specimen belonging to Mr. Bush.

1865.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. 845

= a) nic ale

qoquom ‘qsevuests | — Fae as alr Beas : Van, Ve |

‘eden yg | 80 39 mF IANO CHA THOnROO FAN NCO

= aa =e na

e “OL = on! ae be

d ‘oads s.qsng “IJ AR 2 AHTANAOCNN CGHOSCOCO ANNHH ASO

E : aie aie aia nin

(S) ‘pueppng | 819 BM A ENRAADD DNNODQ BPoe-ye @::

oS yUely “aIpy Mou | va sas

3 ssodssysng iT | Sh 19 AHTANNONAT CHOOCOCO FANON AN: :

s B a3|

— : oO nin

s m Sf io aRHOnRatw eGo) He RSG og gos

> att MOOR |r = ra : ees See Ree

8 dads s Aaa 9 Ig BR 1 FAHANAONA HOOF? AN si fe:

QXy ry A) nia

a ‘Smg | .800 19 CHNOCHOrD BRAMOAH MO:: Riise.

"TOD “P LeLT Ou | “| SB ey ay Soceeae ie eh

2 ‘aeds sysng ayy | Er 1 AMDANNSONATA OHOSSOSO AN mele Soe

bat Ss Bee : Q ats

: aa tutamd | oe ON ONS Soha ace a ii i

Ss “TOD ‘Tes peard ay, Be 1 ATAANNOCAN SHOOSOO AN: : foot

= a ria mA ria nia nia cia

‘ , AD BH SGHOOCMrDS Mi: 10% WMMDRHBO OMM

sss c6LT "ou | col = sire mo

‘t . . . . .

os SMg T9290} do HW BHHAHONN O23 100 HHHH MOO

SS y=

mS 4 & SS6 fo Nao =

& - EET ts Cao Sox DoRA POD HAM AR

6 : ‘

a | TNA] do 1 HMHATONN SOMOCOSOS ANH MOO

S res a) nie nin HARA Rie a) nia

ey EH am DODOCSRHO KRORMDOH AAHS Aeron)

S = Piee ‘ou | a m4 :

3S 2 “Sn “Et :

ES J W ae | Bo H AOMARONN OHOSCOS saadd [oO

wm So

H a ria ia rian

Ww PY *prBIIey “Ay 0F E 2 fie Si 5

s Ss suiduojaq vadg | G0 H MAHAR ONT OMO00 : : a0 sears

= S

~ = nia rier

= S . : Be @ ecvandgono nanaods Ora

3S s 216¢ OU | =

be ” .

5 = MW) So H HOMATONT OCOHOSCOO nrattH ASO

S$ 3 aia nat.

Ke D 1Gz ‘ou oO tl SIGE ese) Se Sis or pirat e=iCOiGS ft Ret er} iA

be ” . .

= sn “Ig 89 H ARMAAROnH ONSOSOSOS O10 A IO

' = mae a) ma

X bs rs An mo BDOHNAHAHTR mMOHMa:: oS:: Poo

< Tay a af os eos 6 a We

S a3 oads 009 T9OZ | Ge HH HANNAN O700 22 ae ii fi:

“= 8

es | SS :

| s |e Ei eae et oe P

S SO _-Bing 109 Aco OS 4 ee PEO S ed SoH Dod

; TS aA ea F a 5 ais oro

es Fey Bch ake ate Samia Ree ay ladee fs

a Ga bb se Me i SIN: BO Ge us VOI ae hate nC cat ROR eerie fa CR

= EO SPO usthd eae Us OUTER ey sy te Siicte een Osi Fe

~~ SE ee ge Re ge a= NS 3 Mai Nae er Relea as ae

Nest Se, : 28 5) USkcorae eS Sot sees TS es

> Se Seat 2. S ody fog Mato cel dich Sia

— Sas) Ge S abs GSAS AM Pe rm eam EN Ue mcd S55

as) Sesh site Re ol seas ee ee 2A Shs Ce ees hes

is} - @ «9 * a) Oy" * as os 2 Be dep aa cieet ase Eanes:

i sea STENT OTE Se : ee Sige eon ie or 2

: :So oie Ae Hite Ba : eas : ones

SSE Uiieuen) svete seine wt HR oy: Sec cal, peel (hee aah tae

SFO) ees El Oipese Ps ie Ort Oss See ee hie

opt Tseorsio So uy os Sia iNes oy cur ts: ete Cd eae eS bbe

tees tam i alot = site SiS = eae ele a Spat S P= ea Ye Eig oh ge

SSR CS Bigs hy oan egy ye ey Od tape) aera Rees

“HGS! sy Sey se = Ibe Sea? me eae 3 2 OPM EPMO ses!”

me ee ier cS) te ea Siar eh sw Lehn is cee

&.2 re Cd ik qa2aq Sy ies pace el: iene one : otk:

Bg BTieaatGesg eH: :8998S iy z 23:

“4 . a eal . é) :

Bee SS Gaia elis a ee os too ee ig Bae ig

SSaSSQSaSeS Be: Bake, Eee Ss igo

SE ge ge gto Aon 852 a His Sp Bie StS see

ee, : : a :

SASGelSoggsasd SFSaesb isser igs

=a) Pa 3 SHesisoosvoe: ie] E o

SERS ESHA SEA SS SEP SSS EAS eats

Sp aoc a GS ee Bow POwWH om

go kS aac SSSSSE LO SHBSS poe oe 383%

7-4 = fo) o So

are a PS Eee SESS aEsssassaess aoa

SSvgtoPPrss rss tases ant secreos

os ® o£ esi o = O66

so & BQHEESEE AEBEEAA SHE FA

846 DR.J.MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. [ Dec. 12,

Lastly are given a number of crania of what I suppose to repre-

sent P. platyrhinus, on account of their great size and other distin-

guishing peculiarities. These last are of much greater relative di-

mensions than either of the others.

Being convinced that the skull of Mr. Gould’s P. lasiorhinus

(Gray’s Lasiorhinus latifrons) answered in all particulars to Owen’s

P. latifrons, and that there was, moreover, a somewhat constant and

striking difference between the crania of P. wombat and others an-

swering to the typical skull of P. platyrhinus, I found myself pre-

pared to believe that this last might, after all, turn out to be iden-

tical with Dr. Gray’s and Mr. Gould’s larger-sized species.

This idea would have but rested, or been dependent, on the sup-

position of the relation of the superior-sized skulls to the larger

skins, had I not had the good fortune of obtaining an entire skeleton

and a separate skin of what I have since made out to be two indivi-

duals of P. platyrhinus.

My able colleague, Mr. A. D. Bartlett, in his customary kind

manner, procured these for me from his friend Mr. Bush, of Clap-

ham. The latter gentleman had received three unusually large living

specimens of Wombats from Victoria in 1863 or 1864 ; and all of the

animals subsequently dying, he retained the skin of one, and the

entire dried carcass of another.

I have also been favoured in having had access to several portions

of the skeleton which belonged to the above skin, and among these

the cranium *, which is so important, inasmuch as it shows that the

two animals belonged to the same species. Furthermore I have

been assured they were male and female, which thus extricates us

from the difficulty which might be raised that the large size of the

skull was probably dependent on sex. The several bones to which

I have just made allusion grace the admirable new osteological series

formed by Mr. Flower at the Hunterian Museum.

I shall now take into consideration the skulls of these two Wom-

bats as enabling a judgment to be formed how far they agree with

P. platyrhinus, commencing with that one first regarded by Owen

as presenting specific differences.

In the ‘Osteological Catalogue of the Museum of the Royal Col-

lege of Surgeons’ (vol. i. p. 334), Professor Owen in naming the

skull of a Wombat (P. platyrhinus) points out that “it differs

from the P. vombatus in its superior size, in the greater relative

breadth of the nasal bones, and im the larger and deeper excavation

above the tympanic bone.”’ These distinguishing characters coincide

with those of the skulls in question ; and further comparison of the

latter with the typical cranium itself permits of other resemblances

being noted, as well as that they vary slightly individually ; while

alogether they do not coincide with the skulls of P. wombat, to

which, however, in some points, they bear close analogies.

If the preceding table be consulted, it will be best seen what com-

* Now no. 1797a, Osteological Series, Mus. Roy. Coll. of Surgeons. The

specimen has been regarded as belonging to the Common Wombat and named

accordingly by the present Conservator.

1865.] DR. J.MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. 847

parative agreement there is between these three in measurements,

and in what respects they differ from those of P. wombat.

Before summing up the marks which seem to indicate or serve asa

means of distinguishing the skull of P. platyrhinus from that of P.

wombat, itis proper I should dwell for a moment upon some observa-

tions on the skull of this last species made by Dr. Gray (Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1847, p.41). I must, however, with due deference to that natu-

ralist, acknowledge my ignorance of his paper until my attention had

first been directed to some of the differences which he so concisely

indicates. In his paper he points out that three crania of Wombats

in the British Museum vary from each other in several particulars.

Two of these, from Van Diemen’s Land, are much smaller, more de-

pressed and truncated behind, and have two moderate-sized oblong

postpalatine foramina ; the third specimen, from New South Wales,

is altogether bigger, and has two large triangular postpalatine

foramina ; while all three disagree in the relative position and size

of their upper incisors.

These differences he attributes to individual variation, although

suggesting that more than one species might be confounded under

the same name. We see from this that Dr. Gray, without exactly

admitting specific distinction, yet was the first to call attention to

several of the diagnostic peculiarities of P. platyrhinus.

The chief specialities, therefore, which seem to serve to distinguish

the skull of P. platyrhinus, are these four :—the greater size of the

cranium, the greater relative breadth of the nasal bones, the mode-

rately deep tympanic excavation, and more triangular form of the

posterior palatine foramina as compared with that of P. wombat.

In P. latifrons the supratympanic cavity and postpalatine fora-

mina are still larger than in P. platyrhinus, especially the latter in

one of the specimens examined. In P. platyrhinus the columella,

composed of the two conjoined inner edges of the horizontal plates of

the palatine bones, is intermediate in thickness between those of P.

latifrons and P. wombat, the last having it the stoutest. Professor

Owen* says that these foramina “deserve particular attention, as

they are generally specific.”

The more depressed truncation in the skull behind, as observed

by Dr. Gray in P. wombat, may be due to age; but it is note-

worthy that in the adult of P. platyrhinus there are two very

marked backwardly produced supraoccipital crests, and these are

much stronger in every way than in the largest specimen of P. wom-

bat that I have seen.

In P. platyrhinus the two squamous portions of the temporal

bones are relatively shallower than in P. wombat, while P. lati-

Jrons has them most prominent and convex.

Both in P. wombat and P. platyrhinus the upper incisors pre-

sent an internal longitudinal furrow; P. platyrhinus, besides, has a

longitudinal groove upon the external surface near the posterior

angle, which I do not find in P. wombat, excepting very slightly

in one specimen in the College of Surgeons, where it is almost dis-

* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 388.

848 DR. J. MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. [Dec. 12,

cernible, but broader and shallower, in the right upper incisor. In

the same specimen, however, the left one does not exhibit any sign

of such a depression. Longitudinal striation of these teeth in P.

wombat is not constant as it is in P. platyrhinus.

The frontal sinuses in P. platyrhinus correspond in size to the

greater breadth of cranium at this part, but they are still larger

in P. latifrons.

The outer surface of the symphysis of the mandible in P. platy-

rhinus tapers steadily as it passes backwards towards the molars; in

P. wombat it juts out very considerably opposite the premolar.

The two lateral parietal ridges are more raised, and taper more

towards each other at the occiput, in P. platyrhinus; but this may

be sexual, as in Mr. Bush’s female specimen they are very similar to

those of P. wombat.

Although drawing attention to what seems to separate and distin-

guish the crania of P. platyrhinus from P. wombat, it must be borne

in mind that I do not lay great weight upon the minor distinctions

which I myself have observed ; for, in a more extensive series of spe-

cimens than that which I have been able to examine, it is possible

these may be found to be fallacious. In truth, I but call attention to

these points as worthy of future observation, the more essential differ-

ences being those previously noted by Prof. Owen and Dr. Gray.

Assured respecting the similarity of the skulls of these two spe-

cimens to the type of P. platyrhinus, the next point of import-

ance is the consideration of the skin as a means of ascertaining if

it resembles any of the species named alone from external cha-

racters.

The skin of one of Mr. Bush’s specimens, which I place before

the Meeting, is not in such a perfect state as could be wished ; but

it is in sufficient condition, and well enough shows that the hair

all over the body and limbs is of a dark-brown colour, and not so

mingled with grizzly grey as in the common species. The nape

of the neck is somewhat darker, the hairs being more tipped with

black ; and this is continuous along the median line of the back,

broadening out at the loins into a more diffused blackish tinge.

The head is of a similar brown colour, as are the sides of the body,

the lightest shade being underneath the neck.

The ears are too much destroyed for the colour or appearance to

be distinguished. ,

The fur is coarse, quite different from that of P. latifrons, and

more resembling that of the common species.

The skin altogether is rather larger than that of the Common

Wombat, as the size of the bones clearly demonstrates.

Neither the coloration of the skin, its size, nor that of the entire

animal harmonizes with our knowledge of the common species ; but

they answer precisely to Dr. Gray’s definition of the characters be-

longing to the species he has named Phascolomys angasit. Moreover

in some respects the coloration approaches, especially in the back,

the shade of the animal at present living in the Society’s Gardens,

which Mr. Gould names P. niger.

1865.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYsS. 8149

Indeed, after carefully comparing the skin, which I show you,

with the large darker-coloured living animal, I feel quite satisfied as

to the two being of one species; for, although the one at the

Gardens is much the darker variety, it seems to me we have merely

the same basis of brown tint in both, the living animal having more

generally diffused blackish-tipped hairs distributed through it ;

the colour is certainly not a pure black in the specimen named

Phascolomys niger *.

I may also add that when Dr. Gray saw the present brown skin,

he recognized it as similar to that of the Wombat which he named

P. angasti. ©

Apart from the immediate study of the skin, but yet in close

connexion with it, I may be allowed for a moment to call attention

to the casts of soles of the feet of the three species, which present

gradations in dimensions corresponding to the size of the different

animals, but they agree in the disposition of the pads and furrows.

The following are the comparative admeasurements taken from

the posterior part to the roots of the nails, the nails themselves

being injured from the difficulty experienced in retaining the foot in

steady position while the creature struggled to relieve itself :—

Length. Breadth.

in. lin. in. lin

Fore foot, Hairy-nosed Wombat, P.latifrons. .. 2 5 Dares

—, common species, P. wombat ........ Sa ee ee

———, Black Wombat, P. platyrhinus(?) ... 3 3 Soe

Hind foot, Hairy-nosed Wombat, P. latifrons .. 3 6 Lars

—, common species, P. wombat ... ... 3 8 Tee! bt

——, Black Wombat, P. platyrhinus (?) Sle 2 hs

In this manner, from the comparative examination of skull and

skin, we are driven to the conclusion that the original Phascolomys

platyrhinus of Prof. Owen includes Dr. Gray’s species P. anagasit

and Mr. Gould’s P. niger; so that there remains but one animal

which there may still be a doubt respecting, namely, ‘‘the Big

Yellow Fellow” of the natives of the Murray River (Mr. Gould’s

P. latifrons and Dr. Gray’s P. setosus); but, after what I have

shown in favour of a diminution of species, it is possible it may

likewise only be found to be a light variety of P. platyrhinus.

In further support of the probability of this last view, I exhibit

to the Society the skin and skull of a young specimen of Wombat,

which possess uncommon interest from the fact of their being the

preserved parts of the specimen made mention of by Mr. Gould ;

indeed they are neither more nor less than the same which he

supposed to be a young Hairy-nosed Wombat, and the skull of

which he showed to Mr. Flower, who, on comparison, rightly pro-

nounced it to belong to an animal unlike the P. latifrons of Owen.

To judge of this young skull we of course require to compare it

with those of the different species; and taking that of P. lati-

frons to commence with, it differs essentially from this in the

* Gould’s ‘Mammals of Australia,’ vol. i. letterpress to pl. 60.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. LY.

850 DR. J.MURIE ON THE SPECIFS OF PHASCOLOMYS. [Dec. 12,

form of the incisors, in the breadth of the postorbital processes, in

the shape of the zygomatic arches, in having a shallow and not

the enormous excavation of the tympanic cavity, and in the re-

lative length to the breadth of the entire cranium.

As compared with P. wombat, it more nearly corresponds to

that type, but already, in this young stage, has the posterior

palatine foramina larger than in P. wombat, thus agreeing with

P, platyrhinus. The nasal bones also assimilate with P. platyrhinus

in their greater relative breadth; the tympanic cavities are larger

than what might be expected in the young of P. wombat, although

not equal to P. latifrons ; and the upper incisor teeth are set slant-

ingly together and are deeply longitudinally striated, as in P. pla-

tyrhinus. From all these characters one would infer it to be the

cranium of a young P. platyrhinus, and not either that of P. lati-

Srons or P. wombat.

The skin of this specimen assists us in determining the species.

The body and legs are of a yellowish-brown colour, considerably

darker, even to blackish brown, upon the neck and back ; the fore

feet are brown; the head, under surface of neck, whole of abdomen,

and inner surface of legs are light sandy-buff (isabelline colour).

The ears are large and prominent and somewhat pointed, clothed

posteriorly with hair the same colour as that of the back of the

neck, apparently also hairy inside; but this must be expressed with

a doubt, from their abraded condition.

The eyebrows and chieek-whiskers are black. There is no white

hairy muffle as in P. latifrons (P. lasiorhinus).

The outward characters, therefore, clearly define it from P. wom-

bat, even if we are dubious by reason of the age of the animal;

for in P, wombat, at a similar early period, the colour is not differ-

ent from that of the adult. Dr. Gray * has remarked that “the

young Tasmanian Wombat (P. ursinus) is dark like the adult,”

and this fact is proved by specimens at present displayed in the

British Museum.

The absence of the white hairy muffle, coarser nature of the hair,

and the colour prevent one classing it with the P. latifrons;

so that it must either be the young of Gould’s large species or

of Dr. Gray’s P. angasii; for it combines the colour of both, and

leads to the supposition that these two may be but varieties of the

same species.

As I have tried to show that the brown species, P. angasii, com-

ports with Owen’s P. platyrhinus, and also that this young skull like-

wise agrees more closely with P. platyrhinus than P. wombat, there

remains to be said that, if I have given sufficiently convincing data,

it will be allowed the several species of the authors named must be

grouped, at least provisionally, or until better evidence is produced

to the contrary, under the head of P. plotyrhinus, Owen; for, ac-

cording to the law of priority, this specific name is that which ought

to be adopted,

I have, in this place, a further remark to make regarding the

* Annals and Mag, Nat. History, 1863, vol. xi. p. 459.

1865.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. 851

fossil species of Wombat (P. mitchelli, Owen). Professor Owen,

in the ‘ Catalogue of Fossil Mammals and Birds in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons,’ has formed a separate species

upon the evidence of a few molar and incisor teeth, and observes,

“In this species the molar teeth have the antero-posterior dia-

meter greater in proportion to the transverse, as compared with

the molars of P. wombat ; the first grinder is also relatively larger,

and of a more prismatic form; the upper incisors are less com-

pressed, and more prismatic; this difference is so well marked that,

once appreciated, any one might recognize the fossil-by an incisor

alone. There is a similar difference in the shape of the lower incisor.

The fossil is also a little larger than the largest cranium in the Hun-

terian Collection.”

When this species was formed, the skull of P. platyrhinus could

not have been in the Hunterian Collection* ; for, upon examining

the fossils in question, I find that they answer closely to the cor-

responding parts of P. platyrhinus in the same Museum; neither

are they so very large, as one of the molars fitted the socket of the

jaw of the skull which I show you. I have been enabled also to

examine some other portions of fossil Wombats’ jaws, obtained from

the Wellington Caves, Australia, and now deposited in the Geological

Society’s Museum. These also correspond to the same parts in P.

platyrhinus, one large piece, the roof of the mouth with teeth in

situ, being exactly the same in measurement as the bone of the male

specimen obtained from Mr. Bush.

In the size of the bones and shape of the teeth, then, it would

seem, the fossil form P. mitchelli agrees with the recent species P.

platyrhinus ; so that we have a curious and most important piece of

evidence that this species may have existed during the post-pliocene

period, and have been a congener with those gigantic Marsupials the

Macropus atlas, Diprotodon australis, and Nototherium inerme.

Besides this last fossil form of animal resembling P. platyrhinus,

there is still another, but of enormous magnitude, a more fit repre-

sentative of and companion to the above gigantic fossil Marsupials.

The specimens on which a separate species has been founded, and

provisionally named Phascolomys magnus, are deposited in the British

Museum, and consist, among others, of the following parts :—

Portions of a lower jaw containing teeth,

Portions of radius and ulna,

A whole tibia.

Several vertebree, and various fragments of different bones,

There are, besides, in the Collection, although not displayed,

two plaster casts of mandibles and other parts evidently belonging

to the same species.

The very great size of all of these bones entirely precludes them

from being confounded either with the recent or other formerly

existing, but possibly contemporaneous, species,

* T have now the authority of Professor Owen to state that I am correct with

regard to the supposition of the skull in question not having been in the College

Collection when P. mitchelli was named.

852 DR.J.MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. [ Dec. 12,

These larger fossils are all marked as having been obtained from

the post-pliocene deposits, Darling Downs, Australia, and were pre-

sented to the National Collection, some by Sir Daniel Cooper, Bart.,

others by T. W. Isaacs, Esq.

They are as yet undescribed ; but Prof. Owen, in his article on

the “Osteology of the Marsupialia,’ Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iil.

p- 306 (1849), refers to similar specimens in the following terms :—

‘“«I have recently obtained eyidence from the post-pliocene deposits

of the district of Melbourne, through the kindness of my friend Dr.

Hobson, of an extinct Wombat, a true Phascolomys, at least four

times as large as either of the known existing species.”

At a future time I may find opportunity to treat more fully upon

the comparative differences of the remaining bones of the skeleton

of the three animals, the skulls of which I have figured, and therein

point out in detail the reasons for adopting Dr. Gray’s generic term

Lasiorhinus (which, however, I am inclined only to use as subge-

neric) to the animal known as the Broad-fronted Wombat of Owen,

and the Hairy-nosed Wombat of Gould.

But for the present I shall assume the distinction, and at this

stage terminate by calling attention to what, from my short re-

searches, I deem the proper specific classification, characters, and

synonyms of the group.

PHASCOLOMYID.

1. P. wombat, Péron et Lesueur.

Genus PHAscoLomys. 2. P. platyrhinus, Owen.

3. P. magnus? (fossil).

Subgenus Lasioruinus. 4. P. latifrons, Owen.

I have not here included the fossil genus Diprotodon, previously

classed in this group by Prof. Owen (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii.

p- 332), as I believe more recent observations tend rather to show

its nearer affinity to the Kangaroos.

Order MARSUPIALIA.

Family PHascotomytp& (Owen, 1839). :

P 2 Ee a:

Characters.—Incisors 5; canines 33 premolars = ; molars a=

24. Incisors scalpriform in both jaws; false and true molars with

persistent pulp. Stomach outwardly simple, but containing within

a special cardiac gland; ceecum short and wide, with a vermiform

appendix.

Genus Puascotomys (Geoffroy, 1803).

Phascolomys, Geoffroy, Notice sur une nouvelle espéce des Mam-

miféres, &c., Ann, du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. ii. p. 364, 1803.

Vombatus, Geoffroy, Bulletin des Scien. par la Soc. Philom. iii.

p. 185, 1803.

Phascolomys, Uliger, Prodromus Syst. Mamm. p. 77, 1811.

1865.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. 853

Amblotes, Mliger, loc. cit. p. 78.

Characters.—Fur rough and coarse; muffle naked. Skull of

moderate breadth in proportion to length; postorbital ridge and

frontal process obsolete; nasal bones of moderate breadth ; supra-

tympanic cavity moderately excavated; foramen magnum of a

trefoil figure. Upper incisor teeth forming one-third of a circle, and

set with the enamelled surface chiefly outwards. Dorsal vertebre

15, lumbar vertebre 4, and ribs 15 in number; transverse processes

of caudal vertebrze long and broad.

1. PHAscoLoMYS WOMBAT.

Body of moderate size ; seldom more than 3 feet long. Ears short

and rounded. Colour dark grizzly greyish brown, produced by

dark-brownish hairs for the most part tipped with silvery grey, the

longer ones with black points. Skull between 54 and 62 inches in

length ; nasal bones relatively long and narrow ; supratympanic ex-

cavation very shallow; postpalatine foramina oblong and of mode-

rate size; scapula long as compared with its breadth.

Phascolomys wombat, Péron et Lesueur, Voyage aux Terres

Australes.

Wombat, Collins’s Account of the English Colony in New South

Wales, &c., p. 153, with plate, 1802.

P. fossor, Sevasteanof, in Mém. de l’Acad. Impér. de St. Péters-

bourg, i. p. 444, 1809.

Womback, Bewick, Quadrupeds, 6th ed. p. 522, 1811.

P. wombatus, Leach, Zool. Miscell. ii. p. 101, pl. 96, 1815.

P. fusca, Desm. Mamm. parti. p. 276, 1820.

P. bassii, Lesson, Manuel de Mamm. p. 229, 1827.

P. ursinus, Gray, List of Mamm. in Brit. Mus. p. 95, 1843, and

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xi. p. 458, 1863.

P. wombat, Waterhouse, Nat. Hist. Mamm. vol. i. p- 246, 1846 ;

Gould, Mamm. of Australia, vol. i. pls. 55, 56; Angas, P. Z.S. 1861,

p- 269.

2. PHASCOLOMYS PLATYRHINUS.

Body large, generally above 3 feet long. Colour varying from

pale yellowish brown (isabelline hue) to blackish brown, or even

approaching black, but nearly always uniform according to the

variety ; no silvery-grey tint. Skull from 7 to 8 inches long; nasal

bones relatively broad to their length; supratympanic cavity mode-

rately deep; postpalatine foramina triangular, large; scapula broad

as compared with its length.

Phascolomys platyrhinus, Owen (type skull), Cat. Osteol. Series

Mus. Roy. Coll. Surgs. vol. i. p. 334, 1853.

P. mitchelli, Owen (fossil species described from fragments of

teeth), Appendix to Sir Thos. Mitchell’s Three Expeditions into

Australia, vol. ii. p. 368, pl. 48, 1830.

P. latifrons, Gould (the pale variety), Mammals of Australia,

vol. i. text and plates 57 & 58, 1863.

854 DR. J. MURIE ON THE SPECIES OF PHASCOLOMYS. [Dec. 12.

P. setosus, Gray (the pale variety), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xi.

p. 457, 1863.

P. angasii, Gray (the brown variety), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

xi. p. 457, 1863.

P. niger, Gould (the black variety), Mammals of Australia, vol. 1.

letterpress to pl. 60, 1863.

3. PuascoLomys MAGNUS?

A fossil species, undescribed ; bones several times as large as those

of either P. wombat or P. platyrhinus. Specimens in the British

Museum.

Subgenus Lasroruinvs, Gray.

Fur smooth and silky ; muffle hairy ; incisors much curved, form-

ing nearly a semicirele; the enamelled surface directed nearly for-

wards. Dorsal vertebre 13; ribs 13; lumbar vertebre 6. Skull

broad in proportion to length; nasal bones relatively very broad ;

frontal bones broad, presenting a well-marked supraorbital ridge

and postorbital process ; supratympanic hollow, very large; fora-

men magnum oval; transverse processes of caudal vertebre short

and narrow.

4. PuascoLomys Latirrons. (PI. XLVII.)

Size about equal to that of P. wombat, but body longer. Fur of

a light silvery mouse-colour, with mottled, darker, buff and purplish

hairs; muffle broad, white, and hairy; ears large, prominent, and

acutely pointed ; white spot above each eye; chest, neck, and inside

of fore limbs whitish ; rump of a rufous tint.

Phascolomys latifrons, Owen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1845, p. 82, and

Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. p. 303.

P. latifrons, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1861, p. 269.

P. lasiorhinus, Gould, Mamm. Australia, vol. i. pls. 59, 60.

P. latifrons, M‘Coy (see Gould’s text).

Lasiorhinus M‘Coyii, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xi.

p. 459, 1863.

APPENDIX.

LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE.

Jan. 3.

DURING THE YEAR

1865.

A Collection of Marine Animals. Presented by Col. Le Couteur.

3 Vulpine Phalangers. Phalangista vulpina (Shaw). Presented

by the Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

1 Short-headed Phalanger. Belideus breviceps (Waterh.). Pre-

sented by the Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

1 persia = Goose. Cereopsis nove-hollandie, Lath. Presented

by the Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

4 Maned Geese. Bernicla jubata (Lath.). Presented by the

Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

3 Australian Sheldrakes. Casarca tadornoides, Jard. & Selb.

Presented by the Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

2 Cuvier’s Podargus. Podargus cuvierii, Vig. & Horsf. Pre-

sented by the Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

3 Harlequin Bronze-winged Pigeons. Peristera histrionica,

Gould. Presented by the Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

5 Weka Rails. Ocydromus australis (Sparrm.). Presented by

the Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

1 Bower-bird. Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus, Kuhl. Purchased.

. 1 Common Chameleon. Chameleon vulgaris, Daud. Presented

by T. Stillwell, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 6 9 Common Pheasants. Phasianus colchicus, Linn. Purchased.

1 White-whiskered Lemur. Lemur leucomystax, Bartlett. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Stock-Dove. Columba enas, Linn. Presented by H. B. Bel-

lamy, Esq.

1 Cheetah. Felis jubata, Schreb. Deposited.

1 Grivet Monkey. Cercopithecus griseo-viridis, Desm. Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Deposited.

1 Rhesus Monkey. Macacus erythreus (Schreb.). Deposited.

. 1 Clothonia. Eryx johnii (Russell). Purchased.

12,

14.

1 Bower-bird. Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus, Kuhl. Purchased.

1 Sykes’s Monkey. Cercopithecus albogularis, Sykes. Purchased.

1 Red and Yellow Maccaw. Ara chloroptera, Gray. Presented

by J. Aird, Esq.

§56

Jan. 14.

18.

19.

20,

21.

23.

“=

Feb. 1.

APPENDIX.

2 Red-sided Green Lories. Polychlorus magnus (Scop.). On

approval.

2 Black-tailed Parrakeets. Platycereus melanurus (Vig.). On

approval.

2 Young Blossom-headed Parrakeets. Paleornis bengalensis

(Linn.). On approval.

1 Black-crested Eagle. Spizaétus occipitalis (Daud.). On ap-

roval.

2 Brave Capuchin Monkeys. Cebus apella (Briss.). On approval.

2 Capuchin Monkeys. Cebus capucinus, Geoff. On approval.

1 White-fronted Capuchin Monkey. Cebus albifrons, Geoff.

On approval.

2 Young Drills. Cynocephalus leucopheus, Desm. On approval.

1 Young Guinea Baboon. Cynocephalus papio, Desm. On ap-

roval.

1 Hocheur Monkey. Cercopithecus nictitans (Linn.), On ap-

roval.

1 West African Python. Python sebe (Gmel.). On approval.

1 Brown Coati. Nasua fusca, Desm. Presented by Capt. Pike.

1 West African Python. Python sebe (Gmel.). Purchased.

2 Brown Capuchin Monkeys. Cebus apella (Briss.). Purchased.

2 Weeper Monkeys. Cebus capucinus, Geoft. Purchased.

1 White-fronted Capuchin Monkey. Cebus albifrons, Geoff.

Purchased.

2 Drills. Cynocephalus leucopheus, Desm. Purchased.

1 Guinea Baboon. Cynocephalus papio, Desm. Purchased.

1 Hocheur Monkey. Cercopithecus nictitans (Linn.). Purchased.

2 Red-sided Green Lories. Polychlorus magnus (Scop.). Pur-

chased.

1 Red and Yellow Maccaw. Ara chloroptera, Gray. Presented

by Charles Butler, Esq.

1 Redand Yellow Maccaw. Ara chloroptera, Gray. Deposited.

1 Crested Pigeon. Ocyphaps lophotes (Temm.). Purchased.

2 Palm-Squirrels. Screws palmarum, Linn. Presented by N.

A. Wells, Esq.

1 European Wild Sow. Sus scrofa, Linn. Deposited.

2 Common Turkeys. Meleagris mexicana, Gould, var. domestica.

Presented by O. Miller, Esq.

1 Saiga. Saiga tatarica (Pall.). On approval.

1 Pronghorn Antelope. -Antilocapra americana (Ord). Purchased,

300 Salmon-Ova. Salmo salar, Linn. Deposited.

200 Swiss Charr-Ova. Salmo umbla, Agassiz. Deposited.

500 Swiss Trout-Ova. Salmo lacustris, auct. Deposited.

1 Cashmere-Shawl Goat. Capra hircus, Linn., var. Born.

. 4 Pale-headed Snakes. Epicrates angulifer, Bibr. Purchased.

8 —— Pheasants. Lophophorus impeyanus (Lath.). De-

posited.

4 Cheer Pheasants. Phasianus wallichit (Hardw.). Deposited.

4 Himalayan Snow-Partridges. Tetraogallus himalayensis, Gray.

Deposited.

2 Hill-Partridges. Arboricola torqueola (Val.). Deposited.

. 1 pair of Hamsters. Cricetus vulgaris, Desm. Purchased.

1 Reed-Bunting. Emberiza scheniculus, Linn. Purchased.

. 2 Crested Pigeons. Ocyphaps lophotes {Linn.). Purchased.

. 6 Common Pheasants. Phasianus colchicus, Linn. Purchased.

Feb. 9.

10.

13.

14.

16.

lis

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 857

1 Common Quail. Cotwrnix dactylisonans, Meyer. Presented

by Mrs. Frank T. Buckland.

6 Violet Tanagers. Lwphonia violacea (Linn.). Purchased.

2 Young Herring-Gulls. Larus argentutus, Brin. Presented

by Thomas Walker, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Amandava Finches. Estrelda amandava (Linn.). Deposited.

2 Indigo-birds. Cyanospiza eyanea (Linn.). Deposited.

2 pe Sapen Finches. Amadina lathami (Vig. & Vorsf.).

eposited.

2 Crimson-eared Waxbills. Estrelda pheenicotis, Sw. Deposited.

2 Orange-cheeked Waxbills. ZEstrelda melpoda (Vieill.). De-

posited.

2 Common Waxbills. Lstrelda cinerea (Vieill.). Deposited.

1 St. Helena Seed-eater. Crithagra butyracea(Linn.). Deposited.

1 Silverbeak. Munia cantans (Gmel.). Deposited.

1 Spotted Cavy. Celogenys paca (Linn.). Presented by the

Comte and Comtesse D’Eu.

1 White-crested Guan. Penelope leucolopha, Mey. Presented

by the Comte and Comtesse D’Eu.

1 Rufous Tinamou. Rhynchotis rufescens (Temm.). Presented

by the Comte and Comtesse D’Eu.

1 Ragle. Haliaétus —? On approval.

1 Rhesus Monkey. MMacacus erythreus (Schreb.). Deposited.

1 Red-necked Grebe. Podiceps griseigena (Bodd.). Fiesenitéd

by W. C. Horsfall, Esq.

1 Common Paradoxure. Paradoxurus typus, F.Cuv. Presented

by W. Wiggins, Esq.

20 Common Barnacles. Presented by J. N. Tomkins, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 pairs Chinese Ring-necked Pheasants. Phasianus torgquatus,

Gmel. Deposited.

1 2 Japanese Pheasant. ~Phasianus versicolor, Vieill. Deposited.

3 Silver Pheasants. Evuplocamus nychthemerus (Linn.). Depo-

sited.

. 1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by W. Poinard, Esq.

12 Yak. Bos grunniens, Linn. Deposited.

1 pair of Impeyan Pheasants. Lophophorus impeyanus (Lath.).

Deposited.

. 1 Solitary Thrush. Petrocincla cyanea (Linn.). Purchased.

3. 1 African Monitor. Regenia albogularis, Gray. On approval.

. 1Grivet Monkey. Cercopithecus griseo-viridis, Desm. Pre-

sented by His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales, F.Z.S.

. 1 Rose-crested Cockatoo. Cacatua moluccensis (Gmel.). De-

posited.

1 Chinese Sand-Grouse. Syrrhaptes paradoxus (Pall.).. Pre-

sented by Harrington Russell, Esq., M.P. ;

. 2 American Bisons. Bison americanus (Gmel.). Purchased.

1 Gigantic Salamander. Steboldia maxima (Schleg.). Deposited.

1 Javan Parrakeet. Paleornis javanica (Osb.). Deposited.

. 1 Pileated Jay. Cyanocorax pileatus (Temm.). Presented by

Mrs. Laird Warren.

1 $ Brahmin Calf. Bos indicus, Linn. Born.

. 1 Black and White Goose. -Anseranas melanoleuca, Less. Pre-

sented by Mrs. R. W. Moore.

. 1 Common Badger. Melestaxus (Schreb.). Presented by Lord

Garvagh, F.Z.S.

858

Mar. 4.

10.

16.

17.

APPENDIX.

1 go Siamese Pheasant. Euplocamus prelatus (Bonap.). Re-

ceived in exchange.

1 Three-banded Armadillo. Tolypeutes conurus, Is. Geoff. Re-

ceived in exchange.

A Collection of Marine Fishes. Presented by Dr. Salter.

1 Grey Parrot. Psittacus erithacus, Linn. Received.

. 1 Maugé’s Dasyure. Dasyurus maugei, Geotl. Presented by

W.S. C. Cooper, Esq.

. 1 Crested Pigeon. Ocyphaps lophotes Spee: Purchased.

1 White-throated Ses Cebus hypoleucos, Geoft. Purchased.

2 Turquoisine Parrakeets. Euphema pulchella (Shaw). De-

osited.

2 Yaks. Bos grunniens, Linn. Deposited.

2Impeyan Pheasants. Lophophorus impeyanus (Lath.). De-

osited.

4 Cheat Pheasants. Phasianus wallichit, Hardw. Deposited.

1 Himalayan Snow-Partridge. Tetraogallus himalayensis, Gray.

Deposited.

. 1 ¢ Eland. Oreas canna (Pall.). Born.

1 Yellow Baboon. Cynocephalus babowin, Desm. On approval.

. 1 Mona Monkey. Cercopithecus mona, Erxl, Received in ex-

change.

4 Maugé’s Dasyures. Dasyurus maugei, Geoff. Purchased.

1 Lunulated Kangaroo. Onychogalea linata, Gould. Purchased.

1 Rufous Jerboa Kangaroo. Bettongia rufescens, Gray. Pur-

chased.

1 Australian Monitor. Monitor gouldii, Schleg. Purchased.

1 Porpoise. Phocena vulgaris. Purchased.

6 pairs of Scaup Ducks. Fidigula marila (Linn.). Received in

exchange.

4 Common Curlews. Nwmenius arquatus (Linn.). Received in

exchange.

2 Oyster-catchers. Hematopus ostralegus, Linn. Received in

exchange.

. 1 Sambur Deer. Cervus aristotelis, Cuy. Born.

. 2Ravens. Corvus corax, Linn. Presented by W. R. Taunton, Esq.

1 ¢ Sonnerat’s Jungle-fowl. Gallus sonneratii, Temm. Re-

ceived in exchange.

. 1 Peregrine Falcon. Falco peregrinus, Linn. Presented by J.

M. Baragett, Esq.

1 Bar-tailed Godwit. Limosa lapponica (Linn.). Deposited.

1 Golden Plover. Charadrius pluvialis, Linn. Deposited.

1 Riippell’s Vulture. Gyps rueppellii, Bonap. Purchased.

1 pair of Pileated Vultures. Neophron pileatus (Burch.). Pur-

chased.

1 pair of Abyssinian Guinea-fowls. Numida ptilorhyncha,

Licht. Purchased.

3 Madagascar Francolins. Francolinus madagascariensis (Scop.).

Presented by E. Newton, Esq., Corr. Memb.

2 Red-crowned Pigeons. Erythrenas pulcherrima (Scop.). Pre-

sented by Lady Barkly.

1 Meminna Deer. Menunna indica, Gray. Presented by Capt.

H. W. Hire, R.N., of H.MLS. ‘ Orontes.’

1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo. Cacatua sulphurea (Gmel.).

Depéaited

1 Antillean Snake. Dromicus antillensis, Schleg. Presented by

Edward Greey, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

Mar. 17.

Apr.

23.

30.

31.

10.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 859

2 Common Tench. Tinca vulgaris, Cuv. Presented by Andrew

Arcedeckne, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 American Squirrel. Seturus, sp.? Purchased.

4 Impeyan Pheasants. Lophophorus impeyanus (Lath.). De-

posited.

1 pair of Horned Tragopans. Ceriornis satyra (Linn.). Deposited.

2 pairs of White-crested Kaleeges. Euplocamus albo-cristatus

(Vig.). Deposited.

2 Black Francolins. Francolinus vulgaris, Steph. Deposited.

1 $ Mandarin Duck. Air galericulata (Linn.). Received in

exchange.

2 Black-backed Jackals. Canis mesomelas, Schreb. Presented

by E. L. Layard, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

Trout-ova.

. 500 Salmon- and 1 Salmo salar, Linn. Presented by F. T. Buck-

Salmo farto, Linn. land, Esq., F.Z.S.

5. 1 Sociable Vulture. Vultwr auricularis (Daud.). Purchased.

1 Pair of Cereopsis Geese. Cereopsis nove-hollandie, Lath.

Deposited.

- 1 g Sambur Deer. Cervus aristotelis, Cuy. Born.

- 1 Pennant’s Penguin. Apterodytes pennantii, Gray. Presented

by Commander Fenwick, R.N.

1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

A. M. Furby, Esq.

1 Common Squirrel. Sciwrus vulgaris, Linn. Presented by A.

M. Furby, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

W. F. Baynes, Esq.

1 Common Macaque. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Pre-

sented by Cecil T. King, Esq.

1 ¢ Giraffe. Camelopardalis giraffa, Gmel. Born.

1 Vulpine Phalanger. Phalangista vulpina (Shaw). Born.

4 Emus. Dromeus nove-hollandia, Vieill. Hatched.

- 1 Pine-Marten. Mustela martes, Linn. Presented by John

Travis, Hsq.

. 1 Brown Capuchin Monkey. Cebus apella (Briss.). Presented

by the Rey. Dan. Greatorex.

A Collection of Marine Animals. Purchased.

1 Chinese Ring-necked Pheasant. Phastanus torquatus, Gmel.

Purchased.

- 2 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroos. Petrogale xanthopus, Gray.

. 4 Dingo ‘Dogs. Canis dingo, Blumenb. Born.

2 Laughing Kingfishers. Dacelo gigantea (Lath.). Presented

by F. W. Draper, Esq.

2 Black-eared Marmosets. Hapale penicillata (Geoff.). Pur-

chased.

. 1 Downy Owl. Athene torquata (Daud.). Purchased.

1 Senegal Parrot. Peocephalus senegalensis (Linn.). Presented

by Miss M. D. Du Carn.

. 1 Hybrid Cretan Goat. Capra beden, Forsk. Born.

1 ¢ Bronze-winged Pigeon. Phaps chalcoptera (Lath.). Pre-

sented by Miss Ada Angus.

1 Flamingo. Phenicopterus antiquorum, Linn. Presented by

Charles Joyce, Esq.

1 Berigora Hawk. Hieracidea berigora (Vig. & Horsf.). On

approval.

860

APPENDIX.

Apr. 10. 1 Wood-Owl. Syrniwm aluco (Linn.). Presented by John

Gould, Esq., F.Z.S.

11. 1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by T. Hayes, Esq.

13. 3Sambur Deer. Cervus aristotelis, Cuv. Presented by H.M.

the Queen.

2g Black Grouse. Tvtrao tetriv, Linn. Tresented by John

Wingfield Malcolm, Esq.

1 Yellow Snake. Chilobothrus inornatus, Dum. Presented by

Capt. Hammack.

15, 4 Long-tailed Glossy Thrushes. Lamprotornis eneus (Linn.).

Purchased.

3 Purple-headed Glossy Thrushes. Zamprocolius auratus (Gmel.).

Purchased.

4 Green Glossy Thrushes. Lamprocolius chalybeus, EKhrenb.

Purchased.

2 Vervet Monkeys. Cercopithecus lalandit, Is. Geoff. Presented

by A. F. Green, Esq.

1 Black-backed Jackal. Canis mesomelas, Schreb. Presented

by M. M. de Pass.

16. 3 Tigers. Felis tigris, Linn. Born.

A Collection of Marine Fishes. Purchased.

19, 2 Aoudads. Ovis tragelaphus, Desm. Born.

2 Natterjack Toads. Bufo calamita, Laur. Presented by —

Tait, Esq.

20. 1 § Giraffe. Camelopardalis giraffa, Gmel. Born.

1 $ Eland. Oreas canna (Pall.). Born.

2 Cardinal Grosbeaks. Cardinalis wryinianus (Briss.). Pur-

chased.

1 Chinese Ring-necked Pheasant. Phasianus torquatus, Gmel.

Deposited.

24, 1Serval. Felis serval, Schreb. Presented by Lieut. J. Plum-

ridge, 5rd W.I. Regt.

25. 1 Orange-quilled Porcupine. Hystrix malabarica, Sclater. Born.

26. 1 Ortolan Bunting. ZEmberiza hortulana, Linn. Presented by

May 2.

— Bicknell, Esq.

. 2 Common Hares. Lepus timidus, Linn. Purchased.

2 White Peafowls. Pavo cristatus, Linn., var. albino. De-

posited.

1 Orinoko Goose. Chenuloper jubata (Spix). Purchased.

. 1 Hybrid Lemur. Between Lemur nigrifrons, Geotf., and Lemur

avanthomystax, Gray. Born.

1 Kittiwake Gull. Zarws rissa, Linn. Purchased.

. 2 Common Adders. Pelias berus, Merr. Presented by Thomas

Barling, Esq.

30. 2 Upland Geese. Chluéphaga magellanica (Gmel.). Hatched.

3 Ruddy-headed Geese. Chloéphaga rubidiceps, Sclater. Hatched.

A Collection of Small Reptiles. Presented by F. Coleman, Esq.

1 De Filippi’s Starling. _ Stwrnella defilippi (Bonap.). Presented

by Capt. A. Mellersh, R.N.

A Collection of Marine Animals. Presented by — Thomas, Esq.

2 Silverfish. Pies Fa pee Presented by Arthur

A GGld Gang. (0 te ; J. Russell, Esq.

1 Chinchilla. Chinchilla lanigera, Benn. On approval.

4 Viscachas. Lagostomus trichodactylus, Brookes. Presented by

Capt. Parish, R.N.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 861

May 3. 2 Brown Capuchin Monkeys. Cebus apella ( Linn.). Purchased.

2 Malbrouck Monkeys. Cercopithecus cynosurus, Desm. Pur.

chased,

2 Yarrell’s Curassows. Craz carunculata,Temm. Purchased.

1 Crested Curassow. Crar alector, Linn. Purchased.

1 Superb Tanager. Calliste Sastuosa (Less.). Purchased.

1 Brazilian Hang-nest. Tetorus Jamaicai (Gmel.). Purchased.

10 Rain-Quails. Coturnix coromandelica (Gmel.). Presented

by F. J. C. Wildash, Esq.

1 Chinchilla. Chinchilla lanigera, Benn. Purchased.

1 Golden Eagle. Aguila chrysaétos (Linn.). On approval,

1 Cinereous Sea-Eagle. Haliaétus albicilla (Linn.). Deposited.

1 Savigny’s Eagle Owl. Bubo ascalaphus (Sav.). Deposited.

5. 1 Green Ground-Parrakeet, Pezoporus formosus (Lath.). On

approval.

2 Black and White Geese. _Anseranas melanoleuca, Less. Pre-

sented by Dr. Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

2 Leadbeater’s Cockatoos. Cacatua leadbeateri (Vig.). Pre-

sented by Dr. Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

1 Wedge-tailed Eagle. Aquila audax (Lath.). Presented by

Dr. Mueller, C.M.Z.S,

2 Australian Lizards, Deposited.

1 Double-crested Pigeon. Lopholaimus antarcticus (Shaw). Pre-

sented by the Acclimatization Society of New South Wales,

1 Avstralian Crow. Corvus australis, Sclater. Presented by

Miss Mary J. Mayo.

2 Grey Crows. Strepera anaphonensis (Temm.). Presented by

Miss Mary J. Mayo.

1 Hill-Crow. Strepera arguta, Gould. Presented by Miss Mary

J. Mayo.

6. 1 Vigo! Parrot. Chrysotis augusta (Vig.). Deposited.

8. 1 Chacma Baboon. Cynocephalus porcarius (Bodd.). Presented

by A. G. Smith, Esq.

1 Indian Grackle. Gracula intermedia, Hay. Purchased,

9. 1 Alligator. Alhigator massissippiensis (Daud.). Presented by

J. Oppenheim, Esq.

10. 1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by R. Acton Paidoe, Esq.

2 Two-toed Sloths. Bradypus didactylus, Linn. Purchased.

1 White-crowned Pigeon. Columba leucocephala, Linn. Pur-

chased.

11. 1 White-tailed Gnu. Catoblepas gnu (Gmel.). Presented by

William Cubitt, Esq.

1 Lioness. Felis Jeo, Linn. Presented by William Cubitt, Esq.

2 Weasel-headed Armadillos, Dasypus encoubert, Desm. Pur-

chased.

2 Kangaroos. Purchased.

3 Australian Monitors. Monitor gouldit, Schleg. Purchased.

2 Blue-eyed Cockatoos. Cacatua ophthalmica, Sclater. Pur-

chased,

1 Chestnut-breasted Duck. _Anas punctata, Cuy. Purchased.

7 Red-legged Partridges. Caccabis rubra (Ray). Deposited.

2 Calandra Larks. Alauda calandra, Linn. Deposited.

12. 2 South American Finches. Sycalis, sp. Received in exchange,

1 Vigors’s Parrot. Chrysotis augusta (Vig.). Presented by P.

N. Bernard, Esq.

13. 3 Fat Dormice. Myoxus glis, Schreb. Purchased.

862

May 13.

18.

19.

23.

APPENDIX.

1 Malbrouck Monkey. Cercopithecus cynosurus, Desm. ur-

chased.

A Collection of Marine Animals. Presented by A. Arcedeckne,

Esq., F.Z.S.

5 Variegated Sheldrakes. Casarca variegata (Gmel.). Hatched.

1 Common Otter. Lzdra vulgaris (Linn.). Presented by Lord

Huntinefield.

1 Jugger Faleon. Falco jugger, Gray. Presented by the Prince

Duleep Singh, F.Z.S.

1 Black Kite. Milwus niger, Briss. Presented by R. M. Young,

Esq.

1 Noddy Tern. -Anous stolidus. Purchased.

3 Black-necked Swans. Cygnus nigricollis (Gmel.). Hatched.

1 Golden Agouti. Dasyprocta aguti (Linn.). Born.

1 Red-billed Hornbill. Toccus erythrorhynchus, Temm. Pur-

chased.

2 White-eared Owls. Oftus leucotis (Temm.). Purchased.

2 pairs Occidental Finches. Quelea occidentalis, Uartl. Pur-

chased.

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons. Columba guinea, Linn. Pur-

chased.

2 Small African Doves. Gna capensis (L.). Purchased.

6 Green Lizards. Lacerta viridis, Linn. Purchased.

3 Common Turtledoves. Turtur auritus (Ray). Presented by

Mrs. Sidney.

1 Chuva Spider Monkey. Ateles marginatus, Geoff. Purchased.

. 1 Chameck Spider Monkey. Ateles subpentadactylus, Geoff. Pur-

chased.

1 Tytler’s Paradoxure. Paradoxurus tytlert, Blyth. Presented

by A. Grote, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Zibet. Viverra sibetha, Linn. Presented by A. Grote, Esq.,

C.M.Z.5.

2 Lord Elgin’s Hawks. Hematornis elginii, Tytler. Presented

by A. Grote, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Pondicherry Vultures. Valter calvus, Scop. Purchased.

1 Asiatic Vulture. Neophron orientalis, Blyth. Purchased.

4 Brahminy Kites. Haliastur indus (Bodd.). Deposited.

1 Alpine Chamois. Rupicapra tragus, Gray. Born.

1 Bartlett’s Pigeon. Phloganas erinigera, Puch. Hatched.

1 Cambayan Turtledove. Zwrtur senegalensis (Linn.). Hatched.

2 pairs of Brent Geese. Bernicla brenta, Steph. Purchased.

2 pairs of Shovellers. Spateda elypeata (Linn.). Purchased.

2 pairs of Gargany Teal. Querquedula circia (Linn.). Pur-

chased.

2 pairs of Tufted Ducks. Fudigula cristata (Ray). Purchased.

2 Male and 4 Female White-eyed or Castaneous Ducks. Ny-

roca leucophthalma (Bechst.). Purchased.

3 Male Pintails. ~Dafila acuta (Linn.). Purchased.

2 Female Common Teal. Querquedula ecrecca (Linn.). Pur-

chased.

1 Tigress. Felis tigris, Linn. Received in exchange.

11 Summer-Ducks. Atx sponsa (Linn.). Hatched.

1 Dusky Duck. Anas obscura, Gmel. Hatched.

1 Kiwi. Apteryx mantellii, Bartl. Presented by Henry Slade, Esq.

1 Harnessed Antelope. Zragelaphus scriptus (Pall.). Purchased.

1 Marsh-Ichneumon. Herpestes paludosus, Cuv. Purchased.

1 Genet. Genetta, sp. Deposited.

May 24.

25.

30.

June 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 863

2 Lepidosirens. Protopterus annectans, Owen. Purchased.

7 Lineated Pheasants. Euplocamus lineatus (Lath. MS.).

Hatched.

8 Sonnerat’s Jungle-fowl. Gallus sonnerati, Temm. Hatched.

15 Bankiva J ungle-fowl. Gallus bankiva, Temm. Hatched.

4 Ashy-headed Geese. Chloéphaga poliocephala, Gray. Hatched,

. 2 Bennett’s Wallabies. Halmaturus bennettii, Waterh. Born.

1 Derbian Wallaby. Halmaturus derbianus, Gray. Born.

2 Bronze-winged Pigeons. Phaps chalcoptera (Lath.). Hatched.

1 Australian Monitor. Monitor gouldi, Schleg. Presented by

Dr. Mueller, of Melbourne, C.M.Z.S.

6 Australian Waxbills. Estrelda temporalis (Lath.). Presented

by Dr. Mueller, of Melbourne, C.M.Z.S.

27. 1 Lepidosiren. Protopterus annectens, Owen. Purchased.

29. 1 $ Japanese Pheasant. Phasianus versicolor, Temm. De-

posited.

1 2 Scemmering’s Pheasant. Phastanus semmermngit, Temm.

Deposited.

1 Letter-winged Kite. Elanus scriptus, Gould. Presented by

E. de St. Jean, Esq.

3 Impeyan Pheasants. Lophophorus émpeyanus (Lath.). Hatched.

1 White-whiskered Pig. Sus leucomystax, Temm. Presented

by Messrs. Glover and Co.

2 Brazilian Tortoises. Testudo tabulata, Walb. Purchased.

2 Sand-Badgers. Meles ankuma, Temm. Deposited.

2 Turquoisine Parrakeets. Euphema pulchella (Shaw). Hatched.

1 Red Ground-Dove. Starnenas montana (Linn.). Hatched.

2 Bronze-winged Pigeons. Phaps chalcoptera (Lath.). Hatched.

» 1 Esquimaux Dog. Canis familiaris, Linn. var. Presented by

C, A. Sothern, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Squirrel Monkey. Callithrix sciureus (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Agouti. Dasyprocta —?. Purchased.

- 4 Marmoset Monkeys. Hapale jacchus (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Teguexin Lizard. Teius teguexin (linn.). Purchased.

2 Squirrel Monkeys. Callithrix sciu‘eus (Linn.). Presented by

Prince de Joinville.

- 1 Common Goat. Capra hircus, Linn., var. Deposited.

1 Dingo Dog. Canis dingo, Blumb. Presented by Capt. Williams.

- 1 g Swinhoe's Pheasant. Enplocamus swinhowi, Gould. Presented

by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., H.B.M. Vice-Consul at F ormosa,

C.M.Z.S.

1 Common Sandpiper. Totanus hypoleucos (Linn.). Presented

by B. Mitford, Esq.

A Collection of Marine Animals. Presented by — Thompson,

Esq., of Weymouth. :

1 Roseate Cockatoo. Cacatua rosevcapilla, Vieill. Deposited.

- 1 Japanese Deer. Cervus sika,Temm. Born.

1 Short-headed Phalanger. Belideus breviceps, Waterh. Born.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet. Paleornis torguata (Linn.). Pre-

sented by Miss Bushby.

5 Red-eared Bulbuls. Pycnonotus jocosus (Linn.). Purchased.

3 Red-vented Cockatoos. Cacatua philippinarum (Gmel.). Pura

chased.

2 Linnean Lories. Eclectus linnei, Wagl. Purchased.

2 Australian Lizards. Purchased.

. 3 Summer-Ducks. Aix sponsa (Linn.). Hatched.

864

. APPENDIX.

June 10. 1 Great Kangaroo. Macropus giganteus, Shaw. Presented by

18.

14.

15.

16.

18.

24,

26.

Chas. Magniac, Esq.

1 African Leopard. Felis varia, Gray. Presented by Mrs.

Campbell.

1 Spotted Hyena. Hyena crocuta, Erxl, On approval.

2 African Fowls. Gallus domesticus, Linn., var. Presented by

John Petherick, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Goliath Heron. Ardea goliath,Temm. Purchased.

2 Grey Owls. Bubo cinerascens, Guérin. Purchased.

2 Young Turtles. Presented by L. R. Twentyman, Esq.

1 Rough-legged Buzzard. Archibuteo lagopus (Gm.). Purchased.

1 Scemmering’s Pheasant. Phasianus semmeringii, Temm.

Hatched.

3 Hybrid Siamese and Lineated Pheasants. Between Euplocamus

prelatus (Bonap.) and Euplocamus lineatus (Lath. MS.).

Hatched.

8 Black-backed Kaleege. Euplocamus melanotus (Blyth).

Hatched.

5 White-crested Kaleege. LExplocamus albo-cristatus (Vig.).

Hatched.

5 Purple Kaleege. Euplocamus horsfieldii, Gray. Hatched.

1 Hybrid Ocellated Turkey. Between Meleagris ocellata, Temm.,

and Meleagris mexicana, Gould, var. domestica. Hatched.

3 Sonnerat’s Jungle-fowls. Gallus sonneratii, Temm. Hatched.

5 Bankiva Jungle-fowls. Gallus bankiva, Temm. Hatched.

3 Mandarin-Ducks. Atx galericulata (Linn.). Hatched.

4 Bahama Ducks. Pecitlonetta bahamensis (Linn.). Hatched.

1 Common Boa. Boa constrictor, Linn. Presented by R. H.

Soutter, Esq.

1 Brown Coati. Nasua fusca, Desm. Presented by Capt. Henry

W. Notley.

1 Cuvier’s Gazelle. Gazella cuviertt, Ogiiby. Presented by

Capt. Alan Gardner, R.N.

2 pairs of Spotted-sided Finches. Amadina lathami (Vig. &

Horsf.). Purchased.

1 Blue Waterhen (from New Zealand). Porphyrio, sp. Pur-

chased.

1 Cashmere-Shawl Goat. Capra hircus, Linn., var. Born.

1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

Masters E. and H. Harraden.

1g Axis Deer. Cervus axis, Erxl. Born.

1 Common Heron. Ardea cinerea, Linn, Presented by Dr. A.

Ginther, F.Z.S.

. 1 Douroucouli. Nictipithecus felinus, Spix. Purchased.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

H. H. Horn, Esq.

2. 1 Grand Galago. Galago crassicaudata ( Geoff.). Purchased.

3. 1 Formosan Deer. Cervus taévanus, Blyth. Presented by J. J.

Broadwood, Esq.

2 Greater Spotted Woodpeckers. Picus major, Linn. Presented

by 8S. C. Hincks, Esq.

1.Laughing-Kinefisher. Dacelo gigantea (Lath.). Presented

by Miss Wildash.

1 Kingfisher. Alcedo ispida, Linn. Purchased.

1 Japanese Deer. Cervus sika,Temm. Born.

1 $ African Elephant. Zlephas africanus, Blum. Received in

exchange.

June 26

28.

July 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 865

. 2 Spiny Rats. Echimys spinosus, Desm. Presented by the

Jardin des Plantes, Paris.

1 Entellus Monkey. Semnopithecus entellus (Linn.). Presented

by Capt. H. T. Forbes, Royal Artillery.

7. 9Impeyan Pheasants. Lophophorus impeyanus(Lath.), Hatched.

4 Lineated Pheasants. Euplocamus lineatus (Lath.). Hatched.

5 Cheer Pheasants. Phasianus wallichit, Hardw. Hatched.

12 Green-breasted Pheasants. Phasianus versicolor, Vieill.

Hatched.

1 Horned Tragopan. Ceriornis satyra (Linn.). Hatched.

1 Bartlett’s Pigeon. Phlogenas crinigera, Puch. Hatched.

2 Vinaceous Turtledoves. Turtur vinaceus (Gmel.). Hatched.

1 Quebee Marmot. Arctomys empetra (Schreb.). Presented by

EK. Yeoman, Esq,

1 Vervet Monkey. Cercopithecus lalandit, Is. Geoff. Presented

by Capt. Saxon.

A Collection of Marine Fishes, Purchased.

. 1 Tuberculated Iguana. Iguana tuberculata, Laur. Purchased.

1 Spider Monkey. Ateles —? Purchased.

1 Bennett’s Kangaroo. Halmaturus bennettii, Waterh. De-

posited.

» 1 North American Deer. Cervus —?P Born,

1 Hoopoe. Upupaepops, Linn. Presented by F. Campbell, Esq.

. 2 Bronze-winged Pigeons. Phaps chalcoptera(Lath.). Hatched,

2 Crested Pigeons. Ocyphaps lophotes ee Hatched,

1 Hairy Armadillo. Dasypus villosus, Geoff. Purchased,

1 Sheathbill. Chionis alba, Forst. Purchased.

2 West African Pythons. Python sebe (Gmel.). Purchased.

. 1 2 Sambur Deer. Cervus aristotelis, Cuvy, Received in ex-

change.

1 pair of Kuhl’s Deer. Cervus kuhhi, 8, Miller. Purchased.

1 pair of Gold Pheasants (new variety). T’haumalea picta (Liun.),

var. Purchased.

1 pair of Yellow-bellied Phalangers, Belideus flaviventer

(Geoff.). Presented.

1 Brown Bear, Ursus arctos, Linn. On approval.

. 1 g Burchell’s Zebra, Equus burchellit, Gray. Born.

7 Bahama Ducks, Pecilonetta bahamensis (Linn.). Hatched.

3 Common Teal. Querquedula crecca (Linn.). Hatched.

1 Nicobar Pigeon, Calenas nicobarica (Linn.). Hatched.

1 Anubis Baboon. Cynocephalus anubis, F, Cuv. Presented by

the Crystal Palace Company.

2 Fruit-eating Pigeons. Carpophaga —P? On approval.

. 1 Crested Ground-Parrakeet. Calopsitta nove-hollandie (Gmel.).

Deposited.

. 1d Persian Deer. Cervus wallichii, Cuv. Bor.

1 Sun-Bittern, Ewrypyga helias (Pall.), Hatched.

8 Thunder-fishes. Cobvtis fossilis, Linn. Received.

. 1 Ruffed Lemur. Lemur varius, Geoff. Purchased.

18, 20 Cardinal Grosbeaks. Cardinalis virginianus (Briss.). De-

posited.

14; 1 Common Buzzard. Buteo vulgaris, Bechst. Presented by

Lord Willoughby de Eresby.

1 Capuchin Monkey. Cebus capucinus? Purchased.

1 Purple Guan. Penelope, sp. Purchased,

1 American Lizard. Purchased.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. LVI.

866

July 14

16.

18,

19.

20.

21,

22.

23.

29.

Aug. 1.

APPENDIX.

. 9 Land-Crabs. Cardiosoma guanhumi, Marcgr. Purchased.

50 Hermit Crabs. Canobita rugosus, Edw. Purchased.

. 2 Squirrel Monkeys. Callithrix sciureus (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Hang-nest. Jcterus, sp. Purchased.

3 Horned Tragopans. Ceriornis satyra (Linn.). Hatched.

2 Impeyan Pheasants. Lophophorus impeyanus(Lath.). Hatched.

1 Kingfisher. -Alcedo ispida, Linn. . Purchased.

1 Young Brown Bear. Ursus arctos, Linn. Presented by

Charles Sidgreaves, Esq.

1 Ruffed Lemur. Lemur varius, Geoff. Purchased.

1 Pig-tailed Monkey, Macacus nemestrinus (Linn.). Purchased.

2 Stanley Parrakeets. Platycercus icterotis(Temm.). Purchased.

2 Pileated Parrakeets. Platycercus pileatus (Vig.). Purchased.

1 Fournier’s Capromys. Capromys pilorides, Say. Purchased.

4 Horned Vipers. Purchased.

3 vr Turtledoves. Turtwr, sp. Presented by A. Macdonald,

Sq.

1 Collared Peccary. Dicotyles tajagu (Linn.). Presented by

P. W. Sharpe, Esq.

2 pairs of Common Quails. Cotwrnix dactylisonans, Meyer.

Presented by F. Moreau Hayward, Esq.

2 Brazilian Hang-nests. Icterus jamaicai (Gmel.), Purchased.

1 Philantomba Antelope. Cephalophus maxwell (H. Smith).

Presented by Capt. ‘ie L. Perry, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘ Griffon.’

1 Blue-fronted Amazonian. Chrysotis amazonica (Gmel.). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Sotheby.

1 Chinese Jay-Thrush. Garrulax chinensis (Scop.). Presented

by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., C.M.Z.S., H.B.M. Vice-Consul at

Formosa.

1 Concave-casqued Hornbill. Buceros bicornis, Linn. Deposited.

4 Arracan Kaleeges. Euplocamus, sp. Deposited.

1 Indian Mynah. Aeridotheres ginginianus Lath.). Deposited.

. 3 Emus. Dromeus nove-hollandie, Vieill. Presented by Dr.

Miieller, of Melbourne, C.M.Z.S.

. 2Turquoisine Parakeets. Euphema pulchella (Shaw). Hatched.

. 1 Pallas’s Paradoxure. Paradoxurus pallasii, Gray. Presented

by G. Wakeman, Esq.

2 Golden-crowned Conures. Conwrus aureus (Gmel.). Presented

by Carl A. Schroder, Esq.

1 Pennant’s Parrakeet. Platycercus pennantii (Lath.), Received

in exchange.

. | Common Chameleon. Chameleon vulgaris, Daud. Presented

by J. Bramley, Esq.

1 Golden Eagle. Aguila chrysaétos (Linn.). Deposited.

1 Common Heron. Ardea cinerea, Linn. Presented by W. M.

Wyllie, Esq.

. 1 Thick-knee. Cdicnemus crepitans, Temm. Presented by R.

M. Presland, Esq.

. 1 Great Spotted Woodpecker. Picus major, Linn. Presented

by H.R.H. Prince Edward of Saxe- Weimar.

1 Pallas’s Paradoxure. Paradoxurus pallasii, Gray. Presented

by Mrs. Spencer. 4

1 i of Tigers. Felis tigris, Linn. Presented by Col. Daly.

83 Lions. Felis leo, Linn. Born.

1 Vervet Monkey. Cercopithecus lalandit, Is, Geoff. Presented

by Miss Shuter.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 867

Aug. 5, 1 Herring-Gull. Larus argentatus, Brinn. Presented by R.

19,

22.

24,

25.

29.

Tate, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey. Macacus erythreus (Schreb.), Presented

by H. Hindley, Esq.

- 2 Common Sea-Hagles. Haliaétus albicilla (Linn.), Presented

by H. Buckley, Esq.

. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo, Cacatua galerita (Lath.).

Presented by — Thompson, Esq.

6 Crested Colins. Eupsychortyx cristatus (Linn.), Received.

1 Grey Ichneumon. Herpestes griseus (Geoff). Presented by

C, J, Mason, Esq,

. 2 African Leopards. Felis varia (Gray). Born,

- 1 Poé Honey-eater. Prosthemadera nove-hollandie (Gmel.).

Presented by James M‘Quade, Esq.

1 g Chimpanzee, Troglodytes niger, Geoff. Purchased.

2 Egyptian Geese. Chenalopex egyptiaca (Briss.), Presented

by W. C. Hewitson, Esq.

2 Bernicle Geese. Bernicla leucopsis, Bechst. Presented by W.

C. Hewitson, Esq.

. 2 Grey Parrots. Psittacus erithacus, Linn, Deposited.

1 Bearded Reedling. Calamophilus biarmicus (Linn.). Pur-

chased,

- 1 Q Wapiti Deer. Cervus canadensis, Briss. Born.

» 1 West African Python. Python sebe (Gmel), Presented by

W. A. Gardiner, Esq.

1 Black and Yellow Cacique. Icterus, sp. Presented by A. M.

Booker, Esq.

13 Dama Antelope. Gazella dama (Pall.). Purchased.

1 Korin. Gazella rufifrons, Gray. Purchased.

2 Vociferous Sea-Eagles. Aguila vociferans (Daud.). Pur-

chased.

1 Occipital Vulture. Vadtur oceipitalis, Burchell. Purchased.

1 Piapec. Prtilostomus senegalensis (Briss.). Purchased.

2 pairs of Lesser Pintailed Sand-Grouse. Pterocles exustus,

Temm. Purchased.

1 2 Ostrich. Struthio camelus, Linn, Purchased.

2 Rufous-vented Glossy Thrushes. Lamprocolius rufiventris,

Riipp. Purchased.

1 Ox-bird. Textor alecto, Temm. Purchased,

1 Cormorant from Senegal. Phalacrocorar —? Purchased.

1 Long-eared Owl. Otus vulgaris (Linn.). Presented by Robert

Widdowson, Esq. «

1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by — Swinson, Esq.

1 Sykes’s Monkey. Cercopithecus albogularis (Sykes). Purchased.

5 European Sousliks. Spermophilus citillus. “Purchased,

10 Fire-bellied Toads. Bombinator igneus. Purchased.

2 Salamanders. Salamandra maculosa. Purchased.

2 Indian Porcupines, Hystrix leucura, Sykes. Presented by

Col. Thompson.

4 White Storks. Ciconia alba, Linn. Purchased.

4 Bearded Reedlings. Calamophilus biarmicus (Linn,) Pur-

chased.

1 S$ Persian Deer. Cervus wallichii, Cuv. Born.

83 Bartlett’s Pigeons. Phlogenas crinigera, Puch. Hatched.

1 Barred Turtledove. Geopelia striata (Linn.). Hatched.

1 Pintailed Sand-Grouse. Pterocles alchata (Linn.). Hatched.

868

Aug. 29,

30.

Sept. 2.

APPENDIX.

2 Turquoisine Parrakeets. Euphema pulchella (Shaw). Hatched.

1 Capercalzie. Tetrao urogallus, Linn. Purchased.

2 Sooty Monkeys. Cercocebus fuliginosus, Geoff. Purchased.

1 Diana Monkey. Cercopithecus diana (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Moustache-Monkey. Cercopithecus cephus, Erxl. Purchased.

1 Grand Lory. Zclectus grandis, Gmel. Purchased.

1 Jerelang Squirrel. Seiwrus bicolor, Sparrm. Purchased.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet. Paleornis torquata (Linn.). Pre-

sented by — Toplis, Esq.

4 Grenadier Weaverbirds. Euplectes oryx (Linn.), yellow va-

riety. Purchased.

1 West-Indian Ox. Bos taurus, Linn., var. Presented by G.

Latimer, Esq.

. 2 Vinaceous Turtledoves. Turtur vinaceus (Gmel.). Hatched.

1 White-crested Kaleege. Euplocamus albo-cristatus (Vig.).

Recovered.

. 1 9 Wapiti Deer. Cervus canadensis, Briss. Born.

5 Black-eared Marmosets. Hapale penicillata (Geoff.). Presented

by Alexander Collie, Esq.

6 Australian Wild Ducks. Anas superciliosa, Gmel. Received

from Dr. Mueller, of Melbourne, C.M.Z.S.

7 Hey’s Partridges. Caccabis heyi (Temm.). Presented by

Henry C. Calvert, Esq., from Djeddah, Arabia.

6 Lichtenstein’s Sand-Grouse. Pterocles lichensteinii, Temm.

Presented by Henry C. Calvert, Esq., from Djeddah, Arabia.

6 Cape Doves. (na capensis (Linn.). Presented by Henry C.

Calvert, Esq., from Djeddah, Arabia.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey. Macacus erythreus (Schreb.) Presented by

J. D. Lees, Esq.

1 Dingo Dog and four pape Canis dingo, Blumenb, Pre-

sented by Dr. Mueller, of Melbourne, C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey. DMacacus erythreus (Schreb.). Presented

by J.S. Jarvis, Esq.

1 White-backed Crow. Corvus curvirostris, Gould. Purchased.

1 Crested Guinea-fowl. Nwmida cristata, Pall. Purchased.

1 Malee Bird. Lezpoa ocellata, Gould. Purchased.

6 Ruddy Finches. Carpodacus erythrinus (Pall.). Purchased,

1 Yellow-vented Bulbul. Pyenonotus crocorrhous, Strick]. Pur-

chased.

1 Turnstone. Strepsilas interpres (Linn.). Purchased.

14 Small Reptiles.

Smooth Snake. Coronella levis, Lacép.

Black Viper. Vipera prester, var. nigra.

Horse-shoe Snake. Zamenis hippocrepis.

Sand-Asp. Vipera ammodytes, Klein.

. 1 Marsh-Harrier. Ctreus eruginosus (Linn.). Presented by C.

A. Goring, Esq.

2 Grey Ichneumons. Herpestes griseus, Geoff. Presented by

John Da Costa, Esq.

1 Brown Coati. Nasua fusca, Desm. Presented by John Da

Costa, Esq.

. 2 Hybrid Deer. Between American Deer and Cervus mexicanus.

Born.

1 g African Elephant. Elephas africanus, Blumenb. Pur-

chased.

1 Ground-Hornbill. Bucorvus abyssinicus (Gmel.). Purchased.

Sept. 9.

Oct.

12,

13.

16.

19.

20.

21,

22.

23.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 869

1 White-backed Crow. Corvus curvirostris, Gould. Purchased.

1 Crested Guinea-fowl. Mumida cristata, Pall. Purchased,

6 Ruddy Finches. Carpodacus erythrinus (Pall.). Purchased.

2 Paradise-Grackles. Acridotheres cristatus (Linn.). Purchased.

1 White-cheeked Monkey. Cercocebus albigena (Gray). On

approval.

1 Terrapen. Emys, sp. On approval.

1 White-fronted Capuchin Monkey. Cebus albifrons, Geoff.

On approval.

1 Senegal Parrot. Paocephalus senegalensis (Linn.). On ap-

roval.

2 Galganeena el Conures. Conurus aureus (Gmel.). On ap-

roval,

1 Sencar Eurypyga helias (Pall.). On approval.

1 Chilian Sea~Eagle. Geranoaétus aguia (Temm.). On approval.

1 Capybara. Hydrocherus capybara, Exxl, Presented by Dr.

uggins,

19 Ditca, Anbdlape, Gazella dama (Pall.). Purchased.

1 Milky Owl. Bubo lacteus (Temm.). Purchased.

1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet. Melopsittacus undulatus (Shaw).

Purchased.

1 Brown Coati. Nasua fusca, Desm. Deposited.

1 Common Cuckoo. Cuculus canorus, Linn. Presented by W.

Barrington d’Almeida, Esq.

1 Common Heron. Ardea cinerea, Linn. Presented by J. Lane,

Esq.

1 Binaei Maes: Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

Thomas Cope, Esq.

1 Coati. Naswa nasica (L.). Sir W.C. Trevelyan.

1 Common Kingfisher, -Alcedo ispida, Linn. Presented by Wm.

Thompson, Esq. :

1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.), Presented

by Henry Jubber, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 pair of Siamese Pheasants, Explocamus prelatus (Bp.). De-

osited.

1 silver Pheasant. Euplocamus nychthemerus (Linn.). Deposited.

1 2 Pheasant. ZEuplocamus —? Deposited.

1 Hill-Francolin. -Arboricola torqueola (Val.). Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

— Hawkins, Esq.

1 Garnett’s Galago. Galago garnettii (Ogilby). Presented by

Francis Chalmers, Esq.

- 1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by George Newman, Esq.

. 2 Bronze-winged Pigeons. Phaps chalcoptera (Lath.). Hatched.

3 Turquoisine Parrakeets. Euphema pulchella (Shaw). Hatched.

. 1 Nutcracker. Nucifraga caryocatactes, L. Received in ex-

change.

1 Capuchin Monkey. Cebus capucinus. Presented by Miss Jones,

. 1 Sun-Bittern. Eurypyga helias (Pall.). Hatched.

. 30 Crayfish. Presented by A. Arcedeckne, Ksq., F.Z.S,

1 American Fox. Canis, sp. On approval.

» 1 Molucca Deer. Cervus moluccensis, Miill. Born.

- 1 Golden Agouti. Dasyprocta aguti (Linn.). Born.

2 Anacondas. Eunectes murinus (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Lepidosiren. Protopterus annectens, Owen. Purchased.

Nov. 2.

. 2 Tigers. Felis tigris, Linn. Presented by

APPENDIX.

. 1 Emu. Dromeus nove-hollandia, Vieill. Presented by the

Hon. Mrs. Greville Howard.

1 9 King Parrakeet. -Aprosmictus scapulatus (Bechst.). Pre-

sented by W. Hansard Rivington, Esq.

. 1 Common Squirrel. Setwrus vulgaris, Linn, Presented by

G. V. Hill, Esq.

. 2 Spotted-sided Finches. -Amadina lathamuw (Vig. & Horsf.).

atched.

. 1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by Capt. Taylor.

. 2 Waxbills from St. Helena. strelda, sp. Presented by Dr.

R. Austen Allen.

. 1 Grivet Monkey. Cercopithecus griseo-viridis, Desm. Deposited.

A Collection of Marine Fishes, &c. Received.

, 4 Black Swans. Cygnus atratus (Lath.). Purchased.

2 Spotted Cavies. Cclogenys paca (Linn.). Presented by R.

. Hadow, Esq.

1 pair of Black Grouse. Tetrao tetriz, Linn. Purchased.

. 1 Spotted Hyzena. Hyena crocuta, Erxl. Purchased.

2 Green Fruit-eating Pigeons. Ptilonopus, cm Purchased.

. Ashburner, Esq.

1 Indian Leopard. Felis leopardus, Linn. Deposited.

1 Sloth Bear. Melursus labiatus (Blainy.). Deposited.

1 Caracal. Felis caracal, Schreb. Deposited.

. 1 River-Jack. Clotho nasicornis (Shaw). Presented by George

Atkins, Esq.

2 Short-tailed Utia. Capromys brachyura, Hill. Purchased.

. 1 Porpoise. Phocena communis, Less. Purchased.

2 Sheep from Lagos. Ovis aries, Linn., var. Presented by J.

H. Gurney, Esq., M.P., F-.Z.S.

. 4 Hamsters. Cricetus vulgaris, Desm. Presented by Dr. G.

Hartlaub, For. Mem. Z. 8.

. 1 Black Swan. Cygnus atratus, Lath. Purchased.

. 1 Marmoset Monkey. Hapale jacchus (Linn.). Deposited.

. 1 Common Boa. Boa constrictor, Linn. Presented by S. Lam-

bert, Esq.

. 1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo. Cacatua leadbeaterwi (Vig.). Deposited.

1 Grey Parrot. Psittacus erithacus, Linn. Deposited.

1 Guinea Baboon. Cynocephalus papio, Desm. Deposited.

3 Golden Eagles. Aguila chrysaétos (Linn.). Deposited.

1 Piedmontese Cow. Bos taurus, Linn., var. Returned.

. 1 Brown Tree-Kangaroo, Dendrolagus inustus, Miill.

. 1 Cape Buffalo. Bos caffer, Sparrm. Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Deposited.

. 1 Sonnerat’s Jungle-hen, Gallus sonnerati,Temm, Presented

by J.C. Parr, Esq.

. 2 Golden-crowned Conures. Conurus aureus (Gmel.). Presented

by Miss Vawser.

1 Common Otter. Lutra vulgaris (Linn.), Presented by Wm.

Burnley Hume, Esq.

1 Spotted Cavy. Calogenys paca (Linn.). Presented by Wm.

urnley Hume, Esq.

2 Crested Agoutis. Dasyprocta cristata, Desm. Presented by

Wm. Burnley Hume, Esq.

. 1 Pagoda Owl. Syrnium seloputo (Horsf.). Received in ex-

change.

Noy. 1

15.

16,

17,

18.

21.

22.

23.

24.

27.

28.

29.

30.

14,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 871

- 1 Q Tragopan. Ceriornis satyra (Cuv.). Purchased.

1 Green Monkey. Cercopithecus callitrichus, Is. Geoff. Presented

by W. Cheetham, Esq.

A Collection of Marine Animals. Purchased.

1 Polar Bear. Thalassarctos maritimus (Linn.). Born.

1 Black-necked Screamer. Chauna nigricollis, Sclater. Purchased.

1 Water-Rail. Radllus aquaticus, Linn. Purchased.

1 pair of Globose Curassows. Crax globicera, Linn. Purchased.

4 Barbary Turtledoves. Turtur risorius (Linn.). Deposited.

1 Festive Parrot. Chrysotis festiva (Linn.). Purchased.

1 2 Sambur Deer. Cervus aristotelis, Cuy. Born.

2 Vinaceous Turtledoves. Twrtur vinaceus (Gmel.). Hatched.

1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus aes Presented

by Charles Oferberg, Esq.

1 Jacket-Monkey. Pithecia satanas (Hoffm.). Purchased.

2 Brazilian Hang-nests. Icterus jamaicai (Gmel.) Purchased.

1 Brazilian Rail. Rallus —? Purchased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey. Macacus cynomolgus (Linn.). Presented

by Arthur Donnithorne, Esq.

1 Silver Fox. Canis argentatus, Desm. Deposited.

1 Skunk, Mephitis americana (Shaw). Deposited.

1 Green Monkey. Cercopithecus callitrichus, 1s. Geoff. Presented

by H. B. Yeulett, Esq.

1 Peregrine Falcon. Falco _peregrinus, Linn. Presented by

John bi pte Larkin, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey. Macacus radiatus (Shaw). Presented by

Mrs. A, Ansell.

2 Black Crested Eagles. Spizaétus occipitalis (Daud.). Deposited.

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo. Cacatua leadbeaterii (Vig.). Pre-

sented by Mrs. James M. Napier.

5 Cape Barn-Owls. Strix capensis, A. Smith. Presented by

. C. Bird, Esq.

1 Brazilian Blue Grosbeak. Guiraca cyanea (Linn.). Purchased.

1 Dusky Finch. Phonipara —? Purchased.

1 Sclater’s Hanging Parrakeet. Loriculus sclateri, Wall. Pur-

chased.

1 Westerman’s Lory. Eclectus westermannit, Bp. Purchased.

Red-vented Cockatoo. Cacatua philippinarum (Gmel.). Pur-

chased.

1 g Tibetan Deer. Cervus affinis, Hodgs, Presented by Capt.

M.H.S. Lloyd, H.M. 89th Regiment.

1 Golden-headed Parrakeet. Platycercus auriceps, Vig. Pur-

chased.

1 Green-headed Tanager. Calliste tricolor (Gmel.). Purchased.

1 Sooty Monkey. Cercocebus fuliginosus, Geoff. Deposited.

1 Thick-billed Pigeon. Treron crassirostris, Fraser. Purchased.

1 Rhesus Monkey. Macacus erythreus (Schreb.). Presented

by D. White, Esq.

1 Q Isabelline Antelope, Heleotragus isabellinus, Afz, On ap-

roval.

2 Gent Egrets. Zgretta alba (Linn.), Purchased.

1 g Goosander. Mergus merganser, Linn. Purchased,

2 King Vultures. Gyparchus papa (Linn.), Presented by

Josiah Booker, Esq.

3 Barbary Partridges. Caccabis rufa (Linn.). Presented by

Mrs. Brooks.

2 Little Armadillos. Dasypus minutus, Desm. Purchased.

29,

APPENDIX.

1 Porpoise. Phocena communis, Less, Received.

. 1 Dingo. Canis dingo, Blumenb. Deposited.

. 1 Booted Eagle. Aguila pennata (Gmel.). Presented by R.S. A.

South, Esq.

A Collection of Marine Animals. Purchased.

. 1 Cereopsis Goose. Cereopsis nove-hollandie, Lath. Returned.

. 1 Crested Curassow. Crax alector, Linn. Deposited.

. 1 Toque Monkey. Macacus pileatus (Shaw). Presented by

Miss Maria Laura Ronald.

. 1 Ceram Lory. Lorius garrulus (Linn.). Deposited.

1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet. Melopsittacus nove-hollandie

(Shaw). Presented by Miss Boyle.

1 Grey Ichneumon. Herpestes griseus (Geoff.). Presented by

C. E. Darley, Esq.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger. Phalangista vulpina (Shaw).

, 2 Wart-Hogs. Phacocherus ethiopicus (Pall.). Deposited.

1 Wanderoo Monkey. Macacus silenus (Linn.). Presented by

— Hellendaal, Esq.

. LIguana. Iguana, sp. Presented by G. E. Bird, Esq.

1 Common Dormouse. Myoxus muscardinus (Linn.). Presented

by N. L. Austin, Esq.

. 1 Crested Guinea-fowl. Nwmida cristata, Pall. Purchased.

1 Great-billed Touracou, Corythaiz macrorhyncha, Fraser. Pur-

chased.

1 Crested Guinea-fowl. Numida cristata, Pall. Deposited.

1g Gayal. Bos frontalis, Lambert. Presented by the Babu

Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

6 Indian Buntings. wspiza, sp. Presented by the Babu Ra-

jendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 ¢ Fallow Deer. Cervus dama, Linn, Purchased,

Abrota

ganga, 764.

Jumna, 764.

Acanthiza

lineata, 461, 462, 464,

465

nana, 461, 462, 464.

pusilla, 461, 462 , 464,

465.

reguloides, 461, 462,

464, 465.

Acanthochites

seutiger, 188.

Acanthopleura

confossa, 512.

nigropunctata, 511,

Acanthorhynchus

tenutrostris, 464.

Acanthurus

matoides, 29.

Acanthylis

albicollis, 609.

bicolor, 613.

brachyura, 611.

caudacuta,607 608,614.

cinereicauda, 611.

collaris, 609.

coracina, 614.

fusca, 608.

gigantea, 608, 614.

leucopygialis, 614.

nudipes, 608.

oxyura, 611.

pelasgia, 610.

polioura, 611.

rutila, 613.

semicollaris, 609.

spinicauda, 612,

sylvatica, 614.

vauxii, 611.

Acar

divaricata, 655.

gradata, 655.

laminata, 655, 697.

sguamosa, 697.

Accipiter

equatorialis, 474.

INDEX.

Accipiter

cruentus, 475.

griseogularis, 474,

hivgaster, 475.

muelleri, 475.

rufitorques, 474.

Achatina

calabarica, 832.

lamarckiana, 232.

panthera, 232.

Acherontia

satanas, 793.

styx, 793.

Achlyodes

sura, 786.

vasava, 786.

Acmsa

biradiata, 277.

calamus, 186.

conoidea, 186.

fascicularis, 155, 277.

floccata, 277.

(? var.) filosa, 276.

pelta, 155.

scabrilirata, 154, 186.

strigatella, 277.

strigillata, 155.

subrotundata, 277.

subundulata, 155, 186.

tenera, 277.

vespertina, 277.

Acridotheres

tristis, 693, 836.

Acronurus

melanurus, 29.

Actias

menas, 818.

selene, 817.

Adamsia

adelaide, 163.

typica, 164.

Adolias

alpheda, 765.

aphidas, 766.

apiades, 766.

balarama, 766, 812.

cocytus, 766.

Proc, Zoot, Soc.—1865, No, LVII.

Adolias

confinis, 764.

confucius, 767.

doubledayi, 498.

durga, 766.

epiona, 498.

francie, 766.

garuda, 498, 765.

kesava, 766.

lubentina, 766.

nesimachus, 766.

nicea, 766.

phemius, 766.

raja, 766.

sahadeva, 766.

sananda, 766.

sedeva, 766.

siva, 767.

telchinia, 766.

teuta, 766.

AMgocera

venulia, 795.

J8tobatis

nara: 317.

Agaporn

Sathana 237, 238.

Agelena

labyrinthica, 674.

Akera

soluta, 189.

Alaba

monile, 173.

pagodula, 173.

pulchra, 173.

supralirata, 272.

Alauda

arborea, 836.

Alausa

melanura, 311,

Albersia

granulata, £10.

najas, 411.

zonulata, 410. ~

Alcedo

bengalensis, 692.

cristata, 96.

ispida, 238,

874

Alcithoé

kreuslere, 55, 165.

pacifica, 165.

Alcyonidium

rubrum, 706.

Aleyonium

digitatum, 706, 707.

exos, 70,

glomeratum, 706, 707.

palmatum, 700.

rubrum, 706, 707.

sanguineum, 707.

Aletes

centiquadrus, 98.

Aliama

indica, 528.

Alope

ocellifera, 807.

semicincta, 805.

Alphea

folvohirta, 807.

Alutarius

levis, 313.

Amalthea

australis, 175.

conica, 175, 183.

Amathusia

amythaon, 485.

Ambassis

commersonit, 12.

dussumieri, 12.

nalua, 12.

Amblyopus

ceculus, 29.

hermannianus, 28.

Amblypodia

abseus, 774.

amantes, 774.

ameria, 774.

areste, TTA.

atrax, 774.

camdeo, 775.

centaurus, 775.

chinensis, 774.

eumolpus, 774.

hypatada, 776.

nakula, 775.

substrigilis, 793.

Ammonia

levis, 157.

Amoria

exoptanda, 165.

undulata, 165.

Amphidromus

contrarius, 412.

interruptus, 412.

macassariensis, 412.

perversus, 412.

INDEX.

Amphidromus

sinensis, 412.

sinistralis, 412.

Amphisbena

alba, 448, 444, 447.

americana,443,444,447.

cinerea, 446.

ceca, 449, 450.

darwinti, 448, 444, 447,

448.

elegans, 445.

fuliginosa, 447.

kingii, 450.

leucura, 448. _

macrura, 448.

oxyura, 446,

petr@i, 443, 444, 447.

punctata, 450, 452.

rufus, 446.

scutigerd, 454.

vermicularis, 443, 448.

violacea, 443, 448,

vulgaris, 447.

Amphithalamus

obesus, 754.

pupoideus, 754.

Ampullacera

fragilis, 189.

Ampullarina

fragilis, 189.

Amydoma

basalis, 821.

pallida, 821.

prasina, 821.

Amydrus

fulvipennis, 93.

Anabas

scandens, 31, 305.

Anachis

atomella, 516.

gaskoini, 273.

serrata, 273.

teniata, 273.

Anagnia

subfascia, 796.

Anahyster

calabaricus, 130.

Anapa

cuneata, 648.

triquetra, 648.

Anarrhichas

lupus, 325.

Anas

boschas, "753.

— var. domestica, 837.

sponsa, 325,

Anastomus

oscitans, 692.

angast, 644.

creccina, 644.

gracilis, 644.

Andraca

bipunctata, 820.

trilochoides, 820.

Angulus

amplectans, 279.

decumbens, 278.

Anodonta

pulcherrima, 814.

Anops

bulis, 777.

kingit, 444, 450.

thetys, 777.

Antherzea

assama, 818.

eucalyptt, 462.

frithii, 818.

helferi, 818.

miranda, 818.

paphia, 818.

Antheua

discalis, 815.

Anthocharis

daphalis, 491,

509.

tone, 432.

phlegyas, 431,

Anthus

australis, 690.

japonicus, 618.

spilonetta, 60.

Anticyra

approximata, 803.

combusta, 815.

Antilocapra

americana, 60, 718.

anteflexa, 721, 724.

Antilope

dama, 675.

depressicornis, 677. -

mhorr, 675.

saiga, 262.

Antirrhinum

orontium, 494.

Aonyx

aurobrunnea, 131.

horsfieldii, 130.

indigitata, 131.

inunguts, 130.

lalandii, 129, 130.

leptonyx, 130.

Apatura

ambica, 764, 765.

parisatis, 765.

parvata, 765.

sordida, 765, 822.

Aphanopus

carbo, 435.

Aphnzus

etolus, 776.

lohita, 776.

syama, 776.

Aphrodite

superba, 484,

Apona

cashmirensis, 806.

pallida, 806.

rosea, 821

Aporia

agathon, 489.

soracta, 489.

Aptenodytes

Sorsteri, 438.

Apterodytes

pennantizi, 318.

Arachnechthra

asiatica, 664.

insignis, 663.

lotenia, 664.

decussata, 196.

grandis, 273.

lima, 655.

multicostata, 273.

Arcopagia

decussata, 647.

Arctibeus

74, 76,81, 83

Jumaicensis, 65.

perspicillata, 64,

cto:

nyx

collaris, 138, 140, 680,

681.

zsonyx, 138.

taxoides, 138.

dea

atricollis, 89.

bubuicus, 837.

garzetta, 89.

ad@, 837.

minuta, 90.

purpurea, 837.

Ardeola

leucoptera, 691, 694.

eas

orientalis, 808.

Arestha

antica, 803.

Argina

argus, 799.

astrea, 799.

dulcis, '799.

ringa, 799.

Pee see

argo, 196.

nodosa, 156.

INDEX.

Argonauta

oryzata, 156.

tuberculata, 156.

tuberculosa, 156.

Argynnis

childrens, 495, 762.

hippomenes, 766,

tssea, 495, 762.

jainadeva, 495, 509.

kamata, 495, 496.

niphe, 495, 762.

Aricia

thersites, 170.

jus

celatus, 292.

gagora, 291.

netuma, 292,

subrostratus, 293.

pyrrhochroma, 803.

Artamia

rufa, 835.

Artamus

albiventer, 199.

cinereus, 199.

fuscus, 692.

melanops, 198.

sordidus, 199.

Artaxa

énconcisa, 806.

varians, 806.

caris

ensicaudata, 325.

Asio

madagascariensis, 834.

Aspidochelys

livingstonit, 426, 428.

Astacus

caldwelli, 469, 470.

Astrape

apterygia, 317.

Ate

ee 732.

belzebuth, 241, 733, 740.

cucullatus, 733, 739.

frontatus, 740.

Susciceps, 733.

grisescens, 732.

paniscus, 732.

subpentadactylus, 573.

vellerosus, 733.

Atella ~

egista, 762.

phalanta, 495, 762.

Athene

perlata, 91,

Atherina

forskalii, 18, 32.

Athyma

‘Dhue 763.

cama, 764.

875

Athyma

chevana, 763, 822.

wnara, 764.

Jina, 764,

leucothoé, 497, 763

mahesa, 763.

opalina, 497.

selenophora, 764,

subrata, 763.

Attacus

atlas, 818,

cynthia, 819.

edwardsii, 818,

lunula, 819.

ricini, 819.

Atys

alicula, 516.

debilis, 516,

succisa, 516,

Auchenia

huanaco, 262.

pacos, 262.

Aulacomya

hirsuta, 652.

menkeana, 653.

rostrata, 653.

Avicula

meleagrina, 654.

pulchella, 654.

puncetulata, 654.

radiata, 654.

rutila, 654.

scalpta, 654,

nia

obliqua, 655.

radians, 655.

Bagrus

felineilten, 292.

Baikia

africana, 4438, 451.

Baleena

australis, 731.

biscayensis, 42,

maximus, 211.

mysticetus, 207, 702,

704,

Balenoptera

australis, 195.

musculus, 216, 730.

patachonica, 190, 195.

robusta, 41.

feiss oe 703, 704,

Shahi 725,

Bankivia

major, 182,

purpurascens, 181,

‘varians, 181,

Banksia

serrata, 464.

876

Barangia

nepalensis, 124.

sumatrana, 123, 124.

Barbatia

alternata, 269.

lima, 655.

radula, 655.

(Acar) laminata, 655,

697.

Barilius

bakeri, 305.

Barnea

australasie, 643,

similis, 643.

Barsine

defecta, 797.

nubifascia, 797.

Basiana

cervina, 793.

superba, 793.

Basileuterus

bellvi, 283.

bivittatus, 283, 285.

brasiert, 282, 283,

chrysogaster, 283, 284.

chrysophrys, 283.

cinereicollis, 283, 285.

coronatus, 283, 284, 285,

culicivorus, 282, 283.

delattrii, 283, 284.

leucoblepharus, 283,

285.

mesochrysus, 284.

mesoleucus, 283, 286.

ruber, 282,

rufifrons, 283, 284.

semicervinus, 283, 286.

stragulatus, 283, 285.

uropygialis, 283, 286.

vermivorus, 283.

Batrachocephalus

minor, 294.

Batrachus

grunniens, 29.

trispinosus, 29,

Bayonia

velox, 402,

Bdeogale

nigripes, 402,

Bela

australis, 159.

Belgoraxa

subnotata, 819,

Belone

annulata, 309.

cancila, 309.

caudimaculata, 309.

Benedenia

knoxii, 224, 730, 731.

Berardius

arnouxtt, 529,

INDEX.

Bernicla

brenta, 753.

Bharetta

cinnamomea, 820, 823.

Biensis

madagascariensis, 837.

Bithinia

gaillardoti, 545.

hawadieriana, 545.

hebreorum, 540.

mogquiniana, 545.

rubens, 541.

sauleyi, 545,

(Paludina) phialensis,

541.

Bittium

granarium, 171.

lawleyanum, 171.

turritella, 171.

Bivonia

contorta, 97.

semisurrecta, 98.

subtriquetra, 99.

Bizone

delicata, 798.

divakara, 798, 823.

fasciculata, 798.

guttifera, 798.

perornata, 798.

Blanus

cinereus, 443, 444, 446.

rufus, 446.

Bomb

sive, 822,

Borassus

Jlabelliformis, 602.

Borsonia

corrugata, 516.

(Clathurella) xebulosa,

516.

Bos

frontalis, 465.

grunniens, 660,

Bothridium

laticeps, 59.

pythonis, 59.

(Solenophorus) arcua-

tum, 58.

Brachygramma

jerdonii, 304.

Brachypteracias

leptosomus, 689.

Brachyurus

calvus, 586.

Bregmaceros

macclellandii, 287.

Bronia

brasiliana, 444, 448,

449.

Brosimum

alicastrum, 78.

Bubalus

depressicornis, 677.

Bubo

maculosus, 91.

Buccinum

acuminatum, 97.

acutinodosum, 161.

adelaidense, 162.

alveolatum, 162.

angasi, 162.

australe, 175.

ciliatum, 97.

costatum, 161.

dermestoides, 167.

eburneum, 162.

fasciatum, 162.

filiceum, 162.

humphreysianum, 97.

labradorense, 97.

tritonis, 175.

Bucco

africanus, 683.

Buceros

albirostris, 676.

cavatus, 676.

flavirostris, 87.

limbatus, 87.

rhinoceros, 676.

Bucorax

abyssinicus, 676.

Buliminus

catenatus, 232.

kirkii, 232.

Bulimus

acutus, 536.

attenuatus, 537, 588.

auris, 831.

benjamiticus, 545.

carneus, 587.

erystallinus, 412.

decollatus, 536.

fasciolatus, 536.

— yar. eburnea, 536.

halepensis, 537.

incertus, 830, 831.

juarezi, 832.

labrosus, 537.

pe ge get ‘

wpa, :

3 palais 537.

spheroconus, 830, 831.

swinhoei, 830, 831.

syriacus, 537.

tenutlabris, 831.

uri@, 537.

(Chondrus) Jamellife-

rus, 045.

(——) xucifragus,

538

(=) ovularis, 538,

(——) sauley?, 538,

Bulimus

(Chondrus) septemden-

tatus, 538.

( ) tricuspis, 538.

Bulla

angasi, 189.

australis, 188.

brevis, 188.

ceylanica, 189.

cymbalum, 188.

eumicra, 188.

flexilis, 189.

soluta, 189.

Buphaga

africana, 94.

Burmeisteria

retusa, 381.

Buserinus

albigularis, 95.

Butorides

Javanicus, 692.

Cacatua

rosacea, 227.

sulphurea, 227.

Caccabis

punctata, 444, 450.

Cadphises

maculata, 801, 823.

Cecilianella

tumulorum, 540.

— var. judaica, 540.

Czequosa

triangularis, 462.

Calidris

arenaria, 95.

Calinaga

buddha, 758.

Callia

wallacez, 414.

Callidryas

alemeone, 493, 760.

bracteolata, 458.

hilaria, at ee

hilippina, 493, 760.

Sarath 493, 759.

Callidula

petavia, 796.

Calliope

kamtschatkensis, 695.

Calliostoma

eximium, 279.

lima, 279.

(? , var.) equiscul-

pta, 279.

versicolor, 279.

Callithrix

personatus, 539, 584,

586.

INDEX.

Callochiton

pulchellus, 276.

Callotus

monteiri, 60.

Calobates

sulphurea, 694.

Calycia

erystallina, 412.

Camelus

bactrianus, 257, 258.

dromedarius, 258.

Camena

ctesia, 775.

Campylopterus

inornatus, 466.

Cancellaria

excavata, 171.

granosa, 171.

spirata, 171.

undulata, 171.

Candyba

punctata, 819.

Canerkes

euschemoides, §&02,

Canirallus

kioloides, 856.

Canis

adustus, 400.

dingo, 573, 579.

occidentalis, 574.

Canthiridus

decoratus, 180.

rubiginosa, 196.

variegatus, 181.

Capila

jgayadeva, 785, §23.

Capparis

sepiaria, 491, 759.

Caprimulgus

jotaka, 618.

madagascariensis, 834.

Capulus

danieli, 175.

subfuscus, 175.

Caragana

versicolor, 489.

Caranx

armatus, 25,

atropus, 23,

ciliaris, 25.

gallus, 25.

hippos, 23.

kurra, 24.

melanostcthos, 23.

rottleri, 22.

speciosus, 25.

xanthurus, 24.

Cardita

crassicostata, 652.

tridacnoides, 652.

Cardiun

cygnorum, 691.

tenuicostatum, 651

(Trachycardium) cyg-

norum, 691,

Casmaria

paucirugis, 168.

Cassis

Jimbriata, 168.

paucirugis, 168.

semigranosa, 168.

Castabala

roseata, 799.

Castalia

chandra, 765.

dichroa, 497.

Cathartes

atratus, 676.

aura, 675.

Cathartocarpus

Jistula, 493.

Catinus

zonalis, 167.

Catocala

longipennis, 799.

Catodon

australis, 439.

krefftii, 439, 440, 441.

macrocephalus, 439.

(Meganeuron) Areffii?,

440.

Catopra

malabarica, 30.

Cebus

albifrons, 826.

annellatus, 827.

apella, 825.

capillatus, 827.

capucinus, 826, 827.

chrysopus, 827.

cirrifer, 825, 826.

elegans, 826.

Jlavescens, 825, 826.

gracilis, 827.

hypoleucus, 826.

leucocephalus, 825, 827.

leucogenys, 825.

monachus, 826.

pallidus, 826.

robustus, 827.

subcristatus, 827.

vellcrosus, 825, 826.

zanthocephalus,825,826

Celeia

auritracta, 811.

plusiata, 811.

Cellepora

areolata, 269.

Centropus

superciliosus, 91.

tolu, 834.

878

Cephalopeltis

cuviert, 454.

lepidosterna, 444.

lepidosternon, 454,

scutigera, 454,

Cephalophus

altifrons, 205, 206.

coronatus, 205, 206.

grimmius, 205, 206.

longiceps, 204, 205, 206.

natalensis, 205.

ocularis, 205.

ogilbyi, 205.

Filan 206.

sylvicultrix, 204, 205,

Cercocebus .

aethiops, 742, 743.

albigena, 741, 745.

fuliginosus, 742, 743.

Cercoleptes

caudivolvulus, 680.

Cercopithecus

albogularis, 556, 569,

573, 576.

ruber, 549, 568.

sabeus, 43.

samango, 400.

Ceriornis

satyra, 256.

Certhia

?, 618.

Cerithidea

rhizoporarum, 197.

Cerithiopsis

assimilata, 281.

bimarginata, 281.

intercalaris, 281.

Cerithium

bifasciatum, 197.

bornii, 197.

carbonarium, 197.

granarium, 171.

monachus, 171,

turritella, 171.

Certhilauda

semitorquata, 94,

Cerura

damodara, 812.

liturata, 812.

prasana, 812,

Cervus

axis, 2.

canadensis, 618.

— occidentalis, 618.

— verus, 618.

gymnotis, 677.

hortulorum, 1.

mantchuricus, 1,

pseudaxis, 1,

sika, 1, 2.

swinhoii, 678.

INDEX, |

Cervus

taévanus, 2, 677.

taivanus, 1, 510.

Ceryle

rudis, 692.

Cethosia

biblis, 762.

cyane, 762.

Cetonia

flammula, 729,730.

Cherocampa

alecto, 794.

bisecta, 794.

celerio, 794.

clotho, 794.

lineosa, 794.

lucasi, 794.

lycetus, T94.

thyelia, 794.

Chezetodon

pretextatus, 16.

Cheetopleura

conspersa, 187.

Cheetura ?, 61h

australis, 607.

bicolor, 613.

biscutata, 609.

brunneitorques, 613.

cassini, 613.

caudacuta, 607.

cinereiventris, 612, 6138.

coracina, 614.

gigantea, 608.

— var. celebensis, 608.

hartlaubi, 613.

macroptera, 607.

nudipes, 608.

pelasgia, 610, 611.

poliura, 611.

rutila, 613.

sabinei, 613.

sabini, 613.

semicollaris, 609.

spinicauda, 612.

sylvatica, 614,

vauxiz, 611.

zonaris, 594, 596, 609.

Chalcites

lucidus, 460, 462, 464.

Chaleosia

corusca, 801.

pectinicornis, 801.

zuleika, 801.

Chama

albida, 644.

cristella, 651.

fragum, 651.

Chamzeleon

bifurcus, 837.

dilepis, 228.

lateralis, 469.

Chamelea

aphrodina, 648.

conularis, 649.

peront, 649.

scalarina, 649.

strigosa, 649,

Chamostrea

albida, 644.

geoffroyt, 95.

Charaxes

@son, 636.

affinis, 636, 639.

amelie, 630.

amycus, 636.

anticlea, 627.

argynnides, 637.

athamas, 632, 634.

baya, 636, 637, 639.

berenice, 637.

bernardus, 636.

bohemant, 680.

boueti, 628.

brutus, 625.

— var., 625.

cacuthis, 629.

calydonia, 638.

candiope, 628.

caphontis, 632.

castor, 625.

citheron, 631.

cognatus, O34.

concha, 635.

cynthia, 626, 639.

delphis, 635.

dolon, 635.

ephyra, 629.

epijasius, 623.

eteocles, 629,

etesipe, 629.

ethalion, 627.

etheta, 629.

eudamippus, 639.

eudoxus, 626.

eupale, 638.

euryalus, 631,

fabius, 628.

galaxia, 633, 639.

hebe, 634, 639.

horatius, 627.

zocaste, 628.

jahlusa, 637.

Jason, 623.

kadunii, 633.

lampedo, 628.

latona, 631, 639.

lucretius, 626.

marmax, 636.

miltiades, 639.

Charaxes

mycerina, 638,

narceus, 635.

neanthes, 638.

nesiope, 639.

nitebis, 635.

numenes, 630.

pelias, 624.

phebus, 625, 639.

- phraortes, 625.

pollux, 623, 625.

protoclea, 627.

‘psaphon, 636, 637.

pyrrhus, 632.

. rayi, 639.

saturnus, 624, 639,

schreiberi, 633.

sempronius, 633.

smaragdalis, 630, 639.

solon, 628.

thersander, 639.

thieste, 631.

tiridates, 629, 680.

tyrteus, 633.

viola, 627, 639.

wiphares, 631,

zoolina, 638.

Chatoessus

altus, 313.

chacunda, 313.

una,

derbiana, 676.

nigricollis, 676.

Chelidon

urbica, 603.

Cheloniscus

gigas, 375,

Chelura

bifasciata, 800.

Chelyconus

anemone, 169.

nove-hollandia, 169.

Chilonyeteris

?, 68.

grisea, 78.

osburni, 68.

quadridens, 78.

Chiloscyllium -

plagiosum, 316.

Chione -

(Chamelea) aphrodina,

648.

( ) conularis, 649.

(——-) peroni, 649.

(——) scalarina, 649.

( ) strigosa, 649,

(Circomphalus) alta,

648

(——) laméllata, 648.

( ) tiara, 648.

(Marcia) faba, 649.

INDEX.

Chione

(Timoclea) australis,

. 648,

Chirocentrus

dorab, 4, 310.

Chirotes

caniculatus, 444, 446,

lumbricoides, 443,

446

Chiton

ctliatus, 187.

clathratus, 276.

dispar, 274, 275.

Sruticosus, 187.

longicymba, 187.

petholatus, 187.

striatosguamosus, 511.

tulipa, 186.

virescens, 511.

(Lophyrus) perviridis,

511.

(

) stokesti, 275.

Chitonellus

gunni, 188.

Chlamydophorus

truncatus, 381, 382.

Chlamyphorus

retusa, 382.

truncatus, 381.

Chlamys

bifrons, 656.

Chlorostilbon

phaéthon, 467.

Chlorostoma

argyrostoma, 196,

Sunebrale, 196.

Chondrus

lamelliferus, 545.

nucifragus, 538.

ovularis, 538.

sauleyt, 538.

septemdentatus, 538,

tricuspis, 538.

Chorinemus

lysan, 25.

sancti-petri, 25,

tala, 25.

Chrysochloris

albirostris, 679.

aurata, 679.

damariensis, 679,

holosericea, 679.

hottentotta, 679.

obtustrostris, 679.

rubra, 679.

rutilans, 679,

villosus, 679.

Chrysocoocyx

auratus, 94.

Chrysophanus

kasyapa, 506, 509.

879

Chrysophanus

pavana, 506.

timeus, 506.

Chrysophrys

calamara, 14, 16.

hasta, 16.

sarba, 16.

Chrysotis

augusta, 437.

Chthonicola

minima, 465.

Cicigna

ornata, 469.

Cinclus

aquaticus, 49.

Cingula

paupercula, 272.

Cingulina

circinata, 169.

spina, 169.

Circe

gibbosa, 196.

minima, 460.

rivularis, 650.

Circomphalus

alta, 648.

lamellatus, 648.

Circus

assimilis, 824.

maillardi, 823, 824.

wolfi, 823, 824.

Cirrochroa

aoris, 762.

Cispia

punetifascia, 796.

venosa, 796.

Cisticola

madagascariensis, 835.

Cithara

costulifera, 516.

garrettit, 516.

varia, 516.

Clanculus

conspersus, 178.

gibbosus, 178.

maculosus, 179.

nodo-liratus, 179.

rubens, 178.

undatus, 178,

unedo, 197.

variegatus, 178,

yatesi, 178,

Clathurella

lallemantiana, 160.

nebulosa, 516.

spurea, 159,

Clausilia

albersi, 539.

boissiert, 539.

delesserti, 539.

ehrenbergii, 545.

880

Clausilia

genezerethana, 539.

medlycotti, 540,

mesta, 539.

saulcyt, 539.

sheridani, 830.

strangulata, 539.

swinhoet, 830, 831.

Cleidothzrus

chamoides, 644,

Cleosiris

catamita, 796.

Clymene

doris, 738.

punctata, 738.

Cnemiornis

calcitrans, 438.

Cnethocampa

curvata, 811.

Cobitis

vubripinnis, 294.

Coccystes

melanoleucos, 693.

Cochlolepas

foliacea, 175.

Cocos

nucifera, 605.

Ceeliaxis

layardi, 54.

Coilia

reynaldi, 313.

Coleopeltis

cuviert, 454,

Colias

edusa, 496.

— var., 760.

—var.myrmidone, 492.

Jieldit, ‘760.

hyale, 492.

neriene, 492,

shipkee, 492, 509.

vauthicri, 492,

Collocalia

—— ?, 602.

esculenta, 595, 615.

francica, 595.

Suciphaga, 616.

— var. cinerea, 616.

— var. francica, 616.

— var. leucophea, 616.

leucopygia, 616.

linchi, 616.

nidifica, 595.

spodiopygia, 616.

troglodytes, 616.

Colobus

guereza, 740, 744, 745,

746.

polycomus, 744.

satanas, 549, 568.

temminckii, 549, 744.

INDEX.

Colobus

ursinus, 741, 745.

vellerosus, 582, 746.

Columba

gymnophthalma, 239.

maculosa, 239.

palumbus, 239,

Columbella

—— ?, 516.

araneosa, 516.

australis, 166, 516.

decolor, 516.

dermestoides, 167.

jflammea, 516.

humerosa, 281.

infumata, 166.

tnterrupta, 56, 167.

lincolnensis, 166.

lineolata, 516.

menkeana, 166.

enas, 239.

pardalina, 197.

pellucida, 516.

sagitta, 517.

semiconvexa, 166.

teniata, 273, 516.

virginea, 516,

yorkensis, 166,

(Mitrella) australis,

166.

(——)dermestoides, 167.

(——) tnfumata, 166.

(

(——) menkeana, 166.

(

( ) yorkensis, 166.

Colymbus

glacialis, 326.

Cominella

adelaidensis, 162.

alveolata, 162.

angasi, 162,

costata, 161.

eburnea, var., 162.

Jjilicea, 162.

suturalis, 162.

Conepatus

amazonicus, 146,

chilensis, 146.

humboldtii, 146.

nasutus, 145.

yar. 1. nasuta, 145.

2. humboldtii,

146.

3. chilensis, 146.

4. lichtensteinii,

147,

Conus

cancellatus, 518,

collisus, 518.

) interrupta, 167.

(——) lincolnensis, 166.

) semiconvexa, 166.

Conus

flavidus, 197.

Susiformis, 516.

marginatus, 518,

minimus, 197.

multicatenatus, 519.

pusilla, 516.

sagittatus, 518, 519,

straturatus, 518, 519.

subcarinatus, 518, 519.

textilis, 197.

voluminalis, 518,

(Chelyconus) anemone,

169

(——) nove-hollandie,

169.

(Stephanoconus) ruti-

lus, 169

Copsychus

pnts 692.

Coracias

garrula, 834.

Coracopsis

vasa, 834.

Coralliobia

sculptilis, 513.

Corasia

conformis, 412.

Corbicula

jluminea, 196.

Cordia

collococca, 65, 81, 88.

Cordylosaurus

subtessellatus, 641.

trivigatus, 641,

Corvus

scapulatus, 90.

Corydalla

rufula, 692, 693.

Corythaix

livingstonii, 92.

Corythornis

vintsioides, 834.

Cossus

cadambe, 822.

ligniperda, 822.

Cottus

gobio, 51.

~ Coturnix

communis, 694.

Coua

cerulea, 834.

Crassatella

castanea, 156, 652.

cuneata, 648,

Crassispira

harpularia, 159.

Crateropus

gymnogenys, 86, 93.

Crayracion

cochinensis, 314.

Crayracion

fluviatilis, 314.

testudineus, 314.

Creatonotus

emittens, 808.

interrupta, 808.

Crenella

pauluccie, 653.

(Modiolaria) cumin-

giana, 653.

Crepidula

tmmersa, 57, 174.

Crex

pratensis, 196.

Cricula

drepanoides, 817.

trifenestrata, 817.

Crocidura

equatorialis, 402.

Crossopus

fodiens, 519.

remifer, 521.

Crypta

(Ianachus) ¢mmersa,

174.

Cryptoplax

poms 188.

Cryptopus

pie 426, 427.

senegalensis, 423, 427.

Cryptothelea

consorta, 807.

Cuculus

afer, 683.

cineraceus, 463, 464,

465

discolor, 683.

énornatus, 462, 468, 465,

rubecula, 92.

Cuneus

galactites, 650.

Cursorius

bicinctus, 87.

bisignatus, 87, 90.

Cyanecula

suecica, 695.

Cyanops

S aitba, 691.

Cybium

commersonit, 21,

guttatum, 21.

Cycladella

papyracea, 270,

clanorbis

frenata, 428.

petersit, 425.

Cyclanosteus

frenatus, 428.

petersii, 423, 425, 427,

senegalensis, 422, 423,

427,

INDEX.

Cyclas

cumingii, 651.

Cyclina

chinensis, 196.

Cyclocheilichthys

pinnauratus, 3800.

Cycloderma

Frenatum, 426, 428.

Cyclophorus

ree rie

aquila, 413.

borneensis, 413.

tuba, 413.

Cyclopterus

lumpus, 325,

Cyclosia

midama, 799.

papilionaris, 799.

sanguiflua, 799.

venusta, 799.

Cyclostoma

elegans, 545.

oliviert, 540,

Cyclostomus

caleareus, 233.

Cyclothurus

didactylus, 385.

dorsalis, 385.

Cyclotus

guttatus, 413.

Cygnus

bewickit, 752.

falconeri, 752.

ferus, 752.

musicus, 752.

olor, 752.

Cylindrobulla

Jischert, 189.

Cyllo

aswa, 769.

banksia, 769.

bela, 769.

leda, 769.

suradeva, 770.

vamana, 769.

Cynisca

leucura, hee 448,

Cynocephalus

ahs San 558, 576.

mormon, 549.

porcarius, 588,561,582.

sphinx, 582.

Cynogale

velox, 402.

Cynthia

arsinoé, 762.

ornis

eas 476,

rufigula, 476.

Cyprea

— ?, 197.

881

Cypreea

angustata, 170.

bicolor, 170.

candida, 515.

caput-serpentis, 197.

cicercula, 197.

compton, 170.

eglantina, 197.

Aisnequdilaes 515.

goodallit, 515.

helvola, 197.

nucleus, 197.

piperita, 170.

thersites, 170.

vitellus, 197.

Cypseloides

borealis, 615.

Sumigatus, 615.

niger, 615.

senex, 614,

Cypselus

JE > 600

abessynicus, 603, 604.

abyssinicus, 601.

acutus, 612.

equatorialis, 598.

affinis, 602, 603.

alpinus, 598.

ambrosiacus, 601, 602.

andicola, 606.

apus, 95, 593, 594, 598,

599, 600, 601.

aterrimus, 599,

australis, 599.

barbatus, 599.

batassiensis, 602.

biscutata, 609.

borealis, 615.

caffer, 600, 601.

cayanensis, 607.

collaris, 609.

comatus, 617.

coracinus, 614.

fumigatus, 614, 615.

galileensis, 604.

giganteus, 608.

infumatus, 602.

tradii, 604.

leuconotus, 608.

leuconyx, 600.

leucopygialis, 603.

leucorrhous, 601, 603.

marginipennis, 605.

melanoleucus, 607.

melba, 598.

montanus, 603,

montivagus, 606.

murarius, 598,

mystaceus, 616,

niger, 615.

nipalensis, 603.

882.

Cypselus

pacificus, 599, 600.

palmarum, 602.

parvus, 601, 602.

pelasgius, 611.

phenicobius, 604,

poliourus, 611.

pygargus, 600.

rueppellit, 598.

senex, 614.

spinicaudus, 612, 613.

squamatus, 605, 612.

subfurcatus, 602, 603.

unicolor, 600.

vaucrit, 611.

vittatus, 599.

Cyrena

astartina, 234.

cor, 548.

erassula, 545.

fluviatilis, 543.

Cyrestis

achates, 481.

cocles, 483.

menalis, 482.

nivea, 482.

risa, 762.

sericeus, 482.

thyodamas, 496, 762.

thyodamus, 762.

Cythara

bella, 160.

compta, 160.

Cytherea

rivularis, 650.

Dalophia

welwitschit,443,454,455.

Damata

longipennis, 811.

Danais

aglea, 760.

chrysippus, 494, 498,

761.

flexippus, 761.

hegesippus, 761.

inuncta, 481.

limniace, 494, '760.

melaneus, 760.

melissa, 494, 760.

enone, 433.

plexippus, 494.

tytia, 494, 761.

Daphnella

bella, 516.

Daphnis

nerit, 794.

Darapsa

bhaga, 794.

Darina

dechivis, 203.

INDEX.

Darpa

hanria, 781, 823.

Dasyatis

micrura, 317.

Dasychira

antica, 803.

bhana, 804.

complicata, 804.

flavimacula, 804.

tlita, 803.

tenebrosa, 804.

Dasypus

apar, 380.

conurus, 381.

duodecimeinctus, 378.

encoubert, 375.

Senestratus, 372.

giganteus, 374,

gigas, 374.

gilvipes, 375.

gymnurus, 378.

hispidus, 373, 378.

hybridus, 373.

kappleri, 373.

longicaudus, 372.

minutus, 377.

multicincta, 378.

niger, 372.

novemcinctus, 370,

72.

— yar. mexicana, 372.

octocinctus, 371.

octodecimeinctus, 375.

patagonicus, 377.

peba, 372.

pentadactylus, 372.

punctatus, 374.

septemcinctus, 371, 373.

setosus, 375.

sexcinctus, 370,375,376,

81.

tatouay, 378.

tricinctus, 370, 880.

unicinctus, 370, 378.

uroceras, 372.

vellerosus, 376, 378.

villosus, 375, 376, 377,

381.

arenurus, 378.

(Euphractus) minutus,

377

) villosus, 376.

(Praopus) hybridus,

373

(——) longicaudatus,

372.

) peba, 373.

(Tatusia) hybridus, 373.

(——) minuta, 377.

(——) peba, 372.

(——) tricinctus, 380.

Dasypus :

(Tatusia) villosus, 376.

(Tolypeutes) conurus,

380.

Datura

arborea, 70.

Daudebardia

syriaca, 545.

Debis

chandica, 768.

europa, 498, 767.

isana, 768.

mekara, 768.

neilgherriensis, 767.

nicetas, 768.

rohria, 498, 768.

sidonis, 768.

verma, 498, 767.

visrava, 768, 822.

Delphinula

australis, 178,

siderea, 178.

Delphinus

delphis, 736.

doris, 522.

euphrosyne, 522,

eurynome, 195.

microps, 195.

micropterus, 524.

moorit, 736, 737.

obscurus, 522.

walkert, 737.

Demipus

anatinus, 385.

Dendrochelidon

comata, 617.

coronata, 617.

klecho, 616.

mystacea, 596, 616.

schisticolor, 617. ;

wallacii, 595, 596, 616.

Dendrocitta ;

rufa, 691, 692.

Dendrocygna

awsuree, 694A.

major, 837.

viduata, 837.

Dendrolagus

inustus, 676.

ercas .

verhuelli, 760.

Dermatocera

vitrea, 414.

Desmodus

rufus, 386, 387,388,389.

Deudorix .

epijarbas, 774.

ésocrates, 774.

melampus, 774.

nissa, 774.

perse, 774.

Deudorix

timoleon, 774.

Diadema

auge, 763.

bolina, 762.

— var. inaria, 762.

Diagramma

affine, 14.

nigrum, 14, 16.

Diala ;

lauta, 173.

paupercula, 272.

rufilabris, 174.

suturalis, 173.

Dicrotus

armatus, 436, 437.

Dicrurus

forficatus, 835.

leucops, 478.

macrocercus, 692, 693.

musicus, 93.

pectoralis, 478,

Didunculus

strigirostris, 256.

Didus

ineptus, 199, 201, 732.

nazarenus, 199,201,716.

solitarius, 716, 718.

Digama

hearseyana, 796.

Diloma

odontis, 182.

Dilophus

carunculatus, 98.

Dinaria.

lineolata, 815.

Dinornis

casuarinus, 749, 750.

crassus, 751.

curtus, 751.

didiformis, 750, 751.

dromoides, 751.

elephantopus, 750.

giganteus, 749, 791.

ingens, 617, 750, 751.

— yar. robustus, 751.

robustus, 265, 750.

struthioides, 750, 751.

Dioplodon

sechellensis, 529.

Diprotodon

australis, 851.

Dipsas

colubrina, 469.

lycenoides, 774.

odata, 507.

syla, 508, 774.

Discina

cumingit, 275.

Discophora

celinde, 767.

INDEX.

Discophora

tullia, 767.

zal, 767.

Dispharagus

crassicauda, 326.

Distoma

incisum, 325.

Dodona

durga, 503.

egeon, 503, 508, 771.

ouida, 771.

Doleschallia

bisaltide, 767.

Donacilla

elongata, 647.

obtusa, 648.

precisa, 647.

Donax

deltoides, 647.

epidermia, 647.

levigata, 647.

Doreasia

argillacea, 408.

compta, 408, 414.

fodiens, 408.

occulta, 408.

Dosinia

diana, 650.

Doxocopa

epilais, 636.

Dreata

citrina, 806.

mutans, 806.

undata, 806.

undifera, 806.

Drepana

duplexa, 816, 823.

patrana, 816.

sadana, 817.

vira, 817.

Drepane

punctata, 16.

Drillia

eburned, 280.

(Crassispira) harpu-

laria, 159.

Drymececa

Lanegan 47.

thoracica, 48.

Drymonia

ee 811.

Dryoscopus

guitatus, 86, 93.

Dussumieria

acuta, 309, 313.

Echeneis

naucrates, 22.

Echidna

aculeata, 386.

australiensis, 386.

883

Echidna

brevicaudata, 386.

hystrix, 386.

longicaudata, 386.

setosa, 386.

Echinoprocta

rufescens, 321, 322.

Echinorhynchus

polymorphus, 326.

Ectopistes

migratorius, 239.

Eglisia

macandree, 753.

nigra, 22.

Elanoides

FSurcatus, 256.

Elanus

scriptus, 466.

Elenchus

apicinus, 181.

badius, 180.

bellulus, 181.

irisodontes, 181.

leucostigma, var., 181.

lineatus, 180.

virgulatus, 181.

Eleotris

butis, 28.

fusca, 28.

Elephas

africanus, 676.

antiquus, 510.

falconeri, 511.

melitensis, 510.

Ellisia

typica, 835.

Elops

saurus, 310.

Emarginula

australis, 185.

candida, 185.

parmophoridea, 185.

rugosa, 185

(Hemitoma) australis,

185.

( ) rugosa, 185.

Emberiza

personata, 618.

variabilis, 618.

Emesis

senegalensis, 427.

Engina

funforada 513.

ovata, 513.

Engraulis

auratus, 312,

884

Engraulis

brownii, 309, 311.

dussumiert, 311.

malabaricus, 311.

Enhydra

marina, 136.

dris

gracilis, 1286.

lutris, 186.

marina, 136.

stelleri, 136.

Enicurus

guttatus, 664, 665.

leschenaulti, 665.

maculatus, 664, 665.

sinensis, 665.

Enispe

cuthymius, 767.

Ennea

levigata, 232.

Enope

pulaha, 499.

Epeira

callophylla, 674.

Ephippus

orbis, 16.

Epicopeia

Tapkilad. 800.

philenora, 800.

philoxenea, 799.

varuned, 799.

Epidromus

antiquatus, 517.

Epinephile

cheena, 501, 509.

davendra, 502, 509.

eudora, 502.

janira, 501.

Epiodon

desmarestii, 528.

Epomophorus

gambianus, 400,

Equula

daura, 26.

edentula, 26.

insidiatria, 26.

Equus

burchelli, 419, 422.

chapmanni, 417, 422.

montanus, aie 419.

wagga, 419.

pre 417.

Erasmia

pulchella, 800.

Erebia

annada, 500.

kalinda, 501, 509,

nirmala, 501.

scanda, 500, 501.

Erethizon

dorsatus, 322,

INDEX,

| Erethizon

epixanthus, 322.

(Echinoprocta)rufescens,

821.

Ergolis

ariadne, 762.

Eribxa

athamis, 634.

brutus, 625.

etheoclessa, 629.

euryale, 631.

lampedo, 628.

lucretia, 626.

pelopia, 624.

pyrrhichia, 632.

thiestessa, 631.

unedonis, 623,

Ericulus

nigrescens, 833.

Erismatura

leuconota, 89.

Eronia

avatar, 760.

valeria, 760.

Erythreenas

pulcherrima, 318.

Eschrichtius

robustus, 42, 43.

Estigena

pardale, 820,

Estrelda

astrild, 95.

Eterusia

edea, 801.

circinata, 801.

edocla, 801.

ferrea, 801.

scintillans, 801.

sexpunctata, 801.

shahama, 801.

sublutea, 801.

Ethope

(olim Theope) hima-

chala, 770.

Etroplus

maculatus, 40,

294,

suratensis, 39.

Eubalena

antipodarum, 731.

Euchelus

baccatus, 179.

Eudynamys

rentals, 693.

Eugenia

gambos, 65, 78.

Eulima

augur, 56, 169.

falcata, 280.

pyramidalis, 515.

subpellucida, 615.

Eumeles

ankuma, 140.

Euphractus

minutus, 376, 377.

villosus, 376.

Euphysetes

rays 529, 708, 710,

macleayi, 713.

simus, 511.

Euplocamus

prelatus, 256.

swinhoti, 677.

Eupleea

core, 493, 761.

deione, 761.

doubledayi, 761.

midamus, 494,

761.

rhadamanthus, 761,

Eupodotis

picturata, 88.

Euproctis

antica, var. 6,

807.

atomaria, 806.

divisa, 806.

lutescens, 806.

melanophila, 806.

partita, 806.

rand, 806.

virguneula, 806.

Euripus

haliartus, 763.

halitherses, 763.

tsa, 763.

nyctelius, 763.

Eurocephalus

anguitimens, 93.

Euryta

pulchella, 169.

Euschema

militaris, 803.

Eusemia

adulatrix, 795.

bellatrix, 795.

dentatriz, 795.

maculatrix, 795.

transiens, 795.

victrix, 795.

Euthlypis

lacrymosa, 286.

Eutropia

angasi, 177.

nivosa, var., 177.

reticulata, 176.

sanguinea, 176.

tritonis, 175, 176.

venosa, 176,

ventricosa, 176.

zebra 176

Falco

¢slandicus, var. giren-

landicus, 98.

Fasciolaria

coronata, 164.

Susiformis, 164.

princeps, 97.

trapezium, 197.

Felis

?, 400.

caligata, 400.

(Cynzlurus) guttata,

400

Fiber

zibethicus, 682.

Filaria

capsularis, 325,

Fissurella

alba, 269.

concatenata, 184,

granifera, 516.

nigrita, 184.

omicron, 184.

Fistularia

serrata, 37.

Flacourtia

cataphracta, 813.

Feetorius

lutreola, 117.

Foudia

erythrocephala, 47,

flavicans, 47.

madagascariensis, 47,48

Francolinus

——? 666.

adansoni,.666.

adspersus, 666.

afer, 666.

ahantensis, 666.

albigularis, 666.

albiscapus, 666.

bicalcaratus, 666.

capensis, 666.

clamator, 666.

clappertoni, 666.

eranchi, 666.

erkelii, 666, 667.

gariepensis, 91, 666.

grantiz, 665, 666.

gutturalis, 666, 667.

humboldtii, 666.

icteropus, 666.

icterorhynchus, 666,

lathami, 666.

levaillantii, 666.

natalensis, 666.

nudicollis, 666.

peli, 666.

pileatus, 665, 666.

rubricollis, 666.

rueppelli, 666,

INDEX,

Francolinus

schlegelii, 666.

subtorquatus, 666.

swainsoni, 666.

vulgaris, 666.

Fringilla

montifringilla, 618.

Fuligula

clangula, 618.

histrionica, 618.

Fulix

affinis, 256.

Fusus

adustus, 159.

crebriliratus, 158.

dilatatus, 159.

lincolnensis, 159.

marmoratus, 159,

— var., 158.

pyrulatus, 158.

tasmaniensis, 159.

ustulatus, 158.

(Neptunea) dilatatus,

159.

(——) tasmaniensis, 159

(Tritonidea) “incolnen-

sts, 159.

Galago

allenit, 550,568,577,579

crassicaudata, 60, 61.

monteir?, 60, 61, 401.

(Hemigalago) demidof-

Jit, 590.

(Otolienus) adlenzi, 590.

Gale

africana, 120.

fusca, 111.

leucogenis, 115.

Galea

subfusea, 121.

Galera

barbata, 121.

— var. peruana, 122,

Galictis

allamandii, 122.

barbara, 121.

— var., 122.

vittata, 122.

Gallinago

?, 618.

bernieri, 837.

scolopacina, 692.

stenura, 692, 693.

Gallinula

chloropus, 88, 90.

Gangarides

dharma, 821.

rosea, 821.

Ganisa

plana, 807.

885

Garra

malabarica, 297.

Gastropacha

cashmirensis, 806.

Gazella

dorcas, 328.

Gena

auricula, 183.

Genusa

circumdata, 803.

Genyoroge

ceruleopunctata, 8.

notata, 8.

Geothlypis

leucoblephara, 285.

stragulata, 285,

Geotrochus

blanfordi, 412, 415.

gaberti, 412.

gaertnerianus, 411,

Sérussaci, 412.

pileolus, 412.

pileus, 411.

rhynchostoma, 412.

turris, 411, 415.

waigiouensis, 415,

Geotrygon

sylvatica, 239.

Gerres

Jilamentosus, 39.

punctatus, 39.

Gerrhosaurus

bibronit, 642.

bifasciatus, 642.

favigularis, 642.

lincatus, 469, 642.

pallidus, 642.

robustus, 227, 228,

sepiformis, 642.

subtessellatus, 641.

tessellatus, 642.

typicus, 642.

Gerygone

chloronota, 475.

neglecta, 475.

palpebrosa, 475.

Gibbula

preissiand, 182.

Glandina

liesvillet, 545.

(Czcilianella) tumulo-

rum, var. judaica,

540.

Glyphidodon

cochinensis, 38.

Glyphis

Fenestrata, 516.

granifera, 516,

Jukesi, 184,

Gobius

acutipennis, 27.

886

Gobius

giuris, 27.

malabaricus, 27.

viridipunctatus, 27.

Gonepteryx

gobrias, 432.

nipalensis, 493.

urania, 458.

verhuelti, 433.

zaneka, 493, 509.

Goniloba

badra, 778.

chromus, 777.

gopala, 780.

menaka, 778.

pralaya, 779.

ravt, 779.

sambara, 781.

senda, 778.

Gordius

aquaticus, 51.

Gouldia

australis, 459.

Goura

coronata, 239.

victoria, 239.

Graculus

Javanicus, 692.

Grampus

cuviert, 357, 522.

griseus, 523.

richardson, 522, 523.

rissot, 523.

Grisonia

vittata, 122.

Grotea

elegans, 797, 523.

Gulo

arcticus, 121.

barbatus, 121.

borealis, 120.

canescens, 121.

capensis, 144.

castaneus, 108.

Serrugineus, 108.

leucurus, 121.

Zuscus, 120, 121.

nipalensis, 153.

orientalis, 153.

quitensis, 146,

sibiricus, 121.

vittatus, 122.

vulgaris, 120.

wolverene, 120.

Gymnopus

Scena 120.

kathiah, 119.

leucocephalus, 119.

strigidorsus, 119.

Gypaétus

barbatus, 675.

INDEX.

Gyparchus

papa, 675.

Gypohierax

angolensis, 675.

yps

dina 675.

rueppellii, 675.

Hematornis

bacha, 466.

bido, 466.

elgini, 466.

Heemopis

sanguisuga, 659.

Haleyon

leucocephalus, 692.

semicerulea, 88, 94.

senegalensis, 94.

Haliaétus

albicilla, 731.

leucocephalus, 731.

Haliastur

indus, 693.

Haliichthys

teniophorus, 327.

Haliotis

albicans, 183.

australis, 183.

canaliculata, 184.

coccoradiata, 183.

corrugata, 99.

diversicolor, 196.

elegans, 184.

emme, 184.

excavata, 175, 183.

nevosa, 183.

parva, 184,

ruber, 183.

rugoso-plicata, 183,

tricostalis, 184.

Haminea

brevis, 188.

cymbalum, 188.

Hanleya

variabilis, 188.

Hapale

aurita, 587, 734.

auritus, 577.

humeralifer, 734.

zacchus, 734.

melanura, 734.

midas, 559, 568, 577,

587.

edipus, 577, 587.

pygmed, 734.

Harelda

glacialis, 618.

Harpula

lyreformis, 164.

Hartlaubia

madagascariensis, 836.

Hebomoia oe

glauctppe, 759.

ribet!

hemina, 765.

Helicarion

ide, 405.

Helicina

albocincta, 414.

aruana, 414.

electrina, 414.

Heliconia

melpomene, 433.

vulcanus, 433.

Helictis

moschata, 152, 153,

nepaulensis, 153.

nipalensis, 152, 153.

orientalis, 152, 153.

subaurantiaca, 158.

Heliomaster

angele, 466,

7; 19%

equata, 532.

apicina, 533.

arabica, 534.

arenosa, 545.

aridorum, 695.

aspera, 535.

assimilans, 696.

bacea, 829, 831.

berytensis, 533.

boissiert, 584.

cesareana, 535.

cespitum, 533.

camelina, §32.

campestris, 533.

candidissima, 534,

— var. hierochuntina,

534,

caperata, 533.

cariosa, 584.

— var. amphicyrta, 534.

— var. crassocarina,

. 584, 535.

— var. nazarensis, 534,

carmelita, 532.

cavata, 535, 5386.

cellaria, 581, 582.

conspurcata, 532.

crispulata, 545,

despreauxit, 534,

engaddensis, 536,

erdelit, 532.

Jigulina, 536.

Sjilia, 584.

Jimbriata, 534.

Alavida, 532.

flosculus, 695.

Sormosensis, 829, 831.

Sranklandiensis, 696.

Helix

genezerethana, 545.

gilberti, 696.

granti, 828, 831.

grayz, 696.

greenhilli, 696.

hedenborgi, 533.

hierochuntina, 533.

hierosolymitana, 582,

emprobata, 545.

jebusitica, 532.

Joppensis, 545.

juloidea, 697.

langloisiana, 533.

ledereri, 534.

lenticula, 533.

ligata, 536.

lithophaga, 535.

luhuana, 197.

mackenzii, 197.

maritima, 533.

masade, 535.

melanostoma, 197.

mellea, 829, 831.

mosambicensis, 232.

nautiloides, 696.

neglecta, 545.

nitellina, 531.

nummus, 533, 545,

obstructa, 545.

olivier, 532.

pachya, 536.

partita, 532.

phryne, 415.

pisana, 533.

prasinata, 535.

pratensis, 545,

prophetarum, 534.

protea, 533.

ptychomphala, 696.

pulchella, 532.

redfieldit, 197.

sancta, 531.

seetzent, 534.

sericulata, 697.

shermani, 828, 831.

similaris, 197.

simulata, 545,

solida, 536.

solitudinis, 533.

splendescens, 696.

spiriplana, 535.

stramineus, 177.

strangei, 696.

strangeoides, 696.

swinhoe?, 829, 831.

swinhoti, 197.

syriaca, 532.

tuberculosa, 534.

turbinata, 533.

urarensis, 696.

INDEX.

Helix

variabilis, 533.

vermiculata, 536.

vesta, 828, 831.

vestalis, 534.

(Dorcasia) compta, 414,

416.

(Cfeopoobin blanfordi,

415, 416.

(——) turris, 415, 416.

(——) waigiouensis,

415, 416

(Planispira) aspasia,

415, 416.

Hemidactylus

capensis, 642.

Hemigalago

demidoffii, 590.

Hemiplecta

bella, 407.

cidaris, 406.

circumpicta, 407.

coffee, 407.

dura, 406.

humphreysiana, 406.

naninoides, 406.

nemorensis, 407.

peaseana, 406.

rareguttata, 407.

schumacheriana, 406.

sulphurea, 407.

Hemiprocne

albicincta, 610.

collaris, 609.

fumigata, 615.

pelasgia, 610.

temminckii, 614.

torquata, 609.

zonaris, 609.

Hemiramphus

reynaldi, 309.

xanthopterus, 309.

Hemitoma

australis, 185.

Heniochus

ee oe vey 16.

Heptathyra

aubryi, 427, 428.

Srenata, 428,

livingstonit, 428.

Heracula

discivitia, 804, 823.

Herona

marathus, 765.

Herpetodryas

bernier?, 469.

Hesperia

agna, 791.

alysos, 789.

aria, 784.

chayd, 791.

887

Hesperia

cicero, 778.

diocles, 787.

divodasa, 791.

druna, 784.

fatih, 789.

leucocera, 509.

mangala, 792.

pandia, 790.

praba, 790.

pulomaya, 787.

putra, 788.

semamora, 791.

thraz, 790.

canthopogon, 783.

(Thymele) benjaminit,

783.

Hesperocharis

graphites, 458,

Hestina

nama, 763.

persimilis, 497, 763.

Hetzrodus

madagascariensis, 837.

Heterocampa

argentifera, 813.

sikkima, 812.

Heterocardia

cumingit, 754.

dennisoni, 754.

Heterochroa

boreas, 668.

bredowii, 486.

californica, 485.

cocala, 670.

irmina, 667, 668.

leucophthalma, 669.

salmoneus, 667, 668.

sicheus, 668, 669.

Hiatula

biradiata, 646.

epidermia, 646.

nymphalis, 646,

vitrea, 646.

Hierococcyx

varius, 695.

Hima

compacta, 163.

Hipparchia

parysatis, 500.

Hippocampus

comes, Bes

Hp cee. tacea, 175.

serratus, 269,

Hirundo

albicollis, 609.

alpinus, 598.

ambrosiaca, 601.

apus, 598.

— var. B, 599,

888

Hirundo

capensis, 601.

caudacuta, 607.

cayanensis, 607.

ciris, 608.

coronata, 617.

fusca, 607.

klecho, 616.

leucorrhoa, 601.

medicinalis, 660.

melba, 598.

nigra, 601, 615,

pelasgia, 610.

— yar., 612.

peciloma, 63, 65.

riparia senegalensis,601.

robini, 618.

rufula, 604.

rutila, 613.

striolata, 93.

zonaris, 609.

Histia

flabeilicornis, 799.

papilionaria, 799.

Homodactylus

hibronii, 642.

turneri, 642.

Hyalonema

lusitanicum, 662.

Hydrogale

maculicollis, 132.

Hydromys

chrysogaster, 564.

Hyelaphus

porcinus, 510.

Hylobates

lar, 567.

syndactylus, 566, 582.

Hylophorba

ruticilla, 326,

Hyloterpe

philomela, 326.

Hypercompa

equitalis, 808.

multiguttata, 808.

plagiata, 808.

Hyperoodon

butzkopf, 528.

capensis, 359, 524, 528.

Hyphantornis

cincta, 93.

Hypolophus

sephen, 317.

Hypolycena

amasa, 776.

erylus, 776.

othona, 776.

Hypsa

Ucightois 796,

carice, 796,

egens, 796,

INDEX.

Hypsa

pom 796.

heliconia, 796.

plana, 796.

Hypsipetes

ourovang, 835.

Hyrax

arboreus, 401.

capensis, 329, 401.

Hystrix

africe australis, 356.

cristata, 354, 356.

hirsutirostris, 356.

hodgsoni, 356.

Javanica, 356.

leucura, 353, 354, 355,

356.

malabarica, 353, 354,

355, 356.

Tacchus

albicollis, 734.

leucocephalus, 734.

leucomerus, 735.

— var. albino, 735,

penicillatus, 734,

vulgaris, 734.

Tanthina

bifida, 190.

capreolata, 190.

exigua, 190.

violacea, 190,

Icambosida

nigrifrons, 809,

Ichthyura

Serruginea, 813.

indica, 813.

Ictonyx

capensis, 151.

frenata, 151.

Idmais

calais, 760.

Tlerda

brahma, 773.

epicles, 773.

oda, 508, 509.

tamu, 508, 773.

Tolaus

cleobis, 776.

deva, 776.

longinus, 776.

Tora

typhia, 691, 694.

Trrisor

cyanomelas, 94,

Ischnochiton

elenensis, 275, 276.

— (? var.) expressus,

275.

magdalensis, 275.

sanguineus, 275,

Ismene

amara, 783.

aria, 784.

benjamini, 783.

druna, 784.

gomata, 783.

harisa, 782.

Jaina, 782.

Jayadeva, 785.

ladon, 785.

murdava, 784.

sasivarna, 784.

vasutana, 782,

Jana

cervina, 807.

lineosa, 807.

Janachus

immersus, 174.

Jasia

athamas, 634.

australis, 633.

Jouanettia

darwinii, 203.

Junonia

almana, 761.

asterie, 761.

laomedia, 761.

lemonias, 494,

761.

enone, 494, 761.

orithyia, 494, 761.

Kallima

tnachis, 767.

Kathiah

auriventer, 119.

Kogia

brevirostris, 529,

Labeo

denisonii, 299,

melanampyx, 298,

Labio be

aureus, 182.

Lactarius

delicatulus, 26.

Lagenocetus

latifrons, 528.

Lagothrix

humboldtii, 585.

Lambertia

formosa, 464.

Lamprocolius

phenicopterus, 92.

Laniarius

backbakiri, 93.

Lanistes

nyassanus, 233,

ovum, 233.

purpureus, 233,

Lanius

collaris, 620. |

cristatus, 693.

Laogona

hippocla, 762.

hyppocla, 495. /

hypselis, 762. |

rus

niveus, 618.

Lasiommata

baldiva, 499, 502, 509.

menava, 499, 509.

satricus, 499, 770,

schakra, 499.

telephassa, 500,

Lasiorhinus

latifrons, 846.

m’coyit, 839, 854,

Lasiurus

rufus, 67.

tax

canadensis, 133.

lataxina, 133.

marina, 136.

Lataxina

mollis, 133,

Lates }

calearifer, 5.

Latirus

gemmatus, 53.

gibbus, 54.

prismaticus, 53,

violaceus, 54,

Latona

epidermia, 647.

Laurion

gemina, 801,

da {

ampla, 819.

buddha, 819.

concolor, 822,

nobilis, “ae

lagiata, 819.

Tiare 819.

repanda, 819,

vinata, 820.

viridipunctatus, 315,

Leiopyrga

seed, 181.

picturata, 181,

Leiostraca

producta, 273.

recta, 273.

solitaria, 273.

Lepidopleurus

adamsii, 274, 275.

liratus, 187.

longicymba, 187.

INDEX,

| Lepidopleurus

speciosus, 187.

tenuisculptus, 275,

variegatus, 187.

Lepidosteraon

grayit, 444, 452, 453.

macrocephalum, 452,

maximilianus, 452.

microcephalum,444,451,

phocena, 444, 453,

seutigerum, 454.

sphenorhynchum, 454.

Lepralia

adpressa, 269,

Leptocephalus

malabaricus, 308.

Leptocircus

curius, 758.

meges, Td8.

Leptocoma

zeylanica, 691, 694.

Leptopoma

cinctellum, 413,

decipiens, 413.

lowei, 414.

melanostoma, 414.

papuanum, 413.

scalare, 414, 416,

undatum, 413,

wallace?, 413,

Leptopterus

viridis, 835.

Leptoptilos

agala, 693.

Leptosomus

crombec, 683.

discolor, 682, 683, 684,

834.

viridis, 683.

Leuciscus

malabaricus, 303.

Leucoma

latifascia, 806.

subvitrea, 803.

Leucophlebia

lineata, 793.

Leucopternis

princeps, 429,

Lexias

dirtea, 767.

Libratula

plana, 512.

Libythea

lepita, 771.

myrrha, 771.

Lima

angulata, 656.

bullata, 656.

distorta, 281.

Sragilis, var. b, 657.

sguamosa, 656.

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. LVIII.

889

Limacodes

retractata, 819.

Limatula

bullata, 656.

Limax

agrestis, 531.

berytensis, 531.

pheniciacus, 531.

tenellus, 531.

variegatus, 545,

Limenitis

danava, 765.

daraxa, 765.

dudu, 765.

esmene, 764.

ligyes, 497.

procris, 764.

trivena, 497.

zayla, 764.

zulema, 764.

Limicolaria

erystallinus, 412,

Limnza

natalensis, 233.

sp. noy.?, 197,

Limneus

syriacus, 540,

tener, 540.

truncatulus, 545,

Limnocorax

Alavirostris, 95.

Liocardium

apicinum, 274.

Liolepisma

belli, 469.

Liotia

angasi, 178.

australis, 178.

siderea, 178.

Lipotus

mellivorus, 144.

Lithophaga

canaliferus, 196.

Lithosia

basinota, 798,

beema, 798.

disjuncta, 797.

magnifica, 797.

remelana, 798.

reticulata, 798.

varana, 797.

viridata, 797.

Littorina

carinifera, 197.

hilippit, 172.

ie 172. 197.

unifasciata, 172.

Lituus

levis, 157.

Lobivanellus

laterals, 90,

890

Lobotes

surinamensis, 14,

Loepa

katinka, 818.

sikkima, 818.

Lontra

brasiliensis, 125, 128.

enhydris, 125.

insularis, 125.

Lophophanes

atricristatus, 397.

Lophophorus

impeyanus, 256.

Lophopteryx

Cee 814.

Lophotibis

cristata, 837.

Lophura

yas, TOA.

Lophyrus

pei 274.

muricatus, 186.

perviridis, 511.

stokesi:, 275.

tulipa, 186,

Lorica

angasi, 187.

cimolia, 187.

Loripes

re nel 651.

leucoma, 651.

atymnus, 777.

tripunctata, 777.

Lucina

concentrica, 651.

deshayesi, 652.

icterica, 651.

leucoma, 651.

undata, 279.

(Cyclas) cuming?, 651.

Tumdlla D

porcata, 196.

undulata, 177.

Lutra

aterrima, 129.

aurobrunnea, 131.

barang, 123.

brasiliana, 125.

brasiliensis, 125, 133.

californica, 128, 133.

canadensis, 128,133,134

— yar., Ido.

capensis, 130.

chilensts, 128.

chinensis, 126, 127.

INDEX,

Lutra

cinerea, 130.

destructor, 134.

enhydris, 125.

felina, 128.

gambianus, 130.

gray?, 132.

hudsonica, 133.

indica, 127.

indigitata, 131.

énsularis, 125.

inunguis, 130.

katab, 127.

lataxina, 133.

leptonysr, 123, 130.

lutreola, 117.

lutris, 136.

macrodus, 128.

maculicollis, 132.

marina, 136.

minor, 117.

montana, 129.

monticola, 124, 127,

131.

nair, 127.

nudipes, 126.

paraguensis, 129.

perspicillata, 130.

platensis, 128.

poensis, 130,

roensis, 126,

simul, 127.

sinensis, 131.

solitaria, 135.

tavayensis, 127.

vison, 116.

vittata, 122.

vulgaris, 126, 128,

tAseys) inunguis, 130.

Lutraria

philippinarum, 645.

rhynchea, 645.

Lutreola

vison, 116.

Lycena

elianus, 773.

alexis, 773.

betica, 773.

cnejus, 773.

dipora, 506, 509.

elpis,

kandarpa, 773.

pandava, 7 73.

parrhasius, 772.

plinius, 772.

pluto, 772.

rosimon, 773.

rorus, 772.

theophrastus, 772.

zend, 505, 509.

Lycznesthes

bengalensis, 773, 822.

Lycaon

venaticus, 232.

Lygodactylus

strigatus, 642.

Lymaniria

albicans, 805.

basinigra, 805.

bhascara,

concolor, 805.

grandis, 805.

mathura, 805.

obsoleta, 805.

semicincta, 805.

superans, 805.

Lyncodon

patagonica, 146.

yria

archeri, 55..

lyriformis, 164.

Macacus

nemestrinus, 562, 563,

565, 582.

radiatus, 558.

rhesus, 562, 576, 577.

speciosus, 561, 563, 582,

584.

umbonella, 647.

Macrobrochis

gigas, 796.

Macrochisma

producta, 185.

Macrochlamys

consul, 405.

glutinosa, 405.

Macroglossa

corythus, 794.

gyrans, 794.

passalus, 794,

Macron -

kellettii, 753.

wrightit, 753.

Macrones

armatus, 289.

cavasius, 290.

tengara, 289.

Macropteryx

longipennis, 617.

mystaceus, 616.

Macropus

atlas, 851.

Macrosila

discistriga, 798.

Macrotus

waterhousti, 73, '74, 75,

85.

Mactra

amygdala, 645,

australis, 645,

crassa, 643.

glabrata, 645.

polita, 645.

pura, 645,

rufescens, 644.

(Mulinia) pinguis, 645.

Malacocerecus

terricolor, 690,

Malleus

albus, 654,

— var. normalis, 654.

regulus, 654.

vulsellatus, 655.

Malurus

cyaneus, 460, 462, 464.

lamberti, 198, 461, 464.

leuconotus, 198.

leucopterus, 198.

Mangelia

albolaqueata, 280.

cavernosa, 160,

imsculpta, 160.

lineata, 160.

pura, 160.

suleata, 272.

vincentina, 160.

Manis

africana, 363.

aspera, 366.

aurita, 366, 367.

brachyura, 368.

brevicaudata, 368.

crassicaudata, 368.

dalmannii, 366, 367,

7 366

ua, i

i 367, 369.

javanica, 366, 367, 368.

laticauda, 366, 367,

368.

leptura, 369.

leucura, 366.

longicauda, 363.

longicaudata, 363.

macroura, 363, 368.

multiscutata, 363.

pentadactyla, 366, 367,

368.

temminckii, 369.

tetradactyla, 363.

tetradactylus, 363.

eee 363, 364,

es 363.

Mantellum

angulatum, 656.

Marcia

faba, 649.

INDEX.

Mardara

calligramma, 805.

Mareca

americana, 256.

Margarita

sinensis, 654.

Margaritifera

margaritifera, 654.

Margaroperdix

striata, 836.

Marputius

chilensis, 147.

nasuta, 145,

Martes

abietum, 104, 105, 107,

108.

americana, 106, 109.

brachyura, 105.

canadensis, 108.

domestica, 108.

fagorum, 108.

Alavigula, 108.

foina, 108.

gwatkinsti, 109,

japonica, 104,

melanops, 105,

pennantii, 107.

vison, 116.

vulgaris, 104.

zibellina, 106.

(Melampus) melanops,

105.

Mastacembalus

armatus, 37.

guentheri, 37.

Mauritia

venifera, 605.

Megalops

cundinga, 310.

Meganeuron

krefftii, 440.

Megaptera ~

longimana, 43, 218.

Megasoma

albicans, 822.

venustum, 822.

Megistanus

beotus, 639.

Melampus

melanops, 105.

Melania

judaica, 545.

nodicincta, 234.

pyramis, 541.

rothiana, 541.

rubro-~punctata, 541,

tenuisulcata, 197.

tuberculata, 234, 541.

victoria, 234.

Melanitis

malelas, 770.

891

Melanitis

patna, 770.

undularis, 770.

vasudeva, 770,

Melanopsis

ammonis, 542,

costata, 542.

costellata, 542.

eremita, 542.

Jjordanica, 542.

prerosa, 541, 542,

5438,

sauley?t, 542.

Meles

albigularis, 140.

americanus, 141.

ankuma, 140, 466.

collaris, 138.

europeus, 139,

indica, 143.

Jeffersonii, 141.

labradoria, 141.

leucurus, 139, 140.

mellivora, 144.

taxus, 138, 139, 140,

— var., 140.

— americana, 141,

— amurensis, 140.

vulgaris, 139.

Meliphaga

sericea, 462.

Melita :

durga, 503. 5

sindura, 496, 509.

Melithreptus

lunulatus, 463.

Melitta

bombyliformis, 794,

ewrytion, 794,

Mellivora

capensis, 145, 144,

680.

indica, 148, 680.

ratel, 143, 144.

ratelus, 148.

Melo

. indicus, 169,

Melogale

fusca, 158.

personata, 158.

Melopsittacus

undulata, 235, 238,

692. ~_ -

Membranipora

Alemingit, 269.

Menapia

- kamadena, 812.

Menura

superba, 59.

Mephitis

africana, 151,

892

Mephitis

africana, vay., 151.

americana, 147.

— var. hudsonica, 148.

assamensis, 138.

bicolor, 150.

chilensis, 146.

chinga, 147, 148.

concolor, 149.

conepate, 146.

furcatus, 146.

humboldtii, 146.

intermedia, 146.

INDEX.

! Mesodesma

| cuneatum, 648.

elongatum, 647.

obtusum, 648.

precisum, 647.

triquetrum, 648.

Mesoprion

aurolineatus, 8.

Sulviflamma, 12.

gohnii, 8.

rangus, 9.

rubellus, 11.

sillago, 10.

Mitra

melaleuca, 166.

nigricans, 514,

procissa, 197.

puella, 517.

rosette, 5d, 166.

saltata, 512.

tessellata, 517.

Mitrella

australis, 166.

dermestoides, 167.

garrettii, 516.

infumata, 166.

interrupta, 150. Messaras interrupta, 167.

Javanensis, 142, erymanthis, 762. lincolnensis, 166,

libyca, 151. Michelia menkeana, 166.

longicaudata, 146. champa, 757. semiconvexa, 166.

macroura, 148, 149. Microcystis yorkensis, 166.

mephitica, 148. misella, 405. Mitroidea

mesoleuca, 145, 146. Micreeca multiplicata, 514,

mesomelas, 148, 149. macroptera, 464. Modiola

mexicana, 149. Microglossa australis, 653.

— yar. a, 149. alecto, 235. cumingiana, 653.

nasuta, 145. Micronisus flavida, 653.

occidentalis, 148.

madagascariensis, 833,

tulipa, 653.

patagonica, 146, 834. Modiolaria

suffocans, 146. polyzonoides, 834, cumingiana, 653,

varians, 148, 149. tachiro, 834. Molossus

— var. a, 148. Microplax fumarius, 79.

— b, 148. grayi, d8. Monodonta

ao ce, 148. Microrhynchus apicina, 181.

— d, 148. laniger, 833. baccata, 179.

—_ e, chinga, 148. Midas constricta, 182.

vittata, 149.

— yar. a, 149.

elegantulus, 735.

labiatus, 735.

interrupta, 182.

lineatus, 180.

— 6, 149. leucogenys, 735. melanochloris, 197,

— ce, 149. mystax, 739. virgata, 181.

westermannii, 146, rufoventer, 735. Monophyllus

gorilla, 150. Midaus 7 Sle

(Ictonyx) frenata, 151. meliceps, 142. redmanii, 69, 83.

(Thiosmus) amazonica, | Miletus Monotrophis

146.

(——) chilensis, 146.

(——) leuconota, 146.

(——) marputio, 146,

(——) moline, 146.

( ) quitensis, 146,

Meretrix

albida, 196.

boisduvali, 777.

drumila, 777, 822.

Milvus

govinda, 693.

Minolia

vitiliginea, 182.

Minous

monodactylus, 18,

capensis, 443, 454, 455.

Montacuta

dionea, 270.

obtusa, 270.

Montifringilla

brunneinucha, 618,

Morelia

spilotes, 58,

~ petechialis, 196. Mirafra Mormoops

Meriones horsfieldi, 689, 690. blainvillii, 72.

schlegeliz, 400. hova, 836. Mormopterus

Merops Miresa jugularis, 468.

eqgyptius, 96. albipuncta, 819. Morula

erythropterus, 96. castaneipars, 819, tuberculata, 196.

hirundinaceus, 96.

philippensis, 691, 692,

693, 694.

superciliosus, 834.

viridis, 691, 693,

694,

Mitra

alveolus, 514.

australis, 166.

brunnea, 517.

buccinata, 165.

glabra, 165.

Morus

tinctoria, 66, 77, 78.

Motacilla

luzoniensis, 693, 695.

Mucronalia

involuta, 272.

Mugil

cunnesius, 33.

engeli, 33.

parsia, 33.

poicilus, 33.

sundanensis, 33,

waigiensis, 32.

Mulinia

pinguis, 645,

Munia

undulata, 693.

tristissima, 479.

Murena

maculata, 308.

Murznesox

telabon, 307, 3808.

Murex

acanthopterus, var.,157.

adustus, 196.

cristatus, 158,

pumilus, 158.

scalaris, 157.

serotinus, 157.

(Pteronotus) ¢riformis,

157.

Muricidea

dubia, 282.

—var. sguamulata, 281. |

Mus

?, 468.

colonus, 469.

natalensis, 469.

Muscicapa

belli, 283.

bivittata, 285.

brasieri, 283.

helianthea, 476.

mutata, 835.

rivularis, 285,

stragulata, 285.

vermivora, 283,

Mustela

abietum, var.altaica, 104

— var. martes, 104.

— vulgaris, 104, 106.

africana, 120.

agilis, 113.

albinucha, 114.

alpina, 114.

altaica, 114.

americana, 105, 106.

— var. 1. abietinoides,

106.

— 2. huro, 106.

— 3. leucopus, 106.

aureoventris, 115.

aterrima, 129.

barbara, 121.

boccamela, 113.

brasiliensis, 114, 115.

— yar. brasiliana, 115. |

INDEX,

Mustela

canadensis, 107, 116.

—, B. vison, 116.

canigula, 117.

capensis, 144.

chinga, 148.

cicognani, 111,

cuja, 122.

elliottii, 109.

erminea, 111,112. -

— var., 112, 114,

115.

— 1. africana, 111.

— 2. kaneti, 111.

— 938. americana, 111,

ermineum, 111.

eversmannii, 110.

Hlaviguia, 108, 109.

Sfetida, 109.

foina, 105, 108.

frenata, 114,

furo, 110.

fusca, 111, 131.

gale, 113.

— altaica, 114.

— leucogenis, 115,

galera, 121.

goodmanii, 108.

gulina, 121.

gulo, 120.

hardwickii, 108.

hodgsonii, 118.

horsfieldit, 118.

humbold/ii, 115.

huro, 106.

indica, 143.

ttalsi, 117, 118.

javanica, 115.

kathiah, 119.

lasiotis, 109.

leucopus, 106, 107.

leucotis, 107, 109.

libyca, 151.

longicauda, 112.

lutra, 126, 131.

lutreocephala, 116.

lutreola, 116, 117.

lutris, 156.

martes, 104, 106, 107.

— var., 106.

— fagorum, 108.

— henricii, 109.

melanops, 105.

melanorhyncha, 108.

minx, 116.

natsi, 117.

nigra, 108.

nivalis, 118.

nudipes, 119.

patagonica, 115.

pennantit, 107.

893

Mustela

peregusna, 110.

personata, 153.

piscatoria, 108.

precincta, 110,

pusilla, 113.

putorius, 109, 110.

— var., 110.

—, var. sidirica, 110.

— tibetanus, 110.

quiqui, 122.

richardsonii, 112, 118,

rufa, 117.

sarmatica, 110.

stbirica, 117.

strigidorsa, 119.

strigodorsa, 119.

subpalmata, 114,

sylvatica, 104.

sylvestris, 104,

taira, 121.

vison, 116.

— var. americana, 116.

vittata, 122.

vulgaris, 104, 111, 112,

114,

— var. americana,\13.

vulpina, 106.

winingus, 116.

awanthogenys, 115.

zibellina, 104, 105, 106.

— alba, 106.

— americana, 106.

— asiatica, 105.

— rupestris, 105.

— fulvo-flavescens, 106.

— rossica, 106.

— sylvestris, 105.

zorilla, 151.

— var., 151.

(Gale) africana, 120.

( ) fusea, 111.

(Kathiah) auwriventer,

ik»

(Lutreola) vison, 116.

(Lyncodon)patagonica,

146.

(Martes) vison, 116.

(Putorius) brasiliensis,

114.

(——) erminea, var.,

112.

(——) kathiah, 119.

(——) vison, 116.

Mustilia

falcipennis, 820.

Mycalesis

anaxias, 770.

drusia, 770.

hesione, 770.

lalassis, 770.

894

Mycalesis

malsara, 770.

nicotia, 770.

otrea, 770.

runeka, 770.

samba, 770.

visala, 770.

Mycetes

seniculus, 559.

Mydaus

collaris, 138.

Javanensis, 143,

Javanicus, 142.

macrurus, 153.

meliceps, 142.

— var. a, 142.

— 6, 142.

— ce, 142,

Myiodioctes

coronatus, 284.

tristriatus, 285.

Myiothlypis

nigricristata, 286.

Myodora

convera, HT,

ovata, 644.

Myrina

acte, 776.

jafra, 776.

jalindra, 776.

jangala, 776.

mandarina, 776.

ravata, 776, 822.

triopas, 776.

Myrmecophaga

_aculeata, 386.

afra, 382.

annulata, 384.

bivittata, 384.

capensis, 382.

crispus, 384.

didactyla, 385.

Jubata, 318, 573.

longicaudata, 384.

minima, 385.

myosura, 384.

nigra, 384.

sciurea, 383.

striata, 384.

tamandua, 384, 573.

tetradactyla, 384.

tridactyla, 383, 384.

ursina, 384,

Mythomys

vee 102.

Mytilicardia

crassicostata, 652.

(Thecalia) macrotheca,

652.

Mytilus

margaritiferus, 654.

INDEX..

Mytilus

(Aulacomya) hirsutus,

D2.

(

Nandus

marmoratus, 30,

Nanina

aulica, 406.

cincta, 406.

citrina, 405.

ignescens, 406.

luctuosa, 406.

tumens, 406.

wallacei, 406.

Naprepa

varians, 815.

Naranio -

divaricata, 650.

Narica

insculpta, 280.

Nasiterna

pusio, 620.

pygmed, 620,

assa

compacta, 154, 163.

dermestina, 516.

fasciata, 162, 163.

incrassata, 154, 163.

microstoma, 516.

munieriana, 163.

obliqua, 513.

olivacea, 516.

paupera, 516.

pauperata, 163.

plebecula, 516.

plicata, 516.

turricula, 516.

unifasciata, 516.

(Haima) compacta, 163.

(Niotha) pawperata,

163

) rostratus, 653.

(Phrontis) Sasciata,

162.

) munieriana,

Cer

163.

Natalus

lepidus, 67.

stramineus, 67.

Natica

adspersa, 96.

ala-papilionis, 197.

baconi, 167.

conica, 167.

hebrea, 96.

maroccana, 516.

millepunctata, 96.

petiveriana, 197.

stercus muscarum, 96.

wmbilicata, 167.

) menkeanus, 653.

Natica

undulata, 516.

(Neverita) baconi, 167.

( ) conica, 167.

Naticina

nitida, 167.

picta, 167.

Naxa

textilis, 803.

Nealotus

tripes, 434,

Nectarinia

angladiana, 834.

jflavo-striata, 478.

grayi, 479.

jardinii, 96.

natalensis, 96.

‘porphyrolema, 479.

siparaja, 479.

souimanga, 834.

(Arachnechthra) asiati-

ca, 664.

( ) insignis, 663.

( ) lotenia, 664.

katchelée, 18. -

Nella

Nemacheilus

triangularis, 295.

Neope

bhadra, 770.

pulaha, 770.

Neophron

occipitalis, 675.

percnopterus, 675.

Neorina

hilda, 767.

sita, 770.

Nepheecetes

niger, 615.

Neptis

aceris, 497.

columella, 763.

hordonia, 763.

matuta, 763.

miah, 763.

nandina, 497, 763.

soma, 763.

vikasi, 763.

zaida, 497.

Neptunea

dilatata, 159.

tasmaniensis, 159.

Nerita ~

allicilla, 196.

atrata, 175.

longi, 197.

polita, 196.

punctulata, 175.

stella, 196.

(Theliostyla) a¢rata,

176.

Neritina

bellardi, 548.

interrupta, 197.

Jjordani, 543.

michonii, 543.

rubida, 514,

syriaca, 545.

Nesiarchus

nasutus, 435, 436.

Nettastomella

darwinii, 202.

Neverita

baconi, 167.

conica, 167.

Ninella

straminea, 177.

Niot

pauperata, 163.

Nisoniades

dasahara, 787.

diocles, 787.

salsala, '786.

Noctilio

americanus, 78.

mastivus, 78.

Notodonta

basalis, 813.

Nototherium

inerme, 851.

Nucifraga

caryocatactes, 256.

Nucula

crassa, 655.

Numenes

insignis, 806.

partita, 806.

patrana, 806.

siletti, 806.

Numida

tiarata, 836.

vulturina, 677.

Nutria .

felina, 128.

Nyctalemon

patroclus, 796.

Nyctemera

lacticinia, 803.

latistriga, 803.

maculosa, 803.

varians, 803.

Nyeticebus ,

Javanicus, 254.

ie 240, 241,

246, 255.

Nyetiellus ,

lepidus, 67.

Nyctinomus

nasutus, 61.

(Mormopterus) jugula-

is, 468.

ris,

INDEX.

Nyctipithecus

felinus, 587.

villosus, 577, 587.

Nymphalis

anticlea, 627.

athamas, 498, 634,767.

baya, 636, 637

berenice, 637.

bernardus, 636, 767.

boueti, 628,

brutus, 625.

calydonia, 638.

candiope, 628.

castor, 625.

dolon, 767.

ephyra, 629.

epijasius, 623.

erithalion, 627.

etesipe, 629.

ethalion, 627.

etheocles, 629.

etheta, 629.

eudamippus, 767.

eupale, 638.

Fabius, 628, '767.

horatius, 627.

zocaste, 628.

Jjahlusa, 637.

Jason, 623.

lampedo, 628, 639.

lucretius, 626.

marica, 630.

marmacx, 767.

muiltiades, 639.

mycerina, 638.

narceus, 63).

neanthes, 638.

nesiope, 639,

nitebis, 635.

numenes, 630.

pelias, 624.

polixo, 636.

pollux, 623.

psaphon, 636.

_ pyrrhus, 632.

sempronius, 633.

thersander, 639.

thieste, 631.

thurias, 631.

tiridates, 629.

aiphares, 631.

zoolina, 638.

Obba

papilla, 408.

Odostomia =

mamillata, 272.

(2idicnemus

bistriatus, 397.

capensis, 675.

895

Oliva

australis, 164,

Omphalius

ligulatus, 269.

Omphalotropus

ceramensis, 414.

palia

gem 168.

Opeas_.

achatinacea, 413,

Ophiocephalus

diplogramma, 36.

gachua, 35.

grandinosus, 36.

leucopunctatus, 36.

marulius, 35, 36.

striatus, 34.

Opisthocomus

cristatus, 256.

Opisthoporus

biciliatus, 413.

birostris, 413.

rostellatus, 413.

Orca

meridionalis, 470,

471.

Oreas

canna, 261.

Oreta

pavaca, 815.

vatama, 816.

Orgyia

albifascia, 803.

plana, 803.

subfascia, 803.

Orinoma

damaris, 770.

Oriolus

bicolor, 93.

larvatus, 93.

melanocephalus, 690.

rnithoptera

pompetus, 'T56.

rhadamanthus, '755.

Ornithorhynchus

anatinus, 386.

brevirostris, 386.

crispus, 386.

fuscus, 386.

hystria, 386.

levis, 386.

paradoxus, 385.

rufus, 386.

Orthalicus

erystallinus, 412.

Orthotomus

longicauda, 690.

Orycteropus

ethiopicus, 382.

capensis, 328, 382.

senegalensis, 382.

896

Osteogeniosus

militaris, 294.

Ostracium

nasus, 313.

tesserula, 313.

Ostrea

?, 196.

bullata, 657.

cucullata, 657.

edulis, 657.

glomerata, 196.

lima, 656.

malleus-albus, 654.

mordax, 657.

ocrea, 654.

regula, 654,

tulipa, 197.

vulsella, 654.

Otis

picturata, 88, 90.

ruficristata, 89.

tarda, 717, 747.

Otocompsa

emeria, 664.

Suscicaudata, 664.

jocosa, 664, 693.

Otocyon

lalandii, 232,

Otogale

crassicaudata, var.

kirkii, 60, 61.

Otolicnus

allenii, 590.

Otolithus

ruber, 19.

Pachycephala

brunnea, 478.

Pachydactylus

(Tarentola) bébronii,

642.

Padollus

emme, 184.

rubicundus, 183.

scalaris, 183.

(Suleulus) parvus,

184.

Paleornis

torquata, 238, 691.

Palapteryx

ingens, 750.

Pallene

collaris, 609.

Paludina

bulimoides, 233.

chinensis, 196.

Sragilis, 189.

phialensis, 541.

polita, 233.

Pamphila

augias, 792.

INDEX.

Pamphila

danna, 508, 509.

mesa, 509.

sagara, 792.

Pam pusanna

criniger, 239,

Panacra

busiris, 793.

lignaria, 793.

vigil, 793.

Panchax

lineatum, 807.

Panyptila

cyanensis, 606, 607.

melanoleuca, 596, 607.

sancti-hieronymi, 607.

Papilio

agamemnon, 757.

agestor, 486, 487, 756.

amasia, 638.

androgeos, 757.

anticlea, 627.

anticrates, 758.

antiphates, 757.

arcturus, 757.

athamas, 634.

bathycles, 757.

bernardus, 636.

brutus, 625.4

camulus, 625.

castor, 623, 625, 756.

chaon, 757.

chiron, 757.

livia

chromus, 777.

cinyra, 777.

cloanthus, 487, 757.

crino, 757.

dasarada, 757.

diphilus, 756.

dissiinilis, 486, 756.

epycides, 756.

eques, 623.

erithonius, 487, 757.

etheocles, 629,

etolus, 776.

eudoxus, 626.

eupale, 638.

euryalus, 631.

fabius, 628.

folus, 778.

ganesa, 757.

glycerion, 758,

govindra, 486.

hector, 756.

helenus, 757.

horatius, 627.

icarius, 757.

jasius, 623.

Jason, 623, 757.

krishna, 757.

lucretius, 626.

Papilio

macareus, 756.

machaon, 487.

marica, 630.

miltiades, 639.

nisus, 631.

nomius, 758.

pammon, 487, 756.

panope, 756,

paris, 757.

pelias, 624,

philoxenus, 757.

podalirius, 431,

polixena, 636.

pollux, 623, 625, 756.

polyctor, 487.

polymnestor, 756.

polytes, 487, '756.

protenor, 487, 756.

pyrrhus, 632, 634.

rhea, 623.

rhetenor, 756.

romulus, 756.

sarpedon, 487, 757.

selateri, 756.

sempronius, 633.

solon, 628.

thersander, 639.

thieste, 631.

tiridates, 629,

varuna, 756.

virgatus, 430.

xenocles, 756.

wviphares, 631.

zingha, 637.

Papuina

aruensis, 411.

aurora, 411.

labium, 411.

lanceolata, 411.

leucotropis, 411.

mysolensis, 411.

nodifera, 411,

nove-guineensis, 411.

vitrea, 411.

waigiouensis, 411,

Papyridea

tenuicostata, 651.

Paradisea

calva, 465.

wilsont, 465.

Paradoxurus

tytlerit, 466.

Parapholas

penita, 203.

Paravetta

discinota, 814, 823.

Pareba

vesta, 760.

Parmophorus

unguis, 185.

Parnassius

? 488.

hardwickii, 488.

Jacquemonti, 488.

Parra

africana, 90.

Parthenos

gambrisius, 762.

Parus

afer, 88, 95.

minor, 618.

Passer

indicus, 693.

Pastor

malabaricus, 693.

Patella

achates, 197.

alticostata, 56, 186.

argentea, 197.

calamus, 186.

compressa, 97.

gealet, 57, 186.

latistrigata, 154, 186.

limbata, 185.

miniata, 97.

rudis, 197.

rustica, 97.

testudinaria, 197.

tramoserica, 185.

Patelloida

conoidea, 186.

Pavia

indica, 497.

Pecten

asperrimus, 656.

australis, 656.

bifrons, 156.

laticostatus, 756.

medius, 656.

(Chlamys) défrons,

656.

Pectunculus

obliquus, 655.

radians, 655.

sp. ind., 270.

Pedetes

caffer, 400.

Pedicularia

pacifica, 516,

sicula, 516.

Pelophilus

madagascariensis, 837.

Pentadactylus

albolabris, 196.

Penthema

lisarda, 763.

Pergesa

acteus, 794.

castor, 794.

Perigonia

obliterans, 793.

INDEX,

Perilampus

aurolineatus, 306.

Perina

basalis, 807.

Periploma

angasi, 644.

Perna

australis, 653.

Jlavida, 653.

Peronxoderma

albinella, 646.

Petrocincla

superciliosa, 619,

Petrogale

longicauda, 324.

Petrorhynchus

capensis, 526, 527, 528.

Pezophaps

minor, 716.

solitaria, 199, 716, 718.

Phexgorista

bala, 795.

catocaloides, '795.

longipennis, 795.

transiens, 795.

Phalacrocorax

?, 618.

africanus, 89.

Phalanna

polymena, 802.

~ Phalaropus

Ffulicarius, 256.

Phalera

parivala, 815,

raya, 815.

tenebrosa, 815,

Phaleris

cristatella, 618.

Phania

pyrostoma, 408.

Phascolomys

angasit, 839, 848, 849,

850, 854.

bassti, 858.

fossor, 858.

fusca, 853.

lasiorhinus, 838, 839,

840, 842, 843, 846,

850, 854.

latifrons, 838, 889,

840, 842, 8438, 844,

846, 847, 848, 849,

850, 852, 853, 854.

magnus, 851, 852, 854,

mitchelli, 851, 853.

niger, 849, 854.

platyrhinus, 839, 843,

844, 846, 847, 848,

849, 850, 851, 852,

853, 854.

setosus, 839, 849, 854.

897

Phascolomys

ursinus, 839, 850, 853.

vombatus, 846.

wombat, 838, 839, 840,

841, 842, 848, 844,

845, 846, 847, 848,

849, 850, 851, 852,

853, 854. .

wombatus, 853,

Phasianella

angasi, 177.

australis, 176.

bulimoides, 176.

nivosd, 177.

picta, 176.

reticulata, 176, 177.

sanguinea, 176.

varia, 176.

venosa, 176.

ventricosa, 176.

venusta, 176.

zebra, 176.

Phasianus

semmeringit, 256, 746.

Phassus

signifer, 822.

Philampelus

anceus, 793.

naga, 794.

Philine

angasi, 189,

Philopator

basimaculata, 800, 823.

Phissama

transiens, 808.

Phlogeenas

crinigera, 239, 240.

Phoca

lutris, 136.

Phocena

communis, 319, 320,

321.

spinipinnis, 195, 228,

230, 231,320.

tuberculifera, 318, 320.

Pholadidea

penita, 203.

Pholas

australasie, 643.

costata, 755.

darwinii, 203.

similis, 645.

Pholidotus

africanus, 368, 369.

dalmanni, 366.

indicus, 368.

Javanicus, 366.

longicaudatus, 363,

Phrontis

fasciata, 162.

munieriana, 163.

898

Phyllonycteris

poey?, 81.

Phyllopte

rh 337. 328.

uiata, 327.

Phyllorhina

gigas, 400.

Phyllornis

aurifrons, 695.

Physalus

antiquorum, 206, 207,

210, 211, 215, 216,

218, 226, 472, 473,

474, 699, 700, 725,

730, 731.

duguidit, 207, 217;

latirostris, 472.

sibbaldii, 472, 473.

Physeter

brevirostris, 529.

macrocephalus, 390,

393.

(Huphysetes) simus,

pile

Physopsis

apenas 233.

Picus

flaviscapus, 96.

Pidorus

glaucopis, 801.

Pieris

- agostina, 758.

ajaka, 490, 509.

avivolans, 457.

belisama, 431.

belladonna, 758.

calidice, 489.

clemanthe, 758.

colimba, 759.

coronis, 759.

cruentata, 455, 456.

daplidice, 489.

descombesi, 758.

durvasa, 490, 759.

eucharis, 758.

glauce, 431.

gliciria, 490, 759.

hierte, '758.

hippo, 759.

hira, 490, 509, 759.

indra, '759.

kalora, 489, 509.

lalage, 759.

libythea, 759.

mesentina, 489, 759.

mysis, 456.

nama, 759.

neombo, 759.

nerissa, 759.

nipalensis, 490.

INDEX.

Pieris

pactolicus, 455.

pasithoé, 758.

rouxt, 759.

sanaca, 491.

seta, 759.

thestylis, 759.

thisbe, 758.

vecticlusa, 456.

zelmira, 759.

Pinna

zeylanica, 655.

Pisola

zennara, 786, 823.

Pisoodonophis

boro, 308.

ithecia

monachus, 586.

satanas, 676.

Pithecops

hylax, 771.

Pitta

bilineata, 287.

Planaxis

abbreviata, 515.

buccinoides, 516.

sulcata, 197.

Planispira

aspasia, 409, 415.

atacta,.409.

atro-fusca, 409.

coluber, 409.

corniculum, 409.

expansa, 409.

kurri, 408.

latizona, 409.

loxotropis, 409.

margaritis, 409.

martensi, 409.

moluccensis, 409.

phryne, 409.

scheepmakeri, 410.

tortilabia, 409.

zebra, 409.

zonalis, 409.

Planorbis

hebraicus, 540.

piscinarum, 540.

Platacanthomys

lasiurus, 397, 398,

399.

Platacanthus

agrensis, 296.

Platalea

tenuirostris, 89.

Platax

teira, 26.

Platycephalus

insidiator, 18.

Platycephalus

malabaricus, 18.

Platyglossus

dussumieri, 39.

Platypus

anatinus, 385.

Platysaurus

capensis, 641.

guttatus, 641.

Platysteira

senegalensis, 95.

Plaxiphora

ciliata, 187.

petholata, 187.

Plectotropis

gabata, 408.

Plesioneura

alysos, 789.

ambareesa, 788.

chamunda, 788.

dan, 789.

dhanada, 789.

indrani, 789.

praba, 790.

pulomaya, 787.

putra, 788.

sumitra, 787.

Pleurostrichus

subtessellatus, 642.

bifasciatus, 642.

Pleurotoma

harpula, 159.

lallemantiana, 160.

vincentina, 160.

(Mangelia) vincentina,

160.

Ploceus

baya, 693.

Plotosus

anguillaris, 288.

Plotus

levaillantii, 89.

Podiceps

, 618.

minor, 52, 90.

Pogonias

leucomelas, 95.

Poliopsitta

cana, 46, 834.

Pollicipes.

mitella, 196.

Polyacanthus

cupanus, 32, 294.

Polydonta

dentarium, 196.

maculata, 196.

Polynemus

heptadactylus, 19.

indicus, 19.

sextarius, 19.

tetradactylus, 3, 20.

Polyommatus

ariana, 504, 509.

chandala, 504,

509

handura, 772, 822.

karsandra, 505, 509,

771

; kasmira, 503, 509,

ara

nazira, 504, 509.

nycula, 503, 509.

puspa, T71.

sangra, 772, 822

tamu, 508.

varunana, 772, 822.

vicrama, 505, 509.

Polyphasia

tenuirostris, 693.

Polytropa

textiliosa, 163.

Pontia

nina, 488, 759.

Poritia

hewitsonit, 775, 822

Porphyrio

madagascariensis, 836.

Portax

picta, 721.

Porzana

carolina, 196.

fasciata, 481.

moluccana, 480,

rufigenis, 480.

rubiginosa, 481.

Potamides

monachus, 171.

Potamogale

velox, 402.

Praopus

7-cinctus, 372.

hirsutus, 373.

longicaudatus, 372.

Pratincola

sibylla, 836.

Precis

hara, 495, 762.

iphita, 495, 761.

Presbytes

alligena, 740, 741, 742,

743, 744, 745.

melalophus, 741, 742,

743, 744.

obscurus, 741, 742,

743.

Priodonta

gigas, 374.

Priodontes

giganteus, 375.

gigas, 374.

Prionochilus

aureolimbatus, 477.

_ INDEX,

Prionodos

gigas, 374, 375.

Pristigaster

tartoor, 311.

Pristipoma

hasta, 138.

maculatum, 13.

-Pristis

antiquorum, 317.

Procodeca

angulifera, 803.

Prometheus

atlanticus,’ 435, 436,

437.

prometheoides, 437.

solandri, 437.

Prosopodasys

dracena, 18.

Psalis

securis, 803.

Psamnotza

violacea, 196.

Psettus

argenteus, 26.

falciformis, 26.

Pseudachatina

elongata, 832.

Pseudeutropius

mitchelli, 289.

sykesii, 289.

Pseudobagrus

chryseus, 290,

Pseudoliva

levis, 753.

Pseudomeles

leucurus, 139.

Pseudoprocne

cayennensis, 607.

Pseudorea

crassidens, 471.

meridionalis, 470.

Pseudorhombus

russellii, 287.

Psittacula

roseicollis, 94.

Psittacus

augustus, 437.

erythacus, 238.

rueppelli, 94.

Psyche

?, 807.

Ptenopus

maculatus, 640.

Pteris

aquilina, 619.

Pterobalena

communis, 700.

minor, 209.

Pterocles

lichtensteint, 675.

namaquus, 90.

899

Pterocyclos

batchianensis, 413.

wilsont, 831.

Pterois

miles, 17.

volitans, 17.

Pteronotus

triformis, 157.

Pteronura

sanbachiti, 135.

Pteropus

edwardsii, 833.

Pterothysanus

laticilla, 803.

Pterura

sanbachii, 135.

Pterygospidea

Solus, 778.

gana, 780.

menaka, 778.

pralaya, 779.

ravi, 779

Ptilotis

auricomis, 462, 463.

chrysops, 463.

fusca, 463.

megarhynchus, 478.

rostrata, 478.

Pullastra

flammiculata, 196.

philippii, 196.

Puntius

amphibius, 301.

chrysopoma, 301.

filamentosus, 303.

hamiltonii, 301.

parrah, 301.

punctatus, 302.

vittatus, 303.

Pupa

chimed naa 545.

delesserti, 538.

granum, 538.

hebraica, 539.

libanotica, 538.

michonii, 539.

rhodia, 538.

sauleyt, 538.

seyphus, 538.

Pupina

Dfeiffers, 414, 416.

Purpura

lander, 163.

bitubercularis, 196.

cancellata, 52, 53.

elongata, 52, 58.

fenestrata, 52, 53.

Jlindersi, 163.

hippocastanum, 196.

humilis, 163.

maneinella, 515. -

900

Purpura

marmorata, 515.

teatiliosa, 163.

(Polytropa) textiliosa,

163.

(Stramonita) humilis,

163.

Purpurea

Putorius

agilis, 112.

alpinus, 114.

cicognani, 112, 113.

communis, 110.

ermineus, 111, 112.

eversmannit, 110.

fetidus, 109, 110.

— var. 1. furo, 110.

— var. 2. subfuro, 110.

Ffrenatus, 114.

fuscus, 112.

kaneii, 111, 112.

kathiah, 119.

longicauda, 112.

nigripes, 110.

nigrescens, 116.

noveboracensis, 111,

9”

nudipes, 119.

pusillus, 118.

richardsonii, 112.

sarmaticus, 110.

subhemachalana, 118.

typus, 109.

vison, 116.

vulgaris, 110, 113.

xanthogenys, 115.

zorilla, 151.

Pyrameis

callirhoé, 494, 761.

cardui, 494, 761.

yrene

discors, 197.

Pyrgus

dunna, 508.

superna, 792.

Pytelia

elegans, 95.

Pythina

deshayesi, 652.

striatissima, 517, 519.

Pyxipoma

mobiz, 98.

Radula

lima, 656.

(Limatula) dudlata, 656.

(Mantellum) angulata,

656.

Ramphastos

toco, 238. |

INDEX,

Rasbora

anjana, 303.

Ratelus

capensis, 144.

indicus, 143.

mellivorus, 143.

typicus, 144,

Redoa

argentea, 803.

clara, 803.

sordida, 803.

Rhabdogale

multivittata, 152.

mustelina, 151.

Rhagada

solorensis, 408.

Rhipidura

assimilis, 477.

cinerea, 477.

javanica, 476.

longicauda, 476.

semicollaris, 477.

torrida, 477.

couchit, 706, 707,

Rhynchea

bengalensis, 694.

Rhynchobatus

djeddensis, 317.

Ricine

suffusa, 803.

Ricinula

adelaidensis, 163.

(Sistrum) adelatdensis,

163.

Rigema

falcata, 803.

falcatella, 803.

Rimula

Senestrata, 516.

Ringicula

australis, 167.

Risella

aurata, var., 173.

brunt, 173.

lutea, 173.

melanostoma, 172.

plana, 178.

Rissoina

@ orbignyi, 174.

Rohita

dussumieri, 300.

Romaleosoma

agnes, 672.

ceres, 671, 672.

cyparissa, 671.

gausape, 670, 671.

medon, 672, 673.

phaéthusa, 670.

Rougetius

bernieri, 836.

Ruma

umbilicata, 167,

Rupellaria

crenata, 650.

cuming?, 650,

obesa, 650.

Ruvettus

pretiosus, 437.

Ryssota

brookei, 407.

Janus, 407.

nasuta, 407.

regalis, 407.

Saccobranchus

ne 35, 288, 294,

295.

Salarias

Sfasciatus, 29.

alpinus, 198.

brachypoma, 198.

cambricus, 199.

coli, 198.

fario, 198.

Ferox, 198.

gaimardi, 198.

gray, 198, 698.

killinensis, 699.

levenensis, 198.

nigripinnis, 198.

nivalis, 698.

orcadensis, 198.

perisiz, 198.

salar, 51, 198.

stomachicus, 198,

trutta, 198.

willughbii, 198.

Salticus

scenicus, 674,

Sanguinolaria

vitrea, 646.

Sarcorhamphus

gryphus, 675.

Sardinella

neohowii, 309, 311,

Sarea

ceca, 444, 449,

Satarupa

bhagava, 781.

gopala, 780, 823.

sambara, 781.

Sataspes

infernalis, 794,

Saturnia

anna, 818,

arrundi, 819.

grotei, 818.

culeika, 817.

Satyrus

avatara, 500, 770.

bernardus, 636.

zsana, 498.

parysatis, 500.

saraswati, 500.

schakra, 499.

swaha, 500.

verma, 498.

Saurida

tumbil, 294.

Saxicava

angasi, 643.

australis, 643.

fragilis, 269.

Saxicola

castor, 747.

infuscata, 94.

pileata, 620.

pollux, 747. ;

spectabilis, 428, 619.

Saxidomus

brevisiphonatus, 203.

cala

aculeata, 168.

consors, 168.

delicatula, 168.

granulosa, 168.

(Opalia) granulosa,

168.

Scalaria

aculeata, 168.

consors, 168.

delicatula, 168.

granulosa, 168,

Scaptesyle

tricolor, 802.

Scatophagus

argus, 16.

Schilbe

sykesii, 289.

Schizorhina

ebenina, 729, 730.

ide, 729.

nortont, 730.

Schizorhis

concolor, 88, 91.

Scizena

diacanthus, 18, 19.

dussumiert, 19.

hypostoma, 19.

maculata, 19.

Scintilla

borneensis, 517.

erocea, 517.

lactea, 517, 519.

layardi, 517.

oblonga, 517, 519.

pudica, 517.

rosea, 517, 519.

semiclausa, 517, 519.

INDEX.

Scintilla

suecinea, 517.

Scissurella

rimuloides, 27().

Sciurus

erythreus, 678.

Scolopsis

japonicus, 14.

Scomber

kanagurta, 21.

Scopelodes

unicolor, 819.

Scops

senegalensis, 91.

Scrobicularia

dombeyi, var., 279.

producta, 279.

Scutellina

crenulata, 197.

Scutus

elongatus, 185.

unguis, 185.

Seydra

halesidotalis, 796.

Semele

ada, 647.

exigua, 647.

Semicassis

semigranosa, 168.

Casmaria) paucirugis,

¢ 168. ’ 4

Semicornu

biomphalum, 410.

ceramense, 410.

circumdatum, 410,

concisum, 410.

grunert, 410.

mamilla, 410.

mollisetum, 410.

quoyt, 410.

rubrum, 410.

sulcosum, 410.

unguicula, 410.

ungulinum, 410,

zonarium, 410.

Semnopithecus

entellus, 741, 743, 744,

Johniit, 743.

maurus, 743, 744.

melalophus, 743.

nasalis, 559, 582.

Senectus

circularis, 177. -

Septifer

excisus, 196.

Serisomus

ceristatus, 83-4.

Serpula

cochlearia, 98.

costalis, 99.

sulcata, 174,

901

Serranus

bontoo, 5.

diacanthus, 6.

horridus, 6, 7.

lanceolatus, 6.

sexfasciatus, 6.

Sesia

hylas, 794,

Setophaga

chrysogaster, 284,

rubra, 282.

rufifrons, 284.

Sibbaldius

antarcticus, 713, 715,

laticeps, 731.

Sigaretus

zonalis, 167.

Siliquaria

australis, 174.

jlorina, 98.

millepeda, 98.

Sillago

sihama, 18.

Simia

argentata, 735.

satyrus, 48,

Simpulum

quoyi, 161. -

Siphonalia

fuscozonata, 159.

Siphonaria

baconi, 189.

cancer, 197.

diemensis, 189.

lecanium, 269.

luzonica, 190.

scabra, 190.

Siphonella

fuscozonata, 56.

Sistrum

adelaidensis, 163.

cancellatum, 52.

elatum, 517.

seminodosum, 517.

Sitala

infula, 408.

Smerinthus

dryas, 793.

dentatus, 793.

Smutsia

temminckit, 369.

Solemya

australis, 156, 652.

Solen

biradiatus, 646.

vaginordes, 643,

Solenophorus

arcuatus, 58.

Soletellina

epidermia, 646.

nymphalis, 646,

902

Somera

viridifusca, 805.

Sorex

tetragonurus, 238.

Sospita

echerius, 771.

Sylla, 771.

neophron, 771.

Spatula

elypeata, 618.

Spermestes

nana, 836.

Sphenocercus

formose, 678.

Sphyrena

Jello, 20.

Sphyrna

poem 317.

hinx

convolvuli, 793.

Spilogale

interrupta, 150,

— var., 150.

Spilosoma

discinigra, 810.

flavalis, 809.

lativitta, 809.

multivittata, 808.

nigrifrons, 809.

rhodophila, 808.

rubidorsa, 808.

rubilinea, 810.

sanguinalis, 810.

sordida, 808.

stigmata, 809.

transiens, 808.

rubitincta, 809.

Spirula

peront, 157.

Spisula

adelaide, 645, 697.

Spizaéctus

bellicosus, 677.

isidori, 677.

Spondylus

calcifer, 269, 270.

tenellus, 657.

Sporopipes

lepitphm 95.

Spratella

Jjimbriata, 309, 311.

Squalus

acutus, 317.

melanopterus, 317.

Starncenas

cyanocephala, 239.

Stauropus

sikkimensis, 811,

823.

Stella

columellaris, 196,

INDEX.

Steno

attenuatus, 522.

capensis, 522.

frontatus, 522.

Stenochiton

Juloides, 58, 188.

Stephanoconus

rutilus,. 169.

Stilpnotia

sordida, 803.

Stomatella

imbricata, 182.

Stomatia

auricula, 183.

Stramonita

hwnilis, 163.

Streptaxis

kirkii, 232.

Strigatella

Suscescens, 517.

Strigops

habroptilus, 235.

Stringon

sr Fe 618.

Strix

flammea, 91.

Stromateus

argenteus, 22.

atous, 22.

cinereus, 22.

niger, 22.

Sturnopastor

contra, 693.

Stylifer

pyramidalis, 515.

Suana

ampla, 822.

bimaculata, 822.

Subulina

(Cceliaxis) layardi, 54.

Succinea

globosa, 531.

pfeifferi, 531.

Sulculus

parvus, 184.

Sunetta

alicia, 156, 649.

cumingit, 196.

Suricata

capensis, 619.

Sus

leucomystax, 466.

Sylvia

leucoblephara, 285.

vermivora, 282, 283.

Symbranchus

bengalensis, 308.

iS) heedra,

Thyella, 767.

Synagris

gramimicus, 14.

Synaptura

Vrohiacea, 287.

Syngnathus

argyrostictus, 316

foliatus, 327.

schlegeli, 316.

teniopterus, 327.

Syntomis

creusa, 802.

diaphana, 802.

hiibneri, 802.

melas, 802.

multigutta, 802.

schenherri, 802.

subcordata, 802.

Sython

thymbreus, 776.

Tachornis

phenicobia, 595, 604.

Tachyglossus

aculeatus, 386.

hystrix, 386.

setosus, 386.

Tachynotus

bailloni, 25.

ovatus, 25.

Tagora

glaucescens, 807.

pandya, 807, .

patula, 807.

Taheitia

clathrata, 54.

wallacei, 414, 416.

Talpa

europed, 238.

Tamandua.

bivittata, 384.

longicaudata, 384.

tetradactyla, 384.

Tanagrella

ruficollis, 70.

Tapes.

faba, 649.

indicus, 196.

(Cuneus) galactites, 650,

Tapirus

indicus, 677.

Taragama

ganesa, 822.

Tarentola

bibronii, 642.

Tatusia

affinis, 372.

apar, 380.

gymnura, 378.

hirsuta, 373.

hybrida, 373.

kappleri, 373.

minuta, 377.

peba, 371, 372, 373.

Tatusia

septemceincta, 371.

tatouay, 378.

tricincta, 380.

villosa, 376.

Taxidea

americana, 141.

—var. berlandieri, 141.

— var. californica, 141.

berlandieri, 141.

labradoria, 141.

leucurus, 139,

Taxila

erato, 771.

Taxus

gulo, 121.

labradorius, 141.

mellivorus, 144.

vulgaris, 139.

Tchitrea

?, 428.

holosericea, 835.

mutata, 835.

pretiosa, 835.

spekit,

Teinopalpus

imperialis, 758.

Teinotis

elegans, 184.

Telchinia

viole,. 760.

Telephonus

trivirgatus, 88, 93.

‘ellina

albinella, 156, 646.

angulus decumbens, 278.

decussata, 647.

deltoidalis, 646.

dombey?, 279,

Pca 646. -

nymphalis, 279.

ae 279.

umbonella, 647.

Tellinella

deltoidalis, 646.

Temenuchus

malabaricus, 692.

Tenagodus

australis, 98, 174.

reentzit, 98.

squamatus, 99.

tahitensis, 174.

(Pyxipoma) médii, 98.

Tephrodornis

grisola, 326.

Terebratula

angustata, 202.

australis, 657.

dentata, 657.

jlavescens, 657.

recurva, 657.

INDEX,

Terebratula

unguicula, 202.

Terias

drona, 760.

harina, 760.

hecabe, 492, 760.

leta, 493, 760.

sari, 493.

Testacella

sauleyi, 531.

Tetragnatha

extensa, 674.

Tetrao

wrogallus, 717.

Tetrathyra

baikii, 324.

Tetrodon

lunaris, 314.

Teuthis

Java, 29.

marmorata, 29.

vermiculata, 29.

Thalotia

abnormis, 179.

conica, 179.

picta, 179.

pulcherrima, 179.

ramburi, 179.

Thaumantis

diores, 767.

camadeva, 767.

Thecalia

macrotheca, 652.

Thecla

deria, 507, 509.

sorya, 774.

syla, 508.

Theliostyla

atrata, 175.

Therapon

servus, 13.

theraps, 13.

trivittatus, 13.

Theridion

lineatum, 674.

quadripunctatum, 674.

nervosum, 674.

Thestias

enippe, 491, 759.

marianne, 491, 759.

pyrene, 759.

Thiacidas

postica, 811.

Thiosmus

amazonicus, 146.

chilensis, 146.

leuconotus, 146.

marputio, 146.

mesoleucus, 145.

moline, 146.

quitensis, 146.

903

Thyella

pulchra, 755.

Thylacodes

adamsii, 99.

imbricatus, 99.

melanostomus, 99.

sulcatus, 174.

Thymele

benjaminii, 783.

Thyrsites

atun, 437.

lepidopoides, 437.

prometheus, 435, 436,

437.

Tigridia

zingha, 637.

Timoclea

australis, 648.

Tinnunculus

alaudarius, 694.

newtoni, 833.

punctatus, 833.

Tinoleus

eburneigutta, 796.

Tisiphone

sufta, 770.

Toccus

elegans, 86, 91.

erythrorhynchus, 676.

monteiri, 87, 91.

Tolypeutes

conurus, 256, 380.

tricinctus, 379, 380, 381.

Torcula

clathrata, 174.

Torinia

sp. ind., 272.

conica, 514.

corrugata, 516,

variegata, 516.

Tornatellina

hierosolymarum, 540.

Totanus

glareola, 618.

Trabala

mahananda, 821.

vishnu, 821.

Trachycardium

cygnorum, 651.

Triacanthus

biaculeatus, 313.

Tribonyx

ventralis, 196.

Trichas

leucoblephara, 285.

stragulata, 285.

superciliosa, 285,

Trichiurus

malabaricus, 20.

Trigonella

amygdala, 645.

904

Trigonella

polita, 645,

pura, 6AD5.

rufescens, 644.

Trilocha

varians, 815.

Triphoris

angast, 172.

festivus, 172.

pfeiffert, 172.

Tripura

prasena, 796.

Trisula

pustulifera, 804,

variegata, 819.

Triton

barthelemy?, 161.

crenulatus, 517.

pilearis, 197.

quoy?, 161.

spengleri, 161.

subdistortus, 161.

waterhousei, 161.

(Simpulum) guoyi,

161.

Tritonidea

lincolnensis, 159,

Tritonium

grenlandicum, 97.

undatum, 97.

undulatum, 97.

Trivia

candida, 515.

Trocheta

subviridis, 659, 660,

661.

Trochilus

angele, 466, 467.

bicolor, 467.

phaéthon, 467.

Trochocochlea

constricta, 182.

striolata, 182.

teniata, 182.

Trochomorpha

batchianensis, 407.

conicoides, 407.

lychnia, 407, 408.

planorbis, 408.

tropidophora, 408. .

Trochus

abnormis, 179.

armillatus, 180.

auratus, 173.

badius, 180.

bellulus, 181.

blandianus, 180.

chlorostomus, 180.

jimbriatus, var. phi-

lippi, 177.

irisodontes, 181.

INDEX.

| Trochus

leucostigma, 181.

lima, 279.

melanostoimus, 172.

nobilis, 180.

odontis, 182.

pictus, 179.

planus, 173.

preissti, 182.

pulcherrima, 179.

ramburi, 179.

squamiferus, 177.

striolatus, 182.

teniatus, 182.

undatus, 178.

urvillei, 177.

virgulatus, 181.

vitiligineus, 182.

Troglodytes

?, 618.

gorilla, 567, 581.

niger, 48, 550, 559, 562,

567, 581, 675,

Trogon

narina, 92,

Trogonophis

wiegmanni, 443, 444,

Trophon

paive, 158.

Truncatella

(Taheitia) clathrata,

(

Trygon

uarnak, 316, 317.

Tugalia

cicatricosa, 185.

parmophoridea, 185,

Tupdia

Semaaae 322.

speciosa, 322.

splendidula, 322,

tana, 322.

Turbo

circularis, 177.

Japonicus, 196.

lamellosus, 177.

torquatus, 177.

undulata, 177.

Turdus

chrysolaus, 618,

tliacus, 51.

merula, 51.

musicus, D1.

pilaris, 51.

torquatus, 51.

viscivorus, 51, 825.

whitei, 51.

Turnix

fasciatus, 480.

) wallacei, 416.

Turnix

nigricollis, 836,

ocellatus, 694.

rufiatus, 480.

Turricula

putillus, 514.

Turritella

clathrata, 174.

granulosa, 168.

spina, 169.

Turtur

erythrophrys, 94,

suratensis, 691.

Tylopeutes

conurus, 256.

Typhis

yatesi, 158,

Umbonium

sp. noy., 197.

Umbrina

dusswmnieri, 18.

Unio

delesserti, 543.

dignatus, 543.

episcopalis, 544,

Jjordanicus, 543.

litoralis, 545.

marginalis, 544,

michonii, 544.

mosalensis, 544,

requient, 545.

sauleyi, 544.

simonis, 544.

swinhoit, 196.

terminalis, 543.

tripolitanus, 544,

Upeneoides

vittatus, 15.

Upupa

capensis, 86.

decorata, 86, 94.

Ursitaxus

inauritus, 143,

Ursus

brasiliensis, 122.

fetidus, 142.

gulo, 120.

andicus, 143.

labiatus, 578.

labradorius, 141.

luscus, 120,

meles, 139.

mellivorus, 144.

taxus, 159, 141.

(Gulo) szbiricus,

121:

Utethesia

pulchella, 799.

Utriculus

eumicra, 188,

Uvanilla

squamifera, 177.

unguis, 269.

Uvaria

longifolia, 757.

Vampyrus

spectrum, 387.

Vanessa

cashmirensis, 761.

charonia, 494, 761.

kaschmirensis, 494.

xanthomelas, 494.

Vanga

curvirostris, 835.

Veneria

lamellata, 156.

Venerupis

crenata, 650.

obesa, 650.

Venus

alta, 648.

aphrodina, 648.

australis, 648.

conularis, 649.

galactites, 650.

levigata, 649.

lamellata, 648.

peroni, 649.

scalarina, 649.

squamosa, 196.

strigosa, 649,

tiara, 648.

Vermetus

anellum, 99.

articulatus, 99.

cereus, 99.

conicus, 97.

contortus, B. favosa,

nove-hollandia, 174.

peronit, 99.

squamigerus, 99.

Vermiculus

contortus, 99.

Vertagus

obeliscus, 197.

Vesperus

minutus, 833.

Vexillum

moluccanum, 654,

Victorina

aphrodite, 483, 484,

epaphus, 484,

trayja, 484.

Vison

canigula, 117.

horsfieldii, 118.

lutreocephala, 116.

lutreola, 117.

sibirica, 117.

INDEX.

Vison

subhemachalana, 118.

Vitessa

suradeva, 796.

Vithora

indrasana, 795, 825.

Vitrina

planilabris, 697.

Vitrinella

ornata, 271.

sp. ind., 272.

tenwisculpta, 271.

tricarinata, jun., 269.

| Viverra

aterrima, 129.

canadensis, 108.

capensis, 144.

chingu, 146.

cuja, 122.

lutra, 126.

lutreola, 117.

marputio, 146.

mellivora, 144.

mephitis, 148.

piscator, 108.

poliocephala, 121.

putorius, 146.

quadricolor, 108.

quiqui, 122.

ratel, 144.

vittata, 122.

vulpecula, 122.

ztbellina, 106.

zorilla, 151.

Vivipara

ethiops, 658.

capillata, 659.

columna, 658.

heliciformis, 658.

ingallsiana, 658.

jeffreysiz, 658.

oxytropis, 658.

punctata, 658.

robertsont, 659.

sclateri, 658.

stamensis, 658.

Vola

laticostata, 656.

Volsella

flavida, 653.

Voluta

delessertina, 5d.

exoptanda, 165.

fulgetrum, 165.

kreuslere, 165.

lyreformis, 164.

mitreformis, 55.

pacifica, 55, 165.

undulata, 165.

(Alcithoé) kreuslere,

55, 165.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1865, No. LIX.

905

Voluta

(Lyria) archeri, 55.

Volutella

fulgetrum, 165.

papillosa, 164.

Vulsella

limeformis, 653.

rudis, 653.

Vultur

auricularis, 675.

calvus, 6795.

monachus, 675.

oceipitalis, 675.

| Vusum

corniger, 196.

Waldheimia

californica, 202.

flavescens, 657.

globosa, 202.

Wallago

attu, 288, 289.

malabarici, 288.

Xantholema

indica, 691.

_ Xanthoxylon

hostile, 487.

Xenurus

hispidus, 378.

nudicaudus, 378.

unicinctus, 378, 379.

| Yphthima

?, 502.

baldus, 770.

philomela, 770.

sakra, 502.

| Zemeros

Slegyas, 771.

Zenzera

indica, 822.

mineus, 822,

Zeuxidia

amethystus, 485.

doubledaii, 485.

luxeri, 485.

Zipaétis

seylax, 770.

Ziphius

capensis, 529.

cavirostris, 528.

densirostris, 524.

indicus, 359, 528.

micropterus, 358,

29.

layardti, 358, 525.

sechellensis, 357, 358.

Ziziphinus

antonii, 279.

524,